00 07 15.9 +27 42 29; Peg
V = 12.8; Size 1.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 120°
24" (10/12/20): moderately bright, oval 4:3 or 3:2
WNW-ESE, strong sharp concentration with a very bright core. The 40"x30" halo has a nearly
even surface brightness. A mag 15
star is 0.9' NE and a mag 13 star 1.5' NNW. Member of a group (LGG 002), that also includes
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, slightly elongated
~E-W, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Forms a pair with
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, oval 3:2 ~E-W, small, bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 12 star lies 1.9' NNE and a mag 13 star is 1.5' NNW of center.
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly faint, very small, small bright core.
13.1" (11/5/83): faint, very small. Forms a pair with NGC 2 2' SSE.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1 on 30 Sep 1861 while
testing the 11-inch f/17.5 Merz refractor of the Copenhagen Observatory. He missed nearby NGC 2. This was d'Arrest's first deep sky
discovery, though he was uncertain if his object was identical to h4 or h5
(both of which refer to
******************************
NGC 2 = UGC 59 = MCG +04-01-026 = CGCG 477-055 = Holm 2B =
00 07 17.1 +27 40 41; Peg
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 115°
24" (10/12/20): at 375x; fairly faint, oval 5:3 WNW-ESE, ~35" major axis, broad weak concentration. A mag 13 star is 1.1' W.
17.5" (11/14/87): very faint, very small, slightly elongated, even surface brightness. A mag 12.5 star lies 1.1' W of center. Forms a pair (optical) with brighter and larger NGC 1, just 1.8' N.
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, small, elongated ~E-W. A mag 13 star lies 1' W.
13.1" (8/24/84): very faint, very small, low surface brightness. Forms a close pair with NGC 1.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 2 on 20 Aug 1873 and recorded a "vF companion [to NGC 1] south". Dreyer confirmed the observation on 29 Oct 1877 and noted, "Nova 2' ssf easily seen, vF, eS stellar."
NGC 2 was missed by d'Arrest, who discovered NGC 1 on 30 Sep 1861 with an 11-inch refractor, and Herman Schultz, who observed NGC 1 with the 9.6-inch refractor at Uppsala. Yann Pothier credits Auguste Voigt with the original discovery on 14 Sep 1865 with the 31-inch Foucault reflector at the Marseilles Observatory.
******************************
00 07 16.8 +08 18 06; Psc
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 111°
48" (10/24/11): at 610x appeared fairly bright,
elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, 30"x12", well concentrated with a very small
bright core and stellar nucleus. A
mag 11.5 star lies 1.3' SW.
Brightest in a group with the other members much fainter. These include
18" (10/21/06): faint, very small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 0.4'x0.25', very small slightly brighter core, faint stellar nucleus with direct vision. A mag 11.5 star lies 1.2' SW. Brightest in a group of faint galaxies.
17.5" (8/2/86): fairly faint, small, bright core,
slightly elongated. A mag 11.5
star is 1.2' WSW. Brightest in the
NGC 3 group with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 3 = m 1 on 29 Nov 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "F, vS, R, alm stellar." NGC 3 is the brightest in a small group of faint galaxies (NGC 7834, 7835, 7837, 7838, 7840, 3, 4) all discovered by Marth on the same night. Édouard Stephan made observation on 26 Sep 1867 and 19 Sep 1873, and measured an accurate position on 9 Oct 1876.
******************************
00 07 24.4 +08 22 23; Psc
V = 15.9; Size 0.4'x0.2'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 30°
48" (10/24/11): at 610x appeared fairly faint, very
small, round, 10" diameter, high surface brightness. This description applies to the core as
the faint thin extensions on the DSS were not noticed. Located 2.9' W of mag 9.5
18" (10/21/06): extremely faint and small, round. This threshold object appeared virtually stellar, perhaps 4" diameter and only visible occasionally with averted vision. Located 3' due west of a mag 9 star. Another very difficult galaxy, NGC 7840, lies 4' WNW.
17.5" (8/2/86): faintest member of the NGC 3 group. Extremely faint and small, at visual threshold. Located 2.9' W of mag 9 SAO 109022 and 4.8' NNE of NGC 3.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 4 = m 2 on 29 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "eF". His position is 10 tsec of RA following
and 5' N of NGC 3 (discovered on the same night, along with 5 other faint
galaxies). The galaxy listed here
(
******************************
00 07 48.9 +35 21 44; And
V = 13.3; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 115°
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, very small, round, small bright core.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 5 = St. 12-1 on 18 Sep 1871. His rough position 5' too far ESE. His published micrometric position (list 12, #1) was made 10 year later on 21 Oct 1881 with description "Small core of 13 to 14 mag, surrounded by a very small and faint nebula."
******************************
00 09 32.6 +33 18 31; And
See observing notes for
Lewis Swift found NGC 6 = Sw. 2-3 on 20 Sept 1885 with the
16" Clark refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded "eF; cE; vS;
one of 5 stars which point to it is pretty near." There is nothing at his position, but
75 seconds of RA east and 47' north is NGC 20 = UGC 84. The RA offset is shared by several
other objects discovered this night (
******************************
00 08 20.8 -29 54 55; Scl
V = 13.9; Size 2.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 29°
17.5" (8/20/88): extremely faint, moderately large, edge-on 4:1 SW-NE. Requires averted vision due to low surface brightness and low elevation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 7 = h4014 on 27 Sep 1834 and
logged "vF, pL, vmE, gvlbM, 2' long." The next night he observed the galaxy again and noted
"vF, mE, vgvlbM." On a
third sweep he called it "eeF, L, mE, requires the utmost attention to
perceive though the sky is perfectly pure." His position matches
******************************
00 08 46 +23 50 16; Peg
V = 15.3/16.5; Size 6"
= **, Corwin.
Otto Struve discovered NGC 8 on 29 Sep 1865 with the 15-inch
refractor at Pulkovo Observatory in St. Petersburg. He described it as fainter than
******************************
NGC 9 = UGC 78 = MCG +04-01-030 = CGCG 477-059 = Holm 3a =
00 08 54.6 +23 49 03; Peg
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 155°
17.5" (11/14/87): faint, small, slightly elongated ~N-S, weak concentration. Located at the western vertex of an isosceles triangle with two mag 9 stars 6' E and 6.5' NE.
Otto Struve discovered NGC 9 on 27 Sep 1865 with the 15-inch Merz & Mahler refractor at Pulkovo Observatory in St. Petersburg. It was found while unsuccessfully searching for Comet Biela (never returned after 1852). Struve's position was 15 seconds of RA too small and 2' too far south. He noted a mag 9 star follows by 26 seconds (time), so the identification is certain. This is one of 4 NGC galaxies that Struve discovered while fruitlessly searching for Comet Biela (3 others were rediscoveries). See NGC 8.
******************************
00 08 34.5 -33 51 30; Scl
V = 12.5; Size 2.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 25°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, bright
core, oval 3:2 SSW-NNE. A mag 13
star follows by 2.9'. Located 21'
SSE of mag 5.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 10 = h4015 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "Not vF, L, lE, glbM, 1'.". On a later sweep he logged it "F, pL, R, bM,
40"." His mean position
matches
******************************
00 08 42.5 +37 26 53; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.6'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 111°
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, fairly small, edge-on WNW-ESE. A close double star with mag 11/12 components lies 3' N.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 11 = St. 12-2 on 28 Sep 1867 with the 31" silvered-glass reflector at the Marseilles Observatory and recorded a rough unpublished position (3' SW of the galaxy) in his logbook. On 24 Oct 1881 he measured a micrometric position and recorded, "vF; vS; little irregular oval SE to NW; two very faint stars involved."
******************************
00 08 44.8 +04 36 45; Psc
V = 13.1; Size 1.7'x1.5'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 125°
17.5" (12/19/87): very faint, fairly small, round, weak concentration, diffuse.
William Herschel discovered NGC 12 = H. III-868 = h1 on 6 Dec 1790 (sweep 984) and logged "eF, pS, irr F." The 4 Nov 1850 observation using Lord Rosse's 72" reads "Some stars seen in it, it is vF. Nothing further remarkable."
******************************
00 08 47.7 +33 25 59; And
V = 13.2; Size 2.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 53°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, very small, round, small bright core. A mag 13 star is 30" S and a mag 12 star lies 1.2' SSW of center. First of three with NGC 20 12' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 13 = H. III-866 = h2 on 26 Nov 1790 (sweep 981) and logged "vF, vS. 300 verified and showed 3 stars and the nebula placed in the form of a square; the nebula being the np corner." R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 18 Sep 1857, recorded "2 neb. nearly in line p. and f; about 14' apart; the p one [NGC 13] is of irregular outline; F; bM. The f. one [NGC 13] is S; R; pB; bM." The pair was observed 5 times up to 1873.
******************************
00 08 46.1 +15 48 56; Peg
V = 12.1; Size 2.8'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 25°
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval
SSW-NNE, broad concentration, faint extensions. Located 1.4° ESE of
William Herschel discovered NGC 14 = H. II-591 = h3 on 18 Sep 1786 (sweep 590) and recorded "F, pL, iF, unequally bright." His position is at the west edge of Arp 235 = VV 80. John Herschel observed this galaxy on his first registered sweep of 2 Nov 1823. On 11 Sep 1828 (sweep 174), he logged "eF; R; bM a star 10 m north preceding, dist. 5'."
******************************
00 09 02.5 +21 37 28; Peg
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 30°
17.5" (11/14/87): faint, small, very elongated SSW-NNE, brighter core, faint stellar nucleus.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 15 = m 3 on 30 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "vF, vS, R, bM". His position is reasonably match with
******************************
NGC 16 = UGC 80 = MCG +04-01-032 = CGCG 477-061 = PGC 660
00 09 04.3 +27 43 46; Peg
V = 12.0; Size 1.8'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 16°
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, fairly small, oval SSW-NNE, small bright core, stellar nucleus.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly bright, moderately large,
elongated ~N-S, bright core, stellar nucleus.
13.1" (8/24/84) : moderately bright, small, bright stellar nucleus, small fainter lens SSW-NNE.
8" (8/16/82): fairly faint, small, elongated N-S, bright nucleus at 200x.
8" (6/19/82): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, weak concentration.
William Herschel probably discovered NGC 16 = H. IV-15 = h4 = h5 on 8 Sep 1784. He recorded "Stellar, or rather like a faint star with a small chevelure and two burs [sic]. F, S." His RA was 1 min 24 seconds too large (using a different star Corwin found an error of 1 min 6 seconds).
John Herschel observed this galaxy on 5 Sep 1828 and described h4 as "pB; R; bM; 30" (? if not IV. 15)" Due to the difference in position he wasn't sure if his object was new. John Herschel swept the area again 11 nights later and found a nebula (h5) that he assumed was his father's H. IV-15: "a star 15m with a burr, RA from Catalogue." Édouard Stephan made several observation, apparently trying to find two different objects as reported in the General Catalogue (GC 8 and 12). In the NGC, Dreyer combined the previous designations into NGC 16 and Corwin favors this interpretation. Wolfgang Steinicke feels H. IV-15 more likely applies to NGC 22 than NGC 16. Herschel's RA was off by 40 seconds (too far east) and 7' too far south but the description "F, S, Stellar, or rather like a faint star with a small chevelure and two burs" may be a better fit.
J.L.E. Dreyer, observing with the 72" on 29 Oct 1877, recorded "pB nucl with vF neby; round; E sp nf; 2 st 13 and 12 mag preceding in the parallel about 4' and 5' distant."
******************************
00 11 06.7 -12 06 27; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 2.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
48" (11/5/21): at 488x; bright, fairly small, slightly elongated SW-NE, gradually increases towards the center, overall high surface brightness with a faint thin halo. A faint, roundish glow [apparently tidal debris] is attached on the NW side. With careful averted vision, a thin, very low surface brightness tidal tail occasionally pops to the NE, ~30" in length. A fairly bright double star (WZ 1 = 12.4/13.9 at 7") is 2' W.
17.5" (8/20/88): moderately bright, small, round,
bright core, stellar nucleus. A
close double star is 2' W. Forms a
pair with
This infrared-luminous galaxy is in an advanced stage of merger with a tidal tail to the NE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 17 = LM 2-276 in 1886 and logged
"mag 13.5, 0.1' dia, iR, two stars mag 9.5, 2.0' in PA 280°." Muller's position was 2.0 min of RA
west of
******************************
00 09 23.0 +27 43 56; Peg
= **, Carlson and Corwin.
Herman Schultz discovered NGC 18 on 15 Oct 1866 with the 9.6-inch refractor at Uppsala Observatory. Schultz's micrometric position is 19 sec of RA following NGC 16 and corresponds precisely with a double star at 00 09 23.0 +27 43 55 (2000). Dreyer noted that Heinrich d'Arrest and Lord Rosse couldn't find NGC 18 and neither could Édouard Stephan (notes section of his 11th list).
******************************
NGC 19 = UGC 98 = MCG +05-01-046 = CGCG 499-065 = PGC 759
00 10 40.9 +32 58 59; And
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 42°
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated SW-NE, diffuse. A mag 15
star is 1' SW. Located 9' S of mag
6.8
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 19 = Sw. 2-4 on 20 Sep 1885 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His description reads, "eeF; lE; in [the] center of 3 vF st forming an equilateral triangle, two of them double." There is no obvious candidate at Swift's position but 74 seconds of RA east and 8' north is UGC 98. Similar offsets in RA and Dec yield identities for NGC 21, 7831 and 7836, all discovered the same night (NGC 6 also shares the same offset in RA). Furthermore, his description of the surrounding stars matches this galaxy. Hermann Kobold suggested this identification when he measured its position in 1898 at Strasbourg with the 18-inch refractor. Heber Curtis found it again on a photograph taken with the Crossley reflector in 1912-13 and reported it as new ("not noted in the NGC).
NGC 19 is mislabeled as NGC 21 in RNGC, PGC and UGC (and software Megastar) and not assigned a NGC designation in MCG and CGCG. Finally, RNGC misclassifies NGC 19 as nonexistent because of the error in Swift's position. See Corwin's Notes.
******************************
NGC 20 = NGC 6 = UGC 84 = MCG +05-01-036 = CGCG 498-082 = LGG 001-008 = PGC 679
00 09 32.6 +33 18 31; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, very small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is just 30" E and a brighter mag 10 star lies 2.4' E. Second of three with NGC 13 12' NW.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 20 using Lord Rosse's 72"
on 18 Sep 1857 and recorded as "S; R; pB; bM"). Although no position was measured it
was catalogued as GC 6 (Rosse nova) and later by Dreyer as NGC 20. Herman Schultz independently found the
galaxy on 16 Oct 1866 with the 9.6" refractor at Uppsala and it was
entered by Dreyer in the GC Supplement as GC 5086, though Dreyer added the
comment "Query = GC 6".
Schultz's micrometric position matches
Lewis Swift later independently found this galaxy on 20 Sept
1885 and published it in his second discovery paper (#3). Swift's position for NGC 6 was 1.1
minutes of RA west and 47' S of UGC 84.
His RA offset is identical to the error in his positions for NGC 19, NGC
21, NGC 7831,
******************************
NGC 21 = NGC 29 = UGC 100 = MCG +05-01-048 = CGCG 499-066 =
00 10 46.9 +33 21 11; And
See observing notes for
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 21 = Sw. 2-5 on 20 Sept 1885 and
recorded "eF; S; lE."
His positions for NGC 19, 7831 and 7836 from the same evening are all
offset ~70 seconds in RA and 8' in declination. The offset position for NGC 21 lands on NGC 29. So, NGC 21 is a duplicate of NGC
29. RNGC, UGC and PGC misidentify
******************************
NGC 22 = UGC 86 = MCG +05-01-039 = CGCG 499-055 = PGC 690
00 09 48.2 +27 49 57; Peg
V = 13.6; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 160°
17.5" (11/14/87): faint, fairly small, diffuse, slightly elongated, broad concentration. Located 2.5' S of a mag 10 star. Forms a wide pair with NGC 16 12' SW.
13.1" (8/24/84): very faint, fairly small, roundish, very diffuse, even surface brightness.
13.1" (11/5/83): extremely faint, small, round. A mag 9 star 3' N interferes with viewing. Located 12' NE of NGC 16.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 22 = St. 13-1 on 28 Sep 1867 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. On this date he only wrote a rough position for NGC 16 in his logbook but gave an offset (38 seconds of RA and 5' dec) to NGC 22. He observed NGC 22 again on 29 Oct and 1 Nov 1877 and published an accurate position (reduced on 2 Oct 1883) with description "eF; pS; R; lbM, resolvable".
William Herschel possibly discovered this galaxy on 8 Sep 1784 (H. IV-15, sweep 260) and recorded "F, S, Stellar, or rather like a faint star with a small chevelure and two burs." His position is poor -- 40 sec too far east and 7' too far south -- but the description is a reasonable fit. Dreyer assumed the observation referred to NGC 16, which is 1 min 25 sec of RA to the west and he commented in the NGC notes "Some error in recording the transit, probably simply of 1 min; reductions correct." Wolfgang Steinicke feels H. IV-15 refers to NGC 22 and Herschel never observed brighter NGC 16, but Corwin and Seligman favor Dreyer's interpretation.
******************************
NGC 23 = UGC 89 = MCG +04-01-033 = CGCG 477-062 = Mrk 545 = LGG 002-003 = PGC 698
00 09 53.3 +25 55 26; Peg
V = 12.0; Size 2.2'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 8°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated NNW-SSE, diffuse. Unusual appearance as a mag 14 star is superimposed 26" SE of center. Forms a pair with NGC 26 9' SE. Brightest member of a group (LGG 002) at a distance of ~200 million l.y.
8" (7/24/82): faint, small, elongated NW-SE, stellar nucleus. A star is at the SE end.
William Herschel discovered NGC 23 = H. III-147 on 10 Sep 1784 (sweep 264) and recorded as "2 or 3 stars in a line, with seeming nebulosity between them." I only noted a single superimposed star, though Herschel's second "star" may be the nucleus. Stephan made an observation on 28 Oct 1875, while Dreyer (as Lawrence Parsons' assistant) observed the galaxy a month at Birr Castle and described a "vS neb, with a starlike nucl = 11-12 mag and a *13 in PA 135.2°. Dist 26.2"." Englemann measured an accurate position, in Astronomische Nachrichten 2485.
******************************
00 09 56.4 -24 57 49; Scl
V = 11.6; Size 5.5'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 46°
24" (10/17/20): fairly bright, large, very elongated 7:2 SW-NE, 4.0'x1.2', large brighter middle bulge (elongated). A mag 12.7 star is just east of the NE end.
17.5" (8/2/86): moderately bright, pretty edge-on 5:1 SW-NE, 4.0'x0.8', large bright core. A mag 12 star is just east of the NE end. This is a little-known striking spiral.
William Herschel discovered NGC 24 = H. III-461 = h2308 on 27 Oct 1785 (sweep 467). He logged it as "vF, cL, lE, glbM, 4 or 5' long." John Herschel observed it from the Cape of Good Hope as "F; vL; vmE; vgbM; 4' l; 1' br." Pietro Baracchi, observing with the 48" Melbourne telescope on 9 Dec 1887, called it "pF; L; vmE; gbM; fades away gradually at the ends - outline not well defined, woolly." Herbert Howe, using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory, reported the length as 3' and PA = 45°.
******************************
00 09 59.4 -57 01 14; Phe
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 85°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright,
moderately large, elongated 3:2 E-W, 0.8'x0.5', fairly well concentrated with a
brighter core. Flanked by a mag 15
star 0.6' NE and a similar star 1' S.
Located 2.7' SE of a mag 10.5 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 25 = h2309 on 28 Oct 1834 and
recorded as "F; R; 30" across." His position matches
******************************
NGC 26 = UGC 94 = MCG +04-01-034 = CGCG 477-064 = LGG 002-004 = PGC 732
00 10 25.8 +25 49 55; Peg
V = 12.7; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 100°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, broad concentration. Two mag 13.5 stars are 1.0' NE and 1.2' N of center. Forms a pair with NGC 23 9' NW.
13.1" (12/11/82): very faint, fairly small, oval.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 26 on 14 Sep 1865 with an 11" Merz refractor at Copenhagen and made a total of 3 observations. His position and descriptions (combined in the NGC as "vF, pL, R, 2 F stars north) match. As the observer for the 4th Earl of Rosse, Dreyer rediscovered this galaxy on 28 Sep 1875 and recorded "eF, pL, R. Clouds came on." Édouard Stephan also made an observation on 28 Oct 1875, perhaps aware of d'Arrest's discovery.
Yann Pothier credits Auguste Voigt with the original discovery on 13 Sep 1865 (just one day before d'Arrest!) with the 31-inch Foucault reflector at the Marseilles Observatory.
******************************
00 10 32.7 +28 59 46; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 117°
24" (8/25/19): at 324x; moderately bright and large, oval 2:1 WNW-ESE, ~0.9'x0.4'. Contains a round, small bright core that gradually increased to a slightly brighter stellar nucleus. A mag 10.5 star is 1.6' S.
NGC 27 forms a close pair with superthin galaxy
17.5" (10/8/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
5:2 WNW-ESE, 1.0'x0.4', broad concentration to a brighter core. Located 1.5' N of mag 9.5 SAO
73786. A wide pair of mag 13.5
stars are 1.4' NNW and 2.0' NNW.
Forms a pair with
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, small, roundish, very small brighter core. Situated between two mag 13 and 14 stars.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 27 = Sw. 1-1 on 3 Aug 1884 with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded as "vvF; vS; E; B* nr." His position matches UGC 96 = PGC 742.
******************************
NGC 28 = PGC 730 = LEDA 395160
00 10 25.2 -56 59 21; Phe
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright,
fairly small, irregularly round, 30"x25", fairly high surface
brightness, steadily increases to a very small bright core and stellar
nucleus. Located in the core of
AGC 2731 with NGC 31 1.8' E, NGC 25 4' SW and
John Herschel discovered NGC 28 = h2310 on 28 Oct 1834 and
described as "eF, preceding of 2. Requires attention, but no doubt
remains." The 2nd object is h2311 = NGC 31. His position matches
******************************
NGC 29 = NGC 21 = UGC 100 = MCG +05-01-048 = CGCG 499-066 = PGC 767
00 10 46.9 +33 21 10; And
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 154°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval NNW-SSE, weak concentration. A mag 15 star is at the north edge. Located 13' N of mag 6.8 SAO 53694. Third of three with NGC 13 and NGC 20.
William Herschel discovered NGC 29 = H. II-853 = h6 on 26 Nov 1790 (sweep 981) and noted "F, S, E nearly in the meridian." John Herschel called it "pB; pL; irr figure." Swift found the galaxy on 20 Sep 1885 and recorded it as new in his second discovery list (#5). His position was offset by 70 seconds of RA too far west and 8' in declination, so Dreyer assumed it was a different object and catalogued it as NGC 21. But Swift's position for NGC 19, 7831 and 7836, all discovered on the same night, carry this same offset. So, NGC 21 is a duplicate observation of NGC 29. NGC 29 was observed 8 times with Lord Rosse's 72" and recorded on 16 Oct 1854 as "Elongated north and south, * at on end of neb inv, and another rather fainter south of center."
******************************
00 10 50.8 +21 58 37; Peg
= **, Carlson and Corwin.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 30 = m 4 on 30 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "Neb * 13." SDSS shows a very close double 1' N of Marth's position at 00 10 50.8 +21 58 37 (J2000). Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, states "*14 and ? neb *15 nf alm att; *13.3 nff 2.9'. Dorothy Carlson, in her 1940 lists of NGC/IC corrections, identifies NGC 30 as a double star.
******************************
NGC 31 = ESO 149-020 = PGC 751
00 10 38.5 -56 59 11; Phe
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 5°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): this is the
largest of 9 members of AGC 2731 viewed.
Appeared moderately bright, moderately large, oval 3:2 N-S, 1.2'x0.8',
broad concentration, bright core.
Situated in the center of the cluster with NGC 28 1.8' W, NGC 25 5.7' SW
and
John Herschel discovered NGC 31 = h2311 on 28 Oct 1834 and logged "eeF; the following of 2. Requires attention, but leaves no doubt" and on a later sweep as "eeF; S; R." The preceding object is h2310 = NGC 28. Herschel's positions clearly establishes NGC 28 = PGC 730 and NGC 31 = ESO 149-020 = PGC 751. Nevertheless, the PGC reverses the identifications of NGC 28 and 31. The galaxy identified in the RC2 as NGC 28 is actually NGC 31. The ESO entry (149- G20) for NGC 31 does not give the NGC equivalence. The SGC (Southern Galaxy Catalogue) identifications are correct although the PGC errata paper claims the SGC reverses the identifications.
******************************
00 10 53.5 +18 47 46; Peg
= wide **, Corwin. =several stars, RNGC.
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 32 = Au 1 on 10 Oct 1861 while observing Comet Encke with the 6.2-inch Plössl refractor at Athens Observatory. Although it wasn't Schmidt's first discovery, it was published (AN 1355) in time to be included in Auwers' 1862 list in new nebulae and by John Herschel as GC 16. His position corresponds precisely with a pair of mag 13.6/14.7 stars at 27" separation in PA = 200. Harold Corwin identifies Schmidt's object as a double star and RNGC calls it several stars.
******************************
00 10 56.6 +03 40 33; Psc
= **, Corwin.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 33 = m 5 on 9 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "eF, vS, or neb st." Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, describes NGC 33 as a "? Neb *13.7, eS, R; *9.5 sp 2.0', *13.0 ssf 1.8'." The POSS shows a faint evenly matched double star at 00 10 58 +03 40.5 located 2.0' NW of a mag 10 star. This appears to be Reinmuth's object although the *9.5 is sf 2.0' not "sp". Corwin also identifies NGC 33 as a double star near Marth's position.
******************************
NGC 34 = NGC 17 = MCG -02-01-032 = Mrk 938 = VV 850 = PGC 781
00 11 06.7 -12 06 27; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 2.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
48" (11/5/21): at 488x; bright, fairly small, slightly elongated SW-NE, gradually increases towards the center, overall high surface brightness with a faint thin halo. A faint, roundish glow [apparently tidal debris] is attached on the NW side. With careful averted vision, a thin, very low surface brightness tidal tail occasionally popped into view to the NE, ~30" in length. A fairly bright double star (WZ 1 = 12.4/13.9 at 7") is 2' W.
17.5" (8/20/88): moderately bright, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. A close double star is 2' W. Forms a pair with NGC 35 6' NNE.
This infrared-luminous galaxy is in an advanced stage of merger with a tidal tail to the NE.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 34 = Sw. 6-1 on 21 Nov 1886, along with NGC 35, with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position and description ("equilateral triangle with 2 stars, one a close double") matches MCG -02-01-032 = PGC 781. Frank Muller independently found this galaxy in 1886 and listed it as LM II-276 (later NGC 17). His RA was 2.0 minutes too small, but the description matches. So, NGC 34 = NGC 17 (discovery priority unknown). Herbert Howe searched for NGC 17 unsuccessfully with the 20" refractor at Denver and concluded it was equivalent to NGC 34 based on the similar descriptions.
******************************
NGC 35 = MCG -02-01-033 = PGC 784
00 11 10.5 -12 01 15; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 11.4
17.5" (8/20/88): moderately bright, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. A close double star (WZ 1 = 12.4/13.9 at 7") is 2' W. Forms a pair with NGC 35 6' NNE.
This LIRG (infrared-luminous galaxy) is in an advanced stage of merger with a tidal tail to the NE.
Lewis Swift independently discovered NGC 35 = Sw. 6-2, along with NGC 34, on 21 Nov 1886. Frank Muller also found NGC 35 = LM 2-277 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Swift's position is 48" N of MCG -02-01-033 = PGC 784. The discovery priority is unknown.
******************************
00 11 22.3 +06 23 21; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 2.2'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 21°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, almost
round, bright core. A mag 14 star
lies 1.9' NE. Forms a close pair
with
William Herschel discovered NGC 36 = H. III-456 on 25 Oct
1785 (sweep 464) and recorded "vF, pS, irr figure." His RA is 1.0 minute too large, but it
was corrected by d'Arrest and Bigourdan and the NGC position is just 1' south
of
******************************
NGC 37 = ESO 149-022 = PGC 801 = LEDA 395521
00 11 23.0 -56 57 26; Phe
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 35°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly faint,
fairly small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, 0.6'x0.4'. Sharply concentrated with a very bright compact core,
surrounded by a low surface brightness halo. A mag 15 star lies 0.8' E.
John Herschel discovered NGC 37 = h2312 on 2 Oct 1836 and
recorded as "extremely faint, small, round.". His position matches
******************************
00 11 47.0 -05 35 10; Psc
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, small, almost round, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is 1.4' WNW a mag 12 star 2.6' ENE of center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 38 = St. 12-3 on 30 Sep 1867 and recorded a rough position (3' too far SE) in his logbook. He published an accurate micrometric position made on 25 Oct 1881 and described it as "F; S; R; bM; bright stellar nucleus."
******************************
00 12 19.0 +31 03 42; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated, diffuse. A mag 14 star
is at the south edge. Forms a pair
with
William Herschel discovered NGC 39 = H. III-861 = h7 on 2 Nov 1790 (sweep 975) and noted "eF, S." John Herschel made three observations as well as two by d'Arrest.
******************************
00 13 01.0 +72 31 19; Cep
V = 10.6; Size 38"x35"; PA = 14°
48" (10/23/14): this showpiece, annular planetary was observed unfiltered (low-excitation) at both 488x and 813x and a remarkable amount of detail was visible. The main section of NGC 40 is nearly round and 0.7' in diameter but outer extensions on the north and south ends increase the dimensions to roughly 1.0'x0.8' SSW-NNE. The darker interior surrounding the blazing mag 11.5 central star (WC8-type carbon Wolf-Rayet) has a very uneven surface brightness and is slightly darker to the southwest of the central star.
The rim is irregular and much brighter along fairly narrow N-S strips on the W and E side. The western rim is the brighter one and somewhat patchy with a slightly darker notch to the south of its center. At its north end is a small, faint extension. The rim is more uniform in brightness on the eastern side.
A very faint, thin outer loop curls north and west at its north end of the main disc! A small, detached, elongated patch floats near its north edge, but slightly south of the tip of the outer loop to its east. A very faint star or stellar knot is involved in this patch.
The rim is very weak on the S side and an easy star is at the SW end. A faint, very small detached piece was easily visible at the southern extremity [32" SSW of the central star] of NGC 40. This patch forms the eastern vertex of a small triangle with a star ~10" NW (noted earlier) and a fainter star 10" SE.
17.5" (12/30/99): at 100x appeared (unfiltered) as a slightly elongated, moderately bright disc surrounding a bright mag 11.5 central star. A slightly fainter mag 12 star lies 1.0' SW. This is a low excitation PN with an OIII/H-beta ratio of just 0.4 and at 100x there was a noticeable enhancement using the H-beta filter, while it dimmed with an OIII filter. At 220x, a star was intermittently visible at the SW edge and the PN was slightly elongated SSW-NNE. The UHC filter gave the best response at this power. The surface brightness appeared irregular -- darker around the central star and slightly brighter along the west and east side of the rim. At 280x, the faint star I noted earlier was barely off the SW edge and the PN was weakly annular with a brighter rim along the west and east side and a darker center. The SW and NE ends of the halo were clearly weaker, though. 380x provided a nice view with subtle irregularities in the interior.
17.5" (11/1/86): bright, moderately large, round. Contains a prominent mag 11.5 central star surrounded by a fairly bright halo.
13.1" (12/7/85): at 166x (unfiltered): bright central star visible centered within a fairly small prominent disc.
13.1" (1985): moderately large, bright central star surrounded by a moderately bright halo at 166x and 214x using a UHC filter.
8": at 100x; a bright central star is surrounded by an easy halo.
William Herschel discovered NGC 40 = H. IV-58 = h8 on 25 Nov 1788 (sweep 886) and recorded, "a star about 9th mag, surrounded with vF milky nebulosity; other stars of the same size are perfectly clear from that appearance. The star is either not round or double; but I am in the north and above the pole, I could not view it sufficiently to determine it. Less than 1' in diameter." On 20 Nov 1829 (sweep 228), John Herschel logged "a star 11m with a luminous atmosphere 30" to 40" diameter." On 29 Oct 1831 he noted "a * 10m with strong nebulous atmosphere 15" diameter. Exactly round and pretty suddently fading away makes a double star class 5 with a star preceding."
Williamina Fleming (1905) classified the spectrum as Peculiar and noted "Bright lines and bands." Based on Crossley photographs, Curtis (1918) described, "Central star about mag 10. The nebula resembles a truncated ring from the ends of which extend much fainter wisps. The brighter central portion is 38"x35" in PA 14°, while the total length along this axis is about 60"."
******************************
00 12 48.0 +22 01 25; Peg
V = 13.6; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6
17.5" (11/14/87): faint, small, round, broad
concentration. Forms a pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 41 = m 6, along with NGC 42, on 30 Oct 1864. Using Lassell's 48" on Malta he recorded "pF, S, lE, gbM."
******************************
NGC 42 = UGC 118 = MCG +04-01-041 = CGCG 478-043 = PGC 867
00 12 56.3 +22 06 02; Peg
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 115°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus, compact. Forms a pair with NGC 41 5' SSW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 42 = m 7, along with NGC 41, on 30 Oct 1864. He called it "F, vS, stell."
******************************
NGC 43 = UGC 120 = MCG +05-01-054 = CGCG 499-079 = PGC 875
00 13 00.8 +30 54 55; And
V = 12.6; Size 1.6'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 49" NW of center. Forms a pair with NGC 39 12' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 43 = h9 on 11 Nov 1827. His description reads, "eF; has a 12m star 45" dist; pos 325°?" His position was 2' too far N (nearby NGC 39 is also offset 1.5' too far N).
******************************
00 13 13.4 +31 17 11; And
= **, Corwin. Not found, RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 44 = h10 on 22 Nov 1827 and logged as "eF, vS; not to be seen but in the clearest night." There is a faint, very close double star at his position (00 13 13.4 +31 17 11) on the SDSS. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, appears to identify this double star as NGC 44: "cF, eS, E, ident doubtful; BD +30d17 npp 6.6'; double star 16 and 12.5 nf 1.5', *14 sf 1.3'." Corwin's confirms the identification as a double star.
******************************
00 14 03.9 -23 10 52; Cet
V = 10.7; Size 8.5'x5.9'; Surf Br = 14.7; PA = 142°
17.5" (8/2/86): faint, large, almost round, very
diffuse. A mag 10 star (SAO
166133) is attached at the south end.
Located 4' ENE of mag 6.9
NGC 45 is a low surface brightness, metal-poor spiral with a weak star formation rate. It resides in the background of the Sculptor Group at a distance of ~23 million l.y.
13.1" (12/7/85): extremely faint, fairly large. A mag 7 star 4' WSW detracts from observation.
13.1" (8/24/84): only suspected at visual threshold. The nearby mag 7 star interferes with viewing.
John Herschel discovered NGC 45 = h2313 on 11 Nov 1835 and
logged "extremely faint; large; round; very gradually very little brighter
in the middle; attached to and nearly involving a large star; the following of
two. A very faint object of singular appearance, 3 or 4' diameter; forms a kind
of cometic appendage to the star, which, however, is quite at the
edge." His position is 9 sec
of RA west of
******************************
00 14 09.8 +05 59 16; Psc
= *, Carlson and Corwin.
Edward Cooper discovered NGC 46 = Au 2 on 22 Oct 1852 with the 13.3-inch refractor at the Markree Observatory in Ireland. While compiling the comprehensive Markree Ecliptic Catalogue it was noted (probably by assistant Andrew Graham) as a nebulous star but there is only a single mag 12.2 star at his position. Auwers reported only finding a sharp, nebulous star on 28 and 30 Sep 1861, but included it in his 1862 list of new nebulae. Bigourdan also reported he could not find a nebula at the Markree position.
******************************
00 14 30.7 -07 10 04; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 2.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.4
24" (11/7/18): at least fairly faint and nearly moderately bright, round, up to 1.5' diameter with averted vision, broad concentration with a relatively large slightly brighter central region, no distinct nucleus. The halo fades out without a perceptible edge. Located 5' NE of a 1' pair of mag 7.3/9.5 stars that point to the galaxy.
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval
WNW-ESE, bright core. Collinear
with mag 9
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 47 in 1886 with the 11-inch refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. There is no published record on his observation, so the discovery must have been communicated directly to Dreyer, but Tempel's position matches PGC 967. Lewis Swift likely discovered this galaxy again on 21 Oct 1886, though his position for Sw. 5-3 (later NGC 58) is 1 min of RA to the east. The discovery priority is unknown.
******************************
00 14 02.1 +48 14 05; And
V = 13.6; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 15°
17.5" (8/31/86): third and largest of six in a group
(first of three NGC galaxies with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 48 = Sw. 2-6, along with NGC 49
and 51, on 7 Sep 1885 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position was 0.7 minutes of RA too
large. Bigourdan measured an
accurate position on 13 Oct 1890 (repeated in the
******************************
NGC 49 = UGC 136 = MCG +08-01-033 = CGCG 549-029 = WBL 005-005 = PGC 952
00 14 22.4 +48 14 48; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 165°
17.5" (8/31/86): fifth of six in the NGC 51 group. Fairly faint, small, almost round, bright core. Second of three NGC galaxies and situated between NGC 48 and 51.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 49 = Sw. 2-7, along with NGC 48 and 51, on 7 Sep 1885 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position was 0.5 minutes of RA too large, though his description "middle one of 3 in line" pins downs the identification. Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 13 Oct 1890 (repeated in the IC 2 Notes) and as well as Barnard (AN 4136). Barnard's sketch of the field was published in AN 4136.
******************************
00 14 44.7 -07 20 43; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 2.3'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 155°
24" (11/7/18): at 375x; fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, strong concentration with a very bright core that increases to a quasi-stellar nucleus. Flanked by a mag 12.9 star 1.8' S and a mag 13.7 star 1.7' NW.
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE. Rises to a small, very bright core. Brightest in a group with MCG -01-01-057 3' NNW (logged as "faint, very small, round") and NGC 47 11' NNW.
Gaspare Ferrari discovered NGC 50 = Nova #13 = Sw. 5-1 on 8
Jan 1866 while searching for Biela's Comet, which never returned after
1852. He was using the 9.5-inch
Merz equatorial at the College Romain as an assistant to Father Angelo Secchi
(see AN 1571). His position
matches
******************************
NGC 51 = UGC 138 = MCG +08-01-035 = CGCG 549-031 = WBL 005-006 = PGC 974
00 14 34.9 +48 15 20; And
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (8/31/86): fairly faint, fairly small, round, small bright core. A faint star is superimposed on SE edge (or a companion galaxy). Brightest and last of six in the group. Also the third of three NGC galaxies in the NGC 51 group.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 51 = Sw. 2-8 on 7 Sep 1885, along with NGC 48 and 49, with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His RA was 0.5 minutes too large (similar offset as the other two). Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 13 Oct 1890 (repeated in the IC 2 Notes) and as well as Barnard (AN 4136).
******************************
00 14 40.1 +18 34 54; Peg
V = 13.3; Size 2.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 127°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, small, thin edge-on 5:1 WNW-ESE, weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 52 = H. III-183 = h11 on 18
Sep 1784 (sweep 277) and recorded "eF, S, irr E." The NGC position is
0.4 min of RA east of
******************************
00 14 42.8 -60 19 44; Tuc
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 160°
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright and large, elongated 5:3 N-S, 1.2'x0.7'. Broadly concentrated, then suddenly condenses to a sharp stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star lies 1.7' W of center and a faint star lies 1' NE of center [this is a close double star]. Several mag 10-12 stars are in the field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 53 = h2314 on 15 Sep 1836 and
recorded "extremely faint; round; very little brighter in the middle;
30" across." His
position matches
******************************
NGC 54 = MCG -01-01-060 = PGC 1011
00 15 07.7 -07 06 25; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 93°
24" (10/17/20): at 260x; fairly faint, very elongated 4:1 E-W, 0.8'x0.2', brighter in the middle along the major axis. Part of a small group (USGC S005) with NGC 47 10' SW.
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, small, very elongated 3:1 E-W, even surface brightness. Located 10' ENE of NGC 47 in a group.
Wilhelm Tempel independently discovered NGC 54 = Sw. 5-2 in 1886 with the 11-inch refractor at the Arcetri Observatory, as well as Lewis Swift on 21 Oct 1886. Tempel's observation doesn't appear in any of his lists, so the discovery must have been communicated directly to Dreyer. The first discovery date is unknown.
******************************
00 15 05.9 -39 13 01; Scl
V = 7.9; Size 32.4'x5.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 108°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran): NGC 55 nearly filled the 37' field of the 21mm Ethos at 264x, extending close to 30' in length WNW-ESE and roughly 4' in width. The structure was fascinating at 429x with a highly irregular surface brightness due to dusty patches and rifts, along with bright clumps and knots. The "bright" central section, which is offset WNW of center, spans ~9' in length. At the west end of the central section, the surface brightness dims significantly and the galaxy tapers, extending several arc minutes further WNW. At the ESE side of the central portion is a bright, elongated, mottled core, roughly 1' in length and slightly bulging. Just ESE of the core are two noticeable knots; the first is small but elongated, the second knot is very bright and elongated. With careful viewing the second knot resolved into two individual pieces or clumps. Continuing further ESE, the surface brightness drops significantly very quickly and a large, elongated dark notch appears to take a bite out of the galaxy. Just as the galaxy begins to brighten again towards the ESE end, there is another bright round knot and a second very small piece just detached to the ENE. At the ESE tip the galaxy brightens a bit more and has an irregular, patchy appearance with a couple of brighter stars superimposed.
20" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): viewed at nearly 60° elevation at 212x, this huge galaxy was an amazing sight and overfilled the 23' field (at least 25' in length). Near the core were two small, prominent HII knots. A couple of additional low surface brightness knots were visible further east along the mottled extensions. The appearance was asymmetric with the brighter WNW section bulging slightly.
17.5" (11/1/86 and 12/3/88): very large, edge-on 6:1
WNW-ESE, 16'x3'. Very asymmetric with a bright, elongated western
portion, darker center and a faint, nearly detached eastern section (
13.1" (11/5/83): fairly bright, very large. The very faint eastern portion is near detached from the bright WNW section.
8" (9/25/81): very large, very elongated, brighter to the west, very faint eastern section.
15x50 IS binoculars (10/21/06): although very low in the southern sky, NGC 55 was visible as a faint, relatively large elongated patch using handheld IS binoculars. Easy to locate 3.8° NW of Alpha Phe as the galaxy is exactly collinear with three mag 7 stars to the east that are aligned east to west.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 55 = D 507 = h2315 on 7 Jul 1826 from Parramatta, New South Wales. Using his 9-inch f/12 speculum reflector, he described it as "a beautiful long nebula, about 25' in length; position N.p. and S.f., a little brighter towards the middle, but extremely faint and diluted to the extremities. I see several minute points or stars in it, as it were through the nebula: the nebulous matter of the south extremity is extremely rare, and of a delicate bluish hue. This is a beautiful object." Dunlop observed the galaxy on 4 nights and made a simple sketch (Figure 21).
John Herschel first observed this galaxy from the Cape on 3
May 1834: "bright; very large; very much elongated in a long irregular
train, the preceding end being much the brightest. Whole length = 1.5 diam. of
field, or 22' The nucleus is either a double star or a much more sharply
terminated nebulous mass, elongated in a different position (146.5 ) from that
of the nebula (109.8 )." He observed it again on 23 October 1835,
recording it as "very bright; very large; very much elongated; at least
25' long and 3' broad. The following part is faint, the preceding and shorter
trinuclear the 2d, nucleus taken. A strange object." His final observation
on 4 October 1836 reads: "very bright, very large; a very long irregular
crooked ray with 3 nuclei, the second of which appears to consist of
stars." His sketch of the galaxy (fig. 8, plate IV) clearly shows its
convoluted form and three brighter sections. In his discussion, he grouped it
together with the galaxy
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 55 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope on 29 Oct 1875 (plate I, figure 2 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope from 1869 to 1885"). He reported "The present appearance agrees well with H.'s description and drawing. The 'following' portion is now much fainter than shown by H.'s sketch; indeed it is so very faint that its exact outlines cannot with certainty be determined, a faint whitishness being all that can be made out, while the star-like appearance described by H. in his portion cannot now be seen. The 'preceding' portion is still, as shown by H., much the brightest. There are still three nuclei, the centre one of which is much the brightest. H. says this one appears to consist of stars; but although I have tried several powers, I cannot with any certainty, determine this point, although it has, at times, a sparkling appearance. The 'following' portion of this nebula appears to have become much fainter since H. observed it." Turner's sketch shows the bright knot on the eastern end of the galaxy.
Lewis Swift reported the eastern section (Sw. 11-2) as a new object: "eeeF; vL; eE; close f NGC 55; f of 2." As a result, Dreyer assigned it as IC 1537, though this section was sketched by both Dunlop and John Herschel (plate IV, #8).
The photographic appearance of the fainter eastern portion caused confusion. In 1940, Harlow Shapley and J.S. Paraskevopoulo wrote NGC 55 was "possibly two overlapping systems, similarly inclined, with similar internal structure? The third interpretation, suggested in conversation by Dr. G.Z. Dimitroff, is lent color by the appearance of the object on small-scale long-exposure plates, where it appears to be a double, edge-on spiral, without nuclei and with the components differing perhaps three magnitudes in total brightness. Strong absorption may conceal nuclear regions; but a number of spirals that appear to be devoid of a central nucleus or strong central concentration are now known. It may well be that such objects will need to be recognized as forming a distinct class."
******************************
00 15 24 +12 26; Psc
= Not found, Carlson and Corwin.
John Herschel found NGC 56 = h12 on 13 Oct 1825 and logged "about this place a considerable space seems affected by nebulosity." Neither Guillaume Bigourdan nor Édouard Stephan found anything near Herschel's position and nothing was found on Mount Wilson and Lick photographs. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent. See Corwin's notes for more.
******************************
00 15 30.9 +17 19 43; Psc
V = 11.6; Size 2.2'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 40°
24" (9/16/17): at 375x; moderately bright and large,
round, diffuse outer halo, 1'-1.2' diameter, but well concentrated with a small
bright core and occasional sharp stellar nucleus.
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, fairly small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 57 = H. II-241 = H. II-243 = h13 on 8 Oct 1784 (sweep 286) and recorded (for H. II-241) "pS, cometic, but hazy weather." A couple of nights later he logged this galaxy again as H. II-243, "faint, small, irregularly round." In the GC, John Herschel notes that Auwers misidentified H. II-243, which is identical to H. II-241 (the confusion was caused by an omitted offset star). This galaxy was observed 7 times at Birr Castle and the 26 Oct 1854 observation reads "vF, I think it is resolvable [mottled]."
******************************
00 14 30.7 -07 10 04; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 47.
Lewis Swift found NGC 58 = Sw. 5-3 on 21 Oct 1886, in a trio with NGC 50 and NGC 54, with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. There is nothing at Swift's position but his description reads "vF, pS, R, wide D * near sp; 3rd of 3." Herbert Howe, using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory, was unable to find NGC 58 on two nights and suggested that NGC 58 was a duplicate of NGC 47, discovered earlier by Wilhelm Tempel in 1886. This requires that Swift's RA for NGC 58 was 1.1 minutes too large. Despite Swift's comment "3rd of 3", his description of a "wide D[ouble] star nr sp" applies to NGC 47, making this equivalence very likely. Dreyer repeats Howe's efforts in the IC II Notes and adds "probably = [NGC] 47". See Corwin's notes for the full story.
******************************
00 15 25.3 -21 26 42; Cet
V = 12.4; Size 2.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 127°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval WNW-ESE, large bright core. There are four mag 13-14 stars to the west.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 59 = LM 1-1 on 10 Nov 1885 and
recorded "pS, iR, lE 120°".
His very rough RA (to nearest tmin) is coincidentally just 0.2 tmin E of
******************************
00 15 58.4 -00 18 13; Psc
V = 14.4; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 155°
17.5" (8/20/88): extremely faint, small, round. A mag 15 star is off the west
edge. Located 17' due east of mag
8
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 60 = St. 12-4 on 28 Oct 1875. His published position (list 12, #4) was made 7 years later on 2 Nov 1882 with description "eeF; vS; R; slightly condensed towards the center."
******************************
00 16 24.5 -06 19 21; Psc
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (8/20/88): this is a double system with the
brighter component (
William Herschel discovered NGC 61 = H. III-428 = h14 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435) and logged "vF; vS; irr figure." John Herschel called it "F; R psbM; 15"." The declination in RNGC (copied from MCG) is 5' too large. MCG and RC3 label the brighter component as NGC 61A.
******************************
00 17 05.5 -13 29 13; Cet
V = 11.5; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 11.6; PA = 130°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, small, oval WSW-ENE,
weak concentration. Located
between mag 7.2
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 62 = St. 13-2 on 8 Oct 1883
(date position was reduced) and recorded "F, vS, R, glbM." His position matches
******************************
00 17 45.5 +11 27 01; Psc
V = 11.6; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 108°
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly bright, fairly small, very elongated ~E-W, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 63 = Sf. 96 on 27 Aug 1865
with the 11-inch Merz refractor at Copenhagen and recorded (combining two
observations) "class II, round, 35", mag 16 nucleus; lying between
two mag 12 and 13 stars, the first precedes the nebula by 9.7 sec." His position and description matches
Truman Safford made an independent discovery on 30 Sep 1867 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory. Hermann Vogel made an observation on 16 Aug 1868 (he credited d'Arrest) with the 8.5" refractor at the Leipzig Observatory, as well as Édouard Stephan at Marseilles Observatory on 18 Sep 1871. Dreyer observed NGC 63 at Birr Castle on 30 Oct 1877 and logged, "pB, pS, oval p f, smbM. Inside a triangle of 3 st 12, one of them in PA 268.9 (W), Dist 143.7", the 2 others about the same distance np and f."
******************************
00 17 30.3 -06 49 30; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, fairly small, elongated SW-NE, weak concentration. An anonymous galaxy (2MASXi J0018358-070255) lies 21' SE.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 64 = Sw. 5-4 on 21 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 17 sec of RA east and 1.6' south of MCG -01-01-068 = PGC 1149. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
00 18 58.7 -22 52 50; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 178°
17.5" (8/20/88): faint, small, round. Located 2.6' WNW of mag 8.8 SAO
166184. Forms a pair with
Frank Muller discovered NGC 65 = LM 2-278, along with NGC
66, in 1886. His position is 1.0
minute of RA west of
******************************
NGC 66 = ESO 473-010 = MCG -04-02-002 = PGC 1236
00 19 05 -22 56 18; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 32°
17.5" (8/20/88): faint, small, slightly elongated
SSW-NNE, even surface brightness.
Located 1.4' S of mag 8.8
Frank Muller discovered NGC 66 = LM 2-279, along with NGC
65, in 1886. His position is 1 min
of RA west and 1' south of
******************************
00 18 12.2 +30 03 19; And
V = 15.6; Size 0.45'x0.3'; PA = 112°
24" (9/15/12): very faint, very small, round,
12"-15" diameter, just visible continuously. This galaxy is at the
west end of the
18" (11/14/09): this galaxy and PGC 1185 were the faintest members viewed in the NGC 68 group. NGC 67 appeared as a mag 16 threshold glow 1.7' SW of NGC 68. It required averted to occasionally glimpse, though a few times I could tell it was elongated. In a 22" scope, I was able to hold this galaxy continuously at over 400x.
PGC 1185 was occasionally glimpsed as a threshold
"star" sandwiched between this galaxy and NGC 68 (0.8' from both
galaxies). Most sources identify
PGC 1185 as NGC 67 and this galaxy as
17.5" (8/27/87): extremely faint and small. First in the NGC 68 group of 9 with NGC
68 0.9' NE,
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 67 on 7 Oct 1855, while observing and sketching the NGC 68 group (plate XXV, fig 1 in the 1861 publication). PGC 1185 (close northeast) is misidentified as NGC 67 in various sources including Megastar. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 68 = Arp 113 = VV 166b = Holm 6a = UGC 170 = MCG +05-01-065 = CGCG 499-106 = WBL 007-008 = PGC 1187
00 18 18.5 +30 04 18; And
V = 12.9; Size 1.2'x1.1'
24" (9/15/12): at 322x appeared fairly faint to
moderately bright, fairly small, round, 25" diameter, high surface
brightness though contains a brighter nucleus. One of the brighter members in a dense group of galaxies and
forms a tight trio with NGC 70 1.0' NE and NGC 71 1.3' SE. In addition,
18" (11/14/09): fairly faint, small, round, 25" diameter. Appears as a compact knot (like a core) of moderate surface brightness with no outer halo. Forms the southwest vertex of a tight trio with NGC 70 and NGC 71 in a dense group.
17.5" (8/27/87): faint, small, slightly elongated WNW-ESE, weak concentration. This galaxy is the brightest in a compact group and first in an interconnected trio with NGC 70 1.0' NE and NGC 71 1.2' SE. An extremely difficult galaxy, NGC 67, is just 0.9' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 68 = H. V-16 = h15 on 11 Sep
1784 (sweep 266) and recorded "eF, 5 or 6' dia, 3 or 4 stars in it; but
they seem to have connection with it." This is the only galaxy Herschel discovered in the group but
he listed it in his fifth class of "large" nebulae. Corwin feels it's likely that Herschel
saw the merged light of NGC's 68, 70, and 71 (3 brightest in a small triangle
in the core). John Herschel made a
similar observation. On 16 Sep
1828 he wrote "An extr F cluster with neb 5' diam. Several *s 15...18m. Seen distinctly, but there is also
unresolved nebulosity. R.J.
Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 7 Oct 1855, made a sketch of NGC 67, 68,
69, 70, 71, 72, 74 (Plate XXV, Fig. 1, 1861 LdR publication). The NGC position matches
******************************
NGC 69 = Arp 113 = VV 166e = Holm 6f = MCG +05-01-066 = CGCG 499-105 = WBL 007-007 = PGC 1191
00 18 20.5 +30 02 24; And
V = 14.8; Size 0.5'x0.3'
24" (9/15/12): faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter, bright quasi-stellar nucleus.
Member of the compact NGC 68 group and first in a string with
18" (11/14/09): very faint, extremely small, round, 15" diameter. Located 1.6' SSE of NGC 71 and a similar separation due west of NGC 72.
17.5" (8/27/87): extremely faint and small, faint stellar nucleus. In the core of the NGC 68 group with NGC 67 1.8' NW, NGC 71 1.6' NNE, NGC 72 1.8' E.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 69 on
7 Oct 1855, while observing the NGC 68 group. It's clearly shown on the sketch on plate XXV in the 1861
publication. The NGC position matches
******************************
NGC 70 = Arp 113 = VV 166a = Holm 6c = UGC 174 = MCG +05-01-067 = CGCG 499-108 = WBL 007-010 = IC 1539 = PGC 1194
00 18 22.6 +30 04 47; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 0°
24" (9/15/12): fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated ~N-S. Extends between two mag 14 stars separated by 42". Sharply concentrated with a small, high surface brightness core and a much fainter halo.
18" (11/14/09): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 N-S, sandwiched between two mag 13.5-14 stars at the NNE and SW ends [42" separation]. Sharply concentrated with a very small bright core and a diffuse, low surface brightness halo that might extend to 0.8'x0.6', though the stars confuse the extent of the halo. Forms the northern member of a very tight trio with NGC 71 1' SSE and NGC 68 1' SW. A total of 9 members were viewed within a 7' circle!
17.5" (8/27/87): very faint, very small, round, small bright core. Located in the core of NGC 68 group and nearly between two mag 13.5 stars 25" NE and 20" SSW. In an interconnected trio with NGC 68 1.0' SW and NGC 71 1.0' SSE.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 70 on
7 Oct 1855 while observing the NGC 68 group. It was accurately placed on the sketch (plate XXV, fig 1) in
the 1861 publication. The NGC
position matches
Heber Curtis, in his 1918 description of nebulae photographed with the Crossley reflector at Lick, misidentified NGC 70 as NGC 68.
******************************
NGC 71 = Arp 113 = VV 166c = Holm 6b = UGC 173 = MCG +05-01-068 = CGCG 499-107 = WBL 007-009 = PGC 1197
00 18 23.5 +30 03 48; And
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4
24" (9/15/12): fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, round, sharply concentrated with a high surface brightness 0.4' core and a much fainter halo to 40" diameter. In a tight group of 10 galaxies including NGC 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 74, along with numerous stars mixed in! A mag 14 star is 40" ENE.
18" (11/14/09): fairly faint, small, round, 25" diameter. Compact appearance with a fairly high uniform surface brightness. A mag 13.5 star is close following [38" ENE]. Forms the SE vertex of a tight equilateral triangle of galaxies with NGC 68 and NGC 70.
17.5" (8/27/87): very faint, small, oval ~E-W, weak concentration. Member of the NGC 68 group and third in a close trio with NGC 68 1.2' NW and NGC 70 1.0' NNW.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 71 on 7 Oct 1855 while observing the NGC 68 group. It was accurately placed on the sketch (plate XXV, fig 1) in the 1861 publication. Heinrich d'Arrest independently found the galaxy on 23 Sep 1865.
******************************
NGC 72 = Arp 113 = VV 166d = Holm 6d = UGC 176 = MCG +05-01-069 = CGCG 499-109 = WBL 007-011 = PGC 1204
00 18 28.3 +30 02 26; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 15°
24" (9/15/12): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, 30"x24", very small brighter nucleus. Member of the compact NGC 68 group and in a string with NGC 60 1.7' W and NGC 72A 1.3' ESE.
18" (11/14/09): faint, small, slightly elongated, 35"x30" diameter, low even surface brightness. Located 2-3' SE of a tight trio (NGC 68/70/71). NGC 72A, an extremely compact galaxy, lies 1.3' E.
17.5" (8/27/87): very faint, very small, elongated ~E-W, weak concentration. Located in the core of the NGC 68 group with NGC 72A 1.3' ESE, NGC 69 1.8' W, NGC 71 1.7' NW.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 72 on
7 Oct 1855 while observing the NGC 68 group. It was accurately placed on the sketch (plate XXV, fig 1) in
the 1861 publication. The NGC
position matches
******************************
00 18 39.0 -15 19 20; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 145°
17.5" (8/20/88): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, small bright core. A mag 14/15 double star is close following (separation of 24" oriented SW-NE).
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 73 = Sw. 5-5 on 21 Oct 1886 with
a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and logged "vF; S; R; vF D*
close following." His
position is 30" N of
******************************
00 18 49.3 +30 03 42; And
V = 14.5; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 130°
24" (9/15/12): faint or fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 0.6'x0.25', broad weak concentration. On the east side of the NGC 67-72 group, 5.6' due east of NGC 71.
18" (11/14/09): extremely faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 0.6'x0.2'. Appears as a phantom streak with averted vision. Located ~6' E of the NGC 68/70/71 triple and furthest east member of the group.
17.5" (8/27/87): very faint, small, elongated NW-SE, diffuse, even surface brightness. Located 6' E of NGC 71 at the east edge of the NGC 68/NGC 70 group.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 74 on
7 Oct 1855 while observing the NGC 68 group. It was accurately placed on the sketch (plate XXV, fig 1) in
the 1861 publication. Bigourdan
measured an accurate position on 29 Sep 1886, matching
******************************
00 19 26.4 +06 26 57; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.4'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.9
17.5" (8/20/88): faint, small, round, bright core,
stellar nucleus. Located 5' SE of
an isosceles triangle of mag 11/12 stars with sides 1.3', 1.6' and 1.7'. Mag 7.2
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 75 = Sw. 5-6 on 22 Oct 1886 with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 6 sec of RA west and 48" north of UGC 182 = PGC 1255.
******************************
00 19 37.8 +29 56 01; And
V = 13.3; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 80°
24" (8/31/16): fairly faint to moderately bright,
fairly small, slightly elongated E-W, 30"x25", very small bright
nucleus. Forms a close pair with
17.5" (8/27/87): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated ~E-W, small bright core.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 76 = Big. 1 on 22 Sep 1884 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory. This was Bigourdan's first discovery.
******************************
00 20 01.6 -22 31 56; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (12/20/95): extremely faint spot on the threshold
of visibility with averted vision.
Only glimpsed for moments several times although sighting certain. Located 3.1' ESE of a mag 11.5 star. Next closest is a 14th mag star 4.0'
WSW. Incorrectly identified in the
RNGC as
17.5" (10/21/95): not seen, though viewed through thin clouds.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 77 = LM 2-280 in 1886 using the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick observatory in Charlottesville,
Virginia. Although the discovery
positions at the observatory were generally very imprecise due to poorly
calibrated circles (in this case off by 30 tsec in RA), Howe measured an
accurate position (given in the IC 2 Notes section), which matches
******************************
00 20 27.5 +00 50 01; Psc
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 80°
17.5" (8/20/88): this is a double system with the southwestern member appearing faint, very small, round, bright core. The companion is attached at the northeast end and appears very faint, very small, round, low even surface brightness. The two components are separated by just 30" and within a common halo.
Carl Frederick Pechüle discovered NGC 78 around 1876 using
the 11-inch Merz refractor at the Copenhagen Observatory. The discovery must have been
communicated directly to Dreyer as it was included in the GC Supplement (5094),
but there was no published announcement.
The NGC position is 1.5' north of
******************************
00 21 02.9 +22 34 00; And
V = 14.0; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0
18" (11/22/08): fairly faint, small, round, 25"
diameter, broad weak concentration.
This member of the
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, fairly small, almost round,
broad concentration. Located at
the NW end of the NGC 80 group 9.1' NW of
13.1" (9/29/84): faint, very small, slightly elongated.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 79 = Big. 2, along with
NGC 86 and 94, on 14 Nov 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory at the
NW end of the NGC 80 group. His
position matches
******************************
NGC 80 = UGC 203 = MCG +04-02-004 = CGCG 479-006 = WBL 009-003 = PGC 1351
00 21 10.9 +22 21 26; And
V = 12.1; Size 1.6'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.0
18" (11/22/08): this giant lenticular galaxy is the
brightest in a visually rich group (WBL 009), with 20 galaxies viewed in a 25'
circle. At 283x it appeared fairly
bright, moderately large, round, 1.0' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a very bright 30" core that
increases to the center and a much fainter outer halo. The closest cluster members are
17.5" (9/19/87): moderately bright, fairly small, sharp
concentration, very bright core, stellar nucleus. Brightest in a group with NGC 81, 83, 85, 86, 91, 93, 94,
96,
13.1" (9/29/84): moderately bright, fairly small, almost round, small bright core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 80 = h16 on 17 Aug 1828 and
noted "F; S; R; psbM; 15"." The NGC 80 group was observed 5 times by Lord Rosse's
assistants. On 19 Sep 1857, R.J.
Mitchell wrote, "S; R; or nearly so; and lbM." The NGC position matches
******************************
00 21 13.3 +22 22 58; And
V = 15.2; Size 0.3'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 84°
18" (11/22/08): this companion to NGC 80 appeared extremely faint and small, round, just 6"-10" diameter. A mag 15 star lies 0.7' NNW. Located 1.7' NNE of NGC 80.
17.5" (9/19/87): extremely faint and small, slightly elongated. Two mag 15 stars are close NW, the nearer star is 40" NW. Located just 1.6' NNE of NGC 80 in a group.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 81 on 15 Nov 1873 during one of the observations with Lord Rosse's 72" of the GC 38 = NGC 80 group. Copeland described a "F neb, fairly certain. Pos 212.3°, dist 219.5" from [NGC 83]". His micrometric offset matches PGC 1352. Corwin notes that Bigourdan mistook a star NW of the galaxy (mentioned in my visual observation of the galaxy) as NGC 81.
******************************
00 21 17.4 +22 27 42; And
= *, Corwin and Carlson.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 82 = Big. 3 on 23 Oct 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory. According to Corwin, Bigourdan's offset matches a star at 00 21 17.4 +22 27 42 (2000). NGC 82 is incorrectly equated with NGC 83 in the MCG.
******************************
NGC 83 = UGC 206 = MCG +04-02-005 = CGCG 479-008 = WBL 009-004 = PGC 1371
00 21 22.5 +22 26 01; And
V = 12.5; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.4
18" (11/22/08): fairly faint, small, round, 20"-24" diameter, weak concentration. Cradled by three brighter mag 10-10.5 stars off the following side with the closest 0.9' SSE. NGC 83 is the brightest in a subgroup that is currently "falling into" the larger NGC 80 subgroup.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, slightly elongated
NW-SE, broad concentration. This
is the second brightest member of the NGC 80 group with NGC 80 5.3' SSW and the
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, very small, round. Three mag 10 stars follow. Located 5' NE of NGC 80 is a group.
John Herschel discovered NGC 83 = h17 on 17 Aug 1828 and recorded "E; perhaps bicentral; makes trapezium with three B stars." R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 26 Oct 1854, noted "round and brighter in the middle." Édouard Stephan made an observation on 2 Nov 1877 and Engelhardt measured an accurate micrometric position.
This galaxy is identified as NGC 82/83 in MCG although NGC 82 refers to a star.
******************************
00 21 21.3 +22 37 03; And
= *, Thomson and Corwin. Incorrectly identified in the RNGC as MCG +04-02-010.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 84 = Big. 4 on 14 Nov 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory. At his position is a single star. The RNGC misidentifies MCG +04-02-010 as NGC 84. The identification was discussed in the Webb Society Quarterly Journal for July, 1991.
******************************
00 21 25.5 +22 30 43; And
V = 14.3; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.5
18" (11/22/08): faint, very small, slightly elongated, ~18"x15". Forms a very close pair with IC 1546 = NGC 85B just 0.9' SE within the NGC 80 cluster. Situated between NGC 83 4.7' S and NGC 86 2.8' N.
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, very small, slightly elongated. Forms a close pair with IC 1546 = NGC 85B 53" ESE and NGC 83 lies 5' S.
13.1" (9/29/84): extremely faint, very diffuse, small, almost round. Located 5' N of NGC 83.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 85 on 15 Nov 1873 using Lord
Rosse's 72" and recorded "eeF, cL, R neb, was certainly and
repeatedly seen. Pos 7.4°, dist
289.2" or 2.7s f, 4'46" N of [N83]. His micrometric offset points directly at
******************************
NGC 86 = MCG +04-02-009 = CGCG 479-011 = WBL 009-007 = PGC 1383
00 21 28.6 +22 33 24; And
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 9°
18" (11/22/08): this member of the NGC 80 group appeared faint, very small, elongated 3:2 N-S, ~20"x14". Elongated in the direction of a mag 12.5 star located just 0.7' S of center. NGC 85 lies 2.8' S.
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, very small, elongated ~N-S. A mag 12.5 star is 35" S. MCG +04-02-010 (incorrectly identified in RNGC as NGC 84) lies 2.2' NNE. Located 4' N of NGC 85 in the NGC 80 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): extremely faint, very small, round. A mag 13 star is close S.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 86 = Big. 5 on 14 Nov 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory, along with NGCs 79 and 94.
******************************
00 21 14.2 -48 37 42; Phe
V = 14.3; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.6
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): fairly faint,
fairly small, irregularly round, 0.7' diameter, low even surface
brightness. Westernmost and second
faintest in the compact Phoenix Quartet (Rose 34) with
John Herschel discovered NGC 87 = h2316 (along with NGC 88, 89, 92) on 30 Sep 1834 and recorded "eF, vS, R, gbM, first of four." The next sweep two nights later he logged "eF; S; R. The first of a group of four nebulae."
******************************
NGC 88 = ESO 194-010 = Rose 34 = AM 0018-485 = PGC 1370 = Robert's Quartet = Phoenix Group
00 21 22.0 -48 38 24; Phe
V = 14.4; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 145°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE, very small bright core. An extremely faint star is attached at the SW end. This galaxy is the faintest in the Phoenix Quartet (Rose 34) and centered in an equilateral triangle of galaxies with NGC 87 1.5' NW, NGC 92 1.9' NE and NGC 89 1.5' S.
John Herschel discovered NGC 88 = h2317 (along with NGC 87, 89 and 92) on 30 Sep 1834 and recorded "eF, vS, R, 2nd of 4, in centre of gravity of the others.".
******************************
NGC 89 = ESO 194-011 = Rose 34 = AM 0018-485 = SCG 0018-4854 = PGC 1374 = Robert's Quartet = Phoenix Group
00 21 24.4 -48 39 55; Phe
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 148°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.5', very small slightly brighter core, faint stellar nucleus. Has a slightly higher surface brightness than NGC 92. Furthest southern member of the compact Phoenix Quartet (Rose 34) with NGC 87, 88, and 92. NGC 88 lies 1.5' N and a faint star is 43" N (at the midpoint to NGC 88).
John Herschel discovered NGC 89 = h2318 (along with NGC 87, 88 and 92) on 30 Sep 1834 and recorded "vF; S; R; gbM. The 3rd of four."
******************************
00 21 51.4 +22 24 00; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 113°
48" (10/30/16): at 488x and 610x; bright, oval 3:2 E-W,
sharply concentrated with a very bright roundish core (slightly elongated at
610x) and a fairly large oval halo, ~60"x40". A spiral arm is visible on the
northwest side, curling clockwise to the south but the long, thin tidally
stretched extensions to the northwest and southeast were not seen. Forms a striking (interacting) pair
with
NGC 90 = Arp 65 was classified as a Spiral galaxy with
small, high surface-brightness companions on arms.
18" (11/22/08): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, 0.5'x0.35'; contains a small, round, brighter core. NGC 93 lies 2.8' ENE and a mag 12 star is 1.4' SW.
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, small (only the central portion of the galaxy observed), slightly elongated, weak concentration. A mag 12 star is 1.3' SW. Forms a pair with NGC 93 2.8' E. Located on the east side of the NGC 80 group 7.0' ESE of NGC 83.
13.1" (9/29/84): very faint, elongated NW-SE. A mag 13 star is 1' SW.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 90 and
93 on 26 Oct 1854. His description mentioned "Several S; F neb visible at
once in finder" so John Herschel assumed at least 3 objects were
discovered, which he catalogued as GC 40, 41, 42. But a sketch of the NGC 90 field shows only two nebulae
labeled as Alpha (now NGC 90) and Beta (now NGC 93). Herman Schultz observed the field on 17 Oct 1866 with the
9.6" refractor at Uppsala and measured an object he thought was GC 40, but
was actually Mitchell's Alpha. His
micrometric position matches
Modern catalogues misidentify UGC 208 as NGC 91 but Schultz's position for NGC 91 falls precisely on a very faint star 1.9' S. This misidentification may have originated in Curtis' description of nebulae (1918) based on Crossley photographs at Lick observatory. See Corwin's notes for further discussion.
******************************
00 21 51.6 +22 22 06; And
V = 14.8
48" (10/30/16): this number applies to a mag 14.8 star 1.9' due south of the center of NGC 90 = Arp 65.
Herman Schultz discovered NGC 91 on 17 Oct 1866 with the 9.6" refractor at Uppsala Observatory. Schultz's micrometric position of 00 21 52.1 +22 22 06 (2000) pinpoints NGC 91 as a mag 15 star at 00 21 51.6 +22 22 06. Lord Rosse and d'Arrest are credited with this number in the NGC, but Corwin notes this star was not mentioned in the Birr Castle observations of the field nor by d'Arrest. All modern catalogues misidentify NGC 90 = UGC 208 = PGC 1405 as NGC 91.
******************************
NGC 92 = ESO 194-012 = Rose 34 = AM 0018-485 = PGC 1388 = Robert's Quartet = Phoenix Group
00 21 31.6 -48 37 30; Phe
V = 13.1; Size 1.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 144°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): this galaxy is the brightest member and furthest east in the compact Phoenix Quartet (Rose 34). It appeared moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.2'x0.6', broad concentration to a bright core. A faint tidal tail to the SE was not seen. The nearby members of the quartet are NGC 87 2.9' W, NGC 88 1.9' SW and NGC 89 2.6' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 92 = h2319 (along with NGC 87, 88 and 89) on 30 Sep 1834 and recorded "F, R, gbM; 20" across. The last of four"."
******************************
NGC 93 = Arp 65 = UGC 209 = MCG +04-02-012 = CGCG 479-015 = WBL 009-010 = PGC 1412
00 22 03.3 +22 24 29; And
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 48°
48" (10/30/16): at 488x and 610x; very bright, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 or 7:2 SW-NE, 1.0'x0.3', well concentrated with an intense core that elongates into a bar with averted vision. A low surface brightness outer halo increases the size to 1.0'x0.45'. Three mag 13.5-14 stars are close following. Forms a striking interacting pair with NGC 90 2.8' WSW.
18" (11/22/08): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, 0.5'x0.2', contains a very small brighter core. A triangle of mag 13.5-14 stars follows by 1'-2'. NGC 90 lies 2.8' W.
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, very small, oval SW-NE, faint stellar nucleus, bright core. This is a double system with an anonymous companion 35" S. Three mag 13.5-14 stars follow at 1.2' E, 1.9' E and 1.9' ESE forming a small right triangle. Forms a pair with NGC 90 2.8' W at the east side of the NGC 80 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, very elongated. There is a trio of very faint stars to the east.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 93 and 90 on 26 Oct 1854 and labeled it as "Beta" on his sketch. The description mentions "Several S; F neb visible at once in finder" so John Herschel assumed at least 3 objects were discovered, which he catalogued as GC 40, 41, 42, but only two are labeled on the sketch. NGC 93 was independently found by Heinrich d'Arrest on 5 Oct 1864 and catalogued by Dreyer as GC(S) 5098, as he was unsure of the positions and identifications. Stephan observed NGC 90 and 93 (identified as GC 5097 and 5098) on 12 Oct 1869. The two GC entries, #42 and #5098, were combined under NGC 93.
******************************
00 22 13.6 +22 28 59; And
V = 14.7; Size 0.6'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 25°
18" (11/22/08): faint, very small, elongated 4:3,
~20"x15". This member of
the NGC 80 group forms a nearly contact pair with
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, very small, round, small bright core. Forms a close pair with an anonymous galaxy (2MASX J00221387+2228242) 35" SSE. Located on the east edge of the NGC 80 group.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 94 = Big. 6 on 14 Nov
1884 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory, along with NGCs 79,
86 and 96. His position is a
reasonable match with
******************************
00 22 13.6 +10 29 31; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 75°
17.5" (12/19/87): moderately bright, moderately large, round, bright core, very faint stellar nucleus, diffuse halo. A mag 12 star is 2.0' NE of center.
13.1" (12/19/87): faint, small, round, weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 95 = H. II-257 = h19 on 18 Oct 1784 (sweep 298) and logged "F, S, R, lbM." He found it again on 23 Nov 1785 (sweep 477) and noted "F, pL, mbM, iR." John Herschel made the single observation "vF; pL; R; gbM."
******************************
NGC 96 = MCG +04-02-014 = PGC 1429
00 22 17.8 +22 32 47; And
V = 14.6; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6
18" (11/22/08): very faint, small, round, 24" diameter, irregular surface brightness. Occasionally a faint star at the edge or possibly a stellar nucleus sparkles. Last of 20 galaxies viewed in the NGC 80 group. The SDSS reveals a faint star is superimposed.
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, very small, slightly larger but more diffuse than NGC 94. Located at the NE edge of the NGC 80 group.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 96 = Big. 7 on 24 Oct 1884 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory. 10 days earlier he discovered NGCs 79, 86 and 94 in the NGC 80 group.
******************************
00 22 30.0 +29 44 43; And
V = 12.3; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 15 star is 30" WSW and a mag 14 star 1.3' WNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 97 = h18 on 16 Sep 1828 and recorded "F; R; g; bM; 15"."
******************************
00 22 49.5 -45 16 09; Phe
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 0°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 303x; fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.0' diameter, sharply concentrated with a bright core and very small bright nucleus.
John Herschel discovered NGC 98 = h2320 on 6 Sep 1834 and
recorded as "very faint; round; brighter in the middle;
resolvable." His position
(single observation) matches
******************************
00 23 59.4 +15 46 12; Psc
V = 13.7; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.2
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, fairly small, round, weak
concentration. A mag 14 star is
1.4' WNW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 99 = St. 13-3 on 8 Oct 1883 (date the position was reduced) and recorded "vF, R, 1' dia, gbM."
******************************
NGC 100 = UGC 231 = MCG +03-02-009 = CGCG 457-012 = FGC 42 = Holm 9a = PGC 1525
00 24 02.6 +16 29 10; Psc
V = 13.3; Size 5.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 56°
48" (11/8/15): bright, extremely large and thin edge-on 10:1 WSW-ENE, extends at least 4.0'x0.4'. A brighter central region extends ~2' in length and the outer extensions fade significantly and taper towards the tips as they dim out. A mag 15.3 star is just beyond the east end of the galaxy. Four mag 15.2-16.2 stars (in an E-W string) lie within 2.5' south of the galaxy.
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, thin edge-on 7:1 WSW-ENE, moderately large, 2.0'x0.3', weak concentration. NGC 99 lies 42' S.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 100 = Sw. 3-1 on 10 Nov 1885 with
a 16" refractor at his Warner Observatory. His description reads "vF; pS; vE" and the
position matches
******************************
00 23 54.5 -32 32 12; Scl
V = 12.8; Size 2.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 84°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, fairly small, oval ~E-W, low surface brightness.
John Herschel discovered NGC 101 = h2321 on 25 Sep 1834 and
logged as "pretty bright; pretty large; a little elongated; 45";
precedes a star of 14th magnitude."
On a later sweep he noted "very faint; round or very little
elongated; gradually brighter in the middle; 15 arcseconds." So the two observation differ
significantly in terms of brightness.
His position matches
Pietro Baracchi observed this galaxy on 5 Oct 1885 with the Melbourne telescope and wrote "pF, pL, a little elongated following and preceding, about 70" long and 50" broad. A star 14m following, a little north. This object is not conspicuous - it is quite flat - or evenly lighted and the outline is not sharp."
******************************
00 24 36.5 -13 57 22; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, round, bright core.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 102 = LM 1-3 in 1886 with the 26-inch refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and described as "0.2'. Round." His rough position is just 1' S of MCG -02-02-011 = PGC 1542.
******************************
00 25 17 +61 19 18; Cas
V = 9.8; Size 5'
24" (1/4/14): at 125x and 260x, ~40 stars mag 12-15 were resolved, mostly within or near a distinctive 3.3' string oriented SSW-NNE. Two brighter mag 11.8/12.3 stars lie at the N end of the string, just detached from the richest clump of stars near the center of the cluster. Another sparser string of stars is parallel and just 1' W of the main string. A string of stars oriented N-S is detached to the SE of the main string. Observed with a 4 day moon up.
13.1" (10/20/84): 20 faint stars over unresolved haze, very elongated SSW-NNE. Two mag 11 stars are at the north end.
John Herschel discovered NGC 103 = h20 on 5 Oct 1829 and
recorded, "pS, p compressed cl; 3' diam; st 11...18m in 2 or 3 principal
branches. If this be VI 35 [NGC
136], there must be a mistake in my father's obs or mine of 6m in
RA." Herschel's conjecture
was wrong -
The first observation was made by William Herschel on 26 Nov 1788 (sweep 887). He noted "clustering, small stars, considerable rich", but didn't assign it a discovery number. He mentioned again, though, in his 1817 paper "Astronomical observations and experiments tending to investigate the local arrangement of the celestial bodies in space, and to determine the extent and conditions of the Milky Way."
******************************
00 24 05.2 -72 04 50; Tuc
V = 4.0; Size 30.9'; Surf Br = 0.1
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 303x; the core was distinctly orange-yellow. In addition, I immediately noted a couple of obvious orange supergiants at the south edge of the core and in the outer halo on the east side.
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 163x and 264x): absolutely stunning view in the 30" at 163x and 264x. Even in the 37' field of the 21mm Ethos, the stars appeared to fill the entire field, only thinning out near the edge. The pinpoint stars were amazingly packed, but increased in intensity to a relatively small, blazing core, which was plastered with resolved stars. The very center of the nucleus contained a small, intense knot overlaid with packed stars giving a strong impression of layers. I immediately noticed the core had a pale yellowish tint.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at low power (76x using a 27mm Panoptic) the blazing core had an unusual, pale yellow hue.
20" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this was the best view I had of 47 Tucanae during the week. At 212x, the entire 23' field was packed edge-to-edge with pinpoint stars and the blazing, intense core, which had a yellowish tint, was resolved into a mesmerizing dense mat of stars. The halo extended to at least 30'.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 171x, this breathtaking globular was viewed at over 50° elevation and was stunningly resolved into several thousand stars out to a diameter of over 25'. The star density steadily increases towards the center. The relatively small 4' core was blazing and highly resolved right to the edge of a very small compressed nucleus. A 3-dimensional affect was very strong with layers of stars forming a dense mat over the core. Many of the stars in the halo are connected in chains and lanes. The 9 mm Nagler did a better job of busting apart the stars in the core, although the cluster overfilled the field at this power. Although the total visual magnitude is just slightly fainter than Omega Centauri and the size slightly smaller, 47 Tucanae is certainly equal if not surpassing Omega Centauri in visual impact due to its dazzling central blaze.
12.2" (6/29/02 - Bargo, Australia): While at Bargo, I observed 47 Tucanae for the first time. Though still very low in the sky the view was thrilling. At 186x, the globular filled the 26' field with an uncountable number of stars. Strongly concentrated to an intense, blazing core which was only partially resolved at a low elevation. The highly resolved outer halo extended ~25' in an irregular outline while the central halo was very symmetric. This is the most prominent naked-eye GC as so much of its light is concentrated into the central core and it lies in a sparse field with no other rivals other than the SMC.
Naked-eye: easy 4th magnitude naked-eye blur just west of the SMC, seen many times from the southern hemisphere. Visible in a dark sky while very low in the sky and from suburban locations when higher in the sky.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered the nebulous appearance of NGC 104 = Lac I-1 = D 18 = 47 Tucanae = h2322 in 1751-1752 with a 1/2-inch telescope at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. It appeared "like the nucleus of a fairly bright comet." He placed it in group I, consisting of nebulae without stars. The cluster was noted, though, as a "star" in Bayer's Uranometria, which was first published in 1603. The designation "47 Tuc" comes from Bode's extension of Flamsteed numbers to the southern constellations (these are not used today except for 47 Tuc and 30 Dor).
With his 9-inch speculum reflector, James Dunlop logged "(47 Toucan, Bode) this is a beautiful large round nebula, about 8' diameter, very gradually condensed to the centre. This beautiful globe of light is easily resolved into stars of a dusky colour. The compression to the centre is very great, and the stars are considerably scattered south preceding and north following." His sketch (figure 1 in his catalogue) shows a beautifully resolved, elongated cluster.
John Herschel observed it for the first time on 11 Apr 1834 and logged "the great cluster preceding the Nubecula Minor. Estimated dia of the denser portion 5'; of the whole (not, however, including loose stragglers) 8'. Stars 14..16 mag. and one of 12th mag N.p. the centre. Excessively compressed. (N.B. In a sweep below the pole, when of course owing to the low altitude much of the light was lost.)" His observation of 12 Aug 1834 reads: "A most glorious cluster. The stars are equal, 14th mag., immensely numerous and compressed. Its last outliers extend to a distance of 2 min, 16 sec in RA from the centre. It is compressed to a blaze of light at the centre, the diameter of the more compressed part being 30 arcsec in RA. It is at first very gradual, then pretty suddenly very much brighter in the middle. It is completely insulated. After it has passed, the ground of the sky is perfectly black throughout the whole breadth of the sweep. There is a double star 11th mag. preceding the centre (Pos. 226.5 - 6.5 arcsec in RA from centre of neb.)" On 21 Sep 1835 he wrote: "Fills the field with its stragglers, condensation in three distinct stages, first very gradually, next pretty suddenly, and finally very suddenly very much brighter in the middle up to a central blaze whose diameter in RA is 13.5 sec and whose colour is ruddy or orange-yellow, which contrasts evidently with the white light of the rest. The stars are all nearly equal (12..14 mag). A stupendous object." His final record of the object was on 5 Nov 1836: "A most magnificent globular cluster. It fills the field with its outskirts, but within its more compressed part, I can insulate a tolerably defined circular space of 90" dia wherein the compression is much more decided and the stars seem to run together; and this part I think has a pale pinkish or rose-colour." In his diary Herschel also refers to the "Rose coloured central mass".
******************************
00 25 16.8 +12 53 02; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 167°
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE, weak concentration. Two mag 13.5 star lie 0.7' W and 1.4' ESE. Situated in a group of six mag 13/14 stars.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 105 = St. 13-4 = Sw. 5-7 on 15 Oct 1884 (date position reduced) with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. His description reads "eF, S, R, vlbM". Lewis Swift independently found the galaxy again on 31 Oct 1886 and included it in his 5th discovery list (#7). His position is just 5 seconds of RA too small and the description "inside of and near [the] preceding corner of equilateral triangle" applies.
******************************
00 24 43.8 -05 08 55; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 80°
17.5" (9/17/88): faint, small, slightly elongated ~E-W, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 106 = LM 1-4 in 1886 with
the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position in list I is 1.0
tmin E of
******************************
00 25 42.1 -08 16 59; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 140°
17.5" (9/17/88): very faint, very small, round, low
even surface brightness. Located
4.9' NW of mag 7.8
Otto Struve discovered NGC 107 on 14 Jan 1866 with the 15-inch Merz & Mahler refractor at the Pulkovo Observatory in St. Petersburg. It was found while unsuccessfully searching for Comet Biela. This is one of 4 NGC galaxies Struve discovered in his search (the comet never returned after 1852) and 3 others that had been previously discovered. MCG (-02-02-014) doesn't label this galaxy as NGC 107, although the identity is certain.
******************************
00 25 59.8 +29 12 43; And
V = 12.1; Size 2.0'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (10/17/87): moderately bright, fairly small, small very bright core, faint extensions SSW-NNE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 108 = H. III-148 = h21 on 11 Sep 1874 (sweep 266) and noted "vF, pL, lbM." John Herschel made two observations, logging on 16 Sep 1828 (sweep 178): "pB; R; psbM; 20"."
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 3 Nov 1855, recorded "E sp nf, the arms being vF, and p one rather the brighter, they are perhaps cut off from central Nucl. by dark spaces, but all this is very uncertain. Night not good."
******************************
00 26 14.6 +21 48 27; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 77°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, oval ~E-W. Located about 75' SE of the NGC 80 group.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 109 = Au 3 on 8 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen (early discovery) and described it (combining two observations) as "vF, vS, R. Forms a quadrilateral with 3 stars." Auwers included it as #3 in his 1862 list of new nebulae.
******************************
00 27 25.4 +71 23 27; Cas
17.5" (9/2/89): this is a loose group of mag 11-14 stars surrounding a mag 10 star. Near the bright star are several faint stars in a string. The status as a cluster is doubtful and this is very possibly a random grouping.
John Herschel discovered NGC 110 = h22 on 29 Oct 1831 and recorded "a very loose; p rich cl; *s 9...12m; *9m in middle taken."
******************************
00 26 42 -02 38; Cet
= Not found, SG.
= possibly equal to
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 111 = LM 2-281 in 1886
and recorded "vF, vS, R, lbM, *8.5, preceding 36s and 2' N, RA
doubtful". There is nothing
at his position and the RNGC misidentifies
John Ponting has suggested NGC 111 is identical to NGC 758, though the RA is 1.5 hours off and the declination is 20' off. See Corwin's NGC ID notes for more on this suggestion.
******************************
00 26 48.8 +31 42 11; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 108°
17.5" (11/25/87): faint, small, oval WNW-ESE, weak concentration. A mag 13 star is 1.8' WSW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 112 = Sw. 2-9 on 17 Sep 1885 with
a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His RA is just 4 sec east of
******************************
NGC 113 = MCG -01-02-016 = PGC 1656
00 26 54.6 -02 30 03; Cet
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 45°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, small, round, bright
core, faint stellar nucleus.
Located 43' S of the
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 113 = T. 1-1 = T. 4-1 on 27 Aug 1876 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. He described it as a "class III nebula, small, mag 14-15 nucleus."
******************************
NGC 114 = UGC 259 = MCG +00-02-027 = CGCG 383-014 = PGC 1660
00 26 58.2 -01 47 11; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 165°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, round, very small bright
core. Forms a twin of
Truman Safford discovered NGC 114 = Sf. 114 = T. 4-2, along with NGC 118, on 23 Sep 1867 with the 18.5" Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory. The discovery list was not published until 1887 so Safford wasn't credited in the NGC. Wilhelm Tempel independently found the galaxy on 27 Sep 1880 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and included it in his 4th discovery paper. Tempel was credited with the discovery in the main NGC table.
******************************
00 26 46.1 -33 40 36; Scl
V = 12.9; Size 1.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 127°
17.5" (12/3/88): extremely faint, fairly small, very elongated WNW-ESE. An unequal double star is 1' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 115 = h2323 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "faint; large; very little elongated; 60" across; has a
double stars 2.5' distant N.p.".
His position and description matches
******************************
00 27 05.2 -07 40 07; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.9; PA = 99°
17.5" (9/17/88): faint, fairly small, oval ~E-W, bright core. A mag 11 star is 2.5' SSW. The NGC identification of this galaxy is uncertain.
Gaspare Ferrari discovered NGC 116 = Nova #14 on 14 Jan 1866
while searching for Biela's Comet.
He was using the 9.5-inch Merz equatorial at the College Romain as an
assistant to Father Angelo Secchi (see AN 1571). There is nothing at his position but PGC 1671is 15' further
north and Corwin assigns it to NGC 116 (with uncertainty). MCG doesn't label this galaxy as NGC
116.
******************************
00 27 11.0 +01 20 01; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 100°
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, slightly elongated E-W. A mag 15 star is involved at the west edge 24" from center.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 117 = m 8 on 13 Sep 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and described as "F, vS." His position matches
******************************
NGC 118 = UGC 264 = MCG +00-02-032 = CGCG 383-016 = III Zw 9 = PGC 1678
00 27 16.2 -01 46 49; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 40°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, round, small bright core. Forms a twin of NGC 114 4' W. NGC 124 lies 10' ESE.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 118 = Sf. 91 = T. 4-3, along with NGC 114, on 23 Sep 1867. Wilhelm Tempel found the galaxy again on 27 Sep 1880 (along with NGC 114 and NGC 124) with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and he was credited with the discovery in the NGC.
******************************
00 26 57.6 -56 58 41; Phe
V = 13.1; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 303x; moderately bright and large, irregularly round, ~0.9'x0.8', smooth halo, sharply concentrated with a small, very bright nucleus. Sparsely populated star field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 119 = h2324 on 28 Oct 1834 and recorded "pB; R; psbM; 25 arcsec." His position is accurate.
******************************
00 27 30.0 -01 30 48; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.5'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 73°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, oval WSW-ENE, small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 16' NNE of the NGC 114/NGC 118 pair.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 120 = T. 4-4a on 27 Sep 1880. In his description of NGC 124 (4th entry in his 4th discovery list), he mentions he found another nebula 10' north of a mag 9.5 star (about 8' north of NGC 124). The NGC position is 5' too far north. Bigourdan measured an accurate mircrometric position on 16 Nov 1890 (repeated in the IC 2 Notes).
******************************
00 26 47.8 -71 32 12; Tuc
V = 11.2; Size 1.5'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x appeared fairly bright, roundish, 1.3' diameter with a brighter core, no evident resolution. A mag 12 star lies just 1' W of center, a bit beyond the halo. NGC 121 is in the same low power field with 47 Tucanae and 35' SW of mag 6.1 Theta Tuc. This globular is the oldest and most luminous in the SMC, though it is still 2-3 Gyr younger than the oldest galactic globulars.
12.2" (6/29/02 - Bargo, Australia): this is one known classical globular in the SMC. At 186x is appeared fairly faint, small, 1.5'x1' diameter, contains a small brighter core. There was no hint of resolution. Located 35' NNE of 47 Tucanae.
John Herschel discovered NGC 121 = h2325 on 20 Sep 1835 and logged as "pretty bright; a little extended; very gradually brighter in the middle; 40" dia." His position is accurate. It was described as a "Bright globular cluster, near 47 Tucanae" in the 1935 Harvard Observatory Bulletin 899 based on Bruce plates at Arequipa, Peru.
******************************
00 27 38.3 -01 38 26; Cet
= *15?, Gottlieb and Corwin. Not found, RNGC
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 122 = T. 4-4b on 27 Sep 1880
(along with NGC 124) with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri
Observatory. Tempel noted two
nebulae 3'-4' north of a mag 9.5 star.
These numbers may refer to a pair of mag 15.5 stars about 5' NW of the
brighter star. If this is the
case, then NGC 122 is at 00 27 38.3
-01 38 26 (2000) and
******************************
00 27 40.0 -01 37 39; Cet
= *15?, Gottlieb and Corwin. Not found, RNGC
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 123 = T. 4-4c on 27 Sep 1880 (along with NGC 120, 122 and 124) with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. In the observation, Tempel noted two nebulae 3'-4' north of a mag 9.5 star. These numbers may refer to a pair of mag 15.5 stars about 5' NW of the star. Assuming this identification is correct, then NGC 123 is at 00 27 40.0 -01 37 39 (2000). See Corwin's NGC ID notes.
******************************
NGC 124 = UGC 271 = MCG +00-02-038 = CGCG 383-018 = PGC 1715
00 27 52.3 -01 48 38; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 168°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, moderately large, oval NNW-SSE, weak concentration. A pair of mag 14 stars are 1.8' W of center. Member of a group with NGC 114 and NGC 118 12' WNW.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 124 = Sf. 92 = T. 4-4d, along with NGC 114 and 118, on 23 Sep 1867. Wilhelm Tempel found the galaxy again on 27 Sep 1880 (along with NGC 114 and 118) with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and reported it as new in his 4th discovery paper. Tempel was credited in the NGC.
******************************
00 28 50.3 +02 50 19; Psc
V = 12.1; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 85°
18" (12/3/05): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 0.7' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a very small bright core ~15" diameter surrounded by a faint halo. A 20" pair of mag 12 stars is less than 1' S of center.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, small, round, very
bright core, stellar nucleus. A
mag 12/13 double star at 20" separation oriented NNW-SSE lies 1' SW. Located 6' WSW of
13.1" (11/5/83): faint, small, round, small bright core. Two stars close SW are oriented N-S. Second brightest of three in the NGC 128 group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 125 = H. III-869 = h23,
along with NGC 128, on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and recorded "vF, vS, bM,
N.f. 2 small stars. 300 shewed it
very plainly in the field with the following [NGC 128]. The CGCG failed to label
******************************
00 29 08.1 +02 48 40; Psc
V = 14.2; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 110°
18" (12/3/05): faint, very small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 0.3'x0.2', weak concentration, low surface brightness but easy with averted vision and slightly brighter than the close companions to NGC 128. Located 3.6' SW of NGC 128 in a group of five. A mag 12 star lies.1.6' NW.
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, oval ~E-W?. Located 3.6' SSW of NGC 128 in a group.
13.1" (11/5/83): extremely faint, very small. Member of the NGC 128 group.
Bindon Blood Stoney probably discovered NGC 126 on 4 Nov
1850. Lord Rosse's 1861
publication mentions "3 others near [NGC 125 and 128]." But no diagram was given and only two
new objects -
Heinrich d'Arrest measured accurate positions on 19 and 21 Sep 1865 (published in 1867). Édouard Stephan possibly observed it on 23 Aug 1871 as he noted 5 objects in the field (but no separate positions). J.L.E. Dreyer, Lord Rosse's assistant, observed the field on 12 Dec 1874 and reported NGC 126 as "Suspected a nebulous knot between [NGC 125] and [NGC 128], a little south." A sketch in the 1880 publication accurately places NGC 126. Lord Rosse (1) and d'Arrest (2) were credited in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 127 = MCG +00-02-050 = CGCG 383-029 = LGG 006-010 = PGC 1787
00 29 12.4 +02 52 21; Psc
V = 14.8; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 70°
18" (12/3/05): this very close companion to NGC 128 is
quite dim, appearing as an extremely faint knot just 12" diameter with no
details. It is fainter and closer
than
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, round. Located just 0.8' NW of NGC 128. Faintest of five in the NGC 128 group.
Bindon Blood Stoney and Lord Rosse discovered NGC 127 and NGC 130, on 4 Nov 1850, while observing NGC 128. Stoney reported "2 small objects [NGC 127/130] about equally distant from [NGC 128]. Both Lord Rosse and I thought they were small nebulae, they lie a little below the minor axis of [NGC 128]."
******************************
NGC 128 = UGC 292 = MCG +00-02-051 = CGCG 383-029 = LGG 006-002 = PGC 1791
00 29 15.1 +02 51 51; Psc
V = 11.8; Size 2.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 1°
18" (12/3/05): moderately bright and large, very elongated 7:2 N-S, 1.4'x0.4', sharply concentrated with a very bright core that gradually increases to a stellar nucleus. The N-S extensions fade out and taper towards the tips. Flanked on either side of the northern extension by two close companions, NGC 127 and NGC 130, less than 1' NW and 1' NE.
17.5" (10/8/88): moderately bright, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 N-S, bright core, stellar nucleus. Brightest in a group of five with two extremely close companions: NGC 127 0.8' NW and NGC 130 1.0' ENE. NGC 125 lies 6' WSW.
13.1" (11/5/83): fairly bright, fairly small, spindle N-S.
8" (8/16/82): faint, small, elongated N-S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 128 = H. II-854 = h25, along with NGC 125, on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and logged "pB, vS, R, vgmbM, pretty well defined on the margin". At Birr Castle on 12 Dec 1874, Dreyer recorded "cE in PA 2.4°, mbM, probably sharp on f side, and a little curved, convex side f; two stars (or eS nebulous knots perhaps?) follow very near."
******************************
00 29 58.5 +60 12 43; Cas
V = 6.5; Size 21'
24" (1/4/14): at 125x and 260x, ~100 stars resolved in
a 10'x5' region elongated N-S. The
cluster is more compressed on the south side, where three mag 9 stars (HD
236429,
17.5" (8/29/92): 60 stars mag 10-15 in the 8'x6'
central region of the cluster formed by an isosceles triangle with vertex at
the south end. Each side of this
triangle includes a mag 10 star and most cluster members are contained within
triangle. No real boundaries and
many mag 15 stars are at the edges of this triangle. Mag 6.0
8": ring-shaped open cluster with stars mag 9-13. There is a line of stars to the north on the east edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 129 = H. VIII-79 = h24 on 16 Dec 1788 (sweep 892) and logged "a coarsely scattered cluster of large stars, mixed with smaller ones, not very rich." John Herschel reported "a * 9m about middle of a vL, coarse sc rich cluster of *s 9..13 which more than fills field."
******************************
NGC 130 = MCG +00-02-052 = CGCG 383-029 = LGG 00-011 = PGC 1794
00 29 18.5 +02 52 13; Psc
V = 14.4; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 44°
18" (12/3/05): very faint, very small, slightly elongated SW-NE, ~0.3'x0.2', weak concentration, easy with averted vision. Slightly brighter of two companions to NGC 128 and situated just off the NE flank, 1.0' from center.
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, oval ~SW-NE, small bright core. Located 1.0' ENE of NGC 128. Second faintest of five in the NGC 128 group.
Bindon Blood Stoney and Lord Rosse discovered NGC 130 and NGC 127, on 4 Nov 1850, while observing NGC 128. Stoney described "2 small objects about equally distant from [NGC 128]. Heinrich d'Arrest measured an accurate position (3 different nights) with the 11-inch at Copenhagen.
******************************
00 29 38.3 -33 15 36; Scl
V = 13.2; Size 1.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 63°
17.5" (12/3/88): very faint, very small, oval WSW-ENE,
weak concentration. A mag 14.5
star is off the ENE edge. Located
9' WSW of much brighter
John Herschel discovered NGC 131 = h2326 on 25 Sep 1834 and logged "pretty bright; pretty large; pretty much elongated; very gradually brighter in the middle." On a later sweep he noted "very faint; the preceding of two. The other [NGC 134] very large and bright."
******************************
00 30 10.6 +02 05 34; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 40°
17.5" (11/6/88): fairly faint, moderately large, oval SSW-NNE, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.7' NE of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 132 = H. II-855 = h26 on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and recorded (summary from 2 observations) "pB, cL, iR, resolvable, vgbM, about 1 1/2' sp a vS star." Bindon Stoney, LdR's observer on 6 Dec 1850, logged "R, F nucleus, 40" broad."
******************************
00 31 17 +63 21 12; Cas
Size 7'
17.5" (10/13/90): about 15 stars including 5 brighter stars forming a "Y" asterism and 10 faint stars. One of the brightest stars is a very close double star (9.7/11.3 at 6") and a curving lane of very faint stars passes through this double star, not rich. This is the poorest of three clusters just north of Kappa Cassiopeia.
8" (8/16/82): group of 8 stars in "Y"
asterism, in field with open cluster
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 133 on 4 Feb 1865 with an 11" refractor at Copenhagen and recorded (single observation) a "double star in a group of scattered stars, mag 10 and fainter. Found while observing h28 [NGC 146]. The double star is mag 10 and 11 at a separation of 6"." His position and description matches this weak cluster.
******************************
NGC 134 = ESO 350-023 = MCG -06-02-012 = PGC 1851
00 30 21.5 -33 14 50; Scl
V = 10.4; Size 8.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 50°
17.5" (12/3/88): bright, fairly large, very elongated SW-NE, sharp concentration with a bright core and long faint arms. Two mag 13.5 stars are nearby; one at the preceding edge 40" NW of center and one on the opposite side of the core, 1.5' SE of center. NGC 131 is in the field 9' WSW.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly bright, very elongated SW-NE, small bright core, sharp edge along the west side. A star is off the preceding side.
8" (11/8/80): fairly faint, elongated, low surface brightness.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 134 = D 599 = D 590 = h2327 with his 9" reflector on 7 Jul 1826. His description for D 599 reads "very faint nebula, about 25" diameter, rather elliptical. North of Eta Caelae Sculptoris. There are four small stars south of the nebula in the form of a lozenge." His position is 22' NNW of the galaxy but the description of the four nearby stars to the south clinches the identification. For D 590 he logged (handwritten notes), "a very faint round nebula, about 2' diameter, rather brighter in the middle, il defined. South following Eta Sculptoris."
John Herschel's positio for h2327 is accurate and he noted it could be identical D 590. His observation on 25 Sep 1834 reads, "vB; vL; vmE; pslbM; 8' long; 1' broad; pos = 47.9°; dies away gradually at both extremities; has a star 10th mag., distance 45", pos = 327.9. On a second sweep on 19 Oct 1835 he logged "bright; large; vmE; pretty suddenly little brighter middle; 4' long; 1' broad; position = 227°; the following of 2." He also sketched the galaxy (Plate VI, figure 19), clearly showing its spindle-shape with tapering edges.
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 134 on 2 Nov 1875 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope (plate I, figure 1 of "Observations of the Southern Nebulae...") and noted, "The present appearance of nebula is exactly as represented in Herschel's sketch; the centre is sharp and stellar-like with power of 255; but with 420 it is more diffused, and somewhat sparkling. A careful examination leaves the impression that it is practically unchanged since Herschel's time, the only difference between his sketch and present aspect being the position of the North star, which in Herschel's sketch is shown in a straight line with the centre of nebula and s.f. star, whilst at present it is somewhat to the n.f. of that point; this may however be the fault of the engraver."
The earliest photograph is probably from 1909-1911 by Knox-Shaw at the Helwan Observatory with the 30-inch Reynolds reflector. It was described as "B, 5' x 1', an elongated spiral."
******************************
00 31 45.9 -13 20 16; Cet
V = 15.2; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (10/21/95): faint, very small, round, weak
concentration with a slightly brighter core. Forms a quadrilateral with three mag 14 stars, all within
2'. Located 3.5' SW of a mag 9.5
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 135 = LM 1-5 on 2 Oct
1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is 2 min of RA west
(typical error) of
RNGC and PGC (and second sources such as Megastar) misidentify NGC 135 as IC 27 based on their positions. The correct identification is given in NED, HyperLeda and SIMBAD.
******************************
NGC 136 = Cr 4 = OCL-295 = Lund 18
00 31 31 +61 30 36; Cas
V = 11.6; Size 1'
24" (1/4/14): ~10 faint stars are resolved in a small,
circular patch ~1' diameter, over unresolved haze. A small detached group to the southeast increases the total
to 15 stars and the size to 2'.
Most of the resolved stars are mag 14-15. Located ~6' NE of mag 8.5
17.5" (8/16/93): 7-8 faint stars mag 14 resolved in very tight, compact group of 1.5' diameter, over background haze. A few additional stars trail to the SE so there are about 10 stars in the group. Located 6' NE of mag 8.3 SAO 11238.
13.1" (10/20/84): 5 or 6 very faint stars 13/14 over haze. Appears similar to a small, faint gc with no strong concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 136 = H. VI-35 on 26 Nov 1788 (sweep 887) and described a "a small cluster of vF, exceedingly compressed stars about 1' diam. The next step to an easily resolvable nebula." He considered this cluster a miniature globular.
******************************
00 30 58.1 +10 12 30; Psc
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly faint, small, irregularly round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 15 star is 1' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 137 = H. II-471 on 23 Nov 1785 (sweep 477) and logged "F, irr figure, lbM." His position is very accurate. Heinrich d'Arrest also measured an accurate position.
******************************
00 30 59.2 +05 09 35; Psc
V = 13.7; Size 1.3'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 175°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, small, oval N-S, small
bright core, stellar nucleus. A
mag 11 star is 1' N. Brightest in
a trio with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 138 = m 9 (along with NGC 139 and NGC 141) on 29 Aug 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "F, eS, sbM." Marth's position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 139 = CGCG 409-022 = PGC 1900
00 31 06.4 +05 04 43; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, small, almost round. Located in a group with NGC 138 5' NNW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 139 = m 10 (along with NGC 138
and NGC 141) on 29 Aug 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged
"eF, S." Marth's
position is 2' N of
******************************
00 31 20.5 +30 47 32; And
V = 13.2; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 45°
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, fairly small, round, diffuse, broad concentration. Two faint stars following including a mag 15 star 44" SSE.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 140 = Sf. 60 = St. 12-5 on 8 Oct 1866 with the 18" refractor at Dearborn Observatory and described it as "probably a small cluster". His discovery list was not published until 1887, too late to be credited in the NGC. Édouard Stephan independently found the galaxy on 5 Nov 1882 and is credited with the discovery in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 141 = CGCG 409-027 = PGC 1918
00 31 17.5 +05 10 47; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 0°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, round, weak concentration. Located 5' ENE of NGC 138 in a compact trio.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 141 = m 11 (along with NGC 139
and NGC 138) on 29 Aug 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged as
"vF, vS, iR." His
position is 0.1 minute east of
******************************
00 31 07.9 -22 37 07; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 101°
17.5" (10/8/88): first of three with
Frank Muller discovered NGC 142 = LM 2-282 (along with NGCs 143 and 144) in 1886 using the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is OK and his note of a double star 0.5' N pins down the identification. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 143 = ESO 473-022 = MCG -04-02-015 = PGC 1911
00 31 15.6 -22 33 36; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 1.0'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 20°
17.5" (10/8/88): second of three with NGC 142 and NGC 144. Extremely faint, small, oval SSW-NNE. Located 3' NNE of NGC 142.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 143 = LM 2-283, along with NGCs
142 and 144, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick
Observatory. His rough position is
a reasonable match with
******************************
00 31 20.6 -22 38 45; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (10/8/88): third of three with NGC 142 and NGC 143. Faint, small, round, very weak concentration. Located 3' SE of identical NGC 142.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 144 = LM 2-284, along with NGC
142 and 143, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick
Observatory. His rough position is
a reasonable match with
******************************
00 31 45.7 -05 09 09; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 135°
48" (11/8/15): at 375x and 488x; fascinating irregular spiral galaxy. A bright bar extends 30" N-S. A spiral arm is attached at the north end of the bar and is easily visible extending to the west, and curling clockwise. The arm has a fairly high contrast and definition. A small HII knot (~8" diameter) is nearly attached to the north end of the bar where the spiral arm begins. A fainter, low contrast arm is attached at the south end of bar and extends 30" due east.
Two companions were picked up.
17.5" (9/17/88): fairly faint, moderately large, oval
~E-W, small bright core. Located
6' WNW of mag 8.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 145 = h27 = h2328 on 9 Oct 1828 and recorded "vF; vlE; glbM, 60" long."
******************************
NGC 146 = Cr 5 = OCL-299 = Lund 21
00 33 01 +63 18 42; Cas
V = 9.1; Size 7'
24" (1/4/14): at 125x and 260x, ~60 stars are resolved in a 7' region that stands out reasonably well at low power. Near the southeast end of the group is the pair HJ 1033 = 10/10 at 7". The cluster is generally elongated NW-SE and includes a dozen or so brighter stars. A rectangular "void" lacking stars is on the NW side.
17.5" (10/20/90): about 30 stars in a fairly large group about 10' diameter. Includes a close mag 10 pair at 7" separation, 10 stars mag 12-13 and 20 stars mag 14-15. Third of three open clusters in low power field with King 14 10' SW and NGC 133 10' WNW.
8" (11/28/81): includes a few mag 10 stars, many mag 12 stars and fainter stars over haze. Located 22' N of a mag 4 star. NGC 133 is in the field to the WNW and King 14 is close SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 146 = h28 on 27 Oct 1829 and recorded a "loose cl; *s 11 and 12m; 10' diam; place that of a double +* (h 1033) whose RA is erroneously stated in my 4th catalogue."
******************************
00 33 11.7 +48 30 27; Cas
V = 9.5; Size 13.2'x7.8'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 25°
17.5" (10/13/90): fairly faint, very large, elongated almost 2:1 SSW-NNE, 5'x3', very low almost even surface brightness. A mag 13.8 foreground star is superimposed just north of center. The halo gradually fades into background.
17.5" (8/29/92): at 115x (20mm Nagler) appears up to 8'x4' from the White Mountains (elevation 12,500 ft).
8" (8/28/81): very faint, moderately large, slightly elongated, diffuse.
24" (1/1/16): Hodge III is the brightest globular cluster in NGC 147 at V ≈ 16.5. At 450x and 500x it only occasionally popped but was verified at the same position using a detailed finder chart.
I first identified two mag 13 stars at 1' separation oriented N-S, which are situated 5' SSE of the center of NGC 147. These stars are just outside the halo of the galaxy. A mag 14.7 star is 1' further NW, forming an obtuse isosceles triangle with the two mag 13 stars. Hodge 3 is 41" N of the mag 14.7 star and nearly forms the 4th vertex of a parallelogram with these three stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 147 = h29 on 8 Sep 1829 and recorded "vF; vL; irr R; 4..5' diam; loses itself insensibly; has a *11m in the centre." Bindon Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant on 25 Oct 1851, logged "L, vF neby, round a * 12m. I suspect it is a spiral of the faintest class, perhaps h 29." On 21 Aug 1852, George J. Stoney (returning after examinations at Trinity) wrote, "Involves some stars, one of about 12th or 13th magnitude, E; vF."
In 1944 William Baade announced that NGC 147, along with NGC
185, were members of the Local Group (1944ApJ...100..147B) when they were
resolved into stars on plates take with the 100-inch at Mt Wilson. NGC 147 is considered a satellite
system of
******************************
00 34 15.5 -31 47 10; Scl
V = 12.2; Size 2.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 90°
17.5" (8/2/86): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated E-W, small bright core.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly bright, small, elongated E-W, very small bright core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 148 = h239 on 27 Sep 1834 and
recorded "vB; S; lE in parallel; smbM to a * 11m." His RA was 1.0 min west of
******************************
00 33 50.3 +30 43 24; And
V = 14.3; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 155°
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, very small, round. Contains a faint stellar nucleus or a mag 15 star is involved. A mag 13 star is close SW just 0.6' from the center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 149 = St. 13-5 on 1 Nov 1877 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. His reduced position was measured nearly 6 years later on 4 Oct 1883 with description "vF, vS, R, gbM, mag 14 stellar nucl, *12 close sp".
******************************
00 34 16.0 -27 48 16; Scl
V = 11.4; Size 3.9'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 118°
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, weak concentration, irregular surface brightness [probably due to spiral arms], slightly mottled.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 150 = Sw. 6-3 on 20 Nov 1886 with
his 16" refractor. His
position was 30 seconds of RA west of
It was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as a "Fine small spiral". The galaxy was also photographed between 1909-11 by Harold Knox-Shaw at the Helwan Observatory and described as a "two-branched spiral".
******************************
00 34 02.5 -09 42 20; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 3.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 75°
48" (10/29/19): very bright striking spiral with an inner ring and a long, drawn out spiral arm! Overall, at 610x the galaxy extended over 2:1 WSW-ESE, ~3.2' x 1.4'. Very strongly concentrated with a very bright core that gradually increased to the center. Immediately west of the core was a noticeably darker gap and a lower contrast gap was east of the core. These gaps were outlined by bright arcs, each about 90°, creating a partial oval ring surrounding the core.
The western half of the halo had a low surface brightness and extended at least 1.5' from the center. I noticed a brightening at the extreme west end of the halo. Checking the SDSS, this is a split spiral arm, separated beyond a darker dust lane. A thin, long spiral arm was attached at the south side of the core (along the inner ring) and was easily seen gently curving northeast, extending directly to a mag 12.6 star!
A small, faint knot, at most 10" diameter, was easily seen near the end of this arm, very close SSW [16"] of the mag 12.6 star. This "knot" is a companion galaxy (2MASX J00340814-0941481), though its redshift is 1/3 greater than NGC 151, so it may be in the background.
24" (12/1/16): bright, fairly large, contains a very bright boxy rectangular central section that is slightly elongated NNW-SSE (this is the central bar and nucleus), encased by a fairly low surface brightness halo extended at least 2:1 E-W, ~2.7'x1.2'. A mag 12.5 star is at or just off the ENE edge (1.7' from center). A superimposed companion is at the tip of the eastern spiral arm of the galaxy, very close southwest of the mag 12.5 star. It was marginally glimpsed but only occasionally popped.
17.5" (9/17/88): moderately bright, moderately large, oval 5:3 WSW-ENE, 2.5'x1.5', bright nucleus. A mag 13 star is at the ENE edge, 1.7' from the center.
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly bright, bright core, very bright nucleus, very faint halo elongated ~E-W. A faint star is at the ENE edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 151 = H. II-478 = h30 =
h2330 on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479) and logged "pB, L, lE, lbM." John Herschel observed this galaxy at
Slough and at the Cape, where he recorded "pF; R; gbM;
60"." His two entries
were combined in GC 74 and his position matches
Based on photos taken at the Helwan Observatory in 1919-20 with the 30-inch Reynolds reflector, NGC 151 was described as "4' x 1.5', bright almost stellar nucleus; spiral with at least 3 long, much curved arms in what are almost stellar condensations. One fo the arms appears to wind completely around the nucleus, and possibly extend to more than 3' from it to a star in p.a. 190°."
******************************
00 32 55.5 -73 06 59; Tuc
V = 12.9; Size 3'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
128x this SMC cluster appeared as a fairly faint, fairly large, round glow, ~2'
diameter. At 228x, the cluster had
a fairly smooth, fairly low surface brightness with no core and no signs of
resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 152 = h2331 in the SMC on 20 Sep 1835 and logged "vF; L; R; vglbM; 2'." His position was 2 min of RA too far west, but the position was corrected in the GC and NGC.
******************************
00 34 02.5 -09 42 20; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 3.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 75°
See observing notes for NGC 151.
Lewis Swift found NGC 153 = Sw. 4-1 on 9 Aug 1886 with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and logged "pF; pS; R; * near north-following". There is nothing at his position but 17 seconds of RA west is NGC 151. This is a similar offset as other objects he observed that night and his description matches this galaxy. Rudolph Spitaler analyzed the equivalence NGC 153 = NGC 151 in AN 130, p57 (1892) and Dreyer mentioned it in the IC 1 Notes. RC1 mistakenly identifies the mag 12.5 star at the end of the northeast arm as NGC 153.
******************************
00 34 19.4 -12 39 24; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, round, weak concentration. Forms a triangle with two mag 13.5 stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 154 = H. III-467 = h31 on 27
Nov 1785 (sweep 478) and recorded "eF, vS, 240 power left some
doubt." His position matches
******************************
00 34 40.1 -10 45 59; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 175°
17.5" (9/17/88): fairly faint, very small, oval 4:3 N-S, bright core.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 155 = Sw. 4-2 = LM 1-6 on 1 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His RA was 10 seconds too small. Frank Muller also found the galaxy in 1886 (sometime before Oct 12th) with the 26" Leander McCormick refractor and reported "mag 13.0, S, R, bsp, *12 in PA 90° at 3.2' separation." Bigourdan measured an accurate micrometric position on 21 Oct 1890 as well as Howe at Denver near the end of the century.
******************************
00 34 35.8 -08 20 24; Cet
= **, Carlson and Corwin.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 156 in 1882 with an 11"
refractor at the Arcetri Observatory, while observing
******************************
NGC 157 = MCG -02-02-056 = PGC 2081
00 34 46.6 -08 23 48; Cet
V = 10.4; Size 4.2'x2.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 35°
48" (10/29/19): at 610x; showpiece spiral with the sweep of two prominent spiral arms, outlined by dust lanes, forming a striking, stretched "S" pattern, similar to Superman's logo! Overall, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, ~3'x2'. At the center was a very small, intense nucleus. A beefy spiral arm was attached at the west side of the nucleus. It showed a high contrast, due to inner and outer dust lanes with a brighter, curving arc at its southwest end. This arm rotated clockwise towards the southeast side, and hooked towards the northeast. The second thick arm as attached on the east end of the nucleus. It also showed a high contrast arc along its northeast portion, then rotated sharply clockwise towards the west and angled southwest to the west of the central region. Two mag 13.6/15.3 stars (0.6' apart) lie 1.3' NE of center. A dusty triangular wedge (between spiral arms) extended from these stars towards the core.
17.5" (9/17/88): bright, large, oval 3:2 SW-NE, broad
concentration, small bright core, mottled appearance, sharp edge along the east
side. Two mag 13.5 and 15 stars
are near the NE edge. The galaxy
is bracketed between 9.5-mag
8": fairly faint, fairly large, diffuse. Located between two mag 8.5/9.5 stars to the north and south.
William Herschel discovered NGC 157 = H. II-3 = St. 9-1 on 13 Dec 1783 (sweep 44) and recorded "F, L, mE, between two considerably bright stars." His position was not accurately determined but his description is a perfect match with MCG -02-02-056 = PGC 2081. Eduard Schönfeld, Heinrich d'Arrest and Father Secchi provided accurate positions, so the NGC position is correct. Édouard Stephan observed the galaxy on 18 Sep 1873 (probably looking for H. II-3) and commented it was "tres belle". He measured an accurate position on 28 Oct 1878 and reported it as new in his 9th discovery list (#1). Dreyer listed d'Arrest and Stephan in the "Other Observers" column.
******************************
00 35 05.3 -08 20 40; Cet
= *?, Corwin. "Not found", Carlson.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 158 in 1882 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and recorded in list V while observing the field of NGC 157. Corwin identifies his object as a single star at 00 35 05.3 -08 20 40.
******************************
00 34 35.7 -55 47 24; Phe
V = 13.8; Size 1.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 95°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 303x; fairly faint to
moderately bright, elongated nearly 3:1 E-W, 1.0'x0.3', contains a small
bright, round core and a stellar nucleus.
Located 29' SSE of mag 7.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 159 = h2332 on 28 Oct 1834 and logged "vF, S, R, 15", precedes 3 stars." On a second sweep he noted "vF, R, glbM, 20 arcseconds". His position is accurate.
******************************
00 36 04.1 +23 57 29; And
V = 12.6; Size 3.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 45°
24" (9/30/16): at 200x; fairly bright or bright, large,
elongated 2:1 or 5:2 SW-NE, sharply concentrated with a small very bright core
that increases to a stellar nucleus.
Surrounding the core is a large, low surface brightness halo
~1.8'x0.8'. Situated 4.3' SSW of
mag 7.3
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately bright, almost round. Located 4.2' SSW of mag 7.5 SAO 74134. Forms a wide pair with NGC 169 11' ENE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 160 = H. III-476 = h32 on 5 Dec 1785 (sweep 484) and logged "vF, vS, stellar, a few minutes south preceding a pretty bright star. 240 showed the same." John Herschel reported "has a * 7m, 5' distant; pos of neb from * 195.5°." Lord Rosse's assistants made 7 observations of the field with the 72-inch.
******************************
00 35 33.9 -02 50 55; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 150°
24" (10/6/18): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small,
slightly elongated SSW-NNE, ~30"x20" though the length increases with
averted. Contains a bright core
and a very tiny nucleus. A mag
12.1 star is 1.2' N. Forms a pair
with
24" (11/24/14): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 4:3
SSW-NNE, fairly high surface brightness.
Contains a small bright nucleus that increases to a stellar point. A mag 12 star is 1.2' N and a mag 12.5
star is 2' SSW. Forms a close pair
with IC 1557 1.7' S. Located 6' SE
of mag 8.8
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, round, small bright core. Bracketed by two mag 12 stars 1.2' N and 1.5' S.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 161 = Sw. 6-4 on 21 Nov 1886 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. He recorded, "eF; eS; R;
nearly between 2 equal mag stars."
His position is 18 sec of RA east and 1' north of
The MCG, PGC, RNGC and Roger Sinnott's
******************************
00 36 09.2 +23 57 45; And
= * 75" NE of NGC 160, Thomson and Corwin.
Lawrence Parsons discovered NGC 162 on 16 Oct 1866 using Lord Rosse's 72" and by Herman Schultz on 5 Sep 1867 with the 9.6" refractor at Uppsala Observatory. Both observers recorded a single star 75" NE of NGC 160. This star was possibly noted even earlier by Heinrich d'Arrest on 22 Aug 1862. Schultz assumed this object was GC 82, discovered by R.J. Mitchell at Birr Castle on 18 Sep 1857. But Mitchell's object is a close companion of NGC 169 (now known as IC 1559), not NGC 162 as John Herschel assumed. Dreyer also observed this star on 6 Nov 1874 and noted "An eS, F neb point, or probably a F* nf h79 in PA 78"."
In the GC Supplement, Dreyer incorrectly decided "Rosse nova does not exist [so GC 82 = IC 1559 did not receive an NGC number]. 82 was undoubtedly observed instead of 79, which latter nebula is not double. The description in PT 1861, agrees perfectly with the appearance of 82" He added that "Schultz's GC 80 has not been seen in Birr before 1874: I have therefore entered it in the catalogue as a nova." So, Dreyer assigned Schultz's GC 80 to the single star (the one first seen by Lawrence Parsons in 1866) following NGC 160 and renumbered it as GC 5107. RNGC misidentifies NGC 162 with an anonymous galaxy close SE of NGC 160 and Dorothy Carlson incorrectly equates NGC 160 = NGC 162 in her NGC errata list. Wolfgang Steinicke thoroughly covered the identifications of GC 80 and 82 in his book on the history of the NGC.
******************************
00 35 59.8 -10 07 18; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 85°
24" (8/29/19): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly
small, round, well concentrated with a small bright core and stellar
nucleus. The halo drops off
quickly in surface brightness. It was obvious only to 30" and ~45"
diameter with averted vision. In a
trio with
17.5" (9/17/88): fairly faint, small, round, brighter core, stellar nucleus, diffuse halo. Forms a pair with NGC 165 6' E.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 163 = Sw. 4-3 on 20 Sep
1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His mean position (also measured on the next night) matches
Lewis Swift independently found NGC 163 on 9 Aug 1886 and reported it in his 4th discovery list (#3). Swift's RA was 14 seconds too large and falls between NGC 163 and 165 but Swift's positions for three other galaxies he observed on this night (NGC 153, 217 and 7774) are all 10 - 15 seconds of time too large. This implies that Swift missed slightly fainter NGC 165. Based on a photograph taken with the Crossley reflector between 1912-13, Heber Curtis described NGC 163 as "Almost stellar; structureless; bright nucleus. A very faint spindle is 1.5' s.p.
******************************
00 36 32.9 +02 44 59; Psc
V = 15.2; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.9
17.5" (11/6/88): extremely faint, very small,
round. Located about 30' W of the
Albert Marth discovered NGC 164 = m 12 on 3 Aug 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged as "eF".
******************************
NGC 165 = MCG -02-02-069 = PGC 2182
00 36 28.8 -10 06 23; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 50°
24" (8/29/19): at 375x; between fairly faint and moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, brighter core, low surface brightness halo ~45" diameter. A mag 13.5 star is 1.4' NE. NGC 165 is the fainter of a pair with NGC 165 7' E. A mag 9.6 star (HD 3336) lies 7' NW.
MCG -02-02-064, located 15' NW, appeared faint, oval ~5:2 SSW-NNE, soft even surface brightness, ~0.75'x0.3'
17.5" (9/17/88): faint, fairly small, almost round, very weak concentration, low surface brightness. Slightly larger but fainter than NGC 163 6' W. A mag 14 star lies 1.5' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 165 = H. III-954 on 10 Dec 1798 (sweep 1086) and recorded "eF, S." His position is just 1.6' north-northwest of NGC 165 = PGC 2182, and much further from NGC 163 = MCG -02-02-066 = PGC 2149, the galaxy associated with III-954 in the NGC. In the 1912 "Scientific Papers of WH", Dreyer noted the RA of H. III-954 was 28 sec too large (for NGC 163). Wolfgang Steinicke and Harold Corwin agree with the conclusion that H. III-954 more likely applies to NGC 165.
Wilhelm Tempel found NGC 165 in 1882 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and reported it as new in his fifth discovery paper. In his note on NGC 163, he mentions he found another fainter nebula 30 sec following. Tempel's second nebula was assumed to be new, so he was credited with the discovery of NGC 165 in the NGC. Spitaler measured an accurate position in 1891 at Vienna. Based on a photograph taken with the Crossley reflector between 1912-13, Heber Curtis described NGC 165 as "Nearly round, 1' in diameter. A very faint, rather regular spiral. Nucleus almost stellar."
******************************
00 35 48.8 -13 36 38; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 0.8'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (12/3/88): very faint, very small, oval NW-SE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 166 = LM 1-285 in 1886
with the 26" refractor of the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is just under 1 min
of RA preceding
******************************
00 35 22.9 -23 22 29; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 171°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, small, oval 3:2 ~N-S, very weak concentration.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 167 = LM 2-286 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and noted "0.8', iR,
gbM." His position is 1
minute of RA east of
Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes). The NGC error in RA was also noted in the table of corrections published by Harvard Observatory based on plates taken at Arequipa between 1898 and 1901.
******************************
00 36 38.7 -22 35 37; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.2'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 26°
24" (10/3/13): first of three edge-ons with
17.5" (12/3/88): first of three in a group with NGC 172 and NGC 177. Very faint, very small, slightly elongated. An extremely faint star is possibly involved. NGC 172 lies 7' E and NGC 177 13' ENE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 168 = LM 2-287, along with NGC
172 and 177, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick
Observatory. His position and description matches
******************************
NGC 169 = Arp 282 NED1 = UGC 365 = MCG +04-02-035 = CGCG 479-044 = PGC 2202
00 36 51.7 +23 59 27; And
V = 12.4; Size 3.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 88°
24" (9/30/16): at 200x; fairly bright, fairly small,
elongated 5:2 E-W, ~0.8'x0.3'.
Contains a small, bright elongated core that increases to a stellar
nucleus. Forms a disturbed,
interacting pair (
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately bright, slightly elongated
~E-W. Located 3.8' WSW of mag 6.4
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 169 on 18 Sep 1857. His description reads, "a vS, double nebula, the n one is E sp nf, bM." A month later he logged "D nebula, alpha [on a diagram] is mE p f, bM. Beta is lE nearly n s, bM." In Lord Rosse's 1861 publication, it was mistakenly assumed that the observation referred to NGC 160, so was not a new object. The following year Heinrich d'Arrest independently discovered NGC 169 and was credited with discovery in the General Catalogue (GC 82), published in 1864. Mitchell's "Beta" was assigned GC 80.
d'Arrest listed his discovery in a large table of new nebulae published in 1865, he was able to add a footnote that his object was discovered earlier at Birr Castle (assuming it was identical to GC 80). In the NGC, Dreyer correctly credited both LrR and d'Arrest for the discovery of NGC 169, but he mistakenly described NGC 160 as a double nebula (repeating Mitchell's error) and deleted GC 80 (Mitchell's "Beta"). Finally, the companion was catalogued as IC 1559, though it should have received a NGC designation. See that number for more.
MCG labeled the brighter northern galaxy as
******************************
00 36 45.8 +01 53 11; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 85°
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, round. Located 2.0' NW of mag 9.0
Albert Marth discovered NGC 170 = m 13 on 3 Nov 1863 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "F, S, R." Marth's position is 1' N of CGCG 383-042 = PGC 2195.
******************************
00 37 21.6 -19 56 04; Cet
See observing notes for
William Herschel discovered NGC 171 = H. III-223 on 20 Oct 1784 (sweep 303) and recorded "vF; lE or rather oval; roughly 1' dia; np 2 pB stars". There is nothing at the NGC position, but Dreyer states in the 1912 revision of WH's catalogues that Carolyn Herschel made a one degree error in copying the declination for III-223. Once corrected, NGC 171 is identical to NGC 175, found by John Herschel on 11 Nov 1834. This galaxy is generally identified as NGC 175, due to the error in declination for NGC 171. See Corwin's notes for more.
******************************
NGC 172 = ESO 474-005 = MCG -04-02-027 = KTS 4B = PGC 2228
00 37 13.6 -22 35 13; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 2.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 12°
24" (10/3/13): fairly faint, moderately large, edge-on
SSW-NNE, 0.9'x0.2', irregular surface brightness. Second of three edge-ons in the
17.5" (12/3/88): second of three with NGC 168 and NGC 177. Faint, edge-on 5:1 SSW-NNE, low even surface brightness. NGC 168 lies 7' W and NGC 177 5' ENE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 172 = LM 2-288, along with NGC
168 and 177, in 1886 with the 26" Clark refractor at Leander McCormick
Observatory. His position is a
good match with
******************************
NGC 173 = UGC 369 = MCG +00-02-092 = CGCG 383-043 = PGC 2223
00 37 12.4 +01 56 32; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 3.2'x2.6'; Surf Br = 15.2; PA = 90°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, fairly large, round, broad concentration. Bracketed midway between a mag 12 star 1.5' SW and a mag 13 star 1.6' NE. Forms a pair with fainter NGC 170 7.5' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 173 = H. III-871 = h33 on 28
Dec 1790 (sweep 988) and logged "vF, S, R, vgbM." Caroline's reduced position is 4' north
of
******************************
00 36 58.9 -29 28 40; Scl
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 152°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, small, oval NW-SE, weak
concentration. A mag 13 star is
just off the SE edge. Situated
among a group of mag 10-11 stars including mag 9.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 174 = h2333 on 27 Sep 1834 and
logged "F, S, lE, among several bright stars." The next sweep he noted "vF, S,
R.". Finally on a third sweep he recorded "vF, R, 25", near one
or two stars." His mean
position matches
******************************
NGC 175 = NGC 171 = ESO 540-006 = VV 791a = MCG -03-02-024 =
00 37 21.6 -19 56 04; Cet
V = 12.2; Size 2.1'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 109°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, moderately large, slightly elongated, oval small bright core, diffuse halo. Forms a right angle with two mag 11 stars 4' SSE and 5' ENE.
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, diffuse, even surface brightness.
John Herschel discovered NGC 175 = h2334 on 11 Nov 1834 and
recorded "pB, pL, E, gbM, r, 80" long, 60" broad. If this nebula
be really III.223 [NGC 171], the P.D. [polar distance] assigned to that nebula
by my Father's observations must be 1 degree in error. The error cannot lie in this
observation, the 109th degree of Polar distance being beyond the possible reach
of the instrument in [this] sweep."
His position and description matches
By historical precedence, the principal designation should be NGC 171, but the galaxy is usually identified as NGC 175 due to the unambiguous position.
******************************
NGC 176 = ESO 029-002 = Lindsay16
00 35 54 -73 10 00; Tuc
V = 13.0; Size 1.2'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
128x this SMC cluster is fairly faint, fairly small, round, ~40" diameter,
low surface brightness with a brighter core. It appeared unresolved except for a mag 13 star at the north
edge and a mag 14 star at the south edge.
NGC 152 lies 13' WNW.
Located 3.5' NNE of mag 8
John Herschel discovered NGC 176 = h2335 in the SMC on 12 Aug 1834 and recorded "eF; R; near a *8m (At the beginning of the Nubecula Minor." On a second sweep he logged "eF; S; lE, resolvable." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 177 = ESO 474-006 = MCG -04-02-028 = KTS 4C = PGC 2241
00 37 34.3 -22 32 57; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 2.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 9°
24" (10/3/13): this galaxy is the most prominent of a
trio of edge-ons (
17.5" (12/3/88): third and brightest of three with NGC 168 and NGC 172. Faint, edge-on 4:1 N-S, bright core, stellar nucleus. NGC 172 lies 5' WSW.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 177 = LM 2-289, along with NGC
168 and 172, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick
Observatory. Muller's position is
2' S of
******************************
00 39 08.4 -14 10 26; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 175°
24" (9/30/16): at 282x; fairly bright, fairly large,
elongated 5:2 N-S, ~1.5'x0.6'.
Appears mottled along the major axis with a brighter knot or region at
the north end [HST image reveals this is a giant star-forming region]. The galaxy appears to spread or bulge
out with a faint extension on the southwest side [the HST image shows this is a
series of HII/star-forming clumps].
This highly disrupted galaxy lies 8' NE of mag 9.0
17.5" (11/6/93): moderately bright, fairly large, elongated 5:2 N-S, 1.8'x0.8', broad low concentration but no nucleus. NGC 207 is in the field 9' ESE and NGC 210 lies 27' NE.
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly faint, fairly small, weak
concentration, elongated 2:1 N-S, lies 27' SW of
R.J. Mitchell probably discovered NGC 178 = LM 1-7 on 7 Dec 1857 as the observer on Lord Rosse's 72". He stated "about one field of finder [26'] south, and a few seconds preceding, is another neb., faint, E nearly n s, no nucleus." Dreyer assumed this description applied to GC 108 = NGC 207, but the north-south elongation clearly applies to NGC 178, which is 18' S, though 1.4 minutes of RA to the west. Yann Pothier caught this correction in March 2020.
Ormond Stone made an independent discovery on 3 Nov 1885
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"F, S, mE 0°, bM, faint wing south-preceding." His rough position (nearest min of RA)
is 1.5 min of RA too far west but his description and sketch (examined by
Harold Corwin) matches this galaxy. Stone was credited with the discovery in
the NGC. Finally, Stephane Javelle
discovered NGC 178 again on 26 Aug 1892, assumed it was new based on position
and listed it as the 28th object in his first discovery paper (J. 1-28, later
The galaxy was described as "sausage shaped with a tail south", in the 1924 list of "nebula" descriptions at Helwan observatory.
******************************
00 37 46.1 -17 50 57; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 113°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, round. Forms a double with a mag 14.5 star just 25" NNW of center.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 179 = LM 2-290 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position matches
******************************
00 37 57.7 +08 38 06; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 2.4'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 160°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, bright core. A mag 11 star is at the NW edge 39" from the center.
13.1" (12/7/85): faint, small, elongated NW-SE. A mag 10.5 star at the NW edge detracts from viewing.
William Herschel discovered NGC 180 = H. III-876 on 29 Dec 1790 (sweep 991) and logged "vF, pL, iR, just S.f. a small star which is partly involved in the nebulosity." Auwers' reduction was 1° off in North Polar Distance, though the NGC position was just 2' N.
******************************
00 38 23.2 +29 28 21; And
V = 14.7; Size 0.6'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 151°
24" (9/15/12): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1
NNW-SSE, 0.6'x0.15'. Located 2.7'
SSW of
18" (10/21/06): faint, small, elongated 5:2 NNW-SSE, 0.5'x0.2'. In a trio with NGC 184 4' ESE and NGC 183 2.7' NE. A mag 12 star lies 1.5' SE
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, small, round,
diffuse. First of three with NGC
183 2.7' NE. Located 10' N of 30
Andromedae (V = 4.4). Member of
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 181 = St. 13-6, along with with NGC 183 and 184, on 3 Nov 1877. His published position (list 13, #6) was reduced on 6 Oct 1883.
******************************
NGC 182 = UGC 382 = MCG +00-02-095 = CGCG 383-045 = PGC 2279
00 38 12.4 +02 43 43; Psc
V = 12.4; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 75°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; bright, moderately large,
slightly elongated, 1.0'x0.8', sharply concentrated with a very bright round
core. Located 3.6' SE of mag 7.7
17.5" (10/8/88): moderately bright, small, round,
bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Located 4' SE of mag 7.6
Brightest in the large NGC 182 group (sometimes called the NGC
200 group) including
William Herschel discovered NGC 182 = H. III-870 on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and logged "vF, S, iR, vgbM." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 183 = UGC 387 = MCG +05-02-035 = CGCG 500-057 = PGC 2298
00 38 29.3 +29 30 40; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 130°
24" (9/15/12): fairly bright, moderately large, round, 50" diameter, well concentrated with a bright core increasing to a very small bright nucleus. Brightest and largest in a group including NGC 181 2.7' SSW, NGC 184 4.1' SSE and LEDA 1871091 (very low surface brightness edge-on) 5.2' NNE. A mag 12.4 star lies 3.2' S. It was easy to locate this group as it is situated just 12' N of mag 4.4 Epsilon And.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, fairly small, round, very
small bright nucleus, 40" diameter.
Based on the listed dimensions, I missed a very low surface brightness
halo and viewed the high surface brightness core. Forms the NW vertex of a triangle with a mag 12 star 3' S
and a mag 13 star 3' E. Brightest
in a trio with NGC 181 and NGC 184 close south.
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright core. Located 12' N of 30 Andromedae (V = 4.4). Brightest of three in AGC 71 with NGC 181 2.7' SW and NGC 184 4.1' SSE.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 183 = Sf. 65 = St. 13-7 on 5 Nov 1866 with the 26" refractor at Dearborn Observatory and simply called a "neb. * 13m." Édouard Stephan found the galaxy on 3 Nov 1877 (perhaps aware of Safford's discovery?). He reported it as new in his 13th discovery list (#7) with a micrometric position measured on 6 Oct 1883. Stephan was credited with the discovery in the NGC as Safford's discovery list wasn't published until 1887, after the NGC was going to press.
******************************
NGC 184 = CGCG 500-059 = PGC 2309
00 38 35.8 +29 26 51; And
V = 14.8; Size 0.7'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 5°
24" (9/15/12): faint, small, elongated 2:1 N-S, 24"x12", slightly brighter core. Faintest in a trio with NGC 181 3.1' NW and NGC 183 4.1' NNW. Bracketed by a mag 12.4 star 1.6' WNW and a mag 13.5 star 50" E.
18" (10/21/06): very faint, very small, elongated 3:2 N-S, 24"x16". Situated between a mag 13 star 0.9' E and a mag 12 star 1.6' WNW. In a trio with NGC 181 3' NW and NGC 183 4' NNW. Located 8' N of mag 4.4 Epsilon (30) Andromedae.
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, very small, round. A mag 13.5 star is 1' E. Third of three in AGC 71 cluster with NGC 183 4.1' NNW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 184 = St. 13-8, along with NGC 181 and NGC 183 (discovered earlier by Truman Safford), on 6 Oct 1883. His position was accurate.
******************************
00 38 57.2 +48 20 15; Cas
V = 9.2; Size 11.7'x10.0'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 35°
24" (9/14/12): Hodge V is the brightest globular cluster in NGC 185, first identified by Paul Hodge in his 1974 paper "Photometry of the Globular Clusters of NGC 185" (PASP, 86, 289). At 325x and 450x it appeared as an extremely faint star (V = 16.7), forming the southern vertex of a small equilateral triangle with a mag 14.5 star 20" N and a mag 15 star 20" NW. This extragalactic globular was repeatedly glimpsed for brief moments and a couple of times it could be held for a few seconds. Situated 3.8' NE of the center of NGC 185 and outside the visible halo of the galaxy.
17.5" (10/13/90): bright, very large, slightly elongated ~E-W, broad concentration but no nucleus. Three mag 14 stars are at the W, NW and SW ends. Higher surface brightness than NGC 147. The brightest globular is located 8' N of center and is a marginal object at high power (see description). This is a satellite system of M31 and a Local Group member at a distance of 2.15 million light years.
8" (10/4/80): fairly faint, fairly large, diffuse, NGC 147 58' WNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 185 = H. II-707 = h35 on 30 Nov 1787 (sweep 786) and recorded "pB, vL, irr R, vgmbM, resolvable, 5 or 6' diameter." The first observation with LdR's 72" on 28 Mar 1848 reads "Resolved by a power of 800, although the night was rather hazy." This is a good example of how preconceptions that nearly all nebulae were resolvable influenced the results. The NGC position is accurate.
James Keeler first photographed the galaxy using the Crossley reflector at Lick before 1900. It was described (1918 Curtis publication) as "rather irregular slightly oval, 3' long; there are two curious rifts near the nucleus; it appears to be an irregular spiral. The nebular matter is faint and diffuse. A star of mag 14 is north of the very faint nucleus."
In 1944 William Baade announced that NGC 185, along with NGC 147, were members of the Local Group (1944ApJ...100..147B) when they were resolved into stars on plates take with the 100-inch at Mt Wilson. In an unusual situation, Baade requested that an actual photographic print of NGC 185 was bound in his ApJ paper to demonstrate resolution, as detail was lost with an ordinary halftone illustration.
******************************
NGC 186 = UGC 390 = MCG +00-02-098 = CGCG 383-047 = PGC 2291
00 38 25.3 +03 09 59; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 23°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; bright, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, 40"x20".
Sharply concentrated with a very bright round core and bright stellar
nucleus. Situated just north of
the line connecting a mag 6.4 star 14' W and a mag 7.4 star 12' E. Located on the west side of the NGC 182
group.
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, elongated SW-NE, stellar
nucleus. Located between mag 6.4
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 186 on 6 Dec 1850 (Friday). Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. It was noted as "much smaller than alpha (NGC 194), and is sbM and I think a nova." Heinrich d'Arrest made an independent discovery on 23 Sep 1862 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. d'Arrest measured an accurate position. Édouard Stephan made another observation on 29 Oct 1875, while working through the galaxy group.
******************************
00 39 30.3 -14 39 23; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 1.2'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.6; PA = 148°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, moderately large, very elongated 5:2 NW-SE, even surface brightness. Located 30' SSE of NGC 178.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 187 = LM 1-8 on 3 Nov 1885 with
the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and he logged "F,
S, mE 150°, bM." His rough
position is 1 min west of
******************************
00 47 15 +85 14 49; Cep
V = 8.1; Size 14'
17.5" (12/26/00): At 100x, ~75 stars resolved within
10'-12', roundish group. The
cluster is fairly rich but unconcentrated, with a noticeable void of stars near
in the center and a somewhat ill-defined boundary. The stars appear to be layered; at least a dozen mag 12-13
stars are superimposed on a much richer carpet of mag 14-15 stars over
unresolved haze. At 220x, some
additional very faint stars are visible, bringing the total up to ~85 stars. Two mag 9.5-10 field stars (
NGC 188 is one of the older known open clusters with an age of ~6.3 billion years and the closest to the north celestial pole.
13.1" (8/24/84): about 50 stars at 62x with several mag 7-9 stars in field, appears fully resolved.
8" (8/24/84): large cluster, many faint stars, not rich, blank areas near center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 188 = h34 on 3 Nov 1831 and recorded a "Cl, vL, p Rich, 150-200 stars mag 10-18; more than fills the field." The Sky Catalogue 2000.0 gives a poor position of 00 44.0 +85 20.
******************************
00 39 36 +61 05 42; Cas
V = 8.8; Size 4'
24" (1/4/14): well detached, roundish group of stars at 125x. Using 260x, ~40 stars are resolved in a 5'-6' group. There are several pairs and tight groupings. Many of the stars are in a richer 3' inner group, generally arranged in a ring and including HJ 1043 = 11.6/12.7 pair at 12" (oriented N-S). A few of the brighter stars, though, form the 6' outline. A distinctive quadrilateral of stars is ~6' NW.
17.5" (12/23/92): 30 stars mag 10-14 in 6' diameter, weakly compressed, no dense areas but appears to have some unresolved background haze. Elongated E-W due to a couple of strings extending to the west. A 6'x5' parallelogram of four mag 9 stars in the field to the south. Not an impressive cluster.
8" (11/13/82): about two dozen stars, moderately large, irregular shape, scattered, haze.
Caroline Herschel probably discovered NGC 189 = h36 on 27
Sep 1783 with her 4.2-inch
comet-seeker reflector, although William mistakenly attributed her with the
discovery of
******************************
00 38 54.7 +07 03 46; Psc
V = 14.0; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.6
48" (10/25/11):
18" (8/26/06): this double system was just resolved into two very close, small knots, roughly 20" each in diameter with their halos in contact. Both components have faint stellar nuclei. The northern component (HCG 5A) was slightly brighter and larger. HCG 5C is a difficult object 1' NW. The entire quartet is arranged in a N-S chain with a total length of only 1.6'.
18" (11/23/05): NGC 190 is a double system which often appears as an elongated glow, 40"x20", oriented N-S. With careful viewing, the system just resolves into two very small round knots, just 20" between centers. The northern component is ~20" diameter and the southern member ~15". The two knots both have faint stellar nuclei and appear virtually tangent. A third member, HCG 5C, is occasionally visible as an extremely faint knot off the NW side.
17.5" (12/11/99): Initially seen as a single faint, elongated glow at 220x. At 280x in moments of good seeing this object cleanly resolved into two very close, very small knots with the brighter component on the north side. HCG 5C was only intermittently visible with averted vision as a 15" threshold knot.
17.5" (9/5/99): NGC 190 is a challenging double system
best viewed at high power. Using
280x, at first appeared as an elongated irregular glow but with extended
viewing, two "knots" oriented N-S were resolved within a common
halo. The brighter and larger
component (HCG 5A) is at the north end and appears very faint, very small,
round, 20" diameter. The
southern component (HCG 5B) is extremely faint and small, perhaps 15"
diameter. HCG 5C is a threshold
knot 1' NW. The HCG is a subgroup
of
17.5" (10/8/88): very close double system, faint,
small, elongated SSW-NNE, irregular.
HCG 5B is a very small companion attached at the south edge just
22" between centers. In a
compact group of four (
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 190 = Sw. 5-8 on 22 Oct 1886 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is just 6 sec of RA east of
******************************
00 38 59.3 -09 00 09; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 125°
17.5" (9/17/88): close double system with
William Herschel discovered NGC 191 = H. II-479 = h38 on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479) and logged "pB, mE nearly in the meridian, near 2' long". Sir Robert Ball, using Lord Rosse's 72" on 12 Dec 1866, recorded "One neb, with either 2 stars or B, S, neb knots very closely foll - cB, pL, R, bM, two pB st preceding." One of these "knots" is IC 1563, although discovery credit is given to Bigourdan in the IC. The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
00 39 13.5 +00 51 49; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 167°
18" (11/23/05): moderately bright, fairly small, very
elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 0.9'x0.3' or 1.0'x0.3'. Well concentrated with a small very bright core that
increases to a stellar nucleus.
Brightest in the
17.5" (10/8/88): brightest of four in the HCG 7 group. Moderately bright, fairly small, very elongated NNW-SSE, bright core. NGC 197 lies 2.1' NNE, NGC 196 3' N and NGC 201 5' ESE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 192 = H. III-872 = h39, along with NGC 196 and NGC 201, on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 988) and logged "vF, vS, bM." John Herschel made 5 observations and measured an accurate position.
******************************
NGC 193 = UGC 408 = MCG +00-02-103 = CGCG 385-055 = PGC 2359
00 39 18.5 +03 19 52; Psc
V = 12.2; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 55°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, 40"x32", sharply concentrated with a very bright, very small core. A mag 13 star is barely off the SW edge and a mag 10 star is 2.6' ESE. NGC 204 is 6.7' ESE (on line with the mag 10 star).
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, very small, round, sharp concentration. Located 2.6' WNW of a mag 10 star (9.9/10.6 at 2"). A mag 13 star is off the west edge. Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 204 7' ESE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 193 = H. III-595 = h37 on 21 Dec 1786 (sweep 657) and logged "vF; S; 3 or 4 stars in it, but I have not been out long enough, however I have no doubt." Herschel's RA was off so his son John thought his observation (recorded as h37) was new: "vF; L; close to a *15. RA by III. 595, which this precedes 25.5 seconds." R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 24 Nov 1854, noted "Not L; R; bM; a bright star close sp; resolvable?". The NGC position is accurate.
WH also recorded nearby NGC 204 and noted "vF, vS, but I have not been out long enough, any may be a deception." His offset from NGC 193 clearly matches NGC 204, though likely due to his uncertainty didn't assign it an H-designation.
******************************
NGC 194 = UGC 407 = MCG +00-02-105 = CGCG 383-054 = PGC 2362
00 39 18.4 +03 02 14; Psc
V = 12.2; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 30°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; bright, fairly small, slightly out of round, ~35"x30". Sharply concentrated with a very bright, very small core and stellar nucleus. A mag 7.4 star is 6' NNW. Near the center of the NGC 182 group with several galaxies near; NGC 200 is 10' SSE, NGC 199 is 7' NE and NGC 186 is 15' NW.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, fairly small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 5' S of mag 7.3 SAO 109348! Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 199 6' NE and NGC 200 10' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 194 = H. II-856 = h40 on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and recorded "F, S, vgbM." John Herschel called it "pB; S; R; bM."
******************************
00 39 35.8 -09 11 41; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 45°
24" (12/1/16): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, 0.5'x0.4', weak concentration.
17.5" (9/17/88): faint, very small, elongated ~E-W, weak concentration.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 195 = T. 1-2 in 1876 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His position was 0.4 min of RA west and 5' north of MCG -02-02-079 = PGC 2391. Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 16 Dec 1897 (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 196 = HCG 7B = UGC 405 = MCG +00-02-110 = CGCG 383-053 = LGG 010-003 = PGC 2357
00 39 17.8 +00 54 46; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 3°
18" (11/23/05): moderately bright, small, fairly high surface brightness. Sharply concentrated with a bright, very small core surrounded by a much fainter oval halo 3:2 N-S, ~0.6'x0.4'. Second brightest in the HCG 7 quartet with NGC 192 3' SSW and much fainter NGC 197 1' SSE.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, very small, round, small bright core. Forms a very close pair with NGC 197 1' SSE in the HCG 7 group. NGC 192 lies 3' SSW and NGC 201 5' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 196 = H. II-860 = h41, along with NGC 192 and NGC 201, on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 988) and logged "pF, pS, vgbM." John Herschel made 4 observations. MCG mislabeled this galaxy as NGC 197.
******************************
NGC 197 = HCG 7D = UGC 406 = MCG +00-02-107 = CGCG 383-053 = LGG 010-006 = PGC 2365
00 39 18.8 +00 53 31; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3
18" (11/23/05): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. This galaxy is the smallest and faintest in the HCG 7 quartet and was missed by William and John Herschel.
17.5" (10/8/88): extremely faint, very small, almost round. Member of the HCG 7 group and located 2.1' NNE of NGC 192. Forms a close pair with NGC 196 1' NNW and NGC 201 lies 4' SE. Appears fainter than 14.2z.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 197 = m 14 on 16 Oct 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "eF, s of 196." His position matches
******************************
NGC 198 = UGC 414 = MCG +00-02-109 = CGCG 383-057 = LGG 009-003 = PGC 2371
00 39 23.0 +02 47 52; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
24" (12/12/17): at 200x; fairly bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, 60"x50", large bright core. Slightly higher surface brightness than NGC 200 6' NNE. Two mag 12 stars 3.5' N and 4.5' N are collinear with the galaxy. A mag 9.9 star is 5.3' SSE.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, fairly small, round, weak concentration. Located within the NGC 182 group with NGC 200 6' NNE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 198 = H. II-857 on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and recorded "F, S, vgbM". At the same time he found H. II-858 = NGC 200 to the northeast. Herman Schultz, Heinrich d'Arrest and Basilius von Engelhardt all measured accurate micrometric positions.
******************************
NGC 199 = UGC 415 = MCG +00-02-111 = CGCG 383-058 = PGC 2382
00 39 33.1 +03 08 19; Psc
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 160°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; fairly faint or moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, sharply concentrated with a very small bright core, stellar nucleus. Situated 5' E of a mag 7.3 star and 7' NE of NGC 194. Member of the NGC 182 group.
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, elongated NNW-SSE, small bright core. Located 5' E of mag 7.3 SAO 109348 within the NGC 182 group. NGC 194 lies 6' SW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 199 on 24 Sep 1862 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen and described (from 3 observations) "faint and small. A mag 8 star precedes 27 sec and somewhat south." Ralph Copeland, Lord Rosse's (Lawrence Parsons) assistant, found this galaxy on 11 Dec 1873 and logged "cF, L neb." Édouard Stephan made another observation at the Marseilles observatory on 29 Oct 1875.
******************************
NGC 200 = UGC 420 = MCG +00-02-112 = CGCG 383-060 = PGC 2387
00 39 34.8 +02 53 15; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 161°
24" (12/12/17): at 200x; moderately bright or fairly bright, moderately large, oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, 60"x40", broad concentration but no distinct nucles. One of the brightest members of the NGC 182 group. NGC 198 lies 6' SSW. A 1' pair of mag 12.4 stars oriented N-S lies 3'-4' SW.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, weak concentration. Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 198 6' SSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 200 = H. II-858, along with NGC 198, on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 985) and recorded "pB, S, vgbM." Ralph Copeland, Lord Rosse's assistant on 17 Sep 1873, logged "cB, L, cE north-south, gbM". There was a confusion, though, in the orientation with respect to NGC 198. The NGC position (from d'Arrest and Herman Schultz?) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 201 = HCG 7C = UGC 419 = MCG +00-02-115 = CGCG 383-059 = LGG 010-004 = PGC 2388
00 39 34.9 +00 51 35; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 155°
18" (11/23/05): NGC 201 is the largest member of the HCG 7 quartet. At 225x appears faint, fairly large, round, ~1.6' diameter, low nearly even surface brightness with only a very weak concentration. Located 5' E of NGC 192.
17.5" (10/8/88): largest in the NGC 192 group = HCG 7. Faint, moderately large, diffuse, even surface brightness, slightly elongated NW-SE. Last of four including NGC 192, NGC 196 and 197.
William Herschel discovered NGC 201 = H. III-873 = h43, along with NGC 192 and NGC 196, on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 988) and recorded "eF, cL. I should not have seen it but for the other two [III-872 = NGC 192 and II-860 = NGC 196]." On 20 Dec 1827 (sweep 113), John Herschel recorded "vF; L; E; 60". The last of 3 on the parallel of the first."
******************************
00 39 39.8 +03 32 11; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 153°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; faint to fairly faint, fairly
small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE. A mag 13.6 star is off the east side [42"
from center] and a mag 15-15.5 star is at the NNW tip. Located 7' SSW of mag 7.6
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, elongated NNW-SSE, low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is at the east edge 0.7' from center. Located 7' S of mag 7.8 SAO 147387. Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 203 5' S.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 202 = St. 8a-1 on 29 Oct 1875. His rough position was 5' too far W. His published position (list 8a, #1) was made on 17 Nov 1876 with description "eF, vS, a few faint points (stars) involved". One star is at the N end.
******************************
NGC 203 = NGC 211 = MCG +00-02-114 = CGCG 383-061 = PGC 2393
00 39 39.5 +03 26 34; Psc
V = 13.9; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 85°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, oval E-W, 30"x20", fairly high surface brightness, quasi-stellar nucleus. In the NGC 182 group with NGC 193 8.6' SW, NGC 204 8.6' S and NGC 202 5.6' N.
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, oval E-W, weak concentration. Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 202 5' N.
Ralph Copeland, assistant for Lord Rosse (Lawrence Parsons),
discovered NGC 203 on 19 Dec 1873.
It was found while observing the field of NGC 193 and 204. His micrometric position matches
******************************
NGC 204 = UGC 423 = MCG +00-02-116 = CGCG 383-063 = PGC 2397
00 39 44.2 +03 17 58; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 30°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; moderately or fairly bright,
fairly small, round, 25" diameter, well concentrated with a small bright
core that mildly increases towards center.
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, slightly elongated, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. Located 4' ESE of a mag 9.5 star. Member of the NGC 182 group with NGC 193 7' WNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 204 = h42 on 21 Dec 1786
(sweep 657) and noted "vF, vS, but I have not been out long enough, any
may be a deception." His
offset from NGC 193 clearly matches NGC 204, but he didn't assign it an
H-designation and is uncredited in the GC and NGC. John Herschel discovered it again on 16 Oct 1827 and logged
"pB; R; the following of 2 [with
******************************
00 40 22.0 +41 41 07; And
V = 8.1; Size 21.9'x11.0'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 170°
13.1": bright, very large, elongated 5:2 NNW-SSE,
10'x4', quite prominent but only a gentle broad concentration. G73, the brightest globular cluster in
8" (10/4/80): fairly bright, large, elongated ~N-S, companion to M31.
Caroline Herschel discovered M110 = NGC 205 = H. V-18 = h44 on 27 Aug 1783 with her 4.2-inch comet-seeker reflector. In the 1785 Philosophical Transactions, William wrote "there is a very considerable, broad, pretty faint, small nebula near it; my sister discovered it, August 27th, 1783, with a Newtonian two-feet sweeper." Charles Messier probably made an earlier observation on 10 Aug 1773, though no report was published, nor does it appear in his notes. A sketch published in 1807, though, showed both companions to M31. Kenneth Glynn Jones suggested adding NGC 205 as M110 in a 1967 Sky & Telescope article. William Herschel first observed it on 5 Oct 1784 (sweep 282). On 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 613), he recorded "vB, mE, above 20' long nearly in the meridian; a few degrees from np to sf, the branches lose themselves." On 24 Oct 1786 (sweep 621), he also logged "eB, mE. I suppose not less than 1/2° long and 10 or 12' broad.; vgmbM; so as to come to a luminous nucleus. The time very inaccurate, the telescope being off the roller, and only guided by hand."
M110 was observed with Lord Rosse's 72" on 2 Nov 1850 and "spirality" was suspected (falsely). A later observation on 16 Oct 1855 recorded "vL; mE np by sf; sharp nucleus, for some distance round which, the neb. is bright and then suddenly decreases; there is a bright star np the nucleus; and another involved in sf end; another in preceding border.”
******************************
00 40 31.4 +40 44 16; And
Size 4.2'x2'; PA = 0°
24" (8/25/19): quite prominent, very large elongated patch, extending 4'x2' N-S. A number of faint stars were easily seen superimposed. A brighter, narrow "spine" stands out well with the general star cloud. NGC 206 can be traced further SSW, where it merges with Association 79, a very large 6'x2' cloud of lower surface brightness oriented SSW-NNE. Association 80 is a 3' patch directly south of NGC 206 by 7' and has 3 brighter stars superimposed on the north side. This patch also includes C107, a 5" open cluster on its south side.
48" (11/1/13): Using Jimi Lowrey’s 48-inch f/4, we carefully examined the large association NGC 206 for resolved stars using the finder chart in Stephen Odewahn's 1987 study "A photometric survey of the rich OB association NGC 206 in M31”. I assumed using a labeled photographic chart it would not be difficult to identify individual stars, but his chart failed to capture the range in visual brightness of the Milky Way and cluster stars. As a result I had to carefully verify small patterns of stars (triangle, quadrilaterals, etc.) several times to feel confident of the identifications. After several minutes of observation, I had identified the 6 or 7 brightest members down to V = 17.6, as well as the superimposed Milky Way stars. The brightest “star" (Odewahn #12 at V = 16.1) at the north edge was relatively prominent, but most were in the mag 17-17.5 range.
Finally, I stopped carefully scrutinizing individual stars, relaxed my eyes and just gazed at the entire star cloud with averted vision. I was startled that in moments of good seeing, roughly 20 additional extremely faint stars popped in and out of view, mimicking the appearance of a dense open cluster or partially resolved globular cluster! Based on photometry in the paper, the magnitudes of the resolved stars extended down to approximately V = 18.3-18.4. The cloud, itself, was quite irregular and split up into several slightly brighter patches.
Checking journal articles afterwards, I found that Odewahn #12 (= BH05) was not a single star but was listed as a globular cluster candidate (M31GC J004030+404530) in Barmby & Huchra’s 2001 paper "M31 Globular Clusters in the HST Archive: I. Cluster Detection and Completeness”. But the 2010 paper "A Photometric catalog of 77 newly-recognized star clusters in M31” by Paul Hodge described the results of an HST WFPC2 search for star clusters in active star-formation regions of M31. BH05 was reclassified as a luminous and massive young cluster with an unusually elliptical shape. In addition, Odewahn’s #40 and #112 (and perhaps others) are also clumps of stars or clusters, but visually were essentially stellar.
17.5" (8/18/93): fairly faint, fairly large, elongated 5:2 N-S, 4.0'x1.6', low and uneven surface brightness. A few very faint stars are just visible over surface including a brighter star at the south tip. Located 40' SW of the core of M31. This is the huge star cloud at the SW end of M31.
8" (12/6/80): very faint, moderately large, elongated N-S, low surface brightness patch near the SW end of M31.
William Herschel discovered NGC 206 = H. V-36 = h45 on 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 613) and recorded "vF, vL, mE, about 20' long nearly in the meridian, or a little from np to sf." John Herschel simply called it "a very large space filled with neb.”
E.E. Barnard independently discovered NGC 206 in 1883 and assumed it was new. On 14 Sep 1885 he reported [AN 2687], "about two years ago, I found with my 5-inch refractor, a moderate size nebula involved with the extreme preceding end of the Great Nebula in Andromeda. I have now confirmed the observation with the 6-inch Cooke Equatorial and as I can find no record of such nebula I suppose it is new." Barnard quickly caught his mistake and credited Herschel the next month [AN 2691]. Interestingly, Barnard also reported discovery of the M31 association A54 on the opposite end of M31, though for some reason Dreyer didn’t assign this object a NGC designation.
******************************
NGC 207 = MCG -03-02-035 = PGC 2395
00 39 40.6 -14 14 13; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 85°
24" (9/30/16): at 282x; fairly faint/moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 5:3 E-W, 25"x15". A mag 14 star is close southwest [separation 38"]. NGC 178 is 8.7' NW and IC 41 is 3.8' N. A mag 9.5 star lies 4.4' SE.
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, small, elongated 3:2 E-W,
25"x15". A mag 14.3 star
is just 40" SW of center.
Located 4.4' NW of mag 9.2
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 207 on 29 Oct 1877 as the observer on Lord Rosse's 72". He wrote, "About 35 seconds preceding and 25' ± south [of NGC 210] is [NGC 178], very faint, S, lE p f, mbMN, stellar, 5' nnf a coarse double star 10-11 and 12m. A very insignificant object." The description applies, as well as the time difference (actual value 32 seconds preceding) in RA although the galaxy is 5' NNW of the coarse double star instead of NNE as stated.
Dreyer assumed R.J. Mitchell's description from 7 Dec 1857 referred to NGC 207, but as it mentions the object is elongated N-S, it more likely applies to NGC 178. Ormond Stone independently discovered NGC 207 at Leader-McCormick Observatory on 3 Nov 1885 and reported it as new (LM 1-9) in the observatory's first discovery list.
IC 41 (discovered by Javelle) lies 3.7' north, although MCG,
PGC and HyperLeda incorrectly equate IC 41 with NGC 207 (error also in
Megastar). RNGC misclassified NGC
207 as nonexistent and it was reported as not found at Helwan observatory in
1924 (though.
******************************
NGC 208 = MCG +00-02-118 = CGCG 383-064 = PGC 2420
00 40 17.6 +02 45 23; Psc
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; faint, small, round, 24"
diameter, low even surface with no nucleus. Three brighter stars follow; a mag 11.1 star 3.0' ENE, a mag
11.7 star 5' ESE and a mag 12 star 6' ENE. NGC 208 is one of the faintest NGC members of the NGC 182
group.
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, very small, round. Located west of four mag 11-13 stars that form a rhombus. The closest is a mag 11 star 3' ENE. Member of the NGC 182 group.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 208 = m 15 on 5 Oct 1863 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "pF". His position is very close SE of CGCG 383-064 = PGC 2420. Édouard Stephan found the galaxy on 29 Oct 1875. Initially he noted it as new in his logbook, but later crossed that out.
******************************
00 39 03.6 -18 36 30; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 10°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, round, small bright core. Located 70' SW of Beta Ceti.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 209 = LM 1-10 on 9 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is ~1.4 min of RA east of
******************************
NGC 210 = MCG -02-02-081 = PGC 2437
00 40 34.8 -13 52 28; Cet
V = 10.9; Size 5.0'x3.3'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 160°
24" (11/21/19 and 10/17/20): at 322x; the central region is very bright, moderately large, oval 5:3 ~N-S, 1.2'x0.7'. Contains an intense roundish core that gradually increases to the center. With averted vision, a very large, low surface brightness halo - more easily visible on the south side - increased the size dramatically to nearly 4'x2'. Often the halo seemed like a ring as there was a dip in brightness surrounding the brilliant central region. Although there was hint of structure, the arms were not evident. The halo passes through a mag 12.6 star on the west side [1.2' from center].
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly bright, fairly small, slightly
elongated ~NNW-SSE, small very bright core. A mag 11.5 star is close WSW [1.3' from the center]. Located 7' E of mag 8.3
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, round. A mag 9 star is 7' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 210 = H. II-452 = h46 on 3 Oct 1785 (sweep 451) and recorded "pB, pS, mbM, resolvable, star 1.5' distant". His position is 30 tsec too far west.
R.J. Mitchell, LdR's observer on 7 Dec 1857, logged "bright centre; much elongated north and south, arms vF." Francis Leavenworth independently found the galaxy on 2 Oct 1886 at the Leander-McCormick Observatory and included it in the LM first discovery list (#11).
******************************
NGC 211 = NGC 203 = MCG +00-02-114 = CGCG 383-061 = PGC 2393
00 39 39.5 +03 26 34; Psc
See observing notes for NGC 203.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 211 = St. 8a-2 on 29 Oct 1875 (rough position 3' to the WNW). He reported it as new (list 8, #2) based on a position taken 18 Nov 1876, but there is nothing (other than a faint star) near his position. Corwin found that Stephan misidentified his offset star (GSC 0014-1250 at 00 40 43.5 +03 28 05) so his position for NGC 211 was 20' E of NGC 203. When his offsets are reapplied they point directly to NGC 203, discovered three years earlier by Ralph Copeland. So, NGC 211 = NGC 203, with the original discovery going to Ralph Copeland. Emmanuel Esmiol did not catch Stephan's error when his rereduced Stephan's positions at the Observatoire de Marseille, so the position is incorrect in his 1916 paper.
******************************
00 40 13.3 -56 09 11; Phe
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 131°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): NGC 212, along
with
John Herschel discovered NGC 212 = h2336 on Oct 28 1834 and recorded "vF, S, R, 15", the preceding of two [with h2337 = NGC 215]".
******************************
00 41 10.0 +16 28 09; Psc
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, round, small bright core. A mag 13.5-14.0 star is off the SE edge 26" from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 213 = H. III-200 on 14 Oct 1784 (sweep 289) and logged "2 small stars with nebulosity between, verified with 240 power." His position is accurate. On 18 Sep 1786 (sweep 590) he noted "2 small stars with faint nebulosity, most of the chevulure is about the preceding star; the stars are within 1/2' of each other."
******************************
00 41 28.0 +25 29 58; And
V = 12.3; Size 2.2'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 35°
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately bright, slightly elongated SW-NE, brighter core, faint stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 214 = H. II-209 = h47 on 10 Sep 1784 (sweep 264) and recorded "vF, pL, iR, equally bright, r." R.J. Mitchell (LdR's assistant) observed the field on 3 Nov 1855 and noted, "I find 3 neb, perhaps 4, as in annexed sketch. A is oval, and I think resolvable; and has a star at np edge." Mitchell goes on to describe 1 or 2 additional nebulae in the field, but these are either stars or close doubles.
******************************
NGC 215 = ESO 150-019 = PGC 2451
00 40 48.9 -56 12 51; Phe
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 120°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): this is the
brightest member of AGC 2806. Appeared moderately bright or fairly bright,
moderately large, elongated 4:3 NW-SE, well concentrated with a bright core
that increases to the center. NGC
212 (just barely inferior) lies 6' NW.
Located 4' NE of mag 10
John Herschel discovered NGC 215 = h2336 (along with NGC 212 = h2336) on Oct 28 1834 and recorded "pF, S, R, 20", the following of two [with NGC 212]." On a later sweep he logged "F, R, vgbM; among stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
00 41 27.1 -21 02 44; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 27°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, fades at tips.
William Herschel discovered NGC 216 = H. III-244 = h49 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 330) and noted "eF, vS, E." John Herschel logged "eF; lE; nf to sp." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
00 41 33.8 -10 01 20; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 2.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 110°
17.5" (12/3/88): moderately bright, fairly small. This is a pretty edge-on 4:1 WNW-ESE with a small bright core and stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 217 = H. II-480 = h48 = Sw. 4-4 on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479) and recorded "F, pL, lE, lbM." John Herschel observed NGC 217 on a single sweep and noted "not vF; S; gbM; 10-15"." Lewis Swift found this galaxy again on 9 Aug 1886 and reported it as new in his 4th discovery list (#4). His position was 15 seconds of RA too large, a similar offset as other objects he observed that night.
******************************
00 46 31.9 +36 19 32; And
V = 12.5; Size 1.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 177°
24" (12/22/14): at 260x: moderately bright and large,
irregularly round, ~0.8' diameter though the halo increases in size and shape
with averted vision. A brighter
nucleus is offset to the east side of the galaxy, so could be mistaken for a
knot in the halo. Forms an
interacting pair (
CGCG 519-022 was fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, 0.4'x0.2', very weak concentration. The SDSS reveals numerous thin, blue arm segments of NGC 218 that are apparently tidally stretched towards CGCG 519-022.
17.5" (9/1/02): fairly faint, fairly small, irregular shape and surface brightness, 1.0' diameter, broadly concentrated. Forms the right angle of a small isosceles triangle with two mag 13.5-14 stars 1.4' N and 1.3' W. Forms an interacting pair with MCG +06-02-017 1.4' E. The companion is very faint, small, elongated 2:1 N-S, 0.5'x0.25'. Member of the Pisces-Perseus Supercluster.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 218 = St. 8a-3 on 19 Oct 1873
and logged an initial position only 30" E of center of
I checked Emmanuel Esmiol's 1916 re-reduction of Stephan's positions at Marseilles Observatory and found that NGC 218 was left off of the main tables, but replaced with an "Anonymous" galaxy using a delta RA of +4 min from the same offset star. This offset corresponds exactly with UGC 480. At the bottom of the page Esmiol added the note "wrongly identified as NGC 218." So, clearly NGC 218 = UGC 480. Harold Corwin and Wolfgang Steinicke agree with this analysis. Wolfgang notes in his book on the history of the NGC, that Esmiol's catalogue gives 4 discoveries of Stephan that did not receive NGC designations, but he missed this connection with NGC 218. This identification has now been incorporated into NED, although it is still incorrect in HyperLeda (as of 2013) as well as the NGC/IC Project, which has not been updated in a long time.
******************************
00 42 11.3 +00 54 16; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 60°
17.5" (10/8/88): very faint, extremely small, slightly
elongated. A mag 12 star is 1.1'
SSW of center. Located 3.7' NNW of
George Phillips Bond, director of Harvard College
Observatory, discovered NGC 219 = HN 1 on 16 Sep 1863 at Harvard College
observatory with the 15-inch Merz & Mahler refractor. His position and description matches
******************************
00 40 30.6 -73 24 11; Tuc
V = 12.4; Size 0.8'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
228x, this SMC cluster appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round,
~50" diameter, brighter nucleus.
There was no resolution except for a single faint star near the
center. A mag 11 star lies 1' NE and
just south of
James Dunlop discovered NGC 220 = D 2 = h2338 on 1 Aug 1826. He described (single observation) a "faint ill-defined nebula, about 1 1/2' long, irregular figure, rather branched. This is just involved in pretty strong margin [edge] of the Cloud." His position is 3.6' NW of NGC 220 and the comment "rather branched" suggests he may have seen both NGC 220 and 222 as a single elongated object. Herschel assigned D 2 to NGC 231 = h2340 (also in the chain), but it has a lower surface brightness and less likely to have been noticed.
John Herschel observed NGC 220, along with NGC 231, on 12 Aug 1834 (sweep 482) and recorded "F, vgbM, irregular figure." In Sep 1835 (sweep 625) he wrote "The first of an irregular string of nebulae and stars which descends at an angle of about 45 degrees from the centre to the edge of the field (i.e. in a north-following direction)." Harold Corwin notes that h2339 (later NGC 222) may be a 4th observations of this cluster (see notes).
Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster on 16 Dec 1887 (first of 14 objects) with the Melbourne telescope and called it "pB, irr, pS, lBM, amidst stars."
******************************
00 42 41.9 +40 51 53; And
V = 8.1; Size 8.7'x6.5'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 170°
24" (11/24/14): extremely high surface brightness, large, elongated at least 4:3 NNW-SSE, ~5'x3.5'. The large halo is highly concentrated to a small very bright core. The core itself is sharply concentrated to a very small, very bright nucleus punctuated by an intense stellar nucleus.
13.1" (8/24/84): very bright, moderately large, elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, about 4'x3', increases to small very bright core which is almost stellar. Located 24' S of the center of M31.
8" (8/24/84): very bright, moderately large, round, 24' S of M31.
15x50mm (7/26/06): an intense "star-like" core is surrounded by a small halo in my IS binoculars.
Guillaume Le Gentil discovered
In the Appendix to the 1912 'Scientific Papers of Sir William Herschel' this description is given of M32: "1813, December 26, 20 feet telescope, a vB R nebula, vgbM, up to a nucleus." John Herschel recorded (1 Oct 1828), "eB; pL; sbM to a * 10m; 40"; a small star follows it 11.5 seconds."
******************************
NGC 222 = ESO 029-004 = Lindsay 24
00 40 44.5 -73 23 03; Tuc
V = 12.2; Size 0.6'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): second and the smallest of three SMC clusters in a string with NGC 220 1.5' SW and NGC 231 2.5' NE. At 228x, it appeared as a fairly faint, small, round glow of ~30" diameter, unresolved. A mag 11.5 star lies 30" south.
John Herschel discovered NGC 222 = h2339 on 11 Apr 1834 and simply recorded "vF, R, outlying." His position, though, is unusually poor - landing 3.7' S of NGC 220. Since h2339 was only recorded on the single sweep 441, Harold Corwin suggests this number may be another observation of NGC 220, which was recorded on 3 later sweeps, but not the one on 11 Apr 1834! As NGC 220 is much more prominent than the smaller cluster taken as NGC 222, it seems unreasonable that Herschel would have missed NGC 220. On sweep 625, Herschel recorded NGC 220 as "The first of an irregular string of nebulae and stars which descends at an angle of about 45 degrees from the centre to the edge of the field (i.e. in a north-following direction)". It's very possible that the cluster taken as NGC 222 was one of these "string of nebulae and stars" as it is just 1.5' NE of NGC 220, so perhaps he did see the cluster on this date. See Corwin's notes for more on this identification.
James Dunlop's D 2, discovered on 1 Aug 1826, probably refers to this chain. He described a "faint nebula, about 1 1/2' long, irregular figure, rather branched. This is involved in the margin of the Nebula minor." His position is ~3.5' WNW of NGC 220/222 and may apply to NGC 220 (brightest cluster) only. Herschel assigned D 2 to NGC 231 = h2340, which is likely incorrect due its low surface brightness.
Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster on 16 Dec 1887 (second of 14 objects) with the Melbourne telescope and called it "pB, roundish, pS lbM, amidst stars."
******************************
NGC 223 = IC 44 = UGC 450 = MCG +00-02-129 = PGC 2527
00 42 15.8 +00 50 44; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 62°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, elongated SW-NE, small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 219 3.7' NNW. Located close to the midpoint of a mag 11 star 2.8' SE and a mag 12 star 3.0' NW that is just south of NGC 219.
George Phillips Bond discovered NGC 223 = HN 7 = Au 4 = Sw.
6-5 on 5 Jan 1853. It was found
with the 15-inch Merz refractor during the Harvard Zone observations of stars
near the celestial equator. He
noted a round nebula, between stars #131 and 132 and measured the dec, but not
the RA. The discovery was listed
as #4 in Auwers 1862 list of new nebulae, though the RA was only given to the
nearest minute of time. Heinrich
d'Arrest independently discovered the galaxy on 1 Jan 1862 and assumed it was a
new discovery. He added a note of
Bond's earlier discovery in his 1865 catalogue of new nebulae. Lewis Swift made another discovery
(list VI, #5) on 21 Nov 1886.
Finally Swift "discovered" it again on 12 Nov 1890, and
described Sw. 10-1 (later
******************************
00 42 44.1 +41 16 08; And
V = 3.4; Size 191'x62'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 35°
17.5" (7/5/86): the remarkable "Andromeda galaxy" is very bright, extremely large, very elongated 4:1 SW-NE, about 2.5° length. Very large bright core containing a stellar nucleus using direct vision. There are two black parallel dust lanes along the NW side of the core. The galaxy extends beyond the star cloud NGC 206 located about 40' SW of the core.
18": a total of 38 globular clusters have been tracked down in M31 as well as 9 star clusters.
8" (number observations starting in 1980): amazing at 50x with a prominent dust lane along NW side, stellar nucleus.
Persian astronomer Abd-al-Rahman Al-Sûfi first mentioned M31
= NGC 224 = h51 in his "Book of Fixed Stars" (964 AD) as the
"Little Cloud" lying before the mouth of a Big Fish (an Arabic
constellation). Surprisingly,
Tycho Brahe didn't mention M31 in his star catalogue (nor Hipparchus or Bayer),
which included 6 nebulous objects (only real one was
William Herschel first observed M31 in 1780 ("has no star in it") but using a 6-inch on 2 Aug 1783 he noted, "227x, a strong suspicion of stars. This speculum has not light enough. I doubt not but 20 feet will confirm it. 460x, suspicion still stronger." He was obviously mistaken on the resolvability. WH also noted the nebula "begins to shew a faint red colour." Perhaps he detected a slight hue to the nuclear region (red giants), though this seems unlikely. In 1826 John Herschel wrote, "At present it has not, indeed, a star, or any well-defined disk in its center, but the brightness, which increases by a regular gradation from the circumference, suddenly acquires a great accession, so as to off the appearance of a nipple as it were in the midd, of very small diameter (10" or 12")...Its nebulosity is of the most perfectly milky absolutely irresolvable kind, with the slightest tendency to that separation into flocculi above described in the nebula in Orion..."
The quasi-stellar nucleus was observed by Johann Lamont on 13 Oct 1836 with a 10.5-inch refractor at Munich Observatory and measured as 6.9" diameter. George Bond made a remarkable sketch in 1847 using the new 15-inch Harvard refractor, showing two sharply defined dust lanes, a stellar nucleus and M32 and M110 embedded within the halo of M31. He mentioned "a sudden interruption of light, appearing like a narrow, dark band, in which the eye could detect no deviation from perfect straightness, streating, in the direction of the axis of the nebula, entirely across the field of view; exterior to this, with respect to the axis, was another band or canal..." Bond also traced the major axis to a length of 4°. Leopold Trouvelot produced a beautiful sketch of the dust lanes in 1874 at the Harvard College Observatory.
The spiral nature, though, was first revealed in photographs by Isaac Roberts in 1888 with a 20-inch reflector (reproduced in many publications) and E.E. Barnard in 1890 with the 12-inch refractor, though neither used in the word "spiral" in their papers. Roberts speculated wildly on the nature of M31, suggesting it was a "new solar system in the process of condensation from a nebula" and the two companions, M32 and M110, were "already undergoing their transformations into planets."
Ernst Hartwig discovered the first extragalactic supernova near the center of M31 on 20 Aug 1885 with the Dorpat Observatory's 9.6" Fraunhofer refractor. SN 1885A = S And reached mag 5.85 and faded to mag 14 a half a year later. The brightness (if a nova) seemed evidence that M31 was relatively nearby (within the Milky Way). In 1899, though, German astronomer Julius Scheiner obtained a spectrum using a 7.5 hour exposure and found "No traces of bright nebular lines are present, so that the interstellar speace in the Andromeda nebula, just as in our stellar system, is not appreciably occupied by gaseous matter." He further stated "previous suspicion that the spiral nebulae are star clusters is now raised to a certainty, the thought suggests itself of comparing ..our stellar system, with especial reference to its great similarity to the Andromeda nebula." This added strong support for the "island-universe" theory.
In 1919 Knut Lundmark obtained a distance of 650,000 light years based on the brightness of M31 novae, implying an extragalactic nebula. But in the early 1920's Adriaan van Maanen claimed he measured internal displacements on photographs taken 12 years apart that showed rotation or motion outward along the spiral arms, implying a close distance and small diameter. The Island Universe question was effectively ended when Hubble identified a Cepheid variable (V1) in M31 on a plate taken October 5-6, 1923 and derived a distance of 930,000 l.y based on the Period-Luminosity relation. In 1929 he obtained a distance of 900,000 l.y. based on a large number of Cepheids.
In 1943-44, while the Los Angeles area was in a World War II blackout, William Baade first resolved the central region of M31, M32, M110 as well as NGC 147 and NGC 185 using the 100-inch at Mount Wilson. He identified two distinct populations of stars based on their metallicity, naming young, high-velocity stars in the disk as Type I and older red stars in the bulge as Type II. The differences in Population I and II Cepheids modified the P-L relation and increased the distance by 2.5x.
******************************
00 43 35 +61 46; Cas
V = 7.0; Size 12'
24" (1/4/14): bright, large, scattered group of ~50 stars in 10' group. Includes 15-18 brighter stars that stand out (mag 9.5-11). A ragged N-S string of stars defines the eastern border of the cluster. There are no rich subgroups and a lack of faint stars.
A detached group of stars is off the north side, but these
stars do not appear to be part of the cluster.
17.5" (11/2/91): about two dozen stars at 100x in a 12' diameter. Bright but scattered. Outline forms an isosceles triangle with the vertex at west edge and the long base on the east side. Most stars are mag 10-11 and evenly spaced. The cluster appears completely resolved. Only one fairly close double star in group. Just ENE of the main group is a line of five mag 9 stars oriented N-S.
8": two dozen stars in a cluster, fairly bright but scattered, no dense spots.
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 225 = H. VIII-78 = h52 on 27 Sep 1783 (and seen again on 30 Oct 1783 and 23 Feb 1784) with her 4.2" comet seeker reflector. The cluster was first observed by William on 11 Mar 1784 before he began the evening's sweeps. On 26 Nov 1788 (sweep 887), he recorded, "a good many coarsely scattered L stars of an equal size, they take up a space of 15 or 20'."
******************************
00 42 54.0 +32 34 52; And
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (9/1/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
4:3 ~E-W, 0.6'x0.45', very weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is just off the
south side, 30" from the center.
Located 11' ESE of mag 8.5
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, fairly small,
irregularly round, bright core, irregular surface brightness. A mag 14 star is 30" S. Located 7' NE of mag 9.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 226 = h53 on 22 Nov 1827 and
logged "eF; S; R; has a 13m to south, dist 20"." His position and description matches
******************************
00 42 36.8 -01 31 43; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 155°
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately bright, very small bright core or stellar nucleus?
13.1" (9/29/84): compact galaxy elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, small prominent nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 227 = H. II-444 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and logged "F, pL, lbM". The micrometric position from Engelhardt in the NGC is accurate.
******************************
00 42 54.5 +23 30 12; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.8
17.5" (10/13/90 and 10/20/90): faint, small, almost
round, weak concentration. In a
tight quadruple group with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 228 = St. 10-1, along with NGC 229, on 3 Oct 1869 (single unpublished position between the pair). His published micrometric position was made on 10 Oct 1879.
******************************
NGC 229 = MCG +04-02-049 = CGCG 479-064 = PGC 2577
00 43 04.6 +23 30 33; And
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4
17.5" (10/13/90 and 10/20/90): faint, very small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, stellar nucleus. In a quadruple group with NGC 228 2.5' W and CGCG 479-065 9' ESE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 229 = St. 10-2, along with NGC 228, on 3 Oct 1869 (single unpublished position between the pair). His published micrometric position was made on 10 Oct 1879.
******************************
00 42 27.1 -23 37 44; Cet
V = 14.7; Size 1.1'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 44°
24" (12/22/14): extremely faint to very faint, small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, ~20"x10", low surface brightness. Requires averted and concentration, but clearly visible ~25% of time.
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely tough, very small object
that I suspected on a couple of pops.
My field sketch shows it situated just south of the midpoint of two
stars oriented NW-SE [separation 1.5'] and it seemed extended SW-NE
(perpendicular to the line connecting the stars). This matches the DSS image, so I probably finally detected
this galaxy. Located 6' SW of NGC
232 and 8' SW of the double system
17.5": negative sightings on 12/3/88, 10/21/95 in thin clouds and 12/20/95.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 230 = LM 2-291, along
with
******************************
NGC 231 = ESO 029-005 = Lindsay 25
00 41 06.4 -73 21 08; Tuc
V = 12.7; Size 0.8'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, this SMC cluster appeared as a moderately large, low surface brightness hazy region with an irregular outline, ~2' diameter. A few mag 14 stars were resolved. Last of three open clusters with compact NGC 222 2.5' SW and NGC 220 4.0' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 231 = h2340 on 12 Aug 1834
(sweep 482) and recorded "an irregular train of stars and nebulosity in
the Nubecula Minor. (Evidently that referred to in sweep 625 [NGC 220])."
His position falls very close to the cluster taken as NGC 231 (
Herschel suggested h2340 might be equivalent to D 2, but Dunlop likely saw only NGC 220 or both NGC 220 and 221, which he described as "a faint nebula, about 1.5' long, irregular figure, rather branched. This is involved in the margin of the Nubecula Minor."
Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster of 16 Dec 1887 (third of 14 objects) with the 48" Melbourne telescope and called it "eeeF, very small thin nebulosity around a minute star. Two or more stars near."
******************************
NGC 232 = ESO 474-015 = MCG -04-02-040 = VV 830 = PGC 2559
00 42 45.7 -23 33 41; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 171°
24" (12/22/14): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small, round, 24" diameter, weak concentration. NGC 235/235B lies 2.0' NE and NGC 230 is 6' SW.
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, round, weak
concentration. Forms a trio with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 232 = LM 2-292, along
with NGC 230 and 235, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory. His
position essentially matches
******************************
00 43 36.6 +30 35 13; And
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, bright core, stellar nucleus, diffuse outer halo, no distinct edges.
William Herschel discovered NGC 233 = H. III-149 = h54 on 14 Oct 178 (sweep 266) and logged "eF, vS, R." R.J. Mitchell, assistant to Lord Rosse's on 22 Nov 1854, recorded "pB, vS, R, a F* v close preceding??". There is a very faint star close west of the core.
******************************
00 43 32.4 +14 20 33; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (10/8/88): moderately bright, moderately large, irregularly round, broad concentration, faint nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 234 = H. II-245 on 14 Oct 1784 (sweep 289) and logged "F, pS, irregular oval." On 16 Oct 1784 (sweep 295), he noted "F, pS, R, lbM." and again on 18 Sep 1786 (sweep 590), "pB, cL, gmbM." Dreyer made a detailed observation at Birr Castle on 8 Nov 1876: "pB, pL, iR, seems with higher power to have two points of condensation, p and f, the f. one the brighter. I think the p one is a S * involved. Lord Rosse thought it resolved." A mag 16.3 star is at the west edge and the following "point of condensation" probably refers to the nucleus. The NGC position is 2.5' too far south.
******************************
NGC 235 = ESO 474-016 = MCG -04-02-041 = PGC 2569
00 42 52.8 -23 32 29; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 117°
24" (12/22/14): at 260x; NGC 235A, the brighter northwest component of this interacting double system, appeared fairly bright, fairly small, round, 24" diameter high surface brightness, bright core increases to a very bright stellar nucleus. NGC 235B is attached on the southeast side and appeared fairly faint, small, 12" diameter, round, very small brighter nucleus. The pair of galaxies are separated by just 20" between centers!
17.5" (12/3/88): the western member of this double system appeared faint, very small, round, small bright core. The eastern component, attached at the following end, appeared extremely faint and small, round. Forms a double with NGC 232 2.5' SW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 235 = LM 2-293, along
with NGC 230 and 232, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory. His
position is 0.3 min of RA east of
******************************
00 43 27.5 +02 57 30; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 160°
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, fairly small, oval 4:3 SW-NE, fairly low even surface brightness. A mag 14.5 star is off the NE edge 1.4' from center. Located roughly 1 degree east of the large NGC 182 group.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 236 = m 16 on 3 Aug 1864 using
Lassell's 48" reflector on Malta and recorded "vF, pL". His position is 1.5' N of
******************************
00 43 27.9 -00 07 30; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 1.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 175°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated NNW-SSE, brighter core.
13.1" (12/7/85): fairly faint, fairly small, almost round, weak concentration.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 237 = Sf. 94 = Sw. 6-76 on 27 Sep 1867 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory. His discovery list was not published until 1887, so Dreyer was unable to credit him in the NGC. The galaxy was independently found by Lewis Swift on 21 Nov 1886 with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and catalogued it as #6 in his 6th discovery list, though his position was 16 seconds off in RA. Swift is credited with the discovery in the NGC. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1897 using the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory in Denver.
******************************
00 43 25.5 -50 10 57; Phe
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 93°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 303x; fairly bright, moderately large, roundish, ~1.5' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a very small bright nucleus. A weak central bar extends NW-SE from the nucleus.
Subtle structure was evident in the halo with slightly
enhanced regions. A slightly
brighter patch is on the northwest and west side (images show this part of an
inner ring) and an extremely faint "star" is superimposed [25"
NW of center]. The DSS2 image
reveals this is either a bright knot or possibly an interacting companion. In 1981ApJS...46...75A
("Spectroscopic Measures of Galaxies, Their Companions, and Peculiar
Galaxies in the Southern Hemisphere"), Arp identifies this object as a
companion galaxy as well as Madore in the 2007 paper "The Curious Case of
John Herschel discovered NGC 238 = h2341 on 2 Oct 1834 and
recorded "eF, pL, R, gvlbM, 50"." His position matches
******************************
00 44 37.4 -03 45 34; Cet
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 28°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, broad concentration. A mag 12 star is 2.6' E of center.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 239 = LM 1-12 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is just 1' S of MCG -01-03-007 = PGC 2642. Ormond Stone's "corrected" position, given in the IC 1 notes, is 1.1 tmin too far E. In the IC 2 notes section, Max Wolf states the original NGC position was correct!
******************************
00 45 01.9 +06 06 47; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, small, oval 4:3 ~E-W, small bright core. A mag 14 star is 1.2' SSE of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 240 = Sw. 5-9 on 22 Oct 1886 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded "vF; S; R; * nr
south". His position is 9 sec
of RA east of
******************************
00 43 34 -73 26 36; Tuc
V = 12.0; Size 0.9'
See observing notes for
John Herschel discovered NGC 241 = h2342 on 12 Aug 1834 and described "a very F, R nebula or group (We are now fairly in the Nubecula Minor, and field begins to be full of faint perfectly irresolvable nebulous light." There is nothing at his sinngle Cape of Good Hope position but 10' N is h2343 (later NGC 242). Herschel caught this error and corrected the NPD in an errata list at the end of the CGH catalogue, though apparently he didn't notice the nearly identical positions. Since Herschel only observed NGC 241 on a sweep where NGC 242 was not recorded, Harold Corwin (as well as ESO and Eric Lindsay) equate NGC 241= NGC 242. Since NGC 242 refers to his first observation it should be the primary designation. See Harold Corwin's notes for more.
******************************
NGC 242 = NGC 241 = ESO 029-6 = Lindsay 29
00 43 34 -73 26 36; Tuc
V = 12.0; Size 0.9'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
282x, this SMC cluster appeared fairly bright, slightly elongated E-W,
0.8'x0.6'. A faint star is at the
west end and another faint star or clump of stars is at the SE end. A pair of mag 12.5/13 stars lies 2.5'
SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 242 = h2343 on 11 Apr 1834 and recorded "pL; vF; R; vgbM; (in a sweep below the pole and ill seen) the RA is probably also in error. On a second sweep he recorded "a binuclear nebula, or two, vS, R, running together." Finally on a third sweep he noted "a small irresolvable knot in the bright part of the Nubecula Minor." NGC 241 = h2343, recorded in Aug 1834, is a duplicate observation (see notes).
Interestingly, Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster on 16 Dec 1887 (as well as numerous other SMC clusters) with the 48" Melbourne telescope and logged it as two objects (labeled as "D" and "E") "almost forming a double nebula". The main NW clump was called "pB, very small, nebulous star" and the SE knot as "pB; eeS; nebulous star very close to D. I believe two minute stars in D and one in E which makes the objects sparke, many stars in the field." This matches Herschel's description of "a binuclear nebula, or two..." SIMBAD labels the NW clump as NGC 241 = Kron 22w = Lindsay 29w and the SE clump as NGC 242 = Kron 22E = Lindsay 29e and NGC 241/242 is listed as a star cluster pair in 2000A&AS..146...57D.
******************************
00 46 00.9 +29 57 34; And
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 145°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 1.4' E of a mag 10.5 star.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 243 = St. 12-6 on 6 Oct 1869 and recorded an unpublished position 2' SSE of center. He published an accurate micrometric position made on 18 Oct 1881 and recorded "Faint, very small, round, gradually brighter middle, *10 precedes by 6 seconds [of time]."
******************************
00 45 46.7 -15 35 50; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 50°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, very small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, small bright core. Located 3.5' NNW of a mag 10.5 star. A tight trio of mag 14.5 stars is 8' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 244 = H. III-485 = h55 on 30 Dec 1785 (sweep 499) and logged "vF, S, iF, resolvable." The NGC position is just 1' too far N.
******************************
00 46 05.5 -01 43 22; Cet
V = 12.2; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 145°
17.5" (10/8/88): moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated ~E-W, stellar nucleus. A pair of stars mag 13.5 and 14.5 with a separation of 35" lie 1.5' S.
13.1" (9/29/84): moderately bright, slightly elongated WNW-ESE, star superimposed or faint stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 245 = H. II-445 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and recorded "F, iR, easily resolvable, 1' broad." The NGC RA is just 0.1 tmin too large.
******************************
00 47 03.3 -11 52 19; Cet
V = 10.4; Size 240"x210"; PA = 120°
48" (10/23/14): At 488x with an NPB filter the view of the Skull Nebula was breathtaking and all the structure in a detailed photograph was visible. The thin brighter rim varied in brightness, thickness and scalloped structure along its entire length.
The rim is brightest along a 60° arc on the western side, bulging inward just north of center, creating a small darker indentation in the rim due west of the prominent central star. Moving counterclockwise around the rim, a small brighter, elongated patch is at the northwest edge, close to a mag 11.5 star just outside the planetary. The rim is relatively weak along the north side, but two brighter (detached) patches are along the northeast side. An irregular, elongated luminous patch spreads inward here. This glow is fairly prominent just northeast of center, on line with the central star and the second interior mag 12 star (southwest of center). A second luminous patch is midway from the central star to the north rim. The rim is weakest overall along a 90° arc on the eastern side, near a mag 13.5 star, which is embedded just within the planetary. Two more luminous patches are visible at the south rim, with the westernmost glow both larger and brighter.
The interior is relatively dark, though glows weakly with subtle variations, creating pockets of darkness - one is northeast of the central star - and mild enhancements. A small diaphanous glow is just south of the mag 12 star on the southwest side. More extensive milky nebulosity extends inward from the southern rim, though the most prominent interior glow is the split nebulosity mentioned earlier on the northwest side.
33" (9/15/07): gorgeous annular planetary viewed at 200x. The thin brighter rim was striking and varied in brightness and thickness around the periphery. The rim is brightest along the western or WNW edge and weakest on the east side. The interior was darker but irregular in surface brightness.
18" (10/13/07): 175x gave an excellent view using the NPB filter and the thin, bright irregular rim (only dimming on the east side) and darker center was quite striking.
18" (8/23/03): I took a quick look at 160x from Chew's Ridge with a thin waning crescent low in the ENE. Without a filter I don't remember the brighter rim being so crisply defined and the annularity so clear. The superimposed stars gave the planetary a transparent, 3-dimensional feel as if I was seeing inside the object.
17.5" (1/8/00): at 100x, appears as a moderately bright, 3.5' irregular glow with a darker center and encompassing four stars including the 12th magnitude central star. Excellent contrast gain using an OIII filter, which sharpens up the edge of the roundish annulus and enhances the irregular surface brightness. The halo is brightest along a 270° arc running from SW to NE and is clearly weakest at the east edge of the halo. A mag 11.5 star is embedded at the NW edge of the halo 2.0' from center. The irregular central hole is much darker but faintly luminous. A mag 12 star is also superimposed southwest of the central star and a 4th star is just inside the eastern boundary. The central star forms a thin right triangle with the other two brighter stars. At 220x, the western 90° outer arc is brightest and there appears to be a knot embedded at the NE edge of the halo.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly bright, large, 4' diameter, annular. Four stars are involved including the central star. This planetary has an irregular surface brightness with subtle structure.
13.1" (many dates from 11/13/82 to 8/24/84): fairly bright with filter,
clearly annular, sharper edges.
8" (11/5/83): fairly faint, large, four stars involved. No annularity noted.
16x80 (8/24/84): faintly visible in finder.
80mm finder (10/13/07): visible unfiltered at 25x. Nice contrast gain using the NPB filter and the planetary also appears to increase in size.
William Herschel discovered NGC 246 = H. V-25 = h56 on 27 Nov 1785 (sweep 478) and recorded "four or five pL stars forming a trapezium of 4 or 5' diameter. The enclosed space is filled up with milky nebulosity faintly terminated. The stars seem to have no connection with the nebulosity." The 1973 Revised New General Catalogue of Nonstellar Objects (RNGC) reversed the sign of the declination (+), and this typo was copied into some amateur software and digital setting circles.
Isaac Roberts described NGC 246 as a spiral nebula based on an early photograph. In 1912 Knox-Shaw reported it was not a spiral, but "like the Owl nebula", based on a photograph taken at the Helwan Observatory with the Reynolds reflector from 1909-11. Still Hardcastle later classified NGC 246 as a spiral nebula. Campbell (at Lick) and Paddock found the spectrum to be of a PN. Based on a Crossley photograph, Heber Curtis described (1918) "a somewhat irregular oval, brightest on western edge; 4'x3.5' in PA 120°. Periphery clear-cut, with a broken ring effect. Very faint, irregular matter in inner parts. The central star is bluish, and considerably brighter photographically than visually."
******************************
00 47 08.2 -20 45 37; Cet
V = 9.1; Size 21.4'x6.9'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 174°
48" (10/31/13): at 287x, NGC 247 spanned at least
18'x5' NNW-SSE and stretched from an HII region at the NNW tip to beyond the
mag 9.5 star (
17.5" (11/1/86): bright, very large, bright core,
elongated 7:2 N-S, 14'x4'. The
southern extension is brighter and mag 9
13.1" (8/5/83): fairly bright, diffuse, very large, bright core.
8" (10/4/80): very large, elongated ~N-S, bright core. A mag 10 star is at the south tip. The southern extension appears brighter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 247 = H. V-20 = h57 on 20 Oct 1784 (sweep 303) and logged "a Streak of light about 27' long, and in the brightest part, which was pB is 3' or 4' broad. The extension nearly in the meridian (I believe a little from from S.p. to N.f.) ... The situation is so low, that it would probably appear of much greater extent in a higher altitude." His size estimate (27') was much too large. John Herschel observed NGC 247 at Slough on 16 Sep 1830 (sweep 293) and noted "eF; vL; vmE; vglbM; 10' long; pos 172.0 deg. Has no bright star in it, but a star 8.9 mag at some distance n.p." Surprisingly, he made no (published) observations at the Cape of Good Hope.
Based on a photograph taken with the Crossley reflector, Heber Curtis described NGC 247 as "a faint, very large spiral, 18'x5' in p.a. 175°. Nucleus stellar; many almost stellar condensations. Whorls somewhat irregular, and indistinct." (1918)
******************************
NGC 248 = SMC-N13A/B = ESO 029-8
00 45 24.0 -73 22 47; Tuc
Size 0.8'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x this fairly faint SMC nebulous cluster appeared as an irregular glow, 0.8'x0.6', elongated NW-SE. There was a good response using a UHC filter at 76x. One or two stars or knots are involved including a small nebulous knot at the southeast end. NGC 256 lies 8' SSE and NGC 242 is 9' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 248 = h2344 on 11 Apr 1834 and logged "very faint. Below the pole, and the sweep otherwise irregular." On a later sweep he recorded "faint, elongated or binuclear, small, very gradually a little brighter in the middle." His position matches the knot at the southeast end.
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster on 16 Dec 1887 along with a number of other SMC clusters with the 48" Melbourne telescope. He listed NGC 248 as two separate objects; the NW object (SMC-N13B) was labeled as "F" and called "pF; eeS a faint nebulous star" and the SE object was labeled as "G" (SMC-N13A) and described as "very close to F, almost forms a double nebula - this is a little brighter and larger than F. pB; vS; R; pmbM."
******************************
00 45 33 -73 04 48; Tuc
Size 2.0'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): NGC 249 is the first of four
striking, collinear SMC nebulae and clusters with
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x this SMC cluster with nebulosity appeared fairly bright, fairly large, slightly elongated, 1.3'x0.9', weakly concentrated. Two or three faint stars are involved including a mag 13 star just north of the center. The UHC filter produces a good contrast boost and increased the size to at least 2'. Forms a pair with NGC 261 4.5' ESE with NGC 242 18' S.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 249 = D 19 = h2346 on 5 Sep 1826 with his homemade 9" speculum reflector. He recorded "a small faint elliptical nebula - this is the preceding in a line of small faint nebulae." His position is just 3.7' N of this SMC nebula.
John Herschel recorded NGC 249 on 3 sweeps. In Sep 1835 (sweep 635), he remarked "faint, large, round; very gradually brighter in the middle; 2' across. Here begins a starry region of the Nubecula Minor." On 4 Oct 1836 (sweep 738), he wrote, "pretty bright, pretty large, oval, resolvable, 2' diameter." Herschel noted that Dunlop's D 19 or 21 might be equivaent.
******************************
00 47 16.0 +07 54 36; Psc
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 153°
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, almost round, faint stellar nucleus. Located in the center of a small right triangle consisting of two mag 13.5 stars 2.1' NE and 2.8' NE and a mag 12.5 star 2.7' S. Located 29' NW of mag 4.4 63 Psc.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 250 = Sw. 3-2 on 10 Nov 1885 with
the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 17 sec of RA east of
******************************
00 47 54.0 +19 35 48; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 2.4'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.7; PA = 105°
24" (11/21/19): at 322x; nearly moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated E-W, decent concentration with a bright core and faint halo that extends over 1'. The surface brightness seemed irregular like a face-on spiral (it is) and the periphery varied with averted vision. A mag 12.5 star is 1' NE of center and a 3.5" pair of mag 14.5 stars is just off the E edge. Located 10' E of mag 6.1 59 Psc.
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 E-W, weak concentration. Enclosed by a small group of four mag 12-14.5 stars including a mag 12.5 star (close double) just 0.7' E. Located 9.5' E of 59 Piscium (V = 6.1).
William Herschel discovered NGC 251 = H. III-204 = h58 on 15 Oct 1784 (sweep 291). His description reads, "vF, S, s.p. 2 vS stars, a third star in it but not in the center, and I suppose is not connected with it. 240 verified it." On 13 Nov 1786 (sweep 635) he logged "vF, S, lbM, just preceding two stars are in the same meridian." John Herschel recorded "vF; R; follows a *6.7 40s and is 1.5' north of it. It is near 2 v s st. If this be III 204, my father's polar distance is 5' wrong."
******************************
00 48 01.5 +27 37 26; And
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 80°
17.5" (10/17/87): moderately bright, moderately large,
large slightly elongated halo, bright core, stellar nucleus. Brightest and first of three with NGC
258 3.2' NE and
William Herschel discovered NGC 252 = H. II-609 = h59 = h60 on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626) and logged "pB, S, iR, gbM." John Herschel made 4 observations under h59 and a 5th observation listed as h60.
Both Herschels missed
******************************
00 47 33.1 -25 17 17; Scl
V = 7.2; Size 27.5'x6.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 52°
48" (10/23/14): although I've viewed NGC 253 several previous times with Lowrey's 48", I'm always amazed by the spectacular view as the mottled galaxy explodes into numerous bright knots, dusty patches, dark lanes and luminous star associations. Using a 21mm Ethos (232x), NGC 253 completely filled the 26' field. The central region of this starburst galaxy contains a blazing, nonstellar nucleus surrounding by an intense, elongated core with several bright patches around the periphery of the core (segments of the inner spiral arms). Just northwest and southeast of the nucleus are extremely bright sections of the core. Since the galaxy is only 12° from edge-on, many visible features extend parallel to the SW-NE major axis (PA = 52°).
A dark lane running SW-NE parallels the core just off its northern side. Close northwest and parallel to this dust lane is a very bright, fairly narrow arm, extending ~3' in length. Another thin arm (also running SW-NE) is to the southeast of the core with a prominent, very thin section ~3.5' SW of center, just southwest of a superimposed mag 12.5-13 star. Three smaller bright patches surround a superimposed star ~2.5' NE of the nucleus. The brightest and largest of these patches is close southeast of the star. Further northeast the surface brightness lowers in the outer portion of the galaxy, but it still appears curdled and blotchy. Several bright stars are near the periphery including a mag 9.3 star 6.2' SW of center and a mag 11.6 star 3.8' W of center. A brighter patch is ~3.5' WSW of center is near the latter star. Additional luminous patches are further out on the southwest end.
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): superb view at 152x and 303x with NGC 253 within 10° of the zenith. Much of the detail seen in Lowrey's 48" was visible, although the bright patches were not quite as contrasty. The nucleus is a very small region embedded in a very bright, elongated central region that is enhanced immediately south of the nucleus. A thin, luminous "arm" extends in the direction of the major axis near the north side. A long spiral "arm" is along the northeast flank of the galaxy, extending 5 or 6' in length. Three slightly brighter patches were noted to the northeast of the core close to a superimposed star (also marked in the 48" observation). A bright, elongated strip was along the southwest side, about 2.8' NNW of a mag 9.3 star near the southwest edge (6.2' from center).
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): stunning view in the 13mm Ethos at 264x although the galaxy overfilled the 23' field. The dust structure and knots were mesmerizing but I didn't take detailed notes.
17.5" (many dates 8/2/86 to 8/29/92): at 100x; very bright, very large, edge-on 6:1 SW-NE, 30'x5', at 100x. The galaxy exhibits only a weak central concentration to a small elongated core that is slightly larger than the visible knots. Remarkable dust structure and mottling visible particularly on the southwest extension and a dark lane runs along the north side. Three faint HII knots are visible near a superimposed star on the southwest side and a slightly brighter knot lies northeast of a star near the core.
13.1" (9/11/82): very bright, elongated 4:1 SW-NE, very mottled, dust lanes, dark patches, 30' diameter.
8" (10/4/80 and 9/11/82): very bright, large and elongated! Mottled appearance, 25'-30' diameter.
10x30mm IS binoculars: easily visible as an elongated glow.
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 253 = H. V-1 = h61 = h2345 on 23 Sep 1783 from Datchet in England (before William started his sweeps) with her "small Newtonian Sweeper of [4.2" aperture] 27 inches focal length, and a power of 30." This was the only galaxy she discovered. William took a look in his 6.2" reflector and described it as a nebulous spot lengthened out to a considerable extend from SW to NE.". He found it just a month later on 30 Oct 1783 while sweeping horizontally (solo sweep 8 of his second night and only internal discovery #3) with his 18.7-inch, though he realized it was found by his sister and added "it is Carolina's." He noted, “On looking at the nebula a long while the suspicion of its consisting of stars grows stronger as it begins to put on a faintly mottled appearance.” On 27 Oct 1785 (sweep 467) he recorded "about 45' long and 7 or 8' br; cB, mBM. The place taken is that of the brightest part of it, where there is a small star visible, which however I suppose has no connection with the nebula. It makes an angle of 25 or 40° with the meridian, from sp to nf. The faint ends of it require much attention to be seen, and I believe extend much farther than I could trace them."
John Herschel recorded it from the Cape as "vvB; vvL; vmE; 30' long, 3' or 4' broad; has several stars in it; gmbM to a centre elongated like the nebula itself. The nebula is somewhat streaky and knotty in its constitution and may perhaps be resolvable." A second observation in 1836 was logged as "vvB; vvvL; a superb object; 24' in length, breadth about 3'; pos = 143.8 very exact. Its light is somewhat streaky, but I see no stars in it but 4 large and one very small one, and these seem not to belong to it, there being many near." In the GC, he noted the position angle should read 54.5°. John Dunlop didn't publish an observation from Paramatta (near Sydney) as it lies a couple of degrees outside his northern declination cut off.
William Lassell sketched NGC 253 from Malta in November 1863 with his 48" and included numerous dark lanes and rifts on the southwest side and a very irregular outline. Wilhelm Tempel's sketch with the 11" Amici refractor at Florence captures several small knots (brightest in the nucleus) and accurately depicts the surrounding star field and superimposed stars. The origin of the "Silver Coin" nickname goes back to at least 1964 (Time-Life International edition of "The Universe"), with the description "Silvery Coin of the flat Sc spiral NGC 253", though the 1962 edition published in the U.S. reads "Silvery Dollar ..."
******************************
00 47 27.6 -31 25 20; Scl
V = 11.7; Size 2.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 137°
17.5" (12/3/88): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 NW-SE, very bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 5' SW of mag 7.1
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly bright, small, elongated ~E-W, small bright nucleus. Located 5' SW of a mag 8 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 254 = h2347 on 28 Sep 1834 and logged "vB, R, gmbM, 40", has a star 8th mag 5' distant." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 255 = MCG -02-03-017 = PGC 2802
00 47 47.1 -11 28 07; Cet
V = 11.9; Size 3.0'x2.5'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 15°
17.5" (8/16/93): moderately bright, fairly large,
elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, 2.0'x1.6', broad mild concentration. A mag 14 star lies 2.5' ESE. Forms a pair with
13.1" (8/24/84): similar to previous observation but exhibits a weak concentration.
13.1" (11/5/83): moderately bright, fairly small, round, no noticeable concentration.
8" (8/28/81): faint, small, round. Located 25' NNE of NGC 246.
William Herschel discovered NGC 255 = H. II-472 = h62 on 27 Nov 1785 (sweep 478) and recorded "F, pS." John Herschel made a single observation, "vF; L; R; gbM; 30"." In 1912 Harold Knox-Shaw identified this galaxy as an "spiral with many stellar condensations in the whorls", based on photographs taken with the 30" Reynolds reflector at the Helwan Observatory between 1909-11.
******************************
NGC 256 = ESO 029-11 = Lindsay 30
00 45 54 -73 30 24; Tuc
V = 12.5; Size 0.9'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; bright,
fairly small, roughly triangular outline, 30"-35" diameter, high
surface brightness, bright core, mottled.
A few faint stars were resolved.
A mag 9.7 star (
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, this SMC cluster appeared moderately bright, fairly small, triangular or wedge-shaped, 30" diameter. Weakly concentrated with a slightly brighter core but there was no resolution. Located 1.9' SSW of mag 9.7 HD 4558, which detracts somewhat from viewing. NGC 248 lies 8' NNW and several clusters are within 15' including NGC 265 6' ENE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 256 = h2348 in the SMC on 11 Apr 1834 and described "not vF, S, R, has a star 9th mag Nf." On a second sweep he logged "F, S, R, gbM, 40" south of a star 8th mag. (In Nubecula Minor)." His third observation reads "F, lE, 30", precedes a star 9th mag" and a fourth record states "F, S, R, 18"; a star 9th mag Nf."
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster on 16 Dec 1887, along with a number of other SMC clusters, with the 48" Melbourne telescope. He described NGC 256 (labeled as "H" as "follows G [NGC 248] by 30s and is 7' 20" south of it. pB, very small, sparkling, stars are in it - resolvable? Probably a group of close stars, only few - immersed in very faint nebulosity."
******************************
00 48 01.6 +08 17 48; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 105°
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, moderately large, oval 3:2 ~E-W, weakly concentrated but no core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 257 = H. II-863 on 29 Dec 1790 (sweep 991) and logged "pL, lE, gbM, resolvable." John Herschel made no observations, though Stephan measured a position on 23 Aug 1871.
******************************
NGC 258 = MCG +04-03-005 = Holm 23d = PGC 2829
00 48 12.8 +27 39 26; And
V = 14.6; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (10/17/87): extremely faint and small, round. A mag 11 star is close WSW 40" from center. Second of three with NGC 252 3.2' SW and NGC 260 5.3' NE.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 258 on 22 Dec 1848. This was his first discovery and he noted "3 nebulae in line, 2 of them novae." The field was observed no less than 7 times at Birr Castle, though the descriptions are sometimes contradictory and made under poor conditions. Stoney probably also discovered NGC 260 to the northeast (the 3rd nebulae), and it was also seen in 1854, though d'Arrest was credited with the discovery in the NGC.
******************************
00 48 03.2 -02 46 31; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 2.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 140°
17.5" (11/28/97): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 2.0'x0.7', broad concentration. Forms the vertex of a right isosceles triangle with a mag 11
star 3' SSE and a mag 11.5 star 3.4' WSW.
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 NW-SE, bright core, stellar nucleus, pretty system. Forms a right angle with a mag 10.5 star 3' SSW and a mag 11.5 star 3.5' ESE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 259 = H. II-621 = h63 = h64 on 13 Dec 1786 (sweep 646) and recorded "F, E from np to sf, 1 1/2' long, lbM." He found it again the following year on 11 Sept 1787, relisting the nebula as II-703. The second observation had an error in the offset position, so WH thought it was a new discovery. Strangely, John Herschel also recorded the galaxy twice, as h63 (called a "Nova") and h64 = H. II-621. Heinrich d'Arrest noted the equivalence of both entries. See notes in the GC and NGC.
******************************
NGC 260 = UGC 497 = MCG +04-03-006 = CGCG 480-009 = Holm 23c = PGC 2844
00 48 34.6 +27 41 33; And
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated. A faint mag 14.5-15.0 star is close NE. This galaxy is the third of three with NGC 252 8.4' SW and NGC 258.
George Johnstone Stoney discovered NGC 260 on 22 Dec 1848 with LdR's 72" and recorded "3 neb in a line nff, p one = h59 [NGC 252], other two vF [NGC 258 and NGC 260], middle one [NGC 258] eF, vS, distance of extremes about 12'." Although NGC 260 = UGC 497 is 9' ESE of NGC 252, it is collinear with the other two, and most likely the 3rd nebula seen by Stoney. Another observation in 1854 also mentions "3 neb".
Heinrich d'Arrest independently discovered NGC 260 on 27 Aug
1865 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. His position matches
******************************
NGC 261 = SMC-N12A = ESO 029-12
00 46 29 -73 06 06; Tuc
Size 1.8'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x; prominent, fairly large roundish glow, ~1.25' diameter, high surface brightness, surrounding a 13th magnitude H-alpha emission star (SK 9 = Lin 78). Excellent contrast gain adding a NPB (narrow-bandpass) filter yielding a superb 2' nebula, sandwiched between similar NGC 249 5' WNW and the stellar association Hodge 12 with nebulosity (SMC-N19). A number of stars are close east (part of the association) including three collinear mag 13.5-14 stars 2' E and a 4th mag 12.5 star 3' E.
SMC-N19 lies 5' ESE. At 244x it was a fairly faint, very large nebulous glow, ~3' diameter. With careful viewing an uncatalogued detached piece is sometimes visible to the NW (centered at 00 47.5 -73 05) and very faint nebulosity spreads to the southwest for a total diameter of 4' diameter. Unfiltered a 6' cloud of at least 50 mag 12.5-15 stars (Hodge Association 12) are involved with the nebula.
SMC-N30 lies ~11' ESE. At 244x unfiltered it was a fairly easy, fairly large, irregular curving or kidney-shaped nebula SW-NE, ~1.5'x0.8'. Unfiltered a couple of 14th magnitude stars are involved. Adding a NPB filter, the nebulosity was prominent and filled in to a more roundish outline.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x this SMC HII region appeared fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.5' diameter with a single mag 13 star at the center (emission-line star Lin 78 = SK 9). A UHC filter produced a good contrast gain and increased the size to over 2'. A group of four stars follows including supergiant SK 13 (three brighter in a string and one faint star) and a number of faint stars are scattered nearby. Forms a similar pair with NGC 249 4.5' WNW. NGC 267 lies 12' SE.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 261= h2349 = D 4 = D 21 on 1 Aug 1826. He described "a considerable condensation of the nebulous matter of an irregular figure in the margin of the bright part of the cloud, 2' or 3' diameter. His position is about 7' too far ENE, though the description probably applies to both NGC 249 and 261 and perhaps N19. His published description for D 4, though, is "faint round nebula, about 30" diameter." D 21 was logged on a drift on 5 Sep after recording D 19 = NGC 249, and described as a "small round faint nebula." His position was 3' too far N (same offset as NGC 249).
John Herschel made 3 observations, first logging it in Sep 1835 (sweep 625) as "very faint, round, gradually brighter in the middle, 2' across, resolvable." On 4 Oct 1836 (sweep 738), he described it as "pretty bright, round, 60". Has a star 13th mag in centre. Occurs in a field illuminated by the Nubecular Minor and many stars." Herschel noted this object could be either Dunlop 3, 4 or 21.
******************************
00 48 47.1 +31 57 25; And
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1
24" (11/24/14): moderately bright, small, round,
dominated by a high surface brightness core that increases to the center, very
low surface brightness halo, ~25" diameter. Forms a pair with
17.5" (11/25/87): faint, small, round, bright core. Contains a faint stellar nucleus about 15th magnitude.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 262 = Sw. 2-10 on 17 Sep 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 15 sec of RA east of
******************************
00 48 48.4 -13 06 27; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.2
17.5" (10/13/90): faint, small, round, weak concentration. A mag 14 star is 30" W.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 263 = LM 1-13 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is close to MCG -02-03-021 = PGC 2856.
******************************
00 48 21.0 -38 14 04; Scl
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 113°
18" (11/22/08): fairly faint, small, elongated 4:3
WNW-ESE, 0.4'x0.3'. Contains a
very small brighter core with direct vision. A group of 4 stars including mag 9
John Herschel discovered NGC 264 = h2350 on 30 Aug 1834 and
noted "F, S, R, vsvmbM to a star 13th mag. A trapezium of large stars
follows." His position and
description matches
******************************
NGC 265 = ESO 029-14 = Lindsay 34
00 47 10 -73 28 36; Tuc
V = 12.2; Size 1.0'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; bright, fairly large, irregular outline, ~1' diameter, mottled appearance, brighter on the north end. A few resolved stars occasionally sparkled. Three other clusters are within 6'; NGC 256 to the WSW, Kron 25 is 3.6' WSW and NGC 269 to the SE. A mag 9.7 star is 4.8' W and a mag 8.5 star is 9' E. Situated in a very rich field of faint stars with numerous HII regions and clusters to the north.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, this SMC cluster appeared moderately bright and large, 1' diameter, round, fairly symmetrical appearance with no concentration. NGC 256 lies 5.7' WSW with NGC 269 6' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 265 = h2351 in the SMC on 11 Apr 1834 and remarked "vF; situated on the edge of the Nubecula Minor." On a later sweep he recorded as "vF, R, 30 arcseconds."
Pietro Baracchi observed this SMC cluster, along with many others, on 16 Dec 1887 with the Melbourne telescope. He called it "pB; S; R, gbM"
******************************
00 49 47.8 +32 16 40; Psc
V = 11.6; Size 3.0'x2.9'; Surf Br = 13.8
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly bright, moderately large,
elongated ~E-W, bright core, stellar nucleus. Located on the Andromeda border 4' N of mag 8.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 266 = H. III-153 = h65 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and noted "vF, pL, lE, r, very little brighter towards the following side." John Herschel observed NGC 266 on 4 sweeps and 5 observations were made by Lord Rosse's assistants. On 18 Sep 1857 it was described as "S, pB disc, in vF haze of mottled nebulosity, which seems brightest in a line p and f." E.E. Barnard found NGC 266 in Feb 1889 while sweeping with the 12-inch refractor at Lick Observatory. He described it as "R, 1' +/- or less, bM to faint nucleus of 13m."
******************************
00 48 02.9 -73 16 27; Tuc
Size 2.5'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x + NPB filter; bright, very large nebulous cluster, slightly elongated N-S, ~2'x1.6'. Removing the filter, several faint stars were peppered across the glow. Very good contrast gain using the NPB filter.
SMC-N25 is a separate 1' patch 2' NNE that appeared fairly bright (with the filter), moderately large, round glow, ~50" diameter. SMC-N28 is a very large, lower surface brightness patch (barely detached from NGC 267), ~1.5' diameter, centered ~2.3' ENE of NGC 267. On close inspection it was divided into two sections on the north and south side and weaker in the center. The southern section (SMC-N28A) was extended E-W and slightly brighter.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
228x this SMC cluster with nebulosity appears as a fairly faint, fairly large
irregular glow ~2'x1.4'. The
surface was grainy with a half-dozen mag 14 stars resolved (Hodge Association
15). There was a good response
using a UHC filter, which increased the size of the visible nebulosity. Collinear with two mag 10.5 stars ~6'
SE. A string of brighter stars to
the north heads east for 17' towards
John Herschel discovered NGC 267 = h2352 in the SMC on 4 Oct 1836 and recorded "a faint, pretty large, cluster of very small stars. It is the preceding knot (or centre of condensation) of the resolvable portion of the Nubecula Minor which fills the subsequent field and consists of irregularly scattered clustered stars 12...20th mag." His position is on the southwest side of the cluster/nebula.
Pietro Baracchi observed this nebulous cluster (labeled as "I prime" on 17 Dec 1887 with the 48" Melbourne telescope. He logged it as "Cl; F; pL; very faint stars. Not observed last night."
******************************
00 50 09.4 -05 11 38; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.6'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 95°
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly faint, fairly small, diffuse,
slightly elongated 4:3 ~E-W, weak concentration but no nucleus. Lies west of a group of four bright
stars including mag 8.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 268 = H. III-463 = h66 on 22 Nov 1785 (sweep 474) and logged "vF, pL, irr R, resolvable." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 269 = ESO 029-016 = Lindsay 37
00 48 21 -73 31 54; Tuc
V = 12.6; Size 0.6'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 397x; bright, fairly large, round, 45" diameter. This SMC cluster contains a relatively large brighter core that appeared a little lively but showed no resolution. A mag 10.5 star is 3' SE. Kron 25, situated 3' NNW, appeared fairly faint, irregular glow, ~35" diameter, low surface brightness. NGC 269 is located in a rich SMC region with numerous clusters and nebulae to the north.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, fairly faint, fairly small, round, 0.6' diameter, weak concentration but no core or resolution. A 2.5' string of three stars follows by 2'-3' and a mag 11 star lies 3' SE. Situated in a rich SMC star field 6' SE of NGC 265.
John Herschel discovered NGC 269 = h2353 on 5 Nov 1836 in the SMC and described as "vF; S; R; 30"." His position is accurate.
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster on 16 and 17 Dec 1887, along with a number of other SMC clusters, with the 48" Melbourne telescope. He described NGC 269 (labeled as "L") as "F ,S , R, gbM. This follows K [Kron 25] by 21s and is 2' 40" south of it. A star 10m follows L by 64s and is 3' north of it."
******************************
00 50 32.4 -08 39 07; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 25°
17.5" (10/13/90): fairly faint, small, oval 3:2 SW-NE,
bright core, almost stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 270 = H. III-955 on 10 Dec
1798 (sweep 1086) and logged "cF, vS, iR." His position matches
******************************
00 50 41.9 -01 54 37; Cet
V = 12.0; Size 2.1'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 130°
17.5" (10/8/88): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated NW-SE, small bright core.
Mag 8.4
William Herschel discovered NGC 271 = H. II-446 = h67 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and noted "F, S, E, milky; about 1 1/2' preceding a pB star." On 13 Dec 1786 (sweep 646) he noted "pB, R, mbM, about 1' sp a bright star." John Herschel logged "Not vF; R; pslbM; 30"; a star 8-9m follows."
******************************
00 51 25 +35 49 18; And
V = 8.5; Size 5'
17.5" (9/26/92): 9 stars in a 5' diameter forming a "hook" asterism. Includes a mag 9 star and a close double star. Appears to be fully resolved and only an unimpressive, scattered asterism.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 272 on 2 Aug 1864 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. His single position points directly to this group of stars. It is listed in the 4th edition of the Gosta Lynga catalogue but was removed from the 5th edition. Visually it appears to be a scattered asterism.
******************************
00 50 48.4 -06 53 08; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 2.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 105°
24" (10/5/13): moderately bright and large, very elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE, ~48"x16". Contains a very small brighter core. A mag 14 star is off the NW edge by ~20". NGC 272/274 = Arp 140 lies 11' SSE.
17.5" (10/13/90): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W. A mag 14 star is off the NW edge, 42" from center. NGC 272/274, a contact pair of galaxies, lies 11' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 273 = H. III-430 on 10 Sep
1785 (sweep 435) and noted "vF, vS.
This precedes the former [
******************************
NGC 274 = Arp 140 NED1 = VV 81a = Holm 26b = MCG -01-03-021 = LGG 015-002 = PGC 2980
00 51 01.9 -07 03 28; Cet
V = 11.8; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 155°
24" (10/5/13): bright, round, fairly small, 0.6'
diameter, sharply concentrated with a small intensely bright core that
gradually increases to the center, but no nucleus. This is the brighter but smaller component of a striking
double system (
13.1" (9/29/84): moderately bright, small, compact, very small bright core. Forms a close pair with NGC 275 1' SE.
8" (11/13/82): faint, very small, round.
William Herschel discovered NGC 274 = H. III-429 = h69 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435), although he only noted a single object as "vF, pS, E."
The pair was observed 8 times with Lord Rosse's 72-inch. On 3 Oct 1856, assistant R.J. Mitchell's wrote, "69 [NGC 274] is S, B, R, with bright nucleus; 70 [NGC 275] is F, E and patchy. Suspect formed of two knots involved in faint nebulosity; there appears to be a nebulous connexion between them all." On 15 Nov 1857, Lord Rosse experimented with a silvered secondary (the speculum secondary was covered with a thin silver layer) and noted "silvered mirror shows the object brighter than before, but no new details.”
******************************
NGC 275 = Arp 140 NED2 = VV 81b = Holm 26a = MCG -01-03-022 = LGG 015-002 = PGC 2984
00 51 04.5 -07 03 56; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 90°
24" (10/5/13): at 375x appeared moderately to fairly bright, elongated 5:3 NW-SE, ~45"x27". Very unusual patchy, irregular appearance! A brighter elongated N-S patch (or arm) is on the east end. Also the southwest border is slightly brighter with a sharp, curving edge. This edge is more prominent at the NW end of the galaxy, where it merges with NGC 274 just northwest.
13.1" (9/29/84): moderately bright, fairly small, diffuse, even surface brightness. Forms a close pair with NGC 274 1' NW.
8" (11/13/82): faint, very small, round.
John Herschel discovered NGC 275 = h70 on 9 Oct 1828 and logged "A fine double neb; the preceding only seen by my father. pB; S; smbM. The f is vF; S; R; pos = 60°; dist of centres 40". The neb join at borders." Also see the observations using Lord Rosse's 72" under NGC 274.
Based on a photograph taken at the Helwan observatory with the Reynolds reflector in 1927-31, NGC 275 was described as an "irregula nebula with 4 pB stellar knots, and one vF knot involved. These knots are joined together in the form of an "M", the preceding side of which curves round and extends as far as NGC 274."
******************************
00 52 06.5 -22 40 49; Cet
V = 14.9; Size 1.0'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 90°
17.5" (10/21/95): extremely faint, very small, 20"
diameter. This is a threshold
object and can just glimpse at moments.
No details visible including shape but detection repeated several
times. View hampered by mag 7.6
Frank Muller discovered NGC 276 = LM 2-294 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and he noted a "*11,
position 0° [North] Delta 3.2'."
His position is 1.2 min of RA west of
******************************
NGC 277 = MCG -02-03-028 = PGC 2995
00 51 17.2 -08 35 49; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 50°
17.5" (10/13/90): faint, very small, round. A mag 11 star is just off the NW edge 50" from core.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 277 on 8 Oct 1864 with the
11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His position and description of the nearby mag 11 star (52"
distant) is a perfect match with
******************************
00 52 04.3 +47 33 02; Cas
V = 10.8; Size 2.1'x2.0'; Surf Br = 12.2
48" (10/27/16): at 610x and 813x; NGC 278 is extremely bright, large, the halo has a squarish appearance, ~1.4' diameter, high surface brightness. Very well concentrated with an intense round core that increases to the center. Sections of the two main thick spiral arms are visible, particularly along the north and south portion of the halo. Slightly darker lanes outline the inside of the arms. The inner arm sections are only noticed as subtle brighter patches. A well defined, small knot is on the east side of the halo [25" from center] and a second small knot is on the northeast side [23" from center]. These two star-forming complexes are catalogued as X-ray sources in NED. I also noted a third object at the NE edge, but at this position on the HST image is a very faint star.
17.5" (10/13/90): bright, moderately large, round,
bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 3' S of mag 8.8
14.5" (12/17/20): fairly bright striking galaxy, moderately large, 1.25' diameter, high surface brightness, large bright core, sharp stellar nucleus. The halo has an irregular surface brightness, well defined periphery.
William Herschel discovered NGC 278 = H. I-159 = h71 on 11 Dec 1786 (sweep 644) and logged "vB, R, vgmbM, about 1.5' dia., about 1' south of a pretty considerable star." On 30 Nov 1787 (sweep 786) he noted "cB, R, vgbM, about 1 1/2' dia." R.J. Mitchell, observing with LdR's 72" on 16 Oct 1855, recorded "pB, R, N, light certainly patchy, but I can distinguish no stars in it. It is a right handed spiral?? I suspect a F* cl following the nebula."
******************************
00 52 08.9 -02 13 07; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 5°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, small bright core, stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 279 = H. III-439 = h73 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and logged "vF, S, irr figure." John Herschel made two observations of NGC 279 at Slough.
******************************
00 52 29.9 +24 21 01; And
V = 13.2; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 95°
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 E-W, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is just off the SE edge 1.0' from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 280 = H. III-477 = h72 on 5 Dec 1785 (sweep 484) and logged "vF, S, R, just preceding a vF star." This galaxy was observed with on 3 nights at Birr Castle and R.J. Mitchell recorded on 26 Oct 1854, "F object with two nuclei, possibly a spiral." There is no double nuclei, but the spiral suggestion is correct.
******************************
00 52 49 +56 37 40; Cas
Size 35'x30'
18" (2/16/07): remarkable view of this detailed
emission nebula/cluster at 115x and 220x.
Without a filter at 220x about three dozen stars are visible in the
region of the nebula, including a number of faint stars. At the center of the cluster (
The nebulosity responds dramatically to a UHC or OIII filter. The two brightest regions have a butterfly appearance with the two lobes or wings partially divided by a curving dust lane oriented roughly N-S. A fainter detached portion is on the southeast side. The overall dimensions extend to 15'-18'. The two lobes are fairly similar in size and surface brightness, though the following section is larger including the southern piece. The western section has the brightest and most sharply defined edge running along its southern border and oriented E-W. A long straight dust lane extends along the southern boundary of both lobes and defines the sharp edge on the western lobe. The curving central dust lane intrudes into the nebula on the south side and nearly divides the two sections, though weak nebulosity connects the two wings.
17.5" (9/28/02): the bright central quadruple (ADS 719 = Burnham 1) includes a mag 8.6/9.1/9.8 trio at 4" and 9". At 140x, a fainter companion (mag 10) at 1.54" separation was just visible close following the brightest member and is cleanly resolved at 324x.
17.5" (10/17/98): spectacular view of this detailed HII region at 100x using an OIII filter. This 15' nebulous complex has a mushroom appearance and is separated into three main lobes apparently by dust. The brightest and largest lobe is following a bright triple star embedded near the center (8.6/9.2/9.8 at 4" and 9"). There appears to be a much fainter detached piece off the south end of this lobe. Preceding the triple star is a section that is noticeably elongated and irregular in surface brightness fading to the NW. The section to the north is faintest and separated from the eastern lobe by a curving dark lane. A dark intrusion, apparently due to obscuring dust, is visible south of the triple star.
13.1" (8/24/84): very large, fascinating nebulosity, very irregular, dark gaps between sections, five brighter stars mag 8.6-12.5 involved. The brightest star is a very close double.
80mm (2/16/07): at 13x and a UHC filter, the PacMan nebula is easily visible surrounding the central star.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 281 visually on 26 Nov 1881
(Sidereal Messenger, Vol 2, p226 and AN 369, 108, 1884) with his 5-inch
refractor at Nashville and recorded a "large, faint nebula, very diffuse,
not less than 10' diameter."
******************************
00 52 42.2 +30 38 21; Psc
V = 13.7; Size 0.4'x0.3'; PA = 50°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, very small, round,
bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Located 2' N of mag 8.4
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 282 = St. 10-3 on 6 Oct 1869 and recorded an unpublished position 1' SE of center. He published an accurate micrometric position made 10 years later on 13 Oct 1879 with description, "faint, small, round, little brighter middle."
******************************
00 53 13.2 -13 09 50; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 1.6'x1.0'; PA = 160°
24" (10/5/13): first and largest of five galaxies
including four similar NGCs and much fainter
17.5" (10/28/89): very faint, very small, round, bright
core. A mag 13.5 star is 1.5'
NE. First of four similar galaxies
with NGC 284 3' E and
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 283 = LM 1-14 (along with NGCs 284, 285 and 286) on 2 Oct 1886. He gave the same positions for NGC 283, 284 and 285 in his discovery list, although the (rough) position is good. NGC 286 was placed 2' further N. Since the positions were only given to the nearest minute of RA, this is reasonable and his rough position is a reasonable match with MCG -02-03-031 = PGC 3124. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1897 of NGC 282, 284, 285 and 286 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory.
******************************
NGC 284 = MCG -02-03-032 = PGC 3131
00 53 24.2 -13 09 33; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2
24" (10/5/13): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, 20"x15". Collinear with NGC 285 1.4' E and NGC 283 2.7' W, all three similar in brightness. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.6' NW with MCG -02-03-032 2.4' NW.
17.5" (10/28/89): extremely faint, very small, round. A mag 13.5 star is 1.6' NW. Second of four similar galaxies with NGC 283 3' E, NGC 285 1.5' E and NGC 286 3' SE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 284 = LM 1-15 (along with
NGCs 283, 285, and 286) on 2 Oct 1886 with the 26" refractor at the
Leander McCormick Observatory. His
(rough) position is a good match with
******************************
NGC 285 = MCG -02-03-033 = PGC 3141
00 53 29.8 -13 09 39; Cet
V = 14.7; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.4
24" (10/5/13): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, 18"x15", very small brighter nucleus. Third in a string with similar NGC 284 1.4' W and NGC 283 4.1' W. NGC 286 is ~3' due N.
17.5" (10/28/89): very faint, very small, round. Third of four in a group and third of three almost on a line with NGC 283 and NGC 286 3.5' S. Appears similar to NGC 284 2' W.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 285 = LM 1-16 (along with
NGCs 283, 284 and 286) on 2 Oct 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory. His (rough)
position is a good match with
******************************
NGC 286 = MCG -02-03-034 = PGC 3142
00 53 30.3 -13 06 46; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 175°
24" (10/5/13): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 4:3 N-S, 40"x30", weak concentration, small brighter nucleus. By a slight margin, the brightest in a compact quartet of similar NGC galaxies with NGC 283/284/285 in an east-west string just 3' S. Also PGC 173072, a much fainter galaxy, lies 3.7' SW.
17.5" (10/28/89): very faint, very small, slightly elongated N-S. Fourth of four with NGC 285 3.5' S and NGC 284 4' SSW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 286 = LM 1-17 (along with
NGCs 283, 284 and 285) on 2 Oct 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory. His (rough)
position is a good match with
******************************
00 53 28.3 +32 28 56; Psc
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.4'; PA = 15°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus.
John Herschel discovered NGC 287 = h75 on 22 Nov 1827 and
recorded "eF; S; R. The
faintest object imaginable; (night wonderfully clear)." His position
matches
******************************
00 52 47.4 -26 35 24; Scl
V = 8.1; Size 13.8'; Surf Br = 0.1
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): this very loose globular appeared fully resolved at 303x. There were too many stars to possibly count, but certainly several hundred were resolved including a number of relatively bright stars (brightest members mag 12.6). The core was loosely overlaid with a dozen or so brighter stars. A number of stars in the halo appeared to be arranged in strings and arcs including one string extending towards the west.
18" (1/1/08): at 220x-280x, ~60 stars were resolved in an 8' diameter. This globular has a very loose, irregular appearance with a very small brighter core containing a clump of resolved stars. A string of stars running SSW-NNE runs through the west side of the halo with a brighter star (double) at the NNE end of this string. A roughly parallel string also passes through the east side of the halo. Located 1.8° SE of NGC 253 and form a nice pair in the 80mm finder at 13x.
18" (8/25/06): this bright globular is quite loose (concentration class 10) and well-resolved at 220x over the entire face and halo. The outer halo is very irregular with a scraggly appearance and extends to 8'-10' in diameter. Roughly 100 stars were resolved in total.
18" (8/23/03): bright but loose globular, well-resolved at 323x into 75-100 stars (difficult to count). A number of the stars are clearly aligned in long chains.
17.5" (8/29/92): very bright, very large, round, ~8' diameter. Well-resolved over entire disc into 75-100 stars mag 13-15 over background glow although not densely packed. Observation made from the White Mountains (12,500 ft). In a previous observation, roughly 60 stars were resolved, only weakly concentrated in core.
13.1" (9/11/82 and 11/5/83): 30-40 stars resolved over haze.
8" (10/31/81): faint stars resolved across entire disc at 200x with averted, many near visual limit
8" (10/4/80): very large, grainy, few stars resolved at the NW and south edges, other clumps on the verge of resolution.
15x50 (8/25/06): easily visible in IS binoculars as a fairly large, diffuse glow.
8x50 (11/5/82): fairly easy at just 8x.
William Herschel discovered NGC 288 = H. VI-20 = h74 = h2354 on 27 Oct 1785 (sweep 467) and recorded "pB, L, oval round, bM, 7 or 8' long, 4 or 5' br." His summary description (including a 2nd observation) reads "cB, iR, 8 or 9' diameter, a great many of the stars visible, so that there can remain no doubt but that it is a cluster of vS stars." Caroline Herschel missed this cluster two years earlier when she discovered NGC 253. John Herschel observed this globular both at Slough and at the Cape, where he recorded "globular cluster; bright; large; round; gradually brighter in the middle; all resolved into stars 12..16 mag; 5' diameter."
******************************
00 52 41.6 -31 12 28; Scl
V = 11.0; Size 5.1'x3.6'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 130°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly bright, fairly large, oval NW-SE, broad concentration. A mag 13.5 star is off the NW edge 3.2' from the center. Brightest in a group that includes NGC 254 situated 1.1° WSW.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly bright, oval ~E-W. A mag 13 star is off the west edge.
John Herschel discovered NGC 289 = h2355 on 27 Sep 1834 and logged "vB; L; pmE; oval; has a star 11th mag north preceding.". His position and description is accurate.
In 1914, Hardcastle classified NGC 246 as a "spindle-shaped nebula" but the following year, Knox-Shaw reported it was a"open spiral" based on a photograph taken at the Helwan Observatory with the Reynolds reflector.
******************************
NGC 290 = ESO 029-019 = Lindsay 42
00 51 15 -73 09 42; Tuc
V = 11.7; Size 0.8'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, fairly small, irregular, triangular shaped, 40" diameter. A star or quasi-stellar knot is at the north tip. SMC-N45, located 4.5' SE, appeared bright, moderately large, irregular or triangular in shape, 35"-40" diameter. Several very faint stars are superimposed or at the edges of the glow including a couple of mag 15 stars at the south edge and a couple of mag 15.5 stars at the east edge. Two mag 13/14 stars lie 0.8' SE.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint, very small, granular, 20" diameter, brighter core. A faint star or knot is at the north edge (may be a compact HII region). A pair of mag 10/11 stars 8' NE are collinear with the cluster.
LHA 115-N45 (cluster with nebulosity) lies 4.5' SE. This SMC HII region and cluster appeared as a faint, elongated patch with a few faint stars resolved around the edges.
John Herschel discovered NGC 290 = h2357 in the SMC on 11 Apr 1834 and simply logged "eF". His position (single sweep) is about 35" N of the cluster.
Glen Cozens associates Dunlop's D 5, discovered on 5 Sep
1826, with NGC 290. Dunlop's
rather generic description "a faint ill-defined nebula about 12"
diameter" and poor match in position (12' to the SE), makes this
identification rather arbitrary.
In fact, his position for D 5 is 5' due north of
******************************
00 53 29.8 -08 46 04; Cet
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 45°
17.5" (10/5/91): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, very thin extensions. Located 12' W of 21 Ceti (V = 6.2) at the edge of 220x field.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 291 = m 17 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "vF, vS, lE, alm stellar." His position is accurate.
******************************
00 52 38 -72 48 00; Tuc
V = 2.3; Size 316.2'x186.2'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 45°
18" (7/6/02 - 7/10/02 - Magellan Observatory): During a week's stay I went through the most prominent clusters and nebulae in the SMC using the fork-mounted 18" at Zane Hammond's observatory.
Naked-eye (6/29/02 - Bargo): this number refers to the entire SMC. My first view of the SMC was outside Sydney with Les Dalrymple. I only took observing notes (through a 12.2") on SMC globular NGC 121 and nearby cluster Kron 3, as well as 47 Tucanae.
Amerigo Vespucci was the first northern hemisphere explorer to see the SMC in 1501, 20 years earlier than Magellan. This was mentioned in a 1990 article by Dekker.
John Herschel (h2356) has two entries: "I should consider this to be about the main body of the Nubecula Minor, which is here fairly resolved into excessively minute stars, which are however certainly seen with the left eye." On a later sweep he noted: "Hereabouts seems to be placed the main body of the Nubecula Minor which is a Faint, Rich, Large Cluster of very small stars (12..18) filling many fields, and broken up into many knots, groups, and straggling branches. But the whole is clearly resolved into stars."
Pietro Baracchi observed the region between NGC 220 and NGC 294 over 16 and 17 Dec 1887 using the 48" Melbourne telescope. Along with discovering a few new objects that went uncredited (Bruck 67 near NGC 294, Kron 25, SMC-N45), he wrote "About this region there is a very large cluster of stars scattered in an irregular way - from 12 to 18. This covers more than one field ..with the supposed [GC 166 = NGC 294], there are other small groups surrounded by extremely faint nebulosity; and along this space occupied by the objects from A [NGC 220] to N [NGC 294] there are several stars which seem to be nebulous. All the region along with these objects the sky is almost continuously covered with a multitude of stars, which render the observations difficult and confusing."
******************************
00 54 16.0 -07 14 08; Cet
V = 13.9; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 10°
17.5" (10/13/90): extremely faint, very small, round,
very low surface brightness. A mag
14.5 star is off the SE end 1.1' from center. Forms a pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 293 = m 18 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "vF, S." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 294 = ESO 029-22 = Lindsay 47
00 53 05 -73 22 48; Tuc
V = 12.2; Size 0.8'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; bright, moderately large, round, 40" diameter, slightly mottled but there was evident no resolution. Bruck 67, located just 2.3' SSW, appeared faint, fairly small, irregular low surface brightness patch, 35" diameter.
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright, fairly small, round, 45"-50" diameter, contains a bright core. The halo has a smooth moderately high surface brightness but there were no resolved stars. Four mag 12-13 stars forming a parallelogram are centered 4.5' NW, but there are no bright stars in the immediately field. Bruck 67, a slightly smaller irregular glow with a low surface brightness, lies 2.2' SW. NGC 267 lies 23' WNW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 294 = D 5 or D 6 = h2358 on 5 Sep 1826. He described D 5 as "a small faint nebula, about 10" or 12" diameter." and D 6 as "a faint nebula, about 20" diameter". D 5 was placed 5' too far N, while D 6 (logged next on the drift) is 5' too far SSE. Either could apply.
John Herschel first observed this nebula on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 441). He simply noted "eF. In a sweep below the Pole." and added a note later "This obs give 47 -- instead of 46 -- for the min of RA. The earlier minute preferred." In Sep 1835 (sweep 625) he recorded the RA minute as 46, which was used in the GC and NGC but this is 1.0 min too far west. He referenced D 5 as the discovery.
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster on 16 and 17 Dec 1887, along with a number of other SMC clusters with the 48" Melbourne telescope. He described NGC 294 (labeled as "N") as "pB, pL, R, gbM. N follows M [Bruck 67, which he discovered] by 18 seconds and is 2' north of it."
The Hodge-Wright SMC Atlas labels NGC 294 as Lindsay 47, though Table 6 suggests NGC 294 = L47?
******************************
00 59 32.3 +31 47 53; Psc
Size 0.55'x0.5'
24" (10/1/16): at 375x; faint, small, slightly
elongated, 15"-18" diameter, very weak concentration. Located 6.5' SW of mag 7.8
NGC 295 is the slightly fainter of a pair with
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 295, along with CGCG 501-058,
on 26 Oct 1872. While observing
the field he assumed was
There is nothing at Copeland's offset from NGC 296. A 10th magnitude star is near NGC 296
but it's not at the reported position angle and separation, so it's clear
Copeland misidentified the field and Corwin considered NGC 295 as lost. Confusing the situation further, the
computed position for NGC 295 happens to land on NGC 296! As a result, all modern catalogues
label NGC 296 as NGC 295 and
Recently (2016) Yann Pothier was able to identify the
correct field about 1° ENE, surrounding mag 7.8 HD 5801 = SAO 54330. This star is 115" distant in PA
32° from CGCG 501-058, so Copeland assumed this galaxy was NGC 296. The second object is
******************************
NGC 296 = (R)NGC 295 = UGC 562 = MCG +05-03-024 = CGCG 501-042 = PGC 3260
00 55 07.6 +31 32 32; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 164°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated NNW-SSE, bright core.
Located just 30" W of a mag 10 star. Brightest in a group of four with
William Herschel discovered NGC 296 = H. II-214 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and logged "F, E, preceding a bright star. Appears almost like a brush issuing from the star, but does not join it by a good deal." Although his RA was 20 seconds too large and Dec 1' too far north, it is clear from the description that NGC 296 = UGC 562.
Dreyer used WH's (poor) position to compute the position of NGC 295, found by Ralph Copeland. See NGC 295 for the story on this number. Coincidentally, the computed position for NGC 295 lands on NGC 296! As a result UGC, CGCG, PGC and RNGC misidentify NGC 296 as NGC 295. In addition, RNGC misidentifies UGC 565 as NGC 296.
******************************
00 54 58.9 -07 20 59; Cet
V = 15.7; Size 0.3'x0.3'
18" (11/22/03): this extremely faint and tiny galaxy was a marginal object at 257x, barely glimpsed several times as a fleeting quasi-stellar spot just 1.3' SW of NGC 298. If this observation is valid, NGC 297 is one of the very faintest NGC galaxies (B = 16.7) that I've recorded.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 297 = m 19 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "eF". His position is 2 sec of RA west and 1' S of much brighter m 20 = NGC 298, discovered at the same time. It's possible that Marth confused a close, faint double situated 2' S of NGC 298 as a nebula. But 1.3' SW of NGC 298 at 00 54 58.9 -07 20 59 (2000) is a nearly stellar galaxy, described here, which is a more likely candidate. In any case, NGC 297 is not identical to NGC 298 as stated in the RNGC. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 298 = MCG -01-03-033 = LGG 015-003 = PGC 3250
00 55 02.2 -07 20 00; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 87°
18" (11/22/03): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 E-W, 1.0'x0.5', weak concentration. Located 11' W of a mag 6 star that I kept outside the field. NGC 297 is an extremely difficult companion just 1.3' SW. Member of a small group (LGG 015) including NGC 274/275 and NGC 337.
17.5" (10/13/90): very faint, very small, elongated 3:2 E-W. Forms a pair with NGC 293 11' NW. Located 11' W of mag 5.9 SAO 129032 in field!
Albert Marth discovered NGC 298 = m 20 (along with NGC 297) on 27 Sep 1864 using Lassell's 48" reflector on Malta. His position is accurate.
******************************
00 53 24.8 -72 11 47; Tuc
V = 11.7; Size 0.9'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, fairly small,
round, high surface brightness, 0.8' diameter. Contains an intensely bright
quasi-stellar nucleus. A few stars
were resolved at the edges at 397x.
Brightest in a group of clusters with
Lindsay 51 appeared moderately bright, fairly small, irregular shape, ~30" diameter, very small bright nucleus. Situated just 0.6' W of a mag 10.6 star (SMC yellow supergiant) in a rich section of the SMC.
Kron 28 appeared fairly faint, moderately large, round,
~45" diameter, low surface brightness glow extending to the west of mag
10.7
18" (7/11/05) - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x appeared fairly bright, fairly small, round, 50" diameter with a broad weak concentration. Forms a pair with NGC 306 5' SE.
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 128x, this SMC cluster appeared as a small, round, bright knot, ~45" diameter. Forms the southeast vertex of an obtuse triangle with two mag 11 stars ~3.5' NNE and 4' W. Forms a trio with NGC 306 4.7' SE and Kron 30 3.8' W. Kron 30 appeared as just a hazy patch, ~1.5' diameter with a few mag 13/14 stars superimposed or resolved.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the first of two small knots of stars (the other being NGC 306) located 26' W
of
John Herschel discovered NGC 299 = h2360 on 12 Aug 1834 (sweep 482) and recorded "F; vS; R; glbM; r; 15"." His final observation on 5 Nov 1836 (sweep 745) reads, "pB, vS, R, 12", resolvable. Situated at the upper limit of the nubecula which here is starry. At the other it is nebulous."
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 299 earlier on 5 Sep 1826. Dunlop's D 50, 51 and 52 were described as three small, faint nebulae in a line with orientation NW to SE and his position is 17' to the NE of NGC 299 and NGC 306. Although the positions are a poor match, the orientation and separations of the two clusters match up well (with two of Dunlop's numbers), suggesting that NGC 299 is D 50 or D 51. NGC 306, though, might be too faint for Dunlop's 9" speculum reflector, so perhaps his orientation is a coincidence.
This cluster is misclassified as a Bright Nebula in the RNGC, and the wrong type was copied into the NGC 2000.0 and first edition of the Uranometria 2000.0.
******************************
NGC 300 = ESO 295-020 = MCG -06-03-005 = AM 0052-375 = LGG 004-002 = PGC 3238
00 54 53.4 -37 41 00; Scl
V = 8.1; Size 21.9'x15.5'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 111°
25" (10/21/17 - OzSky): at 187x; bright, extremely large, irregular, elongated roughly 5:3 WNW-ESE, at least 15'x9'. Contains a large, brighter core region with a mag 11.5 star at the ENE edge of the core. A mag 9.6 star is in the halo (along a faint spiral arm), 2.6' SW of center and a mag 10.6 star is superimposed in the outer halo, 5.3' SE of center. Spiral structure was surprisingly subtle. A low contrast, broad inner arm extends west from the north side of the core, curls south on the west side and spreads out. A more obvious inner arm emerges from the south side of the core and sweeps east and north, though the root of the arm is not defined. The arm passes through a relatively bright and large HII patch/OB association, ~25" diameter, situated 3.9' E of center and loses contrast further north. This giant HII complex is catalogued in NED as NGC 300:[DCL88] 137 from a 1988 study by Deharveng et al, "H II regions in NGC 300". A mag 11.5 star is 2.3' further NE in the outer halo of the galaxy. I didn't have time to examine the galaxy at higher power to search for additional H II knots.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly large oval 3:2 WNW-ESE, very diffuse appearance, bright stellar nucleus. There is a hint of structure although the galaxy has a low surface brightness and was viewed at a low elevation (13° at most) from my latitude of +38.5°. This nearby galaxy is located at a distance of 6 million light years in the Sculptor group, and may be physically paired with NGC 55.
15x50 IS binoculars: (11/18/06): visible in binoculars as a relatively large, very low surface brightness hazy region, roughly 15' in size. A star is superimposed on the SW side.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 300 = D 530 = h2359 on 5 Aug
1826 with his 9" speculum reflector.
Based on 3 observation he described "a pretty large faint nebula,
irregular round figure, 6' or 7' diameter, easily resolvable into exceedingly
minute stars, with four or five stars of more considerable magnitude; slight
compression of stars to the centre." There are several superimposed Milky
Way stars. In his first
observation, he noted "a pretty bright small star south of it [probably
mag 8.7
John Herschel observed the galaxy on 3 occasions. On the first sweep (1 Sep 1834) he described it as "B; vL; vgpmbM; vmE; irregular figure; 8' to 10' long, 3' or 4' broad; has subordinate nuclei." His sketch (plate V, figure 10) includes the nucleus and two or three additional regions of nebulosity. Three nights later, he noted it as "faint, very large, very gradually brighter towards the middle; 4' long; 2' broad; has another nebula attached." The secondary nebula is the large HII complex [DCL88] 137 on the east side. On 30 Nov 1837 he wrote: "A large oval nebula, containing three stars." He had tentatively identified it with Dunlop 530, but noted: "Mr. Dunlop's neb 530 is described by him as easily resolvable into very minute stars. Its identity with [NGC 300] is therefore very doubtful."
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 300 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope on 20 Dec 1875 (plate I, figure 3 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae..."). The giant HII complex on the east side is clearly shown on the sketch as a distinct oval patch. Pietro Baracchi obsrerved NGC 300 on 7 Oct 1884 and thought there might be changes based on Herschel's sketch and Turner's sketch. He wrote "The appearance of this nebula may be greatly altered by the state of the atmosphere; but an inspection of drawings shows some change, I think. The principal change is this, that the patch following does not exist at present, or it must be very much fainter than all the rest." The galaxy was photographed by Harold Knox-Shaw at the Helwan Observatory between 1909-11 and described as a "spiral with many conensations".
******************************
00 56 18.3 -10 40 25; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 70°
17.5" (10/28/89): very faint, very small, round. Situated between two mag 9/9.5 stars with a separation of 15'.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 301 = LM 1-18 in 1886 with the
26-inch refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest minute of RA) is fortunately
just 0.2 tmin W of
******************************
00 56 19.1 -10 40 42; Cet
= * 1.8' ENE NGC 301, Corwin.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 302 = LM 1-19 in 1886 and placed
1.0' ENE (PA 75°) of NGC 301. The
only object close to this position is a faint star. RNGC misidentifies NGC 302 with
******************************
00 54 54.7 -16 39 18; Cet
V = 15.3; Size 0.7'x0.2'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 158°
17.5" (10/21/95): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, low surface brightness with just a weak concentration. Can almost hold steadily with averted vision once identified on my finder chart.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 303 = LM 1-20 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 1' N of
******************************
00 56 06.0 +24 07 37; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 175°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, very small, elongated
3:2 NNW-SSE, small very bright core.
Forms a pair with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 304 = St. 9-2 on 4 Nov 1875. His published position (list 9, #2) was recorded 3 years later on 23 Oct 1878.
******************************
00 56 20.9 +12 03 54; Psc
17.5" (9/26/92): small group of 7 stars, including a
mag 9.5 star, in a 3' diameter. A small equilateral triangle of three mag 11-12
stars is just south. This is an
unimpressive but fairly distinctive asterism in a very sparse field. RNGC, PGC and RC 3 incorrectly equate
NGC 305 with the galaxy
John Herschel discovered NGC 305 = h76 on 17 Oct 1825 as "a small cluster of p closely scattered stars". At Herschel's position is a small unimpressive asterism (not a cluster). MCG, RNGC and RC3 misidentify the galaxy UGC 571 as NGC 305. HyperLeda now shows NGC 305 as stellar (or stars) and NED correctly identifies the number as "six galactic stars". Discussed in Malcolm Thomson's "Catalogue Corrections" and Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 306 = ESO 029-023 = Kron 33 = Lindsay 50
00 54 14.7 -72 14 30; Tuc
V = 12.1; Size 1.1'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): NGC 306 is slightly fainter and smaller than NGC 299 4.7' NW. At 244x; fairly bright, fairly small, round, ~35" diameter. At 397x, two faint stars were resolved at the northeast and southwest ends. Two brighter mag 12 and 13 stars lie 1.8' ESE and 2' ENE. A fairly close pair of mag 13/14 stars (~9" separation) is 1.4' WNW.
18" (7/11/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): slightly fainter of a pair with NGC 299 5' NW. Appeared fairly faint, fairly small, round, 40" diameter, smooth surface brightness, no resolution. Two mag 12 stars lie 2' E and SE.
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): NGC 306 is a slightly smaller and fainter companion of NGC 299, situated 4.7' NW. At 128x it appeared small, round, fairly faint, ~35" diameter with no sign of resolution. Forms the west vertex of a small triangle with two mag 12 stars ~2' SE and a 2' E.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is a fainter of a pair of small SMC clusters with NGC 299 and located 4.7' SE of NGC 299. At 171x it was just a small, hazy compact knot, ~30" in diameter, with no resolution and fairly even surface brightness to the edge. A mag 12 star is ~2' SE. In the same low power field with the impressive NGC 346 located 22' ENE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 306 = h2361 on 4 Oct 1836 and recorded "an extremely small faint [in italics] knot of the Nubec. Min. 15" diameter." His position is accurate.
James Dunlop possibly made an earlier discovery on 5 Sep 1826. Dunlop's D 50, 51 and 52 were described as three small, faint nebulae in a line with orientation NW to SE and his position is 17' to the NE of NGC 299 and NGC 306. Although the positions are a poor match, the orientation and separations are a good match (perhaps a coincidence?), suggesting either D 51 or D 52 refers to NGC 306. But I'm not convinced as this cluster may be too faint to have been seen by Dunlop (Herschel only noticed it on 1 of the 4 sweeps that he logged NGC 299!).
******************************
00 56 32.5 -01 46 19; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.6'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 85°
24" (9/28/19): at 322x; moderately bright, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 E-W, 0.9'x0.3', strong concentration with a bright core that increases to a very bright nucleus.
18" (10/16/09): at 285x appeared fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 E-W, 0.8'x0.3', sharply concentrated with a very small bright core. This galaxy is in the foreground of Abell Galaxy Cluster 119, which lies 1/2 degree to the north.
17.5" (10/8/88): faint, very small, oval 3:2 E-W, small
bright core. A mag 15.5 star (NGC
308) is 1' SSE. The center of
John Herschel discovered NGC 307 = h77 on 6 Sep 1831 and
logged "pF; S; E; 15"."
His position matches
******************************
00 56 34.3 -01 47 03; Cet
= *, Corwin.
Sir Robert Ball discovered NGC 308 on 31 Dec 1866 while observing the field of NGC 307. He recorded a faint "Nova" in PA 147° (SE) at a separation of 60" (measured at 52" on 23 Oct 1876). In this position (51" separation) is a 15th magnitude star that Ball apparently mistook for a very small nebulous object.
The RNGC misidentified
******************************
00 56 42.8 -09 54 50; Cet
V = 11.9; Size 3.0'x2.5'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 175°
24" (12/21/16): at 282x; fairly faint, moderately
large, roundish, fairly low but uneven surface brightness, contains a brighter
core that increases somewhat to the center. I detected hints of spiral arms in the halo (slightly
brighter arcs). A mag 12.5 star is
2' NNE and a mag 15 star is off the west side, 1.5' from center.
17.5" (10/28/89): fairly faint, fairly large, slightly elongated ~E-W, weak concentration. A mag 12.5 star is off the NNE edge 2.1' from center. A mag 15 star is off the west edge.
8" (10/31/81): very faint, slightly elongated, even surface brightness.
At a redshift distance of ~260 million light years, NGC 309 is one of the largest and most luminous spiral galaxies known.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 309 = T. 1-4 in 1876 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His RA was 10 seconds too small. Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 26 Oct 1897 as well as by Howe in 1898-99 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory.
Based on a photograph taken with the Reynolds reflector at the Helwan observatory, NGC 309 was described as a "open spiral with a pB sharp stellar nucleus, well defined arms and many condensations".
******************************
00 56 48.1 -01 45 58; Cet
= *, Corwin and Gottlieb.
Sir Robert Ball discovered NGC 310 on 31 Dec 1866 while observing the field of NGC 307. His placed this object, with respect to NGC 307, at 225" separation in PA 81°. The offset was measured again on 23 Oct 1876 as 239" in PA 84.8°. At this position (233" in PA 85°) is a single mag 15.3 star that Harold Corwin identifies as NGC 310.
The RNGC and PGC misidentify
******************************
00 57 32.7 +30 16 51; Psc
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 120°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, round, small
bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
First of three on line and equally spaced with
John Herschel discovered NGC 311 = h78 on 15 Sep 1828. While observing H. II-210 = NGC 313 he recorded "F, vS; R; bM; 6". The next sweep he logged "pB; R; gbM; 10"."
******************************
00 56 15.6 -52 46 58; Phe
V = 12.4; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 62°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, fairly small, high surface brightness, 40"x30", sharply concentrated with an intense core. The halo is extended 4:3 or 5:4 WSW-ESE. A mag 11.3 star lies 2.4' W.
NGC 312 is the furthest north in a group of 8 galaxies in a
25' string to the south. The
galaxies share a common redshift of z = .026, implying a distance of ~350
million l.y. The closest companion
is
John Herschel discovered NGC 312 = h2363 on 5 Sep 1836 and noted "vF, S, R". On a later sweep he logged "F, S, R, 15", follows a star 12th mag on same parallel". The mag 12 star mentioned in the description is 2.5' W. His mean position from 2 observations is accurate.
******************************
00 57 45.7 +30 22 00; Psc
= ** 1' NW of core of
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 313, along with NGC 316, on 29 Nov 1850 (Friday). Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. Stoney's offset of 1' NW of NGC 315 points directly to a double star (clearly resolved on the DSS) at 00 57 45.7 +30 21 56 (2000) - position on the southern star. The sketch in the 1861 publication shows two stars encased in a small nebula (labeled as Gamma), but in the 1880 publication there are only two stars.
Dorothy Carlson (in her 1940 NGC Correction paper) and Harold Corwin identify this double star (the northern component itself is a very close double, so technically a triple) as NGC 313.
******************************
NGC 314 = ESO 411-032 = MCG -05-03-015 = PGC 3395
00 56 52.3 -31 57 48; Scl
V = 13.2; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 168°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, round, weak concentration. A mag 12 star is 2.1' ESE of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 314 = h2362 on 27 Sep 1834 and recorded "F, eS, R, sbM to a stellar nucleus." On a later sweep he logged "eeF, vS; almost doubtful whether really the object looked for. Has a pB star following 2' distant. (N.B. The coincidence of the places destroys this doubt)." His mean position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 315 = UGC 597 = MCG +05-03-031 = CGCG 501-052 = Holm 28a = PGC 3455
00 57 48.8 +30 21 09; Psc
V = 11.2; Size 3.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 40°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly bright, fairly small, oval 3:2
~SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 3.5' NW of mag 8.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 315 = H. II-210 = h79 on 11 Sep 1784 (sweep 266) and noted "F, pL, unequally bright, resolvable, near a pB star." John Herschel observed NGC 315 on 3 sweeps and NGC 311 was also found. When the field was observed by Lord Rosse's assistants, NGC 318 was also discovered, though a nearby single star (NGC 316) and a double star (NGC 313) were mistaken as nebulous.
******************************
00 57 52.4 +30 21 16; Psc
= * 47" following NGC 315, Gottlieb. =**, de Vaucouleurs.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 316, along with NGC 313, on 29 Nov 1850 (Friday). Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. It was noted as "suspected" and labeled as Delta on a diagram with an offset of 44" ENE from the center of NGC 315. At this position is a single star (noted as such in the 1855 observation published in 1861). John Herschel repeated it was a star in the GC notes but Dreyer still added it to the GC Supplement.
******************************
00 57 40.4 +43 47 32; And
V = 13.9; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 105°
24" (10/5/13): this is the larger component of a close
double system with
17.5" (8/29/92): the SSE component of this double
galaxy appeared very faint, very small, round, low even surface
brightness. A mag 11 star is 1' W
and a faint mag 14 star is 1' SW, forming a wide 30" double. The NNW component is the slightly
brighter of the pair and appears faint, very small, very small bright core, stellar
nucleus. On the POSS the SSE galaxy is the brighter component.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 317 = Sw. 2-11 on 1 Oct 1885 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 28 sec of RA east and 1' N of
******************************
NGC 318 = CGCG 501-054 = PGC 3465
00 58 05.2 +30 25 32; Psc
V = 14.2; Size 0.5'x0.3'; PA = 15°
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, very small, round, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 is off the NW edge 0.9' from the center. Located 5.6' NE of NGC 315 and the third of three in a group.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 318 = St. 12-7 on the 3 Nov 1855 observation of NGC 315 . It was noted as "F, S, R." and placed accurately on a sketch in line with NGC 311 and 315. Dreyer noted it was not seen earlier in the 1850 observation or later. Édouard Stephan independently found this galaxy on 6 Nov 1882 and listed it as new in his 12th discovery list, missing the earlier GC entry. Stephan's position is accurate.
******************************
00 56 57.5 -43 50 20; Phe
V = 13.3; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 35°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately bright,
fairly small, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, 0.6'x0.5', contains a very small
brighter nucleus. A mag 15.4 star
is 33" SW of center and a mag 13 star is 2.3' SSE. Forms a pair
24" (10/5/13): at 225x appeared faint to fairly faint, small, slightly elongated ~N-S, 20"x15". NGC 322 lies 7' NNE. Despite an elevation of only 10°, both galaxies were easily seen.
John Herschel discovered NGC 319 = h4007, along with NGC 322, on 5 Sep 1834 and remarked "eF; vS; R; lbM." His CGH position has a typo of 23h instead of 00h in RA, but he corrected this mistake in his errata list at the end.
******************************
00 58 46.5 -20 50 24; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 159°
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, very small, round, very small
bright core, very faint stellar nucleus, diffuse slightly elongated halo. A mag 12 star is 1.5' NNW. Located 15' SE of mag 7.8
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 320 = LM 2-295 in 1886
with a 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position but
1.4 tmin of RA east is
******************************
00 57 39.1 -05 05 11; Cet
V = 14.8; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8
24" (12/1/13): faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter. Easily visible 1.5' SE
of a mag 12.5 star and 5.7' WSW of
17.5" (12/11/99): very faint, very small, round,
15" diameter. The faintest of
5 galaxies in the field (
13.1" (7/12/86): very faint, small, round.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 321 = m 21 (along with NGCs 325,
327 and 329) on 27 Sep 1864 using Lassell's 48" on Malta. His description simply reads "eF,
vS", but his position matches
******************************
NGC 322 = ESO 243-015 = AM 0054-435 = MCG -07-03-003 = PGC 3412
00 57 10.0 -43 43 39; Phe
V = 13.3; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 153°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately bright and
large, very elongated 7:2 NNW-SSE, 0.9'x0.25', contains a very small bright
nucleus.
24" (10/5/13): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 5:3 NNW-SSE, 25"x15". A mag 13 star lies 1.4' SW. Brighter of a pair with NGC 319 7' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 322 = h4007, along with NGC
319, on 5 Sep 1834, and recorded "vF; vS; R; lbM; follows 3 stars 12, 13
and 14m." His position is 6
sec of RA east and 1' south of
******************************
NGC 323 = ESO 151-009 = PGC 3374
00 56 41.6 -52 58 34; Phe
V = 12.6; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 178°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly bright, fairly
small, round, high surface brightness, 40" diameter, very small bright
core. In a group of galaxies (8
recorded in a 25' string N-S) with NGC 328 4' NE and
John Herschel discovered NGC 323 = h2365 on 3 Oct 1834 and recorded "vF, S, R. The RA may err several seconds. The PD also is not very good." On a much later sweep he recorded "Viewed; found exactly in the place of No 29, Sweep 498 [previous description] pB, S, R, bM, 15 arcseconds, there is also another [NGC 328], pos = 36.8 degrees [NE], delta in PD = 4'."
******************************
00 57 14.7 -40 57 34; Phe
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 95°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 397x; moderately bright and large, elongated at least 3:1 E-W, ~1.0'x0.3'. Strongly concentrated with a bright core and much fainter extensions that were initially missed. Resides in a sparsely populated field with a mag 12 star 5' WNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 324 = h2364 on 23 Oct 1835 and
recorded "F, S, Stellar, the bad definition of a south-easter prevents
certainty, but I think it is not a star." There is nothing at his position, but exactly 30' S is ESO
295-G25 = PGC 3416, a galaxy that fits Herschel's description, assuming he
noticed only the central region.
ESO, MCG and RC3 correctly identify this galaxy as NGC 324 but RNGC
misidentifies
******************************
NGC 325 = MCG -01-03-045 = FGC 111 = PGC 3454
00 57 47.8 -05 06 45; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 1.5'x0.2'; PA = 90°
24" (12/22/14): at 260x; very faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W, ~20"x10". Occasionally a mag 16.5 star appeared to be involved [DSS shows a very faint star just north of the core]. Situated 2.1' NW of NGC 327.
17.5" (11/6/93): only highly suspected several times as an extremely faint and small glow situated 2.1' NW of NGC 327. This galaxy is a very low surface brightness edge-on in a group with NGC 329 4' NE and NGC 321 2.7' NW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 325 = m 22 on 27 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "vF, vS." His position matches
RNGC and MCG misidentify NGC 321 = MCG -01-03-043 as NGC 325. RC3 doesn't label MCG -01-03-045 as NGC 325. The "Deep Sky Field Guide" (version 1) mentions a "faint, anonymous galaxy 2' NW" of NGC 327 and this is probably NGC 321. I find it odd that Marth described NGC 325 as "vF", while NGC 321, which is noticeably brighter, is described as "eF".
******************************
00 58 22.7 +26 51 56; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.4'; Surf Br = 14.0
24" (12/6/18): NGC 326 is a merged double system with
twin nuclei separated by only 8".
At 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, round, slightly brighter core. Increasing to 500x, the nucleus was
precisely collinear with a mag 13.0 star 1.2' W and a mag 13.7 star 2.5'
W. This corresponds with the
northern of the dual nuclei.
Occasionally the second nuclei (10" SE) seemed to sharpen as a
faint quasi-stellar spot within the halo.
Located 5' NNW of mag 7.3
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, small, round, weak
concentration. A mag 13 star is
1.2' W. Situated at the center of
an isosceles triangle consisting mag 7.2
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 326 on 24 Aug 1865 with the
11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His position (measured on 2 nights) matches
******************************
NGC 327 = MCG -01-03-047 = Holm 30a = PGC 3462
00 57 55.2 -05 07 50; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.6'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 175°
24" (12/1/13): at 375x appeared moderately bright and large, very elongated 3:1 N-S, ~48"x15", fairly high even surface brightness with only a weak concentration. Brightest in a small group with NGC 329 3.9' NNE and NGC 321 4.8' NW.
13.1" (7/12/86): faint, small, slightly elongated, weak concentration. Second of three with similar NGC 329 3.8' NNE and MCG -01-03-041 9' NW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 327 = m 23 (along with NGC 321, NGC 325 and NGC 329) on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "F, E." His position and description is appropriate.
******************************
NGC 328 = ESO 151-013 = PGC 3399
00 56 57.4 -52 55 26; Phe
V = 13.3; Size 2.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 100°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately to fairly bright, moderately large, very elongated 4:1 WNW-ESE, 1.4'x0.35', contains a slightly bulging core that is only weakly concentrated. In a group of 8 galaxies in a 24' string N-S including NGC 323 4' SW and ESO 151-010 2.6' NW. The ESO galaxy (B = 15.7) appeared fairly faint, very small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, 15"x10".
John Herschel discovered NGC 328 = h2366 on 5 Sep 1836 and
logged "vF, lE, vgbM.".
His position is 0.1 min of RA east and 1' north of
******************************
NGC 329 = MCG -01-03-048 = Holm 30b = PGC 3467
00 58 01.4 -05 04 17; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 20°
24" (12/1/13): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, 45"x15". NGC 327, the brightest member in the group, lies 3.9' SSW.
13.1" (7/12/86): faint, small, slightly elongated, weak concentration. Third of three with NGC 327 3.8' SSW and MCG -01-03-041 8' NW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 329 = m 24 on 27 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "F, E." This galaxy is the last in a quartet
along with NGC 321, NGC 325 and NGC 327.
His description and position applies to
******************************
00 56 19 -72 27 48; Tuc
V = 9.6; Size 1.9'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 397x; extremely bright, fairly large, elongated NW-SE, ~1.5' diameter, high surface brightness cluster. Easily over 20 stars were resolved in central region and more than three dozen including outliers around the periphery. NGC 330 is situated in a rich, glowing section of the SMC just 20' SW of NGC 346, the top HII region in the SMC.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is one of the brightest SMC clusters and a fascinating object at 228x. It appears as a bright, extremely rich knot of stars, just 1' to 1.5' diameter, which was only partially resolved. Streaming out from the dense core were numerous mag 12 and fainter stars, some arranged in a curving chain off the following side of the core. The bright outliers seemed scattered about to at least 5' (Hodge Association 40). NGC 330 is situated 20' SW of the remarkable HII region NGC 346 within a rich star field!
10x30 IS binoculars (11/4/12 - Coromandel Peninsula, New Zealand): visible as a very small, but non-stellar knot.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 330 = D 23 = h2367 on 1 Aug 1826. His published description (based on his 5 Sep observation) reads, "A small, but very bright nebula, exceedingly condensed. This is the brightest nebula in the small cloud. I think I perceive two bright nuclei in this body." His published position was just 2' due N of center.
John Herschel observed the cluster on 5 separate sweeps, first recording on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 440), "pretty bright, small, oval, resolved, 60"." On 12 Aug 1834 (sweep 482), he called it a "globular cluster, S, B, little elliptic, gbM; 2' across. Fairly resolved into rather large and not very crowded stars."
******************************
NGC 331 = MCG -01-03-012 = PGC 2759
00 47 06.9 -02 43 51; Cet
V = 14.7; Size 0.8'x0.5'; PA = 127°
17.5" (11/28/97): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Requires averted to glimpse and can only view for moments knowing exact location. A nice mag 13/14 double lies 6' N [at 20" separation]. Located 14' W of NGC 259. The identification NGC 331 = MCG -01-03-012 is very tentative.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 331 = LM 2-296 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position,
though he mentions the RA (which is often bad) is doubtful. Harold Corwin suggests the possible
identification NGC 331 = MCG -01-03-012 = PGC 2759 (listed here), though that
assumes Leavenworth made a 10 min error in RA. Leavenworth's description mention a *12 located 3' NE and
there is a faint star (closer to mag 15) in this relative position. RNGC and
PGC misidentify
******************************
00 58 49.1 +07 06 41; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (10/5/91): faint, small, bright core, slightly
elongated NW-SE. A line of three
mag 12-13 stars is close SW.
Located 18' NNE of a mag 6.9 star
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 332 = Sw. 5-10 on 22 Oct 1886
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position and description ("5 or 6 stars near south
in a curve") matches
******************************
00 58 51.3 -16 28 09; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 119°
17.5" (11/6/93): very faint, small, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, very slight central brightening. Almost on a line with two mag 13 stars 3' SE and 5' SE. This is a double system (not resolved).
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 333 = T. 1-5 in 1877 with an
11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. Tempel's position is 10 sec of RA west and 4' south of PGC
3519. Herbert Howe measured an
accurate position in 1898-99 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin
Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
This is a double galaxy (often listed as
******************************
00 58 49.8 -35 06 58; Scl
V = 13.8; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 169°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, no concentration. Best viewed at 280x. Forms the north vertex of an equilateral triangle with two mag 11-12 stars 2.5' SW and 2.5' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 334 = h2368 on 25 Sep 1834 and recorded "F, S, R, glbM; makes a triangle with two stars south of nebulosity." On later sweep he logged "eF, S, R, at the northern angle of an equilateral triangle formed with two stars 11th mag." His position and description (of the nearby mag 11 stars) clearly establishes NGC 334 = ESO 351-026.
******************************
00 59 19.5 -18 14 01; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 1.1'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 137°
17.5" (10/21/95): extremely faint, small, elongated 5:2
NW-SE, 0.8'x0.3', low even surface brightness.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 335 = LM 1-21 on 9 Oct
1885 with the 26" Clark refractor at the Leander McCormick
Observatory. His very rough
position is just 0.1 tmin of RA east and 2' S of
******************************
NGC 336 = ESO 541-002 = PGC 3470
00 58 02.8 -18 23 05; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.3'; PA = 42°
17.5" (10/21/95): very faint, very small, round, low surface brightness. A mag 13 star is 2.2' NW of center. NGC 335 lies 20' NE. Incorrect identification in RNGC.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 336 = LM 1-22 on 31 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Corwin examined the discovery sketch
and verified NGC 336 = ESO 541-002 = PGC 3470. The RNGC, PGC and ESO misidentify
******************************
NGC 337 = MCG -01-03-053 = IV Zw 35 = LGG 015-004 = PGC 3572
00 59 50.3 -07 34 43; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 2.9'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 130°
48" (11/1/13): at 488x appeared bright, fairly large, very irregular with a number of obvious clumps. Although the galaxy is generally elongated 3:2 or 5:3 NW-SE it contains a bright, elongated N-S central region that seems to be a bar. On the south end of the "bar" is a brighter elongated patch extending towards the WSW. Another brighter knot is at the north end of the bar, extending to the east. On the southeast flank of the galaxy is an elongated, fainter patch. The northwest side of the halo extends further out, giving an asymmetric outline, and one or two small knots are involved. A mag 11 star lies 5' E. Member of a group (LGG 015) that includes NGC 274/275 and NGC 298.
17.5" (12/26/00): fairly bright and large, elongated
3:2 NW-SE, ~1.8'x1.2', broad concentration. The appearance is asymmetric -- with a noticeably mottled or
irregular surface brightness.
Brighter knots within the halo are also clearly visible at moments. The visual impression matches well with
the DSS image, which shows a chaotic structure with a number of large HII
knots.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated NW-SE, fairly even surface brightness, diffuse outer halo. A mag 11.5 star is 5.4' E of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 337 = H. II-433 = h80 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435). His description reads "pB, pL, bM, irregular parallelogram in the direction of the meridian."
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, observed this irregular galaxy on 3 Oct 1856 and recorded "pL, not vF. Its brightest part is a line running diagonally, and there is a knot at either end. Perhaps it shaped like an "S". The galaxy has a distorted appearance on CCD photo.
******************************
01 00 36.4 +30 40 09; Psc
V = 12.8; Size 1.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 109°
17.5" (10/5/02): nice, fairly small edge-on oriented WNW-ESE, 0.8'x0.25', very small bright core. A pair of evenly matched mag 14 stars are close off the south side.
17.5" (11/25/87): moderately bright, very elongated WNW-ESE, moderately large, bright core. An easy mag 14 double star at 22" separation is off the SSE edge just 0.8' from center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 338 = T. 1-6 = St. 12-8 on 13 Oct 1869 with further observations on 28 Oct 1875 and 3 Nov 1877. His published micrometric position (discovery list 12, #8) was not made until 6 Nov 1882 with description "vF, vS, irregular, bright nucleus."
Wilhelm Tempel rediscovered NGC 338 in 1877 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and recorded "small but class III; has 2 stars mag 14-15 near the south end." His RA is 11 seconds too small and 1' S, but the description of the nearby stars fits. Tempel was credited with the discovery in the NGC with Stephan listed second due to Stephan's later publication, though the discovery order is reversed.
******************************
00 57 46.4 -74 28 24; Tuc
V = 12.8; Size 2.2'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright,
fairly large, roundish, 3' diameter, weak concentration to a small brighter
core. The outer halo appears
ragged and mottled but the only definite resolution was a star on the east side
of the halo. This cluster is
located 15' SE of mag 6.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 339 = h2369 on 18 Sep 1835 in the SMC and recorded "vF, L, R, vgbM, 3' or 3.5' diameter". His position is 1.3' NNW of center. NGC 339 was described as "probably globular" in the 1935 Harvard Observatory Bulletin 899 based on Bruce plates at Arequipa.
******************************
01 00 34.9 -06 52 00; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 65°
17.5" (10/20/90): very faint, small, elongated 2:1
WSW-ENE, bright core. First of six
in the
Albert Marth discovered NGC 340 = m 25 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, S, E". This is the first in a group of 6 galaxies he discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350). His position is accurate.
******************************
01 00 45.8 -09 11 09; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x1.0'; PA = 55°
48" (11/4/21): at 610x; bright, moderately large, roundish, 1' diameter. Strong concentration with a very bright, slightly elongated core that increased to an intense stellar nucleus. A fairly low contrast spiral arm is attached on the SE side of the core. It curled around the south side and extended to the NW, fading out west of center. The northern arm was very weak along the north side of the halo.
17.5" (10/28/89): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated NW-SE, weak concentration. Located along the west side of a triangle formed by a mag 11.5 star 2.5' N, a mag 12.5 star 3' ESE and a mag 13.5 star 3' SSE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 341 = St. 12-9 on 3 Oct 1869 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory and recorded an unpublished position 2' NE of center. He published an accurate micrometric position made on 21 Oct 1881 and recorded "faint; irregularly round; moderately large; a little central condensation; fairly distinct nucleus; seems resolvable."
Forms a double system (Arp 59) with
******************************
NGC 342 = MCG -01-03-058 = PGC 3631
01 00 49.8 -06 46 22; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 105°
17.5" (10/20/90): very faint, very small, slightly
elongated, weak concentration.
Forms a pair with NGC 340 7' SW and second of six in the NGC 349 group
(USGC S034). Located 11' WNW of
mag 7.2
Albert Marth discovered NGC 342 = m 26 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, vS". Second in a group of 6 galaxies he discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350).
******************************
00 58 24.1 -23 13 30; Cet
Size 0.7'x0.3'; PA = 9°
18" (12/3/05): extremely faint, very small, ~12"
diameter. Appears as a very low
surface brightness spot with averted vision located 2' W of a 1.2' pair of mag
14 stars. Forms a very close pair
with
18" (11/6/04): extremely faint, small, round, very low surface brightness. Situated 2' W of a N-S pair of mag 14 stars. A mag 15 star is 1' N. NGC 344 close SE was not seen. The identification of this pair is uncertain.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 343 = LM 2-297, along with NGC
344, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick
Observatory. This nebula was
placed 1' N of NGC 344 but there is nothing at Muller's position. Corwin suggests NGC 343/NGC 344 are the
faint pair of galaxies AM 0055-232 = PGC 133741/
******************************
00 58 25.4 -23 13 46; Cet
Size 0.3'x0.2'
18" (12/3/05): extremely faint and small, 5" diameter. Forms a very close pair with NGC 343 close preceding, just 24" between centers. At times this object appeared stellar and easier to view than NGC 343, though there doesn't appear to be a faint star close by that I might have confused it with.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 344 = LM 2-298, along with NGC 343, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory.. Muller described both objects as possible stars and his position is 0.3 min of RA east and 1.5' north of ESO 475-006. Corwin suggests that NGC 343 and NGC 344 may instead refer to a faint pair of galaxies (Arp-Madore 0055-232 = PGC 13374/198261) about 2.5 min of RA due east of Muller's position. If Muller observed this pair, then NGC 344 (fainter SE component) at B = 17.2 is the faintest discovery at Leander McCormick Observatory with the Clark refractor.
******************************
01 01 22.0 -06 53 04; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated, even surface brightness.
Located 6' SSW of mag 7.2 SAO 129088. Third of six in the NGC 349 group (USGC S034) with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 345 = m 27 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, vS, gbM". Third in a group of 6 galaxies he discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350) and placed accurately.
******************************
NGC 346 = SMC-N66 = ESO 051-010 = Lindsay 60 = SMC Ass 45
00 59 05 -72 10 36; Tuc
V = 10.3; Size 14'x11'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the largest HII region in the SMC and an amazing sight at 171x using a UHC filter. The brightest section is a "bar" extending NW-SE with a well-defined edge along the northern side. Extending from the central region are two sweeping "arms" or extensions, creating an exaggerated "S" appearance similar to a barred spiral galaxy! The longer but lower surface brightness arm is attached at the southeast end of the central region and broadly sweeps towards the west, below the bar. The shorter, but high surface brightness arm is attached at the northwest end and hooks towards the east. These extensions increase the diameter to 8'-10' in total size!
Without the filter, the nebula is set in a rich star field
(Hodge Association 45) and a number of stars are superimposed or involved with
the nebula, some in the center. NGC 346 hosts 33 O-type stars, several in a
small clump including a massive 02-type mag 12.8 star and a mag 12.6 O4-type
star. On the NE side is
10x30mm and 15x50mm: NGC 346 is easily visible in binoculars.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 346 = D 25 = h2370 on 1 Aug 1826. His published description (based on an observation on 5 Sep) reads "pretty large, pretty bright nebula, about 2.25' diameter, irregular round figure, resolvable, very slight condensation, not well defined at the edges."
John Herschel lists 5 observations in his Cape catalog: He first observed it on 11 Apr 1834 as "B, L, pmE, pgmbM, 5', resolvable (ill seen, below the pole)." On a second sweep he called it "Cluster, imperfectly resolved; rather irregular figure; 5' diameter. Not equally condensed about centre; fades imperceptibly; has a double star (12th mag) in centre." His third observation was recorded as "B, L, irregularly round, gmbM, 3' or 4' in extent, fades away insensibly." His next sweep was recorded as "B, L, neb with resolvable centre; irregularly extended into a kind of broad train as in figure, gently graduating away to the borders. 6' diameter." His final observation was logged as "B, L, irregular figure, with a star 13th mag in most compressed part." His published sketch is in the CGH catalogue on plate IV, figure 6.
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 346 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope on 17 Dec 1875, with an "arm" attached on the NW end of bar, hooking to the east. It also shows a very small knot of stars about 0.8' NE of center (plate I, figure 4 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885"). He commented, "It is very unlike H.'s drawing and description; indeed I cannot trace any resemblance between that and its present appearance; and were it not for its position, and the fact that L.S. observed and sketched it on 5th February 1870, I should be in great doubt as to its being the proper object. The position, however, accords with that given by Herschel, and Le Sueur's sketch [unpublished plate VII, figure 79] is, in its general features, very like mine, so that there is no room for doubting its identity. The central portion is by far the brightest, being a cluster of stars so very distinct that they could almost be counted; and the nebula here also appears the most dense. From this point it proceeds s.f. for almost 1' 30", terminating in a few very faint stars. Towards the n.p. direction it forms a complete bend or hook, and is here very faint. A little n.f. the main or central portion is a very small and faint round patch, which at times looks like a cluster of very faint stars, but I cannot with certainty determine whether or not it be stars or only nebula, although the night is an exquisite one, being clear and steady."
Although a spectrum taken in 1919 at the Cordoba Observatory of Argentina clearly revealed a gaseous spectrum, Charles Perrine declared "the first true spiral which I have encountered that appears appears to consist almost wholly of gaseous nebulosity." (confusing the spiral morphology with a spiral galaxy).
******************************
01 01 35.2 -06 44 02; Cet
V = 15.0; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 105°
17.5" (10/8/94): very faint, very small, round,
20" diameter, very weak concentration. Located 4' N of mag 7.5
Albert Marth discovered NGC 347 = m 28 on 27 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, vS". This is the 4th in a group of 6
galaxies discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350). At Marth's position is
But RNGC misidentifies
******************************
01 00 52.0 -53 14 41; Phe
V = 13.7; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 91°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; NGC 348 and
ESO 151-018, situated 7' ENE of NGC 348, appeared fairly faint, very elongated 3:1 N-S, 0.6'x0.2', small bright core. The extensions fade out at the tips.
John Herschel discovered NGC 348 = h2371 on 3 Oct 1834 and
recorded "eF, S, R." On
a later sweep he noted "eeeF, seems to have a vF star involved." His position and description matches
******************************
NGC 349 = MCG -01-03-068 = PGC 3687
01 01 50.7 -06 47 59; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated, broad concentration.
Located 4' E of mag 7.2 SAO 129088! Forms a close pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 349 = m 29 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, vS". This is the fifth in a group of 6 galaxies discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350). His position is just 1' too far south (same offset as NGC 350).
******************************
NGC 350 = MCG -01-03-069 = PGC 3690
01 01 56.6 -06 47 45; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (10/20/90): very faint, very small, round, bright core. A mag 11 star is 1.2' E. Last of six in the NGC 349 group and forms a close pair with NGC 349 1.5' W. Located 6' W of a mag 7.2 SAO 129088.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 350 = m 30 on 27 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "eF." This galaxy is the last in a group of 6
he discovered that night (NGC 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350). His position is 1' S of
******************************
01 01 57.8 -01 56 12; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 142°
17.5" (10/5/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 NW-SE, broad concentration.
Forms a pair with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 351 = Sw. 3-3, along with NGC 353, on 4 Nov 1875. His rough RA for NGC 351 was 8 seconds too large. Stephan didn't confirm or publish the discovery, so didn't receive credit in the NGC.
Lewis Swift rediscovered both galaxies on 10 Nov 1885 and included them his 3rd discovery list, #3 and #4. His RA for NGC 351 was also 12 seconds too large. Bigourdan measured an accurate micrometric position on 25 Oct 1897 as well as Howe in 1897 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory.
******************************
01 02 09.2 -04 14 45; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 2.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 165°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 1.5'x0.5', broadly concentrated with fainter extensions.
William Herschel discovered NGC 352 = H. III-191 = h81 on 20 Sep 1784 (sweep 280) and logged "vF, mE." His position was poor but John Herschel measured a fairly accurate (mean) position.
The position angle in Harold Corwin's ESGC and the Deep Sky Field Guide (first edition) is in error (10° or NNE-SSW), instead of 165° or NNW-SSE.
******************************
NGC 353 = UGC 641 = MCG +00-03-058 = CGCG 384-058 = PGC 3714
01 02 24.6 -01 57 28; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 26°
17.5" (10/5/91): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 351 7' WNW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 353 = Sw. 3-4, along with NGC 351, on 4 Nov 1875. His rough RA for NGC 351 was 10 seconds too large. Stephan didn't confirm or publish the discovery, so didn't receive credit in the NGC.
Lewis Swift rediscovered both galaxies on 10 Nov 1885 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. The RA in his third discovery list, #4, was 9 seconds too large (similar offset as NGC 351).
******************************
01 03 16.3 +22 20 33; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 29°
17.5" (9/26/92): fairly faint, very small, slightly elongated, fairly high surface brightness. A mag 13 star is at the WNW end and a mag 11 star is 1' E. Located 3.3' NNW of mag 9.1 SAO 74452.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 354 = St. 12-10 on 5 Oct 1869. He published an accurate micrometric position made 12 years later on 24 Oct 1881 with the description "eF and S; R; a mag 14 star precedes by 1 sec".
******************************
01 03 06.9 -06 19 26; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 125°
17.5" (9/26/92): extremely faint, very small,
round. Near my visual threshold
and only glimpsed with averted vision for moments. Located just 4' WNW of
Albert Marth discovered NGC 355 = m 31 on 27 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "eF, vS." His position matches
******************************
01 03 07.0 -06 59 17; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 70°
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated 3:2 SW-NE, very weak concentration. Located about 30' SE of the NGC 349 group (USGC S034).
Albert Marth discovered NGC 356 = m 32 on 27 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, S, iR." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 357 = MCG -01-03-081 = PGC 3768
01 03 21.9 -06 20 22; Cet
V = 12.0; Size 2.4'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 20°
13.1" (9/3/86): moderately bright, small, compact, very bright core. A faint mag 14 star is at the ENE edge. NGC 355 4' WNW not seen in 13.1" but glimpsed in 17.5".
William Herschel discovered NGC 357 = H. II-434 = h82 on 10
Sep 1785 (sweep 435) and recorded "F, S, irr figure, bM,
resolvable." His position is
accurate. John Herschel observed this galaxy on 3 sweeps, logging on 10 Oct
1828: "F; R; sbM; to a *13m; 20" a *14 10 sec nf." His position and description is a
perfect match with
******************************
01 05 10.9 +62 01 14; Cas
17.5" (11/6/93): consists of just four mag 11-12 stars in a 2'x1' trapezoid at the NGC position. This appears to be just a small asterism. 10' SE is also a scattered group in two detached sections elongated E-W with about a dozen mag 12-13.5 stars in each group.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 358 on 4 Feb 1865 with the
11" refractor at Copenhagen while observing h 83 = NGC 366. Harold Corwin suggests his description
(translated roughly from Latin) is "A cluster of several stars -- not many
members. Found when inspecting the
cluster h 83 [
******************************
01 04 16.9 -00 45 53; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 135°
17.5" (10/5/91): faint, small, elongated 4:3 NW-SE, bright core. A mag 14.5 star is 1.2' SSE. Forms a pair with NGC 364 7' ESE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 359 = m 33, along with
******************************
01 02 51.4 -65 36 36; Tuc
V = 12.6; Size 3.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 144°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; excellent
large, thin edge-on NW-SE with tapered tips, stretching ~2.5'x20". The center is slightly brighter with a
mottled or clumpy appearance. A faint double (mag 14.5/15) at ~12" is just
west of the southeast end. Two
bright stars are near; mag 8.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 360 = h2372 on 2 Nov 1834 and
remarked "eF, vmE, vlbM; a Ray nebula, pos = 145.4°". His position and descriptions matches
******************************
01 02 11 -71 36 24; Tuc
V = 11.8; Size 1.6'
18" (7/11/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
228x, this SMC cluster appeared moderately bright and large, round, 1'
diameter, weak concentration to center, grainy. A single star or clump was resolved. Located 4.5' SE of mag 7.8
James Dunlop discovered NGC 361 = D 54 = h2374 on 6 Sep
1826. After logging mag 7.8 HD
6222 (less than 5' NW), he recorded "a small round pretty well-defined
nebula, 15" or 20" diameter." His position was 7' too far SE, but in the same offset
direction as
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 361 on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 441) and noted "vF, L, oval, vgvmbM." He listed the possible equivalence with D 55, which was the next object in the drift and offset 10' E of NGC 361. D 55 may refer to a pair of stars at 01 03 02 -71 33.2.
******************************
01 03 14 -70 50 54; Tuc
V = 6.5; Size 12.9'; Surf Br = 0.1
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): At 228x, NGC 362 appeared very bright and well-resolved into a couple of hundred stars! The rich halo was plastered with stars and extended to nearly 8’ diameter. The 2' compressed core was well-concentrated to a blazing center (concentration class III). Stars appeared to stream out of the core in curving spiral lanes. This globular has a classic symmetric appearance with a prominent, round core and halo. NGC 362 is situated just north of the SMC, though 47 Tuc (NGC 104) overshadows the splendor of NGC 362.
Naked-eye (11/4/12 - Coromandel Peninsula, New Zealand): this 6.5-magnitude globular was just visible naked-eye to the north of the SMC.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 362 = D 62 on 1 Aug 1826. He described "a beautiful bright
round nebula, about 4' diameter, exceedingly condensed. This is a good
representation of the 2nd of the Connaissance des Temps [
John Herschel (h2375) reported it with his 18" reflector from the Cape of Good Hope on 12 Aug 1834 as a "Fine, highly condensed globular cluster; psbM; diameter 4'." On 3 Nov 1834 he called it "vB; vL; psvmbM; round; 5' or 6' diameter; all resolved." Observing the next night, he recorded it as "a globular cluster; vB; vlE; gvmbM. Diameter of more condensed part approx. 60 sec in RA; but there are loose stars to a considerably greater distance, stars 13 or 14 mag all nearly equal and distinct, but run into a blaze in centre." His final observation reads: "globular cluster, vB, very compact; psvmb; 4' across; all resolved into stars 13..15 magnitude."
There was a 1.0 tmin error in reduction in the NGC position too far west. This error was noted in Harvard College Observatory NGC corrections based on plates taken with the Bruce telescope at Arequipa between 1898 and 1901 and repeated by Dreyer in the IC 2 notes.
******************************
01 06 15.8 -16 32 34; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 49°
17.5" (11/6/93): very faint, very small, round, 0.5' diameter, very small brighter core. A mag 12 star is 3' NNE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 363 = LM 1-23 on 28 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is 1.5 min of RA
west of
******************************
NGC 364 = UGC 666 = MCG +00-03-069 = CGCG 384-067 = PGC 3833
01 04 40.8 -00 48 10; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
17.5" (10/5/91): faint, small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 359 7' WNW. Plotted too far south on the first edition of the Uranometria 2000.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 364 = m 34, along with NGC 359, on 2 Sep 1864 and logged "vF, vS". Édouard Stephan made an observation on 28 Oct 1875.
The RNGC position is 3' too far south. CGCG doesn't identify its 384-067 as NGC 364 and the UGC position is 26' too far S!
******************************
01 04 18.7 -35 07 17; Scl
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 5°
17.5" (10/4/97): very faint, small, round, 30" diameter. A pair of mag 11/13 stars [45" separation] lie ~5' SE. Required averted vision to comfortably view this galaxy.
John Herschel discovered NGC 365 = h2373 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "F, S, R, gbM, 20"." His mean declination from two
observations is ~1.3' S of
******************************
NGC 366 = Cr 9 = OCL-286 = Lund 37
01 06 26 +62 13 42; Cas
Size 3'
24" (1/4/14): small, rich group with 30 stars resolved in a 3' region at 260x, with several small knots of stars. On the south side is the multiple star STI 177 A/B/C = 12/12.9/13 at 3.8" and 10". Just 48" NE, is the 12" mag 12/13 D and E components with a fainter component at 7" and another close pair or triple is ~30" E. On the N end of the group is DAM 304 = 12/14 pair at 9". A string of mag 14-15 stars oriented SW-NE is on the west side of the main grouping.
17.5" (11/6/93): 10 stars mag 12-14 in a small 3' group. Consists of two mag 12-13 stars both of which form very close doubles and a tight trio of mag 13-14 stars on the east side. The rest are faint stars and the cluster is set over unresolved haze. Not impressive but stands out clearly in field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 366 = h83 on 27 Oct 1829 and reported a "small cl 2' in diam. Place that of the double star h 1070." His position, though, is 2' S of the double star.
******************************
01 05 48.9 -12 07 42; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 15°
17.5" (12/26/00): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, low even surface brightness. Requires averted vision but visible ~80% of the time with concentration at 280x once identified in the eyepiece field. Elongation not noted so I probably only picked up the brighter central region.
17.5" (10/4/97): uncertain sighting. Possibly barely glimpsed on a couple of occasions using a GSC finder chart to pinpoint location and averted vision at 280x. No elongation noticed.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 367 = LM 2-299 in 1866 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
16.0, 1.0'x0.2', E 175°, bn, 3 st 12, np 30°. There is nothing at his position but 1 min of RA east is PGC
3894. This galaxy is elongated SSW-NNE (Muller's PA is nearly N-S) and his
description of three nearby stars matches this galaxy. RNGC misidentifies FGC 120 = PGC 90518,
an extremely thin edge-on, as NGC 367.
******************************
01 04 21.9 -43 16 36; Phe
V = 13.6; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7
24" (10/5/13): at 225x; very faint, very small, round,
18" diameter. Situated 3.1'
NE of mag 8.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 368 = h4012 on 5 Sep 1834 and logged "eeF; vS; N.f. a star 7-8 mag distant 3'." His position and description is accurate (after correcting for a 1 hr typo in RA).
******************************
01 05 08.9 -17 45 32; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 52°
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, small, round, 0.8' diameter, gradually weak concentration. A similar pair of mag 10.7 and 11.1 stars oriented NW-SE lie 5' SW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 369 = LM 1-24 on 9 Oct 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is 3' S of ESO 541-017 = PGC 3856. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
01 06 44.6 +32 25 43; Psc
See observing notes for
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 370 = Au 5 on 7 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch refractor at the Copenhagen Observatory. There is nothing at his single position, though he mentions a mag 13 star is 15" to the south.
Harold Corwin suggests that NGC 370 is possibly equal to NGC 372. This is a triple star found by Dreyer at Birr Castle on 12 Dec 1876 at a mean position of 01 06 44.6 +32 25 43 (2000). The triplet is about 10 seconds of time greater and 1' further north than d'Arrest's position and the separation for the north-south pair is close to his estimate. This identification is uncertain, but there is nothing else in the vicinity that matches.
******************************
NGC 371 = SMC-N76 = ESO 051-14 = Lindsay 71 = Kron 48 = SMC Ass 53
01 03 30 -72 03 24; Tuc
Size 8'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 171x
and UHC filter, NGC 371 is a fairly bright, prominent, round SMC nebulous
cluster, up to 6' in diameter with a fairly well-defined edge. The haze has a pretty consistent high
surface brightness and seems suspended in a large, scattered cluster or star
cloud (Hodge Association 53). A 5'
string of four mag 10-11 stars oriented NW-SE is superimposed on the glow (one
is mag 13.0 WR star SMC AB 7) as well as a number of fainter stars. SMC AB 6, another mag 12 WR binary, is
at the south end. This is an
excellent low power field with the striking HII region NGC 346 22' WSW and NGC
395/
10x30mm and 15x50mm IS binoculars: easily visible along with NGC 346.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 371 = D 31 = h2376 on 1 Aug 1826. Based on 5 observations he described it as "a pretty large unequally bright nebula, about 5' diameter, round figure, resolvable into stars of mixt magnitudes." His published position was 8' too far south, but the description fits. On 5 Sep 1826 he wrote "a large faint ill-defined nebula, irregular round figure, easily resolvable, about 5' diameter. This is the large faint nebula in the northern extremity or what I have called the 3 nebulae in the [Small]] Cloud."
John Herschel made 5 observations beginning on 11 Apr 1834, recording "cluster, 6th class; faint, round, 10' diameter, stars 15..18th mag." The next observation was logged as "vF, L, p rich cluster, 6th class. Stars 14..15th mag." On a third sweep he noted it as "a F, L, p compressed cl of 6th class. 10' diameter. gbM; stars 12..16th mag - in some parts almost nebulous." The fourth observation was recorded as a "cluster 6th class; stars 12..15th mag, a few = 10th mag and one of 9th mag; much compressed in the middle; fills field and has loose straggling lines and crooks branching off." The final sweep was recorded as "F, L, cl; little compressed; gbM; 7' diam; resolved into stars 14..16th mag." Herschel was very uncertain (??) if Dunlop 31 referred to this cluster.
******************************
01 06 44.6 +32 25 43; Psc
18" (11/18/06): faint triple star resolved at 280x. The components form a very small equilateral triangle 1' N of a mag 12 star with the components ~10" apart. The brightest component of the triple is at the north vertex and the other two are mag 15-15.5. NGC 370 may also refer to this multiple star.
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 372 on 12 Dec 1876 with the 72" at Birr Castle and stated "the last nova [GC 5146 = NGC 372] looks at first sight like a hazy *, the higher power seems to resolve it, at all events sev luminous points were seen. Has a *12 in pos 166.5d, dist, 74"." This pins down the equivalence with a triple star with a mean position of 01 06 44.6 +32 25 43 (2000). Heinrich d'Arrest *possibly* also observed this triple star (or one or more of its components) on 7 Oct 1861 and it was catalogued as GC 197 = NGC 370.
******************************
01 06 58.2 +32 18 31; Psc
V = 14.9; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0
18" (11/18/06): extremely faint, very small, round, 15"-20" diameter. There appears to be a 15-16th magnitude star superimposed as a stellar point was sometimes visible offset from the center. Located on the SW side of the "Pisces Group", 9' SW of NGC 383.
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, very small, slightly
elongated ~E-W. Located 8.3' SW of
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 373 on 12 Dec 1876 using the
72" at Birr Castle in the NGC 383 group. His description is simply "vF, vS" but he
accurately placed it 428" in PA 225.8° with respect to a mag 12.2 star
situated SSW of
******************************
01 07 05.8 +32 47 42; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 175°
17.5" (9/26/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, bright core, faint stellar nucleus or mag 15 star is superimposed [SDSS shows a nucleus]. Located almost midway between two mag 14 stars 0.7' NE and 0.9' SW. Located about 25' N of the core of the NGC 383 group.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 374 = Au 6 on 7 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor at the observatory in Copenhagen. His single position is accurate and he noted it was "between 2 stars mag 15." The discovery was early enough to be included in Auwers 1862 list of new nebulae.
******************************
01 07 05.9 +32 20 53; Psc
V = 14.7; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0
18" (11/18/06): very faint, extremely small, round,
15" diameter, weak concentration.
Situated ~2' W of a triangle of mag 12/13/14 stars (on the opposite side
from
17.5" (9/19/87): extremely faint and small, round. Three mag 12-13.5 stars forming an isosceles triangle with the long base oriented N-S are about 2' SE. Located 5.6' SW of NGC 383 in the core of the cluster. Forms a pair with NGC 373 2.8' SSW.
Lawrence Parsons, 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 375 on 1
Dec 1874 with his father's 72" and shown on the constructed sketch of the
entire Pisces Group in the 1880 publication. The GC and NGC position matches
******************************
01 03 54 -72 49 30; Tuc
V = 10.9; Size 1.0'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 397x; very bright, fairly
small, irregular or triangular shape, 35"-40" diameter. A half dozen stars were resolved within
the glow surrounded by a much fainter halo. Brighter and larger
Lindsay 60 is 16' ENE (see NGC 419 for notes) and Lindsay 66 is 18' NW. The latter resolved into three brighter stars in a small string oriented WSW-NNE [length of 21"]. At 397x, the middle "star" was a very small knot, ~6"-8" diameter. This is probably the core of the cluster. The three stars seem surrounded by an extremely low surface brightness halo.
Henize N63 and N64 are a fairly similar pair of compact emission nebulae 27' WNW. Both are ~30" in diameter and separated by 1.4' NW-SE. They were easily noticed at 397x with N63 on the NW side slightly brighter. The contast was increased at 244x through an NPB filter. A mag 12 star lies 0.7' NW of N63.
18" (7/11/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright, small, round, 30" diameter, a few individual stars or clumps are resolved. A 10' string of stars (Hodge Association 56) passing ~4' N and angles towards the NE. NGC 419 follows by 20'. Observation made through thin clouds.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 376 = D 36 = h2378, along with NGC 419, on 2 Sep 1826. He recorded (single observation) "a faint ill-defined nebula, about 1 1/2' diameter." His reduced position (from a drift) is 9.5' ENE, though matches his offset error in declination (about 3.5') for NGC 419. So despite a size estimate that's too large, the discovery appears highly likely.
John Herschel recorded this cluster on two sweeps: on 12 Aug 1834 he logged "pretty faint, small, round, resolvable, pretty compact." On a later sweep he recorded it as a "globular cluster, a vS, vB knot of visible stars 15 or 20" diameter almost like a solid mass." His position and description on both sweeps is accurate, although DeLisle Stewart reported erroneously (based on plates taken at Harvard's Aqrequipa station between 1898 and 1901) that this object was a "double star only, components 10" apart at 270° (E-W). Herschel credited Dunlop as the possible discoverer (D 36) in his General Catalogue but not the Cape Catalog.
******************************
01 06 34.8 -20 19 57; Cet
V = 15.1; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
24" (12/1/13): at 325x appeared extremely faint, small, round, 18" diameter. Visible perhaps 25% of the time as an extremely faint patch and too fleeting to detect an elongated shape. Forms the northern vertex of a triangle with a mag 14.5 star 6' SW and a mag 13.5 star 4.7' SE. A large scattered group of stars including several mag 10-11 lies ~10' E.
18" (12/3/05): not seen at 225x.
18" (11/6/04): extremely faint, small, round, 20" diameter (core only viewed?). Only visible intermittently with averted and concentration (in fairly poor seeing) but sighting definite.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 377 = LM 1-25 on 15 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Based on the discovery sketch, Corwin
determined NGC 377 = ESO 541-019 = PGC 3931. This would place NGC 377 17' S of Leavenworth's rough
position, an unusual error in declination. ESO misidentifies 541-019 as possibly
******************************
01 06 12.1 -30 10 41; Scl
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 90°
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
E-W, 1.2'x0.8'. A mag 11.5 star is
3' NNE. Located 8' WSW of mag 10.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 378 = h2377 on 28 Sep 1834 and noted "vF, S, R, glbM, 15 arcseconds." His position matches ESO 412-005 = PGC 3907. Listed in category 8 (Galaxies with apparent companions) in the Arp-Madore catalogue and an image is on page 8.2.
******************************
01 07 15.7 +32 31 13; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 0°
18" (11/18/06): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 3:2 N-S, 0.8'x0.5', broad concentration with a slightly brighter
core. Forms a similar pair with
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated ~N-S, even surface brightness. Forms a pair with similar NGC 380 2' S in the NGC 383 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 379 = H. II-215 = h84, along with NGC 380 = H. II-216 and NGC 383 = H. II-217, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and recorded "Three, F, vS, R, all in a row in the meridian, nearly of equal size, the distance between the two most south [NGC 383 and 383] is about double that of the other."
******************************
NGC 380 = Arp 331 NED2 = UGC 682 = MCG +05-03-051 = CGCG 501-081 = LGG 017-001 = PGC 3969
01 07 17.6 +32 28 59; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2
18" (11/18/06): moderately bright, fairly small, round, 40" diameter, sharply concentrated with a very small, very bright core. Forms a 2.2' pair with NGC 379 and 4.5' NNW of NGC 383 at the north end of the "Pisces Group".
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. Forms a pair with NGC 379 2' S in the NGC 383 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, small, round, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 380 = H. II-216 = h85, along with NGC 379 = II-215 and NGC 383 = II-217 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268). See description under NGC 379.
******************************
NGC 381 = Cr 10 = OCL-317 = Lund 38
01 08 18 +61 35; Cas
Size 6'
24" (1/4/14): nice group of ~75 stars, fairly uniformly distributed in a 6' group. A triple star (STI 185 = 10.8/12.5 at 9" and a third closer companion) is just north of center. The cluster is roughly circular with no denser patches, but it does include a number of faint stars so the appearance is fairly rich. Pretty well detached in the 50' field at 125x (less so on the north side).
17.5" (8/16/93): 40 stars mag 11-15 in loose 6' diameter, stands out best at 100x. The brightest mag 10.8 star is part of a triple along the north side. Fairly uniform in mag 12/13 stars with a scattering of faint stars, fairly even distribution with no rich regions. Not recognizable as a cluster at 220x.
17.5" (11/2/91): about three dozen stars in 6' diameter, fairly faint, roughly a circular group. Consists mostly of mag 12/13 stars. Includes a triple star (10.8/12.5/13 at 8"/~3") and two mag 11 stars on the west side. Several stars are arranged in strings. Relatively few stars in center. A line of mag 10 stars trail off to the north edge of field and the mag 10 star at the end of the string 11' N is a close double star.
8": ~30 stars in a circular group, bright curving string to the north. A mag 8 star is 10' E.
Caroline Herschel is generally attributed with the discovery of NGC 381 = H. VIII-64 on 27 Sep 1783, though according to an article in Aug 2007 S&T, Caroline's discovery preceded Gamma Cass instead of following and likely refers to NGC 189 instead. Her brother William probably discovered the cluster on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774) and noted "a forming cluster of pretty compressed stars." In his second published catalogued he added "C.H. disc[overy] 1783".
******************************
NGC 382 = Arp 331 NED5 = VV 193b = UGC 688 = MCG +05-03-052 = CGCG 501-086 = LGG 018-002 = PGC 3981
01 07 23.9 +32 24 15; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 0.5'x0.5'
18" (11/18/06): fairly faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, slightly brighter corer, faint stellar nucleus with direct vision. Situated at the south edge of the halo of NGC 383 (the brighter member of the "Pisces Group"), just 30" from the center.
17.5" (9/23/00): very faint, extremely small, round, 20" diameter, very faint quasi-stellar nucleus at moments. This galaxy is the fainter of a close pair with NGC 383 in the Pisces group.
Supernova SN 2000dk (Type Ia) was discovered 5 days ago (18 Sept.) and was visible as a mag 15.5 "star" at the NW edge of the halo (5" W and 9" north of center). At the first glance using 280x, the galaxy appeared elongated in the direction of the SN, but in moments of better seeing, the SN was clearly resolved and similar in brightness to the nucleus of NGC 382.
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, very small, round. Forms a double system with much brighter NGC 383 30" NNE in a group.
13.1" (9/29/84): very faint, extremely small, round. Nearly attached to NGC 383.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 382 on 4 Nov 1850. It was labeled "Gamma prime" in his sketch of the Pisces Group. Heinrich d'Arrest independently found this nebula on 26 Aug 1865 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. This is one of 5 galaxies discovered by Stoney on that night including NGCs 384, 385, 386 and 388.
******************************
NGC 383 = Arp 331 NED6 = VV 193a = UGC 689 = MCG +05-03-053 = CGCG 501-087 = LGG 018-003 = PGC 3982
01 07 24.9 +32 24 45; Psc
V = 12.4; Size 1.4'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 30°
18" (11/18/06): fairly bright, moderately large, irregularly round, 1.3' diameter, broadly concentrated to a bright core that increases to a 6" nucleus. Forms an interacting pair with NGC 382 30" S of center. This galaxy is the brightest and largest member of the "Pisces Group" (at the southwest end of the Pisces-Perseus Supercluster) and is surrounded by 10 galaxies within 8'!
17.5" (9/19/87): brightest in the NGC 383 cluster. Fairly bright, moderately large, slightly
elongated, broadly concentrated halo.
Forms a double system with NGC 382 30" SW. NGC 380 is 4.5' NNW, NGC 379 6.8' NNW,
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly bright, almost round, bright core. Forms a double with NGC 382.
William Herschel discovered NGC 383 = H. II-217 = h86, along with NGC 379 and NGC 380, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268). See description under NGC 379. John Herschel made 3 observations and reported on 22 Nov 1827 (sweep 106), "pB; pL; gbM."
******************************
NGC 384 = Arp 331 NED3 = UGC 686 = MCG +05-03-055 = CGCG 501-084 = LGG 017-002 = PGC 3983
01 07 25.0 +32 17 34; Psc
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 135°
18" (11/18/06): moderately bright, fairly small, irregularly round, 0.6'x0.5', fairly well concentrated with a small bright core. At the south end of the "Pisces Group" with NGC 385 1.7' N.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, slightly elongated, bright core. NGC 385 2' N and NGC 386 is 4.3' NNE in the NGC 383 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, small, round, small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 385.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 384 = Au 7 on 4 Nov 1850. He labeled it "Zeta" on his sketch of the Pisces Group. Heinrich d'Arrest rediscovered this galaxy (along with NGC 385) and measured an accurate position on 12 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. Auwers published d'Arrest's observation in his 1862 catalogue of new nebulae and John Herschel credited d'Arrest with the discovery in the GC. Dreyer credited Lord Rosse, as well as d'Arrest, in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 385 = Arp 331 NED4 = UGC 687 = MCG +05-03-056 = CGCG 501-085 = LGG 018-004 = PGC 3984
01 07 27.2 +32 19 12; Psc
V = 13.0; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.9
18" (11/18/06): moderately bright, fairly small, round, 1.0' diameter, strong concentration with a bright 20" core. Located near the south end of the "Pisces Group" and appears slightly larger and brighter than nearby NGC 384 1.7' SSW. A trio of mag 12-13 stars lies 2'-3' WNW and the two northern stars are collinear with the galaxy.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core. Forms a trio with NGC 386 2.6' N and NGC 384 1.8' S in the NGC 383 group.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, small, small bright core, similar to NGC 384.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 385 = Au 8 on 4 Nov 1850. He labeled it "Epsilon" in his sketch of the NGC 383 (Pisces) Group. Heinrich d'Arrest independently found this galaxy on 7 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen and measured an accurate position (4 measurements). d'Arrest's observation was included in Auwers 1862 catalogue of new nebulae and John Herschel credited d'Arrest with the discovery in the GC. Dreyer credited both LdR and d'Arrest when compiling the NGC.
******************************
NGC 386 = Arp 331 NED7 = MCG +05-03-057 = CGCG 501-088 = PGC 3989
01 07 31.3 +32 21 43; Psc
V = 14.4; Size 0.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6
18" (11/18/06): faint, fairly small, round, 25" diameter, gradually increases to a very small brighter core. Located 3.3' SSE of NGC 383 and on a line to the north of the NGC 384/385 pair in the core of the "Pisces Group".
17.5" (9/19/87): very faint, very small, round, bright core. Located 3.3' SSE of NGC 383 in a group. NGC 385 lies 2.6' S.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 386 on 4 Nov 1850. He labeled it "Delta" in his sketch of the NGC 383 (Pisces) Group.
******************************
01 07 33.0 +32 23 28; Psc
V = 15.5; Size 0.3'x0.3'
18" (11/18/06): at 280x appeared very faint, very small, round, 8" diameter. This is perhaps the smallest and faintest NGC galaxy in the "Pisces Chain". Located 2' SE of NGC 383 and 2.5' N of NGC 386 in the heart of the "Pisces Group".
17.5" (9/19/87): extremely faint, round, almost stellar. Located 1.8' NNE of NGC 386 and 2.1' SE of NGC 383 in the NGC 383 group. Not 100% certain of its non-stellar appearance.
Lawrence Parsons discovered NGC 387 on 10 Dec 1873 with Lord
Rosse's 72" and included it on the sketch that was made of the cluster
(later labeled as GC 5149), along with offsets from NGC 383. The GC (5149) and NGC position matches
******************************
01 07 47.1 +32 18 36; Psc
V = 14.7; Size 0.6'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 168°
18" (11/18/06): at 280x appeared faint, small, round, 20" diameter. Located 4.5' E of the NGC 384/385 pair at the south end of the "Pisces Group".
17.5" (9/19/87):extremely faint and small, round, size 10"-15". Located 5'-6' E of NGC 385 in the NGC 383 group.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 388 on 4 Nov 1850. He labeled it "Theta" in his sketch of the NGC 383 (Pisces) Group.
******************************
01 08 30.0 +39 41 44; And
V = 13.8; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 54°
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, very small, elongated 2:1
SW-NE, even surface brightness. A
mag 11 star is just off the NE edge 0.7' from center which detracts from
viewing. Forms a pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 389 = Sw. 2-12 on 6 Sep 1885 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 30 sec of RA west and 1.5' north of
******************************
01 07 54.4 +32 25 59; Psc
= *, Corwin.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 390 = Big. 9 on 19 Nov 1884 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory and recorded "mag 13.4-13.5; stellar aspect". According to Harold Corwin (private correspondence), Bigourdan's offsets match a star at 01 07 54 +32 25 59 (2000). This identification was first given by Hubble in his 1920 paper "Photographic investigations of faint nebulae"
RNGC misidentifies
******************************
01 07 22.6 +00 55 33; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 45°
24" (11/21/19): at 322x; between fairly faint and moderately bright, fairly small, round, 24" diameter, very small bright core increasing to a bright stellar nucleus. Situated within a group of stars including a mag 10.7 star 1.7' NNW.
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, very small, round,
compact, well-defined edge, small bright core. Located 1.7' SSE of a mag 10 star and 4.4' NNE of mag 9.5
George Phillips Bond discovered NGC 391 = HN 3 = Au 9 on 8
Jan 1853 with the 15-inch Merz & Mahler refractor while taking micrometric
positions of stars for the Harvard Zone Catalogue. He noted a "faint
nebula, 1' 30" south following star number 32 [11th magnitude]."
At this exact position is
******************************
01 08 23.5 +33 08 00; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 50°
24" (10/5/13): brightest member of the
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, round, bright core, sharp stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 1' SW. Brightest of three (KTG 3) with NGC 394 1' NE and NGC 397 2' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 392 = H. II-218 = h87 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and simply noted "F, resembling the foregoing [NGC 379, 380, 383]." John Herschel remarked on 16 Nov 1827 (sweep 102), "pF; bM nearly to a *; between 2 stars". Both Herschels missed the nearby galaxies NGC 394 and 397.
******************************
NGC 393 = UGC 707 = MCG +06-03-015 = CGCG 520-018 = V Zw 52 = PGC 4061
01 08 37.0 +39 38 39; And
V = 12.5; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 20°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, sharp concentration, faint halo, two mag 13/13.5 star are 1.2' WNW and 1.6' NW with a separation of 36". Forms a pair with NGC 389 3.3' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 393 = H. I-54 = h88 on 5 Oct 1784 during sweeps 281-285, which were made in the east (not in Caroline's fair copy of the sweeps). On 18 Oct 1786 (sweep 618) he recorded "pB, S, R, vgbM." John Herschel logged on 1 Oct 1828 (sweep 183), "vF; vS; lE; gbM; 10". Allowing the moon & c. this cannot be a 1st class neb [as his father placed it]; no other neb near it." In the GC notes, John Herschel mentioned "This [h88] is not the I. 54 of the P.T, which proved to be one of Messier's nebulae, but another subsequently inserted by WH, so as not to break the order of the numbers..." Both Herschels missed nearby NGC 389 (discovered by Lewis Swift).
******************************
NGC 394 = MCG +05-03-063 = CGCG 501-095 = Holm 36b = KTG 3B = PGC 4049
01 08 26.0 +33 08 52; Psc
V = 13.9; Size 0.5'x0.2'; Surf Br = 11.3; PA = 135°
24" (10/5/13): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 0.4'x0.2', small brighter core. Second brightest in a small triplet (KTG 3) with brighter NGC 392 1.0' SW and NGC 397 2.6' SSE.
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, small, oval NW-SE, small brighter core. In a group with NGC 392 1' SW and NGC 397 3' SSE.
R.J. Mitchell, LdR's assistant, discovered NGC 394 on 26 Oct 1854. His described GC 212 (later NGC 392) as "B, S, R, bM. [John Herschel] described it as between 2 stars. I think the northernmost one is a nebula [NGC 394] of same character but smaller." There are two entries for this galaxy in the GC, the second (GC 215) refers to Heinrich d'Arrest's independent discovery on 22 Aug 1862. d'Arrest recognized his object was first seen at Parsonstown in a note in his 1865 catalogue. Dreyer combined the two GC entries in the NGC with credit given to both d'Arrest and LdR.
******************************
01 05 07.9 -71 59 37; Tuc
Size 2'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): easily picked up in the same field as brighter NGC 371. At 171x, this object appeared as a moderately bright 4' round knot of mag 14 or fainter stars with a good response to the UHC filter (the emission component is SMC-N78). The surface brightness was fairly high with the filter although Hartung just described this object as a "star group". NGC 395 forms a pair with IC 1624 3.2' SSE. Located 8' NE of NGC 371.
IC 1624 appeared about half the size of NGC 395, roughly 1' in diameter with a mottled appearance and no central condensation or resolution. A mag 13 star is close west with a mag 11 star 2' W (supergiant SK 118). A very small nebulous knot (SMC-N78C) was also noted ~2' SE. A large, scattered group of stars (OB-association) is superimposed on the field.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 395 = D 35 = D 34 = h2379 on 1 Aug 1826. He described D 35 (handwritten notes) as "a very faint ill defined nebula, rather elongated, with a star south of it." His notebook position is 9' to the SSE. D 34, found on a drift on 5 Sep 1826 and described as "a faint elliptical nebula", was placed 7' due south.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 395 on 5 Nov 1836 and recorded "very faint, pretty large, round, gradually a little brighter in the middle; 2' across."
Delisle Stewart photographed this object at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901. He noted it was a "Group of about 10 stars, not a nebula."
******************************
01 08 08.4 +04 31 51; Psc
V = 15.2; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/4/97): very faint, very small, slightly
elongated. Required averted vision
to identify with GSC finder chart but with concentration I could just hold it
steadily. Located 2.1' NNW of a
mag 13 star. By a remarkable
coincidence, Saturn was in the same low power field just 15' due S! Best view of NGC 396 at 280x with
Saturn sufficiently out of field to avoid any glare. Misidentified in the RNGC (
Albert Marth discovered NGC 396 = m 35 on 27 Oct 1864 with
William Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "eF, S, lE." Harold Corwin notes that a faint galaxy
(
******************************
NGC 397 = MCG +05-03-064 = CGCG 501-096 = KTG 3C = PGC 4051
01 08 31.0 +33 06 33; Psc
V = 14.6; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3
24" (10/5/13): faintest in the KTG 3 triplet with brighter NGC 392 2.2' NW and NGC 394 2.5' NNW. At 375x appeared fairly faint, small, 15"x12", slightly elongated SW-NE, very weak concentration.
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint and small, slightly elongated, very low even surface brightness. Faintest of three with NGC 392 2' NW.
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on Lord Rosse's 72"
telescope, discovered NGC 397 on 6 Dec 1866. While observing GC 212 = NGC 392 he noted a "suspected
neb preceded by a vF*". The
closest match is
******************************
01 08 53.6 +32 30 52; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 135°
18" (11/18/06): very faint, very small, round, 10" diameter. Member of the "Pisces Group" (z = 0.016), though located 20' NE of NGC 383.
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint and small, round, low
surface brightness. Requires
averted to see well.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 398 = Big. 10 on 28 Oct 1886 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory. His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 399 = UGC 712 = MCG +05-03-067 = CGCG 501-101 = LGG 018-005 = PGC 4096
01 08 59.2 +32 38 03; Psc
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 40°
18" (11/18/06): this member of the NGC 383 group ("Pisces Group") appeared fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 0.7'x0.45', weak even concentration.
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, small, slightly elongated N-S,
even concentration to bright core, substellar nucleus.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 399 on 3 Oct 1869 and
recorded a rough unpublished position 1' NE in his logbook. I assume his target was nearby NGC 403,
which was discovered by d'Arrest in 1862.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 399 again on 7
Oct 1874 and noted a "small nebula" 464.3" (7.7') in PA 205.4°
(SSW) from GC 217 = NGC 403. This
offset matches
******************************
01 09 02.5 +32 43 57; Psc
=*, HC. = Not found, JS.
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on Lord Rosse's 72"
telescope, discovered NGC 400 on 30 Dec 1866. He placed his object, with respect to GC 217 = NGC 403, at a
separation of 151" (2.5') in PA 242° (WSW). At this offset is a very faint star at 01 09 02.5 +32 43
57.
******************************
01 09 07.7 +32 45 35; Psc
=*, HC. = Not found, JS.
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on Lord Rosse's 72" telescope, discovered NGC 400 on 30 Dec 1866. He placed his object, with respect to GC 217 = NGC 403, at a separation of roughly 110" in PA 291.3°. At this offset is a very faint star at 01 09 07.7 +32 45 35. This identification was first given by Hubble in his 1920 paper "Photographic investigations of faint nebulae. "GC 5153 = NGC 400, described in the same observation by Ball, is also a faint star!
******************************
01 09 13.3 +32 48 23; Psc
=*, HC. = Not found, JS.
Lawrence Parsons discovered NGC 402 on 7 Oct 1874 with his father's 72" and recorded a "faint nebulous knot" and placed 281.7" in PA 353° from star 1 in the sketch. This star is 87.3" in PA 177° from NGC 403 and has a position of 01 09 15.7 +32 43 42 (2000). This offset points to a very faint star at 01 09 13.3 +32 48 23 (2000). This identification was first given by Hubble in his 1920 paper "Photographic investigations of faint nebulae"
******************************
NGC 403 = UGC 715 = MCG +05-03-068 = CGCG 501-104 = LGG 018-006 = PGC 4111
01 09 14.1 +32 45 07; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 86°
18" (11/18/06): fairly bright, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 E-W, ~1.3'x0.4', sharp concentration with a small, very bright core. The extensions are fairly low surface brightness but appear a bit asymmetric; possibly misaligned at slightly different angles or slightly different widths. A group of four stars nearly forming a trapezoid is close south. Located ~30' NE of the core of the NGC 383 group ("Pisces Group") and one of the brightest members of the cluster.
17.5" (12/23/89): moderately bright, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 E-W, bright core, small bright nucleus. Four mag 10-13 stars are close south. Brightest of a trio with MCG +05-03-071 = CGCG 501-105 2' SE and NGC 399 8' SW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 403 on 29 Aug 1862 with the
11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His position (measured on 2 nights) matches
******************************
01 09 26.9 +35 43 05; And
V = 10.3; Size 3.5'x3.5'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (10/13/01): bright, fairly large, round, at least 2' diameter. Contains a bright 30" core that increases steadily to a bright stellar nucleus. Located 7' NW of mag 2.1 Beta Andromedae (Mirach), which detracts somewhat from viewing.
13.1" (12/22/84): bright, round, bright stellar nucleus. Located 7' NW of Beta Andromedae (V = 2.1)!
William Herschel discovered NGC 404 = H. II-224 = h89 on 13 Sep 1784 (sweep 271) and recorded "pretty bright (not withstanding the light of Beta Andromeda, which is in the field with it), cL, R, bM." The observers on Lord Rosse's 72" tried to resolve this nebula. R.J. Mitchell reported on 16 Oct 1855, "pL, B. I have no doubt it is a cluster. The F borders of the nebula extend a long way out, involving several stars."
******************************
01 08 33.9 -46 40 05; Phe
= Double star 7.3/8.3 at 1.2", Corwin and ESO.
John Herschel discovered NGC 405 = h2380 on 6 Sep 1834 and
recorded "After a long and obstinate examination with all powers and
apertures, I cannot bring it to a sharp disc and leave it, in doubt whether it
be a star or not. The star [Beta Phe] immediately preceding offered no such
difficulty, giving a good disc with 320." This is clearly a double star on the Southern Sky Survey
(
******************************
01 07 24.4 -69 52 33; Tuc
V = 12.5; Size 3.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 160°
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x, this interesting edge-on is fairly bright, large, elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, ~2.5'x0.8'. Contains a large, elongated core. Emerging from the east edge of the north end of the core is an extremely thin extension or arm that stretches north-northwest. A fainter, less obvious arm is attached at the west edge of the south end of the central region. In addition there appears to be a faint star or knot involved [images reveal a star superimposed south of the core]. This galaxy is located 1° NNE of the bright globular cluster NGC 362 and 3° NNE of the center of the SMC!
John Herschel discovered NGC 406 = h2381 on 6 Sep 1834 and
logged "F, R, vL, vglbM, 3' dia.". His position matches
******************************
01 10 36.5 +33 07 35; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 0°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, very
elongated 3:1 N-S, bright core.
Faintest of three with
13.1" (8/23/84): faint, very small, slightly elongated N-S, NGC 410 5' ENE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 407 = H. II-219, along with NGC 410 = II-220, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and described both as "Two, eF and vS. The following [NGC 410] the largest." He gave a single position, roughly between the two galaxies. Édouard Stephan (XIII-9) independently found the galaxy on 2 Oct 1883 at the Marseilles Observatory and published an accurate position. Herman Schultz also measured a precise micrometric position and recorded a nearby star as a "nova" (NGC 408).
******************************
01 10 51.1 +33 09 05; Psc
= * 1.6' W of NGC 410, Gottlieb and Carlson. Incorrect identification in the RNGC. 17.5" (12/23/89): (R)NGC 408 not found.
Herman Schultz discovered NGC 408 = Nova III on 22 Oct 1867
with the 9.6-inch refractor at the Uppsala Observatory. Schultz placed this object just 8 tsec
of RA preceding NGC 410. At this
offset is a mag 14.5 star at 01 10 51.1 +33 09 05 (2000), which almost
certainly is his object. RNGC misidentified
******************************
01 09 33.2 -35 48 21; Scl
V = 13.0; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (10/4/97): very faint, small, round, 30"
diameter. Located just 45" SE
of a mag 13 star. Identified at
280x after missing at 220x.
Brighter than
John Herschel discovered NGC 409 = h2382 on 29 Nov 1837 and
reported "eF, R, S, near a vS star." His position is 8 sec of RA east
and 2' north of
******************************
NGC 410 = UGC 735 = MCG +05-03-080 = CGCG 501-118 = Mrk 562 = PGC 4224
01 10 58.9 +33 09 07; Psc
V = 11.5; Size 2.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 30°
17.5" (12/23/89): moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, broadly concentrated halo, stellar nucleus. In a trio with NGC 407 5' WSW and NGC 414 5' SE. Part of a large group (USGC U045).
13.1" (9/29/84): brightest of 3, fairly bright, bright core, slightly elongated SW-NE, NGC 414 4.5' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 410 = H. II-220, along with NGC 407, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and recorded "Two. The preceding faint, very small. The following pretty large". Herman Schultz measured an accurate position at Uppsala.
******************************
NGC 411 = NGC 422 = ESO 051-019 = Kron 60 = Lindsay 82
01 07 55.9 -71 46 01; Tuc
V = 12.2; Size 1.9'
18" (7/11/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly
faint, moderately large, round, 1.2' diameter. At 228x, appeared as a low surface brightness glow with a
very weak concentration and no sign of resolution. Located 5' NW of mag 8.6
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
fairly faint SMC cluster was immediately noticed in the same lower power field
while viewing NGC 395/IC 1624 about 20' SW. At 128x it appeared fairly small, round, ~1.5' diameter,
mottled but with no resolution.
Located 5.3' NW of mag 8.6 HD 7031 and 13' ESE of mag 7.4
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 411 = D 57? = h2384 on 6 Sep 1826. He logged "a small faint nebula, about 15" diameter", though the reduced position was 19' too far SE. But the previous object in the drift was noted as a 7th mag star and assuming this refers to mag 7.4 HD 6623, it was also offset 18' in the same direction. Some doubt remains as this cluster might be too faint to have been noticed in Dunlop's 9" speculum reflector.
John Herschel discovered NGC 411 in Sep 1835 (sweep 625?)
and recorded "vF, pL, R, vlbM; 2'." His position is accurate. On 5 Nov 1836 (sweep 745) he logged a similar description
and position, but Harold Corwin found the RA minute (1 tmin too large) was
miscopied into his table of "Stars, Nebulae, and Clusters in the Nubecula
Minor" and it received the designations GC 231 and
Delisle Stewart first photographed NGC 411 at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described it in a list of NGC corrections: "as in NGC, but round, small, stellar, cB."
******************************
01 10 18 -20 01; Cet
= Not found, RNGC and Corwin.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 412 = LM 1-26 on 15 Oct
1885 with the 26" Clark refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and
simply noted "Neb?" There is nothing near Leavenworth's
position. Corwin examined the
discovery sketch, but it wasn't of much help and he was unable to recover this
object (or even identify it with a star).
ESO lists
******************************
01 12 31.5 -02 47 37; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 151°
17.5" (8/4/97): very faint, diffuse glow located 1.3' SSE of a mag 13.5-14 star. The galaxy is roundish and ~1' in diameter with little or no concentration. The star to the north is preceded by a mag 14-14.5 star 1.4' W. The RNGC identification at 01 12 31.5 -02 47 38 is probably incorrect and this number was deleted from DSFG.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 413 = LM 2-301 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His very rough position (to nearest
minute of RA and given as doubtful) is 2 tmin west of
******************************
NGC 414 = UGC 744 = CGCG 501-123 = IV Zw 39 = WBL 031-004 =
01 11 17.6 +33 06 48; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 23°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 21"x14" NW-SE with a very faint halo extending SW-NE. This is a merged double system with twin nuclei NW-SE, separated by only ~7". I suspected it to be double at 375x and it was definitely "resolved" at 500x. The brighter NW nucleus (higher surface brightness) was ~6" diameter and appeared more centered in the halo. The southeast nucleus (~5" diameter) was nearly attached as a round, tiny "bulge" or knot.
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, small, elongated NW-SE. Third of three with NGC 410 5' NW and NGC 407 8.4' W. NGC 414 consists of a merged pair of compacts, though they were not resolved.
13.1" (9/29/84): faint, thin streak NW-SE, weak concentration.
Herman Schultz discovered NGC 414 = Nova IV on 15 Oct 1866
with the 9.6-inch Steinheil & Söhne refractor at Uppsala Observatory. His micrometric position is
accurate. This appears to be the
only galaxy in the NGC that Schultz discovered first. He independently discovered NGC 20, but it was discovered
earlier at Birr Castle. He
discovered NGC 90 but it was found earlier at Birr Castle (GC 40). Another is
This is a double or merged system with two nuclei. The companion on the southeast side is
catalogued separately as
******************************
NGC 415 = ESO 352-014 = MCG -06-03-024 = PGC 4161
01 10 05.7 -35 29 27; Scl
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 55°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint, small, slightly elongated, 30" diameter (probably only viewed the core). Required averted vision at 280x and could not hold it steadily. NGC 409 is located 20' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 415 = h2383 on 1 Sep 1834 and
noted "vF, R, gbM, 20"." On a later he called it "vF, S, R,
glbM, 15"." Herschel's mean position matches
******************************
01 07 58.6 -72 21 19; Tuc
V = 11.8; Size 1.1'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, this SMC cluster appeared fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.2' diameter. A mag 13 star lies 1' N. Located in a rich faint star field 31' N of NGC 419 and 27' SE of the large, nebulous cluster NGC 371.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 416 = h2386 = D 42 or D 43? on 5 Sep 1826 with his 9" reflector. He described D 42 as a "round well-defined nebula, about 30" diameter." His position was 13.5' SE of the cluster. D 43, logged on a separate drift on the same date, was called "a small round nebula, 8" diameter, bright at the centre" and placed 12' ENE. Either or both entries might apply.
John Herschel made 4 certain observations at the Cape. His earliest was on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 441), with description "F; S; R; 30". On other sweeps he noted sizes up to 60" and his positions are accurate. Herschel didn't reference a Dunlop number, probably because of the poor positions.
******************************
01 11 05.5 -18 08 54; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 55°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Can almost hold continuously with averted vision after identified at 280x. Very weak if any concentration. No brighter stars in field.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 417 = LM 2-300 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His RA is 0.4 min west of
******************************
01 10 35.5 -30 13 17; Scl
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 19°
24" (11/7/18): at 200x; fairly faint, large, very
diffuse, 2' diameter, low surface brightness. Broad concentration with a slightly brighter core
region. The visual brightness
profile corresponded with a face-on spiral and this was verified afterwards on
the DSS.
17.5" (11/6/93): very faint, slightly elongated, fairly small, 1.2' diameter, low surface brightness though slight broad concentration, gradually fades into the background. A mag 14 star is 2' S. Located 7' S of a mag 10 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 418 = h2385 on 27 Sep 1834 and
logged "not vF, pL, R, gbM, 60"." On a later sweep he noted "F, R, vglbM, 40", the
preceding of two [with
******************************
NGC 419 = ESO 029-33 = Lindsay 85
01 08 17.3 -72 53 02; Tuc
V = 10.6; Size 2.6'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): this SMC cluster appeared extremely bright, large, round, 2' diameter, strong concentration with a relatively large bright core. The halo was mottled but no individual stars were resolved.
Lindsay 80, located 8' NNW, appeared fairly faint, slightly elongated and irregular, 30"-35" diameter. A mag 13.8 star is at the west edge. A mag 11 star is 1.6' SSE and a mag 11.3 star is 2.9' E.
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): very bright, large, impressive, large bright core, fainter halo, 2' diameter. Mottled and lively but not resolved. A mag 9 star lies 8' S and a mag 7 star lies 9' SE.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): quite
bright, fairly large, round, 1.8' diameter, moderately concentrated, granular
but no resolution. Appears like an
unresolved globular cluster with a very symmetrical appearance although
classified as a rich open cluster.
Located 9' NW of mag 7
James Dunlop discovered NGC 419 = D 38 = h2387 on 1 Aug 1826. He described D 38 as "a very small oval nebula about 10" diameter, a little brighter in the middle with a very small star south of it. A star 7 or 8th mag following [HD 7187]." His position was off by 7' to the SSE (similar offset as NGC 395) and the description matches. He made a second observation on 6 Sep 1826 and called it "a pretty bright round nebula preceding a star 6th or 7th magnitude, rather elliptical, gradually a little condensed to the center, well defined with two minute stars following but not involved." His position was off by 4' SE and the description is an exact match. D 39, recorded on 2 Sep and placed 4' NE, might be another observation although the description is a poor match: "a rather faint nebula, about 2' long, extended in the direction of the meridian, easily resovable."
D 39 as a "pretty bright round nebula preceding a star 6th or 7th magnitude [HD 7187]. Rather elliptical, gradually a little condensed to the center. Well defined with two minute stars [11th mag] following, but not involved." His position was 4.5' to the SE and the description is an excellent match. D 39 may another observation from 2 Sep 1826.
John Herschel reported 4 observations in his Cape catalogue, first on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 441) as "pB; pL; R; 2'. Has two stars near". His position and description are accurate. Herschel gave a possible equivalence with D 36, though that entry more likely applies to NGC 376.
******************************
01 12 09.6 +32 07 24; Psc
V = 12.1; Size 2.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, moderately large, round, bright core, large fainter halo. Located 10' W of ∑98 = 7.0/8.0 at 20".
William Herschel discovered NGC 420 = H. III-154 = h90,
along with
Harold Corwin mentions that despite Herschel's comment that the eastern galaxy [NGC 421] is the largest [and presumably more obvious], "all the observers have assigned the preceding number (H III-154 = NGC 420) to the [single] object."
******************************
01 12 12 +32 07; Psc
= Not found, Carlson.
William Herschel discovered NGC 421 = H. III-155, along with NGC 420 = III-154 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and logged both as "Two. Both eF, vS. The following [NGC 421] is the largest." Dreyer notes there was no mention in the sweep of the separation between the objects and that only a single galaxy was observed by John Heschel, Bigourdan, and at Birr Castle. Perhaps William Herschel thought that NGC 420 was double? In any case, although the original description seems to imply that NGC 421 should be the number of the single galaxy here, everyone has assigned NGC 420 to the galaxy. See Corwin's notes for further discussion.
******************************
NGC 422 = NGC 411 = ESO 051-019 = Kron 60 = Lindsay 82
01 07 55.9 -71 46 01; Tuc
V = 12.2; Size 1.9'
See observing notes for NGC 411. The cluster previously assumed to be NGC 422 is
18" (7/11/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very faint, small, 30" diameter, low surface brightness and no hint of resolution. Follows NGC 411 by 7' and forms the eastern vertex of an equilateral triangle with NGC 411 and a mag 8 star 6' SW. Observation made through thin haze.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this faint SMC cluster is located 7' following NGC 411. At 228x it appeared as just a very faint knot, less than 1' diameter with a low surface brightness and no resolution. Located 5.5' NE of mag 8.6 HD 7031.
John Herschel discovered NGC 422 in 1836 with his 20-foot
(18") reflector and it was included as #162 in his catalogue of
"Stars, Nebulae, and Clusters in the Nubecula Minor". His position was 30 seconds of RA west
(very small offset at this declination) of
But Harold Corwin found that the entry #162 in "Stars, Nebulae, and Clusters in the Nubecula Minor" actually derives from Herschel's second observation of NGC 411 = h2384 ("eF; pL; R; glbM 2'.") on sweep 745 (5 Nov 1836) though he accidentally increased the RA by 1.0 tmin. So, NGC 411 has two entries in this table (both indicated as deriving from a sweep with his 18") -- #162, which is 1.0 minute of RA too large, and #157, which was copied correctly. Entry #162 later acquired the numbers GC 231 and NGC 422. So, NGC 422 = NGC 411 with NGC 411 the primary designation.
The cluster previously assumed to be NGC 422 was later discovered by DeLisle Stewart on plates taken in 1900 at Harvard's station in Arequipa, Peru and received the designation IC 1641. Instead, IC 1641 has been misidentified as a very faint cluster (Hodge-Wright 62) just following the real IC 1641. See Corwin's notes for more.
******************************
NGC 423 = ESO 412-011 = MCG -05-04-004 = PGC 4266
01 11 22.2 -29 14 04; Scl
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 114°
17.5" (11/6/93): very faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 ~E-W, even surface brightness.
Located 7' S of mag 9.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 423 = h2388 on 14 Nov 1835 and recorded "vF, S, E, glbM." Two sweeps later he logged it as "eF, S, lE, 20", following of two [with NGC 418]." His position is accurate.
******************************
01 11 27.6 -38 05 01; Scl
V = 12.8; Size 1.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 60°
17.5" (10/4/97): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 SW-NE, 1.2'x0.6', brighter core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 424 = h2389 on 30 Nov 1837 and
logged "vF, S, R, glbM, 18 arcsec." His position matches
******************************
01 13 02.6 +38 46 06; And
V = 12.6; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (8/16/93): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 NW-SE, 0.8'x0.6', fairly even high surface brightness. A mag 11 star is just off NW edge [29" from center].
Truman Safford discovered NGC 425 = Sf. 62 = St. 10-4 on 29 Oct 1866 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory and recorded "pS, pB, gar[?] bM." Édouard Stephan (X-4) discovered the galaxy again on 5 Oct 1869 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. He published an accurate micrometric position made 12 years later on 24 Oct 1881 (discovery list 10, #4) with the description "faint, small, round, weak condensation, tangent on the NW with a mag 11 star." Dreyer credited Stephan with the discovery in the NGC as Safford's discovery list was published in 1887, too late for Dreyer to see.
******************************
01 12 48.6 -00 17 25; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 140°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated 4:3 NW-SE, prominent bright core. First of trio with
William Herschel discovered NGC 426 = H. III-592 = h91, along with NGC 429, on 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 655) and logged "Three, the place is that of the last [NGC 430], which is the largest and most north, F, S. The next in size is about 2 or 3' sp [NGC 426], vF, vS. The last [NGC 429] is about 5' south of the 1st; eF, eS, not verified." John Herschel called this object on 20 Dec 1827 (sweep 113), "vF; R; sbM."
******************************
01 12 19.2 -32 03 41; Scl
V = 14.1; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 0°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter (only core viewed?). Required averted vision and a finder chart to identify at 280x. Located in a sparse field. A couple of very faint nearby stars were not recorded.
John Herschel discovered NGC 427 = h2390 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "Rather doubtful, but I strongly incline to the suspicion of its
being a vF neb with 2 vS stars near it". On a second sweep (#635) he noted "I believe it only 3
vF st, but yet there remains a suspicion of nebulosity." His position is just 1.3' S of
******************************
01 12 55.6 +00 58 54; Cet
V = 11.5; Size 4.1'x3.1'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 120°
48" (11/4/21): at 488x; very large and unusual asymmetric knotty spiral. Contains a very patchy spiral arm and and an ill-defined irregular halo. The halo is elongated ~4:3 SW-NE and ~3' in diameter. The brighter central region has a very weak concentration with no core or nucleus. The halo is more extensive on the south side (so the central region is offset to the north), spreading within 0.8' of a 6" pair of mag 13/13.5 stars. A mag 12 star is 1.9' NW of center (outside the halo).
A faint, 10" HII knot ([HK83] #10/12 in the Hodge-Kennicutt Atlas of HII regions) is ~50" SE of center. A patchy, arcing train of knots (brightest part of the northern spiral arm), ~1' in length, is a similar distance on the NW side. The brightest individual knot ([HK83] #44) is ~8" diameter and situated at its south end [0.7' WNW of cneter]. A fainter patch is at the north end [0.7' N of center].
24" (12/22/14): bright, fairly large, elongated 4:3
~NW-SE, mottled irregular appearance, broad weak concentration. With averted vision the halo increased
in size to ~2.5'x2.0'. A
quasi-stellar HII region, catalogued [HK83] 44-46, occasionally popped as a
very small detached knot, ~6" diameter. This is the brightest in a series of blue HII knots on the
NW side of the outer core [45" WNW of center]. NGC 428 forms the southeast vertex of an isosceles triangle
with mag 8.7
13.1" (9/3/86): fairly bright, moderately large, oval
~N-S, weak concentration. A mag 13
star is at the NW edge 1.8' from center.
Forms the vertex of an isosceles triangle with two mag 8.5 stars SAO
109728 and
William Herschel discovered NGC 428 = H. II-622 on 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 655) and noted "F, R, bM, easily resolvable." Heinrich d'Arrest measured an accurate micrometric position on 30 and 31 Oct 1864.
******************************
NGC 429 = UGC 762 = MCG +00-04-037 = CGCG 385-027 = PGC 4368
01 12 57.4 -00 20 43; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 1.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 19°
17.5" (11/30/91): faint, very small, slightly elongated, bright core. A mag 14 star is 1' N. Faintest of three with NGC 430 6' N and NGC 426 4' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 429 = H. III-593 = h92, along with NGC 426, on 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 655) and recorded "The last [NGC 429] is about 5' south of the 1st [NGC 430]; eF, eS, not verified."
******************************
NGC 430 = UGC 765 = MCG +00-04-039 = CGCG 385-029 = PGC 4376
01 13 00.0 -00 15 09; Cet
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 155°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, small, round, prominent small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is 1' SSW. Brightest in a group with NGC 429 6' S and NGC 426 3.5' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 430 = H. II-447 = h93 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and noted "eF, vS, 240 confirmed it with difficulty but left no doubt." His position is accurate. The following year he found NGC 426 and 429, so his summary description reads "F, S. Two more near it. See III.592.593 [NGC 426 and 429]." John Herschel reported on 20 Dec 1827 (sweep 113), "F; R; vsbM to a star."
******************************
01 14 04.5 +33 42 15; And
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 20°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 2.5' SW of a mag 10.5 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 431 = h95 on 22 Nov 1827 and recorded "F; S; vsbM". His position is accurate.
******************************
01 11 46.3 -61 31 40; Tuc
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 126°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 397x; fairly faint, small, round, 25". Contains a small bright nucleus that gradually increases to a faint stellar peak. Located 35' NE of mag 5.35 Iota Tucanae. NGC 432 is the brightest member of the unstudied cluster ACO S137 (distance ~365 million l.y., richness class 0).
I didn't make a careful survey of possible cluster members
but picked up the following two galaxies:
John Herschel discovered NGC 432 = h2391 on 6 Oct 1834 and logged "F, S, R." No position was determined on that sweep. On a later sweep he noted "pF, S, R, gbM, 15 arcseconds, has a star 12th mag following" and commented the "place is liable to some error".
******************************
01 15 09 +60 07 36; Cas
Size 3'
24" (1/4/14): the most distinctive part of this cluster is a mag 9.3 star surrounded by a 2' cloud (mostly south) of ~15 mag 13-14 stars. A mag 11 star is at the NW corner, a 50" pair of mag 11 stars is at the SE end and a mag 11.5 star is at the SW corner. A small string of stars extends from the mag 9.3 star to the southwest.
17.5" (8/16/93): 30 stars mag 10-14 in a 6' triangular outline although very few stars are inside the triangle. The mag 10 star at the north vertex is surrounded (mostly on the south side) by a rich subgroup of faint stars, including at least three close multiple systems. Mag 8.7 SAO 22122 is just south of the triangle and 8' SSW of the mag 10 star in the cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 433 = h94 on 29 Sep 1829 and described a "star 8m the chief of a small loose cluster." The mag 9.3 star is on the north side of the cluster. Robert Ball observed the cluster using the 72" at Birr Castle and logged "Loose CL. consisting of 50 or 60 stars of various sizes from about 8 mag down."
******************************
01 12 14.2 -58 14 51; Tuc
V = 12.0; Size 2.1'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 6°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 397x; bright, moderately
large, oval 4:3 or 3:2 N-S, ~1.25'x0.9'.
Sharply concentrated with a bright, elongated core enclosing a round,
intensely bright nucleus. The halo
has a subtle but definite uneven surface brightness. NGC 434 is the brightest in a trio (
NGC 434A appeared extremely faint, very small, round, 12", very low surface brightness. This galaxy is a thin edge-on with very faint curving arms similar to the Integral Sign galaxy, but only the core was noticed. NGC 434A is the faintest in the trio.
John Herschel discovered NGC 434 = h2392 on 28 Oct 1834 and logged "B, R, psbM, 40" dia." His position is accurate (2 sweeps). Joseph Turner observed the pair of the NGCs on 14 Jan 1879 with the Great Melbourne Telescope and commented that NGC 434 was "considerably elongated" and not round as Herschel described.
******************************
01 13 59.9 +02 04 18; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 20°
24" (1/1/19): at 260x and 375x; faint to fairly faint,
elongated 5:3 SSW-NNE, ~30"x18", fairly low surface brightness,
weakly brighter core but no nucleus.
Situated midway between a mag 10.9 star 2.3' NNE and mag 8.8
17.5" (12/23/92): very faint, very small, round, low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is just off the WSW edge 20" from the center. Located midway between mag 8.5 SAO 109745 2.5' SSW and mag 10.5 2.5' N. NGC 445 lies 15' SE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 435 = m 36 on 23 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "eF, S, E". His position is 2' N of
******************************
01 15 58 +58 49 00; Cas
V = 8.8; Size 6'
24" (1/4/14): at 200x, ~50 stars are resolved in a rich, 4' group that is well-detached and distinctive. The main group is confined within a triangular outline with a mag 10.9 star at the S end, a mag 12 star at the W end and a mag 11.5 star at the N end. Contains a very rich central region ~1.5' diameter and includes STI 1550, a close triple with components 11.2/11.3/11.8 at 9" and 12". Another uncatalogued pair is just 0.6' S of STI 1550. Two mag 9.5/10 stars are collinear to the east of the mag 10.9 star at the south end.
17.5" (8/16/93): 40 stars mag 10-15 in 4' diameter. Includes a rich 1.5' region with 15 stars with a nice triple star in a tight equilateral triangle. Other brighter stars in this grouping form a pentagon outline. Three equally spaced mag 9-10 stars oriented E-W begin just off the south side. Several sprays of stars emanate out in various directions from the central region.
17.5" (11/2/91): fairly bright and compact, ~30 stars mag 9-14 at 220x in a 4' diameter, distinctive group. Just north of center is a tight triple star with 4th star to E, also second trio of stars is close south. A mag 9 star near the south edge is collinear with two mag 9 stars 2' SE and 4' SE all equally spaced.
William Herschel discovered NGC 436 = H. VII-45 on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774). His summary description is "a small pretty compressed cluster of stars, not rich, iF, like a forming one." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
01 14 22.3 +05 55 37; Psc
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 130°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is 1.1' NW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 437 = Sw. 5-11 on 22 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 8 seconds of time too far west but his description "F * nr np" applies to this galaxy. Hermann Kolbold measured an accurate positionin 1895 at the Strasbourg Observatory (not published until 1907).
******************************
NGC 438 = ESO 296-007 = MCG -06-03-029 = PGC 4406
01 13 34.2 -37 54 06; Scl
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 126°
17.5" (10/4/97): faint, fairly small, round, 40" diameter, weak even concentration. Situated just following the midpoint of two mag 13 stars 3.1' SSE and 2.8' NNE. NGC 424 lies 27' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 438 = h2393 on 1 Sep 1834. On one sweep he called this nebula "vF" and another time "pB". His mean position matches ESO 296-007 = PGC 4406.
******************************
01 13 47.2 -31 44 51; Scl
V = 11.5; Size 2.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 156°
24" (9/15/12): at 175x appeared fairly bright, moderately large, oval 4:3 NNW-SSE, 1.5'x1.2', increases to a bright core.
NGC 439 is the brightest in the cluster ACO S141 = Klemola 1
with
17.5" (11/6/93): fairly faint, moderately large,
elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, 1.5'x1.2', broad concentration. A mag 13.5 star is 2.3' SW and a mag 14
star is 2.2' SE of center.
Brighter of a pair with NGC 441 2.5' SSE. Located 11' NE of mag 8.2
8" (1/1/84): very faint, small, round. Can just hold steadily with averted vision. A mag 8 star is 10' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 439 = h2394 (along with NGC 441 = h2395) on 27 Sep 1834 and logged "pB, R, bM, 20 arcseconds." His mean position from 2 sweeps is accurate.
******************************
NGC 440 = ESO 113-025 = AM 0110-583 = KTS 8C = LGG 019-002 =
01 12 48.5 -58 16 56; Tuc
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 45°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 397x; moderately bright,
fairly small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 0.6'x0.3', well concentrated with a very
small bright core and much fainter extensions. Second brightest in a trio (
John Herschel discovered NGC 440 = h2396 on 27 Sep 1834 and
logged "F, S, R, 15" dia."
His position (typo corrected at the end of the Cape of Good Hope
catalog) matches
******************************
NGC 441 = ESO 412-019 = MCG -05-04-016 = PGC 4429
01 13 51.1 -31 47 19; Scl
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 135°
24" (9/15/12): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 4:2 WSW-ENE, bright core, increases to the center. A mag 14 star lies 1.2' NE. Second brightest member of ACO S141 with NGC 439 2,6' NNW.
17.5" (11/6/93): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, weak concentration. A mag 14 star is 1.3' NE. Forms a close pair with NGC 439 2.5' NNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 441 = h2395 (along with NGC 439 = h2394) on 27 Sep 1834 and recorded "vF; S; R; gbM." His position is accurate.
******************************
01 14 38.7 -01 01 14; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 157°
13.1" (9/3/86): Located 3.9' SW of 38 Ceti (V =
5.7). Fairly faint, small, bright
core. Forms a pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 442 = Sw. 5-12 on 21 Oct 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 11 seconds of RA west
and 15" south of
******************************
01 15 07.5 +33 22 38; Psc
V = 13.0; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.3
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright
core, stellar nucleus. Located 20'
NNW of
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 443 = Au 10 = Big. 114 on 8
Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. There is nothing at his single
position, but he stated a mag 15 star was 8.3 seconds of time directly
west.
Stephane Javelle independently discovered NGC 443 on 17 Oct
1903 with the 30-inch refractor at the Nice Observatory, placed it accurately,
and Dreyer recatalogued J. 3-849 as
******************************
01 15 49.6 +31 04 50; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 1.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 157°
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint, fairly small, very
elongated 4:1 NNW-SSE. A mag 11
star is 3' ESE. Forms a pair with
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 444 on 26 Oct 1854 with Lord Rosse's 72" at Birr Castle while observing NGC 452. The first description reads "vvF ray, elongated NW-SE, without nucleus." The NGC RA is 28 sec too small but Mitchell's description and sketch clearly identifies NGC 444 = UGC 810 = 4561. Javelle independently discovered the galaxy on 17 Oct 1903 with the 30" refractor at Nice, assumed it was new and placed it correctly in paper 3-851 (later 1658). So, NGC 444 = IC 1658 with discovery priority to Mitchell.
******************************
NGC 445 = CGCG 385-047 = WBL 034-002 = PGC 4493
01 14 52.6 +01 55 03; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 135°
24" (1/1/19): at 375x; better than fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, ~25"x20", strongly concentrated with a fairly high surface brightness core and much fainter outer halo. An extremely faint star is superimposed at the northeast edge. The galaxy is bracketed by a mag 11.9 star 2.0' ESE and a mag 12.7 star 0.9' WNW. Brightest in a group (WBL 34 = USGC U049)
NGC 445 forms the northern vertex of a triangle with with
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, very small, round, broad concentration. On a line between a mag 12 star 0.9' WNW and a mag 11 star 1.9' ESE. NGC 435 lies 15' NW. UGC 791 6.3' SW not seen.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 445 = m 37 on 23 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta. His
position matches
******************************
01 16 03.6 +04 17 38; Psc
V = 12.7; Size 2.0'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
4:3 NW-SE, prominent sharp bright core with a nearly stellar nucleus. This galaxy is identified as
Albert Marth discovered NGC 446 = m 38 on 23 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48-inch on Malta. There
is nothing at Marth's position but Corwin suggests NGC 446 is
******************************
NGC 447 = IC 1656 = UGC 804 = MCG +05-04-006 = CGCG 502-013 = PGC 4550
01 15 37.6 +33 04 04; Psc
V = 14.0; Size 2.2'x2.2'; Surf Br = 15.5
17.5" (9/19/87): at 222x; very faint, very small,
round. A mag 15 star is involved
at the southeast end. In a group
with
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 447 = Au 11 on 8 Oct 1861with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. His position (measured on 4 nights) is accurate. He noted the mag 11 star that follows by 9.2 seconds of RA and 110" north as well as an involved star about 18-19th magnitude (the star is closer to mag 15). Auwers included this discovery in his 1862 list of 50 new nebulae. Stephan observed it on 5 Oct 1869 at Marseilles. A week later on a second observation he apparently discovered NGC 449 and 451.
Barnard found this galaxy again, along with NGC 451, on 25
Oct 1888 using the 12-inch refractor at Lick Observatory. He noted (in his logbook) the
"nebula is s.p. comparison star [mag 6
Based on the NGC positions, the RNGC has reversed the identifications of NGC 447 and NGC 449 whose correct orientations should be SW-NE. UGC and CGCG misidentify NGC 447 = PGC 4550 as NGC 449 = IC 1656 and NGC 449 is misidentified as IC 1661 in CGCG. MCG identifies these galaxies correctly. These errors were noted in my RNGC Corrections #3 and Corwin's notes.
******************************
01 15 16.5 -01 37 35; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 1.6'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 116°
17.5" (10/5/91): fairly bright, fairly small, elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE, brighter along major axis, bright core, high surface brightness.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 448 = Sw. 4-5 on 2 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is just 5 tsec of RA east and 33" S of UGC 801 = PGC 4524.
******************************
NGC 449 = MCG +05-04-009 = CGCG 502-018 = Mrk 1 = PGC 4587
01 16 07.2 +33 05 22; Psc
V = 14.2; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (9/19/87): at 222x; very faint, very small,
round, bright core. Forms a close
pair with NGC 451 1.9' SE. Located
2.9' SW of mag 6.0
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 449 = St. 12-11, as well as NGC 451, on 12 Oct 1869 while observing NGC 443. His published micrometric position was made 12 years later on 11 Nov 1881 with description "vF, vS, R, vlbM, vF * involved".
The RNGC misidentifies NGC 447 as NGC 449 (reversing the identifications of NGC 447 and NGC 449). CGCG labels NGC 449 as IC 1661. Although it is possible that IC 1661 (discovered by Barnard) is a duplicate observation of NGC 449, Corwin feels it is more likely that IC 1661 applies to NGC 451. More in my RNGC Corrections #3 and Malcolm Thomson's "CGCG Corrections".
******************************
NGC 450 = UGC 806 = MCG +00-04-062 = CGCG 385-052 = PGC 4540
01 15 30.4 -00 51 40; Cet
V = 11.5; Size 3.1'x2.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 72°
48" (10/22/11): at 610x this double system is dominated by NGC 450, which appeared bright, large, 2.3' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a relatively large 30" bright core, surrounded by a very large, low surface brightness halo. The halo is slightly asymmetric and more extensive on the west side.
Three faint "stars" are superimposed on the east side of the galaxy; two appeared stellar, but the faintest and most westerly object was clearly "soft" at 610x. These are apparently HII knots in the galaxy and the southeast object is listed in NED as UM 311 from the University of Michigan Emission Line Survey.
NGC 450 has a very close companion,
13.1" (9/3/86): very large, diffuse, broad concentration, slightly elongated. Located 12.5' NE of 38 Ceti.
William Herschel discovered NGC 450 = H. III-440 on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and logged as "vF, vL, requires great attention." His RA was 25 seconds too large, but Heinrich d'Arrest measured an accurate position used in the NGC. This system is a noninteracting spiral pair with the companion (UGC 807) over 6 times as distant.
******************************
NGC 451 = IC 1661 = MCG +05-04-011 = CGCG 502-019 = Mrk 976 = PGC 4594
01 16 12.4 +33 03 51; Psc
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (9/19/87): at 222x; very faint, very small, oval. Located 3.3' SSW of mag 6.0 SAO 54567! Forms a close pair with NGC 449 1.9' NW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 451 = St. 12-12, as well as NGC 449, on 12 Oct 1869 while observing NGC 443. His published micrometric position was made 12 years later on 10 Nov 1881 with description "vF, vS, R, vlbM".
E.E. Barnard independently found this galaxy visually, along with NGC 447, on 25 Oct 1888 observing with the 12-inch refractor at Lick Observatory. He noted it was 6 seconds of time preceding his comparison star (mag 6 HD 7578) and called it "vvF, S, R." The rediscovery was sent directly to Dreyer who cataloged it again as IC 1661, though his declination was 1.2' too far north (similar error with IC 1656 = NGC 447). Barnard later wrote in pen in his notebook that "This is NGC 451". CGCG labels this galaxy IC 1661, though NGC 451 should be the primary designation.
******************************
NGC 452 = VV 430 = UGC 820 = MCG +05-04-010 = CGCG 502-020 =
01 16 14.8 +31 02 02; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 2.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 43°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated SW-NE, bright core. Located 3.2' SE of a mag 10.5 star. Forms a pair with NGC 444 6' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 452 = h96 on 22 Nov 1827 and reported "vF; E; a * 9m np and a small * nf at the extremity of the nebula." His position is accurate and a star is superimposed at the NE end. The field was observed 7 times using Lord Rosse's 72". R.J. Mitchell's observation on 3 Nov 1855 reads "mE, pB nucleus and a star in north end; np. this neb. is a star of the 9th mag, and about the same distance preceding this star is another neb., vF, mE [NGC 444].
******************************
01 16 17.4 +33 00 51; Psc
= ***, Corwin.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 453 = St. 12-13, along with NGC 449 and 451, on 12 Oct 1869. At his position (reduced on 10 Nov 1881) is a collinear triple star 2.2' SSE of NGC 451. The triple is cleanly resolved on the DSS. It is very possible the two brighter (northern) stars were unresolved (nebulous) to Stephan.
******************************
01 14 23.0 -55 23 54; Phe
V = 12.3; Size 1.8'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.5
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): NGC 454 was resolved into a
neat contact double system at 244x [28" separation between centers],
though better viewed at 397x. The
main component is on the east side and appeared moderately bright, fairly
small, elongated ~2:1 E-W, ~50"x25". At 397x it was sharply concentrated with an extremely high
surface brightness elongated core and stellar nucleus. The interacting
companion,
John Herschel discovered NGC 454 = h2397 on 5 Oct 1834 and logged "vF, S, R, bM, 15 arcsec." His position is accurate.
******************************
01 15 57.6 +05 10 43; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 165°
17.5" (10/5/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, bright core. Located 2.5' NW of a mag 10.5 star.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 455 = m 39 on 27 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "F, vS, alm stell". His position is 1' N of
******************************
01 13 44.4 -73 17 26; Tuc
Size 5'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the first of an unusual chain of three nebulous clusters with
James Dunlop discovered NGC 456 = D 7 = D 10 = h2399 on 1
Aug 1826, along with NGC 460 and
John Herschel observed this object on at least 3 sweeps from the Cape. He noted it was the first of 3 nebulous clusters with NGC 460 (observed 4 times) and NGC 465 (recorded once). In addition, it appears that h2398, which did not enter the GC or NGC, is a 4th observation of NGC 456 but with a poor RA. Herschel equated D 7 with h2399.
NGC 456 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "several cB stars, involved in nebulosity."
******************************
01 19 35 +58 17 15; Cas
V = 6.4; Size 13'
17.5" (9/19/87): ~150 stars in a beautiful cluster including mag 5 Phi 1 (yellow supergiant possibly in the foreground) and mag 7 Phi 2 Cassiopeiae. Includes many mag 14-15 stars.
8" (1/1/84): ~75 stars in cluster at 100x.
6: striking bird-shape with two prominent "arms". One of my favorite objects in this scope at 36x.
15x50mm (7/26/06): the cluster was slightly resolved in IS binoculars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 457 = H. VII-42 = h97 on 18 Oct 1787 (sweep 769) and described "A star [Phi Cass]. About 50 seconds preceding is a cluster of small scattered stars, not very rich." John Herschel recorded "a double star 10m, pos 324.5°, dist 12", in the midst of a p rich L cl which fills the field. The stars are 10m; one of 7 and 1 of 8m in the sf part."
By analyzing William Herschel's early "reviews" of bright stars (before his systematic sweeps), Wolfgang Steinicke recently found (email Oct '16) that Herschel first discovered the cluster on 12 Oct 1782 using his 6.2" reflector.
******************************
NGC 458 = ESO 051-026 = Lindsay 96
01 14 54 -71 32 54; Tuc
V = 11.7
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this cluster is an outlying member of the SMC to the NE of the main body and 70' SE of NGC 362. At 228x, it appeared fairly bright, small, 1.5'-2' diameter, brighter core, slightly elongated. The surface brightness was irregular with some mottling but there was no apparent resolution. Three mag 10 stars are on the SW edge of the field, 10' from the cluster.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 458 = D 60 = h2401 on 6 Sep 1826. He described "a round well-defined nebula, gradually brighter to the centre, about 25" diameter." His position is 12' too far E, but correctly matching in declination with HD 6222 (close to NGC 361), the first object recorded in the drift.
John Herschel made 2 observations, recording on 12 Aug 1834 (sweep 482) "F, L, R, vgbM, 4' dia." Herschel noted the equivalence with D 60.
NGC 458 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "probably a cluster, extremely small, close, no neb. seen." NGC 458 was described as "probably globular" in the 1935 Harvard Observatory Bulletin 899 based on Bruce plates at Arequipa.
******************************
01 18 08.1 +17 33 44; Psc
V = 14.6; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (8/16/93): extremely faint, very small, round, very low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is 1' SE. Located 5' WSW of two mag 10/11.5 stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 459 = H. III-205 on 15 Oct
1784 (sweep 291) and described as "eF, 240 left a doubt, though it rather
confirmed it. I perceived it in counting a field, otherwise I should never have
suspected it." WH's position
for III-205 is 01 18.2 +17 39 which is 7' north of
******************************
NGC 460 = SMC-N84A = ESO 029-39 = Kron 66 = Lindsay 97
01 14 41 -73 17 50; Tuc
V = 12.5; Size 1.8'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the second of three SMC clusters with NGC 456 and NGC 465 in a chain. At 128x and UHC filter, two close nebulous patches roughly oriented NW-SE were visible, separated by a dusky lane oriented SW-NE. The total diameter is ~2.5'. The northwest component, which corresponds with John Herschel's position, has a very small knot or star (SMC-N84A) at the south end.
The fainter southeast section has some stars involved (Lindsay 97), including mag 12.5 Sk 155, a massive O9-type star and mag 14.2 SMC-N84B, an emission-line "star" [resolved by HST as a compact HII knot]. Located 4' ESE of NGC 456 with NGC 465 a similar distance southeast. A mag 10 star is close north.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 460 = D 8 = D 12? = h2402, along with nearby NGC 456 and NGC 465, on 1 Aug 1826. He described a "a small oval nebula, about 10" diameter" and his single position is just 2' NE. He apparently viewed in again during a short drift on 6 Sep 1826 that included NGC 456 and NGC 465, but his reduced positions were 20'-25' too far ENE.
John Herschel discovered this SMC cluster/nebula on 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 441) and recorded it 4 times. He noted it was the second of three nebulous clusters with NGC 456 (observed 3 times) and NGC 465 (observed once). Herschel placed h2402 at a mean position of 01 14 40 -73 18.2 (2000), which was used in the GC and NGC. Nevertheless, the declination given in RNGC, Deep Sky Field Guide (first edition only), NGC 2000.0 and Uranometria 2000 Atlas (first edition only) is one degree too far north. The declination given in ESO is correct.
NGC 460 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "Several stars involved in nebulosity."
******************************
01 17 20.4 -33 50 28; Scl
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 23°
17.5" (10/4/97): very faint, small, round, 30" diameter, low surface brightness, no concentration. Lies in a barren field with a mag 13 star 3.3' SW. Incorrect position in RNGC and on U2000 atlas.
John Herschel discovered NGC 461 = h2400 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "pB, R, glbM, 20 arcseconds". There is nothing at his position but 30' S is
******************************
01 18 10.9 +04 13 34; Psc
V = 14.8; Size 0.4'x0.4'
17.5" (12/23/92): extremely faint and small, round,
visible continuously with averted vision.
A mag 13.5 star is 2.5' S.
The galaxy is almost collinear with mag 9.2
Albert Marth discovered NGC 462 = m 40 on 23 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "eF, vS, stellar". His position is accurate. This galaxy is not included in the CGCG, MCG, RC3 and UGC.
******************************
01 18 58.2 +16 19 33; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 4°
17.5" (12/23/92): very faint, fairly small, elongated
5:2 SSW-NNE, very small brighter core, extremely faint extensions.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 463 = St. 3-1 on 13 Oct 1869. His published accurate position was made on 16 Dec 1871 with the description "eF, vS, R, little brighter middle."
******************************
01 19 26.7 +34 57 20; And
= ** or asterism of 4*, Gottlieb. Unlikely identification in the RNGC.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 464 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory, Italy, and recorded it in list V at 01 19 33 +34 57.7 (2000). According to Bigourdan who searched for NGC 464, Tempel's entry may refer to a small asterism of four stars close northeast. But just 1' W of his position is a 9" pair of mag 14 stars with a mean position of 01 19 26.7 +34 57 20 (2000). Interestingly, my observing notes with the 17.5" indicate that I thought the close faint double could possibly be a non-stellar object!
RNGC and PGC misidentify
******************************
NGC 465 = ESO 029-040 = Kron 67 = Lindsay 99
01 15 42.7 -73 19 27; Tuc
V = 11.5; Size 4'
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the last in a chain of interesting knots and clusters including NGC 456, NGC 460nw and 460se. At 171x it appears as a 4' curving chain of stars (Hodge Association 63) with no central concentration situated 4' following NGC 460. There is possibly some faint haze involved or this is just dim stars (no significant nebulosity shows on the Red DSS 2 image). The entire complex of stars and nebulosity is ~10' in length and fascinating in a 171x field (29').
James Dunlop discovered NGC 465 = D 9 = D 13? = h2404, along with NGC 456 and NGC 460, on 1 Aug 1826. He described "a faint nebula, about 1 1/2' diameter, of an irregular round figure. His position was 6' too far E, but the description fits. He apparently viewed in again during a short drift on 6 Sep 1826 that included NGC 456 and NGC 460, but his reduced positions were 20'-25' too far ENE.
John Herschel observed the cluster on 4 Oct 1836 (sweep 738) and described it as the third of three "in an irregular line of loose stars and nebula." This object was only recorded on this one sweep, while NGC 456 and 460 were recorded 3 or 4 times.
NGC 465 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "many stars, but no nebula, perhaps open cluster."
******************************
01 17 13.4 -58 54 36; Tuc
V = 12.6; Size 1.8'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 103°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; moderately bright, fairly small, round, 0.6' diameter. Gradually increases to a small brighter nucleus and a stellar peak. An extremely low surface brightness outer halo was not seen at higher power. Collinear with a mag 11.7 star 3.5' N and a mag 12.2 star 9' N.
John Herschel discovered NGC 466 = h2403 on 3 Oct 1836 and
logged "vF, R, gbM, 30" dia." His position matches
******************************
01 19 10.1 +03 18 02; Psc
V = 11.9; Size 1.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 12.9
24" (1/12/13): bright, moderately large, round, 1.2'
diameter, sharply concentrated with a relatively large high surface brightness
core that increases to a very small, very bright nucleus. Located 3.5' WNW of mag 7.5 HD
7991. First in a trio with
13.1" (8/25/84): moderately bright, slightly brighter core.
13.1" (11/13/82): fairly faint, small, round, weak
concentration. Collinear with mag
8.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 467 = H. I-108 = h99 on 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) and logged "cB, vL, iR, preceding a very bright star." Heinrich d'Arrest measured an accurate micrometric position.
******************************
01 20 28.7 +32 42 32; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6
See observing notes for
Modern sources associate NGC 468 = IC 92 (below).
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint, small. A mag 15 star is 1' NW. Located 10' WNW of NGC 472 = NGC 468.
John Herschel discovered NGC 468 = h98 on 22 Nov 1827 and
recorded "vF; eS; stellar."
His position was 3.6' south of
In March 2015, Harold Corwin checked Herschel's observing
logs (in response to an inquiry from Courtney Seligman about the identity), and
found he made an error in reducing the position of NGC 468 by 37 seconds in RA
(recording the wrong wire). Once corrected
for an additional 37 seconds, the position of h98 = NGC 468 is a close match
with
******************************
01 19 32.9 +14 52 19; Psc
V = 14.7; Size 0.7'x0.5'
17.5" (11/30/91): faint, small, round, weak
concentration. Located 5.1' NNE of
mag 8.6
Albert Marth discovered NGC 469 = m 41 (along with NGC 471
and
******************************
NGC 470 = Arp 227 NED1 = UGC 858 = MCG +00-04-084 = CGCG 385-070 = KTG 5B = PGC 4777
01 19 44.8 +03 24 36; Psc
V = 11.8; Size 2.8'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 155°
48" (10/25/14): very bright, large, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, ~1.8'x1.2'. The bright core contains an intense circular nucleus. Two spiral arms are visible with the brighter and better defined arm on the southwest side of the core. It extends ~40" SW-NE and is fairly narrow and straight. A second matching arm to the northeast of the core also stretches SW-NE, but has a lower contrast. Neither arm clearly connects to the nucleus, so they appear more as bright arcs.
24" (1/12/13): very bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.8'x0.9', high surface brightness. The halo gradually and weakly increases towards the center and then a sharp increase to a bright, quasi-stellar nucleus. Forms a 5.5' pair with NGC 474 to the east. NGC 467 lies 11' SW.
13.1" (8/25/84): fairly faint, moderately large, diffuse, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, weak concentration at center. Largest of three with NGC 467 11' SW and NGC 474 6' E.
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, round.
William Herschel discovered NGC 470 = H. III-250, along with NGC 474, on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338). He described both as "Two. vF, vS, R, almost stellar 4' or 5' from each other, nearly in a parallel." On 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) he noted "pB, L, R, mbM." and on 3 Dec 1787 (sweep 788) he noted "pB, cL, R, gbM, the preceding of two."
******************************
NGC 471 = UGC 861 = MCG +02-04-024 = CGCG 436-029 = PGC 4793
01 19 59.6 +14 47 10; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 85°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, very small, round, very
small very bright core, sharp stellar nucleus. NGC 469 is 10' NW.
Superimposed on the distant cluster
Albert Marth discovered NGC 471 = m 42 (along with NGC 469
and NGC 475) on 3 Nov 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted as
"neb *12m". His dec is
1' N of
******************************
NGC 472 = NGC 468 = UGC 870 = MCG +05-04-022 = CGCG 502-034 = PGC 4833
01 20 28.7 +32 42 32; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, small, round, small bright core. Located 3.5' SE of a mag 10 star. IC 92 (generally misidentified as NGC 468) lies 10' WNW.
Heinrich d'Arrest found NGC 472 on 29 Aug 1862 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His position (measured on 3 nights) and description (he measured the nearby mag 9.7 star as preceding by 14 seconds) corresponds with UGC 870 = PGC 4833. d'Arrest is credited with the discovery in the GC and NGC, but in Mar 2015 Harold Corwin found that h98 = NGC 468, which had previously been equated with IC 92, actually refers to this galaxy. So, NGC 472 = NGC 468, with discovery priority to John Herschel. See NGC 468.
******************************
NGC 473 = UGC 859 = MCG +03-04-022 = CGCG 459-030 = PGC 4785
01 19 55.1 +16 32 41; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 153°
17.5" (12/23/92): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.4'x0.7', broad concentration, bright core, stellar nucleus. Several bright stars are in the field including three mag 9 stars 5' SE, 10' SSW and 11' NW. NGC 463 lies 20' SW.
13.1" (10/20/84): moderately large, very diffuse, slightly elongated. Two very faint stars are off the east edge and a mag 9 star follows.
William Herschel discovered NGC 473 = H. III-206 on 15 Oct
1784 (sweep 291) and noted "eF, S." His position is 5' southeast of
******************************
NGC 474 = Arp 227 NED2 = UGC 864 = MCG +00-04-085 = CGCG 385-071 = KTG 5C = PGC 4801
01 20 06.7 +03 24 56; Psc
V = 11.9; Size 7.1'x6.3'; Surf Br = 15.7; PA = 75°
48" (10/25/14): the outer halo of NGC 474 was examined closely at 375x for evidence of the outer, concentric shells and circular streams that are visible on deep images. Immediately there was a strong sense of arcs from two or more different shells. The easiest arc to confirm was the outermost on the eastern side, which curves south from a mag 13.3 star situated 3.3' NE of center. The arc passes through a mag 16.3 star and extends 30°-40°. A second outer arc on the northeast side is half the distance (~1.6') to the center. This arc has a stronger curvature and measures roughly 60°. Only a single outer arc (slightly more difficult to confirm) was noted on the southwest side, 2'-2.5' from center. My rough sketch shows it also curving ~60°. Additional inner arcs or ripples were strongly sensed in the main halo of the galaxy, but were too subtle and fleeting to pinpoint locations. The center was sharply concentrated with a very prominent 1' core. The core itself was sharply concentrated to a small, blazing nucleus.
24" (1/12/13): bright, very large with a huge very low surface brightness halo, extending roughly 4'x3.5' NW-SE. Very sharply concentrated with a very bright, slightly oval core, ~1.0'x0.8', which increases to a small intense nucleus. Largest in a trio with NGC 470 5.5' W and NGC 467 16' SW.
13.1" (8/25/84): fairly bright, small, round, small
bright core. Forms a pair with NGC
470 6' W. NGC 467 lies 15' SW and
8" (10/31/81): faint, very small, round, bright core. Located 30' ESE of mag 5.2 89 Piscium.
William Herschel discovered NGC 474 = H. III-251, along with NGC 470, on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338) and logged both as "Two. vF, vS, R, almost stellar 4' or 5' from each other, nearly in a parallel." On 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) he noted "pB, pL, mbM." Again on 3 Dec 1787 (sweep 788), he reported "pB, S, R, smbM, the following of 2."
******************************
01 20 02.0 +14 51 40; Psc
V = 15.0; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (10/4/97): threshold object that was barely glimpsed on a couple of occasions at 280x with averted vision using a GSC finder chart to pinpoint the location. Visible less than 10% of time and would not have detected at all without first knowing precise position. Appeared ~10" diameter but much too faint for any details. Located 4.5' N of NGC 471 and 7' E of NGC 469.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 475 = m 43 on 3 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "eF, S". His original position matches
******************************
01 20 19.9 +16 01 13; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (12/4/93): very faint, very small, 20" diameter, weakly concentrated core. Located just east of distinctive 13' string of six mag 12-13 stars oriented NW-SE including a mag 13 star 3' NW and a mag 11.5 star 3.5' SW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 476 = m 44 on 3 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta. He
logged it as "eF, vS, stellar" and his position is a close match with
******************************
01 21 20.3 +40 29 17; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 135°
18" (7/11/10): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
NW-SE, 0.6'x0.4', weak concentration with just a slightly brighter center but
no core or zones. A mag 13.5 star
lies 0.8' SE. Brightest of three
with
17.5" (8/16/93): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.5', weakly concentrated but no core, larger halo with averted. A mag 13.5 star is at the SE edge. Forms a very close pair with MCG +07-03-031 2.3' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 477 = H. III-577 = h100 on 18 Oct 1786 (sweep 618) and noted "vF, pL, lE, lbM." John Herschel reported on 1 Oct 1828 (sweep 183), "eF; S; R vglbM; 15" [diameter]; moonlight."
******************************
01 20 08.9 -22 22 40; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 128°
17.5" (12/20/95): very faint, very small, round,
30" diameter, low even surface brightness. Situated between two mag 13.5-14 stars ~1.5' S and a similar
star 1.2' NNW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 478 = LM 2-302 in 1886
with the 26" refractor of the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is just 14 sec of RA east
of
******************************
NGC 479 = UGC 893 = MCG +01-04-031 = CGCG 411-031 = PGC 4905
01 21 15.7 +03 51 44; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (12/23/92): very faint, small, round, broad mild concentration. Forms the east vertex of a near equilateral triangle with a mag 11 star 6.6' WSW and a mag 12 star 7' NW. NGC 474 lies 30' SW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 479 = m 45 on 27 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "eF, S, R". His position is accurate.
******************************
01 20 34.3 -09 52 50; Cet
V = 15.2; Size 0.5'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 65°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint and small, round, ~10" diameter. This marginal object required averted vision and the GSC finder chart to glimpse at 280x. Located 8' E of mag 7 SAO 147742 and nearly at the midpoint of two mag 12 stars 3.7' SW and 3.3' NE. Listed as nonexistent in RNGC and this identification of a Leavenworth discovery is uncertain (see notes).
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 480 = LM 2-304 in 1886
with the 26" Clark refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 25 sec of RA following
******************************
NGC 481 = MCG -02-04-030 = PGC 4899
01 21 12.4 -09 12 40; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 85°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, small bright core, fairly bright stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 1' NW.
Lewis Swift independently discovered NGC 481 = Sw. 6-7 = LM
2-303 on 20 Nov 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory,
along with Francis Leavenworth sometime in 1886 or early 1887 with the 26"
refractor at Leander McCormick.
The discovery priority is unknown.
Swift's comment "F * nr np" applies to
******************************
01 20 20.5 -40 57 59; Phe
V = 13.7; Size 2.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 84°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; very nice thin
edge-on, elongated at least 6:1 E-W, ~1.5'x0.25'. Contains a slightly bulging core and very narrow tips. Slightly brighter along a thin strip of
the major axis. Located 13' W of mag 8.6
The interacting pair
John Herschel discovered NGC 482 = h2405 on 23 Oct 1835 and
logged "eF, lE, 20". A difficult object but certain after long
attention with the left eye."
His position is 1' S of
******************************
01 21 56.3 +33 31 17; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.4
24" (10/4/13): fairly bright, fairly small, round,
30" diameter, high surface brightness, increases gradually to a small
bright nucleus. The halo is
slightly elongated with averted vision.
Two mag 10.2/11 stars lie ~3' E.
13.1" (8/8/86): faint, small, round, weak
concentration. There is a string
of three stars oriented SSW-NNE following including two mag 10 stars 2.6' ESE
and 3' ENE and a mag 13 star 3.8' NE.
Member of the
John Herschel discovered NGC 483 = h102 on 11 Nov 1827 and
reported "vF, so that had difficulty in finding it again when it had
quitted the field". His
declination is 5' S of
******************************
01 19 34.7 -58 31 28; Tuc
V = 12.1; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 94°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 397x; bright, fairly small, oval 4:3 E-W, ~1.0'x0.7'. Sharply concentrated with a very bright nucleus that increases to a nearly stellar peak and a much fainter halo. A mag 15.1 star is barely off the southeast side and a mag 14.7 star is 1.7' WSW. Brightest in a group (LGG 019) with ESO 113-035 14' SW and NGC 466 30' SW (on a line).
John Herschel discovered NGC 484 = h2406 on 28 Oct 1834 and logged "vB, S, lE, psmbM." His mean position from 2 observations is accurate.
******************************
01 21 27.6 +07 01 07; Psc
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 3°
17.5" (11/30/91): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1
N-S, weak concentration. Located
3.7' NE of mag 8.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 485 = h101 on 8 Jan 1828 and
recorded "eF; pL; R; has a red * 7.8m 45 degrees south
preceding." Herschel's
description and the NGC position (from Heinrich d'Arrest and Herman Schultz)
matches
******************************
01 21 43.1 +05 20 47; Psc
V = 16.5; Size 0.3'x0.25'
17.5" (10/4/97): A stellar object was glimpsed a few
times at the plotted position 5.5' NNW of
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 486, along with
******************************
01 21 55.1 -16 22 14; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 112°
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, small, slightly elongated, 30" diameter, weak concentration.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 487 = LM 1-27 on 28 Nov
1885. His rough position (nearest
min of RA) is 0.6 tmin west of
******************************
NGC 488 = UGC 907 = MCG +01-04-033 = CGCG 411-033 = PGC 4946
01 21 46.8 +05 15 25; Psc
V = 10.3; Size 5.2'x3.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 15°
17.5" (11/1/86): bright, large, very bright core, oval
4:3 ~N-S. A mag 11 star is at the
south edge just 1.6' SSE of center and a mag 10 star lies 3' SW. Located 9' W of mag 8.3 SAO
109832. In a group with NGC 490 8'
NE (similar redshift), NGC 486 5.5' NNW and
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; bright, large, oval 4:3 N-S, 3.2' major axis. Contains a large prominent core that increases to a very small, very bright nucleus. Hint of mottling in uneven halo. A mag 11.6 star is at the SSE edge of the halo [1.6' from center].
William Herschel discovered NGC 488 = H. III-252 = h103 on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338) and recorded "vF, pL, iR, lbM." John Herschel gave a more detailed description on 24 Sep 1830 (sweep 300): "B; L; svmbM, and losing itself imperceptibly; resolvable in centre with 320x; *7m in parallel 1 min following." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
01 21 53.9 +09 12 24; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 1.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.9; PA = 120°
18" (12/3/05): moderately bright, fairly small, edge-on
streak NW-SE, 0.9'x0.2', well concentrated with a very small bright core. Contains a faint quasi-stellar nucleus
with direct vision. Furthest west
of a large group of galaxies in the
17.5" (10/17/87): moderately bright, fairly small,
edge-on WNW-ESE, bright core.
Member of the NGC 524 group with
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 489 on 22 Dec 1862 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen.
His position (measured on 3 nights) and description (he also noted the
double star that precedes by 22 seconds) matches
******************************
NGC 490 = MCG +01-04-035 = CGCG 411-035 = PGC 4973
01 22 02.9 +05 22 02; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (11/1/86): very faint, small, round, bright
core. Located 8' NE of NGC
488. Forms the northern vertex of
an equilateral triangle with NGC 488 and mag 8.3
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 490, along with NGC 486, 492 and 500, on 6 Dec 1850. Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. It was labeled Beta in the sketch and described as "vvF". The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
01 21 20.2 -34 03 49; Scl
V = 12.5; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 93°
24" (11/21/19): at 322x; fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 4:3 E-W, 48"x35", strong concentration with a small very bright core. The surface brightness is irregular, suggesting a face-on spiral. A mag 13.5 star is less than 1' SW of center.
17.5" (11/6/93): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 E-W, slightly brighter along major axis. A mag 13.5 star is off the west edge 50" WSW of core.
8" (1/1/84): extremely faint, round, very small, threshold object. A mag 13.5 star is off the west edge.
John Herschel discovered NGC 491 = h2407 on 25 Sep 1834 and
reported "B, vlE, pgmbM, near a vS star." His mean position (2 observations) and description matches
******************************
NGC 492 = MCG +01-04-038 = CGCG 411-036 = PGC 4976
01 22 13.6 +05 25 01; Psc
V = 14.7; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint, small, round, 25" diameter, low surface brightness, no concentration. On line with a mag 12 star 3.7' NW and a faint pair of mag 14-14.5 stars [at 22" separation] 2' NW. Forms a close pair with MCG +01-04-037 1' SW (not seen). NGC 492 is located 12' NE of NGC 488 member with several other faint galaxies (NGC 486 8.5' SW, NGC 490 4' SW, NGC 500 7' ESE) in the field.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 492 on 6 Dec 1850 during an observation of the NGC 488 field. Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. It was labeled "Delta" in the diagram and called "vvF". The sketch and position clearly identifies NGC 492 = PGC 4976. The sketch appears to show a faint double star mentioned in my notes close NW but not the close companion to the SW, which was first mentioned in Heber Curtis' published descriptions of nebulae photographed with the Crossley reflector (1918) at Lick.
******************************
01 22 09.1 +00 56 47; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 3.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 58°
17.5" (11/2/91): fairly faint, fairly large, very elongated 7:2 SW-NE, 3.5'x1.0', weakly concentrated.
William Herschel discovered NGC 493 = H. III-594 = h105 on 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 655) and logged "vF, mE, bM, 3.5' long, 1.5' broad." John Herschel reported on 20 Dec 1827 (sweep 113), "vF; L; E pos by diag 60°±; lbM; 90" length."
******************************
01 22 55.4 +33 10 26; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 2.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 100°
24" (10/4/13): moderately bright, moderately large,
elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, 50"x20", large bright elongated core. A mag 15.5 star is at the south edge
[16" from center]. A wide
pair of mag 13.5 stars lie 1.4' SW and a similar star is 1.4' SE. Located near the center of the
13.1" (8/8/86): fairly faint, very elongated 3:1 ~E-W,
bright core. A wide mag 13 double star at 30" separation is just 1'
SW. Forms the vertex of a right
triangle with mag 7.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 494 = h104 on 22 Nov 1827 and logged "vF; E; has a D* to south". His position and description is accurate.
******************************
01 22 55.9 +33 28 18; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 170°
24" (10/4/13): fairly faint to moderately bright,
fairly small, elongated 3:2 N-S, 30"x20", contains a small bright
core. Bracketed by two 14th
magnitude stars 1' SSW and 1' NNE.
Located in the core of the NGC 507 group (actually the NGC 499
subgroup), with NGC 499 3.3' ESE,
13.1" (8/8/86): faint, small, slightly elongated, small bright core. Located midway two mag 14 stars 1.1' SSW and 1.1' NNE. First of three with NGC 496 4.8' NE and NGC 499 3.3' ESE. Located in a rich galaxy group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 495 = H. III-156, along with NGC 496 and NGC 499, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and logged "Three [along with NGC 496 and 499], eS and F, forming a triangle." He observed this trio again the next night (sweep 271) in more detail: "Three, forming a [right triangle]; the [right angle] to the south [NGC 499], the short leg preceding [NGC 495], the long towards the north [NGC 496]. Those in the legs [NGC 495 and 496] the faintest imaginable; that at the rectangle [NGC 499] a deal larger and brighter, but still vF." The NGC position (from Heinrich d'Arrest and Herman Schultz) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 496 = UGC 927 = MCG +05-04-036 = CGCG 502-060 = WBL 038-010 = PGC 5061
01 23 11.6 +33 31 48; Psc
V = 13.3; Size 1.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 28°
24" (10/4/13): fairly faint to moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, 0.9'x0.45', low fairly even surface brightness with a weak concentration. but no distinct core. Located in the NGC 499 subgroup of the NGC 507 Group with NGC 498 2.4' S, NGC 499 4.2' S, NGC 495 4.8' SW and NGC 501 6.3' SSE.
13.1" (8/8/86): faint, low even surface brightness. Second and largest of three with NGC 495 4.8' SW and NGC 499 4.2' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 496 = H. III-157, along with
NGC 495 and NGC 499, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and observed again the next
night (sweep 271). See description
under NGC 495. The NGC position is 0.1 tmin west and 1' south of
******************************
01 22 23.8 -00 52 30; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 2.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 132°
17.5" (11/27/92): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
NW-SE, weak concentration. A mag
13 star is 2.2' SE of center.
Located northwest of the core of
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 497 = St. 12-14 = Sw. 5-13 on 6 Nov 1882 (or earlier) with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. Lewis Swift found the galaxy again on 31 Oct 1886 and reported it in his 5th discovery list. Frank Muller equated the two discoveries in an Sidereal Messenger article (Feb 1887) listing nebulae from Swift's 5th catalogue that had been discovered previously.
******************************
NGC 498 = MCG +05-04-037 = PGC 5059
01 23 11.3 +33 29 22; Psc
V = 15.0; Size 0.5'x0.5'
24" (10/4/13): very faint, very small, slightly elongated, 15"x12", low surface brightness. Located 1.8' N of NGC 499 and 2.4' S of NGC 496, on a line between the two brighter galaxies. This is perhaps the faintest NGC galaxy in the NGC 507 Group.
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint and small, no details visible. This very difficult object was only detected after extended viewing at 220x, 280x and 420x. Finally started to glimpse a virtually stellar spot for moments at 280x using a detailed finder chart to pinpoint the location. Located 1.7' N of NGC 499 and 2.4' S of NGC 496 within the cluster.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 498 on 23 Oct 1856 with Lord Rosse's 72" and placed on two sketches (object D in the original sketch) in the field of NGC 499. His description says "only suspected", but the object is placed correctly on the sketch between NGC 496 and 499.
******************************
NGC 499 = IC 1686: = UGC 926 = MCG +05-04-038 = CGCG 502-059 = LGG 024-002 = WBL 038-009 = PGC 5060
01 23 11.5 +33 27 37; Psc
V = 12.2; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 82°
24" (10/4/13): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 4:3 WSW-ENE, 60"x45", well concentrated with a very bright core. Brightest member of a subgroup of the NGC 507 Group with NGC 498 1.8' N, NGC 501 2.8' SE, NGC 498 3.4' WNW, NGC 496 4.2' N.
13.1" (8/8/86): moderately bright, moderately large, very bright core with a much fainter halo! Third of three with NGC 495 3.3' WNW and NGC 496 4.2' N.
William Herschel discovered NGC 499 = H. III-158 = h106, along with NGC 495 and 496, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and the trio was observed again the next night (sweep 271). See NGC 495 for his description. John Herschel made two observations and recorded on 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 100) "pB; R; bM. Nebulae numerous hereabouts."
Stephane Javelle independently found this galaxy on 1 Dec
1899 with the Nice Observatory 30" refractor and it was also catalogued as
******************************
NGC 500 = MCG +01-04-040 = CGCG 411-039 = PGC 5013
01 22 39.4 +05 23 14; Psc
V = 14.1; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 95°
17.5" (12/23/92): very faint, very small, round, weak concentration, stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is 1' NE. Located 10' NE of a mag 8 star. NGC 490 is 9' WSW and NGC 488 18' SW.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 500, along with NGC 486, 490 and 492, on 6 Dec 1850. Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. It was labeled Epsilon on the diagram in the 1861 and 1880 publications and noted as "vF."
******************************
NGC 501 = CGCG 502-062 = WBL 038-012 = PGC 5082
01 23 22.4 +33 25 59; Psc
V = 14.5; Size 0.4'x0.4'
24" (10/4/13): fairly faint, very small, slightly elongated, 20"x15", very small brighter nucleus. Located 2.8' SE of NGC 499 and 1.8' SW of a mag 11.3 star in the NGC 507 Group.
17.5" (10/4/97): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Can just hold continually with averted vision once identified. Located 2.8' SE of NGC 499 in a cluster. A mag 10.5 star lies 1.8' NE.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 501 on 28 Oct 1856 using Lord Rosse's 72". It was sketched as object "E" and described as "vF, S."
******************************
NGC 502 = UGC 922 = MCG +01-04-043 = CGCG 411-040 = LGG 023-002 = PGC 5034
01 22 55.6 +09 02 57; Psc
V = 12.8; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.9
18" (12/3/05): fairly faint, small, round, 25" diameter, sharply concentrated with a very small, very bright core ~10" diameter.
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, small bright core, possible faint stellar nucleus. Member of the NGC 524 group.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 502 on 25 Sep 1862 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen.
His position (measured on 4 nights) matches
******************************
01 23 28.4 +33 19 55; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.4'x0.3'
24" (10/4/13): fairly faint, very small, slightly
elongated, 20"x15". Two
mag 13.4/13.8 stars 0.6' SE and 1.1' SE are collinear with the galaxy. Located 4' NE of mag 7.6
17.5" (10/4/97): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Collinear with two mag 13.5 stars 0.6' SE and 1.0' SE. Located 4' NE of mag 7.5 SAO 54647 within the NGC 507 Group (NGC 507/508 in the field).
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 503 on 13 Aug 1863 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen.
His single micrometric position is an exact match with
******************************
NGC 504 = NGC 506: = UGC 935 = MCG +05-04-041 = CGCG 502-064 = WBL 038-013 = PGC 5084
01 23 27.9 +33 12 16; Psc
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 47°
24" (10/4/13): fairly bright, fairly small, elongated
5:2 SW-NE, ~40"x16", well-concentrated with a very bright elongated
nucleus and faint extensions.
Located 4' SW of NGC 507 in the core of the NGC 507 Group.
13.1" (8/8/86): faint, small, very elongated 3:1 SW-NE, small bright core. First of three with NGC 507 4' NNE and NGC 508 5.3' NNE. Also NGC 494 lies 7.2' WSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 504 = h107 = Au 12 on 22 Nov 1827. No visual description was published but he noted it "precedes III.159 [NGC 507] by about 10 sec, and is half a field to the south of it." Heinrich d'Arrest independently discovered this object on 8 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. His discovery was included in Auwers 1862 catalogue of new nebulae with a total of 5 observations in d'Arrest's 1867 "Siderum Nebulosorum". Herschel catalogued the two observations separately as GC 291 and 292, but Dreyer combined them to NGC 504, assigning credit to d'Arrest.
******************************
01 22 57.1 +09 28 08; Psc
V = 14.1; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1
18" (12/3/05): faint, very small, round, 20"
diameter. Contains a faint stellar
nucleus with direct vision.
Located 7' WNW of
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, extremely small, round. NGC 509 lies 7' ESE.
13.1" (8/24/84): extremely faint, slightly elongated ~E-W? Located 7' WNW of NGC 509 in the NGC 524 group.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 505 = m 46 on 1 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, vS, stellar". His position is accurate.
******************************
01 23 35.3 +33 14 41; Psc
V = 15.3
24" (10/4/13): this number probably applies to a mag 15.3 star 1.3' SW of the center of NGC 507, beyond the halo.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 506 on 7 Nov 1874 during the 8th and last observation of the NGC 499/507 Group. There is no description but a micrometric measure is given 223.1" in PA 153.7° from mag 7.6 HD 8347 at 01 23 12.1 +33 17 24 (J2000). There is no object at this offset but the NGC position is further southeast (perhaps Dreyer had additional information) and the NGC description adds "sp 507". Near this position is a single star given here that Corwin identifies as NGC 506. RNGC mistakenly equates NGC 506 with NGC 504.
******************************
NGC 507 = Arp 229 NED1 = VV 207a = UGC 938 = MCG +05-04-044 = CGCG 502-067 = WBL 038-015 = PGC 5098
01 23 40.0 +33 15 22; Psc
V = 11.2; Size 3.1'x3.1'; Surf Br = 13.5
24" (10/4/13): bright, moderately large, round, 1.5' diameter, sharply concentrated with a blazing core that increases to the center. The outer halo gradually fades out, so there is no distinct edge, but just beyond the halo on the north side is NGC 508 (1.5' between centers). Brightest in a large group with over 20 members that is part of the Pisces-Perseus Supercluster.
A number of galaxies are nearby including NGC 504 4' SW, IC
1687 4.6' WNW,
13.1" (8/8/86): moderately bright, moderately large, round, very bright core. Second of three with NGC 508 1.5' N and NGC 504 4' SSW in a large group. Located 6' ESE of mag 7.8 SAO 54647.
William Herschel discovered NGC 507 = H. III-159 = h108, along with NGC 508 = III-160, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and recorded both as "Two. Both eF, S, but unequal." John Herschel made 2 observations, calling it "extremely faint" on 17 Nov 1827 (sweep 104) and 5 nights later as "pretty bright".
******************************
NGC 508 = Arp 229 NED2 = VV 207b = UGC 939 = MCG +05-04-045 = CGCG 502-068 = WBL 038-016 = PGC 5099
01 23 40.6 +33 16 51; Psc
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.6
24" (10/4/13): moderately bright to fairly bright,
moderately large, round, broad concentration with a brighter nucleus. Forms a close pair with NGC 507 1.5' S
in the central region of the NGC 507 Group. Also nearby is NGC 503 3.9' NW,
13.1" (8/8/86): fairly faint, small, round. Forms a close pair with NGC 507 1.5' S. Third of three with NGC 504 5.3' SSW. Located 6' E of mag 7.8 SAO 54647.
William Herschel discovered NGC 508 = H. III-160 = h109, along with NGC 507, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and recorded both as "Two. Both eF, S, but unequal." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 509 = UGC 932 = MCG +01-04-045 = CGCG 411-043 = LGG 023-011 = PGC 5080
01 23 24.1 +09 26 01; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 82°
18" (12/3/05): faint, fairly small, elongated nearly 2:1 ~E-W, 1.0'x0.5', broad weak concentration. Situated between two mag 13.8/14.3 stars less than 2' SW and NNE. NGC 505 lies 7' WNW. Member of the NGC 524 group.
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, small, elongated ~E-W. Located between a mag 14 star 1.9' SW and a mag 13.5 star 1.4' N. Forms a pair with NGC 505 7' WNW in the NGC 524 group.
13.1" (8/24/84): very faint, small, slightly elongated ~E-W. Two faint stars are north and south.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 509 = m 47 on 1 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, S, E." His position is accurate.
******************************
01 23 55.6 +33 29 49; Psc
17.5" (10/4/97): this is a faint and difficult double
star that was just resolved at 280x.
The fainter eastern component is difficult to cleanly resolve
[separation 8"] and it is easy to imagine that Schultz would mistake this
oibject as nonstellar. Located 7'
ESE of NGC 499 and 9' WNW of
Herman Schultz discovered NGC 510 = Nova V on 11 Nov 1866 with the 9.6-inch refractor at Uppsala Observatory. At Schultz's micrometric position (44 seconds following NGC 499) is a close, faint double star (also observed by Bigourdan) with a separation of 8" and mean position of 01 23 55.6 +33 29 49. The RNGC and PGC misidentify PGC 5102 as NGC 510. PGC 5102 is 32 sec east in RA and 3' S of NGC 499. Discussed in Malcolm Thomson's "Catalogue Corrections".
******************************
01 23 30.7 +11 17 27; Psc
V = 13.7; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, very small, round. A mag 14 star is attached at the south edge 17" from center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 511 = St. 8a-4 on 2 Nov
1875. His accurate published
position (list 8a, #4) was made on 26 Oct 1876 with description "eF,
diffuse, vS, faint star involved and touches a mag 14-15 star." His description and position matches
******************************
01 23 59.8 +33 54 30; And
V = 13.2; Size 1.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 116°
13.1" (8/8/86): fairly faint, fairly small, very
elongated WNW-ESE. A mag 14 star
is just off the SE edge 0.6' from center and a mag 12 star is 1.6' SSW. Located 6.5' NE of a mag 11 star.
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, small, edge-on streak NW-SE, requires averted.
John Herschel discovered NGC 512 = h110 on 17 Nov 1827 and
recorded "vF; vS." His
position (single observation) is just 23" S of
******************************
NGC 513 = UGC 953 = MCG +06-04-016 = CGCG 521-020 = PGC 5174
01 24 26.8 +33 47 59; And
V = 12.9; Size 0.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.1; PA = 75°
13.1" (8/8/86): fairly faint, small, elongated WSW-ENE, weak concentration. Located at the NE end of a line of four mag 12-13 stars which extend to SW; the closest mag 13.5 star is 0.9' SW and is followed by a second parallel line of stars. NGC 512 lies 9' NW. Incorrect RA by 0.6 minutes west in the RNGC and plotted incorrectly on the U2000.
William Herschel discovered NGC 513 = H. III-169 = h111 on
13 Sep 1784 (sweep 271) and simply noted "stellar." This object is in a large group of
galaxies found on this sweep using Beta Andromedae as a reference star. Seven of these objects have varying
errors in RA except for NGC 404. In this case, Herschel's RA is off by ~30
seconds from
The RA in the RNGC is also 0.6 min too far west and the galaxy is misplotted on the first version of Uranometria 2000. The position is given correctly in UGC and RC3. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
01 24 03.9 +12 55 03; Psc
V = 11.6; Size 3.5'x2.8'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 110°
24" (10/12/20): Type Ia supernova SN 2020 uxv was discovered 46" ENE of center of NGC 514 on Oct 5, 2020. It was easily visible at mag ~14.0. A mag 9.5 star is 3' E of the galaxy with 3 stars nearby; a wide pair HJ 13 = 14.4/14.7 at 29" is 1' W (in direction of the galaxy) and a mag 14.8 star 1' S. The SN was about 1/2 mag brighter than the mag 14.4 star.
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly large, 2.5'x2.0', elongated ~E-W, broad weak concentration, edges fade into the background, low surface brightness but granular or mottled texture. Located 3.1' WNW of a mag 9.5 star. A mag 13.5 star is 3.4' SW. Several faint stars are close east and a a mag 15 star is just off the south edge 1.5' from center.
8" (1/1/84): faint, moderately large, very diffuse, even surface brightness. A mag 9 star off the east edge interferes with viewing.
William Herschel discovered NGC 514 = H. II-252 = h112 on 16 Oct 1784 (sweep 295). His description reads, "F, pL, oval, lbM, preceding a pretty bright star." John Herschel reported on 17 Oct 1825 (sweep 15), "vL; irr R; vglbM; by diagram at least 3' in diameter; a remarkable object. Is closely followed by the double star h13; see fig. 38." The galaxy was observed 6 times at Birr Castle. The earliest observation on 13 Dec 1848 noted "John Herschel's D* [referring to h 13] is triple and perhaps quadruple. 2 nuclei or nucleus and star in nebula." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 515 = UGC 956 = MCG +05-04-052 = CGCG 502-077 = WBL 038-021 = PGC 5201
01 24 38.6 +33 28 22; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x1.1'
24" (10/4/13): moderately bright, elongated 3:2 ~NW-SE,
~36"x24", fairly well concentrated with a bright core. A mag 15.7 star is superimposed on the
NW side. Forms a pair with
13.1" (8/8/86): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, faint stellar nucleus. An extremely faint mag 16 star is suspected at the NW end (confirmed on the POSS). Forms a pair with NGC 517 3' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 515 = H. III-167 = h113,
along with NGC 517, on 13 Sep 1784 (problematic sweep 271 using Beta Andromedae
as the reference star). He simply
noted "Two, both stellar" and his single position (marked uncertain)
is about 35 sec of RA east of
******************************
01 24 08.1 +09 33 06; Psc
V = 13.1; Size 1.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 44°
18" (12/3/05): fairly faint, moderately large, appears as a thin streak, ~1.0'x0.25' oriented SW-NE, weak concentration, bulging core and tapering extensions. Member of the NGC 524 group.
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, fairly small, very elongated SW-NE, weak concentration. Located 10' W of NGC 524.
13.1" (8/24/84): faint, small, slightly elongated SW-NE, even surface brightness. Located about 10' W of NGC 524.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 516 on 25 Sep 1862 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen.
His mean position and offset from NGC 524 (41 seconds preceding) is an
exact match with
******************************
NGC 517 = VV 36a = UGC 960 = MCG +05-04-054 = CGCG 502-079 = WBL 038-022 = PGC 5214
01 24 43.8 +33 25 47; Psc
V = 12.4; Size 2.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 20°
24" (10/4/13): moderately to fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, ~45"x22", well concentrated with a bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 515 2.9' NNW. Member of the NGC 507 Group.
13.1" (8/8/86): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE. Appears slightly brighter than NGC 515 3' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 517 = H. III-168 = h114, along with NGC 515, on on 13 Sep 1784 (problematic sweep 271 using Beta Andromedae as the reference star). He simply noted "Two, both stellar" and his single position (marked uncertain) is about 35 sec of RA east of NGC 515 = UGC 956. John Herschel made the single observation "pB; R". Heinrich d'Arrest measured a pretty accurate position (3 nights). See Corwin's notes.
******************************
01 24 17.7 +09 19 52; Psc
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 98°
18" (12/3/05): faint or fairly faint, very elongated E-W, 1.0'x0.3', weak concentration with a slightly brighter core, irregular surface brightness. A mag 14.5 star lies 1' SW. Located 2.5' SW of a mag 10.5 star.
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, fairly small, very elongated ~E-W, weak concentration. A mag 14 star is off the SSW side 0.9' from center. Located 2.5' SW of a mag 10 star and 15' SSW of NGC 524 in a group.
13.1" (8/24/84): very faint, small, elongated ~E-W. A mag 10 star is NE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 518 = m 48 on 17 Dec 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "F, vS, R." His position is 1' S of
******************************
01 24 28.6 -01 38 29; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.5'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 140°
17.5" (9/19/87): extremely faint and small, round. A mag 14 star is 45" S. Member of the AGC 194 cluster.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 519 = Sw. 6-8 (along with NGC
530, 538, 557) on 20 Nov 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner
Observatory. His position is 7
seconds of RA west and 1.3' south of
******************************
01 24 34.4 +03 47 42; Psc
V = 11.4; Size 4.5'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 130°
48" (10/22/11): the view of this very bright, highly
irregular, disrupted galaxy (merging pair) was fascinating at 488x. The most prominent feature is a very
high surface brightness curving "bar" oriented NW-SE (
On the south side is a fairly bright, elongated section
oriented WNW-ESE (
18" (10/19/06): bright, fairly large, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 2'x0.6'. This disturbed galaxy has a very unusual appearance with a bright knot at the NNW end. The SSE end is wider and fainter and appears to feather out with a fainter, more delicate section that branches from the main body (VV 231b). The periphery at the SSE end is difficult to trace due to this chaotic structure.
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 3.0'x1.2'. Very unusual appearance; the NW portion is noticeably brighter with a bright knot at the NW tip and a mottled texture. Fades towards the SE where it merges into a fainter section which is tilted ~E-W with an irregular surface brightness and ill-defined edges.
14.5" (12/17/20): fascinating galaxy (mid-stage merger) at 226x. Appears very elongated 3:1 NW-SE with a brighter central region, ~2' length. A much more prominent knot is at the NW end (nucleus of the northern galaxy)! The SE end is more diffuse and feathers out. Appears brighter (bar) along the major axis. The galaxy almost mimics a comet in appearance.
8" (11/28/81): faint, diffuse, elongated N-S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 520 = H. III-253 = h116 on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338) and remarked "eF, cL, E." On 3 Dec 1787 (sweep 788), he reported "cL, E from sp to nf." John Herschel reported on 16 Oct 1827, "pB; E like a comet, pos 135°±; 60" length". Using LdR's 72", Bindon Stoney wrote on 18 Dec 1851, "South end is like a brush or broom with a split in it." His sketch was included in the 1861 publication (as well as 1880). A second observation on 9 Nov 1876 reads "Lord Rosse thought it had two points of condensation 3/4' apart. I (Dreyer) thought it spread out in the following end like a fan. Not well seen." This galaxy is in Arp's category of disturbed galaxies with interior absorption.
******************************
01 24 33.8 +01 43 53; Cet
V = 11.7; Size 3.2'x2.9'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 20°
24" (9/23/17): at 375x; bright, large, round, at least
2' diameter, sharply concentrated with a large bright core that gradually
increases to the center (quasi-stellar nucleus), halo fades out at the
periphery.
13.1" (1/1/84): sharply concentrated with a very small bright core surrounded by a fairly large but very diffuse round envelope. Located 14' W of NGC 533.
William Herschel discovered NGC 521 = H. II-461 = h115 on 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) and recorded "F, pL, irr R, bM." On 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 655) he noted "vF, R, vgbM, 1 1/2' diam." John Herschel made two observations, calling it "B" and "vF" on the two sweeps. R.J. Mitchell, using Lord Rosse's 72" on 3 Oct 1856, logged "pB, S, disc enveloped in F outlying neby and looks like an unresolved cluster." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
01 24 45.9 +09 59 40; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 2.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 33°
18" (12/3/05): faint to fairly faint edge-on streak
SW-NE, 1.2'x0.2'. This is a pretty
slash with a slightly brighter core.
Fades at the tips but uniformly narrow in width (does not bulge in the
center).
IC 101 is a faint hazy spot, irregularly round, ~20"-25" diameter. A mag 14.5 star lies 1' S. IC 102 is extremely faint, very small, 15" diameter, no details. This marginal object was just glimpsed as drifted through the field.
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, pretty edge-on steak SSW-NNE, weak concentration. Located 27' N of NGC 524 in a group.
13.1" (8/24/84): very faint, edge-on streak SSW-NNE.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 522 on 25 Sep 1862 with the
11-inch Merz refractor at Copenhagen.
His mean position (2 observations) matches
******************************
01 25 20.8 +34 01 30; And
V = 12.7; Size 2.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 108°
48" (11/5/21): at 488x; very bright, very elongated 3:1 or 4:1 ~E-W, with an unusual misshapen structure. The brightest part extends ~40" E-W in a thin bright "bar", connecting a superimposed mag ~14.5 star (west side) and a bright 15" knot on the east side (the knot is possibly the nucleus of a merging galaxy) . A second slightly brighter "core" (of main galaxy) lies along the bar, midway between the star and knot.
The main body flares or widens on the east end and a very low surface brightness plume continues east. A brighter (but still faint) thin extension is west of the superimposed star for a total length of ~1.25'.
24" (11/24/14): fairly bright, moderately bright, very elongated 7:2 ~E-W, ~1.1'x0.3'. This disrupted galaxy (or merger) appeared very asymmetric, widening a bit at the east end and tapering slightly to the west. A small, relatively bright knot, ~10" diameter, is at the east end. An easily visible mag 14-14.5 star is embedded at the west end. The main body, which extends ~40" from the knot to the star, is fairly thin and only very weakly brighter in the center. With careful viewing, a very faint narrow plume extends west of the main glow.
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright, thin edge-on 4:1 ~E-W. Located north of the NGC 483-517 cluster.
Heinrich d'Arrest found NGC 523 on 23 Aug 1862 and described this galaxy as a "Double Nebula, F, S, both very near. A *11 precedes by 11.65 seconds." As he noted this object as a "Nebula duplex", he apparently saw the knot at the east end (identified in NED as NGC 523 NED02). William Herschel probably made the first discovery on 13 Sep 1784 (problematic sweep 271) and simply noted H. III-170 = NGC 537 as "stellar". His RA readings for objects in this sweep are poor (given to the nearest minute) and assuming H. III-170 has an error of about 55 sec in RA, then NGC 523 = NGC 537. The eastern knot was the site of SN 2001EN.
******************************
NGC 524 = UGC 968 = MCG +01-04-053 = CGCG 411-051 = LGG 023-005 = PGC 5222
01 24 47.8 +09 32 19; Psc
V = 10.3; Size 2.8'x2.8'; Surf Br = 12.3
18" (12/3/05): very bright, large, round, well concentrated with a bright core increasing to a very bright small nucleus. The halo extends to 2.0' or 2.5'. A mag 11 star lies 2.3' S of center. Brightest in a large group of 8 NGC galaxies and a few IC galaxies.
17.5" (10/17/87): very bright, fairly large, very
bright core, large faint halo, bright stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is 2.5' S. Brightest in the NGC 524 group
including NGC 505, NGC 509, NGC 516, NGC 518, NGC 522, NGC 525,
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; bright, large, round, ~2.2' diameter. There are 3 distinct zones: a large round halo and a relatively large very bright core that increases to an intense nucleus. Surrounded by four stars including a mag 13.5 star right at the edge of the halo on the ESE side.
13.1" (8/24/84): bright, small very bright core surrounded by fainter round halo.
8" (11/8/80): fairly faint, round, bright core. Located just north of a mag 10 star.
br well concen gx among sev br *s @ 80x. 140x: circ, strong even concen to ill-def 20" core and *ar nuc just discernable over it. Halo rel f by comp to core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 524 = H. I-151 = h117 on 4 Sep 1786 (sweep 581) and logged "cB, cL, R, cometic, vgmbM to a nucleus, several small stars near." On 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118), John Herschel desribed this object as "vB; pL; R; psmbM; 60"; 4 st near." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 525 = UGC 972 = MCG +01-04-054 = CGCG 411-053 = PGC 5232
01 24 52.9 +09 42 12; Psc
V = 13.2; Size 1.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 5°
18" (12/3/05): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, ~50"x40", symmetrical appearance and increases steadily to a brighter core and faint stellar nucleus. Member of the NGC 524 group. A mag 11 star lies 2' NW.
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, very small, slightly elongated, weak concentration. Located 2' SE of a mag 10.5 star in the NGC 524 group.
13.1" (8/24/84): faint, small, almost round.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 525 on 25 Sep 1862 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His mean position (2 observations) is fairly accurate and also noted the nearby mag 11-12 star (2' northwest) as 5 seconds preceding and 1.5' north.
******************************
01 23 54.2 -35 03 56; Scl
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 112°
17.5" (11/1/97): initially NGC 526 appeared as a very
faint, small glow, slightly elongated WNW-ESE. After extended viewing, it resolved at times into a close
double system with
John Herschel discovered NGC 526 = h2408 (along with NGC 527
= h2409) on 1 Sep 1834 and recorded "pB, S, rather a doubtful object. The
preceding of two [with NGC 527]".
On a later sweep he noted "vF;; S; lE; this is the
"doubtful" neb of a former sweep." This double system consists of
******************************
NGC 527 = ESO 352-068 = MCG -06-04-021 = PGC 5128
01 23 58.1 -35 06 54; Scl
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 14°
17.5" (11/1/97): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
5:2 SSW-NNE, 1.0'x0.4', weak concentration to a slightly brighter core. A mag 13 star lies 1' NE. The double system NGC 526 is 3.1'
N. NGC 527, itself, is a double system
with
John Herschel discovered NGC 527 = h2409 (along with NGC 526 = h2408) on 1 Sep 1834 and recorded "pB, S, E, bM, 20". The following of 2 [with NGC 526]".
******************************
01 25 33.6 +33 40 18; And
V = 12.5; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 55°
13.1" (8/8/86): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated SW-NE, bright core. There is a string of mag 10 stars to the north including two mag 10.5 stars 3.6' NNW and 7.6' NE and a mag 9.5 star 5.6' NNE. Two bright stars lie SE including a mag 10 star 6' SSE.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 528, which was missed by both Herschels, on 22 Aug 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His single position is quite accurate.
In March 2020, Yann Pothier found that Bindon Blood Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, made an earlier discovery on 7 Nov 1850. A diagram in the 1880 publication shows two nebulae with distances to nearby stars. Although the orientation for west is off (the arrow should be pointing down) the separations are a perfect match with NGC 513 (discovered by William Herschel) and NGC 528. A later observation on 27 Nov 1857 by R.J. Mitchell mentions a similar diagram was made, so NGC 528.was seen twice at Birr Castle before d'Arrest's observation. Dreyer questioned if the two nebulae were novae but he wasn't left with any positions, so d'Arrest was credited in the NGC.
******************************
01 25 40.3 +34 42 47; And
V = 12.1; Size 2.4'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 160°
17.5" (8/31/86): moderately bright, fairly small,
bright core. Located 10' NW of mag
6.3
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, diffuse. Located among group of 4-5 mag 10-11 stars with a mag 6 star 10' ESE. Brightest in a group.
John Herschel discovered NGC 529 = h118 on 17 Nov 1827 and recorded "pB; vS; sbM. The preceding of two [NGC 536]. Corwin suggests that William Herschel first catalogued this galaxy as H. III-171, but made an error in RA of over 1 minute of time. But Wolfgang Steinicke argues that H. III-171 refers to NGC 536, according to the sweep order. Lord Rosse's assistant R.J. Mitchell discovered the other two members of HCG 10 in 1855.
******************************
01 24 41.7 -01 35 14; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 134°
24" (11/7/18): at 375x; moderately bright, moderately
large, very elongated 7:2 NW-SE, well concentrated with a very bright elongated
core and sub-stellar nucleus. A
mag 13 star is just off the SE tip.
Several galaxies within AGC 194 are nearby including
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval NW-SE, weak concentration. A mag 13 star is at the SE end 0.9' from center. Forms a pair with IC 1696 3' SE within AGC 194.
13.1" (9/22/84): moderately bright, edge-on NW-SE, bright core. A mag 12 star is off the SE end.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 530 = Sw. 6-9 on 20 Nov 1886 with
the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 15 sec of RA east of
******************************
01 26 18.8 +34 45 15; And
V = 13.8; Size 1.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 34°
17.5" (8/31/86): faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE, fairly small. A mag 12 star is just off the NE end 1.0' from center. Member of the NGC 529-536 group = HCG 10 with NGC 536 3.1' SSE.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 531 (along with
******************************
NGC 532 = UGC 982 = MCG +01-04-056 = CGCG 411-055 = LGG 023-006 = PGC 5264
01 25 17.3 +09 15 51; Psc
V = 12.9; Size 2.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 28°
18" (12/3/05): moderately bright, fairly large, elongated 7:2 SW-NE, ~2.0'x0.4', broad concentration, patchy appearance with an irregular surface brightness. Member of the NGC 524 group.
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, fairly large, edge-on 3:1 or 4:1 SSW-NNE, broad concentration. Member of the NGC 524 group with NGC 518 15' W and NGC 524 18' NW.
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly faint, thin streak elongated SSW-NNE, slightly brighter core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 532 = H. III-556 = h119 on 4 Sep 1786 (sweep 581) and noted "vF, mE, about 1 1/2' long; the extent about 15° from the meridian from sp to nf." On 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118), John Herschel recorded "not vF, L, R, bM, 40" dia." He included both his father's and his own observations as separate entries in the General Catalog because "the description differ so materially, especially in the particular of extension." Nevertheless, GC 313 = GC 314. Dreyer combined both entries into NGC 532.
******************************
NGC 533 = UGC 992 = MCG +00-04-131 = CGCG 385-121 = PGC 5283
01 25 31.4 +01 45 33; Cet
V = 11.4; Size 3.8'x2.3'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 50°
24" (9/23/17): at 375x; bright, large, oval 3:2 SW-NE,
~2.5'x1.6', sharply concentrated with a large bright core that is slightly
elongated, halo gradually fades into the background sky. NGC 521 lies 14' WSW and
13.1" (1/1/84): moderately bright, bright core, faint stellar nucleus suspected, elongated halo WSW-ENE. A mag 13.5 star is 3.4' WNW.
8" (1/1/84): very faint, very small, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is 3.5' WNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 533 = H. II-462 = h121 on 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) and logged "pB, R, pL, mbM." On 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 655) he noted "pB, R, vgbM, about 1.5' dia." and on 3 Dec 1787 (sweep 788), "F, S, R, gbM." John Herschel recorded on 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 110), "B; pL; R; bM."
******************************
01 24 44.6 -38 07 45; Scl
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 142°
17.5" (11/1/97): very faint, very small, round,
~25" diameter, weak concentration.
Slightly fainter than
John Herschel discovered NGC 534 = h2410 (along with nearby
NGC 544 and 546) on 23 Oct 1835 and logged "eeF, S, bM." His mean position from two sweeps
matches
******************************
01 25 31.1 -01 24 30; Cet
V = 13.9; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 58°
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, small, oval SW-NE, weak
concentration. In the central core
of the AGC 194 cluster on line with
13.1" (9/22/84): extremely faint, elongated SW-NE.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 535 on 31 Oct 1864 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and recorded "eF, vS, 1st of 3 in a line [with NGC 541 and 545 (double)]".
******************************
NGC 536 = HCG 10A = UGC 1013 = MCG +06-04-021 = CGCG 521-025 = PGC 5344
01 26 21.7 +34 42 12; And
V = 12.4; Size 3.0'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 62°
17.5" (8/31/86): moderately bright, slightly elongated WSW-ENE. A mag 14 star is involved at the north edge. Located 8' NNE of mag 6.3 SAO 54695. Brightest along with NGC 529 in HCG 10 with NGC 529 8.5' W, NGC 542 2.6' SE and NGC 531 3.1' NNW.
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, very small, elongated ~E-W, very small faint core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 536 = H. III-171 = h120 on
13 Sep 1784 (problematic sweep 271) and simply noted "stellar". Objects that were discovered on this
sweep (NGC 513, 515, 517, 523, 536, 552, 553, 614) have various offset errors
in RA. His position for H. III-171
is 1.0 min of RA east of
Analyzing the sweep data, Harold Corwin suggests H. III-171
applies to NGC 529, which is 1 min 40 sec of RA west of Herschel's place, but
Wolfgang Steinicke argues that H. III-171 must apply to NGC 536 (coming from
the previous object
******************************
NGC 537 = NGC 523 = UGC 979 = MCG +06-04-018 = CGCG 521-022 = Arp 158 = IV Zw 45 = PGC 5268
01 25 20.8 +34 01 30; And
See observing notes for NGC 523.
William Herschel discovered NGC 537 = H. III-170 on 13 Sep 1784 (problematic sweep 271) and simply noted "stellar". All the RA positions are off by varying amounts in this sweep, computed with respect to Beta Andromedae (except for NGC 404) in varying amounts. Dreyer questioned if this object was identical to Heinrich d'Arrest's NGC 523 and these numbers are equated in the RNGC. If Dreyer's suggestion is correct, WH's RA 1.0 tmin too large and Corwin came to the same conclusion. See his notes for more on the story.
******************************
01 25 26.1 -01 33 02; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 1.0'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 40°
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, very small, elongated SSW-NNE,
weak concentration. A mag 12 star
is at the north edge 34" from center.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly faint, elongated SW-NE, star on NE tip.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 538 = Sw. 6-10 on 20 Nov 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and recorded "eF; S;
vE; pF * close N; Not 5180 [
******************************
01 25 21.7 -18 09 51; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 145°
17.5" (12/23/92): very faint, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, low even surface brightness. Followed by a line of three mag 13-14 stars oriented SSW-NNE located 3.2' SSE, 2.6' SE and 2.7' NE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 539 = LM 1-28 on 31 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is just 1' to 2' S
of
******************************
01 27 08.9 -20 02 12; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 179°
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint and small, round. Only glimpsed at moments at 280x using a Guide Star Catalog (GSC) finder chart but several times appeared virtually stellar. On two occasions a 20" halo was seen (too faint to determine elongation but extended 2:1 N-S on DSS). A mag 14 star lies 1.3' due north.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 540 = LM 1-29 on 15 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position by ~2
min of RA east and 5' south is
******************************
NGC 541 = Arp 133 = UGC 1004 = MCG +00-04-137 = CGCG 385-128 = PGC 5305
01 25 44.3 -01 22 46; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 1.8'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.2
48" (10/22/11): very bright, fairly large, round,
sharply concentrated with an intense core 30" core surrounded by a much
fainter halo, nearly 1.5' diameter.
Just off the east side of the halo are two faint galaxies:
Minkowski's object, experiencing a burst of star formation, was actually triggered by the jet from the nucleus of NGC 541 because the body of the jet can be traced all the way to the region where the new stars are forming.
17.5" (9/19/87): fairly faint, fairly small, bright core, oval SSW-NNE. Slightly fainter than NGC 545/NGC 547 4.4' NE in the core of AGC 194. Also at midpoint with NGC 545/547 and NGC 535 3.7' SW. A bridge of stars and gas connects NGC 541 and the interacting pair NGC 545/547. Embedded in the bridge just NE of NGC 541 is "Minkowski's Object" (not seen) which has a very unusual optical spectrum.
13.1" (9/22/84): moderately bright, round.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 541 on 30 Oct 1864 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and measured on 3 nights. I'm surprised that William Herschel missed this galaxy in his discovery observation of NGC 545/547.
A bridge of stars and gas connects NGC 541 and the interacting pair NGC 545/547. Embedded in the bridge just northeast of NGC 541 is "Minkowski's Object" which has a very unusual optical spectrum. See "Minkowski's object - A starburst triggered by a radio jet" at http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/bib_query?1985ApJ...293...83V. A brief summary and excellent image is at http://www.daviddarling.info/encyclopedia/M/Minkowskis_Object.html.
******************************
NGC 542 = HCG 10D = MCG +06-04-022 = CGCG 521-026 = PGC 5360
01 26 30.8 +34 40 32; And
V = 14.7; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (8/31/86): faint, diffuse, slightly elongated. Located 2.6' SE of NGC 536 in the HCG 10 = NGC 529-536 group.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 542 on 16 Oct 1855 with Lord Rosse's 72" while observing NGC 529 and 536 (discovered earlier by the Herschels). This nebula was shown on the sketch as Delta and Dreyer measured a micrometric position.
******************************
01 25 50.0 -01 17 34; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 0.6'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 90°
48" (10/22/11): fairly bright/bright, fairly small,
elongated 3:1 E-W, 0.6'x0.2', contains a small bright core.
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, small, very elongated ~E-W. Located 4.5' NW of NGC 545/NGC 547 duo in the core of AGC 194.
13.1" (9/22/84): very faint, very small.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 543 on 31 Oct 1864, while
measuring positions for other members of AGC 194 with the 11-inch refractor at
Copenhagen. His single micrometric
position is just off the south edge of
******************************
NGC 544 = ESO 296-024 = MCG -06-04-028 = AM 0122-381 NED01 =
01 25 12.0 -38 05 41; Scl
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 2°
17.5" (11/1/97): very faint, very small, round,
25" round, weak concentration to a slightly brighter core. Precedes a mag 14 star by 1.5' and
forms a close pair with NGC 546 1.5' N; the two galaxies and the star form a
nearly perfect equilateral triangle.
Located ~15' SW of the core of the distant
John Herschel discovered NGC 544 = h2411 (along with nearby
NGC 534 = h2410 and NGC 546 = h2412) on 23 Oct 1835. His description reads "eeF; the Sp of two [with NGC
546] which form an equilateral triangle with a star 13th mag" and matches
******************************
NGC 545 = Arp 308 NED1 = UGC 1007 = MCG +00-04-142 = CGCG 385-132 = Holm 42a = 3C 40 = PGC 5323
01 25 59.1 -01 20 25; Cet
V = 12.2; Size 2.4'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 55°
48" (10/22/11): very bright, large, oval 2:1 SW-NE, 1.4'x0.7', well concentrated with a large bright core and fainter halo that merges with NGC 547 on the southeast side.
17.5" (9/19/87): NGC 545 is the brightest member of AGC 194. It appeared moderately bright, small, round, small bright core. Forms a double system with NGC 547 in a common envelope.
CGCG 385-129, located 2.5' NW of NGC 545, is extremely faint and small, round. It forms the eastern vertex of an equilateral triangle with a pair of mag 13 stars 45" SW and NW. RNGC and MCG misidentify CGCG 385-129 as NGC 545. CGCG 385-127, located 3' W of NGC 545 is extremely faint and small, almost round.
13.1" (9/22/84): moderately bright, round, bright core. Preceding of a double system with NGC 547 0.5' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 545 = H. II-448, along with NGC 547, on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and recorded both as "Two, stellar of equal size and within 1' of each other. Their nebulosities run together and at first sight seem to form only one extended nebula." These galaxies form a double system and are the brightest members of AGC 194.
RNGC misidentifies the double system NGC 545/547 as NGC
547/547A. MCG calls the double
galaxy
******************************
NGC 546 = ESO 296-025 = MCG -06-04-029 = AM 0122-381 NED02 =
01 25 12.7 -38 04 09; Scl
V = 13.6; Size 1.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 35°
17.5" (11/1/97): extremely faint, very small, round, requires averted to view. Located 1.5' N of brighter NGC 544. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.5' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 546 = h2412 (along with nearby NGC 534 = h2410 and NGC 544 = h2411) on 23 Oct 1835 and recorded "eeF. The on f of two." On a later sweep he logged "eeF; S; R; vgbM." His mean position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 547 = Arp 308 NED2 = UGC 1009 = MCG +00-04-143 = CGCG 385-133 = Holm 42b = 3C 40 = PGC 5324
01 26 00.7 -01 20 43; Cet
V = 12.2; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 85°
48" (10/22/11): very bright, round, moderately large, 1' diameter, very bright core. The halo merges with NGC 545, which is in contact on the NW side.
17.5" (9/19/87): moderately bright, small, round, small bright core. Forms a contact pair with NGC 545 0.5' NW and the brightest (pair) in AGC 194. NGC 541 is 4.6' SW and NGC 543 lies 4.1' NW.
13.1" (9/22/84): moderately bright, round, bright core, in contact with NGC 545 very close NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 547 = H. II-449, along with NGC 545, on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and reported both as "Two, stellar of equal size and within 1' of each other. Their nebulosities run together and at first sight seem to form only one extended nebula." These galaxies form a double system and are the brightest members of AGC 194. MCG identifies this galaxy as NGC 547b.
******************************
01 26 02.5 -01 13 32; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 135°
17.5" (9/19/87): faint, small, slightly elongated, broad concentration. Member of AGC 194.
George Searle discovered NGC 548 = HN 33 on 2 Nov 1867 using
the 15-inch Merz Refractor (Annal of Harvard Obs, Vol 13, #25) at Harvard
Observatory. His micrometric
position matches
******************************
NGC 549 = ESO 296-022 = PGC 5243
01 25 07.1 -38 00 29; Scl
V = 14.5; Size 0.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 100°
18" (12/17/11): extremely faint, fairly small, round, no structure, required averted vision. Located ~5' NNW of NGC 544/546 pair. Viewed at 11° elevation.
17.5" (11/1/97): not visible
John Herschel discovered NGC 549 = h2413 on 29 Nov 1837 and
recorded "eeeF, S, R, vgbM. The 4th of a group of four [with NGC 534, 544
and 546]." There is nothing
at this position, but 15' N is
Instead, I suggested that NGC 549 = ESO 296-022 = PGC 5243.
This galaxy matches Herschel's position in declination but his RA would be off
by 18 tsec. Although
This identification was suggested by Pietro Baracchi, when he observed the group with the 48" Melbourne telescope on 19 Dec 1887. He noted "GC 324 [NGC 549] found but out of position...It is eeF; eS; R." It precedes [NGC 544] by 6s and is 5' 10" north of it. In this group [GC] 316, 320, 321 agree with Herschel in appearance, relative and absolute position, but 324 [NGC 549] is out altogether. It agrees very well in appearance but its relative position with regard to the other three objects is quite different. Herschel observed [NGC 549] only once and the other three were observed twice - it is probable that he made some mistake in placing or connecting the four objects together."
******************************
01 26 42.5 +02 01 20; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 120°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, 1.0'x0.5', bright core has a fairly high surface brightness, faint stellar nucleus, faint halo. Located 9' SW of a mag 9.5 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 550 = H. II-463 = h122 on 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) and noted "F, S, lE." On 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 655) he logged "F, S, mbM, irr lE nearly in the parallel" and again on 3 Dec 1787 (sweep 788), "F, vS, irr R, lbM."
John Herschel reported on 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 110), "pB;
S; E from p to f; BM; has a granulated (i.e. a resolvable)
appearance." Dreyer, as Lord
Rosse's assistant, observed NGC 550 on 23 Oct 1876 with description, "F,
pL, E npsf, 2 st 13-14m p & np
2.5'. Orange-red *9-10
(with a F companion 3/4' preceding) is 9.2' NE." The mag 9.0 star is the K2-type
******************************
01 27 40.6 +37 10 59; And
V = 12.7; Size 1.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 140°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, oval NW-SE, even surface brightness. A mag 13 star is at the NW end 1.1' from center. A close mag 14.5 double is just following the SE end.
William Herschel discovered NGC 551 = H. III-560 = h123 on 21 Sep 1786 (sweep 599) and noted "vF, S, E, among some stars." John Herschel reported "vF; E; vglbM; near a * 13m." (Oct. 1828). R.J. Mitchell observed this galaxy with the 72" on 18 Sep 1857 and recorded, "much elongated np-sf. Faint triple star following; at Alpha a vF * or neb. patch." Although the orientation of the sketch is not shown, at the position of Alpha there is just a very faint star.
******************************
01 26 10.1 +33 24 22; Psc
17.5" (12/9/01): this number possibly applies to the
mag 15 star just 30" preceding
William Herschel discovered NGC 552 = H. III-172, along with NGC 553, on 13 Sep 1784 (problematic sweep 271) and noted "Two [with NGC 552 = III-172]. Both vS. stellar, but a little doubtful." There is nothing near his position and Harold Corwin suggests NGC 552 may apply to a star at 01 26 10.1 +33 24 21, which is just preceding CGCG 502-084 = NGC 553? Wolfgang Steinicke also identifies it as a star, but at 01 26 57.0 +33 33 29. See NGC 553.
******************************
NGC 553 = CGCG 502-084 = Mrk 1155 = LGG 026-033 = PGC 5333
01 26 12.6 +33 24 19; Psc
V = 14.6; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 15°
17.5" (12/9/01): extremely faint, very small, round, 15" diameter (viewed core only of this faint edge-on), requires averted. A slightly brighter mag 15 star (possibly NGC 552) is 30" preceding. Located 18' ESE of NGC 517, just following the NGC 507 Group.
This identification is very uncertain due to a poor position by William Herschel.
William Herschel discovered NGC 553 = H. III-173, along with NGC 552, on 13 Sep 1784 (problematic sweep 271). He simply recorded "Two [with NGC 552 = III-172]. Both vS. stellar, but a little doubtful." There is nothing near his position and RNGC classifies NGC 553 as nonexistent. Dreyer notes the observation by Sir Robert Ball at Birr Castle on 4 Jan 1867 ("Two, perhaps 3 neb, but I had not time to examine the field closely. Alpha is F, vS; Beta extremely faint; Gamma is doubtful") may refer to other objects.
Harold Corwin suggests that NGC 553 is possibly CGCG 502-084 = PGC 5333. NGC 552 could apply to the faint star close preceding. This assumes Herschel's RA is 1.6 min too large, and his dec 3' too far north (his errors in RA were greater as the sweep progressed). But Wolfgang Steinicke disagrees. He argues that WH's sweep path from III-171 = NGC 536, the previous object in the sweep, is not consistent with CGCG 502-084, which is too far west and south to be seen. So, perhaps it is best to simply classify NGC 553 and 552 lost.
******************************
01 27 09.6 -22 43 30; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 177°
24" (12/6/18): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 4:3 N-S, ~30"x24".
Contains a very small brighter core/nucleus. A mag 12.3 star is 1.8'
E. Brightest in a small triplet
with
18" (12/3/05): fairly faint, fairly small, irregular round, 40" diameter, weak concentration. Two mag 12 stars follow 1.8' E and 2.5' SE. Close pair with NGC 552 2.3' S.
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, small, round. Forms the SW vertex of an equilateral triangle with a mag 13.2 star 1.8' NE and a mag 12.8 star 1.8' E. Forms a close pair with NGC 555 2' S.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 554 = LM 2-305, along with NGC
555 and 556, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick
Observatory. His position is 0.4
min of RA too far west. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00
using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2
notes). This is an extremely close
double system (
******************************
NGC 555 = ESO 476-012 = MCG -04-04-014 = PGC 5419
01 27 11.8 -22 45 44; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 13°
24" (12/6/18): at 260x; faint, very small, round,
20" diameter, low even surface brightness. In a triplet with NGC 554 2.3' NNW and NGC 556 4' N. Located 15' ENE of mag 7.1
18" (12/3/05): extremely faint, very small, round. Appears as a very low surface brightness hazy spot with averted vision. ~15" diameter. Visible at best 1/3 of the time with averted vision. Located 2.3' S of NGC 554.
17.5" (12/9/01): extremely faint, very small, round. In a small group with NGC 554 2' N and NGC 556 (not seen).
17.5" (11/6/93): extremely faint, very small, just glimpsed at moments though definitely visible. A mag 13 star is 1.5' ENE. Forms a close pair with NGC 554 2' N.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 555 = LM 2-306, along with NGC 554 and 556, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 0.4 tmin west of ESO 476-012 = PGC 5419. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 556 = ESO 476-013 = PGC 5420
01 27 12.6 -22 41 52; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 136°
24" (12/6/18): at 260x; very faint, very small, round, 12"-15" diameter. Situated 1.8' NNE of NGC 554. A mag 12.3 star is 1.7' SE.
18" (12/3/05): marginal object, glimpsed a few times but confirmed off the NNE side of NGC 554 and faintest in a close trio with NGC 554 and NGC 555. Appeared quasi-stellar, ~6" in diameter. Situated just 1.8' NNE of NGC 554.
17.5" (11/6/93): not seen.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 556 = LM 2-307, along with NGC
554 and 555, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick
Observatory. His position is 0.5
min of RA east of
******************************
01 26 25.1 -01 38 20; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 45°
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, round, broad
concentration, halo gradually fades into background. Located 4.5' WNW of mag 8.7
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 557 = Sw. 6-11 on 20 Nov 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and recorded "eF; S;
B * f 15 seconds and is on of it."
His position is poor; 46 sec of RA east of
******************************
NGC 558 = CGCG 385-143 = PGC 5425
01 27 16.1 -01 58 16; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 0.5'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.1; PA = 110°
24" (9/23/17): at 375x; fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated WNW-ESE, ~20" diameter.
Appears to have a brighter bar oriented WNW-ESE [confirmed on the
SDSS]. A mag 12.0 star is 1.3'
WNW.
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, very small, very small bright core, faint stellar nucleus, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE in direction of a mag 12.5 star 1.3' WNW of core. Member of AGC 194 with NGC 560 4' NNE.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 558 on 1 Feb 1864 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen, while measuring nearby NGC 560 and NGC 564. He also accurately placed the nearby mag 12 star (called mag 10) as 5 seconds preceding.
******************************
01 29 34 +63 18 12; Cas
V = 9.5; Size 4'
17.5" (11/2/91): about 50 stars mag 10-15 at 220x in a 6'x4' region. Fairly compact and rich with an irregular outline. Includes a thin isosceles triangle of three mag 10 stars with the base to the south. The southeast star in this base is a close unequal double. A number of the stars are arranged in strings including four mag 13-14 stars over haze trail from base to the north. Also four mag 8/9 stars precede the cluster to the northwest in a 10' string.
William Herschel discovered NGC 559 = H. VII-48 = h124 on 9 Nov 1787 (sweep 777) and noted "a compressed cluster of some pL and many vS stars, iR, 6' or 7' diameter." John Herschel independently found this cluster on 5 Oct 1829 and described "A fine rich cluster 5' diameter, irregular." He made a clerical error in reducing the PD, which is 1° too far south (error caught by Auwers) and assumed this was a new discovery when compiling the Slough Catalogue. This error was corrected in the General Catalogue (h124 = H. VII-48).
******************************
NGC 560 = IC 117 = UGC 1036 = MCG +00-04-151 = CGCG 385-145 = PGC 5430
01 27 25.4 -01 54 47; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 178°
24" (9/23/17): at 375x; fairly faint to moderately
bright, very elongated at least 3:1 N-S, ~50"x15", slightly brighter
core, small bright nucleus. Middle
of 3 with NGC 558 4' SW and
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S, well-defined very small bright core, faint narrow extensions. In a trio with NGC 558 4' SSW and NGC 564 6' ENE within in AGC 194.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly faint, small, elongated ~N-S, bright core. Located 5' WSW of NGC 564.
William Herschel discovered NGC 560 = H. III-441, along with
NGC 564, on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and logged "vF, vS, iE." Heinrich d'Arrest measured an
accurate postion on 5 Jan 1864.
Édouard Stephan found the galaxy on 4 Nov 1875 (already aware of
it?). He reported it as new (list
8b, #1) with an accurate position determined on 21 Nov 1878. But he added a footnote that it was
probably equal to H. III-411 (similarly, St. 8b-2 = NGC 564). Both d'Arrest and Stephan are mentioned
as "Other Observers" in the NGC. Harold Corwin found that Stephane Javelle's J. 1-58 (later
******************************
01 28 18.8 +34 18 30; And
V = 12.9; Size 1.6'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated NW-SE, weak concentration.
Located 15' ESE of mag 6.3
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 561 on 23 Aug 1862 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and logged "eF, 30" dia,
R". His single position
matches
******************************
01 28 29.3 +48 23 15; And
V = 13.3; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 20°
17.5" (11/27/92): faint, fairly small, round, even surface brightness. A bright wide double star is located 4' S with components 8/10 at 21".
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 562 = Sw. 3-5 on 30 Nov 1885 with
the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and noted "eF; pS; R; D *
near south". His position is
17 tsec following
******************************
NGC 563 = NGC 539 = ESO 542-010 = MCG -03-04-063 = PGC 5269
01 25 21.7 -18 09 51; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 539.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 563 = LM 1-30 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. The description mentions "sev
faint stars follow in a line n and s". Corwin identifies NGC 563 as a duplicate observation of NGC
539 = ESO 542-010 = PGC 5269 (discovered earlier by Leavenworth) with a 2 tmin
error in RA as the description of the line of faint stars matches NGC 539.
******************************
NGC 564 = UGC 1044 = MCG +00-04-154 = CGCG 385-148 = Holm 44a = PGC 5455
01 27 48.2 -01 52 46; Cet
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 145°
24" (9/23/17): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly small, round, small bright core, 30" diameter. A mag 14 star is 1.4' S and a mag 15 star is 40" NW of center.
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 NW-SE, very small bright core.
A mag 15 star is just off the west edge. Third of three and similar to NGC 560 6' WSW although
different position angles. Located
7' NNW of mag 8.6
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly faint, fairly small, almost round, bright core. Two bright stars are in the field to SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 564 = H. III-442, along with NGC 560, on 1 Oct 1785 (sweep 448) and logged "vF, vS, iE." d'Arrest measured an accurate postion on 5 Jan 1864. Édouard Stephan found the galaxy on 4 Nov 1875 (already aware of it?). He reported it as new (list 8b, #2) with an accurate position determined on 21 Nov 1878, although he noted the probable equivalence with H. III-442 (similarly, St. 8b-1 = NGC 560).
******************************
01 28 10.1 -01 18 22; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 36°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 SSW-NNE, bright core. Located just west of the midpoint of two mag 10 stars 3.9' NE and 4.7' S in the rich cluster AGC 194.
George Searle discovered NGC 565 = HN 34 on 2 Nov 1867 using the 15-inch Merz Refractor (Annal of Harvard Obs, Vol 13, #26) at the Harvard Observatory. His micrometric position is accurate.
******************************
01 29 03.0 +32 19 56; Psc
V = 13.5; Size 1.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 178°
17.5" (12/23/89): very faint, fairly small, elongated N-S, even surface brightness. NGC 571 lies 15' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 566 = h125 on 22 Nov 1827 and
noted "vF; S; R". His
position matches
******************************
01 27 02.3 -10 15 55; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 125°
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, very small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 11.5 star is 4.5' S.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 567 = LM 1-31 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and logged
"mag 15, vS, R". His
rough position (RA given as uncertain) is 1.0 tmin east of
******************************
01 27 57.0 -35 43 04; Scl
V = 12.6; Size 2.2'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 137°
17.5" (11/1/97): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated, 1.0' diameter, weak concentration to a small brighter core. Larger of pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 568 = h2414 on 29 Nov 1837 and
recorded "very faint, small, round." His position matches
******************************
01 29 07.2 +11 07 54; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 1.1'x0.5'; PA = 163°
24" (10/1/16): fairly faint, but moderately large,
elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, ~40"x20", fairly low surface brightness, weak
concentration. Forms a disrupted
interacting pair with
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, 1.0'x0.5', low surface brightness with weak concentration.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 569 = m 49 on 1 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta. He noted "eF, vS, R" and measured a fairly accurate position.
******************************
01 28 58.6 -00 56 57; Cet
V = 12.8; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 175°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 E-W, small bright core. Contains a faint stellar nucleus offset towards the west end or a very faint star is superimposed. A mag 13 star is 1.8' SSW. Member of AGC 194.
George Searle discovered NGC 570 = HN 32 on 31 Oct 1867 using the 15-inch Merz Refractor (Annal of Harvard Obs, Vol 13, #27) at Harvard Observatory. His micrometric position is accurate.
******************************
01 29 56.1 +32 30 04; Psc
V = 13.9; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.0
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint, small, round, very
diffuse. A close mag 14/15 double
star is close west. Located 5.6'
SSW of mag 9.0
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 571 on 1 Oct 1864 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. As well as providing an accurate position he measured the mag 14 star that precedes by 6 seconds of RA (or 74" separation), though did not note it was double.
******************************
01 28 36.4 -39 18 26; Scl
V = 14.1; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5
24" (10/3/13): although quite low from central California, viewed at 280x and 375x and appeared faint, very small, round, 18" diameter (core only). A mag 14.6 star is at the NW edge. A mag 10.3 star lies 6.2' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 572 = h2415 on 4 Sep 1834 and
reported "eF, S; attached to a minute star, and very near a bright
one.". His position and
description apply to
******************************
01 30 49.3 +41 15 26; And
V = 13.1; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 10.9
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, small, fairly strong smooth surface brightness, only a gradual concentration but no core or nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is 30" SW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 573 = St. 12-15 on 21 Oct 1881 (or earlier) and recorded "vF, vS, R, gradually brighter to the center".
******************************
NGC 574 = ESO 353-006 = MCG -06-04-039 = PGC 5544
01 29 03.0 -35 35 57; Scl
V = 13.3; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 2°
17.5" (11/1/97): faint, small, slightly elongated, weak even concentration to a brighter core. Follows an asterism of four mag 13 stars, the closest being 2.4' W. In same field with NGC 568 15' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 574 = h2416 on 1 Sep 1834 and described "A Double Star. The left eye leaves no doubt of its being involved in a vF neb. diffused over 15". An extremely delicate and difficult object. Pos. of the double star 225 degrees; dist. 4", 15 and 16 mag." On a later sweep he noted "vF, S, R." and the next sweep he recorded it again: "There is a nebula but I perceive no double star in it." This galaxy is a barred spiral, and possibly he detected a brightening in the bar at one end.
******************************
01 30 46.7 +21 26 25; Psc
V = 12.8; Size 1.7'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (11/30/91): faint, fairly small, round, 1.0' diameter, low almost even surface brightness, broad mild concentration, edges fade into background.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 575 = St. 8a-5 on 19 Oct
1873. His published observation
was made 3 years later on 17 Oct 1876 with description, "eF, almost
unobservable, irr R, dia 3/4 to 1'."
Dreyer made a transcription error and the declination in the GC
Supplement and NGC is two degrees too far north. Stephane Javelle found this galaxy again on 18 Jan 1896,
placed it correctly, and reported it in list 3-888 (later
******************************
01 28 57.7 -51 35 55; Phe
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 18°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; moderately
bright, fairly small, 30" diameter.
Sharply concentrated with an elongated bar oriented NW-SE containing a
faint stellar nucleus. The outer
halo has an extremely low surface brightness. Situated along the north side of a pentagon of mag 11.3-14
stars. Located 7.6' SE of mag 7.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 576 = h2417 on 3 Oct 1834 and
logged "F; S; R; bM; among 5 or 6 stars 11m." His position and description matches
******************************
01 30 40.7 -01 59 40; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 140°
17.5" (9/26/92): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated 4:3 NW-SE, weak concentration, occasionally a very faint stellar nucleus is visible. Located near the east edge of AGC 194 and 5' WSW of a mag 10 star.
Aaron Skinner discovered NGC 577 = Sf. 100 = T I-7 = T. 4-5 on 23 Oct 1867 with the 18.5" Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory. Truman Safford published the discovery list 20 years later (1887), so Dreyer didn't notice it in time for Skinner to be credited in the NGC.
Wilhelm Tempel independently found the galaxy on 14 Aug 1877
with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and recorded it in both
his first discovery paper (#7) and his 4th paper. Tempel claimed he found
two nebulae 2m 50s following NGC 560 and 564 (there is only a single galaxy at
this position), which Dreyer assigned to NGC 577 and
******************************
01 30 28.9 -22 40 00; Cet
V = 10.9; Size 4.9'x3.1'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 110°
48" (11/5/21): at 375x; fascinating structured 3-armed spiral extending nearly 4'x2.5' WNW-ESE. A very bright, well defined thin bar runs E-W through the center of the galaxy, ~40"x10", with a slightly brighter nucleus.
Two spiral arms were obvious - the northern spiral arm was detached from the bar and seemed to start just north of the eastern end of the bar. It swept roughly due west in the northern halo, with a brighter, patchy section to the NW of the bar. The southern arm was nearly attached to the west end of the bar and was easily seen shooting straight east. It was fairly thin and well defined, with a slightly brighter section to the SE of the bar. There was a strong suggestion of a third arm extending west, with an isolated section on the south side of the halo.
An easily visible, relatively large "knot", ~15" diameter, was noticed
immediately on the east side [1.0' ENE from center], though it's not embedded
in one of the arms. I assumed at
the time it was a giant HII region, but images revealed it's an overlapped
background galaxy (
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly large, elongated
4:3 WNW-ESE, ~4'x3', slightly brighter middle is mottled, no distinct
core. A mag 14 star or knot is at
the east end 1.3' from the center.
Images reveals this is a galaxy, catalogued as
8" (9/25/81): faint, fairly large, elongated. Lies SE of a mag 8 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 578 = h2418 on 11 Nov 1835 and logged "B; L; pmE; gpmbM; 3' long, 2' broad." His position is accurate.
******************************
01 31 46.6 +33 36 55; Tri
V = 13.3; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, moderately large,
almost round, weakly concentrated but no core. Pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 579 = h127 on 22 Nov 1827 and
logged "vF; pL; gbM".
His position matches
******************************
NGC 580 = NGC 577 = UGC 1080 = MCG +00-04-165 = CGCG 385-165 = PGC 5628
01 30 40.7 -01 59 40; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 577.
Wilhelm Tempel found NGC 580 = T. 1-8 = Sw. 6-12 on 14 Aug
1877 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory, claiming to see
two nebulae 2m 50s following NGC 560 and 564. The second object was
assigned NGC 580. But there is only the single galaxy
Lewis Swift found the galaxy again on 20 Nov 1886 and reported it as new in his 6th discovery list. Dreyer assigned Swift's position to NGC 580 with Swift and Tempel credited in the NGC. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory.
******************************
01 33 22 +60 39 30; Cas
V = 7.4; Size 6'
13.1" (10/20/84): 50-60 stars in cluster, fairly
rich. Includes several bright
stars in a distinctive triangular wedge shape. At the NW edge is STF 131, a triple consisting of mag 7.3 HD
9311 (background star), a 9.9-mag star at 14" and an 11.8-mag star at
28". Mag 8.4
Pierre Méchain discovered
William Herschel observed the cluster on 8 Aug 1783 and wrote, "14 or 16 pretty large stars with a great many eS ones. Two of the large ones are double, one of the 1st the other of the 2nd class. The compound eye glass shews a few more that may be taken into the cluster so as to make about 20. I exclude a good many straggling ones, otherwise there would be no knowing where to stop."
John Herschel included M103 in his Slough Catalogue (h126) but only referenced STF 131, Struve's entry (1825) from his catalogue of double stars, so he was apparently unaware of the equivalence with M103. He reported it on 29 Sep 1829 (sweep 213) as "A fine cl; R; rich; rather coarse; 6 or 8' diam; stars 10...11m. One of Struve's "acervi".
******************************
NGC 582 = UGC 1094 = MCG +05-04-065 = CGCG 502-105 = PGC 5702
01 31 58.1 +33 28 35; Tri
V = 13.2; Size 2.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 58°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SW-NE, weak concentration. Pair with NGC 579 8' NNW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 582 on 9 Aug 1863 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He mentioned the mag 12-13 star that precedes by 4.5 seconds of time and measured an accurate position.
******************************
01 29 44.1 -18 20 22; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 40°
17.5" (10/21/95): very faint, very small, round, 30" diameter, very weak concentration with no distinct core. A mag 12 star is 1.5' NW of center.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 583 = LM 2-308 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His typical poor position is 1 min of
RA east of
******************************
01 31 20.7 -06 52 06; Cet
V = 10.5; Size 4.2'x2.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 55°
24" (12/28/16): at 200x and 375x; very bright, large,
oval ~3:2 SW-NE, ~2.4'x1.6', sharply concentrated with an intensely bright core
that gradually increases to quasi-stellar nucleus. Brightest in a group (LGG
027) with
17.5" (8/2/86): very bright, moderately large, oval WSW-ENE, very bright large core. Forms a pair with NGC 586 4.5' SE.
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; bright, fairly large, slightly elongated 4:3 SW-NE with a very low surface brightness halo increasing to 2'x1.5'. Sharply concentrated with a very bright round core containing a small intense nucleus. Pair (similar redshift) with NGC 586 4.4' ESE.
8" (9/25/81): bright, round, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 584 = H. I-100 = h128 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435), along with NGC 586, and recorded both as "two, the first [NGC 584] cB, pS, R, mbM. The second [NGC 586] eF, S, about 5 or 6' following the former, requires great attention to be seen. His position is fairly accurate. John Herschel made 3 observations, reporting it as "vB; R; psbM; 25" [diameter]." (sweep 186, 9 Oct 1826).
E.E. Barnard found this galaxy while observing his comet
discovery C/1888 RI with the comet nearly occulting the galaxy! He commented "The comet's nucleus
passed some 30" N of the nucleus of the nebula. The comet is probably 5 times as bright as the nebula and is
a great many times larger."
The discovery was reported directly to Dreyer, who catalogued it again
as
******************************
01 31 42.4 -00 55 55; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 2.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 86°
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 E-W, 1.2'x0.4', small bright core, faint thin extensions. This is an outlying member of AGC 194 cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 585 = h129 on 20 Dec 1827 and reported "vF; R; bM; 25" [diameter]." His position was off by 7 sec of RA west and 1' S.
******************************
NGC 586 = Holm 45a = MCG -01-05-001 = LGG 027-002 = PGC 5679
01 31 37.0 -06 53 38; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.6'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 10°
24" (12/28/16): at 200x and 375x; moderately bright and large, very elongated 5:2 N-S, 1.0'x0.4', small bright core. Forms a pair with much brighter NGC 584 4.3' NW.
17.5" (8/2/86): fairly faint, fairly small, diffuse, very weak concentration. Located 4.5' SE of NGC 584.
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S, ~45"x20", fairly low surface brightness, small brighter core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 586 = H. III-431 = h130 = Sw. 3-6 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435) along with NGC 584. See description under NGC 584. John Herschel made a single observation on 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318), "vF; R; 15 arcsec".
R.J. Mitchell observed NGC 586 with the 72" on 28 and
29 Nov 1856. Herschel entered the
Birr Castle observations as GC 343 = R[osse]. nova. In compiling the 1880 Rosse Catalogue, though, Dreyer noted
the equivalence with h130 = III 431.
Lewis Swift apparently thought he discovered this object on 30 Nov 1885,
though his position for Sw. 3-6 was 19 seconds of time too far east. His description stated
"south-following GC 363 [
******************************
01 32 33.4 +35 21 30; Tri
V = 12.8; Size 2.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 67°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, oval WSW-ENE, even surface brightness.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 587 on 27 Aug 1862 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen.
His single position is 4.5' S of
The CGCG, UGC and PGC label this galaxy
******************************
01 32 45.9 +30 38 51; Tri
Size 0.5'
18" (12/8/07): moderately bright
17.5" (7/5/86): extremely faint nebulosity in M33,
requires averted vision to view.
Located 14' W of the center of M33 and forms the western vertex of a
very obtuse isosceles triangle with
13.1" (7/5/86): barely visible with averted. Almost collinear with NGC 592 and NGC 595.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 588 = Au 13 in M33, along with NGC 592, on 2 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. His micrometric position (measured on several nights) is accurate. Auwers included this HII region in his 1862 catalogue of 50 new nebulae.
******************************
01 32 39.9 -12 02 34; Cet
V = 14.0; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.4
17.5" (9/26/92): faint, very small, round, small
brighter core, very faint stellar nucleus. A mag 12 star is 2.3' SW. In a trio with
Frank Muller discovered NGC 589 = LM 2-309 in 1886 with the
26" Clark refractor of the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is
50 sec of RA west of
******************************
01 33 40.9 +44 55 44; And
V = 12.9; Size 2.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 150°
24" (11/7/18): at 200x; moderately bright, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 0.9'x0.3', sharply concentrated with a bright elongated core and a much fainter halo. Situated in a rich star field with four mag 10 stars within 5'.
Forms a pair with
17.5" (9/26/92): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, broad concentration, faint almost stellar nucleus, rich star field. There is a group of mag 10 stars in the field to the north including mag 10 stars 2.1' ENE, 3.2' N and 4.5' NNE.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 590 on 22 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His single position is accurate.
******************************
01 33 31.2 +35 40 06; And
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 5°
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, small, oval NW-SE, even
surface brightness. A mag 14.5
star is 0.8' N and a faint mag 15.5 star 1.5' WNW. Located 6.6' NW of 7.3
Truman Safford discovered NGC 591 = Sf. 61 = Sw. 3-7 on 10 Oct 1866 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory and described as "pF, S, R, bM." Safford was not credited in the NGC as Dreyer missed his discovery list published in 1887, just prior to the NGC. Lewis Swift independently found the galaxy again on 30 Nov 1885 and reported it in his 3rd discovery paper. Dreyer credited Swift with the discovery in the NGC. Swift's position is 13 seconds off in RA.
******************************
01 33 12.5 +30 38 50; Tri
Size 0.8'x0.7'
18" (12/8/07): moderately bright HII complex, ~40"x30". There appears to be faint star or stellar knot superimposed. Located 8' due west of the core with NGC 588 an additional 6' further west on the same line.
17.5" (7/5/86): faint nebulosity in M33 9' WSW of the core. Forms the vertex of an obtuse isosceles triangle with NGC 588 6' W and NGC 595 6' NE.
13.1" (8/15/82 and 8/5/83): fairly easy HII region with averted vision.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 592 = Au 14 in M33, along with NGC 588, on 2 Oct 1861 with the 11-inch Fraunhofer refractor in Copenhagen. His micrometric position (measured on 3 nights) is fairly accurate. Auwers included the discovery in his 1862 catalogue of new nebulae.
In March 2020, Yann Pothier found an earlier discovery by R.J. Mitchell, the observer on Lord Rosse's 72" on 7 Dec 1858. His excellent sketch in the 1862 publication (plate 26, figure 10) includes NGC 592 at the right edge.
******************************
NGC 593 = MCG -02-05-003 = PGC 5733
01 32 20.7 -12 21 16; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 12°
17.5" (9/26/92): extremely faint, small, very elongated
3:1 ~N-S, low surface brightness.
In a small group with NGC 589 12' NE and
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 593 = St. 12-17 on 30 Oct 1869. He noted a rough offset from NGC 599; 40 seconds preceding and about 15' S. The actual offsets are 33 seconds preceding and 10' S. His published micrometric position was made 13 years later on 2 Nov 1882 with the somewhat odd description "very small group of stars, a little elongated SSW to NNE and appearing to be enveloped in a very slight nebulosity." There is a very faint star on the south end, though I didn't note it in my 17.5" observation.
******************************
01 32 57.0 -16 32 08; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 32°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 SW-NE, bright core. Located in
a barren field 9' SSE of mag 8.8
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 594 = LM 1-32 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"mag 12.5, pS, E 225°." His rough position essentially matches MCG
-03-05-005 = PGC 5769 and the position angle is close (SW-NE). Harold Corwin suggests Lewis Swift may
have rediscovered this galaxy on 29 Sep 1897 and recorded it in list Sw. 12-7 (later
******************************
01 33 33.5 +30 41 31; Tri
18" (12/8/07): fairly bright knot near the core of M33,
just 4' NW of center and close west of the spiral arm that winds north from the
core on the west side. Appears
elongated SSW-NNE, ~40"x30", with a fairly well-defined outer
edge. This is the second most
luminous HII region in M33 after
17.5" (7/5/86): very faint nebulosity in M33, located 4' NW of the center. Situated just off the west edge of the beginning of the spiral arm that extends north and then northeast from the core on the west side. This is a combination star cluster and HII region.
13.1" (8/15/82 and 8/5/83): faintly visible with averted. Situated at the edge of a spiral arm.
Bindon Blood Stoney or George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 595 = Sf. 63 on 27 Dec 1850 (Friday). An offset was measured from a star superimposed on M33. It was possibly first seen on Sept. 13, though the description on that date only mentions "full of knots"). The nebula was labeled as "1" on the diagram in the 1861 publication. No coordinates were ever measured at Birr Castle.
Heinrich d'Arrest independently discovered this HII knot on 1 Oct 1864 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and measured a fairly accurate position (4 seconds of RA too large). d'Arrest is credited with the discovery in the NGC. Truman Safford rediscovered it on 1 Nov 1866 with the 18.5" refractor at the Dearborn Observatory and recorded Sf. 63 as "pF, vS, probably a well-known outlier of M33."
******************************
01 32 51.9 -07 01 54; Cet
V = 10.9; Size 3.2'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 40°
17.5" (8/2/86): fairly bright, fairly small, very
bright core, surrounded by a small faint halo. Located 12' W of mag 5.8
8" (9/25/81 and 11/28/81): fairly faint, small, round, bright core. Located 12' W of a mag 6 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 596 = H. II-4 = h132 on 13 Dec 1783 (early sweep 44). On 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435) he logged "pB. Much like the brightest of the two preceding [NGC 584]; but rather smaller." His summary description from 6 observations reads "pB, pS, R, mbM, resembling a telescopic comet." On 2 Jan 1827 (sweep 40), John Herschel reported "pB; R; a * 6m follows 47.5 seconds and is 40" north." On 31 Oct 1877, R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, noted "B, S, R, Nucl, a vF * preceding and another north." The 2 mentioned stars are mag 16-16.5.
******************************
01 32 14.7 -33 29 44; Scl
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (12/26/00): very faint, small, round, 30" diameter. Located just 1.9' NNW of a mag 12.5 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 597 = h2419 on 25 Sep 1834 and
recorded "vF, R, 25"." On a later sweep he logged "F, S, R,
bM, 15"." His mean position matches
******************************
01 33 50.9 +30 39 37; Tri
V = 5.7; Size 70.8'x41.7'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 23°
17.5" (11/1/86): bright, very large, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, weakly concentrated irregular halo, rises suddenly to a small bright core. Two prominent spiral arms form an "S-pattern" with an irregular surface brightness. At least a dozen HII regions or clusters are resolved (see the numerous IC listings). Overall, the entire galaxy is very mottled and the outer extent is difficult to define.
13.1" (several dates from 8/16/82 to 8/23/84): two prominent spiral arms distinctly visible and three HII knots in arm leading to NGC 604.
8" (10/4/80): the bright central region was slightly grainy and the halo showed two main spiral arms indicated by their outer edges.
Naked-eye (several times): just glimpsed in very dark skies, perhaps visible 25% of the time in best conditions.
Gioivanni Hodierna possibly discovered M33 = NGC 598 = H. V-17 = h131 before 1654 and catalogued it as a cloud-like nebulosity or obscuration "near the Triangle". Charles Messier made a definitive discovery of M33 on 25 Aug 1764. William Herschel assumed it was new (not found at Messier's position) and catalogued it as H. V-17 on 11 Sep 1784 (sweep 266). On 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 680) he noted "The large nebula. The middle of it easily resolvable and some of the stars visible; it is impossible to say how far it may extend; the nebulosity losing itself so gradually, but goes undoubtedly a great way in every direction, but chiefly from sp to nf." A little later in the sweep he noted "Looked for the 33rd of the Conoiss des Temps, but it is not in the place."
John Herschel included only a single observation in the Slough Catalogue from 15 Sep 1828 (sweep 177): "Enormously L; vgbM. The nucl taken; has a * 12m, nf the nucl. The diffused neb extends 15' s[outh] and as much nearly to n[orth]. It has irregularities of light, and even feeble subordinate nuclei [HII knots] and many small stars."
Lord Rosse and/or assistant George Johnstone Stoney observed spiral sturcture in M33 on 6 Sep 1849 and a drawing by Rosse on the 16th with four or more spiral arms was included in the 1850 PT paper (figure 5). The description reads, "New spiral, s(outh) branch the brightest, none F, nf one short but pB, p(receding) on pretty distinct, sf one but suspected; the whole involved in F neby which probably extends past several knots which lie about it in different directions. Faint nebulosity seems to extend very far following." R.J. Mitchell produced a more detailed drawing on 18 Dec 1857 (included in the 1861 publication). Isaac Roberts produced the first excellent photograph of M33 in 1895 with his 20" reflector, revealing more detail than seen visually.
Based on the discovery of three dozen Cepheids by 1926, Edwin Hubble found a distance of ~860,000 l.y. using the Period-Luminosity relation. This determination, along with M31, proved they were external galaxies and effectively ended the "Island Universe" debate. The actual distance is ~3x larger, due to mixing different types of Cepheids (Population I and II) .
******************************
NGC 599 = MCG -02-05-005 = PGC 5778
01 32 53.7 -12 11 28; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 135°
17.5" (9/26/92): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, weak concentration, in a poor star field. NGC 589 lies 10' NNW and NGC 593 12' SW. Forms a close pair with NGC 601 3.3' ESE (not seen but appears stellar on the POSS).
William Herschel discovered NGC 599 = H. II-473 = LM 2-310 on 27 Nov 1785 (sweep 478) and logged "F, S, iF, easily resolvable, some of the stars visible.". His position was fairly accurate. This is an S0 galaxy, so I wouldn't expect that Herschel would find it mottled or resolvable. Frank Muller found it again in 1886 at the Leander McCormick Observatory and he reportedit as new in the observatory's second discovery paper (#310) with description "mag 13.0, 0.8' dia, gbM."
******************************
01 33 05.3 -07 18 43; Cet
V = 12.4; Size 3.3'x2.8'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 85°
17.5" (9/26/92): faint, fairly large, round, 2.5' diameter. Appears as a low surface brightness glow without core or structure.
William Herschel discovered NGC 600 = H. III-432 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435) and simply noted as "eF". John Herschel made no observations of this low surface brightness galaxy and it was probably missed at Birr Castle. The single observation on 29 Nov 1850 with Lord Rosse's 72" commented "searched for 20' sf [NGC 596], doubtful whether found, perhaps it was a vF stellar object 2.5' S of a *13m and about 6' S of a *10m." This appears to refer to a 15th mag star and not the galaxy.
Based on photographs taken at the Helwan Observatory between 1914-16, NGC 600 was described as "vF, 2' x 1', nucleus elongated 20°, giving this spiral an almost Phi-type [barred] appearance."
******************************
NGC 601 = Mrk 1000 = PGC 73980
01 33 06.5 -12 12 32; Cet
Size 0.3'x0.3'
17.5" (10/4/97): extremely faint and small, round. Initially appeared as a mag 15.5 "star" but a very small 10" halo was visible after extended viewing. Located 3.3' ESE of NGC 599. Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC. Appears stellar on the POSS.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 601 = LM 2-311 (close southeast
of II-310 = NGC 599) in 1886 using the 16" Clark refractor at Leander
McCormick Observatory. His
position is just 5 sec of RA west of
******************************
01 29 26 -73 33 36; Hyi
Size 3'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x; NGC 602 is a large nebulous cluster (SMC-N90) that was clearly brighter on the southeast end. The total size is ~3' with the southeast end fairly bright, fairly large, irregular shape. A tight knot of three stars is near the center. Additional stars are involved near the edges. A weak dust lane was on the west end oriented SW-NE, separating the roundish western section. A mag 13.8 star (O3-type Sk 183) is involved just west of the dust lane. This star is one of the massive O-type stars in the SMC and the dominant ionizing source of the nebula. The two portions are separated (barely) without a filter but tangent when I added a NPB filter. A mag 12.5 star is off the SW side (1.8' from center) and a mag 13 star is off the north side, 2.2' NNW of center. NGC 602, along with N89 and N88 to the northwest, are situated along the boundary of SMC-1 (also called SMC-SGS 1), the only supergiant shell in the SMC, with a diameter of ~1°..
SMC-N89, located 20' NW, is fairly faint, large, roundish, irregular glow, ~3.5' diameter. At the northeast end are four mag 11.5 to 13 stars (part of Hodge association 67) in a near equilateral triangle with a 4th star at the center and a 12th mag star is at the E or SE end of the nebulosity. Lindsay 104 is a very faint, unresolved patch (cluster) just southwest of the four distinctive stars. Situated at the western boundary of SMC-1.
SMC-N88, located 33' NW, is dominated by a Highly Ionized Blob (HEB) of only 3.5" diameter and mag ~12.5. At 244x + NPB filter it appeared as a bright "star" or quasi-stellar object surrounded by faint nebulosity on the east and south side. I assume there was a contrast gain with the filter as this dense, high-excitation object has a ratio of O III lines/H-beta > 10.5. The nebula is surrounded by Hodge Assoication 64 including a mag 14 star 2' E, two close mag 14 stars 1.8' SE and a mag 14.5 star 1' SSE. A mag 11.2 star (part of Hodge Associatin 65) lies 5.6' S. Situated at the NW edge of supershell SMC-1.
18" (7/6/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 228x, a knot of stars is embedded in a 3' fairly bright oval nebula (Henize N90). On closer inspection the knot of stars is offset to the SE side of the nebula. At 171x and UHC filter, the nebulosity is fairly bright and clearly locally brighter on the SE end around the knot of stars. A weak dark rift, running SW-NE, separates the fainter portion of nebulosity to the NW. This nebulous cluster is an outlying member of the SMC.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 602 = D 17 = h2421 on 1 Aug 1826. He described "a faint round nebula, about 2' diameter, a very little brighter in the middle, with some minute stars in it." Dunlop's position is just 3' too far east.
On 11 Apr 1834 (sweep 411), John Herschel logged "pB, S, irregularly round, psb but not to the middle, but rather to a point near the southern edge. Is decidedly resolved, and has scattered stars. (This is an outlier of the Nubecula Minor)". On 5 Nov 1836 (sweep 745), he called it "B, R or lE, psbM to a star; has also a star involved which looks like a second nucleus and several small stars about it."
Joseph Turner observed this object on 26 Jan 1879 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope and noted there was clearly a double star in the center.
******************************
01 34 44.0 +30 13 58; Tri
17.5" (9/28/02): identified at 162x as a slightly fuzzy glow and cleanly resolved into a faint triple star at 325x (7.5mm Tak and Paracorr). Situated ~30' SE of the core of M33.
17.5" (8/11/96): this is a faint, close triple star within M33 described as a "A small neb. or Cl. with 3 st[ars] in it" by Lord Rosse. It appeared as a faint nebulous spot at low power and was barely resolved at 220x. The trio of mag 14/15 stars was cleanly resolved at 410x. The maximum separation is 15", the close pair at 9" separation and the other side 12" with the trio forming a 3-4-5 right triangle! Located 28' SE of the center of M33.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 603 on 29 Nov 1850
(Friday). Bindon's brother, George
Johnstone, may have participated in the discovery as he visited Birr Castle
several weekends in Fall 1850. It was recorded as "A S neb. or Cl. with 3
st in it. It is about 8' ssp a
[double star] whose components are of the 11 m. RA 1h 26m +/- NPD 60d 35' +/-. (I obs)."
This description pins down the identification as a triple star whose
components have a maximum separation of 15". In the IC 2 notes, Dreyer mentioned he only saw an extremely
faint star on plates of M33. Karl
Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, states "Cl of 3
st 14". This identification
was noted by Mayall and Aller (1942) in the article "The Rotation of the
Spiral Nebula
******************************
01 34 31.9 +30 47 13; Tri
48" (11/5/21): at 488x (unfiltered): NGC 604 appeared very bright, highly structured, with several mag 16.5+ supergiant stars resolved in the HII region. The main section is roughly 50" in diameter and elongated NW-SE, but with a very irregular outline, particularly on the eastern side.
The brightest region has a dented triangular shape, ~15" on each side, with a very high surface brightness along the SW facing edge (W side of NGC 604). Just to the NNW of the triangle is a 15" patch that is nearly detached. Adding an NPB filter, the nearly detached patch is fully connected and the SW facing flank brightens significantly. Also the SSE end of the nebula has a small elongated patch that noticeably improved contrast.
Very close to the NE vertex of the triangle is a faint Wolf-Rayet star (WR 4, V = 17.4) and a slightly brighter star (WR 2) is close to the S vertex. Two or three additional very faint stars are within 15" to the east of the triangular region (one is WR 6).
18" (12/10/07): bright, large HII knot in M33 at the end of the spiral arm that trails to the east on the north side of the core. A mag 10.5-11 star is located 1.5' SE and NGC 604 is elongated 3:2 in the direction of this star. The outline is oval, though a bit irregular, particularly on the east side. It appears brighter and mottled on the northwest side and with direct vision a slightly brighter stellaring is embedded near the northwest end.
13.1" (7/5/86): bright HII region located 12' NE of the core of M33. Situated at the end of the large spiral arm of M33 that extends north and then east of the core. Bright, fairly small, ~30" diameter, round.
8": fairly bright, round, knot in M33.
William Herschel discovered NGC 604 = H. III-150 = h133 on 11 Sep 1784 (sweep 266) and noted "vF, S, R nebula, brightest in the middle." Lord Rosse or assistant reported on 13 Sep 1850: "large spiral full of knots, north following is a bright, small neb [NGC 604], which on a very good night might appear attached to the spiral, than which it is brighter." Bindon or George Stoney measured an offset from a star superimposed just north of the core of M33 on 2 Jan 1851 and the nebula was labeled as "3" on the diagram in the 1861 publication. Vogel first identified its gaseous spectrum in 1890.
******************************
01 35 02.4 +41 14 53; And
V = 12.9; Size 2.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 145°
17.5" (9/26/92): faint, very small, slightly elongated NW-SE, small bright core, stellar nucleus, very small halo surrounds core.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 605 = St. 12-18 on 3 Oct 1869 and recorded an unpublished position 1.4' E of center. He published an accurate micrometric position made on 21 Oct 1881 and recorded "very faint, extremely small, round, bright stellar nucleus."
******************************
01 34 50.2 +21 25 05; Psc
V = 13.4; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.9
17.5" (11/30/91): faint, small, round, weak
concentration. Located 2.5' S of
mag 8.8
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 606 = St. 12-16 on 5 Oct 1869. He published an accurate micrometric position made 12 years later on 18 Oct 1881 and recorded "extremely faint, round, diameter about 45", very little central concentration, seems resolvable."
******************************
01 34 16.3 -07 24 46; Cet
V = 11.7/13.9; Size 14"
= **, Spitaler. =***, Carlson.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 607 = Au 15 on 23 Aug 1855 with a 4.6-inch Fraunhofer refractor at Leibniz. At his micrometric position (measured on two nights) is a pair of mag 12/14 stars at 14" separation. He also measured a mag 9.2 star (called mag 11) that follows by 29.7 seconds and 2' north, so this identification is certain. Auwers included this object in his 1862 catalogue of new nebulae. In the NGC notes, Dreyer mentioned "no nebulosity seen by Schönfeld, but Auwers saw it [with the Konigsberg heliometer and reported the observation in the notes section of the catalogue]." Rudolph Spitaler found a double star (mag 11 with a 14th magnitude companion), which was mentioned in the IC 1 Notes section.
******************************
01 35 28.2 +33 39 24; Tri
V = 13.2; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 32°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, small, oval SSW-NNE,
gradually increases to small bright core.
Forms a pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 608 = h134 on 22 Nov 1827 and recorded "vF; psbM. Stellar". His position in the Slough and General Catalogue is 7 seconds of RA too small. The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
01 36 27 +64 32 12; Cas
V = 11.0; Size 3'
24" (1/4/14): at 200x, ~15 faint to very faint stars sparkle over an unresolved background glow ~2.5' diameter. Two brighter mag 12/13 stars are detached, just off the southwest end. The cluster is 2.5' NW of MLB 187, a 5" pair of mag 9/9.5 stars.
13.1" (12/7/85): faint, fairly small, diffuse, about
six very faint stars over unresolved haze. Located 10' SSW of mag 6.6
8" (1/1/84): not found.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 609 on 9 Aug 1863 (one of two open clusters he found, along with NGC 133) with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He noted it as "subtle and elegant group of stars mag 14-15; 4' dia; nearly round." His single RA measure is ~50 seconds too large and this error was carried over into the NGC, RNGC and Sky Catalogue 2000.
******************************
01 34 18 -20 09; Cet
= Not found, RNGC and Corwin.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 610 = LM 2-312 (along with NGC 611 = LM 2-313) in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position and Corwin was unable to recover this object after an extensive search for a candidate. Listed as nonexistent in RNGC.
******************************
01 34 18 -20 08; Cet
= Not found, RNGC and Corwin.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 611 = LM 2-313 (along with NGC 610 = LM 2-31) in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position and Corwin was unable to recover this object after an extensive search for a candidate. Listed as nonexistent in RNGC.
******************************
01 33 57.7 -36 29 36; Scl
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 172°
17.5" (11/10/96): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
N-S, ~1.2'x0.8', weak concentration.
Located 1.0' following a mag 11 star. First of three with
John Herschel discovered NGC 612 = h2423 on 29 Nov 1837 and
recorded "F, R, 12", follows a star 12th mag. This is possibly
identical with the next [h2424 = NGC 619] but one with a mistaken minute."
His position is 1' S of
******************************
01 34 18.2 -29 25 06; Scl
V = 10.1; Size 5.5'x4.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 120°
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): this very large barred spiral was a stunning showpiece at 303x! The bright central bar region is oriented NW-SE and extends ~2.5'x1' with the halo and arms stretching ~5'x3.6'. The central region was sharply concentrated with a very intense oval core that increased to a bright stellar nucleus. A prominent spiral arm was easily visible on the southeast end. It had a well defined edge and a high contrast as it emerged from the central region and unfurled east and north. The arm then dimmed significantly but could be followed as it bent backwards on the east side towards the northwest! The arm faded away before reaching a mag 9.6 star (SAO 167149) 2.2' NE of center. A second relatively bright, well-defined arm is attached on the northwest end of the bar and it curled south on the west end of the halo.
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly bright, very elongated 3:1
WNW-ESE, 4.0'x1.3', prominent elongated core, almost stellar nucleus with
direct vision. The halo is broader with averted vision. There appeared to
be a very faint extension or large knot southeast of the core . The DSS reveals
this feature to be the bright spiral arm extending southeast from the central
bar. Located 2.4' SW of mag 9
8" (11/28/81): faint, moderately large, diffuse, small bright core. A mag 9 star lies 2.5' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 613 = H. I-281 = h139 = h2422 = D 621 on 9 Dec 1798 (sweep 1084) and recorded "cB, E np-sf, 5 or 6' long, 1 1/2' broad, a nucleus in the middle, A pretty considerable star is about 3' north of it, and a little following."
James Dunlop independently found the galaxy on 5 Aug 1826, apparently unaware of WH's prior discovery (or he thought it was a different object). He described "a very small round nebula, about 15" diameter, pretty well defined, bright at the center." His position was over 1/2° too far E. Stephen O'Meara finds it curious that Dunlop failed to note any elongation and didn't mention its proximity to the 10th magnitude star just off its NE flank.
John Herschel observed the galaxy both at Slough and at the Cape of Good Hope. On 27 Sep 1834, his Cape observation reads "vB; vL; vmE; pos 118.3 ; 1st gradually then suddenly much brighter to the middle to a nucleus 4' long 1.5' broad, has a star 9th mag N.f." He also noted that the position assigned in his Slough Catalogue was incorrect. On a second sweep, he logged "pB; vmE; pslbM, 2 1/2' length. No other near it within 3 fields in RA and 1 field's breadth in declination." Finally on a third sweep he logged "vB; L; vmE; pspmbM; has a *10; N.F."
******************************
NGC 614 = NGC 627 = UGC 1140 = MCG +05-04-075 = CGCG 502-118 = PGC 5933
01 35 52.3 +33 40 55; Tri
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, round,
broadly concentrated, faint stellar nucleus. Forms a pair with NGC 608 5' WSW. Located 9' S of mag 7
William Herschel discovered NGC 614 = H. III-174 = h135 on
13 Sep 1784 (last object using Beta And as the reference star in sweep 271) and
noted "Stellar, verified with 240 power." There is nothing at his position, but 78 seconds of RA
(time) to the west is
******************************
NGC 615 = MCG -01-05-008 = LGG 027-005 = PGC 5897
01 35 05.6 -07 20 27; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 3.6'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 155°
17.5" (1/1/92): moderately bright, moderately large,
elongated 5:2 NNW-SSE, 2'x1', evenly concentrated halo, very small bright core,
bright stellar nucleus. Located
5.4' ENE of mag 8.5
8" (11/28/81): faint, small, slightly elongated. Located 5' E of an 8th magnitude star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 615 = H. II-282 = h137 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 355) and recorded "pF, cL, irregular brightest about the middle, r." His summary description (including an observation on 10 Sep 1785, sweep 435) reads "pB, cL, lE, mbM". John Herschel observed NGC 615 on 9 Oct 1828 (sweep 186): "pB; R; is sf a * 8m distant 10'." The galaxy is only 5' north-following the star. Rudolph Spitaler measured an accurate position with the 27" refractor at Vienna.
******************************
01 36 04.3 +33 46 12; Tri
= **, Carlson and Corwin.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 616 on 14 Aug 1863 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and noted (single observation) a "double
star veiled in faint nebulosity."
He measured the offset to nearby mag 6.5
******************************
01 34 02.5 -09 46 27; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (11/1/97): at 220x appeared extremely faint, very
small, round, 25" diameter, low even surface brightness. Requires averted to view and cannot
hold steadily. Slightly easier to
view at 280x. Located 30' NW of
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 617 = LM 2-314 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 1.2 tmin east of MCG -02-05-007 = PGC 5831, a common error with the observations there. MCG (-02-05-007) does not label this galaxy as NGC 617.
******************************
01 36 18 +33 24; Tri
= NGC 614??, Corwin. = Not found, Dreyer and Carlson. = *?, IC 1 notes. = NGC 608?, Burnham.
John Herschel discovered NGC 618 = h136 on 16 Nov 1827 and reported "pB; pL; bM; precedes a * 2m 51.0s". There is nothing at his position and there is no fairly bright star at the required separation east of his position. In the NGC Notes section, Dreyer commented "never found at Birr [in 5 attempts], nor by d'Arrest [in several attempts]. Schönfeld (II) has two observations, vF, eS = *13, place agreeing with [John Herschel]. Query: only a faint star..." In the IC 1 Notes and Corrections entry for NGC 618 and 627, Dreyer adds "Not observed by John Herschel in the same sweep as [NGC 608 and 614]. Neither of them seen by Burnham."
Wolfgang Steinicke suggests NGC 618 may be a mag 10 star at 01 41 36.6 +33 17 40 (J2000) with a mag 12.7 star 30" southwest and a mag 15.7 star 30" south. Harold Corwin is skeptical that this combo would mimic a "pretty bright" nebula and suggests that NGC 618 is possibly a duplicate observation of NGC 614, although the brighter star following is not at the required separation, unless Herschel meant 51 seconds, instead of 2m 51s. Wolfgang Steinicke analyzed the sweep data and arrived at a different position, close to 01 42 +33° 23' (J2000), assuming the bright star precedes the object, but this "corrected" position has no "pB" objects nearby.
******************************
NGC 619 = ESO 353-021 = MCG -06-04-051 = PGC 5878
01 34 51.7 -36 29 22; Scl
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 130°
17.5" (11/10/96): very faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, 1.0'x0.8'. Difficult to determine orientation as requires averted to glimpse (probably affected by fairly low elevation). Preceding of pair with brighter NGC 623 2.9' E. In a group with NGC 612 11' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 619 = h2424 on 30 Nov 1837 and noted "eeF, vS, R; the preceding of two [with NGC 623] in the field together." His position is accurate.
******************************
01 36 59.8 +42 19 23; And
V = 13.1; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.7
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, small, round, broad concentration, fairly high surface brightness. A mag 12 star is 45" WSW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 620 = St. 3-2 on 13 Oct 1869. His published accurate position was made on 14 Dec 1871 with the description "eF, vS, R, eF, vS, R, bM but no nucleus."
******************************
01 36 49.0 +35 30 43; Tri
V = 12.7; Size 1.9'x1.8'; Surf Br = 14.0
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, small, almost round, broad
concentration. Located 2' SW of a
mag 10.5 star and 7' S of mag 8.4
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 621 = St. 13-10 on 24 Nov 1883 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory and noted "vF, eS, R, bM and nucleus". His position is accurate.
******************************
01 36 00.1 +00 39 49; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 45°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~E-W. Even surface brightness except for a well-defined very small bright core and faint stellar nucleus or faint star superimposed.
William Herschel discovered NGC 622 = H. III-454 = h138 on 9
Oct 1785 (sweep 463) and logged "Suspected, eF, pL, 240 power left it
doubtful." The NGC position
matches
******************************
NGC 623 = ESO 353-023 = MCG -06-04-052 = PGC 5898
01 35 06.4 -36 29 25; Scl
V = 12.5; Size 2.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 94°
17.5" (11/10/96): brighter of pair with NGC 619 2.9' preceding. Fairly faint, fairly small, 1.0' diameter, round. Collinear with NGC 619 and NGC 612 14' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 623 = h2425 on 30 Nov 1837 and recorded "F, S, R; the following of two [with h2424 = NGC 619]." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 624 = MCG -02-05-010 = PGC 5932
01 35 51.0 -10 00 10; Cet
V = 12.8; Size 1.7'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 100°
17.5" (9/26/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 E-W, 1.0'x0.5'. A mag 13 star is at the south edge 30" from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 624 = H. III-471 = h140 on 30 Nov 1837 (sweep 479) and described "a few small stars mixed with seeming nebulosity. 240 showed the same." There is a star at the south edge and another 1.4' N. John Herschel noted on 6 Jan 1831 (sweep 315), "eF; S; among 2 or 3 vF st, very difficult".
******************************
01 35 05 -41 26 12; Phe
V = 11.1; Size 5.8'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 92°
17.5" (11/1/86): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 5:2 E-W, brighter core. Viewed at a very low elevation (less than 10°).
James Dunlop discovered NGC 625 = D 479 = h2426 on 2 Sep 1826 with his 9" reflector and described "a very faint nebula, of a round figure, with two or three minute stars in it near the meridian". His single position is ~8' too far E. John Herschel logged on 5 Sep 1834, "B, pL, mE, nearly in the parallel; pmbM." On a second sweep on 4 Dec 1836 he called it "B, mE, gbM, 80"." The next night he logged the galaxy again as "B, L, mE, gbM, 1.25' long."
Joseph Turner observed NGC 625 on 24 Jan 1879 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope and noted "it is at present much brighter at the following extremity, giving it the appearance of a tail. This extra brightness is caused by a small star being situated there as shown in the above sketch." His small star appears to be a bright HII region in the galaxy.
******************************
01 35 12.0 -39 08 48; Scl
V = 12.7; Size 1.9'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 43°
18" (10/25/08): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 0.8'
diameter, small bright core, very faint halo.
John Herschel discovered NGC 626 = h2427 on 4 Sep 1834 and recorded "pF, S, R, bM, 15"." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 627 = NGC 614? = UGC 1140 = MCG +05-04-075 = CGCG 502-118 = PGC 5933
01 35 52.3 +33 40 55; Tri
= NGC 614?, Corwin. =**, Steinicke.
John Herschel discovered NGC 627 = h141 on 11 Nov 1827 and recorded "vF; R; another precedes; which must be III.174 [NGC 614]. The RA conjectural and PD liable to some error." Heinrich d'Arrest was unsuccessful in locating an object at Herschel's position and he commented "is not in the heavens. Anyway, the place assigned [by Herschel] as doubtful, is errant."
Sherburne Burnham (Publ of the Lick Observatory, Vol II) was also unable to find the object and Dreyer concluded "should be struck out" in the IC 1 notes section. Burnham suggested this might be a duplicate observation of NGC 614 in which case the object that preceded would be NGC 608 (misidentified as III 174). But Wolfgang Steinicke argues that NGC 614 is located 2.4° due north of ∑137, the previous object in the sweep, so he could not have arrived at the field of NGC 614 as the next object. See Corwin's identification notes for more.
******************************
01 36 41.6 +15 47 03; Psc
V = 9.4; Size 10.5'x9.5'; Surf Br = 14.2
48" (10/22/11): beautiful face-on spiral with long, graceful arms wrapping around an intense 1' core that increases towards the center, but there is no sharp nucleus. At first glance at 375x there appeared to be four arms, but with a more careful look there are two main arms that each wrap more than 360° around the core as well as a couple of side branches. Each arm is studded with a number of non-stellar HII regions that highlight the arms. In addition, a number of stars are superimposed, both in the inner region (two faint stars are within 25" of the center) and around the edge of the halo, which extends to 7'-8' diameter.
The more prominent arm "southern" arm is very regular - emerging from the core on the south side and wrapping counterclockwise around the core to the north, unwinding gradually as it curves to the east and then pulls away from the central region more suddenly on the south side. This arm is very patchy and delineated by a large number of HII knots with the two most prominent ones near the outer southern end. The "northern" arm begins to emerge from north of the core, tightly wraps counterclockwise around the core, passing near or through a few superimposed stars on the south side of the core, unwinding more as it stretches again to the north. The arm structure is a bit more complex on the north side due to side branches and the embedded HII knots are more scattered.
The HII regions were viewed more carefully at 610x. The following identifications are from Paul Hodge's 1976 "HII regions in NGC 628" (ApJ, 205, 728), which lists over 700 HII knots. The brightest is #627, near the end of the outer southern arm 2.7' SSW of center. It appeared fairly bright, fairly small, round, ~20" diameter. Moving clockwise along this arm towards the core, the next prominent knot is #598 situated 2.2' SSE of center. It was slightly fainter than #627, round, 15" diameter. Next in line is #552, a faint round knot of 10" situated 1.8' SE of center. East of the core by 1.5' is #406, a very faint, round 10" knot situated 36" S of a superimposed mag 14.5 star. Just 30" W of this star and 1.2' NE of center is #292, a fairly faint, very small knot, ~8" diameter. Continuing inward along this arm, the next knot is #196, a very faint hazy spot 1.3' N of center. Finally, less than 1' NW of center is another very faint patch with multiple Hodge numbers #260-268.
There were no notable knots on the inner southern portion of the northern arm, but a noticeable clump of knots is on the NW portion of this arm. First was #167/168, a faint 10" knot 1.6' NW of center. Continuing outward 2.0' NNW of center is a faint, elongated patch, ~25" diameter, consisting of #91-95 and #49 at the north end of the glow. I didn't search the outer region of the halo for additional HII knots, except noted #330, a 10" knot situated between two mag 12-13 stars at the eastern edge of halo, 3.9' from center.
24" (8/7/13): viewed type IIP SN 2013ej, discovered on July 25th, 92" E and 135" S of center. It appeared bright at mag 12.5.
17.5" (2/2/02): viewed type Ic SN 2002ap, discovered just 3 days earlier on Jan 29th. The supernova was easily visible as a mag 12.5 "star", situated 4.6' W and 1.5' S of center. This very energetic event is considered a hypernova, resulting from an extreme core-collapse scenario.
17.5" (8/31/86): bright, large, round, very bright core. A spiral arm is attached at the east side of core winding towards the west along the south side. A dark gap is visible between the arm and the main central portion. Several stars are superimposed in the halo.
13.1" (8/24/84): very prominent, fairly small bright core surrounded by a very large, diffuse glow. Visible in 16x80 finder.
8" (many dates from 10/4/80 to 8/24/84): very small bright core surrounded by a large faint halo. Fairly even surface brightness.
Pierre Méchain discovered
On 13 Dec 1848, Lord Rosse and/or assistant George Johnstone Stoney detected spiral structure with the 72" and noted "Rough sketch made. Spiral?" The next night he "confirmed last night's observations; feel confident it is a spiral." LdR classified M74 as "Spiral or curvilinear" in his 1850 paper. Isaac Roberts photographed the spiral in Sep 1893.
******************************
01 38 58.5 +72 52 01; Cas
17.5" (10/13/01): near Struve's position is a striking 1' chain of 5 stars mag 12.5-13.5 extended WSW-ENE. Two of the stars at the following end of the chain form a very close pair. There is also a wider trio of stars which follows by 6', but this is a courser, less interesting group in the field and less likely to fit Struve's description "3*+ neb".
Wilhelm Struve discovered NGC 629 = ∑ 2 = Au 16 in 1825 with the 9.6" Fraunhofer refractor at Dorpat. Struve included this object in a list of 9 "Nebulae detectae" in an appendix to his main catalogue of double stars, published in 1827. Auwers included "Struve 2" in his 1862 catalogue of new nebulae with the description "irregular nebula with 3 *." Auwers was unable to find it, though, with the Königsberg Heliometer in February 1861. About 6' west of Struve's position is a tight string of 5 stars within 1' and Harold Corwin identifies this asterism as NGC 629. The brightest mag 12.2 star has companions at 11" and 13".
******************************
NGC 630 = ESO 297-009 = MCG -07-04-020 = PGC 5924
01 35 36.5 -39 21 29; Scl
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 60°
18" (10/25/08): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, 0.6'x0.45, small bright core increases to the center, fairly high surface brightness. Forms a close pair with slightly fainter ESO 297-008 1.8' SW, which was surprisingly missed by John Herschel. NGC 626 lies 13.5' NNW. The companion is just over the constellation border into Phoenix and appeared faint or fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, 0.8'x0.6', low even surface brightness.
John Herschel discovered NGC 630 = h2428 on 23 Oct 1835 and recorded "pF, S, R, bM, 15", precedes two stars 11th mag. The two stars are there and Herschel's position is accurate.
******************************
01 36 47.0 +05 50 07; Psc
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x1.5'; Surf Br = 14.3
17.5" (12/18/89): faint, small, round, smoothly
increases to small bright core.
Forms a pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 631 = m 50 on 27 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta. He noted "vF, S, gbM." Stephan independently discovered it on 30 Sep 1867, though only measured a rough position for NGC 632.
******************************
NGC 632 = UGC 1157 = MCG +01-05-010 = CGCG 412-008 = Mrk 1002 = PGC 6007
01 37 17.5 +05 52 39; Psc
V = 12.3; Size 1.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 170°
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly faint, small, very small very bright core dominates, slightly elongated much fainter halo. A mag 14.5 star is embedded in the north side. Forms a pair with NGC 631 8' WSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 632 = h143 on 24 Sep 1830 and logged "pB; S; R; psbM; 15" [diameter]."
******************************
01 36 23.4 -37 19 18; Scl
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 177°
17.5" (11/10/96): faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated ~N-S, 0.8'x0.6', weak concentration (hampered by low elevation). Located 3' SE a mag 9/10 double star at
15" separation. Forms a pair
with
John Herschel discovered NGC 633 = h2429 on 1 Sep 1834 and
logged "pB, S, R, gbM, 15"; follows a pretty bright double
star." On a later sweep he noted, "Not vF, R, 30", has a double
star N.p." His mean position
and description matches
Pietro Baracchi observed the galaxy on 11 Dec 1885 with the Great Melbourne Telescope and wrote, "Extraordinary - This is a double nebula. There are two distinct nebulae in the field pretty close to one another as shown in diagram - How is it that Herschel only has one?" The companion he discovered was ESO 297-012.
******************************
01 38 18.5 +35 21 54; Tri
V = 13.0; Size 2.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 167°
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; nice edge-on 5:1 NNW-SSE,
moderately bright, 1.0'x0.2', brighter along the major axis. A mag 14.7 star is just off the W edge
[22" from center]. Located 2'
NE of mag 7.6
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, small, very elongated
~N-S. A mag 15 star is at the west
edge. Located 2' ENE of mag 7.7
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 634 = St. 8a-6 on 2 Nov 1875. His pubished position was made on 26 Oct 1876 with description "eF, eS, sev F* involved". He explored the region further in 1881 and made another observation on 19 Nov 1881.
******************************
01 38 17.8 -22 55 44; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (12/9/01): very faint, small, round, 20"
diameter, weak concentration.
Forms the SW vertex of a triangle with a mag 10 star (
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 635 = LM 1-33 on 15 Oct 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his rough position but based on the discovery sketch (which shows two or three stars to the NE and another to the SSE), Harold Corwin has identified NGC 635 = PGC 6062. In this case, Leavenworth's dec was 3° too far north. RNGC lists the number as nonexistent (not found). See Corwin's notes.
******************************
01 39 06.5 -07 30 46; Cet
V = 11.5; Size 2.8'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 140°
17.5" (9/26/92): fairly bright, fairly small, round, bright well-defined circular core, very small nucleus. The faint halo increases diameter to almost 2'. A mag 12 star is 3' ENE.
8" (11/28/81): faint, small, round, small bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 636 = H. II-283 = h144 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 355) and recorded "pB, S, of equal light, r, a star or two visible in it." On a second observation on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 435) he noted "pB, S, mbM." John Herschel made two observations and reported on 9 Oct 1828 (sweep 186), "pF; S; R; psbM; 20" [diameter]."
******************************
01 43 03 +64 02 12; Cas
V = 8.2; Size 4'
18" (10/25/08): very pretty cluster at 283x. The central 2.5' region is rich and contains roughly 3 dozen stars including a mag 10.2/11.4 double (STI 264 = ADS 1342) at 9.5" separation. A third mag 11 star forms a wide trio 46" to the south. An arc or "C" shaped curve of stars passes through the central double and opens to the north. A chain of brighter stars begins at the center of the open end of the arc (on north side) and zigzags to the north and NE. A wide bright double (23" separation) sits at the east end of the central region. Finally another fainter linear chain of stars heads to the west of the central region. Within a 5' region, 50-60 stars are resolved.
13.1" (12/7/85): rich cluster of two dozen stars arranged in an arc. There are five bright stars including a mag 10/11.2 double star at 9" separation.
8" (1/1/84): 10 stars in cluster includes four mag 10 stars and fainter, mottled, over haze.
William Herschel discovered NGC 637 = H. VII-49 on 9 Nov 1787 (sweep 777) and noted "a cluster of some cL stars and many eS, so as hardly to be visible. The large ones arranged in circular order 3' or 4' diameter."
******************************
01 39 37.8 +07 14 15; Psc
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 20°
17.5" (12/18/89): faint, small, oval 3:2 SSW-NNE, almost even surface brightness.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 638 = Sw. 5-14 on 22 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is accurate.
******************************
01 38 59.1 -29 55 31; Scl
V = 14.1; Size 1.0'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 31°
17.5" (12/20/95): extremely faint, very small. Fainter of a close pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 639 = h2430 (along with NGC 642
= h2431) on 27 Sep 1834 and noted "vF, vS; the preceding of two [with NGC
642].". His mean position
from 3 observations matches
******************************
01 39 24.8 -09 24 03; Cet
V = 14.9; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 147°
17.5" (10/29/94): very faint, small, round, 20" diameter, no concentration. Collinear with a mag 11-12 double star (30" separation) located 6' NNE. A mag 11.5 star lies 4.0' SSW of center.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 640 = LM 2-315 in 1886
and reported "mag 15.8; 0.6'; lE 170°; lbMN; *10 s 4'.". His position is only 9 sec of RA east
of
******************************
01 38 39.1 -42 31 40; Phe
V = 12.1; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.7
24" (10/3/13): at 375x appeared fairly faint to
moderately bright, fairly small, round, 36", well-defined E-type
appearance, gradually increases to the center. A mag 10 star lies 4.2' SW and a mag 13 star is 1.9' NE, but
the field is quite barren of stars.
Forms a pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 641 = h2432 (along with NGC 644
= h2433) on 5 Sep 1834 and recorded "pB, S, R, gpmbM; the preceding of two
[with NGC 644]." His mean
position from 3 sweeps matches
******************************
NGC 642 = ESO 413-014 = MCG -05-05-003 = VV 419 = PGC 6112
01 39 06.3 -29 54 56; Scl
V = 12.9; Size 2.0'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 31°
17.5" (12/20/95): brighter of a pair with NGC 639 1.7' SW. Faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~N-S, ~1.2'x0.8' (fades into background so difficult to estimate PA and size), broad weak concentration. A mag 13 star is just off the SE end 50" from center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 642 = h2431 (along with NGC 639
= h2430) on 27 Sep 1834 and recorded "F, S, R, gbM, 15", has a star
near it, following.". His
mean from 3 observations matches
******************************
01 35 02 -75 33 24; Hyi
V = 13.5
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly faint,
moderately large, round, 1.2' diameter, broad weak concentration without a
distinct core, some mottling but no resolution. Located 8.5' NNE of mag 8
John Herschel discovered NGC 643 = h2435 on 18 Sep 1835 and logged "eF, R, vglbM, 40"."
In 1957, Gerard de Vaucouleurs concluded (based on Mt
Stromlo plates) that NGC 643 was an outlying cluster of the Small Magellanic
Cloud and not a galaxy as listed in the 1932 Shapley-Ames Catalogue. Eric Lindsay independently listed it as
a new cluster (not making the connection initially with NGC 643) in his 1958
paper on SMC clusters and described it from a 30 minute ADH plate (South
Africa) as "a conspicuous object, clearly recognizable as a cluster with
20-30 faint resolved stars. The
texture and distribution of the outlying stars suggest it is globular;
otherwise it would have been classified as certainly open." NGC 643 was deleted from de
Vaucouleur's 1964 Reference Catalogue of Bright Galaxies and Alan Sandage's
1981 revision of the S-A Catalogue.
RNGC gives the type as 28 (cluster in the LMC) instead of 29 (cluster in
the SMC). NGC 2000.0 classifies it
as a globular cluster.
******************************
NGC 644 = ESO 244-043 = AM 0136-425 = MCG -07-04-027 = PGC 6097
01 38 53.1 -42 35 06; Phe
V = 14.0; Size 1.3'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 155°
24" (10/3/13): difficult due to low elevation (10°) and fairly poor seeing this far south. At 200x appeared very faint, slightly elongated NNW-SSE, ~24"x18", required averted. Forms a pair with brighter NGC 641 4.3' NW. A mag 10 star lies 6.8' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 644 = h2433 (along with
brighter NGC 641 = h2432) on 5 Sep 1834 and recorded "F, S, lE, glbM. The
following of two [with NGC 641].".
His position and description matches
******************************
01 40 08.7 +05 43 35; Psc
V = 12.6; Size 2.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 125°
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, slight broad concentration. A line of three mag 9.5-10.5 stars aligned E-W are located just north including a mag 9.5 star 3' NW, a mag 10.5 star 2.2' N and a mag 10 star 4.7' ENE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 645 = m 51 on 27 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "F, pL, mE." His position and description applies to
******************************
01 37 21.2 -64 53 42; Hyi
V = 13.5; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 107°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): this interacting double system
(NGC 646 +
The companion, PGC 6014, appeared faint, very small, round, 12" diameter. It was easily seen close east of NGC 646 [0.9' separation between centers]. The pair is located 8' NE of mag 9.5 HD 10080.
John Herschel discovered NGC 646 = h2434 on 2 Nov 1834 and logged "vF, irregularly round, vglbM." His position matches this double system.
******************************
01 39 56.1 -09 14 33; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 45°
17.5" (9/26/92): faint, small, elongated 4:3, small
bright core. Forms a pair with NGC
649 3.3' SE. Located 5' W of mag
8.8
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 647 = LM 2-316 (along
with
******************************
01 38 39.8 -17 49 53; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 114°
17.5" (12/4/93): faint, slightly elongated, 0.8'x0.6', weak concentration. A bright uneven double star h2067 = 7.6/11.6 at 34" lies 10' ENE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 648 = LM 1-34 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA)
is 1.6 min of RA east of
******************************
NGC 649 = MCG -02-05-034 = PGC 6169
01 40 07.4 -09 16 18; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 20°
17.5" (9/26/92): extremely faint, very small, round. Located 3' SW of mag 8.8 SAO 129437, which hampers the observation. Forms a pair with NGC 647 3.3' NW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 649 = LM 2-317 (along with NGC 647 = II-316) in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position angle (N-S) is off by 20° but it is clear that NGC 649 = MCG -02-05-034 = PGC 6169. MCG misidentifies NGC 649 as NGC 647.
******************************
01 42 18.1 +51 34 16; Per
V = 10.1; Size 163"x107"
18" (10/19/06): superb view at 225x using a UHC filter. The main bi-polar body was very bright, elongated ~SW-NE and dominated by two large, irregular knots at either end. The SW knot is brighter and the brightest portion is more elongated in the direction of the minor axis. Both knots are somewhat irregular in shape and brightness. A faint star is just off the SW end. The two bright knots are attached with a fainter bridge of nebulosity. Extending off the north end is a large "arm" that sweeps around towards the west and a slightly less obvious counterpart is attached at the south end and sweeps towards the east. The overall effect mimics a photograph of a barred spiral galaxy or perhaps a rotating sprinkler head with jets of water curving away.
17.5" (8/2/86): bright, fairly large, consists of two prominent irregular lobes with a darker center; the SW lobe is brighter with straight edges while the NE lobe has a slightly curved edge. A mag 13.5 star is attached at the southern edge of the SW lobe. Extending from the main body of this striking bipolar planetary is a large halo that contains two large outer arms or wings similar to a spiral galaxy! The outer "arm" attached at the NE end is brighter and longer and curves to the west. The southern extension is short, fainter and less defined. The general features described above were clearly seen in my 13.1" at 166x using an OIII filter on 10/10/86.
13.1" (8/24/84): SW end is brighter while the NE end is slightly curved. Boxy appearance with a dark center.
80mm (1/20/07): at 12.5x appears as a very faint, very small low surface brightness spot that blinks well using an OIII filter and increases significantly in contrast. At 25x and OIII filter appears as a fairly faint, round knot with a fairly high surface brightness.
Pierre Méchain discovered
Observing on the 72" on 5 Nov 1866, Sir Robert Ball described M76 in detail as a "new spiral": "remarkable object; a new spiral possessing details of interest. Previous observation as to form confirmed with some further particulars well seen in single lens. It consists principally of the two B knots which according to Herschel are the pair of double nebula, and third much fainter knot p the other two. Form compared to a reaping hook. Sketched by Lord Oxmantown. The nebulosity terminates very suddenly on the s edge where there is a star, probably distinct from, through very close to the nebulosity. A branch of nebulosity in the following direction was suspected by both observes preceding from between the two knots."
Sir William Huggins first observed a single emission line in the spectrum (a second was likely present) in 1865-66. It was first photographed by Issac Roberts in 1891 and he suggested the appearance was probably due to a broad ring seen edge-on. Based on a Crossley photograph, Curtis (1918) described, "central star of mag 16. Quite irregular, but evidently to be included as one of the larger members of the planetary class. The central and brighter portion of the nebula is an irregular, patchy oblong 87"x42" in pa 40° from the ends of which faint, irregular, ring-like wisps extend total length 157" in pa 128°. Brightest patch at southern end of central part."
T.W. Webb's "Celestial Objects for Common
Telescopes" (1881 or 1885 edition?) described it as a "Pearly white
nebula, double; curious miniature of
******************************
NGC 651 = PK 130-10.1 = M76 = PN G130.9-10.5 = Little Dumbbell Nebula
01 42 21.9 +51 34 49; Per
V = 10.1
17.5": part of NGC 650 = M76, see description for NGC 650.
William Herschel discovered NGC 651 = H. I-193 on 12 Nov 1787 (sweep 780) and recorded "Two close together; both vB, their nebulosities run into each other. Distance of their centers 1 1/2' or 2' from sp to nf." Although Herschel avoided cataloguing Messier objects, he assigned one new designation (H. I.193). Dreyer identified NGC 650 as M76 and NGC 651 as H. I-193 (following of the double nebula).
******************************
01 40 43.2 +07 58 58; Psc
V = 14.0; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 55°
17.5" (12/18/89): very faint, very small, slightly elongated, very weak concentration.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 652 = Sw. 5-15 on 22 Oct 1886
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 14 tsec east of
******************************
01 42 25.7 +35 38 18; And
V = 13.4; Size 1.5'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 39°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on SSW-NNE, small bright core. A mag 12.5 star is 1.3' ESE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 653 = St. 13-11 on 17 Nov 1881. His published position was reduced on 29 Nov 1883 with description "very faint spindle, elongated NE to SW, length ~1'; a little gradual condensation; several faint stars involved."
******************************
01 43 59 +61 53 00; Cas
V = 6.5; Size 5'
24" (2/5/21): rich cluster immediately NW of mag 7.3 HD
10494. Includes a large number of
multiple stars. STI 277, a wide,
but very unequal pair of mag 11.4/14.5 stars, is 1.5' N of
13.1" (10/20/84): 35 stars, rich, includes several doubles. Located just northwest of mag 7.3 HD 10494, which is a likely member.
8": rich in faint stars including doubles. A mag 7 star is at the southeast edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 654 = H. VII-46 = h145 on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774) and noted "a small cluster of pretty large stars, pretty rich." John Herschel described on 5 Oct 1829 (sweep 216), "a fine rich cluster; stars 11...14m; 3' dia; irreg fig; place that of the most compressed part; one star 6.7 mag, south-following the center, is ruddy."
******************************
01 41 55.1 -13 04 56; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 45°
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, small, round, weakly concentrated halo, rises quickly to small bright core. A mag 12/14 double star at 20" separation is 2' S. Located 10' NNW of a mag 9.5 star.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 655 = LM 1-35 on 12 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 2' S of MCG -02-05-037037 = PGC 6262. Bigourdan was unable to find this galaxy. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
01 42 27.3 +26 08 35; Psc
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 35°
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, small, round, 1.0'
diameter, bright core. A mag 11
star is 1.5' NW. Located 8' ESE of
mag 9
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 656 on 20 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He measured a very accurate position on 2 nights as well as the nearby mag 10 star (5 seconds preceding and 1 1/4' north).
******************************
01 43 21 +55 50.2; Cas
17.5" (10/25/97): very unimpressive asterism near at the double star O∑ 35 = 7.2/10.4 at 13". Possibly John Herschel was attracted to a group of ~10 stars 4'-5' SW of the bright double. There are a few additional stars following this group which lead back to the double. This grouping includes a couple of close, faint doubles but appears to be a weak asterism at all powers as there is no evident clustering.
John Herschel discovered NGC 657 = h146 on 28 Nov 1831 and noted "A double star (h2070), the chief of a p rich loose cl; st 12m."
******************************
01 42 09.7 +12 36 06; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 3.0'x1.6'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 20°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, broad concentration, fairly faint small core. Located 4' SSW of mag 8.8
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 658 = St. 11-1 = Sw. 2-13 on 3 Oct 1869 and recorded an unpublished position less than 1' NE of center. A second observation was made on 5 Nov 1875. He published an accurate micrometric position (list 9, #1) made on 27 Nov 1880 and recorded "very faint, very small, irregular, brighter in the middle."
Lewis Swift independently discovered the galaxy on 17 Sep 1885 and reported it as possibly new in his second discovery list (#13). His position and description are correct, though he criticized Stephan by writing "pB; pL; vE; nearly bet 2 pB st. If this is Stephan's No 1 of his catalogue of 60 nebulae, A.N. 2390, then his description is wrong in every particular." Dreyer credited both Stephan (1) and Swift (2) in the NGC.
******************************
01 44 23 +60 40 12; Cas
V = 7.9; Size 5'
13.1" (10/20/84): ~20 stars in cluster, not impressive. Located 80' E of M103.
13.1" (11/5/83): 18 stars at 166x over haze. In field to NW of
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 659 = VIII-65 on 27 Sep 1783 with her 4.2-inch comet-seeker reflector. She observed it again on 30 Oct 1783. William Herschel independently discovered the cluster on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774) and logged "a small cluster of small stars, not very rich." In his PT catalogue, he noted "Caroline Herschel [discovered it in ] 1783."
******************************
01 43 01.7 +13 38 35; Psc
V = 11.2; Size 8.3'x3.2'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 170°
48" (10/23/11): this large, striking galaxy contains a very bright, elongated bar oriented SW-NE, ~2'x1'. The northeastern half of the bar is noticeably brighter with a very high surface brightness. The galaxy is fainter and wider on the southwest portion of the bar. The central region in mottled and dusty, but I didn't notice the X-shaped dust lanes visible on photos. At the southwest end, a broad low surface brightness spiral arm emerges and sweeps south, curving slightly east for a length of 2'. A second faint arm begins at the northeast end of the bar and extends north a similar distance, bending gradually to the west. The arms gave the galaxy a stretched "S" appearance and significantly increased the overall size to ~6.5'x2.5', roughly N-S.
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly bright, large, oval SW-NE,
broadly concentrated halo, mottled.
A mag 14 double star is 1.8' ESE of center. Located 10' SE of mag 8.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 660 = H. II-253 on 16 Oct 1784 (sweep 295) and noted "pB, pl, E, bM, r". Sir Robert Ball, an assistant with the 72" at Birr Castle, described "a fine neb of the character of the neb in Andromeda. cB, vL, E 37.1°, possibly curved and with details. E Nucl which was suspected to be in two parts or have some peculiarity." A later observation by Dreyer reads "pB, pL mE 41°. Looks like a brush, fades away gradually south-following, more sharply defined north-preceding. Condensation in nf end."
******************************
01 44 14.6 +28 42 22; Tri
V = 12.2; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 60°
17.5" (9/26/92): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 4:3 WSW-ENE, prominent core, bright stellar nucleus. Bracketed by two mag 14 stars 75" SW and 75" NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 661 = H. II-610 = h147 on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626) and noted "F, S, bM, resolvable". John Herschel described it on 15 Sep 1828 (sweep 177) as "pF; S; R; psbM". E.E. Barnard found it on 11 Oct 1882 with his 5-inch refractor and described a "minute speck of a nebula...which I assume to be new."
******************************
01 44 35.5 +37 41 46; And
V = 12.9; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 11.8; PA = 20°
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, very small, fairly high
even surface brightness, elongated 3:2 ~N-S. Located 3' ENE of mag 6.9
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 662 = St. 13-12 on 17 Nov 1881 and recorded "F, S, R, rather marked central condensation." He reduced the position on 22 Nov 1884 and published it in his large 13th discovery list (#12).
******************************
NGC 663 = Cr 20 = Mel 11 = OCL-333
01 46 16 +61 13 06; Cas
V = 7.1; Size 16'
13.1" (10/20/84): ~75 stars, fairly large, rich. Includes several doubles, the most prominent are STF 153 = 9.3/10.3 at 8" and STF 152 = 9.0/11.2 at 9" and STF 151 = 10.5/10.9 at 7".
William Herschel discovered NGC 663 = H. VI-31 on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774) and recorded "a beautiful cluster of pretty large stars near 15' diameter, considerably rich." Neither John Herschel nor Lord Rosse's assistants observed the cluster.
******************************
01 43 45.8 +04 13 23; Psc
V = 12.8; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 65°
17.5" (11/6/93): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated SW-NE, weak concentration. Nearby are a mag 15 star 50" NW and two mag 14 stars 1.8' WSW and 2' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 664 = h148 on 24 Sep 1830 and noted "vF; R; 20" [diameter]." R.J. Mitchell, observing with the 72" on 11 Dec 1854, recorded "S, R, bmN. Forms a trapezium [eastern vertex] with 3 stars."
******************************
01 44 56.1 +10 25 22; Psc
V = 12.1; Size 2.4'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 125°
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly faint, fairly small, oval
WNW-ESE, prominent core, bright nucleus.
Brightest in a group of four with
William Herschel discovered NGC 665 = H. II-588 on 4 Sep 1786 (sweep 582) and logged "F, irr R, r."
******************************
01 46 06.3 +34 22 28; Tri
V = 13.4; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.2
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, very small, round, stellar nucleus. Almost collinear with a mag 12.5 star 2' NNE and a mag 13 star 3' NNE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 666 = St. 13-13 on 22 Nov 1883 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. His position is accurate and his description "very small star in an extremely small and faint nebula" applies to the stellar nucleus and small halo.
******************************
01 44 56.7 -22 55 09; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 82°
17.5" (10/25/97): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, low surface brightness. Not seen with certainty at 220x and verified at 280x. Located 1.4' SE of a mag 12 star.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 667 = LM 2-318 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 0.3'
west and 2' south of
******************************
01 46 22.6 +36 27 37; And
V = 13.1; Size 1.8'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 30°
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, slightly elongated
SW-NE, broadly concentrated halo, small bright core. Located 2.5' W of a mag 10.5 star at the NW edge of
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 668 = St. 11-2 on 3 Oct 1869 and recorded a unpublished position just 1' to the NE. He published an accurate micrometric position made on 4 Dec 1880 in his 11th discovery list with description "pretty faint, pretty small, gradually brighter middle." He made a later observation on 17 Nov 1881.
******************************
01 47 16.2 +35 33 46; Tri
V = 12.3; Size 3.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 36°
17.5" (11/27/92): moderately bright, edge-on 4:1 SW-NE, bright bulging core, thin tapering extensions, fairly striking appearance. A mag 13 star is just south of the SW tip 1.5' from the center. Three mag 12 stars form a shallow obtuse triangle close north with the nearest star 1.8' NW. Located at the SW edge of AGC 262 galaxy cluster.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 669 = St. 13-14 on 17 Nov 1881 and a second observation two nights later. His published position in list 13 was reduced on 28 Nov 1883 with description, "pF; mE NE to SW; 1.5' length; gbM; mottled center or several small stars involved."
******************************
01 47 24.9 +27 53 09; Tri
V = 12.7; Size 2.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 172°
13.1" (11/5/83): fairly faint, small, compact,
elongated 2:1 N-S, bright core.
Located 28' NNW of
William Herschel discovered NGC 670 = H. II-611 = h149 on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626) and noted "F, S, lE". John Herschel logged on 15 Sep 1828 (sweep 177), "not vF; S; E nearly in Meridian [N-S]; 15" C; 10" br." R.J. Mitchell, using the 72" on 18 Sep 1857, recorded "S, pretty much E np sf, bM, is about 2' preceding a double star."
******************************
01 46 59.1 +13 07 31; Ari
V = 13.2; Size 1.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 55°
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE, seems brighter at both ends. A double star with components mag 12.5/13.5 (oriented NW-SE with separation 20") lies 3' S. Located very close to the Pisces border.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 671 = Sw. 2-14 on 17 Sep 1885
with the 16" Clark refractor at Warner Observatory and logged "eF;
pS; R; "between a double star and a star with a distant
companion." Swift's position
is 18 sec of RA east of
******************************
NGC 672 = VV 338b = UGC 1256 = MCG +04-05-011 = CGCG 482-016 = Holm 46a = KTG 8B = PGC 6595
01 47 53.9 +27 25 56; Tri
V = 10.9; Size 7.2'x2.6'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 65°
24" (12/28/13): at 225x appeared very bright, very
large, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, mottled appearance. Contains a brighter, elongated "bar" that is
slightly angled (roughly 7:2 E-W) to the major axis of the halo. Slightly brighter "patches"
were visible just beyond the bar (on both the east and west side), probably
where spiral arms attach to the bar.
13.1" (11/5/83): fairly bright, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, even surface brightness. Bracketed by a mag 13.5 star 2.2' WNW and a mag 13 star 3.2' E. Brightest in a group with IC 1727 8' SW.
8" (11/13/82): fairly faint, low even surface brightness, fairly large, diffuse. Two mag 13.5 stars lie NW and at the east edge.
8" (11/28/81): faint, fairly large, very diffuse, elongated ~E-W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 672 = H. I-157 = h150 on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626) and logged "cB, cL, extended in the parallel, mbM, about 6 or 7' long, 3' broad." The galaxy was observed 7 times with the 72". On 26 Oct 1854, R.J. Mitchell recorded "A tolerably B ray, bM. The B portion is narrow, but I think F neby extends laterally; * south of centre and another fainter one sp center? [this may refer to an HII region]." I'm surprised, though, that IC 1727 was missed during these observations.
******************************
01 48 22.5 +11 31 18; Ari
V = 12.6; Size 2.1'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 0°
17.5" (12/18/89): moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, weak concentration. Located 3.1' WSW of a mag 10 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 673 = H. II-589 on 4 Sep 1786 (sweep 582) and logged "F, pL, E, brightest following the middle, 2' south-preceding a considerably bright star [10th mag]." Using the 72" at Birr Castle in 1875, J.L.E. Dreyer accurately described the galaxy as "pB, pL, irr R, vlbM, *10-11m Pos. 65.8°, Dist 195.6".
******************************
01 51 17.4 +22 21 28; Ari
See observing notes for
Heinrich d'Arrest found NGC 674 on 2 Dec 1861 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and noted "pretty bright, elongated, *14 follows by 8 seconds." There is nothing at his position, but 2.0 min of RA east is NGC 697 and the description fits! John Herschel and Dreyer assumed this was a new discovery and catalogued d'Arrest's object as GC 398 = NGC 674. Curiously, he claims the object was found the same night (4th of 411) that he also observed NGC 697. Father Hagen and Bigourdan searched fruitlessly for NGC 674 and Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, says "not found, = NGC 697?" That conclusion is warranted. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
01 49 08.6 +13 03 35; Ari
V = 14.5; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 99°
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 E-W, 30"x12". A mag 14.6 star is close northeast. Forms a pair with brighter NGC 675 1.3' E.
17.5" (12/18/89): extremely faint, small, elongated
E-W. Forms a pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 675 = Sw. 5-16, along with NGC
677 = Sw. 5-17, on 25 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner
Observatory. His position is 5 sec
of RA west and 17" south of
******************************
01 48 57.3 +05 54 24; Psc
V = 11.9; Size 4.0'x1.2'; PA = 172°
17.5" (12/18/89): very unusual appearance as a mag 10
star (BD +5 244) is superimposed on the core! Fairly faint, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, almost even
surface brightness except for the bright star [5" SSW of the
nucleus].
William Herschel discovered NGC 676 = H. IV-42 = h151 on 30 Sep 1786 (sweep 607) and recorded "a star with vF branches in the direction of the meridian, each branch about 1' in length; the star about 8 or 9 m; other stars of the same size are free from these branches". Interestingly, he used this example in his 1814 PT paper to argue, not only of the association of the star [very near the center] and the nebula, but that the nebula was brighter near the star because nebulous matter was being drawn by gravity to the star. John Herschel made two observations and logged on 24 Sep 1830, "a *9m with a vF narrow ray of nebulosity; a most curious object." The galaxy was observed 4 times at Birr Castle. On 8 Nov 1876, J.L.E. Dreyer recorded "*9m with pF neb elongated 168.4°, longer on the side of *, concave preceding, convex following."
The 9.5-mag star superimposed at the center is included in the CGCG magnitude (10.5z). Steinicke notes that the separation from centre is only 9", the smallest value of all cases of bright superimposed stars in the NGC!
******************************
NGC 677 = IC 152? = UGC 1275 = MCG +02-05-042 = CGCG 437-039 = PGC 6673
01 49 14.0 +13 03 19; Ari
V = 12.2; Size 2.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.7
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; moderately bright or fairly bright, moderately large, round, at least 1' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a small, intensely bright nucleus and a low surface brightness halo. A mag 15.3 star is close to the south edge of the halo. Brighter of a very close pair with NGC 675 1.3' W.
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly faint, fairly small, round, bright core increases to a very small brighter nucleus. A mag 14 star lies 1' W and a mag 15 star is 1' S. Forms a close pair with NGC 675 1.4' WSW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 677 = Sw. 5-17, along with NGC
675 = Sw. 5-16, on 25 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner
Observatory. His position is 10
sec of RA west and 14" north of
******************************
01 49 24.8 +21 59 51; Ari
V = 12.2; Size 4.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 78°
24" (8/30/16): fairly bright, large, very elongated 4:1
WSW-ENE, 2.5'x0.6'. Sharply
concentrated with an unusually brighter core that is irregularly round, stellar
nucleus. The arms are long and low
surface brightness, but the warped dust lane was not seen. Forms a striking pair with
18" (11/22/03): fairly bright, moderately large, very
elongated 7:2 WSW-ENE, 3.0'x0.8'.
Sharply concentrated with a small bright core that increases to the
center. The extensions are much
fainter. Forms a pair with NGC 680
5' ESE in the NGC 697 group (also called the
13.1" (9/29/84): moderately bright, moderately large, bright core, elongated 3:1 ~E-W. Forms a pair with NGC 680 5' ESE in the NGC 697 group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 678 = H. II-228, along with NGC 680, on 15 Sep 1784 (sweep 274) and described them together as "Two. Both F, pS, irregularly R." On 13 Nov 1786 (sweep 636) he logged "pB, S, mbM."
******************************
01 49 43.7 +35 47 08; And
V = 12.3; Size 2.1'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.8
17.5" (10/17/87): moderately bright, fairly small, round, broad concentration, in AGC 262.
13.1" (9/22/84): moderately bright, round, small bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 679 = H. III-175 on 13 Sep 1784 (sweep 271) and simply noted "stellar." His RA was 17 seconds of time too large. Édouard Stephan made observations on 2 and 5 Nov 1875, 1 Nov 1877 and 17 Nov 1881. He reduced a precise micrometric position on 23 Nov 1876 (perhaps to correct Herschel's error).
******************************
NGC 680 = UGC 1286 = MCG +04-05-015 = CGCG 482-019 = WBL 052-002 = LGG 034-003 = PGC 6719
01 49 47.3 +21 58 16; Ari
V = 11.9; Size 1.9'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 156°
24" (8/30/16): bright, moderately large, irregularly
round, 1.5'x1.2'. Sharply concentrated
with a bright 30" core that increases gradually to a stellar nucleus. A mag 10.8 star is 3.5' E. Forms a striking pair with NGC 678 5'.5
WNW.
18" (11/22/03): fairly bright, high surface brightness elliptical or lenticular, slightly elongated, 1.7'x1.5'. Contains a well-condensed 30" bright core surrounded by a fainter halo that fades gradually. Surrounded by three mag 10-11 stars 3'-4' S, E and NE. In a trio with NGC 678 5' WNW and IC 1730 3.5' NE.
13.1" (9/29/84): moderately bright, fairly small, round, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 678 5' WNW in the NGC 697 group (also called the NGC 691 group).
William Herschel discovered NGC 680 = H. II-229, along with NGC 678, on 15 Sep 1784 (sweep 274). On 13 Nov 1786 (sweep 636) he noted "pB, S, mbM." See NGC 678.
******************************
01 49 10.7 -10 25 35; Cet
V = 12.0; Size 2.6'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 68°
17.5" (9/26/92): fairly faint, fairly small, irregularly round, weak concentration, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is at the NW edge of the halo. Just SW is a perfect rhombus asterism consisting of four mag 13 stars with sides 1.5' with an additional mag 14 star just east of the rhombus. MCG -02-05-053 lies 22' N. On images, this galaxy has a striking resemblance to the Sombrero Galaxy, although the dust lane was not noticed.
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright, elongated ~E-W, diffuse edges, weak concentration, small bright nucleus. A mag 12.5 star is at the west edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 681 = H. II-481 = h2436 on
28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479) and noted "pB, cL, R, about 1.5' following a small
star [mag 13]." His position
is 7' N of
******************************
01 49 04.5 -14 58 29; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 95°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, moderately large, very
small bright core, stellar nucleus, slightly elongated fainter outer halo. Located 15' SE of mag 7.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 682 = H. II-501 = h154 on 30 Dec 1785 (sweep 499) and noted "F, S, R, very small pretty bright nucleus." On 15 Oct 1830 (sweep 307), John Herschel called it "vF; R; vgbM; 15" [diameter]." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
01 49 46.7 +11 42 05; Ari
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.9
17.5" (12/18/89): very faint, small, round. A pair of mag 14 stars are 2' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 683 = h153 on 17 Oct 1825 and
noted "eF; AR may be a whole minute wrong [the transit was missed]."
Despite his uncertainly, Herschel's position matches
******************************
01 50 14.0 +27 38 48; Tri
V = 12.4; Size 3.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 90°
24" (12/28/13): fairly bright, beautiful edge-on 7:1 E-W, 1.8'x0.25', sharply concentrated with a very small, very bright core and a faint stellar nucleus.
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 E-W, even concentration, small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 32' NE of NGC 672 in a group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 684 = H. II-612 = h152 on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626) and logged "pB, pL, lE nearly in the parallel, mbM."
Edward Swift, Lewis' son, found this galaxy again on 18 Jan
1890 while "searching for Swift's Comet" and it was reported as a new
object in list IX-6. In
Astronomische Nachrichten #3429, Isaac Roberts noted the equivalence of
******************************
01 47 42.5 -52 45 47; Eri
V = 11.0; Size 3.7'x3.3'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 75°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, large, slightly elongated ~WNW-ESE, broad concentration with a large brighter core, 3' diameter. Just outside the core, the surface brightness is irregular or mottled and a couple of extremely faint quasi-stellar knots (HII regions) are just visible in the outer halo. There is an impression of spiral structure in the halo, but I couldn't trace the arms.
John Herschel discovered NGC 685 = h2438 on 3 Oct 1834 and
logged "F, vL, R, vgvlbM, 3'.". His position is 1.5' S of
******************************
01 48 56.1 -23 47 54; For
V = 12.4; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 0°
17.5" (11/6/93): moderately bright, small, round,
bright core, fairly bright stellar nucleus. Forms the vertex of a right angle with mag 9.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 686 = H. III-459 = h155 = h2437 on 26 Oct 1785 (sweep 465) and noted "vF, vS, easily resolvable." John Herschel observed this galaxy both at Slough, England and at the Cape of Good Hope. He logged it from Slough on 14 Oct 1830 (sweep 306) as "vF; R; gbM; 15"; a *8 m south-preceding."
******************************
01 50 33.2 +36 22 15; And
V = 12.3; Size 1.4'x1.4'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (10/17/87): moderately bright, fairly small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. Member of AGC 262.
13.1" (9/22/84): moderately bright, small, round, bright core.
13.1" (12/11/82): fairly bright, small, round, bright core, ~1' diameter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 687 = H. III-561 on 21 Sep
1786 (sweep 599) and noted "vF, stellar." Stephan made observations on 5 Oct 1869, 17 Nov 1870, 30 Nov
1877, 17 Nov 1881 and 19 Nov 1881.
He discovered several unpublished discoveries in the cluster including
******************************
01 50 44.2 +35 17 04; Tri
V = 12.7; Size 2.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 145°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval
NNW-SSE, weak concentration. Forms
a pair with
13.1" (10/20/84): fairly faint, moderately large, diffuse, weak concentration.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 688 on 16 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His position matches this starburst (nucleus) galaxy. Stephan made an observation on 13 Oct 1869 at Marseilles Observatory.
******************************
01 49 51.7 -27 27 59; For
V = 13.6; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 68°
17.5" (11/6/93): very faint, small, round, broad concentration. A mag 14.5 star lies 1.5' SW.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 689 = LM 1-89 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is 0.8 tmin west and
3' north of
******************************
01 47 48.1 -16 43 17; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 145°
17.5" (10/25/97): marginal object that required a GSC finder chart and averted vision just to glimpse. As the observation was extremely difficult, no details were visible, although it seemed round, perhaps 20" diameter. The correct position confirmed with respect to a couple of collinear mag 12 stars 5' SE and 10' SE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 690 = LM 1-37 on 9 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is 1.5 tmin east of
******************************
NGC 691 = UGC 1305 = MCG +04-05-019 = CGCG 460-031 = CGCG 482-023 = LGG 034-004 = PGC 6793
01 50 41.7 +21 45 35; Ari
V = 11.4; Size 3.5'x2.6'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 95°
18" (11/22/03): bright, large, slightly elongated E-W,
~2.0'x1.5'. Fairly sharp
concentration with a well-defined 45" core surrounded by an unconcentrated
halo. A close pair of mag 9-10
stars (uncatalogued) is just off the northeast edge! NGC 691 is the brightest in the NGC 691 group (also called
the NGC 697 group and LGG 034) that includes NGC 678, NGC 680, NGC 691, NGC
694,
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly faint, fairly large, almost round, very diffuse, weak concentration. A close double star is off the NE edge. Located 15' SSE of NGC 680 in the NGC 697 group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 691 = H. II-617 on 13 Nov
1786 (sweep 636) and noted "F, cL, vglbM". The NGC position matches
******************************
01 48 42.0 -48 38 55; Phe
V = 12.3; Size 2.1'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.6
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; fairly bright,
moderately large, roundish, 50"-60" diameter. Contains a bright, elongated core NW-SE
that appears to be a bar (verified later on the DSS) and a quasi-stellar
nucleus. Four stars curl south off
the southwest side including a mag 12 star 3.7' SSW. Mag 9.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 692 = h2439 on 2 Oct 1834 and noted "B, R, gbM, 30"." On a later sweep (744) he described it as "vF, R, gbM, 20"." His position (h2439) is accurate, although there was a 10 tsec error in RA on sweep 744.
******************************
NGC 693 = UGC 1304 = MCG +01-05-035 = CGCG 412-033 = PGC 6778
01 50 30.9 +06 08 42; Psc
V = 12.4; Size 2.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 106°
17.5" (12/18/89): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, broad concentration. A mag 10.5 star is 1.4' E of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 693 = H. II-859 = h156 on 25 Dec 1790 (sweep 986) and noted "pB, S, E nearly in parallel, south preceding a small star." John Herschel logged on 24 Sep 1830 (sweep 300), "pB; E; vgbM; a * 10m, north-following." The galaxy was observed 5 times at Birr Castle. On 7 Oct 1850, Bindon Blood Stoney (Lord Rosse's assistant) recorded "Light rather equable, a minute star in the p part, resolvable?". A sketch made on 24 Nov 1851 by Bindon Blood was included in LdR's 1861 publication (Plate XXV, fig 2).
******************************
01 50 58.4 +21 59 50; Ari
V = 13.7; Size 0.8'x0.5'; PA = 160°
18" (11/22/03): moderately bright, fairly small, 0.7'x0.5'. Fairly high surface brightness, which increases to an occasional faint stellar nucleus. A mag 10.5 star is 2.3' SE. IC 167, which lies 5.5' SSE, is very faint, elongated 4:3, 0.8'x0.6', low surface brightness.
13.1" (9/29/84): faint, small, round, diffuse, even surface brightness. Member of the NGC 697 group (also called the NGC 691 group) with IC 167 5.5' SSE.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 694 on 2 Dec 1861 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He noted the nebula was collinear with two mag 15 stars [probably to the NW and SE].
******************************
NGC 695 = UGC 1315 = CGCG 482-026 = V Zw 123 = PGC 6844
01 51 14.2 +22 34 57; Ari
V = 12.8; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 40°
13.1" (9/29/84): faint, very small, round. A mag 13 star is at the west end, 0.5' from center. Located 14' N of NGC 697 in a group, though physically this galaxy lies far in the background.
William Herschel discovered NGC 695 = H. II-618 on 13 Nov 1786 (sweep 636) and noted "vS, stellar." The NGC position is off by 1' to the S.
******************************
01 49 31.2 -34 54 19; For
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 25°
17.5" (11/1/97): faint, small, slightly elongated 4:3
SW-NE, 40"x30", weak concentration. A mag 12 star follows by 3.3'. Forms a pair with fainter
John Herschel discovered NGC 696 = h2440 (along with NGC 698
= h2441) on 29 Nov 1837 and noted "F, S, R, 15"." His position is 0.2 tmin east and 2.5'
south of
******************************
NGC 697 = NGC 674 = UGC 1317 = MCG +04-05-022 = CGCG 482-027 = LGG 034-006 = PGC 6848
01 51 17.4 +22 21 28; Ari
V = 12.0; Size 4.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 105°
18" (11/22/03): fairly bright, fairly large, very elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, ~3.0'x1.3'. Contains a fairly well-defined bright elongated core and a fairly smooth halo. Located 16' ENE of the bright double star 1 Arietis. NGC 695 is located 13' N.
13.1" (9/29/84): fairly bright, fairly large, very elongated 3:1 ~E-W, only a weak broad concentration. The striking double star 1 Arietis (6.2/7.4 at 3") lies 16' WSW. Brightest in the NGC 697 group (also called the NGC 691 group) with a number of members about 30' S.
8" (11/28/81): fairly faint, elongated. Located ~15' E of a close mag 6/7 double (1 Arietis).
William Herschel discovered NGC 697 = H. III-179 on 15 Sep 1784 (sweep 274) and recorded "vF, pL, lE." On 13 Nov 1786 (sweep 636) he noted "pB, cL, E, mbM." Heinrich d'Arrest found this galaxy on 2 Dec 1861 but his RA was 2 minutes too small. Dreyer assumed d'Arrest's object was new, and recatalogued it as NGC 674. So, NGC 697 = NGC 674, with NGC 697 the primary designation.
******************************
NGC 698 = ESO 353-051 = MCG -06-05-005 = SCG 9 = PGC 6710
01 49 43.7 -34 49 52; For
V = 13.9; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 171°
17.5" (11/1/97): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter (probably viewed core only), low surface brightness, no concentration. Requires averted vision and cannot hold steadily. Forms the northern vertex of a right triangle with a mag 12 star 4.7' S and brighter NGC 696 5.1' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 698 = h2441 on 29 Nov 1837 and
noted "vvF; S." His
single position is 10 tsec of RA east and 2.5' south of
******************************
01 50 43.7 -12 02 09; Cet
V = 13.9; Size 1.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 130°
17.5" (12/23/92): extremely faint, fairly small,
edge-on 4:1 NW-SE, very low surface brightness, brighter core. Located 7' NNE of mag 8.5
Frank Muller discovered NGC 699 = LM 2-319 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and logged "mag 16.0,
1.0'x0.4', E 105°, bnp, curved; *9.5 p 22 sec". His position matches
******************************
01 52 16.9 +36 02 12; And
V = 14.2; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5
24" (12/8/20): at 260x;
UGC 1336 appeared very faint, small,round, 18", low surface brightness (core region) with extremely low surface brightness extensions N-S. A mag 15.4 star is off the N end and a mag 14.5 star (with mag 15.5-16 companion) is off the S end.
17.5" (12/19/87): very faint, small, round. Two mag 14 stars are collinear 1.5' WSW
and 2.7' WSW. Located about 8' SW
of the central core of AGC 262 in a group of four galaxies with UGC 1336 3.7'
NW. This galaxy (
UGC 1336 (NGC 700 in most sources) appeared extremely faint, very small, irregularly round. Several faint stars near.
17.5" (10/17/87): extremely faint, small, round. A mag 14 star lies 1' W.
R.J. Mitchell, assistant to Lord Rosse, discovered NGC 700
on 12 Oct 1855. He noted
"about 8' sp same group [
The RNGC, UGC and CGCG misidentify UGC 1336 as NGC 700. This latter galaxy is 6.5' WSW the center of the group, but is not as obvious at the eyepiece. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
01 51 03.7 -09 42 10; Cet
V = 12.2; Size 2.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 40°
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly bright, very elongated 3:1
WSW-ENE, broadly concentrated halo, faint stellar nucleus suspected. Forms a pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 701 = H. I-62 = h160 = h2442 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 355) and noted "F, pS, irr R." On 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479) he called this object "cB; pL; E; bM." It was placed in class I (Bright Nebulae). John Herschel observed the galaxy at both Slough and at the Cape, commenting on 9 Dec 1835 (sweep 650) from the Cape, "eF, pL; certainly not entitled to a place in the 1st class." In the GC notes, he added d'Arrest missed it with a 4.5-inch refractor at Leibzig. Stephan observed it at Marseilles on 22 Nov 1875.
******************************
01 51 19.2 -04 03 21; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 155°
17.5" (11/6/93): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 NNW-SSE, small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 10' NNW of mag 7.3
Arp classified NGC 702 (
William Herschel discovered NGC 702 = H. III-192 = h158 on 20 Sep 1784 (sweep 280) and noted "eF, S, 240 verified it with difficulty." John Herschel observed the galaxy on 3 sweeps and logged on 18 Oct 1827 (sweep 97), "eF; lE in meridian; has a * 14m 90" south."
******************************
NGC 703 = UGC 1346 = MCG +06-05-029 = CGCG 522-037 = Holm 49c = PGC 6957
01 52 39.6 +36 10 17; And
V = 13.3; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 50°
24" (12/8/20): at 260x; fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, 25"x20", contains a very small core and stellar nucleus. A mag 15.3 star is just off the SW end [27" from center].
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, small, oval, weak
concentration. A mag 15 star is at
the SW end. Located in the central
core of AGC 262 with
13.1" (10/22/84): faint, very small, third brightest of four in the core of AGC 262.
13.1" (12/11/82): very faint, round, difficult.
William Herschel discovered NGC 703 = H. III-562 = h157, along with NGC 704, 705 and 708, on 21 Sep 1786 (sweep 599) and recorded "Four, unequal, 3 in a row [NGC 704, 705, 708], the 4th [NGC 703] making a rectangle with them. All in the space of 2 or 3'; the one at the angular part [NGC 708] is much larger than the others." John Herschel logged on 17 Nov 1828 (sweep 105), "vF; the np of two [with NGC 708], dist 90" ±."
******************************
NGC 704 = UGC 1343 = MCG +06-05-028 = CGCG 522-034 = Holm 49b = PGC 6953
01 52 37.8 +36 07 32; And
V = 13.1; Size 0.6'x0.5'
24" (12/8/20): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, brighter nucleus. At 375x the southern component (LEDA 197601) of this merged double system bulged out as a small "knot" at the south end.
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, oval ~N-S, weak concentration. Located in the dense core of AGC 262 with NGC 705 1.3' NE, NGC 703 2.7' N and NGC 708 2.7' NE. This double galaxy was unresolved, but was merged in the N-S direction.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly faint, very small. Second brightest of four in the core of AGC 262.
13.1" (12/11/82): very faint. On a line with NGC 705 and NGC 708.
William Herschel discovered NGC 704 = H. III-563, along with NGC 703, 705 and 708, on 21 Sep 1786 (sweep 599). He described the group as "Four, unequal, 3 in a row [NGC 704, 705, 708], the 4th [NGC 703] making a rectangle with them. All in the space of 2 or 3'; the one at the angular part [NGC 708] is much larger than the others."
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 7 Oct 1855, noted
"[NGC 704] is seen with higher power (single lens) to be
double." So, he resolved this
double system. I suggested to
Harold Corwin (in Mar 2014) that the two components could justifiably be
labeled
******************************
NGC 705 = UGC 1345 = MCG +06-05-030 = CGCG 522-036 = Holm 49d = VI Zw 90 = PGC 6958
01 52 41.5 +36 08 39; And
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 117°
24" (12/8/20): faint, small, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, ~25" in length, contains a small brighter core with small "wings". A mag 15 star is 40" S. Situated at the exact center of the small triangle formed by NGC 703, 704 and 708.
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, very small, slightly elongated, weak concentration. Located in the core of AGC 262 with NGC 703 1.7' N, NGC 704 1.3' SW and NGC 708 1.1' NE. A mag 14 star is 40" south, midway to NGC 704.
13.1" (10/20/84): very faint, very small, star less than 1' SW between NGC 703 and NGC 704.
13.1" (12/11/82): extremely faint, very small.
William Herschel discovered NGC 705 = H. III-562, along with NGC 703, 704 and NGC 708, on 21 Sep 1786 (sweep 599). He described the group as "Four, unequal, 3 in a row [NGC 704, 705, 708], the 4th [NGC 703] making a rectangle with them. All in the space of 2 or 3'; the one at the angular part [NGC 708] is much larger than the others." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 706 = UGC 1334 = MCG +01-05-040 = CGCG 412-037 = PGC 6897
01 51 50.5 +06 17 48; Psc
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly faint, fairly small, almost round, almost even surface brightness but faint stellar nucleus seen at moments. A mag 13 star is 1.0' N of center. NGC 693 lies 22' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 706 = H. II-596 = h161 on 30 Sep 1786 (sweep 607) and noted "F, S, irr F, about 1' south of a very small star." The star is exactly 1' north. John Herschel logged on 24 Sep 1830 (sweep 300), "pB; 30"; a *13m 1 radius of neb dist from edge."
******************************
01 51 27.1 -08 30 20; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 85°
24" (11/7/18): at 375x; small but fairly high surface brightness. Elongated ~2:1 (at least the brighter major axis), ~30"x15", faint stellar nucleus. A faint star (mag ~15.5) is superimposed on the southeast end.
Brightest in a group at z = .018 with
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, very small, round, very small bright core. A faint star is superimposed [only 12" SE of center] and it gave the appearance of a double nucleus.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 707 = T. 4-6 on 13 Nov 1879
with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and reported "III
class, with star in the middle."
His micrometric position matches
******************************
NGC 708 = UGC 1348 = MCG +06-05-031 = CGCG 522-039 = Holm 49a = PGC 6962
01 52 46.4 +36 09 08; And
V = 12.7; Size 3.0'x2.5'; Surf Br = 14.9; PA = 35°
24" (12/8/20): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small, round, 30" diameter, slightly brighter nucleus. A mag 15 star is attached at the north end [0.3' from center].
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, weak concentration. A mag 15 star is at the north end just 0.2' from center. NGC 708 is the brightest galaxy in the central core of AGC 262 with NGC 703 1.8' NW, NGC 705 1.1' SW and NGC 704 2.7' SW.
13.1" (9/22/84): very faint, small, round, largest in a group of four. A mag 15 star is off the north edge.
13.1" (12/11/82): brightest in the central group, small, round.
William Herschel discovered NGC 708 = H. III-565 = h159, along with NGC 703, 704 and 705, on 21 Sep 1786 (sweep 599). He described the group as "Four, unequal, 3 in a row [NGC 704, 705, 708], the 4th [NGC 703] making a rectangle with them. All in the space of 2 or 3'; the one at the angular part [NGC 708] is much larger than the others." John Herschel recorded on 17 Nov 1828 (sweep 105), "pB; pL; lbM; 40" [diameter]."
******************************
01 52 50.6 +36 13 25; And
V = 14.3; Size 0.5'x0.2'; PA = 130°
24" (12/8/20): between faint and fairly faint, elongated 2:1 or 5:2 NW-SE, ~25"x12", brighter core/nucleus. Situated midway between a mag 9.8 star 2' NW and a mag 12 star 2' SE. The galaxy is elongated in the same orientation. Lies in the central region of galaxy cluster AGC 262.
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, very small, elongated NW-SE. Located almost at midpoint of a mag 12 star 1.9' SE and a mag 10 star 2.0' NW. Located just north of the central core of AGC 262 with NGC 708 4.3' SSW and NGC 703 3.8' SW.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 709 on 28 Oct 1850. He recorded "4' or 5' nnf of group [NGC 703/704/705/708] is another nebula, perhaps two." Édouard Stephan made an observation at the Marseilles Observatory on 24 Nov 1875. Dreyer found it again on 18 Nov 1876 and recorded "Nova [=5195] nf h 157 [NGC 703]., Pos 35.1, Dist. 210.5", vF, pS, it has a *11 m in Pos 297, Dist 110.3", *12-13m about same distance sf, the 2 st and neb being almost in a line." Dreyer was credited with the discovery in the NGC, though Stephan was earlier.
******************************
01 52 53.9 +36 03 12; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 14.0
24" (12/8/20): at 260x; fairly faint, moderately large, roundish, ~50" diameter, even surface brightness. Largest galaxy in the central core of AGC 262.
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval slightly elongated ~E-W. A mag 15 star is 40" SSW of center. Located about 6' SSE of the central four galaxies (NGC 703, NGC 704, NGC 705, NGC 708) in the core of AGC 262.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly faint, slightly elongated, fairly small, largest in field.
13.1" (12/11/82): faint, round, visible with direct vision, second brightest in the central core.
Bindon Blood Stoney probably discovered NGC 710 on 28 Oct
1850. He recorded "ssf [a group of 5 or more nebula] about 12' is a F, pL
nebula with stars in it." It
was picked up again by assistant R.J. Mitchell on 12 Oct 1855 and noted as
"6' or 7' sf this group is a pB, R, neb, bM." Heinrich d'Arrest next found and
accurately measured NGC 710 on 12 Aug 1863 with the 11-inch refractor at
Copenhagen. Édouard Stephan
observed NGC 710 on 24 Nov 1875 from the Marseilles Observatory, along with a
discovery of
******************************
01 52 27.7 +17 30 46; Ari
V = 13.1; Size 1.6'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 15°
17.5" (12/7/90): very faint, very small, oval 3:2 SSW-NNE. A mag 14 star is 20" E.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 711 = St. 12-19 on 5 Nov 1875. His published observation (list 12, #19) was made 6 years later on 4 Nov 1881 with description "vF star [nucleus] surrounded by vF, vS nebulosity."
******************************
01 53 08.5 +36 49 12; And
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 85°
17.5" (10/24/87): moderately bright, fairly small,
slightly elongated WSW-ENE, even concentration, small bright core. A mag 14 star is close SW 0.6' from
center and a mag 12 star is 1' N.
John Herschel discovered NGC 712 = h163 in October 1828 (sweep 188 between 11 and 27 Oct) and logged "vF; R; among several pB stars."
******************************
01 55 21.5 -09 05 01; Cet
V = 14.0; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 95°
17.5" (10/25/97): at 280x, appeared very faint, small,
elongated 3:1 E-W, 0.7'x0.2', low even surface brightness. Located 7.7' SE of brighter
17.5" (11/6/93): not found.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 713 = LM 2-320 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 3 min of RA west of MCG -02-05-075 although his PA of 90° matches this galaxy. There is also a mag 15 star 2.2' NNW in agreement with Leavenworth's note of "*14, np 2'." MCG does not label -02-05-075 as NGC 713. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, mentions a galaxy 8' SE of NGC 731 is much elongated in PA 90°, which fits Leavenworth's description for NGC 713.
******************************
01 53 29.6 +36 13 17; And
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 112°
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated WNW-ESE, bright core. Two mag 13.5 stars are 1.0' W and 1.4' NW of center. Member of AGC 262.
13.1" (9/22/84): fairly faint, bright core, edge-on WNW-ESE, two faint stars are close west.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 714 on 28 Oct 1850. He mentioned it in respect to NGC 709: "following this last [NGC 709] is one about 11' [east]." R.J. Mitchell found NGC 714 again on 12 Oct 1855 and noted "about 10' nf the group is a pB, 1L neb, with B Nucl, susp resolvable." Heinrich d'Arrest next found the nebula on 2 Dec 1863 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and measured an accurate position. Stephan made observations on 24 Nov 1875, 3 Nov 1877 and 30 Nov 1877 at Marseilles. Finally, Lawrence Parsons observed it again on 18 Nov 1876, noting "forming a triangle with 2 stars 13m preceding and north-preceding (perhaps a 3rd star)." In the 1880 publication Dreyer indicated the observation was a duplicate of GC 5197 (d'Arrest). d'Arrest and LdR are attributed with the discovery in the NGC.
******************************
01 53 12.5 -12 52 23; Cet
V = 15.0; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 175°
17.5" (10/25/97): extremely faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S, 0.8'x0.4'. Located 3.5' N of a mag 11 star. A mag 8 star is 11' NW edge at the edge of the 220x field. Best viewed at 280x.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 715 = O St I-38 on 12 Dec 1885
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position but
1.5 min of RA east and 3' S is
******************************
01 52 59.7 +12 42 30; Ari
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 57°
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, elongated 2:1 SW-NE,
1.5'x0.7', broad weak concentration but no nucleus. Located 8' WNW of mag 7.5
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 716 = Sw. 4-6 on 1 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. There is nothing at his position but Corwin identifies NGC 716 = UGC 1351. This implies Swift made a 40' error (copying?) in declination, though his description matches this galaxy, including the "bright * near foll".
Bigourdan found this galaxy again on 1 Jan 1892, placed it correctly as a nova, and Dreyer catalogued it again as IC 1743. The description for IC 1743 mentions "=NGC 716?" and in the IC 2 notes Dreyer comments that Bigourdan couldn't find NGC 716 but B.250 = IC 1743 may equal NGC 716. This galaxy is identified as IC 1743 in UGC, MCG and CGCG, although the earlier discovery by Swift implies that NGC 716 should be the primary designation.
******************************
01 53 55.1 +36 13 46; And
V = 13.9; Size 1.3'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 117°
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, small, edge-on WNW-ESE, small bright core. Located 5.1' E of NGC 715 in the core of AGC 262.
13.1" (9/22/84): very faint, slightly elongated ~E-W, 6' E of NGC 714.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 717 on 12 Oct 1855 and noted "5' nf this nebula [NGC 714] is another fainter ray." Heinrich d'Arrest independently found the nebula on 16 Sep 1866 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. Lawrence Parsons made another observation on 18 Nov 1876, recording "Foll last neb [NGC 714] is an eF, pL neb with a star 15m ~1' sf." In the 1880 publication Dreyer indicated that the Birr Castle observation was a duplicate of d'Arrest's GC 5198. LdR and d'A are mentioned as the discoverers in the NGC.
******************************
01 53 13.2 +04 11 45; Psc
V = 11.7; Size 2.3'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 45°
17.5" (11/6/93): moderately bright, fairly small, round, increases to very small prominent core, stellar nucleus, very faint larger halo 1.5' diameter.
8" (10/31/81): faint, very small, round, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 718 = H. II-270 = h164 on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338) and logged "pB, S, iR, mbM". John Herschel made two observations and called it "B; R; psbM; 25" [diameter]" (sweep 300 on 25 Sep 1830).
******************************
01 53 38.8 +19 50 26; Ari
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 150°
17.5" (12/7/90): very faint, very small, round, broad concentration. Two mag 14 and 15 star are close east. The bright double star Gamma Arietis (components 4.4/4.7) lies 30' S.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 719 on 24 Nov 1861 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen.
His single position is 13 sec of RA following
******************************
01 53 00.4 -13 44 20; Cet
V = 10.2; Size 4.7'x2.4'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 135°
17.5" (9/26/92): bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 2.0'x1.0', well-defined very bright core with dimensions 40"x20". A very faint halo extends the major axis to almost 2' length.
William Herschel discovered NGC 720 = H. I-105 = h165 = h2443 on 3 Oct 1785 (sweep 451) and noted "cB, pL, iR, mbM.". This galaxy was observed by John Herschel at both Slough and the Cape of Good Hope where he logged "pB, lE, psmbM, 40"."
******************************
01 54 45.5 +39 23 00; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.7'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 135°
17.5" (11/27/92): faint, fairly small, 1' diameter, slightly elongated 4:3 NW-SE, very diffuse, low surface brightness, no central concentration. Located in fairly rich star field.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 721 on 27 Aug 1862 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and recorded "eF, pL, no ncl". His RA is 8 seconds too large (single measure). MCG doesn't label their entry as NGC 721.
******************************
01 54 47.1 +20 41 54; Ari
V = 13.5; Size 1.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 138°
24" (12/1/16): at 225x; fairly faint, small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, ~30"x20", slightly brighter nucleus. This galaxy lies a mere 7' SSE from the glare of 2.7-magnitude Beta Arietis, but the galaxy was not difficult with the star placed off the edge of the field. A group of mag 11.5-13 stars is nearby, including a mag 12 star 2.7' ENE.
17.5" (12/7/90): very faint, very small, oval 3:2 NW-SE. Remarkable location as situated 7' SSE of Beta Arietis (V = 2.6) in the same 220x field. This is a similar situation as NGC 404 near Mirach, but NGC 722 is much fainter.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 722 on 2 Dec 1861 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and recorded "vF, vS, R, Beta Arietis 7'
north." His position
(measured on 3 nights) matches
******************************
01 53 45.6 -23 45 28; Cet
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (11/6/93): fairly faint, fairly small, almost round, 1.0' diameter, just a slight central brightening. A mag 12.8 star is 2.5' S. Located very close to Cetus-Fornax border.
William Herschel discovered NGC 723 = H. III-460 = h166 =
h167 = h2444 on 26 Oct 1785 (sweep 465) and noted "vF, vS". The galaxy was observed by John
Herschel at both Slough and at the Cape of Good Hope where he logged "pF,
R, gbM, 25". No other neb within 15' all round." His first of two observations from
Slough on 14 Sep 1830 differed in North Polar Distance so he catalogued it
separately as h167 (later
******************************
NGC 724 = NGC 723 = ESO 477-013 = MCG -04-05-016 = PGC 7024
01 53 45.8 -23 45 28; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 723.
John Herschel found NGC 724 = h167 on 14 Sep 1830 and noted "vF; pL; R; gbM; has a small * 75° sp. It is barely possible that this may be H III 460 [NGC 723] with a mistake in reading the polar distance." Herschel's suspicion was correct as he later reobserved the galaxy from the Cape (h2444) and noted there was only one nebula in the vicinity. Nevertheless, h167 became GC 436 and finally NGC 724. So, NGC 723 = NGC 724 with the two entries equated in ESO and RNGC. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
01 52 35.5 -16 31 04; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.3
17.5" (10/29/94): very faint, small, elongated 3:2
SSW-NNE, 30"x20", low surface brightness, weak concentration. Located 6.4' WSW of mag 7.8
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 725 = LM 1-39 on 9 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position but
1.6 min of RA west is
******************************
01 55 31.8 -10 47 58; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 100°
17.5" (12/4/93): very faint, very small, slightly
elongated, low smooth surface brightness.
A mag 12 star is 2.8' E of center.
Located 6.5' SE of mag 8.9
Frank Muller discovered NGC 726 = LM 1-40 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (given to the
nearest minute of RA) is 1.0 tmin west of
******************************
01 53 49.4 -35 51 23; For
V = 13.9; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 76°
18" (12/3/05): extremely faint, very small, round, appears as a low surface brightness hazy spot with averted, no details.
18" (11/6/04): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, low surface brightness. Collinear with two mag 11 and 12 stars 5' NE and 10' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 727 = h2445 on 1 Sep 1834 and
logged "F, S, R, bM, 15 arcsec." His position is just 1.5' S of
******************************
01 55 01.4 +04 13 21; Psc
= ***, Carlson.
John Herschel discovered NGC 728 = h168 on 16 Oct 1827 and noted a "suspected nebula". There are three cleanly resolved stars on the DSS at Herschel's position. Heinrich d'Arrest and Guillaume Bigourdan were unable to find Herschel's object. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 729 = NGC 727? = ESO 354-010 = MCG -06-05-012 = PGC 7027
01 53 49.4 -35 51 23; For
V = 13.9; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 76°
See observing notes for NGC 727.
John Herschel discovered NGC 729 = h2446 on 30 Nov 1837 and logged "eeeF, S, R. RA only rudely taken by a star, being out of the field." Harold Corwin feels this entry is most likely a duplicate observation of h2445 = NGC 727, found earlier on 1 Sep 1834. His position happens to be 12 tsec west of a double star located 5.4' NE of NGC 727 at 01 54 11.3 -35 48 17 and ESO equates NGC 729 with this close double. The RNGC classification is a galaxy, although the position and description "USB, CLOSE DB*?" applies to this double star!
******************************
01 55 18.0 +05 38 11; Psc
= *, Carlson and Corwin.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 730 = Big. 11 on 7 Nov 1885 with the 12" refractor at the Paris Observatory. At his position is just a 15th mag star, though he may have logged a different star on a separate observation. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 731 = NGC 757 = MCG -02-05-073 = PGC 7118
01 54 56.1 -09 00 38; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 1.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (11/6/93): fairly faint, small, round, broad concentration. A mag 13 star is 2.5' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 731 = H. III-266 = h2447,
along with
******************************
01 56 27.7 +36 48 08; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 10°
17.5" (11/14/87): very faint, very small, slightly elongated SSW-NNE. A mag 13 star is 45" NW of center. Member of AGC 262.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 732 = St. 13-15 on 19 Nov 1881. His published position in his 13th and last discovery list was reduced on 5 Dec 1883 with description "vF* involved with a vF, vS, round neby".
******************************
01 56 33.9 +33 03 19; Tri
= *, Corwin.
Listed as a faint galaxy 3.6' NW of
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 733 on 11 Oct 1850 (Friday). Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. The "nebula" was labeled Epsilon in a field sketch and an offset was measured of 115" in PA 293.3 deg (NW) from Alpha [NGC 736]. There is nothing at this exact position, though a mag 15 star is 97" from NGC 736 in PA 296 deg and Harold Corwin identifies NGC 733 with this star.
RNGC and PGC probably misidentify
******************************
01 53 28.7 -16 59 44; Cet
Size 0.6'x0.4'; PA = 28°
24" (10/3/13): faint to fairly faint, small, round,
18" diameter, low even surface brightness. Can hold continuously at 375x. Located 10' SE of mag 5.8
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 734 = LM 1-41 on 9 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and reported
"mag 14.0, vS, R, bMN, *11 p[recedes] 11 sec." His rough position (nearest minute of
RA) happens to be just 3' N of PGC 7121, and this galaxy is identified as NGC
734 in the RNGC and PGC. The 11th
mag star in the description (also shown on his discovery sketch) might refer to
a star situated 4.3' WNW (the difference in RA is 17 sec), though a brighter
star even closer (3.2' SSE) is not shown on the sketch. I proposed to Corwin and Wolfgang
Steinicke that a better candidate for NGC 734 is 2MASX J01532872-1659442 = PGC
170023. This galaxy is brighter
than PGC 7121 and has a star 13 tsec due west.
******************************
01 56 38.0 +34 10 37; Tri
V = 13.3; Size 1.8'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 138°
24" (11/24/14): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 36"x15", contains a very small brighter core. A mag 14 star is superimposed on the NW tip. A mag 10.2 star is 1.5' SW and a mag 12 star is 1.4' NW.
Two faint companions are nearby, the trio forming V Zw
146.
17.5" (11/27/92): faint, small, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE. The apparent elongation may be exaggerated due to a mag 14 star located at the NW edge 20" from center. Several stars are nearby including a mag 10 star 1.5' SW and a mag 11.5 star 1.3' NW. Located about 1° north of the NGC 750/751 group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 735 = H. III-176 on 13 Sep
1784 (sweep 271) and logged "Stellar, the faintest imaginable, even 240
left some little doubt." His
position is 7' north of
******************************
NGC 736 = UGC 1414 = MCG +05-05-028 = CGCG 503-055 = VI Zw 111 = PGC 7289
01 56 40.9 +33 02 37; Tri
V = 12.1; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (11/1/86): moderately bright, fairly small,
round, small bright core, small halo.
A mag 15 star is 30" N (this is
13.1" (12/11 82 and 10/20/84): moderately bright, small, a faint star is at the north edge. A nearly stellar galaxy (NGC 738?) is close NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 736 = H. II-221 = h169 on 12
Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and logged "F, pL, mE, r, 1 1/2' long." John Herschel observed this galaxy on 3
sweeps by and described it on 11 Nov 1827 as "pB; R; bM; has a *13m
np". Both Herschel's
positions match
******************************
01 56 40.8 +33 03 00; Tri
17.5" (11/1/86): mag 15 star only located 30" N of NGC 736.
Bindon Blood Stoney, possibly accompanied by his brother George Johnstone, discovered NGC 737 on 11 Oct 1850 during an observation of the NGC 736 field. The galaxy was labeled "Beta" on a constructed diagram. He measured a distance of 30" in PA 12° from NGC 736. At this offset is a mag 15 star. The 9 Jan 1874 observation notes "[h169 = NGC 736] has a 12m star 11.9°, 35.1" distant, this must be beta of Oct 11 1850, when it was recorded as a nebula. [Sir J. Herschel records 3 observations of this companion object, all taken in Nov 1827. Nov 11 has *13 np, Nov 16 has a "* near it" and lastly, Nov 22 "has a S* or stellar neb to the n."
In "Publications of Lick Observatory (Vol II), Sherburne Burnham identified NGC 737 as a mag 15.5 star about 30" N of NGC 736. He accurately measured the offset from NGC 736 as PA = 10°, distance 32". Curtis concluded "Does not exist; is simply a faint star" based on Crossley reflector plates at Lick and Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, also writes "*14.7 0.7' N of N736, no neb...".
******************************
NGC 738 = CGCG 503-057 = VI Zw 113 = PGC 7303
01 56 45.7 +33 03 30; Tri
V = 14.9; Size 0.3'x0.2'
17.5" (11/1/86): very faint, extremely small, just non-stellar. Forms a pair with NGC 736 1.4' SW.
13.1" (10/20/84): possible observation as a very faint quasi-stellar object just 1.4' NE of bright NGC 736.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 738 on 11 Oct 1850
(Friday). Bindon may have been
observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle
several weekends in Fall 1850. It
was labeled "Gamma" on a field diagram with a measured offset of
79" in PA 46° from NGC 736, matching
******************************
01 56 54.7 +33 16 00; Tri
V = 13.9; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3
17.5" (11/27/92): very faint, very small, round. Forms the south vertex of a triangle
with a mag 13.5 star 1.1' NW and a mag 14 star 40" NE. The galaxy pair
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 739 on 9 Jan 1874 with the 72" at Birr Castle in an observation of NGC 750/751 group. Described as "A cF, vS, R neb, bM (inside a triangle of st) is south-preceding the n[orth] component". The direction should have read north-preceding the north component but Copeland gave the correct orientation as PA 292° (WNW) and separation 524" (8.7'). Because of his error the derived position was in error and this was copied into the NGC. In 1913 Curtis noted there was nothing at the NGC position and suggested MCG +05-05-030 was NGC 739, based on Crossley photographs at Lick. CGCG (503-059) fails to label its entry as NGC 739. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 740 = UGC 1421 = MCG +05-05-031 = CGCG 503-058 = PGC 7316
01 56 54.9 +33 00 55; Tri
V = 14.0; Size 1.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 137°
17.5" (11/1/86): very faint, thin edge-on 4:1 WNW-ESE. Located midway between a mag 10 star 1.3' ESE and a mag 14 star 1.2' WNW. Last in a group with NGC 736 3' NW.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 740 on 11 Oct 1850
(Friday). Bindon's brother, George
Johnstone, may have participated in the observation as he visited Birr Castle
several weekends in Fall 1850. It was labeled "Delta" on the field
diagram with an offset of 197" in PA 115° from NGC 736. Close to this offset is
******************************
01 56 21.0 +05 37 44; Psc
V = 11.1; Size 3.0'x2.9'; Surf Br = 13.5
24" (12/21/16): at 375x; bright, moderately large,
round, sharply concentrated with a small very bright core that increases to the
center. The halo increases with
averted to over 1'. A mag 11 star
is 2.4' NW. NGC 741 is the
brightest in a group (WBL 061) with
17.5" (11/6/93): moderately bright, round, prominent core, faint stellar nucleus at moments, larger halo with averted. A mag 11 star is 2.4' NW. In a common halo with NGC 742 attached at the east end at 0.8' separation in pa 100°. Brightest in a group and forms a close triple with CGCG 413-006 1.5' NNW. CGCG 413-006 (generally misidentified as IC 1751) appeared very faint, very small, slightly elongated N-S. A mag 10.5 star lies 1.3' WNW. CGCG 413-002, 3' SW, appeared very faint and small, round.
8" (1/1/84): faint, round, diffuse edges, small faint core. A mag 12 star is close NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 741 = H. II-271 = h172, along with NGC 742, on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338). His description from 25 Oct 1785 (sweep 464) reads, "F. I take it to be two very near each other. 240 stregthens the suspicision; not far from from the parallel [E-W]. The following [NGC 742] is the smallest, and most north, it is also the faintest." R.J. Mitchell , Lord Rosse's assistant on 24 Nov 1854, described a "D neb, the p one is pB, R, bM, the f one is smaller and fainter and lbM."
Lewis Swift found NGC 741 on 26 Nov 1897 and reported it new in his 11th list (#28) with description "pF; pS; R; 9m * near np." His position was 6' too far northwest and Dreyer catalogued it again as IC 1751. Herbert Howe corrected Swift's position though didn't make the connection with NGC 741. The CGCG (413-006) labels the galaxy as IC 1751, instead of NGC 741. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 742 = VV 175b = MCG +01-06-004 = CGCG 413-009 = III Zw 38a = WBL 061-005 = PGC 7264
01 56 24.2 +05 37 36; Psc
V = 14.3; Size 0.3x0.3'
24" (12/21/16): at 375x; fairly faint or moderately bright, small, round, 15" diameter, high surface brightness. NGC 742 is 0.8' E of center of NGC 741 (closest companion) and lies near the edge its halo.
17.5" (11/6/93): faint, extremely small, round. Located just off the east edge of NGC 741 in a common halo. Clearly visible, though just 10"-15" diameter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 742 = H. II-272 = h173, along with NGC 741, on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338). See description under NGC 741. John Herschel logged on 16 Oct 1827 (sweep 95), "The f]ollowing] and fainter of a double neb [with NGC 741]; vF; R; sbM; 12" [diameter]."
On 24 Nov 1854, R.J. Mitchell using the 72" logged a
"D neb, the p one is pB, R, bM, the f one is smaller and fainter and
lbM."
******************************
01 58 31 +60 10 00; Cas
Size 5'
17.5" (11/26/94): bright, distinctive but scattered
group in a triangular outline.
Consists of two dozen stars in a 6' diameter including 10 brighter mag
9-11.5 stars. The brightest star
is mag 9.1
John Herschel discovered NGC 743 = h170 on 29 Sep 1829 and recorded a "double star in the following part of a L, poor, triangular cluster of 15 or 20 stars 10...13m.".
******************************
01 58 30 +55 28 30; Per
V = 7.9; Size 11'
13.1" (11/5/83): about two dozen stars in a 7' diameter
including several fairly bright stars.
The brightest is mag 7.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 744 = h171 on 28 Nov 1831 and logged, "p rich, irr fig cluster of *s 11...13m, 8' dia." Sir Robert Ball, observing on the 72" on 29 Oct 1866, recorded "about 100 stars, more or less, of various sizes, scattered about, two of the 7th and the rest from the 8th mag down".
******************************
01 54 07.8 -56 41 37; Eri
V = 12.6; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 30°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 1.0'x0.6', broad concentration to a brighter core. A mag 15.5 star is just off the east side, 27" from center. A group of 4 stars zigzag to the east including a mag 10 star 4.8' ENE. Located 2.3° NE of Achenar.
NGC 745 forms a close pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 745 = h2449 on 27 Oct 183 and
recorded "pB, R, gbM, 30"." His position matches
******************************
01 57 51.0 +44 55 06; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 90°
17.5" (9/26/92): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 E-W, even surface brightness. A mag 13.5 star is at the west tip. Several other faint stars are near and some nice star chains (both faint and fairly bright) lead off from the west side.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 746 = Sw. 2-15 on 12 Sep 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is just 5 tsec west of
******************************
01 57 30.4 -09 27 45; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.0'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 175°
17.5" (10/25/97): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 N-S, no concentration. Located 7' SW of a mag 10.5-11 star. Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 747 = LM 2-321 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded a
slightly elongated nebula in PA 180°.
His position is 1.2 minutes of RA west of
******************************
01 56 21.7 -04 28 03; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 2.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 138°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:3 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.6', small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 1.9' SE of a mag 10.5 star and the galaxy is elongated in the direction of the star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 748 = H. III-193 = h176 on 20 Sep 1784 (sweep 280) and reported "eF, verified with 240 power with difficulty, near a small star". His position was well off in RA, but John Herschel measured an accurate position on two consecutive sweeps in October 1827.
******************************
01 55 41.1 -29 55 21; For
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 111°
17.5" (10/29/94): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, 1.5'x0.8'. Fairly sharp concentration with a prominent core and faint extensions. The core brightens to a very small but non-stellar nucleus. A mag 12 star lies 3.9' W of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 749 = h2448 on 27 Sep 1834 and
logged "B, S, E, psbM."
His mean position from 3 sweeps matches
******************************
NGC 750 = Arp 166 NED1 = VV 189a = UGC 1430 = MCG +05-05-034 = CGCG 503-062 = VI Zw 123 = LGG 042-001 = PGC 7369
01 57 32.4 +33 12 37; Tri
V = 11.9; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.7
17.5" (11/1/86): moderately bright, small, round. Forms a contact double system with NGC 751 virtually attached at the south end. Resolved into two distinct galaxies at 220x.
13.1" (10/20/84): double galaxy with
8" (11/28/81): both components merged into a single elongated object.
William Herschel discovered NGC 750 = H. II-222 = h175 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and logged "just like the former." The "former" refers to NGC 736, which was described as "F, pL, mE, r, 1.5' long." John Herschel called the galaxy round on one sweep and elongated on another. This close pair was not resolved by either Herschel but was first seen as double by Lord Rosse's assistant Bindon Stoney on 11 Oct 1850. Édouard Stephan noted the two nuclei on 13 Oct 1869 at Marseilles Observatory.
******************************
NGC 751 = Arp 166 NED2 = VV 189b = UGC 1431 = MCG +05-05-035 = CGCG 503-062 = VI Zw 123 = LGG 042-002 = PGC 7370
01 57 32.9 +33 12 13; Tri
V = 12.5; Size 1.4'x1.4'
17.5" (11/1/86): this is the southern member of double system with NGC 750. Fairly faint, very small, round. Appears smaller and fainter than NGC 750 just off the north edge.
13.1" (10/20/84): double nebula with NGC 750 with two distinct nuclei and probably a common halo, oriented N-S.
8" (11/28/81): both components of NGC 750/751 merge into a single object.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 751 on 11 Oct 1850
(Friday). Bindon's brother, George
Johnstone, may have participated in the observation as he visited Birr Castle
several weekends in Fall 1850. It was described as a "D neb [with NGC
750], Pos 171°, Dist 25", nf is a third nebula [
On 10 Dec 1873, Ralph Copeland gave a more detailed description: "D neb, cB, pL, R, sbM and pF, S, R, sbM." John Herschel's entry for GC 456 is confused; his description "nf h175 [NGC 750]" refers to NGC 761, but he used the same position as NGC 750 ("D neb"), so his comment could be interpreted as referring to NGC 751. Perhaps to avoid confusion, Dreyer added the entry GC 5200 in the GC Supplement (with reference to the 1861 publication) for NGC 751 and used GC 456 for NGC 761 in the NGC.
******************************
01 57 48 +37 51 00; And
V = 5.7; Size 50'
17.5" (11/1/97): easy naked-eye cluster, overfills the 100x field (20mm Nagler). The brightest star is a yellowish mag 7 star just south of center. Two equal mag companions to the south form an isosceles triangle. There are no dense regions and the many brighter mag 9-10.5 stars are pretty evenly distributed throughout the field. Many of the stars appear to be arrange in long strings and arcs, though. There are perhaps 150 stars in the field (difficult to count) with a few nice pair and trios. Off the SW side just out of the field is a wide bright pair of mag 5.7/5.9 stars at 3.6' (naked-eye). The western of these two stars (56 Andromedae) has a striking orange-red hue and a faint companion.
8": very large, bright, many doubles, overfills low power field. Easy naked-eye open cluster in dark sky.
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 752 = H. VII-32 = h174 on 29 Sep 1783 with her 4.2-inch comet-seeker reflector (though this cluster is a naked-eye object). According to Wolfgang Steinicke, William found it a month earlier on August 24th, while observing with his 6.2-inch reflector. On 21 Sep 1786 (sweep 599), he called it "a vL coarse scattered cluster of vL stars, irregularly round, very rich. I suppose it takes up half a degree." Later he noted "like a nebulous star to the naked eye." But Italian astronomer Giovanni Batista Hodierna may have found the cluster earlier around 1654.
******************************
01 57 42.2 +35 54 58; And
V = 12.3; Size 2.5'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 125°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly bright, moderately large, oval NW-SE, broad concentration. Bright member of AGC 262.
13.1" (8/8/86): fairly faint, fairly small, round, small bright core.
8" (9/25/81): faint, small, round.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 753 on 16 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He noted a mag 13-14 star followed by 17 seconds of time and measured an accurate position (2 nights).
******************************
NGC 754 = ESO 152-033 = PGC 7068
01 54 20.9 -56 45 40; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright, fairly small, irregularly round, 40"x35", weak concentration to a slightly brighter core. Located 4.5' SSE of brighter NGC 745. Two mag 10 stars lie 5' E and NE and a third mag 11.3 star is 4' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 754 = h2450 (along with NGC 745
= h2249) on 27 Oct 1834 and recorded "vF, S, R, bM.". His position matches
******************************
NGC 755 = NGC 763 = MCG -02-06-005 = PGC 7262
01 56 22.5 -09 03 42; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 3.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 50°
17.5" (12/23/92): moderately bright, fairly large, very elongated 3:1 SW-NE, 2.5'x0.8', brighter along major axis, brighter core but no well-defined nucleus, appears mottled.
William Herschel discovered NGC 755 = H. III-265 = h177 = h2447 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 355) and logged "vF, lE, verified with 240 power." John Herschel's observations of h177 and h2447, which he assumed referred to H. III-265, may instead apply to NGC 731. Christian Peters measured an accurate position in 1881 that was given in the NGC.
Ormond Stone independently found this galaxy in 1886 and
reported it as #44 in the Leander McCormick Observatory's first discovery paper
(later
Based on photographs taken in 1919-20 with the 30-inch Reynolds reflector at the Helwan Observatory, NGC 755 was described as "bright irregular central portion 1.25' long with no distinct nucleus, but showing some indications of spiral structure; the outer portions are vF and also show spiral strucutre."
******************************
01 54 29.2 -16 42 27; Cet
V = 14.0; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 50°
17.5" (10/25/97): very faint, small, round, 25" diameter, weak concentration. Situated ~2' S of a small obtuse triangle of mag 13-14 stars.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 756 = LM 1-42 on 9 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick. His rough position is 1.7 min of RA
east of
******************************
NGC 757 = NGC 731 = MCG -02-05-073 = PGC 7118
01 54 56.1 -09 00 38; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 731.
Ormond Stone found NGC 757 = O St I-43 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick. There is nothing at his position, but 10' S is NGC 755. Harold Corwin originally equated NGC 757 with NGC 755 but now feels NGC 757 is a duplicate of NGC 731. Although there is no discovery sketch for NGC 757, the sketch for NGC 763 (#44 in the first list) shows that NGC 763 = NGC 755. Applying the same relative offsets suggests NGC 757 = NGC 731 assuming both galaxies were observed at Leander McCormick on the same night.
******************************
01 55 42.1 -03 04 00; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (10/29/94): very faint, small, round, 0.4' diameter, weak even concentration to a very small core. The RNGC position is 4.5' too far ESE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 758 = LM 2-322 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick. His position is about 0.6 tmin east of
******************************
01 57 50.3 +36 20 35; And
V = 12.7; Size 1.6'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, small, round,
bright core. Member of AGC 262
with
13.1" (8/8/86): fairly faint, small, round, small bright core, faint elongated halo.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 759 on 17 Sep 1865 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen.
His single position matches
******************************
01 57 47.4 +33 21 20; Tri
= **, Carlson.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 760 on 19 Dec 1873, observing
with the 72" at Birr Castle.
With respected to GC 456 = NGC 761, he placed this nebula 80"
distant in PA 202.5° (close southwest) and described it as a "cF, R
neb". At this exact offset is
a close double star just resolved on the DSS. Corwin and Carlson also identify this double star as NGC
760. The MCG misidentifies
******************************
NGC 761 = UGC 1439 = MCG +05-05-036 = CGCG 503-064 = VV 425 = LGG 042-003 = PGC 7395
01 57 49.6 +33 22 37; Tri
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 143°
17.5" (11/1/86): faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE. A faint triangle of stars is off the north edge. Follows a mag 8.5 star.
13.1" (10/20/84): extremely faint, small, elongated
NW-SE. Located close SW of three
mag 13-13.5 stars 1.5' NE, 2.1' NE and 1.0' ENE. Also 5' SE of mag 8.5
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 761 on 11 Oct 1850
(Friday). Bindon may have been
observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle
several weekends in Fall 1850. A
third nebula was noted NE of NGC 750/751.
On 10 Dec 1873, assistant Ralph Copeland described it as "pB, cL, 4
S near; it has a *11m in Pos 309°, Dist 314.1"." At this precise offset is
******************************
01 56 57.7 -05 24 11; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 25°
17.5" (12/7/90): faint, very small, round, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 762 = H. III-464 = h178 = h2451 on 22 Nov 1785 (sweep 474) and logged "eF, S, I found it in gauging [counting stars in a given region], otherwise it might have been overlooked." John Herschel observed this galaxy from both Slough and the Cape, where he described it as "vF, E, vlbM, 30 arcseconds."
******************************
NGC 763 = NGC 755 = MCG -02-06-005 = PGC 7262
01 56 22.5 -09 03 42; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 755.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 763 = O St I-44 in 1886 with the 26" Clark refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded 1.6'x0.4' in PA = 65°. There is nothing at his position, but 1.0 tmin of RA west and 5' S is NGC 755, which matches his description. Corwin checked the discovery sketch and confirms NGC 763 is a duplicate of NGC 755 (discovered earlier by William Herschel). Corwin also notes that if NGC 757 was discovered by Stone on the same night, then the same offset leads to NGC 757 = NGC 731 (also discovered earlier by WH).
******************************
01 57 03.5 -16 03 51; Cet
= **, Carlson and Corwin. Not found, RNGC.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 764 = O St I-45 on 6 Jan 1886 with the 26" at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing near his position and Dorothy Carlson and Harold Corwin identify this number with a double star. See Corwin's notes for further comments.
******************************
01 58 48.0 +24 53 33; Ari
V = 12.8; Size 2.8'x2.8'; Surf Br = 14.9
17.5" (12/7/90): faint, fairly small, round, broad
concentration, very faint stellar nucleus. Located 8' WNW of mag 7.8
Albert Marth discovered NGC 765 = m 52 on 8 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "vF, vS". His position matches
******************************
01 58 42.0 +08 20 48; Psc
V = 12.7; Size 2.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.2
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1' diameter, low even concentration, very small brighter core. Forms the west vertex of isosceles triangle with a mag 11.5 star 2.4' NE and a mag 12 star 3.0' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 766 = h180 on 8 Jan 1828 and
recorded "vF; S; R; 15...20"; a *10m 15° np; 2' dist." His position matches
******************************
01 58 50.7 -09 35 12; Cet
V = 14.7; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 165°
17.5" (10/8/94): very faint, fairly small, very
elongated 3:1 ~N-S, very low surface brightness with no concentration. A mag 14 star is 2.0' N. Located 7' W of mag 8.4
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 767 = LM 2-323 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 0.6 tmin west of MCG -02-06-010 = PGC 7483 and his description 1.3'x0.3' in PA 160° matches this galaxy.
******************************
01 58 40.8 +00 31 46; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.7'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 30°
24" (12/22/14): fairly faint to moderately bright,
elongated at least 2:1 SSW-NNE, 40"x18", brighter along a the major
axis (elongated core or bar?). A
mag 15.7 star is 50" E of center and a mag 14.5 star is 2' NE.
17.5" (12/7/90): extremely faint, very small, round. Located 8' W of mag 8.2 SAO 110258.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 768 = Sw. 3-8 = Sw. 5-18? on 2
Dec 1885 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position was 18 seconds east and 1'
S of
******************************
01 59 35.9 +30 54 35; Tri
V = 12.8; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 11.6; PA = 73°
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, elongated WSW-ENE,
fairly even surface brightness. A
mag 13 star is on the east edge 30" from the center. Located about 30' SSW of
Truman Safford discovered NGC 769 = Sf. 68 on 9 Nov 1866 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory and recorded "S, pF, irr figure, gbM." Édouard Stephan (XII-20) found the galaxy on 22 Nov 1875 (already aware of Safford's prior discovery?). He reported it as new in his 12th discovery list (#20) based on a measure taken 5 Nov 1882. Dreyer credited Stephan with the discovery in the NGC as Safford's list was not published until 1887, too late for Dreyer to see while compiling the NGC.
******************************
01 59 13.6 +18 57 17; Ari
V = 12.9; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 15°
48" (11/1/13): bright, fairly small, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, ~40"x32", very high surface brightness. Forms a double system 3.5' SSW of NGC 772, a showpiece spiral.
18" (12/3/05): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 30" diameter, increases to a small bright core. This is a companion to NGC 772 and may be the cause of its bright, disturbed spiral arm.
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; fairly faint, fairly small, roundish, ~25" diameter, contains a very small bright nucleus.
13.1" (11/5/83): faint, very small, round, small bright core. Located 3.5' SSW of NGC 772.
R.J. Mitchell (GC 464) discovered NGC 770 on 3 Nov 1855 while observing NGC 772. He noted, "has companion neb. 5' or 6' south." Dreyer later measured an accurate offset. Heinrich d'Arrest (GC 461) independently found NGC 770 in 1861 and it was listed twice in the GC. Both entries were combined in the NGC with an accurate position.
******************************
02 03 26.6 +72 25 16; Cas
V = 4.0
= *4.0 = 50 Cas
John Herschel found NGC 771 = h179 on 29 Oct 1831 and noted
"I suspect this star[50 Cas] to be nebulous." There are several other instances where
Herschel thought a bright star had a nebulous halo (e.g.
******************************
NGC 772 = Arp 78 = UGC 1466 = MCG +03-06-011 = CGCG 461-018 = LGG 040-002 = PGC 7525 = Fiddlehead Galaxy
01 59 19.8 +19 00 30; Ari
V = 10.3; Size 7.2'x4.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 130°
48" (11/1/13): very bright, very large, elongated at
least 5:3 WNW-ESE, ~5.4'x3', sharply concentrated with a blazing core that
increases to the center. Contains
two spiral arms, though dominated by a bright, long arm that attaches to the
core on the east side, wraps counterclockwise to the north of the core and then
extends in a fairly thin arch to the west. The arm extends over 3' in length and ends at the northwest
tip of the galaxy, ~2.5' from the center.
It contains 1 or 2 very faint HII knots. A second low contrast arm begins at the south end of the
core and spirals out clockwise to the east. This arm is broader and does not have a sharply defined edge
but was fairly easily visible. The
outer halo to the southeast of this arm has a very low surface brightness. Forms an interacting pair with NGC 770
3.5' SSW.
24" (9/7/13): bright, very large, elongated 5:3 WNW-ESE, 4'x2.5'. Strongly concentrated with a very bright oval core. The halo is clearly asymmetric and more extensive on the NW side. With careful viewing a long arm is visible at 200x extending from the central region towards the NW. The arm is better separated from the main body at 450x and ends near NGC 772:[HK83] 57, a slightly brighter HII knot that appears as an extremely faint, "soft" star.
18" (12/3/05): bright, very large, elongated 4:3 WNW-ESE, roughly 4'x3'. The halo is asymmetric and more extensive on the NW side with a very strong impression of a spiral arm attached on the north side and sweeping to the west (confirmed on image). Forms a pair with much fainter NGC 770 3.5' SSW.
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; fairly bright and large, oval ~4:3 WNW-ESE, at least 3' major axis. Strong concentration with a very bright core that increases to a stellar peak. There was an impression of an "enhancement" on the north side, but not a distinct arm. Pair with NGC 770 3' SSW.
13.1" (11/5/83): bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, sharp concentration. Forms a close pair with NGC 770 3.5' SSW.
8" (10/4/80): fairly faint, fairly large, oval, bright core, two mag 11 stars to SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 772 = H. I-112 = h181 on 29 Nov 1785 (sweep 481). His description reads, "cB or vB, L, R, mbM, 3 or 4' dia, difficulty resolving. In the most resolvable part a faint red colour perceivable." On 3 Nov 1855, Lord Rosse assistant R.J. Mitchell wrote "...One branch in particular strongly suspected as at A [in diagram] curved towards the * preceding." This description refers to the northern spiral arm and star preceding (indicated on the diagram) is the HII region NGC 772:[HK83] 57, from Hodge & Kennicutt's "An Atlas of H II regions in 125 galaxies". Dreyer also noted this HII region on a 9 Jan 1875 observation: "An eeF neb point was by glimpses seen by both observers in Pos 315° +/, Dist. 2' +/- from [GC] 463."
******************************
01 58 52.0 -11 30 53; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 0°
17.5" (12/4/93): faint, fairly small, oval 2:1 N-S,
1.0'x0.5', very weak concentration.
Located 11' SE of mag 8.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 773 = H. III-468 = h2452 on 27 Nov 1785 (sweep 478) and recorded "vF; E; 1.5' long, 1' broad, nearly in the meridian [N-S]; lbM." John Herschel reported from the Cape of Good Hope, "F, R, glbM, 30"." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
01 59 34.7 +14 00 29; Ari
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 165°
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, small, almost round, 0.5' diameter, slight even concentration, no distinct core. Forms a triangle with two mag 12 stars 2.3' NNW and 3.5' NE. Located 12' ESE of a mag 9.5 star and 9' ENE of a mag 10 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 774 = H. III-214 on 16 Oct
1784 (sweep 295) and logged "vF, stellar, verified with 240
power.". J.L.E. Dreyer, using
Lord Rosse's 72" on 7 Oct 1874, recorded "F, stellar, not quite R but
of somewhat irregular shape, probably vlE north-south or very nearly towards a
*11m in Pos 333°, Dist 143.7 arcsec". The NGC dec is 1' S of
******************************
01 58 32.6 -26 17 36; For
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 167°
17.5" (10/29/94): fairly faint, moderately large,
slightly elongated ~N-S, 1.5'x1.2, broad concentration with no distinct
core. An elongated group of six
mag 13-14 stars (6' length oriented E-W) lies 5' S. Located 13' NW of mag 6.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 775 = h2453 on 14 Nov 1835 and
noted "pB, S, R, gbM, 18 arcsec" His positions from two sweeps differed by 10 tsec in RA, but
clearly identifies
******************************
01 59 54.5 +23 38 40; Ari
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; moderately bright and large,
round, very small bright core in a diffuse 1' halo. A mag 15.5-16 star is at the north edge. Two small companions are close;
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, small, round, broad concentration, very faint stellar nucleus, halo fades into background. A mag 15 star is 30" N. Brightest of three with IC 180 2.6' SE and IC 181 2.0' NE. IC 180 appeared very faint, small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE and IC 181 is extremely faint and small, round.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 776 on 2 Dec 1861 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and logged "vF, S, R". His single position matches
******************************
02 00 14.9 +31 25 46; Tri
V = 11.5; Size 2.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 155°
24" (11/24/14): at 375x; bright, moderately large,
elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, sharply concentrated with a very bright rounder core,
~0.9'x0.7'. Two fairly bright
stars are in the field to the south, mag 9.3
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly bright, small, almost round,
small bright core. Forms a pair
with NGC 778 7' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 777 = H. II-223 = h182 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and recorded "pB, pS, R." John Herschel logged on 22 Nov 1827 (sweep 106), "B; R; gbM; 40"; a considerable nebula." R.J. Mitchell, assistant to Lord Rosse on 18 Sep 1857, wrote "S, R, bM, several S st p and np the nucleus."
******************************
NGC 778 = UGC 1480 = MCG +05-05-039 = CGCG 503-069 = PGC 7597
02 00 19.4 +31 18 47; Tri
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 150°
24" (11/24/14): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, ~30"x20", weak concentration. A mag 8.7 star is 3' NE. Second brightest in a trio with brighter NGC 777 7' N and much fainter KUG 0156+310 = PGC 74060 6' W. The latter was an extremely faint 8" glow just north of a mag 13-13.5 star.
13.1" (8/24/84): faint, very small, slightly elongated. Located within a bright trapezoid formed by two mag 9 stars 7' N and 4.8' NW (SAO 55174), mag 8.5 SAO 55185 3.0' NE and a mag 10.5 star 2.8' WSW. Forms a pair with NGC 777 7' NNW.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 778 = Sf. 64 = St. 8a-7 on 5 Nov 1866 with the 18" refractor at Dearborn Observatory. Édouard Stephan found the galaxy on 2 Nov 1875 during an observation of NGC 777 or he was already aware of Safford's prior discovery. Stephan made another observation two nights later and reported it as new in list 8a, #7, with an accurate position measured on 17 Nov 1876. As Safford's discovery was not published until the fall of 1887 as the NGC was going to press, Stephan was credited with the discovery in the GC Supplement (5205) and NGC.
******************************
01 59 42.3 -05 57 51; Cet
V = 11.2; Size 4.0'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 160°
48" (10/24/14): extremely bright, very large, nearly edge-on 7:2 NNW-SSE, 3.5'x1.0'. Contains an intensely bright, mottled core and nucleus. The core is within a brighter, elongated "bar". The outer halo appears to extend further to the south with averted vision and bend slightly with respect to the central region. The northern end of the halo has a similar effect as if the galaxy is very slightly warped.
17.5" (11/27/92): bright, fairly large, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE in PA 160°, 3.0'x1.0', brighter core, substellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is 4.6' SSW of center.
8" (10/31/81): fairly bright, bright core, edge-on N-S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 779 = H. I-101 = h183 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 436) and logged "cB, pL, mbM, E a few degrees deviating from the meridian; from np to sf." John Herschel observed the galaxy on 3 sweeps, including 2 Jan 1827 (sweep 40): "pB; pL; E; pos about 160° by diag." His position angle and position is accurate.
******************************
02 00 35.2 +28 13 31; Tri
V = 13.4; Size 1.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 170°
17.5" (11/27/92): very faint, very small, round. Two mag 15 stars nearby 0.7' S and 20" E. Lies within a 12' group of stars roughly forming a "Big Dipper" asterism.
William Herschel discovered NGC 780 = H. III-583 = h184 on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626) and noted "vF, vS, E. Resembles 3 faint stars in a line, with vF nebulosity between them." John Herschel logged it on 15 Sep 1828 (sweep 177): "eF; 3 stars in Meridian precede it; the large 10m is 20° sp the nebula." Lord Rosse failed to find this object on one occasion with the 72", but it was confirmed and measured twice by d'Arrest with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. He noted the 15th mag star off the south end and measured an accurate position used in the NGC.
******************************
02 00 09.0 +12 39 22; Ari
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 13°
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, 1.0'x0.3', dominated by a round small bright core, much fainter extensions.
William Herschel discovered NGC 781 = H. III-215 on 16 Oct
1784 (sweep 295) and logged "eF, stellar, found with 240 power." His position is 2' north of
******************************
01 57 40.4 -57 47 26; Eri
V = 11.9; Size 2.3'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 15°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; fairly bright, moderately large, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, ~1.0' diameter. Contains a central "bar" oriented ~E-W within a brighter quasi-stellar nucleus. A mag 14-14.5 star is superimposed at the northeast end of the galaxy with the nucleus WSW [by 28"]. A thin, low surface brightness spiral arm is attached at the east end of the galaxy. It was occasionally glimpsed, extending towards the southwest and separating from the central region.
John Herschel discovered NGC 782 = h2454 on 27 Oct 1834 and logged "pB, pL, lE, attached to a star 12th mag." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 783 = IC 1765 = UGC 1497 = MCG +05-05-042 = CGCG 503-073 = Mrk 1171 = LGG 042-005 = PGC 7657
02 01 06.4 +31 52 57; Tri
V = 12.1; Size 1.6'x1.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 35°
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly faint, diffuse, slightly
elongated E-W, even surface brightness.
A mag 13 star is at the WNW edge of halo and a mag 12.5 star is off the
SE edge 1.1' from center. Forms a
pair with
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 783 = St. 8a-8, along with
NGC 785, on 5 Oct 1869 with further observations on 22 Sep 1871, 28 Oct 1875,
and 1 Nov 1877. He described NGC
783 as "extremely faint, small, irr round, diffuse, very small brighter
nucleus, star attached." E.E.
Barnard later found this galaxy again at Lick (date unknown) and reported the
discovery directly to Dreyer, who cataloged again as
******************************
02 01 16.9 +28 50 14; Tri
V = 11.7; Size 6.6'x1.5'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 0°
17.5" (11/1/86): fairly bright, very large, very elongated 4:1 N-S, weak concentration.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 784 on 20 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He questioned if it was elongated or double and his single position is accurate. Édouard Stephan made an observation on 22 Nov 1875.
******************************
NGC 785 = IC 1766 = UGC 1509 = MCG +05-05-046 = CGCG 503-076 = LGG 042-006 = PGC 7694
02 01 40.0 +31 49 35; Tri
V = 13.2; Size 1.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 80°
13.1" (8/24/84): faint, very small, slightly elongated E-W, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 783 8' WNW.
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 785 = St. 8a-9, along with
NGC 783, on 5 Oct 1869 at the Marseilles Observatory. He made additional observations on 22 Sep 1871 and 28 Oct
1875. He published an accurate
micrometric position (discovery list 8a, #9) made on 25 Oct 1876 with description
"extremely faint and small, a faint star is involved." E.E. Barnard found this galaxy again
sometime in the early 1890's at Lick Observatory and communicated the discovery
directly to Dreyer. Barnard's
position was about 30 seconds of RA west and 3' S of NGC 785 (similar offset
error with IC 1765 and NGC 783), so Dreyer thought it was a different object
and catalogued it again as
******************************
02 01 24.6 +15 38 48; Ari
V = 13.3; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.2
17.5" (12/18/89): very faint, very small, round, even
surface brightness.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 786 on 20 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His position (measured on 2 nights) is 1' too far south-southwest.
******************************
02 00 48.5 -09 00 08; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 2.1'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 90°
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 E-W, 1.2'x0.8', broad concentration, stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 3' W of center. Located 4' NW of a mag 9.5 star.
Christian Peters discovered NGC 787 = T. 4-7 = LM 1-46? on
27 Feb 1865, perhaps while asteroid hunting. He was observing with the 13.5-inch refractor at the
Hamilton College Observatory in New York. Wilhelm Tempel rediscovered the
galaxy on 9 Nov 1879 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and
reported it in his 4th discovery paper.
This galaxy was possibly "discovered" again by Ormond Stone at
Leander McCormick in 1885 or 1886 and included in the first discovery list
(#46). His position is 1.4 tmin W
and 6' N of
******************************
02 01 06.4 -06 48 57; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 115°
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright, elongated WNW-ESE,
weak concentration, stellar nucleus. (
William Herschel discovered NGC 788 = H. II-435 = h185 on 26 Sep 1865 (sweep 436) and noted "F, S, iR, bM". John Herschel observed the galaxy on 30 Dec 1826 (sweep 39) and logged "B; pL; R; bM."
******************************
02 02 26.0 +32 04 20; Tri
V = 13.4; Size 0.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.7; PA = 3°
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, small, round, faint stellar
nucleus? Forms a pair with
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 789 = St. 3-3 on 24 Aug
1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. Édouard Stephan observed the galaxy on 22 Sep 1871 and 16
Nov 1871 and measured an accurate position on 10 Dec 1871 (probably aware of
d'Arrest's prior discovery.
Stephan listed NGC 789 as new in his third discovery list (#3), as well
as
******************************
02 01 21.6 -05 22 15; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, fairly small, round, small bright core, strong stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 790 = H. III-433 = h186 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 436) and logged "vF, vS." John Herschel logged "F; pL; R; bM; 25" diameter." (8 Jan 1831).
******************************
02 01 44.3 +08 29 59; Psc
V = 13.1; Size 1.6'x1.6'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (11/27/92): faint, small, round, even concentration, very small bright core, very symmetrical appearance. Located 3.3' SW of a mag 10 star. A mag 12.5 star is 2.8' E of center.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 791 on 3 Dec 1861 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He noted a mag 13-14 star that follows by 11.5 seconds and measured the position on 3 nights.
******************************
NGC 792 = UGC 1517 = MCG +02-06-015 = CGCG 438-014 = PGC 7744
02 02 15.3 +15 42 44; Ari
V = 13.1; Size 1.7'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 130°
17.5" (12/18/89): faint, very small, slightly elongated WNW-ESE, small bright core. Three mag 11-12 stars in a E-W line of 2' length begins 3' SSW and extends to the west. NGC 786 lies 12' WSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 792 = h187 on 7 Sep 1828 and logged
"eF; S; R; has a *11m 15° nf."
His position and description matches
******************************
02 02 54.5 +31 58 51; Tri
= **?, Corwin.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 793 in 1886 with the 15.5-inch Cooke refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory in Scarborough, England. It was placed southeast of NGC 789, but there are no galaxies in the vicinity, only several faint stars. Corwin tentatively identifies a very faint double as NGC 793. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent.
******************************
02 02 29.3 +18 22 23; Ari
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 45°
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 794 = H. III-207 = h188 on 15 Oct 1784 (sweep 291) and noted "eF, vS, stellar, 240 showed it very plainly." John Herschel made a single observation on 7 Sep 1828 and noted "F; S; R; glbM; 12" [diameter]." Lewis Swift found this galaxy again on 20 Oct 1889 and catalogued it as Sw. 9-9 (later IC 191) with description "pB; pL; lE." Dreyer thought Swift's nebula might be new because of the disparate descriptions, though added the parenthetical "probably = [NGC 794]" in the IC description. So, NGC 794 = IC 191. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
01 59 49.4 -55 49 27; Eri
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 141°
25" (10/15/17 - OzSky): at 397x; fairly faint or moderately bright, slightly elongated NW-SE, ~30" diameter. Sharply concentrated with a very small, very bright core (also slightly elongated NW-SE) that increases to an intensely bright nucleus. 13th mag stars are just 0.9' NW and 1.5' ENE, and a 15th mag star is off the west side [30" from center].
John Herschel discovered NGC 795 = h2455 on 27 Oct 1834 and
logged "pF, S, R; makes an obtuse angled triangle with 2 stars 11th
mag." His position and
description of the nearby stars matches
******************************
01 56 45 -74 13 12; Hyi
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright but
fairly small. The main knot is
round, ~30" in diameter with a single star that stands out at the SE
edge. Barely off the NW edge is a
10" knot that is possibly detached.
This knot increases the total size to nearly 45"x30",
elongated NW-SE. Located 8.5' SW
of mag 8.2
NGC 796 is a young, massive cluster and the most compact and dense cluster in the Magellanic tidal bridge structure.
John Herschel discovered NGC 796 = h2456 on 18 Sep 1835 and remarked "F, vS, R, has a *12m 25" distance at 45° np." On a second sweep he recorded "somewhat doubtful, but I believe it is a vF neb involving a vF star." His third observation was reported as "eF, S, R, 10" close to a vS star."
This object was first identified as an outlying open cluster of the SMC in 1935, based on long exposure Bruce plates taken at the Arequipa station in Peru.
******************************
02 03 28.0 +38 07 01; And
V = 12.6; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 65°
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, small, slightly
elongated, bright core, faint halo, stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is just 0.8' WNW of center and a brighter mag
13 star lies 1.7' ENE. Forms a
pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 797 = H. III-566 = h189 on
21 Sep 1786 (sweep 599) and noted "vF, pL, iR." He apparently found it again on 18 Oct
1786 (sweep 618) and logged "pB, cL, lE, mbM.", though his position
is much closer to NGC 801. In Oct
1828 (sweep 188), John Herschel logged, "vF; R; sbM; near a *." There are actually a couple of stars
very near and his position matches
******************************
NGC 798 = UGC 1539 = MCG +05-05-048 = CGCG 503-078 = PGC 7823
02 03 19.6 +32 04 39; Tri
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 137°
13.1" (12/22/84): very faint, very small, very elongated NW-SE, small bright core. Located 11' E of NGC 789.
Édouard Stephan possibly discovered NGC 798 = St. 3-4 on 22 Sep 1871. His single position was 2.5' E of NGC 789 but he mentioned "observations", implying two objects were seen. He measured an accurate position on 10 Dec 1871 that was reported in his third discovery list (along with NGC 789, discovered earlier by d'Arrest). A later observation was apparently made on 1 Nov 1877.
******************************
02 02 12.3 -00 06 04; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 100°
48" (11/5/21): at 610x; very bright, fairly large,
~1.5' diameter. Strong sharp
concentration with a very bright, central region that is slightly elongated and
increases modestly towards the center (no distinct nucleus). A mag 14.5-15 star is on the east end,
45" from center. Forms a pair
with
Contrasting the very high surface brightness central region is a very low surface brightness halo with definite spiral structure. The arms seem to form a weak ring around the central region with a darker gap in the interior!
17.5" (12/7/90): faint, very small, round, weak concentration, faint stellar nucleus at moments. A mag 14 star is just 45" E. Forms a close pair with NGC 800 1.8' S.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 799 = Sw. 2-16, along with NGC 800, on 9 Oct 1885. His RA was 30 seconds of time too large (same error as NGC 800) and his discription reads, "eeF pS; R; s[outh] of 2" should read "eeF pS; R; n[orth] of 2". Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1897 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 800 = UGC 1526 = MCG +00-06-024 = CGCG 387-028 = Holm 54b = PGC 7740
02 02 11.8 -00 07 49; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 10°
48" (11/5/21): at 610x; bright, moderately large, round central region with weak concentration. The slightly elongated halo showed weak spiral structure on the north and south side and spanned 0.9' in diameter. A mag 15.2 star is 1' SW. NGC 800 is the smaller of a pair with NGC 799 1.8' N.
17.5" (12/7/90): extremely faint, very small, round, very low even surface brightness. Forms a close pair with NGC 799 1.8' N.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 800 = Sw. 2-17, along with NGC 799, on 9 Oct 1885 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His RA was 30 seconds of time (RA too large), which is the same offset as NGC 800. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1897 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 801 = UGC 1550 = MCG +06-05-079 = CGCG 522-106 = PGC 7847
02 03 44.9 +38 15 32; And
V = 13.1; Size 3.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 150°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, very elongated NNW-SSE, fairly small, weak concentration. Forms a pair with NGC 797 9' SW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 801 = Sw. 2-18 on 20 Sep 1885 and
recorded "eF; pS; iR; D * close f; v difficult."
******************************
01 59 06.0 -67 52 13; Hyi
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 152°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright,
oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, 0.9'x0.6', broad concentration. Located 27' SE of mag 4.7 Eta-2 Hyi. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.5' W. Forms a
pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 802 = h2457 on 15 Oct 1784 and
logged "eeF, vS, R; has a star 13th mag preceding, distance
100"." His position and
description matches
******************************
02 03 44.7 +16 01 52; Ari
V = 12.6; Size 3.0'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 8°
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on
N-S. A mag 11 star is 1.0' WSW of
center. Located 49' SE of mag 7.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 803 = H. III-208 = h190 on
15 Oct 1784 (sweep 291) and logged "eF, vS, iR, just following a pB
star." On 11 Jan 1831 (sweep
319), John Herschel reported, "vF; not vS; glbM; follows *10m 3.5
sec." His description and
position matches
******************************
02 04 02.1 +30 49 59; Tri
V = 13.7; Size 1.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 7°
17.5" (11/26/94): faint, small, very elongated 3:1 N-S,
very small brighter core with thin faint extensions. Two mag 11.5 stars are 1.9' WSW and 3.5' SW of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 804 = Sw. 2-19 on 7 Sep 1885 with
the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and logged "eeF; vS; R;
lbM; v difficult." His
position is 22 seconds of RA east of
******************************
02 04 29.5 +28 48 44; Tri
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 115°
17.5" (12/7/90): faint, very small, oval 3:2 ~E-W, even
surface brightness. A mag 13.5
star is just off the SW edge 30" from center and a mag 14 star is 1'
WNW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 805 on 26 Sep 1864 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He noted a mag 13-14 star preceded by 2 seconds and measured a fairly accurate position (2 nights).
******************************
02 03 31.4 -09 55 56; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 60°
17.5" (10/8/94): fairly faint, very elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE, irregular surface brightness, probably brighter on the west end. A mag 11 star is 3.7' NNE of center.
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SW-NE, even surface brightness, asymmetric appearance with a very faint stellar nucleus offset to the NE end or an extremely faint star may be superimposed near NE tip. A mag 11 star is 3.5' NE.
Distorted, patchy appearance on the SDSS that may be the
result of the post-collision merger.
HyperLeda catalogues the companion a
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 806 = Sw. 5-19 on 1 Nov 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and logged "eeF; S; R; pB * nr; extr difficult". His RA was 13 seconds too large but his comment of a "pB * nr" applies to this galaxy.
******************************
NGC 807 = UGC 1571 = MCG +05-06-001 = CGCG 504-006 = PGC 7934
02 04 55.7 +28 59 16; Tri
V = 12.5; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 145°
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated, bright core, stellar nucleus.
A mag 13 star is 45" N.
Located 2' NE of a mag 10.5 star and 8.5' SW of mag 7.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 807 = H. III-151 = h191 on
11 Sep 1784 (sweep 266) and wrote "vF, vS, stellar, between a pretty large
and small star, but nearer to the smallest." John Herschel recorded on 15 Sep 1828 (sweep 177), "vF;
vS; 6"; has a *12m 1' N, and another about 20° sp.". His description and position matches
******************************
02 03 56.6 -23 18 42; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 7°
17.5" (10/8/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, very weakly concentrated along the major axis. A string of three mag 14 stars extending NW are collinear with the galaxy and equally spaced at 1.0' separation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 808 = h192 = h2458 on 14 Oct 1830 and logged "vF; R; vgbM; 40" [diameter]." He observed it again from the Cape of Good Hope and noted, "vF, lE, gbM, 25"." Joseph Turner sketched NGC 808 on 10 Nov 1876 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope (plate I, figure 5 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae...") and described it as small, faint, considerably elongated, brighter in the middle, no appearance of resolvability.
******************************
02 04 18.9 -08 44 07; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.8'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 170°
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, very small, round, very small brighter core, stellar nucleus.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 809 = Sw. 5-20 on 1 Nov 1886 with
the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 22 sec of RA east of
******************************
02 05 28.5 +13 15 05; Ari
V = 13.5; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 25°
24" (11/30/21): at 260x; between fairly faint and
moderately bright, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, ~45"x35", relatively
large brighter core, low surface brightness halo. Mag 7.9
17.5" (12/18/89): faint, small, round, bright
core. Located on a line to the SW
of mag 7.8
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 810 = St. 3-5 on 16 Nov 1871. His rough position was 3' too far ENE. His published micrometric position (list III, #5) was made a month later on 11 Dec 1871 with description "vF, vS, R, more condensed in the center but no bright nucleus." Corwin notes the RA in the NGC is 10 seconds too small (transcription error).
A companion (not seen) is superimposed 0.25' following the nucleus, which itself looks double on the SDSS.
******************************
02 04 00 -09 06 21; Cet
Size 0.6'x0.5'; PA = 33°
18" (10/25/08): very faint, very small, round, 20"
diameter. Once identified this
faint galaxy could be held continuously.
Located 5.7' ENE of a mag 10.9 star and 22' NNE of mag 7.3
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 811 = LM 2-324 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and commented
"neb?, *10 1' S." There
is nothing at his position but 50 sec of RA west is
******************************
02 06 51.5 +44 34 20; And
V = 11.2; Size 9.3'x2.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 160°
13.1" (8/24/84): faint, very elongated NNW-SSE, diffuse. A mag 11 star is 1.1' SW. Located 17' NE of mag 7.4 SAO 37787.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 812 = St. 8b-3 on 4 Nov 1875. His accurate published position (list 8b, #3) was made on 11 Dec 1876 with description: "eF, thin shape, E 45° with the meridian [135°], 1.5' length, bM, difficult observation."
******************************
NGC 813 = ESO 052-016 = PGC 7692
02 01 36.0 -68 26 21; Hyi
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 99°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright, fairly small, oval E-W, 40"x25", sharp concentration with a small bright core. A very faint star is superimposed on the east side of the halo and a second very faint star lies 30" S of center. NGC 802 lies 37' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 813 = h2459 on 24 Nov 1834 and
noted "pF, R, gbM, 30"." His position matches
******************************
02 10 37.6 -15 46 25; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 4°
17.5" (10/25/97): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1
SSW-NNE, 1.0'x0.5', broad concentration.
Located close NE of a mag 12 star [0.9' from center]. At moments appears to have a faint
stellar nucleus. Forms a close
pair with extremely difficult
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 814 = LM 1-47 (along with NGC
815 = I-48) on 6 Jan 1886. There is
nothing near Stone's position but his discovery sketch was examined by Corwin
and it establishes NGC 814 = MCG -03-06-010 = PGC 8319 and NGC 815 = PGC
906183. In this case Stone's RA
was 4 min of RA too far west. RNGC
and PGC misidentify
******************************
02 10 39.4 -15 48 47; Cet
Size 0.4'x0.3'
17.5" (10/25/97): not seen initially at 220x. After extended viewing, just glimpsed for moments on a few occasions at 2.4' S of NGC 814. Appeared virtually stellar, ~5"-10", no details due to faintness.
See comments for NGC 814. RNGC and PGC (as well as Megastar, etc.) misidentify MCG -03-06-004 = PGC 7798 as NGC 815. NGC 815 appears to be a very close and small double system (virtually stellar).
******************************
02 08 08.8 +29 15 21; Tri
V = 14.5; Size 0.3'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.7
17.5" (12/7/90): very faint, very small, round. A mag 15 star is involved at the south
edge just 0.2' from center. Forms
a pair with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 816 = St. 6-1 on 15 Sep 1871 during an observation of NGC 819. His recomputed position is a perfect match.
******************************
02 07 33.7 +17 12 09; Ari
V = 13.2; Size 0.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.5; PA = 27°
17.5" (12/18/89): faint, fairly small, elongated SSW-NNE, low almost even surface brightness.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 817 = Sw. 4-7 on 2 Sep 1886 with
the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and reported "eF; vS; R;
right angled with 2 stars".
His position is 24 tsec east of
******************************
02 08 44.5 +38 46 38; And
V = 12.5; Size 3.0'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 113°
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated WNW-ESE, broad concentration, no core. A mag 15 star is 30" E.
William Herschel discovered NGC 818 = H. II-604 = h194 on 18 Oct 1786 (sweep 618) and logged "pB, cL, lE, mbM". Bindon Blood Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant on 3 Oct 1850, recorded "bM, some stars seen in it; night hazy."
******************************
NGC 819 = UGC 1632 = CGCG 504-017 = PGC 8174
02 08 34.4 +29 14 02; Tri
V = 13.4; Size 0.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.7; PA = 10°
17.5" (12/7/90): faint, small, round. A mag 13 star lies 1' N. Forms a pair with NGC 816 5.7' WNW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 819 = St. 6-2 on 20 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He noted the mag 13 star just 42" north and measured an accurate position. Édouard Stephan observed the galaxy on 15 Sep 1871, probably aware of d'Arrest's prior discovery (published in 1867), and also discovered NGC 816. He reported both NGC 816 and NGC 819 as new in his 6th discovery list (#1 and #2). Dreyer credited both d'Arrest (1) and Stephan (2) in the NGC.
******************************
02 08 25.0 +14 20 58; Ari
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 72°
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE, bright core. A mag 15 star is just off the east edge 0.7' from the center. Located almost at the midpoint of two mag 14 stars 1.6' SW and 1.4' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 820 = h195 on 7 Sep 1828 and logged "F; R; bM; 15 arc seconds." R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 30 Nov 1856, recorded "oval, major axis sp-nf, a F* follows closely. There is another F* in the on edge." His description is accurate and the star at the north edge is roughly mag 16.5.
******************************
02 08 21.1 +10 59 41; Ari
V = 10.7; Size 2.6'x1.6'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 25°
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly bright, fairly small, oval 3:2
SW-NE, very bright elongated core.
Located just 1.1' SE of mag 10
8" (11/8/80): fairly faint, small, compact. A mag 10 star is just 1' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 821 = H. I-152 = h193 on 4 Sep 1786 (sweep 582) and commented "pB, vS, R, bM, 1' sf a considerable star with a small one sf the nebula." Dreyer's 1912 notes to the Second Catalogue mentions "A second obs. (Sweep 591, Sept. 18, 1786) describes it as vB, vS, lE, vBN. But the neb. is in reality only pB, second class." John Herschel also logged it on 19 Jan 1828 (sweep 121) as "Not vB; R; sbM to nucl; has a *1m sp, dist 55"." R.J. Mitchell, using the 72" on 18 Dec 1856, recorded a "bMN, E spnf, S * in s end." This star is around mag 15.5 and was not seen in my observation.
******************************
02 06 39.1 -41 09 24; Phe
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 77°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; fairly faint,
fairly small, slightly elongated ~E-W, ~35"x25", small bright nucleus
rises to a stellar peak. Located
10.7' ENE of mag 8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 822 = h2461 on 5 Sep 1834 and
recorded "F, R, sbM, resolvable, 15", a difficult object." His mean position from two sweeps
matches
******************************
02 07 20.1 -25 26 31; For
V = 12.6; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 110°
17.5" (10/8/94): faint, very small, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, 0.3'x0.2' although with averted vision the outer halo doubles in diameter. Unusual appearance as a mag 13 star is attached at the east end and the galaxy appears a "fuzzy" component just west of the star. Located 4' N of a mag 10 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 823 = h196 on 14 Oct 1830 and recorded "A vF double star enclosed in a vF neb." Herschel also observed this nebula at the Cape (h2460) and gave the same description. Lewis Swift apparently independently found this object on 8 Oct 1896. Sw. 11-34 (later IC 1782) was described as "vF; D* of = mag in nebulosity. Curious object." He added the note "This appears like a nebulous double star, but I think it is simply a double star in a nebula. There is a vast difference between a nebulous star, and a star in a nebula." Dreyer must have missed the close match of Swift's and Herschel's position and their descriptions are virtually identical. So, NGC 823 = IC 1782. See Corwin's notes.
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 823 with the Great Melbourne Telescope on 11 Nov 1876 (plate I, figure 6 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae..."), showing a brighter star at the east edge and a stellar nucleus, though he interpreted these as a "very small double star involved".
******************************
02 06 53.1 -36 27 13; For
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 21°
17.5" (10/25/97): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter (probably only viewed the core). Contains a sharp stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star lies 4.7' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 824 = h2462 on 29 Nov 1837 and commented "F, R, 40", vsvmbM to a star 12th magnitude." He also observed it on the next sweep and his position (typo in NPD was corrected at the end of the CGH) matches ESO 354-037 = PGC 8068.
******************************
02 08 32.3 +06 19 26; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 2.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 53°
24" (1/25/14): moderately bright, fairly small, very elongated 5:1 SW-NE, ~0.7'x0.15', brighter elongated core. An extremely faint star (mag 16.3) is just north of center. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.7' NNE.
NGC 825 forms a pair with
17.5" (12/18/89): faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE. A mag 13.5 star is 1.7' N. Located 5.5' WNW of mag 9.3
Albert Marth discovered NGC 825 = m 53 on 18 Nov 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "F, S, mE.". His position is 1.5' S of
******************************
02 09 25.1 +30 44 23; Tri
V = 14.4; Size 0.5'x0.3'; PA = 20°
17.5" (12/7/90): very faint, very small, round. A mag 14 star is 40" NW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 826 = St. 6-3 on 18 Sep 1871
(also the date the position was reduced, according to Esmiol, an assistant at
Marseilles Observatory). This is a
double system (not known if a physical pair) with a very faint companion
overlapping on the north side. The
same night he discovered
an assistant at Marseilles Observatory
******************************
02 08 56.3 +07 58 17; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 2.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 85°
17.5" (12/18/89): faint, fairly small, oval E-W, weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 827 = H. III-227 = h198 = Sw. 1-2 on 7 Nov 1784 (sweep 308) and reported "suspected 2 or 3 small stars with seeming nebulosity between them, 240 rather confirmed it, but left a doubt." Dreyer commented in his 1912 revision of WH's catalogues that the "Place perfectly correct, no other nebula near, but it is not a nebulous cluster but a neb, vF, S, lbM, difficult". Lewis Swift found the galaxy on 9 Oct 1884 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and reported it in his first discovery list. Although Swift insisted his observation "cannot be [NGC 827]", his position and description ("vF; pS; eE; spindle") clearly apply to this galaxy.
******************************
02 10 09.6 +39 11 26; And
V = 12.3; Size 2.9'x2.2'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 145°
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, fairly small, oval WNW-ESE, bright core. A wide double star with components 10.5/11 (separation 25" in PA 0°) are 3' E. Located 15' NW of the bright double star 59 Andromedae = 6.1/6.8 at 17".
William Herschel discovered NGC 828 = H. II-605 = h197 on 18 Oct 1786 (sweep 618) and logged "pB, S, iF." John Herschel described it in Oct 1828 (sweep 188) "pB; R; gbM; has a D* 15 sec following." Six observations were made at Birr Castle. The earliest (perhaps by Lord Rosse) on 4 Nov 1848 reads, "F, scarcely seen in finder, another S neb 60° np 1.5' dist, if it be not a F *." A later observation noted "Either a single R neb with * inv sf center or double." NGC 828 is a disrupted spiral with a dust lane on the south side of the core, so some structure was resolved.
******************************
02 08 42.2 -07 47 26; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 70°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
5:3 WSW-ENE. A mag 11 star is 0.9'
SE. First of three and similar
shape as
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 829, along with NGC 830, on 23 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He noted a mag 11 star was 0.7' distant and his position (measured on two nights) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 830 = MCG -01-06-050 = Mrk 1020 = PGC 8201
02 08 58.7 -07 46 01; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 110°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:3 WNW-ESE, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. Second of three and similar dimensions as NGC 829 4.5' WSW. NGC 842 lies 12' E.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 830, along with NGC 829, on 23 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His position and offset from NGC 829 is accurate.
******************************
02 09 34.6 +06 05 47; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.8
17.5" (12/18/89): very faint, very small, round. Located just east of the midpoint of a
line connecting mag 7.1
Albert Marth discovered NGC 831 = m 54 on 18 Nov 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, pS". His position matches
******************************
03 11 05.4 +35 23 12; Per
See observing notes for
17.5" (11/1/97): faint double star mag 14/15 at 7" separation. Difficult to resolve cleanly at 220x in mediocre seeing due to faintness of the north-northeast component. Easier to resolve at 280x. Although the identification as NGC 832 is not certain, this close double star could easily be mistaken as a small nebulous object. Located 4.3' NE of a mag 9.5-10 star. Also 2' SW is a wider, brighter pair of mag 13.5-14 stars at 11" separation, which is much easier to resolve.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 832 on 17 Sep 1865 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and noted (single observation) that a mag 9-10
star was 5' southwest. There is
nothing at his position and there is not a bright star 5' SW. Corwin suggests this number may apply
to a close double star (7" separation) at 02 11 00.8 +35 32 29. This pair is 24 seconds following
d'Arrest's position (similar dec) and has a mag 9-10 star 4.3' southwest. RNGC misidentifies
In an email on 26 Jul 2016, Harold Corwin found that if
d'Arrest made a 1-hour transcription error in RA his position is a good match
(about 1' too far north) with NGC 1226.
Furthermore, there is a mag 10.4 star 4.3' SW, matching d'Arrest's
description. This identification
seems likely as d'Arrest made several similar 1-hour errors in RA:
******************************
02 09 20.8 -10 07 59; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 85°
18" (11/14/09): fairly bright, moderately large,
elongated ~2:1 E-W, 55"x25", contains a small bright core. Forms a close pair with
18" (10/21/06): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 5:2 E-W, 0.8'x0.3', sharply concentrated with a very small bright
core. First of four in HCG 16 and
forms a close double with NGC 835 1' E.
17.5" (8/31/86): moderately bright, small, edge-on ~E-W, bright core. Forms a very close pair with NGC 835 1.0' E of center in the HCG 16 with NGC 838 and NGC 839.
William Herschel discovered NGC 833 = H. II-482 = h199 =
h2463, along with NGC 835, 838 and 839, on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479). He recorded the quartet as "Two,
both faint, both E and S within a minute of each other [NGC 833 & NGC 835],
and not far from the parallel.
About 4 or 5' south and about 2 seconds following are two more [NGC 838
&
******************************
02 11 01.4 +37 40 01; And
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 20°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated ~N-S, weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 834 = H. III-567 on 21 Sep 1786 (sweep 599) and logged as "vF, S, lE".
******************************
NGC 835 = HCG 16A = Arp 318 NED1 = MCG -02-06-031 = LGG 049-003 = PGC 8228
02 09 24.6 -10 08 10; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.3
18" (11/14/09): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 3:2 N-S, ~55"x35", sharply concentrated with a small intense core. Brightest in the striking HCG 16 group.
18" (10/21/06): moderately bright, fairly small, round, sharply concentrated with a very bright small core. This galaxy is the brightest member of HCG 16 (one of the best Hickson groups) and the eastern member of a close pair with NGC 833 1' W. A mag 9.7 star lies 2.7' S and NGC 838 lies 3.5' E, roughly on a line with NGC 833.
17.5" (8/31/86): moderately bright, small, round, bright core. Brightest of four in the HCG 16 group and forms a close pair with NGC 833 1.0' W. NGC 838 lies 3.4' E and NGC 839 5.3' SE. A mag 10 star lies 2.7' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 835 = H. II-482 = h200 = h2464, along with NGC 833, 838 and 839, on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479). See notes for NGC 833. Joseph Turner sketched the quartet on 4 Nov 1876 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. (page 115 of his logbook and plate I, figure 7 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae...")
******************************
02 10 24.9 -22 03 18; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 110°
17.5" (10/8/94): very faint, small, round, low even
surface brightness. A mag 14 star
is 2.3' ENE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 836 = LM 2-325 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position but
1.3 min of RA east is
******************************
NGC 837 = ESO 478-010 = MCG -04-06-011 = PGC 8297
02 10 16.3 -22 25 52; Cet
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 12°
17.5" (10/8/94): very faint, small, elongated 5:3 N-S, 0.5'x0.3', no concentration. A mag 12 star is 1.1' N. Forms a pair with NGC 849 6.6' NNW. NGC 836 lies 23' N.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 837 = LM 2-326 in 1886
and reported "mag 15.5, 0.8' dia, vE 0°, *10 1' N." There is nothing at his position, but
1.1 min of RA east is
******************************
NGC 838 = HCG 16C = Arp 318 NED3 = Arp 318:C2 = MCG -02-06-033 = LGG 049-004 = PGC 8250
02 09 38.4 -10 08 47; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 85°
18" (11/14/09): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, 40"x35", well concentrated with small high surface brightness nucleus.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, small, round, 25" diameter, small bright core, high surface brightness. Located 3.5' ESE of NGC 835 with NGC 838 just 2.5' SE.
17.5" (8/31/86): fairly faint, slightly elongated, very small bright core, possible stellar nucleus. Third of four in HCG 16 and located 3.4' E of NGC 835.
William Herschel discovered NGC 838 = H. II-482 = h201 = h2465, along with NGC 833, 835 and 839, on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479). John Herschel noted it was the "third in order and in size". See notes for NGC 833. Joseph Turner called NGC 838 "rather the brightest of the group" through the 48" GMT, though Baracchi thought it was the faintest.
******************************
NGC 839 = HCG 16D = Arp 318 NED4 = Arp 318:C3 = MCG -02-06-034 = LGG 049-005 = PGC 8254
02 09 42.7 -10 11 01; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 85°
18" (11/14/09): moderately bright, elongated 3:1 E-W, 1.2'x0.4', small bright core. A faint star lies 1' NW. Last in the HCG 16 quartet of fairly bright NGC galaxies.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 7:2 E-W, 1.0'x0.3', fairly weak concentration. A mag 14 star lies 1' NW. Located 4' E of a mag 9.7 star and 5' SE of NGC 835 (brightest in HCG 16).
17.5" (8/31/86): moderately bright, edge-on ~E-W, bright core. Last of four in HCG 16 and has a similar appearance to NGC 833. Located 2.5' SE of NGC 838. A mag 10 star lies 4.2' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 839 = H. II-482 = h202 = h2466, along with NGC 833, 835 and 838, on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479). John Herschel noted it was the largest in the quartet. See notes for NGC 833.
******************************
02 10 16.2 +07 50 43; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.8'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 73°
17.5" (12/18/89): very faint, small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, low almost even surface brightness.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 840 = m 55 on 2 Sep 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "eF, vS". His position matches
******************************
02 11 17.4 +37 29 50; And
V = 12.6; Size 1.8'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 135°
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, fairly small,
slightly elongated NW-SE, very bright core, stellar nucleus. NGC 834 lies 11' NNW and
William Herschel discovered NGC 841 = H. III-604 = St. 13-16 on 17 Jan 1787 (sweep 692) and commented "vF, stellar, confirmed 240x." His position (reduced by Caroline Herschel and Arthur Auwers) is just 4 seconds of RA west of UGC 1676. John Herschel mistakenly assumed his father's object was identical to his h204 (= NGC 845) and the end result was Dreyer equated NGC 845 = GC 501 = H. III-604 = h204. Heinrich d'Arrest observed the galaxy on 22 Sep 1865. His RA was 13 seconds too large but he commented there was an error in the Herschel's positions (Auwer's reductions).
Probably based on d'Arrest's comments, Édouard Stephan observed NGC 841 on 24 Nov 1883 (he observed all 3 NGC galaxies here), as well as 5 Dec 1877, and reported it in his 13th discovery list (#16) at the correct position. Dreyer assumed Stephan's object was new, so he was credited with the discovery of NGC 841 in the NGC instead of William Herschel. He also observed this galaxy among his last recorded observations on 22 Nov 1886. Malcolm Thomson discussed the identifications in Q. Jl R. astr. Soc. (1991), 32, 17-24. See Corwin's identification notes.
******************************
NGC 842 = MCG -01-06-055 = PGC 8258
02 09 50.8 -07 45 45; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 145°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE in direction of a mag 13 star 1.5' SE, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. Third of three with NGC 830 12' W and NGC 829 16' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 842 = h203 on 8 Jan 1831 and
noted "vF; R; psbM; 12" [diameter]." His position was 2' N of
******************************
02 11 08.0 +32 05 52; Tri
= ***, Carlson.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 843 on 16 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. There are three mag 14.6-15.0 stars at his position with separations of 9"/9". In his first observation he states it is possibly a planetary nebula, but on the second he resolved it at 226x. MCG misidentifies +06-05-098 as NGC 843 although this galaxy is over 5 degrees north of d'Arrest's position.
******************************
NGC 844 = CGCG 413-052 = PGC 8291
02 10 14.3 +06 02 59; Cet
V = 15.0; Size 0.4'x0.4'
17.5" (12/18/89): very faint, extremely small,
round. Located 5.3' WSW of mag 7.4
Albert Marth discovered NGC 844 = m 56 on 18 Nov 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "F, S". Marth's position is a good match with
******************************
NGC 845 = UGC 1695 = MCG +06-05-104 = CGCG 522-135 = PGC 8438
02 12 19.8 +37 28 38; And
V = 13.5; Size 1.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 149°
17.5" (11/14/87): very faint, small, thin edge-on NW-SE, weak concentration. Located 12' E of NGC 841. This identification of this galaxy with NGC 845 is uncertain.
John Herschel discovered NGC 845 = h204 in Oct 1828 and logged "vF; irregular figure." His position corresponds with UGC 1695 = PGC 8438. Herschel and Heinrich d'Arrest equated H. III-604 with h204, but Harold Corwin concludes H. III-604 applies to NGC 841 and William missed NGC 845. On the other hand, Malcolm Thomson concluded NGC 845 = NGC 841 (see Q.J. R. astr. Soc.(1991) 32,17-24).
Édouard Stephan observed the galaxy on 1 Dec 1877 with the 31" silvered-glass reflector at Marseilles Observatory (added as an "anonymous" nebula in Esmiol's 1916 re-reduction of Stephan's positions), though didn't report it as new in any list. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
02 12 12.3 +44 34 07; And
V = 12.1; Size 1.9'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 140°
13.1" (8/24/84): fairly faint, weak concentration,
almost round, in rich field.
Located 4' NW of mag 9.2
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 846 = St. 8b-4 on 2 Nov 1875. His published accurate position was measured on 22 Nov 1876 with description "eF, eS, R, gbM". Lewis Swift found the galaxy again on 30 Nov 1885 and reported as new in his 3rd list, #9 (later NGC 847). So, NGC 846 = NGC 847, with discovery priority to Stephan.
******************************
02 12 12.3 +44 34 07; And
See observing notes for NGC 846.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 847 = Sw. 3-9 on 30 Nov 1885 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position and description "nearly between a pB star
and 3 vF equal mag stars" matches
******************************
02 10 17.5 -10 19 16; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 135°
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.4', weak concentration. A mag 11.5 star lies 1.2' NE. Located 17' SE of NGC 835 (HCG 16)
17.5" (8/31/86): fairly faint, elongated NW-SE, bright
core. A mag 11 star is just off
the north edge 1.2' from center.
Member of the
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 848 = LM 1-49 = Sw. 5-21 on 11
Dec 1885 and reported "mag 15.5, eS, E 325°, gbM, *10 north 1.0'."
His position is 1 min of RA east of
******************************
NGC 849 = ESO 478-009 = PGC 8286
02 10 11.2 -22 19 23; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 0.5'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 117°
17.5" (10/8/94): extremely faint, small, round, 15" diameter, very low even surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 837 6.6' SSE. NGC 836 lies 16' NNE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 849 = LM 2-327 in 1886 with the 26" Clark refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and reported "mag 14.8, 0.5', R, neb?". His position is 1.5' S of MCG -02-06-036 = PGC 8299. Herbert Howe reported in 1899-00, "The object is as bright as a star of mag 12, and appeared to me a trifle un-starlike. I could see nothing else which appeared nebulous in the neighborhood.
******************************
02 11 13.6 -01 29 08; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 85°
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, small round, 0.8' diameter, evenly concentrated, faint stellar nucleus. Collinear with a mag 14 star 1.7' SE and a mag 13 star 3.4' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 850 = H. III-259 on 6 Jan
1785 (sweep 351) and logged "eF, eS, irr F." His position is 22 tsec of RA following
******************************
02 11 12.1 +03 46 46; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 135°
24" (1/25/14): at 375x appeared fairly faint, fairly
small, elongated 5:3 or 2:1 NW-SE, ~30"x15", contains a small
brighter core. A mag 14.7 star is at
the NE edge [23" from center].
Located 20' E of mag 6.8
NGC 851 forms a pair with
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, very small, round, weak
concentration. A mag 14.5 star is
at the NE edge just 22" from center.
Located 20' E of mag 6.9
Edward Swift, Lewis' 14 year-old son, discovered NGC 851 =
Sw. 3-10 on 30 Nov 1885 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. The Swifts' published position is 12
sec of RA following
******************************
02 08 55.5 -56 44 13; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 83°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; fairly faint, fairly small, round, 35"-40" diameter. A star is superimposed at the northwest edge of the galaxy [measured 18" from center]. At 397x contains a slight brighter nucleus and the halo has a slightly irregular surface brightness. A mag 10.5 str lies 9' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 852 = h2467 on 27 Oct 1834 and reported "pF, R, glbM, 40", resolvable." His position corresponds with ESO 153-026 = PGC 8195.
******************************
02 11 41.2 -09 18 22; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 2.0'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 70°
17.5" (12/4/93): moderately bright, elongated 2:1 WSW-ENE, 1.5'x0.8'. Located midway between two mag 12 and 13 stars 1.8' NE and 1.7' SW. Forms the vertex of an isosceles triangle with two mag 9.5 and 10.5 stars in the field 7' NW and 5' WSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 853 = H. II-486 on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479) and logged "F, S, E". John Herschel didn't observe this galaxy, though Stephan made an observation on 16 Nov 1871.
******************************
02 11 30.7 -35 50 06; For
V = 13.1; Size 1.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 0°
17.5" (10/25/97): very faint, fairly small, slightly elongated (PA uncertain), 0.8' diameter. A mag 13.5-14 star follows by 2.0'.
John Herschel discovered NGC 854 = h2468 on 1 Sep 1834 and recorded "pB; lE in meridian; 50" l; gbM." On later sweeps it was called "vF".
******************************
02 14 03.7 +27 52 38; Tri
V = 12.6; Size 2.6'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 67°
17.5" (11/27/92): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, 2.0'x0.8', bright middle, fainter extensions. A mag 14.5 star is just 30" S. Located just north of the Aries border.
William Herschel discovered NGC 855 = H. II-613 on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626) and logged "F, S, lE in parallel, bM." His position is 0.2 tmin west of UGC 1718 = PGC 8557.
******************************
02 13 38.4 -00 43 02; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 20°
17.5" (12/4/93): faint, round, 0.8' diameter, no concentration except for faint stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is just off the east edge 1.0' from center. NGC 863 lies 14' ESE.
Lewis Swift found NGC 856 = Sw. 5-22 on 31 Oct 1886 and
recorded "eF; S; lE; F * close.". His position was 6 seconds of RA west and 1' north of UGC
1713 and the faint star is 1' ENE.
He had discovered this galaxy 4 weeks earlier (3 Oct), listing it as
V-23 and logging "pF; pS; lbM; np of 2 [with NGC 863= NGC 866]. His first position was 14 seconds of
time too far east and neither Swift nor Dreyer (who later catalogued it as NGC
859) recognized the equivalency as the descriptions were pretty different.
******************************
02 12 37.0 -31 56 42; For
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 92°
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1.0' diameter. Sharp concentration with a very small bright core surrounded by a very faint halo. A mag 13.5 star is 2.8' NNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 857 = h2469 on 18 Nov 1835 and logged "B, S, E, psmbM, 18"." His position (also measured on the next sweep) matches ESO 415-006 = PGC 8455.
******************************
02 12 30.2 -22 28 17; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 79°
17.5" (10/29/94): extremely faint, moderately large, round, 1.2' diameter, very low surface brightness. Weak concentration at the center. Located 8.5' W of a mag 10 star. A faint companion off the east side was not seen.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 858 = LM 2-328 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 0.7 min of RA east and
1.7' south of
******************************
NGC 859 = NGC 856 = UGC 1713 = MCG +00-06-054 = CGCG 387-058 = PGC 8526
02 13 38.4 -00 43 02; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 856.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 859 = Sw. 5-23 on 3 Oct 1886 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and found again by Swift on 31 Oct
1886 and listed as V-22 = NGC 856.
Herbert Howe reported he was unable to find NGC 859 on a night he
measured NGC 856. That's not
unexpected as there is only a single galaxy here and Swift's comment of
"F* close" for NGC 856 applies to
******************************
NGC 860 = CGCG 504-037 = V Zw 204 = PGC 8606
02 15 00.2 +30 46 44; Tri
V = 14.2; Size 0.5'x0.3'
17.5" (11/26/94): very faint, extremely small, round,
10"-15" diameter. With
direct vision the small halo disappears and a tiny core with a stellar nucleus
is visible. A mag 15 star lies
1.9' SSE. Located 9' ENE of mag
7.4
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 860 = St. 6-4 on 18 Sep 1871 with description "*13 in F nebulosity" Esmiol, an assistant at Marseilles Observatory, reported that Stephan reduced the position on the same date.
******************************
02 15 51.2 +35 54 48; Tri
V = 13.8; Size 1.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 38°
13.1" (11/14/87): faint, very small, edge-on SW-NE. A mag 13 star is attached at the SW end 0.5' from center.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 861 on 18 Sep 1865 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen.
He noted a mag 12 star (double) was joined to the south and his single
position is just off the southwest side of
******************************
02 13 03.0 -42 02 02; Phe
V = 12.8; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.4
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; fairly faint to moderately bright, round, 0.5'-0.6' diameter, sharply concentrated with a very small bright nucleus. A mag 16 star is just off the west side [30" W of center]. Located 8' WNW of a mag 10.3 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 862 = h2470 on 5 Sep 1834 and
logged "pF, vS, svmbM, like a blurred star." On a second sweep he noted "F, R,
gbM, 30"." His mean position matches
******************************
NGC 863 = NGC 866 = NGC 885 = UGC 1727 = MCG +00-06-056 =
02 14 33.6 -00 46 00; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, very small, round,
fairly concentrated, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. NGC 856 is 14' WNW and
William Herschel discovered NGC 863 = H. III-260 = h205 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 351) and noted "vF or eF, vS, stellar, not so faint as the last [NGC 850]". There is nothing at his position, but 30 seconds of RA west and 3' north is UGC 1727. John Herschel measured an accurate position on 24 Nov 1827 (sweep 108) and described it as "vF; R; bM."
On 3 Oct 1856, Lewis Swift recorded 3 galaxies: NGC 859, NGC
866 and NGC 868. The second entry,
which reads "pF; pS; R; lbM; sf of 2", also fits
******************************
02 15 27.8 +06 00 09; Cet
V = 10.9; Size 4.7'x3.5'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 20°
48" (10/29/16): this striking two-armed barred spiral
appeared bright, fairly large, overall elongated 3:2 SW-NE, well concentrated
with a bright core. The core
extends into a weakly defined bar WNW-ESE. A long thin spiral arm is attached to the west end of the
bar and it curled gradually counter-clockwise to the south for nearly 90°,
ending due south of the core [separation 1.2']. A bright mag 10.7 star is superimposed on the east side
[44" ESE of center]. The
second spiral arm was not as easily seen as it begins just inside (west) of the
bright star, which detracted from the view. This thin arm extended straight north, roughly at a right
angle to the bar and merged into the halo on the northeast side.
24" (12/6/18): at 260x; fairly bright interesting galaxy with a mag 10.7 star superimposed on the east side that detracts from viewing structure. Overall the galaxy is fairly large with an irregular halo roughly SW-NE, ~2.5'x1.8'. Contains a very bright, round nucleus and the brighter central region appeared extended WNW-ESE. A spiral arm on the west and south side appeared as a slightly enhanced "wing", mostly seen as an enhanced curving edge. The opposing arm was only a short and weak arc enhancement that extended north of the bright star.
13.1" (9/3/86): fairly faint, oval SSW-NNE, even surface brightness. A fairly bright mag 11 star is at the following edge 43" ESE of the center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 864 = H. III-457 = h206 on 25 Oct 1785 (sweep 464) and noted "vF, cL, vlbM, milky, preceding a bright star and the nebulosity joining to it, but probably unconnected." John Herschel logged on 25 Sep 1830 (sweep 300), "eF; R; attached to and np a * 11.12 mag. Clouded before it could be fully verified." Despite the clouds, his position and description match.
******************************
02 16 15.2 +28 35 59; Tri
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 158°
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on NNW-SSE, bright middle. Located between a mag 11 star of the SSE end and a mag 13.5 star off the north end.
STF 239, a fairly wide 14" pair with some color contrast (fainter companion is a very light blue), lies 17' NE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 865 = St. 5-1 on 9 Sep 1871 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory and recorded "eF; eS; irregular." His position (reduced on the same date, according to Esmiol) was accurate.
******************************
02 14 33.6 -00 46 00; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 863.
Lewis Swift found NGC 866 = Sw. 5-24 on 3 Oct 1886 and again on 31 Oct 1886 (NGC 885 = Sw. 5-27) with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. There is nothing at his position, and Herbert Howe reported he could not find NGC 866 in 1899-00. Swift's discovery positions for NGC 866 and 885 are similar in declination but differ by 4 minutes in RA.
In the case of NGC 866, Swift's RA was 1 min of RA east of NGC 863 = UGC 1727, and NGC 885 is 5 min of RA east of NGC 863. William Herschel (III-260) discovered this galaxy 100 years earlier and it was catalogued as NGC 863. So, NGC 863 = NGC 866 = NGC 885. There are several cases where Swift recorded two observations of the same galaxy in two different lists, including Sw. 5-23 = NGC 859 (3 Oct 1886) and Sw. 5-22 = NGC 856 (31 Oct 1886), which were found on the same two nights!
******************************
02 17 04.8 +01 14 39; Cet
See observing notes for
William Herschel discovered NGC 867 = H. III-2 on 21 Dec 1783 (the only nebula in his early sweep #61). His complete description reads "An almost invisible F neb, it is R and about 8 or 10" diameter, being brighter in the centre than outwards. It can be seen when the glass if perfectly clean and the attention confined to the object. By two diagrams it is about 1.5° nf a star which was taken to be 69 Ceti, but obs was interrupted by clouds." There is nothing at Herschel's rough position and Bigourdan was unable to find H. III-2 on two attempts. Heinrich d'Arrest suggested NGC 867 might be a duplicate of NGC 875 and Dreyer noted this in the NGC entry for 875, although Herschel's position is a poor match. Corwin also suggests IC 225 as another possibility. See his identification notes for more.
******************************
NGC 868 = UGC 1748 = CGCG 387-063 = PGC 8659
02 15 58.5 -00 42 49; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 95°
17.5" (12/4/93): very faint, very small, round, low smooth surface brightness. A mag 14.5 star is 1.0' NE and a mag 11.5 star 3' NE. NGC 863 lies 21' WSW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 868 = Sw. 5-25 on 3 Oct 1886 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is a good match with
******************************
02 19 04 +57 08 06; Per
V = 4.6; Size 30'
17.5" (10/25/97): this is the brighter and richer western member of the famous "double cluster". Includes a mag 6.6 star near the center and a mag 6.7 star 2.5' NNE. Close following the mag 6.6 star is a neat parabolic group of five stars opening towards the star. On the west side of this star is a rich group of ~20 stars mostly arranged in an incomplete ring. A faint curving string of stars from the mag 6.7 star leads to the parabolic quintet. The 20' field at 220x has too many stars to count, but probably has ~200 stars.
8": this is the western component of the "double
cluster". Very bright, large,
about 30' diameter. Very rich with
about 100 stars resolved, includes several bright mag 6.5-7.0 stars in the
center. Forms a pair with
Naked-eye (11/13/07): I noticed that the Double Cluster was clearly resolved into two "clumps" naked-eye.
Hipparchus catalogued the Double Cluster about 130 BC and Ptolemy copied it into his Almagest: "At the tip of the right hand [of Perseus] and nebulous [or misty]." Giovanni Battista Hodierna first resolved the Double Cluster into stars by 1654. He described "The third nebulous star, which is the first of all that Ptolemy invokes, [lies] in the constellation Perseus, at the tip of his right hand, below Cassiopeia. [It is] very prominent amid the Milky Way, on account of a large profusion of stars, which are grouped in two places."
William Herschel observed NGC 869 = H. VI-33 on 1 Nov 1788 (sweep 877) and recorded "A very beautiful brilliant cluster of large stars, very rich. The place taken is the most compressed part of it, which is not in the middle; the middle of it contains a vacancy".
******************************
02 17 09.2 +14 31 23; Ari
V = 15.5; Size 0.3'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.7
18" (1/15/07): extremely faint and small, round,
12" diameter. Only glimpsed
with averted as an extremely faint spot but the detection was repeated several
times with concentration and patience.
Located 1.5' SSW of
18" (11/22/03): not found
17.5" (12/18/89): not found
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 870 (along with
******************************
NGC 871 = UGC 1759 = MCG +02-06-053 = CGCG 438-046 = LGG 053-002 = PGC 8722
02 17 10.7 +14 32 52; Ari
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 4°
18" (11/22/03): at 300x appears fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S. Irregular surface brightness and a slightly asymmetric shape with the impression of a very faint star or knot at the east edge. NGC 870, located just 1.5' S, was not seen (but detected on 1/15/07).
17.5" (12/18/89): fairly faint, very elongated 3:1 N-S,
weak concentration. A wide pair of
mag 13.5 stars at 30" separation lies 2.5' SSW. Located 5' NNW of mag 9
8" (1/1/84): very faint, small, even surface brightness. A mag 10 star is 4' SE and two mag 13.5 stars lie south. Located 12' W of NGC 877.
William Herschel discovered NGC 871 = H. III-201 = h208, along with NGC 877, on 14 Oct 1784 (sweep 289) and noted "vF, vS, E. South [the galaxy is 5' north] of pretty considerable star." George Johnstone Stoney, using the 72" on 22 Nov 1854, recorded "E nearly n-s; a S but conspicuous star closely follow centre, but not involved." This star is probably 16th mag. NGC 870 to the south was missed but confirmed in later observations.
******************************
02 15 25.2 -17 46 51; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 174°
17.5" (10/8/94): extremely faint but moderately large and almost requires averted vision, low surface brightness, elongated 3:2 N-S, 1.2'x0.8'. A mag 11 star is 3.1' NW of center.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 872 = LM 1-50 on 15 Oct
1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest tmin of RA)
is 0.8 tmin following
******************************
02 16 32.4 -11 20 56; Cet
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 145°
17.5" (10/8/94): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1.2' diameter, broad concentration with no distinct core. A mag 11 star is 3.6' SW of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 873 = H. II-474 = h209 = h2471 on 27 Nov 1785 (sweep 478) and logged "pB, pL, lE, brightest in the middle." John Herschel observed this galaxy twice at Slough and three times at the Cape of Good Hope.
******************************
02 16 02.0 -23 18 22; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 173°
17.5" (10/25/97): threshold object barely glimpsed on a couple of occasions. Could not verify the observation with certainty although the exact spot was examined using a GSC chart. Located 3' SSW of a mag 11 star. This galaxy is incorrectly listed as nonexistent in RNGC and is not plotted on U2000.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 874 = LM 2-329 in 1886 with the
26" Leander McCormick refractor and reported "mag 15.5 (nucleus),
0.3'x0.1' in PA 170° and possibly a double star." Additionally, he noted a mag 10 star is
2.8' in PA 320° (NW). His position
is 8' N of
******************************
NGC 875 = UGC 1760 = MCG +00-06-060 = CGCG 387-065 = NGC 867? = PGC 8718
02 17 04.8 +01 14 39; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 105°
24" (1/25/14): fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, round, 25" diameter, well concentrated with a small bright core that increases to a nearly stellar nucleus.
NGC 875 forms a pair with
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, small, round, even symmetrical concentration down to small bright core. Forms a pair with IC 218 2.4' NNE, though the companion was not seen with certainty.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 875 = Sw. 5-26 on 26 Sep
1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. Lewis Swift independently found it again on 7 Oct 1886 and
recorded "eF; vS; R."
Both of their positions match
******************************
NGC 876 = UGC 1766 = MCG +02-06-057 = LGG 053-004 = PGC 8770
02 17 53.4 +14 31 16; Ari
V = 14.7; Size 2.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 20°
17.5" (12/18/89): extremely faint, visible for moments
with averted, very small, almost round.
A pair of mag 14.5 stars lie 1.5' S. Located just 2' SW of NGC 877 and 4' NW of mag 8
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 876 on 22 Nov 1854 with Lord Rosse's 72", during his observation of h210 = NGC 877. He noted this nebula as "sp [h210 = NGC 877] I suspect a vvF patch" and labeled it on the sketch as Delta. Copeland computed a micrometric position on 15 Nov 1873. The field of NGC 870, 871, 876 and 877 was observed at Birr Castle 14 times from 1850 to 1875.
******************************
NGC 877 = UGC 1768 = MCG +02-06-058 = CGCG 438-052 = LGG 053 -005 = PGC 8775
02 17 59.4 +14 32 40; Ari
V = 11.9; Size 2.4'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 140°
17.5" (12/18/89): moderately bright, fairly small, oval 3:2 NW-SE, broadly concentrated halo. A mag 13.5 star is at the SE end 1.1' from center. Located 5' NNW of mag 8.0 HD 14192. Brightest in a group with NGC 876 2' SW and NGC 871 12' W.
8" (1/1/84): faint, fairly small, even surface brightness. An extremely faint star is at the SSE edge. A mag 9 star is 4' SE. NGC 871 lies 12' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 877 = H. II-246 = h210, along with NGC 871, on 14 Oct 1784 (sweep 289) and recorded "F, pL, E, south of a considerable star [the galaxy is 5' north of the star]; the situation of these two is very similar with regard to the star, and rather remarkable; the distance from the star about 4 or 5'." John Herschel made an observation on 7 Sep 1828 (sweep 173): "pB; R: pgbM; a small * sf; dist 1' and a * 9m 5' dist nearly s[outh], a little foll." R.J. Mitchell, LdR's assistant on 3 Nov 1855, recorded "[NGC 877] has a * or knot in p end, centre suspected resolvable; dark space running along southern side of nucleus?" The "dark space" is a gap between the core and a spiral arm and the "* or knot in p end" appears to be an HII region.
******************************
02 17 54.3 -23 23 03; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 112°
17.5" (12/28/94): faint, small, round, 30" diameter, low even surface brightness. A mag 12.5 star is 3.0' ENE of center.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 878 = LM 2-330 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 40 sec of RA west of
******************************
02 16 51.2 -08 57 50; Cet
V = 14.7; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.6
18" (1/15/07): extremely faint, fairly small, round, 0.4' diameter. Very low surface brightness and only glimpsed at 220x. Once identified I could repeatedly detect this dim galaxy with concentrated averted vision but it was a difficult object.
18" (11/6/04): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Required averted and concentration in fairly poor seeing and just barely visible as a very low surface brightness spot.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 879 = LM 2-331 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position but
1.0 tmin west is
******************************
02 18 27.2 -04 12 20; Cet
V = 15.0; Size 0.55'x0.35'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 26°
17.5" (11/17/01): extremely faint, very small, round,
0.2' diameter. Located 7' SSE mag
8.5
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 880 = LM 2-332 in 1886
and reported "mag 15.8, 0.2' dia, R, sbMN." His position matches
******************************
02 18 45.2 -06 38 20; Cet
V = 12.4; Size 2.2'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 140°
24" (1/1/22): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly large,
elongated ~4:3 NW-SE. Appears to
be a spiral with a relatively large bright core enveloping a small bright
nucleus. The halo increases in
size with averted and has an uneven surface brightness. A mag 12 star is 1' NNE
and mag 8.4
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, 1.4'x1.0', broadly brighter middle but no distinct core. A mag 12 star is 1.4' NNE. Located 5.3' ESE of mag 8 SAO 129814. NGC 883 lies 11' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 881 = H. II-436 = h211, along with NGC 883, on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 436) and reported "F, pS, lE, south of 2 or 3 unequal stars." The RNGC position is 3' too far north.
******************************
02 19 39.8 +15 48 51; Ari
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 82°
17.5" (12/18/89): very faint, very small, slightly elongated, weak concentration. A mag 14 star is 0.9' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 882 = h213 on 11 Jan 1831 and
logged "eF; R; gbM; 12"; near a * 16m.". His position is 1' N of
******************************
NGC 883 = MCG -01-06-090 = PGC 8841
02 19 05.2 -06 47 29; Cet
V = 12.3; Size 1.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 100°
24" (1/1/22): at 375x; bright, moderately large, sharply concentrated with a very bright well defined core and an intensely bright quasi-stellar nucleus. A mag 9.2 star (very wide, unequal pair) is 3.4' S. IC 219 lies 9' SW and NGC 881 is 10' NW.
17.5" (12/4/93): moderately bright, fairly small, round, fairly high surface brightness, increases to small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is 1.3' W and an uneven mag 10/12 double star at 30" separation is located 3' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 883 = H. II-436 = h215, along with NGC 881, on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 436) and logged "F, pS, lE." On 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318), John Herschel wrote "pB; R; gbM; 15"; a coarse D* in field."
******************************
NGC 884 = Chi Per = Cr 25 = Double cluster
02 22 32 +57 08 36; Per
V = 4.6; Size 30'
18" (8/11/10): NGC 884 includes three rare M-type red supergiants including two mag 8/8.5 colored stars separated by 1.9' on the NE side of the cluster appearing red and warm yellow (V403 and V439). On the east side of the core of the cluster is the orange M-supergiant RS Per.
17.5" (10/25/97): the following group of the remarkable field of the "double cluster" is not as large or bright as NGC 869, but is centered around two wide triple stars. The central 5' has up to 50 stars including a number of faint mag 14-15 stars forming a rich background. Off the west end of the central region is a long string of stars which heads NE for 10' towards 3 brighter stars and then turning south and heading back past mag 8 orange-red RS Persei. The 20' field includes ~200 stars, although the cluster includes fewer bright stars as NGC 869 and is less compressed.
8": this is the eastern component of the "double cluster". Very bright, large, very rich, ~20' diameter, ~60 stars, includes bright colored stars, many doubles.
Hipparchus catalogued the Double Cluster about 130 BC and Ptolemy copied it into his Almagest: "At the tip of the right hand [of Perseus] and nebulous [or misty]." Giovanni Battista Hodierna first resolved the Double Cluster into stars by 1654. He described (No. 3 of his 2nd table) "The third nebulous star, which is the first of all that Ptolemy invokes, [lies] in the constellation Perseus, at the tip of his right hand, below Cassiopeia. [It is] very prominent amid the Milky Way, on account of a large profusion of stars, which are grouped in two places."
William Herschel logged NGC 884 = H. VI-34 on 1 Nov 1788 (sweep 877) as "A very beautiful, brilliant cluster of large stars irregularly round, very rich, near one-half degree in diameter." John Herschel noted on 9 Dec 1831 (sweep 387) that "a fine ruby star in the centre". The cluster was examined at Birr Castle looking for colored stars and five red stars were reported and one with a bluish tinge.
In William Denning's "Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings", he noted it "In a telescope it forms a double cluster, and is one of the richest and most beautiful objects that the sky affords." The earliest use may be in George Chamber's 1867 edition of Descriptive Astronomy"
******************************
NGC 885 = NGC 863 = NGC 866 = UGC 1727 = MCG +00-06-056 = Mrk 590 = PGC 8586
02 14 33.6 -00 46 00; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 863.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 885 = Sw. 5-27 on 31 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. There is nothing near his position and Herbert Howe "searched for it on three nights without success [using the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory]." Corwin suggests Swift made a 5 minute error (too far east) in RA, finding NGC 863 again -- he also recorded this galaxy (discovered 100 years previously by William Herschel ) 4 weeks earlier and reported it as Sw. 5-24 (later NGC 866). So, likely NGC 885 = NGC 866 = NGC 863, with NGC 863 the primary designation.
******************************
02 23 12 +63 46 42; Cas
Size 14'
17.5" (8/5/97): the most noticeable grouping in this
area is a 6' scattered group which is arranged into a rough pentagon with a
broad triangular "roof" forming the west side. Nearly all of the stars here form the
border of this figure and it visually appears to be an asterism. The brightest
member is mag 8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 886 = h214 on 30 Oct 1829 and described "a coarse straggling cl; not v rich; 10 or 12' dia. Stars 9...13". The NGC position is only 5' off from this scattered cluster (Stock 6). RNGC labels this cluster as "nonexistent" (Type 7).
******************************
02 19 32.6 -16 04 12; Cet
V = 12.0; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 5°
17.5" (12/4/93): faint, fairly small, round. Unusual appearance as a mag 14 star is embedded in the NE end. Located between a mag 11 star 3.5' SE and a mag 12 star 3.9' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 887 = H. III-486 = h216 on 30 Dec 1785 (sweep 499) and noted "vF, vS, iF, better with 240 power". On 15 Oct 1830 (sweep 307), John Herschel logged "pB; R; pgbM; 25" [diameter]." George Stoney, using the 72" on 17 Sep 1852, recorded a "* in the edge, perhaps cometary or like a snowdrop."
******************************
02 17 27.3 -59 51 40; Hor
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 72°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): moderately bright,
small, round, 30" diameter, broad concentration to center but no defined
zones. A star is just off the NW
edge, 25" from center. One
the east side are two very faint stars.
The closest is at the edge of the halo, just 16" from center while
the second star is 35" NE of center.
A wide pair of mag 13 stars is centered 3.5' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 888 = h2473 on 6 Oct 1834 and
logged "eF, S, R, has two small stars very near it.". His position
and description matches
******************************
02 19 07.0 -41 44 58; Phe
V = 13.3; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): moderately bright,
fairly small, round, 45" diameter, gradually increases to a small bright
core and stellar nucleus. Located
7' NW of mag 6.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 889 = h2472 on 6 Oct 1834 and
logged "eF, vS, R, psbM, has a star 7th mag Sf and 6 other small stars
intermediate". His position
and description matches
******************************
02 22 01.0 +33 15 58; Tri
V = 11.2; Size 2.5'x1.7'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 55°
17.5" (10/29/94): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 2.0'x1.0'. Sharply concentrated with a prominent core containing a stellar nucleus. Using averted vision the faint extensions increase to 2' length. A group of stars is off the west side.
8" (11/8/80): faint, small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, wide double star mag 12/13 lies 3' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 890 = H. II-225 = h217 on 13 Sep 1784 (sweep 271) and noted "F, vS, R." John Herschel made 4 observations and first logged it on 11 Nov 1827 (sweep 100) as "pB; R; gbM; has 3 or 4 S st p[receding] in a chain". The galaxy was also observed 6 times at Birr Castle. On 12 Oct 1855, R.J. Mitchell remarked "pL, oval major axis spnf, sbM, probably a distant globular cluster." There are a couple of very faint stars around the periphery and this may have given the impression of a distant globular.
******************************
02 22 33.4 +42 21 03; And
V = 9.9; Size 13.5'x2.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 22°
48" (10/25/11): at 375x, the stunning edge-on NGC 891 was one of the top highlights of the observing week with the 48". The galaxy nearly filled the 16' field, stretching nearly 12' by 2' SSW-NNE. A 17th magnitude star is superimposed close to the NNE tip and a mag 16.5 star is near the SSW end. The brighter, bulging central region extends 2.5' with a mag 12 star just north of the core on the west side. A similar star is superimposed on the southern extension along with a few fainter stars. A very high contrast dust lane slices through most of the galaxy except at the tips, where the galaxy fades out. I was surprised how broad the dust lane appeared, particularly through the central section. Although the dust lane perfectly bisects the galaxy into two symmetric halves, the edge of the lane was ragged and uneven.
A very small, dim galaxy was visible just off the east edge, 2.3' NNE of center and collinear with two mag 12 and 13.3 stars off the west edge of the galaxy. It appeared as a very faint, elongated glow, ~15"x6". Once identified I could hold this galaxy nearly continuously with averted vision. In addition, an extremely compact anonymous galaxy is just 50" NW the center of NGC 891 and 40" SE of the mag 13.3 star. It was visible continuously at 375x and 488x as a faint glow, roughly 6" diameter. Surprisingly this object is not listed in NED, HyperLeda or SIMBAD, though it's probably no fainter than mag 16.5.
18" (8/26/06 and 11/13/07): the long, remarkable dust lane that bisects this galaxy was quite contrasty with a scalloped appearance along the edges. Member of the NGC 891/1023 Group.
17.5" (8/31/86): bright, extremely large, edge-on 5:1 SSW-NNE, 10'x2'. A striking dust lane bisects the galaxy and is most prominent through the bulging central region.
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; bright, extremely large edge-on ~10'x1.5'. Brighter central region ~2.5'x1.5', but no nucleus. Subtle dust lane evident and pretty obvious in the central region. A mag 12.8 star is superposed near the SSW end, 4.4' from center, and a mag 11.8 star is 1.4' N of center, at the west edge.
13.1" (7/16/82 and 9/11/82): at 140x; dust lane visible with averted. Fairly easy using 166x.
8" (11/28/81): fairly bright, large, edge-on, central bulge.
80mm (11/13/07): I was surprised how evident the galaxy appeared at 25x in the 80mm finder.
William Herschel discovered NGC 891 = H. V-19 = h218 on 6
Oct 1783 and described "a considerably bright nebula about 15' long and 3'
broad; its length is divided in the middle by a black division at least 3' or
4' long." On 17 Oct 1786
(sweep 614), he logged "cB, about 15' long and 2 or 3' broad, bM, nearly
in the meridian, a little from sp to nf." On 24 Oct 1786 (sweep 621), he swept it again as "cB,
gbM, about 15' l and 3' br, a black division in the middle in the direction of
the length; at least 3 or 4' long." In the notes section of his first
catalogue, William mentioned that Caroline found this object on 27 Aug 1783 in
his first catalogue, but this is a transcription error in the handwritten copy
sent to the printer as she found NGC 205 = M110 on that date (sketched earlier
by Messier). Admiral William Smyth
repeated this error in his Cycle of Celestial Objects (1844). Herschel also found two members of
nearby Abell Galaxy Cluster 347 (
John Herschel noted on sweep 182 that it "has a chink or dark division in the middle and two stars." He sketched the galaxy and remarked "An extraordinary object. Perhaps the figure is too nicely symmetrical as it certainly is too sharply defined. It is of the last degree of faintness and may very well be though full in the field of view. There can hardly be a doubt a thin flat ring of enormous dimensions seen very obliquely." The galaxy was also sketched at Birr Castle in 1850-51 and Dreyer noted, "I think the split is broader at one end, and that the nebula is a little more sharply defined on the following [Eastern] branch. The central part is longer, but perhaps not so bright as on the preceding branch. A bifurcation suspected at south end by Lord Rosse."
******************************
02 20 52.0 -23 06 49; Cet
V = 14.7; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 5°
17.5" (12/9/01): extremely faint, fairly small, low surface brightness, slightly elongated, 0.6'x0.4'.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 892 = LM 2-333 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 0.2 tmin west of ESO 478-026 = PGC 8926.
******************************
NGC 893 = ESO 298-029 = MCG -07-05-017 = PGC 8888
02 19 58.5 -41 24 11; Phe
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 115°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): fairly bright,
fairly large, elongated 4:3 NW-SE, 1.2'x0.9', broad concentration to a small,
brighter core. Located 3.2' WSW of
mag 8.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 893 = h2474 on 23 Oct 1835 and
logged "Not vF, R, pgbM, 35", has a star 9th mag following 4'
distance." His position (two sweeps) and description matches
******************************
02 21 33.7 -05 30 46; Cet
See observing notes for
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 894 on 28 Nov 1856 using Lord Rosse's 72" and described a "D neb, components unite a preceding end. The south one [NGC 895] is L, oval gbM, the n one [NGC 894] is more elongated and fainter, also bM." But the observation by J.L.E. Dreyer on 14 Oct 1876 revealed a single spiral with GC 530 = NGC 894 the brightest portion of a spiral arm: "pF, L, seemed first to have 2 Nuclei preceding-following, the foll one being the brighter, but it was soon seen that the preceding one is no Nucl, but only the brightest part of a curved arm, convex sp, very soft. Sometimes I thought there was also some condensed part f the Nucl; Lord Rosse thought there was some patch or neby s of the nucleus [this probably refers to the southeastern spiral arm]. So, NGC 894 is the brightest part of the northwestern spiral arm of NGC 895. This was recognized by Curtis after being photographed with the Crossley reflector at Lick Observatory (see 1918 Lick publication).
******************************
NGC 895 = MCG -01-07-002 = PGC 8974
02 21 36.2 -05 31 14; Cet
V = 11.7; Size 3.6'x2.6'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 65°
17.5" (8/31/86): fairly bright, large, broadly concentrated halo, diffuse halo. A mag 14 star is off the following edge, 2.0' ENE from the center and a mag 12 star is 4.7' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 895 = H. II-438 = h219 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 436) and commented "pB, pL, irr figure, mbM." On 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 456), he noted "F, vL, irr figure, r, unequally bright." The northwest spiral arm (discovered at Birr Castle) was catalogued separately as NGC 894. See historical notes on NGC 894.
******************************
02 25 31 +62 00 54; Cas
Size 27'x13'
18" (10/13/07): NGC 896 and
17.5" (11/27/92): at 100x with OIII filter this is a fairly bright emission nebula, very large, about 20' diameter. Elongated roughly E-W but consists of two distinct sections (NGC 896 and IC 1795) which merge together. The bright western portion = NGC 896 has a high surface brightness, round, ~7' diameter and a star is off the NW edge. A weak dark lane separates NGC 896 from faint IC 1795. The region is weakly nebulous without filter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 896 = H. III-695 on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774) and recorded "eF, pL, iF. Mem. The PD must be reckoned inaccurate, the string having been touched since the last cluster was taken."
NGC 896 is generally taken as the brightest portion of the IC 1795 complex on the southwest end (IC 1795/NGC 895 being the northwest portion of the huge "Heart Nebula"). John Herschel did not make an observation to confirm the position. Corwin suggests that IC 1795 (found by Barnard) is a separate knot in the same HII complex, though Wolfgang Steinicke equates NGC 896 with IC 1795.
******************************
02 21 06.5 -33 43 15; For
V = 11.8; Size 2.1'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 17°
17.5" (10/8/94): fairly faint, fairly small, 0.8' diameter, small bright core. A mag 11 star is 44" E of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 897 = h2475 on 19 Oct 1835 and
logged "pB, S, R, psbM. Has a star 10th mag exactly following in the
parallel just at the edge or 35" distant from centre." His position and description is a
perfect match with
******************************
NGC 898 = UGC 1842 = MCG +07-06-004 = CGCG 539-004 = PGC 9073
02 23 20.43 +41 57 05; And
V = 12.9; Size 1.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 170°
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; very pretty edge-on ~6:1 N-S, ~1.2'x0.2'. Sharply concentrated with a very small bright nucleus. Situated in a rich star field with a group of 4 stars mag 11-13 forming a near rhombus ~3' SE (sides ~1').
13.1" (11/13/82): fairly faint, very elongated
~N-S. Located 10' SSW of mag 6.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 898 = H. III-570 on 17 Oct
1786 (sweep 614) and logged "eF, vS, lE.". There is nothing at his position but 40 seconds of RA west
is
******************************
02 21 53.1 -20 49 24; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 116°
24" (10/3/13): brightest (or highest surface
brightness) in a trio (
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, slightly elongated NW-SE, 1.2'x1.0', only a weak concentration. An easy pair of mag 13 stars at 25" separation oriented WSW-ENE is located 1.5' WSW. Forms a pair with IC 223 5' NNE with NGC 907 17' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 899 = h2476 on 13 Nov 1835 and reported "pB, lE, gbM, resolvable, 30", has a coarse double star preceding." His position and description (the coarse double is southwest) matches UGCA 26 = PGC 8990.
******************************
02 23 32.2 +26 30 41; Ari
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 30°
17.5" (10/29/94): faint, small, round, 0.4' diameter,
even concentration to a small bright core and stellar nucleus. Brighter of a close pair with
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, small, round, weak even concentration, small brighter core. A mag 9.5 star is 7.5' S.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 900 = m 57 (along with NGC 901)
on 5 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, vS,
stellar". Marth's position
matches
******************************
02 23 34.1 +26 33 25; Ari
V = 14.7; Size 0.4'x0.4'
17.5" (10/29/94): very faint, very small, round, 0.3' diameter, no concentration. Can view with direct view and hold continuously with averted vision. Located 2.8' NNE of NGC 900. Incorrectly listed as identical to NGC 900 in RNGC. Not listed in any of the major catalogues!
Albert Marth discovered NGC 901 = m 58 (along with NGC 900)
on 5 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "eF,
vS". His position is 3 sec of
RA east and 3' N of NGC 900 (which was placed accurately) and at this offset is
******************************
02 22 21.8 -16 40 45; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.2
17.5" (12/28/94): extremely faint, very small, round,
0.4' diameter, low surface brightness, no concentration. A mag 13 star is 3.2' SSE of
center. Located 10' S of mag 7.8
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 902 = LM 2-334 on 28 Nov 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is just 1' S of MCG -03-07-005 = PGC 9021.
******************************
02 24 00.9 +27 21 23; Ari
Size 0.7'x0.4'; PA = 175°
17.5" (1/20/90): extremely faint, very small, glimpsed
for moments. Located 1.5' NW of
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 903 = St. 13-17, along with
NGC 904, on 13 Dec 1884 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles
Observatory. His position matches
******************************
NGC 904 = UGC 1852 = MCG +04-06-024 = CGCG 483-028 = PGC 9112
02 24 05.6 +27 20 33; Ari
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 130°
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, very small, elongated NW-SE, smooth surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 903 1.5' NW. Second of six in a group.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 904 = St. 13-18, along with NGC 903, on 13 Dec 1884 (or earlier) with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory and reported "vF, vS, R, lbM". His position matches UGC 1852 = PGC 9112.
******************************
02 22 43.5 -08 43 08; Cet
V = 15.7; Size 0.5'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (10/13/01): extremely faint, very small, round, 15"-20" diameter. Requires averted and concentration to glimpse (in fairly poor seeing). Located 4.4' S of a mag 10 star.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 905 = LM 2-334 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 0.7 tmin of RA east of
******************************
02 25 16.2 +42 05 24; And
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 15°
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; fairly faint, round,
relatively large, 50" diameter, diffuse halo, slightly brighter
core/nucleus. Located in the core
of AGC 347 with
13.1" (10/20/84): fairly faint, small, round. Located in the core of AGC 347 with NGC 909 3.5' S.
13.1" (11/13/82): faint, furthest north in the string of galaxies.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 906 = St. 10-5 on 30 Oct 1878
(date position reduced) and recorded "eeF, irregular oval; dia = 45
arcsec." Except for NGC 898
and
******************************
NGC 907 = UGCA 28 = ESO 545-010 = MCG -04-06-034 = KTS 16C =
02 23 01.9 -20 42 43; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 1.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 81°
24" (10/3/13): moderately to fairly bright, fairly
large, very elongated 3:1 E-W, 1.5'x0.5'.
Irregular surface brightness and clearly brighter on the east side. Third in the
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 E-W, 1.8'x0.6', broad weak concentration. IC 223 lies 14' WSW and NGC 899 16' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 907 = H. III-224 = h2477 on 20 Oct 1784 (sweep 303) and noted "vF, S, irr R". John Herschel described the galaxy from the Cape as "F, E in parallel; glbM, 20" long."
******************************
02 23 04.6 -21 14 02; Cet
V = 10.2; Size 6.0'x2.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 77°
48" (10/27/19): at 375x; Showpiece two-armed spiral extending 5'x2' WSW-ESE and displaying a great deal of structure. Contains a bright oval core with a very small, very bright nucleus. A knotty spiral arm is rooted at the northeast end of the core. It bends sharply to the west on the north side of the core and displays a blotchy surface. As this arm extended west it separated from an inner arm by a dark lane, spread out and faded at the west end.
A longer spiral arm emerges from the west side of the core. It wraps tightly to the east in a bright arc to the south of the core. This arm has a fairly well defined outer edge, but was not as splotchy as the northern arm. At the east end, it splits into two arms with a slightly darker gap between and passes north of a mag 14.4 star. The northern split arm has a brighter 15" patch at its tip [1.0' NNW of the mag 14.4 star].
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly bright, large, elongated 4.5'x2.0' WSW-ENE. The brighter middle has an irregular surface brightness and a faint star or knot is just west of the geometric center [this is probably the nucleus]. A mag 14 star is just south of the following end. Four mag 11-12.5 stars lie 3' to 5' N and form a trapezoid with parallel bases oriented E-W.
8": fairly bright, large, elongated E-W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 908 = H. I-153 on 20 Sep 1786 (sweep 596) and noted "cB, vL, E from sp to nf, I believe above 15' long; but the ends are very faint." His position (Caroline's reduction) is accurate. John Herschel made no observations of this galaxy either from Slough or the Cape. The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 909 = UGC 1872 = MCG +07-06-013 = CGCG 539-016 = PGC 9197
02 25 22.8 +42 02 08; And
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; between fairly faint and moderately bright, fairly small, round, 30" diameter, gradually increases to a brighter core and nucleus. A mag 9.8 star is 2.4' SW and a mag 9.2 star is 4' W. In the core of the cluster AGC 347 with NGC 906 3.5' NNW.
13.1" (10/20/84): fairly faint, very small, round, compact. Located 4' ENE of a mag 9.5 star. Forms a pair with NGC 906 in the core of AGC 347.
13.1" (11/13/82): faint, just south of NGC 906.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 909 = St. 10-6 on 30 Oct 1878
(or earlier) and reported "eF, vS, stellar nucl". His position matches
******************************
02 25 26.8 +41 49 26; And
V = 12.2; Size 2.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.7
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; fairly bright, relatively
large, round, 1.0'-1.2' diameter, strong concentration with a very bright core
that increases to an intense nucleus.
The halo is low surface brightness and fades out at the periphery,
making it difficult to gauge the exact size. Located at the core of AGC 347 with several other members
near including
13.1" (10/20/84): fairly bright, small, round. Located in the core of AGC 347 with NGC
911 8.5' NNE and
13.1" (11/13/82): fairly faint, similar brightness to NGC 911 in the core of AGC 347.
William Herschel discovered NGC 910 = H. III-571 on 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 614) and recorded "eF, stellar, not verified." His position was accurate despite the uncertainty. On the same sweep he discovered NGC 898.
******************************
NGC 911 = UGC 1878 = MCG +07-06-016 = CGCG 539-021 = PGC 9221
02 25 42.3 +41 57 23; And
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 115°
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly
small, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, 40"x20", contains a bright core that
increases to a stellar nucleus. A
mag 9.3 star (
13.1" (10/20/84): fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated. Located 2.1' S of mag
9.2
13.1" (11/13/82): fairly faint, just south of a 9th magnitude star.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 911 = St. 10-7 on 30 Oct 1878 (or earlier) and recorded "vF, vS, R, gbM." Except for NGC 898 and 923 (discovered by William Herschel), Stephan discovered all the NGC galaxies in the cluster.
******************************
NGC 912 = MCG +07-06-015 = CGCG 539-020 = PGC 9222
02 25 42.7 +41 46 38; And
V = 14.1; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; faint, fairly small, round, 24", gradually increases to the center. Located in the core of AGC 347 with NGC 913 1.4' N and brighter NGC 910 4' NW.
13.1" (10/20/84): extremely faint and small, round. Forms a close pair with NGC 913 1.3' N. Located 4' ESE of NGC 910 in the core of AGC 347.
13.1" (11/13/82): extremely faint, very small, round.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 912 = St. 10-8 on 1 Dec 1875 during an observation of NGC 910. He note "+ two other nebulae new." Almost certainly one of these was NGC 912. His published accurate position (list 10, #8) was made on 30 Oct 1878 with description "F, vS, R, bM." Except for NGC 898 and NGC 923 (discovered by William Herschel), Stephan discovered all other NGC galaxies in the cluster.
******************************
02 25 44.6 +41 47 58; And
Size 0.6'x0.3'; PA = 22°
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 30"x15", low even surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 912 1.4' S. Situated 3.7' SE of NGC 910 in the core of AGC 347.
13.1" (10/20/84): extremely faint and small, round. Located 3.5' ESE of NGC 910 in the core of AGC 347. Forms a close pair with NGC 912 1.3' S.
13.1" (11/13/82): extremely faint and requires averted to glimpse, nonstellar knot.
Édouard Stephan possibly discovered NGC 913 = St. 10-9 on 1 Dec 1875 during an observation of NGC 910. He noted that two other new nebulae were seen. His published position (list 10, #9) was made on 30 Oct 1878 with description"eeF, eS, lbM."
******************************
NGC 914 = UGC 1887 = MCG +07-06-017 = CGCG 539-023 = PGC 9253
02 26 05.1 +42 08 39; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 117°
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; fairly faint, elongated 4:3 WNW-ESE, ~0.8'x0.6', low surface brightness, weak concentration. Three mag 13.5-14.5 stars are equidistant (1.6') SSW, W and NW. This relatively large member of AGC 347 is 10' ENE of similar NGC 906.
13.1" (11/5/83): very faint, fairly small, diffuse, almost round. Located at the NE corner of the core of AGC 347.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 914 = St. 10-10 on 1 Dec 1875. His rough position was 3' to the E, nearly identical as other galaxies he logged in the cluster that night. His published accurate position (list 10, #10) was made on 30 Oct 1878 with description "eF, diffuse, 1' dia."
******************************
02 25 45.6 +27 13 16; Ari
V = 13.9; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6
24" (11/21/19): between faint and fairly faint, fairly
small, round, 20" diameter, small brighter nucleus. Forms a very close, fairly similar pair
with
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, very small, round, very small bright core. Forms a close pair with NGC 916 1.4' NNE and first of three with NGC 919 7' E. Member of the larger group WBL 073.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 915 = m 59, along with NGC 916 and NGC 919, on 5 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta. He called it "eF, vS, stellar".
******************************
NGC 916 = MCG +04-06-034 = CGCG 483-043 = PGC 9245
02 25 47.6 +27 14 33; Ari
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 5°
24" (11/21/19): between faint and fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S, 0.6'x0.3', small brighter nucleus. Forms a close pair with NGC 915 1' SSW.
UGC 1885, located 10' N, was quite faint, fairly small, round, 25" diameter, low surface brightness.
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, very small, round, very small bright core. Appears similar to NGC 915 just 1' SW amd second of three along with NGC 919 6.7' ESE. Member of the WBL 073 group.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 916 = m 60, along with NGC 915 and 919, on 5 Sep 1864 from Malta with Lassell's 48".
******************************
02 26 07.7 +31 54 44; Tri
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 55°
24" (2/5/13): at 375x appeared moderately bright,
moderately large, oval 5:3 SW-NE, 1.0'x0.6', weak concentration to a bright
oval core. Just north of a group of mag 12-13 stars and 2' N of mag 8.2 SAO
55553.
17.5" (10/5/02): fairly faint, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 1.0'x0.5', broad concentration to a brighter core. Located 2.0' N of a mag 8 star and 18'
NW of mag 5.6 11 Trianguli.
Several mag 13/14 stars in a curving chain are just south. This galaxy is identified as
17.5" (8/5/97): fairly faint, moderately large,
elongated SW-NE, 1.5'x0.8', broad concentration with large slightly brighter
core. Located close north of a
semi-circular group of stars and just 2.0' NNW of mag 8.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 917 = h220 on 22 Nov 1827 and recorded "vF, S, R, forms a semicircle with 4 st." There is nothing at Herschel's single position. Dreyer looked for h220 on 5 Nov 1874 at Birr Castle and noted "no nebulosity seen, only 3 st about 18-20 mag close together nearly in a line pf" (these stars are visible on the DSS). In the NGC notes, Dreyer adds: "h220. No neb, only a vs, Cl with 4 st nr np (2 Birr obs, 1874-76, not found by d'Arrest)." Listed as nonexistent in RNGC.
Harold Corwin identifies NGC 917 = UGC 1890. This galaxy is situated exactly 20' S of Herschel's position and there are several stars just south that form a slightly curving arc. Corwin also checked the sweep and found a diagram matching the nearby stars UGC 1890 nearly perfectly. So, Herschel must have made a clerical error in recording or transfering the position or simply misread the NPD on his telescope. Archinal and Hynes (Star Clusters) misidentify an asterism near Herschel's original position as NGC 917. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
02 25 50.6 +18 29 49; Ari
V = 12.2; Size 3.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 158°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, fairly large, almost round, very low surface brightness, weak concentration. A mag 15 star is involved near the northwest edge. Located 3' NNW of a mag 10.5 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 918 = h221 on 11 Jan 1831 and logged "pF; L; R; 60"; np a *10 m, dist 3'." This galaxy was observed 4 times at Birr Castle. On 30 Nov 1856, R.J. Mitchell recorded "vvF, pL, R. A * easily see in or near the centre, 2 others not so certain involved north of center."
******************************
NGC 919 = UGC 1894 = MCG +04-06-039 = CGCG 483-049 = WBL 073-005 = PGC 9267
02 26 16.7 +27 12 43; Ari
V = 14.5; Size 1.2'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 138°
24" (11/21/19): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, ~40"x15", irregular surface brightness [perhaps due to a dust lane]. A very faint star appears to be superimposed [a 16th mag star is ~8" S of center]. In a group (WBL 73) with NGC 915 and 916 ~7' W.
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, small, elongated NNW-SSE. Third of three with the NGC 915/NGC 916 pair 7' W and fifth of six in a group (WBL 073)..
Albert Marth discovered NGC 919 = m 61, along with NGC 915 and 916, on 5 Sep 1864 from Malta with Lassell's 48".
******************************
02 28 45.9 +45 58 14; And
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 34°
17.5" (8/5/97): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
5:2 SW-NE, broad concentration to a brighter core. A mag 14 star is at the west edge . Viewed after glimpsing
UGC 1920 (listed as NGC 920 in all modern sources) appeared
extremely faint, moderately large, ~1.5' diameter, very low surface brightness,
required averted vision to glimpse.
This roundish unconcentrated glow is situated within a group of stars
including a mag 11 star 1.6' WSW and mag 13 stars 1' NW and 1' SE. I would not have noticed this object without
averted vision and knowing the exact location using a printed finder
chart. Located 9.5' W of much
brighter NGC 920 = IC 1799 and 15' WNW of
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
5:2 SSW-NNE, 1.0'x0.4', broad concentration to a fairly bright core and
occasional stellar nucleus. A mag
14 star is very close west and a mag 12 star (unequal double) is 1.4' NNW. Located in a rich star field 11' WSW of
a mag 7
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 920 = Sw. 2-20, along with NGC
933, on 11 Sep 1885. His description reads "eF, eS, R;
1 or 2 eF * close; e diff." and his position is 16 seconds of RA west and
1.5' north of UGC 1920 = PGC 9377, the galaxy which has always been taken as NGC
920. I wrote the following note in
Jan 2014 to Harold Corwin and Wolfgang Steinicke after I realized that NGC 920
probably refers to
"Swift's position in list II-20 is also 70 tsec due west of IC 1799 = UGC 1943, and an excellent match in declination (given Swift's general accuracy). So, IC 1799 is only off in RA from Swift's position. His description mentions "1 or 2 eF* nr", which could apply to either galaxy, but UGC 1920 also has brighter nearby stars that to me would be mentioned. More importantly, though, IC 1799 is a more prominent galaxy than UGC 1920. In fact I probably would have missed UGC 1920 (the halo is very low surface brightness) in my 18-inch if I wasn't looking in the right place. IC 1799, on the other hand, was immediately noticed in the field, and has a much higher surface brightness. So, I'm suggesting NGC 920 = IC 1799 = UGC 1943."
Wolfgang Steinicke responded that his copy of Swift's paper came from Max Wolf's library in Heidelberg and "The '0' (of 20) is struck through and a '1' is noted to the right of the digit." Therefore Wolf also suspected a 1 minute error in Swift's RA. Corwin notes that once 1 tmin of RA is added to Swift's RA, this leaves only a "difference in RA of only -10 seconds in RA and just -7 arcseconds in Dec -- negligible, in the face of Swift's usual errors."
Guillaume Bigourdan independently discovered this galaxy on 28 Jan 1891, measured an accurate position, and it was catalogued as Big. 251 (later IC 1799). All major catalogues, as well as NED, HyperLeda and SIMBAD, identify this galaxy as IC 1799. This leaves UGC 1920, the galaxy always assumed to be NGC 920, without a NGC or IC designation.
******************************
02 26 33.5 -15 50 51; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 81°
17.5" (12/20/95): extremely faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, 1.0'x0.6'. A mag 13 star is 1.2' SE of center.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 921 = LM 1-51 on 6 Jan 1886 with
the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position but
1.3 min of RA east is
******************************
02 25 04.7 -24 47 17; For
V = 12.1; Size 1.9'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (12/4/93): moderately bright, slightly elongated N-S, 1.2'x1.0', weak concentration, stellar nucleus with direct vision. A mag 12 star is 2' NNW.
8" (1/1/84): fairly faint, even surface brightness, slightly elongated N-S. A mag 12.5 star is 2' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 922 = H. III-239 = h2478 on 17 Nov 1784 (sweep 321) and logged "vF, S, near 1' diameter or more". John Herschel reported on on 20 Nov 1835 (sweep 646), "pB; R; gpmbM; 60" [diameter]".
******************************
NGC 923 = UGC 1915 = MCG +07-06-022 = CGCG 539-030 = PGC 9355
02 27 34.6 +41 58 40; And
V = 13.7; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 95°
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; fairly faint (relatively
bright member of AGC 347), fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, brighter core,
0.6'x0.4'. Collinear with CGCG
539-029 3' SSW and
18" (11/26/03): faint or fairly faint, small, round, 25"
diameter, weak concentration.
Located 2.4' SSW of a mag 9 star.
Second of three on a line with fainter
13.1" (11/5/83): very faint, very small. Located just 2.4' SSW of mag 9 SAO 38041, which interferes with viewing. Member of AGC 347.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 923 = St. 10-11 on 30 Oct 1878 (or earlier) and recorded "vF, S, R, weak concentration."
In March of 2020, Yann Pothier suggested the original discovery was made by Dreyer on 6 Nov 1874, though he assumed his observation applied to H. III-570 = NGC 898. His description, which reads "pB (at least not vF), S, lE npp sff. A * in Pos. 27.3°, Dist. 145.5".", does not apply to NGC 898, but NGC 923 instead, which is located 4.2 minutes of time following NGC 898.
Wolfgang Steinicke added the following comments: "The
reason why Dreyer missed III 570 (NGC 898) on 6 Nov. 1874 is not due to an
incorrect setting of the 72-inch. This is shown by correct data given for the
other objects in that night (all observed before GC 533 [NGC 898]): GC 5036
(
******************************
02 26 46.8 +20 29 51; Ari
V = 12.7; Size 2.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 53°
24" (1/1/16): at 375x; moderately bright, oval SW-NE,
45"x30", sharply concentrated with a small bright core and
quasi-stellar nucleus. The outer
halo has a low surface brightness.
Forms a close pair with
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated SW-NE, broadly concentrated halo, distinct stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 924 = H. III-474 on 29 Nov
1785 (sweep 481) and logged "eF, vS, iR, confirmed at 240 power." His
position (Auwer's reduction) is a close match with
******************************
02 27 17.0 +33 34 43; Tri
V = 10.1; Size 10.5'x5.9'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 102°
24" (1/25/14): on this observation I used 375x and focused on the HII regions in the spiral arms of NGC 925. [HK83] 120/121 was seen as an extremely faint, very small HII knot on the west end of NGC 925, 3.2' from center. This HII complex is near the western tip of the southern spiral arm, though I couldn't trace the arm itself as far this knot but a mag 14 star was identified 0.9' SSE.
[HK83] 44, a very faint 6" knot, was barely detached off the east end of the central bar. A second fainter and even smaller knot, [HK83] 46/49, was occasionally seen ~20" WNW, right at the tip of the bar. [HK83] 42, a faint 6" knot, was seen along the weak southern arm, 1.5' SE of center. The location was pinpointed just north of the midpoint of two mag 13.5/14.5 stars oriented E-W at 1.6' separation.
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly bright, large, about 5'
diameter although the halo is irregular.
The core appears as a bright bar running through the center and
elongated WNW-ESE with a fainter halo north and south of the bar. The bar is
moderately concentrated and has a mottled texture. There is a strong impression of very faint extensions or
arms that begin to hook north on the WNW end and south on the ESE ends of the
bar. An extremely faint knot is
just visible off the west side 3.3' from the center. This knot is an HII
complex and association near the edge of a spiral arm and is catalogued as #120
in Hodge-Kennicutt's 1983 "An Atlas of H II regions in 125 galaxies". Several stars are near; a mag 10.5 star
lies 3.4' S of center, two mag 12 stars are just north of the core 1.0' and
1.5' from the center and a wide pair of mag 12.5 star are 5' W. Member of the
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; fairly bright, large, elongated WNW-ESE with a very low surface brightness halo making it a wider oval, ~4.5' diameter. A prominent bar runs through the major axis WNW-ESE, with a slightly brighter ncl at the center. There was a strong suggestion of arm structure in the halo, particularly on the south side. Several stars are superposed; the brightest three are mag 13-13.5.
8" (11/8/80): faint, fairly large, diffuse, irregular, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, even surface brightness. A mag 10 star is 3.5' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 925 = H. III-177 = h222 on 13 Sep 1784 (sweep 271) and reported "vF, cL, iR, r, 2 or 3' diameter." On 11 Nov 1827 (sweep 100), John Herschel logged "pB; L; E; vgbM; among stars." Bindon Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant on 14 Sep 1850, called it "3' by 50", rather F dash of light; a conspicuous star nf the middle outside edge."
******************************
02 26 06.6 -00 19 57; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.8'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 36°
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE,
1.2'x0.6, diffuse unconcentrated glow.
A mag 13 star is 2.5' SSW.
Located 7' N of a mag 9.5 star.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 926 = T. 1-9 = Sw. 5-28 in
1876 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and noted a 1'
diameter. Tempel's position is 3' S of
******************************
02 26 37.3 +12 09 19; Ari
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, small, round, pretty smooth
low surface brightness. Located
10' NW of mag 9.1
Johann Palisa discovered NGC 927 = Sw. 3-11 on 18 Jan 1885
with the 27-inch Grubb refractor at the Vienna University Observatory and
reported it in AN 2732. This is
the only NGC object to be discovered with the Great refractor. Lewis Swift independently discovered
the galaxy later that year on 2 Dec 1885 with the 16" refractor at the
Warner Observatory. Swift's
position is just 6 tsec east of
******************************
02 27 41.0 +27 13 15; Ari
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 35°
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, very small, round, weak concentration. Sixth in a group including NGC 903, NGC 904, NGC 915, NGC 916, NGC 919.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 928 = m 62 on 5 Sep 1864 with Lassell's
48" on Malta and noted "eF, vS, stellar". His position matches
******************************
02 27 18.3 -12 05 12; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 170°
17.5" (10/8/94): very faint, fairly small, low surface
brightness, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE.
Located 3.3' SW of mag 8.5
Frank Muller discovered NGC 929 = LM 2-335 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and reported "mag 15.3,
0.6'x0.2' in PA 170°, precedes *8.5 3.8' PA 15°." There is nothing at his position but
0.8 min of RA east is
******************************
02 27 54 +20 21; Ari
= Not found, Gottlieb and Corwin.
Ralph Copeland, assitant to the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 930 on 26 October 1872. While observing NGC 932 (GC 543) he noted a second object close nearby, which he described as "F, S, iR, vgbM" and offset from NGC 930 by 60" in PA 314.3 deg (NW) or 3.1" p and 42" N. This nova was not mentioned in the subsequent three observations of NGC 930 in 1872, 1873 and 1876 but Dreyer added it to the GC Supplement (5238), repeating Copeland's description.
I carefully examined the POSS print of the field and the only object near the offset is a mag 12.4 star (GSC 1221-478). There is a small reddish condensation with dimensions about 10" diameter at the northeast edge of the galaxy and Karl Reinmuth took this as NGC 930 ("eF, vS, R, vgvvlbM; 0.6' nf att NGC 932."). But neither the separation nor the direction is a good match. So, NGC 930 is nonexistent.
The RNGC mixes up the identifications and lists the main galaxy as NGC 930 and calls NGC 932 non-existent. Since Herschel was definitely the first to observe this galaxy, H. II-489 = GC 543 = NGC 932 should apply and the data listed in the RNGC under NGC 930 should be transferred to NGC 932. UGC and CGCG equate the numbers NGC 930 = NGC 932, but the galaxy should be identified as NGC 932 only, since Copeland was clearly referring to something different. Listed in RNGC Corrections #4.
******************************
02 28 14.5 +31 18 41; Tri
V = 12.8; Size 3.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 73°
24" (11/24/14): at 200x and 375x; moderately bright and
large, thin edge-on 5:1 WSW-ENE, 1.5'x0.3', brighter core, sharp stellar
nucleus.
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE, 1.5'x0.5', broad concentration, faint stellar
nucleus. Several brighter stars
are in the field including a pair of mag 10 stars 6' NW and 10' N.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 931 on 26 Sep 1865 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. His position (mean of 2 observations) is on the east edge of the galaxy.
******************************
NGC 932 = UGC 1931 = MCG +03-07-014 = CGCG 462-014 = LGG 061-001 = PGC 9379
02 27 54.7 +20 19 57; Ari
V = 12.4; Size 1.9'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.5
24" (1/1/16): fairly faint/moderately bright, round, 40" diameter, small bright core. A mag 14 star is 50" SE and a mag 12.4 star is 1.7' NW. Member of a large group (LGG 061), inlcuding NGC 924, 935, 938 and 976.
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, round, bright
core. A very faint 15th magnitude
"star" (emission knot) is involved at the NE end. A mag 14 star is 1' ESE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 932 = H. II-489 on 29 Nov 1785 (sweep 481) and noted "F, S, lE, 3 stars visible in it, but they seem not to belong to it." His position was 2' too far north. This galaxy is misidentified as NGC 930 in RNGC, MCG and RC3 (as well as secondary sources such as Megastar). UGC and CGCG equate the numbers NGC 930 = NGC 932, but only NGC 932 should apply. See notes for NGC 930.
******************************
NGC 933 = UGC 1956 = MCG +08-05-013 = CGCG 553-016 = PGC 9465
02 29 17.5 +45 54 41; And
V = 13.8; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 35°
17.5" (11/26/94): faint, small, round, 0.8' diameter, weak concentration but no well-defined core. A mag 15 star is 30" N. Located 8.8' SW of mag 7 SAO 38067. Forms a pair with IC 1799 6.6' NW. This galaxy makes a right angle with IC 1799 to the NW and the bright star NE.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 933 = Sw. 2-21 on 11 Sep 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory, on the same night he found
Sw. 2-20 = NGC 920. His position
is accurate (as opposed to NGC 920) and matches
******************************
NGC 934 = UGC 1926 = MCG +00-07-016 = CGCG 388-017 = PGC 9352
02 27 32.9 -00 14 41; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 130°
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, very small, round, small
concentrated core 15" diameter, stellar nucleus. Located 13' W of mag 8.5
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 934 = T. 1-10 in 1876 with the
11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and described as "very small
and faint. 5" dia = tiny
planetary nebula". His
position matches
Based on a photograph taken by Perrine with the Crossley reflector, Heber Curtis noted "A small, faint, nearly round nebula is near this place, but it is not a planetary." In 1915, Harold Knox-Shaw also noted it was not a planetary based on a visual observation at the Helwan Observatory south of Cairo.
******************************
02 28 11.2 +19 35 56; Ari
V = 12.9; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 155°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 NW-SE. A mag 14 star is
superimposed. Located 1.2' NE of a
mag 10 star. Forms a double system
with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 935 = Sw. 2-22 on 18 Sep 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is just 4 sec of RA east of
******************************
02 27 37.5 -01 09 19; Cet
V = 10.1; Size 4.7'x4.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 135°
17.5" (12/4/93): bright, fairly large, very bright core
30"x20" elongated E-W (bar), core increases to almost stellar
nucleus. The much larger fainter
halo extends up to 3.0'x1.5'.
Three mag 9 stars lie N; mag 8.7
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; fairly bright and large, slightly elongated NW-SE, ~2.5'x2.0'. Strong, fairly sharp concentration with an impresssive core than increased to an intense nucleus. Extending through the core is a brighter "bar" oriented E-W. NGC 941 is in the field 12' E.
8" (1/1/84): bright, moderately large, very bright core, oval NW-SE. Forms a pair with NGC 941 12' E.
William Herschel discovered NGC 936 = H. IV-23 = h223, along with NGC 941, on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 351). His description reads, "cB, a very bright nucleus with a chevelure of 3 or 4' diameter." He placed this nebula in the fourth class, which included planetary nebulae as well as stars with burs, with milky chevelure, with short rays, remarkable shapes, etc. On 24 Nov 1827 (sweep 108), John Herschel described it as "vB; vL; R; psmbM; 2' diame; fades away insensibly."
Based on photographs taken at the Helwan Observatory in Egypt, it was described in 1921 as "4'x3', E145°, vB almost stellar nucleus; a Phi-type spiral with pB cross-arms in p.a. 80° and 1.5' long, surrounded by a vF oval haze showing no structure.
******************************
02 29 28.1 +42 15 00; And
V = 14.2; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 117°
17.5" (11/26/94): very faint, very small glow either
surrounding a bright stellar nucleus or a mag 13 star is superimposed at the
center. Located within a group of
about a dozen faint stars in a 4' diameter with a single brighter mag 11 star
at the SW side 2.3' from NGC 937. Unusual
appearance as the galaxy appears set in a very faint cluster. Located on the east side of AGC 347
with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 937 = St. 13-19, along with NGC 946, on 1 Nov 1877 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. The position was reduced on 12 Dec 1884 with description "vF* with slight nebulosity."
******************************
NGC 938 = UGC 1947 = MCG +03-07-017 = CGCG 462-017 = LGG 061-002 = PGC 9423
02 28 33.5 +20 17 01; Ari
V = 12.4; Size 1.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 100°
24" (1/1/16): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated E-W, 35"x27", small bright core. A mag 15 star is at or just off the southeast edge [35" from center]. NGC 930 is 10' WNW.
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 E-W, broad concentration, small faint halo. NGC 932 lies 10' WNW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 938 on 30 Dec 1863 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen.
His position (measured on 2 nights) matches
******************************
02 26 21.3 -44 26 46; Eri
V = 13.0; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 110°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x and 397x; fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, round, 35"-40" diameter. Well concentrated with a relatively large bright core. A mag 10.5 star lies 5.4' N.
John Herschel discovered NGC 939 = h2479 on 18 Oct 1835 and
noted "eF, S, vlbM, 20 arcsec." His position matches
******************************
NGC 940 = NGC 952 = UGC 1964 = MCG +05-06-050 = CGCG 504-095 = PGC 9478
02 29 27.5 +31 38 27; Tri
V = 12.4; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 20°
17.5" (12/23/92): moderately bright, fairly small, round, prominent small bright core, stellar nucleus, high surface brightness. NGC 931 lies 25' SW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 940 = Sw. 3-12 on 26 Sep
1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He called it round, small, mag 13 stellar nucleus. His position (3 measures) was
accurate. Lewis Swift found the
galaxy again on 7 Nov 1885 and reported it as new in his 3rd discovery list
(#12) with description "vF; eS; R; BM; 5239 [NGC 931] nr; v
diff."
******************************
NGC 941 = UGC 1954 = MCG +00-07-022 = CGCG 388-023 = PGC 9414
02 28 27.8 -01 09 05; Cet
V = 12.4; Size 2.6'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 170°
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, elongated 4:3 N-S, 2.0'x1.5'. Appears to have a slightly brighter bar within a diffuse halo. Forms a pair with NGC 936 12.5' W.
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; fairly faint, moderately large, slightly elongated N-S, nearly 1.5' major axis, mild concentration to a slightly brighter core/bar that occasionally seems elongated.
8" (1/1/84): extremely faint, very small. Located 12' E of NGC 936.
William Herschel discovered NGC 941 = H. III-261 = h224, along with NGC 936, on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 351) and noted, "vF, cL. It will just go into the field with the last [NGC 936]." Dreyer, Lord Rosse's assistant on 22 Oct 1876, recorded "vF, vL, iR, or perhaps lE ns? No stars near it".
******************************
02 29 10.3 -10 50 10; Cet
V = 11.4; Size 3.4'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 35°
24" (12/22/14): NGC 942 is the slightly brighter and
southern component of a close double system with
17.5" (12/4/93): this is the slightly brighter southern
member of a double system with NGC 943.
Appears faint, very small, round.
Increases to a small brighter core and faint stellar nucleus. NGC 943 is just 30" N and both
galaxies appear immersed in a common halo.
Ralph Copeland, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 942 =
LM 1-53, along with NGC 943 on 31 Oct 1872. He recorded a "Double in position 159.0°, distance of
nuclei = 40".4; both are R; psbM but the np is slightly larger than the
other. Position of a 12m * from
the brighter of the nebulae = 286.4°, distance = 139.3". But he mistakenly assumed he was
observing
Frank Muller rediscovered the pair in 1886 at the Leander McCormick Observatory and described both as a "nebulous double star?". They were included in the observatory's first discovery paper (#53 and #54) with #53 (later NGC 942) placed 1' N of #54 (later NGC 943). Herbert Howe measured accurate positions for the pair in 1897 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory, as well as Sherburne Burnham (Publ of Lick Observatory, II). Muller was credited with the discovery in the NGC. RC 2 reverses the identifications (identifying NGC 942 as the northwestern galaxy), so the NGC designations go in RA order.
******************************
NGC 943 = Arp 309 NED1 = VV 217a = MCG -02-07-019 = Holm 59b = PGC 9457
02 29 09.6 -10 49 40; Cet
V = 11.4; Size 3.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 15°
24" (12/22/14): fairly faint to moderately bright, small, slightly elongated SW-NE, 18"x15", very small brighter nucleus. NGC 943 is the southern component of a 30" double system with NGC 942. The halos of the two galaxies are merged. IC 230 lies 5.5' W.
17.5" (12/4/93): this is the northern member of a contact pair with NGC 942. Faint, very small, weak concentration. The center of NGC 942 is just 30" S within a common halo. NGC 950 lies 12' S.
Ralph Copeland, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 943 = LM 1-54 and NGC 942 on 31 Oct 1872. But he mistakenly assumed he was observing NGC 945. As a result, Copeland's discovery went unnoticed until recovered by Yann Pothier in March 2020. See NGC 942 for more.
Frank Muller rediscovered the pair in 1886 at the Leander McCormick Observatory and described both as a "nebulous double star?". They were included in the observatory's first discovery paper (#53 and #54) with #53 (later NGC 942) placed 1' N of #54 (later NGC 943). Herbert Howe measured accurate positions for the pair in 1897 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory, as well as Sherburne Burnham (Publ of Lick Observatory, II). Muller was credited with the discovery in the NGC. Édouard Stephan also found the pair (only a single position) on 29 Oct 1875. RC 2 reverses the identifications (identifying NGC 942 as the northwestern galaxy), so the NGC designations go in RA order.
******************************
02 26 41.6 -14 30 57; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 15°
17.5" (10/8/94): faint small streak, elongated 3:1 N-S,
0.7'x0.2'. A mag 14 star is 2.3' E
of center. Two bright stars are
following: mag 9
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 944 = LM 1-55 on 1 Jan
1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"mag 15.0, 0.4', vE 0°, sbN like a double star." There is nothing at his rough position
but 1.5 min of RA west is
******************************
NGC 945 = MCG -02-07-013 = Holm 58a = LGG 063-001 = PGC 9426
02 28 37.3 -10 32 21; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 2.4'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, moderately large,
elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, weak concentration to a small core. A mag 14 star is off the SE side 1.4'
from center. Located 5' N of mag
8.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 945 = H. II-487 = h225 = h2480 on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479) and recorded "F, cL, iF, lbM". Herschel missed the companion NGC 948. John Herschel observed NGC 945 from Slough on 6 Jan 1831 and at the Cape, though he also missed NGC 948. His Cape observation from 9 Dec 1835 reads "eF, L, R, glbM, 2'." Francis Leavenworth (list I-56) probably independently found the galaxy again in 1886 at the Leander McCormick Observatory.
******************************
NGC 946 = UGC 1979 = MCG +07-06-026 = CGCG 539-034 = PGC 9556
02 30 38.5 +42 13 57; And
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 65°
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 WSW-ENE, 1.0'x0.6', sharp concentration with a small, round bright core and stellar nucleus. Forms the southern vertex of a quadrilateral with three mag 11 stars between 2.5' and 3' separation NNW, NNE and NE. NGC 937 lies 15' W. Located at the east edge of galaxy cluster AGC 347.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 946 = St. 13-20 on 1 Nov 1877 and recorded a rough position 6' too far east. His published micrometric position (list 13, #20) was reduced (along with NGC 937) on 12 Dec 1884 with description "F, S, R, glbM".
******************************
02 28 33.2 -19 02 32; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 50°
17.5" (10/8/94): faint, moderately large, elongated 3:1 SW-NE, 1.6'x0.8', broad weak concentration. A mag 11 star is 3.1' NW of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 947 = h2481 on 10 Nov 1835 and
reported "pB, E, gbM, 50" long, 35" broad." His position is
a good match with
******************************
NGC 948 = MCG -02-07-015 = Holm 58b = LGG 063-002 = PGC 9431
02 28 45.4 -10 30 49; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 170°
17.5" (12/4/93): very faint, very small, slightly elongated halo has a very low surface brightness. Forms a pair with much brighter and larger NGC 945 2.5' SW.
Lewis Swift found NGC 948 = Sw. 5-29 on 1 Nov 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and logged a "D neb with GC 547 [NGC 945]...". Swift's position is about 15 tsec of RA east of MCG -02-07-015.
Ormond Stone perhaps discovered this galaxy a month earlier on 12 Oct 1886. The nebula in Leander McCormick list I-56 is a close match with NGC 948, though there is no mention of brighter NGC 945, so I'm not certain of the identification. NGC 945 and 948 were observed and measured by Sherburne Burnham (Publ of Lick Observatory, II) but his RA is too far west. Herbert Howe measured accurate positions for the pair in 1897 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory.
******************************
02 30 48.8 +37 08 12; Tri
V = 11.8; Size 2.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 145°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, fainter outer halo extends dimensions to 2.0'x0.8', broad concentration, no distinct core but brighter along major axis. A mag 14 star is at the SE tip. Located in a fairly rich star field. Member of the NGC 1023 Group.
8" (11/28/81): faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE, weak concentration. Located 30' E of a mag 7 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 949 = H. I-154 = h226 on 21 Sep 1786 (sweep 599) and logged (summary description) "cB, pL, E np to sf, vgmbM, 3' long, 2' broad." On 17 Jan 1787 (sweep 692) he recorded "cB, vgbM, lE, about 3' long and 3' broad." The galaxy was observed 5 times at Birr Castle. On 16 Oct 1855, R.J. Mitchell recorded "Oval, no Nucl, light pretty equable, major axis np-sf, clearly resolvable. I can at moments see some of its stars. B* at the south edge".
******************************
NGC 950 = MCG -02-07-021 = LGG 063-003 = PGC 9461
02 29 11.7 -11 01 30; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 40°
24" (12/22/14): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small,
round, 0.4' diameter, fairly low even surface brightness. Collinear with two mag 13/14.5 stars to
the southwest. Forms a pair with
17.5" (12/4/93): faint, small, round, unconcentrated with a low surface brightness. A wide pair of mag 13/14 stars with separation 37" are 2' SW. Located 5.1' NNW of mag 8.3 SAO 148415. The double system NGC 942/NGC 943 lies 12' N.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 950 = LM 1-57 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His (rough) position matches
******************************
02 28 56.9 -22 20 55; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 48°
17.5" (11/17/01): extremely faint, small, round,
0.4'. The faint glow requires
averted and has a low surface
brightness with no noticeable core.
Situated at midpoint between two mag 11.5 stars 3' NW and 3' SE. Forms a close pair with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 951 = LM 2-336 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag 16.3, 0.4' dia, E 0° [N-S], double star?"." His position is just 1.5' S of ESO 479-008 = MCG -04-07-001 = PGC 9442 and his PA = 0° matches the central bar.
******************************
NGC 952 = NGC 940 = UGC 1964 = MCG +05-06-050 = CGCG 504-095 = PGC 9478
02 29 27.5 +31 38 27; Tri
V = 12.4; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 20°
See observing notes for NGC 940.
Édouard Stephan found NGC 952 = St. 3-6 on on 13 Oct 1869 and recorded a rough position 2' to the SE of NGC 940, discovered by d'Arrest in 1865. Another observation on 24 Nov 1870 was 4' to the W. He reported it as new in his third discovery list (#6) based on a micrometric position made on 14 Dec 1871, but there is nothing nearby and Bigourdan was unable to recover it.
Corwin concluded that Stephan must have misidentified his
offset star (given as 4713 Lalande), though wasn't able to identify another
candidate. Emmanuel Esmiol, an
assistant at Marseilles Observatory, reported in his 1916 re-reduction of
Stephan's positions that the offset star was
******************************
NGC 953 = UGC 1991 = MCG +05-07-001 = CGCG 505-001 = PGC 9586
02 31 09.8 +29 35 19; Tri
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x1.5'
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, small, round, gradually increases to small brighter core. A mag 12-13 star is 1.3' W of center.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 953 = St. 3-7 on 26 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. He noted the star 5.5 seconds preceding (1.3' W) and measured an accurate position (3 measures). Édouard Stephan observed this galaxy on 16 Nov 1871. His published micrometric position (list III, #7) was made the following month on 7 Dec 1871. Dreyer credited both d'Arrest (1) and Stephan (2) in the NGC. Nine galaxies discovered by d'Arrest were reported as new by Stephan, suggestng in several cases he probably knew their positions beforehand.
******************************
02 28 51.6 -41 24 10; Eri
V = 12.8; Size 1.6'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 19°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 3:2 or 5:3 SSW-NNE, ~1.25'x0.8'. Broadly concentrated with slightly brighter core region. Mag 9.4 HD 15612 lies 7.6' ENE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 954 = h2482 on 5 Sep 1834 and
logged "F, pL, lE, has a star 8th mag 3' distant S.f." His position (measured on 4 sweeps) and
description (the star is 3.5' SE) matches
******************************
02 30 33.3 -01 06 31; Cet
V = 12.0; Size 2.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 19°
17.5" (12/4/93): moderately bright, edge-on 4:1 SSW-NNE, 1.5'x0.4', fairly bright elongated core. A mag 12 star is 2.5' SE. Located 25' W of 75 Ceti (V = 5.4).
8" (11/28/81): very faint, small, elongated SW-NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 955 = H. II-278 = h229 on 6
Jan 1785 (sweep 351) and noted "pB, S, E." John Herschel also observed this galaxy on 2 sweeps and gave
a similar description. Both of the
Herschels' positions match
In the NGC notes, Dreyer mentioned this object was a possible "variable nebula" because it was easily seen by Schönfeld in 1863, 1864 and 1868, Friedrich August Winnecke and Heinrich d'Arrest, but was not found by Vogel in 1865 nor Schönfeld in 1861. Sherburne Burnham (Publ of Lick Observatory, II) observed and measured the object without difficulty. Winnecke wrote a paper in 1878 that claimed NGC 955 showed a "periodic variability". It was also compared for variability on plates taken with the 60" at Mt Wilson in 1913 and 1917 and at the Helwan Observatory around 1920. Wolfgang Steinicke covers the story in his book on the NGC (p519).
******************************
02 32 31 +44 35 36; And
V = 8.9; Size 8'
17.5" (11/26/94): 15 stars mag 12-14 and two mag 9
stars in a 5'x2' group, very elongated N-S. The two mag 9 stars bracket the group at the north (mag 8.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 956 = h228 on 23 Dec 1831 and described a "p rich cl; 2 or 3 B and about 20 st 13...15m; a star 9th mag taken" His position is 1' SW of the mag 9.3 star in Herschel's description.
******************************
02 33 19 +57 34 12; Per
V = 7.6; Size 11'
17.5" (10/25/97): moderately rich cluster, ~9'x4' in
size and oriented ~E-W. Includes a
mag 8 star (
8": 30 stars in cluster, fairly large, moderately rich, elongated ~E-W, unresolved haze. A bright wide double star mag 8/10 at 23" is on the SE edge. Bracketed by fairly bright stars to the east and west. Located 1° NE of the Double Cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 957 = h227 on 9 Dec 1831 and noted "a p rich, pL, cl; st 13...15; not compressed at the centre. Figure an irregular parallelogram."
******************************
02 30 42.7 -02 56 22; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 2.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 10°
17.5" (11/17/01): fairly bright, fairly large,
elongated 5:2 ~N-S, 2.5'x1.0'.
Contains a brighter, bulging core and appears brighter along a thinner
"bar" (the major axis).
A similar comment was made in the 12/4/93 observation.
17.5" (12/4/93): moderately bright, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, 1.6'x0.8'. Appears brighter along the major axis. The brighter core has an occasional sparkle or bright spot. A mag 13.5 star lies 2.0' N of center.
8": faint, small, elongated 2:1 N-S, slightly brighter along the major axis.
William Herschel discovered NGC 958 = H. II-237 = h230 on 20 Sep 1784 (sweep 280) and recorded "faint, extended about 2' long in the direction of the meridian". On 16 Oct 1827 (sweep 96), John Herschel logged "pB; R; or irreg figure; bM." Bindon Stoney, using the 72" on 24 Nov 1851, commented the "brightest part near preceding edge; E nnf-ssp; double star north, to which nebula does not reach."
******************************
02 32 24.0 +35 29 41; Tri
V = 12.4; Size 2.3'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 65°
17.5" (11/1/86): moderately bright, fairly large, weak
concentration, slightly elongated WSW-ENE. Located 13' S of mag 7.6
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 959 = St. 8b-5 on 29 Oct 1875. His published position (list 8b, #5) was made on 9 Nov 1876 with an estimated major axis of 1.25'. He made a later observation on 1 Nov 1877.
******************************
02 31 41.2 -09 18 01; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 125°
17.5" (10/8/94): faint, very small, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, only 25"x10", very small bright core. Located 5.6' ENE of a mag 10.5 star.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 960 = LM 2-337 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and logged "mag 15.5, 0.2' dia, R, neb?; *9 south-preceding 30 sec." His position is 30 sec west of MCG -02-07-028 = PGC 9621. I'm surprised he listed this galaxy as round, though a mag 12 star is 5.7' SW (Leavenworth calls it mag 9) or 22 sec preceding in RA.
******************************
02 41 02.4 -06 56 09; Cet
See observing notes for
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 961 = LM 2-338 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and reported "1.5'x1.0', E 230°, *10 at end." There is nothing at Stone's position but Harold Corwin found that if Stone made a 10 min (transcription?) error in RA, then NGC 961 is a duplicate of NGC 1051 = PGC 10172 (discovered by Édouard Stephan). The declinations are similar and Stone's description applies perfectly to NGC 1051. So NGC 961 = NGC 1051 = IC 249 (another duplicate observation by Javelle), with NGC 1051 the primary designation. NGC 961 is classified as nonexistent in RNGC and NGC 961 is not included in the aliases of NGC 1051 in HyperLeda.
******************************
02 32 39.9 +28 04 12; Ari
V = 12.9; Size 1.7'x1.2'; PA = 170°
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated 4:3 N-S, broad concentration, faint stellar nucleus. Located 6' W of a mag 9 star.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 962 = St. 3-8 on 13 Oct 1869 with a rough position 2' to the SE. A second observation was on 16 Nov 1871. His published micrometric position was reduced on 13 Dec 1871 with description "eF, S, grad incr to the center."
******************************
02 30 31.0 -04 12 59; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (12/4/93): faint, small, round, weak concentration but no distinct core. Located just north of the midpoint of the line connecting two mag 13/14 stars 2' SE and 2' WNW. Incorrect identification in the RNGC.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 963 = LM 2-339 in 1886
with the 26-inch refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position but
1.3 min of RA east (a common error) is
******************************
02 31 05.8 -36 02 06; For
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 31°
17.5" (10/25/97): fairly faint, moderately large, nearly edge-on 4:1 SSW-NNE, 1.4'x0.4', brighter core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 964 = h2483 on 1 Sep 1834 and
recorded "B, pmE, psbM, 30" long; position 215.7 degrees." His position (measured on 4
observations) and description matches
******************************
02 32 24.9 -18 38 24; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 10°
17.5" (12/28/94): extremely faint, small, round, 0.6'
diameter, no concentration, requires averted vision. A mag 12 star is 3.4' SSE of center. Located 11' SSE of mag 9.5
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 965 = LM 1-58 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His (rough) position is a fairly good match with
******************************
02 31 46.7 -19 53 05; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 112°
17.5" (10/8/94): faint, very small, round, 0.7' diameter, weak even concentration. Located 40" NNE of a mag 9.5 star.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 966 = LM 2-340 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is
0.3 tmin east of
******************************
02 32 12.7 -17 13 01; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 33°
17.5" (10/29/94): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 0.5' diameter, gradually brightens but no distinct core. An occasional stellar nucleus is visible. Located 6.0' E of a mag 10 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 967 = h2484 on 10 Nov 1835 and
noted "pF, S, R, pgmbM, 25"." The following October he called it
"eF, irregularly round, lbM."
His position matches
William Herschel made an unpublished observation on 6 Oct 1785 (sweep 459), recording "a patch apparently nebulous; but may be only a few stars." His re-reduced position is 4.5' due south of this galaxy. He didn't return on a later sweep to verify this observation so it didn't receive an internal number or H-designation.
******************************
02 34 06.2 +34 28 48; Tri
V = 12.2; Size 3.6'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 60°
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, fairly small, round,
broad concentration, stellar nucleus.
Located 10' NE of mag 7.6
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 968 = St. 10-12 on 1 Dec 1875 and recorded a rough position 2' to the ESE. He made additional observations on 1 Nov 1877 and 5 Dec 1877. His accurate reduced position (list 10, #12) was made on 5 Dec 1879 with description "pF, pS, R, incr to a bright core."
******************************
02 34 08.0 +32 56 50; Tri
V = 12.3; Size 1.7'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 5°
24" (2/18/20): at 375x; between moderately and fairly bright, oval 2:1 N-S,
1.0'x0.5'. There are three
distinct zone; the oval halo, a bright roundish core and a prominent stellar or
quasi-stellar nucleus. Brightest
in the small trio with
18" (1/26/11): at 285x appeared moderately bright,
moderately large, elongated 2:1 N-S, 1.0'x0.5', sharp concentration with a
small, very bright core. In a
tight trio with NGC 970 2' NNE and NGC 974 3.8' E. Also nearby is
17.5" (12/4/93): first of four in the NGC 978 group. Fairly faint, small, round, sharp concentration. A mag 14 star is just 0.9' S. Located 3.4' SSW of a mag 9.5 star in a rich star field. NGC 974 lies 3.8' E, NGC 970 2' NNE and NGC 978 10' SE, all in the same field.
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, small, small bright nucleus, slightly elongated N-S. In a trio with NGC 974 3.9' E and NGC 978 11' SE. NGC 970 2' NE not seen.
John Herschel discovered NGC 969 = h231, along with NGC 974 = h233 and NGC 978 = h234, on 22 Nov 1827 and reported "S; R; psbM. The first of 3."
******************************
NGC 970 = MCG +05-07-009 = PGC 9786
02 34 11.8 +32 58 38; Tri
V = 14.7; Size 0.7'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 55°
24" (2/18/20): at 375x; faint, small, slightly
elongated SW-NE, with averted vision often extends to 18"x12" but the
two components of this double system were merged. A mag 10 star is 1.5' N. In a close trio with much brighter NGC 969 and NGC 974.
18" (1/26/11): faintest in a trio with NGC 969 2' SSW and NGC 974 3.3' SE. At 285x appeared extremely faint, very small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 15"x10". Located 1.5' S of a mag 10 star. Two mag 14 stars lie 1.3' NW and 1.7' NE. NGC 971 is a 15.5 magnitude star 0.9' E.
17.5" (12/4/93): extremely faint, very small, round. Located near the midpoint and just east of the line connecting a mag 9.5 star 1.5' N and NGC 969 2' SSW. A mag 14.5 star is 1.3' WNW. This is a double system (unresolved). Member of the NGC 978 group with NGC 974 3.3' ESE and NGC 978 10' SE.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 970 on 14 Sep 1850 (Saturday) while observing the NGC 978 group. Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. This galaxy is labeled "Gamma" on the sketch of 11 Oct 1850 and the micrometric offset from NGC 969 is accurate, though it was seen as single.
The RNGC misidentifies the northeast component of NGC 970 as NGC 971. This error is included in my RNGC Corrections #7.
******************************
02 34 16.0 +32 58 47; Tri
V = 15.8
24" (2/18/20): at 375x; NGC 971 is a mag 15.8 star situated 0.9' E of NGC 970. It was very faint, but easily visible.
18" (1/26/11): at 285x an extremely faint mag 15.5 star (mistaken as a nebula at Birr Castle) situated 0.9' due east of NGC 970. It's sandwiched between NGC 970 and a mag 14 star 0.9' NE. Also lies 1.6' SE of a mag 10 star.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 971, along with NGC 970, on 14 Sep 1850 (Saturday) while observing NGC 969 and 974. Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. Offsets measured on 11 Oct 1850 (Friday) point precisely to a mag 15-15.5 star situated 56" east of NGC 970.
The RNGC misidentifies the northeast component of NGC 970 as NGC 971. This error is included in my RNGC Corrections #7.
******************************
02 34 13.4 +29 18 43; Ari
V = 11.4; Size 3.3'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 152°
17.5" (12/23/92): bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 2.0'x1.0', large bright core dominates, much fainter outer halo, appears brighter on the southeast side. Three stars (including two mag 9 stars at 45" separation) are in a line off the southwest flank and equally spaced.
8" (11/8/80): fairly faint, round, bright core, bright double star to SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 972 = H. II-211 = h232 = St. 3-9 on 11 Sep 1784 (sweep 266) and logged "F, pL, lE, bM, just north of 2 stars." On 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 680) he recorded "pB, cL, E from sp to nf [should be np to sf] but nearer the meridian, mbM, about 1' north of 3 stars in a row." On 16 Sep 1828 (sweep 178), John Herschel wrote "pB, lE, pgmB". Stephan found the galaxy again on 11 Dec 1871 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory and this observation led to the entry 5247 in the GC Supplement. Dreyer combined the two GC entries (560 = 5247) in the NGC. NGC 972 was observed 15 times at Birr Castle. On 7 Oct 1855, R.J. Mitchell recorded "has a knot in p edge [probably an HII region]; neb spreads out and fades away gradually sf." A sketched made on 12 Oct 1855 was included in the 1861 publication (Plate 25, Fig. 3)
******************************
02 34 20.2 +32 30 19; Tri
V = 12.8; Size 3.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 48°
18" (1/26/11): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated 4:1 SW-NE, 1.0'x0.25', sharply concentrated with a bright elongated
core and very faint thin extensions.
A faint star is very close preceding the SW extension. Located 4.5' NE of mag 7.5
17.5" (11/30/91): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated 3:1 SW-NE. Located 4.5'
NE of mag 7.5
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 973 = Sw. 4-8 on 30 Oct 1885 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded "eeF; S; vE; pB
* nr sp". His position and
description matches
******************************
NGC 974 = UGC 2049 = MCG +05-07-012 = PGC 9802
02 34 25.8 +32 57 16; Tri
V = 12.7; Size 2.5'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.2
24" (2/18/20): at 375x; fairly faint, moderately large, roundish, ~50"x40", broad weak concentration to a small brighter core. Two mag 14.5 stars are close off the S side and N side. Brighter NGC 969 is 3.8' W.
18" (1/26/11): fairly faint, moderately large, slightly
elongated SW-NE, 1.0'x0.8', broad concentration in the halo, then sharply
concentrated with a small bright core.
Bracketed by a mag 14 star 0.8' S, and a mag 14.5 star 0.9' N. Forms the eastern vertex of a small
triangle with brighter NGC 969 3.8' W and NGC 970 3.3' NW. NGC 978 lies 8' SE. Located 4' SE of a mag 10 star and 11'
NW of mag 8.1
17.5" (12/4/93): fairly faint, fairly small, almost round, small brighter core. Situated between two mag 14 stars 56" NNW and 45" SSE. Located in the NGC 978 group with NGC 969 3.8' W, NGC 970 3.3' NW, NGC 978 8' SSE.
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, slightly elongated, moderately large, broadly concentrated, diffuse halo, two faint stars on opposite ends. Forms a pair with NGC 969 3.9' W. NGC 970 not seen.
John Herschel discovered NGC 974 = h233, along with NGC 969
and NGC 978 on 22 Nov 1827 and logged
"vF; R; bM. The second
of 3". His position matches
******************************
02 33 22.8 +09 36 06; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 0°
17.5" (10/8/94): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 0.8' diameter. Symmetrical appearance with an even concentration to a small bright core and a stellar nucleus. A mag 10 star is 2.3' NNW of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 975 = Sw. 1-3 on 9 Nov 1884 with
the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and recorded "vF;
cE." His position is 8' north
of
******************************
02 34 00.0 +20 58 36; Ari
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (1/20/90): moderately bright, fairly small, irregularly round, large bright core, very small bright nucleus.
13.1" (9/3/86): fairly faint, fairly small, round, bright core. Situated between two faint stars oriented N-S. Located about 30' SE of a mag 7 star.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 976 = T. 1-11 in 1876 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His description (published in 1878) reads, "Class III, small and faint; on one side of a trapezoid of 4 stars." The trapezoid of stars is just to the north of the galaxy. Édouard Stephan made another discovery on 31 Oct 1877.
******************************
02 33 03.4 -10 45 35; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 65°
48" (10/26/11): at 488x this galaxy is sharply
concentrated with a very intense oval core oriented WSW-ENE, ~36"x27",
The core increases to a bright quasi-stellar nucleus and sometimes a stellar
point. The core is surrounded by a
much fainter outer halo, 1.6'x1.3', that is only slightly elongated SSW-NNE.
17.5" (12/4/93): faint, small, round, weak
concentration, occasional stellar nucleus. Just NW are three equally spaced stars mag 11 and 12 which
form a line NW-SE of length 6'.
Located 7.7' SSE of mag 8.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 977 = H. III-472 = h2485 on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479) and recorded "vF, pL, vlbM, near some scattered stars.". Both William and John Herschel measured accurate positions.
******************************
NGC 978 = UGC 2057 = MCG +05-07-016 = CGCG 505-018 = PGC 9821
02 34 47.0 +32 50 46; Tri
V = 12.4; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 80°
24" (2/18/20): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly
small, slightly elongated, ~35"x30", gradually increases to a bright
core but no distinct nucleus. NGC
978 is a contact pair with
18" (1/26/11): at 285x appears moderately bright, fairly small, irregularly round, 40"x32". Sharply concentrated with a high surface brightness core and a thin faint halo. Forms a contact pair with NGC 978B at the SE end. The companion appeared as an elongated brightening, ~15"x10" N-S, within the SSE portion of the outer halo. Located 6' WSW of mag 8.1 HD 16015. A trio consisting of NGC 969, NGC 970 and NGC 974 lies 10' NW.
17.5" (12/4/93): moderately bright, fairly small,
round, prominent core within a small halo. A mag 11.5 star is 2.3' ESE. Located 6' WSW of mag 7.9
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright, small, round, small bright core. Brightest of three with NGC 969 10' NW and NGC 974 8' NNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 978 = h234, along with NGC 969
and NGC 974, on 22 Nov 1827. His
position is a good match with
******************************
02 31 38.8 -44 31 28; Eri
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 115°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, round, ~35" diameter, faint but sharp stellar nucleus. Situated within a string of 3 stars ~E-W with a mag 11.5 star 1.8' W.
Forms a pair (similar redshift) with
John Herschel discovered NGC 979 = h2486 on 22 Nov 1827 and logged "Not vF, S, R; almost stellar; between 2 stars nearly in the parallel." His two observations differ by 7 sec in RA.
******************************
02 35 18.6 +40 55 35; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 110°
17.5" (11/27/92): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2
WNW-ESE, small bright core, similar appearance but slightly fainter by 0.5 mag
than
See notes for NGC 982.
******************************
NGC 981 = MCG -02-07-030 = PGC 9710
02 32 59.9 -10 58 25; Cet
V = 13.9; Size 1.0'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 5°
17.5" (12/4/93): faint, small, unconcentrated round spot with a low surface brightness. Two mag 13 stars are 2.1' SW and 3.3' SW. NGC 977 lies 13' NNE.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 981 = LM 1-59 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
15.0, 0.4' dia, gbM". His
(rough) position falls close to
******************************
NGC 982 = UGC 2066 = MCG +07-06-039 = CGCG 539-056 = PGC 9838
02 35 24.9 +40 52 11; And
V = 12.5; Size 1.5'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 132°
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 2' NE of a mag 10 star. Brighter of a striking pair with NGC 980 3.5' NNW. Identifications of NGC 980 and NGC 982 are reversed in the RNGC, UGC, CGCG.
William Herschel discovered NGC 982 = H. III-573 = h236, along with NGC 980, on 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 614). He described them as "Two. Both vF, vS, er, dist 4', the place between them. As Herschel did not provide individual positions, Dreyer used John Herschel's positions for h235 and h236. Unfortunately, he measured the position of h236 accurately, but reversed the sign of the declination offset to NGC 982, placing it 5.5' too far south. This resulted in h235 (later GC 565) being placed southwest of h236 (later GC 566). Dreyer copied the GC positions into the NGC, and noted the orientation as SW-NE, instead of NW-SE as they appear on the sky.
Because of this error, several catalogues (RNGC, CGCG, UGC and RC3) reverse the identifications of NGC 980 and 982, which should be NGC 980 = UGC 2063 = PGC 9831 and NGC 982 = UGC 2066 = PGC 9838. MCG has the correct identifications. This summary is based on Malcolm Thomson's Catalogue Corrections and Harold Corwin's NGC identification notes.
******************************
02 38 55.7 +34 37 21; Tri
V = 13.1; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 140°
See observing notes for
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 983 = St. 3-11 on 13 Dec 1871 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. His 6th magnitude reference star was misidentified, so the position in list 3, #11 (published in 1872) is incorrect. The error was caught and mentioned in a footnote in MN XXXII, although there was still a typo of 10 tmin in RA in the corrected position. Using Stephan's offsets (3 minutes 8 seconds and 3' 38") from 15 Triangulum, his position corresponds with UGC 2133 = PGC 10034. Stephan found the galaxy again 10 years later on 14 Dec 1881, measured an accurate position in St. 12-21, and Dreyer catalogued it as NGC 1002. Karl Reinmuth missed the footnote in MN and in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, couldn't find NGC 983. In any case, NGC 983 = NGC 1002. Although NGC 983 should be the primary designation due to the earlier discovery, the galaxy is usually identified as NGC 1002. RNGC misclassifies NGC 983 as nonexistent. See Corwin's notes
******************************
02 34 43.1 +23 24 47; Ari
V = 12.8; Size 3.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.7; PA = 120°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, very small, slightly
elongated WNW-ESE, small very bright core. A mag 12.5 star is 1.2' S. Located 6' SE of mag 8.4
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 984 = St. 3-10 on 16 Nov 1871. His position was 3' too far E. His published micrometric position (list 3, #10) was made a month later on 13 Dec 1871 with description "vF, eS, R, bM."
******************************
02 34 37.4 -08 47 10; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0
48" (10/26/11): at 488x and 610x this disrupted galaxy (possible collisional ring) revealed its structure. A very bright, sharp stellar nucleus is offset to the southwest side of the halo. The moderately large halo appears as a 0.9'x0.7' oval or a circle that was squashed along the south and southeast edge, near the nucleus. With averted vision, the brighter rim was noticeable and the galaxy appeared as a ring with a darker center and a "diamond" (the Seyfert nucleus) attached on the southeast side. The ring appeared similar to a faint annular planetary. An extremely faint mag 18 star is at the north edge of the rim.
2MASX J02343785-0853042, an easily visible galaxy, lies 6' S. It appeared faint to fairly faint, slightly elongated NW-SE, 20"x15", broad concentration, brighter core. A mag 12.5 star lies 45" NW.
17.5" (10/29/94): fairly faint, very small, round, 15" diameter, sharp stellar nucleus with a small very faint halo! A triangle of mag 10/11 stars with sides 1.7', 2.5' and 3.0' is about 5' WNW and the galaxy forms the bottom of a "cross" asterism with these stars. This is a Seyfert galaxy, accounting for the dominant nucleus.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 985 = LM 2-341 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is only 1' S of
******************************
02 33 34.2 -39 02 43; For
V = 10.9; Size 3.9'x3.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 150°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran): at 264x, this beautiful, barred S-shaped spiral appeared very bright, large, with a very bright elongated central region that increased to a small, very bright core and bright stellar nucleus. Within the central region it was brighter along the central axis (bar) oriented SW to NE. At the southwest end of the central bar a relatively thin arm emerged and swept ~1.3' SE (clockwise). From the NE end of the central region another thin arm shot north for 1.5' and contained a very small, brighter knot or HII region.
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly bright, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 WSW-ENE, 2.5'x1.2'. Dominated by a 20" rounder core.
A nice evenly matched mag 10.5 pair at 12" separation is 9' NNE with
another similar star 1' S. Located 8' due north of mag 9
8" (1/1/84): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated SW-NE, bright core, diffuse edges.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 986 = D 519 = h2487 on 5 Aug 1826 with his 9" reflector at Parramatta (near Sydney) and described "a faint nebula, of an irregular round figure, about 30" diameter, north of a bright small star." His single position is 9' SE of NGC 986 (typical error) and there are no other nearby brighter galaxies that he might have been picked up instead.
John Herschel described the galaxy on 23 Oct 1835 as "pB, L, psbM, 3' long 2' broad, either binuclear or more elongated on the n.f. side than on the opposite." On a later sweep he logged "B, L, pmE, very suddenly much brighter middle, 100" long 60" broad, unequally bright, and exhibiting an approach to binuclear form." See Plate VI, figure 14 of the CGH Observations. Herschel's secondary nucleus appears to be the brighter southwest end of the central bar.
Joseph Turner sketched the galaxy on 29 Nov 1875 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. He resolved it as a stretched S-shaped barred spiral (Plate I, figure 8 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885". Albert Le Sueur earlier made a sketch (unpublished plate VII, figure 80).
******************************
02 36 49.6 +33 19 38; Tri
V = 12.4; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 30°
13.1" (11/29/86): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
SW-NE, small bright core. Located
26' N of mag 6.3
William Herschel discovered NGC 987 = H. III-161 = h237 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and logged "vF, S, irregularly extended, resolvable". John Herschel observed this galaxy on two sweeps, recording on 11 Nov 1827 (sweep 100):"vF; R; S; bM; 2 st 14m np point to it."
******************************
02 35 29.7 -09 21 35; Cet
V = 11.0; Size 3.6'x1.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 112°
17.5" (11/1/86): faint, very elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE,
wider on ESE edge. Unusual
appearance as mag 7.2
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 988 = St. 10-13 on 29 Nov 1875 and called it a 6th magnitude star (4811 Lalande) surrounded by a faint round nebulosity, a bit extended to the southeast." Stephan's RA was about 20 seconds too small as he misidentified the superimposed 7th magnitude star (79 Ceti). Dreyer corrected the position in the NGC, commenting in the IC 2 notes section: "No nebulosity seen by Burnham [Publ of Lick Observatory, II) and Barnard. Stephan's position is wrong, being taken from Baily's Lalande, where the places of two stars (with an 18 second difference in right ascension) are mixed up. I took the northeastern star, as I was not certain that it was not nebulous, while the southwestern one was certainly free from haze". Emmanuel Esmiol deleted NGC 988 in his 1916 re-reduction of Stephan's measurements.
******************************
02 33 46.0 -16 30 41; Cet
V = 12.2; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 11.4
17.5" (10/29/94): faint, very small, round, 20"
diameter, very small brighter core.
Located off the SE end of a string of four mag 12-13 stars oriented
NW-SE and 6.0' NNE of mag 9.0
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 989 = LM 1-60 on 9 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His (rough) position is 1.4 tmin east
of
******************************
02 36 18.2 +11 38 32; Ari
V = 12.5; Size 1.8'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, small, round, small
bright core, stellar nucleus, even symmetrical concentration from halo to
nucleus. Located 6' W of a mag 9.5
star and 4' N of a mag 10.5 star.
Part of the
William Herschel discovered NGC 990 = H. III-557 = h238 = Sw. 4-9 on 18 Sep 1786 (sweep 591). His description reads, "vF, vS, lE, resolvable, 240 power the same.". On 19 Jan 1828 (sweep 121) John Herschel logged "pB; R; psbM; 25"; moonlight."
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, observed NGC 990 on 12 Dec 1848. Lewis Swift independently found the galaxy on 1 Sep 1886 and catalogued it as new in his fourth discovery paper (#9).
******************************
02 35 32.2 -07 09 16; Cet
V = 11.7; Size 2.9'x2.5'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 60°
24" (11/21/19): at 322x; large, slightly elongated, broad and fairly weak concentration with only a slightly brighter core. Overall, low surface brightness but the halo seems slightly mottled as if a face-on spiral (it is). Member of the NGC 1052 group (LGG 071).
17.5" (8/31/86): large, diffuse, weak concentration. A mag 12.5 star is 1.5' S of center. Located 40' N of mag 5.5 80 Ceti (V = 5.5).
William Herschel discovered NGC 991 = H. III-434 = h239 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 436) and recorded "vF, cL, irr figure, lbM, 4' or 5' long, 2 or 3' broad". His reduced position is accurate. John Herschel simply noted "eF" on 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318), and his position is 9 seconds of RA too large.
******************************
02 37 25.5 +21 06 02; Ari
V = 12.6; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 11.9; PA = 10°
18" (1/26/11): at 285x appeared moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 ~N-S, 45"x22", well concentrated to a small bright core increasing to a stellar nucleus. A mag 12 star lies 1.5' SSE. Located 4.3' SW of mag 9 SAO 75477.
Forms a pair with
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, elongated N-S, very faint extensions. Located 4.3' SSW of mag 8.5 SAO 75477. A mag 12.5 star is 1.4' SE of center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 992 = Sw. 4-10 on 31 Oct 1877. His rough notebook position was 2.5' to the SE. He never reduced and published the discovery.
Lewis Swift rediscovered NGC 992 on 6 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His RA was 8 seconds too small but his description ("cE, * nr S") in his 4th discovery list (#10) matches. Bigourdan noted "it passes 7 seconds before the NGC position" in the correction list in his 1891 Comptes Rendus paper. But his comment should read "7 seconds after". Kobold measured an accurate position in 1902 with the 18" refractor at the Strasbourg Observatory (published in 1907). Swift received discovery credit in the NGC.
******************************
02 36 46.0 +02 03 01; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 110°
18" (10/21/06): faint, small, round, 25" diameter,
even surface brightness. A mag 14
star lies 30" N. Located
between two mag 10 stars 6.7' SW and 4.3' NE at the west edge of the
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, small, round, 20" diameter, moderate concentration with a very small brighter core. A mag 13.5 star is just 34" NNW of center. Located 4.4' SW of a mag 9.5 star. An unequal double star (mag 12/14 at 19" separation) lies 3' E. Located at the west end of the NGC 1016 cluster.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 993 = m 63 on 15 Jan 1865 and
noted "eF, vS". Édouard
Stephan made an observation on 1 Dec 1875 and noted it as "Lassell
63". Lewis Swift found the
galaxy again on 17 Oct 1885. He
claimed it was not NGC 993 and listed it as new in his 3rd discovery list
(#13). As a result, it also
carries the designation
******************************
NGC 994 = NGC 993 = UGC 2095 = MCG +00-07-052 = CGCG 388-063 = PGC 9910
02 36 46.0 +02 03 01; Cet
See observing notes for NGC 993.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 994 = Sw. 3-13 on 17 Oct 1885
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. He described this nebula as "vF *
close; between a pB* and a F D*; np of 2 [with
******************************
02 38 32.0 +41 31 46; And
V = 13.4; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 35°
18" (12/18/06): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 SW-NE, 0.6'x0.4', weak concentration with a slightly brighter core except
for a stellar or quasi-stellar nucleus with direct vision. A mag 14.5 star is at the east
edge. Member of the NGC 995-1005
cluster (~40' N of
17.5" (11/1/86): fairly faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE, bright core. A mag 15 star is just off the east edge. Located at the west edge of the NGC 995-1005 group with NGC 996 7' NNE and NGC 1000 5' SE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 995 = St. 3-12 on 8 Dec 1871
(date position was reduced) with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles
Observatory. His position matches
******************************
NGC 996 = UGC 2123 = MCG +07-06-045 = CGCG 539-064 = PGC 10015
02 38 39.9 +41 38 51; And
V = 13.0; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.5
18" (12/18/06): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 0.9', gradually increases to a small, brighter core. This galaxy is the brightest, along with NGC 995 7.2' SSW, of a group of 8 galaxies (6 NGC's) generally arranged in a ring (part of the NGC 1023 group). Forms a close pair with NGC 999 2' NE and also forms the southern vertex of an isosceles triangle with two mag 10.5-11 stars 3' NE and 3' NW.
17.5" (11/1/86): faint, small, round, small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 999 2' NE in the NGC 995-1005 group.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 996 = St. 3-13, along with
NGC 999, NGC 1001 and
******************************
02 37 14.5 +07 18 21; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.8
24" (12/28/16): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly
small, round, 30" diameter, small bright core, stellar nucleus, high
surface brightness. Mag 9.5 HD
16303 is 1.4' SW. Forms a pair
with
CGCG 414-028 appeared faint, very small, round, 12" diameter. I was surprised the visibility is comparable to NGC 998.
UGC 2092: extremely faint, fairly small, elongated ~5:2 SW-NE, ~20"x8", very low surface brightness! As the axial ratio of this bulgeless superthin is ~12:1, I only picked up the slightly brighter central section.
17.5" (10/8/94): faint, small, round, 40"
diameter, weak concentration, small ill-defined core. Located 1.4' NE of mag 9
Albert Marth discovered NGC 997 = m 64, along with NGC 998, on 10 Nov 1863 and noted "F, S". His position was accurate. Brightest in a group of faint galaxies -- one of which (NGC 997 NED01) is in the halo on the north side. Stephan made an observation on 13 Oct 1869 at the Marseilles observatory.
******************************
NGC 998 = MCG +01-07-016 = PGC 9934
02 37 16.5 +07 20 09; Cet
V = 14.6; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9
24" (12/28/16): at 375x; very faint to faint, small, round, 18" diameter, very low surface brightness. Forms a close pair with NGC 997 1.8' SSW.
17.5" (10/8/94): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Very low even surface brightness and requires averted vision. Forms a close pair with brighter NGC 997 1.8' SSW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 998 = m 65 (along with NGC 997)
on 10 Nov 1863 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted
"vF". NGC 998 was placed
2 sec of RA following and 1' N of NGC 997, and at this position is
CGCG misidentifies NGC 997 with CGCG 414-028 = PGC 2802440, a small, very faint galaxy situated 8.2' NNE of NGC 997. The UGC notes to NGC 997 and the RNGC follow the CGCG error and also misidentify CGCG 414-028 as NGC 998. NGC 998 is mentioned as an anonymous companion to NGC 997 in the UGC notes. PGC has the correct identification, though is incorrect to use CGCG 414-028 as an alias. MCG reverses the identifications as well as the declinations. The identification of NGC 997 is included in my RNGC Corrections #7.
******************************
NGC 999 = UGC 2127 = MCG +07-06-047 = CGCG 539-066 = PGC 10026
02 38 47.4 +41 40 14; And
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 61°
18" (12/18/06): faint, small, round, 25" diameter, weak concentration. Sandwiched between a mag 11 star 1' NE and a mag 14 star just off the SW edge [28" from the center]. Located just 2' NE of NGC 996 in the NGC 995-1005 group with NGC 1001 4.5' E.
17.5" (11/1/86): very faint, very small, round. A mag 12 star is 1.0' NE. Member of the NGC 995-1005 group with NGC 1001 4.7' E.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 999 = St. 3-14, along with NGC 996, NGC 1001 and UGC 2111, on 10 Nov 1871. His published micrometric position was made the following month on 8 Dec 1871. NGC 999 is the third in a group of 6 NGC galaxies discovered by Stephan.
CGCG, UGC, PGC and HyperLEDA incorrectly equate NGC 999 and
8 Dec 1871
******************************
NGC 1000 = MCG +07-06-048 = CGCG 539-067 = PGC 10028
02 38 49.7 +41 27 35; And
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5
18" (12/18/06): faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, weak concentration. Located 5.3' SE of NGC 995 at the south end of the NGC 995-1005 cluster (35' N of NGC 1003). Appears very compact on the DSS.
17.5" (11/1/86): very faint, small, elongated WSW-ENE. Member of the NGC 995-1005 group.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1000 = St. 3-15, along with
NGC 1005, on 9 Dec 1871 (according to Yann Pothier) with the 31" reflector
at the Marseilles Observatory. His
position matches
******************************
NGC 1001 = MCG +07-06-050 = CGCG 539-069 = PGC 10050
02 39 12.7 +41 40 18; Per
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 114°
18" (12/18/06): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 or 7:2 NW-SE, 0.7'x0.2'. With direct vision a faint stellar nucleus is visible. Occasionally I thought the nucleus was double, but instead there appeared to be an extremely faint star at the NW edge. Located 4.7' E of NGC 999.
17.5" (11/1/86): faint, small, very elongated WNW-ESE. An extremely faint mag 15.5 star is at the west end or an extremely faint companion (appears elongated on the POSS). A mag 13.5 star is 1.4' SE. NGC 999 lies 4.7' W in the NGC 995-1005 group.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1001 = St. 3-16, along with NGC 996, NGC 999 and UGC 2111, on 10 Nov 1871. He possibly made an earlier observation on 30 Nov 1866, if he recorded a 5 minute error in RA. His published micrometric position was made the following month on 8 Dec 1871. NGC 999 is the fifth in a group of 6 NGC galaxies discovered by Stephan.
******************************
NGC 1002 = UGC 2133 = MCG +06-06-070 = CGCG 523-079 = N983 =
02 38 55.7 +34 37 21; Tri
V = 13.1; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 140°
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, larger brighter core, irregular surface brightness. Collinear with a mag 12.5 star 1.2' NE and a mag 13 star 2.8' NE.
Édouard Stephan found NGC 1002 = St. 12-21 on 5 Nov 1875 and measured an approximate position 3' to the ENE. His published position (list 12, #21) was reduced on 14 Dec 1881 with description "very faint, very small, irr round, condensation around a bright central nucleus." He made an earlier discovery in 1871 (list 3, #11), but misidentified his comparison star, so the position for NGC 983 is incorrect. When corrected, NGC 983 = NGC 1002. Because the position for NGC 1002 is unambiguous, catalogues use this identification. He observed NGC 1002 on his last documented night (22 Nov 1886). See Corwin's notes for NGC 983.
******************************
NGC 1003 = UGC 2137 = MCG +07-06-051 = CGCG 539-070 = LGG 070-005 = PGC 10052
02 39 16.9 +40 52 20; Per
V = 11.5; Size 5.5'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 97°
18" (12/18/06): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated
3:1 ~E-W, 2.5'x0.9', broad concentration with a large, brighter core. The core brightens slightly to the
center but there is no distinct nucleus, although the center has a mottled
appearance with an occasional sparkle or two (possibly a faint, superimposed
star or a slightly brighter knot).
A mag 13 star is just off the NE edge of the core. Located 2' NE mag 10
17.5" (11/1/86): moderately bright, elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE, bright core. A mag 13 star is involved at the NE side, just 0.8' from center. Located 2' NE of a mag 10 star.
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright, elongated ~E-W, weak concentration. A mag 13 star is on the NE edge 0.8' from center. An extremely faint knot is at the NW edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1003 = H. II-238 = H. III-198 = h240 on 6 Oct 1784 (sweep 283) and noted "Suspected, but the haziness will not permit to verify it." On 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 614), he logged "pB, mE nearly in the parallel, mbM, near 4' long and about 1' br." On the following night (sweep 618) he logged "cB, mE, vgmbM, near 4' l." The two H-designations were combined in the GC and NGC (suggested by Marth).
Fritz Zwicky discovered the type-Ia SN 1937D, in his early search using the 18-inch Schmidt telescope at Paloomar.
******************************
NGC 1004 = UGC 2112 = MCG +00-07-057 = CGCG 388-068 = PGC 9961
02 37 41.8 +01 58 31; Cet
V = 13.1; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 115°
18" (11/18/06): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, 0.5'x0.4', weak concentration. A mag 12 star is attached at the west edge of the halo. Observation through thin clouds.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, small, round, bright nearly stellar nucleus. A mag 12 star is barely off the WSW edge. Located 13' SW of NGC 1016 on the west side of the cluster.
17.5" (10/8/94): faint, very small, round, 0.5'
diameter. A mag 12 star is just
off the WSW edge 25" from the center. Forms a pair with
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, very small, round, small bright core. A mag 12 star is just 25" WSW of the center. Member of the NGC 1016 cluster with NGC 1008 8' NNE and NGC 1016 13' NE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1004 = St. 11-3 = Sw. 3-14,
along with
******************************
NGC 1005 = MCG +07-06-052 = CGCG 539-071 = PGC 10062
02 39 27.7 +41 29 36; Per
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4
18" (12/18/06): fairly faint, small, round, 25" diameter, increases to a samll bright core. Located on the SE side of the NGC 995-1005 group, 3' E of a 40" pair of mag 11.5-12 stars.
17.5" (11/1/86): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core. Located in the NGC 995-1005 group.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1005 = St. 3-17 on 9 Dec 1871 (or earlier) with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. Yann Pothier lists a possible discovery date as 10 Nov 1871. Sixth in a group of 6 NGC galaxies discovered by Stephan.
******************************
02 37 34.9 -11 01 31; Cet
Size 0.9'x0.9'
See observing notes for
Lewis Swift found NGC 1006 = Sw. 5-30 on 29 Sep 1886 with a 16" refractor. His position was 10 sec of RA west of NGC 1010, discovered 10 years earlier by Édouard Stephan. Frank Muller noted the equivalence with Tempel's object in a Sidereal Messenger article (Feb 1887) listing nebulae from Swift's 5th catalogue which had been discovered previously. Nevertheless, Dreyer assigned Sw. 5-30 to NGC 1006, resulting in two NGC designations.
******************************
02 37 52.2 +02 09 21; Cet
V = 15.1; Size 0.6'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 49°
18" (11/18/06): very faint, extremely small, round, 12" diameter. Located 7.2' WNW of NGC 1016 and 2.7' S of a mag 9.5 star. This is the faintest NGC galaxy in the cluster.
17.5" (10/17/87): extremely faint and small,
round. A mag 9 star (
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1007 = m 66 on 15 Jan 1865 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "vF, stellar". Marth's position is 1' S of CGCG 388-069 = PGC 9967.
******************************
NGC 1008 = UGC 2114 = MCG +00-07-060 = CGCG 388-070 = PGC 9970
02 37 55.3 +02 04 47; Cet
V = 13.9; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 85°
18" (11/18/06): faint, small, slightly elongated, 0.4'x0.3', weak concentration, very faint stellar nucleus with direct vision. Located 6.5' WSW of NGC 1016 and 3' NW of a mag 11 star.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, small, elongated 4:3 ~E-W, 0.5'x0.35', weak even concentration. Located 3' NW of a mag 11 star and 7' WSW of NGC 1016 in the core of the cluster.
17.5" (10/8/94): very faint, small, round. A mag 10 star is 2.9' SE. Located between NGC 1004 7.1' SW and NGC 1016 6.5' ENE.
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, weak concentration. NGC 1007 lies 4.6' NNW. Located 7' SW of NGC 1016 in the NGC 1016 cluster.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1008 = m 67 on 15 Jan 1865 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "vF, eS, stellar". His position is accurate.
******************************
02 38 19.0 +02 18 35; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 1.4'x0.2'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 124°
18" (11/18/06): very faint, small, very elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE, 0.6'x0.2', low even surface brightness. Located 11.5' due north of NGC 1016 in a cluster.
18" (10/21/06): very faint, small, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 0.45'x0.15'. Brighter IC 241 lies 6' WNW. Located 11' due north of NGC 1016 in the cluster.
17.5" (10/17/87): extremely faint, small, elongated
WNW-ESE. A mag 11 star is 2'
SE.
Edward Swift, Lewis' 15 year-old son, discovered NGC 1009 =
Sw. 3-15 on 1 Jan 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner
Observatory. The Swifts' published
positon is 15 sec of RA west of
******************************
NGC 1010 = NGC 1006 = MCG -02-07-044 = Holm 62a = PGC 9949
02 37 34.9 -11 01 31; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 14.0
17.5" (10/8/94): faint, fairly small, round, no
concentration. A mag 13 star is
3.7' NW. First in and brightest of
a trio with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1010 = St. 8b-6 (possibly along with NGC 1011), on 29 Oct 1875. His single rough position was 6' to the WNW, but his published position in 1877 is accurate. Swift rediscovered the pair on 29 Sep 1886 and reported both as new in his 5th discovery list (#30). Frank Muller noted the equivalence with Stephan's nebula in an 1887 article on Swift's duplicate catalogue entries (acknowledged by Swift in the errata to his 6th list). Nevertheless Dreyer assigned Sw. 5-30 to NGC 1006, so NGC 1006 = NGC 1010.
******************************
NGC 1011 = MCG -02-07-045 = Holm 62b = PGC 9955
02 37 38.9 -11 00 20; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (10/8/94): very faint, small, round. Located 1.5' NE of NGC 1010. Second of three with NGC 1017 2.7' E.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1011 = St. 8b-7 = Sw. 5-31, along with NGC 1010, on 21 Nov 1876. His position is accurate. Lewis Swift independently found the pair on 29 Sep 1886. His position in his 5th list is just 10 seconds of RA too far west. Frank Muller noted the equivalence with Stephan's object in a Sidereal Messenger article (Feb 1887) that listed nebulae from Swift's 5th catalogue which had been discovered previously (acknowledged by Swift in the errata to his 6th list). Dreyer combined the two observations into NGC 1011 and credited both observers.
******************************
02 39 14.9 +30 09 05; Ari
V = 12.0; Size 2.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 24°
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~N-S, broad concentration. Unusual appearance as a mag 13.5 star is embedded just east of the core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1012 = H. III-152 = h241 on 11 Sep 1784 (sweep 266) and recorded "vF, pS, of equal light." On 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 680) he logged "F, irr figure, some stars visible, but they seem not to belong to it." On 16 Sep 1828 (sweep 178), John Herschel recorded "pB; irreg R; bM; 18"; resolvable. RA doubtful". R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, made a sketch on 23 Nov 1857 that was included in the 1861 publication (plate XXV, figure 4).
******************************
02 37 50.4 -11 30 26; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (12/28/94): faint, small, round, 30" diameter, weak concentration. Located 8.8' SW of a mag 8.5 star (∑288 = 8.9/11.9 at 12"). The galaxy is collinear with an elongated group of four mag 12-13 stars oriented SW-NE starting 6' SW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1013 = Sw. 5-32 on 29 Sep 1886
with his 16" Clark refractor.
His position is 7 tsec west and 26" south of
******************************
02 38 00.8 -09 34 24; Cet
V = 14.8/15.2; Size 10"
24" (2/5/13): this NGC designation applies to a close
pair of faint stars that was resolved at 282x. The two stars are both 15th magnitude (14.8/15.2) and at a
separation of 10" or less. Located
3' SW of
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1014 = LM 2-342 in 1886 with the 26" refractor and reported "0.1' dia, iR, and 1st of 2 [with NGC 1018]." With respect to NGC 1018, Muller's offset is 0.2 tmin west and 1' south. Just 1' further south is a very faint double star (separation ~11") and Corwin identifies this double as NGC 1014.
******************************
02 38 11.5 -01 19 08; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 2.6'x2.6'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 10°
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, fairly small,
slightly elongated, bright core, faint halo. Located 6.4' NW of mag 8.0
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 1015 = T. 1-13 = T. 5-1 on 27
Dec 1875 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His micrometric position in list V is a
precise match with
******************************
NGC 1016 = UGC 2128 = MCG +00-07-067 = CGCG 388-076 = WBL 081-005 = PGC 9997
02 38 19.5 +02 07 09; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 2.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.2
18" (11/18/06): fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.5' diameter. Contains a bright 20" core that increases to the center. Located 8' SE of a mag 9.6 star. Brightest and largest member of the NGC 1016 cluster (WBL 081 = USGC U137) at a distance of ~300 million l.y.
18" (10/21/06): moderately bright, fairly large, round. The bright 30" core increases to the center. Surrounding the core is a fairly large, low surface brightness halo ~2' in diameter. This is the dominant galaxy in the cluster. A parallelogram of four mag 14 stars is just south.
17.5" (10/17/87): fairly bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, bright core. This galaxy is the brightest and largest in the NGC 1016 cluster.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1016 = m 68 = Sf. 103 = T. 1-12
on 15 Jan 1865 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "F, S, R,
psbM." His position matches
******************************
NGC 1017 = MCG -02-07-047 = Holm 62c = PGC 9964
02 37 49.8 -11 00 37; Cet
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (10/8/94): extremely faint, small, round. Last and faintest of three with NGC 1011 2.7' W and NGC 1010 3.8' WSW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1017 = Sw. 5-33 = LM 1-61 on 29
Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded
"eeeF, vS, R, eee dif 3rd of 3 [with NGC 1010 and 1011]. His
position was 1.4' NNE of
******************************
NGC 1018 = MCG -02-07-048 = PGC 9986
02 38 10.3 -09 32 38; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 5°
24" (2/5/13): faint to fairly faint, small, oval 4:3 N-S, 20"x15", weak concentration. A group of stars lies immediately to the east. NGC 1014, a close pair of stars, is 3' SW.
17.5" (12/28/94): extremely faint, very small, slightly elongated N-S, unconcentrated. Requires averted vision and cannot hold steadily. A mag 12 star is 2.2' SE. Located 22' NW of mag 6.7 SAO 148523. Appears fainter than listed V = 13.7.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1018 = LM 2-343 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
15.0, 0.2'x0.1', E 180 (N-S), 2nd of 2 [with NGC 1014]." His position is 0.1 tmin west and 2'
north of
******************************
NGC 1019 = UGC 2132 = MCG +00-07-068 = CGCG 388-079 = PGC 10006
02 38 27.5 +01 54 27; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 40°
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, moderately large,
irregularly round, 1.0'x0.8', low surface brightness. Located 13' SSE of NGC 1016.
17.5" (10/17/87): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, broad concentration. Located 13' S of NGC 1016 in cluster.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1019 = St. 11-4, along with NGC 1014, on 1 Dec 1875. An accurate micrometric position was measured (list 11, #4) 5 years later on 1 Dec 1880 with description "vF; irregular oval; very slightly brighter core with an eccentric nucleus."
******************************
02 38 44.3 +02 13 52; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.2'; PA = 20°
18" (11/18/06): faint, small, elongated 2:1 N-S,
0.6'x0.35', sharply concentrated with a very small bright core surrounded by a
low surface brightness halo. Forms
a very close pair with
18" (10/21/06): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 N-S, 0.7'x0.25', very faint stellar nucleus or a faint star is superimposed at the center. Located 9' NE of NGC 1016 on the NE side of the cluster. Forms a pair with NGC 1021 1' SE.
17.5" (10/17/87): very faint, very small, oval ~N-S, weak concentration. Forms a close pair with NGC 1021 1.2' SE in the NGC 1016 cluster.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1020 = m 69, along with NGC 1021, on 15 Jan 1865 with Lassell's 48" on Malta. He noted it as "eF, vS" and recorded an accurate position. Édouard Stephan logged it on 1 Dec 1875 (noted as "Lassell 69") when he observed the galaxy group.
******************************
NGC 1021 = CGCG 388-084 = PGC 10027
02 38 48.0 +02 13 02; Cet
V = 14.4; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 160°
18" (11/18/06): extremely faint, small, slightly elongated, 25"x20", low surface brightness with no concentration. Forms a close pair with brighter NGC 1020 1.2' NW.
18" (10/21/06): very faint, small, elongated 4:3 ~N-S, 0.5'x0.35', low even surface brightness. Fainter member of a close pair with NGC 1020 1' NW.
17.5" (10/17/87): extremely faint, very small, oval ~N-S, diffuse. Forms a close pair with NGC 1020 1.2' NW in the NGC 1016 cluster.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1021 = m 70, along with NGC 1020, on 15 Jan 1865 with Lassell's 48" on Malta. He noted "eF, S" and recorded an accurate position. Édouard Stephan logged it on 1 Dec 1875 (noted as "Lassell 70") when he observed the galaxy group.
******************************
02 38 32.6 -06 40 39; Cet
V = 11.3; Size 2.7'x2.7'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (10/29/94): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 4:3 WNW-ESE, 1.5'x1.2'. Broadly concentrated halo contains a well-defined fairly bright 30" core. The core increases to a stellar nucleus. At times the elongation appears more pronounced. A mag 13 star lies 2.1' NE of center. Member of the NGC 1052 group (LGG 071).
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, diffuse, broad concentration, slightly elongated.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1022 = H. I-102 = h244 on 10 Sep 1785 (sweep 436) and recorded "cB, pL, mbM." On 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 456) he noted "cB, pL, R, mbM." R.J. Mitchell with the 72" on 28 Nov 1856, reported "pL, mbMN, patchy. Suspect the preceding end is separated from the rest of the neb by a darkish line. Small * or knot close NW."
******************************
NGC 1023 = Arp 135 = UGC 2154 = MCG +06-06-073 = CGCG 523-083 = LGG 070-003 = PGC 10123
02 40 23.8 +39 03 48; Per
V = 9.4; Size 8.7'x3.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 87°
48" (10/25/11): this gorgeous galaxy appeared extremely bright, very elongated 4:1 E-W, ~7'x1.8', with a large, brighter central core that increases to an intensely bright inner core punctuated by a bright stellar nucleus. The outer halo gradually fades at the ends of the extensions. Several stars are superimposed on both sides of the core.
18" (8/1/05): at 225x, this striking galaxy appeared very bright, large, very elongated 4:1 E-W, ~4.5'x1.0', though it seemed to extend further with averted vision. The central region has a dramatic, sharp concentration with an unusually bright, oval core. Two mag 14 and 15 stars are superimposed off the west side of the core and a mag 14 star is off the east side.
17.5" (12/7/90): bright, large, very elongated 7:2 E-W,
very bright core, almost stellar nucleus.
A large fainter halo increases the dimensions to 7'x2'. Two 15th magnitude stars are
superimposed on the east and west ends.
Brightest in the NGC 1023 group, which includes NGC 1003 and
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; very bright and large, very elongated 4:1 E-W, ~5' major axis. Very strong concentration with a prominent core that increases to an intense nucleus. A mag 14 star is superposed E of the core and another is closer in W of the core [0.85' from center].
13.1" (12/22/84): very bright, impressive, elongated ~E-W, bright core, stellar nucleus.
8" (11/8/80): fairly bright, bulging bright core, lens-shaped.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1023 = H. I-156 = h242 on 18 Oct 1786 (sweep 618) and noted "eB, mE, a very BN, the branches losing themselves in the direction of the parallel nearly." On 17 Jan 1787 (sweep 692), he recorded "vB, gmbM to a very bright nucleus, mE nearly 10' long, from about 12° sp to nf." John Herschel sketched the galaxy in Oct 1828 and as well as Lord Rosse's assistant Bindon Stoney on 27 Dec 1850 (plate XXV, figure 5 in Lord Rosse's 1861 publication).
******************************
NGC 1024 = Arp 333 = UGC 2142 = MCG +02-07-020 = CGCG 439-022 = KTG 9A = LGG 069-002 = PGC 10048
02 39 11.9 +10 50 49; Ari
V = 12.1; Size 3.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 155°
48" (10/30/16): very bright, large, elongated 3:1
NNW-SSE. Sharply concentrated with
a large, very bright elongated core, and a more circular nucleus. A very large, much lower surface
brightness halo, extends nearly 3'x1'.
The halo is a bit more diffuse on the northwest side. The minor axis nearly reaches a mag
12.3 star 0.7' NNE of center. A
mag 13.7 star is off the SSE end, 2.2' from center. Brightest in a group with nearby
24" (1/12/13): bright, moderately large, very elongated
3:1 NNW-SSE. Sharply concentrated
with a very bright, elongated core ~25"x15" and much fainter
extensions increasing the size to ~1.2'x0.4'. Interestingly, the elongation of the core seems is slightly
misaligned with respect to the major axis of the extensions. The extremely low surface brightness
outer arms were not seen. A mag 12
star is 0.7' NNE of center.
Brightest in a trio (
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 NNW-SSE, rounder bright core, brighter along major axis. A mag 11 star is 42" NNE of
center. Located 13' NNE of mag 6.8
William Herschel discovered NGC 1024 = H. II-592 = h243 on 18 Sep 1786 (sweep 591) and logged "pB, S, E, bM". John Herschel logged on 19 Jan 1828 (sweep 121): "F; R; bM; 20"; has a * 11m 40° nf; 25" distant."
******************************
02 36 20.0 -54 51 49; Hor
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 6°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright
but fairly small, 0.6'x0.4', weak concentration. A star or stellar companion is at the NW edge of the
halo. Forms a pair with brighter
John Herschel discovered NGC 1025 = h2488 on 11 Sep 1836 and
recorded "eF, S, R, 15"; the preceding of two [with NGC
1031]." His position is 16
tsec of RA west of
******************************
02 39 19.2 +06 32 38; Cet
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.8
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1.0' diameter, well concentrated with a small bright core and a stellar nucleus. A mag 11.5 star lies 2.8' S.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1026 = m 71 on 24 Dec 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta, noting "pF, S, R, psbM". His position is accurate.
******************************
02 42 35 +61 35 42; Cas
V = 6.7; Size 20'
17.5" (11/27/92): 90 stars in 15' diameter, fairly scattered
but still a striking cluster. Surrounds mag 7.0
8": includes a dozen stars mag 8 to 12.5. Fairly small, rich, over unresolved background haze.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1027 = H. VIII-66 on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774) and described "a cluster of coarsely scattered considerably large stars, 8' or 10' diameter, one 7th mag, near the middle." On 9 Nov 1787 (sweep 777) he logged "a much scattered cluster of cL stars. A star 7m not far from the middle, about 15' diam."
Corwin comments that E.E. Barnard independently found the
object (probably on a plate), sent a note directly to Dreyer and it was
catalogued again as
******************************
NGC 1028 = MCG +02-07-023 = CGCG 439-025 = KTG 9C = PGC 10068
02 39 37.2 +10 50 37; Ari
V = 14.8; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 15°
24" (1/12/13): at 375x appeared faint, elongated ~5:3 SSW-NNE, 25"x15", low surface brightness though seems slightly uneven or patchy like a face-on spiral. Faintest in the KTG 9 triplet with NGC 1029 3' S and NGC 1024 (brightest) 6' W. The redshift of NGC 1028 is over twice that of NGC 1024 and 1029, so it is a background galaxy.
17.5" (11/26/94): extremely faint, small, elongated 4:3 SSW-NNE, 0.6'x0.4'. A mag 14 star is 1.4' N and a mag 12 star lies 1.7' SW. Faintest of trio and located 3.0' N of NGC 1029 and 6.1' E of NGC 1024.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1028 = m 72 (along with NGC 1029 = m 72) on 1 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta. His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1029 = UGC 2149 = MCG +02-07-024 = CGCG 439-024 = KTG 9B = LGG 069-003 = PGC 10078
02 39 36.5 +10 47 36; Ari
V = 13.1; Size 1.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 70°
24" (1/12/13): fairly faint to moderately bright, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 or 7:2 WSW-ENE, 1.0'x0.3', well concentrated with a small high surface brightness core that increases to a stellar nucleus.
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE, weak concentration. A very faint mag 15 star is superimposed at the NE edge. A mag 12 star is 2.0' NW. Forms a trio with NGC 1024 7' WNW and NGC 1028 3.0' N.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1029 = m 73, along with NGC 1028, on 1 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "F, S, mE". Édouard Stephan made an observation on 24 Nov 1875.
******************************
02 39 50.8 +18 01 28; Ari
V = 13.2; Size 1.6'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 8°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, fairly small, very elongated N-S, low surface brightness, weak concentration and slightly brighter along major axis.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1030 = H. III-581 = h245 on
25 Oct 1786 (sweep 623) and reported "vF, E, irr F. The time very inaccurate." As noted, his RA was poor, but John's
Herschel's position, measured on 11 Jan 1831 (sweep 319) matches
******************************
NGC 1031 = ESO 154-005 = PGC 9907
02 36 38.7 -54 51 35; Hor
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 23°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, gradually increases to a small bright core and stellar nucleus. A mag 11.5 star lies 3.3' NNE. Forms a pair with fainter NGC 1025 2.7' W. Located 15' W of h3520 = 7.6/8.8 at 21" and 40' SW of mag 5.2 Zeta Hor.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1031 = h2490 on 11 Sep 1836 and
recorded "F, S, R, gbM, 20"; the following of two [with NGC
1025]". His position is close
west of
******************************
02 39 23.6 +01 05 37; Cet
V = 11.6; Size 3.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 68°
48" (10/26/11): at 385x and 488x appears very bright, large, very elongated 4:1 WSW-ENE, 3.0'x0.8'. Well concentrated with a prominent, bulging oval core that brightens towards the center and long, thin, fainter tapering extensions that dim at the tips. A mag 13 star is at the tip of the ENE extension. The visual treat, though, is a razor thin dust lane that clearly bisects the large central buge. As the much fainter extensions start to taper down, the dust lane loses contrast and disappears towards the ends.
18" (1/15/07): fairly bright, fairly large, very elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE, 2.8'x0.9'. Well concentrated with a bright core that increases to a quasi-stellar nucleus. The galaxy extends to a mag 12.5 star at the ENE edge making the total length nearly 2.8'. The thin dust lane seen on images was not visible.
17.5" (10/29/94): fairly bright, fairly large, very elongated 4:1 WSW-ENE, 2.5'x0.6'. Dominated by a bright core which is broadly concentrated and contains a faint stellar nucleus. The extensions are smooth and unconcentrated. A mag 12.5-13 star is at the ENE edge 1.4' from the center and two mag 13 stars are along the north side (1.8' NE and 1.3' NNW of center) forming a right triangle.
8" (1/1/84): faint, small, very elongated WSW-ENE, weak concentration. Four mag 13 stars to north including one 1.8' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1032 = H. II-5 = h246 on 18 Dec 1783 (early sweep 47) and noted "vF, S, like a small comet, 3/4° above Delta Ceti." On 7 Nov 1785 (sweep 470), he called it "the nebula in the quartile. It is not quite R, but lE having vF rays sp and nf." His summary description (from 8 sweeps) reads "pB, S, lE, bM." This was first object Herschel found with the telescope moving vertically only and using reference stars as they passed through the eyepiece. NGC 1032 was his 10th overall deep sky discovery (according to his internal numbering). Lord Rosse's 1861 publication mentions "Spirality suspected".
******************************
02 40 16.1 -08 46 37; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 0°
17.5" (10/29/94): very faint, fairly small, round, 0.6'
diameter, very low even surface brightness, no details. Located 7.1' NE of mag 8.5
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1033 = LM 2-344 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position, but
1.2 minutes of RA east is
******************************
02 38 13.9 -15 48 35; Cet
V = 11.5; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 11.2; PA = 135°
17.5" (10/29/94): fairly faint, small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 0.8'x0.5', weak concentration. A wide pair of evenly matched mag 12-13 stars lie 5' W (58" separation in PA 316°).
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1034 = LM 1-62 on 12 Nov
1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position, but
1.0 tmin of RA west is
******************************
02 39 29.1 -08 07 58; Cet
V = 12.2; Size 2.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 150°
48" (10/29/19): at 610x, bright, large, very elongated
3:1 NNW-SSE, 2'x0.6', slightly brighter core. Unusual appearance as the eastern half of the galaxy is
significantly affected by dust, so it appeared noticeably darker than the
western half. Furthermore, the
eastern half was mottled, with an irregular surface brightness and several
slightly brighter knots or patches.
A bright mag 14 star is just inside the SSE tip. A mag 10.9 star is 5' N and a mag 9.2
star (
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; relatively bright, fairly large, very elongated nearly 4:1 NNW-SSE, ~2'x0.5', very weak concentration with no distinct core or nucleus. The surface brightness, though, was slightly uneven or irregular. A mag 14 star is at the SSE end.
13.1" (9/3/86): moderately bright, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE (PA 150°), fairly small. A mag 14 star is attached at the SE end. Member of the NGC 1052 group (LGG 071), which lies 25' ESE.
13.1" (9/9/83): at 166x; fairly faint, very elongated (nearly edge-on) NW-SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1035 = H. II-284 = h249 = h2489 on 7 Nov 1784 (sweep 355) and recorded "F, mE, about 3' long and 3/4' broad, resolvable." John Herschel observed this galaxy from both Slough and the Cape of Good Hope. His latter observation, made on 9 Dec 1835 (sweep 650) reads "vF, pmE, has a vF star at the S.f. extremity".
******************************
02 40 29.1 +19 17 50; Ari
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 5°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, large brighter core, very small bright nucleus is possibly stellar.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1036 = H. III-475 = h247 on
29 Nov 1785 (sweep 481) and logged "vF, S, confirmed with 240
power." His position is
within 1' of
******************************
02 40 00 -01 44; Cet
= Not found, Gottlieb and Corwin. The RNGC identification of
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1037 = Sw. 5-35 on 29 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and wrote "eeeF; vS; vE; eee dif; [NGC 1032] in field". There is nothing near his position and furthermore NGC 1032 is ~3° away from his coordinates. But no reasonably bright galaxy is in the field of NGC 1032 either. Perhaps he misidentified NGC 1032? RNGC, PGC, and RC3 misidentify UGC 2119 = PGC 9973 as NGC 1032. This galaxy is 2 tmin of RA west and 7' S of Swift's position and still doesn't agree with Swift's comment about NGC 1032. See my RNGC Corrections #2 and Corwin's identification comments.
******************************
02 40 06.3 +01 30 32; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 61°
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly faint, fairly small, very
elongated 3:1 SW-NE, 1.2'x0.4', bright core is moderately concentrated. Forms a pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1038 = Sw. 3-16 = Sw. 5-34 on 17 Oct 1885 with the 16-inch refractor at the Warner Observatory and "discovered" it again on 2 Oct 1886, recording it in his 5th discovery list. Dreyer combined both entries in the NGC. Swift's position is accurate.
William Herschel made an observation on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep
505) and noted "suspected, may be 2 small close stars in the
parallel." Apparently he
never confirmed the observation so it was not catalogued. His position (Caroline's reduction) is
less that 1' northwest of
******************************
02 42 00 +42 47; Per
V = 5.2; Size 35'
24" (12/28/13): gorgeous low power field with 21mm
Ethos (125x; 49' diameter). The
cluster roughly extends 35' with a much richer and brighter core of ~12'-15'
that contains a large number of mag 8-10 stars. Several of the brighter stars appear as wide doubles or in
chains. A long string of stars is
on the south side of the core, extending towards the southeast. Other chains extend north and east out
of the core. Several doubles were
identified using the chart in Stoyan's "Atlas of the Messier
Objects". O∑ 44 is a
challenging mag 8.5/9.0 pair at 1.4" that just resolved at 225x and better
at 300x. Another 8th mag star (C
component) is widely separated at 86". h2154 is a 9.5/10.9 pair at 10" on the SW side and
h1123 is a very wide 20" pair of mag 8.4 star. Also in the core is ES 1506, a challenging mag 8.9/14 pair
at 7" and h2155, a very wide 8.3/10.3 pair at 17" on the NE
side. PN
13.1" (12/22/84): about 100 stars in a 30' diameter. Very bright, very large, many double stars, three main curved lanes. Includes a bright double star h1123 = 8.0/8.0 at 20". Naked-eye object in fairly dark sky.
Giovanni Hodierna probably discovered M34 = NGC 1039 = h248 around 1654, though there is some doubt on his intended object. Charles Messier found M34 again on 25 Aug 1764, and he is generally credited with the discovery. William Herschel described M34 on 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 614) as "a cl of scattered L stars, considerably rich." John Herschel called it a "fine cluster, about 20 st 9 10...11m and as many less. Fills field, coarsely scattered."
******************************
02 43 12.4 +41 30 03; Per
See observing notes for
Édouard Stephan found NGC 1040 = St. 3-18 on 9 Dec 1871 (date the position was reduced) with the 31" silvered-glass reflector at Marseilles Observatory. There is nothing at his position, but precisely 1.0 minute of RA west is NGC 1053 = UGC 2187, which was found by Swift on 21 Oct 1886 and accurately placed in his 5th discovery list (#37). Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, and Dorothy Carlson, in her 1940 NGC Corrections paper, equate NGC 1040 = NGC 1053. Based on the earlier discovery, NGC 1040 should be the primary designation. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
02 40 25.2 -05 26 26; Cet
V = 12.3; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 15°
17.5" (10/29/94): faint, fairly small, round, 0.5' diameter. Symmetrical appearance with an even concentration to a small bright core and stellar nucleus. A distinctive line (4.5' length) consisting of three equally spaced mag 11 stars oriented WNW-ESE is 3' S.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1041 = St. 12-22 on 4 Nov 1875 with the 31" silvered-glass reflector at Marseilles Observatory. His published micrometric position (list 12, #22) was made on 17 Nov 1881 with description "pF, pS, iR, bM."
******************************
02 40 23.9 -08 26 01; Cet
V = 11.0; Size 4.7'x3.6'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 15°
48" (10/26/16): at 488x; bright, very large, face-on spiral with a small bright core and a relatively small weak bar oriented ~NW-SE. Low contrast spiral structure was visible around the core. Most prominent, though, was an outer spiral arm along the east side, which swept N-S in a gentle arc. It was brightest just to the west of a mag 13.6 star [SDSS reveals numerous HII knots] situated 1.6' SE of the core. The outer spiral arm along the western edge was more diffuse and ill-defined, passing just east of a 16th magnitude star 1.7' WSW of the core.
17.5" (11/1/86): very large, very diffuse low surface
brightness system best viewed at 83x or 133x. Almost round, slightly brighter on the SE end with either a
very faint star(s) superimposed or a brighter knot. Forms a pair with
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; large, diffuse galaxy, roundish, ~3' diameter, slightly irregular surface brightness to halo, no distinct core. A mag 13.6 star is just off the E side of halo, 1.6' ESE of center and a mag 13.3 star is 2.6' due N. NGC 1052 is 15' SW.
13.1" (9/3/86): very large but diffuse, only a very weak concentration.
13.1" (9/9/83): 62x and 166x; large, very diffuse, no central brightening, irregularly round, best at 62x (too large and diffuse for higher power).
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1042 = Sw. 3-17 on 10 Nov 1885 with the 16" Clark refractor at Warner Observatory and reported "eeF, L, R, np of 2 [with NGC 1052]". In his 5th discovery list, Swift corrected the description to read "sp of 2" [with NGC 1052]. Based on a photograph taken with the Reynolds reflector at the Helwan observatory in the late 1920s, NGC 1042 was described as an "open spiral with a pF stellar Ncl, well defined [arms] with some [knots]."
******************************
02 40 46.5 +01 20 35; Cet
V = 15.0; Size 0.8'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 110°
17.5" (1/9/99): extremely faint, very small, round, 15" diameter. I just glimpsed the core as a very small, round, knot with a mag 14.5 star 0.4' SSE of center. The small, thin extensions of this edge-on spiral were not seen. Located 14' SE of NGC 1038 and 20' SE of IC 1827 (on a line).
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1043 = Sw. 5-36 on 2 Oct 1886
with the 16" Clark refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is just 4 tsec east and 36"
south of
******************************
02 41 06.1 +08 44 16; Cet
V = 13.2; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 11.8
24" (1/31/14): NGC 1044 is a double system with fainter
17.5" (10/29/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 WNW-ESE, broad concentration to a large brighter core. A mag 11 star lies 2.3' NW. Brightest of a collinear compact trio
with NGC 1046 2.0' SE and
William Herschel discovered NGC 1044 = III-228 = h251, along with NGC 1046, on 7 Nov 1784 (sweep 308) and noted "eF, vS, 240 power confirmed it. Another still smaller and fainter about 1' following [NGC 1046]." John Herschel measured a fairly accurate position on 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118) and wrote "vF the p[receding] of two; a * 10m, p[receding] in same line.".
******************************
02 40 29.1 -11 16 39; Cet
V = 12.1; Size 2.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 55°
17.5" (10/29/94): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 0.8'x0.5', well concentrated to a small prominent core and a stellar nucleus. A nice evenly matched pair of mag 11-12 stars (16" separation in PA 78°) lies 11' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1045 = H. II-488 = h253 = h2491 on 28 Nov 1785 (sweep 479) and recorded "F, S, iF, bM." John Herschel observed this galaxy at both Slough and the Cape of Good Hope. His Cape description from 22 Nov 1835 (sweep 648) reads "pB, R, bM, 35". Observed in a south-east cloud drift."
******************************
NGC 1046 = MCG +01-07-024 = CGCG 414-039 = PGC 10185
02 41 12.8 +08 43 09; Cet
V = 13.8; Size 0.3'x0.3'
24" (1/31/14): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 25" diameter, weak concentration. A mag 14 star is 50" SE. Fourth of 4 in a 3' string oriented NW to SE line with NGC 1044 (double) 1.8' NW and CGCG 414-36 2.9' NW.
17.5" (10/29/94): faint, fairly small, round, 0.5' diameter, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is off the SE edge 48" from the center. Forms the third of three on a line with double system NGC 1044 2.0' NW and MCG +01-07-022 = CGCG 414-036 2.9' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1046 = H. III-229 = h252, along with NGC 1044, on 7 Nov 1784 (sweep 308) , recording "Another still smaller and fainter about 1' following [NGC 1044] suspected; but 240 power left it doubtful." John Herschel measured a fairly accurate position on 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118).
******************************
02 40 32.9 -08 08 52; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 88°
17.5" (11/26/94): very faint, fairly small, slightly elongated 4:3 E-W, diffuse with only a very weak concentration, no distinct core. A mag 11.5 star is 3.9' S. Located 10.2' NW of NGC 1052 and 15.8' E of NGC 1035 in the NGC 1052 group (LGG 071).
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1047 = Sw. 3-18 on 10 Nov 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 6 tsec of RA east and 1' S of
******************************
NGC 1048 = NGC 1048B = MCG -02-07-062 = PGC 10140
02 40 37.9 -08 32 00; Cet
V = 14.1; Size 1.0'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 105°
48" (10/26/16): at 488x; fairly bright, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, 40"x16", bright core. A mag 14.4 star is 1' NNE. Located 7' SW of NGC 1042.
Forms a similar pair with
17.5" (11/26/94): at first glance, appeared as an ill-defined faint glow 1' S of a mag 14 star. One closer inspection, NGC 1048 resolved into a pair of small, faint galaxies 1.0' between centers oriented NNE-SSW. The northern member (generally identified as NGC 1048) was clearly brighter and elongated 2:1 E-W, 0.6'x0.3'. Just 1.0' SSW is a fainter companion (NGC 1048A). Located 7' SSE of the large, low surface brightness system NGC 1042 within a large group.
17.5" (11/1/86): large, very diffuse system best viewed at 83x. There was a slight brightening to the south but the fainter companion was not clearly resolved in poor seeing.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1048 = Sw. 3-19 on 10 Nov 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position matches the contact pair
******************************
02 39 49 -34 15 30; For
V = 12.6; Size 1.3'
48" (10/29/16): at 488x; very bright, moderately large, very high surface brightness, granular appearance, ~50" diameter. There are three well defined brightness zones: an extremely bright compact nucleus, a small bright core and a much lower surface brightness halo with a fairly well defined circular edge.
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): very bright, moderately large, very sharply concentrated with a very small, very bright core surrounded by 1' halo that dims around the periphery.
24" (9/14/12): at 325x, moderately bright, fairly small, round, bright core, 30" diameter.
18" (12/10/07): moderately bright gc in the Fornax Dwarf. Appears small, round, ~30" diameter, gradually increases to a small brighter core. Located 15' NNE of mag 8.4 HD 16690. Brightest gc in the Fornax Dwarf.
17.5" (10/8/88): fairly faint, very small, round, small bright core.
13.1" (10/10/86): brightest of four globular clusters
in the Fornax Dwarf galaxy.
Moderately bright (estimate V = 12), small, very small bright core,
faint halo. Located 15' NNE of mag
8.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 1049 = h2492 on 19 Oct 1835 and reported "pretty bright; small; round; like a star 12th magnitude a very little rubbed at the edges, a curious little object and easily mistaken for a star, which, however, it certainly is not". His position is 1' N of this Fornax Dwarf globular. The galaxy itself was discovered over a century later by Harlow Shapley in 1938 while at the Boyden Station in South Africa on photographic plates taken with the 24" Bruce refractor.
******************************
NGC 1050 = UGC 2178 = MCG +06-06-078 = CGCG 523-092 = PGC 10257
02 42 35.7 +34 45 48; Per
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 110°
17.5" (11/27/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 E-W, 1.0'x0.8', weak concentration. A mag 15 star is 45" N of center. This 15th mag star is described as mag 18 in the NGC.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1050 = St. 3-18 on 17 Sep 1865 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen. His single position is just off the north edge of the galaxy and he mentioned the mag 15 star off the north edge of the galaxy (called mag 18). Stephan observed the galaxy on 16 Nov 1871, probably aware of d'Arrest's discovery at the time. He measured the position again on 9 Dec 1871 and listed this galaxy as new in his third discovery list #18 (published in 1872). A later observation was made on 22 Nov 1875. Dreyer credited both d'Arrest (1) and Stephan (2) in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 1051 = NGC 961? = IC 249? = MCG -01-07-033 = UGCA 40 =
02 41 02.4 -06 56 09; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 2.3'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 45°
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 5:2 SW-NE, 1.2'x0.5', no concentration. Very unusual appearance as a mag 12 star is attached at the northeast end 35" from the center and the galaxy appears to hang from the star. Forms the east vertex of a triangle with two mag 10 stars 6.7' NW and 5.2' WSW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1051 = St. 11-5 on 13 Oct 1869 with a rough position 2' to the SE. His published accurate micrometric position was made on 13 Dec 1871 with description "eeF; elongated NE-SW, a little diffuse, *12 attached at NW end." The star is actually attached at the NE end.
Ormond Stone independently discovered NGC 1051 in 1886 with
the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick and reported it as new in his 2nd
discovery paper (#338) but he made a 10 minute time error in RA (error caught
by Harold Corwin). Dreyer
catalogued again as NGC 961.
Stephane Javelle also possibly found the galaxy in 1892 and he reported
it as J. 1-92 (later
******************************
NGC 1052 = MCG -01-07-034 = KTS 18C = LGG 071-008 = PGC 10175
02 41 04.8 -08 15 21; Cet
V = 10.5; Size 3.0'x2.1'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 120°
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, 2' diameter, sharply concentrated with an unusually bright core that increases to a quasi-stellar nucleus.
13.1" (9/9/83): bright, small, round, intense core. Brightest in a large group (LGG 071) with three galaxies in 62x field including NGC 1042 14' SW and NGC 1047 10.2' NW.
13.1" (9/3/86): at 166x; small oval shape, very bright core, stellar nucleus.
8" (11/8/80): faint, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1052 = H. I-63 = h254 =
h2493 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 355) and recorded "B, R, mbM, about 1'
diameter, vF towards the border."
His position is matches
******************************
NGC 1053 = NGC 1040 = UGC 2187 = MCG +07-06-060 = CGCG 539-083 = PGC 10298
02 43 12.4 +41 30 03; Per
V = 12.9; Size 1.7'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 40°
17.5" (11/27/92): faint, very small, slightly elongated. Bracketed by two mag 15 stars just off
the north and south edges and collinear with three equally spaced stars to the
south (mag 11.5 star 2.3' S, a mag 10.5 star 4' S and a mag 13 star 6' S). Located 5' W of mag 7.5
Lewis Swift found NGC 1053 = Sw. 5-37 on 21 Oct 1886 with
the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and noted "vF, vS, lE, 4
stars in line south point to it, one close". His position and description matches
******************************
02 42 15.8 +18 13 03; Ari
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 20°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, small, round, even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is 30" NW. NGC 1030 lies 30' WSW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1054 on 8 Oct 1864 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen and logged "eF, vS, verified at 230x. A star is near the northwest rim."
******************************
02 41 45.2 +00 26 31; Cet
V = 10.6; Size 7.6'x2.7'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 105°
48" (10/24/14): very bright, nearly edge-on spiral, spans ~6'x1.8' WNW -ESE. The bright central region extends 2'x0.5' and increases gradually towards the center. A relatively wide, prominent dust lane runs along nearly the entire northern flank of the galaxy!
The fainter portion of the galaxy on the north side of the
dust lane was clearly visible paralleling the central region. Due to a slight tilt in edge-on
orientation, the northern section of the galaxy is partially obscured and
extended only ~1.6' in length and at most 30" in width. The glow terminates on its west side
after reaching the mag 11.2 star just 1.2' NNW of center. Forms a wide pair (similar radial
velocity) with
18" (1/13/07): fairly bright, large, very elongated 3:1 ~E-W, ~5'x1.6', broad concentration but no well-defined core or nucleus. A mag 11 star is just north of the core and two mag 13 stars are north of the western flank. A dark lane runs along the north edge of the galaxy creating a sharp light cut-off, though the faint portion of the galaxy to the north that is cut off by the dark lane was not seen.
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly bright, fairly large, very
elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE, broadly concentrated halo. A mag 11 star is just off the NW flank 1.2' from the
center. Located 7' SE of mag 6.8
13.1" (9/3/83): fairly faint, elongated WNW-ESE. A mag 12 star is 1' N.
8" (11/8/80): faint, elongated. Located 30' NNW of M77.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1055 = H. I-1 = H. II-6? = h258 on 19 Dec 1783 (early sweep 53?). His summary description (based on 7 observations) for H. I-1 reads "cB, cL, iF, bM." He possibly found NGC 1055 the night before, describing H. II-6 as "a small nebula. It is like a very small comet, not visible in the finder 1/2°." He estimated the position as roughly 1/2° north of Delta Ceti and later commented "This has probably been a telescopic comet, as I have not been able to find it again, notwithstanding the assistance of a drawing which represents the telescopic stars in its neighbourhood." In the 1912 revision of WH's catalogues, Dreyer suggested H. II-6 was equivalent to NGC 1055 and added the note "very rough sketch shows it in line with 2 stars preceding and one following." Steinicke, though, equates H. II-6 with a pair of stars at 02 40 19.5 +00 54 37 (2000), which fits Dreyer's comments.
******************************
02 42 48.4 +28 34 26; Ari
V = 12.4; Size 2.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 160°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, increases to rounder small bright core. A mag 12 star is 2.2' ENE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1056 = H. III-584 = h256 on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626) and recorded "vF, S, bM". On 16 Sep 1828 (sweep 178), John Herschel logged "pB; S; R; psbM; 12" [diameter]."
******************************
02 43 02.9 +32 29 28; Tri
V = 14.2; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 115°
24" (9/23/17): at 260x; fairly faint, moderately large,
oval 3:2 NW-SE, 1.2'x0.8'.
Contains a brighter core that seems to extend into a very low contrast
bar. First in the
24" (2/7/16): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated
2:1 WNW-ESE, 0.7'x0.35', small brighter core. The major axis points to
18" (1/26/11): very faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
NW-SE, 0.7'x0.45', low even surface brightness. Located 4.7' NW of NGC 1060 in a group with NGC 1061 3'
SE.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered
NGC 1057 in December 1849. The
sketch and description ("vF double neb") clearly applies to
******************************
02 43 29.8 +37 20 27; Per
V = 11.2; Size 3.0'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.4
18" (1/26/11): fairly bright, fairly large, irregularly round, 2' diameter, broad, weak concentration, very small brighter nucleus ~5" diameter, irregular surface brightness, asymmetric appearance. A star is superimposed on the NW side ~35" from the center. The halo is more extensive or brighter on the west side and very weak on the east side, so the nucleus appears offset towards the northeast side. A mag 15 star is at the south end of the galaxy. Member of the NGC 1023 Group.
17.5" (12/7/90): moderately bright, moderately large, round, almost even surface brightness, no distinct core, possibly mottled. A mag 14 star is involved at the NW edge and a mag 15 star is involved at the south end. A mag 11.5 star lies 2.3' SSW of center.
13.1" (11/29/86): moderately bright, moderately large, round, almost even surface brightness. A faint star mag 14.5 star is superimposed on the NW edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1058 = H. II-633 = h255 on 17 Jan 1787 (sweep 692) and logged "F, cL, R, lbM, 4' diameter. In Oct 1828 (sweep 188), John Herschel recorded, "pF; L; R; glbM; 50"." His RA was 9 seconds too small. This galaxy was observed 4 times at Birr Castle. On 24 Nov 1854, R.J. Mitchell remarked "L, R. Susp Nucl or * in centre, 2 conspicuous stars inv in the preceding side." Hermann Kobold measured a fairly accurate position in 1899 at Strasbourg (published in 1907).
******************************
02 42 35.6 +17 59 48; Ari
= **, Reinmuth and Gottlieb.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1059 = h259 on 25 Jan 1832 and
simply noted "eF, hardly sure."
There is nothing nonstellar near his position but just 1' SE is a close
pair of mag 14 stars at 10" separation. Several observers looked for Herschel's object. Heinrich d'Arrest was unable to find
anything "on a very clear night" and Sherburne Burnham (Publ of Lick
Observatory, II) also carefully searched unsuccessfully for the object,
although in sweeping around he discovered
******************************
NGC 1060 = UGC 2191 = MCG +05-07-035 = CGCG 505-038 = WBL 085-002 = PGC 10302
02 43 15.1 +32 25 30; Tri
V = 11.8; Size 2.3'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 75°
24" (9/23/17): at 260x; bright, large, nearly 2'x1.5', sharply concentrated with a large bright core that gradually increases to a stellar nucleus. A mag 15 star is at the east edge of the halo [1.0' from center]. Brightest in a group (reobserved due to a current supernova in NGC 1067).
24" (2/7/16): very bright, large, sharply concentrated with an intensely bright core that increases to the center. The much fainter halo gradually dims and is slightly elongated WSW-ENE, ~1.6'x1.3'. Brightest in a group of 10 galaxies (including 5 NGCs) in a 20' field.
The two closest galaxies are NGC 1061 2.5' N and
18" (1/26/11): bright, fairly large, elongated 4:3
WSW-ENE, large low surface brightness halo extends 2.0'x1.5'. Sharply concentrated with a large, very
bright core that is well concentrated to the center. Brightest in a group of 5 NGC galaxies including NGC 1061
2.5' N, NGC 1057 4.8' NW, NGC 1066 8' NE and NGC 1067 9' NE. Located 10' WNW of mag 7.4
17.5" (11/27/92): moderately bright, fairly small, round, halo gradually brightens to small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 10' WNW of mag 7.7 SAO 55822. Brightest in a group with NGC 1061 2.5' N and NGC 1066 8' ENE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1060 = H. III-162 = h257,
along with NGC 1066, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and described the pair as
"Two, both vF, pS, R lbM".
His position was about 15 seconds of RA east and 3' north of
******************************
NGC 1061 = MCG +05-07-036 = CGCG 505-039 = WBL 085-003 = PGC 10303
02 43 15.8 +32 28 00; Tri
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 25°
24" (9/23/17): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small, oval 4:3 SW-NE, 32"x24", very weak concentration. Located 2.5' N of NGC 1060 (brightest in a group) with NGC 1057 3' NW and NGC 1060 7' E.
24" (2/7/16): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, 24"x18", even surface brightness. NGC 1057 is 3.1' NW and NGC 1060 is 2.5' S.
18" (1/26/11): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, 30"x20". Located in the center of the group, 2.5' N of NGC 1060. NGC 1057 lies 3' NW.
17.5" (11/27/92): very faint, very small, round, even surface brightness. Located 2.5' N of NGC 1060 in a group.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 1061 in December 1849 and logged "pF, S, R". The diagram made in 1850 matches CGCG 505-039 = PGC 10303.
******************************
02 43 24.0 +32 27 44; Tri
= *, Gottlieb and Corwin. The RNGC and RC3 identification of NGC 1062 = UGC 2201 is
incorrect, but here are my notes on
24" (2/7/16): extremely faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 E-W, ~30"x10". This low surface brightness edge-on was only occasionally glimpsed with effort. Situated 1.8' NW of NGC 1066 and 1.7' SW of NGC 1067 in the NGC 1060 = WBL 085 cluster.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 1062 on 11 Oct 1873 as observing assistant on the 72" at Birr Castle. He placed this object with respect to NGC 1061 at 116.8" in PA 97.6 deg (ESE). At this offset (1.9' ESE of NGC 1061) is an extremely faint star. RNGC and RC3 (as well as SIMBAD and other sources) misidentify UGC 2201 = PGC 10331 as NGC 1062. This galaxy is located over 6' ENE of NGC 1061. See my RNGC Corrections #2 and Corwin's notes.
******************************
02 42 10.0 -05 34 07; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 1.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 105°
17.5" (11/28/97): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, 0.8'x0.5', low even surface brightness. Preceded by a wide pair of mag 11/13 stars ~4' W.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1063 = St. 12-23 on 16 Nov 1881 with the 31" reflector at Marseilles Observatory. His position is accurate.
******************************
02 42 23.5 -09 21 44; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 30°
17.5" (11/10/96): very faint, fairly small, round,
30" diameter. Requires
averted vision but can hold with concentration due to a very low even surface
brightness. Forms a pair with
brighter
NGC 1064 is a face-on spiral with a small core and much fainter arms (halo) and I missed it twice from the brighter skies east of Mt Hamilton.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1064 = LM 2-345 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is just 0.2 tsec west of
******************************
02 42 06.2 -15 05 30; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7
17.5" (12/20/95): In a trio with slightly brighter IC
253 2.7' N and extremely faint
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1065 = Sw. 5-38 on 29 Sep 1886 and reported "eeF, pS, * nr s, B* preceding, e difficult". His position is just 4 tsec west of MCG -03-07-059 and the description matches, so the identification is secure. Still, I'm surprised he missed nearby IC 253 to the north, which Javelle discovered later at the Nice Observatory. RNGC mistakenly equates NGC 1065 and IC 254 (a separate galaxy).
******************************
NGC 1066 = UGC 2203 = MCG +05-07-042 = WBL 085-006 = PGC 10338
02 43 49.9 +32 28 30; Tri
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x1.6'; Surf Br = 14.3
24" (9/23/17): at 260x; fairly bright, large, slightly elongated, well concentrated with a bright core and low surface brightness halo ~1.5'x1.2'. A mag 7.4 star (HD 16954) lies 7' SSE. NGC 1066 is the second brightest member of the NGC 1060 group = WBL 85, with NGC 1067 2.2' N.
24" (2/7/16): moderately to fairly bright, moderately large, slightly elongated SW-NE, 1.3'x1.0', well concentrated core increases to the center, occasional faint stellar nucleus. Second brightest and largest in the cluster (WBL 085). In a small trio with NGC 1067 2.2' N and UGC 2201 1.7' NW.
UGC 2201, which is misidentified as NGC 1062 in RNGC, RC3
and SIMBAD, is an extremely low surface brightness edge-on and was only
occasionally glimpsed, extending ~30"x10" E-W.
18" (1/26/11): moderately bright, fairly large, irregularly round, 1.5'x1.2', broad concentration in halo. Contains a small brighter core that increases to the center. Forms a pair with NGC 1067 2.2' due north. Located 8' NE of NGC 1060 and 7' NNW of mag 7.4 HD 16954.
17.5" (11/27/92): faint, moderately large, slightly elongated N-S, 1.5'x1.3'. Similar size to NGC 1060 8' WSW but one magnitude fainter. Broadly concentrated halo but no well defined core. Located 7' NNW of mag 7.7 SAO 55822. Forms a pair with NGC 1067 2.2' N, also nearby is NGC 1061 7' W. Appears brighter than the CGCG mag of 14.9.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1066 = H. III-163 = h260, along with NGC 1060, on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and described both as "Two, both vF, pS, R lbM." This galaxy was observed 10 times at Birr Castle!
******************************
NGC 1067 = UGC 2204 = MCG +05-07-043 = WBL 085-007 = PGC 10339
02 43 50.6 +32 30 42; Tri
V = 13.7; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6
24" (9/23/17): at 260x; faint, fairly small, round, low surface brightness, 30-35" diameter. SN 2017gjn (Type 1a), discovered 1' NNW of center on 24 August, was visible as a mag 15.5 "star".
24" (2/7/16): fairly faint, fairly small, roundish, low surface brightness with a broad weak concentration [face-on Sc]. In a small trio with NGC 1066 2.2' S and UGC 2201 1.7' SW. Situated 8' NE of NGC 1060 (brightest in the cluster) and 6.7' NNW of mag 7.4 HD 16954.
18" (1/26/11): very faint, fairly small, irregularly round, ~40"x35", very low surface brightness, very weak concentration. Located 2.2' N of NGC 1066 in a group of 5 NGC galaxies.
17.5" (11/27/92): very faint, very small, round, low surface brightness. Forms a close pair with NGC 1066 2.2' S in the NGC 1060 group. UGC 2201 (misidentified in the RNGC and RC3 as NGC 1062) is 1.6' SW and was not seen.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1067 = h261 on 22 Nov 1827 and reported "eF; S; the nf of two [with NGC 1066]. Change in polar distance estimated at 3'." The actual separation is 2.2'.
******************************
02 42 40.3 -00 00 48; Cet
V = 8.9; Size 7.1'x6.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 70°
48" (10/26/11): at 375x; the view through Lowrey's 48-inch was remarkable. Spiral arm structure was easily visible with two main arms in the central halo and a bright inner arm around the nucleus and core. The bright inner arm attaches at the east side of the intense core, wraps tightly clockwise around the north side of the core and heads south on the west side of the core. There were two main arms in the central halo forming an elongated "S" pattern. A long spiral arm is attached near the east side of the core and wraps clockwise outside the inner arm described above. It continues around to the west side and heads south, ending near a compact HII knot ([EKS96] 19 from Evans et al 1996 "Atlas of H II Regions in Nearby Seyfert Galaxies"). A second long spiral arm is attached on the southwest side of the core and wraps clockwise to the east side of the core, passing inside of a 10" HII knot [EKS96] 79/80]. The arm rotates to the northern edge of the halo. Besides these main arms, several fainter sections of additional arms are tightly wrapped in the central halo. The main central region of the galaxy is encased in a very large, low surface brightness outer halo, extendng ~6'x5' WSW-ENE. NGC 1055, part of the M77 group, lies 30' NNE.
18" (10/21/06): very bright, fairly large oval, extended 4:3 SW-NE, ~3.5'x2.5'. Sharply concentrated with a very bright, oval core containing a sharp, very bright stellar nucleus. There was a strong impression of mottling or spiral structure in the halo with a curving dust lane (gap between the spiral arms) embedded in the halo that swings around from the southwest side of the halo towards the north along the west side of the core. Inner arm detail was also suggested around the edge of the halo with an impression of mottling or turbulence. A mag 11 star is just off the SE side, ~1.5' from the center.
17.5" (11/14/87): very bright, moderately large, sharp concentration with an unusually bright core, almost stellar nucleus, diffuse slightly elongated halo. Appears mottled at high power and a hint of inner arm structure. A mag 11 star is 1.3' ESE of the center. This is a Seyfert 2 galaxy and brightest in a group with NGC 1055 and 1073.
14.5" (12/17/20): very bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, ~2.4'x2.0'. Very sharp and strong concentration with a very intense core punctuated by a brilliant stellar-like nucleus. The (central) halo has a slightly irregular surface brightness. A mag 10.8 star is barely off the SE flank, 1.4' from center.
8" (11/28/81): bright, intense core, faint halo.
Pierre Méchain discovered M77 = NGC 1068 = h262 on 29 Oct 1780. After Messier was notified of the discovery, he observed it less than 2 months later and called it a "cluster of small stars which contains some nebulosity." William Herschel described M77 as "Very bright; an irregular extended nucleus with milky chevelure, 3 or 4' long, near 3' broad." In later observations with his large 10-foot telescope, he also noted it was "A kind of much magnified stellar cluster; it contains some bright stars in the centre."
Lord Rosse's assistant George Johnstone Stoney first observed M77 on 4 Dec 1848 and called it "a blue spiral?" M77 was included in the list of "Spiral or curvilinear" object in Rosse's 1850 PT paper. Observing assistant Bindon Stoney made a sketch on 24 Nov 1851 (the description reads "The central part is, I am nearly sure, spiral") shown on plate XXV, figure 6 in LdR's 1861 paper (also Plate 1, Figure 4 in the 1880 publication). William Lassell's 1863 sketch, made using 760x with his 48-inch from Malta, shows a tight spiral emanating from a bright stellar nucleus and wrapping a full 360°.
Isaac Roberts' photograph in 1892 revealed considerable structure in the central region with a "dense composite nucleus, bounded by a broad nebulous ring, which is studded with strong condensations.."
******************************
02 42 59.7 -08 17 22; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.5'x1.0'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 145°
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 NNW-SSE, 1.4'x0.7', slightly brighter core. A mag 12 star lies 2.2' NE. Located 4.9' W of mag 8.8
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1069 = Sw. 5-39 on 29 Sep 1886
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded "eeF; pS;
R; between two dist stars; B* nr following." Swift's position is just 6 tsec west of
******************************
02 43 22.2 +04 58 05; Cet
V = 11.9; Size 2.3'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 175°
17.5" (11/26/94): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 3:2 N-S. Contains a well-defined bright, round core which is evenly concentrated to the center. A mag 11 star lies 2.4' SSW of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1070 = H. II-273 = h263 on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338) and noted "F, S, iR." On 16 Oct 1827 (sweep 95), John Herschel logged it as "pB; R; gbM; 15" [diameter]." Stephan made observations on 31 Oct 1869, 24 Nov 1875 and 5 Dec 1877 at Marseilles.
******************************
02 43 07.8 -08 46 26; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 160°
17.5" (11/28/97): extremely faint, small, round, 25" diameter, very low surface brightness, no concentration. Requires averted vision and probably only viewed the core as this galaxy has low surface brightness arms. Nearly collinear with two mag 11/12 stars 3.3' E and 4.6' W, respectively.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1071 = LM 2-346 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and logged "0.3'x0.1',
pE 180°, *10, p 16s; *9, f 15s".
His position is an exact match with
******************************
02 43 31.3 +00 18 25; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 1.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 11°
18" (1/15/07): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 ~N-S, ~0.9'x0.5'. Contains a moderately bright roundish core with much fainter extensions N-S. A mag 11 star lies 3.9' NNW and a pair of mag 11/13 stars at 14" is 4.7' SE. Located 23' NE of M77.
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 ~N-S, bright core. Located 23' NNE of M77.
13.1" (9/3/83): very faint, thin, very elongated SSW-NNE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1072 = St. 12-24 on 31 Oct
1877, after observing nearby NGC 1055.
His position in his 12th discovery list (reduced on 20 Dec 1881) is
accurate. Stephane Javelle found
NGC 1072 on 24 Jan 1898 and reported it in his 3rd discovery list (#945, later
******************************
NGC 1073 = UGC 2210 = MCG +00-08-001 = CGCG 389-002 = LGG 073-003 = PGC 10329
02 43 40.3 +01 22 33; Cet
V = 11.0; Size 4.9'x4.5'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 15°
48" (10/24/14): at 488x; the central bar is very bright and well-defined, extending 1.0'x0.3' SW-NE. An easily visible spiral arm is attached at the northeast end of the bar and extends at a right angle to the northwest, passing through a mag 16 star [50" N of center]. The arm then dims but sweeps clockwise around the west side, and merges with the second arm attached at the southwest end of the bar. As a result, the galaxy appears to have a single continuous arm rotating ~270° and ending on the southeast side, ~1.2' from center! The outer part of the halo has a low surface brightness but extends at least 4' in diameter. Another mag 16 star is on the southwest side of the halo [1.4' from center].
At least three HII complexes were identified. The brightest is NGC 1073:[HK 83] 6/9, an elongated patch ~13"x8" E-W, situated at or just beyond the southeast end of the spiral arm [1.4' from center]. A small, fainter knot close west, [HK83] 19, was difficult to resolve. [HK83] 69, a faint 10" knot, is on the west side of the halo (beyond the arm) [1.4' due west of center]. Finally, [HK83] 49 is a third 10" knot of low contrast in the northwest outer halo [1.9' NNW of center]. The designations are from Hodge and Kennicutt's 1983 "An Atlas of HII Regions in 125 Galaxies".
13.1" (9/3/83): fairly faint, large, even surface brightness, round. An equilateral triangle consisting of three mag 9.5-10.5 stars with sides 5' lies SW.
8" (11/28/81): very faint, fairly large, very diffuse, round. Three mag 10 stars are close SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1073 = H. III-455 on 9 Oct 1785 (sweep 463) and recorded "vF, vL, lbM, 6 or 7' diameter". He noted it was "easily resolvable" on a later sweep. The mottling he noted is due to numerous HII knots.
******************************
02 43 36.1 -16 17 50; Cet
V = 13.7; Size 1.9'x1.2'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 167°
17.5" (12/20/95): very faint, small, elongated 3:2
~N-S, 50"x35", low surface brightness. A mag 13 star is 2.8' SSW of center. Forms a pair with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1074 = LM 1-63 on 28 Nov
1885 with the 26" Leander McCormick refractor. His rough position essentially matches
******************************
NGC 1075 = MCG -03-08-002 = PGC 10320
02 43 33.5 -16 12 05; Cet
V = 13.9; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 153°
17.5" (12/20/95): extremely faint and small, round, 15" diameter. Requires averted vision. Forms a pair with NGC 1074 5.8' S.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1075 = LM 1-64 on 28 Nov
1885 with the Leander McCormick 26" refractor. His approximate RA (nearest min of RA) is just 0.6 tmin
west, though 2' south of
******************************
02 43 29.2 -14 45 16; Cet
V = 12.3; Size 1.8'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 99°
17.5" (12/20/95): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 E-W, 1.5'x0.7', broad concentration with a large brighter
core. Located 5.4' W of mag 9.4
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1076 = Sw. 3-20 on 29 Dec 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and commented "vF; pS;
R; B* 22s east". His position
is 7 tsec of RA east of
******************************
02 46 00.7 +40 05 24; Per
V = 13.7; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 165°
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE,
almost even fairly low surface brightness. Forms a double system with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1077 = Sw. 2-23 on 16 Aug 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and placed accurately. This is a double system (with PGC
10465), though the brighter southwestern component is called
******************************
02 44 08.0 -09 27 08; Cet
V = 14.5; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (12/20/95): very faint, very small, round. Contains a 10" brighter core surrounded by a 25" halo. A mag 10 star lies 5.8' NNW. Located close to the Eridanus border.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1078 = LM 2-347 in 1886 with the
26" Leander McCormick refractor and noted a "mag 9.5 star follows 30
sec, south 2'." His position
is 0.3 tmin east of
******************************
02 43 44.5 -29 00 11; For
V = 11.5; Size 3.5'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 87°
13.1" (10/10/86): moderately bright, fairly large,
elongated 2:1 E-W, bright core, faint stellar nucleus, faint elongated halo.
Member of the
John Herschel discovered NGC 1079 = h2494 on 14 Nov 1835 and logged "B, pmE, sbM, 90" long, 40" broad". His position is accurate.
******************************
02 45 10.0 -04 42 39; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 160°
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1.0' diameter, almost even surface brightness, well-defined halo. Several stars are near and forms the west vertex of an equilateral triangle with two mag 12.5/13.5 stars 2.7' SE and 2.6' NE of center. A brighter mag 11.5 star lies 3.5' W.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1080 = Sw. 5-40 on 21 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 5 tsec east and 15" north of MCG -01-08-003 = PGC 10416.
******************************
02 45 05.5 -15 35 17; Eri
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 27°
18" (11/26/03): at 160x appears faint, fairly small,
very elongated 5:2 or 3:1 SSW-NNE, 1.0'x0.35', low even surface
brightness. Located 10' S of mag
7.6
17.5" (11/26/94): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2
SSW-NNE, 1.2'x0.5', uniform surface brightness. Located 10' SSW of mag 8.2
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1081 = Sw. 5-41 on 21 Oct 1886 with
the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 5 tsec of RA west of
******************************
02 45 41.2 -08 10 50; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 90°
17.5" (12/20/95): faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 ~E-W, 0.8'x0.6'. Fairly sharp concentration with a well-defined 20" core. A mag 12.5 star lies 2.4' N of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1082 = Sw. 5-42 on 29 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is accurate. The RNGC declination is 2' too far south.
******************************
NGC 1083 = MCG -03-08-015 = PGC 10445
02 45 40.6 -15 21 29; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 1.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 17°
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly faint but striking edge-on
streak 5:1 SSW-NNE, 1.5'x0.3'.
Weak concentration with no distinct core. Located almost at the midpoint of two mag 11 stars 2.5' NW
and 3.2' SE. Second of three on a
line with NGC 1081 16' SW and
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1083 = Sw. 5-43 on 29 Sep 1886
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and reported "eeF; pS;
vE; surrounded by 5 or 6 stars; np of 2 [with NGC 1089]. His position is close to
******************************
02 45 59.8 -07 34 42; Eri
V = 10.7; Size 3.2'x1.8'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 35°
17.5" (10/21/95): very bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, 2.5'x1.2', broad concentration with a large bright core. Irregular mottled appearance or dust or dark lanes on the east side. The west side has a symmetric bulging appearance but there are dark indentations or bays on the NE and SE sides of the halo (probably between the spiral arms). Member of the NGC 1052 group (LGG 071).
8" (10/31/81): bright, moderately large, elongated. Three mag 9-10 stars lie 13' N, 15' NNE and 16' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1084 = H. I-64 = h264 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 355). He recorded "vB, pL, lE, mbM" and measured an accurate position.
The galaxy was observed 8 times at Birr Castle, the earliest by George Johnstone Stoney on 12 Nov 1848. He called it "a curious object with dark spaces." On 16 Oct 1855, assistant R.J. Mitchell called this a "Fine oval neb, has nucl, light mottled, sometimes I thought I saw a dark bay north of Nucl, certainly the neb is brighter along n and nf side than in the part intervening between that and the nucleus". Lassell's sketch shows a very tight spiral wrapping 1 1/2 revolutions around a stellar nucleus. He noted "A very obscure faint spiral nebula of apparently this form with power 760.”
******************************
02 46 25.3 +03 36 26; Cet
V = 12.3; Size 3.0'x2.1'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 15°
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 N-S, 1.2'x0.8', gradually increases to a small bright core. Forms the east vertex of an equilateral triangle with two mag 10.5/12.5 stars 4' SW and NW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1085 on 26 Sep 1865 with an 11" refractor at Copenhagen. He noted the nebula was between two mag 11-12 stars - one preceding by 14.5 seconds [4' SW] and the other following by 18.5 seconds [4.6' E].
******************************
02 47 56.4 +41 14 47; Per
V = 12.8; Size 1.5'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 35°
17.5" (10/24/87 and 12/23/92): faint, small, slightly elongated, almost even surface brightness, rich star field. A pretty double star lies 5' SE (9.3/11.3 at 8" in PA 90°). Surrounded by several mag 14-15 stars.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1086 = Sw. 2-24 on 30 Nov 1877. His rough unpublished position was 5.5' due E, consistent with the other positions taken immediately before and afterwards. He never measured an accurate position and published the discovery.
Lewis Swift rediscovered NGC 1086 on 20 Aug 1885 and recorded "vF; pS; D* near". His RA in his second discovery list (#24) is 13 seconds too large, but there are no other nearby candidates and a nearby double star is 4.8' SE.
******************************
02 46 25.1 -00 29 55; Cet
V = 10.9; Size 3.7'x2.2'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 5°
18" (1/15/07): fairly bright, fairly large, round, 1.7'
diameter. Broad concentration with
an ill defined core which appears to be offset towards the west side. The halo gradually fades into the background.
17.5" (11/14/87): bright, fairly large, elongated 3:2
N-S, gradually brighter halo, small bright core. Two mag 11 stars 2.9' NE and 3.8' ESE of center are part of
a string of brighter stars oriented NW-SE.
13.1" (9/3/83): fairly bright, moderately large, weak concentration, elongated N-S.
8" (12/6/80): faint, fairly small, diffuse. Located near a string of mag 10 stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1087 = H. II-466 = h265 on 9 Oct 1785 (sweep 463) and noted "pB, cL, R, mbM." A month later on 7 Nov 1785 (sweep 470) he logged "pB, pL, irr R."
Based on photos taken at the Helwan Observatoiry in 1919-20, the galaxy was described as "B, 3' x 1.5', E 10° ±, spiral with fairly sharp BN and about 20 bright, almost stellar condensations; the whols in south portion of nebula are fairly normal, but the north portion is rather curious."
******************************
02 47 04.0 +16 12 00; Ari
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 100°
17.5" (11/10/96): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
SW-NE, 0.8'x0.5'. Faint stellar
nucleus at moments. A mag 13.5 star
is 1.2' NW. The main body appears
elongated E-W on the POSS. Perhaps
the elongation I noticed was caused by a superimposed companion at the NE end.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1088 = H. III-582 on 25 Oct
1786 (sweep 623) and noted "vF, S, irr F." His position is 2' south of
******************************
NGC 1089 = MCG -03-08-020 = PGC 10481
02 46 10.1 -15 04 23; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 15°
24" (1/28/17): at 282x; fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated ~N-S, ~0.5'x0.4', very small brighter core, occasional stellar nucleus.
17.5" (11/26/94): very faint, small, round, 0.4' diameter. Symmetrical appearance with a weak, even concentration to a faint stellar nucleus. Third of three on a line with NGC 1083 18' SSW and NGC 1081 34' SSW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1089 = Sw. 5-44 on 29 Sep 1886
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and noted "eeF, S, R, sf
of 2 [with NGC 1083]". His
position is 9 seconds of RA west of
******************************
NGC 1090 = UGC 2247 = MCG +00-08-011 = CGCG 389-011 = PGC 10507
02 46 33.9 -00 14 50; Cet
V = 11.8; Size 4.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 102°
18" (1/15/07): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated ~5:2 WNW-ESE, ~2.5'x1', broad mild concentration to a fairly large, slightly brighter core which has a mottled texture. A mag 15 star is just off the the south edge and an 11th magnitude star lies 3' N.
17.5" (11/14/87): moderately bright, moderately large,
oval ~E-W, weak concentration. A
mag 15 star is at the south edge 42" from center and a mag 11.5 star is
3.1' N. NGC 1087 lies 15' S and
13.1" (9/3/83): faint, moderately large, diffuse, slightly elongated ~E-W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1090 = H. II-465 = h266 on 9 Oct 1785 (sweep 463) and recorded "F, pL, R, bM."
******************************
02 45 22.4 -17 32 00; Eri
V = 14.1; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 77°
17.5" (11/26/94): very faint, very small, elongated 4:3
WSW-ENE, 0.7'x0.5', no concentration.
A mag 11.5 star is 2.4' NNW of center. Forms a close pair with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1091 = LM 1-65 (along with NGC 1092, 1098, 1099 and 1100) on 17 Oct 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is just 1' too far south. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1897 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 1092 = ESO 546-017 = MCG -03-08-014 = HCG 21d = PGC 10432
02 45 29.5 -17 32 32; Eri
V = 13.4; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 170°
17.5" (11/26/94): faint, small, round, 40" diameter, increases to a bright core. Brighter of a close pair with NGC 1091 1.8' WNW. Last in HCG 21, consisting of five faint galaxies with NGC 1091, NGC 1098, NGC 1099 and NGC 1100.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1092 = LM 1-66 (along with NGC 1091 and 1098) on 17 Oct 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick. Herbert Howe's corrected position, repeated in the IC 2 notes, is accurate. Howe also noted that NGC 1092 is "considerably brighter than its companion" although both were described by Leavenworth as "vF".
******************************
02 48 16.2 +34 25 12; Tri
V = 13.1; Size 1.8'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 100°
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated 4:3 WNW-ESE, fairly low almost even surface brightness. Located 4.3' SSE of a mag 9.5 star.
Édouard Stephan probably discovered NGC 1093 = St. 10-14 on 29 Nov 1875 and recorded a rough position 2' to the SE. He possibly made an earlier discovery on 30 Nov 1886, though the position was off by 30'. His published micrometric position (list 10, #14) was made on 6 Dec 1879.
******************************
NGC 1094 = UGC 2262 = MCG +00-08-015 = CGCG 389-016 = PGC 10559
02 47 27.8 -00 17 06; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 85°
18" (1/15/07): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 5:3 E-W, ~1'x0.6', broad weak concentration. Forms a close pair with
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, very small, round,
bright core. NGC 1087 lies 20' SW
and NGC 1090 14' WNW. Located 4.8'
S of mag 9.1
13.1" (9/3/83): very faint, very small, almost round. Located 14' ESE of NGC 1090.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1094 = H. III-462 = h267 on
7 Nov 1785 (sweep 470) and noted "vF, S." His position is 1' S of
******************************
02 47 37.9 +04 38 15; Cet
V = 13.3; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 45°
17.5" (12/28/94): very faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 1.2'x0.8'. Appears as a low unconcentrated glow just 2.0' SE of a mag 10 star which hampers viewing. Forms a pair with NGC 1101 10' SE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1095 = St. 8b-8, along with
******************************
02 43 49.4 -59 54 47; Hor
V = 12.8; Size 1.9'x1.8'; Surf Br = 14.0
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): very faint, fairly
small, slightly elongated SW-NE, 35"x25", fairly even surface
brightness. Mag 9.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 1096 = h2496 on 3 Oct 1836 and
logged "F, R, glbM, 30 arcsec."
His RA is 10 seconds west of
******************************
NGC 1097 = Arp 77 NED2 = ESO 416-020 = MCG -05-07-024 = UGCA 41 = LGG 075-003 = PGC 10488
02 46 18.9 -30 16 28; For
V = 9.5; Size 9.3'x6.3'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 130°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): NGC 1097 was one of the top highlights of my October 2015 trip to Australia. At 303x; this showpiece barred spiral contains a bright central bar ~4.5'x1.5' NW-SE. The bar is sharply concentrated with an extremely bright, slightly elongated NW-SE core but no distinct stellar nucleus.
A prominent spiral arm is attached on the northwest end of the bar. The arm is relatively thin, well defined and knotty as it curls counterclockwise to the east, dimming out gradually about 3' ENE of center. A large bright knot is close to the northwest end of the bar, just inside the beginning of the arm and close east of a superimposed mag 14.5 star. NED catalogues this region with the multiple designations NGC 1097:[EKS96] 148 and [EKS96] 151 from the 1996 "An Atlas of H II Regions in Nearby Seyfert Galaxies". Roughly halfway along its length is a pair of fairly prominent HII knots. The first is [EKS96] 245, a 12" knot 2.5' NNE of center. Close east is slightly larger [EKS96] 300/304, 2.5' NE of center. The arm then fades as it passes just south of a mag 15 star.
At the southeast end of the bar a delicate, thin spiral arm unfurls counterclockwise towards the northwest. About halfway along its length is a slightly brighter elongated patch extending ~30" in length, with designations [EKS96] 100/105/119 and others. The arm dims out about 3' WSW of center. The arms stretch about 6' tip to tip, giving overall dimensions of perhaps 7'x6'.
The satellite galaxy
18" (12/30/08): very bright, large, very elongated
NW-SE. The brightest portion is
the entire central "bar" which extends ~5'x1.5'. This region is surrounded by a much
fainter "halo", increasing the size to ~5'x3'. The center is strongly concentrated to
a very bright 50"x40" core, slightly elongated NW-SE. At the northwest end of the bar, a very
diffuse arm sweeps to the east in a counterclockwise direction for ~2.5' in
length and appears to brighten or have a faint knot near the end. At the southeast end of the bar, only a
hint of a short extension sweeping west was detected. A faint star (mag ~14.5) is along the west side at the
northwest end of the main bar, near where the brighter arm is attached. NGC 1097A, a small companion galaxy, is
situated just off the NW side and appeared faint, very small, irregularly
round, 25"x20".
Brightest in a group (LGG 075) including NGC 1079,
17.5" (10/17/87): very bright, very large, very elongated NW-SE, very bright core. A companion galaxy NGC 1097A is attached at the NW end.
14.5" (12/17/20): at 140x; bright, very large, elongated ~5:2 NW-SE, ~4.5'x2', sharply and strongly concentrated with a prominent core that increases to a very small (non-stellar) intensely bright nucleus. The outer halo is very diffuse but may increase the dimensions to 6'x4'.
NGC 1097A is situated 3.3' NW of center, and in line with the major axis. It was faint but easily visible, elongated 2:1, 30"x15".
8" (10/31/81): bright, elongated NW-SE, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1097 = H. V-48 = h2495 on 9 Oct 1790 (sweep 972) and logged "vB; E 75° np to sf; about 8' long. A very bright nucleus confined to a small part about 1' diameter." John Herschel recorded this barred spiral on 18 Nov 1835 (sweep 643) from South Africa as "B, L, vmE, pspmbM, 3' long; pos = 151.1°." The next night he logged "B, L, vmE, psvmbM to a pL, R nucleus; 4' long, 40" broad."
Dunlop's D 625 possibly refers to NGC 1097, although his position is too rough to make a positive identification. He found a "round nebula, about 2' dia, very bright at the centre, and very faint from the centre to the margin , almost equally faint from the bright nucleus to the margin. There are two pretty bright small stars following the nebula rather north."
NGC 1097 was photographed in 1919-1920 at the Helwan Observatory near Cairo and by Harlow Shapley and John Paraskevopoulos in the late 1930s with the 60-inch reflector (mirror originally from Andrew Ainslie Common) at Harvard's Boyden Station in Bloemfontein, South Africa. Shapley and Paraskevopoulos remarked "The large nucleus shows a strong rift and a peculiar internal structure that perhaps result chiefly from the distribution of obscuration. Along the swollen or elliptical "bar" and in the spiral arms there are also peculiar obscurations and markings."
******************************
NGC 1098 = ESO 546-014 = MCG -03-08-008 = HCG 21c = PGC 10403
02 44 53.7 -17 39 33; Eri
V = 12.6; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 102°
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 E-W, 1.2'x0.8', small bright core, stellar nucleus with direct vision. Located 5.2' SSW of mag 8.1
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1098 = LM 1-67, along
with NGC 1091 = I-65 and NGC 1092 = I-66, on 17 Oct 1885. There is nothing at his position but 2
tmin east and 2' north is
******************************
NGC 1099 = ESO 546-015 = MCG -03-08-011 = HCG 21a = PGC 10422
02 45 17.6 -17 42 31; Eri
V = 13.1; Size 1.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 10°
17.5" (11/26/94): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, 1.5'x0.5', no concentration. Brightest in HCG 21 with NGC 1100 4.5' ENE and NGC 1098 6.4' NW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1099 = LM 1-68 (along with NGC 1098 = I-67 and NGC 1100 = I-69) on 17 Oct 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. Ormond Stone's corrected position in the IC 1 is accurate and Herbert Howe also measured an accurate position in 1899-00.
******************************
NGC 1100 = ESO 546-018 = MCG -03-08-016 = HCG 21b = PGC 10438
02 45 36.0 -17 41 19; Eri
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 58°
17.5" (11/26/94): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, weak concentration. Similar appearance as NGC 1099 4.5' WSW. A mag 14 star is off the SE side 1.7' from the center and a mag 13 star is 2.3' NNE. About 9' N is pair of faint galaxies; NGC 1091 = HCG 21E and NGC 1092 = HCG 21D.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1100 = LM 1-69 (along with NGC 1098 = I-67 and NGC 1099 = I-68) on 17 Oct 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. Ormond Stone's corrected position given in the IC 1 Notes is accurate and Herbert Howe also measured an accurate position in 1899-00 at the Chamberlin Observatory in Denver.
******************************
NGC 1101 = UGC 2278 = MCG +01-08-003 = PGC 10613
02 48 14.8 +04 34 41; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 100°
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W, 0.8'x0.4', very small bright core. Forms a "double" with a mag 13 star at the west end 24" from the center. Starting about 4' SW is a very shallow arc of five mag 12-13 stars open to the NW with two 30" pairs at the SW and east ends of the arc and a total length of 4.5'. Forms a pair with NGC 1095 10' NW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1101 = St. 8b-9, along with NGC 1095, on 4 Nov 1875. His published micrometric position (list 8b, #9) was made a year later on 22 Nov 1876 with description "eF, eeS, R, bM, *13 preceding by 2 seconds in parallel."
******************************
02 47 12.9 -22 12 32; Eri
V = 14.4; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 89°
17.5" (12/20/95): extremely faint, very small, slightly
elongated, only glimpsed with averted vision. Situated on a E-W line between two mag 12 and 13 stars 5.4'
E and 4.4' W. There are two mag 14
stars nearly collinear 1.6' and 2.4' S.
Located 17' due north of mag 6.5
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1102 = LM 2-348 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and logged "mag 15.7,
0.2', R." His position is 17
tsec east of
******************************
02 48 06.0 -13 57 35; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 2.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 40°
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, small, elongated 3:1
SW-NE. Unusual appearance with a
mag 12 star just at the NE end of this small streak. Forms a pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1103 = Sw. 3-21 on 26 Dec 1885
with the 16-inch refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 8 sec of RA west of
******************************
02 48 38.7 -00 16 17; Cet
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 70°
18" (1/15/07): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3, very weak concentration except for a slightly brighter quasi-stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star lies 1' S.
17.5" (11/14/87): very faint, very small, slightly elongated NW-SE. A mag 14 star is 1.0' S of center. Located 18' E of NGC 1094.
13.1" (9/3/83): extremely faint, very small. A line of three stars is following and a faint star is off the SE edge.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1104 on 6 Nov 1864 with an
11" refractor at Copenhagen and logged "vF, vS, a mag 14 star is
50" south." His position
and description matches
******************************
NGC 1105 = IC 1840 = MCG -03-08-004 = PGC 10333
02 43 42.0 -15 42 20; Cet
V = 14.3; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4
18" (11/26/03): very faint, small, slightly elongated SW-NE, 0.5'x0.4', broad concentration with a round 20" core. Located 6' NW of mag 8.9 SAO 148573. NGC 1081 lies 20' ENE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1105 = LM 1-71 on 2 Dec
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position but
Harold Corwin examined Leavenworth's discovery sketch and it matches
This galaxy was independently discovered by Herbert Howe on
30 Jan 1900, probably while searching for NGC 1105 at the NGC position, and
reported it as new in list 3-7 (later
******************************
02 50 40.5 +41 40 18; Per
V = 12.3; Size 1.8'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly faint, very small, slightly
elongated WSW-ENE, bright core. A
mag 14.5 star is attached at the west end. Located 3' WNW of mag 8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 1106 = h268 on 18 Sep 1828,
although he was uncertain about the observation: "Query whether a nebula
or a knot of minute stars indistinctly seen." There is nothing at his position, but exactly 1.0 minute of
RA west is
******************************
02 49 19.6 +08 05 34; Cet
V = 12.2; Size 1.8'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 140°
17.5" (10/21/95): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE. Fairly high surface brightness with a prominent core and much fainter extensions. Two strings of stars form a "V" to the south.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1107 = m 74 on 2 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "F, vS, R." His position is accurate.
******************************
02 48 38.5 -07 57 04; Eri
V = 15.1; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 85°
17.5" (11/28/97): very faint, very small, round, 25" diameter. At moments a stellar nucleus is visible. NGC 1110 lies 11' NE at the edge of the 220x field.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1108 = Sw. 5-45 on 31 Oct 1886
with the 16-inch refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 5 tsec east and 24" north of
******************************
02 47 43.6 +13 15 20; Ari
V = 14.0; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (1/9/99): faint, small, round, 25" diameter,
weak concentration, very faint stellar nucleus with direct vision. Situated 2.5' ENE of a mag 11.5
star. The NGC identification of
this galaxy is very uncertain due to poor positions in the group by Marth and
UGC, MCG and CGCG identify this galaxy as
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1109 = m 75 on 2 Dec 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "vF". This is the first in a group of 8 that
he discovered that night, several of which (NGC 1109, 1111, 1112, 1113, 1117)
have identification problems because of poor positions or perhaps he confused
some faint stars as nebulous.
There is nothing near his position for NGC 1109. Harold Corwin suggests that NGC 1109
may refer to
Modern catalogues, including RC3, RNGC, PGC and LEDA
identify
******************************
02 49 09.5 -07 50 14; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 2.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 18°
17.5" (11/28/97): this unusual galaxy appears a moderately large, low surface brightness streak, 2.0'x0.4' oriented SSW-NNE. Located 2.7' N of a mag 11.5 star. NGC 1108 lies 11' SW. Member of the NGC 1052 group (LGG 071).
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1110 = LM 2-349 on 21 Dec 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 15 tsec east of MCG -01-08-010 = PGC 10673 and his dimensions of 2.8'x0.3' clearly refers to this galaxy although his PA (168°) has a quadrant error.
******************************
NGC 1111 = IC 1850? = PGC 1426583
02 48 39.3 +13 15 34; Ari
Size 0.7'x0.3'; PA = 9°
17.5" (1/9/99): extremely faint, very small, elongated 3:1 SSW- NNE, ~25"x9". Originally this object appeared virtually stellar as I probably just detected the core but after viewing for awhile the thin extensions were noticed. IC 1850 is located 5.6' NW of IC 1852. This NGC identification (NGC 1111) is very uncertain.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1111 = m 76 on 2 Dec 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "F, vS, stellar". This is the second in a group of 8
galaxies he discovered that night, several of which (NGC 1109, 1111, 1112,
1113, 1117) have identification problems because of poor positions or perhaps
he confused faint stars as nebulous.
Harold Corwin suggests that NGC 1111 = IC 1850 = PGC 1426583, which is
located 1.0 min of RA west of Marth's position but matches in RA. Courtney Seligman notes that IC 1850 could
just as easily be equated with NGC 1109, as Marth's positions for these two
entries are very close. RNGC, PGC
and HyperLEDA label
******************************
NGC 1112 = IC 1852? = UGC 2293 = MCG +02-08-011 = CGCG 440-015 = PGC 10660
02 49 00.4 +13 13 25; Ari
V = 13.8; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 3°
17.5" (1/9/99): very faint, fairly small, ~40"x25". Appears as a very low surface brightness glow with no noticeable concentration and an ill-defined edge. After extended viewing could hold continuously with direct vision. IC 1850 (possibly NGC 1111) lies 5.6' NW and IC 1846 (possibly NGC 1109) is 19' W. The NGC identification is very uncertain and CGCG, UGC and MCG label this galaxy as IC 1852 only.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1112 = m 77 on 2 Dec 1863 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "F, pS". This is the third in a group of 8 galaxies he discovered that night, several of which (NGC 1109, 1111, 1112, 1113, 1117) have identification problems because of poor positions or possibly he confused faint stars as nebulous.
Harold Corwin suggests NGC 1112 may refer IC 1852 = UGC 2293 = PGC 10660. Stephane Javelle discovered this galaxy on 7 Jan 1896 with the 30-inch refractor at the Nice Observatory. Marth's position is exactly 1.0 min of RA following IC 1852 and matches in declination. CGCG, UGC and MCG label this galaxy IC 1852, while RNGC, PGC, RC3 and Megastar identify it as NGC 1109. RNGC classifies NGC 1112 as nonexistent. Finally, HyperLEDA equates IC 1852 with NGC 1109. Although NGC 1112 = IC 1852 is a reasonable match, given all the problems in this region this identification is very uncertain. See Corwin's notes for NGC 1109 and Courtney's Seligman website for NGC 1112.
******************************
02 50 05.0 +13 19 39; Ari
= *??, Corwin. Not found, RNGC.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1113 = m 78 on 2 Dec 1863 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted simply as "vF". This is the 4th in a group of 8 galaxies he discovered that night, several of which (NGC 1109, 1111, 1112, 1113, 1117) have identification problems because of poor positions or perhaps he confused faint stars as nebulous. Marth's position falls very close to a 10th magnitude star, though it is very unlikely Marth could have described this star as "vF" and there are no other non-stellar candidates due west or east. Corwin suggests that NGC 1113 may refer to a 15th magnitude star 2' NW (position given here) of the bright star, though this is very speculative. NGC 1113 is classified as nonexistent in the RNGC and there is no entry in LEDA.
******************************
02 49 07.2 -16 59 39; Eri
V = 12.8; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 8°
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated almost 3:1 N-S, 2.0'x0.7', broad concentration to a brighter middle but no nucleus. Appears slightly larger than catalogued dimensions.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1114 = H. III-449 = h269 = h2497 on 6 Oct 1785 (sweep 459) and logged "vF, pL, broadly extended, lbM." John Herschel observed this galaxy both at Slough, England and at the Cape of Good Hope, where he recorded on 11 Dec 1835 (sweep 652), "pB, L, pmE, vglbM, 2' long, 40" broad."
******************************
02 50 25.3 +13 15 58; Ari
V = 14.7; Size 0.6'x0.3'; PA = 10°
17.5" (11/28/97): extremely faint, very small, round,
15" diameter. Can hold
steadily with averted vision. A
nice pair of mag 13.5/14 star lie 2' N [17" separation]. Located 4.8' SSW of
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1115 = m 79 on 2 Dec 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "vF". Although 5 of the 8 objects in the
region he discovered this night have poor positions or are lost, Marth's
position is a good match with
******************************
NGC 1116 = UGC 2326 = MCG +02-08-017 = CGCG 440-021 = PGC 10781
02 50 35.7 +13 20 06; Ari
V = 14.3; Size 1.3'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 27°
17.5" (11/28/97): very faint, small, elongated 3:1 SW-NE, 0.6'x0.2', very small brighter core. Forms a pair with NGC 1115 4.8' SSW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1116 = m 80 on 2 Dec 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "vF". Although 5 of the 8 objects in the
region he discovered this night have poor positions or are lost, NGC 1116 is an
excellent match with
******************************
02 51 13.0 +13 11 07; Ari
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 5°
17.5" (11/28/97): very faint, very small, slightly elongated N-S. Appears as a barely resolved double system oriented N-S, ~30"x20" total size. The object at the south side appears to have a stellar nucleus. The northern object has a 20" halo and appears larger. The centers of this pair are only 24" apart.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1117 = m 81 on 2 Dec 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "Close to a small star". This is the 7th in a group of 8
galaxies he discovered that night, several of which (NGC 1109, 1111, 1112,
1113, 1117) have identification problems because of poor positions or perhaps
he confused faint stars as nebulous.
There is nothing near his position for NGC 1117, but
******************************
02 49 58.7 -12 09 50; Eri
V = 12.7; Size 2.6'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 90°
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 E-W, 1.2'x0.4'. The small, rounder bright core contains a faint stellar nucleus. A wide unequal pair [mag 12/14 at 33" separation] lies 5' NE.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1118 = Sw. 5-46 on 1 Nov 1886 with the 16-inch refractor at Warner Observatory. His position and description "vE" is accurate
******************************
02 48 17.1 -17 59 15; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 0.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 0°
17.5" (12/20/95): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, weak concentration. Forms the west vertex of a near equilateral triangle with a mag 10.5 star 3.0' NE and a mag 12 star 3.5' SE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1119 = LM 1-72 on 17 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position, but
Herbert Howe measured an accurate position at the end of the century (repeated
in the IC 2 notes) that matches
******************************
02 49 04.1 -14 28 15; Eri
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 40°
17.5" (11/18/95): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 40" diameter. Even concentration to a bright core and nearly stellar nucleus. A faint, close double star lies 4.2' SSW and 5' NW is a small group of four mag 13 stars (includes a 30" pair).
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1120 = LM 1-72 on 1 Jan
1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his rough position,
but 1.1 min of RA west (common error) is
******************************
02 50 39.1 -01 44 03; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.5; PA = 10°
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 N-S, 0.6'x0.3', well concentrated with a small bright core and a stellar nucleus. Located 1.7' SSW of a mag 10 star in the northwest corner of Eridanus.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1121 = Sw. 1-4 on 9 Nov 1884 with his 16-inch refractor. His RA was 13 seconds too large. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1898 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory as well as Porter in 1908 at the Cincinnati Observatory.
******************************
02 52 51.1 +42 12 20; Per
V = 12.1; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 40°
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly faint, small, round,
diffuse. A pair of mag 14 stars
are at the ESE and NE end and a mag 15 star is at the west end. Located 12' NNE of mag 7.2
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1122 = Sw. 2-25 on 6 Sep 1885
with the 16-inch refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded "vF, pS, R,
* nr north." His position and
description matches
******************************
NGC 1123 = NGC 1122 = UGC 2353 = MCG +07-06-083 = CGCG 539-117 = PGC 10890
02 52 51.1 +42 12 20; Per
V = 12.1; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 40°
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly faint, small, round, diffuse. A pair of mag 14 stars are at the ESE and NE end and a mag 15 star is at the west end. Located 12' NNE of mag 7.2 SAO 38407.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1123 = H. II-601 = h270 on
17 Oct 1786 (sweep 614) and logged "F, S, iF, resolvable." His position is within 2' of
******************************
02 51 35.9 -25 42 07; For
V = 14.0; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 0°
17.5" (11/17/01): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Located 1.8' SW of a mag 10.3 star. This galaxy has a faint outer ring, but the observation records the smaller, round core only.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1124 = LM 1-74 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and noted "*9, nf
1'." His description and
rough position is a good match with
******************************
02 51 40.4 -16 39 02; Eri
V = 12.6; Size 1.8'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 53°
24" (1/28/17): at 225x and 375x; moderately bright,
elongated nearly 3:1 SW-NE, 1.0'x0.35', small bright core, stellar
nucleus. Forms a very close (optical)
pair with
17.5" (11/18/95): moderately bright, fairly small, very elongated 7:2 SW-NE, 1.5'x0.4', small bright core. MCG -03-08-034 at the southwest tip was not seen.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1125 = H. III-450 = h272 on
6 Oct 1785 (sweep 459) and noted "vF, S, E." His position is accurate, though falls
closer to the fainter southwest component (MCG -03-08-034). The northeast component (
******************************
02 52 18.6 -01 17 45; Eri
V = 14.4; Size 0.7'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 135°
17.5" (11/7/89): extremely faint, small, edge-on 4:1
NW-SE, low even surface brightness.
Located 8' WSW of
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1126 = Sw. 5-47 on 31 Oct 1886
with the 16-inch refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is just 44" north of
******************************
02 52 51.8 +13 15 23; Ari
V = 14.4; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 39°
17.5" (11/17/01): very faint, very small, slightly
elongated, 0.5'x0.4', low even surface brightness with no noticeable core. Situated in a fairly sparse star field
with a mag 10.9 star 6' ESE.
Located 19' NW of
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1127 = m 82 on 2 Dec 1863 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "vF". Although 5 of the 8 objects in the
region he discovered this night have poor positions or are lost, Marth's position
for this number is a good match with
******************************
02 57 41.6 +06 01 28; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.7
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated ~2:1 N-S. This merged double system was easily resolved with the two nuclei separated by 16" N-S. The northern nucleus was noticeably brighter and well defined, ~12" diameter. The southern nucleus had a lower surface brightness and the edge faded out more gradually into the common halo that enclosed both nuclei. A mag 13.6 star is 1' W and a mag 12.6 star is 1' SW.
18" (11/22/08): on initial glance the brightest galaxy
in
17.5" (11/28/97): very faint, small, elongated 2:1 N-S,
40"x20", irregular surface brightness. On careful examination the glow resolved into a very close
pair of extremely small galaxies oriented N-S with tangent halos [just 16"
between centers!]. This double
system is the brightest in AGC 400 with
The identification of this galaxy with NGC 1128 is very uncertain.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1128 = Sw. 5-48 on 8 Oct 1886 with the 16-inch refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded "eF; S; lE; 2 pF stars close preceding." There are no good candidates near Swift's position.
Harold Corwin suggests NGC 1128 is
Interestingly, William Herschel might have first seen this double system. On 30 Sep 1786 (sweep 607), he recorded "Some small stars with suspected nebulosity, probably a deception." Although it was never catalogued, his position is just 1' northwest of CGCG 415-041!
******************************
02 54 27.3 +41 34 46; Per
V = 12.5; Size 2.9'x2.1'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 90°
18" (11/18/06): this giant cD galaxy is the brightest
in the nearby X-ray bright cluster WBL 88 = AWM 7 (z = 0.017), which is a
member of the Pisces-Perseus supercluster. Several faint galaxies lie within a
few arcminutes including
17.5" (10/24/87): brightest in a compact group. Moderately bright, moderately large,
elongated WSW-ENE, brighter along major axis, small bright core. A mag 15 star is at the west edge
22" from the center. Forms a
close trio with NGC 1130 1.7' NNW and NGC 1131 1.7' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1129 = H. II-602 = h271 on
17 Oct 1786 (sweep 614) and logged "F, pS, iR, lbM." John Herschel described it on 18 Sep
1828 (sweep 182): "vF; R vglbM; 30" diameter." Their positions match
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant in Oct 1854, noted "has either a F* sp or is double." This refers to MCG +07-07-003, which MCG misidentified this galaxy as NGC 1129. In December, he noted "suspect the supposed neb close sp edge to be only a faint double star. Finally in Dec 1855, Mitchell observed with Lord Rosse, who "thought the companion on sp edge to be merely a neb with a * for centre." Because of the uncertainty, Dreyer didn't assign an NGC designation to MCG +07-07-003.
******************************
NGC 1130 = MCG +07-07-002 = CGCG 540-004 = CGCG 539-122 = AWM 7-6 = PGC 10951
02 54 24.4 +41 36 20; Per
V = 14.6; Size 0.5'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.9; PA = 35°
18" (11/18/06): faint, very small, elongated ~2:1 SSW-NNE, 0.4'x0.2'. A mag 14 star is attached at the south end. Located in the core of the NGC 1129 cluster = AWM 7, just 1.7' NNW of NGC 1129.
17.5" (10/24/87): very faint, very small, round. A mag 14 star is just south. Located 1.7' NNW of NGC 1129.
William Parsons (Lord Rosse) and assistant R.J. Mitchell
discovered NGC 1130 and 1131 on the 8 Dec 1855 observation of the NGC 1129
field. Their description reads,
"there is a knot north about 2' distance [from NGC 1129].
******************************
NGC 1131 = MCG +07-07-005 = CGCG 539-125 = CGCG 540-007 = V Zw 286 = AWM 7-4 = PGC 10964
02 54 34.0 +41 33 32; Per
V = 13.5; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5
18" (11/18/06): faint, very small, round, 20"
diameter, weak even concentration.
Located 1.7' SE of NGC 1129 in the core of the AWM 7 cluster. Brighter
17.5" (10/24/87): very faint, very small, round, bright core. Third of three with much brighter NGC 1129 1.7' NW and NGC 1130 3.5' NW.
William Parsons (Lord Rosse) and assistant R.J. Mitchell
discovered NGC 1131 and 1130 during the 8 Dec 1855 observation of the NGC 1129
field. They recorded,
"another about 2' following and a little south of h271 [NGC
1129]". CGCG 540-004 = PGC
10964 lies 1.7' SE of NGC 1129 and is the best candidate. Harold Corwin notes that
******************************
NGC 1132 = UGC 2359 = MCG +00-08-040 = CGCG 389-040 = PGC 10891
02 52 51.8 -01 16 27; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 2.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 140°
17.5" (11/7/89): faint, small, round, almost even
surface brightness, faint stellar nucleus. Located 4.3' WSW of mag 9.5
NGC 1132 is the prototype of a "Fossil Group" -- the end-product of extensive merging of a once normal group, leaving a massive central galaxy that dominates the luminosity of a X-ray luminous group (delta Rmag ≥ 2.0 with next brightest group member).
John Herschel discovered NGC 1132 = h273 on 23 Nov 1827
(sweep 107) and recorded "eF; pL; gbM; has a *8m following". His position and description matches
******************************
02 52 42.1 -08 48 15; Eri
V = 13.6; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 175°
17.5" (11/28/97): very faint, small, slightly elongated, 30" diameter, weak concentration to a small brighter core. Mag 14.5 stars lie 2.6' E and 2.3' NNW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1133 = LM 2-350 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is a good match with MCG -02-08-015. His notes mention that mag 12 stars 3' np and 2' nf. These stars are 2.3' NNW and 2.6' E, and closer to mag 14.
******************************
NGC 1134 = Arp 200 = UGC 2365 = MCG +02-08-027 = CGCG 440-027 = PGC 10928
02 53 41.2 +13 00 53; Ari
V = 12.1; Size 2.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 148°
24" (12/21/16): at 282x; fairly bright, moderately
large, elongated 2:1 or 5:2 NW-SE, ~1.2'x0.6', sharply concentrated with a
bright core and fairly bright, sharp stellar nucleus. Appears slightly brighter along the east edge with averted
-- probably a section of the eastern spiral arm, which is bright on the
DSS. A mag 13.6 star is 50"
NE of center.
Arp noted "Splash appearance on west side [tidal plume] of galaxy points to low surface brightness companion 7' [west]." The companion he referred to is UGC 2362, which is possibly interacting (the pair has identical redshifts). UGC 2362 appeared faint, fairly small, very low surface brightness patch ~20" diameter (probably the brighter central part of this Magellanic system). A mag 14.8 star is 0.8' S.
IC 267 appeared moderately bright, relatively large, elongated ~4:1 NNW-SSE, ~1.7'x0.4', irregular surface brightness. This appears to be a central bar (verified on the DSS) rather than an edge-on galaxy. Either a star is superimposed at the center or the galaxy has a bright stellar nucleus! Located 10' SSE of NGC 1134.
17.5" (10/21/95): faint, moderately large, edge-on 5:1 NNW-SSE, 1.8'x0.3', broad weak concentration. Located 10.3' SSE of NGC 1134.
17.5" (10/21/95): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated NW-SE, 1.0'x0.8', broad concentration with a large brighter
core. A mag 13 star is 48"
ENE of center. Located 11' ENE of
mag 8.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 1134 = H. II-254 on 16 Oct
1784 (sweep 295) and recorded "F, S, iR, r". His position is 2.3' SE of
******************************
02 50 53.7 -54 58 33; Hor
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
See observing notes for
John Herschel found NGC 1135 = h2498 on 11 Sep 1836 and
recorded "F, R, gbM. Taken for No 3 sweep 520 [h2499 = NGC 1136],
but proves, on reduction, to be a different nebula". His position is
1.5' NW of NGC 1136 and 2' S of
If this identification is correct, NGC 1135 is John Herschel’s faintest discovery at B = 16.2. But then why did he classify it as "Faint", instead of "Extremely Faint" (his faintest class)? Instead, Harold Corwin argues NGC 1135 is a duplicate observation of NGC 1136 (discovered earlier on 5 Dec 1834), despite Herschel stating they were two different objects. HyperLeda is the only online catalogue that equates NGC 1135 and 1136.
******************************
NGC 1136 = NGC 1135 = ESO 154-019 = PGC 10807
02 50 53.7 -54 58 33; Hor
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 429x): fairly bright,
moderately large, slightly elongated E-W, ~1.5'x1.2'. Sharply concentrated with a fairly small (20") very
bright core surrounded by a much fainter halo. Located 7' NW of mag 8.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 1136 = h2499 on 5 Dec 1834 and
logged "F; R; gb; - moon up."
There is nothing at his position but 5.4' N is
Pietro Baracchi searched for GC 622 [NGC 1136] unsuccessfully on 11 Feb 1888 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. He reported "GC 622 is not to be found and probably there is some mistake in the position - according to his description 622 is no fainter than 621 [NGC 1135], therefore I should see it."
******************************
02 54 02.7 +02 57 43; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 2.1'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 20°
17.5" (1/7/89): faint, very small, almost round, broad concentration, stellar nucleus?
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1137 = Sw. 3-22 on 17 Oct 1885 with the 16-inch refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 11 seconds of RA east and 1' south of UGC 2374.
******************************
02 56 36.5 +43 02 50; Per
V = 12.8; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.6
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. Forms an equilateral triangle with a mag 13 star 0.9' S and a mag 12.5 star 0.9' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1138 = H. III-580 = h274 on 24 Oct 1786 (sweep 620) and remarked "Suspected. resolvable, 1 or 2 stars visible in it." John Herschel gave a more complete description on 23 Dec 1831 (sweep 389), "vF; vS; R; gbM; 10"; makes isosceles triangle with 2 stars 15 mag".
******************************
02 52 46.8 -14 31 46; Eri
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 36°
17.5" (11/10/96): very faint, small, round, 30"
diameter, low even surface brightness.
Appeared fainter than V = 13.3 and required averted vision to see with
certainty using GSC chart. A mag
15.5 double star is 1' SW (verified on GSC).
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1139 = LM 1-75 on 1 Jan
1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his rough position,
but 1.4 min of RA west is
******************************
02 54 33.4 -10 01 42; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 6°
13.1" (12/7/85): fairly bright, very small, round, stellar nucleus. Member of the NGC 1052 group (LGG 071).
William Herschel discovered NGC 1140 = H. II-470 = h275 = h2500 on 22 Nov 1785 (sweep 475) and logged "F, S. I had hardly been out long enough, but yet I think it was no deception." A second observation showed it as "pretty bright, but hardly to be distinguished from a star." John Herschel observed this galaxy both at Slough, England and at the Cape of Good Hope.
******************************
02 55 09.7 -00 10 41; Cet
See observing notes for
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1141 = m 83 on 5 Jan 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and described as "vF, S, [Double neb with NGC 1142]". There is nothing at his position (not found by Fath in 1914 on Mt. Wilson plates). However 40' S is the double system NGC 1143 and 1144, found by Édouard Stephan (8a-10 and 8a-11) on 29 Oct 1875 (perhaps looking for Marth's objects) and placed accurately. This pair is generally identified as NGC 1143 and 1144 due to the unambiguous identification. Several other objects discovered that night by Marth have large positional errors.
******************************
02 55 12.0 -00 10 59; Cet
See observing notes for
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1142 = m 84 on 5 Jan 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "pF, S, R [Double neb with NGC 1141]". There is nothing at his position (not found by Fath in 1914 on Mt. Wilson plates). However 40' S is the double system NGC 1143 and 1144. This was later found by Édouard Stephan (list 8a-10 and 8a-11) on 29 Oct 1875. The pair is generally identified as NGC 1143 and 1144 due to the unambiguous identification. Several other objects discovered that night by Marth have large positional errors.
******************************
NGC 1143 = NGC 1141 = Arp 118 NED1 = Arp 118:C1 = VV 331b =
02 55 09.7 -00 10 41; Cet
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.8'; PA = 110°
48" (11/4/21): at 488x; fairly bright, fairly small,
round, ~0.6' diameter, strong concentration with very bright core that
increased to the center. In a
common dog-bone shaped halo with NGC 1144 [0.7' between centers].
48" (10/25/11): bright, moderately large, oval 4:3 WNW-ESE, 0.9'x0.7', well concentrated with a very bright, intense core! Slightly fainter of an interacting pair with highly disrupted NGC 1144, just 40" between centers. The eastern portion of the outer halo of NGC 1143 is merged or overlaps with the halo of NGC 1144 on its northwestern side.
PGC 1150350, listed as a 2nd "collider" with NGC 1144 in Madore's 2009 Atlas and Catalogue of Collisional Rings, lies 1.2' NW. The 2MASS galaxy appeared fairly faint, small, very elongated 3:1 N-S, 0.4'x0.15', stellar nucleus.
17.5" (1/7/89): very faint, very small, round. In a common halo with NGC 1144 0.5' ESE. This galaxy is the slightly fainter of the pair.
Édouard Stephan found NGC 1143 = St. 8a-11, along with NGC 1144, on 29 Oct 1875 and again on 1 Dec 1875. His published accurate position (list 8a, #11) was made on 17 Nov 1876 with description "NGC 1144 and 1143 are contiguous and form a sort of nebula with 2 nuclei; they are almost identical; however [NGC 1144] is a little fainter than [NGC 1143]. Both excessively faint and small; round with central condensation."
Albert Marth earlier discovered this galaxy on 5 Jan 1864 but his position was 40' too far N (also NGC 1142), so he didn't receive credit. But it is clear that Marth's NGC 1141 = NGC 1143 and Marth's 1142 = NGC 1144.
******************************
NGC 1144 = NGC 1142 = Arp 118 NED2 = VV 331a = UGC 2389 =
02 55 12.0 -00 10 59; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 130°
48" (11/4/21): at 488x; bright, slightly elongated, strong concentration with a very bright core that increased to the center. Slightly brighter of a merged pair with NGC 1143 [center 0.7' NW] in a common peanut or dogbone-shaped halo. The bridge of material extending from NGC 1144 was slightly darker in the interior forming a "loop".
48" (10/25/11): at 488x, appeared very bright, moderately
large, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, 50"x35". Contains a large, very bright core that is offset to the SE
side. The core gradually increases
to an intense center. A mag 16.4
star is off the southeast side.
Forms a double system (
17.5" (1/7/89): faint, small, round, bright core. Slightly brighter of pair with NGC 1143 in a common halo 0.5' WNW.
Édouard Stephan found NGC 1144 = St. 8a-10, along with NGC 1143, on 29 Oct 1875 and again on 1 Dec 1875. His published accurate position (list 8a, #10) was made on 17 Nov 1876 Albert Marth earlier discovered this galaxy on 5 Jan 1864, but his position for NGC 1142 was 40' too far N. So, NGC 1144 = NGC 1142. Based on the earlier discovery, NGC 1142 should be the primary designation, but due to Marth's poor position, Stephan's number has been used. See NGC 1143 for more.
******************************
02 54 33.2 -18 38 09; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 3.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 60°
17.5" (12/28/94): faint, moderately large, thin edge-on
7:1 WSW-ENE, 2.2'x0.3', only a weak concentration. Among a group of three mag 10-11 stars with a mag 10 star
just following the ENE tip.
NGC 1145 is a member of the
John Herschel discovered NGC 1145 = h2501 on 11 Dec 1835 and
recorded "F, vmE, 90" long, 10" broad; has two stars 10th mag
following." His position is
accurate. MCG misidentifies MCG
-03-08-028 as NGC 1145 and UGC misidentifies
******************************
02 57 37.0 +46 26 14; Per
Size 0.4'
18" (11/23/05): this asterism consists of a 30"
pair of mag 12/13 stars with a couple of fainter companions making a quadruple. About 1' NW is a faint, hazy clump of
three mag 14-15 stars. Viewed at
225x and 300x.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1146 on 29 Jan 1864 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen and described "Cl, vS. At 226x the stars are clearly mixed with nebulosity. A triple star is directly south." His position is ~1' northwest of a a group of four stars that Corwin identifies as NGC 1146. Three brighter stars are also close southeast matching d'Arrest's description.
******************************
02 55 18 -09 07; Eri
= Not found, Corwin and RNGC.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1147 = LM 2-351 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and reported "mag 15.0, 0.4'x0.2', E 180°, *9.5 f 25s n 1'." There are no candidates near his position and Corwin found no match within 5° of Muller's position, so it stands now as lost. Listed as nonexistent in RNGC.
******************************
02 57 04.4 -07 41 09; Eri
V = 12.7; Size 1.6'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 80°
17.5" (12/28/94): very faint, fairly small, round, low
surface brightness, no concentration.
A mag 15 star appears superimposed at the NE side. Forms a pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1148 = Sw. 3-23 = LM II-352 on 10 Nov 1885 with the 16-inch refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is accurate although Bigourdan could not find the galaxy. Leavenworth independently discovered the galaxy again on 21 Oct 1886 and reported it as new in the Leander McCormick observatory second list (#352), though his RA was 30 seconds too large
******************************
02 57 23.8 -00 18 34; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 130°
17.5" (1/7/89): very faint, very small, round. A mag 14.5 star is 30" SSW of center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1149 = St. 11-6 on 2 Dec 1880 with the 31" reflector at Marseilles Observatory and reported "vF, vS, R, bM, S* preceding 2 sec". His position and description (the star is 0.5' SW) is accurate.
******************************
02 57 01.3 -15 02 55; Eri
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 65°
17.5" (11/10/96): brighter of pair with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1150 = LM 1-76 (along
with NGC 1151 = LM 1-77) on 31 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander
McCormick Observatory. His (rough)
position is close to
******************************
02 57 04.6 -15 00 47; Eri
V = 15.0; Size 0.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 10°
17.5" (11/10/96): extremely faint, very small, round, 15"-20" diameter. Requires averted to glimpse using GSC chart and no details visible. Located 2.3' NNE of NGC 1150.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1151 = LM 1-77 (along with NGC 1150 = LM 1-76) with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA) is close to MCG -03-08-048, with NGC 1151 = PGC 11147. RNGC mistakenly equates NGC 1150 = NGC 1180 and NGC 1151 = NGC 1181. Although the declinations are similar, NGC 1180/NGC 1181 are a separate 2' pair about 4.7 min of RA further east.
******************************
NGC 1152 = MCG -01-08-019 = PGC 11182
02 57 33.6 -07 45 32; Eri
V = 14.5; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 10°
17.5" (12/28/94): faint, small, elongated 4:3 SSW-NNE, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 1148 8.5' NW. This galaxy is the smaller of the pair but has a higher surface brightness and is more concentrated. Located 2.5' N of a mag 11 star.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1152 = Sw. 3-24 on 10 Nov 1885 with the 16-inch refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is accurate.
******************************
02 58 10.2 +03 21 43; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 45°
17.5" (1/7/89): fairly faint, small, very small bright core, slightly elongated SW-NE, small halo. A mag 14.5 star is superimposed 20" S of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1153 = H. II-274 = h276 on 13 Dec 1784 (sweep 338) and logged "F, vS, iE, easily resolvable." His position was 3.5' too far SE. John Herschel made a single observation on 16 Oct 1827 (sweep 95) and noted "F S; R; sbM; 12" diameter."
Four observations were made at Birr Castle. On 7 Dec 1857, R.J. Mitchell recorded "F, vS, R, a S* close preceding." The mag 14.5 star is mentioned in my observation.
******************************
02 58 07.7 -10 21 47; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 95°
17.5" (10/13/90): faint, small, round, even surface
brightness. Forms a close pair
with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1154 = St. 8b-11, along with NGC 1155, on 1 Dec 1875. His published position (list 8b, #11) was made on 15 Dec 1876 with the 31" reflector at Marseilles Observatory.
******************************
NGC 1155 = MCG -02-08-035 = Mrk 1064 = Holm 64b = PGC 11233
02 58 13.0 -10 21 00; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.8
17.5" (10/13/90): faint, very small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, weak concentration. Slightly fainter of a close pair with NGC 1154 1.5' SW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1155 = St. 8b-10, along with
NGC 1154. Coincidentally his rough
position is 10' due south of
******************************
02 59 42.3 +25 14 15; Ari
V = 11.7; Size 3.5'x2.5'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 25°
48" (11/5/21): at 488x; very bright, large, elongated ~3:1 SSW-NNE, ~2.3' in length. The main body has a high surface brightness and appeared very mottled and irregular, but there no core or nucleus. The outer halo has a much lower surface brightness with an irregular outline.
A small, slightly brighter elongated knot (HII region) is along the west side [0.4' SW of center]. A second small knot, ~6" diameter is at the SW end [0.8' SW of center]. Three stars are involved or at the edge; a mag 12.2 star and a mag 15 star on the N side [0.7' NNW and 0.4' N of center], and a mag 15 star at the S edge [1.2' SSW of center].
24" (12/12/17): at 375x; fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 5:2 SSW-NNE, ~2.25'x0.9', no well defined core, noticeably irregular outline and surface brightness. The low surface brightness halo appeared to spread out on the south end and the northeast side had an indentation. The main body was somewhat uneven or mottled with a couple of very small, low contrast knots suspected. In a friend's 28" at 438x, a knot was confirmed SW of center (~0.4'), as well as a slightly brightening NE of center (this is the "core" on deep images).
A mag 12 star is just inside the NNW border and a mag 15 star is closer in. Another mag 15 star is at or just beyond the southern edge.
18" (10/25/08): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 5:2 SSW-NNE, 2.0'x0.8'. Brighter along the major axis with a slightly brighter core. The outline is roughly rectangular and the surface brightness is irregular. The southwest end appears asymmetric. A mag 11.5 star is at the north end, 0.9' from center.
8" (12/6/80): faint, diffuse, slightly elongated SSW-NNE. A mag 12.5 star is just NW of the NE flank.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1156 = H. II-619 on 13 Nov 1786 (sweep 637) and recorded "pB, cL, pmE in the meridian, resolvable, within a minute of a star." His position was just off the southeast side of this dwarf Irregular. Four observations were made with Lord Rosse's 72".
******************************
02 58 06.6 -15 07 07; Eri
Size 0.5'x0.2'; PA = 170°
17.5" (11/10/96): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, no other details visible. Located 1.9' WNW of a mag 12.5 star.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1157 = LM 1-78, along
with
******************************
NGC 1158 = MCG -03-08-050 = PGC 11157
02 57 11.4 -14 23 45; Eri
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 147°
17.5" (10/17/98): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter (probably only viewed the core). Surprisingly faint as nearby IC 270 located 24' NW is the brightest the group (including ICs 268, 269 and 272 as well as NGCs 1150, 1151, and 1157).
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1158 = LM 1-79 (along
with NGC 1157 = LM 1-78) on 1 Jan 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander
McCormick Observatory. His
position (nearest tmin of RA) is 1 min of RA east of
******************************
03 00 46.5 +43 09 46; Per
V = 13.4; Size 0.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.5
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, very small, round, weak
concentration. Located 6.8' ENE of
mag 7.6
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1159 = St. 13-21 on 30 Nov 1883. His published position (list 13, #21) was reduced a few days later (2 Dec 1883).
******************************
03 01 13.2 +44 57 18; Per
V = 12.8; Size 1.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 50°
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 2:1
SW-NE, broad concentration, diffuse halo.
A trio of mag 12-13 stars lie 1.5'-2' N. Forms a pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 1160 = H. III-199 = h277, along with NGC 1160, on 7 Oct 1784 (during sweeps 281-285, carried out in the east) and reported "the first of 2 [with NGC 1161]. vF, iF, pS." On 11 Dec 1786 (sweep 645), he logged "pB, iR, mbM, about 1' in diam." and measured separate positions for the two objects.
John Herschel measured an accurate position for NGC 1161 and noted the wide double star off the west side, but has no entry for NGC 1160 and it was not found by d'Arrest. So, the observers at Birr Castle assumed NGC 1160 was a new discovery and the two galaxies have three entries in the GC. Dreyer staightened this out before the publication of the NGC, while an observing assistant at Birr Castle. Surprisingly, NGC 1160 was sketched by Dreyer and clearly shows the southern spiral arm.
******************************
NGC 1161 = UGC 2474 = MCG +07-07-015 = CGCG 540-026 = PGC 11404
03 01 14.2 +44 53 50; Per
V = 11.0; Size 2.8'x2.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 23°
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly bright, fairly small, oval 3:2
SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Two bright stars are close west; a mag 10 star is 45" W and mag 9
William Herschel discovered NGC 1161 = H. II-239 = h277, along with NGC 1160, on 7 Oct 1784 (during sweeps 281-285, carried out in the east), and reported "The 2nd of 2; pB; pS; resolvable." On 11 Dec 1786 (sweep 645) he noted "F, E, about 1 1/2' long." This pair was observed at Birr Castle on 4 nights.
******************************
02 58 55.9 -12 23 55; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (12/28/94): moderately bright, fairly small, round, 1.0' diameter, evenly concentrated with a small bright core and an quasi-stellar nucleus. A mag 12.5 star is 3.7' S of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1162 = H. III-469 = h2502 on 27 Nov 1785 (sweep 478) and recorded "vF, stellar, 240 power left some doubt." John Herschel observed NGC 1162 from the Cape of Good Hope and recorded "pF, R, glbM, 25"." Édouard Stephan made observations on 29 Oct 1875 and 1 Nov 1877.
******************************
03 00 22.0 -17 09 10; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 2.2'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 135°
17.5" (11/18/95): very faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.3' (full length of extensions not seen), low even surface brightness. NGC 1163 is a member of the NGC 1209 Group (LGG 81), which includes NGCs 1145, 1188, 1189, 1190, 1199 and IC 276.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1163 = LM 1-80 on 31 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. Leavenworth's rough RA (nearest min of
RA) is about 1tmin west of
******************************
03 01 59.8 +42 35 06; Per
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 145°
17.5" (10/24/87): very faint, very small, round. A mag 14 star is just 0.6' NNW of center and a mag 15 star is even closer at 0.4' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1164 = h278 on 18 Sep 1828 (sweep 182) and logged "eF; S; 5 arcseconds." His position is accurate.
******************************
02 58 47.7 -32 05 55; For
V = 12.7; Size 2.5'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 115°
17.5" (12/9/01): faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 1.5'x1.0', irregular surface brightness. The brighter core appeared double at moments (faint star superimposed?). The outer halo is very diffuse.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1165 = h2503 on 19 Oct 1835 and
noted "vF, pmE, vlbM, 60" long, 30" broad." His position
and description matches E417-008 =
******************************
03 00 35.0 +11 50 35; Ari
V = 14.0; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (1/9/99): very faint, fairly small, weak
concentration. The halo is
ill-defined but appears irregularly round, ~0.8'x0.6. A couple of mag 15.5 stars are within 1' of the west
side. Also confusing the
observation is a superimposed mag
15.5+ star at the north edge which pops in and out of view for moments. A wide pair of mag 14 stars lie 3' NE.
Forms a pair with fainter
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1166 = m 85 on 1 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "eF, S". His position is accurate.
******************************
03 01 42.4 +35 12 20; Per
V = 12.4; Size 2.8'x2.3'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 70°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, moderately large, high
surface brightness core with very faint larger halo slightly elongated
WSW-ENE. A mag 10 star lies 4.0'
S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1167 = H. III-178 on 13 Sep 1784 (sweep 271) and reported "vF, pL, R, small pB place in the middle." His position (reduced by Auwers) was ~11' too far WNW and the GC position was 4' too far northwest. Édouard Stephan observed the galaxy on 6 Jan 1874, though didn't publish a position. The NGC position, though, was accurate.
******************************
NGC 1168 = UGC 2476 = MCG +02-08-047 = CGCG 440-042 = PGC 11378
03 00 47.2 +11 46 21; Ari
V = 14.2; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 18°
17.5" (1/9/99): extremely faint, very small, round,
20" diameter. Probably only
viewed the core (the arms are very low surface brightness on the digitized sky
survey). Located midway between
NGC 1166 5.2' NW and mag 9
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1168 = m 85 on 1 Oct 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and simply noted "eF". His position is accurate.
******************************
03 03 34.7 +46 23 09; Per
V = 11.3; Size 4.2'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 28°
24" (2/8/18): at 200x; bright, very large, oval 4:3 SW-NE, ~2.5'x2.0', sharply concentrated with a very small bright core/nucleus. A bright star (mag ~13) is superimposed at the SSW edge of the nucleus! Located in a Perseus star field rich in fainter stars.
17.5" (10/24/87): moderately bright, very small, bright core. With averted vision a large extremely faint halo is visible elongated SW-NE. A mag 13.5 star is superimposed at the SW side of the core! NGC 1169 is located just 10.6° from the galactic equator. It's is a huge spiral, with a diameter of 170,000 light-years.
8" (1/1/84): faint, very small, slightly elongated. Only the core was visible as I missed the large halo.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1169 = H. II-620 = h279 on 11 Dec 1786 (sweep 645) and logged "F, S, irr R, bM." His position is at the northeast end of the galaxy. Interestingly, John Herschel reported on 31 Dec 1831 (sweep 390), "vF; irreg figure. Suspected to be only a few stars." R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's observer on 11 Dec 1854, recorded a "B* sp the Nucl and a vF* ? involved np the Nucl. The neby fades away gradually." The RNGC places this galaxy 1.0 min of RA too far east.
******************************
03 02 24 +27 04; Ari
= Tail of a comet?, HC =Not found, JS.
Charles Sanders Peirce (son of Benjamin Peirce) discovered NGC 1170 = HN 38 on 31 Dec 1869 at Harvard College Observatory using the 15-inch Merz & Mahler refractor (Annals of Harvard Obs, Vol 13, #47). An approximate position is given in the Harvard Observatory list based on comparison with Comet 1869 III. A very close, unequal double star is near Peirce's position at 03 02 29.6 +27 03 20 (2000). But the description "J.W. and C.S.P. independently think the sky generally bright f and a little n of the comet for 14' or more (several fields according to C.S.P.)" implies that the observation refers to an extremely large object and Corwin and Steinicke suggest the observation perhaps refers to the actual tail of the comet! This is the only object in the NGC attributed to Peirce (mispelled as Pierce in the NGC). Classified as nonexistent in the RNGC. See Corwin's comments.
******************************
03 03 59.0 +43 23 54; Per
V = 12.3; Size 2.6'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 147°
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, broadly concentrated.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1171 = St. 10-15 = Sw. 2-26 on 26 Nov 1869 with a rough position 1' S of center. He made a second observation on 1 Dec 1877 and published an accurate micrometric position on 4 Dec 1880 with description "very faint, pretty large, irregular." Lewis Swift rediscovered NGC 1171 on 12 Sep 1885 and reported it as new in his second discovery paper (#26). His position was only 0.2 minutes of time too large. Dreyer credited both Stephan (1) and Swift (2) in the NGC.
******************************
03 01 36.0 -14 50 12; Eri
V = 11.9; Size 2.3'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 25°
13.1" (1/18/85): faint, small, round, broad
concentration. Located 2.1' SW of
mag 9.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 1172 = H. II-502 = h280 on 30 Dec 1785 (sweep 499) and logged "F, eS, stellar, preceding a pB star. 240 verified it." The "pB star" is 2' NE. On 15 Oct 1830 (sweep 307), John Herschel called this object "pB; pL; R; psbM; 40" diameter."
******************************
03 03 58 +42 23; Per
= Not found, RNGC.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1173 = Big. 12, along with
NGCs 1176, 1178, 1183, on 17 Dec 1884 with the 12" at the Paris
Observatory and reported "mag 13.4-13.5; 20" diameter, stellar
ncl". There is nothing at his
position, though Harold Corwin states that Bigourdan made a 1 degree error in
reducing the NPD from his offset stars.
Once corrected, his positions for the other three objects match single
stars near
******************************
03 05 30.7 +42 50 05; Per
See observing notes for
Lewis Swift found NGC 1174 = Sw. 4-11 on 31 Aug 1883 and recorded "vF; pS; lE; in contact on preceding side with a pB*; D* np point to it about 4.5"." There is nothing at his position but 1 minute of RA further east is NGC 1186 and Swift's detailed description of the star in contact and the nearby double star clinches the equivalence. So, NGC 1174 = NGC 1186, with discovery priority to Herschel (H. IV-43).
Rudolph Spitaler first mentioned the equivalence in AN, 127, 91. He wrote "I could not find NGC 1174. Close to Swift's place are crowded four or five faint stars; About 6 seconds before the alleged position, I temporarily thought I noticed something nebulous, but I can not vouch for it. According to Swift's description, I rather believe that the place is in error by 1 minute and this nebula is identical to NGC 1186. This is supported by the remark "D[ouble] * np points to it about 4.5"." If the two nebulae were not identical, this would have to mean: "D * nf, etc.", where "D *" undoubtedly refers to the double star DM 42°694. Incidentally, according to Swift's description in NGC, it must also be called "pB * close following" instead of "pB * close preceding".
******************************
NGC 1175 = UGC 2515 = MCG +07-07-019 = CGCG 540-032 = PGC 11578
03 04 32.3 +42 20 22; Per
V = 12.9; Size 1.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 153°
17.5" (10/24/87): moderately bright, fairly small,
edge-on 3:1 NW-SE, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. Forms a close pair with
13.1" (1/19/85): fairly faint, elongated NNW-SSE, fairly small, larger brighter core, diffuse outer arms, possible faint stellar nucleus. Located SE of a mag 7 star. Forms a close pair with NGC 1177 1.7' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1175 = H. II-607 on 24 Oct
1786 (sweep 620) and recorded "F, cL, E." His position is just off the east edge of
******************************
03 04 34.9 +42 23 37; Per
= *, Corwin. Not found, RNGC.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1176 = Big. 13, along
with NGC 1173, 1178 and 1183, on 17 Dec 1884 with the 12" at the Paris
Observatory. There is nothing at the NGC position, but Corwin states that
Bigourdan made a 1 degree error in reducing the NPD from his offset star. Once corrected, his position for NGC
1176 corresponds with a mag 14.5 star 3.3' N of NGC 1175. The positions for
******************************
NGC 1177 = IC 281 = MCG +07-07-020 = CGCG 540-033 = PGC 11581
03 04 37.1 +42 21 46; Per
V = 14.1; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6
17.5" (10/24/87): very faint, very small, slightly elongated ~E-W. A mag 13 star is just 33" N of center. Located 1.7' NE of NGC 1175 at the western edge of AGC 426.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 1177
on 29 Nov 1874 and reported a "vS, F, R neb (to which 637 [NGC 1175]
perhaps extends) north-following.
A *11 in Pos 15.4°, Dist 34.6 arcsec." The position and description matches
******************************
03 04 38.8 +42 18 49; Per
= *, Corwin. = Not found, RNGC.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1178 = Big. 14, along with NGC 1173, 1176 and 1183, on 17 Dec 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory. There is nothing at his position, but Corwin states that Bigourdan made a 1 degree error in reducing the NPD from his offset star. Once corrected, his position for NGC 1176 corresponds with a mag 13.8 star 2.0' SE of NGC 1175. The positions for NGC 1176 and 1183 also match stars, although NGC 1173 is apparently lost. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
03 02 38.3 -18 53 51; Eri
V = 12.0; Size 4.9'x3.8'; Surf Br = 15.0; PA = 35°
17.5" (1/1/92): extremely faint, moderately large, 2.5' diameter, very low surface brightness, Appears as a diffuse, hazy region with a mag 13.5 star at the ESE edge 1.2' from center.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1179 = LM 1-81 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His (rough) position essentially matches
******************************
03 01 51.0 -15 01 48; Eri
V = 14.9; Size 0.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 5°
17.5" (1/28/00): extremely faint, very small, slightly
elongated N-S, 0.4'x0.3', weak concentration. Forms a close (physical) pair with NGC 1181 2.4' SW. Located 2' WNW of a mag 12 star.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1180 = LM 1-82 (along with NGC 1181 = I-83) on 31 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. Leavenworth's generally poor positions are close enough here so the identification NGC 1180 = PGC 11435 and NGC 1181 = PGC 11427 is certain. For some reason Howe could not find these galaxies near Leavenworth's position but did find NGC 1150 and 1151 about 5 min of RA west of Leavenworth's positions and assumed they were NGC 1180 and 1181. Dreyer even added the comment "are they perhaps = 1150 and 1151?". But these are two different pairs, roughly where Leavenworth placed them. Because of Howe's error, RNGC claims NGC 1150 is identical to NGC 1180 and NGC 1151 is identical to NGC 1181.
******************************
03 01 42.8 -15 03 09; Eri
V = 15.4; Size 0.8'x0.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 100°
17.5" (1/28/00): extremely faint, very small, slightly elongated E-W, 0.4'x0.2', requires averted. I was only able to detect the brighter central region and missed the extensions. NGC 1181 is the slightly fainter of a close (physical) pair with NGC 1180 2.4' NE. Located 2' WNW of a mag 12 star.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1181 = LM 1-83 (along with NGC 1180 = I-82) on 31 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. Leavenworth's generally poor positions are close enough here so the identification NGC 1180 = PGC 11435 and NGC 1181 = PGC 11427 is certain. For some reason Howe could not find these galaxies near Leavenworth's position but did find NGC 1150 and 1151 about 5 min of RA west of Leavenworth's positions and assumed they were NGC 1180 and 1181. Dreyer even added the comment "are they perhaps = 1150 and 1151?" But these are two different pairs, roughly where Leavenworth placed them. Because of Howe's error, RNGC claims NGC 1150 is identical to NGC 1180 and NGC 1151 is identical to NGC 1181.
******************************
03 03 28.4 -09 40 13; Eri
V = 14.8; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 115°
17.5" (1/28/00): very faint, small, round, slightly
elongated NW-SE, 25"x20" diameter, low surface brightness. A mag 12 star lies 2.5' SW and a mag 13
star is 1' E. Located 29' NE of
mag 5.8
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1182 = LM 1-84 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
15.5, 0.7'x0.3', E 120°, *10 P 240° [SW], dist 3.0'." There is nothing at his rough position
(RA to the nearest min of time), but 1 min of RA east is
******************************
03 04 46.1 +42 22 08; Per
= *, Corwin. Not found, RNGC.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1183 = Big. 15, along with NGC 1173, 1176 and 1178, on 17 Dec 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory. There is nothing at his position, but Corwin states that Bigourdan made a 1 degree error in reducing the NPD from his offset star. Once corrected, his position for NGC 1183 corresponds with a mag 14 star 1.7' ENE of NGC 1177. The positions for NGC 1176 and 1178 also match stars, although NGC 1173 is apparently lost. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
03 16 45.4 +80 47 36; Cep
V = 12.4; Size 2.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 168°
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 NNW-SSE, sharp concentration, stellar nucleus. This is a pretty edge-on system with a bulging core and tapering extensions.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1184 = H. II-704 on 16 Sep
1787 (sweep 757) and recorded "F, pL, mE from np to sf, lbM." Auwer's reduced position is ~5' north
of
******************************
NGC 1185 = MCG -02-08-041 = PGC 11488
03 02 59.4 -09 07 55; Eri
V = 14.8; Size 1.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 30°
17.5" (1/28/00): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, 0.8'x0.4', weak concentration. A mag 15 star is close SSE [56" from center].
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1185 = LM 2-353 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and reported "mag 15.7, 0.8' dia, pE 15°.". His position is just 8 tsec west of MCG -02-08-041 = PGC 11488 and the description applies.
******************************
NGC 1186 = NGC 1174 = UGC 2521 = MCG +07-07-021 = CGCG 540-034 = PGC 11617
03 05 30.7 +42 50 05; Per
V = 11.4; Size 3.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 122°
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly faint, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE. A mag 13 star, superimposed just southwest of the center, detracts from viewing.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1186 = H. IV-43 = h281 on 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 614) and reported "a pretty S star with a very F nebulosity to the nf side, of very little extent." On 24 Oct 1786 (sweep 621), he noted "a pretty B star with two faint branches." John Herschel also described it on 23 Dec 1831 (sweep 389) as "a star 14m with some kind of faint nebulous appendage." Herschel placed this galaxy in his class IV, which refers to objects that appeared to be planetary nebulae.
R.J. Mitchell and Samuel Hunter, Lord Rosse's observing assistants, both failed to find this galaxy and d'Arrest tried to follow up in 1863 but was also unsuccessful. Stephan made an observation on 5 Dec 1877. Bigourdan also observed and suggested it was a "variable nebula", because of the mixed results. Rudolph Spitaler took a look on 12 Mar 1891 with the 27-inch Vienna refractor. His description reads, "elongated NW-SE, but its boundaries are not so regularly shaped it could be described as elliptical. On its south preceding side is a mag 11 star. In the southeast side the nebula is limited by two faint stars, but at times the edge of the nebula seems to stretch beyond these. The brightest part is northeast of the former star. I estimate the length to be 2'."
Lewis Swift found this galaxy and superimposed star on 31 Aug 1883 and assumed it was new. His RA for Sw. 4-11 (later NGC 1174) was 1 minute of RA too small. Finally, it was checked for variability on photographs taken with the Mt Wilson 60-inch in 1914 and 1917, with no change found.
******************************
03 02 37.4 -22 52 03; Eri
V = 10.8; Size 5.5'x4.1'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 130°
48" (10/27/19): at 375x; very bright, very large spiral
with a bright elongated core oriented WNW-ESE. The inner portion of the halo was clearly blotchy. A brighter arc or patch was just SE of
the core and another brighter arc as close E and NE of the core. Finally, a subtle brighter patch was NW
of the core. These brighter spiral
segments formed a pseudo-ring oriented WNW-ESE. The outer halo was diffuse and extended ~4.5'x3.25',
reaching a mag 15.9 star 1.9' N of center. Another 16th mag star was in the outer halo on the NE side.
Located 4.6' SE of mag 8.8
17.5" (11/26/94): moderately bright, fairly large,
4'x3' NW-SE. Elongated in the
direction of mag 8.8
8" (10/31/81): faint, fairly large, elongated, diffuse. Located 4.7' SE of a mag 9 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1187 = H. III-245 = h2504 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 331) and noted "vF, cL, iE, resolvable, unequally bright." John Herschel described the galaxy from the Cape as "bright; very large; pretty much elongated; very gradually brighter to the middle; 3.5' long, 2.5' broad; has in or near the middle a star 16 mag." E.E. Barnard observed the nebula on 23 Aug 1883 and was surprised Herschel called it "vF", as it was not difficult in his 5-inch refractor.
NGC 1187 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "cF, small, 2-branch spiral, 2 stars south preceding." The galaxy was later photographed by Harold Knox-Shaw at the Helwan Observatory between 1909-11 with the 30" Reynolds reflector and described as a "spiral with curious faint extensions". Photographs taken in 1919-20 with the new 30" mirror showed "spiral with many braches in which are a great many almost stellar condensations; pF stellar nucleus through which is a vF line in p.a. 115° [central bar], giving the central portion a Phi type appearance ([barred ring]."
******************************
03 03 43.4 -15 29 07; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 170°
17.5" (10/13/90): faint, small, elongated 3:1 N-S. NGC 1188 is only 8' N of
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1188 = LM 1-89 on 2 Dec
1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. This is the first in a group of five
galaxies (NGCs 1189, 1190, 1191 and 1192) discovered that night. Although Leavenworth only gave a rough
RA for these objects, Herbert Howe measured accurate individual RA's in 1899-00
(repeated in the IC 2 Notes section).
In this case, Howe's corrected RA is a good match with
******************************
03 03 24.3 -15 37 23; Eri
V = 13.9; Size 1.7'x1.5'; Surf Br = 14.8
17.5" (10/13/90): extremely faint, fairly small, unusually low even surface brightness. First in the HCG 22 quintet with brightest member NGC 1199 4' ENE. NGC 1189 lies 2.3' SSE. NGC 1189 is also a member of the larger NGC 1209 Group at z ~.009.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1189 = LM 1-90 (along with nearby NGC 1188, 1190, 1191 and 1192) on 2 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. Although Leavenworth only gave a rough RA for these objects (corrected by 3 min of RA in a note in the second discovery list), Howe measured relatively accurate individual RA's in 1899-00, which are repeated in the IC 2 Notes section. This is the first of 5 NGC galaxies in HCG 22.
******************************
03 03 26.2 -15 39 44; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 95°
17.5" (10/13/90): extremely faint, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 E-W, very low surface brightness, requires averted vision. Member of the HCG 22 quintet with NGC
1199 4' NE, NGC 1189 2.3' NNW, NGC 1191 1.8' SE and
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1190 = LM 1-91 (along with nearby NGC 1188, 1189, 1191 and 1192) on 2 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. Although Leavenworth only gave a rough RA for these objects (corrected by 3 min of RA in a note in the second discovery list), Herbert Howe measured relatively accurate individual RA's in 1899-00, which are repeated in the IC 2 Notes section. This is the second of five NGC galaxies in HCG 22.
******************************
NGC 1191 = HCG 22D = MCG -03-08-064 = PGC 11514
03 03 30.9 -15 41 08; Eri
V = 14.3; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 60°
17.5" (10/13/90): extremely faint and small, round. A mag 14 star is 1.5' S. Member of the the HCG 22 quintet with NGC 1192 1.0' ENE, NGC 1190 1.8' NW and NGC 1199 4' NNE. NGC 1191 and 1192 have 3.5 times higher redshift than the other HCG 22 members, so lie in the background at a similar redsift as NGC 1180 and 1181.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1191 = LM 1-91 on 2 Dec 1885 (along with nearby NGC 1188, 1189, 1190 and 1192) with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. Although Leavenworth only gave a rough RA for these objects (corrected by 3 min of RA in a note in the second discovery list), Herbert Howe measured relatively accurate individual RA's in 1899-00, which are repeated in the IC 2 Notes section. This is the third of five NGC galaxies in HCG 22.
******************************
NGC 1192 = HCG 22E = MCG -03-08-065 = PGC 11519
03 03 34.6 -15 40 45; Eri
V = 14.4; Size 0.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 102°
17.5" (10/13/90): extremely faint and small, round. In a tight group (HCG 22) with NGC 1191 1' WSW, NGC 1190 2.3' NW and NGC 1199 4' N. This galaxy and NGC 1191 have 3x higher redshift than the other HCG 22 members so lie in the background at a similar redsift as NGC 1180 and 1181.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1192 = LM 1-91 (along with nearby NGC 1188, 1189, 1190 and 1191) on 2 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. Although Leavenworth only gave a rough RA for these objects (corrected by 3 min of RA in a note in the second discovery list), Howe measured relatively accurate individual RA's, except for NGC 1192. But assuming this object is east of NGC 1191 and 1' N, the identification is certain.
******************************
03 05 56 +44 23 00; Per
Size 2'
17.5" (10/24/87): this faint open cluster consists of an elongated glow with five faint stars mag 14-15 superimposed and a mag 11 star at the west edge. Located 4' ESE of a wide pair of bright stars (7.7/9.5 at 1.1'). This is a fairly old open cluster with age ~ 4.2 billion years.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1193 = H. II-608 on 24 Oct 1786 (sweep 621) and recorded "F, cL, easily resolvable, some of the stars visible." His position is accurate.
******************************
03 03 49.1 -01 06 13; Cet
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 140°
17.5" (1/7/89): faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE,
broad concentration.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1194 = St. 13-22 on 3 Nov 1877 with the 31" reflector at Marseilles Observatory. His micrometric position (reduced on 23 Nov 1883 and published in his 13th discovery list) is accurate.
******************************
03 03 32.8 -12 02 03; Eri
V = 14.7; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4
24" (12/6/18): at 375x; nearly fairly faint, small,
round, 20" diameter, very small brighter nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is
45" SE. In a quartet with NGC
1196 2.3' SSE, along with
17.5" (10/20/90): very faint, very small, elongated 3:2
N-S, even surface brightness. A
mag 13 star is 45" SE of center.
First of four in the
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 1195 while making an
observation of the
Pietro Baracchi independently discovered NGC 1195 on 7 Dec 1885 with the Great Melbourne Telescope and sketched the field, along with NGC 1196, NGC 1200 and IC 285 (new discovery).
******************************
NGC 1196 = MCG -02-08-042B = Holm 65a = PGC 11522
03 03 35.2 -12 04 34; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2
24" (12/6/18): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, small bright nucleus, ~30"x20". A low surface brightness halo increases the size with averted to ~40" in diameter. Occasionally it brightened along the spine of the major axis like a bar. In a group (USGC S110) with several NGCs and ICs, including NGC 1195 2.3' NNW.
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, well-defined bright core. A mag 13 star is 1.7' N and a mag 12 star is 3' SSE. Second of four in the NGC 1200 compact group with NGC 1195 2.2' N.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1196 = h2505 on 8 Jan 1877 while observing the field of NGC 1200. He logged it on two consecutive nights as "vF" and "the S.p. of two [with NGC 1200]", but missed nearby NGC 1195.
******************************
03 06 12 +44 04; Per
= Not found, Corwin and RNGC.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1197 = Sw. 2-27 on 12 Sep 1885 with the 16-inch refractor at Warner Observatory and reported "pF, cE, pS, sev vF stars nr". His position falls on a blank piece of sky between two mag 13.1 and 14.2 stars. There are also a number of faint double stars in the vicinity on the DSS that he might have mistaken for a nebulous object. In any case, this number is currently lost or nonexistent.
******************************
03 06 13.3 +41 50 56; Per
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 120°
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, very small, diffuse round
halo, stellar nucleus about 14th magnitude. Located 7' N of mag 8.8
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1198 = St. 11-7 on 1 Dec 1875
and noted a rough position 1.5' to the NE. His published position (list 11, #7) was made on 6 Dec 1880
with description "core of 11th magnitude, slightly nebulous." His position was accurate although MCG
missed identifying
******************************
NGC 1199 = HCG 22A = MCG -03-08-067 = LGG 081-002 = PGC 11527
03 03 38.4 -15 36 50; Eri
V = 11.4; Size 2.4'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 48°
17.5" (10/13/90): moderately bright, fairly small, oval 4:3 SSW-NNE, broadly concentrated halo, small bright core. A mag 11 star is 2.8' NE. An extremely faint mag 15 star or possibly an anonymous galaxy is 2' N.
NGC 1199 is the brightest in the HCG 22 quintet with extremely faint NGC 1190 4.1' SW, NGC 1191 4.6' SSW, NGC 1189 3.4' W and NGC 1192 4.0' S. NGC 1191 and 1192 lie in the background, though, at 3.5x the redshift. NGC 1199, along with NGC 1209, are the brightest members of a much larger group (LGG 81) that also includes NGCs 1145, 1163, 1188 and IC 276 at z ~.009.
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright, small, round, diffuse halo surrounded by a fairly bright stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1199 = H. II-503 = h282 on 30 Dec 1785 (sweep 499) and logged "pB, S, iF, mbM." Both William and John Herschel's declination was ~ 1' too far north. Engelhardt measured an accurate micrometric position.
******************************
NGC 1200 = MCG -02-08-043 = PGC 11545
03 03 54.6 -11 59 30; Eri
V = 12.7; Size 2.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 85°
24" (12/6/18): at 375x; fairly bright, fairly large, slightly elongated but orientation difficult to pin down. The brighter central region is strongly concentrated with a very small brighter nucleus. The outer 1' halo has a very low surface brightness and drops off imperceptibly into the background sky. A mag 15.4 star is at the south edge of the halo. Brightest in a quartet with IC 285 3' SE and brightest in the larger USGC S110 galaxy group (8 members).
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, round, bright core, halo slightly elongated N-S. There is an extremely faint star or possible companion at the south edge. Third of four and brightest in a compact quartet with NGC 1195 and 1196.
NGC 1200 forms a close pair with IC 285 3.2' ESE. The IC companion was logged as "very faint, small, elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, very low even surface brightness."
William Herschel discovered NGC 1200 = H. II-475 = h2506 on 27 Nov 1785 (sweep 478) and noted "pF, pL, irr F, bM." On 22 Nov 1835 (sweep 648) John Herschel described it from the Cape of Good Hope as "pB, L, R, 80". The N.f. of two, distance about 7.5'; position 45 degrees." His mean position from 2 measures is accurate.
While observing NGC 1200 on 7 Dec 1885 with the Great Melbourne Telescope, Pietro Baracchi discovered nearby IC 285 and made an independent discovery of NGC 1195 (found earlier by Dreyer).
******************************
03 04 08.0 -26 04 12; For
V = 10.7; Size 3.6'x2.1'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 7°
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly bright, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 N-S, 1.6'x0.8', well concentrated. Dominated by a bright, very small round core and an almost
stellar nucleus. Forms the
southern vertex of an acute triangle with a mag 12 star off the NNW side 2.9'
from center and a mag 10.5 star 3.8' NE of center. In a group (LGG 086) with
14.5" (12/17/20): at 182x; fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 or 5:2 N-S, ~1.8'x0.8'. Sharply concentrated with a small intensely bright core that dominates the appearance and increases to a sharp stellar peak. In a small group (LGG 086) with NGC 1255 and 1302.
8" (10/31/81): fairly bright, small, slightly elongated N-S, small bright core. A mag 11 star is 4' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1201 = H. I-109 = h283 on 26 Oct 1785 (sweep 466) and logged "cB; mbM; iR; resolvable." On a later sweep he wrote, "cB, pS, lE in the direction of the meridian, mbM, resolvable, 1.5' long." Finally on sweep (593) he recorded "pB, pS, bM, lE." On 14 Oct 1830 (sweep 306), John Herwschel remarked "B; R; psbM; 30" [diameter]." His position was just off the north end of the galaxy.
******************************
03 05 02.5 -06 29 30; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7
17.5" (1/12/02): very faint, small, round, 25" diameter, low even surface brightness. A pair of mag 14/15 star (32" separation) lie 1' SE. Located 4' SW of a 20" pair of mag 10.5/11.5 stars and 4.8' SSW of a mag 10.3 star.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1202 = LM 2-354 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
15.5, 0.3' dia, wide double star, position 45° (NE) at 4' distance. His position is ~30 tsec of RA east of
******************************
03 05 14.1 -14 22 53; Eri
V = 14.5; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (10/13/90): very faint, very small, round. A very close contact pair
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1203 = LM 1-85 on 1 Jan
1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position is a good match
with
******************************
03 04 40.0 -12 20 29; Eri
V = 13.3; Size 1.2'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 69°
24" (12/6/18): at 375x; very unusual appearance with a fairly bright mag 12.5 star attached on the south edge with the galaxy elongated 2:1 or 5:2 WSW-ENE and extending ~0.9'x0.4'. A mag 14.5 star is 45" SW (outside the glow) and a mag 15.3 star is just 15" SE of the brighter star. Member of the NGC 1200 group (USGC S110).
17.5" (11/17/01): interesting object as it appears as a diffuse glow, elongated ENE-WSW with three stars near including a mag 11 star attached at the south edge.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1204 = LM 1-86 on 26 Dec 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and reported "mag 15.5, E 45°, B* and sev F stars inv in neb, resolvable." His position is a good match with MCG -02-08-045 = PGC 11583 and the description is appropriate for this galaxy. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes) and mentions "I noticed simply a small triangle of stars of mags 11, 12, and 13. The brightest star seemed to be enveloped in an extremely faint mantle of nebulous matter."
Recently (27 Mar 2015), I found that William Herschel observed NGC 1204 on 27 Nov 1785 (sweep 478), though he only logged "a deception", and didn't assign it an internal discovery number or H-designation. His offset in position from #1193 = NGC 1200 (the previous object in the sweep), places the "deception" just 1.2' south of NGC 1204, based on Corwin's reduction (Steinicke also confirms this observation). Based on my visual notes, I can see why WH found the appearance ambiguous.
******************************
03 03 28.4 -09 40 13; Eri
See observing notes for NGC 1182.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1205 = LM 1-87 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and logged "mag 14.0, 0.7'x0.3', E 25°, *9.5 in PA 240° at 3.0' dist." There is nothing at his position but 2 min of RA west is PGC 11511 and Stone's description applies (except his PA should read 125°). This was Stone's second observation of this galaxy. His position for I-84 = NGC 1182 was 1.0 min of west too far west, but the descriptions are virtually the same. Herbert Howe examined the field in 1899-00 and report "having examined the locality very carefully on two fine nights I judge the objects to be identical." Based on this this observation, Dreyer states in the IC 2 Notes that "1205 is equal to 1182". Either number could be the primary designation as the earlier observation is not known. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
03 06 09.7 -08 50 00; Eri
V = 14.9; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2
18" (1/1/08): extremely faint, very small, round, 15" diameter. Visible ~80% of the time using averted vision as a very low surface brightness knot with no structure. Located 6.5' N of a mag 10.5 star.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1206 = LM 2-355 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and logged
"mag 15.6, 0.2' dia, vlE 180°."
His position matches
******************************
03 08 15.5 +38 22 56; Per
V = 12.6; Size 2.3'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 123°
24" (2/7/16): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, 0.6'x0.4'.
A mag 14.5-15 star is superimposed on the northwest side.
17.5" (1/1/92): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 NW-SE, broadly concentrated halo. A mag 15 star is attached at northwest end.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1207 = H. III-578 = h284 on 18 Oct 1786 (sweep 618) and noted "vF, vS." In Oct 1828 (sweep 188) John Herschel wrote, "F; vS; R; psbM; 12" diameter." The superimposed star was mentioned at Birr Castle: "I am not sure whether it is a star or a nucleus in the north-preceding end."
According to Gary Kronk, Lewis Swift discovered it again in October 1884, though didn't publish it in one of his twelve lists.
******************************
03 06 11.9 -09 32 27; Eri
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 75°
24" (12/6/18): at 375x; fairly bright, fairly large,
oval 2:1 WSW-ENE, contains a very bright elongated core and fainter halo,
~1.1'x0.5'.
17.5" (10/20/90): fairly faint, very elongated 3:1 E-W,
broadly concentrated halo, much fainter extensions. First and brightest in a group with
William Herschel discovered NGC 1208 = H. II-285 = h285 = h2507 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 355) and logged "pF, S, lE, south of a pB triangle, about 1/2' in length." On 15 Dec 1786 (sweep 650) he recorded "F, S, lbM, E not far from the parallel; a little from sp to nf." John Herschel observed this galaxy both at Slough, England and at the Cape of Good Hope and 7 observations were made at Birr Castle.
******************************
NGC 1209 = MCG -03-08-073 = LGG 081-003 = PGC 11638
03 06 03.0 -15 36 41; Eri
V = 11.5; Size 2.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 85°
17.5" (1/12/02): moderately bright, fairly small,,
elongated 2:1 E-W, 1.4'x0.7'.
Increases to a bright, rounder core and stellar nucleus.
NGC 1209 is the brightest in a group (LGG 81), along with NGC 1199, that includes NGCs 1145, 1163, 1188, 1189, 1190 and IC 276. NGC 1209 is located 40' following HCG 22, whose brightest member is NGC 1199.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated ~E-W, very small bright core. Appears slightly fainter than NGC 1199 40' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1209 = H. II-504 = h286 on 30 Dec 1785 (sweep 499) and logged "pB, S, lE, mbM. The brightness also extended. " John Herscel reported on 15 Oct 1830 (sweep 307), "vB; E; psbM; 30" l; 20" br."
******************************
03 06 45.3 -25 42 59; For
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 121°
17.5" (12/28/00): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1.0' diameter, weak but even concentration to a brighter core. A mag 13 star lies 1.1' NNW of center. Located 40' NE of NGC 1201.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1210 = LM 1-88 on 13 Nov 1885
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and reported
"mag 15.0, vS, iR, E 340°?, gbMN". There is nothing at his rough RA (nearest minute) and the
Knox-Shaw reported it was "Not shown" on a photograph taken at the
Helwan observatory in 1921-22. But
1 minute of time east is
******************************
03 06 52.4 -00 47 40; Cet
V = 12.5; Size 2.1'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
17.5" (1/7/89): moderately bright, fairly small, very faint outer halo, sharp concentration, round. Two mag 13 stars lie 2.1' ESE and 2.2' ENE oriented N-S with a separation of 1.1'.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 1211 = Sf. 102 on 31 Oct 1867 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory. Édouard Stephan made an observation on 29 Nov 1875 (perhaps aware of Safford's discovery?). He listed it as new in his 11th list (#8) with an accurate position from on 27 Nov 1880. Stephan was credited with the discovery in the NGC, as Safford's discovery wasn't published until 1887, too late to be included in the NGC.
******************************
03 09 42.2 +40 53 35; Per
V = 14.5; Size 0.9'x0.5'; PA = 22°
24" (12/20/17): at 375x; fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated, 20"x15", faint stellar nucleus. Located 18' ESE of Algol and 2.7' SW of a mag 8.7 star
within AGC 426.
18" (11/22/03): faint, small, round, 25" diameter,
even surface brightness. Forms the
SW vertex of an equilateral triangle with mag 8.7
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1212 = Sw. 1-5 on 18 Oct 1884
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and recorded "S; R;
vvF. Right angled with 2
stars. In field with
Algol". Swift's position is
poor, 40 seconds of RA west of
RNGC and PGC (as well as secondary sources such as Megastar)
misidentify
******************************
NGC 1213 = IC 1881 = UGC 2557 = MCG +06-07-045 = CGCG 524-058 = PGC 11789
03 09 17.3 +38 38 59; Per
V = 14.5; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 15.4; PA = 60°
24" (2/7/16): faint or fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 ~SW-NE, 24"x18", low surface brightness, fades into background. The image is confused as there are two very faint stars involved as well as two additional stars off the north side. Located in a rich star field 50' ESE of mag 3.4 Rho Per. NGC 1207 is 20' SW.
17.5" (1/1/92): extremely faint, fairly small, slightly elongated. This galaxy has an extremely low surface brightness with a very ill-defined outline! Several faint stars are near or involved including a mag 14 star close off the SW edge and a pair of mag 15.5 stars at the north end.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1213 = Sw. 1-6 on 14 Oct 1884
with his 16" refractor and recorded "vvF; lE; v diff; F* close
north." His position is 0.4
min of RA west of
******************************
NGC 1214 = HCG 23A = MCG -02-08-051 = Holm 66a = PGC 11675
03 06 55.9 -09 32 38; Eri
V = 14.0; Size 1.3'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 40°
24" (12/6/18): at 375x; between fairly faint and
moderately bright, fairly high surface brightness edge-on 4:1 SW-NE, 1.1'x0.3',
small bright core. In a small
group (
48" (10/30/16): at 375x and 488x; bright, fairly large, very elongated 7:2 SW-NE, ~1.2'x0.35', sharply concentrated with a very bright core that increases to a stellar nucleus. Brightest in the HCG 23 quintet with NGC 1215 4' SE. A mag 11 star is 2.7' due north. The seeing and transparency was subpar during the observation of the group.
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, very small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is 2.7' N. FIrst of four in the field with NGC 1215 4' SE and NGC 1208 11' W. Brightest in HCG 23.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1214 = LM 1-94 = Sw. 5-49, along with NGC 1215 and 1216, in 1886 using the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Stone reported, "mag 14.0, 0.7'x0.2', E 60°." He added a note, "48 seconds f[ollowing] G.C. 647 [NGC 1208] same declination, stellar N[ucleus] in cen of vF neb; 1st of 3 [with NGC 1215 and 1216]; *10, P 15° Delta [separation] 3'." His rough position (nearest min of RA) is essentially correct.
Lewis Swift also found this galaxy on 21 Oct 1886. He described it as "F; pS; iR; 647 [= NGC 1208] nr; 1st of 2 [with NGC 1215]." Frank Muller suggested the equivalence with Stone's object in a Sidereal Messenger article (Feb 1887) that listed nebulae from Swift's 5th catalogue which had been discovered previously. As the Leander McCormick discovery list was submitted to the Astronomical Journal on 12 Oct 1886, the discovery credit goes to Stone.
******************************
NGC 1215 = HCG 23B = MCG -02-08-055 = Holm 66b = PGC 11687
03 07 09.4 -09 35 32; Eri
V = 14.1; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 15°
24" (12/6/18): at 375x; fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 4:3 ~N-S, ~0.8'x0.6', small brighter core region that brightens towards the center. low surface brightness halo. Sandwiched between edge-ons NGC 1214 4.5' NW and NGC 1216 2.5' ESE.
48" (10/30/16): at 375x and 488x; fairly bright, fairly
large, sharply concentrated with a very bright elongated core SSW-NNE that
increases to a stellar nucleus. Surrounded by a fairly large, low surface
brightness oval halo ~1.2'x0.9'.
Forms a close pair with
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, well defined small bright core, faint extensions. Member of the NGC 1208 group and HCG 23 with NGC 1214 4' NW and NGC 1216 2' SE.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1215 = LM 1-95 = Sw. 5-50, along with NGC 1214 and 1216, in 1886 using the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Stone reported, "mag 15.5, 0.4', dif." He added the note, "2nd of 3 [with NGC 1214 and 1216]." His declination is 2' too far south, incorrectly placing NGC 1215 1' south of NGC 1216, instead of 1' N.
Lewis Swift also found this galaxy on 21 Oct 1886. He described it as "eF; vS; R; 647 [= NGC 1208] nr; 2nd of 2 [with NGC 1214]." Frank Muller noted the prior discovery in a Sidereal Messenger article (Feb 1887), though he assumed Swift found NGC 1216. The Leander McCormick discovery list was submitted to the Astronomical Journal on 12 Oct 1886, so Stone made the earlier discovery.
******************************
NGC 1216 = HCG 23C = MCG -02-08-056 = PGC 11693
03 07 18.4 -09 36 44; Eri
V = 14.8; Size 0.8'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 65°
24" (12/6/18): at 375x; between fairly faint and moderately bright, 4:1 or 5:1 WSW-ENE, ~36"x8", surprisingly high surface brightness. The listed V magnitude of 14.8 seems too faint based on its appearance. Similar in surface brightness to NGC 1214.
48" (10/30/16): at 375x and 488x; fairly bright, fairly small, edge-on 5:1 WSW-ENE, ~40"x8", well concentrated with a very bright, high surface brightness core that increases to a stellar nucleus. The extensions are quite thin. NGC 1215 lies 2.5' NW.
17.5" (10/20/90): very faint, extremely small, stellar nucleus or faint star superimposed, extremely faint and very small extensions SW-NE. Member of HCG 23 with NGC 1215 2' NW.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1216 = LM 1-96 in 1886, along with NGC 1214 and 1215, with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. He recorded "mag 14.5, 0.2' dia, stellar ncl, 3rd of 3" and the rough position matches MCG -02-08-056 = PGC 11693. This galaxy was missed by Lewis Swift, though he found nearby NGC 1214 and 1215.
******************************
03 06 06.0 -39 02 11; For
V = 12.4; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 50°
18" (1/17/09): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 45" diameter, sharply concentrated with a small brighter core and much fainter halo. A 24" pair of mag 9/12 stars located 7' SE is lined up with the galaxy. A mag 13 star lies 1.5' N. A faint companion galaxy 0.9' N (MCG -07-07-004) was not seen, probably because of the low elevation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1217 = h2508 on 23 Oct 1835 and logged "not vF; R; pslbM; 20". Has a *11m 2' N. His position (h2508) and description is accurate (the star is 1.6' N).
******************************
03 08 26.3 +04 06 38; Cet
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 155°
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, small, round, bright core. Located 92' E of Alpha Ceti.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1218 = Sw. 4-12 on 6 Sep 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 1.4' too far west. Hermann Kobold measured an accurate position in 1896 at Strasbourg (published in 1907).
******************************
03 08 28.0 +02 06 30; Cet
V = 13.0; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (10/24/87): moderately bright, moderately large, almost round, weak concentration.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1219 = m 87 on 9 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48". He recorded an accurate position and description "F, pL, R."
******************************
03 11 41 +53 20 54; Per
Size 2'
17.5" (12/28/94): very compact group of about a dozen faint stars mag 13.5-15 in a small 1.5' wedge-shaped clump. There is a very tight string of three strings at the NE end and the brightest mag 13 star is at the south end. Does not appear fully resolved due to density and background haze. This is a young cluster(60 million years old) at a distance of ~5900 light years in the Perseus Arm.
8" (11/28/81) : faint open cluster, small, six faint stars are visible over unresolved haze.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1220 = h287 on 28 Nov 1831 (sweep 386), recording "a vS, close-packed group of 8 or 10 stars 14...15 mag in a space of 30" diam, so as easily to be taken for a pB nebula." His position and description matches this cluster.
******************************
03 08 15.5 -04 15 35; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 160°
17.5" (1/7/89): very faint, very small, round. A mag 13 star is 1.2' SE. FIrst of three with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1221 = LM 2-356 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"mag 15.5, 0.2'x0.1', E 170°, * in PA 175° (south)." His position is 20 sec of RA east of
******************************
03 08 56.9 -02 57 18; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 170°
17.5" (1/7/89): fairly faint, fairly small, round, very small bright core, stellar nucleus.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1222 = St. 13-23 on 30 Nov 1883. His published position (list 13, #23) was reduced a few days later (5 Dec 1883).
******************************
NGC 1223 = MCG -01-09-003 = PGC 11742
03 08 19.9 -04 08 18; Eri
V = 14.0; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (1/7/89): second and brightest of a trio with NGC 1221 8' SSW and NGC 1225 7' E. Faint, small, round, bright core. The identifications of NGC 1223 and NGC 1225 are reversed in the RNGC and U2000.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1223 = LM 2-357 (along
with NGC 1225 = II-358) in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander
McCormick Observatory in 1886, recording "mag 15.0, 0.3' dia, R,
gbMN". His position is 45 sec
of RA following
******************************
03 11 13.6 +41 21 49; Per
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 14.1
24" (12/20/17): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, round, 20" diameter (central region of galaxy), gradually increases to a stellar peak. A mag 13.5 pair [~12" separation?] is just 1.5' ENE. A mag 9.8 star lies 2.2' SSW and a mag 10.4 star is 3.0' NNW. Located 42' NW of Algol in AGC 426.
17.5" (10/24/87): very faint, very small, round, small brighter core. Member of AGC 426.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1224 = Sw. 2-28 on 20 Aug 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position matches
******************************
NGC 1225 = MCG -01-09-004 = PGC 11766
03 08 47.2 -04 06 05; Eri
V = 14.4; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (1/7/89): third of three with NGC 1221 and NGC 1223. Very faint, very small, round, small bright core. Located 7' E of NGC 1223. The identifications of NGC 1223 and NGC 1225 are reversed in the RNGC.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1225 = LM 2-358 (along
with NGC 1223 = II-357) in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander
McCormick Observatory, recording "mag 15.5, 0.2' dia, R". His position is 30 sec of RA following
******************************
NGC 1226 = UGC 2575 = MCG +06-08-001 = CGCG 524-061 = PGC 11879
03 11 05.4 +35 23 12; Per
V = 12.9; Size 2.1'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 95°
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; moderately bright, round,
45" diameter, small bright core.
Brightest of a trio with
UGC 2579 appeared fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, 30" length, broad concentration with a slightly brighter core.
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, round, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 1227 4' SSE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1226 = St. 10-16, along with NGC 1227, on 29 Nov 1875. His published position (list 10, #16) was made 4 years later on 6 Dec 1879. The original discovery was apparently made by Heinrich d'Arrest on 17 Sep 1865, but due to a transcription error his position was 1-hour of RA too small and falls on a blank piece of sky. See NGC 832.
******************************
NGC 1227 = UGC 2577 = CGCG 524-062 = CGCG 525-003 = PGC 11880
03 11 07.8 +35 19 29; Per
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 14.0
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; faint, small, round, 24" diameter, very small brighter nucleus (possibly a stellar peak). Forms the vertex of an isosceles triangle with two mag 10 stars 4.5' WSW and 4.5' SE. Fainter of pair with NGC 1226 4' N.
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, very small, round. Forms a pair with NGC 1226 4' NNW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1227 = St. 10-17, along with NGC 1227, on 29 Nov 1875. His single position on that date matched NGC 1226, though he noted there were two nebulae. His published position (list 10, #17) was made on 10 Jan 1880.
******************************
03 08 11.7 -22 55 23; Eri
V = 13.2; Size 1.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 78°
17.5" (11/10/96): faint, small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE,
0.8'x0.6'. A mag 13 star is
50" S. In a group with NGC
1229 2.2' S.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1228 = LM 2-359 (along
with
******************************
NGC 1229 = Arp 332 NED1 = VV 337b = UGCA 53 = ESO 480-033 =
03 08 11.0 -22 57 37; Eri
V = 14.0; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 81°
17.5" (11/10/96): very faint, very small, round, 0.4' diameter. Located 2.2' S of brighter NGC 1228 in a group with NGC 1230 1.9' SE and IC 1892. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.4' N on a line to NGC 1228.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1229 = LM 2-359, along
with NGC 1228 = II-359, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory, recording "mag 16.0, 0.1', R, gbM, 2nd of
2". There is nothing at his
position, but 1 min of RA west is
******************************
NGC 1230 = Arp 332 NED2 = ESO 480-034 = MCG -04-08-027 = PGC 11743
03 08 16.4 -22 59 03; Eri
V = 14.4; Size 0.6'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 109°
17.5" (11/10/96): faintest in a group with NGC 1228, NGC 1229 and IC 1892. Only glimpsed momentarily using Vicker's CCD Atlas. Appears extremely faint and small, 10" diameter with possible extensions to 20". Located 3.8' SSE of NGC 1228 and 1.9' SE of NGC 1230. IC 1892 lies 5' further SE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1230 = LM 2-361, along with NGC 1228 and NGC 1229, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Leavenworth made no estimate of size or brightness, only the comment "*??". There is nothing at his position, but 1 min of RA west and 2' N is ESO 480-033 = PGC 11734. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 1231 = MCG -03-08-074 = PGC 11658
03 06 29.3 -15 34 09; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (1/12/02): extremely faint, very small, round, 0.4' diameter. A mag 15 star is just off the SSW edge of the halo, 30" from the center. Located 6.8' NE of NGC 1209. Due to a poor position by Leavenworth, this galaxy is classified as nonexistent in the RNGC.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1231 = LM 1-97 on 2 Dec
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory,
recording "mag 16.0, pL, E like a fan." There is nothing at his rough position (given to an nearest
min of RA and arcmin of Dec). But
exactly 4 min of RA west is
******************************
03 09 45.1 -20 34 46; Eri
V = 9.9; Size 7.4'x6.5'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 108°
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): NGC 1232 is a face-on multi-arm knotty Sc-type. At 303x it appeared very bright, very large, roundish, at least 6' diameter. It was sharply concentrated with a very bright, elongated core that contained a brighter central bar-like nuclear region. Spiral structure was evident in the large halo, but more subtle than I expected as several segments were disconnected. The most prominent was a knotty arm on the north side. It emerged near the northwest end of the core and shot linearly (2' length) towards the northeast in the direction of a mag 14 star 2.5' NE of center.
Another spiral arm extended east and west perhaps 1.5' length, just south of the central region. The arm faded out at its west end but after a short break, a very faint elongated knot, ~14"x8", was visible 1.7' WSW of center. NED includes multiple designations NGC 1232:[HK83] 442, [HK83] 445, [HK83] 450 and more from Hodge and Kennicutt's 1983 "Atlas of HII regions in 125 galaxies". The arm dimmed again but could just be traced shooting straight N-S in the northwest end of the halo. Another short, linear segment of a arm (containing [HK83] 110) was just visible close east of the core, 1.1' ENE of center.
17.5" (10/8/88): bright, large, slightly elongated,
bright core, very large faint halo. Located 8' WSW of mag 8.6
13.1" (1/18/85): large, large bright core, substellar nucleus, very diffuse outer halo. An arm is suspected attached at the west end and winding towards the east on the north side of the core.
8" (10/31/81): faint, diffuse, low surface brightness.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1232 = H. II-258 = h2509 on 20 Oct 1784 (sweep 303) recording "eF, lbM, 7 or 8' dia." On 19 Dec 1799 (sweep 1091) he logged "F, cL, bM, irr F, 5 or 5' diam. The nebulosity is unequal, seeming to be two or three clouds or nebulosities joined together." John Herschel made 3 observations at the Cape. His most detailed observation reads, "B; vL; R; resolvable; 3' (dia), first very grad then psbM. With the left eye I see it mottled. (N.B. This is no doubt a distant globular cluster)."
Based on a photograph taken at the Helwan observatory in
1921-22, NGC 1232 was described as "pB, 7'x7', open spiral, B stellar
nucleus, many branches with almost stellar condensations."
******************************
03 12 33.1 +39 19 07; Per
V = 13.2; Size 1.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 27°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, very elongated 3:1 NNW-NNE, 1.2'x0.4', broadly concentrated, faint extensions. A mag 13.5 star is off the NE end. Member of AGC 426 (south of main stream).
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1233 = St. 3-20 on 10 Nov 1871. His rough position was 7' too far ESE. His published micrometric position (list 3, #20) was made a 1 month later on 10 Dec 1871. He followed up with another observation on 30 Nov 1877.
Harold Corwin suggests that Swift's V-51 = NGC 1235 might be a duplicate observation with a 24' error in declination.
******************************
03 09 39.2 -07 50 47; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.8'x0.9'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 141°
17.5" (1/12/02): extremely faint, small, round, 0.6' diameter,
low even surface brightness.
Requires averted vision but once identified I could almost hold it
continuously with concentration.
Based on the galaxy's size and elongation, I probably viewed the
brighter core only. Located 4' SW
of mag 9.5
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1234 = LM 2-362 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory, recording
"mag 16.2, 0.6' dia, iR, 1 or eF stars inv, *9m precedes 30
sec." There is nothing at his
position but 40 sec of RA due west is
******************************
03 12 48 +38 56; Per
= ***, JS. =NGC 1233?, HC
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1235 = Sw. 5-51 on 21 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. There are no galaxies near his position. The RNGC identifies NGC 1235 as a triple star, situated about 1.5' N of Swift's position. But these stars appear too bright and too easily resolved to be confused with a faint nebulous object by Swift. Harold Corwin suggests that NGC 1235 may be a duplicate of NGC 1233, which is located due north. If this identification is correct, Swift made a 24' error in declination (too far south). Except for NGC 58, the other dozen discoveries by Swift on that night have no significant errors, so this identification is very uncertain. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
03 11 28.0 +10 48 30; Ari
V = 14.7; Size 0.5'x0.3'; PA = 30°
18" (12/10/07): very faint, small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 0.4'x0.2', low surface brightness, no concentration in fairly poor seeing.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1236 = m 88 on 5 Oct 1864 with
Lassell's 48" reflector on Malta, recording "eF, vS, R". His position is just off the south side
of
******************************
03 10 08.9 -08 41 32; Eri
V = 14.5/14.5; Size 13"
24" (12/28/13): this 13" pair of evenly matched
mag 14-15 stars was easily resolved at 225x. Located 21' NW of the
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1237 = LM 2-363 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory, reporting "mag 13.0, 0.4' diameter, E 170°, double star?" Dreyer included the description as a possible double star and Corwin confirms it *is* a double star 36 tsec west and 1' south of Muller's position. The separation is 14" with a PA 152°.
******************************
03 10 52.7 -10 44 53; Eri
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 110°
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, small, round, very
small bright core. Contains a
faint stellar nucleus or possibly a faint star is superimposed. Forms the west vertex of an obtuse
isosceles triangle with a mag 13 star 2.4' SE and a mag 14 star 2.3' NNE of
center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1238 = Sw. 5-52 on 1 Nov 1886
with his 16" refractor, recording "vF; pS; R; sp of [
******************************
03 10 53.7 -02 33 11; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 70°
17.5" (1/7/89): faint, very small, round, weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1239 = H. III-262 = h288 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 351) and recorded "Suspected, stellar, 240x verified it with difficulty." WH's position was poor but John Herschel was only able to correct the declination, as the nebula was "scarcely seen through thick haze" (sweep 96). So, the listed RA is roughly 30 sec too far east in the NGC. Still there are no other nearby candidates and the identification NGC 1239 = PGC 11869 is not in question.
******************************
03 13 26.7 +30 30 26; Ari
= **, Corwin.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1240 = H. III-164 on 12 Sep 1784 (sweep 268) and recorded "suspected, 240 left a doubt; extremely faint and very small, most probably two close stars; between two stars." There is nothing near his position and Bigourdan was unsuccessful (twice) in trying to recover this object. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, notes "*13.5 in Dreyer's place". Harold Corwin suggests NGC 1240 is a double star (11" separation) about 8' southeast of WH's position. This pair is also on a line between two other stars so matches Herschel's position.
******************************
NGC 1241 = Arp 304 NED1 = VV 334a = MCG -02-09-011 = Holm 68a = PGC 11887
03 11 14.7 -08 55 20; Eri
V = 12.0; Size 2.8'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 145°
24" (12/28/13): fairly bright, moderately large, oval
2:1 NW-SE, 2'x1', contains a large bright core that increases towards the
center. There was a hint of arm
structure in the outer halo. Forms
a pair with
13.1" (12/7/85): moderately bright, round, bright core surrounded by a diffuse halo. Forms a close pair with fainter NGC 1242 1.6' NE. Located 3.0' due south of mag 9.0 SAO 130329.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1241 = H. II-286 = h289 = h2510 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 355) and recorded "F, pL, R, lbM, south of a small star." John Herschel observed this galaxy both at Slough, England, calling it "eF" and "pB" on two observations, and at the Cape of Good Hope where he logged "F, pmE, 50", the preceding of two [with NGC 243]."
******************************
NGC 1242 = Arp 304 NED2 = VV 334b = Holm 68c = MCG -02-09-012 = PGC 11892
03 11 19.2 -08 54 07; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 130°
24" (12/28/13): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:3 NW-SE, ~35"x21", weak concentration. Forms a pair (Arp 304 = VV 334) with brighter NGC 1241 1.7' SE. A bright mag 9.3 star lies 2' NW.
13.1" (12/7/85): very faint, small, round, small bright
core, stellar nucleus, can hold with averted vision. Forms a close pair with much brighter NGC 1241 1.6' SW. Located 2.1' SE of mag 9.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 1242 = H. III-591 on 15 Dec 1786 (sweep 650) and recorded "Two [along with NGC 1241], that of which the place is taken [NGC 1241] is F, pL, vgvmbM, R. The other [NGC 1242] is about 1' nf, eF, stellar. A 3rd suspected sf the 1st, still fainter than the 2nd; the I did not see it well enough to verify it, and it may be a deception." Bindon Stoney, using LdR's 72" on Dec 7 1850, assumed it was a new discovery (labeled as "Beta" in his sketch). Dreyer later noticed the equivalence with III-591 when he examined the field on 6 Nov 1877 as the observing assistant at Birr Castle.
******************************
03 11 25.4 -08 56 43; Eri
= **, Corwin.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1243 = h291 = h2511 on 6 Jan 1831 (sweep 315). From Slough he recorded "eF, vS" and from the Cape "eF; R; the following of two; pos from the other [NGC 1241] = 120° (ESE)". At his position a faint double star and the position angle matches. Interestingly Herschel never observed NGC 1242, which is close NE of NGC 1241. At Birr Castle, NGC 1241 was observed several times and assumed to be a "nova", but on 6 Nov 1877 Dreyer (the observing assistant at the time) claimed he saw all three objects in the field. His micrometric offset for h291 = h2511, points exactly to this double star again! See Corwin's notes for the complete story.
******************************
03 06 31.2 -66 46 33; Hor
V = 13.1; Size 1.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 2°
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x
appeared as a moderately bright, fairly large edge-on N-S, ~2.0'x0.4'. Exhibits only a broad, weak
concentration to a slightly brighter core. Forms a 10' pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 1244 = h2512 on 2 Nov 1834 and recorded "pF, lE, gbM, 25 arcseconds." His position (from 2 sweeps) is accurate. He questioned if this object was the same as Dunlop's 205, but Dunlop's description ("a very faint small nebula, north following, a pretty bright small star; a very minute star is between the bright star and the nebula") does not seem to match.
******************************
03 14 41 +47 14 18; Per
V = 8.4; Size 10'
17.5" (12/7/90): about 100 stars at 220x in 10' diameter. Rich in mag 13.5-14 stars and includes four mag 12 stars along the west side. Roughly circular outline and uniform but no concentration to the center, many stars are arranged in lanes. A mag 8.5 star is off the south edge and a mag 9 star is about 5' off the ENE edge.
13.1" (1/28/84): about 75 stars in a dense cluster. Includes bright stars on the north side.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1245 = H. VI-25 = h290 on 11 Dec 1786 (sweep 645), recording "a beautiful very compressed and rich cluster of small stars, about 8' or 9' diameter, irr R." On 30 Nov 1787 (sweep 786) he added "The large stars arranged in lines, like interwoven letters." John Herschel wrote on 31 Dec 1831 (sweep 390), "rich, L, cl not very comp; irreg R with stragglers; stars 12...15m; brightest part 5' diam".
On 23 Nov 1848, George Johnstone Stoney (Lord Rosse's assistant) wrote, "Coarse, cl. strongly honey-combed. Would probably look annular with eccentric eyehole if it were far enough to be a nebula."
******************************
NGC 1246 = ESO 082-009 = PGC 11680
03 07 02.0 -66 56 19; Hor
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 40°
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright and large oval 3:2 SW-NE, ~1.2'x0.8'. Contains a large bright core that increases to a faint, stellar nucleus with a much fainter outer halo. Located 10' SSE of NGC 1244. Three mag 10-11 stars lie midway between NGC 1246 and NGC 1244.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1246 = h2513 on 2 Nov 1834 and noted "pF, R, glbM, 15 arcseconds." His position is accurate (2 observations).
******************************
NGC 1247 = MCG -02-09-014 = UGCA 58 = FGC 396 = PGC 11931
03 12 14.3 -10 28 50; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 3.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 69°
17.5" (12/28/94): moderately bright edge-on 5:1
WSW-ENE, 2.4'x0.5', weak concentration.
A mag 14.5 "star" 2.5' SE of center appears possibly quasi-stellar
-- this is the compact galaxy
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, moderately large, edge-on 5:1 WSW-ENE, 2.5'x0.5', broad mild concentration, fairly striking appearance.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1247 = H. II-900 on 10 Dec
1798 (sweep 1087), recording "F, E nearly in the parallel sp-nf, 3' l, 1'
b". His position is 10 sec of
RA east of
******************************
03 12 48.5 -05 13 29; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 100°
17.5" (1/7/89): fairly faint, small, round, small
bright core, possible stellar nucleus.
Located 5.5' S of mag 8.3
William Herschel discovered NGC 1248 = H. III-443 = h292 on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 457), noting "vF, vS, confirmed by 240 power." John Herschel made three observations and initially assumed he had made the discovery.
******************************
03 10 01.2 -53 20 09; Hor
V = 11.8; Size 4.9'x2.3'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 86°
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly bright, large, very elongated nearly 3:1 E-W, ~4'x1.4', broad concentration with a bulging middle. The galaxy was brighter along the major axis (bar). The observation was cut short by clouds, so it's possible the observation was somewhat compromised.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1249 = h2514 on 5 Dec 1834,
recording "B; L; vmE in pos. 80°; vgbM to an axis; 2.5' l; 1'
br." His position and
description matches
NGC 1249 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "spiral, 1 branch much brighter than other, E at 80°."
******************************
03 15 21.1 +41 21 20; Per
V = 13.0; Size 2.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 159°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated NNW-SSE, bright core, faint almost stellar nucleus. Member of AGC 426.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1250 = Sw. 5-53 on 21 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is accurate (on the west side of AGC 426).
******************************
03 14 09.1 +01 27 24; Cet
= **, Carlson and Corwin.
Sidney Coolidge discovered NGC 1251 = HN 24 on 25 Jan 1860 with the 15-inch refractor of Harvard College Observatory during the Zone Survey of equatorial stars. He simply noted "faint nebulosity", but within 25" of his position is a faint double star (14.3/15.0 at 7"). All 9 of his nebulous objects in the NGC turned out to be single or double stars.
******************************
03 10 44 -57 45 30; Hor
Size 10'
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): fairly large
scattered group of ~20 stars in a 10' region. Includes mag 6.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 1252 = h2515 on 4 Dec 1834, recording a "Star 8m, the chief of a cluster of 18 or 20 stars." His Cape catalogue position corresponds with mag 6.6 HD 20037 at 03 10 39.2 -57 48 35 (2000), the brightest in this 10' group. Apparently JH made a copying error after he precessed his coordinates to 1860 for the General Catalogue (#663) as his position there is exactly 20' too far south. Dreyer didn't catch this mistake so it carried over into the NGC. As a result, ESO says "Not found" and RNGC classifies NGC 1252 as an "unverified southern object", both using the erroneous NGC position.
The group of stars at Herschel's position has been considered an asterism as most of the brighter stars have different proper motion using Hipparchos and ACT data. See Baumgardt "The nature of some doubtful open clusters as revealed by HIPPARCOS" (A&A, 340, 402, 1998). But a more recent paper by de la Fuente Marcos, et al. (MNRAS 434, 194, 2013) found there is an old, metal-poor cluster remnant here. At a distance of nearly 900 parsecs from the Galactic disk, it is one of the furthest (from the disk) cluster remnants known.
******************************
03 14 09.1 -02 49 22; Eri
V = 11.7; Size 5.2'x2.3'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 82°
48" (10/23/11): very bright, very large, elongated ~5:2
WSW-ENE, ~4'x1.6'. Contains a
large, very bright elongated core that gradually increases to the center. A mag 12.5 star is superimposed just SW
of the central region. A spiral
arm emerges from the galaxy on the ENE end and curls sharply clockwise towards
the SW on the follwing end of the galaxy and quickly dims. The arm appears patchy with a couple of
small knots near the outer edge (~1.6' from center). The arm on the west end is harder to make out as it emerges
from the central region near the superimposed star and is not as well defined,
appearing more as a hazy, mottled region with some brighter patches. A mag 12 star lies 3' ENE and just
beyond the star is
24" (12/1/13): NGC 1253A was picked up as a very faint to faint glow, elongated 2:1 E-W, 0.4'x0.2' (central region seen), low surface brightness. Situated 3.9' ENE of much brighter NGC 1253 and just 0.9' NE of a mag 12 star. NGC 1253 showed a little structure but I didn't take notes.
17.5" (1/7/89): moderately bright, oval ~E-W, no central brightening but contains a slightly brighter knot at the NE end. A mag 12 star is involved at the west end 52" from the center and a mag 11 star is 2.9' ENE of center. Forms a double system with NGC 1253A 3.7' ENE (just following the mag 11 star) which was not seen.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1253 = H. IV-17 on 20 Sep 1784 (sweep 280), reporting "a small star with a vF nebulous brush following, discovered with 240x. The brush was faint and about 1.5' or 2' long. A star on each side which viewed were free from that brush that I drew them in the same part of the field." His position was 6' too far south (at the beginning of this sweep, he noted "The rope being broken the PD is coarsely marked in revolutions of the axel"). d'Arrest corrected the position on 4 Jan 1864 and made a total of 4 accurate positions.
******************************
03 14 23.8 +02 40 42; Cet
V = 14.2; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, very small, slightly elongated
SW-NE, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus. Equidistant between mag 8.7
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1254 = m 89 on 9 Sep 1864 with Lassell's 48" reflector on Malta and logged "F, vS, stellar". His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1255 = ESO 481-013 = MCG -04-08-050 = UGCA 60 = AM 0311-255 = LGG 086-001 = PGC 12007
03 13 32.2 -25 43 31; For
V = 10.9; Size 4.2'x2.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 117°
13.1" (10/10/86): moderately bright, large, fairly diffuse, weak concentration, elongated NW-SE. A mag 12 star is 2.0' SW of center. In a small group with NGC 1201 and 1302.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 1255 = LM 1-98 on 30 Aug 1883
with the 6-inch refractor at Vanderbilt University (Sidereal Messenger, Vol 2,
page 226 and Object "b" in AN 108, 370, 1884) and described a
"faint nebula, not large, pretty even in light. A faint star close p
and slightly south probably involved.
Star is s and f the nebula by about 30'." Ormond Stone made
an independent discovery in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander
McCormick Observatory, recording "4.1'x2.0', PA 315°."
The NGC position is 2.5' south of
******************************
03 13 58.2 -21 59 10; Eri
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 108°
17.5" (11/10/96): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, weak even concentration to a small brighter core. A mag 15 star lies 1.1' N. Located 6.5' ESE of mag 9 SAO 168391. In same field with NGC 1258 13' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1256 = h2516 on 13 Nov 1835,
calling it "F, S, almost stellar, but E, has a * 8 preceding 7.5', 2' N." His position and description (the star
is mag 9.3
******************************
03 16 59.5 +41 31 45; Per
= **, Corwin. Misidentified in RNGC and RC3.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1257 = Big. 16 on 19 Oct
1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory. There is nothing at his position, but according to Harold
Corwin, Bigourdan's position (once the position of his offset star is
corrected) points directly to a close pair of 15th magnitude stars at 03 16
59.5 +41 31 45. The RNGC, PGC and
RC 3 misidentify
******************************
03 14 05.5 -21 46 28; Eri
V = 13.3; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 17°
17.5" (11/10/96): faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, low even surface brightness. Appears ~1.5'x1.0' (slightly larger than listed dimensions). In field with NGC 1256 13' SSW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1258 = LM 2-364 on 19 Nov
1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory, recording
"mag 15.6, 1.2' dia, vlE 0°, GC 665 [NGC 1256] 12' south." His position is just 0.2 min of RA east
of
******************************
03 17 17.3 +41 23 07; Per
V = 14.2; Size 0.7'x0.7'
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; faint, small, round, 15"
diameter. A mag 15 star is at the
west edge and a small trio of 13th mag star is close east. In the central region of AGC 426 with
17.5" (12/19/87): extremely faint, very small. An extremely faint mag 15.5 star is at
the west edge. Located 3.7' NE of
UGC 2626 = (R)NGC 1259. First of
three with NGC 1260 and
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1259 = Big. 17 on 21 Oct
1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory and noted, "round,
25" diameter, vslbM".
With respect to Big. 18 = NGC 1260, his position is 11 sec of RA west
and 1' S. This offset corresponds
to
******************************
NGC 1260 = UGC 2634 = MCG +07-07-047 = CGCG 540-081 = PGC 12219
03 17 27.2 +41 24 19; Per
V = 13.3; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 86°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 E-W, 45" length, strong concentration with a bright round core. NGC 1259 lies 2.2' SW and MCG +07-07-048 is 1.8' SSE. The latter galaxy appeared faint, small, round, 15" diameter. A mag ~14.5 star is at the west edge.
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval ~E-W, weak concentration. This member of AGC 426 is the brightest of three with NGC 1259 2.2' SW.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1260 = Big. 18 on 19 Oct
1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory, reporting "mag 13.3-13.4,
25" dia, no nucleus."
His position corresponds with
******************************
03 12 15.3 -55 13 01; Hor
V = 8.3; Size 6.9'; Surf Br = 0.0
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): bright, symmetric globular, ~5' diameter, with a large very bright condensed core (concentration class II). A mag 9 star lies 3.6' NE of the center, just outside the halo. At 171x, the halo was just resolved into a large number of faint stars.
20" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 212x, the resolution was a bit better in the halo than with the 18", but the blazing core was still unresolved.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1261 = D 337 = h2517 on 28 Sep 1826 with his 9" reflector from Parramatta, NSW. He described (based on two observations) "a very bright round nebula, about 1.5' diameter, pretty well defined and gradually bright to the centre. A small star north following." No mention was made of resolution in either of his two observations, though it might have been possible at high power (brightest stars mag 13.5).
John Herschel observed the cluster twice, first describing it on 5 Dec 1834 (sweep 520) as a "globular, bright; large; irregularly round; 2.5' diameter; all resolved into equal stars 14 mag. Has a star 9th mag 45° N.f. 3' distant." On his second sweep he logged "pretty bright; round; very gradually brighter in the middle; 3' across; resolved into stars of 15th magnitude. A very faint nebula (??) precedes." There is a close pair of extremely faint galaxies southwest of the globular, but I doubt Herschel could have picked these up.
******************************
03 15 33.6 -15 52 46; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 135°
48" (11/4/21): moderately bright, fairly small, round, slightly brighter core and nucleus. The halo has a fairly low surface halo but a well defined periphery and an irregular surface brightness (NGC 1262 is a face-on spiral).
17.5" (12/30/99): extremely faint, very small, round, 0.4' diameter, no concentration. Requires averted vision and could not hold steadily. A mag 15 star lies 1.0' SW.
The redshift-based distance of this galaxy is nearly 1.1
billion l.y., with a second measurement in NED yielding 1.4 billion l.y! The larger figure places it as the most
distant NGC, further than
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1262 = LM 1-99 on 12 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory,
recording "mag 15.0, pS, iR, sbMN, halo 15.5." Within the accuracy of his measurement
(nearest minute of RA), his position matches
******************************
03 15 39.6 -15 05 55; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (12/30/99): extremely faint and small, round, 15" diameter. Requires averted to glimpse. Once or twice the small halo disappeared and an extremely faint stellar nucleus was momentarily visible.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1263 = LM 1-100 on 31 Dec
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory,
recoerding it as "mag 14.0, 0.7' dia, lE 0°, sbM." His very rough RA (nearest min of RA)
is 0.7 min west of
******************************
03 17 59.5 +41 31 14; Per
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 30°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small,
slightly elongated SW-NE, 0.5'x0.4', very small slightly brighter nucleus. The nearest member of AGC 426 is PGC
12263, 1.4' S, which was extremely faint and small, 10" diameter, required
averted to pick up. 5' to the SE are
17.5" (12/3/88): very faint, small, round, low surface brightness. An extremely faint companion is 1.5' SSW. Member of AGC 426.
CGCG 540-085, which RNGC misidentifies as NGC 1264, is 4.4' SSW. It appeared very faint, extremely small, round, even surface brightness. Three stars forming a right triangle are 2'-3' west.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1264 = Big. 19 on 19 Oct
1884 and noted "mag 13.3, 30" diameter, vslbM." His position corresponds with
******************************
03 18 15.8 +41 51 28; Per
V = 12.1; Size 1.8'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 165°
24" (1/28/17): at 282x; large, very diffuse glow with a
bright star superimposed just east of center! This galaxy appeared as a low surface brightness haze
perhaps 1.25' in diameter. With
careful viewing, there appeared to be a very small, slightly brighter core just
west of the star. A mag 10.4 star
lies 2.7' S.
17.5" (1/7/89): very faint, small, round glow. This member of the AGC 426 cluster is located just east of a mag 11 star and has a striking location. Forms a pair with IC 312 6' SSW.
Note: The bright star is directly superimposed, so there was some confusion in this observation.
Note: In 2017 it was determined that based on the historical record NGC 1265 is identical to IC 312 (description below) and the traditional identification NGC 1265 = UGC 2651 is incorrect.
24" (1/28/17): at 282x; moderately bright, fairly
small, oval 3:2 NW-SE, 0.6'x0.4', small bright core.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1265 = Big. 20 on 14 Nov
1884 and reported "mag 13.3, 15" diameter, slbM." His position
is 5 tsec of RA east and 1.4' south of
In January 2017 I wrote Harold Corwin regarding my observation: "[I] initially was stumped on NGC 1265. It took me a minute or two to notice NGC 1265 as a relatively large, diffuse glow surrounding a fairly bright star that is superimposed. The star is not evident on the DSS, but you can clearly see it on the SDSS, including its diffraction spikes. NGC 1265 supposedly has a V mag ~12, but I'm guessing that includes the star, and the glow of IC 312 at V = 13.4 was more obvious to me."
Corwin checked Bigourdan's records and found he misplaced his offset star by 8'. Once corrected, his offset points to IC 312! Although the 8 arcminute error is unexplained, Corwin concludes "it is clear that Bigiourdan discovered IC 312 and not UGC 2651." Although he has updated his files to this identification, it will be difficult to change other databases and the literature on the Perseus galaxy cluster.
******************************
03 16 00.8 -02 25 38; Eri
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 115°
17.5" (1/7/89): faint, small, oval 3:2 ~E-W, even surface brightness. A mag 13.5 star is 1.5' WSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1266 = H. III-194 on 20 Sep
1784 (sweep 280) and noted "eF and eS. 240 verified it" There is nothing at his position, but
11.7' north and 13 sec of RA east is
******************************
03 18 44.9 +41 28 04; Per
V = 13.2; Size 0.9'x0.8'
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; fairly bright, fairly small,
round, fairly high surface brightness, increases to a bright stellar nucleus. Forms a pair with
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, very small, round, faint
stellar nucleus. Forms a close
pair with NGC 1268 1.0' N with CGCG 540-089 1.8' NW and NGC 1270 2.6' E. Located in the rich central section of
AGC 426 with
CGCG 540-089 is extremely faint and small, round. Two mag 14 stars are close south just 16" and 32" from the center.
CGCG 540-087 is faint, small, slightly elongated ~N-S. A mag 13.5 star is 0.8' N of center.
13.1" (1/28/84): very faint, small, compact, arc of stars just south. In a group of 4 in AGC 426.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1267 on 14 Feb 1863 with the 11-inch Merz refractor at the Copenhagen Observatory. He noted a size of 8" and his position (measured on 2 nights) is accurate. The same night he also discovered nearby NGC 1268, 1270, 1272, 1273 and 1278.
******************************
NGC 1268 = UGC 2658 = MCG +07-07-056 = CGCG 540-093 = WBL 097-013 = PGC 12332
03 18 45.1 +41 29 19; Per
V = 14.5; Size 1.1'x0.9'; PA = 120°
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, very slightly elongated,~0.6'x0.5', nearly even surface brightness. A 15th magnitude star is superimposed on the south side. Forms a close pair with NGC 1267 1.2' S. NGC 1268 has a significantly lower surface brightness.
17.5" (10/24/87): extremely faint and small, round, faint stellar nucleus. Forms a close pair with NGC 1267 1.2' S. Also very near are CGCG 540-089 1.8' SW and NGC 1270 is 2.7' ESE. Located in the central core of AGC 426 with NGC 1272 6.8' E.
13.1" (1/28/84): extremely faint, very small, diffuse. Located 1' N of NGC 1267 in AGC 426.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1268 on 14 Feb 1863 with
the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory. His position (measured on 2 nights) and description (1'
north of NGC 1267) matches
******************************
03 17 18.2 -41 06 26; Eri
See observing notes for
John Herschel discovered NGC 1269 = h2518 on 1 Nov 1836, and logged "vB; R; glbM; 15"." On the same sweep he found NGC 1291 = h2521 and strangely he recorded identical declinations and almost identical descriptions! Could he have reobserved the same object unknowingly? In MN, Vol 62, p469, Innes comments "not visible in the 7-inch [at the Cape of Good Hope]. This is perhaps the same as NGC 1291, observed by John Herschel on the same night. JH gives for the latter exactly the same declination and description as for h2518." Pietro Baracchi also searched for NGC 1269 unsuccessfully with the Great Melbourne Telescope on 16 Feb 1888. The most reasonable conclusion is Herschel recorded this object twice and NGC 1269 = NGC 1291. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 1270 = UGC 2660 = MCG +07-07-057 = CGCG 540-095 = LGG 088-006 = PGC 12350
03 18 58.1 +41 28 13; Per
V = 13.1; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 15°
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; relatively bright, fairly
small, round, ~0.9' diameter, fairly high surface brightness, increases to the
center, thin fainter halo. In the
central core of AGC 426 with the trio of NGC 1267, 1268 and CGCG 540-089
immediately west and NGC 1272 4.5' ENE.
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, very small, slightly elongated ~N-S, small bright core. Located in the central core of AGC 426 with NGC 1267 2.6' W, NGC 1268 2.7' WNW and NGC 1272 4.4' ENE.
13.1" (1/28/84): faint, small, weak concentration. Last of four in a small group in the core of AGC 426 with NGC 1267 2.5' W.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1270 on 14 Feb 1863 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory and placed it 14 seconds of time following NGC 1267. At the same time, d'Arrest discovered nearby NGC 1267, 1268, 1272, 1273 and 1278. Dreyer measured a micrometric offset from NGC 1272 in 12 Dec 1876. Dreyer found this galaxy again on 11 Sep 1888 and reported it as new in his 8th list. Dreyer correctly assumed Sw. 8-30 was a reobservation of one of the earlier discoveries in the cluster, so didn't assign it an IC designation.
******************************
03 19 11.3 +41 21 12; Per
V = 14.1; Size 0.8'x0.35'; PA = 123°
17.5" (8/12/88): very faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. Member of AGC 426.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1271 = Big. 21 on 14 Nov
1884, recording "mag 13.5, 20" diameter, no nucleus." His position is just off the south edge
of
******************************
NGC 1272 = UGC 2662 = MCG +07-07-058 = CGCG 540-098 = LGG 091-003 = PGC 12384
03 19 21.3 +41 29 27; Per
V = 11.8; Size 2.0'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.2
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; bright, fairly large (largest in AGC 426!), round, ~2' diameter. Strongly concentrated with a large bright core that gradually increases to the center but no central pip. The surface brightness of the core is lower than NGC 1275, which is 5' ENE.
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly faint, small, round, small
bright core. This galaxy is the
second brightest in AGC 426 and forms the SW vertex of a distinctive
parallelogram of brighter galaxies with NGC 1275 5' ENE,
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly faint, fairly small, bright core.
8" (1/1/84): extremely faint and small, round.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1272 on 14 Feb 1863 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory. He estimated a size of 45"-50" diameter and measured the position on 2 nights (27 seconds preceding NGC 1275). The same night he found NGC 1267, 1268, 1270, 1273 and 1278.
******************************
NGC 1273 = MCG +07-07-059 = CGCG 540-099 = LGG 088-029 = PGC 12396
03 19 26.7 +41 32 26; Per
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; relatively bright, fairly
small, round, 35" diameter, very small bright nucleus. One of a dozen galaxies logged within
8'! Forms the NW vertex of a
trapezoid with NGC 1272, 1274 and 1275 and at the midpoint of NGC 1272 3' SSW
and
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, very small, round, small bright core. Forms the NW vertex of a parallelogram of brighter galaxies in the core of AGC 426 with NGC 1272 3.1' SSW, NGC 1275 4.4' ESE, and NGC 1278 5.3' ENE.
13.1" (1/28/84): faint, small. Located 4.4' WNW of NGC 1275 in the core of AGC 426.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1273 on 14 Feb 1863 with
the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory. His position (measured on 2 nights) matches
******************************
03 19 40.5 +41 32 55; Per
V = 14.1; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 43°
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:3 SW-NE, 25"x15", slightly brighter nucleus. Located in the center of an oval ring of galaxies in the core of AGC 426. The four nearest are NGC 1278 2.7' NE, NGC 1275 2.6' SE, NGC 1273 2.6' WSW and CGCG 540-101 2.2' NW! The latter galaxy appeared fairly faint, fairly small, round, 25" diameter. An equilateral triangle of mag 14 stars is close south.
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, very small, weak concentration, slightly elongated. Located in the dense central core of AGC 426 just 2.7' NW of NGC 1275 and 2.6' E of NGC 1273.
CGCG 540-101 = PGC 12405, which is misidentified as IC 1907 in MCG, PGC and RC3, lies 2.3' NW. It appeared very faint, small, round. A small triangle of stars is close south.
13.1" (1/28/84): very faint, very small. Located 2.7' NW of NGC 1275 within AGC 426.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 1274
on 13 Dec 1874 and labeled it as "d" on his sketch. The sketch and micrometric offset from
a nearby star matches
******************************
NGC 1275 = UGC 2669 = MCG +07-07-063 = CGCG 540-103 = Perseus A = 3C 84 = PGC 12429
03 19 48.1 +41 30 43; Per
V = 11.9; Size 2.2'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 110°
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; bright, fairly large, slightly
elongated WNW-ESE, ~1.6'x1.3'.
Divided into three distinct zones; sharply concentrated with a strong
bright core, a prominent quasi-stellar nucleus and a halo that gradually fades
out. Similar or slightly smaller in size to NGC 1272, but with a higher surface
brightness core/nucleus. A mag
13.8 star is just off the NW side.
A dozen members of AGC 426 were logged within 5' of NGC 1275! The closest is
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly bright, fairly small, oval
~E-W, small bright core. NGC 1275
is a Seyfert galaxy and is the largest and brightest member of AGC 426. Surrounded by a swarm of faint galaxies
in the core including NGC 1272 5.2' WSW, NGC 1273 4.4' WNW, NGC 1274 2.6' NW,
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly bright, fairly small, small bright core.
8" (1/1/84): faint but not difficult, small, slightly elongated, small bright core.
6" (10/24/87): extremely faint and small, round. Used a 6" mask on the 17.5".
William Herschel discovered NGC 1275 = H. II-603 = h293 on 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 614) and recorded "pretty bright, stellar [nebula], or a pretty considerable star with a small, vF chevelure." William's position was 1.5' too far south. John Herschel made a single observation on 18 Sep 1828 (sweep 182) and measured an accurate position. NGC 1275 was observed by Lord Rosse's assistant George Johnstone Stoney on 16 Dec 1848. He noted "A multitude of nebs. knots in the neighborhood, principally preceding; counted 15; many more."
Heinrich d'Arrest observed the cluster on 14 Feb 1863 (discovering NGC 1267, 1268, 1270, 1272, 1273 and 1278) and described NGC 1275 as a "nebula duplex", the second component being NGC 1278 about 3' NE, so d'Arrest was the first to observe NGC 1278. But he wasn't sure which of the two nebulae was NGC 1275 (H. II-603), so reported his observation of NGC 1275 as new and noted for NGC 1278: "II 603? [h]293?". John Herschel credited d'Arrest with the discovery of GC 675 (later NGC 1278), but Dreyer thought Herschel discovered NGC 1278 and he mistakenly assigned d'Arrest's discovery to NGC 1275. Steinicke agrees (personal e-mail) that Dreyer reversed the discovery credits and descriptions for NGC 1275 and NGC 1278 in the NGC and concludes:
NGC 1275 = II 603 = h 293 = GC 674, discovered by WH on 17 Oct 1786 and observed by d'Arrest on 14 Feb 1863.
NGC 1278 = GC 675, discovered by d'Arrest on 14 Feb 1863 and independently by Bigourdan on 22 Oct 1884 (IC 1907).
NGC 1275 contains a Sy2 nucleus and is one of the 6 original galaxies studied by Seyfert in his seminal 1943 paper "Nuclear Emission in Spiral Nebulae". It is a powerful radio source (Perseus A)
******************************
03 19 51.2 +41 38 31; Per
= **, Corwin. =
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, round, 25" diameter, weak concentration with a slightly brighter core. In the central core of the Perseus galaxy cluster 2.8' NNE of NGC 1273 and 3.9' WNW of NGC 1278.
17.5" (12/3/88): very faint, very small, oval. Located in the central core of AGC 426 on a line with NGC 1277 and NGC 1278 2' SE.
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 1276 on 12 Dec 1876 while measured positions within the cluster. From NGC 1278, his micrometric offset is 291" in PA 352.3° (or 3.5 seconds of RA west and 4.8' north). There is no galaxy close to this offset, but at 4.7' separation in PA 353° is a 15" pair of stars that Corwin identifies as NGC 1276. I'm surprised Dreyer didn't resolve this pair, though perhaps he thought one component was nebulous.
Malcolm Thomson suggested PGC 12430 as a possible match though the offsets are 6 seconds of RA west of NGC 1278 and only 2' N. Karl Reinmuth stated in his 1926 monograph, "not found [on a Heidelberg plate] in Dreyer's place; perhaps 1.6' nnp of NGC 1277." Reinmuth also refers to PGC 12430, but no simple error in Dreyer's offsets lands of this galaxy. RNGC also appears to identify PGC 12430 as NGC 1276.
******************************
NGC 1277 = MCG +07-07-064 = CGCG 540-104 = LGG 088-007 = PGC 12434
03 19 51.5 +41 34 25; Per
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 92°
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 E-W, fairly high surface brightness, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. Forms a "double" with NGC 1278" just 45" SE between centers.
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, very small, oval ~E-W, small bright core. Located in the central core of AGC 426 3.7' N of NGC 1275 and forms a close pair with NGC 1278 0.8' SE.
13.1" (1/28/84): very faint, extremely small. Located 0.8' NW of NGC 1278.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 1277 = Sw. 8-32 on 4 Dec 1875. Dreyer independently found the galaxy a year later on 12 Dec 1876 and both observations are included in Dreyer's GC Supplement (5304 = 5305). Dreyer equated the GC entries in the NGC.
Lewis Swift found this galaxy again on 14 Sep 1888 and reported it as new as the 32nd nebula in his 8th list, writing "eeeF; vS; R; close D[ouble] with 1276; M[iddle] of 3 in line; 1271, 73, 76, 78 in field". His position is within 1' of NGC 1277 and the description applies, except it forms a close double with NGC 1278. Dreyer didn't assign an IC designation to Sw. 8-32, apparently correctly deciding it was a duplicate. Unfortunately, Sw. 8-31 didn't receive an IC designation either, although it applies to PGC 12430 (described as "one of 3 in a line").
******************************
NGC 1278 = IC 1907 = UGC 2670 = MCG +07-07-065 = CGCG 540-105 = PGC 12438
03 19 54.1 +41 33 48; Per
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 85°
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly
small, slightly elongated E-W, 40" diameter, bright core, gradually
increases to center. Slightly
brighter than NGC 1277, which is off the northwest side [50" from center].
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval,
small bright core. Located in the
central core of AGC 426. Forms a
close pair with NGC 1277 0.8' NW with
13.1" (1/28/84): faint, small. Located 3.4' N of NGC 1275 and forms a close pair with NGC 1277.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1278 on 14 Feb 1863 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory. William Herschel is credited with the discovery in the NGC, but H. II-603 and h293 should apply to NGC 1275 instead, as well as the description "pB, pS, R, bM". Guillaume Bigourdan independently found this galaxy on 22 Oct 1884 and reported it in his 4th Comptes Rendus list as Big. 375 (later IC 1907). Both d'Arrest and Bigourdan missed nearby NGC 1277. See notes on NGC 1275 for more on the confusion of NGC 1275 and 1278.
******************************
NGC 1279 = PGC 12448 = PGC 12449
03 19 59.0 +41 28 47; Per
V = 14.6; Size 0.5'x0.2'; PA = 0°
17.5" (8/12/88): very faint, very small, slightly elongated. Visible continuously with averted vision. Located in the central core of AGC 426 just 2.8' SE of NGC 1275! This galaxy is not listed in MCG, CGCG or RC3 and was incorrectly identified in the PGC.
17.5" (10/24/87): very faint, small, slightly elongated ~N-S.
13.1" (1/28/84): extremely faint, very small, near visual threshold. Located 2.8' SE of NGC 1275.
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 1279 on 12 Dec 1876 with the
72" at Birr Castle. He simply logged "vF, vS" and measured a
micrometric offset from a star between NGC 1275 and NGC 1272 at 272.4" in
PA 104.5°. At this precise offset
(270" in PA 105°) is
******************************
03 17 57.1 -00 10 09; Cet
V = 13.4; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 55°
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, small, round, weak concentration.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1280 = St. 12-25 on 30 Nov 1877. His published micrometric position was reduced on 19 Dec 1881 with his description reading, "vF, vS, R, gbM, seems resolvable."
******************************
NGC 1281 = MCG +07-07-067 = CGCG 540-108 = PGC 12458
03 20 06.1 +41 37 48; Per
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 68°
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 4:3 WSW-ENE, 30"x24", sharply concentrated with a very bright, very small core that has a high surface brightness. A mag 10.5 star is 1.0' WSW. Located 4.6' NNE of NGC 1278 in the core of AGC 426.
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, small, elongated WSW-ENE. Located in the central core of AGC 426 1.0' NE of a mag 10 star. NGC 1275 lies 7.8' SSW.
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 1281 on 12 Dec 1876 with the
72" at Birr Castle and noted "vF, S, *11m 1' p". With respect to NGC 1278 (incorrectly
identified by Dreyer as h674), this object was placed 10.8 seconds of RA east
and 239" N. This micrometric
offset points exactly at
******************************
03 20 12.1 +41 22 01; Per
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 25°
17.5" (8/12/88): faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 1283 2' NNE in the core of AGC 426. NGC 1275 lies 10' NW.
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, small, round, slightly brighter core. Located 1' E of a mag 13.5 star.
13.1" (1/8/84): faint, fairly small, diffuse halo.
Located 10' SE of NGC 1275. Forms
a pair with
Édouard Stephan probably discovered NGC 1282 = Big. 22 on 29 Nov 1875. His rough, unpublished position was 2' SE of center, similar to his other positional errors. He didn't follow up with an accurate position and publish the discovery, so did not receive recognition in the NGC. Guillaume Bigourdan rediscovered it on 23 Nov 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory. His description reads, "mag 13.2-13.3, 20" diameter, faint stellar ncl."
******************************
NGC 1283 = UGC 2676 = MCG +07-07-069 = CGCG 540-110 = PGC 12478
03 20 15.5 +41 23 55; Per
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 70°
17.5" (8/12/88): faint, small, round. A pair of stars are close north.
17.5" (11/14/87): faint, very small, slightly elongated. Forms the southern vertex of an isosceles triangle with a mag 13.5 star 1' N and a mag 14 star 1' NNW. This member of AGC 426 forms a pair with NGC 1282 2' SSW.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 1283 = Big. 23 on 23 Nov 1884 with the 12" at the Paris Observatory, reporting "mag 13.4, 20" diamewter, vlbM." His position is accurate.
******************************
03 17 45.5 -10 17 20; Eri
V = 12.1; Size 2.0'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 90°
17.5" (12/28/94): very faint, fairly small, round, 0.8' diameter, low even surface brightness. A wide mag 13.5/14.5 double at 26" lies 2' SSE. Located 9.8' NNW of mag 7.1 SAO 148889. Appears fainter than listed V = 12.1.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1284 = H. III-956 = h2519 on
10 Dec 1798 (sweep 1087) and noted "vF, vS, 2 or 3' north of 2 small
stars.". His position matches
******************************
03 17 53.4 -07 17 54; Eri
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 35°
17.5" (12/28/94): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~N-S, weak broad concentration but no defined core. Slightly mottled or irregular surface brightness.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1285 on 28 Oct 1865 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory. His single position is just off the east side of the galaxy.
******************************
03 17 48.5 -07 37 01; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 150°
18" (11/23/05): fairly faint, small, round, 25"
diameter, very small bright core.
A mag 15 star is just of the west side, ~40" from the center. Located 4.9' ENE of mag 9.7
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1286 = Sw. 3-25 on 10 Nov 1885
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 7 sec
of RA east of
******************************
03 18 33.4 -02 43 51; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, small, round, even surface
brightness. Located 9' NW of mag
7.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 1287 = H. III-195 on 20 Sep 1784 (sweep 280) and noted "eF, eS, verified with 240 power." His RA is 13 seconds too large. Heinrich d'Arrest noted the error and his mean position (3 nights) is close off the northeast edge of the galaxy.
******************************
03 17 13.2 -32 34 34; For
V = 12.1; Size 2.3'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 178°
17.5" (12/28/00): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 4:3 ~N-S, 2.0'x1.5', broad concentration with no distinct. The surface brightness appears somewhat uneven (face-on Sb) although the outer halo fades smoothly into the background.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1288 = h2520 on 19 Nov 1835 and recorded "vF; L; R; vglbM; 2.5' diam." His position and description is accurate. Lewis Swift saw the galaxy as "considerably elongated in the meridian [N-S]. It is not round as Sir J. Herschel says."
NGC 1288 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "Close 2-branch spiral, diameter 1', stellar nucleus."
******************************
03 18 49.8 -01 58 24; Eri
V = 12.6; Size 1.8'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 100°
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; between fairly faint and moderately bright, better than average surface brightness, fairly small, elongated nearly 2:1 E-W, strong concentration with a prominent core that increases to a stellar nucleus.
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 E-W, broad concentration to a brighter core. An 8' line of four mag 11-13 stars oriented SW-NE follows;
the closest is a mag 11 star 3.6' ESE.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1289 = Sw. 4-13 on 1 Sep 1886 and
recorded "vF; S; R; 4 st following in a row.". His position was 11 seconds of RA west
of
******************************
03 19 25.2 -13 59 23; Eri
V = 14.8; Size 0.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, very small, round, 20"
diameter. Located 1.3' SE of a mag 13.5 star. Forms a pair with
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1290 = LM 1-101 (along with NGC
1295 = LM 1-102) in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick
Observatory. There is nothing at
his rough position (nearest min of RA) but 1.2 tmin of RA east is
RNGC and MCG misidentify
******************************
NGC 1291 = NGC 1269 = ESO 301-002 = MCG -07-07-008 = PGC 12209
03 17 18.2 -41 06 26; Eri
V = 8.5; Size 9.8'x8.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 156°
25" (3/31/19 - OzSky): at 244x; extremely bright, large, elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, ~3.5'x2.7', very bright core with an intense nucleus. A mag 12.2 star is is superimposed at the N edge [1.7' from center] and a second very faint star is on the halo on the south side. The huge outer ring was not noticed.
17.5" (8/31/86): very bright, fairly large, contains a
very bright, large core. A mag 12
star is just off the north end 1.7' from the center. Mag 8
13.1" (10/10/86): very bright, moderately large, round, very bright core, almost stellar nucleus, large faint halo. A star is involved on the north side.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1291 = D 487 = h2521 on 2 Sep 1826 with his 9" reflector at Parramatta and recorded "a pretty bright round nebula, about 1.5' diameter, very bright and condensed to the centre, and very faint at the margin; with a very small star about 1' north, but not involved.". His single position was 4' too far ESE. Probably due to a clerical error, John Herschel included two entries for this galaxy in his Cape Catalogue from his observation on 1 Nov 1836 - namely, h2521 (later NGC 1291) and h2518 (later NGC 1269). The RA for h2518 was 2.6 minutes of time too small, though otherwise the two entries are essentially identical and neither he nor Dreyer caught the error. In 1901 Robert Innes was unable to find NGC 1269 with the 7" refractor at Cape Town and first suggested it was identical to NGC 1291.
On sweep 754 (5 Dec 1836), Herschel described NGC 1291 as "Globular; vB, R, 1st gradually, then suddenly very mbM; r, mottled, but not resolved.". In a 1908 paper in Annals of the Harvard College Observatory, Solon Bailey (director of the Boyden Observatory at Arequipa from 1893 to 1919) expressed his doubt on the object's nature: "This object is given as a globular cluster in the NGC. This appears probable, although it is not resolved on the [24"] Bruce plates [at Arequipa]." He later included it in a list of uncertain or not probable globular star clusters. Photographs taken at the Helwan Observatory in Egypt between 1914 and 1916 revealed only "structureless nebulosity."
Photographs taken around 1920 with the 30-inch reflector at the Cordoba observatory in Argentina revealed the large outer ring. Based on the image, Charles Perrine described NGC 1291 as "probably a spiral nebula of exceptional interest" with "a large apparently disconnected ring"...about one and one-half turns of a helix, the doubled portion (showing two streams) being to the north of the nuclear portion of the nebula. The diameter of the helix is about 7'. The diameter or perhaps major axis at right angles to the major axis of the center portion is 10'."
******************************
03 18 14.8 -27 36 37; For
V = 12.1; Size 3.0'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 7°
13.1" (10/10/86): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 2:1 SSW-NNE, bright core. A group of four stars lies to the north includes a mag 11 double star at 24" separation 3' NE, a third mag 11 star 4.4' NNE and a mag 12 star 3' due north.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 1292 in Nov 1885 with the 6" Cooke refractor at Vanderbilt University. His position and description in Sidereal Messenger 5, p25 ("rather faint, moderate size, elongated nearly north and south, just south and slightly preceding a small wide double-star") is accurate.
******************************
03 21 36.4 +41 23 35; Per
V = 13.7; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, small, round, faint stellar nucleus. Forms a pair with NGC 1294 2' SSE. Member of AGC 426.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1293 = H. III-574 = h294,
along with
******************************
NGC 1294 = UGC 2694 = MCG +07-07-076 = CGCG 540-117 = PGC 12600
03 21 40.0 +41 21 36; Per
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 167°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, small, round, small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 1293 2' NNW. Member of AGC 426.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1294 = H. III-575 = h295, along with NGC 1293, on 17 Oct 1786 (sweep 614). He described both as "Two [NGC 1293 and NGC 1294]. Both vF, stellar, vlbM, but the southern [NGC 1294] is the brightest and largest." His RA was ~10 seconds too small. Furthermore, John Herschel mistaenly called this galaxy the "north-following of two" on 18 Sep 1828 (sweep 182).
******************************
NGC 1295 = MCG -02-09-030 = PGC 12465
03 20 03.3 -13 59 54; Eri
V = 14.3; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 175°
17.5" (1/12/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S, 0.6'x0.3', very small bright core. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.3' NW. Located 3' WSW of a mag 10.3 star and 8' N of mag 9 SAO 148906. Forms a pair with NGC 1295 9' due east. The identifications of NGC 1290 and NGC 1295 are reversed in the RNGC.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1295 = LM 1-102 (along with NGC 1290 = I-101) in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His description reads "mag 15.0, 0.2' dia, *10 3.0' in PA 75° (ENE)." There is nothing at Stone's rough position (nearest minute of RA) but 1 min of RA east is MCG -02-09-030 = PGC 12465 and the star is just where he placed it. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes). This galaxy is misidentified as NGC 1290 in RNGC and MCG.
******************************
03 18 49.7 -13 03 44; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 0°
17.5" (12/30/99): faint, small, round, 0.6' diameter, weak concentration. At 280x, there is a hint of structure or possibly a very faint star is attached. The DSS image shows a barred spiral with spiral arms attached at the east and west ends of the bar.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1296 = LM 1-365 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory, reporting
"0.2' diam, R". His
position is 34 tsec of RA east of
******************************
03 19 14.2 -19 06 00; Eri
V = 11.8; Size 2.2'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 3°
17.5" (8/31/86): moderately bright with a large faint halo nearly 2' diameter, broadly concentrated halo, small bright nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is at the north edge 1' NNE of center. Companion of NGC 1300, which lies 20' SSE.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 1297 around Jan 1885 with his
5-inch Byrne refractor while sweeping comets (Sidereal Messenger 4, p53 and The
Observatory 8, p123). He called it
"small, round, and very much brighter, somewhat suddently, in the centre. Rather faint from its generally low
altitude. It is south following a
9th mag star by 1 1/4'. This nebula is 20'± north preceding a larger
nebula. I have taken this latter
nebula to be [
******************************
NGC 1298 = UGC 2683 = MCG +00-09-062 = CGCG 390-063 = PGC 12473
03 20 13.1 -02 06 51; Eri
V = 14.0; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.7; PA = 70°
17.5" (10/24/87): fairly faint, small, oval slightly elongated WSW-ENE, weak concentration. NGC 1289 lies 22' WNW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1298 on 4 Jan 1864 with the
11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory. His position (observed on 2 nights) is very good and he
accurately measured a mag 13-14 star that precedes by 8 seconds of time. The MCG misidentifies
******************************
NGC 1299 = MCG -01-09-028 = PGC 12466
03 20 09.6 -06 15 45; Eri
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 40°
17.5" (1/1/92): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 5:2 SW-NE, irregular surface brightness. A bright knot or possibly a star is superimposed at the NE
end. The galaxy appears to extend
out from the pointed NE corner towards the SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1299 = H. II-287 = h296 on 27 Jan 1785, logging it as "F, vS, lE, easily resolvable, unequally bright." On 15 Dec 1786 (sweep 650) he noted "vF, pS, E."
NGC 1299 was observed 9 times at Birr Castle, perhaps trying to resolve it. The earliest was by assistant George Johnstone Stoney on 19 Dec 1848 and noted as "gbM; E [southwest-northeast]."
The position angle is off by 90 deg in the RC 3.
******************************
NGC 1300 = ESO 547-031 = MCG -03-09-018 = UGCA 66 = LGG 090-002 = PGC 12412
03 19 41.0 -19 24 40; Eri
V = 10.4; Size 6.2'x4.1'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 106°
48" (10/25/14 and 10/29/16): the northern spiral arm is brightest and thickest in the 1' section, oriented SW-NE, where it attaches to the bar. At 375x and 488x at least three knots (HII complexes) were clearly resolved along this region. The brightest knot is on the southwest end (close to the end of the bar) and appears as a very faint, small, elongated glow, ~12"x8". This HII complex contains NGC 1300:[H69] 16/19 from Paul Hodge's 1969 "HII Regions in Twenty Nearby Galaxies" (ApJS, 18, 73). [H69] 15, the next brightest knot, is 0.3' NE and appeared very faint and small, ~8" diameter. Finally, [H69] 14, the faintest knot, is near the northeast end of this arm segment (~15" NE of [H69] 15) and is extremely faint and small, 6" diameter. The northern arm appears to fade out as it extends east (north of the core) but reappears along the eastern end of the arm.
The root of the southern arm at the east end of the bar is brighter and thicker, but no HII regions were resolved. The long southern arm could be traced the full length (nearly 4') sweeping west and arcing north on its western half. A small, weak knot is at the very tip, which is 2.5' W of center (on line with the bar).
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): beautiful classic barred spiral at 303x! A prominent 3' bar runs WNW-ESE and contains a very bright, roundish 1' core that gradually brightens to the center. An easily visible arm is attached at the east end of the bar. It hooks sharply to the west on the south side, gradually curling towards the north. The arm has a fairly even surface brightness except where is attaches to the bar in a brighter, thicker section. It ends nearly due west of the core [2.2' from center]. An opposing arm is attached at the west end of the bar and is brightest initially along a clumpy section (containing at least 2 resolved knots) angling from southwest to northeast. The central section of the northern arm (directly north of the core) has a very low surface brightness but it brightens in a thin section near the east end. The two main arms extend at least 4.5'x3' ~E-W
48" (10/25/11): this prototype barred spiral was mesmerizing at 375x. Running roughly E-W through the center is a long bright bar, ~3' in length. The center is sharply concentrated with an intensely bright 1' core that continues to increase to a stellar nucleus. At the west end of the bar, a fairly bright arm emerges and hooks back dramatically to the east (counterclockwise) to the north of the bar and continues to the northeast end of the galaxy. The arm is brightest in a thick arc, oriented SW-NE, where it attaches to the bar. The central section of the arm to the north of the core is slightly fainter and then brightens slightly on its northeast end. A mag 15.5-16 star is superimposed in the gap between this arm and the core, 45" NE of center. The second arm emerges at the east end of the bar and is brightest initially in a fairly thick arc extending counterclockwise to the southwest. This arm is slightly more separated from the core as it gracefully curves to the southwest side of the galaxy. The two main arms increase the overall size of the galaxy to 5'x3' WNW-ESE.
17.5" (8/31/86): fairly bright, elongated ~E-W, bright core, stellar nucleus. A spiral arm is visible at the west end of the central bar curving to the north. NGC 1297 lies 20' NNW.
8" (10/31/81): faint, fairly large, elongated, low surface brightness, diffuse.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1300 = h2522 on 11 Dec 1835, recording "B; vL; 1st very gradually then pretty suddenly vmbM; 3' l; 2' b; mE. (N.B. These dimensions can only refer to the brighter portions.)" His second descriptions reads: "pF, vL; 1st gradually then pretty suddenly bM to a F nucleus; mE 8' or 10' l, 2' b.". Herschel's position (2 observations) in his Cape Catalogue is accurate but in the General Catalogue he made a clerical error so his position for GC 689 = NGC 1300 was 1° too far south. Barnard caught this error (Sidereal Messenger 4, p125) and Dreyer corrected the position while compiling the NGC.
NGC 1300 was missed by William Herschel - the closest
galaxies he discovered were
******************************
03 20 35.4 -18 42 58; Eri
V = 13.4; Size 2.2'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 140°
17.5" (12/30/99): very faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 0.8'x0.4', weak concentration. A mag 15 star lies 1.7' NNW of center. Located 30' NW of NGC 1297 and 44' NNW of NGC 1300.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1301 = LM 1-103 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory, logging "mag 13.0, iF, vmE 135°." His rough position is 13' NW of ESO 547-032 = PGC 1252, but there is no question about the identification as the position angle matches this galaxy.
******************************
03 19 51.0 -26 03 37; For
V = 10.7; Size 3.9'x3.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 172°
13.1" (10/10/86): fairly bright, compact, oval ~N-S, small very bright core. A mag 11.5 star is 1.9' NE of center. NGC 1201 and 1302 are the brightest members of the LGG 086 group.
8" (10/31/81): fairly faint, bright core, fairly small, round.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 1302 around Jan 1885 with his 5-inch Byrne refractor while sweeping comets (Sidereal Messenger 4, p53 and The Observatory 8, p123). His position is accurate.
******************************
03 20 40.8 -07 23 40; Eri
V = 13.9; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 20°
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, small, slightly elongated N-S,
30"x25". The halo
suddenly brightens to a sharp 5" nucleus. A mag 15 star is just off the southeast side 20" from
center. Forms the northern vertex
of an isosceles triangle with mag
9.7
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1303 on 28 Oct 1865 with an
11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His single position matches
******************************
03 21 12.8 -04 35 03; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 130°
17.5" (1/7/89): very faint, small, oval WSW-ENE, weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1304 = H. III-444 on 5 Oct
1785 (sweep 457) and logged
"eF, pS, E.". His
position (reduced by Auwers) is just 3 sec of RA east and 2' S of MCG
-01-09-030 = PGC 12575. Corwin
suggests that
******************************
03 21 23.0 -02 19 01; Eri
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 130°
17.5" (10/24/87): very faint, small, slightly elongated ~N-S. A faint mag 15.5 star is 30" off the NE edge and 0.9' from center.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1305 on 4 Jan 1864 with an 11" refractor at Copenhagen, logging it as "pB, R, 20" diam, *15 near the northern end." His position is 1' too far north.
******************************
03 21 03.0 -25 30 45; For
V = 12.8; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.6
17.5" (12/30/99): fairly faint, fairly small, round,
0.7' diameter. Weak, even
concentration to a slightly brighter core and a faint stellar nucleus. Located 17' WNW of mag 6.5
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1306 = LM 1-103 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
14.8, vS, gbM, no Nucl, *10.5 4' E."
His rough position matches
******************************
NGC 1307 = NGC 1304 = MCG -01-09-030 = PGC 12637
03 21 12.8 -04 35 03; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 130°
See observing notes for NGC 1304.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1307 = LM 2-366 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory, reporting "mag 15.3, 0.2' diam, R, *9.5 follows 8 sec, north 3'." Close to his discovery position is KUG 319-47 = PGC 12637, though this galaxy may be too faint to have picked up by Leavenworth. Corwin suggests that NGC 1307 is identical to NGC 1304, discovered earlier by William Herschel. This brighter galaxy is 1 tmin of RA west of Leavenworth's position (a common error). Although there is no star matching Leavenworth's description, Corwin suggests a mag 11.5-12 star 6 tsec of RA west and 3.2' north might be Leavenworth's intended star. If Leavenworth reversed his directions, then NGC 1307 = NGC 1304. RNGC calls NGC 1307 nonexistent. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
03 22 28.6 -02 45 27; Eri
V = 13.9; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 45°
17.5" (1/7/89): faint, small, round, weak concentration. Located within a small group of four stars including two mag 11 stars 1.5' E and 1.9' NNW, also a pair of mag 13.5 stars lie 2' WSW. These four stars form an isosceles trapezoid.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1308 = H. II-568 on 30 Sep
1786 (sweep 608), recording "eF, S, iF. In the midst of 3 or 4 stars; the
following thereof is the brightest."
His position and description of the nearby stars is an exact match with
******************************
03 22 06.3 -15 24 00; Eri
V = 11.5; Size 2.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly bright, moderately large, halo
gradually increases to brighter middle, faint almost stellar nucleus, well-defined
halo slightly elongated SW-NE.
Located 4' NE of mag 7.5
8" (11/28/81): fairly faint, small, round. A mag 8 star is 4' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1309 = H. I-106 = h2523 on 3 Oct 1785 (sweep 451), logging it as "cB, cL, iR, bM, 3' diameter." JH described it as "pF, R, glbM, pos from a * 7 mag = 31°, difference in RA 7.5 sec, * 4' S."
******************************
03 21 03.5 -37 06 07; For
V = 12.1; Size 2.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 95°
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, moderately large, the halo is
slightly elongated ~E-W, 1.8'x1.4'.
The halo is weakly concentrated to a slightly brighter, 1' round
core. Located 20' WNW of
John Herschel discovered NGC 1310 = h2524 on 22 Oct 1835 and
reported "vF, R, pL, vlbM; 90 arcsec." His position is 2' S of
******************************
03 20 07.2 -52 11 11; Hor
V = 13.0; Size 3.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 40°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright, fairly large, very elongated 7:2 SW-NE, 2.2'x0.6', broad concentration with a large, brighter core but no distinct nucleus. Located 9.5' S of mag 8.4 HD 20916. Member of the Dorado Group.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1311 = h2525 on 24 Dec 1837,
recording it as "F, mE in position 37.3 degrees; gbM, 2' long, 15
arcseconds broad.". His
position and description is accurate.
NGC 1311 and
******************************
03 23 41.7 +01 11 05; Tau
= **, Corwin.
Sidney Coolidge discovered NGC 1312 = HN 23 on 16 Dec 1859
with the 15-inch refractor of Harvard College Observatory during the Zone
Survey of equatorial stars. He
simply noted "a circular nebulosity", but at his exact position is a
double star at 03 23 41.7 +01 11 05 (J2000). Bigourdan was unable to find this object and Karl Reinmuth,
in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, mentions "perhaps *, ef *
ssf vnr." RNGC, CGCG, UGC,
MCG and RC3 all misidentify
******************************
03 18 16.1 -66 29 53; Tuc
V = 8.7; Size 9.1'x6.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 39°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this was the first object I took a look at using the 24" f/3.7 as it was the brightest galaxy I had yet to observe. I was amazed to find a striking, two-armed barred spiral with obvious bright HII knots in the arms! At 200x the main body of the galaxy appeared as a bright oval or wide bar ~4.5'x3.5' oriented SSW-NNE with a central bulge. A relatively short spiral arm emerges from the south-southwest end and hooks towards the northwest. A brighter elongated HII knot (cataloged as [PES80] 5/6), ~30"x20", is embedded within this extension. A mag 15 star is west of the northwest end of this arm.
Just east of the NNE end of the main bar is another brighter HII knot ([PES80] 1), ~30"x15" and oriented E-W. A faint star (or stellar knot) is less than 1' NW. This bright HII region is embedded in a diffuse arm that curves gently east-southeast from the north end of the bar. After the bright knot, this extension dims but ends at [PES80] 3, a third bright knot ~15" diameter, which is isolated at the end of the arm (nearly due east of the core). The HII designations are from a 1980 study by Page, Edmunds and Smith in MNRAS, 193, 219.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1313 = D 206 = D 207 = D 205? =
h2528 on 27 Sep 1826. He described
D 207 as "a faint ill defined nebula about 1 1/2' diameter, round figure,
a very minute star south slightly involved in the margin - a bright star about
20' south of the nebula." His
reduced position was 13' too far east but the declination was incorrectly
transcribed, so his published position was off by 30'. D 206 was described as "a faint
ill-defined nebula, rather extended in the direction of the meridian [N-S],
with several exceedingly minute stars in it." Finally D 205 was placed 1.4° too far west and 10' small,
but the description fits: "a very faint small nebula, north following a
pretty bright star [mag 8.7
John Herschel only observed this bright galaxy on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and logged "pB, irreg R or lE, vL, vgbM, resolvable, 3'."
Joseph Turner observed and sketched the galaxy on 13 Nov 1878 with the 48-inch Melbourne Telescope (p.194 of logbook). He sketched the central bar oriented N-S, broader on the south end and tapering on the east end. Just north of end of the "bar" he sketched a small knot, probably a HII region. A small elongated patch was seen just east of the north end of the bar, oriented NW-SE (part of the eastern spiral arm). A symmetric elongated patch was shown just west of the south end, also oriented NW-SE (this is the brightest section of the western arm).
Pietro Baracchi also observed the galaxy on 4 Dec 1885 and wrote, "pB, vL, irregular, pmbM,. This object is complicated. It seems to have appendages not quite detached from the main body but alomost separated from it by two very faint portions which seem at first void of nebula, giving a first impression of three detached nebulae, the middle of which is large, elongated due N and S and gpmbM and the other two, small very faint patches one north and one south of the middle one. The north one pretty much brighter than the south one - but these three individualities are connected by extremely faint nebulous intervals. Another extremely faint pretty large round flat object south-preceding [NGC 1313]. I believe this is a new nebula." His sketch includes this object as a diffuse patch labeled as "New?" on the southwest side. At his position is the HII complex [PES80] 8, which is situated between the central part of the galaxy and a mag 10 star 7.6' SW of center. [PES80] 1 is also shown on the sketch as a brighter patch on the NE end of the galaxy.
NGC 1313 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and noted as possibly a "2-branch spiral."
******************************
03 22 41.2 -04 11 12; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 14.8
17.5" (1/12/02): very faint, fairly small, round, 0.8' diameter. Appears as a low surface brightness glow just north of a mag 12 star [52" from center].
17.5" (1/7/89): not seen.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1314 = LM 2-367 on 18 Jan
1887 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and
recorded "mag 16.0, 2.0' diameter, E 170°, mag 10 star with an eF nebula
south, *16 in middle?" There
is nothing at his position but 1.1 tmin of RA west is
******************************
03 23 06.6 -21 22 31; Eri
V = 12.4; Size 1.6'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (12/28/00): moderately bright, slightly elongated
NW-SE, 1.5'x1.3', moderate concentration with a bright core. Located 21' NW of
John Herschel discovered NGC 1315 = h2526 on 13 Nov 1835, logging "pB, R, gbM, 25 arcsec." His position is accurate. The same night he also found NGC 1319, located 15' SE.
******************************
NGC 1316 = Arp 154 = Fornax A = ESO 357-022 = MCG -06-08-005 = PGC 12651
03 22 41.7 -37 12 30; For
V = 8.5; Size 12.0'x8.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 50°
17.5" (11/26/94): very bright, moderately large, oval
3:2 SW-NE, about 2.5'x1.5'.
Dominated by an intense 40"x30" core which brightens to a
non-stellar nucleus. Forms a pair
with
8" (9/25/81): bright, round, slightly elongated, small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 1317 7' N.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1316 = D 548 = h2527, along with NGC 1317, on 2 Sep 1826. He described "a rather bright, round nebula, about 1.5' diameter, gradually condensed to the centre." On 24 Nov 1826, he noted "a group of pretty bright small stars following, which matches NGC 1316. Dunlop discovered six members of the Fornax cluster, though most (15) were found by John Herschel.
Herschel first observed the galaxy on 22 Oct 1835 (seep 636) and noted "vB; pL; lE; vsvmbM, to a nucleus 2" in diameter." On 28 Nov 1837 (sweep 801) he logged "vB; vL; 4' diameter; 1st gradually, then very suddenly very much brighter towards the middle to a stellar ncl"
NGC 1316 is the brightest member of the Fornax cluster and is also known as Fornax A, one of the closest and most famous radio sources in the southern hemisphere. Its radio lobes extend several degrees of sky. Arp classified it as a disturbed galaxy with interior absorption -- like Centaurus A, NGC 1316 contains an extensive system of dust filaments as well as low surface brightness shells and tidal tails, indicating a likely merger. Four supernovae have exploded since 1980.
******************************
NGC 1317 = NGC 1318 = NGC 1392 = ESO 357-023 = MCG -06-08-006 = PGC 12653
03 22 44.4 -37 06 13; For
V = 11.0; Size 2.8'x2.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 78°
17.5" (11/26/94): moderately bright, fairly small, 1.2' diameter, even concentration to a small bright core and stellar nucleus. Forms a bright pair with NGC 1316 6.3' S. Located at the southwest end of the Fornax I cluster.
8" (9/25/81): faint, small, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 1316 7' S.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1317 = D 547 = h2529, along with NGC 1316, on 2 Sep 1826 with his 9" reflector from Parramatta. He described "a small faint round nebula about 15 arcseconds in diameter." and his position is ~15' too far ENE. John Herschel first observed the galaxy on 22 Oct 1835 and noted "pB, S, R, psbM." His second sweep he recorded it as "pB, pL, 1' diameter; a miniature of the last neb. of this sweep." Julius Schmidt independently found the galaxy on 19 Jan 1865 and thought it was new, because JH made an typo of 20 degrees in NPD for h2529 in the CGH catalogue. JH corrected the NPD in the addendum of the catalogue, but apparently Schmidt didn't check.
******************************
03 22 44.4 -37 06 13; For
V = 11.0; Size 2.8'x2.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 78°
See observing notes for NGC 1317.
Julius Schmidt found NGC 1318 on 19 Jan 1865 with the 6.2-inch refractor at the Athens Observatory in his survey of the Fornax Cluster (nebula "a" in his table). His position is almost identical to NGC 1317 = h2529. Schmidt assumed this nebula was "new" in his 1876 paper since he was working from John Herschel's Cape Catalogue. In the original listing for h2529, Herschel made an typo of 20 degrees in NPD but he corrected this mistake in the addendum of the catalogue. Apparently Schmidt didn't check his correction list. Dorothy Carlson and RNGC list this number as "Not Found".
******************************
03 23 56.5 -21 31 39; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 27°
17.5" (12/28/00): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated ~2:1 SSW-NNE, 1.0'x0.6'. Increases to a small brighter core and occasional quasi-stellar nucleus. Located 6.8' due west of NGC 1325! A mag 14 star lies 0.8' NW of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1319 = h2533 on 13 Nov 1835 and
logged it as "F; S; R; bM; 15"; precedes IV-77 [NGC 1325]." His position matches
******************************
03 24 48.7 -03 02 33; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 135°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, small, elongated NW-SE,
moderate concentration, small bright core, faint halo. First of four in the field and forms a
close pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 1320 = H. III-197 = h298 = h2530, along with NGC 1321, on 20 Sep 1784 (sweep 280). He described the pair as "Two. Both eF, verified with 240 power but with 157x I had but a very distant suspicion of them." John Herschel made observations from both Slough, England as well as the Cape of Good Hope.
******************************
NGC 1321 = MCG -01-09-035 = Mrk 608 = PGC 12755
03 24 48.6 -03 00 56; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 45°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, small, elongated ~E-W, bright core. Appears slightly smaller but higher surface brightness than NGC 1320 1.7' S. Second of four in the field.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1321 = H. III-196 = h297 = h2531, along with NGC 1320, on 20 Sep 1784 (sweep 280). He described the pair as "Two. Both eF, verified with 240 power but just suspected with 157 power." John Herschel observed the pair from both Slough on 16 Oct 1827 (sweep 96), as well as the Cape of Good Hope on 5 Oct 1831 (sweep 739) .
******************************
03 24 54.7 -02 55 09; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 100°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, weak concentration. Third of four in the field and appears slightly fainter than the NGC 1320/NGC 1321 pair. NGC 1321 lies 6' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1322 = h2553 on Oct 5 1836 and logged "F, R, bM, 15", the 3rd of three [with NGC 1320 and 1322]." His position was accurate.
******************************
03 24 56.1 -02 49 19; Eri
V = 15.0; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 85°
17.5" (11/25/87): very faint, extremely small, round. Located 30" NE of a mag 14 star. Fourth of four in a group, with two pairs at different separations. NGC 1322 and 1323 have similar redshifts.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 1323 on 2 Nov 1850 (Saturday) while reobserving the field containing NGC 1320 and 1321. Bindon may have been observing with his brother George Johnstone, as he visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. The description reads, "suspected neb (or perhaps only a star) with a F* close sp." It's possible this galaxy was found earlier by Stoney on 19 Dec 1848 and mentioned as a "* or nebula about 2 1/2' north of [NGC 1322]. But the separation is nearly 6' and there is an extremely faint star 2' NNE of NGC 1322, which is more likely the object seen on that date. This quartet was observed a total of 14 times at Birr Castle!
******************************
03 25 01.7 -05 44 44; Eri
V = 13.4; Size 2.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 135°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated NW-SE, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1324 = H. III-445 = h299 on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 457), logging "vF, pS, E." On 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318), John Herschel noted, "vF; pmE; 20" long, 12" broad."
******************************
NGC 1325 = ESO 548-007 = MCG -04-09-004 = UGCA 70 = LGG 097-002 = PGC 12737
03 24 25.6 -21 32 36; Eri
V = 11.5; Size 4.7'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 56°
17.5" (12/28/00): bright, large, elongated 5:2 SW-NE, 3.0'x1.3', broad concentration with a large, brighter core. A mag 11.5 star is embedded in the northeast end. The southwest end is better defined and clearly tapers down, giving a lens-like appearance. The edge of the halo is more ill defined to the northeast of the star.
Second brightest in the
13.1" (10/10/86): fairly faint, pretty edge-on 3:1 SW-NE, weak concentration. A star is attached at the northeast end and a mag 13.5 star is 1.5' SE of center. Located in a small group with NGC 1319 6.8' W and NGC 1325A. NGC 1325A is faint, moderately large, round, but very diffuse.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1325 = H. IV-77 = h2534 on 19 Dec 1799 (sweep 1091), describing "a star about 9 or 10m with a nebulous ray to the south-preceding side. The ray is about 1.5' long. The star may not be connected with it." John Herschel described and sketched this galaxy from the Cape on 11 Nov 1835: "A complete telescopic comet; a perfect miniature of Halley's, only the tail is rather broader in proportion; mE; 90" l; the star at the head = 10 mag. See fig 17, Pl VI."
Joseph Turner sketched the galaxy on 15 Nov 1875 using the Great Melbourne Telescope (unpublished plate II, figure 8 1/2). He noted it appeared "much fainter than Herschel's sketch shows it - It seems to be much altered since he observed it." Instead of the tip of the galaxy at the brighter star (called "a perfect miniature of Halley's" by Herschel), Turner sketched a thin section of the galaxy, skirting around the start and extending further northeast.
******************************
03 23 56.4 -36 27 52; For
V = 10.5; Size 3.9'x2.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 77°
17.5" (11/26/94): bright, fairly small, round, 1.3' diameter, well concentrated with a small bright core and bright stellar nucleus. On a line with three mag 13 stars 2.7' and 4.2' WSW and 3.6' to the ENE. A brighter mag 11 star lies 4.3' NNW. Located on the SW side of the Fornax I cluster.
8" (9/25/81 and 10/31/81): faint, fairly small, round, bright core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1326 = h2535 on 29 Nov 1837, recording it as "60" diameter, vsvmbM to a nucleus, ? a disc." His position is accurate (on the SE side of the halo).
******************************
03 25 23.2 -25 40 46; For
V = 14.7; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 176°
24" (12/1/13): at 260x appeared very faint, very small,
elongated 3:2 N-S, 18"x12".
Visible ~80% of the time with averted. Situated 2.5' ENE of a mag 10.7 star.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1327 = LM 1-105 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and placed roughly at 03h 25m -25d 41' (2000). His description simply includes a magnitude of 16.3 for the nucleus, and the comment "neb?". Southern Galaxy Catalogue, ESO-LV, RC3 and Uranometria 2000 (2nd edition) identify NGC 1327 = ESO 481-026 at 03 25 23.2 -25 40 46 (2000). This galaxy is within 1 minute of RA and a reasonable match in position and description.
NGC 1327 was described by Delisle Stewart (based on plates taken at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901) as "3 very faint stars, close stars, no nebula." ESO/Uppsala also identified a pair of stars with a wider third star about 8' NW of this galaxy as possibly NGC 1327, although they stars are too bright to be Stone's object. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent and it is missing from the first edition of the Uranometria 2000.0 Atlas. See my RNGC Corrections #6 and Corwin's notes.
******************************
03 25 39.1 -04 07 30; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 130°
17.5" (11/25/87): faint to fairly faint, very small,
round, weak concentration, very faint stellar nucleus. Located 4.6' SW of mag 8.7
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, very small, round, slightly brighter core. Located ~5' SW of a mag 8 star.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1328 = LM 2-368 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 0.5 tmin of RA east of
******************************
03 26 02.6 -17 35 29; Eri
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 35°
17.5" (12/30/99): faint, small, slightly elongated
SW-NE, 0.7'x0.5'. Contains a small
bright core, ~10" in size and a faint stellar nucleus with direct
vision. A mag 11.5 star lies 4.0'
S. Located 9' NE of mag 9 SAO
148955. A faint edge-on galaxy
(
John Herschel discovered NGC 1329 = h2536 on 11 Dec 1835 and
commented "F, R, glbM, 30 arcsec.". His position matches
******************************
03 29 04.1 +41 40 30; Per
24" (2/14/15): at 225x appears as small, fuzzy patch with 1 star often resolving [probably the mag 15 star at the northwest end. At 375x, a second mag 15.5 star just 15" E was cleanly resolved. At 450x, a third mag 16 star was resolved.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1330 = St. 12-26, along with
******************************
NGC 1331 = IC 324 = ESO 548-019 = MCG -04-09-012 = LGG 097-025 = PGC 12846
03 26 28.3 -21 21 19; Eri
V = 13.4; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2
13.1" (10/10/86): faint, fairly small, almost round. Located 2' SE of NGC 1332.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1331 = H. III-959 on 19 Dec
1799 (sweep 1091), recording it as "The second is close to it [NGC 1332],
or about 1 1/2' sf the former; it is vF, vS." His single position on this sweep is 22 seconds of RA too
small and happens to fall close to
Joseph Turner sketched the pair on 26 Nov 1875 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (unpublished plate II, figure 9) as well as Pietro Baracchi on 7 Jan 1885.
Guillaume Bigourdan independently found this galaxy on 3 Dec
1888 and placed it accurately (B. 142, later
******************************
NGC 1332 = ESO 548-018 = MCG -04-09-011 = UGCA 72 = LGG 097-003 = PGC 12838
03 26 17.1 -21 20 04; Eri
V = 10.3; Size 4.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 120°
13.1" (10/10/86): bright, moderately large, very bright core, edge-on 4:1 NW-SE, 2.4'x0.6'. A faint mag 14-14.5 star is just southwest of the core. Forms a pair with NGC 1331 = IC 324 2.8' SE (collinear with the major axis). NGC 1332 is the brightest in a group with NGC 1315, NGC 1319, NGC 1325, NGC 1331 and Holmberg VI (NGC 1325A).
8" (12/6/80): fairly bright, fairly small, elongated NW-SE, bright core, diffuse halo. NGC 1331 not seen.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1332 = H. I-60 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 331) and logged "vB, S, lE, mbM." On 19 Dec 1799 (sweep 1091) he recorded "Two [along with NGC 1331], the 1st [NGC 1332] vB, SBNcl with faint branches from np to sf." The position of NGC 1331 is too far west in the NGC, so the pair is out of RA order.
Joseph Turner sketched the pair on 26 Nov 1875 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (unpublished plate II, figure 9) as well as Pietro Baracchi on 7 Jan 1885.
******************************
03 29 19.7 +31 24 57; Per
Size 9'x7'
18" (1/20/07): fairly large, striking reflection nebula with a 10th magnitude star at the NE end. The nebula curves to the southwest ending with a 1' brighter knot with very faint star involved near its edge. A couple of mag 14 stars are superimposed between the mag 10 star and the knot. The total size is roughly 7'x4'. The surrounding region (particularly to the north) is nearly starless and clearly affected by dust. This region has a number of Herbig-Haro objects and is an active star formation region.
17.5" (2/9/02): bright, interesting reflection nebula
at 140x. Apparently illuminated by
a mag 10 star oddly offset at the NE end of the glow. The appearance is irregular; extending ~10'x6' SW-NE in the
general direction of a mag 10 star 11' SW. The SW extension contains a couple of faint mag 14 stars and
ends at a small, brighter knot that appears to surround a very faint star or
stars. The field is oddly void of
faint stars and there is a large starless region to the north (this is the dark
nebula
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly bright reflection nebula surrounds a mag 10 star that is offset to the northeast side of the nebula. This is a large object, about 10'x6' and elongated SW-NE. There is a bright knot in the southwest end. Two or three 15th magnitude stars are superimposed.
13.1" (11/29/86): fairly bright nebula, large, extends SSW of a mag 9.5 star, oval, slightly brighter at the south edge.
Eduard Schönfeld discovered NGC 1333 = Au 17 on 31 Dec 1855 with a 3-inch Fraunhofer refractor at Bonn Observatory, while measuring stars for the BD catalogue (NGC 1333 received the number BD +30° 548). He noted it as a nebulous star. The discovery was not announced until 1862 in AN 1391 and Auwers included it the same year as #17 in his "Verzeichnis neuer Nebelflecke" (list of new nebulae). In the meantime Horace Tuttle independently discovered the object on 5 Feb 1859 with a 3-inch comet-seeker and Bond (director of Harvard College) announced it as new in 1859MNRAS..19..224B: "it follows a star of the 9-10 mag by 6 seconds, and is 2' north of it. It is barely visible in a telescope of 3 in aperture."
In September 1862 d'Arrest noted it was as faint as a Herschel nebula of third class with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen, but since Tuttle's (independent) discovery was made using a 3-inch scope, he thought it might be a variable nebula (a popular topic among visual observers). Winnecke also took the view that it "must be a new one" as it was listed neither in the Slough catalogue nor Auwers' lists. Based on all the observations, Schönfeld reached the conclusion this case was a "...striking example of how the visibility of very faint, large diffuse nebulae depends on the magnification, air transparency and adaptation to the dark of the eye, so that, compared with ordinary fixed stars, aperture takes a back seat." In 1914 Barnard photographed the region at Yerkes Observatory and noted the nebula appeared "roundish and not symmetrical with respect to the star - its center seems to be several minutes to the south." Summarized from Harold Corwin's identification notes and Steinicke's "Observing and Cataloguing Nebulae and Star Clusters".
******************************
03 30 01.8 +41 49 57; Per
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 115°
24" (2/14/15): at 225x; fairly faint, fairly small, oval 2:1 WNW-ESE, ~0.6'x0.3', broad concentration to a brighter core, which increases to a fairly weak nucleus. A mag 13.5-14 star is 1.0' NW of center. A mag 15.5 star is at the eastern end [30" E of center] and a similar star is at the north edge of the core. Located on the east side of AGC 426.
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, bright core. A mag 13.5 star is just off the WNW tip. An extremely faint stellar nucleus seen for moments. NGC 1335 lies 16' SSE. This is a possible outlying member of AGC 426.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1334 = Sw. 8-37 on 14 Feb
1863 with the 11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and logged "vF, pL,
35", No nucl. A mag 16 star precedes by 9.6 seconds due west." His position and description matches
******************************
NGC 1335 = UGC 2762 = MCG +07-08-019 = CGCG 541-018 = PGC 13015
03 30 19.5 +41 34 22; Per
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 165°
24" (2/14/15): fairly faint to moderately bright,
fairly small, elongated 5:3 N-S, 30"x18". Contains a bright, elongated small core. Located 3' N of mag 9.0
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, very small, round, an
extremely faint star is possibly involved, can just hold steadily with
averted. Located 4' N of mag 8.5
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1335 = St. 12-27, along with NGC 1330, on 13 Oct 1869. His rough, unpublished position is 13' to the NW of this galaxy, so the identification is not uncertain. His published micrometric position in list 12 (#27) was reduced on 14 Dec 1881 and is accurate. UGC doesn't label this galaxy as NGC 1335.
******************************
NGC 1336 = ESO 358-002 = MCG -06-08-016 = LGG 096-009 = PGC 12848
03 26 32.2 -35 42 50; For
V = 12.3; Size 2.1'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 22°
18" (12/22/11): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2 ~N-S, 1.0'x0.7. Broad concentration but no distinct core. Observation may have been through thin clouds. Located 12' WSW of mag 5.7 Chi 2 and 15' NNE of mag 6.4 Chi 1!
17.5" (1/12/02): moderately bright, fairly large, elongated nearly 3:2 SSW-NNE, 2.0'x1.4'. Gradually increases to a large, brighter core. Situated within a group of several mag 6 stars and located 13' W of mag 5.7 Chi 2 and 14' NNE of mag 6.4 Chi 1! Member of the Fornax I cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1336 = h2537 on 22 Oct 1835 and
recorded on his last of 3 observations "vF, lE, 40 arcsec." His position matches
******************************
03 28 05.8 -08 23 21; Eri
V = 11.9; Size 5.8'x1.5'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 145°
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, even surface brightness.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1337 = Sw. 3-26 on 10 Nov 1885
with his 16" refractor and recorded "vL; vE nearly in meridian;
eF." His position
matches
******************************
03 28 54.5 -12 09 12; Eri
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 55°
48" (10/22/11): at 488x this bright, fairly large,
roundish galaxy has an interesting structure. Off center within the glow is a bright "bar" that
extends 1' from NW to SE. The bar
contains a small bright core and a stellar nucleus. Surrounding the bar feature is 1.2' roundish halo, that is
more extensive on the SW side but with a noticeably lower surface
brightness. The halo on the NE side
of the bar is brighter but smaller.
Located 2.0' W of a mag 10 star and 6' SW of mag 8.8
17.5" (10/20/90): faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated WNW-ESE, even surface brightness. Located 2' W of a mag 10.5 star and 6' SW of mag 8.5
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1338 = St. 13-24 on 18 Dec
1883. His published micrometrical
position was measured on 15 Dec 1884 and matches
******************************
03 28 06.5 -32 17 11; For
V = 11.6; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 172°
18" (12/22/11): fairly bright, fairly small, elongated 4:3 or 3:2 ~N-S, 0.9'x0.6'. Has a high surface brightness and evenly increases to a small bright core and stellar nucleus. Located 6' SE of double star HJ 3578 = 9.2/12.6 at 27".
13.1" (10/10/86): moderately bright, very compact, round, bright core. An uneven mag 10.5/13 double star at 30" separation lies 6' NW. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1339 = h2538 on 18 Nov 1835 and logged "pB, R, pslbM, 40 arcsec." On a later sweep he noted "B, R, psmbM; a double star precedes." The double star (HJ 3578) is 5.8' NW.
******************************
03 28 19.1 -31 04 05; For
V = 10.4; Size 6.0'x3.5'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 165°
18" (12/22/11): very bright, fairly large, elongated
2:1 NNW-SSE, ~3'x1.5'. Contains a
very large, faint halo but sharply concentrated with a very bright, elongated
core that increases to the center.
Mag 10
17.5" (11/26/94): bright, moderately large, elongated
2:1 NNW-SSE, 2.3'x1.0', well concentrated with a very bright 30" round
core and a bright stellar nucleus.
Forms an isosceles right triangle with mag 9.7
8" (10/31/81): fairly faint, slightly elongated N-S.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1340 = h715 on 19 Nov 1835 and
logged "vB, lE, psbM, 45 arcsec". There is nothing at his position but exactly 10' S is NGC
1344, which was discovered by William Herschel on 9 Oct 1790 and catalogued as
H. I-257. Herschel later observed
it again at the Cape. The
equivalence was even suggested in the NGC Notes section. Swift stated the number should be
struck out as he was not able to find it at Herschel's position. Corwin and ESO equate NGC 1340 = NGC
1344, with
******************************
03 27 58.4 -37 08 58; For
V = 12.3; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 134°
13.1" (10/10/86): fairly faint, fairly small, oval NW-SE, even surface brightness. A mag 12 star is off the SE end 0.9' from center. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1341 = h2540 on 29 Nov 1837 and
noted "F, S, R; has a star 12th mag following." His position and description matches
NGC 1341 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "vE at 140°."
******************************
03 31 36 +37 22; Per
V = 6.7; Size 14'
17.5" (12/23/92): about 100 stars mag 9-14 in 15' diameter, scattered in chains and loops. Two mag 8 stars off the NE side are probably field stars, a nice double star is at the west end. There are several striking star lanes at low power including a long stream oriented E-W. A line of six stars oriented NW-SE forms the SW side and terminates at an easy double star. The NW end is near the striking double star (10.4/11.2 at 14". The field has a large variation of magnitudes.
8": bright, large, scattered, consists of mag 8 stars and fainter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1342 = H. VIII-88 = h301 on 28 Dec 1799 (sweep 1092) and described "a cluster of coarsely scattered large stars, about 15' diameter." His position is accurate.
******************************
03 37 49.7 +72 34 17; Cas
V = 12.7; Size 2.6'x1.6'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 80°
48" (11/2/13): bright, large, elongated 2:1 ~E-W, ~2.2'x1.1', unusually sharply concentrated with a blazing, round core ~0.4' diameter, which is punctuated by a faint stellar nucleus. Two faint stars [14" separations] are superimposed within the eastern side of the halo and faint spiral arcs were visible in the outer halo. An extremely faint companion, identified in NED as HFLLZOA G134.74+13.65, was seen as a very low surface brightness patch 1.2' NE of center. A relatively wide pair of stars (h2190 = 13/14 at 15" separation) is 1' NNW of center. This is an unusual "nuclear ring" galaxy with intense starburst activity in the ring.
17.5" (10/13/90): fairly faint, fairly small, large brighter core, extremely faint halo elongated 2:1 E-W. A double star (h2190 = mag 13/14 at 15" separation) is off the NNW edge 1.0' from the center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1343 = H. III-694 = h300 on 11 Oct 1787 (sweep 764) and noted "vF, vS, irr R, bM. 360 confirmed it." John Herschel made two observations, recording on 29 Oct 1831 (sweep 378), "F, R, gbM, 15". Close to the double star h 2190." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1344 = NGC 1340 = ESO 418-005 = MCG -05-09-005 = AM 0326-311 = LGG 096-004 = PGC 12923
03 28 19.1 -31 04 05; For
V = 10.4; Size 6.0'x3.5'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 165°
18" (12/22/11): very bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, ~3'x1.5'. Contains a very large, faint halo but sharply concentrated with a very bright, elongated core that increases to the center. Mag 10 SAO 194317 lies 5.5' N and mag 9.6 HD 21668 lies 6' E.
17.5" (11/26/94): bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, 2.3'x1.0', well concentrated with a very bright 30" round core and a bright stellar nucleus. Forms an isosceles right triangle with mag 9.7 SAO 194325 6' E and mag 10.4 SAO 194317 5.5' N of center. Outlying member on the north side of the Fornax I cluster.
8" (10/31/81): fairly faint, slightly elongated N-S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1344 = H. I-257 = h2542 on 9 Oct 1790 (sweep 972) and recorded "cB, iR, vgmbM, about 1.5' diameter." His position was accurate, though for some reason the RA in the NGC is 21 seconds too large. John Herschel independently found this galaxy on 19 Nov 1835 and assumed it was new, but his position was 10' too far north and it was catalogued again as GC 715 = NGC 1340. So, NGC 1344 = NGC 1340, with NGC 1344 the primary designation. The RA was corrected in Robert Baker's 1933 "Catalogue of 985 Extragalactic Nebulae in a Region in Fornax and Eridanus".
******************************
03 29 31.7 -17 46 42; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 33°
17.5" (12/30/99): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, 0.8'x0.5'. Contains a brighter, elongated core. A trio of mag 9.5-10.5 stars (with nearly equal sides of 4'-5') lies ~5' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1345 = h2541 and noted "vF, R, pslbM, 20 arcsec.". His position is an exact match with ESO 548-026.
******************************
03 30 13.3 -05 32 36; Eri
V = 13.1; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 80°
24" (11/23/19): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small,
oval 4:3 WSW-ENE, 0.6'x0.45', very small brighter core. A mag 13.4 star is just
0.6' W of center. Member of a
small group (USGC S125) that also incudes
NGC 1346 forms an interacting pair with
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, very small, slightly
elongated, bright core. A mag 13.5
star is just 30" W. Located
13' WSW of mag 8.1
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1346 = St. 8b-12 on 1 Dec 1875. He measured an accurate micrometrical position (list 8b, #12) on 15 Dec 1876 and noted it followed a mag 13 star by 2.2 seconds (of time).
******************************
03 29 41.8 -22 16 45; Eri
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.6
24" (2/5/21): at 200x; fairly faint, fairly small, round, diffuse, even surface brightness. At 260x, there was a weak central concentration. The companion wasn't seen in very poor seeing.
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, moderately large, irregularly
round, 1.2' diameter, weakly concentrated. A very faint companion at the S edge was not seen. Located 14' N of mag 6.8
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1347 = LM 2-369 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"mag 16.0, 1.0'x0.8', E 130°, sbMN." His position is only 8 sec of RA east of
******************************
03 34 09 +51 25 12; Per
Size 6'
18" (11/23/05): at 225x, this unimpressive cluster appears ~4'x3', elongated NW to SE with roughly 20 stars resolved. Includes two mag 10.5-11.5 stars, a few mag 12 stars with the remainder mag 13-15. The stars are fairly evenly distributed with a couple of tight clumps of stars on the south side. Appears fairly well detached in a low power field, though not eye-catching. Located two degrees NE of Alpha Persei (Mirfak).
William Herschel discovered NGC 1348 = H. VIII-84 on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 989) and noted "a cluster of small stars, not very rich." This is a reddened cluster (see Astronomy and Astrophysics, v.387, p.479-486, 2002) at a distance of roughly 6000 light years.
******************************
03 31 27.5 +04 22 51; Tau
V = 13.0; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.2
17.5" (10/21/95): faint, small, round, 0.6' diameter, very weak even concentration to a quasi-stellar nucleus. Located along the hypotenuse of a small right triangle formed by three mag 13.5 stars with the nearest star 1.6' SE.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1349 = Sw. 6-13 on 20 Dec 1886
with his 16" refractor and reported "eeF; S; R; between 2
stars." His position is 10
tsec E and 1' S of
******************************
03 31 07.9 -33 37 42; For
V = 10.3; Size 5.2'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 0°
18" (12/22/11): bright, large, oval 2:1 N-S,
3.0'x1.4'. Sharply concentrated
with a very bright oval core surrounded by a much fainter halo. The core steadily increases to a very
small, brighter, quasi-stellar nucleus.
Located 6' SW of mag 7.2
17.5" (11/26/94): bright, fairly large, elongated 3:2 N-S. The halo appears about 3'x2' although difficult determine the exact dimensions as the halo fades gradually into the background. Sharply concentrated with a very bright 20" round core and stellar nucleus. A very faint star is just west of the south extension and two mag 12 stars are 2.7' SE and 3.0' E of center. Located 6' SW of mag 7.2 SAO 194353. Fornax I cluster member.
8" (10/31/81): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 N-S, bright core.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1350 = D 591 = h2545 on 24 Nov 1826 with his 9" reflector from Parramatta, NSW. He noted (single observation) "a very faint small ill-defined nebula, south-following [preceding] a small star." He probably was referring to the mag 7.2 star 6' NE. His position was fairly poor, nearly 15' to the SE.
John Herschel observed the galaxy in his sweep of 19 Oct 1835, logging "bright, large, much elongated, but with a round nucleus much brighter than the environing faint atmosphere. PD roughly taken. Transit missed, the observation having been lost by relying on the RA given by Mr. Dunlop's Catalog (3h 25m) which is too great. That here set down is assumed at random as probably nearer the truth." His approximate position was corrected by DeLisle Stewart based on a photograph taken between 1898 and 1901 at Harvard College Observatory's Arequipa Station and repeated in the IC 2 Notes.
Harold Knox-Shaw also photographed the galaxy at the Helwan Observatory between 1909-11 with the 30" Reynolds reflector and described an "oval ring with central star and traces of structure external to this in the form of either another ring or spiral arms".
******************************
03 30 34.9 -34 51 15; For
V = 11.6; Size 2.8'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 140°
18" (12/22/11): fairly bright, oval 3:2 NW-SE,
0.8'x0.5', high surface brightness.
Brightens evenly to a very small bright core and a quasi-stellar
nucleus. Located 9' SE of mag 9.4
13.1" (10/10/86): fairly faint, fairly small, oval NW-SE, bright core. Fornax I cluster member.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1351 = h2544 on 19 Oct 1835 and
reported "pB, R, psbM, 30 arcsec.". His position matches
******************************
03 31 32.9 -19 16 42; Eri
V = 13.3; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 134°
17.5" (11/17/01): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated WNW-ESE, weak concentration.
Located 4.4' NW of mag 8.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 1352 = h2543 on 11 Dec 1835 and
recorded "eF; S; pslbM; has a * 8 mag S.f. Very difficult and probably not
to be seen without a recently polished mirror, such as was used in this
observation." His position
and description matches
******************************
03 32 03.0 -20 49 05; Eri
V = 11.5; Size 3.4'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 138°
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly bright, moderately bright, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 2.5'x1.0', large bright core, stellar nucleus. The halo appears more extensive NW of the core. The major axis is parallel to a mag 11.5 star off the SE end 2.8' from the center.
8" (11/28/81): faint, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, bright core. A mag 12 star is 2.8' SE of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1353 = H. III-246 = h2546 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 331) and noted "vF, E, equally bright." On 19 Dec 1799 (sweep 1091) he reported "cB, cL, irr F, lE from np to sf." John Herschel logged it on 11 Nov 1835 as "B, mE, gmbM, 90" l, 40" br.
******************************
03 32 29.4 -15 13 16; Eri
V = 12.4; Size 2.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 148°
18" (11/23/05): this galaxy was a pleasant surprise as it appeared moderately bright and large, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 1.4'x0.3'. Contains a fairly bright bulging core with fainter extensions that fade and taper at the tips (spindle shape). A mag 14 star lies off the SE end, 1.2' S of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1354 = H. III-487 = h2547 on 30 Dec 1785 (sweep 499) and recorded "vF, S, E." John Herschel called it "vF, S, lE, glbM, 25 arcsec." The NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1355 = MCG -01-10-002 = PGC 13169
03 33 23.5 -04 59 55; Eri
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 80°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, fairly small, very
elongated WSW-ENE, bright core.
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, small, edge-on WSW-ENE, bright core.
Samuel Hunter, LdR's assistant, discovered NGC 1355 on 27 Dec 1861. His sketch clearly shows NGC 1355 labeled as Alpha, along with NGC 1358 (close to a double star). Heinrich d'Arrest independently discovered NGC 1355 on 8 Oct 1864 while observing nearby NGC 1358. He was surprised this nebula was missed by William Herschel and Lord Rosse (unaware of Hunter's observation). Stephan recorded NGC 1355 on 22 Nov 1875 during an observation of NGC 1358, as well as Dreyer on 6 Nov 1877. Dreyer later realized that Alpha on Hunter's diagram was d'Arrest's "nova". Nevertheless, he credited d'Arrest and not LdR with the discovery in the GC Supplement and NGC.
******************************
NGC 1356 = ESO 200-031 = Rose 37 = PGC 13035
03 30 40.6 -50 18 35; Hor
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 149°
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x
appeared moderately bright and large, slightly elongated N-S, ~1.2'x1.0'. Weak concentration, though with direct
vision a faint, stellar nucleus is visible. With careful viewing the galaxy appeared to be mottled or
clumpy. Forms a close pair with
much fainter
John Herschel discovered NGC 1356 = h2549 on 23 Dec 1837 and recorded "vF, R, gbM, 40 arcsec." The next sweep he logged "vF, pL, irregular, near stars." His first position is at the northern tip of the galaxy.
******************************
03 33 17.0 -13 39 49; Eri
V = 11.5; Size 2.8'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 85°
13.1" (12/7/85): fairly bright, moderately large,
round, bright core. Forms the
vertex of an isosceles right triangle with mag 8.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 1357 = H. II-290 = h2548 on 1 Feb 1785 (sweep 364) and recorded "F, pL, R, bM, about 5 or 6' south preceding of a pretty large star." John Herschel logged it twice from the Cape of Good Hope and noted on 8 Dec 1835 "pF, pL, R, 40", near three stars, two of which are 10th mag." Sir Robert Ball, observing with the 72" at Birr Castle on 13 Nov 1866, remarked "cB, pL, bM, either double or with a star [correct] very closely preceding. Observations interrupted by the superb display of shooting stars." According to Wikipedia, the 1866 Leonids produced hundreds per minute and a few thousand per hour in Europe.
******************************
NGC 1358 = MCG -01-10-003 = LGG 103-001 = PGC 13182
03 33 39.7 -05 05 22; Eri
V = 12.1; Size 2.6'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 15°
17.5" (11/25/87): moderately bright, moderately large,
irregularly round, sharp concentration.
A pretty mag 13 double star at 15" separation is 1.7' ENE. Located 8' W of a mag 10 star. Forms a pair with NGC 1355 6.8'
NW. Member of the
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, small, almost round, small bright core. A faint double star is close east and brighter star to west.
13" (12/18/82): very faint, small, elongated N-S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1358 = H. III-446 = h302 on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 457) and noted "vF, S, between some small stars." His position was too far south, but John Herschel measured an accurate position (two observations) copied into the NGC.
******************************
03 33 47.2 -19 29 23; Eri
V = 12.2; Size 2.4'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 139°
17.5" (11/17/01): fairly large oval 4:3 NW-SE,
3.0'x2.5' WNW-ESE, fairly low surface brightness with no significant concentration. This galaxy has a disturbed, knotty
appearance that was not picked up visually. Brightest in a small group with
John Herschel discovered NGC 1359 = h2550 on 12 Oct 1836 and
recorded "F, L, R, vglbM, 2'."
His position matches
******************************
03 33 14.6 -25 52 18; For
V = 9.6; Size 460"x320"
18" (1/17/09): superb view at 115x and OIII filter. Appears as a huge oval, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, extends ~6'x4', contains a bright mag 11 central star. This showpiece planetary is clearly asymmetric and notably brighter on the NNE side in a sector extending from the center and fanning out to the north. This brighter region is irregular in surface brightness and slightly dims before brightening along the NNE rim. The south side is slightly fainter and contains a weaker arc or lane.
18" (1/1/08): at 115x; this unusual planetary is a huge oval or irregular egg-shape, ~6'x4', oriented SSW-NNE (PA ~30°) surrounding a very bright mag 11 central star. Excellent contrast with an OIII filter as it really brings out its asymmetric structure. The planetary is noticeably brighter in a fan-shaped wedge spreading out from the central star to the north. At times the northeast rim appeared a bit clumpy. The fainter south side has a slightly darker lane extending to the southeast.
17.5" (11/17/01): At 100x with OIII filter, this huge planetary appears a very large oval 3:2 or 4:3 SSW-NNE, ~6'x4.5' with a striking central star. Appears clearly brighter on the north side of the central star in a section defined by a triangular wedge with apex at the central star. The nebulosity dims a bit on the west side as well as the south.
17.5" (10/8/88): very bright, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, 6'x4' diameter, very bright mag 11 central star, almost even surface brightness. Very impressive planetary with or without OIII filter.
14.5" (12/17/20): bright, unusually large PN with a prominent 11th mag central star. Irregular oval or egg shape SSW-NNE, nearly 6'x4'. Noticeably brighter along the north side in a roughly triangle slice extending from the central star. Much weaker on the SE flank. Good contrast gain at 76x and 87x using OIII and UHC filters.
13.1" (10/10/86): very large, oval 4:3, very bright mag 10-11 central star. Impressive at 88x using an OIII filter.
13.1" (10/20/84): large, pale oval ~N-S, bright central star. Appears moderately bright using a filter.
80mm finder (1/1/08): faintly visible at 25x as a dim oval glow surrounding a faint star. Adding an OIII filter significantly increased the contrast and the outline appeared better defined.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1360 in 1859 with his 4.5-inch
comet-seeker. He didn't announce
the observation until 1885, though.
Wilhelm Tempel also discovered it on 9 Oct 1861, along with
In the March 1885 issue of "The Sidereal Messenger: A
Monthly Review of Astronomy" Swift reported that "in 1859 while
searching in Eridanus for comets I ran upon the most conspicuous nebulous star
visible from this latitude - a 7th magnitude star nearly in the center of a
bright nebulosity. As both were so
bright, I, of course, supposed they were well known. Not until five years since was I aware that this wonderful
object was not in the G.C."
Dreyer credited Swift (his earliest discovery) and Winnecke in the
NGC. So, NGC 1360 was
independently "discovered" by four observers, the most (along with
This is one the brightest objects missed by the Herschels as well as by John Dunlop. In 1914, Hardcastle classified NGC 1360 as a spindle-shaped nebula. The following year, Knox-Shaw at the Helwan Observatory reported it wasn't a spindle but was "probably like the Owl", based on a photograph taken with the Reynolds reflector. Minkowski first classified it as definitely a planetary in 1946. A star was incorrectly plotted at the position on the Uranometria 2000 Atlas (first edition) because the CoD and CPD catalogue (used as a source for the U2000) included the central star.
******************************
03 34 17.7 -06 15 54; Eri
V = 13.9; Size 1.6'x1.4'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 39°
17.5" (1/12/02): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 0.8' diameter, weak concentration to a very small, brighter core. Situated nearly midway between two mag 12 stars 5' NW and 5' ESE.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1361 = LM 2-370 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is just 0.2 tmin east and
1' north of
******************************
03 33 53.0 -20 16 56; Eri
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 5°
17.5" (12/9/01): fairly faint, fairly small, round,
30" diameter. Steadily
increases to a small brighter core and a faint stellar nucleus. Located 5.4' NNW of mag 8.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 1362 = h2551 on 13 Nov 1835 and recorded "vF; S; R." His position (measured on 2 sweeps) is accurate. William Herschel is credited with the discovery in the GC and NGC, but H. III 960 applies to NGC 1370 (see that number).
******************************
03 34 49.3 -09 50 33; Eri
V = 13.1; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 45°
17.5" (11/17/01): fairly faint, fairly small,
irregularly round, 0.7'x0.6', very weak concentration. Forms a close pair with
Sherburne Burnham discovered NGC 1363 = Sw. 5-54 with the
18.5-inch Clark refractor at Dearborn Observatory on 31 Dec 1877 (Memoirs of
the Royal Astr Soc, Vol 44, p169). At Burnham's offset from a nearby mag
6 star is
******************************
03 34 58.8 -09 50 19; Eri
V = 14.7; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (11/17/01): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, no other details visible. Forms a close pair with NGC 1363 2.3' W. Located 5.6' ENE of mag 6.2 SAO 149047.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1364 = LM 2-371 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory while observing NGC
1363 (previously discovered by Sherburne Burnham). His position is a good match with
******************************
03 33 35.9 -36 08 24; For
V = 9.6; Size 11.2'x6.2'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 32°
48" (10/22/11): stunning view of this huge, barred spiral with the full extent of the long, graceful arms clearly visible and a great deal of structure. The very bright bar runs nearly 3' WSW-ENE and contains an extremely bright core that increases to a striking knotty nucleus that is sliced by a dust lane running SW to NE. The dust lane creates a mini spiral in the center with a bright elongated section south of the lane that has an "arm" attached at its northeast end that curls to the southwest. The section of the nucleus north of the lane appears as a small but brighter arm, gently curving from SW to NE.
The main northern spiral arm is attached at the west end of the bar and has a bright, mottled "knot" as it emerges from the bar and heads north-northeast. This knot contains the HII regions #23-25 from Paul Hodge's 1969 "HII Regions in Twenty Nearby Galaxies" (ApJS, 18, 73). It was also the site of SN 2001du, a supernova discovered visually by Robert Evans. This arm dims a bit and then brightens along a 1' strip (containing #19) just northwest of a superimposed mag 13.5 star. The arm then dims significantly but can be easily traced a total length of 6.5', ending just southeast of a mag 13.5-14 star.
The main southern arm emerges on the east-northeast end of the bar as a brighter patch or OB association that contains #2-3, matching the west end. A group of stars is just beyond this patch to the east. The arm extends ~6.5' SW and is bordered by several stars; a mag 14.5 star is on the south edge before the middle of the arm, a mag 16 star 1.3' due south of this star and two mag 15/16 stars are on the inside (northern edge) beyond the middle of the arm. A very small, very faint knot is near the southwest tip of the arm. The arm dims significantly at this point but bends and continues another 2' NW.
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): viewed SN2012fr, a type Ia supernova, as a mag 12 star situated just 2" west and 52" north of the center of NGC 1365.
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the best visual barred spiral in the sky and although it was only at 33° elevation (well past the meridian), the view was stunning at 200x with its long sweeping arms making a slashing cosmic "Z" in the eyepiece. I was also surprised by the structure in the fairly small, extremely bright core that is embedded in the 3' E-W bar. On the north edge of the mottled core, a very short, hooking appendage extended towards the northeast with a fainter counterpart on the southwest end. This gave the small core the appearance of a tiny barred spiral! At the west end of the bar a bright arm emerges, dramatically sweeping back to the NNE (sharp 110° angle) beyond a mag 13 star that is situated near the 1/3 mark of its total length. The counterpart on the east end of the bar shoots to the southwest, reaching a faint star at its end. The total distance between the tips of the arms is roughly 10'.
20" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): At 127x and 212x, NGC 1365 appeared as an amazing two-armed barred spiral, similar to the photographic appearance. The core is a quite bright, bulging oval embedded in a larger bar oriented ~E-W. Attached at opposite ends of the bar are two long, graceful arms that extend quite a distance and are nearly straight. The arm attached on the west side of the bar wraps around a mag 12.5 star about 1' NW of the core and extends well beyond towards the NNE. The opposite arm attached on the following end is slightly fainter and shoots towards the SSW. The tips of the outer arms dramatically increase the total size of the galaxy.
18" (12/30/08): although a pale imitation of the view from Australia, with careful viewing at 175x the spiral arm attached at the west end of the central bar was faintly visible sweeping to the NNE for ~3' in length. The counterpart on the SE side was not seen.
13.1" (12/22/84): bright, elongated core, large, 3' diameter, very diffuse outer halo. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
8" (1/1/84): fairly bright, fairly large, bright core, diffuse halo, broad concentration.
8" (9/25/81): moderately large, elongated, gradually brighter core.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1365 = D 562 = h2552 on 2 Sep 1826. He described "a pretty large faint round nebula, about 3 1/2' diameter, gradual slight condensation to the centre, very faint at the margin." He made two observations but his published RA was off by a full 10 minutes of time. His handwritten notebook positions are only 9' E and 9' SE, so he clearly made a transcription error (of 3 minutes in time) in his catalogue. As a result, Dunlop wasn't credited with the discovery in the GC or NGC.
John Herschel independently discovered NGC 1365 on 28 Nov
1837 (sweep 801) and described "A very remarkable nebula. A decided link
between the nebula
Albert Le Sueur sketched a pair of dramatic spiral arms, central bar and core as a "Z" shaped figure using the 48-inch Great Melbourne Telescope on 30 Jan 1870 (unpublished plate VII, figure 84). Joseph's Turner sketch (unpublished lithograph plate II, figure 10) on 2 Dec 1875 shows a distinct bar but the outer halo forms a nearly complete oval, so the overall shape is a squashed "Theta". NGC 1365 was probably first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "! open, 2-branch spiral, double nucleus."
******************************
03 33 53.7 -31 11 39; For
V = 12.0; Size 2.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 2°
13.1" (10/10/86): fairly faint, small, bright core,
thin faint extensions 2:1 N-S, 1.0'x0.5'.
Located 6.8' S of mag 6.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 1366 = H. III-857 = h2553 on 9 Oct 1790 (sweep 972) and recorded "vF, S, irr F, lbM." His position is at the south edge of the galaxy.
******************************
03 35 00.7 -24 56 04; For
V = 10.7; Size 5.6'x3.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 135°
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly bright, moderately bright,
elongated 3:2 NW-SE, 2.5'x1.5', halo fades into the background. Very bright elongated core 30"
diameter increases to a stellar nucleus.
A mag 8.3 star
8" (10/31/81): faint, moderately large, bright core, diffuse halo.
Ormond Stone found NGC 1367 = LM 1-106 in 1886 with the
26-inch Clark refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"mag 13.0 [bright], *9, nf 5.0'." His rough position is a good match with
******************************
03 34 58.9 -15 39 23; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.3'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 108°
18" (11/26/03): very faint, small, elongated 5:3 NW-SE,
0.7'x0.4', weak concentration, very small bright core. Forms an isosceles triangle with a mag
14 star 1.8' ESE and a mag 14.9 2.5' NE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1368 = LM 1-107 on 12 Nov 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position falls 3' S of MCG -03-10-012 = PGC 13247. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory as well as Robert Baker in his 1937 Harvard catalogue of galaxies in Fornax and Eridanus. MCG doesn't label this galaxy as NGC 1368.
******************************
NGC 1369 = ESO 358-034 = MCG -06-09-004 = LGG 096-019 = PGC 13330
03 36 45.2 -36 15 24; Eri
V = 12.8; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 12°
18" (12/30/08): faint, fairly small, irregularly round,
~0.9'x0.8', very weak concentration.
Located 4.3' NW of mag 7.2
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 1369 on 19 Jan 1865 with the 6.2" Plössl refractor at the Athens Observatory. It was found during a survey on the Fornax Cluster (nebula "b" in his table). but there is nothing at his position, which is 9.4' SE of NGC 1365. Interestingly, NGC 1365 is the previous entry in his table (AN 2097, p137) and that position is very accurate. The entry that follows NGC 1369 is a bright star (assigned mag 5.6), which supposedly follows NGC 1369 by 7 sec in RA and 2.4' S, though its position must also be in error. Harold Corwin found that if Schmidt made 3 minute error in RA for both objects (change 27 to 30), then NGC 1369 = ESO 358-034 = PGC 13330 and the bright star (4.5' SE) is mag 7.2 HD 22621.
This galaxy was listed in a table of new nebulae found between 1909-11 at the Helwan Observatory, but Knox-Shaw remarked that it was "possibly identical with [NGC] 1369." ESO-LV (surface photometry catalogue) and RC3 identify NGC 1369 = ESO 358-034 but the ESO-Uppsala catalogue and MCG don't label this galaxy as NGC 1369. The RNGC calls this number nonexistent.
******************************
NGC 1370 = ESO 548-048 = MCG -03-10-013 = LGG 095-002 = PGC 13265
03 35 14.5 -20 22 26; Eri
V = 12.6; Size 1.5'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 50°
17.5" (12/9/01): fairly faint, small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, 0.6'x0.4'. Situated exactly midway between two mag 13/14 stars just off the NW and SE flanks (both ~40" from center)! NGC 1362 lies 20' WNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1370 = H. III-559 = H.
III-960 = h2554 on 20 Sep 1786 (sweep 597) and logged III 559 as "3 vS
stars in a line, with vF nebulosity.
On 19 Dec 1799 (sweep 1091) he noted III 960 as "vF, vS, 300
confirmed it." His position
on both sweeps are pretty close to
******************************
NGC 1371 = NGC 1367 = ESO 482-010 = MCG -04-09-029 = UGCA 79 = AM 0332-250 = LGG 097-012 = PGC 13255
03 35 01.3 -24 56 00; For
V = 10.7; Size 5.6'x3.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 135°
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly bright, moderately bright, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, 2.5'x1.5', halo fades into the background. Very bright elongated core 30" diameter increases to a stellar nucleus. A mag 8.3 star SAO 168653 (wide double at 53" with a mag 11.5 star) is 4.5' NE. NGC 1360 lies one degree SSW.
8" (10/31/81): faint, moderately large, bright core, diffuse halo.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1371 = H. II-262 = h2555 on
17 Nov 1784 (sweep 321) and logged "F, a little & irr E above 1' in
dia." His position is ~5'
north of
Ormond Stone independently found the galaxy in 1886 and recorded LM 1-106 (later NGC 1367) as "mag 13.0 [bright], *9, nf 5.0'." His rough position is a good match for NGC 1371 and his comment about the nearby star clinches the equivalence. Dorothy Carlson and Harold Corwin both conclude NGC 1371 = NGC 1367, with NGC 1371 the primary designation.
******************************
03 36 59.7 -15 52 53; Eri
V = 14.3; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.2
18" (11/23/05): very faint, extremely small, round,
15"-20" diameter. A mag
14.5 star lies 1' SW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1372 = LM 1-108 on 12 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA)
is 0.9 tmin west of
******************************
03 34 59.2 -35 10 16; For
V = 13.3; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 131°
18" (12/17/11): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
4:3 NW-SE, 40"x30", broad concentration. Smallest and faintest in a trio with
13.1" (12/22/84): very faint, extremely small. First of three with NGC 1374 4.8' SE
and
John Herschel discovered NGC 1373 = h2556 on 29 Nov 1837 and
recorded "eF, vS, the preceding of three [with NGC 1374 and
1375]." His position is quite
poor and lands at the southwest edge of NGC 1374, so clearly there was some
problem with the observation. When
Julius Schmidt observed the field he measured an accurate position for NGC
1374, but was unsure of its identification and has no measurement for NGC
1373. Still, there are only three
galaxies here, and Herschel's description is appropriate for
******************************
NGC 1374 = ESO 358-023 = MCG -06-08-029 = LGG 096-014 = PGC 13267
03 35 16.6 -35 13 35; For
V = 11.1; Size 2.5'x2.3'; Surf Br = 12.9
18" (12/17/11): very bright, moderately large, round, 1.2' diameter. Contains a relatively large intense core that increases to the center. Forms a striking pair with NGC 1375 2.3' S of center. NGC 1373 lies 4.9' NW and
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly bright, round, bright core. In a close trio with NGC 1375 2' S and NGC 1373 4.8' NW. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, round.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1374 = h2557 (along with NGC 1373 = h2556 and NGC 1375 = h2558) on 29 Nov 1837, recording "vB, pL, lE, gmbM, the 2nd of three." His position was 1.6' ENE of center (similar offset as NGC 1375). In 1865 Julius Schmidt measured a more accurate position with the 6.2" refractor at the Athens Observatory.
******************************
NGC 1375 = ESO 358-024 = MCG -06-08-030 = LGG 098-002 = PGC 13266
03 35 16.8 -35 15 57; For
V = 12.4; Size 2.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 91°
18" (12/17/11): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 5:2 E-W, 1.4'x0.6'. Broad concentration with a fairly large brighter core. Forms a striking pair with NGC 1374 2.3' N.
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, edge-on streak 3:1 E-W. In a trio with NGC 1374 2.4' N and NGC 1373 6.8' NW. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1375 = h2558 in the Fornax Cluster and described "B, S, lE, pmbM; the 3d of 3 [with NGC 1373 and 137] of the same RA as the second." His RA is 7 sec too large, but Julius Schmidt's position (measured on 19 Jan 1865 with the 6.2" refractor at the Athens Observatory and listed as nebula "c") is accurate in RA.
******************************
NGC 1376 = MCG -01-10-011 = LGG 103-002 = PGC 13352
03 37 05.9 -05 02 34; Eri
V = 12.1; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 95°
17.5" (11/25/87): moderately bright, fairly large, slightly elongated, diffuse, weak concentration. Member of the NGC 1376/1417 Group (LGG 103).
13.1" (12/7/85): moderately bright, round, moderately large, weak concentration, diffuse.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1376 = H. II-288 = h303 on 28 Jan 1785 (sweep 359) and logged "F, pL, irr R, r." John Herschel measured an accurate position on 16 Oct 1827 (sweep 96), calling it "L; the faintest thing imaginable."
******************************
03 36 39.0 -20 54 05; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.8'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 92°
17.5" (12/9/01): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 E-W, bright core, 1.2'x0.6'. Located 11' W of mag 9.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 1377 = H. II-961 = h2560 on 19 Dec 1799 (sweep 1091) and noted "vF, vS." John Herschel made two observations from the Cape of Good Hope, recording it as "F, S, R, bM, 15 arcsec."
******************************
03 35 58.2 -35 12 40; For
= **, Carlson & ESO. Not found, de Vaucouleurs
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 1378 on 19 Jan 1865 with the 6.2-inch refractor at the Athens Observatory during his survey of the Fornax Cluster (nebula "d" in his table). His position corresponds with an 11" double star (brighter component mag 13.2) and ESO, Dorothy Carlson and Harold Corwin identify NGC 1378 with these two stars.
******************************
03 36 04.0 -35 26 29; For
V = 10.9; Size 2.4'x2.3'; Surf Br = 12.8
18" (12/17/11): very bright, fairly large, round, 1.6'
diameter. Well concentrated with a very bright 20" core that increases to
a bright, stellar nucleus.
Slightly larger
13.1" (12/22/84): bright, almost round, bright core, almost stellar nucleus. Forms a right angle with NGC 1387 11.5' SE and NGC 1381 10' NE. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, round, bright core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1379 = h2561 on 25 Dec 1835 and reported a "Globular cluster, pB, R, gpmbM, 70 arcsec." His position corresponds with ESO 358-027 = PGC 13299. He also described a few other galaxies in the Fornax cluster as globulars.
In 1915, Harold Knox-Shaw reported it was not resolved visually and showed on continuous spectrum on a photograph taken at the Helwan Observatory with the Reynolds reflector.
******************************
03 36 27.5 -34 58 31; For
V = 9.9; Size 4.8'x2.3'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 7°
18" (12/17/11): extremely bright, large, elongated ~5:3 N-S, ~3.0'x1.8'. Sharply concentrated with an intense, elongated core that brightens to the center, though there was no evident nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is superimposed ~0.9' SW of center. This is one of the brightest Fornax cluster galaxies.
13.1" (12/22/84): very bright, elongated 2:1 N-S, bright core, faint elongated halo. A very faint mag 14 star is SW of the core 1.2' from the center. Member of Fornax I cluster.
8" (10/31/81): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated, bright core.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1380 = D 574 = h2559 on 2 Sep 1826 with his 9" reflector at Parramatta. He recorded "a rather faint pretty well-defined elliptical nebula, about 1' long, and 50" broad, a little brighter to the centre." His single position was well off, 19.5' too far ESE, but this is brightest single galaxy he likely picked up. John Herschel also made a single observation on sweep 635 (19 Oct 1835) and logged, "very bright; large; round; pretty suddenly brighter towards the middle; A fine nebula." He added: "The obs. of the place like that of Dunlop 591 above was lost by setting the instrument on the place given in Mr Dunlop's Catalogue, and relying on his RA (3h 31m) which is too great, instead of sweeping over them, when they could not have escaped being regularly taken." In 1865 Julius Schmidt measured a more accurate position with the 6.2" refractor at the Athens Observatory.
******************************
NGC 1381 = ESO 358-029 = MCG -06-09-003 = PGC 13321
03 36 31.6 -35 17 43; For
V = 11.5; Size 2.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 139°
18" (12/17/11): fairly bright, fairly large, very
elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 1.6'x0.5'.
Sharply concentrated with a small, very bright core that increases to
the center. A mag 14 star lies
1.8' SE and a similar star is 3' NW.
Situated nearly at the midpoint of a line connecting
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly bright, edge-on 3:1 NW-SE, bright core, faint elongated halo. A mag 14 star is 1.8' SE of center. Member of the Fornax I cluster with NGC 1379 10' SW and NGC 1387 14' SSE.
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, elongated.
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 1381 on 19 Jan 1865 with the
6.2-inch Plössl refractor at the Athens Observatory. It was found during his survey of the Fornax Cluster on the
same night (nebula "e" in his table published in 1876). His position is an excellent match with
******************************
NGC 1382 = NGC 1380B = ESO 358-037 = MCG -06-09-009 = PGC 13354
03 37 09.0 -35 11 42; For
V = 12.9; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 179°
18" (12/17/11): fairly faint, moderately large, round, 0.8' diameter. Fairly low surface brightness with only a broad, mild concentration and no core or zones. NGC 1381 lies 9.6' SW.
13.1" (12/22/84): very faint, round, fairly small, very diffuse. On a line with NGC 1381 9.5' SW and NGC 1379 20' SW. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 1382 on 19 Jan 1865 with the 6.2-inch Plössl refractor at the Athens Observatory. It was found during a survey of the Fornax Cluster (nebula "f" in his table). There is nothing at his position, but 37 seconds of RA east and 1.7' S is ESO 358-037. This is the only reasonable candidate but his position for NGC 1381 (the previous object is his list) is accurate, so the identification NGC 1382 = ESO 358-037 is uncertain.
Harold Knox-Shaw found this galaxy again on a photograph taken with the 30-inch Reynolds reflector between 1912-14 at the Helwan Observatory and reported it as new in the 1915 observatory bulletin. de Vaucouleurs called this galaxy NGC 1380B in his 1956 "Survey of Bright Galaxies South of -35° Declination", based on Mt Stromlo plates. See Harold Corwin's notes for more.
******************************
03 37 39.2 -18 20 22; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 91°
17.5" (12/11/99): moderately bright, moderately large,
elongated 3:2 E-W, 1.0'x0.6', well concentrated. Situated between two mag 13/14.5 stars 1.5' SW and NE. First in a group of 7 NGC galaxies
including
John Herschel discovered NGC 1383 = h2562 on 11 Dec 1835 and recorded "pF, vS, R, psmbM." His position is accurate.
******************************
03 39 13.5 +15 49 08; Tau
V = 14.4; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 145°
17.5" (11/2/91): very faint, very small, round. A mag 13.5 star is 1.2' WNW of
center. Located 3.5' WSW of mag
8.6
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1384 = m 90 on 20 Oct 1864 with
William Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted a "neb * 13." His position falls very close to a
faint, unequal double star but Harold Corwin notes that 1.6' S is
******************************
03 37 28.8 -24 30 07; For
V = 10.9; Size 3.4'x2.0'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 165°
48" (10/29/19): at 610x; very bright, large, excellent spiral with an unusual, chaotic appearance! Overall, the galaxy is elongated ~5:3 N-S, ~3.0'x1.8', with a prominent thick bar running ~E-W through the center. A small, bright knot is close north of the west end of the bar.
A brighter, elongated patch (probably a short section of a spiral arm) was easily seen extending north of the bar. Only the initial part of the southern arm attached to the west end of the bar was visible. The main, long spiral arm was rooted on the east end of the bar and stretched well north of the central region. Its surface brightness seemed irregular or patchy. The arm faded and was less defined as it curled clockwise and spread west on the north end of the halo. The south portion of the halo was faint overall (due to dust) but displayed a semi-circular outline due to the very low surface brightness southern arm.
17.5" (11/26/94): fairly bright, moderately large. Dimensions are 2.5'x2.0' slightly elongated N-S, but with an irregular appearance. A bright bar appears to extend through the galaxy WNW-ESE surrounded by an irregular patchy halo more elongated N-S. Spiral structure is strongly suggested with a spiral arm on the NE side. The galaxy appears more extensive north of the bar. Located within a 10' string of four mag 11-12 stars oriented SW-NE.
8" (10/31/81): faint, fairly small, brighter core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1385 = H. II-263 = h2563 on 17 Nov 1784 (sweep 321) and recorded "F but less bright than the last [NGC 1371], bM, about 1.5' dia." His position is 4' too far north-northwest. John Herschel called this object "B, R, gpmbM, 40 arcsec" and measured an accurate position.
******************************
03 36 46.2 -35 59 58; Eri
V = 11.2; Size 3.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 25°
18" (12/17/11): bright or very bright, large, elongated
5:2 SW-NE, 2.5'x1.0'. Gradually
brighter outer halo, then sharply concentrated with a very bright, elongated
core that increases towards the center.
13.1" (1/1/84): moderately bright, elongated 2:1 SW-NE,
bright core. NGC 1389 lies 16' NNE
and NGC 1369 15' S (not observed).
Located 5.2' NNW of mag 9.5
8" (1/1/84): fairly faint, bright core, almost round.
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 1386 on 19 Jan 1865 with the
6.2-inch Plössl refractor at the Athens Observatory during his survey of the
Fornax Cluster (nebula "g" in his table). His position is at the east
edge of
******************************
NGC 1387 = ESO 358-036 = MCG -06-09-007 = LGG 096-016 = PGC 13344
03 36 56.8 -35 30 24; For
V = 10.7; Size 2.8'x2.8'; Surf Br = 12.8
18" (12/17/11): at 285x appeared bright to very bright,
fairly large, round, 2' diameter.
Sharply concentrated with a very bright 25"-30" core that
increases to a stellar or quasi-stellar nucleus. Bracketed at low power by NGC 1379 11.5' WNW and
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright, small, round, possible faint stellar nucleus. Member of Fornax I cluster. NGC 1381 lies 14' NNW and NGC 1379 11.5' WNW.
8" (10/31/81): faint, small, round, broad concentration.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1387 = h2564 on 25 Dec 1835 and described a "globular cluster, vB, R, gmbM, 90 arcseconds, A globular cluster in all probability identical with this, was also seen in Sweep 636, while searching beyond the meridian for Dunlop 562." His position is accurate. He also described a few other galaxies in the Fornax cluster as globulars (NGCs 1310, 1379, 1399 and 1436). In 1915 Knox-Shaw reported it was similar to 1380 and 1399 "and probably a nebula", based on a photograph as well as a visual observation with the 30-inch Reynolds reflector at the Helwan Observatory.
******************************
03 38 12.0 -15 53 58; Eri
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (12/9/01): very faint, small, round, 20" diameter. Forms the eastern vertex of a triangle with a mag 11.5 star 4.5' W and a mag 13 star 3' SW. NGC 1372 lies 17' W.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1388 = LM 1-109 on 12 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA)
happens to be fairly accurate in this case, falling 2.4' SE of
******************************
NGC 1389 = ESO 358-038 = MCG -06-09-010 = LGG 098-004 = PGC 13360
03 37 11.7 -35 44 46; Eri
V = 11.5; Size 2.3'x1.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 30°
18" (12/17/11): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 60"x40". Moderately concentrated with a brighter core and a thin fainter halo. Forms the SW vertex of a trapezoid with a mag 10 star 3' N, and two mag 12 stars 3' E and 3.7' NE.
13.1" (1/1/84): moderately bright, small, almost round, weak concentration. Member of Fornax I cluster.
8" (1/1/84): faint, small, round.
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 1389 on 19 Jan 1865 with the 6.2-inch Plössl refractor at the Athens Observatory. It was found during his survey of the Fornax Cluster (nebula "h" on his list). His position is accurate.
******************************
03 37 52.1 -19 00 30; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 1.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 19°
17.5" (1/12/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 SSW-NNE, 1.0'x0.4'. Very weak concentration along the major axis. Situated 6' N of a mag 9.8 star and ~40' SW of the NGC 1407 group.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1390 = LM 2-372 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and noted "mag 14.0, 1.0'x0.6', E 260°." There is nothing at his position but 16 sec of RA west and 2' N is ESO 548-054 = PGC 13386, the only nearby candidate. His PA is in error (should read 20°, instead of 260°). The RA was corrected in Robert Baker's 1937 "Catalogue of 1113 Galaxies in a Region in Fornax and Eridanus".
******************************
03 38 52.9 -18 21 15; Eri
V = 13.3; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 65°
17.5" (12/11/99): faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3
~E-W, very weak concentration.
Located between
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1391 = LM 2-373 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His description reads "mag 15.4,
0.4' dia, R, gbMN, 1st of 3, one of which is GC 742 [NGC 1383]. There is nothing at his position, but 28
tsec of RA east is
******************************
03 22 44.4 -37 06 13; For
V = 11.0; Size 2.8'x2.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 78°
See observing notes for NGC 1317.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1392 = Sw. 6-15 on 13 Feb 1887, along with Sw. 6-14, and recorded "vF; pS; R." There is nothing at his position, though Sw. 6-15 was placed ~4.5' N of brighter VI-14. Swift has a long note at the end of his 6th list about VI-14 and VI-15. He assumed VI-14 referred to the "Great Southern Comet" 1887-I, though he found it 3° south of the predicted place. At the end of his paper, H.C.F. Kreutz remarked that the most recent orbital calculations placed Swift's nebula 38 minutes of RA east and 4° south of the position of the comet, so they were likely not related. More of the story which follows, is gleaned from Gary Kronk's book on Lewis Swift and Harold Corwin's IC identification notes.
In the following volume of Astronomische Nachrichten (AN 118, 203), Swift wrote (17 Dec) "I have made two unsuccessful attempts to refind the two objects one of which I thought was very probably Comet 1887-I. The seeing on both occasions were fairly good but not equal that when seen which was exceptionally fine. I am therefore not surprised that the faintest one was not seen as it was a very faint object and though so near the suspected comet was not noticed for some little time. In fact I begin to fear I shall never see the faint one again in consequence of an increased number of electric street lights south of and not far from the observatory."
Barnard also searched for Swift's nebulae and reported on 19 November (AN 118, 173) he strongly suspected Swift's positions were erroneous as he searched for the comet unsuccessfully on 11 and 12 February and would have picked up a brighter object when he covered Swift's position. After later receiving a letter from Swift, he specifically searched for the nebulae again on the 15th of November with a 6.4-inch refractor (at Vanderbilt) and found nothing at Swift's position. But expanding his search area he found two nebulae with the same relative positions and appropriate descriptions that "seems to me that these are Swift's objects". A note was added by A. Krueger, AN's editor, that based on Barnard's position, the two nebulae are GC 697 and 698 (= NGC 1316 and 1317). This would imply Swift made a very large error of 15 minutes of time in RA (too far east), but otherwise these galaxies are a good match with Swift's description and relative positions!
Swift was apparently quite upset by Barnard's remarks and responded in the AN 118 note (5 Jan 1888) that the previous night he observed Barnard's nebulae and "they bear about as much resemblance to mine as the Orion nebula does to the Andromeda nebula. I am now more thoroughly convinced that the suspected object was a comet than I was at first and highly probably was comet 1887 I." Despite Swift's comments, the most likely conclusion is NGC 1392 = NGC 1317 and Sw. 6-14 = NGC 1316.
ESO misidentifies
******************************
NGC 1393 = ESO 548-058 = MCG -03-10-019 = PGC 13425
03 38 38.5 -18 25 41; Eri
V = 12.0; Size 1.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 170°
17.5" (12/11/99): moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated ~N-S, 1' diameter, bright core. Member of the NGC 1407 group. First of three on a line with NGC 1391 5.6' NE and NGC 1394 10' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1393 = H. III-451 = h2565 on 6 Oct 1785 (sweep 459) and recorded "vF, S, R." John Herschel logged "pF, R, glbM, 30"." Both Herschels missed nearby NGC 1391 and NGC 1394 to the northeast.
******************************
NGC 1394 = ESO 548-060 = MCG -03-10-021 = PGC 13444
03 39 06.9 -18 17 32; Eri
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 5°
17.5" (12/11/99): fairly faint, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, 0.8'x0.4', small bright core. A mag 13 star lies 1.6' N. Third of three on a line with NGC 1393 and NGC 1391.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1394 = LM 2-374 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"mag 14.5, 0.4'x0.2', E 170°, sbMN, 3rd of 3." There is nothing at his position, but
30 seconds of time further east is
******************************
03 38 29.8 -23 01 41; Eri
V = 9.6; Size 5.9'x4.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 126°
13.1" (10/10/86): bright, fairly small, oval 4:3 ~E-W,
very bright core, fainter halo.
Two faint mag 14 stars lie on the west and north edges 1.0' from
center. Brightest in a group of
five with
8" (10/31/81): fairly bright, small, round, small bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1395 = H. I-58 = h2566 on 17 Nov 1784 (sweep 321) and logged "B, S, lE, mbM." John Herschel recorded "vB, pmE, psmbM, 60" long", and measured an accurate position (2 sweeps).
******************************
03 38 06.5 -35 26 24; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 90°
18" (12/17/11): extremely faint, small, slightly elongated, ~20" diameter, low surface brightness. Requires averted vision and no details were visible. Located just 4.7' W of NGC 1399 (second brightest galaxy in the Fornax cluster).
18" (12/30/08): extremely faint, very small, slightly elongated, 20"x15". Required averted to glimpse though the observation may have been affected by clouds or contrails. Located 4.7' W of NGC 1399 in the Fornax I cluster.
Note: this identification is very unlikely and the number should probably be classified as "lost".
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 1396 on 19 Jan 1865 with the
6.2-inch Plössl refractor at the Athens Observatory during his survey of the
Fornax Cluster (nebula "i" in his table). There is nothing at his position of 03 38 01 -35 40 17
(2000), and the RNGC classifies NGC 1396 as nonexistent. The Southern Galaxy Catalogue and RC3,
though, identify
But I'm not convinced that Schmidt could have picked up this galaxy with a 6-inch refractor as it was extremely faint in my 18-inch. Harold Corwin took another look at the SGC galaxy in September 2017 and is now also skeptical this is the object seen by Schmidt. See Harold Corwin's historical notes and my RNGC Corrections #6.
******************************
03 39 47.2 -04 40 12; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 14.4
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE, weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1397 = H. III-569 on 30 Sep
1786 (sweep 608) and recorded "eF, lE, easily resolvable." His position (re-reduced by Auwers) is
just 1.3' NE of
******************************
NGC 1398 = ESO 482-022 = MCG -04-09-040 = PGC 13434
03 38 52.0 -26 20 13; For
V = 9.7; Size 7.1'x5.4'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 100°
17.5" (11/26/94): very bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1, 2.2'x1.1', well concentrated with a very bright 30" rounder core and a stellar nucleus. NGC 1360 lies 1.3° NW. This galaxy has a beautiful inner and outer ring structure on deep images.
14.5" (12/17/20): bright, large, slightly elongated central region at least 1.5' diameter. Strongly and sharply concentrated with a very bright inner core that increases to an intense stellar nucleus. The outer halo is very diffuse and difficult to judge diameter but perhaps 2.5' to 3'.
8" (10/31/81): fairly bright, moderately large, round, bright core.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 1398, along with an independent discovery of NGC 1360, on 9 Oct 1861 using his personal 4-inch Steinheil refractor from Marseilles. Tempel didn't announce the discovery until May 1882. In the meantime it was independently found by Friedrich August Winnecke on 17 Dec 1868 with a 4.5-inch refractor by Reinfelder & Hertel at Karlsruhe. It was also found by Eugen Block (announced in AN 2287) on 18 Oct 1879 with a 4-inch refractor at Odessa. This is the brightest galaxy discovered by Tempel (V = 9.7) and the most southerly.
Based on plates taken at the Helwan observatory in 1927-31, NGC 1398 was described as an "oval ring 5' diameter, surrounding a faint, disc 1.5' diameter with a vB central almost stellar ncl, 1/2' with a pF axis E 10°."
******************************
NGC 1399 = ESO 358-045 = MCG -06-09-012 = LGG 096-017 = PGC 13418
03 38 29.0 -35 27 04; For
V = 9.6; Size 6.9'x6.5'; Surf Br = 13.7
18" (12/17/11): very bright, large, round, 3'
diameter. The outer halo has a fairly
low surface brightness but the central portion is sharply concentrated with a
very bright 35" core. The
core continues to brighten significantly to a quasi-stellar nucleus. A star is superimposed less than
20" NNE of center. Brighter
of a pair with
13.1" (12/22/84): bright, large faint halo is broadly concentrated, brighter core. A star is superimposed 0.3' N of the center. This galaxy is the second brightest and second largest in the core of the Fornax I cluster. NGC 1404 is 10' SE.
8" (10/31/81): fairly bright, round, bright core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1399 = h2569 on 22 Oct 1835 and recorded a "globular cluster, vB, pL, psbM, resolvable or resolved, 2'." He also described a few other galaxies in the Fornax cluster as globulars (NGCs 1310, 1379, 1387 and 1436). In 1915, Harold Knox-Shaw reported it was not resolved visually awith the 30-inch Reynolds reflector at the Helwan Observatory.
******************************
NGC 1400 = ESO 548-062 = MCG -03-10-022 = PGC 13470
03 39 30.8 -18 41 17; Eri
V = 11.0; Size 2.3'x2.0'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 40°
17.5" (12/11/99): fairly bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, brighter core, stellar nucleus. Smaller and fainter than NGC 1407 11' NE. Possible member of the NGC 1407 group.
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus, small faint halo. Forms a wide pair with NGC 1407 11.6' NE.
8" (10/31/81): faint, very small, round. Situated 11' SW of NGC 1407.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1400 = H. II-593 = h2567 on 20 Sep 1786 (sweep 597) and recorded "pB, pS, R, resembling the following [NGC 1407], but much less." John Herschel noted "B, R, psmbM, 30"."
******************************
NGC 1401 = ESO 482-026 = MCG -04-09-042 = LGG 097-010 = PGC 13457
03 39 21.9 -22 43 29; Eri
V = 12.3; Size 2.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 130°
13.1" (10/10/86): faint, small, edge-on 4:1 NW-SE, bright core. A mag 13.5 star is just 0.4' N of center. NGC 1403 lies 20' N.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1401 = H. III-247 = h2568 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 331) and noted "eF, vS." His RA was 23 seconds too large, but John Herschel measured an accurate position. I'm surprised neither noted the elongation.
******************************
03 39 30.5 -18 31 37; Eri
V = 13.6; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 88°
17.5" (12/11/99): fairly faint, small, round, gradually increases to a small brighter core. Located 10' S of NGC 1400 in a group.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1402 = LM 2-376 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position essentially matches ESO 548-061 = PGC 13467.
******************************
NGC 1403 = ESO 482-025 = MCG -04-09-041 = PGC 13445
03 39 10.8 -22 23 18; Eri
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 175°
17.5" (11/2/91): fairly faint, small, 40" diameter, small bright core surrounded by a very faint halo, almost stellar nucleus. A mag 14.5 star is just off the west edge 30" from the center. A bright wide double star mag 8/10.5 at 30" is located 4' NNE. NGC 1401 lies 20' S.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1403 = LM 2-375 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His RA was 0.2 minutes of time too large and it was corrected in Robert Baker's 1933 "Catalogue of 985 Extragalactic Nebulae in a Region in Fornax and Eridanus".
******************************
NGC 1404 = ESO 358-046 = MCG -06-09-013 = LGG 094-012 = PGC 13433
03 38 52.1 -35 35 38; For
V = 10.0; Size 3.3'x3.0'; Surf Br = 12.5
18" (12/17/11): very bright, moderately large, round,
1.5' diameter. The outer halo
gradually increases then brightens fairly rapidly to a small, very bright
core. The core increases to the
center but a stellar nucleus wasn't seen.
A mag 12-12.5 star is 45" SE, at the edge of the halo. Mag 8.1
At 285x, supernova 2011iv, discovered on Dec 2, was easily visible just 7" W and 8" N of center. The supernova was similar in brightness to the mag 12-12.5 star at or just off the southeast edge of the halo.
13.1" (12/22/84): bright, fairly small, round, bright
core. Located just 2.8' NNW of mag
8.1
8" (10/31/81): fairly bright, small, round, bright core. A mag 8 star is close SSE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1404 = h2571 on 28 Nov 1837 and recorded (the following night) "vB, R, psmbM, 40", has a star N.f." His RA was 12 seconds too large and the star is south following but this identification is certain. In 1865 Julius Schmidt measured a more accurate position with the 6.2" refractor at the Athens Observatory, though he initially reported it as a new nebula. His later table in 1876 correctly identifies it as h2571.
******************************
03 40 18.9 -15 31 48; Eri
V = 15.6; Size 1.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 15.1; PA = 153°
17.5" (12/9/01): extremely faint, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, 0.6'x0.3'.
Requires averted to glimpse.
Located 5' NNE of brighter
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1405 = LM 1-110 (along with NGC 1413 = I-111) on 26 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick and logged "mag 16.0, pL, vE 150°, glbM, sev vF st inv." His rough position (nearest minute of RA) is accurate and the position angle matches, though no are stars involved (noted first by Herbert Howe in 1900). Howe measured an accurate RA in 1899-00 at Denver.
******************************
03 39 23.1 -31 19 18; For
V = 11.8; Size 3.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 15°
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly faint, edge-on 5:1 SSW-NNE, moderately large, 3.0'x0.6, brighter core, dims at ends of extensions. Located 16' ESE of mag 7.4 SAO 194416. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1406 = h2572 on 18 Nov 1835 and accurately recorded "F, vmE, vglbM, 2' l, 20" br; *7 mag precedes in parallel."
******************************
NGC 1407 = ESO 548-067 = MCG -03-10-030 = LGG 100-004 = PGC 13505
03 40 11.8 -18 34 48; Eri
V = 9.7; Size 4.6'x4.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 35°
24" (1/1/19): at 260x; very bright, very large, round, 2.5'-3' diameter. The galaxy displayed three distinct brightness zones that were sharply delineated. The large halo was fairly smooth, but the sharply concentrated with a very bright core. The core has a sharp brightness spike with an extremely bright nucleus!
A number of galaxies are nearby including NGC 1400 11.5' SW,
NGC 1402 10' WNW,
17.5" (12/11/99): bright, moderately large, round, 1.5' diameter, bright core, nearly stellar nucleus. Brightest in the NGC 1407 Group (LGG 100), which includes 8 NGC galaxies and IC 343.
13.1" (1/18/85): bright, fairly small, bright core, stellar nucleus. Forms a wide pair with NGC 1400 11.6' SW.
8" (10/31/81): bright, small, round, small bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1407 = H. I-107 = h2570 on 6 Oct 1785 (sweep 459) and recorded "B, R, mbM or large nucleus, about 1.5' diameter." John Herschel logged it as "vB, L, R, first vg then vs, vmbM; 3'."
******************************
03 39 24 -35 31; For
= Not found, RNGC, Corwin and ESO.
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 1408 on 19 Jan 1865 with the 6.2-inch refractor at the Athens Observatory during his survey of the Fornax Cluster (nebula "k" in his table). There is nothing near his position, though a 20" pair of mag 14.5/15.5 stars is 1.6' NW and a slightly close pair of mag 13.5/15 star is 4' SE. Either might apply, so this number is considered lost. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
03 41 10.4 -01 18 08; Tau
V = 13.9; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 130°
24" (2/5/21): NGC 1409 is the brighter southwestern
component of a double system with
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, small, oval SSW-NNE. This is a contact pair with NGC 1410 - just 14" between centers. At high power appears faint, small, round, small bright core. NGC 1410 is just 15" NE in a common halo. Located on the Eridanus border.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1409 = H. III-263 = h304 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 351) and logged "Suspected, eF, stellar or lE, 240x power rather confirmed it, but left a doubt." His position is 2' south of this double system (with NGC 1410).
******************************
NGC 1410 = VV 729 = III Zw 55 = MCG +00-10-012 = CGCG 391-028 = PGC 13556
03 41 10.7 -01 17 55; Tau
V = 13.7; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 120°
24" (2/5/21): NGC 1410 is the fainter northeastern component of an interacting double system with NGC 1409 [15" between centers]. At 260x; faint, very small, round, 15" diameter, stellar nucleus. Sometimes appears as a "bulge" extending out of the north side of NGC 1409, but resolved clearly at 375x.
17.5" (10/24/87): faint, very small, round, small bright core. Forms a very close contact pair with NGC 1409 on the Eridanus border.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's observer, discovered NGC 1410 on 17 Jan 1855. He recorded a "Double neb [with NGC 1409], north and south, both vS, bM. Cannot make out whether there is a connexion between them."
******************************
03 38 44.9 -44 06 02; Hor
V = 11.3; Size 2.3'x1.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 6°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very
bright, fairly large, elongated 4:3 ~N-S, ~2'x1.5'. Very sharply concentrated with an intensely bright 20"
core and fairly even surface brightness halo that gradually fades out.
13.1" (10/10/86): moderately bright, fairly small, round, bright core. One of farthest southern galaxies easily viewed from Northern California.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1411 = h2573 on 24 Oct 1835 and
recorded "B, R, vsvmbM, 20 arcsec." His position is accurate. Harold Corwin suggests Lewis Swift may have found this
galaxy again on 3 Oct 1897 at Echo Mountain, but made an error in recording the
RA of Sw. 11-55, with the RA 9 min too small (the dec matches). If so, then NGC 1411 = IC 1943. See Corwin's notes for
******************************
03 40 29.3 -26 51 44; For
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 131°
17.5" (1/12/02): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated nearly 2:1 NW-SE, 1.3'x0.7', bright core. Situated in a group of three mag 11/12 stars with a mag 12 star 1.6' SE. Located 38' SE of NGC 1398 in northeast Fornax.
John Herschel found NGC 1412 = h2574 on 20 Nov 1835 and
recorded "F, S, E, gpmbM, 15"; has a * S.f. distance 2'." There is nothing at his position and
NGC 1412 was reported as not found on a 60 min exposure at the Helwan observatory
(1935) or on Bruce 24-inch refractor plates from South Africa (Robert Baker,
1933). As a result the RNGC
classified the number as nonexistent.
But 40' due south of Herschel's position is
Lewis Swift found this galaxy again on 26 Dec 1897, placed
it 37 sec of RA too far west (declination matches) in discovery list XI-58
(later
******************************
03 40 11.5 -15 36 39; Eri
V = 14.3; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (12/9/01): very faint, small, round, 20" diameter. A mag 14.5 star is located 1.7' W. Forms a pair with NGC 1405 5' NNE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1413 = LM 1-111 (along with
NGC 1405 = I-110) on 26 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag 15.0, vS, R, lbM." His rough position (nearest minute of
RA) is 0.8 min of RA east of
******************************
03 40 57.0 -21 42 48; Eri
V = 14.0; Size 1.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 172°
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, fairly small, very elongated
3:1 N-S, 1.0'x0.3'. Collinear with
two mag 13 stars 6' S. Forms a
pair with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1414 = LM 2-377 on 19 Nov 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag 15.8, 1.6'x0.1', E 0° (N-S), bMN. His description and position is accurate (just off the south side). Herbert Howe corrected position, measured in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory, refers to NGC 1422. In Harvard Observatory's 1933 "Catalogue of 985 Extragalactic Nebulae in a Region in Fornax and Eridanus", Robert Baker noted the "Original NGC position in agreement with present catalogue".
NGC 1414 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "Elongated at 165°."
******************************
NGC 1415 = IC 1983 = ESO 482-033 = MCG -04-09-047 = LGG 097-011 = PGC 13544
03 40 56.8 -22 33 50; Eri
V = 11.9; Size 3.5'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 148°
17.5" (11/2/91): moderately bright, moderately
large. Contains a bright core with
a bright almost stellar nucleus and a much fainter halo elongated 2:1
NW-SE. A mag 11 star is 2.7' NNW
of center. Forms a wide pair with
NGC 1416 9' S. Located 8.5' ESE of
mag 8.6
13.1" (10/10/86): moderately bright, elongated NW-SE, fairly small, bright core, faint elongated halo.
8" (11/28/81): faint, small.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1415 = H. II-267 = h2575 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 331) and logged "F, vS, R, lbM." John Herschel made 3 observations from the CGH, recording it first as "pF, E, pslbM, 40" long."
Lewis Swift probably independently found the galaxy on 8 Oct
1896 from Echo Mountain in Southern California and recorded it in list XI-55
(later
******************************
NGC 1416 = ESO 482-034 = MCG -04-09-048 = PGC 13548
03 41 02.9 -22 43 08; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (11/2/91): faint, small, round, weak
concentration. Located almost on
line with mag 9.2
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1416 = LM 2-378 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
15.5, 0.5' dia, R, *8.7 nr; *8.6 north 2'." His position 3' south of
******************************
03 41 57.4 -04 42 18; Eri
V = 12.1; Size 2.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 175°
17.5" (11/25/87): moderately bright, moderately large,
elongated 5:2 NNW-SSE, bright core.
A mag 11 star is 1.3' SE of center. Brightest in a group (LGG 103) with
13.1" (12/7/85): moderately bright, slightly elongated ~N-S, small bright core. A mag 10.5 star is close SSE. Second of three in a group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1417 = H. II-455 = h306, along with NGC 1418, on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 457) and recorded both as "Two. The preceding [NGC 1417] F, S, E, lbM. The following [NGC 1418] eF, vS, E, hardly to be seen but 240 verified it; about 6 or 7' south following the first." His position is accurate.
On 16 Oct 1827 (sweep 96), John Herschel remarked "R; north-preceding a star. The second of 3 [with NGC 1418]." His position is 19 sec of RA too far west, but the description applies (the star is 1.3' SE). He also accurately measured the position, but listed it under h307 (NGC 1418). See notes for IC 344 = h305.
******************************
NGC 1418 = MCG -01-10-022 = Holm 70b = LGG 103-005 = PGC 13606
03 42 16.2 -04 43 50; Eri
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 15°
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, fairly small, oval ~N-S, almost even surface brightness. A mag 12.5 star is 1.4' S. Forms a pair with NGC 1417 4.9' WNW. Member of the NGC 1376/1417 Group (LGG 103)
13.1" (12/7/85): faint, small, oval ~N-S. A mag 12 star is 1' S. Third of three in a group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1418 = H. II-456 = h307, along with NGC 1417 on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 457) and recorded, "Two. The preceding [NGC 1417] F, S, E, lbM. The following [NGC 1418] eF, vS, E, hardly to be seen but 240 verified it; about 6 or 7' south following the first." His position was 2.6' too far NE, but the identification is certain. John Herschel had problems with his observation, and his description for 30 Dec 1826 applies to NGC 1417!
******************************
03 40 42.1 -37 30 40; Eri
V = 12.6; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.4
18" (1/21/04): faint, small, round, 0.5' diameter. Increases to a very small, brighter core. An occasional stellar nucleus was glimpsed when the seeing steadied up at 215x. Located 28' SW of mag 4.7 SAO 194475. Outlying member of the Fornax I cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1419 = h2576 on 22 Oct 1835 and
recorded "pB, vS, psbM, 15" (clouded)." His position (from two sweeps) matches
******************************
03 42 39.8 -05 51 09; Eri
= ***, Corwin.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1420 on 28 Oct 1865 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. At his single position is a close triple star and he noted a mag 13 star precedes by 10.5 seconds of time in approximately the same declination. This clinches the identity with this close triple.
******************************
03 42 29.4 -13 29 20; Eri
V = 11.4; Size 3.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 179°
18" (1/13/07): fairly bright, fairly large, very elongated N-S, ~3.2'x1.0', broad concentration with a brighter bulging core. The surface brightness is noticeably irregular and mottled with the impression of several brighter patchy knots. Most noticeable is a brighter northern end that appears to contains a small brighter spot. This end also seems to contain a small knot or extension that bulges out and angles towards the northwest. [This feature was verified on the DSS]. A mag 13 star is close west of the north end.
17.5" (11/2/91): fairly bright, fairly large, very elongated 4:1 N-S, 3.0'x0.7', broad weak concentration, fades towards tips. The surface brightness has a patchy or mottled appearance. The southern tip is slightly fainter than the northern edge. A mag 13 star is 2.8' NE of center.
8" (11/28/81): very faint, moderately large, elongated N-S. A distinctive 6.5' collinear string consisting of four stars mag 10-12 oriented NW-SE begins 8' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1421 = H. II-291 = h2577 on 1 Feb 1785 (sweep 364) and noted "pF, mE in the direction of the meridian, between 3 and 4' l and about 1' broad, resolvable." John Herschel observed this galaxy on 8 Dec 1835 and recorded "F, vmE, vlbM, 3' l, 20" br; pos. = 184.2 degrees." Dreyer and Lord Rosse made a detailed observation with the 72" on 14 Oct 1876: "F, mE 178.7°, about 4' long; F* (17m +/- ) p near the on end, 38.7" distant, the brighter part of the neb seems abruptly terminated just foll the star, towards which it also appears curved; eF* or knot in neb foll the *17m."
******************************
NGC 1422 = ESO 548-077 = MCG -04-09-051 = LGG 097-015 = PGC 13569
03 41 31.1 -21 40 53; Eri
V = 13.2; Size 2.5'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 65°
17.5" (1/12/02): extremely faint, very small, round,
20", low surface brightness.
Based on the DSS image, I only viewed the brighter core as this galaxy
is very extended SW-NE. Forms a
pair with NGC 1414 8' WSW. Located
30' NW of
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1422 = LM 2-379 on 19 Nov
1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and
recorded "mag 15.5, 0.8'x0.2', E 80 deg." There is nothing at his position, but roughly 1 min of RA
west is
NGC 1422 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "elongated at 65°." He also corrected to RA.
******************************
03 42 40.1 -06 22 54; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 20°
18" (1/21/04): faint, small, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, 0.4'x0.3'. No details but not difficult. A mag 14.5 star follows by 1.3'.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1423 = Sw. 5-55 on 31 Oct 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 29 sec of RA east of
******************************
03 43 13.9 -04 43 48; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 10°
17.5" (11/25/87): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated ~N-S, even surface brightness. NGC 1418 lies 14' W and NGC 1417 19' W.
13.1" (12/7/85): faint, fairly small, almost round, diffuse, slightly elongated N-S. Located 14' E NGC 1418.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 1424 on 8 Dec 1850
(Sunday) while observing the field of NGC 1417. Bindon may have been observing with his brother George
Johnstone Stoney, who visited Birr Castle several weekends in Fall 1850. This
galaxy was suspected during the earlier observation on Saturday night. The observer noted a "faint
nova" 16' following [NGC 1418].
The following month month Stoney called it "vF, E." This group was observed 15 times at
Birr Castle. Francis Leavenworth
mentioned the galaxy in his description of
******************************
03 42 11.3 -29 53 36; For
V = 10.6; Size 5.8'x2.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 129°
13.1" (10/10/86): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, bright core. A pair of mag 12.5/14 stars at 30" separation are 2' NE of center and a mag 11 star lies 2.5' N. Outlying member of the Fornax I cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1425 = H. II-852 on 9 Oct
1790 (sweep 972) and recorded "F, pL, irr R, gbM." His position is accurate. Harold Corwin comments that Lewis
Swift's object Sw. 11-61 (later
******************************
NGC 1426 = ESO 549-001 = MCG -04-09-054 = AM 0340-221 = LGG 097-016 = PGC 13638
03 42 49.1 -22 06 30; Eri
V = 11.4; Size 2.6'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 111°
13.1" (10/10/86): fairly bright, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1426 = H. III-248 = h2578 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 331) and recorded "vF, vS, lE." John Herschel made two observations from the CGH, first calling it "F" and then "B", probably due to varying sky conditions.
******************************
03 42 19.4 -35 23 34; For
V = 10.9; Size 3.6'x2.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 76°
18" (12/17/11): bright, fairly large, elongated 4:3 ~E-W, 2.0'x1.5'. Well concentrated with a very bright, rounder 25" core that increases to a quasi-stellar nucleus. A mag 12.5-13 star is 1.7' W, a bit outside the halo.
18" (1/21/04): fairly bright, fairly large, oval 3:2 WSW-ENE, 2.0'x1.4'. Contains a large, prominent core which is rounder than the halo.
8" (1/1/84): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated E-W, diffuse. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1427 = h2579 on 28 Nov 1837 and logged "pF; S; R; psmbM; 20" dia." His position is accurate.
******************************
03 42 22.8 -35 09 16; For
V = 12.7; Size 1.6'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 118°
18" (12/17/11): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 4:3 WNW-ESE, 0.7'x0.5'. Contains a faint outer halo, well-concentrated with a bright 20" core that increases somewhat to the center. A mag 13 star is at the west edge (35" from center).
18" (1/21/04): fairly faint, small, oval 2:1 WNW-ESE. A mag 13 star is just west of the NW edge and the galaxy is elongated in the direction of the star. Located 14' N of NGC 1427. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
Julius Schmidt discovered NGC 1428 on 19 Jan 1865 with the
6.2-inch Plössl refractor at the Athens Observatory. It was found during his survey of the Fornax Cluster (nebula
"l" in his table). His
position matches
******************************
03 44 00 -04 43; Eri
= Not found, Corwin. =*, Carlson.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1429 = LM 2-381 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. He has two listings under this number. The first reads mag 15.2, 0.2' diameter, R, bgM with the note "1st of 2, one of which is GC 763 [NGC 1424]; *10 p 15s". The second object is listed at 0.5 min of RA east and described as mag 15.5, 0.3'x0.2', E 180° (N-S) with the note "second of 2". There is only a single galaxy near his position, namely NGC 1424 (discovered earlier at Birr Castle), which better matches the second entry (elongated N-S). So, NGC 1429 is nonexistent though Corwin comments his description may apply to a different pair of galaxies!
******************************
03 45 02.9 -18 15 59; Eri
See observing notes for
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1430 = LM 2-380 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. He reported, "mag 15.4, 0.6'x0.4', E 20°, sbMN." There is nothing at his position and no reasonable candidates showed up in a quick search of the surrounding fields. Bigourdan was not able to recover this object and it was reported not found on Harvard plates taken with the Bruce astrograph in South Africa (Baker, 1937).
Harold Corwin identified this number with a mag 13.3 star near Leavenworth's position but a single star does not fit his description (0.6'x0.4' in PA 20°). As a result, I had listed this object as lost. But in Apr 2016 Yann Pothier suggested that NGC 1430 is a duplicate of NGC 1440. The RA of NGC 1440 is 1.5 minutes further east (typical error in the Leander-McCormick observations) and the description is a fairly good match (except for the magnitude estimate). See Corwin's identification notes.
******************************
03 44 40.8 +02 50 06; Tau
V = 14.1; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 160°
17.5" (1/12/02): very faint, small, round, 0.5' diameter, low surface brightness, requires averted vision. Located 14' NW of mag 6.7 SAO 111393. Four mag 9.5-11 stars are in the 220x field including a mag 11 star 4' S.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1431 = m 91 on 6 Sep 1864 with
William Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "eF, pL, iR." His position is 2' N of
******************************
03 45 49.5 +24 22 05; Tau
Size 15'x15'
8" (12/28/16): at 124x (unfiltered): although all the bright stars in the Pleiades had scattered light halos, it appeared mag 3.9 Maia had a slightly more extensive halo and irregular halo than mag 3.7 Electra. So, I am fairly confident this was due to the outer reflection nebulosity surrounding Maia. The scattered light itself seemed about the same intensity around both stars.
Paul and Prosper Henry (brothers) discovered NGC 1432 on the first plate they took of the Pleiades on 16 Nov 1885 at Paris Observatory using the 33-cm astrograph. The plate showed nebulosity around Maia which they described "appears very clearly and has spiral form...it was impossible to see it in our telescopes." The discovery was announced in AN 2702, though it didn't include an image of the nebula (first published in 1888). This is the only object in the NGC discovered photographically!
Pickering noted on 21 Jan 1886 that he had already photographed the Pleiades on 3 Nov 1885 with an 8-inch lens and stated it only showed "certain irregularities...due merely to defects in the photographic process." However, a comparison revealed that these "irregularities" included a patch west of Maia, pointing to the north, and a diffuse remnant near Merope pointing south. As Pickering interpreted these as plate flaws, the discovery priority remains with Paul and Prosper Henry. The first visual observation was made by Otto Struve on 5 Feb 1886 with the new 30-inch refractor at Pulkovo. On 23 Feb 1886 he made another observation and sketch with the nebula stretching from Maia to the east. E.E. Barnard also observed it visually in 1890.
******************************
03 42 01.5 -47 13 20; Hor
V = 9.9; Size 6.5'x5.9'; Surf Br = 13.7
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): fairly bright, large, oval 3:2 WNW-ESE, broad concentration with a large halo. The overall dimensions are ~3.5'x2.2'. I had a strong impression of extensions or the beginnings of two spiral arms (sketch made and verified); one arm begins at the west end and starts to curve towards the east on the south side while the other is symmetrically placed on the following end and hooks west on the north side. On images these arms connect to form a perfect barred ring. A mag 12 star lies 2.8' SW of center, beyond the halo.
This barred spiral is the brightest member of the NGC 1433
group and part of the Dorado Cloud complex that includes
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1433 = D 426 = h2580 on 28 Sep 1826. His description (based on two observations) reads "a very faint nebula, about 1' diameter, rather elliptical in the parallel of the equator; with a brightish point or condensation of the nebulous matter, a little to the preceding side of the centre."
John Herschel first logged the galaxy on 14 Dec 1835 (sweep 654), "B, L, pmE, smbM; 100" long, 60" broad". On 3 Dec 1837 (sweep 805) he noted "vB, L, mE, vsmbM to nucleus = 10th mag star."
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 1433 with the Great Melbourne Telescope on 10 Nov 1877. He showed the thin bar running E-W with a well defined, bright nucleus. (p. 149 of his logbook). It was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "!! vB, vL, ellips. spiral"
******************************
03 46 12.8 -09 40 57; Eri
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 165°
17.5" (11/17/01): extremely faint and small, round,
10" diameter. Situated
between mag 8.6
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1434 = LM 2-382 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
15.3, 0.4' dia, R, *8.5, follows 25 sec and 3' N. " There is nothing at
his position, but 1.8 min of RA due east is
******************************
03 46 10 +23 45 54; Tau
Size 30'x30'
24" (12/28/16): at 124x (unfiltered): the huge Merope
Nebula was easily visible, roughly spanning 20' in a wedge or triangular shape
with mag 4.2 Merope close to the northeast vertex. The most well defined edge is clearly the eastern side as it
extends N-S. The edge passes close
to a string of 7 stars oriented NNW-SSE, including two mag 10 stars and nearly
reaches mag 8.1
18" (1/26/11): at 73x (unfiltered), the Merope Nebula
was immediately visible as a huge wedge-shape or comet-shaped glow with Merope
near the focus on the northeast end and the nebula spreading out generally to
the south and west. The most
striking feature of the nebula is the well-defined and approximately eastern
edge oriented N-S that heads south from Merope, passing through a 1' pair of
mag 10/11 stars as well as a 1' pair of mag 10/12.5 star. The nebulosity can be traced a bit over
20' along this side. On the west
side of Merope the border is more ill-defined but roughly heads southwest for
~20'. The southern border is also
ill-defined but is roughly oriented NW to SE and nearly extends nearly as far
as mag 9
17.5" (3/2/02): at 100x, the Merope Nebula is the brightest of the reflection nebulae that encase the Pleiades. It appears as a moderately bright, very large, fan-shaped cone of light extended in a wedge SW to SE from Merope. The boundary of the nebulosity is straighter and better defined along the SE edge where it follows a string of mag 10-11 stars. The SW border is not as well defined but extends beyond a trio of mag 13 stars. The fan is broadest at its southern extremity which is roughly 15' from Merope.
16x80 (12/22/84): the Merope nebula was faint but definite in the 16x80 finder using a Deep Sky filter. Also, nebulosity surrounding other stars were confirmed with confidence at full aperture in the 13.1" at 62x.
8" (10/4/80 and 11/4/80): very large, faint, very elongated tear-drop shaped nebulosity extending SW away from Merope. Has a sharper edge along the eastern side. Best view using the Rich Field Adapter at 37x-50x.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 1435, the Merope Nebula, on 19 Oct 1859 from Venice with his personal 4-inch Steinheil refractor using 45x. The following historical summary is from Wolfgang Steinicke's book "Observing and Cataloguing Nebulae and Star Clusters".
The Merope Nebula was the first deep sky object Tempel
discovered. He initially thought
it was a comet, but the next night (20th) he checked and found no movement.
The discovery was published on 23 Dec 1860 (AN 54, 285). Christian
August Peters, the editor of Astronomische Nachricten, confirmed the
observation using a 7-inch refractor. Auwers first observed it on 14 Jan
1861, but d'Arrest was unsuccessful using the 11-inch Merz refractor at
Copenhagen in Aug 1862. Based on his negative results on several
attempts, he reported "I have hitherto been able positively to see
nothing. ...I therefore, even yet, am of opinion that this nebula is variable,
otherwise the original announcement of the discovery ... must be looked upon as
been greatly exaggerated. This report began a heated interchange
involving many of the world's most prominent visual observers over the next 30
years (see
In September 1862, Julius Schmidt supported d'Arrest, claiming if it was not variable he would have noticed it while carefully observing the Pleiades since 1841. He first reported a sighting on 5 Feb 1861, describing it as "very large, very pale and quite shapeless." Auwers responded critically to d'Arrest, claiming neither Tempel's (Merope) nebula nor NGC 1333 were variable but that "large, blurred, faint objects are much more easily visible in small instruments than in large ones" and d'Arrest's failure was due to "a small field of view, completely filled by the 15' large nebula". Charcornac at Paris Observatory also reported the nebula was difficult to see at high power. Schönfeld wrote that the nebula "instantly stuck out in the local telescope (6.5-inch refractor in Mannheim, Germany) on Sept 20, 1862 when I pointed it freely towards Merope, without knowing the exact place, looking like a blurred nebula with the shape and size described by Auwers."
d'Arrest responded to the attack on 12 Nov 1862 (AN 1393) stating "after a long effort I actually set eyes on Tempel's Nebula", though it was "the faintest object which I remember ever having seen in the refractor". He was "still convinced that the nebula was variable; otherwise the discovery report ["large, bright nebula"] must be seen as highly exaggerated." In March 1862, Winnecke viewed the nebula with a 4.1-inch refractor at low power and asked Otto Struve to take a look in the 15-inch Merz refractor, convinced that it would be difficult to see in the larger scope. Winnecke noted "Indeed, we were not convinced about its existence until the telescope was moved quickly back and forth". Winnecke concluded there was no reason to invoke variability to explain the observations. In 1863, Tempel wrote a letter to the French magazine Le Monde asserting that nebulae, in general, are unchanging (otherwise their constituent stars would have to be vary simultaneously) and that atmospheric conditions were the source of different observational results.
Reverend Thomas Webb observed the nebula on 6 Oct 1863 with his 5.5-inch Clark refractor, stating "on turning the telescope upon the group at 29x and 64x, though I probably should not have it discovered unknown, I found it with ease, as a very ill-defined, but on the whole egg-shaped haze, encompassing a brilliant star with its smaller but rather brighter end." As far as the variability "he [Schönfeld] thinks this and other suspected nebulae, being very feeble, large and diffuse, are influenced in visibility by magnifying power, varying transparency of the air, and practice of the eye, so that aperture is less concerned in their case than in that of minute stars." Although he never observed the nebula, John Herschel catalogued the Merope Nebula as GC 768 and his description stated "VAR" [variable].
The controversy about the variability and GC entry caused Lawrence Parsons (4th Earl of Rosse) to take a look with the 36-inch and 72-inch reflectors at Birr Castle, but he found no nebulosity in five observations from Feb 1871 to Sep 1873! Dreyer, himself, was unsuccessful (on a "misty" night) on 24 Dec 1875. The first (marginal) successful observation at Birr Castle was not made until 10 Dec 1877 and confirmed later that month.
The debate over variability wasn't settled. In 1875 Charles Wolf at Paris Observatory reported he was unable to see the Merope Nebula from Nov 1874 to Feb 1875 and Stephan at the Marseilles observatory confirmed this. Wolf concluded, "This nebula is truly variable and its period seems to be rather short". But Tempel published another report in Jan 1877 (AN 2139) concluding, "the invisibility of the Merope Nebula in a large telescope is due to the eyepiece and its field of view. If d'Arrest had used an eyepiece of lower power than 95x, giving a field of 20 to 25'; he would have seen the nebula very easily." Tempel also made disparaging remarks about the large reflectors at Birr Castle, claiming the 36-inch and 72-inch didn't show more stars than his 11-inch Amici refractor (Tempel and Dreyer had a bitter dispute in 1878 about the "spiral form of nebulae", which Tempel couldn't see in his 11-inch).
On 6 Mar 1877, Maxwell Hall drew the nebula with his 4-inch refractor at 100x and was amazed it was invisible to Lord Rosse and Robert Newall, who had a 25-inch Cooke refractor. Hall was also critical of Schiaparelli's description of the orientation of the nebula. Hall's article touched off another debate between Wolf, Common, Hough, Tempel, Swift, Barnard and Burnham.
Charles Wolf published his work on the Pleiades and included a sketch made in Nov 1875. He saw nebulosity extending to Electra and Celaeno, by masking Merope with the micrometer bar. A much earlier report by Hermann Goldschmidt to Leverrier in Paris on 21 Sep 1863, claimed he saw not only the Merope nebula but that the Pleiades were completely surrounded by diffuse nebulosity, extending over an area of 5°.
In 1880, Ainslie Common published a drawing of the Pleiades nebulosity using his 36-inch reflector. It showed a large, elongated patch SE of Merope (the wrong direction!) and two additional patches; one north of Merope and another to the NW of Alcyone. This caused some more controversy.
In 1880, Tempel published (MNRAS, 40, 622) an excellent drawing of the nebula using Amici I, with accurate form and brightness levels, along with a large number of nearby faint stars. He mentioned the various astronomers who confirmed the object, including Schmidt, Winnecke Auwers and Schönfeld, and also opponents such as d'Arrest, Secchi and the Birr Castle observers. He stated "But all ambiguity has been since cleared up, for on fitting the large telescopes with eyepieces of a low magnifying power the nebula becomes distinctly visible, and is shown by them with image equal in clearness to that given by the smaller instrucments. He also criticized Goldschmidt's observation of the Pleiades surrounded by nebulous clouds and the drawing of Common, saying the sketch must have "evidently been executed with a telescope of insufficient power to show the Merope Nebula." He concluded with satisfaction "It is now ascertained beyond question that the nebula exists...and anyone publishing statements about its non-existence merely uses vain words, and proclaims himself wanting in knowledge of the history and nebulae and the management of telescopes."
Common was offended and responded the "three-foot telescope" mentioned in his report was of three-foot aperture! Hall wrote one more report on 13 Dec 1880, claiming the nebula had changed shape, now "extending as far as Electra, and the parabolic form of the Nebula, as seen 1877, was destroyed." He wondered why Tempel had overlooked the "extension of the nebula in the direction of Electra."
Amazingly, the controversy of the existence of the Merope Nebula wasn't over. At Dearborn Observatory in Chicago, Hough and Burnham had previously been critical of earlier reports, because of their discordant descriptions and their negative results in 1879 and 1880 using the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at 120x and higher. After Tempel's paper, they made a concerted effort from 29 Nov 1880 to 22 Mar 1891 with various eyepieces, stopping down the refractor to 12-inch, even masking Merope. But they came up empty and decided the previous positive observers were misled by the glare from Merope and the neighboring stars! Dreyer immediately responded, criticizing the large exit pupil used and furthermore he didn't see anything unusual about or contradictory about previous published reports of a "large and diffused nebulosity". Also, the theory about the glare from Merope causing an illusion was rejected. Swift also responded on 2 Dec 1881, that he independently ran across the Merope Nebula in 1874 while searching for comets with his 4.5-inch refractor and "strongly suspected it was a new comet." His analysis was that Hough and Burnham used too high of a power as he could see the nebula even stopped down to 2-inch aperture at 25x.
Barnard observed and drew the Merope Nebula and nearby stars with his 5-inch refractor in 1883. He wrote "it is plainly visible in my 5-inch refractory, it has been seen with a 2.5-inch telescope, in the presence of a quarter-full moon." He criticized Common's sketch but felt his sketch agreed with Tempel's (though it extended further west past Electra). Barnard also mentioned that Trouvelot reported that it is variable and had become very faint (he described the nebula as changing to a dim purplish color) and "can now be seen only by those acquainted with its former appearance"!
Paul and Prosper Henry first photographed the Pleiades on 16 Nov 1885 and revealed additional nebulosity around Maia, later catalogued as NGC 1432 (the only photographic discovery in the NGC) as well as faint nebulosity near Electra. In 1886 Charles Wolf published a comparison between the photographic image and the visual observations that showed significant changes in the Merope Nebula. Morever, the separate nebula observed by Goldschmidt and Wolf had disappeared but he concluded that photographic and visual observations can never be reconciled as objects invisible on photographs can exist visually. Surprisingly, the image most closely resembled the ridiculed drawing of Common. Common wrote that his sketch showed the Maia Nebula, however the connection is poor - his placement is closer to Alcyone than Maia.
The image encouraged others to search for addition nebulae in the Pleiades. On 26 Feb 1886, Spitaler and Palisa in Vienna reported the Maia nebula appeared as a "small flaky nebulosity, completely separated from Maia" and on 3 Mar, the former was "only the brightest knot of an extended nebulosity, completely covering Maia." Spitaler wrote "one can hardly refrain from thinking that at least the whole Pleiades region west and north of Alcyone is covered by an extended nebulosity, of which all previously perceived, apparently isolated nebulae, are merely bright knots of light."
On 23 Oct 1886 Isaac Roberts took a 3 hour exposure which revealed "not only are the stars [Alcyone, Maia, Electra, Merope] surrounded by nebulae, but the nebulosity extends in streamers and fleecy masses, till it seems almost to fill the spaces between the stars, and to extend far beyond them." Common again felt vindicated and repeated his treatment by Tempel, "who thought I had not used a sufficiently large telescope" (a misunderstanding by Tempel).
Another image was taken by the Henry brothers in 1888 showing extensive nebulosity. At an RAS meeting on 8 Jun 1888, Common says "I immediately compared my sketches with it and found that every star I had seen, except one, was there, and, of course, in their proper places." Robert Newall, who also attended the meeting, stated he was certain that his observations differed from Common with Merope appearing as an oval comet with Merope at the focus and he had not seen the additional patches claimed by Common.
In an 1888 issue of Knowledge, English astronomer Arthur Ranyard wrote an article titled "Great Nebula in the Pleiades" and stated "The observations are worth examining, as they throw some light on the differences which are always likely to exist when observations are pushed into the border-land of vision, where by reason of the extreme faintness or minuteness of the objects examined, the eye begins to fail, and the imagination begins to play a larger and larger part in filling up the gaps where the senses of the eye-straining observer fail him."
Maxwell Hall made a late interesting set of observations in 1889 in Jamaica. He compared the view of the Merope Nebula using a 9-inch reflector with a glass mirror and his 4-inch Cook refractor. He reported "a glance through the refractor showed the well-known nebula projected against the dark background or field of view; but in the reflector there was so much light scattered around the field of view that the nebula was invisible." He concluded this explained the positive sightings in smaller refractors and vice versa, the failure with larger reflectors (especially Lord Rosse's initial failures). In 1891, Spitaler reviewed the major observations of the Pleiades nebulae in a 20-page paper and created a remarkable map of the region, showing extensive nebulosity surrounding the Pleiades. He argues his map shows the main structures were correctly drawn and generally only the boundaries vary.
******************************
03 43 37.1 -35 51 12; Eri
V = 11.7; Size 3.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 150°
18" (1/21/04): large, low surface brightness glow with just a weak concentration. Appears slightly elongated NNW-SSE, perhaps 2.5'x2.0', but edges fade into the background so difficult to determine the outline of the halo. A mag 9.7 star lies 11' NE. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1436 = D 562 = h2581 = h2582 with his 9" reflector at Parramatta and described "a pretty large faint round nebula, about 3.5' diameter, gradual slight condensation to the centre, very faint at the margin." His position was 22' too far SSE.
John Herschel logged it on 9 Jan 1836 (sweep 636) as "very bright, and evidently a globular cluster." He only gave the rough place from Dunlop. He made another observation (h2582) on 28 Nov 1837 (sweep 801) but assumed it was new and as a result NGC 1436 = NGC 1437. Dorothy Carlson and RNGC list NGC 1436 as "Not Found". See Corwin's notes for the full story.
While searching for NGC 1436 with the Great Melbourne
Telescope on 14 Feb 1888, Pietro Baracchi discovered
******************************
03 43 37.1 -35 51 12; Eri
V = 11.7; Size 3.0'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 150°
18" (1/21/04): large, low surface brightness glow with just a weak concentration. Appears slightly elongated NNW-SSE, perhaps 2.5'x2.0', but edges fade into the background so difficult to determine the outline of the halo. A mag 9.7 star lies 11' NE. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1437 = h2582 on 28 Nov 1837 and
logged "F, vL, glbM, R, 4" dia." His position matches
******************************
03 45 17.2 -23 00 09; Eri
V = 12.4; Size 2.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 69°
17.5" (11/2/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, halo gradually brightens but no nucleus. A mag 11 star just 20" off the east edge detracts from viewing and a very faint mag 14.5 star lies 1.7' S.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1438 = LM 1-112 on 11 Dec 1885
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"mag 15.0, vmE 60°, *10 follows 1.0'." His rough position (nearest minute of RA) and description
matches
NGC 1438 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and he corrected the position.
******************************
03 44 49.9 -21 55 14; Eri
V = 11.4; Size 2.5'x2.3'; Surf Br = 13.3
13.1" (10/10/86): moderately bright, fairly small, bright core, stellar nucleus, round, large faint halo.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1439 = H. III-249 = h2584 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 331) and recorded "vF, vS." John Herschel made 3 observations from the CGH, first logging it as "pF, S, R, bM, 20" dia."
******************************
NGC 1440 = NGC 1442 = NGC 1430: = NGC 1458: = ESO 549-010 =
03 45 02.9 -18 15 59; Eri
V = 11.5; Size 2.1'x1.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 28°
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright, small, small faint
halo, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 7' ENE of mag 10
William Herschel discovered NGC 1440 = H. II-458 = h2583 on
6 Oct 1785 (sweep 459) and recorded "pB, R, bM." John Herschel made
two observations from South Africa, logging it on 11 Dec 1835 as "pB; R;
vsmbM to a nucleus = *13' 60" dia." William also made an observation on 20 Sep 1786 with a 1°
error in declination, with the designation II-594. JH included this observation in the GC (773), although he
noted that Auwers considered it identical to II-458. Dreyer added it as
Joseph Turner observed this galaxy on 10 Nov 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope and noted it "resembles a planetary nebula with a faint halo surrounding the nucleus, which is a little elongated n the north-following direction."
Finally, Francis Leavenworth found this galaxy again in
1886, recorded it in the second discovery list (#387) from the Leander
McCormick observatory but made a 2 min error in RA (too far east). Dreyer assumed it was new and was
catalogued as
******************************
03 45 43.0 -04 05 31; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 1.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 70°
24" (12/8/20): at 260x-375x; between fairly faint and
moderately bright, very elongated 3:1 E-W, 0.9'x0.3', contains a bright
core. Brightest and largest in
trio with
13.1" (12/18/82): faint, small, slightly elongated. Largest and brightest of three with NGC 1449 5.7' SE and NGC 1451 6.2' ENE. Brighter NGC 1453 lies 13' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1441 = H. II-597 on 30 Sep 1786 (sweep 608) and recorded "F, E in a row with some stars." His position and description matches.
******************************
NGC 1442 = NGC 1440 = NGC 1458: = ESO 549-010 = MCG -03-10-043 = PGC 13752
03 45 02.9 -18 15 59; Eri
See observing notes for NGC 1440.
William Herschel found NGC 1442 = H. II-594 on 20 Sep 1786 (sweep 597) and logged "pB, vS, R, bM." There is nothing at his position and it was reported as not found on Harvard plates taken with the Bruce astrograph in South Africa (Baker, 1937). But exactly one degree north is NGC 1440 = H. II-458, which he earlier discovered on 6 Oct 1785. The equivalence was first noted by Auwers but John Herschel still included his father's observation in the GC (774) as well as Dreyer in the NGC with the comment H. II-594 is probably identical to H. II-458 = NGC 1440. Leavenworth found this galaxy again in 1886 and reported it as new in his second list (#387, later NGC 1458), though his RA was 2 minutes of time too large. So, NGC 1440 = NGC 1442 = NGC 1458.
******************************
03 45 53.1 -04 03 09; Eri
= *, Corwin. "Not found", Carlson.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 1443 in 1882, and described in paper V (AN 2439) "class III and forms with NGC 1441 and the two d'Arrest nebulae (NGC 1449 and NGC 1451) a trapezoid, so the second northernmost in this group". There is nothing at his position, but Corwin identifies a single mag 14.5 that fits Tempel's description. See Corwin's identification notes.
******************************
03 49 26 +51 39 18; Per
V = 6.6; Size 4'
17.5" (11/2/91): at 220x, about 20 mag 7-14 stars scattered in a 5' diameter, not rich or impressive. The group mainly consists of a bright double star (STF 446 = 7/10 at 9") with a third fainter mag 13 star 12" NE of the bright mag 7 star. Close northwest is a line of four mag 10-12 stars oriented SW-NE.
The bright star (B-type
8" (1/1/84): consists of a mag 7.5 star with 7 faint stars just west. The brightest star is STF 446 = 7.5/9.0 at 10".
William Herschel discovered NGC 1444 = H. VIII-80 = h308 on 18 Dec 1788 (sweep 894) and recorded "a cluster of small stars, containing one large one, 9-10 mag; 2 or 3' diam. not rich." On 8 Nov 1831 (sweep 384), John Herschel logged a "cluster of about 20 st; place that of a superb double star (∑ 446); the rest 12m."
******************************
03 44 56.1 -09 51 20; Eri
V = 14.0; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5": faint, small, slightly elongated, 0.4'x0.3', weak concentration. Located 2.2' SE of a mag 12 star and 25' ESE of mag 3.5 Delta (35) Eridani. NGC 1434 lies 21' NE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1445 = LM 2-383 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and reported "mag
14.5, 0.3' dia, R, *9, position 330° at 2'." His position is 0.8 min of RA east of
******************************
03 45 57.5 -04 06 44; Eri
= *?, Corwin.
J.L.E. Dreyer discovered NGC 1446 on 8 Jan 1877 observing with the 72" at Birr Castle. He commented "perhaps a vF neb f [NGC 1441]" with no micrometric offsets and the sketch only shows two stars following NGC 1441, so it's unclear what object Dreyer had in mind. (in 1882). Wilhelm Tempel independently recorded a new object in 1882 with the 11-inch refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and placed it 16 seconds of RA east of NGC 1441 and +3/4' in declination. There is nothing at this exact separation and Harold Corwin lists a possible star if the +3' to 4' should read -3' to 4'. Dreyer assumed both observations referred to the same object, so he and Tempel are credited in the NGC.
******************************
03 45 47.1 -09 01 07; Eri
V = 14.4; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 105°
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, very small, round, 20"
diameter, very small brighter nucleus.
Located 2.7' WSW of mag 7.9
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1447 = LM 2-384 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"mag 14.5, 0.4' dia, R, neb?; *9.5 at 3.2' separation in PA 240° (WSW)
." His position is 3' S of
******************************
03 44 32.0 -44 38 38; Hor
V = 10.7; Size 7.6'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 41°
18" (12/30/08): moderately bright, large, edge-on ~6:1 SW-NE, ~4.5'x0.8'. Contains a brighter, elongated core that increases to the center. A brighter star is close southeast of the core (1.4' from center) and a fainter star is near the northeast end. Situated at the midpoint of two mag 9.2/9.7 stars located 7.5' N and 7.5' S. Viewed at only 8° elevation. Brightest members of a subgroup (LGG 102) of the Dorado Group complex.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1448 = h2585 on 14 Dec 1835 and
recorded "pB, vL, vmE, 3' l, 20" br, position = 221.6
degrees." There is nothing at
his position but 50 seconds of RA east is
This galaxy was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901. He noted NGC 1448 was not seen and was an error for NGC 1457.
******************************
NGC 1449 = MCG -01-10-032 = LGG 103-013 = PGC 13798
03 46 03.0 -04 08 17; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 20°
24" (12/8/20): at 260x and 376x; fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, 0.4'x0.3'. Similar NGC 1451 is 4' SSW and brighter NGC 1441 is 6' WSW in the LGG 103 group.
13.1" (12/18/82): faint, very small, round. Located 5.7' SE of NGC 1441 and forms a trio with NGC 1451 4.2' NNE in a group. Member of the NGC 1376/1417 Group (LGG 103)
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1449, along with NGC 1451,
on 9 Oct 1864 with an 11" refractor at Copenhagen. His position, measured on 4 nights,
matches
******************************
03 45 36.5 -09 14 04; Eri
V = 14.4; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 15°
17.5" (11/17/01): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated, 0.7'x0.5' SSW-NNE.
Several faint galaxies are situated nearby.
Lewis Swift found NGC 1450 = Sw. 5-56 = LM 1-113 = LM 1-114
on 22 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position
is 16 seconds of RA due east of
Frank Muller (also from the LM Observatory) noted the equivalence with Stone's object in a Sidereal Messenger article (Feb 1887) that listed nebulae from Swift's 5th catalogue which had been discovered previously. As a result Dreyer assigned a single NGC designation, crediting both Swift and Stone. As the LM discovery list was submitted to the Astronomical Journal on 12 Oct 1886, Stone made the earlier discovery. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 1451 = MCG -01-10-033 = LGG 103-014 = PGC 13801
03 46 07.1 -04 04 10; Eri
V = 13.3; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.9; PA = 45°
24" (12/8/20): at 260x-375x; fairly faint, small, round, 0.4' diameter, very small bright nucleus. A mag 14 star is 2' S and a mag 14.7 star is 2' SE. In a group of galaxies with nearby NGC 1449 and NGC 1441.
13.1" (12/18/82): faint, very small, round. In a trio with NGC 1441 6.2' WSW and NGC 1449 4.2' SSW within a group. Located 7.9' SW of NGC 1453. Member of the NGC 1376/1417 Group (LGG 103)
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1451, along with NGC 1449,
on 9 Oct 1864. His position
(measured on 4 nights) matches
******************************
03 45 22.3 -18 38 01; Eri
V = 11.8; Size 2.2'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 113°
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright, small, round, broad weak concentration, faint stellar nucleus, small faint halo. Appears similar to NGC 1440 25' NNW but slightly fainter. Member of NGC 1407 group (LGG 100).
William Herschel discovered NGC 1452 = H. II-459 on 6 Oct
1785 (sweep 459) and recorded "F, R, lbM." His position is 3.2' north of
******************************
NGC 1453 = MCG -01-10-034 = LGG 103-007 = PGC 13814
03 46 27.2 -03 58 09; Eri
V = 11.5; Size 2.4'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.2
24" (12/8/20): very bright, large, slightly elongated, sharply concentrated with a very bright core that increases to a stellar peak. The outer halo (at least 1.5' diameter) has a much lower surface and fades gradually away without a definite edge. One of the two brightest galaxies in the NGC 1376/1417 Group.
13.1" (12/18/82): bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, very small bright core. Brightest of four with a faint trio of galaxies NGC 1441, NGC 1449 and NGC 1451 roughly 10' SW. Member of the NGC 1376/1417 Group (LGG 103).
William Herschel discovered NGC 1453 = H. I-155 = h309 on 30 Sep 1786 (sweep 608) and recorded "cB, S, mbM." On 26 Nov 1786 (sweep 638) he noted "pB; gmbM."
******************************
03 45 59.3 -20 39 08; Eri
= *, Gottlieb. Not found, ESO.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1454 = LM 2-385 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and reported a
"*?; *9.5, P 240° [SW] distance 3'.2." There is nothing at his position.
******************************
NGC 1455 = NGC 1452 = ESO 549-012 = MCG -03-10-044 = PGC 13765
03 45 22.3 -18 38 01; Eri
V = 11.8; Size 2.2'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 113°
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright, small, round, broad weak concentration, faint stellar nucleus, small faint halo. Appears similar to NGC 1440 25' NNW but slightly fainter. Member of NGC 1407 group (LGG 100).
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1455 = LM 2-386 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag 14.7, 0.5', lE 30°, sbMN." There is nothing at his position but 40 sec of RA west is NGC 1452 and his position angle matches its bar. Heber Curtis was perhaps the first to note "R.A. as given in the NGC probably in error; no object in that place. [NGC 1452] faint; Saturn-shaped; 1' long in p.a. 30°."
NGC 2000 and the Southern Galaxy Catalogue equate NGC 1455
with NGC 1452. RNGC misidentifies
******************************
03 48 08.3 +22 33 31; Tau
= **, Gottlieb.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 1456 in 1886 with a 15.5-inch refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory in Scarborough, England and noted a "double star mag 10-12, companion nebulous at 130°, 9'' [separation]. At his position is a wide pair of stars with the southwest component a "fused" double star (both components visible) on the DSS at 03 48 08.3 +22 33 31 (2000). The single mag 10 star is 1.4' NE. Lohse's description matches this pair although there is no involved nebulosity, as first noted by Sherburne Burnham when he examined the pair in 1909 at Yerkes. Listed as nonexistent in RNGC.
******************************
NGC 1457 = NGC 1448 = ESO 249-016 = MCG -07-08-005 = PGC 13727
03 44 32.0 -44 38 38; Hor
V = 10.7; Size 7.6'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 41°
See observing notes for NGC 1448.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1457 = h2586 on 24 Oct 1835 and recorded "pB, vmE, glbM, a ray nebula, 4' l, 20" br, pos = 38 degrees.". His position (observed on 3 sweeps) is accurate. He also picked up this galaxy on a separate sweep in 14 Dec 1835, but placed this galaxy 50 sec of RA too far west. He apparently missed the equivalent descriptions and it was also catalogued as NGC 1448. The IC 2 notes notes this number is identical to NGC 1448 (DeLisle Stewart). The primary designation should be NGC 1457 (earlier discovery), but this galaxy is generally referred to NGC 1448.
******************************
NGC 1458 = NGC 1440 = NGC 1442 = ESO 549-010 = MCG -03-10-043 = PGC 13752
03 45 02.9 -18 15 59; Eri
See observing notes for NGC 1440.
Francis Leavenworth found NGC 1458 = LM 2-387 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. He reported "mag 13.0, 0.3' diameter, round." There is nothing at his position and it was reported not found on Harvard plates taken with the Bruce refractor in South Africa (Baker, 1937). But NGC 1440, two minutes of time west, is likely Leavenworth's object. NGC 1442 is probably another observation of this galaxy with a one degree error in declination (see these entries for more). So, NGC 1440 = NGC 1442 = NGC 1458.
******************************
03 46 57.9 -25 31 18; For
V = 12.8; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 167°
17.5" (11/2/91): very faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, low almost even surface brightness. A mag 12 star is 2.9' S of center.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1459 = LM 1-115 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest minute of
RA) is a good match with
******************************
03 46 13.7 -36 41 48; Eri
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 60°
18" (1/21/04): faint, fairly small, irregularly round, 1.0' diameter. This Fornax I cluster member has a fairly low surface brightness. A mag 12.8 star is very close off the SE side [38" from center]. Located 2.7' S of a mag 10.6 star. Member of the Fornax I cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1460 = h2587 on 28 Nov 1837 and described "F; S; R; 15"; attached to a star 14 mag." His position and description is accurate.
******************************
03 48 27.1 -16 23 36; Eri
V = 11.8; Size 3.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 155°
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NNW-SSE, 1.2'x0.5'. Strong concentration with a small bright core. Located 3.3' SE of a mag 10.5 star.
8" (11/28/81): faint, small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1461 = H. II-460 = h2588 on 6 Oct 1785 (sweep 459) and noted "pB, S, lE, mbM or a nucleus." His position is 2' south of MCG -03-10-047 = PGC 13881, and accurate in RA. John Herschel logged "pB, vlE, pmbM, 25" dia.", but was off by 21 sec in RA (too far east). Schönfeld measured an accurate position (used in the NGC).
******************************
03 50 23.5 +06 58 22; Tau
V = 14.1; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (11/2/91): extremely faint, small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE (orientation uncertain), very low surface brightness. A faint double star lies 1' WNW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1462 = m 92 on 13 Sep 1864 with William Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "vF, S, vlE". Marth's position is accurate.
******************************
03 46 15.5 -59 48 37; Ret
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 45°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
moderately bright and large at 200x, round, even concentration to a small,
brighter core and occasional stellar nucleus. Quite a number of brighter stars are nearby including a
group of 7 bright mag 10-11 stars that lie just to the north and two additional
mag 11 stars that flank the galaxy 1.8' SSW and 2.5' ENE. In addition, the galaxy is 8.5' NNW of
mag 9.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 1463 = h2589 on 6 Oct 1834 and recorded "F, S, R, bM, 15", one of a constellation with 7 bright stars." His position (h2589) and description is accurate.
******************************
03 51 24.4 -15 24 08; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 44°
18" (11/22/03): faint, small, round, 40"x35",
fairly low even surface brightness with just a weak concentration. A mag 12.5 star lies 1.9' SSE. Located 16' NE of mag 8.3
Lewis Swift found NGC 1464 = Sw. 5-57 on 1 Nov 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and reported "pF; S; R; forms equilateral triangle with 2 stars." His position is 2' NW of PGC 13976 and the description applies, though the triangle is technically isosceles in shape.
Frances Leavenworth discovered this galaxy earlier in 1886
(the discovery list was submitted on 12 Oct) but his rough RA for LM 1-116
(later
******************************
03 53 32.0 +32 29 33; Per
V = 13.7; Size 1.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 165°
13.1" (1/1/84): fainter extensions visible oriented ~N-S.
13.1" (11/5/83): faint, small, round, but not
difficult. Mag 6.6
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1465 = Sw. 5-58 on 25 Sep 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and recorded "pF;
pS; R; pB* near p[receding]."
His position is 8 tsec east and 39" north of
******************************
03 44 32.4 -71 40 16; Hyi
V = 11.6; Size 2.3'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, moderately large, round, 2.5' diameter. Appeared mottled with some extremely faint stars resolved in the halo. The only brighter resolved star is on the south side of the halo. The view is somewhat hampered by mag 6.3 CT Hydri just 4' ENE and a mag 9 star 2.3' SSE. NGC 1466 is one of the 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC.
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
outlying globular of the LMC is known to be one the oldest LMC clusters. At 128x it appeared moderately bright,
fairly small, round, 2' diameter.
There was no resolution except for a single faint star at the south edge
but the surface brightness was high.
This cluster was fairly prominent and very easy to find as it is
situated 4' WSW of mag 6.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 1466 = h2590 on 26 Nov 1834 and recorded "F, irregularly round, glbM, 30", has a * 7th mag foll, and others near." On a second sweep he notes "Viewed past meridian; found in place; pB, R, gbM, 30" dia."
******************************
03 51 52.7 -08 50 17; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 115°
17.5" (2/11/96): very faint, small, round, 0.6'
diameter, slightly brighter core.
Slightly brighter of a pair with
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, small, very small bright core surrounded by a very low surface brightness halo. Located 4.3' NNE of a mag 10 star.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1467 = LM 2-388 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
15.0, 0.3' dia, R, *9 at 4.2' in PA 185° [SSW]." His position is just 0.2 min of RA west of
******************************
03 52 12.5 -06 20 56; Eri
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 135°
17.5" (2/11/96): very faint, very small, round, 30" diameter, weak even concentration to an occasional stellar nucleus. A mag 14.5 star is 1.0' ENE of center. Located ~3' N of a 1' pair of mag 11/12 stars.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1468 = St. 12-27 on 28 Dec 1877. His published position in the 12th discovery list was reduced on 14 Dec 1881.
******************************
04 00 28.0 +68 34 40; Cam
V = 12.7; Size 1.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 153°
17.5" (11/2/91): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NNW-SSE, 1.5'x0.6', very bright core surrounded by fainter elongated halo. A mag 10 star is just off the west edge 0.6' WSW from the center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1469 = Sw. 3-27 on 24 Feb 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and recorded "vF;
vS; R; B* nr." His position
is 6' NW of
******************************
NGC 1470 = MCG -02-10-016 = PGC 14002
03 52 09.7 -08 59 57; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 169°
17.5" (2/11/96): very faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 1.0'x0.3', slightly brighter core. Forms a faint pair with NGC 1467 10' NNW.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1470 = LM 2-389 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
15.0, 0.8'x0.2', E 180° [N-S], *9.5 precedes 20s, 2' S." There is nothing at his position but
1.0 min of RA west is
******************************
NGC 1471 = NGC 1464 = PGC 13976
03 51 24.4 -15 24 08; Eri
See observing notes for NGC 1464.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1471 = LM 1-116 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"mag 14.5, vS, pE 45°."
His description is accurate, though his rough position is 1 minute 40
seconds of RA due east of
******************************
03 53 47.3 -08 34 06; Eri
V = 14.4; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, small, round. A mag 13 star is 1' SE. FIrst and brightest of three with NGC
1477 4' E and
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1472 = LM 1-117 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and described "mag
14.0, 0.1' dia, 1st of 3 [with
******************************
03 47 26.8 -68 13 13; Hyi
V = 12.9; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 36°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x
appears moderately bright and large, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, weakly concentrated
with a slightly brighter core.
This galaxy has a slightly mottled or clumpy appearance (the SGC notes a
"large knot 0.3' NE of center"). Elongated in the direction of a star 3' SW. Situated within a string of 4 stars - one
star to the NW and three to the SE.
Member of a small group that includes
John Herschel discovered NGC 1473 = h2592 on 2 Nov 1834 and
recorded "pF; R; glbM; 25" dia." His position (from two sweeps) corresponds with
******************************
03 54 30.3 +10 42 24; Tau
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 0°
17.5" (2/11/96): faint, fairly small, round, 40"
diameter, weak concentration to a slightly brighter 15" core. A mag 13.5 star is just 1.0' N of
center. Located 12' WSW of mag 9
This galaxy is identified as
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1474 = m 93 on 5 Oct 1864 and
logged "vF, S, R." His
position is 8' S of
******************************
03 53 49.8 -08 08 15; Eri
Size 0.6'x0.6'
18" (10/16/09): not seen initially at 275x but referring to the exact position an extremely faint glow was quickly seen with averted. Appears very small, round, 12" diameter. Visible ~2/3 of the time with averted once it was acquired.
18" (1/1/08): extremely faint and small, round,
10"-15" diameter.
Requires averted vision to glimpse. Located 9' SE of mag 8
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1475 = LM 2-390 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded
"mag 15.3, 0.1' dia, R, *14 4' north-preceding." His position is close to
******************************
03 52 08.9 -44 31 57; Hor
V = 13.1; Size 1.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 86°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint to moderately bright, moderately large, very elongated 4:1 ~E-W, 0.8'x0.2', broad concentration. Located 15' SE of a mag 8 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1476 = h2591 on 14 Dec 1835 and recorded "F, S, pmE in the parallel; gbM, 15" long." On a second sweep he described it "vF, lE, gbM, 25" long". His position is accurate.
******************************
03 54 02.9 -08 34 30; Eri
V = 14.8; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (2/8/91): extremely faint, very small, round. A mag 15 star is 1' NE. Located in a trio with NGC 1472 4' W and NGC 1478 2' NE.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1477 = LM 1-118 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and logged "mag 15.0, 0.2' dia, 2nd of 3 [with NGC 1472 and 1478]." His rough position (nearest minute of RA) is essentially accurate, along with the companions.
******************************
03 54 07.3 -08 33 20; Eri
V = 15.5; Size 0.5'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (2/8/91): extremely faint and small, round, at visual threshold. Faintest of a trio with NGC 1477 2' SW and NGC 1472 5' WSW.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1478 = LM 1-119 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and noted "mag 15.0, 0.2' dia, 3rd of 3 [with NGC 1472 and 1477]." His rough position (nearest minute of RA) is essentially accurate, along with the companions.
******************************
03 54 24 -10 12; Eri
= Not found, RNGC and Corwin.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1479 = LM 2-391 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory recorded "mag
16.0, 0.6'x0.1', 1st of 2 [with
******************************
03 54 30 -10 16; Eri
= Not found, RNGC.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1480 = LM 2-392 (along with NGC 1479 = LM 2-391) in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory, but there is nothing at his position. Muller mentions a "*10 following 30s" but no discovery sketch was found to aid in the identification and Harold Corwin's search came up empty. The RNGC has an obvious typo in the position as the RA is off by over 8 hours.
******************************
03 54 28.9 -20 25 38; Eri
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 133°
24" (12/1/13): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2
NW-SE, 30"x20", broad concentration. Fainter of a pair with
17.5" (2/1/92): very faint, very small, slightly
elongated NW-SE, even surface brightness.
Located 2.5' NW of mag 8.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 1481 = h2593 on 13 Nov 1835 and
described "eF, S, R, precedes two bright stars and the nebula III.962 [NGC
1482].". His single position
is 2' S of
******************************
NGC 1482 = ESO 549-033 = MCG -03-10-054 = KTS 22B = PGC 14084
03 54 38.9 -20 30 09; Eri
V = 12.1; Size 2.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 103°
24" (12/1/13): moderately bright to fairly bright,
fairly large, oval 5:3 WNW-ESE, ~1.5'x0.9'. Contains a large bright core that increases to a very small,
bright nucleus. Surrounding the
core is a very low surface brightness halo. Forms a right triangle with two bright stars; mag 8.6 HD
24694 2.3' ENE and mag 8.6
17.5" (2/1/92): faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3
~E-W, broad concentration. Forms
the southern vertex of an isosceles triangle with mag 8.7 SAO 168936 2.5' NW
and mag 8.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 1482 = H. III 962 = h2594 on 19 Dec 1799 (sweep 1091) and recorded "vF; vS; near 2 bright stars, south preceding of them." John Herschel observed the galaxy from the Cape of Good Hope on 13 Nov 1835 and logged "F, S, R; makes an obtuse angled triangle with two bright stars, the one preceding, the other following it." A week later he called it "eF, S; makes an obtuse angled nearly isoceles triangle with two stars 10th mag north of it." His third observation on 11 Dec was recorded as "pB, lE, gbM (newly polished mirror); makes an obtuse angled triangle with two stars 10th mag to its north."
Fritz Zwicky discovered SN 1937E, during his systematic search for supernovae using the 18" Schmidt at Palomar (his 4th discovery).
******************************
03 52 47.7 -47 28 40; Hor
V = 12.7; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 125°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
moderately bright and large, slightly elongated NW-SE, 1.2'x0.9', broad
concentration, slightly irregular or patchy surface brightness but no clear
spiral structure. Located 15' SE
of mag 6.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 1483 = h2595 on 14 Dec 1835 (and possibly earlier by Dunlop) and recorded "pretty faint; round; very little brighter in the middle; 20". (Newly polished mirror, but the sky dull and haze forming; so that this may very possibly be Dunlop 428.)". His second observation reads "very faint; pretty large; round; very gradually a little brighter in the middle; 80" across. I feel convinced that this nebula is too faint to have been seen by Mr Dunlop. Put on the 9 inch aperture, could not discern the least trace of it. Mirror polished yesterday and in high beauty. Sky superb."
James Dunlop found D 428 on 2 Sep 1826 and described
"An extremely faint ill-defined small nebula. A pretty large nebula (D 427) precedes this." Despite Herschel's comments, Dunlop's
position lands very close to NGC 1483 and his position for
******************************
03 54 17.9 -36 58 14; Eri
V = 13.1; Size 2.5'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
18" (12/30/08): faint, thin edge-on ~6:1 E-W, 1.5'x0.25', low even surface brightness with no noticeable core. Located at the SE edge of the Fornax I cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1484 = h2596 on 28 Nov 1837 and
recorded "vF, L, E, vgvlbM, 2'." His position is 1' S of
******************************
04 05 03.6 +70 59 46; Cam
V = 12.6; Size 2.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 22°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, even surface brightness. A mag 15 star is just following the SSW end.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1485 = Sw. 3-28 on 24 Feb 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and logged "eF; pS;
R." His position is 2.6' NW
of
******************************
03 56 18.6 -21 49 17; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 2°
17.5" (2/22/03): very faint, fairly small,, 0.6'x0.4',
weak concentration with a roundish, brighter core, requires averted
vision. The halo appears elongated
SSW-NNE although difficult to pin down a consistent orientation. Located 10' E of mag 9.7
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1486 = LM 2-393 in 1886
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is about 25 sec of RA east
of
******************************
03 55 45.3 -42 22 05; Eri
V = 11.9; Size 3.3'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 55°
18" (1/17/09): fairly faint, moderately large, irregularly round, 1.8'x1.5', slightly elongated E-W, weak central brightening. Appears to have an irregular surface brightness, though viewed at a very low elevation from Lake Sonoma. Two mag 12.5-13 stars form an isosceles triangle with the galaxy 1.2' N and 1.2' W. On the DSS this is a distorted interacting system with two brighter condensations and long, faint tidal plumes. This object should be viewed from a more southerly latitude to see detail. Member of the small NGC 1512 group (LGG 108)
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1487 = D 480 = h2597 on 29 Oct
1826. He described "a very
faint ill-defined nebula, with two or three very small stars in it, and a small
star following." There is
nothing at his published position, but 83 seconds of RA west is the interacting
system
John Herschel observed this galaxy on 3 sweeps. On 24 Oct 1835 (sweep 639) he recorded "pB, pL, R, 90"; makes a triangle with two stars 13th mag about 1 radius of nebula (by diagram) from its edge."
Joseph Turner sketched the galaxy on 26 Nov 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (p. 151 of his logbook). He noted it had a mottled appearance and was "rather irregular in shape, of rather an oval form...the sp side is brider than the rest of the nebula." NGC 1487 is a distorted triple system.
******************************
04 00 04.3 +18 34 02; Tau
= **, Thomson. Incorrect ID in RNGC, CGCG, RC3.
Edward Cooper discovered NGC 1488 = Au 19 with a 13.3-inch refractor at the Markree Observatory in Ireland. While compiling the comprehensive Markree ecliptic Catalogue it as noted (probably by asistant Andrew Graham) as a nebulous mag 12 star. At his position is a 9" pair of stars. Bigourdan reported finding a 13th mag double star with no nebulosity. Engelhardt also made a micrometric measurement of the components of this double star.
RNGC, CGCG and RC3 misidentify
******************************
03 57 38.2 -19 12 58; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 1.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 12°
17.5" (2/22/03): very faint, fairly small, elongated ~2:1 SSW-NNE, 0.9'x0.4', nearly uniform surface brightness. Situated between a mag 10.8 star 2.7' W and a mag 11.4 star 4' NE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1489 = LM 2-394 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
15.0, 1.0'x0.6', E 190° (SSW-NNE)."
His position is 40 sec of RA east of
******************************
03 53 34.4 -66 01 05; Ret
V = 12.4; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 142°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 280x
appeared bright, moderately large, round, 1.2' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a very bright
20" core that increases to the center, surrounded by a diffuse 1.2'
halo. A faint star is embedded at
the east edge of the halo. NGC
1503 lies 18' E and
John Herschel discovered NGC 1490 = h2599 on 2 Nov 1834 and recorded "pB, S, lE, pmbM, 18" dia." His position is accurate.
******************************
04 03 13.6 +51 18 58; Per
Size 3'x3'
18" (1/20/07): at 115x and 174x and OIII filter appears as a bright, large, elongated HII region on the west side of an 11th magnitude star. Appears roughly 4'x2', extending SSW to NNE and brighter on the south end. The west side has a fairly hard, well-defined edge while the east side is more irregular and fades into the background. Four faint stars are involved on the northern end and a pair of fainter stars are at the south end.
17.5" (3/2/02): at 100x, this is a moderately bright, roundish glow, ~3' diameter. Extends mostly west of a mag 11 star, wrapping around the star, particularly on the north side. Excellent contrast gain with an OIII filter as it appears bright with an irregular surface brightness. There is a subtle bite cut out of the nebulosity on the east side that creates a darker hollow extending just west of the star. At 220x (unfiltered), about a half dozen stars are involved or at the edges. The nebulosity is quite irregular with a high surface brightness region preceding the star. Faint, elongated haze extends from this patch to the NE past the star giving an elongated appearance. A pair of mag 13-14 stars is at the northern end and another pair is just off the western edge.
17.5" (12/7/90): at 140x with OIII filter appears as a bright, moderately large, circular nebulosity involving a mag 11 star. The brightest portion lies to the west of the star and is elongated 3:2 ~N-S. There appears be a dark gap just west of the mag 11 star. Two very faint stars are superimposed near the edges.
13.1" (1/18/85): bright emission nebula just west of a mag 10.5 star, extends SW-NE, interesting shape.
8" (11/14/80): bright, large, ~6' diameter. A mag 10.5 star is at the east side.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1491 = H. I-258 on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 989) and recorded "vB, iF, resolvable, bM, 5' l, 3 or 4' br. A pL star in it towards the following side, but unconnected." His position is fairly accurate, though Dreyer used a micrometric position of an involved star by Engelhardt. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
03 58 13.1 -35 26 48; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 10°
18" (1/21/04): faint, small, round, 0.4' diameter, fairly even surface brightness. Located 1.5' N of a mag 13 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1492 = h2598 on 28 Nov 1837 and logged "vF, vS, R, 10'." His position is accurate, though, his size of 10' is probably a typo for 10".
******************************
NGC 1493 = ESO 249-033 = AM 0355-462 = LGG 106-004 = PGC 14163
03 57 28 -46 12 36; Hor
V = 11.3; Size 3.5'x3.2'; Surf Br = 13.7
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly bright, fairly large, round, 3.0' diameter, broad concentration. Contains a brighter, elongated core or "bar" oriented ~E-W. The halo contains a strong suggestion of irregular spiral structure. A mag 15 star is at the east edge of the halo. This face-on SBcd galaxy is a member of LGG 106 (subgroup of the Dorado Group).
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1493 = D 438 = h2600 with his 9-inch reflector on 2 Sep 1826 and described "a very faint nebula, about 1' diameter, round figure". JH first logged it on 14 Dec 1835 and noted "F, vL, R, vglbM, 3'; sky dull, a haze forming." On a second sweep he was critical of Dunlop's discovery and commented "faint; large; round; very gradually a little brighter in the middle; 2.5' across. With 9" aperture, and a mirror newly polished yesterday, and in high beauty, it is barely possible to discern with the utmost attention that this nebula exists; but to have discovered it with that aperture and power 180 would have been quite out of the question; possibly, however, 90 might show it better." Despite Herschel's skepticism, Dunlop's position is unusually accurate.
******************************
03 57 42.5 -48 54 32; Hor
V = 11.7; Size 3.2'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 179°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
fairly bright, fairly large, oval 3:2 N-S, 2.4'x1.5'. Contains an elongated bar-like core with a suggestion of
spiral structure and mottling (HII regions) in the halo. A distinctive trio of mag 12-12.5 stars
(separations 30"-45") lie 3.5' N. Located 14' W of mag 7.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 1494 = h2601 on 28 Dec 1834 and described "F, L, R, vgvlbM, 70" dia." On a second sweep he called it "F, L, R, vglbM, 2.5'; has north of it a triangle of stars 12th mag." His position and description is accurate.
******************************
03 58 21 -44 28 00; Hor
V = 12.6; Size 3.0'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 104°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright or fairly bright, fairly large, very thin edge-on 8:1 WNW-ESE, 2.5'x0.3', broad concentration but no well-defined core, slightly mottled or uneven appearance, fades at tips with the ESE tip fainter. A mag 11.8 star lies 1.9' SE of center and a mag 9.4 star is 5.9' ESE, nearly collinear with the major axis. Possible member of the Dorado Group (NGC 1433 subgroup?).
John Herschel discovered NGC 1495 = h2602 on 24 Oct 1835 and logged "F, E in the parallel, vgvlbM, 60" l, 40" br." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
NGC 1495 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "Elongated at 105° instead of 90° [parallel] as given in the NGC."
******************************
04 04 32 +52 39 42; Per
Size 6'
17.5" (12/28/94): 20 stars mag 12-15 in a 5' region elongated E-W. The stars are mainly arranged in a semicircle open to the east with several nice close pairs! The brightest mag 11 star is on the NE end of the semicircle and the SE end is a very close double. An isolated mag 10 star is 4' SW and 0.8' NE of this star is an evenly matched mag 14 pair at 7" separation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1496 = h310 on 8 Nov 1831 (sweep 384) and recorded a "curious knot of stars forming a cluster in form the segment of an elliptic ring." His position and and description accurates describes this cluster.
******************************
04 02 06.8 +23 07 59; Tau
V = 13.1; Size 1.8'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 60°
48" (10/31/13): moderately bright to fairly bright,
moderately large, oval 3:2 SW-NE, 45"x30", contains a bright
core. A mag 12.7 star is 1.1' SW
of center. Brightest in a group
with
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright core, forms a triangle with two stars to the south. UGC 2927 lies 6' WSW. Located 15' E of ∑479 = 7.0/7.9 at 7" and about 3.5° SE of the Pleiades.
13.1" (1/28/84): faint, small, roundish, slightly brighter middle, a pair of stars are just south.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1497 = St. 8b-13 on 13 Jan 1872 and logged a rough position 9' to the SW. His published micrometric position (list 8 second part, #13) was made on 11 Dec 1876.
******************************
04 00 19.4 -12 01 11; Eri
Size 0.7
17.5" (12/30/99): at 220x, this is an easily resolved trio of mag 13.5-14 stars forming a small isosceles triangle (separations of 30", 30", 45"). This triple star or asterism is the closest object to William Herschel's position but it's difficult to see how he confused it with a poor cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1498 = H. VII-3 on 8 Feb 1784 (sweep 136) and recorded "a small cluster of compressed stars, containing some pretty large." Dreyer notes in his 1912 "Scientific Papers of William Herschel", that "there is no very pronounced cluster near the place." Herschel's reference star was 3 Leporis with an offset of -72m 30s and -30' dec. This places NGC 1498 at 03 59 54 -12 01 (J2000) and Auwer's reduction gives the same position. A close trio of mag 13/14 stars lies at 04 00 19.4 -12 01 11 (mean of three stars with a maximum separation of ~45"), which is a plausible candidate although doesn't qualify as a "small cluster of compressed stars." Pietro Baracchi searched for this object unsuccessfully a couple of times in 1887 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. See Corwin's notes for more of the story.
******************************
04 03 14 +36 22 06; Per
Size 145'x40'
17.5" (1/16/02): Despite its reputation as a challenging target, this was an easy, fascinating object at 64x with a H-beta filter. The California Nebula is HUGE and extended a full two eyepiece fields even using a 31 Nagler for a total length of over 2.5 degrees and with a varying width of 15'-30', extended WNW-ESE. The E-W border is well-defined with a filter, particularly in the general vicinity of Xi Persei (middle of three naked-eye stars in the leg of Perseus collinear with the Pleiades) on the southern border and a long straight stretch on the northern edge. Along the northern edge, there is some filamentary, wispy structure similar to the view of the Veil nebula in a small scope!
The nebulosity is weaker and more disorganized, though, close to the preceding and following ends. The nebula tapers towards the eastern end where there are some additional brighter streaks and dark intrusions near a group of stars. Portions of the central region are clearly fainter with no evident structure. At the west end the structure is also chaotic with an irregular mix of weak nebulosity and darker voids. There is much to view here even at 64x, and I spent 30 minutes scanning the entire length for structure.
17.5" (10/28/89): the California Nebula requires very low power and visibility is best using an H-beta filter. At 82x appears very large, faint, very elongated, irregular low surface brightness with darker lanes and some wispy structure along the edges. The most well-defined section of the border is near a mag 8.5 star bordering the southern edge. Located roughly 30' N of mag 4.0 Xi Persei.
13.1" (1/18/85): definite contrast gain with H-beta filter as only the section NW of Xi was definite using a Daystar 300 filter (siimlar to UHC), but the H-beta shows the full extent easily.
13x80mm (1/13/07): excellent view in my 80mm finder using a 24mm Panoptic and an H-beta filter as a huge, elongated bar of fairly high contrast stretching across the field. The glow is generally brightest in the broad middle section between Xi Persei and the 6th magnitude star off the central north side. The nebula noticeably tapers towards the southeast end as the northern side of this end squeezes inward. Similarly, the northwest end also tapers as the northern boundary narrows towards the southern side.
13x80mm (2/5/21): very nice view with the 24mm Panoptic and an H-beta filter, as the 5° field frames the 2.5° wide nebula. Slightly brighter in the middle section, particularly on both the south and north border.
16x80mm (7/27/84): very large and faint, very elongated WNW-ESE, sharper and brighter on WNW edge, very low surface brightness. Improved contrast with an H-beta filter.
15x50mm IS binoculars (8/27/11): very faintly visible as a large, elongated glow near Xi Persei using a pair of 2" H-beta filters over the objectives.
Naked-eye (11/30/21): the California Nebula appeared as a bright, high contrast, very elongated glow using a handheld 1x image-intensifier monocular (PVS-14 L3 Gen3 Un-Filmed White Phosphor model) with a narrowband H-alpha filter. The Pleiades, nearly 13° to the SSW, shared the same naked-eye field on the screen.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 1499, the California Nebula, on 3 Nov 1885 while searching for comets with the 6-inch Cooke Equatorial refractor at Vanderbilt University Observatory. In the Sidereal Messenger (Vol 5, p27), he reported "this requires the lowest power and cannot be seen by direct vision. It is only by directing the vision slightly to one side of its place that it is pssible to see it, then flashes out feebly." The NGC position is near the following end.
Simon Archenhold produced the first photograph on 27 Oct 1891. He quickly published an article with a sketch of the outline (nearly 2°) and apparently felt it was too large photographically to be identical to Barnard's intended object. Barnard responded in an 1894 article that he discovered this object visually and published a photograph taken in 1895 with the Willard lens in Astrophysical Journal, 2, 350.
******************************
03 58 13.9 -52 19 42; Dor
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 88°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
260x, fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated ~E-W, 0.6'x0.5', weak
concentration. Nearly on a line
between a mag 11.2 star 2.6' WNW and a mag 10.2 star 4.7' ESE. Brightest member of
John Herschel discovered NGC 1500 = h2603 on 24 Dec 1837 and logged "F, vS, R, pmbM, 12"; has a star 8th mag 15.5 tsec preceding in RA, to northward." Herschel noted this nebula might be equivalent to James Dunlop's D 369, which was described as "a faint nebula, elliptical in the parallel of the equator, about 30" long and 12" broad". Dunlop's position is 2 min 30 sec of RA east of this galaxy and not nearly as elongated as Dunlop's description. This equivalence is not given by Glen Cozens or Wolfgang Steinicke.
******************************
04 06 59.4 +60 55 15; Cam
V = 11.9; Size 56"x48"; PA = 98°
18" (11/7/07): superb view at 450x in good seeing. The 1' diameter disc is slightly elongated ~E-W, ~60"x50" with a very narrow, brighter rim and darker center. The mag 14.4 central star was steadily visible. On closer inspection the thin rim was clearly irregular in surface brightness and slightly brighter along the southwest and northeast sides with a couple of tiny knots embedded in the rim. The slightly darker interior was weakly mottled or patchy with subtle variations in surface brightness.
17.5" (1/8/00): at 100x, this moderately bright PN was irregularly round, 1' diameter, weakly annular with a faint glimpse of the central star. There was a good contrast gain with the OIII filter and the image was crisp-edged, slightly elongated SW-NE and the small, darker center was more evident. Excellent view at 220x with the faint central star (mag 14.4) clearly visible. The surface brightness was irregular with an unevenly brighter outer rim. The central star was visible steadily at 280x and the overall surface brightness was mottled or "clumpy" (brighter on west and NE rim), darkening in the center.
17.5" (9/14/85): bright, moderately large, almost round, 1' diameter, high surface brightness. An easy mag 14.2 central star is visible. Appears darker near the central star with a brighter rim.
13.1" (1/28/84): slightly annular, very faint mag 14 central star visible.
8": fairly faint, moderately large, bluish, slightly elongated, sharp-edged.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1501 = H. IV-53 on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774) using the front-view (no secondary) design with a power of 157. He described "a very curious planetary nebula of nearly 1' in diameter; it is round, pretty well defined of a uniform light and pretty bright." Just 6 nights later, he reported "with 360 much magnitified, but still the borders pretty abruptly defined, irregularly elliptical." John Herschel didn't report an observation.
On 15 Jan 1868 Lawrence Parsons, the son of Lord Rosse, reported "a bright ring and inside it a dark annulus, very decided. A star in the centre seen very clearly and continuously with various powers; suspect variable [unequal?] brightness in the ring, perhaps a dark spot in it nearly on the p side. The f side of the ring appears broadest and to approach the central star nearer than the preceding side does. The n and s sides of the ring seem rather brighter than the p and f sides. Suspect other bright points in it, but am not at all certain. It is slightly elliptical, its major axis being nearly p and f."
George Searle of Harvard identified the emission spectrum in 1879. Based on a Crossley photograph, Curtis (1918) described, "central star nearly mag 12, surrounded by a very irregular and patchy elliptical disk, about 56"x48" in pa 98°. The periphery shows traces of a broken ring formation the brightest portions are the edges at the ends of the minor axis." Based on a Mt. Wilson photograph with the 60", Pease (1917) reported "this is a fine planetary of regular elliptical shape, 60"x45", p.a. 120°, with protuberances at each end of the minor axis making a total breadth 53". The nebula is irregularly mottled, bearing a resemblance to the convolutions of the brain."
******************************
04 07 49 +62 19 54; Cam
V = 5.7; Size 8'
13.1" (1/28/84): bright, striking cluster, 40 stars
visible in a trapezoidal outline.
The brightest is the striking double STF 485 = 7.0/7.1 at 18" and
the cluster also includes ∑484 = 9.0/9.5 at 5". NGC 1502 is located near the SE end of the chain of stars
"Kemble's Cascade". The
cluster, part of the Camelopardalis OB1 association, contains 17 type-
William Herschel discovered NGC 1502 = H. VII-47 on 3 Nov 1787 (sweep 774) and recorded "a cluster of stars, pretty rich and considerably compressed, slightly extended, 3' or 4' diameter, irregular figure."
******************************
03 56 33.5 -66 02 28; Ret
V = 13.4; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 140°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint to moderately bright, small, round, 25" diameter. Contains a very small brighter core and occasional stellar nucleus. Located 18' E of brighter NGC 1490.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1503 = h2604 on 2 Nov 1834 and
logged "eF, S, R, (a doubtful object) Has a * on p, 10th mag 3'
dist." His position is 1' N
of
******************************
04 02 29.7 -09 20 07; Eri
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (12/30/99): very faint, very small, round,
20" diameter. Appears as a
low surface brightness spot sandwiched between
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1504 = LM 1-120 (along with NGC
1505 = LM 1-121) on 31 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory. His rough
positions (nearest min of RA) correspond with
******************************
NGC 1505 = MCG -02-11-009 = PGC 14339
04 02 36.4 -09 19 21; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (12/30/99): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated E-W, 40"x30". Increases to a small bright core and stellar nucleus. Forms the vertex of an isosceles triangle with two mag 11.5-12.5 stars 3.5' WSW and SSW. Brighter of a close pair with NGC 1504 1.8' SW (inside the triangle).
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1505 = LM 1-121 (along with NGC 1504 = LM 1-120) on 31 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA) matches MCG -02-11-009 = PGC 14339. MCG does not label this galaxy NGC 1505.
******************************
04 00 21.6 -52 34 25; Dor
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 ~SW-NE, 35"x25", weak
concentration, gradually increases to a faint stellar nucleus. Situated between a mag 13 star 1.8' SW
and a mag 13.5 star 1.1' NE.
Member of
John Herschel discovered NGC 1506 = h2605 on 23 Dec 1837 and logged "eeeF, S, R.". On the next sweep (when brighter NGC 1500 was also discovered) he added "between two stars 12th and 13th mag." His position and description matches.
******************************
04 04 27.1 -02 11 21; Eri
V = 12.3; Size 3.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 11°
13.1" (12/18/82): fairly faint, edge-on 4:1 N-S, even surface brightness. A mag 10.5 star is 3.4' SSE and a mag 13 star is 1.2' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1507 = H. II-279 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 351) and recorded "mE, easily resolvable, about 4' long, some of the stars [in it] visible." On 1 Feb 1786 (ssweep 518) he noted "vF, mE, vlbM, about 3' l."
******************************
04 05 47.6 +25 24 31; Tau
V = 14.3; Size 0.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 25°
17.5" (11/14/87): fairly faint, small, round, bright
core.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1508 = St. 8b-14 on 1 Dec 1875 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. He measured an accurate position (list 8b, #14) on 15 Dec 1876.
******************************
04 03 55.2 -11 10 44; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (12/30/99): faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. This is a very compact galaxy with a fairly high surface brightness. A mag 14.5 star is 1' E.
NGC 1509 = IC 2026 forms a close pair with
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1509 = LM 1-122 = Sw. 5-59 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Stone reported (2 observations), "mag 14.0, 0.1' dia, R, gbM." His rough position (accurate to the nearest min of RA and less than 1' too far north) is close enough to be unambiguous.
Lewis Swift found NGC 1509 again on 22 Oct 1886 and reported it in his 5th discovery list as "vF; vS; lE; F* nr p[receding]." His RA was 9 too large and it's possible the "F* nr p" refers to PGC 14389 (as I almost thought). Frank Muller noted the equivalence with Stone's object in a Sidereal Messenger article (Feb 1887) that listed nebulae from Swift's 5th catalogue which had been discovered previously. Dreyer credited both Swift and Stone with the discovery in the NGC (in that order), but the Leander McCormick discovery list was submitted to the Astronomical Journal on 12 Oct 1886, so discovery priority goes to Stone.
Bigourdan reobserved the galaxy in 1897 but assumed it was a nova (misidentifying a nearby star as NGC 1509) and it received the number IC 2026. So, NGC 1509 = IC 2026. Howe also observed the field in 1899-1900 and measured an accurate position with the 20" refractor at Denver. See Corwin's identification notes for more.
******************************
04 03 32.6 -43 24 01; Hor
V = 13.0; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 90°
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): faint, very small, round, only 20" diameter. Forms an equilateral triangle with two mag 13.5 stars ~1.8' S and 1.7' WSW. Located 5' SW of NGC 1512.
13.1" (11/29/86): not seen although far south from northern California. Forms a pair with brighter NGC 1512.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1510 = h2606 on 4 Dec 1836 and recorded "F; R; vgpmbM, 80" dia. Not resolved. A companion to Dunlop 466 [NGC 1512]." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1511 = ESO 055-004 = AM 0359-674 = KTS 23A = LGG 107-002 = PGC 14236
03 59 36.9 -67 38 03; Hyi
V = 11.3; Size 3.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 125°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x appeared fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 3:1 NW-SE, ~2.5'x0.8'. Contains a bright, elongated core with a small very bright nucleus. Two stars mag 14-15 stars bracket the galaxy just 54" E and 1.3' W of center and just north of the center. The northeast flank of the galaxy appears slightly brighter and more sharply defined and there is an impression of a dust lane on the south side. At 260x the galaxy has a mottled appearance and is slightly warped or asymmetric at the tips. A mag 10.8 star lies 3.5' SSE and a fainter edge-on NGC 1511A is in the field 11' SSE.
NGC 1511A appeared fairly faint, moderately large, edge-on
7:2 WNW-ESE, 1.5'x0.4', broadly concentrated with a slightly bulging core. NGC 1511 is a member of a small group
that includes NGC 1473, NGC 1511A and
John Herschel discovered NGC 1511 = h2608 on 2 Nov 1834 and
described "pB; mE; vgbM; 90" l; pos 125.5°." His position and description matches
The galaxy was sketched by Joseph Turner in 1876 (unpublished plate II, figure 12) using the Great Melbourne Telescope and later by Pietro Baracchi.
******************************
NGC 1512 = ESO 250-004 = MCG -07-09-007 = AM 0402-433 = LGG 108-003 = PGC 14391
04 03 54.2 -43 20 56; Hor
V = 10.3; Size 8.9'x5.6'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 90°
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): fairly bright, fairly large, oval 3:2 SW-NE. Sharply concentrated with a bright, 30" core. The tightly bound spiral "ring" was not seen, although there was some brightening at the southwest and northeast ends of the major axis, where the spiral arms emerge from the central bar. Forms a pair with NGC 1510 5' SW.
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, small, slightly elongated. Forms a pair with NGC 1510 5' SW. Very far south for viewing from Northern California.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1512 = D 466 = h2607 on 29 Oct
1826 and described "a small faint round nebula, about 25" diameter, a
little brighter in the centre: a star of 10th or 12th magnitude preceding the
nebula [
John Herschel made 3 observations: On 24 Oct 1835 he logged "bright, large, slightly elongated, pretty suddenly brighter in the middle, 3' diameter; it is just north of a great group of large stars 6, 7 and 8th mag, scattered over two or three fields." On a second sweep he noted "Globular. bright, pretty large, round, 3' diameter. Resolved into stars barely perceptible." Finally, on a third sweep he recorded "B, R, gpmbM." Based on the second description, Herschel identified this object as a globular cluster in the General Catalouge.
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 1512 on 5 Dec 1876 with the Great Melbourne Telescope as sharply concentrated with a very small bright nucleus and faint halo. He commented "I cannot make out any distinct appearance of stars, although at times there is a suspicion of sparkling about the center - Indeed it has all the appearance of an ordinary nebula, round and much brighter in the centre. His unpublished lithograph (plate II, figure 13) shows a ring surrounding the core and nucleus. The east side of the halo or ring seems to be connected to the core by a bar.
Dreyer identified NGC 1512 as a globular in the NGC, following the GC. NGC 1512 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and "identified as extremely faint ring nebula. Long exposure needed." Based on a photograph taken at the Helwan Observatory in Egypt, the galaxy was described in 1921 as a Phi-type (barred-ring) spiral.
******************************
04 09 55 +49 31 00; Per
V = 8.4; Size 9'
13.1" (1/18/85): about 60 stars mag 11 and fainter over unresolved background glow. Located 50' SE of Lambda Persei (V = 4.3).
William Herschel discovered NGC 1513 = H. VII-60 on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 989) and recorded "A L cl of considerable L stars, pretty compressed and very rich, iR, about 7' dia." His position is accurate.
******************************
04 09 17.0 +30 46 33; Tau
V = 10.9; Size 136"x121"
48" (10/25/14): at 610x unfiltered; very bright and large; very irregular surface brightness, the rim varies greatly in thickness and brightness. The relatively thick rim is very bright in the northwest quadrant, along roughly a 70° arc. A second enhanced portion of the rim is along the southeast end (~35° arc) and a third slightly smaller, bright region (more circular) is on the east end. The rim is weak on the south or south-southwest end as well as the north and northeast side. A mag 17 star is at the edge of the rim on the southwest end. A few modest outer lobes were evident; the rim bulges out on the southeast side (near the two enhancements on this end) and to a lesser extent on the northwest and the south end. The mag 9.5 star at the center and a very faint companion to its southeast are surrounded by a darker central hole.
18" (2/4/08): at 175x, appears as a large, roundish glow (~2.5'x2.2) surrounding a bright mag 9.4 central star. Excellent response to UHC and OIII filters. The surface brightness is clearly irregular with subtle brighter and darker regions. The SW and NE ends were slightly dimmer, while the NW and SE portions of the rim were brighter. The region around the central star was also slightly darker.
17.5" (12/30/99): at 100x, moderately bright, round, ~2' halo surrounding a prominent mag 9.5 star. Displayed an excellent response to UHC and OIII blinking while the H-beta filter killed the PN (OIII/H-beta = 12). Using the OIII filter, the surface brightness was noticeably uneven, with the NW quadrant of the rim clearly brighter. The SE end was also weakly enhanced while the center and ends of the minor axis were slightly darker. At 220x using a UHC filter, the halo appeared nearly 2.5' in diameter. There was a small, darker "hole" surrounding the central star and the halo was clearly irregular with a brighter "knot" on the SE side, while the NW portion of the halo was brighter along the rim.
17.5" (9/14/85): very bright, large, round, 2'
diameter. Contains a very bright
mag 9.5 central star surrounded by a fairly bright halo with an irregular
surface brightness. Located midway
between mag 8.3
13.1" (12/22/84): bright, fairly large, round, dominated by a mag 9.5 central star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1514 = H. IV-69 = h311 on 13 Nov 1790 (sweep 980) and wrote, "A most singular phenomenon. A star of about 8th magnitude with a faint luminous atmosphere of a circular form, and about 3' in diameter. The star is perfectly in the center and the atmosphere is so diluted, faint and equal throughout that there can be no surmise of its consisting of stars; nor can there be a doubt of the evident connection between the atmosphere and the star. Another star, not much less in brightness and in the same field with the above, was perfectly free from any such appearance."
The striking symmetry of NGC 1514 caused Herschel to rethink his idea of planetary nebulae. He previously assumed all nebulae were unresolved stellar clusters of some kind, disguised by their great distance. After this point, he was convinced of the existence of pure nebulosity, out of which individual stars or planets were born and he no longer expected every nebula to be resolved with enough aperture. This essentially destroyed his interest in the 40-foot telescope (48-inch aperture), although the difficulty in using this unwieldy scope was also a major factor.
A total of 20 observations were made with the 72" at Birr Castle with one of the earliest (13 Jan 1852) by Bindon Stoney. He described NGC 1514 as a "new spiral of an annular form round the star, which is central; Brightest part is sf the star, spirality is very faint, but I have no doubt of its existence". Stoney and later R.J. Mitchell sketched an irregular rim with brighter and dimmer sections. Samuel Hunter made a sketch on 9 Jan 1858 with a brighter reversed "S" shape within an oval halo. A version of this sketch was chosen (over Stoney and Mitchell's sketches) for Rosse's 1861 publication (plate XXV, figure 7). Resolving spiral structure was a major theme at Birr Castle but irregularities in the rim was likely the cause of this illusion.
******************************
04 04 03.0 -54 06 10; Dor
V = 11.2; Size 5.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 18°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
showpiece galaxy with a close companion at 260x. Very bright and large, very elongated at least 4:1 SSW-NNE,
~4.5'x1' with a bulging core -- similar to a smaller version of
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1515 = D348 = h2609 on 5 Nov 1826 using his 9-inch f/12 reflector from Parramatta. He found "a very faint nebula, about 35 arcseconds diameter. This precedes a group of small stars." His position is 1 min 15 sec of RA too far east (typical error) and a group of mag 12 stars follows, clinching the identification. John Herschel first observed this galaxy on 5 Dec 1834 and logged "B, L, vmE, gbM; 3' l, 40" br".
Joseph Turner observed this galaxy on 26 Nov 1877 and Pietro Baracchi on 6 Dec 1885 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope but neither noticed the companion close west.
******************************
04 08 07.4 -08 49 46; Eri
Size 1.2'x0.6'; PA = 147°
24" (2/5/21):
17.5" (2/11/96): at first view (fairly poor seeing) appeared as a single but irregular galaxy elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, 1.0'x0.5'. In periods of better seeing, the system resolved into an extremely close contact pair [21" between centers] with the brighter component at the SSE end, round, 25" diameter. The fainter component is attached at the NNW end, round, 20" diameter. A mag 15 star lies 1' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1516 = H. III-499 = h2610 on
30 Jan 1786 (sweep 516) and recorded "vF, S, E, easily resolvable."
John Herschel observed this double system twice from the Cape of Good Hope,
logging it (on his second sweep) as "vF; first vg then psvmbM, 20"
diameter". Ormond Stone
(I-113 and I-114) independently found this system again on 31 Dec 1885 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. He resolved the individual members, noting a separation of
0.5' in PA 340° [NNW-SSE], but his rough position (nearest min of RA) is over
two minutes of RA too large.
Dreyer assumed these were new nebulae and assigned the numbers
******************************
04 09 11.9 +08 38 56; Tau
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3
13.1" (1/28/84): faint, small, round, weak concentration. Located just 1.0' NW of a mag 10 star.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1517 = St. 13-25 on 19 Oct
1883. His published position was
reduced on 23 Dec 1884 and matches
******************************
04 06 49.1 -21 10 35; Eri
V = 11.8; Size 3.0'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 35°
18" (1/21/04): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 3:1 SW-NE, ~2.8'x1.0', broad concentration with a large bulging core and tapered ends. Irregular, mottled surface brightness and fades on the SW end. Located 2.6' NE a mag 10 star.
17.5" (12/28/94): fairly faint, very elongated 3:1 SW-NE, 2.7'x0.9', weak concentration. Located 2.5' NE of a mag 9.5 star. Appears asymmetric with the SW end close to the bright star much fainter than the main body.
8" (1/1/84): faint, very elongated 3:1 streak
SW-NE. A mag 10 star 2.5' SW
interferes with viewing.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1518 = h2611 on 6 Jan 1785 and
recorded "B; L; pmE; gbM; has a *8 mag south-preceding 3' or 4'
dist." There is nothing at
his position but
******************************
04 08 07.6 -17 11 34; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 2.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 107°
24" (1/1/19): at 260x; fairly faint, moderately large,
very elongated nearly 4:1 WNW-ENE, low but irregular surface brightness, weak
concentration, 0.9'x0.25'. Located
4.6' NW of mag 8.5
UGCA 88 appeared very faint, fairly small, round, ~30" diameter, low surface brightness patch, fades out at periphery so difficult to gauge the diameter.
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, fairly small, very
elongated 3:1 ~E-W, broad concentration.
Located 4.6' NNW of mag 8.8
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 1519 = T. 1-14 = T. 5-2 on 2
Jan 1878 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His ring micrometer position in list V
is an exact match with
******************************
03 57 51 -76 48 20; Men
Size 5'
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly small and poor cluster of a dozen stars mag 9.6 and fainter in a 5' region. The group was not impressive but it was detached in the field, so it was easy to identify. Viewed through thin clouds.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1520 = h2615 on 8 Nov 1836 and described "a poor cluster of about a dozen stars 9...12m within a space of about 5', the largest taken." His position corresponds with a mag 9 star surrounded by a small group of stars.
NGC 1520 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described in a list of NGC corrections as "No cluster seen, only scattered stars." Andrew Lindsay reported in 1964IrAJ....6..286L: "Not found. Centred on CPD -77°154. Star distribution seems normal." RNGC repeated this, although ESO classifies the object as an open cluster.
******************************
NGC 1521 = ESO 550-011 = MCG -04-10-015 = PGC 14520
04 08 18.9 -21 03 07; Eri
V = 11.4; Size 2.8'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 10°
18" (1/21/04): moderately bright, fairly small,
slightly elongated N-S, ~1.2'x1.0', fairly well concentrated with a small
bright core and stellar nucleus.
Mag 8.4
8" (1/1/84): faint, very small, round, weakly concentrated. Located 5' NNW of mag 8.5 SAO 169161. Forms a pair with NGC 1518 22' WSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1521 = h2612 on 21 Nov 1835 and
logged "pB; R; bM; barely in time and too late for a good
observation." Nevertheless,
his position matches
******************************
04 06 07.7 -52 40 12; Dor
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 42°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, oval 3:2 SW-NE,
30"x20", very small brighter core. A mag 15.8 star is just off the NW
side, 30" from center. A mag
13.5 star lies 1.3' NE of center.
Located 14' SW of mag 8.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 1522 = h2613 on 27 Dec 1834 and
described "eeF, vS, R, 12". In a very dark field, no star 13th mag
within 5'." On a second sweep he called it "vF, vS, R, vlbM, 12"
dia". His position matches
******************************
04 06 11 -54 05 24; Dor
= 4*, Dreyer and HC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1523 = h2614 on 6 Dec 1834 and logged "vF, R." His position is roughly 2 min of RA east of NGC 1515 (recorded on the same sweep) and just north are four mag 14/15 stars. DeLisle Stewart reported "Only 3 vF st, not a nebula" based on plates taken at Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901. ESO also called this object "4 faint stars only". See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 1524 = NGC 1516A = MCG -02-11-017 = PGC 14515
04 08 07.4 -08 49 47; Eri
Size 0.5'x0.4'
24" (2/5/21): NGC 1516A = NGC 1524 is the northwestern component of an interacting double system with NGC 1516B = NGC 1525 [24" between centers]]. At 260x; it appeared fairly faint, small, round, ~20" diameter, very small or stellar nucleus.
17.5" (2/11/96): at first view (fairly poor seeing) NGC 1516 appeared as a single but irregular galaxy elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, 1.0'x0.5'. In periods of better seeing, the system resolved into an extremely close contact pair [21" between centers] with the fainter NNW component appearing round, 20" diameter.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1524 = LM 1-123, along with NGC 1525, on 31 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. He described a double system at 0.5' separation in PA 340° (NNW-SSE). There is nothing at the published position, but 2 minutes of RA (time) to the west is NGC 1516, discovered by William Herschel (H. III-499), and his sketch confirms the intended objects. Neither William or John resolved the close pair of galaxies. So, NGC 1516A = NGC 1524 and NGC 1516B = NGC 1525. The RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 1525 = NGC 1516B = MCG -02-11-018 = PGC 14516
04 08 08.2 -08 50 08; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.2
24" (2/5/21): NGC 1516B = NGC 1525 is the slightly larger southeastern component of a double system with NGC 1516A = NGC 1524 [24" between centers]. At 260x, NGC 1516B was nearly moderately bright, round, 25" diameter, very small bright nucleus with a sharp peak at the center. A mag 15 star is 1.2' S.
17.5" (2/11/96): this is the brighter SSE component of an extremely close double system with NGC 1516A. It appeared round, 25" diameter. A mag 15 star is 1' S.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1525 = LM 1-124 (along with NGC 1524 = LM 1-123) on 31 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. He reported finding a double system at 0.5' separation in PA 340° (NNW-SSE). NGC 1525 = NGC 1524B. See notes for NGC 1524 for the story.
******************************
04 05 12.3 -65 50 23; Ret
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 36°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): very faint, small, slightly elongated SW-NE, ~25"x20", even surface brightness. Situated just south of a 10' x 1.5' group of 8 stars including a mag 9.8 star just 3.3' NNE. Viewed in poor conditions.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1526 = h2617 on 2 Nov 1834 and
logged "F, R, glbM, among B stars; one = 9th mag, 3' north." His position and description matches
******************************
04 08 24.4 -47 53 50; Hor
V = 10.8; Size 3.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 78°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very bright, fairly large, elongated nearly 3:1 WSW-ENE, 3.2'x1.2'. Very sharply concentrated with a blazing core that is elongated 2:1, increasing to a very small, intense nucleus. A mag 14 star lies 1.2' N of center and a mag 15.3 star is a similar distance south of center. Probable member of the Dorado Group.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1527 = D 409 = D 429 = h2612 on 28 Sep 1826 and described "a very small and very faint round nebula, about 20" diameter." His position was 10' too far NE. D 429 is probably a duplicate observation with a 55' error in declination (too far north).
John Herschel independently found this galaxy on 28 Dec 1834 while searching for D 409 and recorded "B, E, spmbM, growing more round internally; 60" long, 30" broad; pos 77°." On a second sweep he called it "pB, E, vsbM to a roundish nucleus." His third observation logged it as "pB, pmE, vsvmbM; seen in sweeping in vain for Dunlop 409." Herschel tentatively suggested this object corresponded with Dunlop 409 in the Cape Catalogue though the equivalence was not mentioned in the NGC.
******************************
04 15 19 +51 12 42; Per
V = 6.4; Size 24'
13.1" (1/18/85): 80-100 stars in a 20' diameter. There are three bright stars on the
west side including mag 8.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 1528 = H. VII-61 on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 989) and described "a beautiful cluster of large stars, very rich, and considerably compressed, about 15' diameter." His position is near the center of this cluster.
******************************
04 07 19.7 -62 53 57; Ret
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 164°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NNW-SSE, 45"x18", very
small bright core gradually increasing to a stellar nucleus. Forms a pair with brighter
John Herschel discovered NGC 1529 = h2619 on 9 Dec 1836 and commented "vF, S, R, gbM, 15" dia.". His position matches ESO 084-004 = PGC 14495, though the galaxy was clearly elongated in the 24".
******************************
04 23 26.7 +75 17 44; Cam
V = 11.5; Size 4.6'x2.4'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 17°
48" (10/29/16): at 488x; bright showpiece barred spiral! A relatively wide, very prominent bar extends WNW-ENE [PA 122°] and is steeply inclined to the orientation of the core. The bright core, centered on the bar, is elongated N-S and contains a very bright round nucleus that increases to the center. Two relatively bright and very distinctive thin spiral arms extend from the ends of the bar. The western arm is brightest in a region near the root, where it attaches to the bar and contains a small knot. The spiral arm is mostly visible extending north ~1.5' and only slightly curving east. A short, low contrast section of the arm extends south of the bar. A second long thin arm nearly perpendicular to the bar extends south a similar 1.5'. It is also brightest at its origin on the east end of the bar. The arm only extends a short distance and blends into the low surface brightness glow of the halo on the north side. From north to south tips of the arms is at least 3'. Two mag 15 stars are at the NE edge and a collinear mag 15.5 star is off the NW arm.
24" (12/28/13): at 200x, appeared fairly bright, large, elongated nearly 3:2 N-S, ~3.5'x2.2'. Contains a large, brighter circular core within a very large, elongated halo. A low contrast, thin spiral arm is attached on the west side of the core and sweeps north at the edge of the halo and a similar enhancement is visible on the east side extending due south. Two mag 15 stars [22" separation] are superimposed on the NE side [1.1' from center] and a mag 12.8 star lies 2.5' N.
13.1" (1/19/85): fairly faint, fairly large, very diffuse, almost round, gradual weak concentration, no nucleus.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 1530 = T. 1-15 in 1876 with an
11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and included in the GC Supplement
(GCS 5334). His matches
******************************
04 11 59.3 -32 51 05; Eri
V = 12.2; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 122°
48" (10/22/11): very bright, moderately large, oval
~2:1 NW-SE, 1.2'x0.7', well concentrated with a very bright core. Forms a beautiful pair with the
stunning edge-on
14.5" (12/17/20): moderately bright, fairly small, oval 2:1 NW-SE, 1'x0.5', brighter core.
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright, small, slightly elongated. Forms a close pair with larger and brighter NGC 1532 1.6' SE. Member of the NGC 1532 group (LGG 111).
John Herschel discovered NGC 1531 = h2620 on 19 Oct 1835 and recorded "faint, round, brighter in the middle, 60". The preceding of two [with NGC 1532]." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1532 = ESO 359-027 = MCG -05-11-002 = AM 0410-330 = LGG 111-003 = PGC 14638
04 12 04.3 -32 52 29; Eri
V = 9.9; Size 12.6'x3.3'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 33°
48" (10/22/11): this showpiece edge-on stretches 7'x1.2', tilting SW-NE. The galaxy is sharply concentrated with a large, elongated, very bright core that is mottled and increases to the center. The surface is knotty, streaky and mottled. A striking dust lane runs along the major axis, slicing the galaxy asymmetrically into two parts to the south of the core. The dust lane expands to a larger, elongated (dark) patch on the NE side of the core. The section to the south of the dust lane is much thinner and brightens to a prominent, very bright knotty 1.5' streak on the SW end [brightest part of a tidal tail extending towards NGC 1531]. A very faint star (B = 18.2) is close to the southwest tip of the bright streak. The fainter strip of galaxy south of the dust lane near the core appears patchy, probably due to dust and star-forming knots. Just northwest of the core is NGC 1531, a bright elliptical that angles perpendicular to the core and forms a striking pair.
24" (12/1/16): SN 2016 iae, a type Ic supernova discovered on 7 Nov 2016, was observed 15" E and 52" N of center of NGC 1532, along the western edge of the spiral arm extending NNE. The major axis of the companion NGC 1531 off the west side, pointed exactly to an extremely faint "star". In poor seeing, the supernova was only occasionally visible, perhaps mag 15.5.
14.5" (12/17/20): at 140x and 182x; bright, very large edge-on 5:1 SW-NE, ~6'x1.2', forms an impressive pair with NGC 1531. Contains a very bright core that increases towards the center.
13.1" (12/22/84): bright, large, pretty edge-on 5:1 SW-NE, very bright nucleus, thin extensions. Forms a close pair with NGC 1531 1.6' NW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1532 = D 600 = h2621 on 29 Oct
1826. zjr described "an
extremely faint ill-defined nebula, rather elongated in the direction of the
meridian [N-S], gradually a little brighter towards the centre." His notes mention it is southwest of a
pretty bright star, which is mag 7.0
John Herschel observed this showpiece galaxy on 3 differents sweeps, recording it first on 19 Oct 1835 (sweep 635) as "B, vL, vmE, 5' long; A fine and curious object. The following and brighter of two [with NGC 1531]. In the ray is either a vF * or a knot in the nebula."
Joseph Turner sketched the pair on 30 Nov 1875 using the 48-inch Great Melbourne Telescope (unpublished plate II, figure 14) as well as Albert Le Sueur on 31 Jan 1870 (unpublished plate VII, figure 82). Turner's sketch shows a brighter thin streak along the south edge of the southwest end of the galaxy.
******************************
04 09 51.8 -56 07 06; Dor
V = 10.7; Size 2.8'x2.3'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 151°
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): fairly bright, moderately
large, 2.0' diameter, round, contains a small bright core. Collinear with two 11.5 magnitude stars
1' and 2' NE of center. Member of
the Dorado group with
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1533 = D 320 = h2622 on 5 Nov 1826. He described "a small faint nebula, south of two very small stars. Diameter about 12" diameter.", but his position was 1° too far north. Since NGC 1533 has two mag 11.5 star close north, this identification is likely, assuming a digit error in recording the declination. Glen Cozens first suggested this identification.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1533 again on 5 Dec 1834 (sweep 520) and recorded "vB, pL, R, smbM to a stellar nucleus. Has two stars 10th mag N.f."
******************************
NGC 1534 = ESO 084-006 = AM 0408-625 = LGG 110-002 = PGC 14547
04 08 46.2 -62 47 49; Ret
V = 12.8; Size 1.7'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 76°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 WSW-ENE, 0.8'x0.4'. A mag 13.7 star is at the SE edge,
25" from center and mag 8.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 1534 = h2623 on 26 Dec 1834 and
recorded "F, S, R. Has a vS star following. Distance 1.5x radius of nebula
(by diagram)." His position
and description matches
******************************
04 14 15.8 -12 44 22; Eri
V = 9.4; Size 48"x42"
48" (11/1/13): at 813x, this gorgeous planetary displayed an extremely bright, green double-shell structure. The 20" diameter inner ring was quite striking with slight irregularities in thickness and brightness and a very slight elongation. The darker interior of the inner ring was mottled with subtle darker and brighter patches around the mag 12.5 central star. The outer shell doubled the diameter and was slightly elongated ~N-S, 40"x35", with a mag 14.5-15 star superimposed on the NW side [16" from the central star]. With extended viewing there appeared to be subtle variations in brightness, almost like radial striations in the outer and inner shell. (Similar view on 10/23/14).
24" (11/24/14): I didn't take notes, but at 500x a mag 14.5-15 star was faintly visible near the NW edge of the outer shell [16" from center].
18" (1/1/08): In good seeing at 565x the complex double shell structure of this gorgeous planetary was remarkable. The bright mag 12.5 central star was surrounded by a well-defined dark central hole with subtle mottling. The bright inner ring (20" diameter) was relatively narrow, sharply defined and striking. The ring had a clumpy appearance, particularly on the north side and it dimmed slightly on the southeast side. An outer shell of fainter nebulosity doubled the diameter. Although the inner ring is round, the outer envelope was slightly elongated SSW-NNE. At 807x the view was stunning with brighter knots within the inner ring appearing to sparkle at times.
17.5" (12/30/99): this planetary has beautiful, bluish double-shell structure which was very evident at 100x surrounding a bright central star. The view at 380x and 500x was superb in good seeing. The double shell envelope was very prominent with a bright inner ring, ~20" diameter, with a fairly sharp edge embedded in a fainter roundish halo roughly doubling the diameter. The inner shell was irregularly darker surrounding the central star.
17.5" (2/8/91): very bright, fairly small, high surface brightness, mag 12.5 central star visible, blue color. This planetary has a double shell structure with inner shell slightly elongated and a faint rounder outer shell. Small dark gaps are visible around the central star.
13.1" (12/22/84): at 360x the central star visible surrounded by two shells. The bright inner shell has a small dark annulus surrounding the central star and the outer envelope is fainter and more diffuse.
8": bright, greenish, fairly small, round.
13x80mm finder (1/15/07): fairly bright stellar object at 13x in my 80mm finder and very easy to identify with blinking. Appears as a soft bluish star at 25x and definitely non-stellar at 32x and 54x.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1535 = H. IV-26 = h2618 on 1 Feb 1785 (sweep 364) and recorded "a very curious planetary, vB of a uniform brightness all but the edges which are ill defined; about half a minute in diam. With 240 proportionally magnified, perfectly R or perhaps a little elliptical." On a second observation he called it resolvable on the borders, and probably a very compressed cluster of stars at an immense distance. From the Cape of Good Hope, John Herschel recorded "B; S; R; first pretty suddenly, then very gradually brighter in the middle; 20" across. A mottled disc, but so hazy at the borders that I have no doubt of its being a very distant and highly compressed globular cluster. It is not a planetary nebula, though a near approach to one: does not bear magnifying. A power of 320 is of no use. A very remarkable and interesting object." Possibly irregularities in the rim influenced JH to believe it was a GC.
William Lassell observed NGC 1535 on 7 Jan 1853 with his 24-inch equatorial reflector from Malta and commented, "the most interesting and extraordinary object of the kind I have ever seen. A bright well-defined star, perhaps 11th magnitude, right in the centre of a circular nebula, whose edge was the brightest part; and this nebula again placed upon a larger and fainter, concentric and equally symmetrical." His sketch was published in his 1854 MRAS paper (figure 4) on observations from Malta. He sketched it again in 1862 with his 48-inch and wrote, "An extraordinary and beautiful Planetary Nebula powers 760 and 1060. The circumferential nebula fades away at its upper margin and the lowe and opposite part of the circumference is less strongly defined than the preceding and following sides. Moreover, the nucleus does not seem stellar, but a small patch of bright light."
In 1868, Lieutenant John Herschel, son of John Herschel, found the supposed "globular cluster" displayed the spectrum of a planetary nebula. He was stationed in Bangalore, India for trigonometric surveying, but performed early spectroscopic investigations.
Ralph Copeland, made a detailed observation using Lord Rosse's 72" on 19 Dec 1873: "blue planetary nebula. A small stellar nucleus with a bright atmosphere surrounded by a fainter one [double-shell structure]. There is a very small vacuity close to and sf the nucleus - power 414. Outside diam np and sf = 45.1"; diameter of bright atmosphere = 18.4". With power 625 the nucleus seems quite granular and surrounded by a narrow dark ring extending quite round. Position of two of the most conspicuous central granules = 81.2°."
Sherburne Wesley Burnham, observing with the Lick 36-inch refractor, commented "besides the central star, there are other fainter stars within the nebula. The most prominent of these is near the northern edge of the circular disc... The 14.5m star does not seem to have been seen by other observers [Lassell noted a faint star just inside its preceding edge]." Burnham measured the position of this star at 16" in PA 324° (NW) of the central star.
******************************
NGC 1536 = ESO 157-005 = PGC 14620
04 11 00.0 -56 28 55; Ret
V = 12.5; Size 2.0'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 155°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright, fairly large, oval 5:3 NNW-SSE, 1.7'x1.1', broad concentration. Appears to have a bar oriented N-S containing a small, bright nucleus and enhancements in the halo give an impression of two spiral arms. Forms the western vertex of a triangle with a mag 10.6 star 2.8' WNW and a mag 12.7 star 3' SSE. NGC 1533 lies 24' NNW and NGC 1546 is 39' NE. Member of the NGC 1566 subgroup of the Dorado Group of galaxies.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1536 = h2625 on 4 Dec 1834 and
described "vF, R, pL, vlbM, 60" dia." His position matches
******************************
NGC 1537 = ESO 420-012 = MCG -05-11-005 = LGG 111-006 = PGC 14695
04 13 40.7 -31 38 43; Eri
V = 10.6; Size 3.9'x2.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 98°
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, prominent elongated core, stellar nucleus. Member of the NGC 1532 group (LGG 111).
John Herschel discovered NGC 1537 = h2624 on 18 Nov 1835 and
recorded "vB, lE, psvmbM, 50" l, 40" br." His position is
5' N of
******************************
04 14 56.1 -13 11 30; Eri
Size 0.8'x0.6'; PA = 108°
24" (12/22/14): faint, small, round, 12" diameter
(core only), very faint stellar nucleus.
Holm 73 (double system) lies 3.3' SE and
Holm 73a = LEDA 3093623 appeared faint, extremely small, round, 6" diameter (core). Forms a close pair with Holm 73b = LEDA 940994 45" NE. The companion was extremely to very faint, also just 6" diameter (core).
IC 2045 (identified as NGC 1538 in RNGC and PGC) appeared
fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, 20" diameter, very small slightly
brighter core. IC 2045 is the brightest in a small group including
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1538 = LM 1-125 on 31 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and noted "mag 16.0, 0.1' dia, R, gbM." His rough position (nearest minute of RA) is very close southeast of Holmberg 73a = LEDA 3093623, but could easily apply to other nearby galaxies given the inaccuracy of the Leander McCormick positions.
Harold Corwin remarks that Herbert Howe assumed Ho 73A was NGC 1538 when he observed the field on 20 Jan 1900 with the 20" refractor in Denver and also discovered nearby IC 2045 and IC 2047. Stone's rough position is 8' southeast of IC 2045 = PGC 14722, described by Howe as "eF, eS, almost stellar; near [NGC] 1538." and 4' southeast of IC 2047 = LEDA 941480, noted as "eF, eS, difficult, near [NGC 1538]."
RNGC and PGC identify IC 2045 (the brightest of these galaxies) as NGC 1538. But Corwin examined Stone's discovery sketch and NGC 1538 appears to be a better match with IC 2047. So, we are left with three possible candidates for NGC 1538 and the identification is uncertain.
******************************
04 19 02.0 +26 49 38; Tau
V = 14.6; Size 0.5'x0.5'
18" (12/10/07): faint, small, slightly elongated ~SW-NE, 0.4'x0.35', moderate concentration with a small brighter core. Appears a little brighter than the catalogued magnitude. Located ~ 4' W of a NNW-SSE string of three mag 12-13 stars with another mag 12 star 3' W enclosing the galaxy with this triangular asterism. The identification of NGC 1539 is uncertain.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1539 = m 94 on 6 Sep 1864 with
William Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "vF, vS, gbM." There is nothing at his position,
though
******************************
04 15 10.6 -28 29 21; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 5°
18" (1/21/04): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 ~N-S, ~0.8'x0.5'. Appears to
have a star or quasi-stellar knot at the north tip -- this is actually an
interacting galaxy [
John Herschel discovered NGC 1540 = h2626 on 6 Nov 1834 and
recorded "vF; E; resolvable.
Rather a doubtful object.
He confirmed the object, though, on sweep 643 and his position matches
******************************
04 17 00.2 +00 50 06; Tau
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 77°
17.5" (2/1/92): faint, small, elongated 2:1 WSW-ENE,
small bright core. Located 7' SW
of mag 8.8
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1541 = m 95 on 14 Nov 1863 with
William Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "vF, S". His position is 1' S of
******************************
04 17 14.2 +04 46 55; Tau
V = 13.9; Size 1.3'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 128°
17.5" (2/11/96): very faint, small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 40"x20", very weak concentration. A mag 14.5 star is 0.9' ENE of center. Collinear with a 1' pair of mag 11 stars about 5' SE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1542 = m 96 on 18 Nov 1863 with
William Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged "vF, S, E." His position matches
******************************
04 12 43.0 -57 44 17; Ret
V = 10.5; Size 4.9'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 93°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
bright, large, oval halo 2:1 E-W, at least 3'x1.5'. Sharply concentrated with a brilliant and bulging 1' round
core that brightens slightly to a small, intense nucleus. The large halo is
relatively fainter and fairly uniform.
9th magnitude
NGC 1543 is a member of the NGC 1566 subgroup of the Dorado Group of galaxies. Deep images reveal a detached outer ring, which was not seen.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1543 = D 306 = h2627 on 5 Nov 1826 with his 9" reflector and described as "a small round pretty well defined nebula, 10" or 12" diameter, slightly bright to the centre, a bright star in the field south following." Dunlop's position is 11' too far south. John Herschel independently found this galaxy on 4 Dec 1834 (no reference to Dunlop) and recorded it as "B, pL, pmE, smbM to a round nucleus = star 11th mag." Herschel's position is accurate.
******************************
05 02 36.0 +86 13 20; Cep
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 130°
18" (8/1/11): fairly faint, small, round, sharply
concentrated with a very small, bright nucleus. A 10" pair of mag 14.5 stars is at the north edge and a
second wider pair at 18" separation (mag 13.6/14.4) is off the NW
side. Located 10' WNW of a very
distinctive 2' string of equally spaced mag 9.5/10/11 stars (
17.5" (3/19/88): fairly faint, small, round. Several faint stars are near including an evenly matched mag 14.5 pair with 10" separation at the north edge 20" from center. This is the second closest NGC galaxy to the north celestial pole.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 1544 = T. 1-16 in 1876 with an
11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. He reported it as a "very small nebula, surrounded by
many faint stars but as bright as II. 704 [NGC 1184]." His position is
close west of
******************************
04 20 56 +50 15 18; Per
V = 6.2; Size 18'
17.5" (12/28/94): about 50 stars scattered evenly over
a 20' field with no dense areas or central concentration. A pretty pair of mag 7/8 stars is near
the center (South 445 = 7.3/8.2 at 72") with a blue mag 9 star to the west
(
8": about two dozen stars in the cluster. The three brightest stars are mag 7.5-8.5. Includes chains of faint stars with double star STF 519 = 7.9/9.4 at 18" at the north edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1545 = H. VIII-85 on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 989) and recorded "a coarsely scattered cluster of large stars, pretty rich." His position corresponds with the brightest star in the cluster.
******************************
NGC 1546 = ESO 157-012 = AM 0413-561 = LGG 112-002 = PGC 14723
04 14 36.5 -56 03 39; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 3.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 147°
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): fairly bright, fairly
small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, 1.1'x0.5', even surface brightness except for a
small brighter core. Located 8' NE
of mag 7.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 1546 = h2628 on 5 Dec 1834 and
logged "pB, lE, gbM to an extended nucleus. A double star precedes."
His position (two consecutive nights) matches
******************************
04 17 12.4 -17 51 27; Eri
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 133°
17.5" (11/10/96): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 NW-SE, 0.8'x0.6'. Contains a faint stellar nucleus offset to the south side or a mag 15.5 star is superimposed [DSS image appears to show a superimposed star]. A mag 13 star lies 1.2' NE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1547 = LM 1-126 on 17 Oct
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and
recorded a "cl? or neb with sev vF st and one *(mag) 11.5 north of center
inv." There is nothing at his
rough position (nearest minute of RA), but 43 sec of RA west is
******************************
04 20 59 +36 34 00; Per
Size 20'
18" (2/14/10): at 175x there was nothing that looked
remotely cluster-like in the 35' field or that I felt might have caught
Herschel's attention -- just a random scattered star field with no denser
groupings. At 73x (67' field), though, my attention was drawn to mag 7.7
Still, the asterism I described was unimpressive and not rich enough to mimic a cluster, but seemed the best fit in the nearby area to Herschel's object. If this group is Herschel's h312, then his position for the brightest star is exactly 20' N of HD 27403 and matches in RA, so a single digit error in dec would explain the discrepancy.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1548 = h312 on 3 Feb 1832 (sweep 399) and described "The chief * of a very loose poor cluster 30' diam; little comp; stars 10...12m." There is nothing near his position and Karl Reinmuth states in his 1926 photographic survey "Die Herschel-Nebel nach Aufnahmen der Königstuhl-Sternwarte" that "no CL found; many st in milky way". Brian Skiff calls this object "just a sparse, unconcentrated group of stars slightly brighter than the background." But 20' south of Herschel's position I noticed that mag 7.7 HD 27403 and the surrounding field is probably the best match for Herschel's object. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
NGC 1549 = ESO 157-016 = AM 0414-554 = LGG 112-003 = PGC 14757
04 15 44.0 -55 35 30; Dor
V = 9.8; Size 4.9'x4.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 135°
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): bright, moderately large,
round, 1.5' diameter. Strongly
concentrated with an intense 30" core and a bright stellar nucleus with
direct vision. Cradled by a
distinctive group of 5 stars including mag 8.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 1549 = h2629 on 6 Dec 1834 and noted "B, R, 40 arcseconds." (single sweep). Wolfgang Steinicke originally credited James Dunlop (D 331) with the discovery, though Glen Cozens states Dunlop's number applies to NGC 1553 with a 1 hr error in RA. Steinicke now credits JH with the discovery. Innes (MN 59, 339, 1899) and DeLisle Stewart (based on plates taken at Arequipa between 1898 and 1901) corrected Herschel's poor RA.
******************************
04 19 37.9 +02 24 36; Tau
V = 12.0; Size 2.2'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 30°
24" (12/28/16): at 282x; fairly bright, moderately large, sharply concentrated with a small very bright core that increases to a stellar nucleus, large low surface brightness halo roughly 1' fades out with a distinct edge. A fairly faint 7" double star is 1.7' S. IC 366, 3.1' SSE, was faint, very small, round, 12" diameter. NGC 1550 is the brightest in a group at z = .012 (see observation from 12/22/14).
24" (12/22/14): moderately bright, fairly small, round,
sharply concentrated with a very small, very bright core. An uncatalogued double star lies 1.7' S
(components 13.7/14.7 at 7").
Forms a pair with
13.1" (1/19/85): faint, small, round, bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Heinrich d'Arrest found NGC 1550 on 29 Dec 1861 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. His micrometric position (measured on two nights) corresponds with UGC 3012 = PGC 14880. Édouard Stephan observed this galaxy (position 4' SE) on 8 Jan 1874.
William Herschel made the original discovery of this galaxy
on 8 Oct 1785. He made a 1° error
in recording the declination (too far south) of H. II-464 (later NGC
1551). d'Arrest searched
unsuccessfully for
******************************
NGC 1551 = NGC 1550 = UGC 3012 = MCG +00-11-055 = CGCG 393-001 = PGC 14880
04 19 37.9 +02 24 36; Tau
See observing notes for NGC 1550.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1551 = H. II-464 on 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) and recorded "F, vS, r[esolvable]." There is nothing at his position and Dreyer comments in the NGC Notes "Not found at Copenhagen [by d'Arrest], not at Birr Castle. GC 835 [NGC 1550] is exactly 1° north; they are probably identical." NGC 1550 was found by Heinrich d'Arrest on 29 Dec 1861 and accurately placed. By historical precidence, WH's II-464 = NGC 1551 should be the primary designation but modern catalogues identify this galaxy as NGC 1550 because of the unambiguous positional match. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
04 20 17.6 -00 41 36; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 110°
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, faint extensions 3:2 WNW-ESE, even concentration to a small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is 2.8' WSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1552 = H. III-490 = h313 on
1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and noted "vF, vS, lE, 240 showed it better, but
left a bare possibity of deception."
His position is 10 sec of RA west of
******************************
NGC 1553 = ESO 157-017 = AM 0415-555 = LGG 112-004 = PGC 14765
04 16 10.5 -55 46 48; Dor
V = 9.4; Size 4.5'x2.8'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 150°
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): very bright, oval,
elongated 5:2 NNW-SSE, 2.25'x1.0', very bright core, fairly high surface
brightness halo. With averted vision
the halo increases to nearly 3' in length. A mag 12.5 star is at the north edge [1.0' from center], a
mag 12.5 mag star is off the SSE edge [1.7' from center] and a mag 12 star is
1.8' WNW of center. Forms a bright
pair with NGC 1549 12' NNW in the center of the Dorado Group.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1553 = D 331 on 5 Nov 1826 and described "a rather bright nebula about 1' diameter, very faint at the margin, gradually bright to the centre: a small star north, and another south, both involved in the margin of the nebula. A group of very small stars north." Dunlop made a transcription error of 1 hour in RA so his published published is 1 hour too large. Hhis two notebook entries are only 10' too far south. I'm surprised Dunlop apparently missed NGC 1549. He mentioned "a group of very small stars north", which are just off the south side of NGC 1549.
On 5 Dec 1834 (sweep 520), John Herschel recorded "vB, R, gmbM, 60", between three stars."
******************************
04 21 43.5 +19 31 14; Tau
17.5" (11/10/96): at the position of Struve's Lost Nebula (reported by Otto Struve in 1868) is a mag 14 star noted in the observation of NGC 1555 (Hind's Variable Nebula). This star is 4' WSW of T Tauri and is not involved with nebulosity.
Otto Struve discovered NGC 1554 = "Struve's Lost Nebula" on 14 Mar 1868 with the 15-inch Merz refractor at the Pulkovo Observatory in St. Petersburg. He placed it 4' WSW of the star T Tauri (which illuminates NGC 1555 = Hind's Variable Nebula). It was confirmed and measured by Heinrich d'Arrest on 23-25 Mar 1868 after being notified by Struve. d'Arrest described it, using an 11" refractor at Copenhagen, as "pretty small, nearly round, with an eccentric core like a star of 14th magnitude". After that date, it was not observed again and may have just been a spurious observation of a close pair of mag 14 and 15.5 stars, considering the fascination at the time with nearby Hind's Variable Nebula.
Dreyer comments in the Notes section of NGC that he was unable to perceive any nebulosity near Struve's position at Birr Castle in 1877 (Lawrence Parsons was previously unsuccessful in 1872, 1876 and 1877) and it was not found by Tempel with the 11-inch Amici refractor at the Arcetri Observatory or Copeland at Dun Echt. Engelhardt was unsuccessful on 30 Dec 1884 and 8 Jan 1885. E.E. Barnard and Sherburne Burnham couldn't see it with the 36-inch Lick refractor on 15 Oct 1890. In the IC 2 notes and corrections section, Dreyer also mentions Struve's nebula was not found by Barnard in 1895 or by James Keeler on plates taken in 1899.
Several sources, including Sky Catalogue 2000.0 and RNGC, group NGC 1554 and NGC 1555 together as a single object. NGC 1554 doesn't exist now and Steinicke doubts it ever existed. The RNGC position for NGC 1554/1555 is 1 min of RA too far east. Steinicke mentions the nickname "Struve's Lost Nebula" was probably introduced by Cederblad in his 1946 catalogue.
******************************
NGC 1555 = Ced 32b = vdB 28 = HH 155 = PP 17 = Hind's Variable Nebula
04 21 56.8 +19 32 04; Tau
Size 1'
48" (10/29/19): at 375x, this variable nebula was immediately seen as a diffuse, elongated patch just west of T Tauri. But the scope was shaking from the wind and the seeing was poor, so details were lacking.
24" (1/12/13): at 200x unfiltered, Hind's Variable
Nebula was immediately seen as a very faint, fairly small, elongated haze,
roughly 40" in length and slightly curved or bowed out to the west. The variable reflection nebula seemed
unevenly lit, though it was too faint to see any specific details. This famous nebula is illuminated by T
Tauri (mag 10-10.5), just 35" to the east. T Tauri is perfectly collinear with mag 8.4
17.5" (11/10/96): this is Hind's Variable (reflection) Nebula, illuminated by T Tauri (9-13). At 100x and 140x (unfiltered) an extremely faint haze was highly suspected on the west or west-southwest side of T Tauri (mag 9) in the direction of a mag 14 star to the west or slightly south (this star is at the position of NGC 1554 = "Struve's Lost Nebula"). No details in the nebula were visible at 100x (it did not appear as an arc) but a sketch made at 100x exactly matched the orientation of the nebulosity with respect to T Tauri. Nebulosity was not visible at 220x and no nebulosity was noted following T Tauri.
Hind's Variable Nebula was discovered (along with T Tauri) by John Russell Hind on 11 Oct 1852 with a 7-inch refractor. Because of it's variability, disappearance in the early 1860's, and eventual recovery by Barnard in 1890, it was a subject of fascination and numerous journal reports by most of the major great visual observers of the time including d'Arrest, Tempel, Charconac, Auwers, Secchi, Lassell, Struve, Winnecke, Lawrence Parsons, Dreyer, Barnard and Burnham.
John Russell Hind discovered NGC 1555 = Au 20 = Hind's Variable Nebula, which surrounds the variable star T Tauri, on 11 Oct 1852 with the 7-inch Dollond refractor of George Bishop. He reported in AN 839 a "very small nebulous-looking object...; it was south-preceding a star of 10th mag, which to my surprise, has escaped insertion on the map for 4h R.A. recently published - possibly it may be variable." Hind had discovered the young variable T Tauri and the variable reflection nebula NGC 1555. The following summarizes the visual history of this object as told by Wolfgang Steinicke in his "Observing and Cataloguing Nebulae and Star Clusters".
Jean Charcornac confirmed the existence of the nebula in 1854 at Marseilles, likely using a 4-inch refractor. It was probably independently found by James Breen with a 12-inch refractor at Cambridge in 1855. Heinrich d'Arrest first observed the nebula on 3 Nov 1855 in Leibniz (with several additional observations in 1856) and described "a pretty bright nebula, 4' diameter, star 10 at its northern end". Arthur Auwers made 7 observations between 7 Jan and 3 Mar 1858 with a 4.3-inch refractor. He noted the nebula "was visible quite easily and without difficulty, but much fainter than it must have been appearing [to d'Arrest] in 1855 and 1856. He later concluded that it reached its maximum brightness in 1856. He listed it as #20 in his 1862 catalogue of new nebulae and reported the observations in his notes section.
By 1858, though, there was some fading as Charcornac could not recover it at Paris with the 10-inch refractor. It was not seen with confidence by Eduard Schönfeld in Feb 1861 using the 6.5-inch Steinheil refractor at Mannheim Observatory. Auwers was unsuccessful in 1861 with a 6-inch Fraunhofer and so was d'Arrest with the 11-inch Merz refractor in 1861-62. Leverrier and Charcornac failed to see nebulosity with the 12.4-inch refractor at Paris Observatory or the new 31.5-inch silver-on-glass reflector in Jan-Feb 1862. Father Angelo Secchi also failed in Rome using the 9.4-inch Merz refractor in Jan 1862. His report suggested a connection between the fading of the variable star and the nebula, shining by reflected light. William Lassell made an unsuccessful attempt with his 48-inch from Malta in March and Apr 1862. Hind made another attempt on 12 Dec 1863 in excellent conditions, but failed.
The only reported (barely) successful sighting of the nebula during 1861-62 was by Wilhlem Struve and Winnecke using the 15-inch Merz refractor in Pulkovo on 29 Dec 1861 and more easily on 22 Mar 1862, when a sketch was made. When Struve visited Lassell on Malta, they took a look again on 10 Oct 1863 with the 48-inch and could discern "three or four individual masses separated from each other by black sky", so Struve felt Lassell may have previously looked in the wrong place. "Hind's wonderful nebula in Taurus" was reported to the general public by Reverend Thomas Webb in 1864 in the popular magazine Intellectual Observer and the same year it was catalogued by John Herschel (who never saw it) as GC 839 and he reported on the history in the Notes section. In 1865 and 1866, Vogel made several observations (both positive and negative) in Leibniz with 4.6-inch and 6.5-inch refractors and reported very different degrees of visibility. But during the same time frame and into 1867 it was not seen by Schönfeld in Mannheim and was completely invisible to Struve on 14 Mar 1868 at Pulkovo, though he reported a new nebula (Stuve's "Lost Nebula", NGC 1554). Winnecke made a marginal observation in 1875 and sketched it with certainty in 1877. Tempel observed the field in 1877, made a map of the region including his and others observations, but apparently included nonexistent stars and nebulosity which he recorded.
Hind's Variable Nebula wasn't seen again until 1890 when it was barely recovered by E.E. Barnard and S.W. Burnham using the Lick 36-inch refractor. Barnard confirmed a very small, but "conspicuous and definite" glow (only 4" diameter) surrounding T Tauri, which he assumed was NGC 1555, and an excessively faint, round, larger nebula close south that they took as new, but was actually the real NGC 1555. The larger glow was observed again in 1891 by Burnham in 1891 and by Barnard in February 1895, when he finally realized that the faint object just south of T Tauri was actually Hind's Variable Nebula, (barely) visible again. But on three attempts in September 1895 ("under the finest conditions") he could find no trace of the nebula. Three years later in September 1898, Barnard made additional observations with the 40-inch Yerkes refractor and reported a tiny nebula attached southeast of T Tauri. The first photograph showing nebulosity was made by Keeler on 6 Dec 1899 and three patches were recorded (two corresponding with Barnard's sketches), but no sign of Struve's Lost Nebula. Carl Wirtz was unsuccessful in 1906 seeing either NGC 1554 or 1555 in a visual attempt using the 19-inch Merz refractor at Strausberg as well as by S.W. Burnham in 1907 using the 40-inch Yerkes refractor. Dreyer discussed many of the original visual observations in the NGC, IC 1 and IC 2 Notes section. In 1936, it was mentioned in the Carnegie Institute Yearbook that NGC 1555 "have been under observation by Baade and Hubble...About 1920 the region of the knot D in Pease's diagram (Mt. Wilson Contributions, No. 127) began to brighten and can now readily be seen in the telescope". I assume they mean visually in the 100-inch!
Modern sources often group NGC 1554 and 1555 (discovered by Struve) together, although there is no nebulosity visible on the Sky Survey at Struve's position for NGC 1555. The RNGC RA for NGC 1554 and NGC 1555 is 1.0 min of RA too far east.
******************************
04 17 44.7 -50 09 50; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 1.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 167°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x appeared moderately bright and large, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 1.1'x0.35'. Fairly high surface brightness with a brighter core but no distinct zones. Member of the Dorado Group. Viewed with 4.5 day moon up.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1556 = h2631 on 28 Dec 1834 and
recorded "vF, S, R, vglbM, 20" dia." His position matches
******************************
04 12 52 -70 30.9; Hyi
Size 16'x11'
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): very large, scattered group of 3 dozen stars mag 6.0 and fainter (the next three are mag 9-10). Not rich but detached int the field. This asterism (possible cluster) is projected onto the outer parts of the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1557 = h2633 on 24 Nov 1834 and
described "A star 7m chief of a cluster 8th class- about 20 in number,
loose and struggling." His
position corresponds with mag 7.0
Eric Lindsay in "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud", (1964IrAJ....6..286L) reports, "Not found. Centered on CPD -70°287. This star is supposedly the chief of a cluster, about 20 in number, loose and straggling. Star distribution seems normal." Hodge and Wright marks a smaller group of stars to the northwest of Herschel's cluster. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (repeating Lindsay) as well as Kontizas, et al in the 1990 "The Cluster System of the Large Magellanic Cloud". But Bica et al (2001A&A...366..827B) call it a possible open cluster remnant."
******************************
04 20 16.2 -45 01 52; Cae
V = 12.5; Size 2.5'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 72°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE, 1.7'x0.6'. Contains a large, brighter elongated core
that gradually brightens somewhat to the center. A mag 13.2 star lies 1.3' SSE of center. Located 10' E of mag 7.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 1558 = h2632 on 14 Dec 1835 and
recorded "pF, pmE, gpmbM, 25" long, 15" broad". There is nothing at his position, but
exactly 1 min of RA east is
******************************
04 17 35.8 -62 47 01; Ret
V = 10.6; Size 3.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 64°
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): moderately bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 WSW-ENE, 3.0'x1.5', broad weak concentration, slightly mottled. A mag 13.5 star is off the southwest end, 2' from center, and a brighter mag 12 star is 4.7' from center. Located 30' SE of mag 3.3 Alpha Reticulum and 28' N of the mag 6.1/7.8 double star Theta Reticulum.
NGC 1559 is a member of the
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1559 = D 264 = h2634 on 6 Nov 1826. He made two observations with summary description, "faint round nebula, about 40" diameter, slightly bright to the centre; this is north preceding Theta Rhomboidis". His published position is 18' too far south (accurate in RA) as he overestimated the separation from Theta Ret.
John Herschel observed the galaxy twice but didn't mention an equivalence with D 264, so Dunlop wasn't credited with the discovery in the GC or NGC. On 9 Dec 1836 (sweep 756), Herschel noted "B, L, mE, vg pmbM; 90" l; 40" br; has a * 14m at the southern edge."
Pietro Baracchi sketched the galaxy on 7 Dec 1885 using the 48" Melbourne Telescope. His sketch shows the galaxy fading and narrowing at the northeast end and an apparent tiny knot on the south side.
NGC 1559 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "!! 3-branch spiral, 2 branches together, giving double appearance."
******************************
04 32 48.9 +71 52 59; Cam
V = 11.4; Size 9.8'x1.7'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 23°
17.5" (2/20/95): fairly faint, very large, 6'x1', low
surface brightness edge-on SSW-NNE.
Broad weak concentration with no distinct core but there a central 2'
brightening. A mag 13 star is
embedded on the preceding side of the NNE extension. The galaxy appears to extend very faintly beyond this
towards a mag 12 star further north.
Another mag 13 star is superimposed at the SSW end and a brighter mag
11.5 star is just following the tip of this extension. Member of the
8" (1/1/84): very faint, fairly large, edge-on SSW-NNE, low even surface brightness. Appears as a ghostly streak.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 1560 = T. 9-1 on 1 Aug 1883
with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His position is 1 min of RA preceding
******************************
04 23 01.1 -15 50 45; Eri
V = 14.4; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (12/30/99): faint, small, irregularly round, 0.4'
diameter, small brighter center.
Located 2' NE of mag 9
17.5" (11/10/96): faint, small, round, weak concentration. Located 2.1' NE of a mag 9 star.
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, small, round, broad mild concentration. Located 2' NE of a mag 8.8 SAO 149593. Brightest in a very faint group including NGC 1563, NGC 1564, NGC 1565 and IC 2063.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1561 = LM 1-127 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and noted "mag
14.0, vS, lE 170°, glbM, *8, precedes 6 seconds." His rough position (nearest minute of RA)
is a good match with
******************************
04 21 47.6 -15 45 20; Eri
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (12/30/99): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, very little concentration. A mag 14.5 star is close W. First of six in the NGC 1561 group (18' following).
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, very small, round. A mag 15.5 star is 1' W. Located 20' W of the center of the NGC 1561 group.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1562 = LM 1-128 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest minute of
RA) is 1 min of RA east of
******************************
04 22 53.9 -15 43 58; Eri
Size 0.45'x0.4'
17.5" (12/30/99): this member of the NGC 1561 group was a marginal object -- requiring averted vision and only glimpsed ~10% of the time as a 15" featureless knot just 1.7' WNW of NGC 1564 and 7' NNW of NGC 1561.
17.5" (2/8/91): Not found.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1563 = LM 1-129, along with NGC 1564, on 12 Nov 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Leavenworth gives a single (rough) position for the pair (separated by 1.7'), which is 3'-4' too far north. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1898-99 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes). RNGC and MCG misidentify IC 2063 = MCG -03-12-005 as NGC 1563. PGC misidentifies MCG -03-12-005 as NGC 1563 but gives the correct position.
******************************
04 23 00.9 -15 44 20; Eri
Size 0.7'x0.5'
17.5" (12/30/99): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, low surface brightness. Two mag 13.5/14 stars are close NE. Located 6.4' due north of NGC 1561 in a group. Forms a close pair with NGC 1563 1.7' W.
17.5" (2/8/91): extremely faint, very small, round. A trio of mag 13/14 stars lie 2'-3' NE. Member of the NGC 1561 group. Nearby NGC 1563 not seen.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1564 = LM 1-130 (along with NGC 1563 = I-129) on 12 Nov 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1898-99 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes). The PGC magnitudes for NGC 1563 and 1564 appear to be reversed.
******************************
NGC 1565 = MCG -03-12-007 = PGC 15015
04 23 23.4 -15 44 40; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (12/30/99): very faint, fairly small, round, 30". This galaxy has a low surface brightness with no central brightening but may be the largest in the group. A mag 14 star lies 1.5' NE of center. Located 8' NE of NGC 1561 in a group of faint galaxies (last of six).
17.5" (2/8/91): Not found.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1565 = LM 1-131 on 12 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest minute of
RA) is 2' N of
******************************
NGC 1566 = ESO 157-020 = LGG 114-003 = PGC 14897
04 20 00.4 -54 56 16; Dor
V = 9.7; Size 8.3'x6.6'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 60°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x, this gorgeous spiral was a showpiece treat even with a 4.5-day moon well up in the west. NGC 1566 appeared strongly concentrated with a very bright, elongated 1' core region that increased to an intense, round, 20" nucleus. The two spiral arms were easily visible with direct vision. The "southern" arm is attached on the north side of the core, wrapping around the core counterclockwise on the east side (passing directly between the core and a mag 12 star 2' E of center) and spiraling around 180° to the south side of the halo. On the south end, the arm passes just north of a mag 15 star and ends at a slightly brighter mag 14.5 star. The "northern" arm is attached on the south side of the core and wraps around the west side, gradually unfurling towards the north side and ending over 2' NNE of center.
With careful viewing, the northern arm "resolved"
into 4 distinct extended HII regions, identified as NGC 1566:[HP80] I, II, IV
and VI in Hawley and Phillips 1980 paper "Spectrophotometry of H II
regions and the nucleus of NGC 1566" in ApJ, 235, 783. NGC 1566:[HP80] VI is a 12" knot
in the arm, 45" due west of center and is clearly resolved from [HP80] IV,
a slightly larger 15" knot which is 50" WNW of center. [HP80] II is a distinct 10" knot
1' NNW of center and the faintest is [HP80] I, just to its north. The arm passes just south of a mag 14
star 2' N of center. With averted
vision, the outer halo extends beyond the main arms, increasing the size to
5'x3' SSW-NNE. Mag 8.7
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): this Seyfert galaxy is a
member of the Dorado Group and appears bright, large, elongated 3:2 ~N-S. With careful viewing the halo extends
to ~3'x2'. A spiral arm is
attached on the west side and curves towards the north beyond the main body of
the galaxy. On the eastern side a
low surface brightness arm is attached (on an E-W line with a mag 12 star close
following the galaxy) and extends a little to the south on the eastern side of
the main body. I was surprised to
see the spiral arms so clearly!
Mag 8.2 HD 27713 lies 5.4' NW of center and a mag 9.9 star lies in the
field 9' W.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1566 = D 338 = h2635 on 28 May 1826 with his 9" reflector from Parramatta and described "a pretty large round nebula, about 4' diameter, moderately and gradually condensed to the centre. A very small star near the following edge, not involved." His handwritten notes also mention a "pretty bright star precedes it and about 3' to 4' north", matching Mag 8.2 HD 27713, which is 5.4' NW of center.
John Herschel observed the galaxy twice from the Cape of Good Hope, recording on 5 Dec 1834 (sweep 520), "B, vL, first very gradually then suddenly much brighter to the middle, to a stellar nucleus. Diameter in RA = 15". A star 11th mag involved, N.p. gives it a distorted appearance. A curious object."
Pietro Baracchi observed the galaxy on 7 Dec 1885 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope. His sketch clearly shows both spiral arms and his description reads "the nebulosity is very faint and has a shape almost like the letter S."
******************************
04 21 08.7 -48 15 18; Cae
V = 12.2; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.8
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly bright, fairly small, round, 40"-45" diameter. Sharply concentrated with a small bright core. A mag 10.5 star lies 5' SW.
NGC 1567 forms a pair (same redshift and likely interacting)
with
John Herschel discovered NGC 1567 = h2636 on 28 Dec 1834 and
described "vF, S, R, glbM, 20" (hazy)". A later observation adds
"found in place and viewed past meridian; not vF, S, R." His position matches
******************************
04 24 25.4 -00 44 47; Eri
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.8'; PA = 135°
24" (12/22/14): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly
small, slightly elongated, well concentrated with a small bright core that
increases occasionally to a stellar nucleus. A mag 12 star lies 1' NE. Forms an interacting double system (
NGC 1568A appeared extremely or very faint, very small, round, 12"-15" diameter, low surface brightness glow with averted vision. A mag 14.5-15 star is less than 30" N. On the SDSS, this galaxy has a striking set of tidal tails; it is connected to brighter to NGC 1568B with a delicate, curving bridge and a long tidal plume extends to the northwest.
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, dominated by small bright core, fainter extensions NW-SE, faint halo. Two mag 12/13 stars are 1' NE and 1.5' NW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1568 = Sw. 5-60 on 2 Oct 1886 with his 16" refractor and reported "eF; vS; R; nearly betw 2 stars." His RA was 21 seconds too large and his comment "nearly betw 2 stars" may apply to two stars 1' northeast and 4' southwest. Most likely the companion (NGC 1568A) is too faint to be seen by Swift. Jermain Porter measured an accurate position in 1906 at the Cincinnati Observatory.
******************************
04 30 48.6 +64 50 56; Cam
V = 11.0; Size 3.6'x1.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 120°
48" (10/23/11): at 488x, three very compact knots
(luminous super-star clusters) were closely lined up from NW to SE in the
central region (total length ~15") with the brightest knot NGC 1569-A in
the middle of the trio. NGC 1569-A
was flanked by 1569-C 7" NW and 1569-
18" (1/17/09): at 380x this unusual starburst galaxy appeared as a high surface brightness streak, elongated ~5:2 WNW-ESE. The brightest region is NW of center and contains two stellar or quasi-stellar knots (super-star clusters) within the glow. One of these "stars" was fairly easy (NGC 1569-A) and the other was occasionally visible. A very faint stellar object (SSC NGC 1569-B) is close to the geometric center. The ESE side of the galaxy is fairly uniform though the position angle is slightly offset. A mag 9.8 star is less than 1' N of center.
17.5" (3/1/03): at 380x this is a bright, very elongated galaxy with an unusual asymmetric appearance, situated less than 1' S of a mag 9.5 star! Extended nearly 5:2 NW-SE, 2.0'x0.8'. The bright core is offset to the NW side of the glow with a tail extending SE, possibly bending at a slight angle to the core. Two stellar "nuclei" are visible in good seeing. The brighter "star" is embedded within the core, possibly just slightly north of center. A second fainter "star" is close SE, near the edge of the core and is visible intermittently. These "stars" are actually SSC's (luminous super-star clusters). NGC 1569 was recently determined to be a member of the IC 342 galaxy group.
17.5" (1/12/02): very bright, elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, 2.5'x1.1', high but irregular surface brightness with an asymmetric appearance. The very bright core is mottled and irregular and is offset to the NW side of the galaxy! At 380x, there are two stellar "nuclei" within this glow. The brighter stellar nucleus is fairly easy and a fainter stellar point is close SE. There is also a strong impression of a third stellar spot close west of the central nucleus. These faint "stars" are actually luminous super-star clusters, the most massive known type of star clusters (color image at http://www.lowell.edu/users/dah/papers/n1569hst.html). A mag 10 star is close off the north side, 1' from center and a mag 13 star is just off the SE end.
13.1" (1/18/85): very bright, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, high surface brightness, elongated bright core, mottling suspected. Located just 1' S of a mag 10 star.
8" (11/28/81): fairly bright, small, elongated. Located just south of a mag 9 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1569 = H. II-768 on 4 Nov 1788 (sweep 881) and noted "pB, S, lE, BN, just south of a pretty bright star." Ralph Copeland observed this galaxy on 17 Jan 1873 using Lord Rosse's 72" and recorded, "Decidedly cometic in appearance, with the head north-preceding. Position of elongation 111.2°. Has an 11 mag reddish star in PA 359°, Dist 45". This star is the south member of a double star. There is also a 15m star following in the direction of the axis of the nebula. This object, although of the second class, is 3 or 4x as bright as H. I-258 [NGC 1491]."
******************************
04 22 08.9 -43 37 47; Cae
V = 12.3; Size 2.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 172°
See observing notes for
John Herschel discovered NGC 1570 = h2637 on 4 Dec 1836 and
recorded "F; S; R; gbM; 20" dia." His position is 10' N of
******************************
NGC 1571 = NGC 1570 = ESO 250-019 = MCG -07-10-001 = PGC 14971
04 22 08.9 -43 37 47; Cae
V = 12.3; Size 2.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 172°
18" (1/17/09): at 175x appeared faint, small, elongated 3:2 or 4:3 N-S, ~25"x18", very small brighter core. A mag 10.6/10.8 double star (HJ 3648) at 12" separation lies 3' ENE. Located 47' NW of a mag 6.4 star and 49' NE of a mag 5.3 star. Viewed at only 7 degrees elevation from Lake Sonoma.
John Herschel found NGC 1571 = h2638 on 1 Dec 1837 and
recorded as "vF; S; R; 15"; gbM; has a double star
north-following." His
position and description (the double star is HJ 3648) applies to ESO 250-019 =
******************************
04 22 42.8 -40 36 03; Cae
V = 12.4; Size 2.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 0°
18" (12/30/08): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE (central bar), ~0.9'x0.3', slightly brighter nucleus. A mag 12 star is just off the east side, 0.9' NE of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1572 = h2639 on 23 Oct 1835 and
recorded "pF; S; R; 15"; has a * 13m, 1' nf." His position and description applies to
******************************
04 35 04.1 +73 15 45; Cam
V = 11.7; Size 1.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 35°
24" (2/22/14): fairly bright, moderately large, oval
4:3 SSW-NNE, sharply concentrated with a very bright core. The large halo extends to at least
1.6'x1.2' with averted as the outer portion has a very low surface
brightness. A mag 15-15.5 star is
at the NNW edge [32" from center].
Several stars follow, including a mag 10.5 star 2.2' E. Brightest in a trio with
17.5" (1/23/93): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, gradually brighter halo, very small brighter core. A mag 10.5 star is just 2.2' E of core. CGCG 328-007 lies 4.5' NW.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 1573 = T. 9-2 on 1 Aug 1883
with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His position is 2' SW of
******************************
04 21 59 -56 58 24; Ret
V = 10.4; Size 3.4'x3.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 35°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x, fairly bright, fairly large, round, 2' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a well defined core. A mag 9.7 star is near the SE edge of the halo (1.1' from center). A much fainter star is at the edge of central core on the SE side, ~20" from center. Two mag 11/12 stars are 4' and 4' 6, respectively. Located 19' NW of Rmk 4 = 6.8/7.2 at 5". Member of the Dorado Group and subgroup LGG 112.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1574 = h2640 on 4 Dec 1834 and described "pB, S, R, pgbM, has a star 10th mag 1' distant and one 14th mag distant one radius of the nebula from its edge, both S.f." His position is accurate.
******************************
04 26 20.6 -10 05 54; Eri
V = 12.2; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.7
See observing notes for
Frank Muller found NGC 1575 = LM 2-395 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
13.5, 1.0' dia, R, *9.5 at 2' dist in PA 185° [SSW]." His position is 0.4 min of RA west of
******************************
04 26 18.8 -03 37 16; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 125°
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated 4:3 SW-NE, well-defined bright core, faint stellar nucleus. Almost at the midpoint of two mag 13 stars 1.2' SE and 1.5' WNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1576 = H. III-587 = h314 on 28 Nov 1786 (sweep 640) and reported "vF, S, bM, between 2 stars." His position (Auwer's reduction) was 1' too far NW. There are two stars that bracket the galaxy as in the description.
******************************
NGC 1577 = NGC 1575 = MCG -02-12-014 = PGC 15090
04 26 20.6 -10 05 54; Eri
V = 12.2; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.7
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, irregularly round,
gradually increases to small bright core, possible faint stellar nucleus. Located 2' N of a mag 10.5 star and 13'
SE of mag 6.9
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1577 = Sw. 3-29 on 10 Nov 1885 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and recorded "vF, pL, R, lbM, * nr south". His position and description (an 11th mag star is 2' S) applies to MCG -02-12-014. Frank Muller independently found the galaxy the following year and included it in the second discovery list, #395 (later NGC 1575). Although his RA was off by 0.4 minutes, the comment "*9.5, PA 185, 2' sep" clinches the identify NGC 1575 = NGC 1577, with priority to Swift.
******************************
04 23 46.7 -51 35 59; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 177°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, ~0.8'x0.65'. Sharply concentrated with a very small bright core and a stellar nucleus. Situated in a poor star field 1.2° ESE of mag 4.3 Gamma Doradus. Viewed with a 4.5-day moon in the sky.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1578 = h2641 on 27 Dec 1834
(same night he discovered NGC 1522) and reported "vF, S, R, pgbM, dilute
at the borders." His position
(3 sweeps) matches
******************************
04 30 14.3 +35 16 47; Per
Size 12'x8'
18" (2/16/07): fairly bright reflection nebula at 220x, viewed unfiltered. The brightest portion is a fairly striking, roundish patch, ~1.5 diameter in the center of a triangular group of 6 stars. A mag 11.5 star lies 2' N with a faint star close south. A pair of mag 13 stars is symmetrically placed on the opposite side of the central region. A wide pair of mag 12 stars are off the NE side. Faint, irregular haze spreads out from the bright patch towards the SW, extending due west to due south and increasing the size to 6'-7', though the borders of the fainter nebosity are not well defined. There was only a hint of the dust structure visible on images.
17.5" (3/2/02): this bright reflection nebula appears nearly 5' in diameter with a prominent, slightly elongated 1.5' central region. The haze is irregular extending outward from this knot with the borders seemingly marked by a half-dozen stars situated around the periphery including a mag 11 star 2' N, a wide pair of mag 11.5-12 stars 1.6' and 2.3' NE and a pair of mag 13 stars ~2.5' S. Nebulosity extends mostly west and southwest of the central mass with a very faint piece to the south.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, circular, fairly small, appears brightest at the following edge. Forms an equilateral triangle with two mag 11.5-12 stars off the north and NE edges both 2' from center.
8" (12/6/80): faint nebulosity, diffuse.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1579 = H. I-217 = h315 on 27 Dec 1788 (sweep 899) and reported "pB, cL, mbM. Cometic. Stands nearly in the centre of a trapezium, 2 nf small stars pointing to it." John Herschel made three observations; in Nov 1827 (sweep 105) he wrote, "pB; vL; irr R; it is inclosed among 6 stars, two of which point across its centre to a third. A * 7m precedes about 1 minute."
Samuel Hunter, Lord Rosse's assistant, made a detailed sketch on 13 Jan 1858 (fig. 8, plate XXV in the 1861 publication). On 2 Nov 1850 Bindon Stoney logged "A faint patchy neby. follows the chief portion and also to the south. The chief portion is irregular in figure and I had the impression of a dark space intervening between it and the faint nebulosity."
******************************
04 28 18.4 -05 10 44; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (2/11/96): faint, fairly small, irregularly
round, 50" diameter. Broad
concentration with a brighter center but no well-defined core. A mag 15 star is just off the following
end 48" from center and a mag 14 star is 1.4' WNW. There is an 30" pair of mag
12/13.5 stars ~3' SE. Located 10'
NNE of mag 9
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1580 = St. 8b-15 on 18 Dec
1873 with a notebook position 7' too far ENE. His published position, which matches
******************************
NGC 1581 = ESO 157-026 = LGG 114-004 = PGC 15055
04 24 44.9 -54 56 31; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 80°
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): very faint, small, elongated 5:2 E-W, ~0.6'x0.25', no noticeable concentration. Two mag 10 stars at 1' separation lie 6' E. This Dorado Group member is located 40' due east of the bright galaxy NGC 1566.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1581 = h2642 on 5 Dec 1834 and recorded "F, S, E, gbM." His position is accurate.
******************************
04 31 39 +43 50; Per
Size 24'
18" (11/26/03): at 115x, appears a very large,
scattered field with a number of brighter stars. There are no denser regions of fainter stars to distinguish
this as a cluster although the star density drops rapidly to the west (edge of
Milky Way?). Most distinctive is a
stream of bright stars which extends 20' SW of the cluster's position and
includes a number of mag 8-10 stars.
The string begins with mag 8.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 1582 = H. VIII-70 on 3 Feb 1788 (sweep 801) and logged "a cluster of coarsely scattered large stars, pretty rich, 20 or 25' diameter."
******************************
04 28 20.7 -17 35 44; Eri
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 98°
17.5" (11/10/96): slightly brighter of a similar pair
with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1583 = LM 1-132 (along
with NGC 1584 = I-133) on 17 Oct 1885 with the 26" refractor at the
Leander McCormick Observatory. His
rough position (nearest minute of RA) is 0.6 tmin east of
******************************
NGC 1584 = ESO 551-006 = PGC 15180
04 28 10.2 -17 31 24; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 122°
17.5" (11/10/96): very faint, small, round, 30" diameter, low even surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 1584 5.0' SSE. Collinear with a nice well–matched double star 6.5' NE and a mag 13 star 5.0' NE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1584 = LM 1-133 (along with NGC 1583 = I-132) on 17 Oct 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
04 27 33.0 -42 09 55; Cae
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 175°
18" (12/30/08): at 175x appeared fairly faint, fairly
small, slightly elongated N-S, ~35"x30", very small brighter
core. A mag 12.6 star is attached
to the west edge and three mag 10 stars lies within 6'. Located 14' SSW of mag 6.5 HD
28552.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1585 = h2643 on 6 Dec 1834 and logged "pF, S, R, gbM, a * 12 mag prec. 2 seconds; pos from centre of neb. = 287.8 degrees." His position is 1' N of center and the description is accurate.
******************************
04 30 38.2 -00 18 15; Eri
V = 13.2; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 155°
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE. Bracketed by two very faint mag 14.5/15 stars close off the WNW end and 30" off the SSE end. A wide evenly matched mag 11 pair at 1.3' separation lies 7.5' NW and is collinear with the galaxy. Uncertain identification in the RNGC, UGC, CGCG.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1586 on 30 Dec 1861 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen and recorded (rough Latin translation) "faint, irregular, in line with a double star and a mag 14 star. Searched again on night 93 (for this object) in vain." There is nothing near his single position and Copeland, using the 72" at Birr Castle, reported "Not found, sky very clear".
But 15' north-northeast is
******************************
04 30 40.0 +00 39 43; Tau
V = 11.7; Size 1.7'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 144°
17.5" (2/3/03): fairly bright, moderately large,
slightly elongated SW-NE, 1.2'x1.0', well-concentrated with a very bright core
and stellar nucleus. Forms a close pair with
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright, small, almost round, small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 1588 1' E. NGC 1589 lies 12' N. Located midway between 44 and 45 Tauri.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1587 = H. II-8 = h316, along with NGC 1588 and 1589, on 19 Dec 1783 (early sweep 54). He described both as "Two close together [with NGC 1588], 3/4° north of 45 Eri." His summary description (from 4 sweeps) reads "Two [with NGC 1588]. The first F, S, r." On 23 Nov1827, John Herschel called this object "the south-preceding of a double nebula; R; pL; distance of centres 60"."
******************************
NGC 1588 = UGC 3064 = MCG +00-12-037 = CGCG 393-028 = Mrk 616 = II Zw 12 = Holm 76b = LGG 117-006 = PGC 15340
04 30 43.7 +00 39 53; Tau
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 175°
17.5" (2/3/03): fairly faint/moderately bright, fairly small, 0.6'x0.5', sharply concentrated with a very bright stellar nucleus. Smaller and fainter of close pair with NGC 1587 just 0.9' W.
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, very small. Forms a close pair with brighter NGC 1587 1' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1588 = H. II-9 = h317, along with NGC 1587 and 1589, on 19 Dec 1783 (early sweep 54). His published summary description (from 4 sweeps) reads "Two [with NGC 1587]. The second F, vS, r." On 23 Nov 1827 (sweep 107), John Herschel called this "the north-following of a double nebula; F; S; R. Position by a drawing made at the time 30..40° nf."
******************************
NGC 1589 = UGC 3065 = MCG +00-12-038 = CGCG 393-030 = LGG 117-003 = PGC 15342
04 30 45.5 +00 51 52; Tau
V = 11.8; Size 3.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 160°
17.5" (2/3/03): very nice moderately large edge-on 4:1 NNW-SSE, 1.3'x0.3'. Contains a bright core with faint extensions. In a trio with NGC 1587/1588 12' S.
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright, edge-on 4:1 NNW-SSE, fairly small, small bright core. Forms a wide pair with NGC 1587 12' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1589 = H. II-7 = h318, along with NGC 1587 and 1588, on 19 Dec 1783 (early sweep 54). His summary description (from 3 sweeps) reads "F, pL, iR, vlbM." On 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 100), John Herschel recorded "pB; bM; E from sf to np; has a * 50° nf, 1' dist; its situation is nearly at right angles to the longer axis of the nebula."
R.J. Mitchell, using the 72" on 29 Nov 1856, reported "the preceding edge of [NGC 1589] seems black and sharp as compared to its following edge." This "black" edge is a dust lane along the western flank.
******************************
04 31 10.3 +07 37 51; Tau
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 90°
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, small, slightly elongated ~E-W. There is a trio of similar stars to the north with two mag 12.5 stars 2' NNE and 4.7' NW and a mag 11.5 star 4.4' N.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1590 on 28 Oct 1865 with
the 11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His single position matches
******************************
04 29 30.6 -26 42 47; Eri
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 30°
17.5" (11/10/96): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 SSW-NNE, very weak concentration.
A mag 13 star lies 1.2' due west.
Brightest and largest of three with
John Herschel discovered NGC 1591 = h2644 on 6 Nov 1834 and
recorded "pF; S; R; glbM; 15" dia." His position matches
******************************
04 29 40.8 -27 24 32; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 1.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 96°
24" (12/8/20): faint, low surface brightness elongated glow consisting of two attached lumps. It appeared that the brighter "knot", ~0.4' diameter, was on the east side with a very low surface brightness glow (similar size) attached on the west side.
17.5" (2/3/03): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 E-W,
0.8'x0.4', fairly low even surface brightness. At moments, there appeared to be
an extension or companion attached on the following side. On the DSS, this is an unusual
(multiple?) galaxy (
John Herschel discovered NGC 1592 = h2645 on 29 Dec 1834 and recorded "vF; vS." He only observed this object on one sweep and the declination is given as uncertain. There is nothing at his position and Herbert Howe reported in 1898 that "in the place given for this I found only small stars. 1591, near by, was observed".
RC3 identifies
******************************
04 32 06.1 +00 34 02; Tau
See observing notes for
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1593 = m 97 on 7 Nov 1863 with William Lassell's 48". There is nothing at his position, but exactly 1 minute of RA east is NGC 1608 and Harold Corwin "recovered" this identification while compiling the ESGC. Édouard Stephan made another observation on 4 Jan 1878 and equated it with Marth's object.
NGC 1608 was found by Lawrence Parsons, using Lord Rosse's
72", on 1 Jan 1876, though his position was also poor. Finally, Stephane Javelle found the
galaxy again on 15 Jan 1898 with the 30" refractor at Nice. He reported as new in J. 3-988 (later
******************************
04 30 51.6 -05 47 54; Eri
V = 13.0; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 100°
17.5" (2/11/96): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 E-W, 1.2'x0.8'. Forms the east vertex of a near equilateral triangle with two mag 13/13.5 stars 2.0' NW and 2.3' WSW. A mag 14.5 star is just off the preceding edge 39" from center. Fairly smooth surface brightness except for a nearly stellar nucleus.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1594 = Sw. 5-61 on 22 Oct 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His RA was 17 seconds too large. Herbert Howe measured an accurate
position for NGC 1594 in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin
Observatory in Denver (repeated in the IC 2 notes). Bigourdan (260) independently found this galaxy on 17 Jan
1895 while searching for NGC 1594 at Swift's position, placed it accurately,
and it was catalogued again as
******************************
04 28 21.7 -47 48 57; Cae
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 17°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
moderately bright, oval 5:3 SSW-NNE, 40"x25", well concentrated with
a small bright core and stellar nucleus.
With averted vision the dim outer halo increases to
50"x30". Second of three
in the Carafe Group with
The "Carafe Galaxy" is the largest in the trio. At 260x this galaxy was slightly elongated N-S, with a 1.5'x1.2' halo and an unusual structure. A brighter bar extends through most of the galaxy in a N-S direction with a brightest and bulging portion of the bar on the south side (perhaps an offset core). The northern half of the bar is narrower and extends nearly to the edge of the halo creating a lopsided barbell appearance.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1595 = h2646 (along with NGC 1598 = h2647) on 3 Dec 1837 and recorded "vF, R, bM, 15 arcseconds." His position is accurate.
******************************
04 27 38.1 -55 01 40; Dor
V = 11.2; Size 3.7'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 20°
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): bright, moderately large,
very elongated 7:2 SSW-NNE, 1.8'x0.5', contains a slightly bulging core and
tapering extensions. Sharply
concentrated with a very small bright core. Paired with
John Herschel discovered NGC 1596 = h2648 (along with NGC 1602 = h2649) on 5 Dec 1834 and recorded "B, mE, pL, psmbM, 60" long. The preceding of two [with NGC 1602]." His position (2 consecutive sweeps) is very accurate.
Joseph Turner sketched the pair on 17 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (p. 130 of his logbook). NGC 1596 is shown as a thin edge-on, sharply concentrated with a very small bright nucleus. A lithograph was prepared (plate II, figure 15) but never published.
******************************
04 31 13.5 -11 17 26; Eri
V = 13.9; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 95°
17.5" (2/3/03): faint, very small, elongated 5:4 ~E-W, 0.5'x0.4', slightly brighter core. A close double star lies 2' NW.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1597 = LM 1-134 on 31 Dec 1885
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest minute of
RA) matches
******************************
NGC 1598 = ESO 202-026 = AM 0427-475 = KTS 25C = PGC 15204 = Carafe Group
04 28 33.6 -47 46 57; Cae
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 123°
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly bright, fairly large, oval 4:3 NW-SE, 1.1'x0.8', broad concentration with a brighter core that gradually increases towards the center. NGC 1598 is the third in the "Carafe" trio with NGC 1595 2.8' SW and ESO 202-023 10' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1598 = h2646 (along with NGC 1598 = h2647) on 3 Dec 1837 and logged "F, R, bM, 20 arcseconds." His position is accurate.
******************************
04 31 38.7 -04 35 18; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 174°
17.5" (2/1/92): faint, very small, round, slight
central brightening. Located just
1.1' W of mag 9.1
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1599 = St. 12-29, along with
NGC 1607, on 5 Dec 1877. His
published position was reduced on 14 Dec 1881 and matches
******************************
NGC 1600 = MCG -01-12-017 = PGC 15406
04 31 39.9 -05 05 10; Eri
V = 10.9; Size 2.5'x1.7'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 15°
24" (2/24/20): at 260x and 375x; very bright, fairly large, slightly elongated N-S, ~1.6'x1.2', very bright core, stellar nucleus, brighter along a N-S central axis. Two adjacent NGC companions (1601 and 1603) lie 1.6' N and 2.5' E.
17.5" (2/1/92): bright, moderately large, elongated 4:3
N-S, broadly concentrated halo, almost stellar nucleus. Brightest in a large group with NGC
1601 1.6' N,
13.1" (12/18/82): fairly bright, small, round, broad concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1600 = H. I-158 = h319 on 26
Nov 1786 (sweep 638) and recorded "pB, pL, irr R, vgmbM." Just two
nights later (sweep 640) he noted "cB, pS, mbB." John Herschel made 4
observations and the assistants on Lord Rosse's telescope made 5 observations
of the field, discovering
******************************
NGC 1601 = MCG -01-12-018 = PGC 15413
04 31 41.7 -05 03 37; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 0.6'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.9; PA = 95°
17.5" (2/1/92): very faint, extremely small, round, very small bright core. Faintest of a close trio with NGC 1600 1.6' S and NGC 1603 2.9' SE.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 1601 = GC 867, along with NGC 1603 and 1606, on 14 Jan 1849. A diagram of the field surrounding NGC 1600 was made, as well as in 1850. Heinrich d'Arrest independently found the nebula on 16 Jan 1865 and it was catalogued again in the GC Supplement (GC 5343), though the comment was added "probably = GC 867". The two GC entries were combined in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 1602 = ESO 157-032 = LGG 114-006 = PGC 15168
04 27 54.4 -55 03 24; Dor
V = 13.0; Size 1.9'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 83°
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): very faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, 40" diameter, low surface brightness. Forms a pair with the prominent galaxy NGC 1596 just 2.9' NW. Member of the Dorado Group.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1602 = h2649 on 5 Dec 1834 and recorded "eF, L, roundish undefined. The following of two [with h2648 = NGC 1596]." His position is accurate (two sweeps).
A lithograph was prepared (with NGC 1596) based on Joseph Turner's sketch on 17 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (plate II, figure 15) but it was never published.
******************************
NGC 1603 = MCG -01-12-019 = PGC 15424
04 31 49.9 -05 05 40; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 115°
17.5" (2/1/92): very faint, very small, round. Last of a close trio with NGC 1600 2.5' WNW and NGC 1601 2.9' NW.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 1603, along with NGC 1601 and 1606, on 14 Jan 1849. A sketch of the field surrounding NGC 1600 was made in 1850. In Jan 1874, Ralph Copeland measured an accurate micrometric positions for NGC 1600, 1601 and 1603.
******************************
NGC 1604 = MCG -01-12-020 = PGC 15433
04 31 58.6 -05 22 12; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE. The halo brightens to a small bright core. Situated between two mag 11 stars 2.3' ESE and 2.8' WNW. Located at the south edge of the NGC 1600 group. NGC 1600 lies 17' N.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1604 = Sw. 6-16 on 20 Dec 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 8 tsec west of MCG -01-12-020 = PGC 15433, but his comment "between 2 stars one a wide double" secures the identification.
******************************
04 34 52 +45 16 18; Per
V = 10.7; Size 5'
17.5" (1/23/93): at 220x this is a very faint cluster
of 15 stars mag 13.5-14.5 in 4'-5' diameter. The resolved stars appear around the periphery forming an
irregular oval outline. The
central region is lacking in resolved stars but consists of unresolved
haze. Mag 7.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 1605 = H. VI-26 on 11 Dec 1786 (sweep 645) and recorded "A vF compressed cluster of extremely small stars, near 4' diameter". His position is just off the southeast end of the cluster.
******************************
NGC 1606 = MCG -01-12-022 = PGC 15443
04 32 03.3 -05 01 57; Eri
V = 15.1; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (12/26/00): extremely faint, very small, round,
~15" diameter. Required
averted and much harder to view than IC 373 which was just observed. Located 7' NE of NGC 1600 and 4.5' W of
mag 7.6
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered
NGC 1606 = GC 869, along with NGC 1601 and 1603, on 14 Jan 1849. A sketch of
the field surrounding NGC 1600 was made in 1850. An accurate position was never measured but the sketch
matches
******************************
NGC 1607 = MCG -01-12-023 = PGC 15442
04 32 03.1 -04 27 37; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 66°
17.5" (2/1/92): very faint, small, round, low even
surface brightness. Located 4.5' S
of mag 7.9
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1607 = St. 12-30, along with
NGC 1599, on 5 Dec 1877. His
published position reduced on 14 Dec 1881 and matches
******************************
NGC 1608 = NGC 1593 = IC 2077 = UGC 3082 = MCG +00-12-044 = CGCG 393-037 = PGC 15447
04 32 06.1 +00 34 02; Tau
V = 13.4; Size 1.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 130°
17.5" (2/11/96): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.6'. Contains a 30" brighter core with fainter extensions. A mag 12.5 star lies 1.8' N of center. Located 22' ESE of NGC 1587/88 pair.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 1608
on 1 Jan 1876 and reported "about 1m 44s +/- following and 3.5' south [of
NGC 1587/1588] is a pF, cS stellar neb, with a *12 mag 117" south. His position is 10' NE of
******************************
NGC 1609 = MCG -01-12-025 = PGC 15480
04 32 45.1 -04 22 21; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 97°
17.5" (2/1/92): faint, small, dominated by small bright core, fairly bright stellar nucleus, small faint extensions NNW-SSE. A mag 14 star is 40" NW. Located in the NGC 1600 group with NGC 1607 10' SW and NGC 1611 7' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1609 = H. III-585, along
with NGC 1611, on 26 Nov 1786 (sweep 638). He noted it was "suspected, but the haziness [weather]
is increasing." Despite the
uncertainty, Herschel's position is less than 1' northwest of
******************************
NGC 1610 = NGC 1599?? = MCG -01-12-016 = PGC 15543
04 31 38.7 -04 35 18; Eri
See observing notes for NGC 1599. The NGC identification is very uncertain.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1610 = LM 2-396 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at Leavenworth's position and it was reported as "not revealed with 60 min exposure" at the Helwan Observatory (1935).
The RNGC identifies
******************************
NGC 1611 = MCG -01-12-029 = PGC 15501
04 33 05.9 -04 17 49; Eri
V = 13.0; Size 1.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 103°
17.5" (2/1/92): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE, large brighter middle. Member of a quadruple subgroup (NGC 1613 5' ENE, NGC 1609 7' SW, NGC 1612 7.5' NNE) within the NGC 1600 group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1611 = H. III-586, along with NGC 1609, on 26 Nov 1786 (sweep 638) and recorded "eF, S, E, but hazy weather." His summary description (including a later observation) reads "eF, S, E nearly in parallel, another suspected 3' S.f., stellar." Dreyer mentions in his 1912 update to Herschel's catalogues, that Herschel probably also observed NGC 1613 but his orientation should read 3' north-following instead of 3' south-following.
******************************
NGC 1612 = MCG -01-12-030 = PGC 15507
04 33 13.1 -04 10 20; Eri
V = 13.0; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 137°
17.5" (2/1/92): very faint, small, round, very faint stellar nucleus. Faintest of three with NGC 1613 6.5' SSE and NGC 1611 7.5' SSW. Member of the NGC 1600 group.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1612 = St. 12-31, along with NGC 1613, on 30 Nov 1877. They were noticed during an observation of NGC 1611. His published micrometric position was reduced on 21 Dec 1881.
******************************
NGC 1613 = MCG -01-12-031 = PGC 15518
04 33 25.3 -04 15 55; Eri
V = 14.1; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 135°
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated 4:3 NW-SE, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. Forms a trio with NGC 1611 5' WSW and NGC 1612 6.5' NNW in the large NGC 1600 group.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1613 = St. 12-32, along with
NGC 1612, on 30 Nov 1877. They
were noticed during an observation of NGC 1611. His published micrometric position was reduced on 21 Dec
1881 and matches
William Herschel probably discovered NGC 1613 in his observation of NGC 1611 = H. III-586, commenting "another suspected 3' S.f., stellar." This would apply to NGC 1613 if south-following was replaced with north-following, but didn't assign it an internal discovery number due to his uncertainty.
******************************
04 34 00.0 -08 34 44; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 85°
17.5" (10/29/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 SSW-NNE, 0.8'x0.6', broad concentration. A mag 13 star is 2.0' S of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1614 = Sw. 3-30 on 29 Dec 1885 with his 16" refractor. His RA was 21 seconds too large. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1898 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
04 36 01.9 +19 57 03; Tau
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 115°
17.5" (1/23/93): faint, very small, round, very small
bright core, stellar nucleus.
Forms the east vertex of an equilateral triangle with mag 7.1
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1615 = St. 9-3 on 1 Dec 1875 and recorded a rough position off the NW edge. His accurate published position (list 9, #3) was made on 5 Jan 1878. MCG missed labeling MCG +03-12-005 as NGC 1615.
******************************
04 32 41.7 -43 42 56; Cae
V = 12.6; Size 1.8'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 36°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint or moderately bright, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, brighter core, stellar nucleus, ~48"x32". A mag 11 star is 4.4' WNW.
This galaxy is an asymmetric spiral with two arms of different shapes and brightness.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1616 = h2650 on 24 Oct 1835 and logged "pF, S, psbM." His position from 3 observations is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1617 = ESO 157-041 = AM 0430-544 = PGC 15405
04 31 39.5 -54 36 08; Dor
V = 10.4; Size 4.3'x2.1'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 107°
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, 2.8'x1.4'. Well-concentrated with a bright 30" core which increases to a bright stellar or quasi-stellar nucleus! This member of the Dorado group is easily located 33' NW of mag 3.2 Alpha Doradus. The galaxy is cradled by three mag 12 stars 4' WNW, 5' SSW and 6' SE. The NGC 1596/1602 pair lies 43' SW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1617 = D 339 on 5 Nov 1826 and described "a small round pretty well defined nebula, bright in the centre, NW of Alpha Doradus". His position was off by 11.5' (typical error) to the SE. John Herschel observed the galaxy on 5 Dec 1834 and logged (for h2651), "B, L, mE, first very gradually then very suddenly much brighter to the middle to a nucleus 5" in diameter; 3' long, 1' broad." The next night he reobserved it and noted "pB, L, mE, sbM, 3' long, 2' broad, pos. 105.8 degrees." His mean position is accurate.
******************************
04 36 06.5 -03 08 56; Eri
V = 12.7; Size 2.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 35°
48" (11/2/13): very bright, large, very elongated 3:1
SSW-NNE, 2.0'x0.7', well concentrated with very bright core that increases to a
stellar nucleus. A group of four
stars follows. NGC 1618 is the
first of three prominent spirals with
17.5" (10/12/85): faint, fairly small, very elongated
3:1 SSW-NNE, weak concentration.
First of three very elongated systems with NGC 1622 8' ESE and NGC 1625
18' SE. Located 13' NNW of Nu
Eridani (V = 3.2).
William Herschel discovered NGC 1618 = H. II-524 = h320 on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 518) and noted "F, S, iF, lbM, preceding 2 small stars." John Herschel reported his "observation [on 24 Nov 1827] marked as doubtful"and made no description but his position is accurate. William missed nearby NGC 1622 and NGC 1625, although they are similar in magnitude (JH missed NGC 1622 also).
******************************
04 36 12 -04 50; Eri
= Not found, Corwin and Howe.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1619 = Sw. 6-17 on 22 Dec 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 15 sec of RA west and
8.7' N of
******************************
04 36 37.3 -00 08 35; Eri
V = 12.3; Size 2.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 25°
17.5" (1/23/93): moderately bright, moderately large,
very elongated 7:2 SSW-NNE, 3.0'x0.8', only a weak concentration but has an
irregular surface brightness and mottled appearance. A mag 14 star is at the NNE tip. Located 4.6' WSW of mag 8.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 1620 = H. II-514 = h321 on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and logged "F or vF, pL, E from sp-nf, about 2' long, 1' broad." He published a sketch in his 1811 paper (Fig. 8) as an illustration of "extended nebulae." The sketch appears show a very thin dark lane along the length, but this isn't mentioned in his description.
On 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 110), John Herschel logged, "vF; L; mE; 3' L; 90" br; vlbM."
******************************
NGC 1621 = NGC 1626 = MCG -01-12-035 = PGC 15626
04 36 25.0 -04 59 14; Eri
V = 13.5; Size 1.3'x0.8'; PA = 95°
17.5" (1/23/93): fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated 4:3 E-W, increases to small bright core. Located 3.5' SE of a mag 10.5 star.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1621 = Sw. 6-18 = LM 2-297 on 22
Dec 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is just 30" N of MCG
-1-12-35 = PGC 15626. Francis
Leavenworth made an independent discovery the same year (or early in 1887) that
was included in the second Leander McCormick discovery paper. His position is 48 seconds of RA east
of
******************************
NGC 1622 = MCG -01-12-036 = Holm 77a = PGC 15635
04 36 36.6 -03 11 20; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 3.6'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 45°
48" (11/2/13): very bright, large, elongated 9:2 SW-NE,
2.8'x0.6', well concentrated with a very bright, elongated core that increases
to the center. This is the
thinnest of three striking edge-ons, just 11' NE of mag 3.9 Nu Eridani. NGC 1618, 8' WNW, is roughly parallel
in orientation and NGC 1625, 10' SE, is perpendicular!
17.5" (10/12/85): faint, elongated SW-NE, small bright core, stellar nucleus, faint elongated halo. This is the second the of three edge-on systems with similar NGC 1618 8' WNW (also similar position angle) and NGC 1625 10' SE. Located 11' NNE of Nu Eridani. HCG 30 lies 22' N.
George Johnstone Stoney discovered NGC 1622 = GC 881 on 16 Jan 1850 using LdR's 72". His sketch shows NGC 1618, 1622 and 1625 in their correct orientation. Heinrich d'Arrest independently found this galaxy on 1 Jan 1862 near NGC 1618. John Herschel included both observations in the GC assuming they were different nebulae (881 for Stoney and 878 for d'Arrest) but accidentally placed GC 881 three degrees too far north. Dreyer caught this error and added a note that GC 881 = GC 878 in his observation on 1 Dec 1874 at Birr Castle, so the two GC entries were combined into NGC 1622.
******************************
04 35 32.4 -13 33 23; Eri
V = 14.7; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 15°
18" (1/21/04): very faint, extremely small, 15"
diameter. A very faint
superimposed star or stellar nucleus was intermittently visible. Member of
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1623 = LM 1-135 on 31 Dec 1885
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (to the nearest
minute of RA) is essentially correct (30 sec too large). Stone's sketch also positively
identifies NGC 1623 = PGC 1559.
RNGC appears to misidentify
******************************
04 40 37.2 +50 27 41; Per
V = 10.4; Size 5'x5'
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly bright, round, compact glow surrounding a small group of at least five stars mag 11.8 and fainter using a UHC filter. The brightest cluster member (NGC 1624-2) and the principal source of ionization is the most magnetic massive star known with 35 solar masses and 20,000x the sun's magnetic field.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1624 = H. V-49 on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 989) and reported "6 or 7 small stars, with faint nebulosity between them, of considerable extent, and of an irregular form." G.P. Bond independently discovered NGC 1624 at Harvard College Observatory on 18 Feb 1851 with a 4" comet-seeker and reported it as a discovery.
******************************
NGC 1625 = MCG -01-12-038 = PGC 15654
04 37 06.2 -03 18 12; Eri
V = 12.3; Size 2.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 130°
48" (11/2/13): brightest of three prominent edge-ons near mag 3.9 Nu Eridani. At 287x appeared extremely bright, large, edge-on 4:1 NW-SE, 2.0'x0.45', well concentrated with a very bright, elongated core that increases to a stellar nucleus. A mag 14.2 star is at the NW edge. There appears to be an elongated galaxy superimposed at the SE edge, but I didn't look for or notice this object. Located 12' ENE of Nu.
17.5" (10/12/85): fairly faint, edge-on 4:1 NW-SE, 1.4'x0.3'. A mag 14 star is at the NW tip 0.7' from center. Third of three edge-on systems with NGC 1622 10' NW and NGC 1618 18' NW. Located 10' ENE of Nu Eridani.
13.1" (12/18/82): very faint, very elongated NW-SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1625 = h322 on 24 Nov 1827
(sweep 109) and recorded "vF; E; 45° np sf; sbM; follows nu Eridani
41sec." His position and description matches
******************************
NGC 1626 = NGC 1621 = MCG -1-12-35 = PGC 15626
04 36 25.0 -04 59 14; Eri
See observing notes for NGC 1621.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1626 = LM 2-397 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and logged "mag 15.0, 0.2' dia, R, *8, np 12 sec." His position is 48 sec of RA east of NGC 1621 (found by Lewis Swift on 22 Dec 1886 and reported in list VI-18) and Leavenworth's note of a "*8 np 12 sec" clinches the identification NGC 1626 = NGC 1621. Discovery priority is unknown. RNGC classified this number as nonexistent. See Corwin's notes for more of the story.
******************************
NGC 1627 = MCG -01-12-040 = PGC 15675
04 37 38.0 -04 53 15; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 1.6'x1.5'
17.5" (1/23/93): faint, fairly small, 1.5'-2' diameter,
low even surface brightness. A mag
11 star is 2.7' SSW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1627 = Sw. 6-19 (along with NGC 1628) on 22 Dec 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is just 1' too far N. RNGC reverses the photographic descriptions for NGC 1627 and NGC 1628. See my RNGC Corrections #1 and WSQJ 4/80.
******************************
NGC 1628 = MCG -01-12-039 = PGC 15674
04 37 36.1 -04 42 53; Eri
V = 14.2; Size 1.8'x0.4'; PA = 171°
17.5" (1/23/93): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 NNW-SSE, 1.5'x0.4', weak concentration. A mag 12 star is 2' WNW. NGC 1627 lies 10' S. The photographic descriptions of NGC 1627 and NGC 1628 are reversed in the RNGC.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1628 = Sw. 6-20 (along with NGC 1627) on 22 Dec 1886 with a 16" refractor and recorded "vF; pS; vE in meridian; n of 2 [with NGC 1627]." His position and visual description matches MCG -01-12-038 = PGC 15654. The photographic descriptions for NGC 1627 and NGC 1628 are reversed in RNGC. See comments for NGC 1627.
******************************
04 29 36 -71 50 18; Hyi
V = 14.1; Size 1.0'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint, moderately large, round, 0.8'-1.0' diameter. A couple of mag 16-16.5 stars are resolved around the edges.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1629 = h2653 on 23 Dec 1834 and reported "vF, R, glbM, 1'." (single observation)
******************************
04 37 15.5 -18 54 06; Eri
V = 14.1; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 140°
17.5" (12/26/00): very faint, small, round, 25" diameter, low even surface brightness.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1630 = LM 2-398 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 42 tsec east of ESO 551-019 = PGC 15659 (typical error).
******************************
04 38 24.2 -20 38 59; Eri
V = 13.4; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 44°
17.5" (1/23/93): faint, small, slightly elongated, 0.8'
diameter. A mag 13.5 star is 1.9'
W of center. Located 6' ENE of mag
7.1
John Herschel discovered NGC 1631 = h2652 on 11 Dec 1835. His position is accurate although no visual notes were taken. Herbert Howe, observing with the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory, added "very faint and small".
******************************
04 39 58.5 -09 27 23; Eri
V = 14.4; Size 1.0'x0.6'; PA = 40°
17.5" (1/23/93): very faint, small, round, weak
concentration, low surface brightness.
Located 3.1' SSW of a mag 10.5 star.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1632 = LM 2-399 in 1886 at the
Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag 15.0, 0.2' dia,
R." There is nothing at his
position, but 0.8 min of RA east is
******************************
04 40 09.1 +07 20 58; Tau
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1
13.1" (1/18/85): faint, round, fairly small, faint knot
involved. Forms a very close pair
with
William Herschel discovered NGC 1633 = H. III-952 = h323, along with NGC 1634, on 9 Dec 1798 (sweep 1085) and recorded "Two nebulae [NGC 1633 & NGC 1634] within 1' of each other; lying in the meridian. Both eF, vS. 300x showed the same." His position (Auwer's reduction) is 1' too far north. On 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118), John Herschel logged "eF; pLp E towards the sf side, and has either a * or a second nucl sf [this is NGC 1634]."
******************************
NGC 1634 = MCG +01-12-015 = CGCG 419-022 = Holm 79b = PGC 15775
04 40 09.8 +07 20 19; Tau
V = 14.1; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.9; PA = 109°
13.1" (1/18/85): forms a double system with NGC 1633. Very faint, extremely small. Appears like a nebulous knot almost in contact close south of NGC 1633. Situated within a group of brighter stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1634 = H. III-953 = h324, along with NGC 1633, on 9 Dec 1798 (sweep 1085) and recorded "Two nebulae [NGC 1633 & NGC 1634] within 1' of each other; lying in the meridian. Both vF, vS."
******************************
04 40 07.8 -00 32 51; Eri
V = 12.4; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 5°
17.5" (1/23/93): moderately bright, fairly small,
round, 1' diameter, increases to very small prominent core. An easy mag 13 double star at 24"
separation is just 1.0' NW.
Located 3.5' WSW of a mag 10 star and 7' S of mag 9
William Herschel discovered NGC 1635 = H. II-515 = h325 on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and recorded "F or pB, S, bM." On 23 Nov 1827 (sweep 107), John Herschel logged, "vF; R; has a *9m about 12.5 sec following to the north." At Birr Castle (13 Jan 1863) it appeared "very like a distant globular cluster, just plainly visible."
******************************
04 40 40.1 -08 36 29; Eri
V = 12.0; Size 1.2'x0.8'; PA = 0°
17.5" (1/23/93): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 N-S, 1.0'x0.6', slightly brighter along major axis. A mag 13.5 star is off the NE edge 1.0' from center. Located 6.0' NW of a mag 10 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1636 = H. II-522 = h326 = h2654 on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 516) and logged "F, pS, irr E, resolvable, about a minute sp a small star." John Herschel observed this nebula both from Slough and from the Cape of Good Hope where he reported "F, R, gbM, 40", near some small stars."
******************************
04 41 28.0 -02 51 29; Eri
V = 10.8; Size 4.0'x3.2'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 15°
48" (11/2/13): bright, large, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, 3'x2.5'. Contains a large bright core with an elongated bright nucleus that appears to be a bar oriented E-W. The appearance is quite irregular due a thick, fairly prominent spiral arm that curves north-south along the eastern side of the halo and bending west as it curves counterclockwise on the north side. A darker gap was evident between the slightly brighter inner edge of this thick arm and the core. A small section of another spiral arm is attached at the SW side of the core. The SW side of the halo is fainter and not as extensive as the NE side, so the galaxy has a lopsided appearance.
13.1" (12/18/82): fairly faint, large, diffuse, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, weak concentration. A mag 13 star is 2.1' NE of center. Located midway between Mu Eridani (V = 4.0) 1° ESE and 51 Eridani (V = 5.2) 1° WNW.
8" (10/4/80): faint, oval, fairly small.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1637 = H. I-122 = h327 on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 518) and reported "cB, vL, iR, bM, easily resolvable, 5' or 6' diameter." John Herschel made two observations from Slough, England – once describing it as "bright" and another time as "pretty faint". Fifteen observations were made at Birr Castle. George Johnstone Stoney noted it as a spiral on 19 Dec 1848 (included in Lord Rosse's 1850 list of "Spiral or curvilinear" nebulae). R.J. Mitchell, observing on 26 Dec 1856, added "Suspect very strongly that it is a right handed spiral, but the outlying neby is vF." He made a sketch two nights later (1861 publication, Plate XXV, figure 9).
Albert Le Sueur sketched NGC 1637 using the 48" Melbourne Telescope with an elongated core (WSW-ENE) offset to the south side (halo more extensive to the north) and subtle structure in the halo (unpublished plate VII, figure 83). It was later observed by both Joseph Turner and Pietro Baracchi (11 Mar 1885).
******************************
04 41 36.3 -01 48 33; Eri
V = 12.0; Size 2.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 70°
18" (11/22/03): moderately bright, moderately large,
elongated 5:3 WSW-ENE, 1.5'x0.9'.
Sharply concentrated with a bright 30" core which increases to the
center.
13.1" (12/18/82): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 WSW-ENE. Evenly lit halo with a very small bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1638 = H. II-525 on 1 Feb
1786 (sweep 518) and described as "F, pL, lE." His position is 2' NW of the center of
******************************
04 40 52 -16 59 30; Eri
Size 9"/15"
24" (12/22/14): this close triple star was viewed at 260x and 375x. It is easy to see how this triple could be mistaken for a nebula at lower power or in soft seeing. At times, the closer 9" pair nearly blended together or the fainter component appeared as a faint glow off the east side of the brighter component. The 14.5-15th magnitude southern component (at 12"-15") was always cleanly split.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1639 = h2655 on 10 Dec 1835 and remarked "eF; vS; R; between 2 stars." At his position is a triple star as reported in 1898 by Herbert Howe using the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory, "I find no nebula, but simply an equilateral triangle of 12.5 mag stars." The closer pair is ~9" separation, with a 3rd star at 15".
******************************
04 42 14.5 -20 26 04; Eri
V = 11.7; Size 2.6'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 45°
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly faint, elongated WSW-ENE, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. Forms an equilateral triangle with two mag 11.5 stars 2.0' SSE and 2.0' WSW of center.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1640 = LM 1-136 on 11 Dec 1885
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and noted
"mag 14.0, 0.4' dia, E 40°."
His rough position (nearest min of RA) is 1.5 tmin west of
******************************
04 35 35 -65 46 48; Dor
Size 11'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): large, scattered group of a dozen mag 10.5 to 13.5 stars and another dozen stars down to mag 15, in roughly a 10' region. No central concentration or rich subgroups, though detached in the field so stands out reasonably well. Still, this is a very poor "cluster" considering its size. Some catalogues have misidentified NGC 1641 with a close pair of galaxies on the east side of the group.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1641 = h2656 on 2 Dec 1834 and remarked " pL; p rich; irreg R; p m comp; 5'; stars 11...16". His position is on the southeast side of a scattered group of stars, roughly 10' across.
Pietro Baracchi searched unsuccessfully for this object a
couple of times in Dec 1885 using the 48" Melbourne telesocpe. Shapley and Lindsay (S-L 6) give a
diameter of only 20" and notes "NGC 1641? irregularly resolved",
but this refers to the double system
******************************
04 42 55.0 +00 37 08; Tau
V = 12.6; Size 1.8'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 175°
24" (12/22/14): moderately bright and large, round, ~1.2' diameter, fairly sharply concentrated with a very small, bright core. Surrounded by a number of 14th and 15th magnitude stars! A mag 10.4 star lies 3.7' W.
13.1" (11/29/86): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, fairly diffuse, slightly brighter small core.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1642 on 29 Dec 1861 with an 11" refractor at Copenhagen. His single position is accurate. He mentioned the nebula formed a right triangle with two mag 18 stars following, though the two stars are probably mag 14-15.
******************************
04 43 43.9 -05 19 08; Eri
V = 12.8; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 30°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, round,
weak concentration. Located 7' NNE
of a mag 9.5 star. Forms a pair
with
William Herschel discovered NGC 1643 = H. III-588 = h328 on
28 Nov 1786 (sweep 640) and noted "vF, S." On 10 Feb 18 1830 (sweep 232), John Herschel wrote,
"eF; irr R; bM; 10"."
Isaac Roberts photographed the region in 1903 and reported (MN, 63, 301)
that NGC 1643 was "bright and pretty large." Dreyer mentions in the
******************************
04 37 40 -66 11 48; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x1.5'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
moderately bright and large, round, 40" diameter, small bright core,
smooth halo, no resolution (brightest stars are mag 17). Located 5' S of mag 9.3
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1644 = D 226 = h2657 on
6 Nov 1826. He noted "an
extremely small round nebula, 8" or 10" diameter, pretty well
defined. A small star in the same
parallel preceding [due west]."
His position was considerably off - 20' to the SE - though a mag 8.7
star (
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1644 = h2657 on 2 Nov 183 (sweep 508) 4 and recorded "pB, S, R, gbM, 15"." His position matches this LMC cluster (possible globular).
******************************
NGC 1645 = MCG -01-13-002 = PGC 15903
04 44 06.4 -05 27 56; Eri
V = 12.2; Size 2.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 95°
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, very small, slightly elongated, almost even surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 1643 10' NW. Located 7.8' ESE of a mag 9.5 star. Appears fainter than V = 12.2.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1645 on 31 Oct 1864 with an 11" refractor at Copenhagen while observing NGC 1643 (10' northwest). He noted it was double the size of NGC 1643 and his position is accurate.
******************************
04 44 23.5 -08 31 54; Eri
V = 13.0; Size 1.6'x1.1'; PA = 155°
24" (12/21/16): at 432x; moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, ~NNW-SSE, 0.4'x0.3', high surface brightness, contains a very small bright nucleus. With averted vision, a very low surface brightness halo increases the size to roughly 40"x25" NNW-SSE. Occasionally an extremely faint stellar or quasi-stellar object briefly popped on the SSE edge of the halo. This is the nucleus of a merged companion NGC 1646 NED2, just 15" between centers!
The stellar companion was seen more often with confidence (though not continuously) through a friends's 28" at 439x. NGC 1646 is located 4.8' ESE of 5.9-magnitude 56 Eridani, which needs to be kept outside the field! A mag 10.5 star is 2' E and a mag 14.7 star is 0.9' S.
17.5" (1/23/93): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1
NW-SE, prominent small bright core, overall fairly high surface
brightness. Forms the south vertex
of isosceles triangle with
William Herschel discovered NGC 1646 = H. II-523 = h329 on 30 Jan 1786 (sweep 516) and remarked "F, vS, irr R, bM, almost stellar." On 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318), John Herschel measured an accurate position and noted "pF; R; has a *7m, 3 or 4' dist np."
Robert Ball, assistant to the 4th Earl of Rosse, observed NGC 1646 on 10 Jan 1867. His description mentions "there is
one object sf and another np, one or both of which may be nebulae, but my examination
was interrupted before it could be completed." The southeast object
possibly refers to
******************************
04 46 00 +19 04; Tau
V = 6.4; Size 45'
13.1" (1/11/86): about 80 stars in a scattered cluster including several bright stars. Very large, bright. Includes a mag 8.5/8.9 double star at 33" separation in the center. Also includes many faint double stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1647 = H. VIII-8 on 15 Feb 1784 (sweep 143) and called it "a cluster of scattered stars consisting chiefly of large ones, it takes up above 20' of space; but there is not a great number of them." Sue French notes it was the first object discovered while trying out a new speculum mirror. He wasn't satisfied with the mirror, repolished it, and put it back into action 4 nights later.
******************************
NGC 1648 = MCG -01-13-004 = PGC 15920
04 44 34.7 -08 28 44; Eri
V = 14.5; Size 0.4'x0.3'
17.5" (1/23/93): extremely faint, very small, round, requires averted vision. A mag 11 star 3.3' SSW forms the vertex of a right triangle with NGC 1646 4.2' SW and 56 Eridani (V = 5.9) 7.4' WSW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1648 = Sw. 3-31 on 29 Dec 1885
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and described "eeeF;
pS; ee diff; nf of [NGC 1646]."
His position is 19 tsec due east of
******************************
04 38 06.9 -68 46 41; Dor
V = 11.2; Size 0.6'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly faint,
small, round, 20" diameter.
Sandwiched between 8.1
John Herschel discovered NGC 1649 = h2660 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; R; gbM; 30"." His position is 9' S of h2661 = NGC 1652, which he observed on 3 sweeps, but not on the single sweep that NGC 1649 was recorded. Harold Corwin concludes NGC 1649 is likely a duplicate of NGC 1652 based on the similar descriptions and a possible 10' digit error in declination. The Hodge-Wright LMC Atlas states "possibly NGC 1652" (no object is indicated) and ESO equates NGC 1649 = NGC 1652. NGC 1649 is classified as nonexistent in Mati Morel's "A Visual Atlas of the LMC". Eric Lindsay, in "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" [1964IrAJ....6..286L], states "Not found. Centered on CPD -69°284. Possibly the faint cluster S/L 8, 13' south."
Robert Innes, at the Union Observatory in 1927, suggested a
6 minute error in RA and equal to
******************************
04 45 11.5 -15 52 12; Eri
V = 11.9; Size 2.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 170°
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, very small, slightly elongated, bright core. Located 11' E of a mag 10 star at the edge of the 220x field.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1650 = LM 1-137 on 12 Nov 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and noted "mag 13.0, pS, E 0° [N-S], glsmbMN, envelope mag 14.0." His position is 3.6' SW of MCG -03-13-001 = PGC 15931and the description pins down the identification. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1898-99 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
04 37 31.7 -70 35 07; Men
V = 12.3; Size 2.5'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x appeared moderately bright, fairly large, round, 1.7' diameter, slightly brighter core. Two mag 13.7 and 15.2 stars at ~20" separation are off the SE edge. A couple of mag 16-16.5 clusters members are occasionally resolved.
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this LMC globular appeared fairly faint, moderately large, round, 1.7' diameter with a weak concentration. There was no resolution except for a mag 13.5 star off the SE edge, 1' from the center. Located 34' NW of mag 5.5 Mu Mensae.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1651 = h2662 on 3 Nov 1834 and noted "vF, L, R, vglbM, 2.5' dia." His position (3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1652 = ESO 055-032 = S-L 10
04 38 22.6 -68 40 21; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright, moderately large, round, slightly elongated, 1.0'x0.8', broad concentration but azonal, symmetrical, no resolution. Located 8.4' NNE of mag 8.1 HD 29994. NGC 1649 lies 6.5' SSW and NGC 1676 lies 31' ESE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1652 = h2661 on 2 Nov 1834 and remarked "vF; S; R; gbM; 12" across." His position (measurd on 3 sweeps) is accurate. NGC 1649 is probably a duplicate observation with a 10' error in declination.
******************************
04 45 47.3 -02 23 34; Eri
V = 12.0; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.8
13.1" (11/29/86): moderately bright, moderately large,
round, broadly concentrated halo.
The
William Herschel discovered NGC 1653 = H. II-526 on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 518) and remarked "F, cS, R, lbM." His position is just off the ESE side of this galaxy.
******************************
NGC 1654 = UGC 3154 = CGCG 394-003 = PGC 15943
04 45 48.4 -02 05 02; Eri
V = 13.4; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6
17.5" (1/23/93): fairly faint, fairly small, round,
broad mild concentration. Brighter
of a pair with NGC 1657 4.6' E.
Located 10' WSW of mag 9.0
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, small, oval slightly elongated ~E-W. NGC 1657 4.6' E not seen.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1654 = St. 12-33, along with
NGC 1657 and
******************************
04 46 12 +20 56; Tau
= Not found, Dreyer. =**?, Gottlieb
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 1655 around 1886 with the 15.5-inch Cook refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory Scarborough, England and communicated directly to Dreyer. There is nothing at his position except an easily resolved double star. A mag 9.2 star to the south matches the NGC description "pB, R, gbM, *10 south."
******************************
04 45 53.3 -05 08 12; Eri
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 55°
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, small, elongated WNW-ESE. A mag 14.5 star is at the north edge 0.4' from center. Located 3.1' S of a mag 10 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1656 = h330 on 10 Feb 1830 (sweep 233) and remarked "eF; irreg figure, if not a double or triple star, seen indistinctly." His position is accurate and he must have seen the star at the north edge.
******************************
NGC 1657 = UGC 3156 = MCG +00-13-004 = CGCG 394-005 = PGC 15958
04 46 07.2 -02 04 38; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 150°
17.5" (1/23/93): very faint, fairly small, round, low almost even surface brightness. Located midway between NGC 1654 4.6' W and mag 9.0 SAO 131483 5.1' E.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1657 = St. 12-34, along with NGC 1654 and NGC 1661, on 30 Nov 1877. His published micrometric position was reduced on 21 Dec 1881.
******************************
04 44 01.2 -41 27 48; Cae
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 124°
18" (1/17/09): picked up at 175x as a very faint glow,
~40"x25", extended NW-SE with careful viewing, low even surface
brightness. Forms a 3' pair with
fainter
John Herschel discovered NGC 1658 = h2658 (along with NGC 1660 = h2659) on 1 Dec 1837 and logged "F, pmE, glbM, 40"." His position is 1.6' too far south (similar offset with nearby NGC 1660).
******************************
04 46 29.8 -04 47 22; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 40°
13.1" (12/18/82): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated SW-NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1659 = H. II-589 = h331 on
28 Nov 1786 (sweep 640) and recorded "vF, cL, iE nearly in the parallel,
bM." Harold Corwin found
Lewis Swift found this galaxy on 22 Oct 1886 and recorded Sw. 5-64 (later NGC
1677) as "pF; pL; lE."
His declination was accurate but his RA was 5 minutes too large (same
error with
******************************
NGC 1660 = ESO 304-018 = MCG -07-10-021 = PGC 15908
04 44 11.3 -41 29 52; Cae
V = 14.0; Size 1.0'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 32°
18" (1/17/09): not picked up initially at 175x, but just visible at 225x as an extremely faint, round, glow ~20" in diameter (the elongation was not evident). After viewing at the higher magnification, I was able to go back and glimpse the galaxy at 175x. Forms a 3' pair with brighter NGC 1658 to the NW. Located 6' ENE of mag 9.9 HD 30203 and 2' SW of a mag 14 star. Viewed at a very low elevation from Lake Sonoma although the seeing was very good fairly close to the horizon.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1660 = h2659 (along with NGC 1658 = h2658) on 1 Dec 1837 and logged "vF, lE, glbM, 20"." His position is 1.5' too far south (similar offset with nearby NGC 1658).
******************************
NGC 1661 = UGC 3166 = MCG +00-13-008 = CGCG 394-009 = PGC 16000
04 47 07.6 -02 03 16; Ori
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 35°
13.1" (12/23/89): faint, small, almost round, bright core. A line of four mag 12-13.5 stars is 1.5' S oriented E-W with length 1.7'. In a group with NGC 1654 and NGC 1657.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1661 = St. 12-35, along with NGC 1654 and NGC 1657, on 30 Nov 1877. His published micrometric position was reduced on 21 Dec 1881.
******************************
04 48 29 +10 55 48; Ori
V = 6.4; Size 20'
17.5" (12/9/01): striking group of ~40 stars within 15' including a number of mag 9 stars. Many of the brighter stars are arranged in a "boat" shape with the bottom of the boat consisting of a string oriented NW-SE. In the middle is a mast, perpendicular to the longer stream of stars. The "mast" includes the multiple star HJ 684, a bright quadruple of mag 8-10 stars with a 5th fainter star (8.5/10.3 at 24" and 9.6/12.5 at 10").
William Herschel discovered NGC 1662 = H. VII-1 = h332 on 18 Jan 1784 (sweep 80) and found "a cluster of large scattered stars, they are visible in the finder." His Philosphical Transactions description also using a later sweep, added "10' or 12' in extent, with a vacancy in the middle." His position was 30 seconds of time too far east, but John Herschel measured an accurate position on 19 Jan 1828 (sweep 121) and described, "A cluster of stars 11 and 12m, three L and five small stars. Query if the right object." It is.
******************************
04 49 24 +13 09 06; Ori
Size 8'
17.5" (2/3/03): at 140x, ~20 stars are resolved in a scattered 6'-7' group. Includes a shallow arc of three brighter mag 10 stars on the SW side which may not be cluster members. Most of the mag 12-13 stars are concentrated in a 3' subgroup on the north side. Stands out reasonably well in the field although this group has been listed as a "possible open cluster remnant" - Bica et al., 2001A&A...366..827B. The Lynga position, DSFG, NGC 2000, SC 2000 and RNGC all place the cluster too far west by ~45 tsec of RA.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1663 = H. VIII-7 on 10 Feb 1783 (sweep 137) and described "A scattered cluster of stars. Large, intermixt with small (stars), not very rich." There is no grouping at his offset of 4m 0s preceding, and 1d 7' south of 4 Orionis. But Brent Archinal found a concentration of stars (~30 stars in 9') that is 1 minute of RA following H's position. The Lynga position, DSFG, NGC 2000, SC 2000 and RNGC all place the cluster too far west at 04 48.6 +13 09 and the cluster is plotted incorrectly on the first edition of U2000.
******************************
04 51 05 +43 40 36; Aur
V = 7.6; Size 18'
13.1" (1/18/85): 40-45 stars, striking, rich, many
faint double stars and chains. A
long string of stars to the south leads to mag 7.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 1664 = H. VIII-59 on 24 Oct 1786 (sweep 622) and called it "a cluster of coarsely scattered pretty large stars, not very rich." His position was pretty accurate.
******************************
04 48 17.1 -05 25 39; Eri
V = 13.2; Size 1.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 50°
17.5" (12/23/89): faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE, weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1665 = H. II-457 = h333 on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 458) and recorded "F, cL, lbM." On 10 Feb 1830 (sweep 233), John Herschel measured an accurate position and called it "vF, pL, R." NGC 1665 wasn't found on one attempt at Birr Castle and d'Arrest followed up in Oct 1864 with two observations with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. It was later observed at Birr Castle in 1877.
******************************
04 48 32.8 -06 34 12; Eri
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 35°
13.1" (1/18/85): faint, small, round, faint stellar
nucleus. Forms a wide pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1666 = Sw. 5-62 on 1 Nov 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is accurate and the comment "s of [N1667] of Stephan's Catalogue in AN 2661" applies.
******************************
NGC 1667 = NGC 1689: = MCG -01-13-013 = LGG 118-005 = PGC 16062
04 48 36.9 -06 19 13; Eri
V = 12.1; Size 1.8'x1.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 20°
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~N-S, weak concentration. Forms a wide pair with NGC 1666 15' N.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1667 = St. 13-26 on 22 Oct 1883. His published position (list 13) was reduced on 13 Dec 1884. Swift rediscovered this galaxy on 22 Oct 1886, but Harold Corwin found his RA was 5.0 minutes too large (same error with NGC 1677) and it was catalogued as NGC 1689. So, NGC 1667 = NGC 1689 with priority to Stephan.
******************************
04 46 05.9 -44 44 00; Cae
V = 12.7; Size 1.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 107°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): faint to fairly faint, elongated 4:3 WNW-ESE, low surface brightness, weak concentration to the center, which contains a faint stellar ncleus. A mag 13.8 star lies 25" NNE of center and several mag 11-12 populate the field. NGC 1668 is the brightest member of Abell Galaxy Cluster S497.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1668 = h2663 on 1 Dec 1837 and
logged "eF; R; attached to a star 14m". His position is 3' SE of
******************************
04 43 00.0 -65 48 52; Dor
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 97°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): extremely to very faint, small, round, 25" diameter. Two mag 14 and 13 stars lie 1.4' NW and 3.5' NW, respectively. An asterism of 5 stars, including two mag 10 stars collinear with the galaxy, lies ~7' WNW. I couldn't hold the galaxy steadily with averted although it was viewed in poor conditions (very hazy skies and positioned well west of the meridian). Located in NW halo of the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1669 = h2664 on 20 Dec 1835 and
logged "eF, S, R." His
position is 6 sec of RA west of
******************************
04 49 42.5 -02 45 37; Ori
V = 12.7; Size 2.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 112°
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, small, round, bright core. A mag 14 star is close off the ESE edge 0.9' from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1670 = H. III-501 on 1 Feb
1786 (sweep 518) and noted "vF, vS." His position is 1.5' SSE of
******************************
04 49 34.1 +00 15 10; Ori
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 130°
See observing notes for
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1671 = Sw. 5-63 on 2 Oct 1886
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory and recorded, "pF;
pS; R; pB * nr sp." His
position falls on the empty section of sky. Corwin suggests NGC 1671 is possibly equivalent to IC 395 =
******************************
NGC 1672 = ESO 118-043 = AM 0444-592 = LGG 119-002 = PGC 15941
04 45 42.5 -59 14 50; Dor
V = 9.7; Size 6.6'x5.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 170°
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this gorgeous barred spiral appeared very bright and large with the main body elongated E-W, extending ~3.5'x2.0'. An obvious spiral arm is attached at the east end of the E-W central bar. This arm hooks to the north, wrapping around a superimposed star to the northeast of the bar (1.6' from the center). Three fainter stars with separations ~30" are sandwiched to the west of this star, between the arm and the bar. The arm fades out before reaching a mag 10 star 2.2' NE of center. A second arm begins to emerge on the west side of the bar, barely sweeping towards the south before abruptly terminating. So the second "arm" is just a small hooking appendage off the west end. The central bar itself is sharply concentrated with a dramatic, brilliant nucleus, ~25" diameter, that increases gradually to the center.
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
striking spiral galaxy appeared fairly bright and large, ~4' diameter, sharply
concentrated with a very bright core.
Clearly emerging from the east side of the oval core or bar was a spiral
arm which curled north and wrapped around two stars to the NW of the core. The extension on the west side was just
a very faint, diffuse haze on the SW side without a sharply defined arm
structure. A mag 9 star is 6.5'
ENE and a mag 6.5 star (
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): fairly bright, fairly
large, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, ~3'x2'.
Sharply concentrated with a very small, bright core, ~20" diameter,
and a large oval halo. Spiral
structure was evident as an ill-defined extension or haze off the NE side,
though I could not resolve this spiral arm clearly. Situated directly between two mag 9 stars 10' SW and 6.5'
ENE. Located 30' NNE of mag 5.3
Kappa Doradus. This galaxy is a
member of the Dorado group, which includes NGC 1515, NGC 1533, NGC 1536, NGC
1543, NGC 1546, NGC 1553, NGC 1566, NGC 1574, NGC 1596, NGC 1617 and
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1672 = D 296 = h2665 on 5 Nov 1826. He described "a faint ill-defined nebula about 50" diameter, irregularly round with a small bright point near the preceding side, which I suspect to be a star; a pretty bright star about 20' south-preceding [mag 5.3 Kappa Dor] and also another following [mag 6.8 HD 30790]."
John Herschel made two observations, the first on 4 Dec 1834 (sweep 519) when he described it as "B, L, pmE, svmbM to a nucleus; 2.5' long, 1.5' broad; a star 12th mag involved." His position was accurate.
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 1672 on 5 Dec 1876 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope but there was no indication of spiral structure (unpublished lithograph plate II, figure 16). NGC 1672 was first photographed by Delisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "!! 2-branch spiral, irregular figure."
******************************
04 42 40 -69 49 18; Men
V = 14.1; Size 0.7'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly faint, small, irregular shape, 35" diameter, contains a quasi-stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is at the NE end and a very faint star is resolved at the west edge of the halo. A mag 13.5 star lies 0.9' ENE. A string of stars heads NE from the cluster. Forms a pair with S-L 19 2' E, which is a relatively faint, small, roundish 25" glow.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1673 = h2667 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded (from one sweep only) "vF, S, attached to a star 10m. A doubtful object". His position, though, matches this cluster in RA and is off by less than 1' in dec.
******************************
04 52 24 +23 54; Tau
= Not found, RNGC.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 1674 with the 15.5-inch Cook
refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory in Scarborough, England. The discovery note states "two F
neb [along with
******************************
04 52 24 +23 54; Tau
= Not found, RNGC.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 1675 with the 15.5-inch Cook refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory in Scarborough, England. The discovery note states "two F neb [along with NGC 1674] in same field" but there are candidates near his position so this number is lost.
******************************
NGC 1676 = ESO 055-036 = S-L 25
04 43 54 -68 49 42; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 0.8'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly faint, moderately large, 1' diameter. Between 8 to 10 faint stars are resolved over the irregularly shaped glow. KMHK 59, a faint cluster, was picked up 5' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1676 = h2669 on 13 Dec 1835 and recorded "vF; irreg R; 90"; resolvable." In 1926, Robert Innes, with the 26-inch refractor of the Union Observatory, described NGC 1676 as "a small cloud of 14 and 15 mag stars, 2' diameter."
******************************
NGC 1677 = NGC 1659 = MCG -01-13-006 = PGC 15977
04 46 29.8 -04 47 22; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 40°
See observing notes for NGC 1659.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1677 = Sw. 5-64 on 22 Oct 1886. There is nothing at his position but Harold Corwin identifies NGC 1677 = NGC 1659, assuming Swift's RA was 5 minutes too large. The same error was made with Swift's V-65 (later NGC 1689), which was found on the same evening.
Swift's (uncorrected) position is 0.4 tmin east and 6' north
of
******************************
04 51 35.3 -02 37 24; Ori
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 70°
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, small, slightly elongated, small bright core. A mag 12 star is close off western edge 1.0' from core. NGC 1670 lies 28' WSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1678 = H. III-502 on 1 Feb
1786 (sweep 518) and called "vF, S." His position is less than 1' S of
******************************
04 49 54.6 -31 57 53; Cae
V = 11.5; Size 2.7'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 150°
17.5" (1/23/93): moderately bright and large, 2' diameter, irregularly round, brighter core. Unusual appearance as four stars are closeby; a mag 12 star is at the NW edge, two mag 13/14.5 stars are near the SW edge and a mag 13.5 star at the E edge. This is a fairly bright galaxy for low elevation viewing. Images reveal an irregular extension on the south side.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1679 = h2666 on 18 Nov 1835 and described "pB, L, irreg round; involves four stars, and is very gradually brighter about the chief of them." Joseph Turner sketched the galaxy on 24 Nov 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. He drew it boomerange shaped with one side between the mag 12 star at the north edge and the 13th mag star on the east side (central part of galaxy) and a second side beginning at the mag 13 star extending southwest (this section is an irregular spiral arm). He also sketched nebulosity south of the 12th mag star. (p. 150 in logbook).
******************************
04 48 33.8 -47 48 58; Pic
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 102°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:3 WNW-ESE, 30"x18", even surface brightness. A mag 14.5 star is 25" S of center, just off the edge. A mag 10.5 star lies 8' WNW and a few mag 10/11 stars are in the field to the southwest.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1680 = h2668 on 28 Dec 1834 and recorded "eeF, R, resolvable, or else stars seen on it. Well defined (hazy)." His position (3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
04 51 50.3 -05 48 13; Eri
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 40°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, small, round, bright core. A mag 12 star is at the west edge 0.8' from center and a mag 12.5 star is 1.2' E.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1681 = St. 9-4 on 29 Dec 1877. He reduced the micrometric position a week later (6 Jan 1878) and published it in his 9th discovery list (#4).
******************************
04 52 19.7 -03 06 20; Ori
V = 11.8; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 11.7
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; moderately bright, fairly small,
round, 30" diameter, sharp concentration with a very small very bright
nucleus. Member of the
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 4.0' N of mag 8.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 1682 = H. II-527, along with NGC 1684 = II-528, on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 518), and logged "Two, the 1st vF, vS." His position is 40 tsec too far east, the same offset applying to II-528. JH missed this galaxy, only recording NGC 1684 = h334. The NGC position (from d'Arrest) is accurate.
******************************
04 52 17.6 -03 01 29; Ori
V = 14.8; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 165°
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; very faint, small, elongated 2:1
NNW-SSE, 25"x12", can just hold continuously with averted
vision. Two mag 13-14 stars close
E are aligned with the galaxy. A
2' string of faint star to the north is also oriented E-W. Located 6' NNW of
NGC 1684 in a group that includes
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint, very small, low even surface brightness. Among an elongated group of mag 14 stars including a wide pair 1.5' E and a wide pair 2' NW. Located 5' N of NGC 1682 and faintest in a group of four including NGC 1684 and NGC 1685.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 1683 in Jan 1850. It was found while examining the NGC 1684 field and labeled as "Gamma" on his sketch. The NGC position is just 1.7' too far east.
******************************
NGC 1684 = MCG -01-13-031 = PGC 16219
04 52 31.0 -03 06 20; Ori
V = 11.7; Size 2.3'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 90°
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; fairly bright, fairly large,
oval 5:3 E-W, ~1.3'x0.8', very strong concentration with a relatively large
bright core that increases to the center.
Mag 7.6
Brightest in a group with NGC 1682 is 3' W, NGC 1683 6' NNW and NGC 1685 9.5'
N.
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, oval ~E-W, broadly concentrated halo. Brightest of four with NGC 1682 3' W, NGC 1683 6' NW and NGC 1685 9' N. Mag 8.0 SAO 131557 lies 3' SSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1684 = H. II-528 = h334 on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 518) and noted "The 2nd [with NGC 1682], F, S, lbM." His position is 40 seconds of time too far east (same error as NGC 1682 = II-527). John Herschel made two observations at Slough, recording on 24 Nov 1827 (sweep 109), "pB; R; bM; has a *7m 45° sp; very well observed." His position was accurate, though I'm surprised he missed nearby NGC 1682. The field was observed 9 times at Birr Castle. Because of the confusion with WH's positions as well as the identifications at Birr Castle, JH assigned 3 GC designations -- 920, 921 and 924. Dreyer sorted this out and combined the entries in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 1685 = MCG -01-13-032 = PGC 16222
04 52 34.3 -02 56 58; Ori
V = 13.7; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 135°
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; faint, fairly small,oval 3:2 NW-SE, ~40"x25", weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is 1' SE of center. Member of the NGC 1684 group, which lies nearly 10' S.
17.5" (12/23/89): very faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE, almost even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is off the SE edge 1.0' from center. NGC 1684 lies 9.5' S.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 1685 in January 1850. It was found while examining the NGC 1684 field and labeled as "Delta" on his sketch. The NGC position is 2.7' too far north, though the sketch makes the identification certain.
******************************
04 52 54.5 -15 20 49; Eri
V = 13.7; Size 1.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 27°
17.5" (2/2/02): very faint, small, round, 20" diameter, low even surface brightness. Elongation not seen, so I only viewed the brighter core region as this galaxy is nearly edge-on SSW-NNE. A mag 13 star follows by 2'.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1686 = LM 1-138 on 26 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and described as "mag 15.5, vS, vE 30°." His rough position (nearest min of RA) is 1 tmin west of MCG -03-13-019 = PGC 16239 and his position angle matches this galaxy. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
04 51 21.3 -33 56 21; Cae
V = 13.9; Size 1.3'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 40°
17.5": very faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE,
0.6'x0.4'. Very small brighter
core at moments but the overall surface brightness is low and the object
required concentration for a steady view.
Based on the apparent size, I probably viewed the brighter central
region and missed the outer spiral extensions. Located 7' NE of mag 8.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 1687 = h2670 on 8 Jan 1836 and
noted "vF; R; gbM;
20"." On the next sweep
his position was a perfect match with
******************************
NGC 1688 = ESO 119-006 = AM 0447-595 = LGG 119-003 = PGC 16050
04 48 23.5 -59 47 57; Dor
V = 12.0; Size 2.4'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 177°
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): fairly faint to moderately bright, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, 1.5'x1.0', broad weak concentration but no other details were evident. This barred spiral is located 38' SE of NGC 1672 38' NW with NGC 1703 34' E. Located 30' ESE of mag 5.3 Kappa Doradus.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1688 = h2671 on 4 Dec 1834 and recorded "vF; pL; R; gbM; 50"." On later sweeps he called this nebula "B" and "pB". His position is accurate.
Joseph Turner made a sketch on 5 Dec 1876 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope with the object shown as a narrow streak NW-SE, so he noticed noticed the full length of the central bar (page 121 of logbook). There was some mistake in preparing the lithograph (unpublished plate II, figure 17) which shows two elongated streaks along with additional stars.
******************************
NGC 1689 = NGC 1667 = MCG -01-13-013 = PGC 16062
04 48 36.9 -06 19 13; Eri
See observing notes for NGC 1667.
Lewis Swift found NGC 1689 = Sw. 5-65 on 22 Oct 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. There is nothing at his position and Herbert Howe reported "I searched for it on two nights [with the 20" refractor at Denver] without success. Probably there was an error of just 5 min in its RA, and it is identical with 1667 [found earlier by Stephan in 1884], which has the same declination. Swift made the same 5 minute error in RA on the same sweep with NGC 1677 = Sw. 5-64, which is identical to NGC 1659. RNGC classifies this number as "not found" (from Dorothy Carlson's paper).
******************************
04 54 19.2 +01 38 25; Ori
V = 13.9; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.9
24" (12/22/14): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small,
round, 25" diameter, weak concentration. Brightest in a trio (WBL 109) with
UGC 3199 appeared faint, small, round, 20" diameter, low even surface brightness and CGCG 394-028 is very faint, very small, round, 15" diameter. A mag 10 star lies 3.2' SSW.
13.1" (11/29/86): very faint, very small, round. Several faint stars are nearby
including a two mag 13.5 star at the west edge 0.6' from center and 1.2'
NNE. Located 7.2' NE of mag 6.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 1690 = h335 on 5 Feb 1831
(sweep 322) and logged, "eF; among vS stars; has one vL * sp." His position matches
MCG, PGC and RC3 (and software such as Megastar) misidentify nearby UGC 3199 as NGC 1690. UGC, RNGC and CGCG have the correct identification. UGC mentions the MCG error in the notes section.
******************************
04 54 38.3 +03 16 04; Ori
V = 12.0; Size 1.7'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 85°
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, very small, bright stellar nucleus or star superimposed.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1691 = St. 8b-16 on 18 Dec 1873 and logged a rough position 6' too far east. His pubished position (list 8b, #16) was made 3 years later on 15 Dec 1876 with description "faint, small, mag 11 nucleus."
******************************
04 55 23.7 -20 34 16; Lep
V = 13.0; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 5°
17.5" (2/14/99): faint, moderately large, round, broad
concentration to a 30" core.
With averted vision the halo extends to at least 1' diameter with
ill-defined edges. Located 13' SE
of mag 8.9
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1692 = LM 1-139 on 11 Dec 1885
with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. There is nothing at his position, but
Harold Corwin examined Stone's discovery sketch and identified NGC 1692 = ESO
552-021. This implies Stone's
position is roughly 2 tmin of RA too small, a typical error found in his list. RNGC misidentifies
******************************
04 47 39 -69 20 36; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 0.7'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright but
small, round. Contains a very
bright core and a small 30" halo.
No resolution except for a faint star at the NW edge. Forms a trio with brighter
John Herschel discovered NGC 1693 = h2672 (along with NGC 1695 = h2673) on 3 Nov 1834 and noted "F, S, R". His position is accurate.
******************************
04 55 16.8 -04 39 10; Eri
V = 13.8; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 14.7; PA = 30°
17.5" (2/14/99): fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated SW-NE, 40"x30", very small brighter core. Situated within a
group of brighter stars including a mag 10.5 star 3.4' ESE. Located 28' WNW of
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1694 = St. 10-18 on 4 Jan 1878 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. He reduced the micrometric position 2 years later (9 Jan 1880) and published it in his 10th discovery list (#18). The MCG RA is 0.5 tmin too far east.
******************************
NGC 1695 = ESO 056-003 = S-L 40
04 47 45 -69 22 24; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.5'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, fairly small, irregularly round. Sharply concentrated with a very small, very bright core surrounded by a 45" irregular halo. One brighter star is resolved at the SW edge and a faint star is resolved at the SE edge. A mag 11.5 star lies 1.7' NE. Brightest of three LMC clusters with NGC 1693 2' NNW and KMHK 109 3.8' E. KMHK 109 appeared as a faint, small glow with an irregular shape, gradually increased to the center but azonal with no resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1695 = h2673 (along with NGC 1693 = h2672) on 3 Nov 1834 and logged "F, S, R."
******************************
04 48 30 -68 14 36; Dor
V = 13.9; Size 0.9'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly faint,
fairly small, round, 30" diameter.
Bracketed by two stars; a mag 15 star 25" NW of center and a mag 15
star 38" SE of center.
Located 19' SW of mag 6.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 1696 = h2674 on 2 Nov 1834 and wrote "vF; E; vlbM" on his only observation. His position is off by 1.5' in dec.
******************************
04 48 36 -68 33 30; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 2.6'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, fairly
large, round, large bright core, very mottled but not resolved except for a few
sparklers that are visible for moments.
A mag 10.6 star lies 2.5' SE.
Located 11' E of mag 7.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 1697 = h2675 on 2 Nov 1834 (along with NGC 1696, 1714, 1715, 1718, 1735, 1747, and a couple of dozen additional objects). On his first observation (out of 5) he recorded "pB, R, vglbM, 40"." On the 4th sweep he wrote "globular cluster, pB, R, glbM, 1.5'; resolved. With the left eye I see the stars". The Shapley-Lindsay position (S-L 44) is exactly 10' too far south.
******************************
04 49 04 -69 06 54; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 1.6'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright,
moderately large, irregular glow, 1' diameter. Roughly 10 stars are resolved in the outer halo giving a
triangular shape. NGC 1698 forms a
close pair with KMHK 118, a much smaller and fainter cluster 1.6' SE. It appeared as a faint, small glow,
20" diameter with no resolution.
Mag 10.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 1698 = h2677 on 23 Dec 1834 and called it "pB; R; glbM; 60"; resolvable." Although only observed on a single sweep his position is good.
******************************
04 56 59.6 -04 45 25; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 160°
17.5" (12/23/89): very faint, small, slightly elongated
N-S, even surface brightness.
Located just 4' ENE of mag 7.8
Samuel Hunter discovered NGC 1699 = Sw. 6-21 on 13 Feb 1860 with LdR's 72” (too late for inclusion in LdR’s 1861 publication) while observing the field of NGC 1700. He noted "a smaller one nf, scarcely perceptible in finder and vF, above a F *." NGC 1699 is Hunter’s only deep sky discovery while an observing assistant at Birr Castle. Lewis Swift independently found this galaxy on 22 Dec 1886 and reported it as new in list VI-21. Dreyer credited both observers in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 1700 = MCG -01-13-038 = LGG 123-002 = PGC 16386
04 56 56.2 -04 51 56; Eri
V = 11.2; Size 3.3'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 90°
24" (12/8/20): at 260x; bright, moderately large, oval 4:3 ~E-W, ~1.5'x1.1' Contains an intense core the increases to a stellar peak at the center. Situated 6' SSE of mag 8.0 HD 31569. NGC 1699 is 6.6' N and LEDA 146783 is 13' SE. The latter galaxy appeared faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, 20"x15", faint stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is 1.5' E.
17.5" (12/23/89): bright, fairly small, oval 4:3 E-W,
very bright core. Located 6' SSE
of mag 7.8 SAO 131619. Forms a
pair with NGC 1699 6.7' N. Brightest
in a group (LGG 123) that includes
13.1" (12/18/82): fairly bright, small, round, small bright core. Located 20' NNE of 62 Eridani (V = 5.5).
William Herschel discovered NGC 1700 = H. IV-32 = h336 on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 458) and noted "cB, S, mbM." On 28 Nov 1786 (sweep 640) he reported "cB, vS, bM. Like a star affected with irregular burs." NGC 1700 was observed 10 times with the 72". On 13 Jan 1858 R.J. Mitchell logged, "B centre which I strongly suspect resolvable, faint nebulosity stretches out a long way, involving a minute star preceding." WH's observation probably influenced the Birr Castle observers to look for (nonexistent) structure.
******************************
04 55 51.2 -29 53 01; Cae
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 137°
17.5": faint, fairly small, irregularly round, 45" diameter. Weakly concentrated with no well-defined core. A mag 11 star is close off the SE side (1.3' from center) and detracts slightly. A very faint pair of mag 15 stars at 18" separation is less than 2' S.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1701 = h2676 on 6 Nov 1834 and
remarked "F, S, R, 20". A star 10th mag S.f. and a small double star
S.p." His positiions and
description apply to
******************************
04 49 28 -69 51 06; Men
V = 12.5; Size 1.0'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): nicely resolved
cluster, a dozen stars counted in a 50" region. KMHK119, a faint cluster, was picked up 1.8' SW as a small
faint, patch, 20" diameter, no resolution. Located 6.7' WSW of mag 7.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 1702 = h2680 on 12 Nov 1836 and reported a "vF, S, cluster." His position matches this LMC cluster. Herschel mentions that James Dunlop's D 73 is possibly an earlier discovery but of the three objects (NGC 1702, 1711 and 1751) that are likely D 73, NGC 1711 is the brightest.
******************************
NGC 1703 = ESO 119-019 = AM 0452-594= LGG 119-005 = PGC 16234
04 52 52.6 -59 44 36; Dor
V = 11.3; Size 3.0'x2.6'; Surf Br = 13.4
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): fairly faint, moderately large, oval 3:2 ~N-S, 1.5'x1.0'. Unusual appearance as a mag 10 star (a close double) is superimposed southeast of the core and the galaxy extends to the northwest of this bright star. The outer halo is diffuse and fades into the background. Located 34' E of NGC 1688. Member of the NGC 1672 group (LGG 119)
John Herschel discovered NGC 1703 = h2678 on 4 Dec 1834 and recorded F, L, R, vlbM, 90"; very dilute at borders. A star 9th mag S.f. almost involved." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1704 = ESO 056-009 = S-L 50
04 49 56 -69 45 24; Dor
V = 11.5; Size 1.7'x1.6'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, 1.1'x0.9'. Contains three bright collinear stars oriented E-W as well as a number of faint stars resolved in the halo. NGC 1702, a bright resolved cluster, lies 6' SSW and a mag 7.2 star (HD 31518) lies 6' SE. NGC 1704 forms the north vertex of an equilateral triangle with NGC 1702 and the bright star.
James Dunlop probably NGC 1704 = D 110 = h2683 = on 3 Aug 1826. He reported "a small faint nebula". He recorded it again on 24 Sep 1826 (first object in his first of two drifts). His drift log shows it at 15' N of NGC 1711 and 22 seconds of time preceding, a good match.
John Herschel rediscovered the cluster (h2683) on 24 or 25 Dec 1834 (sweep 523) and called it "B; R; bM; 90".". But his description on 12 Nov 1836 (sweep 751) was quite different: "eF; S; E; 40" l; resolvable."
******************************
NGC 1705 = ESO 158-013 = AM 0453-532 = PGC 16282
04 54 14.1 -53 21 38; Pic
V = 12.4; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 50°
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x appears moderately bright and large, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, 1.2'x0.9', broad concentration. This galaxy contains a super-star cluster (SSC 1750-A) that appeared as a 14th magnitude "star" offset just west of the center. In good seeing at 350x using the 13mm Ethos and a 2x barlow, the SSC was easily visible and generally appeared stellar, though at moments there was an impression it spanned a couple of arcseconds. A short string of four faint stars is collinear to the NW. Located 30' ENE of the bright double star Iota Pictoris (5.6/6.4 at 12"). NGC 1705 is a nearby blue dwarf starburst galaxy at a distance of 17 million light years.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1705 = h2679 on 5 Dec 1834 and recorded "B; S; R; pmbM; 20"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
04 52 31.0 -62 59 08; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 124°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated NW-SE, 40"x35", weak concentration, slightly brighter core. Mag 11 stars lie 5' SSW and 7' S. A mag 11.8 star is 3.6' NE. A companion attached to the northern spiral arm was not seen.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1706 = h2682 on 25 Dec 1837 and called it "F; R; vglbM; 40"." His position is accurate.
******************************
04 58 21.1 +08 14 19; Ori
Size 30"
17.5" (2/14/99): this is a compact group of four mag 13.5-14.5 stars within 30". Easily picked up at 220x and three close stars visible. At 280x, this multiple star is cleanly resolved in moments of good seeing. Listed as nonexistent in RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1707 = h338 on 8 Jan 1828
(sweep 118) and described a "resolved nebula or a small round group of
very small stars, 30" diameter." There is nothing at his position but 30 seconds of RA west
is a group of four to five stars and R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant in
1854, called it "only a group of 4 or 5 stars." Bigourdan apparently couldn't find NGC
1707 at Herschel's position and claimed it as new -- B. 381 (later
******************************
05 03 26 +52 52 30; Cam
Size 20'x12'
18" (11/26/03): at 115x, this is a huge, triangular group of ~80 stars, roughly 20'x12', extended N-S with the base of this triangle on the south side and the vertex at the north end. Surprisingly, this scattered group is fairly well detached in the field and appears visually to be a cluster. Includes a number of mag 10.5-11.5 stars. The group is unconcentrated and most of the stars are situated along the perimeter with two large starless interior regions (larger one on the south side).
John Herschel discovered NGC 1708 = h337 on 16 Feb 1831 (sweep 327) and described a "v Loose, pRi, fills field, the largest *10m, mixed magnitudes." The mag 10 star in h's description appears to be 30 tsec further east at 05 03 26.3 +52 52 31 (J2000). RNGC classifies this number as a nonexistent cluster. Walter Scott Houston mentioned this object in his columns of Jan '76 and Sep '89.
******************************
04 58 44.0 -00 28 42; Ori
V = 14.1; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 46°
24" (12/21/16): at 282x; fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 4:3 SW-NE, ~0.4'x0.3', very small or stellar nucleus. A mag 12.3 star is 50" NW of
center. In a group (WBL 110) with
13.1" (11/29/86): very faint, very small. A mag 13 star is close to the WNW edge just 0.8' from center. Forms a pair with NGC 1713 2.7' ESE.
R.J. Mitchell, LdR's assistant, discovered NGC 1709 on 8 Dec 1854 while observing NGC 1713. He described "two nebulous knots, the following one [NGC 1713] brighter than the other, both R, lbM, * preceding."
******************************
04 57 17.0 -15 17 20; Lep
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 15°
18" (2/5/11): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3
SSW-NNE, well concentrated with a very small bright core. A mag 11 star is 1.2' SE of
center. Located 13' NE of mag 7.6
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, small, round, weak concentration. A mag 12 star is off the SE edge 1.2' from center. Hind's Variable Star lies 45' NE.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1710 = LM 1-140 on 14 Nov
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA)
is less than 1 min of RA following
******************************
NGC 1711 = ESO 056-010 = S-L 55
04 50 36 -69 59 06; Men
V = 10.1; Size 3.5'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): very bright, large impressive cluster, appearing like a globular! Contains an intensely bright core, which is very mottled and surrounded by a well resolved halo. There appears to be two layers of superimposed layers in the halo as it includes a number of brighter stars overlaid on several dozen fainter stars. The halo extends out to at least 4' diameter, though without a sharp border as it thins. Located 9' S of mag 7.2 HD 31518. Nearby objects include S-L 56 5.5' S, NGC 1702 10' NW and NGC 1704 14' NNW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1711 = D 73 = D 76 = h2684 = on 3 Aug 1826. It was observed again on 24 Sep, 3 Oct and possibly 27 Sep. He described it on 24 Sep as "a small nebula, slight condensation, pretty well defined." and mentioned a mag 7 star 10' N, which is near perfect match with 7.2-magnitude HD 31518. D 76 was described as a "pretty bright small round nebula". Clearly, with several observations on different nights, Dunlop was uncertain which ones referred to the same object and which were different.
John Herschel first observed NGC 1711 on 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) and described a "globular; B; S; R; r". The next night (sweep 751) he logged "globular; B; irreg R; gbM. Resolved into st 14m, with outliers as far as 4' diam." Herschel gave a possible equivalence with D 76.
******************************
04 50 59 -69 24 30; Dor
V = 9.9; Size 4'x3'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): first
of three clusters with nebulosity including
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the first of three nebulous LMC clusters with NGC 1722 3.9' NE and NGC 1727 7.7' NE. NGC 1712 appears as a fairly large knotty region of stars and possible weak nebulosity (within LMC-N79), ~4' diameter. A mag 10.7/11.5 double (separation 17") is at the south edge.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1712 = D 111 (or D 112) = h2685
on 24 Sep 1826. He noted D
111 as a "small faint nebula" and his reduced position was ~10' too
far ESE. But in the drift (second
on this date) he placed it 27' due north of 7th mag HD 31518 (he also began at
this star on the first drift). NGC
1712 lies exactly at this offset.
The next two objects in the drift, D 112 and D 113, apply to NGC 1722
and
John Herschel made a single observation on 24 or 25 Dec 1834 (sweep 523) and reported "a pB, S, cluster." Herschel didn't reference Dunlop's possible earlier observations due to the poor match in position.
******************************
NGC 1713 = UGC 3222 = MCG +00-13-056 = CGCG 394-059 = LGG 120-025 = WBL 110-004 = PGC 16471
04 58 54.5 -00 29 20; Ori
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 45°
24" (12/21/16): at 282x; fairly bright, moderately large, oval 4:3 SW-NE, 0.8'x0.6', gradually increases to the center. Brightest galaxy in a group (WBL 110 = HDCE 330) with NGC 1709 2.7' WNW.
CGCG 394-056, 6.6' S, appeared faint, very small, round,
12" diameter. A mag 13.5 star
is attached at the southeast end.
Mag 8.9
13.1" (11/29/86): fairly faint, fairly small, almost round, faint halo gradually brightens. Forms a pair with NGC 1709 2.7' WNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1713 = H. II-516 = h339 on 1
Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and reported "F, S, iR, lbM." There is nothing at his position, but
6.3' due south is
******************************
04 52 06.5 -66 55 25; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 1.1'
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
128x, I found a surprisingly bright, high surface brightness knot, ~30"
diameter, with a brighter off-center core. A mag 11 star (M2-class supergiant) is 1' NW. Forms a close pair with fainter NGC
1715 just 1' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1714 = h2686 on 2 Nov 1834 and recorded "vB, S, E, bM, 15"; Has another very faint neb nearly north [h2687 = NGC 1715]." On later observations he described "vB, E or bi-nuclear, mbM, 40" long; the S.p. of two" and "vB, S, lE, psbM. Double or extended wedge-shaped."
Williamina Fleming reported NGC 1714 (N4A-1) as a gaseous
nebula based on its photographic spectra (
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 1714 and 1715 on 11 Nov 1876 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. NGC 1714 has a broad fan shape with the illuminated star on the east side (unpublished plate II, figure 18).
******************************
04 52 10.2 -66 54 27; Dor
Size 1.1'
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): faint, small, low surface brightness glow, ~45" diameter. Located just 1' NNE of brighter NGC 1714 and 1.3' NE of a mag 11 star in the NW portion of the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1715 = h2687 on 2 Nov 1834 and logged "vF, the N.f. of two [with NGC 1714 = h2686]." On his last of three observations, he recorded "eF, R, pL, the 2nd of two [with NGC 1714], making a lozenge with the other, and two stars."
******************************
04 58 13.3 -20 21 49; Lep
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 20°
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, small, slightly elongated, low even surface brightness. A mag 13 star is 2.5' N.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1716 = h2681 on 11 Dec 1835 and
called "pF; pL; R; glbM; 50"." His position is about 1' E of
******************************
04 59 12 -00 15; Ori
= * or possibly = NGC 1709, Corwin. = NGC 1719, Sulentic.
George Johnstone Stoney discovered NGC 1717 on 15 Jan 1849 while observing the presumed field of h340 [= NGC 1719]. In the 1861 LdR publication, the description for h340 simply notes a "nova" near (2 observations claimed) and John Herschel added a single LdR nova to the GC. In the 1880 monograph, the description states "3 vF nebulae" and a very small diagram shows 3 nebulae (no arrow for west), two separated by 3.5' and a third separated by 10' from the larger of the pair. But only a single nebula was found again in 3 subsequent observations of NGC 1719 at Birr Castle.
While preparing the 1880 monograph, Dreyer added the note (in brackets) "The two upper ones are probably h339 & 340 [NGC 1709 & 1713]" and noted the third "nebula" could possibly be a mag 13-14 star recorded by d'Arrest 4.7 sec preceding and 80" north of NGC 1719. A mag 13 star is at d'Arrest's exact offset from NGC 1719 and the UGC notes section equates NGC 1717 with this star. RNGC equates NGC 1717 with NGC 1719 and MCG labels NGC 1719 as NGC 1717.
Yann Pothier suggests the 3 nebulae in the sketch are NGC 1709, NGC 1713 (the closer pair) and the third nebula is CGCG 394-056. Assuming west is to the left on the diagram, these three galaxies are a pretty good match, though CGCG 394-055 is just 1.4' from -056, so is another possibility. A visual observation might help decide. See Corwin's identification notes.
******************************
NGC 1718 = ESO 085-10 = S-L 65
04 52 25.6 -67 03 09; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 2.0'
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this LMC cluster appeared at 128x as a fairly faint, round, 1' diameter, well-defined knot with no resolution. A mag 14 star is 1' SSE of center. Located 8' SSE of NGC 1714 and 6' N of a mag 9 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1718 = h2688 on 2 Nov 1834 and recorded "F, R, bM." On his 3rd of 3 sweeps he logged "pF, R, vglbM, 60"." His positions are excellent.
******************************
NGC 1719 = UGC 3226 = MCG +00-13-060 = CGCG 394-063 = Holm 83a = LGG 120-026 = PGC 16501
04 59 34.4 -00 15 38; Ori
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 102°
24" (1/28/17): at 225x; moderately bright, fairly
small, contains a very small bright core with very low surface brightness
extensions, ~40"x15". A
mag 15 star is superimposed on the southwest side ~15" from center. Located 11' SW of mag 8.1
17.5" (2/22/03): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 ~E-W, 0.8'x0.2', faint stellar nucleus. A mag 15 star is superimposed on the southwest edge. A mag 13 star is 1.7' NW.
13.1" (11/29/86): fairly faint, very small, elongated ~E-W. A mag 14.5 star is at the west end.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1719 = h340 on 23 Nov 1827
(sweep 107) and reported "pB; R; psbM; has a B * N.f.; the fol of 2 [with
NGC 1713]." Although his
position is given as uncertain, it is just 1.7' WNW of
******************************
04 59 20.5 -07 51 32; Eri
V = 13.1; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 95°
13.1" (12/18/82): fairly faint, moderately large,
elongated E-W. Forms a pair with
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1720 on 30 Dec 1861 with an
11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His position (measured on 3 nights) and descriptions matches
Based on a photograph taken at the Helwan Observatory with the Reynolds reflector, NGC 1720 was described in the 1935 bulletin as a "spiral in the form of an "S", the central being spindle-lie, 3/4' x 1/4' E 90°, with a pF almost stellar nucleus; there is a slight condensation in the preceding arm and distinct [dust] absorption in the following arm."
******************************
04 59 17.4 -11 07 08; Eri
V = 12.3; Size 2.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 120°
24" (12/28/13): moderately to fairly bright, fairly
small, high surface brightness, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, ~45"x30". Contains a small, bright irregular
core. A mag 14 star is 0.8' NE of
center. First in a close trio (KTS
28) with
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated, broadly concentrated halo.
A mag 14 star is off the NE side 1' from the center. In a close trio with NGC 1725 1.6' SE
and
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 1721 = Sw. 3-32, along with NGC 1725 and 1728, on 10 Nov 1885 with the 6-inch Cooke Refractor at Vanderbilt Observatory. In Sidereal Messenger, volume 5, he described "three small novae close together; difficult; rather faint, all three probably elongated north and south. A good many stars in field. It requires considerable power to make these nebulae out distinctly, a power of 120 on the 6-inch is about the lowest with which they can be seen.
Lewis Swift observed the trio a month later on 2 Dec 1885 after being notified by Barnard, but he mistakenly reported them as new in his third discovery list, which was published in 1886! Barnard immediately responded in AN 2755 to claim prior discovery and document their correspondence. Swift acknowledged Barnard's prior discovery in the errata to his 5th list. Dreyer credited both Barnard and Swift in the NGC, despite Swift's mistae.
******************************
NGC 1722 = LMC-N79 = ESO 056-012 = LH 1
04 51 43 -69 23 54; Dor
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): NGC 1722 is part a small group of LMC clusters with nebulosity (LMC-N79) including NGC 1712 and NGC 1727. At 128x it appeared as a fairly faint, irregular hazy region with a few resolved stars and highlighted by IC 2111, a small, bright knot. The nebulosity has a good response to the UHC filter. Located 4' SW of NGC 1727. This is a very young open cluster with an unevolved main sequence and forms the eastern component of stellar association LH 2.
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): the second of a trio of LMC clusters and nebulosity at 128x and UHC filter. At the core is a small, bright 15" knot = IC 2111 and surrounding this is a larger 2'-3' group of faint haze and some stars. NGC 1727 lies 4.5' NE and NGC 1712 3.9' SW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1722 = D 112 (or D 111) = h2689 on 24 Sep 1826. He described D 112 as a "double nebula, 15 seconds distant, 15" diameter." The next object in the drift was placed 15 seconds following and 5' north, which is a very good match with NGC 1727.
John Herschel made three observations (first on 3 Nov 1834, sweep 509). On 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) he called it "The second of a series of clustering patches." Herschel didn't reference Dunlop's possible earlier observation due to his poor reduced position.
Joseph Turner observed and sketched NGC 1722 on 13 Nov 1876
with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope, though he misidentified the field
(NGC 1722 was assumed to be
NGC 1722 is plotted as an planetary nebula (since IC 2111 was described as "Planetary, Stellar") on the Skalnate Pleso "Atlas of the Heavens" as well as the first edition of the Sky Atlas 2000.0.
******************************
NGC 1723 = MCG -02-13-029 = PGC 16493
04 59 25.8 -10 58 51; Eri
V = 11.7; Size 3.2'x2.2'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 40°
24" (12/28/13): fairly bright, moderately large, well concentrated with a bright elongated core or bar oriented E-W that increases to a small, rounder nucleus. The halo is much fainter and elongated 2:1 NW-SE, ~1.8'x0.9'. The galaxy is bracketed by mag 10 stars 2' N and 2.9' E, with a mag 11 star 1.4' S. The triplet NGC 1721, 1725 and 1728 lies 9' S.
17.5" (12/3/88): brightest in a group with a trio NGC 1721, NGC 1725 and NGC 1728 about 8' S. Fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, small bright core. Sandwiched between a mag 10 star 2.0' NNW and a mag 11 star 1.3' S. An additional mag 10 star lies 2.9' due east.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 1723 = T. 5-3 on 12 Jan 1882 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and reported "Class III. Situated between two stars 9-10m, which form a triangle with a third." Tempel's micrometric position is very accurate.
E.E. Barnard independently found NGC 1723 on 10 Nov 1885 with the 6-inch refractor at Vanderbilt University, along with the trio NGC 1723, 1725 and 1728 to the south. His position in Sidereal Messenger, vol. 5 (page 25) was 30 seconds of RA too far east. Swift notified Barnard that this "nebula" was discovered earlier by Tempel.
******************************
05 03 33 +49 29 30; Aur
Size 1'
18" (3/19/04): this asterism consists of only a trio of mag 11-12 stars at separations of 21" and 29". Located 5' WSW of mag 8.4 HD 32212. A few other mag 8-9 stars are in the same field. Also a chain of 5 mag 12-13 stars is located ~7' E and is certainly more distinctive than this trio of stars.
George Rümker discovered NGC 1724 (his only NGC "discovery") on 30 Apr 1864 while observing stars for the Hamburg catalogue with a 10-cm meridian-circle refractor by Fraunhofer. Rümker marked a "nebula" on the Hamburg star catalogue and his position corresponds with a small trio of mag 11/12 stars at a central position of 05 03 33 +49 29.5 (2000). Auwers couldn't find Rumker's nebula and Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, described NGC 1724 as "3 pF st; BD +49d1292 nff." Lynga considered it a doubtful OC (OCL-405) and RNGC classified this number as nonexistent.
******************************
NGC 1725 = MCG -02-13-028 = VV 699 NED2 = KTS 28B = PGC 16488
04 59 22.9 -11 07 56; Eri
V = 12.3; Size 1.9'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 20°
24" (12/28/13): moderately to fairly bright, fairly small, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, well concentrated with a very small bright core. Initially logged as 25" diameter, but the low surface brightness halo increases in size to 35"-40". Squeezed between NGC 1721 1.6' NW and NGC 1728 1.3' NE.
17.5" (12/3/88): second of three in a close trio. Faint, fairly small, elongated ~N-S, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus. Located midway between NGC 1721 1.6' NW and NGC 1728 1.3' NE.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 1725 = Sw. 3-33, along with NGC 1721 and 1728, on 10 Nov 1885 at Nashville with the 6-inch refractor at Vanderbilt University (see description under NGC 1721).
Lewis Swift observed the trio a month later on 2 Dec 1885 after being notified by Barnard, but he mistakenly reported them as new again in his third discovery list, published in 1886! Barnard immediately responded in AN 2755 to claim prior discovery and Swift noted this trio was previously discovered by Barnard in the errata to his 5th list. Sherburne Burnham's corrected RA (Publications of Lick Observatory, II) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1726 = MCG -01-13-042 = PGC 16508
04 59 41.9 -07 45 19; Eri
V = 11.7; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 0°
13.1" (12/18/82): fairly faint, small, compact, small bright core, slightly elongated. A mag 12 star is just off the south edge 0.8' from center. Forms a pair with NGC 1720 7' SW. Located 4.8' ENE of mag 8.1 SAO 131659.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1726 = h341 on 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318), noting "F; R; about 30" north of a *13 m."
******************************
NGC 1727 = LMC-N79E = ESO 056-014 = S-L 67 = LH 2
04 52 11.5 -69 20 13; Dor
V = 11.1; Size 2.8'x2.0'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly bright, fairly large, irregular patch, ~2.5'x1.5', with at least a half-dozen mag 13 stars resolved. This LMC cluster with nebulosity (N79E) responded well to a UHC filter at 128x. The western section is catalogued as LMC-N79C. A small extension was visible to the southeast consisting of cluster KMHK 187 (no stars were resolved with filter) and emission nebula LMC-N79D, increasing the size to ~3.5'x1.5'. NGC 1727 is in a group with NGC 1722 4' SW and NGC 1712 7.5' SW. Located 4' N of mag 8.5 HD 31722. This is a very young cluster or association (LH 2) with an unevolved main sequence similar to nearby NGC 1722.
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 128x
and UHC filter this is a fairly large elongated patch of nebulosity, ~3.5'
diameter with a group of mag 12-13 stars superimposed. A smaller detached piece of nebulous
haze (LMC-N79D), ~1' diameter, is close southeast. This is the 3rd (and 4th) in a chain of objects with NGC
1722 4.5' SW and NGC 1712 8' SW. A
mag 8.5 star (
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1727 = D 113 = h2690 on 24 Sep 1826. He described D 113 as a "small faint nebula, oval, 12" or 15" diameter" and placed it 15 seconds of time following and 5' N (in his handwritten drift log) of D 112 = NGC 1712/1722. This is a good match with NGC 1727, although his reduced position is off by nearly 20'.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1727 = h2690 on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509). He noted "a rather poor irreg R cluster. (Sky Hazy)". In Dec 1834 (sweep 523) he recorded "A cluster, pB, pmE, 3' l, 90" br; stars 12m"
Joseph Turner observed and sketched NGC 1727 on 13 Nov 1876
with the 48" GMT, though he misidentified the field (NGC 1727 was assumed
to be
******************************
NGC 1728 = MCG -02-13-030 = VV 699 NED3 = KTS 28C = PGC 16495
04 59 27.7 -11 07 22; Eri
V = 12.9; Size 1.8'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 177°
24" (12/28/13): moderately to fairly bright, elongated
5:2 or 3:1 N-S, 0.6'x0.2', sharp concentration with a small bright core and
bright stellar nucleus. Third in a
close trio (
17.5" (12/3/88): last of a trio with NGC 1725 1.3' SW and NGC 1725 2.5' W. Fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 N-S, small bright core.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 1728 = Sw. 3-34, along with NGC 1721 and 1725, on 10 Nov 1885 with the 6-inch Cooke Refractor at Vanderbilt Observatory. See historical notes for NGC 1721.
******************************
NGC 1729 = MCG -01-13-043 = LGG 123-003 = PGC 16529
05 00 15.5 -03 21 06; Ori
V = 12.3; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 30°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, fairly small, oval SSW-NNE. A mag 11 star is close off the east end 1.0' from center and a mag 12.5 star is 1.1' N of center. Member of the NGC 1700 group (LGG 123).
William Herschel discovered NGC 1729 = H. III-503 = Sw. 6-22 on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 518) and reported "vF, pL, sp 2 pB stars, equilateral triangle. Its nebulosity reaches the two stars." His position and description is accurate.
Édouard Stephan observed it on 18 Dec 1873 and 1 Dec 1875
and Lewis Swift found this galaxy on 20 Nov 1886. Swift reported it as new in his 6th discovery list, #22 and
wrote, "eeeF; pS; R; pF * nr foll; [
******************************
04 59 31.8 -15 49 25; Lep
V = 12.3; Size 2.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 94°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval
~E-W. There is possibly an
extremely faint star at the east end [verified on DSS]. Forms an obtuse angle with mag 8.7 SAO
150054 5' NW and mag 9.0
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1730 = LM 1-141 = LM
1-142 = Sw. 5-66 on 12 Nov 1885. Leavenworth called it a double nebula
with separation 10" in PA 110°, but there is only a single galaxy with a
faint star superimposed. His rough position (nearest min of RA) is
accurate in declination and a good match in RA. Lewis Swift independently
found this galaxy on 9 Oct 1886 and reported it as new in his 5th list with a
very accurate position (used in the NGC).
Frank Muller noted the equivalence of Swift's and Leavenworth's nebula
in a Sidereal Messenger article (Feb 1887). Muller listed nebulae from Swift's 5th catalogue which had
been discovered previously. As a
result, Dreyer only assigned a single NGC designation. But apparently Barnard found the galaxy
again and notified Dreyer directly and it was catalogued again as
******************************
NGC 1731 = ESO 085-012 = S-L 82 = LMC-N4 = LH 4
04 53 29.5 -66 55 30; Dor
V = 9.9; Size 8'
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 128x this is a large region of nebulosity (LHa 120-N4, a confirmed supernova remnant) and scattered stars (association LH 4), 6'-7' diameter. The double star h3710 = 10.7/12.7 at 12" is involved on the east side, along with a number of fainter stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1731 = h2691 on 23 Dec 1834 and described "a double star, the chief of a pretty rich, pretty large cluster of loosely scattered stars, little compressed to the middle; 8'; stars 11..15th mag." On a second sweep he called it "a poor loose cluster 8' diameter, stars 10..15th mag, chief double star taken." and on his third and last sweep, "a double star, the chief of a poor loose cluster 3 or 4' diameter."
******************************
04 53 11 -68 39 00; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 0.9'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
moderately bright, very small, 20"-24" diameter. At first glance looks like a double
star oriented NW-SE embedded in some surrounding haze. But with a careful
examination one of the "stars" is clearly bloated (perhaps has very
close companions) and appears as a very small high surface brightness
glow.
LMC Supernova remnant N86 lies 14' E. This observation is from the 2017 OzSky star party:
25" (10/17/17): at 244x; this LMC supernova remnant appeared unfiltered as a large, low surface brightness hazy region, just south of a mag 11.8 star. A couple of 14th mag stars appear involved with the haze. This mag 11.8 star forms the eastern vertex of an isosceles triangle with a mag 11.5 star 5.6' NW and a mag 10.0 star 6' SW. There was a weak contrast gain adding a NPB filter, with the most evident section ~1' diameter [centered 1.2' S of the mag 11.8 star] and slightly brighter on the east side.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1732 = h2694 on 23 Dec 1834 and described "a small double star first class [HJ 3712] in centre of a S, R, nebula." Joseph Turner made a sketch with the Great Melbourne Telescope (unpublished plate II, figure 19) showing a double star within a small patch of nebulosity. Observing in 1926 with the 26-inch refractor of the Union Observatory in Johannesburg, Robert Innes called it a "5 arc second double star in the foci of an elliptical nebula."
******************************
04 54 04.9 -66 40 57; Dor
V = 13.3; Size 1.2'
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
LMC cluster appeared as a round knot, ~25" diameter with a fairly even
surface brightness. Easy to locate
as it is situated just 3.4' E of mag 6.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 1733 = h2693 on 3 Jan 1837 and recorded "eF, R, gbM, 40". A very starry field follows this, and hereabouts may be said to commence the denser part of the Nubecula Major." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1734 = ESO 056-018 = S-L 83
04 53 34 -68 46 06; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright, fairly large, 1' diameter, very irregular shape, mottled. At 200x, a couple of extremely faint mag 16 stars were resolved at the edges. NGC 1732 lies 7.3' NNW. In addition I logged three clusters not plotted on the Morel Atlas: KMHK 193 4.7' WSW, KMHK 189 6.9' SW and S-L 75 9.7' SSW. The S-L cluster was brighter and larger than many NGC objects in the LMC. At 200x it appeared moderately bright and large, round, 45"-50" diameter, broad concentration, no resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1734 = h2695 on 23 Dec 1834 and described as "pB, L, R, gmbM". His position matches this LMC cluster.
******************************
04 54 20.2 -67 06 04; Dor
V = 10.8; Size 1.8'x1.5'
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 128x
this LMC cluster appeared as a very elongated, very knotty string, ~1.2' in
length and consisting of several mag 12-14 stars in a tight chain. The core is the "star" HDE
268671 at the southeast end.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1735 = h2696 on 2 Nov 1834 and recorded "F, vS, R; has two or three stars appended." On a later sweep he called it "pB,S, R; has two stars appended forming an arc with the nebula."
Joseph Turner sketched the cluster on 13 Nov 1876 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 20 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae..."). Turner called the nebula faint and at times sparkling, possbily caused by the presence of three stars.
******************************
04 53 03 -68 03 10; Dor
Size 1.8'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
200x, this is a bright, relatively large, crescent-shaped nebulosity involving
4 stars, ~1.2'x0.8', stretching NNW to SSE. On the east side, four stars
were resolved in an 0.8' curving arc that followed the shape of the nebula!
The two brighter mag 13.5 stars are on the south end of the string and
two mag 14.5 and 15 stars are just north. In addition, a couple of very
faint stars are off the southwest side. I didn't compare the view using a
filter. Located ~9' E of a 2' pair of bright stars: mag 6.8 HD 31532 and
mag 8.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 1736 = h2697 on 30 Dec 1836 and recorded "B; R; resolvable" on his single observation. There is nothing at his position, but Robert Innes suggested h2697 was probably identical to a "nebulous patch north-preceding a 12 mag star", located 1 min of RA west of Herschel's's position. Henize (Catalogues of Hydrogen Alpha Emission Stars and Nebulae in the Magellanic Clouds, Astrophysical Journal Supplement 2, 1956, p315), also noted LHa N120-8 is "Probably NGC 1736. The NGC description suits the object but the position is 1 minute in error." He reported, "1.4' east-west and 1.9' north-south. It has a slightly irregular outline, is not elongated and has appreciable structure. Two 12.8 mag exciting stars are involved." Eric Lindsay, in his 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), repeated the "NGC position in error and should be 1m [West] where there is a bright round patch of nebulosity not listed in the NGC. This is Henize N8 and noted by Henize to be probably NGC 1736 with 1m error." Herschel caught several typos of this type and corrected them in an errata list, but missed this one.
Joseph Turner observed and sketch this object on 11 Nov 1876 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 21 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae..." . In 1885 Barachi noted, "Small, round, bright, about 202 2 ; edge rather ill-defined, not sharp; sparkling at times; may be a little cluster, but could not make certain with any power."
******************************
04 53 57.8 -69 10 28; Dor
V = 13.2; Size 0.8'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x + NPB filter; fairly
faint, moderately large, round glow (emission nebula N83C), ~0.9'
diameter. A mag 14.4 star is at
the center of the circular patch.
NGC 1737 is on the northwest side of an impressive complex of nebulae
with NGC 1743 1.8' SE and
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
200x appears as fairly faint nebulous patch centered ~1.8' NNW of the core of
NGC 1743 and appears nearly connected.
The outline is irregular and roughly 45" diameter with a couple of
mag 14 stars involved on the south side.
Within an impressive complex of nebulosity (LMC-N83 and association LH
5) with NGC 1745 and NGC 1748 as well as cluster
John Herschel discovered NGC 1737 = h2698 0n 11 Nov 1836 and recorded "very faint, small; the first of a trapezium of four nebulae. Place estimated from those of the second and fourth." The four objects are NGC 1737, 1743, 1745 and NGC 1748.
Joseph Turner misidentified the field containing NGC 1737, 1743, 1745, 1748 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. His sketch made on 13 Nov 1876 was published in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope from 1869 to 1885. Part I. Melbourne" (Plate III, figure 22). Turner commented "This is a most difficult group to identify, as it bears no resemblance to Herschel's description, and but for its position, which has been several times verified, I should very much doubt whether these were the objects at all. There are no other nebulous patches near, and H. says these four form a sort of trapezium, so that these must be the objects sought; but they must have altered greatly since H.'s time..."
The object taken as NGC 1737 is BSDL 104 (at the east edge of NGC 1712). Pietro Baracchi correctly identified and sketched the field on 13 Nov 1884.
******************************
05 01 46.7 -18 09 28; Lep
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 38°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, oval
SW-NE, even surface brightness.
Contact pair with
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1738 = LM 1-143 (along with NGC
1739 = LM 1-144) on 11 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander
McCormick Observatory. His rough position
(nearest min of RA) is ~1 minute of RA west of
******************************
NGC 1739 = ESO 552-050 = MCG -03-13-055 = PGC 16586
05 01 47.4 -18 10 02; Lep
V = 13.5; Size 1.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 105°
17.5" (1/20/90): extremely faint, very small, round. Attached at the south end of NGC 1738.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1739 = LM 1-144 (along with NGC 1738 = LM 1-143) on 11 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA) is ~1 minute of RA west of ESO 552-049. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1898 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 1740 = MCG -01-13-046 = Holm 84a = PGC 16589
05 01 54.8 -03 17 47; Ori
V = 12.6; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 125°
17.5" (12/23/89): fairly faint, small, oval SW-NE,
small bright core. A mag 12 star
is at the SW edge 0.5' from center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1740 = h342 on 11 Feb 1830
(sweep 233) and wrote, "eF; S; 4"; has a * 12m N.f." His position is just off the east side
of
While searching for
******************************
NGC 1741 = NGC 1741A = HCG 31A = Arp 259 NED4 = VV 524 NED4 = VV 565 NED4 = MCG -01-13-045 = LGG 123-005 = PGC 16574
05 01 38.7 -04 15 34; Eri
V = 12.5; Size 1.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 70°
48" (11/2/13): NGC 1741 = HCG 31A/C is a merging system
with intense star formation. HCG
31C, the western component, appeared fairly bright, small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE,
~18"x9".
17.5" (2/8/97): brightest in
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, small, round. A mag 12 star is 0.9' SE of center. This is a double system and brightest in HCG 31. IC 399 lies 2.3' SE (not seen).
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1741 = St. 9-5 on 29 Dec
1877. He reduced the position a
week later (6 Jan 1878) and published it in his 9th discovery list (#5). Stephan's micrometric position matches
******************************
05 02 00.4 -03 17 14; Ori
= * 1' NE of NGC 1740, Corwin.
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on the Lord Rosse's 72" telescope, discovered NGC 1742 on 29 Dec 1866 during an observation of GC 965 = NGC 1740. He described this object as "vF, vS" and placed it 3.6 sec east and 25" north of NGC 1740. Ball's position corresponds to a star at 5 02 00.4 -03 17 15 (2000). The RNGC misidentifies NGC 1742 by calling it equal to NGC 1740.
******************************
NGC 1743 = LMC-N83A = ESO 056-21 = S-L 87
04 54 03.2 -69 11 57; Dor
V = 11.3; Size 1.0'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x + NPB filter; extremely bright, fairly large, irregular, extends ~1.5' NW-SE. The most prominent section has a very high surface brightness and contains a mag 12.3 star (the ionizing star 06-type SK -69°25). This knot is surrounded by a fainter halo to the SE and E, along with an extension towards the NW that ends just south of NGC 1737 (nearly connected). In the same nebulous complex (N83) is NGC 1748 ~2' NE, NGC 1745 3' NE, NGC 1737 2' NW and NGC 1756 5' SE.
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): brightest section of an excellent HII/cluster complex including NGC 1737, 1745, 1748 and 1756. At 200x, NGC 1743 appeared very bright, moderately large, ~50" diameter. Contains a very high surface brightness "core" with a fairly bright star involved. A larger "halo" extends mostly north amd roughly doubles the size to ~1.7'. NGC 1737, a faint extension with a couple of stars involved, is 1.8' NNW. NGC 1743 and NGC 1748 (a bright high surface brightness knot 2' NE) are embedded within a very large, irregular, low surface brightness haze extending ~3' (stellar association LH 5 and emission nebula LMC-N83), oriented roughly from NGC 1743 on the SW side to NGC 1745 on the NE end.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1743 = D 114 = h2699 on 3 Aug 1826. Based on two observations, he described "a small round nebula, about 20" diameter, bright at the centre." His notebook description from 3 Aug adds the following information: "A star of the 7th or 8th mag following and 5' south - both the nebula and star are in a pretty large faint nebula of considerable extended - extended following with several minute stars in it." This description applies very well to NGC 1727, which has a mag 8.5 star (HD 31722) 4' SE and is situated 14' SSW of Dunlop's position. Perhaps this is the intended object instead?
John Herschel recorded this object on 3 Nov 1834 (509) as "round, gradually brighter in the middle; 2' (thick haze)." On 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) he called it "bright, round, resolvable; No. 2 in a group of four forming a sort of lozenge." The four objects he referred to are NGC 1737, 1743, 1745 and 1748.
Joseph Turner misidentified the field containing NGC 1737, 1743, 1745, 1748 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. His sketch made on 13 Nov 1876 was published in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope from 1869 to 1885. Part I. Melbourne" (Plate III, figure 22). The object taken as NGC 1743, and drawn as a very elongated, curvy nebulosity oriented N-S, is actually NGC 1722.
Pietro Baracchi correctly identified the field on 13 Nov 1884. His sketch shows NGC 1743 in two sections; the northern part elongated NW-SE and ending near NGC 1737 and the southern part with a comet-like appearance surrounding the 06-type star SK -69°25. In a short report by Ellery in The Observatory, 9, 204, he mentions that NGC 1737, 1743, 1745 and 1748 appeared to show distinct differences, not only since John Herschel's time, but between Turner's and Baracchi's observations, though this is due to the confusion in the field.
Annie Jump Cannon discovered the gaseous nature of NGC 1743
on spectrum plates taken at Harvard's Arequipa station in 1897 and was
catalogued as
******************************
04 59 57.6 -26 01 19; Lep
V = 11.1; Size 8.1'x4.4'; Surf Br = 14.9; PA = 168°
13.1" (1/18/85): weak central brightening. A faint double star at 20" separation is at the north edge.
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, fairly large, very diffuse, elongated 5:2 ~N-S, 5'x2', fairly even surface brightness. Two mag 14 stars are at the north edge 2.5' from the center with a total of three or four faint stars superimposed.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1744 = h2692 and called "vF, vL, vmE, vgvlbM, 4' long, 2.5' broad." His position is ~35 sec of RA too far east, but the identification is certain based on the description.
Joseph Turner sketched this galaxy on 11 Dec 1876 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 23 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae...". He found the nebula much elongated ~N-S, length about 2' 20" and much fainter than expected. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1898 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
04 54 27 -69 09 34; Dor
V = 13.4; Size 1.5'x1.0'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): fairly faint but easily visible as an irregular nebulous haze (N83D), fairly large, surrounding a half-dozen stars mag 14 and fainter. Good contrast gain with a NPB filter at 244x. In a group of nebulae including compact NGC 1748 1.5' S and NGC 1743 3.5' SW. SIMBAD lists the brightest star at mag 12.4 at the east edge.
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint, fairly large nebulosity with a half dozen mag 13.5-14.5 stars involved, ~1' diameter. Located on the NE side of the NGC 1743 complex (OB association LH 5 and emission nebula LMC-N83), ~1.5' N of NGC 1748 and 3' NE of NGC 1743, the two main sections of the complex.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1745 = h2702 on 11 Nov 1836 and logged "faint, small, No 3 in a group of 4. Place estimated from No. 2." The four objects are NGC 1737, 1743, 1745 and NGC 1748.
Joseph Turner misidentified the field containing NGC 1737, 1743, 1745, 1748 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. His sketch made on 13 Nov 1876 was published in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope from 1869 to 1885. Part I. Melbourne" (Plate III, figure 22). The object taken as NGC 1745, and drawn as an irregular, elongated E-W nebula with roughly 10 stars involved, is actually NGC 1722. Pietro Baracchi correctly identified the field on 13 Nov 1884. His sketch seems to show an elongated nebula oriented WSW-ENE.
A small group of stars off the southeast edge of NGC 1743 is misidentified at NGC 1743 on the Hodge-Wright LMC Atlas.
******************************
05 03 50 +23 46 12; Tau
Size 42'
17.5" (2/22/87): very bright, very large, large range
of magnitudes, spread out overall but locally rich in a few spots. Includes two main subgroups -
NGC 1746, although often applied to the 40' field including NGC 1750 and 1758, may in fact be a duplicate of NGC 1750 or just a group of faint field stars noted by d'Arrest while searching for NGC 1750.
13.1" (12/22/84): about 100 stars in 20' field. The brightest mag 7 star (
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1746 on 9 Nov 1863 with an 11" refractor while searching for NGC 1750 and called it a poor cluster. His position was roughly 10' north of William Herschel's position for NGC 1750 = H. VIII-43 though d'Arrest refers to his "cluster" as H. VIII-43. NGC 1746 is often applied to the entire 40' field including NGC 1750 and 1758 on the east side but Harold Corwin suggests that NGC 1746 may indeed be a duplicate of NGC 1750 or perhaps just a group of stars on the north edge of NGC 1750. In any case, it is not a separate cluster from NGC 1750 and 1759, although I've retained the position and size often found in observing books and atlases.
******************************
NGC 1747 = LMC-N9 = ESO 085-016 = S-L 98
04 55 11 -67 10 06; Dor
V = 9.4
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 128x
and UHC filter, this LMC nebulous cluster appeared as a fairly large, low
surface brightness glow, ~4' diameter encasing a mag 9.7 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 1747 = h2701 on 2 Nov 1834 and described as "A star 9th mag in the centre of a poor cluster of very small stars, 4' diameter."
******************************
NGC 1748 = IC 2114 = LMC-N83B = ESO 056-024
04 54 24.7 -69 11 02; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 0.7'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x + NPB filter; fairly bright but fairly small round patch (N83B) with a high surface brightness and a diameter of ~30". At 397x, a 13th mag "star" (N83B-1) was resolved at the southeast edge. This star is classified as a high excitation H II blob [HEB]. According to Iranian-born astronomer Mohammed Heydari-Malayeri, these unusual objects represent "early stages of massive stars emerging from their embryonic molecular clouds". Unfiltered a second star (mag ~13.5) is involved closer to the center, forming a 7" double with the HEB. NGC 1748 is in a group of interesting nebulae with NGC 1743 2' SW, NGC 1745 1.5' N and NGC 1737 2.5' WNW. Also NGC 1756 (populous blue cluster) is 4' SE.
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this HII region (LMC-N83B) appeared as a bright, small, high surface bright knot in a striking group of nebulae, 20" diameter. A couple of stars are involved in the bright glow. A mag 10.3 star is 1.9' SW. NGC 1743 lies 2' SW
John Herschel discovered NGC 1748 = h2704 on 11 Nov 1836 and
reported "pB, vS, R, No. 4 in a group of 4." The other three objects are NGC 1737,
1743, 1745. According to Harold
Corwin,
Joseph Turner misidentified the field containing NGC 1737, 1743, 1745, 1748 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. His sketch made on 13 Nov 1876 was published in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope from 1869 to 1885. Part I. Melbourne" (Plate III, figure 22). The object taken as NGC 1748 is LMC-N79D (off the SE edge of NGC 1727) and he mentioned a small star in the center. Pietro Baracchi correctly identified the field on 13 Nov 1884. His sketch seems to show a bright center or star and a fainter star on the east edge.
******************************
04 54 56.0 -68 11 22; Dor
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
extremely faint, very small glow, ~20" diameter. Located 2' NW of
John Herschel discovered NGC 1749 = h2703 on 30 Dec 1836 and recorded "vF; R; the preceding of two [with NGC 1755] in the field." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 04 00 +23 38 42; Tau
Size 20'
17.5" (1/19/91): prominent subgroup of two dozen stars within NGC 1746 on the SW side. Fairly large, oval outline oriented NW-SE, void in the center. Includes a nice double star 9.1/9.1 at 20". NGC 1758 is close NE (though probably physically unrelated ). Modern catalogues apply NGC 1746 to the entire cluster (see description), although NGC 1750 (from William Herschel) and NGC 1746 (from d'Arrest) are either identical or just parts of the same cluster.
13.1": group of fainter stars, just SE of open cluster NGC 1746.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1750 = H. VIII-43, along with NGC 1758, on 26 Dec 1785 (sweep 493) and described a "A cl of very coarsely scattered L *, joining to the following [VII 21 = NGC 1758] I believe." His position indicates NGC 1750 is the large, elongated group of stars centered at 05 03 55 +23 39.5, just southwest of NGC 1758. Although NGC 1750 is generally taken as a subgroup (on the SE side) of much larger NGC 1746, Corwin suggests that Heinrich d'Arrest's NGC 1746, which was found while searching for NGC 1750, is actually a duplicate of NGC 1750. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, states that NGC 1750 is the central group in a very large cluster also containing NGC 1746 and NGC 1758.
******************************
04 54 12 -69 48 24; Dor
V = 11.7; Size 1.7'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly bright, fairly large, round, 1.3' diameter. Contains a slightly brighter core that is offset from the geometric center and an irregular halo. Two mag 15-15.5 stars were resolved at the edges and a couple of extremely faint mag 16-16.5 stars were occasionally resolved within the main glow.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1751 = D 78 = h2705 on 24 Sep
1826. He described it as "a
small faint nebula, about 15" diameter, irregular round figure, with a
minute star slightly involved in the south side." His reduced published position was 12'
too far ESE, but his handwritten drift data is fairly consistent with
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1751 = h2705 on 12 Nov 1836 (sweep 751) and logged "extremely faint, irregularly round; 2' diameter". His single position is accurate.
******************************
05 02 09.4 -08 14 27; Eri
V = 12.4; Size 2.6'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 70°
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE, even surface brightness. A pair of mag 11.5 stars are 2' NE (50" separation
WNW-ESE) and a fainter mag 12.5 star is 3.8' NE. Located 10' WSW of mag 7.8
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1752 on 30 Dec 1861 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen. His mean position (measured on 2 nights) and description is accurate
******************************
NGC 1753 = MCG -01-13-048 = PGC 16610
05 02 32.1 -03 20 35; Ori
V = 14.4; Size 1.6'x1.0'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 15°
17.5" (12/23/89): extremely faint, fairly small, low even surface brightness. A close double star mag 13/15 is 3' SE. NGC 1740 lies 10' WNW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1753 = Sw. 5-67 on 31 Oct 1886
with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position and comment "s of [NGC 1740]" applies
to
Pietro Baracchi possibly made an earlier discovery on 28 Dec 1885 and reported "very faint, very small,vlbM, indistinct. He assumed he observed NGC 1740 but his position is 40 seconds of RA due east of this galaxy.
******************************
04 54 18 -70 26 30; Men
V = 11.6; Size 1.6'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): bright, fairly small, round,
high surface brightness with a relatively thin outer halo, 45" diameter. Mottled, but unresolved except for a
couple of mag 15.5 stars at the edges.
A mag 11 star is just off the southeast side [33" from center]. A mag 10 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 1754 = h2708 on 12 Nov 1836 and recorded "F, S, R, 20". Has a 13th mag star close to edge (about 45 degrees S.f. by diag.)". His position and description is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1755 = ESO 256-028 = S-L 99
04 55 14.7 -68 12 20; Dor
V = 9.9; Size 2'
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): bright, compact cluster, round, 1.5' diameter, brighter core, no resolution. Forms a pair with much fainter NGC 1749 2' NW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1755 = D 167 = h2706 on 3 Oct 1826, along with D 168 (= NGC 1770). He described a "pretty bright round well-defined nebula, 15" diameter." His position was 7' too far west. He made a second observation on 6 Nov 1826 with his position 6' to the SSE.
John Herschel made a single observation on 30 Dec 1836 and recorded "very bright, round, gradually brighter in the middle; 60". The following of two [with NGC 1749] in the field."
Pietro Baracchi observed NGC 1755 and NGC 1749 on 10 Dec 1884 with the 48" Melbourne telescope. His sketch shows NGC 1755 as very mottled with a distinct star at the south edge and another at the northwest edge. At the same time he discovered S-L 92, an extremely faint cluster 5' SW. He wrote in his notebook, "Nebula not in Calalogues. Very faint, a little elongated, no condensation." The discovery was not published.
******************************
NGC 1756 = ESO 056-27 = S-L 94
04 54 49.9 -69 14 16; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.1'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): fairly bright, relatively lrge, round, 1' diameter, irregular surface brightness, slightly brighter center but no resolution. In a striking field with NGC 1748 4' NW and NGC 1743 centered 4.7' WNW.
LMC-N90, a compact HII region 3.7' SE, appeared as a small but moderately high surface brightness hazy knot, ~20" diameter. This object is categorized as a Low Excitation Blob (LEB) with a [O III]/H-beta ratio = 0.65.
S-L 114, located 7' ESE, was resolved at 397x into 4 stars in a knot including a 12th mag star, surrounding by unresolved haze. A mag 11.5 star is 0.9' SSE.
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright cluster, relatively large, round, 1.0' diameter, broad concentration with no nucleus or resolution. Located ~5' SE of the NGC 1743 HII complex (LMC-N83) and stellar association LH 5, which includes NGC 1737, 1743, 1745 and 1748.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1756 = h2707 on on 11 Nov 1836 and noted "vF, S, R." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 02 36 -04 43; Eri
= Not found, Corwin and Dreyer.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1757 = h343 on 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 235) and described a "very large space affected with nebulous streams in zigzags up and down. (N.B. Such observations require several verifications. The opportunity has not occurred in this case.)". This object was searched for unsuccessfully at Birr Castle on 7 attempts between 1848-1858. Tempel failed twice, as did Spitaler, and Karl Reinmuth was unsuccessful identifying it on Heidelberg plates. Harold Corwin concludes it is nonexistent (see his notes for more).
******************************
05 04 33 +23 48 54; Tau
Size 10'
17.5" (1/19/91): about two dozen stars visible at
100x. Moderately large, roundish
group comprising one of the subgroups of NGC 1746 on the east side. Located between two mag 8 stars
(oriented N-S) and a mag 7 star (
William Herschel discovered NGC 1758 = H. VII-21, along with NGC 1750, on 26 Dec 1785 (sweep 493) and described "a cluster of pretty compressed stars with many extremely small stars mixed with them." Auwers' re-reduced position places H. VII-21 at 05 04 24 +23 48, matching this 10' group of stars.
A 1992 article "Probable open clusters NGC 1750 and NGC 1758 behind the Taurus dark clouds" (http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/1992BaltA...1..125S0) concludes that NGC 1758 and NGC 1750 may be true open clusters are different distances and a 1999 article (http://link.springer.com/article/10.1023%2FA%3A1002118814371?LI=true) arrives at the same conclusion. Another 1998 article "The Overlapping Clusters NGC 1750 and NGC 1758" in A&AS, 333, 471 concluded there was at least 1 cluster in the area (but could not conclude it was a double cluster) and that NGC 1746 was not a cluster. Finally, in a Feb 2005 S&T article, James Kaler states that "N1750 and N1758 are probably two different clusters separated along our line of sight by 500 light years, but they appear to fall almost directly atop each other"
******************************
05 00 49.0 -38 40 27; Cae
V = 13.1; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7
18" (1/17/09): very faint, small, round, 25"
diameter. Not seen initially
(confused a close double star as nebulous) until I carefully checked the
position. This galaxy is the
brightest member of
John Herschel discovered NGC 1759 = h2700 on 28 Nov 1837 and
called "vF; pL vglbM; 90"." His position is 2' S of
******************************
04 56 36 -66 31 36; Dor
V = 11.5; Size 2'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): appears as a 1.7' E-W string of a half-dozen stars over fairly bright nebulosity. The emission haze is brightest just south of the string and extending to the west of the string a couple of arc minutes. Irregular nebulosity also branches out to the south of the string for another 2' and involves a mag 12 star. Another 2' string of N-S stars is on the west side of the haze.
NGC 1760 is at the SW end of a stunning complex (LHA
120-N11) of clusters and
nebulosity including
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): very faint, small, elongated 1' strip of nebulosity just 3' S of NGC 1761. One or two involved stars were barely resolved.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1760 = h2709 on 20 Dec 1835 and described "a very faint, small nebula, with three very small stars involved. Place deduced not from a sweep but from a drawing carefully made of its configuration with the neighbouring nebula, especially of the cluster [NGC 1761]." Steinicke attributes James Dunlop with the discovery (D 231), but I don't believe this group of stars is obvious enough to have been picked up with his 9" speculum reflector.
Joseph Turner sketched the entire complex with the 48"
GMT between 17 and 21 Apr 1879 (plate III, figure 24 in "Observations of
the Southern Nebulae made with the [48"] Great Melbourne
Telescope". Turner's sketch shows
the E-W string of stars but a round nebula to the SW, matching the position of
LMC-N11I, is identified as NGC 1760.
In November 1884, Baracchi wrote, "Very faint, small, roundish,
three stars in it, 16th or 17th magnitude. Agrees exactly with H[erschel]. and
T[urner]. No stars in the field. Three stars involved are not shown distinctly
in the lithograph. They really appear as three distinct stars involved in very
faint roundish nebula, whereas lithograph shows bright nebula with stars too
diffused and uncertain." His
sketch identifies GC 979 as the elongated strip just south of
******************************
NGC 1761 = ESO 085-18 = S-L 122 = LH 9
04 56 38 -66 28 42; Dor
V = 9.9; Size 4.2'x3.0'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, large cluster sandwiched between the showpiece Bean Nebula (NGC 1763) to the north and NGC 1760 to the south. The cluster contains roughly 80 stars mag 11 to 16 in a 3.5' irregularly shaped group over some background haze. The stars are fairly even distributed except for a detached 1.3' group of 10-12 stars off the NW side. Including this detached section, the overall size of this star cloud (association LH 9) is 5'x3.5'. It’s the central cluster in the N11 Superbubble.
On the northwest side of the main cluster is
25" (4/4/19): at 244x; Brey 9 was a fairly bright compact knot on the northwest side of NGC 1761. It had a high surface brightness and ~5" diameter. A faint star was attached at the edge forming a "double".
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): this rich group of very faint stars is located just south of the HII region/cluster NGC 1763. On the west side is a quasi-stellar mag 10 object and the cluster is elongated E-W, 2'x1'. On the west side of the brighter star is another small group of faint stars and haze which may be a continuation of the cluster.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1761 = D 231 = h2710, along with NGC 1763 and NGC 1769, on 3 Aug 1826. He called it "a faint round nebula, 1' diameter" in a trio with D 230 = NGC 1763 and D 232 = NGC 1769. His positions for the trio are ~15' too far south (correct in RA). D 227, 228 and 229, recorded on 6 Nov and also described as a triangle of nebulae, may be another observation of NGC 1761, 1763 and 1769. Their positions was ~30' to the NW.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1761 on 11 Dec 1835 (sweep 653) and recorded the "chief star 9th mag in a large loose cluster." He made 3 observations and included it on a sketch (Plate III, fig 3), along with NGC 1760, 1763 and 1769. Joseph Turner sketched the entire complex as well in Apr 1879 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. NGC 1761 is shown as an irregular nebulous patch elongated E-W with a number of stars superimposed, particularly around the edges.
******************************
05 03 37.0 +01 34 25; Ori
V = 12.6; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 175°
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, small, oval ~N-S. A mag 13 star is superimposed on the east side.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1762 = H. III-453 on 8 Oct 1785 (sweep 462) and logged "vF, vS, 240 confirmed it." Caroline Herschel made an error in reducing his offset in RA and his published position was 10 tmin of RA too far west. Coincidentally, that placed it close to UGC 3198. When John Herschel observed this galaxy, he equated his h335 with H. III-453. JH sorted out the mistake when compiling the GC. The NGC dec was 3' too far north.
******************************
NGC 1763 = LMC-N11B = ESO 085-20 = S-L 125 = LH 10 = Bean Nebula
04 56 45 -66 24 36; Dor
Size 5'x3'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): The Bean Nebula complex (LHA 120-N11) is the second largest stellar nursery in the LMC after the Tarantula Nebula. The showpiece object is NGC 1763, which sits near the center of a stunning field of emission nebulae and clusters including NGC 1760 7' S, NGC 1761 3' S, NGC 1769 6.5' SE, NGC 1773 8' ENE and NGC 1776 11' E. NGC 1763 is a very bright, very large irregular nebula, shaped like a kidney-bean or a fetus. The main body extends 5'x3', elongated SW-NE with a bulbous portion on the northeast side and an indentation (weaker nebulosity) on the south side. Overall the surface brightness is very high, though uneven, and much fainter haze and filaments flow out from the Bean in most directions. Within the main body, the nebula is brightest in a loop on the southwest side and secondly in a section on the northeast side.
LH 10, a large cluster or OB-association (youngest in the
LMC-N11 complex) with roughly two dozen resolved stars is involved with the
nebula. LH 10 includes a number of
12-13 mag stars (several of which are massive O3-type stars), many in an
elongated 1' group on the southwestern side. The brightest mag 11.7 "star" (PGMW 3070) is
actually an extremely compact cluster with 18 stars resolved by the HST. A wide pair [17" separation] of
mag 11.9 and 12.9 stars (O3-type
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): this emission nebula and cluster is set in fascinating field of several clusters and HII regions including NGC 1761, 1769, and 1773. The nebula is fairly bright, large, very elongated WSW-ENE, 4'x2'. A few stars are superimposed on the nebulosity. The roughly oval outline is irregular and the HII region appears brighter on the WSW side near a rich group of stars at the WSW tip. A couple of mag 11 stars are close off the NE end. IC 2115 and IC 2116 comprise the western and eastern portion of this object. After viewing this group of objects, the LMC which was well past the meridian disappeared behind some low clouds.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1763 = D 230, along with NGC 1761 and NGC 1769, on 3 Aug 1826 with a second observation on 6 Nov 1826. He described a "very faint rather elliptical nebula, about 2' diameter. This is the preceding and largest of three nebulae forming a triangle". His position is ~12' too far south, but close in RA.
John Herschel made 5 observations, the first on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508). On 13 Dec 1835 (sweep 653), he described it as "a vB, vL neb with stars (the chief of which in the anterior part of the neb taken) of a crooked rounded oblong starpe. A fine object. See fig. 3. Plate III." His excellent sketch includes NGC 1760, 1761, 1763 and 1769. Joseph Turner also sketched the complex between 17 Apr and 21 Apr 1879 with the Great Melbourne Telescope.
Annie Jump Cannon discovered a stellar object with emission lines in NGC 1763 on spectrum plates taken at Harvard's Arequipa station in 1897. See IC 2115.
******************************
04 56 28 -67 41 36; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 1.0'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
relatively bright, fairly small, round, 0.4' diameter. At 200x, a few very tightly packed
stars are resolved within the glow.
A mag 14.2 star is 0.6' S and a mag 12 star is 2.2' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1764 = h2713 on 2 Jan 1837 and described as "very faint, small, round, 15". The zone here is full of grouping and clustering stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
04 58 24.3 -62 01 41; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 150°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint or moderately bright, fairly small, round, 30" diameter, small bright core, moderate surface brightness. A mag 11.5 star is 3.9' SSE and a mag 12 star is 7.8' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1765 = h2712 on 26 Dec 1834 and described as "vF; S; R; glbM; 15"." His position, measured on two sweeps, is accurate. In 1926, Willem van den Bos called it a "Nebula with bright centre, elongated Nf and Sp. 11 mag." (26" refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
04 55 58 -70 13 30; Men
V = 12.2; Size 0.7'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): bright LMC cluster, ~35"
diameter. Two mag 14 stars are
resolved, as well as 3-5 mag 15+ stars over haze. Located 2.7' ENE of mag 10
John Herschel discovered NGC 1766 = h2717 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F, S, R, gbM, 25 arcsec." On a second sweep he called it "vF, R, 30 arcsec. Taken at leaving the field, which, in so faint an object, is a source of uncertainty in R.A." His position, though, is fairly accurate.
******************************
04 56 27.3 -69 24 08; Dor
V = 10.6; Size 1'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
218x, this compact LMC cluster appeared bright, small, round, ~25"
diameter, very small bright core, overall high surface brightness. The cluster forms the western vertex of
a triangle with
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1767 on 24 Sep 1826 and noted a "faint nebula, ill defined". In the drift (second of the night) it was recorded 26 seconds prior to NGC 1772 and 9' to its north. Those offsets land exactly on NGC 1767 so the identification is certain, although he accidentally skipped including it in his published catalog so it doesn't have a Dunlop designation.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1767 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and recorded as#123 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." Dreyer added the cluster to the GC Supplement as GC 5062.
******************************
04 57 02.7 -68 14 54; Dor
V = 12.8; Size 0.7'
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 128x, this LMC cluster appeared fairly faint, small, 0.7' diameter. It seemed to consist of a chain of faint knots of stars. Located 10' ESE of NGC 1755.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1768 = h2718 on 30 Dec 1836 and described as "F; R; gbM; 20"." His position is just off the southwest side of this cluster.
******************************
NGC 1769 = LMC-N11C = ESO 085-23 = LH 13
04 57 45 -66 27 48; Dor
Size 2'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, large oval nebula oriented SW-NE, roughly 3'x2'. At the center is a mag 11.5 "star" (Sk -66 41), with three mag 14-14.5 companions - the closest is 15" SE (Wo 599, an O3-class star). A small, bright knot (~10" diameter) is embedded on the south side of the nebula, just 0.9' S of the central star. NGC 1769 is roughly centered within the stunning NGC 1763 (Bean Nebula) complex with showpiece NGC 1763 just 6.5' NW, NGC 1761 6' WSW, NGC 1776 6' NE, NGC 1760 8' SW and NGC 1773 7' NNE.
Sk -66 41 was once thought to be one of the most single massive and luminous stars in the LMC but it was resolved into a very compact cluster with ~15 components. The star 15" southeast (Wo 599 = O3-class) may be the ionizing source of the nebula. The 10" knot on the south side (identified as HNT 1 in SIMBAD) has also been resolved into a compact cluster of ~70 stars mag 17 and fainter.
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): fairly bright HII region in a fascinating group with several clusters and nebulae. Appears fairly large, round, 2' diameter with a single mag 11 at the center. Situated 6' SE of the cluster/HII region NGC 1763 and a similar distance NNE of NGC 1760.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1769 = D 232 = h2716, along with NGC 1763 and NGC 1761, on 3 Aug 1826. He reported "a faint round nebula, about 1 1/2' in diameter." He also noted it was the smallest of the 3 nebulae. His position is 11' too far SSW, roughly matching the offsets with the other two objects.
John Herschel first observed NGC 1769 on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and recorded, "B, irregularly R; 2'; has a 10th mag star in centre." On 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 522) he called it "vB; vsmbM to a 10th mag star which is double or triple. Other clusters and nebulae in field." He made a total of 5 observations.
******************************
04 57 17.0 -68 24 39; Dor
Size 3'x2'
25" (4/4/19 - OzSky): at 244x; very impressive, bright
nebulous cluster 5' in diameter.
Unfiltered includes over two dozen stars from mag 11-14 with a few
pairs. Most of the stars are on
the north and west side and include an 11th mag star (
The entire field displayed a very strong response to a NPB filter with the nebulosity irregular and patchy and the two main nebulous patches on south side intensely bright. With careful viewing Brey 10 was surrounded by a very thin, dim arc (Wolf-Rayet bubble) of perhaps 150°, extending NW to SE of Brey 10 (opening to the NE) with a diameter of 1.5'. The SW edge of the arc was just north of (HD 268804. The arc was subtle and visible only intermittently.
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this LMC object is an interesting mix of a star cluster (OB-association LH 12) and an associated emission nebula (LMC-N91A = IC 2117), with the nebulosity mostly on the south side. A mag 10 star is near the center, along with a number of mag 11-12 and fainter stars. The stars are mostly on the north side of the nebulosity with several in small clumps.
S-L 105, located 13' SW of NGC 1770, was observed using a 25" on 17 Oct 2017. It appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round, 30" diameter. Contains a relatively large bright core but there was no resolution. An additional 6' SSW is N86, a verified LMC supernova remnant. It was picked up unfiltered as a large, low surface brightness hazy region, just south of a mag 11.8 star. A couple of 14th mag stars appear involved with the haze. There was a weak contrast gain adding a NPB filter, with the most evident section ~1' diameter [centered 1.2' S of the mag 11.8 star] and slightly brighter on the east side.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1770 = D 169 = D 168 = h2715 on 3 Aug 1826. His description of D 169 reads, "pretty bright pretty large nebula, of an irregular round figure, 5' diameter; a little brighter in the middle." His mean position (2 observations) is just off the SW side. Dunlop's D 168, from 3 Oct 1826 appears to be a duplicate observation. It was found along with D 167 = NGC 1755, but his positions were offset by 7'.
John Herschel described this nebulous cluster on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512) as a "cluster of 6th class; pretty rich, large, irregular figure, brighter in the middle; stars of 11..18th mag; fine object." On 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759), he wrote "A star of 9th mag, the chief of a cluster of 6th class, 4' diameter; nebulous. The most condensed part is 1' south of the stars."
******************************
NGC 1771 = ESO 085-027 = PGC 16472
04 58 55.7 -63 17 54; Dor
V = 13.4; Size 1.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 136°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): faint, fairly
small, very elongated 4:1 NW-SE, 1.2'x0.3', low surface brightness, occasional
faint stellar nucleus. Two mag 12
stars are 1.7' SW and 3' SW.
Located 6' SE of mag 8.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 1771 = h2720 on 25 Dec 1837 and
recorded "vF, mE, glbM, 25" long, in field with many B and 1 vB * 7'
m np the neb." His CGH
position is accurate, but he made an error precessing the coordinates to 1860
for the GC, where the position is 10' too far south. This was copied by Dreyer into the NGC. Viewing through the 26" refractor
at the Union Observatory, Robert Innes described it in 1926 as "Exactly
like the last (
******************************
NGC 1772 = ESO 056-33 = S-L 128
04 56 54.1 -69 33 24; Dor
V = 11.0; Size 1.5'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly bright, fairly small, irregularly round, 40"x35". Sharply concentrated with a bright, 15" core. Three faint stars are resolved on the south side of the cluster and one on the north side. Forms the southern vertex of a triangle with LMC clusters NGC 1767 9.5' NNW and NGC 1782 11' NNE, which are part of stellar association LH 8.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1772 = D 79? = h2722 on 24 Sep 1826. He noted a "small faint nebula, 10" diameter", similar to his description of nearby NGC 1782. His reduced position was 18' too far SSE, much closer to NGC 1795. But checking his drift timings, it was logged immediately preceding NGC 1782 and recorded 10' to its south, exactly matching the offset in declination. The previous object in the drift is NGC 1767, which was accurately placed 9' to the north of NGC 1772.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1772 = h2722 on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 523) and recorded "pB, S, R, 40", resolvable, preceded by a hook of stars 12th mag." On 15 Dec 1835 (sweep 656) he called it "an irregularly round, compact cluster, bM, 40" diameter." Robert Innes, observing with the 26.5-inch refractor at the Union Observatory in 1926, described a "cluster of stars, 12 to 15 mag, irregular shape, 90" across."
******************************
NGC 1773 = LMC-N11E = ESO 085-25 = LH 14
04 58 11 -66 21 36; Dor
Size 2.7'x2.1'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran): NGC 1773 is located at the northeast end of the Bean Nebula complex with NGC 1763 centered 9' SW, NGC 1769 7' SSW and NGC 1776 5' SSE. At 264x it appeared as a fairly large, bright glow, oval 3:2 ~N-S, ~2.2'x1.5'. Two brighter mag 12/13 stars (17" separation oriented SW-NE) are involved, slightly southwest of the geometric center. On close inspection the northeastern component (mag 13 0-type supergiant SK -66°43) resolved into a very close double. In additional a couple of fainter mag 15/15.5 stars are superimposed on the north side of the glow. The nebulosity (LMC-N11E) is slightly irregular in surface brightness and brighter along the rim, particularly on the southwest side.
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): this HII region is the furthest NE in a group of HII regions and clusters. Appears fairly faint, fairly small, 1'-1.5' diameter with a couple of stars or a knot near the center. Located 9' ENE of NGC 1763 and a similar distance NNE of NGC 1769.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1773 = h2721 on 3 Jan 1837 and described as "pF, pL, irregularly R with two or three bright stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1774 = ESO 085-026 = S-L 141
04 58 07 -67 14 36; Dor
V = 10.8; Size 1.8'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): very bright, moderately large, roundish, ~45" diameter. Appears as a clumpy string of stars ~E-W, surrounding by unresolved haze. A couple of faint stars are resolved on either end of the string and a few very compact knots and stars "pop" in the main glow. The cluster appears on the verge of more extensive resolution though would require very high power due to its compactness. In a fairly poor star field with a mag 10.2 star 4.1' NW. NGC 1747 is 17' WNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1774 = h2723 on 23 Nov 1834 and recorded "B, R or oblong, pretty evidently a double star with a nebula about it." On a second sweep he called it "pF, R, pgbM" and on his last sweep "vB, S, R, smbM, 20" (evidently better seen.)".
******************************
NGC 1775 = ESO 056-034 = S-L 129
04 56 53 -70 25 48; Men
V = 12.6; Size 0.7'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): bright, elongated ~E-W, 35" diameter, mottled. A couple of mag 16-16.5 stars occasionally resolved around the edges. A mag 14 star is 0.9' NW. The unresolved background glow of the LMC is remarkable just to the east. NGC 1754 lies 13' W and NGC 1766 is 13' NNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1775 = h2725 on 12 Nov 1836 and logged "vvF, irreg R; 2'." His position is just off the east side of this 1' cluster.
******************************
NGC 1776 = ESO 085-028 = S-L 145
04 58 40 -66 25 48; Dor
V = 13.0; Size 1.1'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): located on the east side of the NGC 1763 (Bean Nebula) complex, this cluster is moderately bright, fairly small, well concentrated with a small bright core surrounded by a 50" halo. A couple of extremely faint stars are just visible in the halo. Located 5' SE of emission nebula NGC 1773, 6' ENE of emission nebula NGC 1769 and 2.7' NE of a mag 10.8 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1776 = h2724 on 3 Jan 1837 and described "vF; S; R; gbM." His position is accurate.
******************************
04 55 48 -74 17 06; Men
V = 12.8; Size 2.1'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): fairly bright, fairly small, irregular shape, 45" diameter. Two mag 11.2/11.5 stars = HJ 3722 at 31" separation are superimposed on the east side of the glow! Only a couple of mag 16 stars pop around the edges of the mottled glow. Mag 12.5 and 13 stars lies 2.2' SE and 1.7' NW and a brighter mag 10.6 star is 3.6' N. Located 38' N of mag 5.5 Eta Mensae.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1777 = h2728 on 11 Nov 1836 and reported "eF, E, attached to and following a double star [of 9th magnitude]." His CGH position is exactly 1 min of RA west of this cluster, but the identification is certain. The wide double star, though, is east and southeast of the core and this error was corrected by JH in the GC.
******************************
05 08 06 +37 01 24; Aur
V = 7.7; Size 7'
17.5" (2/1/92): about 50 stars mag 10-15 in a 15' field. Most stars are arranged in two rows oriented NW-SE with a dark lane between. Fairly scattered overall, includes several double stars. There is a nice double star 10/10 at 15" with two mag 13 stars near and 4' SE is a close striking double star HJ 3266 = 9.9/11.1 at 8". A fairly rich clump is at the SE end of cluster.
8": 20 stars mag 10 and fainter in a 6' field, small, elongated NW-SE, nice double star 10/10. Includes a string of mag 10-11 star to the north.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1778 = H. VIII-61 = h344 on 17 Jan 1787 (sweep 693) and noted "a coarsely scattered cluster of large stars, irr F, not rich, like a forming one." His position is off the SW side of the cluster. On 3 Feb 1832 (sweep 399), John Herschel described "a double star in a pretty close cluster of 20 or 30 stars." His position was 20' too far north, but he corrected the NPD in a short errata list at the end of his Slough catalogue and the GC has the correct position.
******************************
05 05 18.0 -09 08 50; Eri
V = 12.1; Size 2.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 135°
24" (12/20/17): moderately bright, slightly elongated,
~40"x30" NW-SE, sharply concentrated with a very bright core that
increases right down to a stellar nucleus. A very low surface brightness halo increasing the
diameter to ~1.25' was difficult.
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, fairly small. Contains a small, well-defined, fairly bright oval core that's elongated 3:2 NW-SE, very faint oval halo.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1779 = H. III-500 = h345 =
h2714 on 30 Jan 1786 (sweep 516) and called it "cF, S, irr F, bM.".
John Herschel observed this galaxy both from Slough and in the Cape of Good
Hope. His CGH observation reads
"pB, R, gbM, it is visible in strong moonlight and is much brighter than
II.522 [NGC 1636] or III.399 [
Joseph Turner made sketches on 19 Dec. 1876 and 6 Dec 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 25 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae...") In 1882 he noted, "The nebula becomes gradually brighter towards the middle, not suddenly as shown in the lithograph."
******************************
05 06 20.7 -19 28 00; Lep
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 84°
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, very small, round. A mag 13 star is 1.4' NNE.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 1780 = LM 1-145 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA)
is 1.6 min of RA west and 1' north of
******************************
05 07 55.0 -18 11 24; Lep
See observing notes for
William Herschel discovered NGC 1781 = H. III-268 on 6 Feb
1785 (sweep 367) and recorded "eF, vS, stellar, 240 verified it beyond
doubt." There was a confusion
in the reference star on the sweep and Auwers' position (used by JH in the GC
and Dreyer in the NGC) is 3.0 min of RA too far west. Caroline Herschel's reduced position matches
Ormond Stone independently discovered this galaxy 100 years
later on 11 Dec 1885, recording it in LM 1-146, but his rough position (nearest
min of RA) was 1 min too far west.
His sketch (examined by Corwin) clearly establishes the equivalence. Dreyer assumed it was new and it received
the designation NGC 1794. Herbert
Howe, observing with the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory in
Denver, was unable to find NGC 1781 on two nights, though measured NGC 1794. He noted the similar descriptions and
difference in RA, and concluded NGC 1781 = NGC 1794. Dreyer repeats this in the IC 2 Notes. In this case, NGC 1781 should takes
historical precedence. RNGC
misidentifies
******************************
NGC 1782 = ESO 056-36 = S-L 140
04 57 51.5 -69 23 38; Dor
V = 10.5; Size 1.2'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): viewed at 228x, this bright LMC cluster was fairly small, round, 40" diameter, strongly concentrated with a bright 15" core. Several faint stars huddle very near or are resolved around the edges. NGC 1782 forms the NE vertex of a triangle with two other LMC clusters - NGC 1767 7.4' W and NGC 1772 11' SSE. Located on the east side of stellar association LH 8, which contains these clusters.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1782 = D 115 = h2727 on 24 Sep
1826. He noted a "small faint
nebula, 10" or 12" [diameter]." His reduced position was 15' too
far SSE, closer to other clusters.
But checking his drift timings, it was logged 7 minutes preceding
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1782 on 16 Dec 1835 (sweep 657) and described "B, R, pmbM, 35", resolvable." His position is accurate.
******************************
04 59 08.7 -65 59 18; Dor
V = 11.0; Size 3'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x and 264x; Intensely bright LMC cluster! Very large, roundish, 2.5'-3' diameter, highly concentrationed with a large, brilliant core that gradually increases towards the center. At 429x; very granular or mottled appearance. A number of extremely faint stars and/or clumps of stars (too many to count) popped in and out of visibility.
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): moderately bright, fairly
large, round, 2.0' diameter, fairly smooth surface brightness. Appears to be a globular cluster as it
is well-detached in the field with a fairly crisply defined edge, increasing to
a brighter 1' core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1783 = h2726 on 13 Dec 1835 and recorded "pB, L, R, gbM, 2'." On a second sweep he called it "B, L, R, vgpmbM, resolvable 3'."
James Dunlop probably made an earlier unpublished discovery on 6 Nov 1826. After his entry for D 233 = NGC 1805, he states "a small nebula precedes this about 2 minutes in RA and 8' north". The actual offset is 3 minutes in RA west and 7.5' north.
******************************
05 05 27.0 -11 52 18; Lep
V = 11.7; Size 4.0'x2.5'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 105°
17.5" (12/3/88): moderately bright, moderately large,
oval 3:2 ~E-W, bright core.
Situated in a group of brighter stars including a mag 11.5 star 3.0' E
and a mag 12.5 star 1.3' N of center.
Located 14' SE of mag 7.5
8" (10/31/81): faint, moderately large, diffuse. A mag 7 star is in the field to the NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1784 = h2719 on 11 Dec 1836 and recorded "pB, pL, irregularly round, or vlE, vgbM, 80", among pB stars." His position is accurate. Joseph Turner, observing with the 48" GMT on 6 Dec 1877, sketched it as very elongated E-W (p. 156 in logbook) and Ralph Copeland, observing with 72" on 19 Dec 1873 called it "pB, L, irr E. The brighter part is much elongated 90°." The elongated part is the central bar.
******************************
04 58 45.4 -68 49 24; Dor
Size 3.5'
18" (4/6/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): asterism of 8 stars superimposed on the LMC. It includes two mag 11/11.7 stars at the northeast end and a roughly 9" pair of mag 12/12.5 stars at the southwest end. BSDL 375, a very faint nebulous patch, was noticed 2' following the two stars at the northeast end of NGC 1785. One or two mag 15 stars were resolved on the south side of the glow.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1785 between Nov 1836 and Mar
1837 with a 5-inch refractor and included it as #147 in his preliminary
catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula
Major." No description was
given but his position is 04 58 33 -68 51.3 (J2000). ESO lists two possible candidates:
In "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" [1964IrAJ....6..286L] Eric Lindsay states, "Not found. A few bright widely scattered stars NE but no cluster or nebula. There is a bright cluster, S/L 116, 2m W 3' N and a conspicuous one, S/L 117, 2m W and 7' S, neither in the NGC. The object is in the Nub. Cat. only classified as a nebula." RNGC follows Lindsay and classifies this number as nonexistent.
Based on Herschel's position and his LMC sketch, Corwin identified NGC 1785 with asterism of about 5 stars superposed on the LMC (ESO 56-**38). This is the first of the ESO candidates.
******************************
NGC 1786 = ESO 056-039 = S-L 149
04 59 08 -67 44 42; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 1.2'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): exceptionally bright, relatively large, round, 45" diameter, extremely high surface bright core. A mag 11-12 star is superimposed just northwest of the core! KMHK 412 was picked up as a very faint glow 6.5' SE and just north of two mag 13 stars. NGC 1786 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1786 = h2729 on 26 Nov 1834 and logged "vB, E, S. Stellar, like a star 9th mag blurred." On the second of 3 sweeps it was called "vB, R, vsmbM, 30"."
******************************
05 00 07 -65 45 48; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 23'
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): large cloud of stars (association LH 15), 15'-20' in size, over an extensive haze of unresolved stars. 40 to 50 mag 11-13 stars were visible at 105x within the cluster. NGC 1783 is located 15' S.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1787 = h2731 in the LMC on 25 Dec 1837. His single observation placed this cluster at 05 00 17.3 -65 50 33 (2000) and his description "p Rich cl of S stars which fills field" appears to describe the entire 20'-25' stellar association HW 15, which includes NGC 1783 and SL 178.
The RNGC and NGC 2000.0 position 04 59.1 -65 44 (2000) from Lucke and Hodge's "A Catalogue of Stellar Associations in the Large Magellanic Cloud", AJ, 75, 171-175, corresponds with the northwest portion of the association. The Hodge-Wright Atlas identifies NGC 1787 = S-L 178 at 05 01 44 -65 49.4, on the east side of the association, and ESO and Morel's Visual Atlas of the LMC follows this misidentification. Shapley & Lindsay did not equate S-L 178 with NGC 1787.
******************************
NGC 1788 = LBN 916 = Ced 40 = Bernes 98
05 06 53.2 -03 20 27; Ori
Size 8'x5'
18" (1/1/08): very interesting, bright reflection nebula at 175x. Two brighter stars are involved in the brightest portion of the nebula with a mag 10 star (very unequal double) at the NW end. An oval glow extends ~4'x2.5' to the SE and contains a bright "knot" that surrounds a mag 11.5 star on the SE side. Two fainter stars are embedded within the glow and form a rhombus with the brighter stars at opposite ends. The SW edge of the main body has a sharper edge (due to dust). Surrounding this region are faint extensions that significantly increase the total size to ~8x6'. Towards the SE, dim haze can be seen as far as a 2' pair of mag 12.5 stars. Broad, wispy extensions appears to feather off to the NE for ~6' with additional faint haze to the south. The entire complex is bounded by several mag 8-9 stars forming a striking star field.
17.5" (2/9/02): at 144x this is a bright reflection nebula involving two mag 10 and 11.5 stars. The nebulosity is irregularly bright in a 4'x3' region elongated NW-SE and locally very bright in a knot surrounding the mag 11.5 star near the SE end. Enhanced by a Deep Sky filter at low power. The brighter mag 10 star ~2' NW has a faint companion and is also encased in the glow as well as a couple of other fainter stars. A faint extension fans out to the NE from the mag 11 star and some haze is suspected to the south, increasing the size to ~7' and involving a few additional stars. NGC 1788 is located within a bright trapezoid consisting of three mag 8.5-9 stars and a mag 10 star (sides of 9'-13')
17.5" (12/23/89): bright, fairly large, locally very bright surrounding a mag 12 star on the south end. This star appears slightly nonstellar as difficult to separate from bright haze. Extends NW to include a mag 10 star and three other faint stars are involved in the brightest portion. Very faint nebulosity also extends to north and further east.
8" (12/6/80): moderately bright reflection nebula, large, brightest in center, two stars involved, extends to east.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1788 = H. V-32 = h347 = Sw. 2-30 = Sw. 7-9 on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 518). His description reads, "cB, vL, milky, diffused and vanishing, very near and sf a bright star, the milkiness diffused and vanishing." On 26 Nov 1786 (sweep 640) he recorded "vL, milky; seems to have some untied stars towards the southern part of it; some other stars are in it, but plainly unconnected. 3 or 4' dia. vF except about the united stars." On 11 Feb 1830 (sweep 233) John Herschel described NGC 1788 as "A *10m with a neb south-following; pos 138 from *; the centre of the neb is like a misty *12 or 13m, or perhaps 2 or 3 st 15m; a small * to the south of neb makes an isosceles triangle. Place that of the *10m." This reflection nebula was observed 21 times at Birr Castle beginning in 1849 (the 1880 publication lists 10 of these).
Lewis Swift found this reflection nebula on 24 Nov 1884 and apparently felt that nebulosity surrounding the 10th mag star on the west side was distinct from Herschel's nebulosity, reporting it as a "nova" in his 2nd discovery list (#30) and his 7th list (#9).
******************************
04 57 51 -71 54 06; Men
V = 13.1; Size 1.5'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): fairly bright, fairly large, slightly elongated ~E-W, ~45" diameter. A couple of mag 15.5 stars are resolved, one near the west end and another on the northeast side. Situated on the southwest end of the LMC, with no other significant LMC clusters in the immediate vicinity, though S-L 111 lies 30' NNW. The description below of S-L 111 was made on 10/17/17 using a 25" f/5.
At 244x; easily identified as a partially resolved large
cluster, elongated E-W and at least 2' diameter. A mag 11.2 star is off the south side. At 397x; a total of ~15 stars were
resolved, mostly in the mag 15+ range.
The cluster is situated 6.8' S of mag 9.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 1789 = h2733 on 15 Dec 1835 and called it "vF, R, vglbM, 40"." His position is about 40" too far north.
******************************
05 11 13.3 +52 03 54; Aur
18" (2/19/09): scattered, unimpressive group of 15
stars mag 11.5 and brighter in an elongated 15'x8' region. The main body of stars is extended
~E-W. A small group of stars is
detached off the NW side, including a mag 10 star and an easy 14"
pair. At the east end is a small
clump of 4 stars (one very faint) just following mag 9.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 1790 = h346 on 16 Feb 1831
(sweep 327) and described "A group of 8 or 9 stars 10m, nearly in
parallelogram. A pretty
object." His position corresponds
with mag 9
******************************
04 59 07 -70 10 06; Men
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright
cluster, irregular, ~1' diameter, several mag 14-15 stars are resolved in the
core and one on the northwest end.
The cluster is situated in the center of an equilateral triangle
consisting of mag 8.7
S-L 158 appeared as a bright, compact knot (cluster), round, 20" diameter, with a surprisingly high surface brightness. LMC-N186, an incomplete, faint annulus of nebulosity (Superbubble) passes through NGC 1791, but I didn't examine the region with a filter to look for nebulous haze.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1791 = h2734 on 16 Dec 1835 and recorded "eF, R; 25"." His single position is very accurate.
******************************
05 05 14.0 -37 58 47; Col
V = 10.2; Size 5.2'x2.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 137°
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 105x appears as a
bright, large oval ~2:1 NW-SE, 3.2'x1.6'.
Broad concentration to a large bright core and then sharply concentrated
with a bright, 15" nucleus.
The surface brightness is irregular with a mottled texture. A faint star is just preceding the
northwest tip. At 166x the galaxy
appears brighter along the major axis with some areas of lower surface
brightness giving a hint of spiral structure! A mag 14 star is at the preceding edge [1.2' from
center]. Brightest in a group (LGG
127) along with
17.5" (1/31/87): bright, large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 3'x1.5', pretty diffuse. Two faint mag 14.5 stars are superimposed. Appears brighter along the western side.
8" (1/1/84): moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated.
8" (11/28/81): fairly faint, round, moderately large, diffuse.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1792 = D 531 = h2730 on 4 Oct 1826 and described "a long or rather elliptical nebula, about 2' long and 50" broad, a little brighter in the middle, and well defined. There is a group of small stars on the north side."
John Herschel recorded 3 observations in the Cape Catalogue: on his first sweep on 24 Dec 1835 (sweep 659) he logged "vB, vL, vmE, gbM, 4' long. Taken as Dunlop 531 but too late for transit, the observation having been missed by relying on Mr Dunlop's place." Then 2 nights later (sweep 661) he revisited this galaxy and noted "vB, vL, mE, glbM, 5' long, 2' broad, pos 314°, stars seen in it. Visible with moonlight and lamp illumination".
******************************
04 59 38 -69 33 30; Dor
V = 12.4; Size 1.3'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
228x, this LMC open cluster appeared fairly faint, fairly small, round,
35" diameter with an even surface brightness and no sign of
resolution. A triangle of mag 11
stars is preceding in the field.
Forms a pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 1793 = h2736 on 24 Nov 1834 and described as "pB, R, bM, 1'." On a second sweep he logged "vF, S, R, glbM, 30", insulated." His mean position (2 sweeps) is accurate.
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster, along with NGC 1801, on 2 Jan 1886 with the Melbourne telescope. His diagram shows the cluster elongated NW to SE, which matches the DSS image.
******************************
NGC 1794 = NGC 1781 = ESO 553-007 = MCG -03-14-002 = PGC 16788
05 07 55.0 -18 11 24; Lep
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 45°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, round, bright
core, stellar nucleus. A mag 14
star is 1.2' SSE of center.
Located 10' SW of mag 8.0
Ormond Stone found NGC 1794 = LM 1-146 on 11 Dec 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. Stone's rough position is 1 min of RA west of ESO 553-007 = MCG -03-14-002. At the end of the second discovery list there is a note that LM 1-146 = GC 998 = NGC 1781.
William Herschel discovered this galaxy 100 years earlier (cataloged as H. III-268) but Herschel's RA was 3.0 minutes too small (corrected by Caroline Herschel). ESO 553-007 is labeled NGC 1781 in the Uranometria 2000 Atlas but as NGC 1794 in MCG and RC3. By historical precedence, the primary designation should be NGC 1781.
******************************
NGC 1795 = ESO 056-044 = S-L 165
04 59 47 -69 48 06; Dor
V = 12.4; Size 1.6'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright cluster, relatively large, 0.9' diameter, fairly smooth glow with no resolution. Located 2.9' ENE of a mag 10.5 star. This star forms the northern vertex of a distinctive isosceles triangle (legs 3.5' and base 1.4') with two mag 10.2 and 11 stars to its south.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1795 = D 82 = h2738 on 24 Sep 1826. He recorded D 82 as "a very small faint nebula preceding 3 small stars in the form of a triangle." A distinctive triangle of mag 10-11 star is nearby, including the mag 10.6 star and two mag 10.2 and 11.1 stars about 4' S, though the cluster is slightly east. He may have observed it the drift through the area three nights later, but his positions are more ambiguous.
John Herschel made a single observation on 12 Nov 1836 (sweep 749) and recorded "F, pL, lE, 2'."
******************************
NGC 1796 = ESO 119-030 = PGC 16617
05 02 43.0 -61 08 22; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 102°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): moderately bright and large, very elongated 3:1 WNW-ESE, 1.3'x0.45', broad concentration, brighter core. A mag 10/11.5 pair at 9" lies 10' SSE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1796 = h2735 on 26 Dec 1834 and called it "F, pmE, gbM, 7" long, 25" broad." His position (2 observations) and description matches.
******************************
05 07 44.9 -08 01 07; Eri
V = 14.7; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 90°
17.5" (12/7/90): very faint, very small, round, very
faint stellar nucleus. A mag 13
star is just 48" NW of center.
Forms a pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1797 = Sw. 6-23, along with NGC 1799, on 13 Feb 1887 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is accurate.
******************************
05 11 40 +47 40 37; Aur
Size 5'
18" (11/18/06): at 115x I was surprised to find a fairly rich group of perhaps 20 stars peppered over a 5' region of extensive haze. The low power Milky Way field is rich in bright and faint stars with glowing regions of unresolved stars. Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC and not plotted on the first edition of the Uranometria 2000.0.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 1798 in Nov 1885 with the 6-inch Cooke Refractor at Vanderbilt University. In Sidereal Messenger, vol. 5 (page 25) he described a "small hazy spot, with high power (120) seems to be some faint stars mixed up with nebulosity, a small star involved f[ollowing]. It is followed some little distance by a 9th magnitude star." His position corresponds with a 5' group of stars, also catalogued as Berkeley 16. The RNGC misclassifies this number as nonexistent.
This cluster is located in the direction of the anti-galactic center at a distance of 4.2 kpc and an estimated age of 1.4 billion years.
******************************
NGC 1799 = MCG -01-14-001 = PGC 16783
05 07 44.5 -07 58 08; Eri
V = 14.3; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 65°
17.5" (12/7/90): faint, small, round, bright core. This galaxy is the brighter of two with NGC 1797 3' S.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1799 = Sw. 6-24, along with NGC 1797, on 13 Feb 1887 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His RA was 8 seconds too large.
******************************
05 06 25.5 -31 57 16; Col
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 113°
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, even surface brightness. A mag 13 star is off the NE edge 1.3' from center. Brightest in a small group (LGG 108), along with UGCA 103 and UGC 106.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1800 = h2732 on 19 Nov 1835 and described it as "pB, pmE, gpmbM, has a star 13th mag following." His position and description is accurate.
Pietro Baracchi observed the galaxy on 2 Jan 1886 with the 48" Melbourne telescope. His sketch indicates a 13th magnitude "star" at the NW tip. At this position is a relatively large bright HII knot.
******************************
NGC 1801 = ESO 056-045 = S-L 170
05 00 35.3 -69 36 48; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 2.2'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
128x this LMC cluster appeared moderately bright, round, 1' diameter with a
fairly even surface brightness and no core. Located 8' SW mag 8
John Herschel discovered NGC 1801 = h2739 on 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513) and reported "B, L, R, vgbM, 2.5'." On 3 subsequent sweeps he variously described the size as 90", 45" and 40". Robert Innes and Willem van den Bos, observing with the 26-inch refactor of the Union Observatory in 1926, called this object a "globular cluster, 13 mag and fainter stars, 90" diameter, bM."
James Dunlop possibly discovered this cluster on 27 Sep 1826. He described it as "a faint round nebula, 20-25" diameter." In the drift it was picked up ~16 minutes prior to logging D 88 = NGC 1898 and at nearly the same position north of center in the eyepiece field. NGC 1801 matches this offset in time, as well as NGC 1795.
******************************
05 10 13 +24 08 24; Tau
Size 25'
18" (11/18/06): at 115x this Milky Way field appears as a bright, large, scattered group including a couple of dozen mag 10-11 stars. Most distinctive is a fairly rich 5' string of mag 10 to 13 stars oriented N-S. The rest of the group is scattered and extends east and southeast ~10' in size.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1802 = H. VIII-41 on 7 Dec 1785 (sweep 485) and recorded "a coarse cluster of star or projecting point of the milky way." Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, adds "many st, v sc, no distinct cl." RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent but WEBDA has a listing for NGC 1802.
******************************
05 05 26.5 -49 34 04; Pic
V = 12.9; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 62°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated 4:3 WSW-ENE, 30"x24", fairly high surface brightness. NGC 1803 is situated 4.7' ENE of mag 5.0 Eta-2 Pictoris and the bright glare of the star hampered the observation.
Forms a close pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 1803 = h2737 on 28 Dec 1834 and described "F, S, R, vglbM; query whether a star 11..12th mag near it S.f. be not also nebulous." Herschel's object south-following is likely ESO 203-019, located 2.2' southeast, which did not receive a NGC designation (Steinicke concurs).
******************************
05 01 03 -69 05 00; Dor
V = 11.9; Size 0.9'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very small bright knot, ~25"-30" diameter, with four or more mag 12-14.5 stars resolved including three on a NW to SE line. Tightly packed into a very high surface brightness glow. S-L 180 lies 4' NE and appeared as a fairly faint, moderately large, round, 0.5' diameter, soft glow with no resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1804 = h2742 on 3 Nov 1834 and described "F (?), R, bM (Thick haze in sky)". On a second sweep his description reads "F, S, R, 30". Shapley and Lindsay (1963) give a diameter of 25'' and remark "few stars, partly condensed."
******************************
NGC 1805 = ESO 085-32 = S-L 186
05 02 21.2 -66 06 41; Dor
V = 10.6; Size 2.2'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): very bright,
fairly small, brilliant core, 30" diameter. A mag 13 star is situated just off the NW side, 25"
from center. The core is oddly
displaced off-center in the direction of this star. A few faint stars are resolved in the halo and a mag 13.5
star is at the south edge. NGC
1783 lies 20' WNW and
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): moderately bright, small, 25" diameter, sharply concentrated with a quasi-stellar bright nucleus. A mag 13 star is at the NW edge (24" from center). This is a well-studied young (40 million years old) LMC star cluster. Located 20' ESE of NGC 1783.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1805 = D 233 = h2741 on 24 Sep 1826 and described "a small round well-defined nebula, 10" or 12" diameter". His position is 6' SSW of the cluster, within his usual errors.
John Herschel made 5 observations, the first on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) in which he recorded "a vS compact cluster of stars 11th mag with (?) nebulosity, 20"." On 3 Jan 1837 (sweep 761) he described it as "B, S, R, sbM, 25", has two stars very near, one NW and one SE." The two closest stars are oriented WSW of NGC 1805 and ENE
******************************
05 02 11 -67 59 00; Dor
V = 11.1; Size 2.2'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very
bright LMC globular, large, round, at least 1.5' diameter. Sharply concentrated with a brighter,
grainy 25" core and a slightly mottled halo. Located 4.5' NE of mag 8.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 1806 = h2745 on 30 Dec 1836 and described as"pB, L, gbM, 3'." His position and description is accurate, though his estimate is a little too large.
******************************
05 10 45 +16 30 48; Tau
V = 7.0; Size 17'
18" (1/26/09): this asterism contains a very faint
galaxy,
17.5" (2/1/92): bright, moderately large, striking group of 30 stars mag 9-14 in 12' including 10 stars mag 11 or brighter. Five bright stars are in a 11' string oriented N-S. The central star in this string is a pleasing, close double star HJ 3268; consisting of mag 9.5/10.5 stars at 10" separation. This double is collinear with two mag 11 stars 1.3' E and 2.9' E oriented perpendicular to the string. Several other members trail to SW forming a cross asterism.
8": ~25 stars in cluster including 10-12 brighter stars, several almost collinear. A double star mag 10/11 at 10" separation is near the center. Forms a pair of open clusters with NGC 1817 25' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1807 = h348 on 25 Jan 1832
(sweep 395) and logged, "a cluster of 10 or 12 large and a good many small
stars. The place that of a double
star." It is perhaps an
outlier of VII.4 (
A 2004 study ("uvby-H-beta CCD photometry of NGC 1817 and NGC 1807") concludes NGC 1807 is not a distinct cluster. Only NGC 1817, a very extended open cluster, covers the area.
******************************
NGC 1808 = ESO 305-008 = AM 0505-373 = MCG -06-12-005 = LGG 127-002 = PGC 16779
05 07 42.3 -37 30 47; Col
V = 9.9; Size 6.5'x3.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 133°
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): this 105x this striking starburst galaxy appeared bright, large, very elongated 4:1 NW-SE, 5'x1.3'. The glow is sharply concentrated with a well-defined 20" core that brightens to a stellar nucleus. There appears to be an irregular extension at the northwest end that brightens and is offset to the major axis [on photos this corresponds with the start of a spiral arm that is attached at the north edge of the NW end of the galaxy]. At 166x, the halo is irregular and mottled. Brightest in a group (LGG 127) along with NGC 1792 40' SW and the galaxies may have experienced a tidal interaction in the past.
17.5" (1/31/87): bright, fairly large, small elongated core, long thin arms 4:1 NW-SE. A mag 14 star is off the NW end. This is a very pleasing galaxy.
8" (1/1/84): fairly bright, elongated NW-SE, moderately large, bright core. Similar in size to NGC 1792 but slightly fainter.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1808 = D 549 = D 532 = h2740 on 10 May 1826. Based on two observations he described "a faint nebula, about 2.5' long, and fully 1' broad, extended S.p. and N.f.; a very minute star near each extremity, not involved." D 532 is another observation and he noted it was very similar to D 531 = NGC 1792 (observed together), but he made a large error (nearly 40') in declination.
John Herschel made two observations from the Cape. On 24 Dec 1835 (sweep 659) he logged "B, L, lE, first gradually then psmbM. Transit missed, PD very rough" Two nights later (sweep 661) he reobserved it and noted "B, E, 3' long, 1.5' broad; in a field strongly illuminated by the moon in her first quarter."
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 1808 on 19 Dec 1876 through the 48" GMT with a very bright, elongated core on 19 Dec. 1876 (plate III, figure 26 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae..."). On 10 Dec 1884, Baracchi described NGC 1808 as ""Bright, very much elongated, suddenly much brighter middle, to a bright, sharp elongated nucleus, like a long dash. Nebula soft-edged. Fades away very gradually into pointed ends. Nucleus not quite in the axis of nebula."
******************************
NGC 1809 = ESO 056-048 = PGC 16599
05 02 05.0 -69 34 06; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 3.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 143°
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
faint, reddened galaxy shines through the LMC in the same field 9' NE of the
LMC cluster NGC 1801 and 16'-18' SW of a trio of clusters consisting of NGC
1828,
John Herschel discovered NGC 1809 = h2747 on 23 Dec 1834 and
recorded (one one sweep only) "pF, S, R, gbM, 40", the second of two
in field [with NGC 1801 = h2739]."
His position is 4' south of
Eric Lindsay, in "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" [1964IrAJ....6..286L], commented "At the same RA but 4' N an object which may be a galaxy, 210'' x 50''. In "Exploring the Southern Sky" (1987), the authors (Laustsen, Madsen and West) noted "It has been known for more than a century, and for a long time was believed to belong to the LMC. However, less than a decade ago, it became possible to measure the radial velocity...Somewhat unexpectedly, the velocity was found to be 1000 km/s, or several times larger than the velocities of stars and other LMC nebulae..."
******************************
05 03 23 -66 22 54; Dor
V = 11.9; Size 1.2'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright
cluster, fairly small, 45" diameter, partially resolved with 4 or 5 stars
visible on the east side of the halo including a couple of mag 13.5-14
stars. Located 2.6' ESE of mag
10.3
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1810 = D 235 = h2746 on 24 Sep 1826 and described "a small round pretty well defined nebula." He made a single observation and his position is 11' south-southeast of the cluster. It's also possible that this observation refers to brighter NGC 1818 -- along with D 234 and D236, though the latter two are placed south of D 235, agreeing with orientation of NGC 1810 and 1818.
JH made a total of 5 observations beginning on 6 Nov 1834. In order of his observations, he logged "eF, S, R, 15", precedes a globular cluster.", "vF, R, lbM, 40 arcsec", "F, S, R", "pF, R, lbM, 25 arcsec" and "Nebula; no description but that it has a globular cluster following it." The cluster he refers to is NGC 1818 and Herschel attributed Dunlop's 235 with the discovery.
******************************
05 08 42.6 -29 16 35; Col
V = 13.5; Size 1.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 60°
17.5" (1/19/91): very faint, small, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE. A mag 13 star is 1.4' ENE of center. Forms a pair with NGC 1812 2.7' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1811 = h2743 (along with NGC
1812 = h2744) on 6 Nov 1834 and logged as "vF, E." On a later sweep he recorded "pF;
S; lE; the preceding of two [with
******************************
NGC 1812 = ESO 422-039 = MCG -05-13-009 = PGC 16819
05 08 52.9 -29 15 04; Col
V = 12.7; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 8°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 4:3 N-S, moderate concentration, very small bright core. A mag 13 star lies 1.4' SW. Forms a close pair with NGC 1811 2.7' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1812 = h2744 (along with NGC 1811 = h2743] on 6 Nov 1834 and recorded "F; S; R; glbM; 15"; the following of 2." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 02 40 -70 19 06; Men
V = 12.8; Size 0.8'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): first in a string
of three clusters with
John Herschel discovered NGC 1813 = h2752 on 16 Dec 1835 and observed on a single sweep. His description reads "vF; S; R; r" and his position is just 0.1 tmin preceding the center of the cluster.
******************************
05 03 46.4 -67 18 04; Dor
V = 12.8; Size 1.0'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
bright, small, elongated N-S "knot" of stars on the west side of the
LMC association
John Herschel discovered NGC 1814 = h2748 on 2 Nov 1834 and described as "The southern of two nebulae [with NGC 1816] in the same cluster of stars [NGC 1820]." On a second sweep his description reads "vF, R, a nebulous knot in the south preceding part of a cluster".
******************************
05 02 27 -70 37 18; Men
V = 12.4; Size 1.2'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright,
small, round, very bright core partially resolved into a couple of knots,
25" diameter. A single faint
star is resolved at the north edge.
A mag 12.5 star lies 1' SSE and several mag 11-12 stars are in the
field. Located 9' due east of mag
7.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 1815 = h2753 on 24 Nov 1834 and described as "pF, vS, R, vlbM, among many stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1816 = ESO 085-037 = S-L 199
05 03 51 -67 15 36; Dor
V = 13.0; Size 1.0'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): small, brighter "knot" on the west side of the LMC association NGC 1820 = LH 19. At 200x, a couple of stars are resolved within the 18" glow. Forms a pair with slightly brighter NGC 1814 2.5' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1816 = h2748 on 2 Jan 1837 and recorded "vF, R, another nebulous knot [along with NGC 1814] in the cluster [NGC 1820]". Shapley and Lindsay (1963) group NGC 1814, 1816 and NGC 1820 together and note "bright scattered stars in nebulosity", with a size of 6.8' x 4.5'.
******************************
NGC 1817 = Cr 60 = OCL-463 = Lund 156
05 12 26 +16 41 06; Tau
V = 7.7; Size 16'
17.5" (2/11/96): large, roundish group of ~100 stars in a 15' diameter. The three brightest mag 8/9 stars lie on the west side. This trio is part of a 7' arc of 15 stars elongated N-S sharply defining the preceding side of the group. The cluster is fairly well detached except at the east side which merges into the general field density. About 5' NW of the trio described above is an unequal double h3269 = 8.6/10.6 at 20", though it appears detached from the main group. 25' SW is the bright, striking group NGC 1807 which has a cruciform outline.
8": about 65 stars in 15'-20' diameter, large, fairly rich, many faint stars. Includes three brighter stars on the west side including a mag 8.5 star. Forms a poor version of the "Double cluster" with NGC 1807 25' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1817 = H. VII-4 = h349 on 19 Feb 1784 (sweep 147) and recorded "a cluster of stars, ccattered and of very different magnitudes. They take up a space of about 20' and the cluster is coarsely circular. The weather is very indifferent so that the small stars are not very well to be seen; but I suppose there cannot be less than 150 that I might count at present." On 15 Oct 1784 (sweep 292), he reported "a cl of stars about 20 or 25' diameter, pretty rich, the stars not very small, nor very compressed." On 25 Jan 1832 (sweep 395), John Herschel wrote, "L, rich cl; stars 12...15 m; fills the field. Place that of a double star. The most compressed part is 42.5 sec foll the double star and 3' south of it." The double star is h3269 = 8.6/10.6 at 20".
******************************
NGC 1818 = ESO 085-040 = S-L 201
05 04 14 -66 26 06; Dor
V = 9.7; Size 3'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): very bright, fairly large, 2.5' diameter, sharply concentrated with an intense core that is partially resolved into several very faint stars. The halo was fairly well resolved with two dozen faint stars plus some brighter mag 12-13 stars in the outer halo. Just off the southwest edge is KMHK 490, a very small non-stellar object that appeared like a close double star.
NGC 1818 is the brightest of a trio with NGC 1810 6' NW and
S-L 205 5' NE. S-L 205 is just a
faint, diffuse glow, roughly 35" diameter. NGC 1822 and
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1818 = D 236 = D 234 = D235 = h2749 on 3 Aug 1826. Dunlop apparently made observations on different nights at different positions and recorded them separately as discoveries. He described D 236 on 3 Aug 1826 as "a star with a burr or bright small small nebula about 20" diameter, very bright at the centre." He observed it twice and the published position is 3.4' ENE of center. D 234, found on 6 Nov. 1826, was described as "a round well-defined nebula, about 30" diameter." His notebook position is 8' due S. Finally, D 235, found on 24 Sep 1826, was described as a "small round pretty well-defined nebula" and his position is 5.5' NNW of center!
John Herschel made 6 observations of the cluster with the first description from 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508): "vB, S, R cluster of distinct stars, mbM, 2' diameter."
******************************
05 11 46.1 +05 12 03; Ori
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 120°
13.1" (11/29/86): faint, very small, bright core,
elongated NW-SE. Located 12.5' S
of mag 8
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 1819 = Sw. 3-35 on 26 Dec 1885 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His position is 10 tsec west of UGC 3265 = PGC 16899. Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 6 Dec 1888 (repeated in the IC 2 Notes section).
******************************
NGC 1820 = ESO 085-039 = S-L 199 = LH 19
05 04 02 -67 16 00; Dor
V = 11.5; Size 8'x5'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this star cloud or association (LH 19) in the LMC appears as a very large, irregular group of approximately two dozen stars mag 10-15, roughly 9'x5' and extended N-S. Includes five stars mag 12 or brighter, along with two brighter "knots" (NGC 1814 and 1816) on the west side as well as containing some irregular nebulosity (LHa120-N17).
John Herschel discovered NGC 1820 = h2754 on 2 Jan 1837 and described a "pL, rich, 6th class cluster, irregular figure, in radiating streaks. Place that of a star 10th mag (one of 3 such). It is within this cluster that the two nebulae [NGC 1814 & NGC 1816] occur."
******************************
05 11 46.0 -15 08 04; Lep
V = 13.5; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 130°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, elongated WNW-ESE,
weak concentration.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1821 = LM 1-147 on 26 Dec
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA)
is 45 tsec west and 1' N of
******************************
NGC 1822 = ESO 085-042 = S-L 210
05 05 09 -66 12 36; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 0.8'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly faint, fairly small, 30" diameter. A single mag 14.5 star is resolved at the west edge. Forms a close pair with NGC 1826 2.8' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1822 = h2756 on 20 Dec 1835 and described as "vF, 20", the preceding of two [with NGC 1826 = h2751]." Wolfgang Steinicke credits James Dunlop with the discovery (D 235) on 24 Sep 1826, though Dunlop's position is much closer to NGC 1818, which may have multiple entries. I believe this cluster is too faint to have been picked up by Dunlop.
******************************
NGC 1823 = ESO 056-051 = S-L 198 = LH 18
05 03 25 -70 20 06; Men
V = 12.1; Size 0.9'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright irregular cluster with 8 or 9 resolved stars within 45". Five of the resolved stars are collinear on the west side oriented ~N-S. Second of three clusters with NGC 1813 4' WNW and S-L 200 4' SSE and the surrounding field is filled with a scattering of mag 12-13 stars and a large number of fainter stars (this is the stellar association LH 18). S-L 200 is the largest of the three clusters, 1.2'x0.6' extended N-S, with several stars resolved over a hazy background or emission glow and a detached group of 4 stars off the south end.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1823 = h2758 on 12 Nov 1836 and described "The most compressed part of a pF; L; branching cluster of stars 12...15m" His position is on the southeast side of the cluster. Hodge and Lucke (1970) note this open cluster in the LMC lies within the LMC O-association No. 18; the brightest star in the cluster is 13.9 mag.
******************************
05 06 56 -59 43 30; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 3.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 160°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 230x): fairly
faint to moderately bright, nice edge-on 5:1 NNW-SSE, ~2.3'x0.5'. Weak, broad concentration to a slightly
brighter core. Located 9' NNE of
mag 7.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 1824 = h2755 on 26 Dec 1834 and recorded "vF, vmE, 2' long, 20" broad, pos = 162 degrees."
******************************
05 04 19 -68 55 36; Dor
V = 12.0; Size 1.0'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
bright, very small, round, 20" diameter, increases to a very bright
quasi-stellar nucleus but no resolution.
Located 3.5' WSW of mag 8.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 1825 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and listed it as #199 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." There was no description given but his position is 1.5' NW of this LMC cluster.
******************************
NGC 1826 = ESO 085-043 = S-L 221
05 05 34 -66 13 54; Dor
V = 13.2; Size 0.9'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): slightly brighter of a pair of small clusters with NGC 1822 2.8' NW. Appeared moderately bright, round, 45" diameter, broad weak concentration but no resolution. A mag 10.8 star lies 2.9' E.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1826 = h2757 on 20 Dec 1835 and recorded "vF, 20", the following of two [with NGC 1822]." Steinicke lists Dunlop as the discoverer (D 235) of this object as well as NGC 1822, though Dunlop's position is much closer to NGC 1818, which may have multiple entries. I think this pair of clusters is too faint to have been picked up by Dunlop.
******************************
05 10 03.7 -36 57 32; Col
V = 12.5; Size 3.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 120°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, fairly large, edge-on 5:1 WNW-ESE, even surface brightness. Unusual appearance as a mag 11 star is superimposed on the east side of the center. Member of the NGC 1792/1808 group.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1827 = h2751 on 28 Nov 1837 and described as "vF, vmE, a long ray through a star 11th mag." His position is 1' too far south.
******************************
05 04 21.5 -69 23 18; Dor
V = 12.5
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): first in a trio with NGC 1830 and NGC 1835. At 228x this LMC cluster appears fairly faint, fairly small, round, 30" diameter. NGC 1830 lies 3.2' NNE and much brighter NGC 1835 is 4' ESE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1828 = h2761 on 23 Dec 1834 and described "F, S, R, 20"; the first of 3 [with NGC 1828, 1830 and 1835]." His position is accurate
******************************
05 04 57 -68 03 18; Dor
V = 12.1
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
LMC cluster and HII region (LMC-N23A) appeared bright, fairly large, irregular
round, 1.5' diameter. Four stars
are within the nebulous glow including a mag 13.5, two mag 14 stars and a mag
15 star. Located 1.8' NW of mag
7.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 1829 = h2760 on 13 Dec 1835 and recorded "F, R, 60", r[esolvable]." His position (single sweep) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1830 = ESO 056-056 = S-L 207
05 04 39 -69 20 26; Dor
V = 12.6
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): second of three in a distinctive triangle with NGC 1828 3' SSW and NGC 1835 4.6' SE. At 228x, this LMC cluster appeared fairly faint, fairly small, round, 30" diameter and quite similar to NGC 1828. An extremely faint, very small glow (designated BRHT 3b in SIMBAD) is 1' SW, on a line towards NGC 1828 (verified on DSS).
John Herschel discovered NGC 1830 = h2762 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F, S, R, 25"." He next recorded it as "the second of 3 [with NGC 1828 and 1835]." His position (observed on 4 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 06 16.2 -64 55 09; Dor
V = 11.2; Size 3.9'
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): fairly faint, fairly large, 1.5'-2' diameter, weak even concentration to the center. This is a rich intermediate-age LMC globular cluster.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1831 = D 246 = h2759 on 3 Aug 1826, with a second observation on 5 Nov. He described it as a "pretty well-defined round faint nebula, 25" diameter; a little brighter at the centre." and his first position was 5' due west of center.
John Herschel observed the cluster on 3 Dec 1834 (sweep 518) and called it "B; L; R; glbM; 90"." In 1926, Robert Innes described it as a "Mag[nificent] globular cluster, 2' diameter, bM of thousands of very faint stars." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
05 12 03.2 -15 41 19; Lep
V = 11.3; Size 2.6'x1.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 10°
24" (1/28/17): at 375x; bright, fairly large, oval 4:3 N-S, 1.6'x1.2', well concentrated with a small bright core. A mag 11 star is 1.1' E of center.
13.1" (12/18/82): fairly bright, bright core, slightly elongated ~N-S. A mag 11 star is 1.0' E of center. Situated 33' NNW of mag 3.3 Mu Leporis.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1832 = H. II-292 on 4 Feb
1785 (sweep 365) and reported "pB, irr R, mbM, south-preceding a pretty
considerable star and within a minute of it." His position is 2.3' SE of
******************************
05 04 22 -70 43 54; Men
V = 11.7; Size 2'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; fairly large nebulous
patch 1.5' diameter with a mag 13.4 star near the center and a half-dozen
additional stars resolved. The
nebulosity had a fair response using the NPB filter with a brighter piece on
the northeast side and a 2' irregular shape. Located at the south end of the huge
John Herschel discovered NGC 1833 = h2765 on 12 Nov 1836 and recorded "vF; pL; runs into and forms the first mass of a series of clustering groups." His position is accurate. Located within stellar association LH 24.
******************************
05 05 12.2 -69 12 27; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 20"
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): bright, small, round, thin halo, just 20" diameter, mottled but no resolution. Located 2.8' SE of mag 9.3 HD 33487. NGC 1834 (and nearby clusters NGC 1828 and 1830) is 12' S.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1834 = h2764 on 11 Nov 1836 and recorded (single sweep) "B, vvS, lE, uniform in light, 10" across." His position is 30" S of this compact cluster. The NGC description added the query "Planetary?" On the DSS, this object appears to be an extremely compact cluster, though perhaps a brighter star is superimposed.
Eric Lindsay, in the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in
the Large Magellanic Cloud", comments "A fairly bright star blended
with two faint ones. Questioned as a planetary nebula in the NGC. Prism plates
show a fairly strong continuum only, and it is probably an early-type
star." RNGC follows Lindsay
and misidentifies NGC 1834 as a triple star. Hodge and Wright note that it
"may only be a bright star in a rich field". The ESO records it as a globular
cluster (
******************************
NGC 1835 = ESO 056-058 = S-L 215
05 05 06 -69 24 18; Dor
V = 10.2; Size 1.2'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): brightest of three clusters with NGC 1828 4' W and NGC 1830 4.6' NW. At 228x, this LMC globular cluster appears bright, moderately large, round, 1.5' diameter, strongly concentrated with a small bright core. This object has a very symmetrical appearance with a high surface brightness like a compact globular cluster. NGC 1834 lies 12' N.
NGC 1835 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC. It has the highest known number (84) of RR Lyr variables in the LMC and is the brightest and most elliptical of the classic globulars.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1835 = D 116 = h2763 on 24 Sep
1826 (second drift). He described
"a small round well-defined nebula, rather bright towards the centre
(considerably condensed), 15" diameter." His reduced position was 15'
too far SSE, but his drift offset from
John Herschel rediscovered the cluster on 15 Dec 1835 (sweep 656) and recorded "vB, S, R, pmbM; 40"; the last of three [with NGC 1828 and 1830]." Herschel didn't associate D 116 with this cluster, probably due to his poor position. This cluster is missing from the Uranometria 2000.0 Atlas although it includes nearby NGC 1828 and 1830.
******************************
05 05 35 -68 37 42; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.5'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
bright LMC cluster, relatively large, high surface brightness, very elongated
NW-SE, 1.2'x0.4'. The dominant
portion of the cluster is on the NW end and appears bright, roundish,
25"-30" diameter with a few stars resolved just outside the glow. A
14th magnitude star is off the SE side and connects to a small knot (BRHT 4b) containing a very tight
string of 15th magnitude stars.
Forms a striking pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 1836 = h2766 on 23 Nov 1834 (along with NGC 1839 = h2768), though no description or position was given. On his second sweep (30 Dec 1836) he noted "the first nucleus of a clustering group of mixed stars and nebulosity." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1837 = ESO 056-059 = S-L 217 = LH 24
05 04 56 -70 42 54; Men
V = 10.6; Size 1.3'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; this cluster is primarily a very elongated N-S string of stars with some unresolved haze. There was no filter response. A few brighter mag 12.5-13 stars are involved with a total of a dozen in the 1.2' string. NGC 1837 forms a 3' pair with NGC 1833 to the west-southwest. A star cloud extends to the north with several mag 12 stars, along with many faint stars in the wider field. This magnificent association (LH 26) is rich in bright and faint stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1837 = h2769 on 3 Nov 1834. He observed this cluster on two sweeps and recorded it as "The last of three clustering groups (hazy)" and "the most condensed part of a large rich cluster of scattered stars which more than fills field." Archinal notes that brightest star is at 05 04 56.8 -70 42 57, close to Herschel's second position. It is not clear what other two objects he was referring to in the first sweep as only NGC 1833 is in the same field, though the star cloud (stellar association LH 24) containing these clusters extends to the northeast.
******************************
05 06 47 -68 25 42; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 10'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): excellent scattered
cluster/association in the LMC.
Includes many brighter mag 11.5-13 stars along with dozens of fainter
stars. Perhaps 75 stars down to
mag 15 are resolved in a 7' region.
Located just east of mag 8.2
There are three Shapley-Lindsay clusters (not specifically mentioned by Herschel) at the edges. S-L 225, at the southwest edge, appeared fairly bright, round, 50" diameter. Several mag 14-16 stars are resolved, particularly along the north side. Located 2' SSE of mag 8.2 HD 33617. A mag 11.7 star is 1.3' WSW. S-L 230, at the northern edge, appeared very bright, fairly small LMC cluster, 30"x20" ~N-S, clumpy. At 394x, a brighter star is resolved along with a few very faint stars and a quasi-stellar knot. It was too densely packed for additional resolution. Just 1' SW of S-L 230 is S-L 229, a pretty faint small glow, ~20" diameter, with no resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1838 = h2767 on 30 Dec 1836 and
logged as "a star 7 mag, the chief of a large very loose clustering
mass." The star was earlier
listed in the Brisbane Catalogue of Stars (published in 1835) as
Shapley-Lindsay, ESO and the Hodge-Wright Atlas identity the small knot S-L 225 as NGC 1838. Jenni Kay states that Herschel's description clearly refers to the larger star group, which contains a few small, faint open clusters within it, including S-L 225 and S-L 230. The large, loose grouping including a mag 8 star is roughly 10' in diameter, compared to S-L 225, which is just 35". Harold Corwin notes that S-L 225 may be outside of JH's intended object.
******************************
NGC 1839 = ESO 056-063 = S-L 226
05 06 02 -68 37 36; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 1.6'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very bright cluster forming a striking pair with NGC 1836 just 2.5' W. At 200x appears as a very high surface brightness irregular glow, ~30" diameter, mottled but not resolved. A group of six mag 13-14 stars is off the west side in two short N-S strings. Several fainter clusters are in the field including HS 117 5' SSE, HS 109 6' SSW and S-L 234 6' SE.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1839 = D 170 = h2678, along with
NGC 1836, on 25 Sep 1826. He
described "a pretty large faint nebula, irregular figure [with several
bright points in it]." The part in brackets was found in his handwritten
notebook, but not his published catalog.
Dunlop's position was 10' E of NGC 1839 and the next entry in his
handwritten notes mentions "the preceding of the three nebulae [follows by
2 min 55 sec and 6' S]."
Close to this offset is
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1839, along with NGC 1836, on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512) and described as "pB, irregular figure; the following of 2 [with NGC 1836] in field together." On 20 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) he called it "the second nucleus of a binuclear clustering group of mixed nebula and stars."
******************************
05 05 19 -71 45 46; Men
Size 0.6'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): NGC 1840 may the asterism of four mag 13.7-14.7 stars within 1.4' at this position. In addition a couple of mag 15-16 stars were resolved at 394x. Situated in a sparsely populated field.
More likely, though, NGC 1840 is a duplicate of NGC 1833.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1840 = h2771 on 3 Nov 1834 and described "F, R, bM, resolvable. Hardly visible through a thick haze. The observations makes the RA 6m 13.5s, but this is impossible from the context [of the sweep]. It *may* be 8m." In the Cape observations, Herschel gives a position of 5h 7m 13.5s (1830), which is ~3' too far west, and that position is also used in the GC. In any case, the only nearby object is an asterism of 4 stars. In August 2016 Harold Corwin went over the sweep carefully and concluded "Checking this arc, we find two candidate objects: NGC 1833 and SL 249 (at 05 07 35, -70 44.9). The NGC object (= h 2765) is the larger and brighter of the two, and its position is off JH's by even digits: 1 minute of time, and 1 degree of declination. This makes it likely [that NGC 1833 is also] NGC 1840." See his detailed analysis.
Eric Lindsay, in the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud", comments "There is some confusion about the RA. Dreyer chose the position 5h 6m 13.5' (1830) instead of 5h 7m 13.5s adopted by Herschel. There is nothing at either position. The object was hardly visible though a thick haze, the observation made the RA 6m which was considered impossible and may even by 8m. At the latter is the small cluster S/L 235."
******************************
04 45 22.5 -83 59 55; Men
V = 14.1; Size 2.4'
18" (7/9/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 128x, this LMC cluster appeared as a fairly large, round glow, ~3' diameter with a low surface brightness and just a very weak concentration. At 228x the cluster just starts to resolve into extremely faint 16th magnitude stars.
NGC 1841 resides in the halo and is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC. It is also the southernmost globular in the sky.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1841 = h2788 on 19 Jan 1836 and described "pF, L, irregularly round, vgbM, resolvable, 3' diameter. (RA open to much error for want of zero stars to be depended on)." Although his RA is off by 1 tmin, his position still matches the globular very well at this declination.
Harlow Shapley and John Paraskevopoulos first classified NGC 1841 as a globular cluster, possibly extragalactic (credited to Mrs. Seyfert) based on a long-exposure 24-inch Bruce plate at Bloemfontein, South Africa. The announcement was in "Southern Clusters and Galaxies" (Harvard Obs. Bull., No.914, 6). The listed V magnitude of 14.1 is almost certainly too faint.
******************************
05 07 18 -67 16 24; Dor
V = 14.0; Size 0.8'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
fairly faint, moderately large, irregular shape, 25" diameter, no
resolution. Forms a pair with
brighter
John Herschel discovered NGC 1842 = h2772 on 20 Dec 1835 and described as "eF, the preceding of two [with NGC 1844 = h2773]." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 14 05.9 -10 37 38; Ori
V = 12.6; Size 2.5'x1.8'; Surf Br = 14.1; PA = 110°
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, fairly small, round, broad concentration, halo gradually fades into the background.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 1843 = St. 8b-17 on 15 Jan 1877 with description "faint, small, round, little brighter middle."
******************************
NGC 1844 = ESO 085-048 = S-L 242
05 07 31 -67 19 24; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 1.3'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
fairly bright, moderately large, irregular (brightest portion is triangular
shaped), 45"-60" diameter.
A couple of faint stars are resolved at the edges with two interior
stars occasionally resolving.
Mottled appearance on the verge of higher resolution. A mag 12.4 star lies 2' SSW. NGC 1842 lies 3.4' NNW with
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
moderately bright, fairly small, round, ~40" diameter, fairly smooth with
only a weak concentration to the center.
Two mag 12-13 stars lie to the south and a mag 10 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 1844 = h2773 on 2 Nov 1834 and described "pB, R, gbM, 60"." On a second sweep he recorded "pF, R, gbM, 25", has two stars 12th mag to the north." On a third observation is only logged "F, R". The final observation reads: "F, R, bM, the following of two [with NGC 1842 = h2772]."
******************************
NGC 1845 = ESO 056-065 = S-L 232 = LH 26
05 06 22 -70 35 24; Men
V = 10.2; Size 20'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; very large star cloud/association (LH 26) completely filling the 19' field. At the northeast end is the small open cluster S-L 232, which is often taken as NGC 1845. It appeared as a moderately bright, nebulous patch, roundish, 30" diameter, unresolved. A mag 11.2 star is 0.9' SW. The star cloud generally trends northeast to southwest (from S-L 232), stretching ~20'x10', and includes the open cluster NGC 1833 and 1837 at the southwest end. The cloud includes a stunning mix of bright (a few mag 9.5 stars are Milky Way stars), numerous mag 12-13 stars and faint stars over the glowing LMC background haze of myriad unresolved stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1845 = h2770 on 24 Nov 1834 and
simply noted the position was "the general middle of the same cluster
[field containing NGC 1837 = h2769]." On a second sweep he gave the more detailed description,
"a star 9m the second in magnitude and near the centre of clustering
groups which run together and form a cluster which fills the whole field. vl
comp M; st 11...16m." His two
positions refer to different objects: probably the small cluster S-L 232 to the
northeast of
******************************
NGC 1846 = ESO 056-067 = S-L 243
05 07 34.1 -67 27 41; Dor
V = 11.3; Size 2.8'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
128x this young LMC globular appeared fairly bright, relatively large, round,
2.5' diameter, broad concentration, mottled with some weak resolution. A mag 10 star lies 9' SW. Second in a collinear string of 4 LMC
clusters with NGC 1844 9' NNW, NGC 1842 11.5' NNW and
John Herschel discovered NGC 1846 = h2774 on 2 Nov 1834 and logged "B; L; R; gbM; 3'." He recorded this cluster on 4 different sweeps and his position is accurate.
James Dunlop's D 209 may be an earlier discovery on 6 Nov. 1826. He described a "very faint round nebula, 45" diameter, preceding a bright star in the same parallel." His position is 9' SW of center, within the range of his usual errors, but there isn't a bright star "in the same parallel". A mag 11.5 star is 7' due W, though I doubt he would call it a "bright star".
******************************
NGC 1847 = ESO 056-066 = S-L 240
05 07 08 -68 58 18; Dor
V = 11.1; Size 1.0'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very
bright LMC blue globular, moderately large, irregular elongated shape, high
surface brightness glow with a small fainter halo, ~0.6'x0.4'. At 200x, several mag 14.5-15.5 stars
are resolved (a couple are fairly easy) within and at the edges of the central
glow. NGC 1825 lies 15' WNW, NGC
1856 is 16' SE and
John Herschel discovered NGC 1847 = h2775 on 15 Dec 1835 and logged as "B, E, 30", has a double star in the centre." On a second sweep he called it "B, S, R, gbM, 15"." His position is accurate.
Joseph Turner described and sketched NGC 1847 on 18 Dec 1875 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 27 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae..."): "It has a mottled appearance, the bright parts being very bright, as if consisting of very small stars. Sometimes these bright parts sparkle, but I cannot make out any distinct stars, although I feel convinced that these exist. The small star immediately south of nebula and close to it is involved in very faint nebula. H.'s drawing of this object is very unlike its present appearance. He describes it as having a double star in centre and his drawing also shows it so. The nebula presents altogether a more mottled appearance than indicated by H.'s sketch, and the two brighter parts might easily, upon an unfavourable night, be mistaken for the double star with H. shows in his drawing; I can however make nothing more of it than already stated. Night exquisite."
On 19th November 1884, Baracchi noted: "Pretty large, elongated, bright patches within it, not stars. Sparkling looks as if resolvable, but not so. Agrees exactly with Turner's drawing. Position of neighbouring stars agrees exactly with T. Nebula is most likely unchanged. H. puts a double star in it. This double star is perhaps represented now by the bright patches. It may be that H.'s stars have changed into diffused patches." Both T. and B. consider the lithograph as fairly representing the object."
******************************
05 07 17 -71 11 18; Men
V = 9.7; Size 6'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): large, scattered
group of stars, winding in a loop or U-shape that is open on the east and
northeast side. On the west end is
a close, unequal double star with the primary being the brightest star in the
cluster. In total between 30-36
stars are resolved in a 5' region (stellar assoication LH 28). At the east end of the loop is S-L 256,
a faint but clumpy glow of 20" diameter. NGC 1848 is centered 6' NE of mag 7.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 1848 = h2776 on "the first and brightest star, 9th mag, of a cluster of loosely scattered stars" and recorded as "The first and brightest star, 9m, of a cluster of loosely scattered stars." His position is exactly 1 min of RA west of the star at the west edge of the group.
******************************
05 09 35 -66 19 00; Dor
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'
30" (11/4/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright, irregularly round, 1' diameter, small bright core, no resolution. An equilateral triangle of mag 11/12 stars with sides of 2.4' is centered 4' SW. While scanning the field, I noticed open cluster S-L 283 7.7' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1849 = h2778 on 3 Jan 1837 and recorded "vF; lE; glbM; 25". His position from a single sweep is ~30" NNW of center.
******************************
NGC 1850 = LMC-N103A = ESO 056-70 = S-L 261
05 08 45.8 -68 45 39; Dor
V = 9.5; Size 3'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 350x
in the 24" I was stunned by the view of this huge, extremely bright, blue
globular cluster! The outer halo,
which extends 5' in diameter, was resolved into dozens of faint stars arranged
in irregular star chains that appear to stream out of the core. A single brighter mag 13 star is
superimposed on the west side [30" W of center is the core of companion
cluster
NGC 1850 resides in a glorious LMC region that is packed
with an unbelievable number of clusters and HII regions including NGC 1854 6'
SE and
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): After the Tarantula region (30 Doradus complex), NGC 1850 is the brightest star cluster in the LMC and at an estimated age of only 40-50 million years, this rich, globular-like cluster has no counterpart in the Milky Way! At 128x, the cluster appeared very bright (9th magnitude), large, round, ~3.5' diameter, well concentrated with an intensely bright 1' core. A brighter mag 13 star is superimposed on the western side of the halo. Several very faint stars are resolved in the very lively halo.
NGC 1850 lies in a very impressive region of the LMC (near
the outskirts of the central bar) with 13 additional NGC clusters/nebulosity
within 30' including NGC 1854 7' SE, NGC 1858 10' SE,
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1850 = D 172 = h2780, along with NGC 1854 and 1858, on 3 Aug 1826. His summary description (based on two observations) reads, "pretty bright round nebula, 40" diameter. This is the preceding and brightest of three nebulae in a line [with NGC 1854 and NGC 1858]." His published position was 10' E (same offset as NGC 1839), but a 3rd observation on 6 Nov 1826, in which he stated the line is oblique to the equator, is only 5' SW.
John Herschel observed this cluster on 6 sweeps beginning on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) when he logged "pretty bright, small, round, a cluster of stars 12th mag; diam 1'." Three weeks later (sweep 512) he noted, "globular, very bright, very much compressed, 3' diameter." Herschel gave possible identities with D 172 as well as D 170, which applies to NGC 1839.
******************************
05 14 06.3 -40 02 50; Col
V = 7.2; Size 11.0'; Surf Br = 0.1
18" (1/17/09): at 275x this very bright globular spanned ~6' and contained a blazing 1.5' core. Nearly two dozen stars were resolved including a distinctive SSW-NNE string that runs past the west side of the core. The observation was hampered by the low elevation of this globular from northern California (~10° elevation).
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 200x, this compact globular was very bright, strongly concentrated with an intense 1.5' core and a 4-5' fainter halo. The core was very lively and there were ~30 stars resolved [brightest cluster members are mag 13.2], mostly in the loose halo. A neat loop of stars emerges from the core and runs NNE-SSW along the west edge of the core.
17.5" (1/31/87): small bright core, large very mottled halo. About 20 stars are resolved, mostly west of the core.
13.1" (1/1/84): mottled bright core, unresolved except for two or three faint stars at the west edge.
8" (10/31/81): small, very small bright core, faint halo.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1851 = D 508 = h2777 on 10 May 1826. His summary decription (based on 5 observations) reads, "exceedingly bright, round, well-defined nebula, about 1.5' diameter, exceedingly condensed, almost to the very margin. This is the brightest small nebula that I have seen. I tried several magnifying powers on this beautiful globe; a considerable portion round the margin is resolvable, but the compression to the centre is so great that I cannot reasonably expect to separate the stars. I compared this with the 68 Conn. des Tems, and this nebula greatly exceeds the 68 in condensation and brightness."
John Herschel recorded it on 23 Oct 1835 (sweep 638) as a "superb globular cluster; all resolved into stars of 14th mag.; very suddenly much brighter in the middle to a blaze or nucleus of light; diam. in RA = 15 seconds of time. Difference of left and right eyes in resolving this cluster very remarkable. Returning from the left to the right eye, the object (in comparison) appears as if glazed over with a kind of dull film." On a later sweep he wrote, "very bright; round; very suddenly very much brighter in the middle; 3'; all clearly resolved into stars from 14 to 16 mag except at the centre, where they are massed together into a blaze of light." His final observation reads "Superb globular cluster, very bright; round; first very gradually then suddenly very much brighter in the middle; 4'; resolved, the stars barely visible in strong twilight."
******************************
NGC 1852 = ESO 056-71 = S-L 264
05 09 24 -67 46 36; Dor
V = 12.0
25" (4/6/19 - OzSky): at 244x and 353x; bright, fairly large, round, 1.2' diameter, brighter core. A couple of 15th mag stars were resolved on the north side and a couple additional extremely faint 16+ mag stars on the edge of the southern halo.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
128x, this rich LMC cluster (possible globular) appeared moderately bright and
large, round, 1' diameter. Fairly
low surface brightness with a weak concentration to a slightly brighter
core. Forms the northern vertex of
a triangle with two mag 10 stars (
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1852 = D 171 = h2781 on 6 Nov 1826 and described a "very faint round nebula, about 25" diameter." His position is 5' SSE of the cluster and there are no other nearby candidates. John Herschel independently discovered the cluster on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 522) and recorded "F; R; gbM; 2'." His position (measured on 4 sweeps) is accurate and he made no mention of Dunlop's possible earlier observation.
******************************
05 12 16.4 -57 23 57; Dor
V = 13.0; Size 2.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 43°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): moderately
bright and large, elongated ~5:2 SW-NE, 1.25'x0.5', slightly brighter core,
brighter along the major axis. A
mag 12 star is 1.6' NE of center, collinear with the major axis. Located 4.5' SSW of mag 9.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 1853 = h2779 on 4 Dec 1834 and
logged "F; S; mE; pos 45° n f to s p. Has a *11 mag north." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) and description matches
******************************
NGC 1854 = NGC 1855 (core) = ESO 056-072 = S-L 265
05 09 20.1 -68 50 50; Dor
V = 10.4; Size 0.8'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): I revisited this remarkable field after viewing NGC 1850 (located 6' NW) the previous night. At 200x this cluster appeared very bright, large, round, with a brilliant core. At 350x, it was resolved into numerous faint stars around the edges of the intense core. Up to a couple of dozen very faint stars popped in and out of visibility. The core is noticeably elongated N-S and is surrounded by a large, much fainter halo. There is a small clump of stars at the NW edge. NGC 1858, a large star cluster and nebulosity, lies 4' SE.
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly bright, fairly small, oval 4:3 NW-SE, 0.8'x0.6', moderate concentration. There is a small knot attached to the north edge. Located 6' SE of NGC 1850 with NGC 1858 4.5' further SE in a region of the LMC packed with clusters.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1854 = D 119 = h2782, along with NGC 1850 and 1858, on 3 Aug 1826. He noted a "small round pretty well-defined nebula" and mentioned the three nebulae were on a line oblique to the equator. Although his position is 12' too far ESE, the identification is certain.
John Herschel recorded NGC 1854 on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512) and logged "a cluster nebula, S, R, pB, 40"." He observed the cluster on 5 sweeps including 16 Dec 1834 (sweep 657) when he noted "B, E, gbM, 2', resolvable. The second of three objects [with NGC 1850 and 1858." His description for NGC 1855 = h2783 reads "a vB, L, round cluster of stars 12m, 5' diameter [this obs must refer to the general cluster in which the former (NGC 1854) is situated as a nebulous-looking knot - a combination of the most ordinary occurence in the Nubecula Major, though very rare in other parts of the heavens.)"
NGC 1854 and 1855 are equated in S-L (1963) and ESO as well as online sources such as SIMBAD. Brent Archinal has separate listings for NGC 1854 ("central portion") and NGC 1855 in his book "Star Clusters".
******************************
05 09 20 -68 51 00; Dor
Size 2.3'x2.3'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 350, the cluster was resolved into numerous faint stars around the edges of the intense core. Up to a couple of dozen very faint stars popped in and out of visibility. The core (NGC 1854) is noticeably elongated N-S and is surrounded by a large, much fainter halo (NGC 1855).
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): see description for NGC 1854.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1855 = h2783 on 2 Nov 1834 and described "a vB, L, round cluster of stars 12m, 5' diameter [N.B. this obs must refer to the general cluster in which the former (h2782 = NGC 1854) is situated as a nebulous-looking knot - a combination of the most ordinary occurence in the Nubecula Major, though very rare in other parts of the heavens]." He has 5 observations of h2782 (the central core of the cluster), but only this single observation noting a much larger field. Most sources, such as ESO and SIMBAD, simply equate the two numbers or refer to the cluster as NGC 1855, though Brent Archinal has separate listings for both objects in his book "Star Clusters".
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1854 = D 119 (the core of the cluster) on 2 Aug 1826 and described a "small round pretty well-defined nebula". His position is 12' ESE of NGC 1855, a typical error shared by D 120 = NGC 1858. Dunlop is not credited in JH's catalogues or the NGC.
******************************
NGC 1856 = ESO 056-073 = S-L 271
05 09 29 -69 07 42; Dor
V = 10.1; Size 2.7'x2.4'
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
128x, this LMC rich cluster appeared bright, moderately large, 1.5'
diameter. Well concentrated with a
very bright 30" core similar to a globular cluster. Located 2' N of mag 9.4
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1856 = D 118 = h2784 on 24 Sep 1826 and described "a pretty well-defined small nebula, with a small star south of it." His position is 6' too far ENE, a comparable offset to NGC 1839 and NGC 1850, the previous objects in his drift on 25 Sep. The "small star south" matches a mag 9.4 star 2' S and the identification is secure.
John Herschel swept up the cluster on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509), logging it as "B, R, gbM, 12 seconds diameter in RA in time. Has a bright star to south." Robert Innes, observing with the 26.5-inch Union Observatory refractor in 1926, described a "cluster, 90" diameter, bM, stars 14th mag and fainter."
******************************
05 20 06 +39 20 36; Aur
V = 7.0; Size 6'
13.1" (1/18/85): 50-60 stars resolved surrounding mag
7.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 1857 = H. VII-33 = h350 on 18 Sep 1786 (sweep 619). He described "a cluster of pretty compressed pS stars, considerably rich, contains one large star, the rest are all of a size." His position is accurate. On 3 Feb 1832 (sweep 399), John Herschel recorded, "a *7m, very ruddy, almost orange-coloured, in a p rich cl of very small stars." Wolfgang Steinicke reports that William discovered it earlier on 30 Sep 1780 (before his sweeps started), while surveying the brighter stars with his 6.2-inch reflector.
******************************
NGC 1858 = LMC-N105 = ESO 056-74 = S-L 274 = LH 31
05 09 56.1 -68 54 06; Dor
V = 9.9; Size 4.4'x2.6'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): NGC
1858 would be a fascinating nebula and cluster (association LH 31) even if it
was isolated, but it's more striking situated at the southeast end of a wonderful
chain with the bright cluster NGC 1854 and NGC 1850, one of the top showpieces
in the LMC. At 346x about two
dozen stars were superimposed over an elongated glow and many other stars were
just outside the glow. At 200x
with a UHC filter, the associated emission nebula (LMC-N105) was very bright
overall with a very high surface brightness patch (N105A = HD 269111), roughly
30" in size, at the north end.
This patch contains the mag 13.9 Wolf-Rayet star Brey 16a = HD
269113. The nebula is brightest
along the west and east border and weaker in the center. The elongation is towards a mag 12 star
on the south side (Blue supergiant
18" (7/10/05 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): third of three bright objects in a NW to SE string with NGC 1850 and NGC 1854/55. This is a large and very unusual cluster with nebulosity. There is a bright knot attached near the NW edge, ~15"-20" in diameter. This knot responds very well to a UHC filter at 76x (27 Panoptic). An obvious elongated patch of nebulous haze curves to the SE with several mag 13 stars involved with the glow and extended N-S. Overall, the size of the cluster/nebulosity extends to 3.5'x2'. Located 4.5' SE of NGC 1854.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1858 = D 120 = h2784, along with NGC 1850 and 1854, on 3 Aug 1826. He called it a "small round nebula, about 30" diameter" with the three "nebulae" described as on a line oblique to the equator, matching the sky. He made a second observation on 25 Sep 1826, matching in offset position from NGC 1856, the previous object in the drift. He described it as "the following of the three faint nebulae [with NGC 1850 and 1855] - irregular figure, ill defined, about 1' long, 25" or 30" broad."
John Herschel first recorded NGC 1858 on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and noted "A bright cl of irregular figure." Herschel observed the cluster no less than 7 sweeps. For example, the next night (sweep 509) he called it "a large, irregularly elongated cluster and nebula. Has two bright nebulae N.p. [NGC 1850 and 1854]. " He added this note his observations: "This object, by diagrams, made in several of the observations, appears to consist of a resolvable and irresolvable portion, the general form being that of a somewhat crooked oblong extended from N.p. to S.f. at an angle of 60 or 70 degrees with the parallel, the northern end being nebulous, the southern starry. This anomolous form and constitution will serve to explain the apparent disagreement of these descriptions and places."
******************************
05 11 32.5 -65 14 55; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 2.0'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright,
fairly small, round. A brighter
"bar" oriented NW-SE runs through the center, 0.6' diameter. Appears very mottled with a few very
faint stars resolved. Collinear
with mag 7
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x, this cluster
appeared as a faint, fairly small, round, unresolved spot, roughly 0.5'
diameter. Located 5.5' SSW of mag
7.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 1859 = h2786 on 3 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; S; R; vgbM; 20"; has a *7m nf, dist 6'." His position and description is accurate.
******************************
05 10 39.9 -68 45 13; Dor
V = 11.0; Size 1.1'x1.1'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
LMC cluster was fairly faint, moderately large, possibly elongated slightly
N-S, ~35"x30", very weak concentration. A mag 10 star lies 1.7' SW. Picked up after viewing
John Herschel discovered NGC 1860 = h2787 on 30 Dec 1836 and described as "F; R; vgbM; 60." His position is ~30" too far south.
******************************
05 10 22 -70 46 36; Men
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): moderately bright, round, fairly small, 35" diameter, weak concentration to a slightly brighter core, no resolution. A mag 12 star lies 4' W and there are no stars brighter than mag 11 in the field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1861 = h2790 on 12 Nov 1836 and described as "eF, R, gvlbM, 90 arcseconds." His single position is accurate.
******************************
05 12 34.4 -66 09 11; Dor
V = 13.3; Size 0.3'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint, fairly small, irregular round, 25" diameter. Two mag 15-15.5 stars are resolved on the north side [6" separation] and a knot on the south side just resolves into a 4" pair. A wide 30" pair of mag 11/12.5 stars is 2.5' S.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1862 = h2789 on 31 Jan 1835 and logged "vF, R, 30"." His position from this single sweep is 1.3' too far west.
******************************
NGC 1863 = ESO 056-077 = S-L 299
05 11 40.1 -68 43 36; Dor
V = 11.0; Size 1.4'x1.2'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this LMC globular appeared very bright, moderately large, irregular outline, ~40" diameter, high surface brightness. A faint star or clump is at the NE edge. Forms a pair with NGC 1865, located 5' SE. The remarkable field containing NGC 1850 (brightest cluster in the LMC), NGC 1855 and 1858 lies 15' SW.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1863 = D 173 = h2791 on 25 Sep 1826. He recorded "a small faint round nebula 12" diameter." His reduced position was 12' ENE of the cluster, a comparable offset in RA (time) as the previous object (NGC 1858) in the drift.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1863 = h2791 on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 523) and recorded "B; vS; R; 20"." On a second sweep he added "resolvable, 15", has a small star very near the edge." His position (recorded on 5 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 12 41.0 -67 37 25; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 0.9'
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): fairly bright, fairly small,
roundish glow, 35" diameter.
Four stars are resolved are 303x.
Two mag 14.3 and 15.5 stars on the west end and a couple of mag 14.5-15
stars on the southeast side. HD
34650 = HJ 3747 = 9.4/11.0 at 7" is 6.2' ENE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1864 = h2792 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; R; bM; 60." On a second sweep he logged "F; irreg R; r; query, if not a knot of vS stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1865 = ESO 056-078 = S-L 307
05 12 25.0 -68 46 19; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x1.4'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this LMC cluster was fairly bright, fairly large, round, 1' diameter with a weak concentration and no resolution. It has a symmetrical appearance like a globular. Located 5' SE of the bright cluster NGC 1863.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1865 = h2794 on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 523) and recorded "vF, pL, R, vglbM, 45"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1866 = ESO 085-52 = S-L 319
05 13 38.6 -65 27 51; Dor
V = 9.8; Size 4.5'
30" (11/6/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): beautiful, highly resolved "blue globular" in the LMC. Appeared very bright, very large, with an intense 1' core surrounded by a 5' halo containing a few dozen very faint stars. The core itself was partially resolved into a number of densely packed stars over bright, mottled haze. NGC 1859 lies 18' NW.
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x, this LMC globular appeared moderately bright and fairly large large, round, 2.5' diameter. The appearance was symmetrical with a faint 2.5' halo increasing to a 1' bright core which was concentrated to the center. There was no obvious resolution although the surface was grainy or mottled. Forms an equilateral triangle with a mag 11-12 star 3' WNW and a mag 12-13 star 3' NNW. This is a young populous "blue globular" with an age of roughly 100 million years.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1866 = h2793 = D 247 = D 248 on 3 Aug 1826. He described D 248 as "a pretty bright round well-defined nebula, about 30" diameter, gradually and moderately condensed to the centre." His first position on 3 Aug was 9' to the E and a second position from 5 Nov was 7.5' to the W, so the identification is certain. D 247, found on 3 Oct 1826, is apparently another observation. It was placed 9' too far NW and described (in his notebook) as "a pretty bright round nebula, 35" diameter, gradually condensed to the center and well defined."
John Herschel observed NGC 1866 on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512) and recorded "vB; L; R; vgmbM; 2'; resolvable." In 1926, Robert Innes described the cluster as "fine cluster of stars, very dense, with outliers, 2' diam, a miniature of Omega Centauri, 8th mag." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
05 13 41.6 -66 17 36; Dor
V = 13.3; Size 1.3'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
LMC cluster appears as a fairly faint soft glow with no resolution, moderately
large, irregularly round, 35" diameter, slightly brighter core. Forms the obtuse angle of a flat
triangle with a mag 10.5 star 2.6' S and a mag 12.5 star 1.9' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1867 = h2795 on 3 Jan 1837 and described as "eF, pL, R, 2' (sky dull)" His position is accurate.
******************************
05 14 37 -63 57 18; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 3.9'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, moderately large, round, fairly thin halo, 1.0' diameter, mottled and high surface brightness but not resolved. A mag 12 star lies 2.5' NE. Resides in an fairly sparse field 57' SE of mag 5.2 WZ Doradus.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1868 = h2796 on 30 Nov 1834 and reported "pF; pL; R; vglbM; 80"." On a second sweep he recorded "pB; R; gbM; 30"." In 1926, Robert Innes described it visually as a "Resolvable. 1' diameter, bM, = 9th mag." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
05 13 52.7 -67 22 41; Dor
V = 10.5; Size 14'
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): S-L 326 (middle of three
clusters within a large star cloud) consists of a mag 11.5 star, along with 5
other fairly bright stars and a number of faint stars (12-15 total
resolved). The cluster is encased
in an irregular HII glow with a brighter patch (LMC-N30A) to the southeast of
the mag 11.5 star. The glow is
moderately enhanced with the NPB filter, which reveals nebulosity extending off
the cluster to the west.
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): fairly faint, hazy glow
(= S-L 326) around a mag 10.5 star (
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1869 = D 210 = D 182 on 24 Sep 1826. His description of D 210 reads "a small round nebula, rather faint. This is the preceding in a line of nebulae and small stars, with a star of the 7th magnitude at the north extremity." Dunlop's sketch (figure 7) appears to support D 210 = NGC 1871 (or part of the "line"), with a small nebula at the opposite end of a curved chain extending to a star (Theta Doradus) at the opposite end. His published position is 3.4' ESE of S-L 326 in the center of the association (the "point taken" by Herschel). Dunlop's D 182, found on 27 Sep, also refers to these clusters: "a bright star [Theta Dor] is at the north extremity of a branched cluster of very small stars of mixed small mag or - with several small faint nebulae in strong nebulosity common to all." This number is from a drift in which he misidentified the reference star (Theta Dor) so his positions are systematically offset.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1869 = h2798 on 30 Jan 1835 (sweep 658) and described a "cluster of 7th class; a fine L cluster of scattered stars which fills field. The point taken is the middle of 3 groups [including NGC 1871 and 1873] in the most condensed part."
NGC 2000, ESO and Morel's Visual Atlas of the LMC all identify NGC 1869 with S-L 326, a small cluster flanked by NGC 1871 to the south and NGC 1873 to the north of Herschel's position. This is the object described by Herschel on his second sweep. But Jenni Kay notes that "I am confident the small cluster centrally positioned between NGC 1871 and NGC 1873, being 2.5' in size is not Herschel's cluster. The whole star group is attractive enough to warrant it's own designation. ...the small OC was used to measure a position only for the whole group which is the true NGC 1869 cluster." Based on his two sweeps, NGC 1869 refers BOTH to the small cluster and to the star cloud (Lucke-Hodge associations 36/37/38 as well as 34/32).
******************************
05 13 10.9 -69 07 03; Dor
V = 11.3; Size 1.1'x1.0'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this cluster appeared very bright, small, round, at most 30" in diameter. The cluster was very grainy and lively at 350x and a few extremely faint stars occasionally popped into view.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1870 = D 123 = h2799 on 3 Aug 1826. He described "a faint ill-defined nebula, 2' diameter, preceding a large faint nebula." His position, from a single observation, is 9.5' too far ESE. Adding some doubt, though, is his size estimate of 2', which is much too large for this small object. Furthermore, there is no "large faint nebula" directly following, though he could be referring to NGC 1910, which is ~30' ESE and was also observed that night.
John Herschel rediscovered the cluster on 30 Jan 1835 and logged "B; S; R; glbM; 25." His position (measured on two sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1871 = LMC-N30B = ESO 056-085 = S-L 325 = LH 38
05 13 52.0 -67 27 08; Dor
V = 10.1
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): this nebulous cluster contains
5 or 6 bright stars (mag 11.5-13) and 10 stars total, 2' diameter, elongated
E-W. A very small nonstellar knot
is near the center; a mag 11.8 blue supergiant (
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 105x, this is a small group of stars in the LMC, 4 stars are resolved in nebulosity. NGC 1873 lies 7' N and NGC 1864 is 12' SW.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1871 = D 210 = D 182 = h2800 on 24 Sep 1826. He recorded D 210 as "a small round nebula, rather faint. This is the preceding in a line of nebulae and small stars, with a star of the 7th magnitude [probably mag 4.8 Theta Doradus] at the north extremity." Although NGC 1871 is not "preceding in a line", it lies at the south end of a line with NGC 1869 and 1873, extending towards Theta Doradus. Dunlop's D 182, found on 27 Sep, also refers to these clusters: "a bright star [Theta Dor] is at the north extremity of a branched cluster of very small stars of mixed small mag or - with several small faint nebulae in strong nebulosity common to all." This number is from a drift in which he misidentified the reference star (Theta Dor) and his published position is 2° to the SE.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1871 on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and described "a poor cluster; the southern of three (with NGC 1869 and 1873) of four." On 2 Jan 1837 (sweep 760) he called it "the second of a series of clusters which extend northwards as far as [Theta Doradus]." His mean position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1872 = ESO 056-083 = S-L 318
05 13 11.6 -69 18 45; Dor
V = 11.0; Size 1.7'x1.7'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this bright globular was the first LMC object I observed in the 24" and the view and surrounding field was very striking. At 200x, the cluster appeared very bright, fairly large, round, 1.25' diameter, with a very bright core and a mottled halo. A couple of mag 14-14.5 stars are near the edge of the halo.
Just to the east is a fairly rich scattering of stars
including a 6' N-S curving chain that includes several mag 11-12 stars with a
nice mag 12 pair at the north end (
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1872 = D 121= h2802 on 24 Sep 1826 and recorded "a small round nebula." Athough his reduced position was 15' too far south, it was logged in the drift (second on 24 Sep) just 12 seconds prior to the NGC 1876 complex and 2' N, a nearly perfect match.
John Herschel first observed NGC 1872 on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509) and reported "B, R, gbM; the preceding nebula." In Dec. 1834 (sweep 523) he recorded, "pB, S, R, insulated in the recess of an arc-formed nebulous cluster (See plate III fig 6 for this and several following objects)." His position (recorded on 4 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1873 = ESO 085-054 = S-L 324 = LH 36
05 13 55.8 -67 20 00; Dor
V = 10.4
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): fairly bright, large resolved cluster, 2.5' diameter. Includes a bright mag 11.6 star and 20 or more mag 13 and fainter stars over unresolved haze and nebulosity. Moderate contrast gain with NPB filter. Connected to S-L 326 (see NGC 1869) just 2.8' S and NGC 1871 7.5' SSW. The three star groups are embedded in a 15' star cloud (including associations LH 32/34/36/37/38). Faint stars and unresolved haze extends to the west and north as well as a several brighter mag 11.5-12.5 stars 4' to 6' W. This excellent region is situated 9' S of mag 4.8 Theta Doradus.
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): very faint, 4 stars resolved over haze, 1.0' diameter. Located 9' S of mag 4.9 Theta Doradus in a series of small clusters including NGC 1871 7' S and a small group just 3' S surrounding a mag 10 star that John Herschel gave as the center for NGC 1869.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1873 = D 210 = D 182 on 24 Sep 1826. His description of D 210 reads "a small round nebula, rather faint. This is the preceding in a line of nebulae and small stars, with a star of the 7th magnitude at the north extremity." Dunlop's sketch shows a curved chain of stars and nebulae extending south of a bright star (Theta Doradus). Dunlop's D 182, found on 27 Sep, also refers to these clusters: "a bright star [Theta Dor] is at the north extremity of a branched cluster of very small stars of mixed small mag or - with several small faint nebulae in strong nebulosity common to all." This number is from a drift in which he misidentified the reference star (Theta Dor) so his positions are systematically offset.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1873 = h2801 on 2 Jan 1837
(sweep 760) and described as "the third [with NGC 1871 and 1869] of a
series of clusters extending to
******************************
NGC 1874 = LMC-N113D = ESO 056-84 = LH 35
05 13 09.0 -69 22 34; Dor
V = 12.8; Size 1.0'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the first in a complex of HII regions located ~4' due south of the bright
cluster NGC 1872. At 200x and UHC
filter, NGC 1874 appeared bright, round, ~1' diameter, even surface
brightness. The nebulous glow is
just slightly fainter than
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1874 = part of D 122 = h2804 on 24 Sep 1826. His handwritten notes reads, "a cluster of nebulae, one about 20" diameter, 3 smaller with several small stars in a curved line [on the north side]. The stars are very small." His reduced position was 14' too far south, but the description fits this complex and in the drift he accurately placed NGC 1872 a few arc minutes NNW at the same time, confirming the identification. As NGC 1876 and NGC 1874 are the brightest objects in this complex, it's safe to assume that D 122 applies to at least these.
John Herschel recorded NGC 1874 = h2803 on 16 Dec 1835 (sweep 657): "the south preceding of two [with NGC 1876 = h2804], forming a binuclear nebula at the southern extremeity of an arc-formed cluster of stars." He sketched the complex, which is shown on Plate III, figure 6 in his Cape catalogue.
******************************
05 21 45.8 +06 41 20; Ori
V = 13.7; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0
48" (10/24/11): bright, round, 30" diameter,
brighter core. A mag 13 star lies
1' W. The other three fainter
members (interacting chain
24" (2/9/13): NGC 1875 is the dominant E or S0 galaxy
in
17.5" (2/8/97): faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, very faint stellar nucleus. Located 1.0' E of a mag 13.5 star. No other members of HCG 34 seen.
17.5" (12/23/89): very faint, very small, round, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is 1' W. This galaxy is the brightest member of HCG 34 including an extremely faint interacting triplet just SE which was not seen.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 1875 = m 98 on 18 Nov 1863 with
William Lassell's 48" on Malta and logged as "eF, S, R." His position matches
******************************
NGC 1876 = LMC-N113C = ESO 056-84 = LH 35
05 13 18.5 -69 21 52; Dor
V = 11.7
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the largest and brightest in an impressive complex of HII regions just 3' S of
the blue globular NGC 1872. At
200x and a UHC filter it appeared very bright with a slightly irregular
outline, ~1.2' diameter, brightest along the north rim where there is a
brighter knot. NGC 1874,
another bright section, lies only 1' SW and
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1876 = part of D 122 = h2804 on 24 Sep 1826. His handwritten notes reads, "a cluster of nebulae, one about 20" diameter, 3 smaller with several small stars in a curved line [on the north side]. The stars are very small." Although his reduced position was 14' too far south, the description fits this complex and he accurately placed NGC 1872 a few arc minutes NNW, confirming the identification. As NGC 1876 and NGC 1874 are the brightest objects in this complex, it's safe to assume that D 122 applies to at least these.
John Herschel observed NGC 1876 on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509) and described it as "B, irreg R (the following of two very close) connected by an arc-formed cluster with another." The following month (sweep 523) he called it "pB, r[esolvable], the most compressed part of an irregular binuclear nebula which terminates, to the south, an arc-formed cluster." His mean position from 4 sweeps is accurate and a sketch showing the entire complex is on plate III, figure 6.
******************************
NGC 1877 = ESO 056-084 = LMC-N11A/B
05 13 21.7 -69 22 37; Dor
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the third in an interesting complex of HII regions and is situated just 1' SE
of much brighter NGC 1876. At 200x
with a UHC filter it appeared faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, with
several stars embedded. NGC 1877
forms the SE vertex of a small equilateral triangle with NGC 1874 and
1876.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1877 = h2805 on 17 Jan 1838 and described as "a third and very faint nucleus of the nebular group at the southern extremity of the arc-formed cluster. From a figure of Jan 17, 1838 [plate III, figure 6 in the CGH Observations]." See Corwin's notes.
James Dunlop discovered the entire complex of nebulae on 24 Sep 1826. His handwritten description of D 122 reads, "a cluster of nebulae, one about 20" diameter, 3 smaller with several small stars in a curved line [on the north side]. The stars are very small." As NGC 1876 and NGC 1874 are the brightest objects in this complex, it's safe to assume that D 122 applies to at least these, but NGC 1877 is quite faint in comparison.
******************************
05 12 51 -70 28 18; Men
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; moderately bright, small, round, compact, 20" diameter, fairly high surface brightness glow, no resolution. Occasionally a mag 16-16.5 star pops at the north edge. A mag 13.5 star is 1' NE and a mag 12.5 star is 1.8' NE. LHA 120-N 193A, a compact HII region, is 4.3' NNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1878 = h2807 on 12 Nov 1836 and described as "vF, lE, gvlbM, r. (N.B. The Nubecula Major is here very poor, and hardly anything of it seen.)" His position, from a single sweep, is ~30" too far east.
******************************
05 19 48.2 -32 08 29; Col
V = 12.8; Size 2.5'x1.7'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 60°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, moderately large, almost round,
low even surface brightness.
Located 3.3' SE of mag 9.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 1879 = h2797 on 18 Nov 1835 and reported as "vF, L, R, vgvlbM, 2', has a star 12 seconds preceding and 3' north." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 1880 = LMC-N113F = ESO 056-82
05 13 38.6 -69 23 03; Dor
Size 0.7'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the 4th in a striking group of HII regions with the main complex consisting of NGC 1874, 1876 and 1877 just to the west by 2'-3'. At 200x with a UHC filter NGC 1880 appeared as a moderately bright, small, round haze surrounding a star. A brighter mag 12.3 star ~40" SW is free of nebulosity. Very faint haze is visible extending to the east (BSDL 945) and northeast.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1880 = h2808 in Dec 1834 and described as "A fourth nucleus at the southern end of the arc-formed nebula and cluster, as laid down in the figure of Jan 17, 1838 [plate III, figure 6 in the CGH Observations]." This grouping consists of NGC 1872, 1874, 1877 and NGC 1880. See Corwin's notes for NGC 1874.
James Dunlop discovered the entire complex of stars and nebulae on 24 Sep 1826 (second sweep). His handwritten description of D 122 reads, "a cluster of nebulae, one about 20" diameter, 3 smaller with several small stars in a curved line [on the north side]. The stars are very small." As NGC 1876 and NGC 1874 are the brightest objects in this complex, it's safe to assume that D 122 applies to at least these numbers, and perhaps NGC 1880.
******************************
NGC 1881 = ESO 056-086 = S-L 323 = LH 35
05 13 37.3 -69 18 03; Dor
Size 1.0'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): a long, curving chain of stars (part of stellar association LH 35) extends to the northeast of the NGC 1874/76/77 HII complex and ends at an easy pair of mag 12 stars (12" separation) located about 2.5' NE of the globular NGC 1872. At 260x, faint haze or unresolved stars, ~1' in diameter, encompasses this pair of stars.
Although there is dim nebulosity generally north and west of the double, John Herschel's description and sketch refers to an asterism of 5-6 faint stars 2.5' following the pair of stars. Modern sources are incorrect in identifying NGC 1881 with the pair of mag 12 stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1881 = h2810 on 17 Jan 1838 and recorded "vF; follows a double star. An outlier of the arc-formed nebula and cluster [N1874/76/77]. Laid down in drawing Jan. 17, 1838, whence also its place. See Plate III. fig. 6." There are only a handful of faint stars near his position. See Corwin's notes and my visual description.
******************************
NGC 1882 = NGC 1884? = ESO 085-057 = S-L 340
05 15 33 -66 07 48; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 1.2'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly bright, fairly large, roundish, 1.2' diameter, small brighter core. A mag 14 star is resolved at the west edge of the core. A mag 10 star lies 5.5' E. NGC 1887 lies 12' SSE and NGC 1867 is 15' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1882 = h2809 (along with NGC 1867, 1919, 1946, 2034, 2062, 2153 and 2176) on 3 Jan 1837 and recorded "pF, R, vgvlbM, 3' diameter, mottled (resolvable)." His position is less than 30" NW of center.
******************************
05 25 54 +46 29 24; Aur
Size 3'
13.1" (12/22/84): about a dozen very faint stars mag 13.5 and fainter over unresolved haze. Located 1.5° NE of Capella.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1883 = H. VII-34 on 11 Dec 1786 (sweep 645) and recorded "a cluster of vF and vS stars, pretty compressed but not very rich, irr F, about 3' diameter." His position is just off the north side of this cluster. The declination in Lynga, RNGC and Sky Catalogue 2000.0 is 4' too far N.
******************************
05 15 58 -66 09 48; Dor
= Not found or 3 *'s, Corwin. =Not Found, Lindsay.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1884 = h2812 on 3 Jan 1837 and noted,"eF, 2' diameter." There is nothing obvious on the DSS at his position (29 tsec east and 2' south of NGC 1882). Eric Lindsay reports "not found" in his 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud". ESO equates NGC 1884 with NGC 1882. Since NGC 1882 and 1884 were recorded on the same sweep, this seems unlikely. If Herschel made a 10' error in dec, then NGC 1884 could be a duplicate of NGC 1887 instead, though his size estimate would be significantly too large. Finally, Harold Corwin notes this number may refer to 3 stars close to Herschel's position.
******************************
05 15 07.0 -68 58 43; Dor
V = 12.0; Size 1.4'x1.2'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this cluster appeared very bright, round, moderately large, ~35" diameter. It was very irregular and slightly elongated E-W at 350x with a few extremely faint stars resolved around the edges and a few stars resolved within the halo (including one brighter star).
John Herschel discovered NGC 1885 = h2814 on 31 Jan 1835 and described as "pB; R; bM; 15"." His position from a single sweep is about 1' too far WNW.
******************************
05 21 48.6 -23 48 34; Lep
V = 12.8; Size 3.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 60°
48" (10/29/16): at 488x; bright, striking edge-on 7:1
SW-NE, at least 2.0'x0.3', contains a brighter bulging core. This large, thin edge-on is nearly
bisected by a thin, pretty subtle dust lane slightly north of the central axis. The portion of the core south of the
lane was slightly larger and more prominent with a smaller section of the core
north of the lane. A mag 10.0 star
(
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, fairly small, edge-on WSW-ENE,
even surface brightness. Located just east of a line of four bright stars
oriented NW-SE, including mag 9.5
Frank Muller discovered NGC 1886 = LM 2-400 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick and recorded "mag 14.0, 3.0'x1.8',
E 240°, *8 at 0.6' in PA 245°."
His position is just 11 tsec west of
******************************
NGC 1887 = ESO 085-059 = S-L 343
05 16 06 -66 19 06; Dor
V = 12.7; Size 1.0'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly bright, moderately large, irregularly round, 40" diameter. Concentrated with a very small brighter core that is offset towards the west side. A mag 13.5 star is just off the NW edge of the main glow and a mag 15.2 star is off the NE edge. NGC 1882 lies 12' NNW and NGC 1867 is 14' WNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1887 = h2813 on 23 Nov 1834 and described as "vF; vS; R; has a * preceding 25" distance." His position from a single sweep is accurate.
******************************
05 22 34.7 -11 29 58; Lep
V = 11.9; Size 3.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 145°
48" (2/18/12): very bright, large, elongated 5:1 NW-SE, 2.4'x0.5'. Contains a very bright, elongated core that appears mottled. The northwest extension is partially cut off in a north-south direction due to a dust lane near the midpoint and the northwest end has a much lower surface brightness.
48" (10/22/11): very bright, large, edge-on 5:1 NW-SE,
2.6'x0.5', large bright core.
Forms a striking pair with
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE streak. Forms a contact pair with NGC 1889 just NE of the center.
8" (10/31/81): very faint, small.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1888 = H. II-289 = h352 =
h2806 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 362) and recorded "F, pL, irregular triangular
figure, resolvable." I'm
surprised he missed NGC 1889, which was discovered by Lord Rosse's assistant
Bindon Stoney on 29 Oct 1851.
Joseph Turner sketched the pair of galaxies (
******************************
NGC 1889 = Arp 123 NED2 = MCG -02-14-014 = PGC 17196
05 22 35.3 -11 29 49; Lep
V = 13.3; Size 0.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.6; PA = 165°
48" (2/18/12): very bright, small, round, very high surface brightness core, stellar nucleus, 0.4' diameter. Forms a contact pair at the east edge of the core of NGC 1888
48" (10/22/11): very bright, small, round, 25" diameter, very high surface brightness. Attached on the east side of the core of NGC 1888.
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, extremely small, round. Forms a contact pair with much brighter NGC 1888. Located just east of the north end of NGC 1888.
Bindon Stoney, LdR's assistant, discovered NGC 1889 on 29 Oct 1851. He described NGC 1888 as a "close double nebula, the preceding nebula [NGC 1888] is elongated NW-SE.". The rough position in the NGC is very close.
******************************
05 13 46 -72 04 42; Men
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately bright,
fairly small, elongated NNW-SSE, 40" diameter. This cluster consists of two "knots". The brighter knot on the northwest side
appears to have a stellar or quasi-stellar nucleus. A mag 13-13.5 is just off the west-northwest edge, 0.7' NE
and another mag 13.5 star is 1' SSE.
Mag 9.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 1890 = h2816 on 26 Nov 1834 and recorded "vF; S; R; glbM." His position (single sweep) is accurate.
******************************
05 21 16.3 -35 42 5; Col
18" (1/21/04): ~15 mag 10-13 stars, scattered in a 15' field. There are no rich subgroups and appears to be an unimpressive, random group of stars. Still, it stands out as reasonably detached at 115x. Listed as nonexistent in RNGC and not catalogued by Lynga as a cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1891 = h2811 on 26 Dec 1835 and
called it "A large scattered cluster, which more than fills the
field. Stars 10...12m. Place that of a double star [HJ 3753],
the chief star." His position
corresponds with mag 9.3
******************************
05 17 09.0 -64 57 35; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 2.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 74°
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): this galaxy shines through the northern portion of the LMC! At 166x, it appeared very faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE, 0.9'x0.3' with just a weak concentration. A very faint star is just south of the following end. Located 37' NE of the bright LMC young globular NGC 1866.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1892 = h2815 on 30 Nov 1834 and reported "vF; pL; lE in parallel; vglbM; 2' l; 9" br." On a second sweep he recorded "pF, pL, elongated in parallel; 90", 50"; has a star or two in it." In 1926, Robert Innes described it visually as a "very elongated nebula, 45° to 225°, 12th mag; 30" broad, 2' long." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory). The Hodge-Wright Atlas claims the RA is off by 1 tmin, but it is correctly marked on the Atlas and the NGC position is accurate.
******************************
05 22 45 +33 25 12; Aur
V = 7.5; Size 11'
24" (1/4/14): at 200x, this bright, young cluster
contains 80-100 stars, with the richest portion forming a large
boomerang-shaped region extending 12'x5' N-S. The outline is slightly concave to the west and convex to
the east with a narrow denser region in the center with several pairs and
trios. NGC 1893 is the core of the
Aur OB2 association and contains a number of massive O-type stars including 9th
mag O4-type
The cometary "Tadpoles" nebulae
48" (10/27/19): just west of the cluster was a noticeable dark nebula, ~3' in diameter and it provided a striking contrast with the rich cluster immediately to its east and northeast.
13.1" (2/25/84): about 40 mostly faint stars, elongated N-S in poor transparency. Located within a triangle of three mag 8 stars. The emission nebula IC 410 is involved.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1893 = h351 on 22 Jan 1827 (sweep 51) and described a "rich coarse cluster of scattered stars 9...15m; more than fills field." There is nothing at his position but exactly 3 tmin of RA west is a cluster embedded in the HII region IC 410. JH didn't mention any nebulosity in his description, so the number should just apply to the cluster only, with IC 410 referring to the nebula. The error in position was copied by JH into the GC and by Dreyer into the NGC. In the 1926 photographic survey "Die Herschel-Nebel", Karl Reinmuth gave an corrected RA (noting it with an asterisk).
******************************
05 15 51 -69 28 06; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.4'x1.2'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright to very bright,
moderately large, round, 0.8' diameter, high surface brightness. A couple of mag 15+ stars are at the
edge on the north side as well as a mag 13.5 star at the northwest edge. Situated in a rich region of the LMC
with a glowing background.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1894 = D 124 = h2818 on 24 Sep 1826. He recorded (second drift on this date) "a small very faint round nebula, 12" diameter." His reduced position was 14' too far south, but his drift record shows it was logged 3 minutes after NGC 1876 (the entire complex) and 6' south, matching the offsets to NGC 1894. Glen Cozens suggested that D 125 (the next number in the drift) may be NGC 1894, but that number likely applies to NGC 1903.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1894 = h2818 on 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513) and recorded "F; R; gbM; 80"; resolvable. On a ground of small stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 16 52 -67 19 50; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 0.8'
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): very bright, irregular HII
region, ~45" diameter, enhanced with NPB filter at 152x. Three mag 14.5-15 stars are involved
with the glow, one centrally. A mag 12 star is 1.7' NNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1895 = h2817 on 2 Nov 1834 and recorded "pF; pL; R; glbM; 40"." On later sweeps he estimated the size as 70" and 80".
******************************
05 25 35 +29 15 36; Tau
18" (11/22/03): at 115x, this is a scattered group of
two dozen or more stars (depending on assumed dimensions) situated northeast of
mag 8.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 1896 = H. VIII-4 = h353 on 17 Jan 1784 (sweep 76) and recorded "a cl of scattered stars with small ones intermixed; it is about 3/4 nf Beta Tauri." His summary description (from 3 observations) reads "a cluster of coarse and irregularly scattered pretty large stars." His position is accurately placed in this scattered group of stars.
On 24 Dec 1827 (sweep 115), John Herschel logged, "the most condensed part of a poor cl divded into two. It consists of 20 or 30 stars 9...12m." His position is only given roughly, but is just off the southeast side. JH made a typo copying the NPD into the GC, where it is 9° too far south and Dreyer passed along this error into the NGC. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent and uses the erroneous NGC position. Lynga does not list a cluster at Herschel's position, so this group is probably an asterism and Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, also adds "no distinct Cl."
******************************
NGC 1897 = ESO 056-092 = S-L 355
05 17 32 -67 26 54; Dor
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): moderately bright cluster,
fairly small, round, 25" diameter, fairly smooth, no resolution except for
a mag 16.5 star at the south edge.
No response to filter. Mag
9.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 1897 = h2820 on 31 Jan 1835 and described as "eF; S; R." His position from a single sweep is accurate.
******************************
05 16 41.9 -69 39 25; Dor
V = 11.9; Size 1.6'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly bright,
moderately large, irregular outline, nearly 1.0' diameter, bright central
region, very mottled, contains a very small bright nucleus. A mag 12.5 star is just off the
southwest edge, 30" from center and two mag 12 stars are 2' S and 1.7' SE
. Set within a rich background glow from the LMC, 12' W of
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1898 = D 126 = D 88 = h2822 on
24 Sep 1826. He described D 126
(second sweep) as " a very small round faint nebula, 6" to
8"." His reduced
position was 9' too far south (similar to other nearby objects in the drift),
but it was placed 18' due south of the previous object NGC 1903, matching the
sky. D 88, recorded on 27 Sep
1826, was recorded as "a round faint nebula about 25" diameter. North of three small stars forming a
triangle." His poorly
reduced position was 21' too far SE, but his drift data shows the offset from
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1898 on 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513). He described it as "F; R; 40"." and measured an accurate position.
******************************
05 17 49 -67 54 06; Dor
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; no cluster or nebulous object was in the field at the nominal position, which included three mag 11 stars and the rest mag 13 and fainter. I see nothing that would have caught John Herschel's attention in the field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1899 = h2821 on 30 Dec 1836 and reported as "F; R; vgbM; 40"; 3 stars 10' [approximate] mag precede."
Eric Lindsay reports "Not found" in his 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud". Nevertheless, there appears to be a small very faint star and nebulosity (Henize 120-N 36) on the red DSS2 2' SE of Herschel's position. The Hodge-Wright Atlas states "possibly Henize 36". Two mag 11 stars and a mag 12.7 star precede LHA 120-N 36, roughly agreeing with "3 stars 10' m precede." See Harold Corwin's notes for more on this number.
******************************
05 19 09 -63 01 24; Dor
V = 13.6; Size 1.7'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly bright,
moderately large, irregularly round, ~45" diameter, mottled with brighter
spots but no definite resolution.
A mag 14.5 star is 1' WSW and a few mag 15-15.5 stars are within 1' E.
Located 3.7' SE of mag 7.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 1900 = h2819 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded "eF; pL; lE; vgvlbM". In a second sweep, it appeared "pB; irreg R; gbM; 25". Among many stars, one = 7m, np." His position and description (the mag 7 star is 3.7' NW) is accurate.
******************************
05 18 16 -68 26 24; Dor
Size 15'
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): very
scattered cluster of stars in a 15' region. The central grouping, extending 7'x2.5', is the most
compressed with ~15 stars (7 of these are fairly bright). Perhaps 40 stars total within 15', including
10 brighter stars. The brightest
stars are mag 8.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 1901 = h2824 on 30 Dec 1836 and described "a star 7th mag. The most southern and largest of a large, brilliant but poor cluster which fills the field. Stars 8, 9 ... 12th mag." His position is close west of mag 7.6 HD 35230.
In "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (1964IrAJ....6..286L) Eric Lindsay comments, "Centered on CPD -68°347. A dozen fairly bright stars, of which CPD 68°347 is the brightest and most southern, scattered within 11' diameter. Could hardly be considered a cluster and resembles mroe nearly a field irregularity." The brighter field stars are not associated with the LMC. But "A stellar group in line of sight with the Large Magellanic Cloud." (1968AJ.....73..566S) concludes, "BV photometry of a stellar group first noticed by Bok in line of sight with the Large Magellanic Cloud indicates that the group is real. An H-R diagram shows an apparent main sequence with a turnoff near A0."
******************************
05 18 18.3 -66 37 35; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 1.6'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): moderately bright, fairly
small, 40" diameter, weak concentration. Located 43' NE of mag 4.8 Theta Doradus.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1902 = h2823 on 23 Nov 1834 and described as "pB; S; R; bM; 15"." On the fifth and final sweep he commented "globular; pB; R; psmbM; 2' diameter. Resolved."
******************************
NGC 1903 = ESO 056-093 = S-L 356
05 17 22.4 -69 20 16; Dor
V = 11.9; Size 1.9'x1.9'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
showpiece cluster is located just 10' SW of the
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1903 = D 125 = h2825 on 24 Sep 1826. He recorded (handwritten notes) "small nebula, rather well defined." His reduced position was 10' too far south, but his handwritten drift notes placed it 18' due north of the next object, matching NGC 1898. Glen Cozens assigns D 127 to NGC 1903, but that number (two objects later in the drift) appears to describe NGC 1910.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1903 on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509) and described it as "vB; S; R; gbM; 30"." His position on 5 sweeps (all similar descriptions) is accurate.
******************************
05 24 10.6 -24 31 27; Lep
V = 7.8; Size 6'; Surf Br = 0.0
13.1" (2/19/04 - Costa Rica): excellent view at 200x. Contains an intense, 1' core that was mottled and partially resolved, particularly around the edges. The halo was easily resolved with several dozen brighter members peppered within the halo and around the periphery (~40 stars counted) although there were no dense knots. Surrounding the inner core (nucleus) is a dense ring of high surface brightness which was very mottled. In good moments of seeing this ring broke up into a swarm of stars. Located 40' ENE of 5th magnitude h3752, a striking mag 5.5/6.7 pair at 3".
17.5" (1/9/99): at 280x, M79 was well resolved into several dozen stars. Contains a sharply concentrated intense core, ~2' in diameter which is clumpy, mottled and partially resolved at its periphery. The inner part of the halo was peppered with faint stars. The background haze drops off significantly towards the outer portion of the halo but a number of brighter stars are resolved including a nice arc of stars along the following edge of the halo. A evenly matched close pair is on the northeast side and a mag 12 star (a post-AGB star that belongs to the cluster) is at the north edge. Located 35' NE of naked-eye 5th magnitude h3752 (5.5/6.7 at 3").
17.5" (12/7/90): 40-50 stars resolved mostly in the halo or at the edge of the very mottled core. A string of six stars is just east of center and a long string passes through the core. The brightest mag 12.5 star is north of the core.
17.5" (12/3/88): three dozen stars resolved, mostly at the edges of the core and in the halo.
17.5" (12/19/87): at 220x, three dozen stars were resolved.
13.1" (1/19/85): at 360x, about 40 stars resolved in good seeing including a few over the core.
8" (9/25/81): small bright core, a few stars are resolved at the edge of the mottled core. The outer halo is well resolved in excellent conditions.
Pierre Méchain discovered M79 = NGC 1904 on 26 Oct 1780. He reported it to Messier, who confirmed its position, and included it in his 1780 catalogue. Wolfgang Steinicke reports that William Herschel first observed the cluster on 4 Mar 1783 (before his sweeps) with his 6.2-inch reflector. On 17 Nov 1784, William Herschel recorded M79 as "a fine cluster of stars, near 3' dia. Extremely compressed but completely resolved." On 13 Jan 1806, he observed with his "Large 10 feet" and logged "The 79th of the Connoiss. is a cluster of stars of a globular construction, and certainly extremely rich. Towards the centre the stars are extremely compressed, and even a good way from it. With 171 the diameter is a little less than 1/3 of the field, and with 220 a little more; the field of one being 9'0", and of the other 8'0", a mean of both gives the diameter of the cluster 2'50", but I suppose that the lowness of the situation prevents my seeing the tiny scattered stars, so that this cluster is probably larger than it appears."
******************************
05 18 24 -67 16 42; Dor
V = 13.2; Size 1.0'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright LMC cluster, fairly small, round, 30" diameter. Contains an irregular, small knotty nucleus that was unresolved. NGC 1895 (HII region) lies 9' WSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1905 = h4016 on 2 Jan 1837 and described as "F, S, R, r[esolved]. It was catalogued in a "supplementary nebulae" list of objects at the end of the Cape catalogue (h4016 to h4021) and identified as "h o n" (John Herschel Omitted Object) in the NGC.
******************************
05 24 47.2 -15 56 34; Lep
V = 14.0; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 NW-SE, even surface brightness. A mag 12.5 star is just off the SE edge 1.6' from center.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1906 = LM 1-148 on 12 Nov 1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA) is essentially correct (0.2 tmin too far east). Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 21 Feb 1889 as well as Howe in 1899-00 using the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
05 28 05 +35 19 30; Aur
V = 8.2; Size 7'
17.5" (10/12/85): 50 stars in a 7' diameter. Includes a few bright stars but very
rich in fainter stars in the central region. A wide pair of mag 9.5-10 stars is at the south end (9.6/9.9
at 52") and a closer pair is off the NE side (h699 = 10.4/11.6 at
10"). Located 33' SSW of
13.1" (11/5/83): dense, about three dozen stars.
8" (11/5/83): rich, glowing cluster, compact, includes two bright stars to the south.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1907 = H. VII-39 = h354 on 17 Jan 1787 (sweep 693) and noted "a pretty compressed cluster of small stars, near 4' diameter." John Herschel made three observations and reported on 5 Jan 1827 (42), "p Rich; irreg R; stars 9...12m, 50 or 60 counted; bM."
******************************
05 26 00 -02 32; Ori
= Not found, Corwin and Carlson.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1908 = H. V-33 on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 518) and reported "I suspect diffused eF milky nebulosity. The means of verifying this phenomenon are difficult."
On 15 Jan 1868, Lord Rosse was "unable to say whether any diffused neby exists here. At the set there was a spot about 10' diam or so, where there was almost total absence of stars when compared with the surrounding parts, and either from this cause or some other, it was rather *darker*." Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey Die Herschel-Nebel, reported "not found" and Harold Corwin, using the PSS, also reports no obvious nebulosity. So, NGC 1908 is either lost or nonexistent. See Corwin's notes for more information.
******************************
05 25.9 -08 07; Ori
= Not found, Corwin. Nominal position given.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1909 = H. V-38 on 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 656) and recorded "strongly suspected nebulosity of very great extent. Not less than 2 degrees 11' of PD and 26s of RA." So, this "suspected nebulosity" stretched across several fields! Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates was unable to find Herschel's nebulosity. Originally Corwin suggested this giant north-south nebuosity may refer to IC 2118, the Witch Head Nebula Herschel's rough position of H. V-36 is ~23 minutes of RA to far east but if his offset direction from Rigel was reversed (roughly 11 min of RA west instead of 11 min of RA east), then his corrected position would be a reasonable match with IC 2118. But it turns out the Herschel observed H. V-38 11 minutes after Rigel left the field, so obviously it can refer to IC 2118, which is well west of Rigel. So, this is apparently a case where Herschel was misled by subtle irregularities in the background sky or perhaps a reflection from a brighter star.
******************************
NGC 1910 = ESO 056-099 = S-L 371 = LH 41 = LMC-N119
05 18 42.5 -69 14 12; Dor
V = 9.7; Size 10'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this large, bright cluster or star cloud (stellar association LH 41) contains the variable star S Doradus (8.6-11.5), the brightest star in the LMC and one of the brightest known stars (absolute magnitude -9). At 200x, roughly 100 stars mag 11-15 were resolved in a 7' region with some extensions increasing the diameter another couple of arc minutes. S Doradus is the brightest star in the main portion of the cluster, though there are several other mag 11 and 12 stars. S-L 360 is on the NW side (2' N of S Dor) and appeared as a small bright knot that was clearly non-stellar and surrounded by a thin, fainter halo (ring of faint stars on DSS). HDE 269333, a mag 11.2 Wolf-Rayet binary (WN+B) lies 1.6' NNE of S-L 360.
The cluster is embedded in LMC-N119, a very large, bright emission nebula. The most prominent section of the nebula is a very bright 3' patch to the east of S-L 360 and a wing to the south of S-L 360 that responds well to a UHC filter at 200x. Nebulosity is also visible on the west side of S Doradus. This section curves N-S to S-L 360 and also south of S Doradus. To the south of NGC 1910, a northwest to southeast stream extends a couple of degrees and includes dozens of LMC clusters with NGC 1903, an impressive globular, situated 10' SW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1910 = D 129 = D 127 = h2827 on 3 Aug 1826. He described "A pretty large and very ill-defined nebula, irregular round figure, with several stars of some considerable magnitude in it." His position is unusually accurate. He recorded it again on his second drift of 24 Sep 1826 as D 127: "faint ill defined nebula following a cluster of very small stars - irregular figure branched into small nebulae." His reduced position was 12' too far SSW, but it well placed in the drift between NGC 1898 and NGC 1916.
John Herschel first recorded NGC 1910 in Dec 1834 (sweep 523) as a "fine cluster. Irregular figure, the chief nucleus (which seems to be a close double star, 9th mag) taken." On 15 Dec 1835 (sweep 656) he called it "The most condensed knot ( = 12 arcseconds) in a pretty rich, L, scattered cluster." The next night (sweep 657), he logged it as "p rich L cluster 10' diameter. It has in it a close triple star, easily taken for a nebulous knot. (N.B. This is doubtless the knot taken in the three foregoing observations...)."
In a 1953 paper, Harlow Shapley and Virginia Nail defined NGC 1910 as the center of "Constellation V", a 24' region containing numerous blue supergiants.
******************************
05 20 33.0 -66 46 44; Dor
Size 1.2'
See observing notes for NGC 1920.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1911 = h2826 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; R; gbM; 30", among may stars." He only logged this object on one sweep and there is nothing at his position. Jenni Kay and Harold Corwin suggest NGC 1911 is probably be a duplicate observation of NGC 1920, which was recorded on 7 sweeps but not on the one in which he recorded NGC 1911. Herschel's position is 80 sec of RA west of this cluster and his description is a reasonable match.
Eric Lindsay, in his 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in
the Large Magellanic Cloud" writes "Not found. This should be WNW of
NGC 1920. This is No 2826 in Herschel's general Catalogue to which there is
reference under
******************************
05 28 43 +35 51 18; Aur
V = 6.4; Size 21'
18" (1/17/09): at 175x this gorgeous cluster extends 25'-30' in diameter and contains roughly 200 stars in many irregular groupings. A very pretty string of stars extends N-S out the north side. Includes a very large number of mag 10-12 stars (fairly uniform) with many of the stars group very irregularly in long chains and loops. Some of these chains outline the periphery of nearly starless voids including the unconcentrated center which contains starless patches. NGC 1907 is located 33' SSW, though the two clusters were likely born in different parts of the galaxy.
8": large, bright, rich cluster with many 10th magnitude stars, square or cruciform shape, includes a number of double stars. A number of stars are arranged in strings.
Naked-eye (10/24/11): just glimpsed in very dark skies.
Giovanni Hodierna discovered M38 = NGC 1912 before
1654. He wrote "In this
constellation [Auriga] three nebulous patches can be observed", though
only two objects are clearly shown on his map (better matching the orientation
of
William Herschel observed the cluster on 23 Nov 1805 with the large 10-foot reflector and recorded "A cluster of scattered, pretty large [bright] stars of various magnitudes, of an irregular figure. It is in the Milky Way."
******************************
05 18 18.7 -69 32 15; Dor
V = 11.1; Size 1.3'x1.1'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is an interesting LMC cluster and nebula at 200x. On the south edge is a small triangle of mag 13-14 stars (12"-15" on each side) and another three stars within the cluster are resolved. The cluster is involved an elongated bright nebulous glow NNW to SSE and at 350x additional nebulosity surrounds the main glow for a total size of 1.5'x1.0'. A mag 11.7 star lies 1.7' E and a mag 10 star 2.2' SW.
Continuing southwest for 2' beyond the mag 10 star I also picked up S-L 362, which appeared as a small, high surface brightness knot. At 350x, 5 or 6 very faint stars were tightly packed into the bright 20" diameter glow, the brightest at the south edge. These clusters are within the glow of the central bar, so the background is relatively bright.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1913 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and recorded it as#356 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." No description was given in the GC or NGC but his position is just 1' SE of this small cluster.
******************************
05 17 40 -71 15 24; Men
V = 12.0; Size 2'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x; fairly bright cluster and HII region, elongated NNW-SSE, at least a half-dozen stars resolved over an irregular glow extending 1.5'. Good contrast gain with a NPB filter at 152x. The size increases to ~2' and a small, very bright patch (LHa 120-N195A) is prominent on the northwest end. A mag 12 star is 4' E.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1914 = h2830 on 3 Nov 1834 and described as "vF; L; irreg R; 3'." On a second sweep he logged "F; pL; irreg fig; resolvable; 2' l, 90" br." His mean position is accurate.
******************************
05 19 38.5 -66 47 59; Dor
Size 0.5'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly small knot of four mag 14-14.5 stars with perhaps some unresolved haze, ~40" diameter. Appears to be an asterism only and unimpressive. Three mag 11-12 stars lie 2'-3' E and emission nebula NGC 1920 is 6' ENE.
This identification of NGC 1915 is very uncertain and this
number may refer instead to open cluster
John Herschel discovered NGC 1915 = h2828 on 2 Jan 1837 and recorded "extremely faint, pretty large. (Possibly the same with No. 2826 [NGC 1911], but the nebulae are so crowded that they may with equal probability be different ones)." Herschel's position is 4' S of ESO 085-SC71 and ESO identifies this cluster as NGC 1915.
Jenni Kay says a faint cluster exists at the original position and the ESO cluster is too small and faint. On the DSS, there are only three mag 14 stars and a few very faint stars near Herschel's position, which to me was not eye-catching enough in the 24" to fit JH's description (mentioned to Corwin in a Feb 2014 email). In the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud", Eric Lindsay reported "Not found. This should be WSW of NGC 1920...". RNGC follows Lindsay and notes "Not Found". So, the identification of this number is uncertain. See Corwin's notes for further discussion.
******************************
NGC 1916 = ESO 056-098 = S-L 361
05 18 37.6 -69 24 25; Dor
V = 10.4; Size 2.1'x2.1'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x, this LMC globular appeared very bright, moderately large, round, symmetric, 45" diameter. The center was sharply concentrated with a small blazing core! NGC 1903, a showpiece globular, lies 8' NW.
NGC 1916 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC. It resides within the LMC's central bar, ~10' S of the large NGC 1910 complex, which contains S Doradus.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1916 on 24 Sep 1826. He logged a "small much condensed nebula, well defined, 12" diameter." His position in the drift follows NGC 1910 by 36 seconds of time and 12' S. These offsets point directly to NGC 1916. Dunlop didn't assign the observation a separate catalog number.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1916 = h2829 on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509) with description, "vB; vS; R; gbM; 20"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate. Shapley and Lindsay ("A Catalogue of Clusters in the Large Magellanic Cloud", Irish Astronomical Journal, Vol. 6, 1963) give a diameter of 60'' and comment "NGC 1916, very condensed centre, unresolved." The RA has a misprint of 1 minute too small and this error was copied into the RNGC.
******************************
05 19 02.1 -69 00 04; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 1.7'x1.7'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this LMC cluster (possible a globular) appeared fairly bright, fairly large, round, 1' diameter, with a broad concentration. A 1' string of 3 faint stars to the east is collinear with the cluster. S-L 397 lies 8' NE, and appeared as a compact, but relatively bright, elongated glow with an irregular or mottled surface, ~30" diameter.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1917 = D 130 = h2831 on 25 Sep 1826. He logged "a very faint small round nebula." His position is about 10' to the east, similar to his other errors in time (RA) in the drift. If this identification is correct, it suggests that D 132, which was found the same night, applies to S-L 397. The offset is this case is 8' to the east.
John Herschel independently discovered NGC 1917 on 16 Dec 1835 (sweep 657) and recorded "vF, L, R, gvlbM, 1'." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 19 04.5 -69 38 56; Dor
V = 9.8; Size 7'x4'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
a combination LMC cluster and nebula (contains an embedded SNR
These stars are immersed in a diffuse nebulous glow that responds well to a UHC filter. The brightest section is a patch just east of the double star (LMC-N120C), but nebulosity extends throughout the cluster as an elongated glow of ~5' length. On images the nebulosity appears more like an arc or rim with some filamentary structure.
LMC-N127A, located 12' E, was observed in the 30" on 10/18/17. At 264x this emission nebula was bright, compact, roundish, 40" diameter. A star was visible at the center. Very good response to the NPB (narrow-band) filter and displayed a slightly brighter central region and thin fainter outer halo. Forms a "pair" with open cluster S-L 418 2' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1918 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and recorded it as #369 in his catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." Corwin notes that Herschel's position falls between two bright knots near the supernova remnant.
******************************
NGC 1919 = LMC-N37 = ESO 085-73 = S-L 392
05 20 15 -66 53 00; Dor
Size 2.5'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): large group of ~10 stars mag 13.5-15 in an irregular 2.5' group. The stars are involved in a fairly bright patch of nebulosity (LMC-N37), which probably including some unresolved stars. A 6' elongated string of mag 11-12 stars is centered roiughly 3' N and NGC 1920 is 6' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1919 = h2832 on 3 Jan 1837 and described a "cluster, 6th class, extremely faint, large, irregularly round, 4' diameter. Resolved into small stars with nebulous light." His position (single sweep) is accurate. NGC 1915 may be a duplicate observation (see that number).
******************************
NGC 1920 = LMC-N38 = ESO 085-74
05 20 33.0 -66 46 44; Dor
V = 12.5; Size 1.2'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): bright, high surface brightness HII region, relatively large, round, ~50" diameter. One or two stars are resolved within the glow. NGC 1919 lies 6' SSW.
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): this HII region (LMC-N38) appeared fairly faint, fairly small, round, 35" diameter, smooth glow. Located ~3' NE of a line of three mag 11-11.5 stars. NGC 1902 lies 16' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1920 = h2833 on 2 Nov 1834 and observed on at least seven different sweeps! On the initial observation he logged "pB, S, R, vgbM, 20"." The remaining observations were fairly similar, though his size estimates ranged up to 60" and 2' across. NGC 1911 (seen on only 1 sweep) is possibly a duplicate (essentially an 8th observation) -- though the RA is off by 1 min 20 sec.
******************************
05 19 23 -69 47 18; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 1.0'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately bright but small nebulous glow, with a mag 13.5 star [or an extremely compact emission nebula (N121) or cluster] just off the west edge [20" separation]. A very faint star was visible at its southwest edge. There was only a weak response to an NPB filter at 152x. Located at the south end of a very rich region of the LMC (south side of the central bar) just 8' S of the NGC 1918 complex. Numerous other clusters lie ~15' N. A faint cluster H-S 227 was noticed 2' SW. It's a very faint, small, roundish, low surface brightness glow, ~20" diameter.
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 1921 = D 89 = h2834 on 24 Sep 1826. He recorded "a pretty well-defined round nebula, about 20" diameter." Although his reduced published position was 15' too far ESE, reference to his handwritten sweep record shows a plausible match. With respect to D 90 = NGC 1939 (the next object in the drift) he logged D 89 just 40 seconds prior and 10' N. Although the declination offset matches, the time (RA) is off by over a minute.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1921 = h2834 on 12 Nov 1836 and recorded "vF; oval; r; 40"." His position from a single sweep is accurate.
******************************
05 19 49.7 -69 30 04; Dor
V = 11.5; Size 1.4'x1.2'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x, this LMC cluster appears as a very small but high surface brightness knot, ~15" diameter with a tiny 8" core. A 3' chain of four mag 11-12 stars extends to the north and another chain extends to the east. A very close pair of faint clusters, S-L 385 and 387, lie 3' SW. The clusters are close twins - both soft round glows of ~30" diameter and separated by just 45" in an E-W orientation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1922 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and included it as object #374 his table of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." Dreyer added the cluster to the GC Supplement as #5063. Herschel's position is 1.5' too far north. It's possible that James Dunlop's D 131 refers to NGC 1922, but there are several nearby candidates, so assigning it to NGC 1922 seems very speculative.
******************************
05 21 33.0 -65 29 16; Dor
V = 13.0; Size 0.9'
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): very faint, fairly small, irregular glow, ~1'x0.5', brighter center. Just following a group of faint stars elongated NNW-SSE. This is a cluster (part of stellar association LH 43) and HII region (N40) although I didn't test to see if there was a filter response. Locate 49' E of NGC 1866.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1923 = h2835 on 30 Nov 1834 and described as "vF; R; 30"." A faint and poor cluster precedes." His position is accurate. The poor cluster that precedes is part of stellar association LH 43.
******************************
05 28 01.9 -05 18 39; Ori
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 130°
17.5" (11/25/87): moderately bright, moderately large,
slightly elongated. Located 6.7'
SE of mag 8.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 1924 = H. III-447 on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 458), though his position was 3.6' too far south. He classified this galaxy as a cluster with description "vF, pL, R, within 2 or 3' of the corner of a hook of vS stars." George Bond found BGC 1924 again on 7 Feb 1863 at Harvard College observatory with the 15-inch Merz refractor and measured an accurate position (#12 in the HC discovery list in AN #1453). Édouard Stephan made an observation on 16 Jan 1877.
******************************
05 21 44 -65 47 36; Dor
V = 9.5; Size 11'
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x, appears as a 10'
star cloud (association LH 45) of brighter mag 10-11 stars over a background
carpet of faint stars and either haze or unresolved stars. The brightest mag 9.6 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 1925 = h2837 on 30 Nov 1834 and described a "Cluster 8th class; poor; scattered stars; a *10 mag the chief, in southern part taken." His position is close to the brightest star on the south end.
******************************
05 20 35.4 -69 31 33; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 1.4'x1.2'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
bright LMC cluster appeared moderately large, ~55" diameter, irregularly
round with a high surface brightness.
Located between two mag 11.5 stars 1' S and 1.5' N. Located along the central bar with NGC
1922 4.2' WNW and
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1926 on 3 Aug 1826. He described D 131 as "a very faint ill-defined small nebula." and his position is just 2' to the NE.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1926 = h2838 on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509) and recorded "pB; R; 60". Situated in the main body of the Nubecula Major." On 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513) he wrote "pB; pL; irreg R; r. Field full of light, consisting partly of stars, and partly of resolvable nebula." His positions on these sweeps matches this cluster.
******************************
05 28 42 -08 23; Ori
= Not found, Carlson and Corwin.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1927 = h356 on 8 Jan 1831 and
reported "all about this place there exists diffused
nebulosity." His position
corresponds with mag 6.8
******************************
NGC 1928 = ESO 056-106 = S-L 405
05 20 57.7 -69 28 40; Dor
V = 12.5; Size 1.3'x1.3'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x; fairly bright, fairly small, round, 40" diameter with a symmetrical appearance. Forms the last of three clusters with NGC 1926 3.4' SW and NGC 1922 6' WSW, along the richly populated central bar. A very distinctive trapezoid of four mag 10-11 stars (sides 1'-1.5') is just a couple of arc minutes to the NE. NGC 1928 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1928 = h2839 on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509) and recorded "pB; R; 60". Situated in the main body of the Nubecula Major." On 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748), he wrote "vF; R; gbM. Field full of the nebulous light of the great Nubecula."
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 1928 earlier on 3 Aug 1826. He described D 131 as "a very faint ill-defined small nebula." and his position is just 1.7' S of NGC 1928, but also just 2' NE of NGC 1926. I'd be surprised if Dunlop picked up one of these clusters and not the other, so perhaps neither identification is correct. Another possibility is D 131 refers to NGC 1922, which is 5.6' W of his position! With several nearby clusters, I don't see how D 131 can be assigned to a specific cluster with any confidence (Steinicke gives both NGC 1926 and 1928).
******************************
05 21 38.3 -67 54 50; Dor
V = 12.4; Size 1.1'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
HII knot is the first in an impressive star cluster/emission complex (stellar
association LH 47) that extends over 7' in size and includes
On the DSS this object appears to be a symmetrical bubble. This HII complex and cluster includes the Superbubble complex N44.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1929 = h2840 on 23 Nov 1834 and simply noted "F. The preceding nucleus of the compound nebula figured in fig. 2, Plate III. Place by Delta RA and PD, from the chief nucleus measured on diagram." The sketch clearly established this number refers to the northernmost knot in the complex along the west side.
James Dunlop discovered the LH 47 association = D 175, which contains NGC 1929, on 27 Sep 1826, with a 2nd observation on 6 Nov 1826. He described "a pretty large rather faint nebula, about 5' diameter, irregular figure, partly resolvable into stars of mixt magnitudes. The nebulous matter has several seats of attraction, or rather it is a cluster of small nebulae with strong nebulosity common to all." Dunlop's position is roughly 5' SSW of the complex and NGC 1929 might be one of the "seats of attraction."
The SIMBAD position is 1.4' too far northeast and does not correspond with a bright knot.
******************************
05 25 56.5 -46 43 43; Pic
V = 12.4; Size 1.9'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 32°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 230x): moderately bright, elongated 4:3 SSW-NNE, brighter core, 0.8'x0.6'. A distinctive collinear trio of mag 11-11.5 stars (2.6' length) is a few arc minutes west.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1930 = h2836 on 29 Dec 1834 and
recorded, "vF; S; R glbM; 15"; has 4 B stars preceding." His position matches
******************************
05 31 26 +34 14 42; Aur
V = 11.3; Size 3'x3'
18" (1/20/07): bright, high surface brightness nebula,
~2'x1.5', surrounds six stars including two mag 11/12 stars, a mag 13 star and
three fainter stars. The central 4
stars = ADS 4112 (one difficult in fairly poor seeing) form a small trapezium
asterism. The best view was
unfiltered.
17.5" (2/8/86): five stars including ADS 4112 (mag 11.5/12.3/13 at 8" and 10") are located within a bright, small nebulosity of high surface brightness. A sixth very faint star is just outside the nebula. Dims with OIII filter.
13.1" (11/5/83 and 2/16/85): five or six stars involved including three close fairly bright stars. A fourth very faint star to the west, fifth very faint star NE and sixth extremely faint star west. This is a bright, high surface brightness nebulosity.
8" (11/8/80): compact, striking nebulosity involving several stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1931 = H. I-261 = h355 on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1030). His description reads, "vB, irr R, vgbM, about 4 or 5' diameter. Seems to have 1 or 2 stars in the middle or an irregular nucleus; the chevelure diminishes very gradually." On 5 Jan 1827 (sweep 42), John Herschel reported "a triple star in a nebula. A most curious object. The nebula surrounds the stars like an atmosphere."
The observers using Lord Rosse's 72" reported 5 to 6 stars were involved on various nights. The first observation was made by George Johnstone Stoney on 29 Nov 1848, though he only noted "saw a multitude of stars and some unresolved nebulositiy."
******************************
05 22 17.3 -66 09 16; Dor
= *, Corwin
John Herschel discovered NGC 1932 + 1933 = h2841 on 2 Nov 1834 and recorded "B; eS; bM; 10"." On a later sweep he called it a "double nebula; pos 260°, 80". The first pB; S; R; 30". The second eF; R; almost stellar." The second nebula was only recorded on one sweep (#538) out of 5 total. Based on this description, though, JH assigned two GC numbers (1138 and 1139), which became NGC 1932 and 1933. But there is only a single cluster at his position and Harold Corwin identifies NGC 1932 with a mag 13 star just west of the cluster.
Eric Lindsay, in "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" [1964IrAJ....6..286L] writes "[NGC 1932 and NGC 1933] seem to be the same, a small compact fairly conspicuous open cluster, S/L 420. The supposedly fainter was observed in only one of five sweeps by Herschel. Dreyer therefore questioned it as a variable nebula." ESO also identifies the cluster as NGC 1932 = NGC 1933 but only the latter number should apply to the cluster.
******************************
05 22 27.3 -66 09 08; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 1.2'
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 0.8' diameter, compact with a fairly high surface brightness. Two mag 11 stars aligned WNW-ESE lie 2' NNE and 3' NNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1933 + 1932 = h2841 on 2 Nov 1834 and recorded "B; eS; bM; 10"." On the third of five sweeps, he described this object as "a double neb; pos 260 deg; dist 80", hence the two GC and NGC entries. But there is only a single cluster at his position and Harold Corwin identifies NGC 1932 with a mag 13 star just west of the cluster and NGC 1933 with the cluster. ESO and the S-L catalogue calls the cluster NGC 1932 = NGC 1933, though only a single number (NGC 1933) should apply to the cluster.
******************************
NGC 1934 = BSDL 1363 = ESO 056-109 = = LH 47
05 21 46.9 -67 56 14; Dor
Size 1.1'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
a locally brighter patch in the NGC 1929-34-35-36-37 complex (stellar association
LH 47), situated immediately northwest of
John Herschel discovered NGC 1934 = h2842 on 23 Nov 1834 and recorded "The second nucleus of the compound nebula figured in fig 2, Plate III, from diagram." The resolution on the pdf of Herschel's sketch in the LMC is not sharp enough to identify which "knot" JH is referring to within the complex (NGC 1929, 1935, 1936, 1937). At the position indicated here (from Corwin), there is nothing that stands out on the DSS or in my observation, other than a few stars. The "LMC extended catalog" (Bica+, 1999) places the center of NGC 1934 2' further north and there is another "knot" near this position on JH's sketch.
James Dunlop first observed the entire LH 47 association = D 175 on 27 Sep 1826, though NGC 1934 is probably not one of the "seats of attraction" in his description.
******************************
NGC 1935 = IC 2126 = LMC-N44B = ESO 056-110 = LH 47 = S-L 417
05 21 58 -67 57 20; Dor
V = 11.2; Size 1.2'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
emission glow forms a pair
Superimposed on this entire complex of HII knots is a rich concentration of stars (S-L 417 = KMHK 822). As John Herschel described NGC 1935 on one sweep as "one of the chief nuclei or knots of a large irregular cluster nebula", this number along with NGC 1936 could also apply to the cluster. Nail and Shapley designated the OB association centered on NGC 1929, 1934, 1935, 1936 and 1937 as "Constellation I" in a 1953 paper on the Magellanic Clouds
James Dunlop discovered the LH 47 association = D 175, containing NGC 1929, 1934, 1935, 1936, 1937 on 27 Sep 1826, with a 2nd observation on 6 Nov 1826. He described "a pretty large rather faint nebula, about 5' diameter, irregular figure, partly resolvable into stars of mixt magnitudes. The nebulous matter has several seats of attraction, or rather it is a cluster of small nebulae with strong nebulosity common to all." Dunlop's position is roughly 5' SSW of the complex, a fairly good match. It seems safe to assume that two of these "seats of attraction" were NGC 1935 and NGC 1936 (JH only credited Dunlop with the latter).
John Herschel found NGC 1935 = h2843 on 23 Nov 1834 and recorded "B; S; R. One of the chief nuclei or knots of a large irregular cluster nebula." He next logged it as "F, S, R. The third of a group of four nebulae connected by stars." His third observation saw it as "the second nebula of a group of three." His final sweep was recorded as "the first bright nebulous head of a large beautiful irregular cluster of resolved stars." His detailed sketch is in Plate III, figure 2.
Williamina Fleming discovered the gaseous spectra of NGC 1935 on Harvard objective plates taken in 1901 at the Arequipa station and Dreyer catalogued Fleming 90 as IC 2126, although the IC position is just 5 sec of RA west of NGC 1935. The Hodge-Wright LMC Atlas labels this nebula as IC 2126 instead of NGC 1935 (same with NGC 1936 = IC 2127).
******************************
NGC 1936 = IC 2127 = LMC-N44C = ESO 056-111 = LH 47
05 22 12.6 -67 58 32; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 1.1'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): NGC
1936 appeared as a very bright, round glow, ~1' diameter with a very high,
uniform surface brightness at 200x using a UHC filter. Situated at the south end of a large
cluster and HII complex.
Additional fainter nebulosity sweeps to the south and is connected with
a fainter (anonymous) patch to the west by 1'. This extension increases the total size to 2' to 2.5'. NGC 1935 lies 2' NW. This number also applies to the cluster
(S-L 417) that spreads out the north.
Mag 8.5
James Dunlop discovered the LH 47 association = D 175, consisting of NGC 1929, 1934, 1935, 1936, 1937 on 27 Sep 1826, with a 2nd observation on 6 Nov 1826. He described "a pretty large rather faint nebula, about 5' diameter, irregular figure, partly resolvable into stars of mixt magnitudes. The nebulous matter has several seats of attraction, or rather it is a cluster of small nebulae with strong nebulosity common to all." Dunlop's position (2 observations) is roughly 5' SSW of the complex. It seems safe to assume that two of these "seats of attraction" were NGC 1935 and NGC 1936, the brightest knots in the complex.
John Herschel observed NGC 1936 = h2844 on 23 Nov 1834 and recorded "pB; S; R. Another chief nucleus or knot of the cluster nebula." He next logged it as "pB, S, R, The fourth of a group of four, connected by stars, etc." On the third sweep, he wrote "the third nebula in a group of 3." The 4th sweep saw it as "the last of three nebulae in a zig-zag formed cluster." On his 5th sweep, he noted "the southern and brightest nebular nucleus of a great branching cluster." His detailed sketch of the entire complex is on Plate III, figure 2.
Williamina Fleming discovered the gaseous spectra of NGC
1936 on Harvard objective plates taken in 1901 at Arequipa and Dreyer
catalogued Fleming 91 as
******************************
05 22 25 -67 53 42; Dor
V = 10.4; Size 2.8'x2.0'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this object is the furthest northeast in a gorgeous field of stars and HII regions. NGC 1937 is a large nebulous patch, ~3.7'x2.7' in size, with ~20 stars resolved over the bright glow. Excellent contrast gain using a UHC filter at 200x. A string of stars mag 11.5 and fainter oriented WSW-ENE passes through the center of the cluster or star cloud (association LH 48).
NGC 1936, a very bright nebulous glow, lies 5' S, and other sections of the N44 superbubble complex lie to the southwest including NGC 1929, 1935 and IC 2126. Superimposed on this complex of HII glows is a fairly rich concentration of stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1937 = h2845 on 23 Nov 1834 and recorded "vF; pL. An outlier of the group figured in Plate III No. 2. Place from diagram." His detailed sketch (Plate III, figure 2) clearly established that h2845 refers to this nebulous cluster. James Dunlop discovered the entire LH 47 association = D 175 on 27 Sep 1826 and referred to "several seats of attraction". I doubt that NGC 1937 was one of these, though Wolfgang Steinicke credits Dunlop with the discovery.
******************************
05 21 24.8 -69 56 22; Men
V = 13.0; Size 0.6'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 264x and 429x; fairly faint, small, round, 25" diameter, nearly even surface brightness. The bright LMC globular cluster NGC 1939 is only 40" SSE. At 429x I noticed a dim cluster, KMK88 50, just 1.8' N of NGC 1938. It was just a very faint, very small knot, 15", low surface brightness.
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): fainter of a close pair of clusters with brighter NGC 1939 to the south-southeast by just 40". At 303x, NGC 1938 appeared fairly faint, small, round, 24" diameter.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1938 + NGC 1939 = h2848 on 24 Nov 1834 and recorded a "B; R; a double nebula (clouding over)." On a second observation he recorded "pB; S; R; glbM; a double neb. It has a vF neb (NGC 1939) attached np." On a third sweep (of 4) he logged "A double neb. Pos 339.1; 50" dist; each F; R; glbM; 35" and 30"." Herschel catalogued both objects individually in the GC (1144 and 1145). See Corwin's notes for more on the clusters.
******************************
NGC 1939 = ESO 056-108 = S-L 414
05 21 26.7 -69 56 59; Men
V = 11.8; Size 1.2'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 264x and 429x; bright, fairly small, round, 40" diameter, high surface brightness with an intensely bright nucleus. Brighter of a close pair with NGC 1938 only 0.8' N. NGC 1939 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC. A mag 10.7 star is 3' SE.
While looking for this cluster I picked up an unplotted cluster, Hodge-Sexton 253, situated 6.6' SE of NGC 1939 and 3.7' SE of the mag 10.7 star. It appeared moderately bright, round, ~35" diameter, no significant concentration. S-L 412, situated 7' N of NGC 1939, was a roundish, fairly faint glow, ~24" diameter. In addtion, LMC-N127A lies 16' N of NGC 1939. At 264x this emission nebula was bright, compact, roundish, 40" diameter, with a star visible at the center. Very good response to the NPB (narrow-band) filter with a slightly brighter central region and thin fainter halo.. It forms a "pair" with open cluster S-L 418 2' NE.
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x; bright, fairly small,
round, 45" diameter, high surface brightness, mottled, contains a very
bright core. Forms a close pair
with NGC 1938 just 0.8' NNW. A mag
10.7 star lies 2.9' SE.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1939 = D 90 = h2848 on 24 Sep 1826. He recorded "a small round faint nebula 12" or 15" diameter. North preceding a small star." His poorly reduced position was 13' too far SE, his offsets to NGC 1943, the next object in the drift, is a perfect match. On 27 Sep, he recorded "a faint elliptical nebula north of a very small star, 15" or 20" diameter. Again, his offsets from the next two objects in the drift (NGC 1943 and NGC 1950) are a close match. Since Dunlop only recorded a single a single object, NGC 1938 and 1939 were unresolved or he only saw NGC 1939. See Corwin's notes for more on NGC 1938 and 1939.
John Herschel observed NGC 1938/1939 (single designation h2848) on 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513) and described a "B; R; a double nebula (clouding over)." The following month (sweep 523) he recorded "pB; S; R; glbM; a double nebula. It has a vF neb attached np." On 16 Dec 1835 (sweep 657), he wrote "A double neb. Pos 339.1; 50" dist; each F; R; glbM; 35" and 30".
******************************
05 22 44.9 -67 11 10; Dor
V = 11.9; Size 0.4'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright but relatively small knot, triangular shape, 30" diameter, clumpy with a few stars just resolved. Forms the western vertex of a small equilateral triangle with a mag 10 star 1' E and a mag 11.5 star 1' S. The mag 10 star has an 11th magnitude companion following at 27".
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. No resolution. Cradled by three mag 10-11 stars 1.2' S, 1.1' E and 1.5' E. Located 52' E of mag 4.8 Theta Doradus in the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1940 = h1146 on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 522) and described the cluster as "pB; S; R; bM. Has 2 st 9 and 10 mag following." His position and description is a perfect match.
James Dunlop possibly discovered this cluster on the 27 Sep 1826 drift in which he misidentified the reference star (Theta Dor), so all positions were reduced incorrectly (2.4° to the SE in this case). He described D 184 as "a very small round nebula, 8" diameter." But his offset from NGC 1871/1869, the previous object in the drift, is both west and south of NGC 1940. Another possibility is D 212, recorded on 6 Nov 1826 as a "small faint ill-defined nebula." But again his position is a poor match -- 26' E of the cluster -- and the description too generic to assign it with any confidence to NGC 1940. So, neither observation is likely.
******************************
05 23 07.4 -66 22 41; Dor
V = 12.0; Size 0.9'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): faint, very small, round,
15" diameter. One or two very
faint stars are resolved. Located
2.7' N of a mag 10 star and 12' NW of
John Herschel discovered NGC 1941 = h2846 on 20 Dec 1835 and described as "a nebulous group or knot." His single position is ~30" too far southeast.
******************************
05 24 45 -63 56 30; Dor
V = 13.5; Size 1.1'
18" (4/6/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): this LMC cluster
appeared fairly faint, fairly small, round, 25"-30" diameter, fairly
low even surface brightness. A mag 13.7 star is at the north
edge. A mag 10.8 star is 4.5' SE
and a mag 10.2 star is 8' ESE. The
galaxy
John Herschel discovered NGC 1942 = h2849 on 30 Nov 1834 and described "a star 14th mag, with an eF nebula about it." His second observation was recorded as "very faint. (Cloudy) (N.B. The PD has been probably spoiled by the clouds)". But Herschel's second observation through the clouds has the correct PD and his first was off by ~3'. Robert Innes and Willem van den Bos observed the cluster visually in 1926 with the 26.5-inch refractor at the Union Observatory. They reported it as "A star, 13 mag, with the nebulosity touching it due south about 40" diameter. Probably star is accidental."
******************************
NGC 1943 = LMC-N130 = ESO 056-114 = S-L 430
05 22 29 -70 09 18; Men
V = 11.9
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): fairly bright, moderately large, round, thin halo, 0.8' diameter, quite mottled but not resolved in poor seeing. A mag 14 star is just off the NNE edge, 0.6' from center. I didn't use the NPD filter, but the red DSS shows some nebulosity is involved (LHA 120-N130). NGC 1938 and 1939, a very close pair of clusters, lies 14' NNW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1943 = D 91 = h2850 on 24 Sep 1826. He noted it as "a small faint round nebula, 12" to 15" diameter. His poorly reduced position was 13' to the SE, but his offset from NGC 1939, the previous object in the drift, is an exact match. He logged it again on the 27th and his handwritten drift timings match in offset to both NGC 1939 and NGC 1950, the clusters logged immediately before and afterwards.
John Herschel rediscovered the cluster in Dec 1834 (sweep 523) and recorded "pB; R; glbM; 50"." On 16 Dec 1835 (sweep 657) he wrote "vF; 40"; has a *15m at 60" dist, pos = 19.6°." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 21 57 -72 29 42; Men
V = 11.8; Size 3.2'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x; bright, fairly large, round, thin halo, 1.2' diameter, mottled, only a few stars resolved around the edges of the halo. A mag 13.5-14 star is off the SW edge, a mag 15.5 star is at the NW edge. Situated within a nice group of stars including four nearby mag 12.5 stars; 1.4' SE, 2' SSE, 2' N and 3.4' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1944 = h2852 on 8 Feb 1836 and described as "pB; R; bM; 90"." His position is just off the NW side of this globular cluster.
******************************
NGC 1945 = LMC-N48E = ESO 085-083
05 24 55 -66 27 24; Dor
Size 1.0'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
200x unfiltered, this LMC HII region (N48E) appeared fairly faint, fairly
small, ~30" diameter. The
shape is irregular and brighter along the south edge.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1945 = h2851 on 3 Jan 1837 and reported "eeF, vvL. Great blotches of diffused nebulosity." I logged a small, brighter patch of nebulosity on the south side of a large annular ring or loop of nebulosity. Herschel's description implies a much larger object than I described, though his position is an excellent match with this patch. I'd be surprised if he picked up the entire loop so perhaps the richness of the star field mimicked "diffused nebulosity". See Harold Corwin's notes on this number.
Karl Henize in the 1956 "Catalogues of Hydrogen Alpha Emission Stars and Nebulae in the Magellanic Clouds" (ApJS 2, p315), notes his object LHa N120-48 "includes NGC 1945." LHa N120-48 measures 12.3' east-west and 15.2' north-south. It has a slightly irregular outline, is very elongated and shows appreciable structure. LHa N120-48E (33" x 36", somewhat irregular outline, considerably elongated) lies at the centre of NGC 1945.
******************************
NGC 1946 = ESO 085-84 = S-L 454
05 25 16 -66 23 42; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 1.0'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): bright LMC cluster, fairly small, irregularly round, high surface bright glow, 30" diameter. Although this knot was not resolved, it is situated in a glorious rich star field surrounded by numerous stars. A stream of stars, oriented SW to NE, seems to pass through NGC 1946, extending southwest to NGC 1945 (4.4' SSW) and northeast to NGC 1948, a magnificent star cloud and HII complex ~8' NNE. A brighter, parallel stream, consisting of stars of mixed magnitudes and unresolved glow (stars or nebulosity) is roughly 3' W, extending at least 10' SW to NE.
S-L 470 lies 7' E. Observed with a 25" on 4/3/19 it appeared bright, fairly small, round, compact, 35" diameter, contains a very small bright nucleus.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1946 = h2854 on 3 Jan 1837 and recorded "pF, R, gbM, resolvable." Herschel credits Dunlop with the discovery (D 237), though in the GC and NGC a question mark was added. Dunlop's position matches this cluster very well though the description "a rather large faint nebula, 3' or 4' diameter, of an irregular round figure, no central attraction" implies a much larger object -- probably NGC 1948, whose center is just 6' NNE of his position.
******************************
NGC 1947 = ESO 085-087 = AM 0526-634 = PGC 17296
05 26 47.5 -63 45 37; Dor
V = 10.6; Size 3.0'x2.6'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 119°
18" (4/6/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): fairly bright and
large, slightly elongated, ~2.5'x2.0', well concentrated with a bright core
that gradually increased to the center.
A mag 9.7 star (
S-L 509 appeared fairly faint, fairly large, irregular glow, ~1.2' diameter, mottled. A mag 14.5 star is resolved at the SW edge of the glow and a mag 15.5 star is at the north edge.
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very bright, large, round, contains a large, very bright core surrounded by a fainter halo with a total diameter of ~3'. Within the brighter 2' core is a sharply concentrated brighter nucleus. This is an impressive S0 or E-galaxy at 200x due to the high surface brightness core and several brightness levels. Situated in the northern outskirts of the LMC with S-L 509, a faint LMC cluster, 21' NE. On images, the minor axis of this elliptical is bisected by a dust lane, though this feature wasn't noticed.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1947 = h2855 on 5 Nov 1826 with
his 9" reflector, although due to an oversight he failed to include it in
his 1828 catalogue (
John Herschel independently discovered this galaxy on 30 Nov
1834 (sweep 515) and described it as "pB, L, R, glbM; 2.5' diameter, a
star 9th mag N.p.". There is
nothing at his position but exactly 1° north is
Due to Herschel's erroneous position, Joseph Turner was unable to find it when he searched for it on 12 Dec 1878 with the 48-inch Melbourne Telescope. Interestingly, Pietro Baracchi was unsucessful in finding NGC 1947 on two attempts with the Melbourne telescope, but reported finding a new nebula nearby (perhaps S-L 556) on 3 Jan 1886 that was confirmed the next night (no sketch to confirm). Robert Innes and Willem van den Bos observed it visually in 1926 with the 26-inch refractor at the Union Observatory and assumed the galaxy was a globular cluster and compared it to 47 Tucanae! Innes wrote, "very condensed globular, bM, 2' diam, a miniature of [47 Tuc]."
Eric Lindsay, in "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (1964IrAJ....6..286L), notes "The Decl. [recorded by Herschel] seems to be in error and the object is the well-known galaxy 1° N." In a paper on LMC clusters, Kontizas et al misidentifies KMH90-878 as NGC 1947 because of the dec error, though there doesn't appear to be a cluster on the DSS at the Kontizas position.
******************************
NGC 1948 = ESO 085-85 = S-L 458 = LMC-N48 = LH 52
05 25 46 -66 15 51; Dor
V = 10.6; Size 8'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is a large, well-resolved star cloud (stellar association LH 52) and emission nebula. The richest section is ~8' diameter, with a roughly diamond shape. Approximately 60 stars were resolved at 260x over haze. A fairly large, nebulous knot (LMC-N48B) was visible on the southwest side, ~1.2' diameter, and it responded well to a UHC filter. A couple of other very small knots or clumps of stars were visible at the center (LMC-N48A and N48C). Two parallel streams of stars and unresolved haze (roughly 3' apart), oriented SW to NE, extended southwest from NGC 1948 through NGC 1946 to NGC 1945. The western string was brighter, consisting of a number of mag 12-14 stars along with an unresolved glow (stars and/or nebulosity) extending at least 10'. These objects are located on the west side of the huge LMC-4 Superbubble.
LMC-N49, located 11' NNE, is the brightest LMC supernova
remnant and it harbors a powerful pulsar.
At 260x unfiltered, it appeared as a bright "U" shape just
under 1' in diameter with the center of the "U" at the east end (base
oriented SW-NE) and open on the west side. The interior is much dimmer than the rim. The brightest spot is right at the east
end, though the rim is much brighter and better defined along the entire
base. The northern bar of the
"U" side is fainter and oriented NW-SE with some haze spreading into
the interior. The southern bar is
brighter and narrower. A UHC
filter increased the contrast and there were hints of more complex filamentary
structure. Located 3.7' ENE of mag
9.0
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 105x this is a fairly
large star group in the LMC. Over
a dozen mag 12-13 stars were resolved in a triangular group, ~6' diameter, over
unresolved background haze or possibly nebulosity.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1948 = D 237 = h2856 on 6 Nov 1826. He recorded a "a large faint nebula, irregular round figure; no central attraction, 3' or 4' diameter, not very well defined." His position is about 6' SW of NGC 1948 and his size estimate (3' or 4') is appropriate. Glen Cozens suggests D 237 is possibly NGC 1945. It is located a similar distance SSW of Dunlop's position but is too faint an object for Dunlop's 9" speculum reflector.
John Herschel independently discovered NGC 1948 on 3 Jan 1837 (sweep 761) and described "a rich, discrete cluster, class VII. Not much compressed to the middle; 10' diameter, stars of 13th mag."
******************************
05 25 05 -68 28 18; Dor
V = 12.4
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): very bright, fairly small, round, high surface brightness, ~35" diameter. No resolution, though this is primarily an emission nebula. A string of 3 mag 13.7/12.8/13 stars extend to the southwest by 45", 2.2' and 3.4'. I was very surprised when I added an NPB filter at 152x. A fairly prominent, large (~1.3' diameter), round emission nebula was nearly attached on the southwest side! This nebula (considered part of LHA 120-N 138A) surrounds a mag 13.6 star at its center and has a slightly brighter rim. Together with NGC 1949 the pair nearly forms a "diamond ring".
Using the NPB filter, LHA 120-N 138C was also seen 1.8' W as
a very faint, fairly small, 25" glow. It surrounds a mag 15.2 star that was not seen with the
filter. Much brighter is N 138B,
located 5.2' SW of NGC 1949. With
the filter it appeared fairly bright, small, round, 20" diameter,
crisp-edged. A mag 15 star is
attached at the southwest edge.
This interesting field is located 14' NW of mag 6.1
John Herschel discovered NGC 1949 = h2857 on 30 Dec 1836 and recorded "pB; S; R; psbM; 20"." His position (single sweep) is accurate and appears to described the small, high surface brightness nebula only.
******************************
NGC 1950 = ESO 056-116 = S-L 450
05 24 33.0 -69 54 04; Men
V = 13.2; Size 1.7'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the first in a group of clusters including
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1950 = D 92 = D 94 = h2859 on 24 Sep 1826. He noted "two very faint nebula, 25" diameter, ill defined". His poorly reduced position was 20' too far southeast, but in the drift he recorded it 2.0 minutes after NGC 1943 and 17' N, a perfect match. He also recorded it 3 nights later after NGC 1943 in the drift and called it "an extremely faint, ill defined small nebula".
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1950 on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 523). He recorded "The first of several nebulae running together [along with 1958, 1959, 1969, 1971 and NGC 1972] and forming a very remarkable group, which fills the field with a faint diffused nebulosity. See plate IV, figure 7." On 12 Nov 1836 (sweep 751), he noted "A large ill-defined patch at the lower edge of the Nubecula Major, which is pretty definite here, and very bright."
******************************
NGC 1951 = ESO 085-086 = S-L 464
05 26 06.4 -66 35 50; Dor
V = 10.6; Size 1.9'
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): at 244x; this LMC cluster appeared extremely bright, moderately large, extremely dense knot of stars surrounded by a halo, 1' diameter, 6 or more stars were resolved around the periphery.
S-L 465, situated just 1.8' NNE of center, appeared moderately faint, round, compact, contains a very small bright core.
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): fairly bright, small, round, 25" diameter, well-concentrated with a 10" bright core (John Herschel described the core as a close double star).
John Herschel discovered NGC 1951 = h2858 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "B, R or lE; binuclear or sbM to a double star 10th and 11th mag." His second observation was recorded as "A close first class D star, 10th and 11th mag, with a thick nebulous mist like dust about it." His first position is accurate. Shapley and Lindsay ("A Catalogue of Clusters in the Large Magellanic Cloud", Irish Astronomical Journal, Vol. 6, 1963) give a diameter of 80'' and remark "elongated, inner condensed, outer resolved."
******************************
05 34 32.0 +22 00 52; Tau
V = 8.5; Size 6'x4'
48" (10/23/14): remarkable intricate filamentary
structure at 488x using a DGM Optics OIII filter. I didn't try to take detailed notes, but the entire surface
of
48" (11/2/13): using 488x I immediately focused in on a close unequal mag double star (mag ~16/16.5 at 5" separation ) that was visible a bit offset SE from the geometric center. The fainter southwest component (CM Tau) is the famous pulsar (rotating neutron star) at the heart of the Crab Nebula, which was discovered in 1968 and pulses 30 times/sec!
Although this observation was exciting (first definite view of the pulsar), the real jaw-dropping sight was at 287x using a DGM Optics OIII filter, which lit up the interior filaments! The two bright filaments that meander E-W through the nebula (dipping just south of the pulsar) were very prominent with slightly fainter side filaments extending south and north. Scanning with averted vision, numerous additional very faint, thin radial filaments extending outward were evident throughout the nebula. In addition, the periphery had a ragged or curdled appearance, particularly along the northern edge. The eypiece view approached the iconic HST image of the Crab Nebula !
18" (11/14/09): at 175x and OIII filter an obvious brighter filament is visible that begins just south of center and extends WNW towards the west end. This filament is brightest (or has a brighter knot) at its eastern end near the center. A fainter filament begins near the same point south of center and extends towards the NE. The two filaments, if joined as one, extend nearly from the west end of the Crab Nebula to the east.
18" (2/23/06): at 225x the shape was quite elongated and irregular and the interior had a turbulent appearance due to a very irregular surface brightness. The periphery has a tattered or ragged edge and changes shape somewhat with averted vision. With a UHC filter, there is a brighter knot (sometimes appears as an extended, elongated feature) near the SW edge.
17.5" (2/8/86 and 10/8/86): very bright, unusual potato shape with an irregular surface brightness, 6'x4', broad concentration towards center. Very irregular elongated shape with extensions or "arms" towards the NW and SE, ragged edges at periphery. A large dark indentation or "bay" intrudes on the NE side of the SE extension, so this end is thinner and less prominent. A few faint stars are superimposed. Using an OIII filter, the overall structure is muted but a bright inner streak is visible in the SW quadrant (oriented ~E-W) and this streak is not noticeable without the filter.
13.1" (1/18/85): large, bright, irregular potato shape, large indentation on following end. Easy in 16x80 finder.
8" (10/4/80): moderately bright, irregular shape, fairly large, indentation on the NW and SE ends.
15x50mm IS binoculars (2/23/06): easily visible as a faint, oval patch.
British astronomer John Bevis discovered M1 = NGC 1952 = h357 around 1731 using a 3-inch (+/-) refractor of 24 ft focal length. He labeled it as a nebula in his Uranographia Britannica star atlas, which was completed in 1750, though not published in 1786. Charles Messier independently discovered M1 on 28 Aug 1758 while searching for comet Halley on its first predicted return. Instead he found another comet, which turned out to have been discovered earlier. But while tracking this comet he found M1, which Messier noted "contains no star; it is a whitish light, elongated like the flame of a taper." Bevis informed Messier of his earlier discovery in 1771. Messier’s rediscovery of M1 was the inspiration to begin the compilation of his catalog.
William Herschel made numerous observations with his various telescopes, though first observed it on 24 Mar 1783 with this 6.2-inch reflector. With his workhorse 18.7-inch he attempted to resolve the nebula into stars: "Very bright, of an irregular figure; full 5 minutes in longest direction. I suspect it to consist of stars." In later obsrvation after 1800 he still felt it was "resolvable [mottled]" and most likely a cluster of stars.
Much of the following is gleaned from Wolfgang Steinicke's book on "Observing and Cataloguing Nebulae and Star Clusters". William Parsons (third Earl of Rosse) and friends Romney Robinson and James South observed M1 with his first (compound) 36-inch in early November 1840. A few weeks later Robinson wrote Rosse to examine other nebulae as "I am anxious to know whether they all have tails and claws". Parsons sketched M1 in 1844 (using his solid 36") with filaments or streamers extending out of the body and a long tail (see http://messier.seds.org/more/m001_rosse.html). His description reads: ".. a cluster; we perceive in this [36-inch telescope], however, a considerable change of appearance; it is no longer an oval resolvable [mottled] Nebula; we see resolvable filaments singularly disposed, springing principally from its southern extremity, and not, as is usual in clusters, irregularly in all directions. Probably greater power would bring out other filaments, and it would then assume the ordinary form of a cluster. It is stubbed with stars, mixed however with a nebulosity probably consisting of stars too minute to be recognized. It is an easy object, and I have shown it to many, and all have been at once struck with its remarkable aspect. Everything in the sketch can be seen under moderately favourable circumstances."
Romney Robinson, director of Armagh Observatory and a regular observer at Birr Castle, remarked "it is ragged, bifurcated at the top, and has streamers running out like claws in every direction." This description, along with the 1844 sketch, probably led the popular nickname "Crab Nebula".
William Lassell was certainly influenced by the sketch. He observed M1 in December 1852 with his 24" reflector and commented, "long filaments run out on all sides". Three weeks later, he noted "the outlying claws are only just circumscribed by the edge of the field of 6' in diameter." Father Angelo Secchi was also influenced; his sketch made around 1856 using a 9.5" refractor strikingly mimics the 1844 sketch with a long tail and external feelers! Secchi claimed the agreement in features demonstrated the strength of his telescope.
Interestingly, R.J. Mitchell resketched the Crab in 1855
with a much more traditional shape. Dreyer commented in The Observatory,
Vol. 37, p. 399-402 (1914), "The only published drawing which is a
complete failure, is that of M1, the "Crab Nebula", which has
unfortunately been reproduced in many popular books. It was made with the
3-foot, and long "feelers" were never again seen with the 3-foot nor
with the 6-foot." Still the
nickname stuck. See More
http://www.southastrodel.com/
Isaac Roberts first captured M1 photographically in 1892 with his 20-inch reflector.
In 1921 Carl Lampland suspected internal motion and based on plates with the the 40-inch reflector at Lowell, showed the nebula had changed shape. He also discovered the close double star at the center (5" separation).
Also in 1921 Lundmark mentioned (PASP, 33, 234) that the nova of 1054 was near NGC 1952. The 1054 "nova" was visible during the daytime fr 4 weeks and during the nighttime for up to 3 years. In 1928 Edwin Hubble (http://adsabs.harvard.edu/full/1928ASPL....1...55H) stated the nebula "is expanding rapidly and at such a rate that it must have required about 900 years to reach its present dimensions. For, in the ancient accounts of celestial phenomena only one nova has been recorded in the region of the Crab Nebula. This account is found in the Chinese annals, the position fits as closely as it can read, and the year was 1054!" The Chinese text noted "Thereafter, a "guest star" appeared on 4 July. In 1937 Nicholas Mayall made a spectral analysis (PASP, 49, 101) and in 1939 (ASPL, Vol 3, 145) announced the Crab Nebula was a supernova remnant.
In 1951 Australian astronomer John Bolton showed that M1 was a strong radio source (brightest in Taurus) and was named Taurus A. In 1968 a pulsar (rapidly rotating neutron star) was discovered in M31 with a period of 33 milliseconds (southwestern of the two central mag 16.5 stars).
M1 is plotted as a planetary nebula on Becvar's "Atlas of the Heavens" and the first edition of Tirion's Sky Atlas 2000.0.
******************************
05 25 28.0 -68 50 18; Dor
V = 11.7; Size 1.2'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
200x, this LMC cluster appeared bright, moderately large, round,~50"
diameter, with a brighter core. At
350x, it was grainy with a couple stars easily resolved at the edges of the
halo. The nucleus appears offset
from center towards the east. The
interesting
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1953 = D 177 = h2862 on 25 Sep 1826. He recorded it as "a small round faint nebula, 8" or 10" diameter. His position is 7' too far E, consistent with the offset in RA (time) with the two previous objects in his drift. His small size estimate probaby applies to the core.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1953 on 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513) and described as "pF, S, R, glbM, 40"." On 30 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) he recorded "pB, S, R, insulated, but has a group of four nebulae [NGC 1962, 1954, 1966, 1970] following in the parallel." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 32 48.3 -14 03 45; Lep
V = 11.8; Size 4.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 155°
24" (12/28/16): at 225x; moderately bright and large, sharply concentrated with small, very bright core ~20"x15" N-S. The core is surrounded by a low surface brightness halo without a well defined edge but roughly 1.25' diameter. A mag 13 star is superimposed 45" N of center and a mag 13.8 star is 1.3' NW (outside the halo).
NGC 1954 is the brightest in a trio (HDCE 361) at a distance
of ~150 million years with
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is off the northwest edge 1.3' from center. Forms a pair with NGC 1957 5' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1954 = H. III-590 = h2853 on 14 Dec 1786 (sweep 647) and recorded "suspected, eF, stellar, not very doubtful." His position is accurate. John Herschel observed it from the Cape and noted "vF, R, 25"." Both Herschels missed nearby NGC 1957.
******************************
05 26 10 -67 29 54; Dor
V = 9.8; Size 1.8'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): this cluster and
emission nebula is near the western end of a beautiful curved chain of bright
clusters involved with prominent nebulosity (referred to as the "Sextant
Arc") that extends 17' WSW to ENE and includes
The cluster, which is part of stellar association LH 54,
includes as many as 40 stars in a 4' region including a half-dozen mag
11.5-12.5 stars in a 3' gently curving arc elongated E-W. Near the W end of this arc is mag 11.6
The cluster is immersed in a large, irregular haze that was brightest on its eastern side in a 30" circular glow. This patch is just a locally brighter section of a large irregular loop bowed out to the east and extending N-S for 6'-7' to a mag 9.5 star 3.5' S of the cluster.
A fainter group of stars and haze lies 4' W (S-L 456 within
association LH 51) and the DSS reveals both halves are the brightest portions
of an 8' superbubble (LHa 120-N51D).
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1955 = D 211 on 3 Aug 1826 and described "a small faint elliptical nebula, about 20" diameter. This is the preceding in a curved line of six or seven small nebulae, of unequal magnitudes." Dunlop made 4 observations and his position is just 1.6' too far SE. John Herschel called NGC 1955 = h2863 "The second of a great line of rich clusters [NGC 1968, 1974 and 1991] which are connected by abundant scattered stars. (The first not taken)." The first is probably S-L 456. JH credited Dunlop with the discovery.
******************************
05 19 36.1 -77 43 45; Men
V = 13.1; Size 1.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 68°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): excellent, fairly large edge-on at 200x, ~2.0'x0.6'. Sharply concentrated with a small, round bright core and much fainter extensions WSW-ENE. A faint star is just beyond the SW tip. This galaxy has an absorbtion lane (dust) along the north side, although this feature was not noted.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1956 = h2874 on 22 Jan 1836 and recorded "eF, S, R, gbM, 15"." On a second sweep he noted "eF, little elongated, 40 arcseconds, has a coarse double star n.f., 6' distant." His mean position (2 sweeps) is accurate.
NGC 1559 was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "vF, hazy star involved in nebula"
******************************
05 32 55.1 -14 07 58; Lep
V = 13.9; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.6
24" (12/28/16): at 225x; fairly faint, small, round, 20" diameter, gradually increases to the center. With direct vision a stellar nucleus pops out. Situated 4.5' SSE of NGC 1954 in a trio (HDCE 361) with IC 2132.
17.5" (12/3/88): very faint, very small, round, weak concentration. Located 5' SSE of NGC 1954.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 1957 = LM 1-149 on 11 Dec
1885 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA)
is a good match with
******************************
NGC 1958 = ESO 056-119 = S-L 462
05 25 30.7 -69 50 10; Dor
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 397x; this LMC cluster was
very bright, moderately large, round, 1' diameter. A few extremely faint stars were resolved at the edge with a
non-stellar knot or small clump of stars at the west end. A mag 12 star is 1' NW. Seven clusters lies within 7' of NGC
1958 including
S-L 460, located 3.5' N, appeared fairly faint, round, 30" diameter, even surface brightness.
S-L 469, located 5.5' NNE, appeared fairly faint, irregular, 30" diameter. Slightly brighter of a pair with S-L 460 3' SW.
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x, this LMC cluster appeared bright, fairly small, round, 45" diameter. Increasing the magnification to 346x, the cluster resolved into a couple of dozen very faint, densely packed stars. The 1' halo appeared irregular and mottled as if more stars were just below resolution.
This cluster is situated in a rich section of the central bar and a number of clusters are nearby. NGC 1958 forms the northern vertex of an isosceles triangle with NGC 1959 5.5' S and NGC 1950 6.3' SW. A single brighter mag 11 star sits within this triangle at the vertex of another isosceles triangle with NGC 1959 and NGC 1950. A trio of clusters, NGC 1969, 1971 and 1972, lies 5' to 6' E.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1958 = D 93 = h2864 on 24 Sep
1826. It was logged as "a ill
defined nebula, irregular figure, 30" diameter." His position is 10' SE and closer to
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1958 on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 523) and commented "The second of the group (fig 7, Pl IV); L; F; vgbM." On 11 Nov. 1836 (sweep 748), he noted "F; R; gbM, 40".
Albert Le Sueur sketched the field on 26 Feb 1870 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. The sketch clearly shows S-L 460 and 469. Joseph Turner's sketch from 21 Dec 1875 was published on plate III, figure 29 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae...", though he misidentified S-L 460 and 469 as previous discoveries by Herschel (NGC 1950 and 1959).
******************************
NGC 1959 = ESO 056-120 = S-L 466
05 25 35.7 -69 55 36; Men
V = 12.2; Size 1.6'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this globular is at the southeast corner of a triangle of clusters with NGC 1958 5.5' NNW and NGC 1950 6' WNW. It appears similar to NGC 1950 -- a moderately bright, fairly large glow of ~2' but with a relatively low surface brightness. Appears slightly smaller than NGC 1958. At 346x, a few faint stars are resolved around the edges. Located along the southeast side of the LMC bar, so the background is bright.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1959 = h2865 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; vL; vgbM; the third of several whose borders join, forming the group in figure 7, pl IV." His position is fairly accurate.
******************************
05 36 18 +34 08 30; Aur
V = 6.0; Size 12'
18" (1/17/09): at 175x roughly 175 stars are resolved in the central 10' but irregular extensions increase the halo to closer to 20' and includes roughly 250 stars. Many of the stars are arranged in long curving strings as well as one very distinctive curving loop on the SE side of the core with a pretty double (STF 737 = 8.5/9.0 at 11") with a fainter third companion at the NW end of the loop. The cluster itself is pretty symmetrical with a dense 10' core and the brighter stars are sprinkled about fairly uniformly.
8": very bright, large, loose, includes two curving star lanes. The double star STF 737 = 8.5/9.0 at 11" is near the center.
Naked-eye (10/24/11): just glimpsed in very dark skies.
Giovanni Hodierna discovered M36 = NGC 1960 = h358 in 1654. He described "In this constellation [Auriga] three nebulous patches can be observed", though only two objects were clearly shown on his map (better matching the orientation of M36 and M38). Guillaume Le Gentil rediscovered the cluster (along with M38) in 1749 and Le Gentil was credited with the discovery in the NGC.
William Herschel, using his 7-ft reflector (6.2" aperture) at 120x on 28 Oct 1794, called it "a pretty rich cluster of small [faint] stars, seems to have many more than are visible, very small [faint]."
******************************
05 42 04.4 +69 22 46; Cam
V = 11.0; Size 4.6'x3.0'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 85°
48" (10/23/11): at 375x, this distorted spiral appeared very bright, very large oval nearly 2:1 E-W, ~3.6'x2.0', highly asymmetric appearance. Contains a very bright, large oval core that is clearly offset to the north side of the galaxy! A large arm sweeps E-W along the south side of the halo. A broad dust lane runs parallel to the arm on the inside. Surrounding the core are shorter inner spiral arms including an arm just north of the core that sweeps west and bends south. A mag 13.5 star is superimposed just inside the dust lane, 30" SSE of center.
24" (2/18/20): at 375x; fairly bright, very large, elongated 5:3 ~E-W, contains a bright elongated nucleus that is oddly offset towards the north side. The halo has a low, but uneven surface brightness (due to spiral arms and dust) and extends nearly 3.5'x2.0', though it fades imperceptibly into the sky. A mag 13.5 star is superimposed 30" SSE of center. CGCG 329-011, located 8' NE, appeared very faint, small, round, 20" diameter, low surface brightness. A mag 15.3 star is 20" S.
17.5" (12/7/90): moderately bright, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 E-W, weak concentration, small bright core. A mag 13 star is 30" SSE of center
and a mag 12 star is just off the west edge, 2.4' from center. There appears to be a dark patch
between this star and the core.
Forms a pair with
8" (10/31/81): faint, moderately large, bright core, diffuse, elongated, star involved.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1961 = H. III-747 on 3 Dec 1788 (sweep 889) and recorded "cF, pL, iF, mbM, easily resolvable, 5 or 6 of the stars belonging to it visible in the middle."
Bigourdan found this galaxy independently on 22 Dec 1891,
measured an accurate position, and Dreyer catalogued Big. 385 as
******************************
NGC 1962 = ESO 056-122 = LMC-N144
05 26 18 -68 50 18; Dor
V = 11.5
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): NGC
1962 forms the bright western patch of the NGC 1962-65-66-70 cluster and
emission nebula (stellar association LH 58). At 200x it appeared as a large, fairly bright glow on the
west side of the complex, ~2' in diameter. A few faint stars are peppered across the glow. At the E end is mag 12.3
Adding a UHC filter provided an excellent contrast gain to the bright nebulosity. The entire complex is part of a Superbubble. NGC 1953, an LMC open cluster, lies 4.5' W and a large number of additional clusters that I didn't have time to explore lie to the south and southeast.
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 1962 = D 136? = h2866 on 25 Sep 1826 with a second observation two nights later. He described the complex as "a pretty large faint nebula, 3' or 4' diameter, irregular figure with 4 bright parts or seats of attraction in it - or 4 small nebulae involved in strong nebulosity common to all them. There is a pretty bright star in the south side." His unpublished position in his handwritten notes (reduced from a drift) is 10' too far E, consistent with his other offsets. He recorded it again on a drift two nights later with description, "a faint confused nebula, irregular figure with with small stars in it." But without a more detailed description it's uncertain which components he actually viewed.
John Herschel reobserved the group on 31 Jan 1835 (sweep
538) and distinguished the various components. He described NGC 1962 as "vF, pL; R; the first of a
group of four nebulae [with
Joseph Turner sketched the entire group in Dec. 1875 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 30 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae..."). The sketch shows NGC 1962 as two connected pieces with a few stars involved. Pietro Baracchi also sketched a patch directly between NGC 1962 and 1965 on 18 Nov 1884.
******************************
05 32 10.8 -36 22 51; Col
17.5" (2/22/03): at 100x, a distinctive looping group
of two dozen mag 10-13 stars which is likely an asterism. Roughly 10' diameter with a string of
stars on the south side trailing to the east (forming the bottom loop of the
figure "3"). Includes
several mag 10-11 stars with two mag 8 stars (oriented N-S) on the north side
of the low power field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1963 = h2861 on 24 Dec 1835 and described "the cusp of a cluster of stars, 8...11m; arranged pretty exactly in a figure of 3 with appendages. *8 in cusp taken." This group of stars stands out fairly well on the DSS although the brightest star is closer to mag 10. This is a random grouping with no correlation in proper motion. The RC3 and PGC misidentify the galaxy IC 2135 (~15' further east) as NGC 1963. RNGC classifies NGC 1963 as nonexistent.
******************************
05 33 22.6 -21 56 49; Lep
V = 10.8; Size 5.6'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 32°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, fairly large, very
elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, unusually bright stellar nucleus [images reveal there is
a foreground star superposed on the nucleus]. A mag 13.5 star is at the
west edge 0.7' from center and a mag 14 star is at the SSW edge of the major
axis 1.2' from center. Situated
just SE of a thin triangle of mag 9.5-10.5 stars, the closest being mag 9.3 SAO
170546 1.7' NW of center.
Brightest in a group that includes
13.1" (12/18/82): faint, elongated, small bright nucleus, fairly small, faint halo surrounded core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1964 = H. IV-21 = h2860 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 325) and recorded "vS, stellar, the nucleus very brigh; the chevelure vF and not perfectly central; there seems to be a vS star preceding it." His RA is 13 sec too large, but the identification is certain. John Herschel observed this galaxy from the Cape of Good Hope and recorded "F, irregularly round, vsbM, to a star 12th mag, 2 or 3 stars involved, and several bright ones near." His position was accurate.
******************************
NGC 1965 = ESO 056-123 = LMC-N144B = LH 58
05 26 29.5 -68 48 23; Dor
V = 11.7
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
a bright, small knot on the NW side of a large HII complex and cluster
(association LH 58) that includes NGC 1966 (1.5' ESE), NGC 1962 (2.2' SW) and
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1965 = D 136 = h2867 on 25 Sep 1826 with a second observation two nights later. He described the complex as "a pretty large faint nebula, 3' or 4' diameter, irregular figure with 4 seats of attraction in it - or 4 small nebulae in a large large - a pretty bright star in the south side." His unpublished reduced position (in his handwritten notebook) is 10' too far E, consistent with other offsets in the drift including NGC 1953, the previous object logged. He recorded it again on a drift two nights later with description, "a faint confused nebula, irregular figure with with small stars in it."
John Herschel reobserved the group on 31 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) and distinguished the various components. NGC 1965 = h2867 was described as "F, S; the second of a group of four nebulae [with NGC 1962, 1966 and 1970] with stars. The place interpolated from those of the 1st and 3rd by aid of a diagram made at the time. Plate VI, figure 20." Herschel noted that D 136 probably includes this object.
Joseph Turner sketched the entire group in Dec. 1875 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 30 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae...").
******************************
NGC 1966 = LMC-N144A = ESO 056-125 = LH 58
05 26 46 -68 48 49; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 0.7'x0.3'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this number refers to one of the multiple components of a large star cloud and HII complex (LH 58), ~5' in diameter. At 346x this is a small, bright glow on the NE side that surrounds three stars, elongated WNW-ESE, ~40"x15". Fainter nebulosity is attached extending to the west for 1.5' and connecting to the knot NGC 1965. A mag 9.9 star lies 1.2' S. This HII complex is located roughly 12' S of a mag 6.1 star (6.7/7.0 pair at a close 1.4").
At 200x using a UHC filter, this is a fascinating emission complex as the entire 5' region is awash in bright nebulosity and there are faint, irregular extensions beyond the main portion, particularly to the north (the outer portions form a faint bubble on images). A 10th mag star is involved, though the cluster itself (S-L 476) does not stand out significantly.
NGC 1966 is sometimes applied to the entire complex. Shapley listed the complex as the center of the OB-association "Constellation" II (of V).
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1966 = D 136 = h2868 on 25 Sep 1826 with a second observation two nights later. He described "a pretty large faint nebula, 3' or 4' diameter, irregular figure with 4 bright parts or seats of attraction in it - or 4 small nebulae involved in strong nebulosity common to all them. There is a pretty bright star in the south side." His unpublished notebook position is 10' too far E, consistent with other offsets in his drift including NGC 1953, the previous object logged. He recorded it again on a drift two nights later with description, "a faint confused nebula, irregular figure with with small stars in it." Still, without a more detailed description it's uncertain which components he actually viewed.
John Herschel reobserved the group on 31 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) and distinguished the various components. He described NGC 1966 as "the third of a group of four nebulae with stars; pB, R, pslbM. Plate VI, figure 20."
Joseph Turner sketched the entire group in Dec. 1875 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 30 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae...").
******************************
05 26 43 -69 06 06; Dor
V = 10.8; Size 0.9'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): very bright, fairly small
cluster, ~30" diameter. 8 to 10 stars are resolved, many in a string along
the west side. A mag 13 star is at
the east edge. First of 3 clusters
with
John Herschel discovered NGC 1967 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and listed it as object #456 in his table of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." His position is 1.8' too far northwest.
******************************
NGC 1968 = LMC-N51C = ESO 056-130 = S-L 483 = LH 60
05 27 39.7 -67 27 48; Dor
Size 1.5'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): NGC 1968 is the third in a great chain of clusters involved in extensive nebulosity oriented southwest to northeast. The cluster is bright and very elongated 3'x1' E-W with ~20 stars including a number of mag 12-13 stars. The cluster (part of association LH 60) is surrounded by nebulosity (Henize N51C) that brightens on the east end in a large, round knot and extends beyond the cluster on the south side for several arc minutes in the direction of NGC 1955 to the WSW. NGC 1968 is connected to NGC 1974, another nebulous cluster 3' NE and NGC 1955 lies 8' WSW. The entire complex is nicknamed the LMC "Sextant Arc".
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1968 = D 188 = h2870 on 27 Sep
1826. He described "a curved
line of 5 or 6 faint nebulae with a number of small stars mixed. This line is rich in stars and
nebulae." This object
(or group of nebulae) was found during a drift on 27 Sep in which he
misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus) and all positions were reduced
incorrectly (2.4° to the SE). Once
corrected and checked for consistency with
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1968 = h2870 on 2 Jan 1837 (sweep 760) and described "The third of a great line of rich clusters [with NGC 1955, 1969, 1971, 1972 and 1974] all connected by abundance of irregularly scattered stars."
******************************
NGC 1969 = ESO 056-124 = S-L 479
05 26 33 -69 50 27; Dor
V = 12.5; Size 1.2'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): faintest in a compact trio of clusters with NGC 1971 and 1972. At 397x; appears moderately bright, small, roundish, fairly low surface brightness. A mag 13 star is at the NW end and a couple of fainter stars are involved.
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the first in a compact right triangle of clusters with NGC 1971 1.2' SE and NGC 1972 1.4' E (within stellar association LH 59). At 260x it appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round. This cluster has a lower surface brightness than NGC 1971 and 1972. A mag 13 star is at the NW edge. NGC 1958 lies 5' W. Located along the southeast side of the LMC bar, with a relatively bright background glow
John Herschel discovered NGC 1969 = h2872 in Dec 1834 and recorded on NGC 1969 "the 4th of several running together (fig 7, Pl IV). F; S; attached to a larger (the 5th)." The 5th refers to NGC 1971 = h2875. His position is accurate. James Dunlop possibly discovered this cluster earlier on 24 Sep 1826 and noted (D 93) "a very faint nebula, about 30" diameter." His position is ~5' SE of the NGC 1969/1971/1972 trio, but visually NGC 1971 is the most prominent of the group. So, my guess is that D 93 refers to NGC 1971.
Albert Le Sueur sketched the field on 25 Feb 1870 (also S-L 460 and S-L 469), as well as by Joseph Turner on 21 Dec 1875 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Turner's sketch is on plate III, figure 29 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae...".
******************************
NGC 1970 = ESO 056-127 = LMC-N144 = LH 58
05 26 53 -68 50 12; Dor
V = 10.3
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
200x; NGC 1970 is at the SE corner of the NGC 1962-65-66-70 complex (stellar
association LH 58). It consists of
three close collinear stars oriented NNW-SSE with the brightest mag 10.8 star
at the north end. Using a UHC
filter, the stars were surrounded by only very weak nebulosity that was no more
prominent than the general field haze.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1970 = D 136 = h2869 on 25 Sep 1826 with a second observation two nights later. He described "a pretty large faint nebula, 3' or 4' diameter, irregular figure with 4 bright parts or seats of attraction in it - or 4 small nebulae involved in strong nebulosity common to all them. There is a pretty bright star in the south side." His unpublished notebook position (reduced from a drift) is 10' too far E, consistent with other offsets in the drift including NGC 1953, the previous object logged. He recorded it again on a drift two nights later with description, "a faint confused nebula, irregular figure with with small stars in it." Without a more detailed description it's uncertain which components he actually viewed.
John Herschel reobserved the group on 31 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) and distinguished the various components. He described NGC 1970 as "The last nebula in the group of four [with NGC 1962, 1965 and 1966] with stars. Place concluded (with no precision) from the 1st and 3rd by the aid of a diagram." [Plate VI, fig 20]. Despite his uncertainty with the position, it is pretty accurate.
Joseph Turner sketched the entire group in Dec. 1875 with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 30 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae..."). His sketch shows the three stars oriented NNW-SSE with no nebulosity, but there is a patch of nebulosity surrounded by a ring of stars that is sketched close north. Pietro Baracchi also took this group of four or five stars as GC 1175 = NGC 1970.
******************************
NGC 1971 = ESO 056-128 = S-L 481
05 26 45.6 -69 51 03; Dor
V = 11.9; Size 1.1'x0.95'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 397x; very bright, fairly
small, round, 30"-35" diameter, high surface brightness. Brightest in a small trio with
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this cluster is the furthest south in a small right triangle of clusters with NGC 1969 1.2' NW and NGC 1972 0.9' NNE. At 260x it appeared bright, fairly small, round, 45" diameter (largest of trio), gradually increases to the center. At 350x, it contains a sharp stellar core or a mag 14 star is superimposed and a star is also on the SE edge. Located 15' SW of a mag 6.1 star (close double) within the southeast side of the LMC's central bar.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1971 = D 95 = h2875 on 24 Sep 1826. He described D 95 as "a faint nebula, round, 35" or 40" diameter." In the drift it was logged between NGC 1958 and NGC 1986 and his offset in time and declination from NGC 1986 lands with 2' of NGC 1971. It was apparently also recorded in his drift through the same area three nights later and called "very faint, ill defined, 20" diameter."
John Herschel rediscovered this cluster on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 523) and recorded, "the 5th of several running together (fig 7, Pl IV); attached to a smaller, No. 4". His position is accurate.
Albert Le Sueur sketched the field (with NGC 1958, 1969, 1972, S-L 460 and S-L 469) on 25 Feb 1870, as well as by Joseph Turner on 21 Dec 1875 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Turner's sketch is on plate III, figure 29 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae...".
******************************
NGC 1972 = ESO 056-129 = S-L 480
05 26 48.8 -69 50 17; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 0.9'x0.8'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 397x; bright, small, round, high surface brightness glow (cluster), ~25" diameter. Contains a very bright quasi-stellar nucleus (knot of stars). Second brightest in a compact trio of clusters with NGC 1971 50" SSW and NGC 1969 1.4' W.
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): forms the northeast vertex of a small triangle of clusters with NGC 1971 0.9' SSW and NGC 1969 1.4' E (within stellar association LH 59). At 260x this small cluster is bright, round, ~35" diameter (smaller than NGC 1971). There is either a very small knot of stars at the east edge (DSS reveals an apparent close double star). These clusters are buried with the southeast side of the LMC's bar, so the field has a bright background.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1972 (or NGC 1971) = D 93 on 24 Sep 1826 and described "a very faint nebula, about 30" diameter." His position is ~5' SE of the trio NGC 1969/1971/1972. Based on my visual observation I suggest that NGC 1971 = D 93, although Steinicke assigns D 93 to NGC 1972. JH independently discovered this cluster (h2876) on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded it as "the 6th of several [including NGC 1950, 1958, 1959, 1969 and 1971] running together (fig 7, Pl IV). This also is a double nebula, having a very small one attached N.p (No 7)." His position is ~40" too far south.
Albert Le Sueur sketched the field (with NGC 1958, 1969, 1972, S-L 460 and S-L 469) on 25 Feb 1870, as well as by Joseph Turner on 21 Dec 1875 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Turner's sketch is on plate III, figure 29 in "Observations of Southern Neb...".
******************************
05 35 04.8 -04 43 55; Ori
Size 5'x5'
24" (1/22/15): locally bright (reflection?) nebula
surrounding mag 6.9
13.1": bright reflection nebulosity surrounding 7th
magnitude
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1973 on 16 Dec 1862 within NGC 1977. He calls it a nebulous mag 8-9 star and his single position corresponds with HD 36958 = SAO 132302 = KX Ori.
******************************
NGC 1974 = NGC 1991 = LMC-N51A = ESO 085-89 = S-L 494 = LH 63
05 28 00 -67 25 24; Dor
Size 1.7'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): NGC 1974 is the fourth in a great looping chain of clusters and nebulosity (collectively called the "Sextant Arc") including NGC 1955 and NGC 1968 to the SW. NGC 1974 is virtually attached to NGC 1968, only distinguished by less nebulosity and stars. Roughly three dozen stars were resolved in a 3' circular group (stellar association LH 63) including a number of mag 12-13 stars. The cluster is involved in fairly bright nebulous haze (LMC-N51A). A filament of nebulosity on the NE side is the brightest part of an incomplete superbubble.
Nail and Shapley designated the OB association that includes the "Sextant Arc" as "Constellation III" in a 1953 paper on the Magellanic Clouds.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1974 = D 213 on 6 Nov 1826 and described "a faint elliptical nebula, about 30" diameter. This is the following in a curved line of nebulae." He observed it on three occasions and his (mean) position is 2.8' too far northeast.
John Herschel recorded h2877 on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 5112) as
"The following part of a large irregular cluster which extends obliquely
across the field." The objects in this grouping include NGC 1955, 1968,
1974 and
******************************
NGC 1975 = Ced 55c = Sh 2-279 = Running Man Nebula
05 35 18 -04 41 06; Ori
Size 10'x5'
24" (1/22/15):
bright 2' reflection nebulosity surrounding
13.1": see description for NGC 1973. This is the faintest portion of the NGC 1977 complex and appears large and elongated, including a mag 11/11 double star.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 1975 on 3 Oct 1864 and called it a "bright double star involved in nebulosity within V. 30 [NGC 1977]." His single position corresponds with the double star ∑746 = 10.4/10.7 at 14" in the northern part of the nebula.
******************************
05 35 17.1 -05 23 27; Ori
V = 4.0; Size 66'x60'
48" (4/1/11): the Trapezium was first object viewed while the sky was still darkening. The "H" star (discovered by Barnard in 1888 with the Lick 36" was easily visible without reference to a chart, though I apparently missed the G star inside the Trapezium and a fainter companion to H at 1.3" separation. The "E" component was seen for the first time with a vivid orange color! In addition, due north of the A-E pair is a faint double star near the edge of the darker central pocket containing the Trapezium. On the opposite side (SE) of the Trapezium (at the edge of the inner pocket) are a wide pair of stars (~20") oriented E-W with possibly a third extremely difficult star between and a bit further east. Although I didn't take notes or try to sketch the main features of M42, there were several faint pink or red stars peppered over the glow of the nebula!
17.5" (10/12/85): best emission nebula in northern sky, fantastic view under all conditions, bright colored wings sweep to the east and south. The remarkable structure is difficult to describe but includes bays, filaments, knots, nebulous stars and a huge outer loop. Definite colors are visible including pale greens and pinks. Highlighted by the Trapezium which contains six stars and appears to reside in a darker hollow. The bright portion surrounding Theta probably has the highest surface brightness of any HII region in the sky with an "electric" appearance. Dark streaks and a dark wedge = "fish's mouth" intrudes on the NE side. Using an H-Beta filter, the nebulosity significantly dims in general but there is one outer wing or loop on the west side (oriented N-S) which obviously increases in contrast with the filter!
8" (numerous dates from 1979 to 1984): exquisite detail difficult to describe. Overall the nebula has a grey-green color but one wing is slightly reddish. Faint, very large outer loop is nearly complete
The following observational history of M42 = NGC 1976 = h360 is largely from Wolfgang Steinicke and http://seds.org/messier/more/m042_dis.html
The Orion Nebula was probably discovered in November 1610 by Nicholas-Claude Fabri de Peiresc (1580-1637), a French lawyer, who turned his telescope (given to him by Galileo) to Orion and reported a "small illuminated cloud" near the middle star of Orion's Sword. This sighting, however, was not published, but only reported in Peiresc's personal documents and mentioned by Bigourdan in 1916. Jesuit astronomer Johann Baptist Cysat (1588-1657) of Lucerne was independently found it the following year. In 1619 he compared it to a comet he had observed in 1618. Cysat's work also did not get widely circulated but was found and reported by Rudolf Wolf in 1854. So, Dreyer included Cysat under the "Other Observers" column in the NGC. The first known (very rough) sketch of the Orion nebula was created by Sicilian astronomer Giovanni Batista Hodierna before 1654 and included three stars, probably Theta1, Theta2A and Theta2B. As he was little-known, his work was lost and not rediscovered until the 1980's.
None of the early discoveries were known when Christian Huygens rediscovered the nebula in 1656 with a 50mm refractor and published the first printed sketch which appeared in his "Systema Saturnium" in 1659, gaining credit for a long time as the discoverer, as reported by Halley and Messier. Huygens's sketch included 3 stars in the trapezium and the general shape of the bright central part of the nebula. Messier's more detailed sketch [made in 1769] showing the wings and the "fish's mouth" near the trapezium was published in 1771 (Mémoires de l'Académie Royale), though soon after William Herschel trained his large mirrors towards M42 (first observations in March 1774) and obtained much more detailed views. He called it "altogether the most wonderful object in the heavens." (16 Oct 1784)
M42 was one of the objects Lord Rosse attempted to "resolve" in 1845 and 1846 using his new 72-inch. After several bouts of poor weather, in February of 1846 he wrote "we are still in doubt as to the resolvability of the Nebula in Orion. The great instrument has shown us an immense number of stars in it, dense groups in the immediate vicinity of the Trapezium, but further evidence is I think wanting." A month later he was more convinced, writing in a letter "...there can be little if any doubt as to the resolvability of the nebulae...we could plainly see that all about the trapezium is a mass of stars; the rest of the nebula also abounding with stars, and exhibiting the characteristics of resolvability strongly marked." Most astronomers accepted these claims, though a few such as Wilhelm Struve challenged the alleged resolution. Clearly the Orion was a poor choice to decide resolvability as there are many stars associated with it, but the Irish observers also claimed resolvability for the Crab Nebula and the Ring Nebula (especially by Romney Robinson). George Bond, son of William Cranch Bond and Director of the Harvard College Observatory, claimed to have confirmed Rosse's resolution using HCO's new 15" refractor. In his first examination on 21-22 Sep 1847, he scrawled in his notebook, "Resolved. Mottled. Abundance of Stars." He reported to Harvard's president that "You will rejoice with me that the great Nebula in Orion has yielded to the powers of our incomparable telescope!"
Ronald Stoyan, in "Sketching the Orion Nebula" (Astronomy, Feb 2013), stated that Bond determined the positions of all stars he could perceive through the 15-inch (HCO refractor) in a 20' radius around the Trapezium. Working through seven winter seasons from 1857 to 1864 and finally reaching a field of 3.36° square, he catalogued 1,101 stars as faint as 15th magnitude, observed numerous various stars, and described M42 in metriculous detail like no one before. But above all, he sketched what he saw at the eyepiece - the first complete and accurate "image" of this region. His eye for detail was so that that the engraver [for the 1867 "Observations upon the Great Nebula in Orion" in http://adsabs.harvard.edu/full/1867AnHar...5D...3B] had to look through the telescope to adequately reproduce Bond's impressions. The result was the most accurate and elaborate astronomical drawing ever done. Bond's cousin, American astronomer Edward S. Holden, said in 1882 that it was the "most satisfactory representation of any celestial object." [A biography of George Bond, as well as his sketch of the Orion Nebula is at http://ejamison.net/bond.html]
The Orion Nebula was reported early on by various observers as possibly variable, with changes in both shape and brightness. Edward Holden gives a comprehensive history of observations of the Orion Nebula by 44 individuals, from Cysat in 1619 to Draper in 1880. See http://openlibrary.org/books/OL7237514M/. Henry Draper took the first photograph of the Orion Nebula on 30 Sep 1880 with an 11-inch Clark refractor, though the resolution and details were very poor. In 1882-83, Ainslee Common obtained a number of impressive long-exposure photographs using his 36-inch silver-on-glass reflector (first to show details not visible naked-eye) and in 1889 Isaac Roberts produced some excellent wide-field photographs of M42 using a 20-inch Grubb reflector.
******************************
NGC 1977 = Ced 55e = Sh 2-279 = Running Man Nebula
05 35 15.8 -04 50 40; Ori
Size 20'x10'
24" (1/22/15): NGC 1977 is a prominent 20' field of
nebulosity involving 42 Ori (V = 4.6 and a challenging 1.2" pair), 45 Ori
(V = 5.2) and mag 7.3
13.1": extensive bright field of nebulosity including NGC 1973 and NGC 1975, very large, elongated ~E-W. Involves several bright stars including 42 Orionis (V = 4.7) and 45 Orionis (V = 5.3). Irregular and detailed with detached segments. Extends north and south beyond 42 Orionis. Located north of M42 and south of the bright cluster NGC 1981.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1977 = H. V-30 on 18 Jan 1786 (sweep 510) and recorded "I returned to the c's Orionis [1 and 2 c Orionis], and the stars about them; and found them as suspected involved in very visible, and unequally bright milky nebulosity. I am pretty sure this joins to the great nebula [M42]." NGC 1977 is generally taken as the brightest portion around 42 and 45 Orionis, though Herschel's description really applies to the entire nebula and scattered group of stars.
******************************
NGC 1978 = ESO 085-90 = S-L 501
05 28 44.6 -66 14 08; Dor
V = 10.7; Size 3.9'x2.7'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): this impressive LMC
(intermediate age) globular is extremely bright and large, noticeably elongated
NNW-SSE, 2.3'x1.5', contains a large, very bright core (unresolved), and grainy
halo. Only a few mag 15-16 stars were resolved around the edges at 303x. NGC 1978 is situated within the huge
LMC-4 Superbubble that includes the NGC 1848 complex 18' WSW,
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): bright, large, elongated NNW-SSE, 2.4'x1.5' (unusually elongated for a globular), weak even concentration to center, no resolution. This is a blue intermediate-age cluster or "blue globular", roughly 2 billion years old, with a million solar masses. NGC 1948, a combination star cloud/emission complex, lies 18' W.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 1978 = D 238 = h2878 on 6 Nov 1826 and described "a faint round nebula, about 50" diameter, rather ill defined. His position is ~10' SW of the globular, whch is a reasonable match and in agreement with his offset for D 237, assuming it applies to NGC 1948.
John Herschel first observed this bright globular on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and logged, "vB, vL, E, gbM, 3'." On 3 Jan 1837 (sweep 761), he recorded "vB, vL; oval; vgpmbM; a beautiful nebula; it has very much resemblance to the Nubecula Major itself as seen with the naked eye, but is far brighter and more impressive in its general aspect as if the Nubecula were at least doubled in intensity. (Note - July 29, 1837. I well remember this observation, it was the result of repeated comparisons between the object seen in the telescope and the actual nubecula as seen high in the sky on the meridian, and no vague estimate carelessly set down. And who can say whether in this object, magnified and analysed by telescopes infinitely superior to what we now possess, there may not exist all the complexity of detail that the nubecula itself presents to our examination!)"
******************************
NGC 1979 = ESO 487-024 = AM 0531-232 = PGC 17452
05 34 01.1 -23 18 37; Lep
V = 11.8; Size 2.2'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 7°
24" (1/1/19): at 260x; moderately bright, fairly small,
slightly elongated, 50"x40", very strong concentration (fairly sharp)
with a small bright core that increases to the center. A mag 12 star is 1.8' E. ARA 1991, a
14" pair of mag 11.7/13.4 stars is 7' W.
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, small, round, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. IC 2138 lies 14' SE and NGC 1964 is 80' N.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1979 = H. III-240 on 20 Nov
1784 (sweep 325) and noted "vF, vS, stellar." His position is 13 sec of RA east of
******************************
05 35 26.0 -05 54 36; Ori
Size 14'x14'
13.1" (1/28/84): very faint, large nebulosity of low surface brightness surrounding Iota Orionis (V = 2.8). Very difficult to distinguish from glare of Iota. M42 lies 30' N.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1980 = H. V-31 = h361 on 31 Jan 1786 (sweep 517) and noted "Iota Orionis seems with its neighbouring stars to be involved in milky nebulosity; but it is so faint and the number of stars makes the field so bright, that I cannot assure myself; though I compared this spot with the preceding and following ones." He observed it again on sweep 529 and recorded "Iota certainly affected, but no more that what the tinge of the bottom in this neighbourhood will account for." John Herschel noted on 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 218), "Iota Orionis involved in a feeble neb 3' diam."
On 28 Jan 1849, George Johnstone Stoney (Lord Rosse's assistant) recorded, "Dark space in the nebula containing nearest companion; light nearly equable; sketch made (by Stoney); 3-feet telescope employed. All the stars in the neighbourhood are nebulous, of these two a little sp, last seem to have dark spaces as in [figure 16, 1850 PT paper]."
William Lassell made an observation on 7 Jan 1853 with his 24-inch equatorial reflector and reported, "Surveyed this star for some time without any impression of a nebula about it. At length I began to conceive that the glare around it, which I had attributed to the splendour of the star, might be really nebulous; and on further looking attentively at the stars, I could fancy they were on a black ground in the midst of the nebulae; but, without the suggestion of Lord Rosse's drawing, I think the appearance would have escaped me." Observing with the 48" Melbourne telescope on 3 Jan 1886, Pietro Baracchi commented, "Uncertain - Is it nebulosity or stray diffused light from the stars?"
It is very possible that William Herschel observed just scattered light around Iota, since the very southern end of M42 has a very low surface brightness and would be difficult to distinguish among the several bright stars in the field. Wolfgang Steinicke favors interpreting NGC 1980 as an illusion (personal email on 21 Mar 2015), though Harold Corwin is not convinced (personal email of 23 Mar 2015).
******************************
05 35 10 -04 25 30; Ori
V = 4.6; Size 25'
24" (1/22/15): at 200x;
18" (1/17/09): this very bright, scattered 25' cluster is situated just north of the cluster/emission nebula NGC 1973/75/77 and both appear to be part of the same complex at 73x. Contains 7 stars mag 6-7.5 and a dozen stars mag 9 or brighter. Most of the remaining stars are much fainter and more concentrated on the west side and streaming off the northwest end.
8": bright cluster with about two dozen stars mag 6 and fainter. Very large, scattered. Includes ∑750 = 6/8 at 4". To the south is another group of bright stars surrounded by the emission nebula NGC 1973-1977.
Naked-eye (10/23/11): visible as a hazy glow just north of the three "stars" in the sword. None of the individual mag 6.5 stars are resolved naked-eye as they are two tightly grouped, but the cluster is easily resolved in binoculars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1981 = h362 on 4 Jan 1827 (sweep 41) and described "a coarse and por but very splendid cluster of large stars; a beautiful object." His position corresponds with mag 6.5 HD 37040 = ∑750 = mag 6/8 at 4" on the NE side of the cluster.
But by analyzing William Herschel's early "reviews" of bright stars (before his systematic sweeps), Wolfgang Steinicke recently found (email Oct '16) that Herschel first discovered the cluster on 23 Oct 1780 using his 6.2" reflector.
******************************
05 35 31.3 -05 16 02; Ori
V = 9.0; Size 20'x15'
13.1": large detached piece of M42, mottled outer region, very bright center. Has a large rotated "comma" shape with a dark indentation on the east side. A mag 8 star is embedded.
8": fairly large, irregular, protrudes to the NE, includes a bright star.
French scientist Jean-Jacques d'Ortous de Mairan discovered
In 1868, Lieutenant John Herschel, son of John Herschel, found M43 displayed an emission spectrum in an early spectroscopic investigation while he was stationed in Bangalore, India.
******************************
NGC 1983 = ESO 056-133 = LH 61 = S-L 492
05 27 45.3 -68 59 10; Dor
V = 8.8; Size 5'x3'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; this large star cloud/association (LH 61) includes the embedded cluster S-L 492. It appeared as a very bright, small knot of stars, 30" diameter, with a half-dozen resolved. The star cloud is elongated N-S and is rich in bright and faint stars (too many to count). A very striking N-S string (6' length) of 10 bright mag 10.5-12 stars passes just east of the cluster. Just outside the field to the south (9' from S-L 492) is NGC 1984, along with NGCs 1994 and 1967.
Two additional clusters were picked up nearby to the east (nearly collinear with S-L 492). H-S 314, 3.7' E of S-L 492, appeared as a bright, high surface brightness, compact glow, 20" diameter, no resolution. H-S 319, just 2' E of H-S 314, was noted as fairly faint, small, round, 18" diameter, no resolution. A mag 11.5 is off the southeast side [35" from center] and a mag 12.3 star is 0.7' E.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1983 = h2881 on 11 Nov 1836 and described "a pretty rich irregular cluster which fills the field; a knot in it taken." S-L 492 is the "knot" he measured, but the object which "fills the field" is the association LH 61.
******************************
NGC 1984 = ESO 056-132 = S-L 488
05 27 40.8 -69 08 05; Dor
V = 10.0; Size 1.2'
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): at 303x; extremely bright, small, high surface brightness knot of stars, mottled. Several stars are resolved around the edges of the 30" clumpy glow. A nice 4' string of stars begins at the west edge of the cluster and extends to the south-southeast, ending at a mag 11.3 star. No response to a NPB filter, although LMC-N145 is on the southwest edge. NGC 1984 is situated in a very rich region of the LMC with NGC 1994 3.8' ESE and NGC 1967 5.4' NW. NGC 1983, an excellent cluster and star cloud, lies 9' N.
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 1984 = D 135 = h2882 on 24 Sep 1826. During his second drift of the night he noted a "small faint round nebula". His reduced position is 20' to the SW, but reference to his handwritten drift notes shows it was logged 8 minute 18 sec after recording NGC 1916 and 14' to its north. This offset places it just 2' south of NGC 1984 and 3' SW of NGC 1994. He recorded a second object only 17 seconds of RA separation but a difference of 4' in declination (the two clusters are very close in declination).
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1984 = h2882 on 16 Dec 1835 and described as "a cluster; a double star in it taken." His position is accurate and the double star is HJ 3771 = 11.4/13 at 5".
******************************
05 37 47.8 +31 59 20; Aur
13.1" (1/18/85): faint reflection nebulosity surrounding a mag 13.5 star. This small, circular nebula is visible without a filter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1985 = H. III-865 = h359 on 13 Nov 1790 (sweep 980) and recorded "vF, vS, R, bM. 300 showed it very plainly." His position was 2.5' too far NW, though John Herschel measured on accurate position. R.J. Mitchell, observing on 28 Dec 1856 with Lord Rosse's 72", remarked "Looks like a star enveloped in a vF nebulous atmosphere which is lE nearly preceding-following."
This reflection nebula was misclassified as a PN (PK 176+00.1) in Kohoutek's Catalogue of Galactic Planetary Nebulae and the RNGC repeats this error.
******************************
NGC 1986 = ESO 056-134 = S-L 489
05 27 37.7 -69 58 14; Men
V = 11.1; Size 2.8'x2.4'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 397x very bright, large, roundish, ~2' diameter, contains a relatively large bright core. The cluster is very lively and several extremely faint stars are resolved over the glow. Nine clusters lies within 16' in a 90° arc from the west to the north, the closest is H-S 307 4.8' N (logged as "faint, small, round, ~20" diameter, low surface brightness, no resolution.") Further east of NGC 1986 are numerous additional clusters.
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
260x, this LMC globular appeared very bright, fairly large, round, at least 2'
diameter, with a bright core and several faint stars resolved. At 346x, at least a couple of dozen
stars were resolved in the fainter halo and over the disc. There is a brighter elongated bar in
the central portion (reminiscent of
H-S 307, a very faint cluster, lies 4.8' NNE (logged as
"small, round and grainy, ~25" diameter") and a very small trio
of clusters, NGC 1969, 1971 and 1972 is ~9' NW. NGC 1959 is a bit further away at 11' WNW with NGC 1950
continuing on the same line 16.5' WNW.
All of these clusters are visible in the same 30' field of the 13mm
Ethos at 200x. In addition, a
number of clusters, including H-S 327, S-L 519, S-L 535 and
James Dunlop discovered NGC 1986 = D 96 = D 97 = h2883 on 24
Sep 1826. D 96, found on 24 Sep
1826, was reported in his logbook as "a pretty large faint nebula, fully
1' diameter, slightly bright towards centre, irregular figure" His offsets from
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 1986 on 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513) and recorded "pF; pL; R; glbM; 2'." His position (measured on 4 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 27 17 -70 44 18; Men
V = 12.1; Size 1.7'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x; moderately bright and large, roundish with a slightly irregular halo, lively but only a couple of mag 16-16.5 stars are resolved around the edges. Three bright stars in the field to the west: a mag 10.7 star 2.1' SW, a mag 9.5 star 3' W and a mag 10.5 star 5' WNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1987 = h2885 on 3 Nov 1834 and recorded "vF; L; irreg R; 3 B st precede." His position and description is accurate.
******************************
05 37 26.5 +21 13 06; Tau
= *, Carlson. =**, Gottlieb.
The following historical summary is based on Wolfgang Steinicke's "Observing and Cataloguing Nebulae and Star Clusters" as well as Harold Corwin's NGC/IC identification notes. Jean Chacornac discovered NGC 1988 on 19 Oct 1855 with the 25-cm Lerebours refractor of the Paris Observatory, though the note "have found a new nebula very near to Zeta Tauri." was not announced until 1863. When he reobserved the field on 20 Nov 1862, he was surprised to find the "nebula" missing and Heinrich d'Arrest was unsuccessful in seeing it in 1863 and 1865. Tempel reported it was probably a reflection in the eyepiece (and not a variable nebula) based on his negative sighting in 1861. Hind later summarized the discovery and subsequent negative results of this object in a paper titled "Chacornac's Variable Nebula near Zeta Tauri" in 1876. John Herschel, unaware of Tempel's negative result, catalogued it as GC 1911 and Dreyer followed in the NGC with the description "!!!, variable (?)", though he has a long description on this star in the notes section in which he mentions that Tempel found only a false image of a star. Still others tried to find it including Father Hagen who described this object as a ghost image of mag 3 Zeta Tauri. Burnham also unsuccessfully searched for it in 1891 with the 36-inch Lick refractor (Publ of Lick Observatory, II). Burnham agreed with Tempel's assessment and added "Too much time has been wasted in looking for this object.." Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, concluded "*12.5 in Dreyer's place, BD +21 907 f 0.6'." Harold Corwin also suggests this was a "reflection or flare from zeta Tauri which is only 5 arcmin to the southeast." This is the only NGC entry credited to Chacornac, so he didn't discover any non-stellar objects.
******************************
05 34 23.4 -30 48 04; Col
V = 13.1; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 106°
17.5" (12/3/88): faint, very small, slightly elongated,
broad concentration. Situated at
the vertex of two converging rows stars including mag 9.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 1989 = h2871 on 28 Jan 1835 and recorded "eeF; S; R; south of several bright stars." On a second sweep he noted "vF; S; R at the apex of a converging parcel of distant stars." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 36 12.7 -01 12 07; Ori
V = 1.7
= * (Epsilon Orionis = middle belt star). Nebulosity not visible on the POSS-II.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1990 = H. V-34 = h363 on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 518) and reported "Epison Orionis passed, and I am pretty sure it is involved in nebulosity, unequally diffused." John Herschel made two observations at Slough and remarked (sweep 107, 23 Nov 1827) "Epsilon Orionis. Place by Catalogue a very brilliant star involved in an immense nebulous atmosphere, whose north and south limits are 91° 7' 29" and 91° 31' 29". Viewed also and shown to Mr. Dunlop in Sweep 110." Guillaume Bigourdan reported "I could not see any trace of nebulosity around this bright star which is epsilon Orion. Nor did d'Arrest or Engelhardt see any nebulosity around this star." The Birr Castle observers reported no nebulosity on several attempts. But on 3 Jan 1886, Pietro Baracchi observed Epsilon Ori with the 48" Melbourne telescope and comments "There is no doubt it is a whitish atmosphere surrounding Epsilon Orionis fading gradually away that the boundaries cannot be ascertained..."
In 1893 Lewis Swift wrote, "Sir William Herschel supposed he had discovered a very large, very faint nebula surrounding Epsilon Orionis. For this I have sought many times with both telescopes, but always in vain, having never been able to detect anything more than the faint glow which surrounds every bright star."
Based on Crossley plates at Lick, Curtis reported in 1913, "It seems that Herschel must have been misled here by the radiance about the very bright star... I find no trace of nebulosity in an exposure of two hours." Dorothy Carlson classified this number as nonexistent in her 1940 paper on NGC/IC corrections based on Curtis' results. Brian Skiff, also found no large nebulosity surrounding Epsilon Orionis and Harold Corwin concludes this object is nonexistent. He notes, though, that images are too burned in, to tell if there is a small, faint nebulosity very close to Epsilon (like IC 349 adjacent to Merope).
******************************
NGC 1991 = NGC 1974 = ESO 085-089
05 28 00 -67 25 24; Dor
Size 1.7'
See observing notes for NGC 1974 with the 30" from Coonabarabran.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1991 = h2884 on 2 Jan 1837 and noted "the 4th of a great line of rich clusters connected by abundant irregularly scattered stars." There is nothing at his position, but 1.0 min of RA west (same declination) is NGC 1974 and the Hodge-Wright Atlas (1967) notes "probably NGC 1974. RA off by 1m." ESO repeats the identification NGC 1974 = NGC 1991.
Eric Lindsay, in "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" [1964IrAJ....6..286L], notes "Not found. This should be 1m due east of NGC 1974 which follows NGC 1955, 1968." RNGC follows Lindsay and classifies NGC 1991 nonexistent instead of equating with NGC 1974.
******************************
NGC 1992 = ESO 423-023 = MCG -05-14-007 = PGC 17466
05 34 31.9 -30 53 49; Col
V = 13.7; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 45°
17.5" (12/3/88): extremely faint, small, very low surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 1989 6' NNW in ACO S536.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1992 = h2873 on 19 Nov 1835 and recorded "eeF; vS; certainly not to be seen except in a superbly clear night, as this is." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 35 25.5 -17 48 55; Lep
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 80°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, very small, round, very small bright core. Located 40' E of Alpha Leporis (V = 2.6).
William Herschel discovered NGC 1993 = H. III-269 on 6 Feb 1785 (sweep 367) and recorded "eF, vS, stellar, 240 power it beyond doubt." Auwers reduced position is 1 hr too large in R, but this error was caught by JH when compiling the GC.
******************************
NGC 1994 = ESO 056-136 = S-L 499
05 28 22 -69 08 30; Dor
V = 9.8; Size 1.6'
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): extremely bright, fairly small, high surface brightness knot, 25" diameter, clumpy, irregular. The main patch is too dense to cleanly resolve (a few stars sparkle over the background glow) but a large number of mag 13-15 stars are nearby, forming a larger cluster. Mag 11.5 stars are less than 1' NE and 1.5' ESE. Forms a striking pair with NGC 1984 3.8' W with NGC 1967 9' WNW. In a gorgeous, rich region of the LMC with scattered brighter stars extending 10' N to NGC 1983.
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; very bright, small, very high surface brightness knot, 25" diameter, slightly elongated E-W. A few stars are resolved in the cluster and many are scattered very nearby. In a very rich region of the LMC and third of three clusters with NGC 1984 and 1967.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1994 = h2887 on 16 Dec 1835 and described "a little knot, a triple, perhaps a quadruple star, forming a point of reference in a cluster of the 7th class. The knot looks like a nebula till analysed." On a second sweep he logged "the second knot in a rich cluster of irregular figure of stars 11..16th mag. The knot seems to be a close double or triple star." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 33 03.3 -48 40 34; Pic
V = 15/15.5; Size 13"
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 230x): NGC 1995 is a 13" pair of mag 15/15.5 stars just 2.3' NW of NGC 1995. Through thin clouds, low elevation and only fair seeing, it appeared as a very faint unresolved glow. Under these conditions, I would also have mistaken it for a tiny nebula.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1995 = h2879, along with NGC
1998 = h2880, on 28 Dec 1834 and recorded "eeF; R; bM; exceedingly
difficult and delicate. (Sky perfectly clear.) The preceding of two [with NGC
1998]. Both objects were recorded
on sweep 526, while
Pietro Baracchi observed NGC 1995 with the 48" Melbourne telescope on 15 Feb 1888 and noted "vF; vvS; stellar - easily mistaken for a very minute star." Actually he was mistaken!
******************************
05 38 10.2 +25 49 02; Tau
Size 20'x10'
18" (11/6/04): at 73x (31 Nagler), this is a moderately
rich group of ~60 stars mag 11-14 in a large, elongated group, perhaps 17'x8',
extended N-S. The majority of the
stars are ~12th magnitude. A
string of 10th magnitude stars heads southeast for 15'. Situated in a rich star field ~20' W of
mag 5.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 1996 = H. VIII-42 on 7 Dec 1785 (sweep 485) and described a "cluster of coarsely scattered stars above 15' dia. The stars nearly of a size and equally scatterered." On 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 627) he noted "a coarsely scattered clu of pL stars, not rich; may be a projecting point of the milky way." Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, describes this group as 17'x12' in PA 10, "Cl, L, E, pP, sc, st 11..." The DSS appearance agrees with this description and the group (status as a cluster is uncertain) is between two mag 5-6 stars at 40' separation E-W. The RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
05 30 34 -63 12 18; Dor
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x; fairly faint elongated glow, oriented SW-NE, ~45"x30". A mag 14 star is attached at the northeast end and a couple of additional mag 16 stars are on the NW and SW sides. Located 47' SSW of mag 3.8 Beta Dor, well to the north of the main body of the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 1997 = h2886 on 30 Nov 1834 and described as "eF; R; 30"." His position from this single sweep is ~30" SE of the center of the cluster. Robert Innes observed the cluster in 1926 with the 26.5-inch refractor at the Union Observatory. He reported it as "Nebula, 12 mag, touching an 11 mag star on Sp, 20" diameter, looks lie the tail of a comet, star being the head." The direction of the star is at the NE edge of the cluster.
******************************
NGC 1998 = ESO 204-015 = PGC 17434
05 33 15.7 -48 41 46; Pic
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 20°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 230x): faint,
slightly elongated ~N-S, 25"x20", smooth surface brightness. Located within a striking group of mag
9-11 stars; a mag 10 star is 3.5' NE, five mag 9.0-10.8 stars in a N-S string
(6' length) is close south, including
John Herschel discovered NGC 1998 = h2880 on 28 Dec 1834 and
recorded "eeF, R, bM, the following of two [with NGC 1995 = h2879]; in
field to the south is a brilliant group of stars." His position matches
******************************
05 36 25.3 -06 42 57; Ori
Size 2'x2'
48" (10/25/11): stunning view at 375x and 488x. The high surface brightness reflection nebulosity surrounding the mag 10.5-11.0 illuminating star (V380 Ori) was intensely bright. The dark splotch (possibly a Bok globule) that blots out a portion of the nebula just west of center appeared sharply etched into the nebulosity and formed a "keyhole" or "anvil" outline with a thin extension to the east and a thicker north-south flat section on the west. The contrast of this dark nebulosity was extremely high and appeared virtually identical to images.
18" (2/24/06): spectacular view at 565x. The bright mag 10.5 central star appears slightly offset east of center, though this may be an optical affect due to the very dark patch on the west side. The bright, 2' reflection nebula is slightly brighter just following the central star. The irregular dark vacuity is large and detailed at this power and appears anvil-shaped. The base of the anvil is along the western side and oriented N-S. There is a narrow extension to the south that tapers to a wedge. Along the north side, the globule extends to the east and partially wraps around the central star. This was the first time I've seen the dark patch take on an appearance similar to the well-known HST image.
17.5" (2/22/03): remarkable, bright 2' reflection
nebula surrounding mag 10.5 V380 Orionis (emission-line star). At 220x, a prominent, curving dark
patch or globule wraps around the star along the west side. Two of the brightest Herbig-Haro
objects are close south, with
17.5" (2/8/90 and 12/7/90): bright, high surface brightness emission nebula surrounding a mag 10 star, round, about 2' diameter. There is a striking curved irregular dark patch or globule along the west side of the central star that is remarkable at high power. The nebulosity is weakest on the SE side of star. Easily takes 220x-280x.
17.5" (2/22/87): bright, round nebula around a 10th magnitude illuminating star. A eye-catching, curved, irregular dark patch is NW of the central star within the nebulosity.
13.1" (2/25/84): a curving dark lane is visible west of the central star with faint nebulosity west of the gap.
8" (11/28/81): small circular nebulosity surrounds a mag 10 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 1999 = H. IV-33 on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 458) and called it "a star with a very strong burr all around." On 1 Nov 1785 (sweep 468) he noted "vB or rather a nucleus with a milky nebulosity chiefly on the preceding side, of no very great extent." In his 1814 PT paper Herschel included NGC 1999 under the section "Of Stars connected with extensive windings of nebulosity" and noted "a star situated upon a ground of extremely faint "milky nebulosity diffused over this part of the heavens, has "a milky chevelure surrounding it, which is brighter than "the nebulosity of the ground; but which loses itself imperceptibly in the extreme faintness of the general diffusion of the nebulous matter." He used this object in his argument that the star was formed by the law of gravitation from the nebular material. His rough sketch shows the off-central star superimposed, though no dark patch. Ralph Copeland, observing with Lord Rosse's 72" on 15 Nov 1873, recorded a "*9m with nebulosity in which there is a vacuity preceding the star. It looks like a comet coiled round into a ring nebula [See Pl I.]. So, clearly the dark patch was quite evident.
Based on photographs taken at the Helwan Observatory in Egypt between 1914-16 with the 30" Reynolds reflector, NGC 1999 was described as "!! vB, pL, a dense globe with an absolutely dark triangular hole cutting into it." Although the dark patch is generally assumed to be a dark globule, a 2010 paper "er ist wahrhaftig ein Loch im Himmel. The NGC 1999 dark globule is not a globule" (http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/2010arXiv1005.2202S), suggests that "the dark patch is in fact a hole or cavity in the material producing the NGC 1999 reflection nebula, excavated by protostellar jets from the V 380 Ori multiple system." See http://www.esa.int/esaCP/SEMFEAKPO8G_index_0.html for more.
******************************
NGC 2000 = ESO 056-135 = S-L 493
05 27 29 -71 52 48; Men
V = 12.1; Size 1.5'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): fairly bright, moderately large
LMC cluster, slightly elongated, 50" diameter, very mottled, contains a
brighter and denser core. The halo
is resolved into many mag 14.5-16 stars, particularly on the south and west
side. Located on the south end of
the LMC, 25' SW of
John Herschel discovered NGC 2000 = h2889 on 8 Feb 1836 and described as "F; R; vlbM; 60"." His position (single sweep) is accurate.
******************************
05 29 02 -68 46 12; Dor
V = 9.5; Size 7.3'x3.6'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): a gorgeous, elongated star cloud/association (LH 64), extending 7'x2.5' NNE-SSW. Roughly 65 stars, including a number of mag 12-13 stars are resolved in this region over a glowing background. A mag 10.7 star is at the southwest end and a non-stellar mag 12 knot (KMHK 955) is north of center. A curving chain of a dozen stars pokes out of the west side and heads south towards S-L 495 (3.4' W of the mag 10.7 star). S-L 495 is a very bright, very small knot, 20" diameter. It was difficult to resolve this clump, but a few stars popped. A mag 12.5 star is just off the west edge. LH 58, a stunning large star cloud and HII complex including NGCs 1962, 1965, 1966 and 1970, lies roughly 13' WSW.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2001 = D 178 = h2888 on 25 Sep 1826. He recorded (copied from handwritten notes) "a small faint nebula with a faint ray proceeding from it, about 6' or 7' long; following a small star south preceding." Dunlop's position is 11' ENE of the cluster, consistent with other previous objects in this drift, including D 136 = NGC 1962-1970 complex.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2001 on 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) and recorded "the middle of the most condensed part of a cluster of stars 13th mag which runs off to the south-preceding and joins No. 39 of this sweep." In a separate entry on the same sweep he also mentioned "Here commences a very starry or resolved region of the greater Nubecula."
******************************
05 30 21.0 -66 53 02; Dor
V = 10.1; Size 1.9'x1.7'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x
this cluster is extremely bright but small. It is sharply concentrated with a small, brilliant core
surrounded by a much fainter 30" halo. At 346x, the core diameter is ~15" diameter and three
interior stars are resolved, the brightest on the southeast side. Sharing the same field 8' SE is the
double cluster
NGC 2002 is at the west end of a huge, arcing string of associations (bowed to the south) referred to as LH 77 or the "Quadrant", which extends nearly 40' to the east beyond NGC 2041. The Quadrant, itself, defines the southern rim of the huge LMC-4 Superbubble, a ring of HII regions and clusters spanning 6000 l.y.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2002 = h2890 = D 214 on 24 Sep 1826 and recorded a "a round small nebula, 12" or 15" diameter." He made two observations and his position is 4.7' SW of the cluster. John Herschel credited Dunlop with the discovery.
Herschel made two observations: On 20 Dec 1835 he logged "place of a double star, the chief of a great cluster of small stars loose and filling the field. It is the forerunner of the great cluster-region [OB association LH 77] of the nubecula." On a second sweep he called it "vB, S, R. Here comes on the richest and brightest part of the starry and clustering portion of the nubecula. (Note - From this object being described at one time as a double star, and at another as a nebula, it is probable that it is one of those singular close-knotted groups which especially characterize the nubeculae)." So, it appears he is describing two objects -- one the cluster (containing the double star) and second, the association that contains the cluster.
******************************
NGC 2003 = ESO 086-006 = S-L 526
05 30 54.3 -66 27 59; Dor
V = 11.3; Size 2.1'
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): at 303x; extremely bright,
extremely high surface brightness core, fairly small, 30" diameter. Surrounded by a thin fainter halo. A
mag 13-13.5 star or quasi-stellar knot [BSDL 2043] is at the west end and a
couple of mag 15 stars are off the east side. Two mag 9 and 10 stars lie 4.7' SSW and 7' SSW and mag 8.0
S-L 553 and the remarkable Eighth-Note Nebula (LHa 120-N55)
lies ~8' E. Even without a filter
the Eighth Note Nebula was a gorgeous object with ~75 stars (S-L 553) in a
7'x3' region elongated NW-SE. A
very large, detailed nebula encompasses these stars. There are four main sections with the largest and brightest
on the SE end (N55A) extending ~2.5' diameter in an uneven, knotty circular
glow. A couple of dozen stars are
involved with N55A including a mag 13 star on the northeast end and a mag 12
star on its northeast side. A
second small, detached 35" glow lies ~2' NW. Unfiltered, 4 or 5 mag 15-15.5 stars are involved. A larger roundish glow, extending 1',
is 2' further NNW. A few mag 15
stars are involved and mag 11.5-12
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): this compact cluster in the LMC appeared fairly faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Appears to have a star involved or increases to a sharp stellar nucleus. S-L 553, a 3' star cloud (association LH 72) lies 9' E. S-L 553 appeared as a 3' elongated glow, consisting of a half-dozen resolved stars over an unresolved background glow of stars and nebulosity. The outline is irregular but elongated N-S. S-L 553 cluster is embedded within the HII complex LMC-N55 ("Eighth-Note Nebula"), though I didn't use a UHC filter to examine its extent.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2003 = D 239 = h2891 on 6 Nov 1826. He logged "a pretty large faint nebula with a number o very small stars on the north side. The nebula is about 2' diameter, ill-defined." His position was 10' too far ESE, just SE of the large association S-L 553. But as Herschel missed this object I doubt that Dunlop noticed it.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2003 = h2891 on 23 Nov 1834 and described it as "a B S stellar neb, or very close cluster 15"." His position is accurate. GC and NGC misidentify (typo) this cluster with h2981, instead of h2891.
******************************
NGC 2004 = ESO 086-004 = S-L 523
05 30 40 -67 17 12; Dor
V = 9.6; Size 2.7'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, superb
cluster, ~3' diameter. Contains a
small, brilliant core and a highly resolved halo that is packed with 50
stars. The surrounding field is
quite rich in both faint and brighter mag 11-12 stars. The NGC 1955/1968/1974 complex lies
~20' SW and the
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2004 = D 215 = D 216 = D 191 = h2893 on 3 Aug 1826. He described D 216 as "a small faint nebula 20" or 25" diameter" and his position was 5' NNE. D 215, found on 24 Sep 1826, was described as a "a round well-defined nebula, about 20" diameter, pretty much condensed at the centre." His position was 5.5' WSW of center. D 191, found on 27 Sep, was described as "a pretty bright round nebula about 30" diameter, faint at the margins." The last observation was during an LMC drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus). As a result, all positions in the drift (off the meridian) were reduced incorrectly and his published position was 2° to the SE. Once corrected his position is a good match with NGC 2004.
John Herschel observed this bright cluster on 6 sweeps: on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) he recorded "B; pretty rich; compressed cluster of stars 12m." On 23 Nov (sweep 512) he recorded, "globular, B; irreg; R; 2'. The stars are easily distinguishable." Then a month later (sweep 522) made another observation: "globular, B; S; R; comp M to a blaze of stars. Many stragglers."
******************************
NGC 2005 = ESO 056-138 = S-L 518
05 30 11 -69 45 12; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 1.8'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): extremely bright, fairly large,
round, 45" diameter, very bright core, mottled halo, high surface
brightness. No resolution except
for a couple of extremely faint star around the periphery. Located 2' NE of mag 9.1
I noticed two nearby faint clusters. H-S 332, just 2.3' S and 50" SE of the mag 9 star, is a faint 20" glow with no resolution. S-L 514 was also picked 3.3' SW. It appeared fairly faint, elongated WSW-ENE, 40"x25", grainy but no resolution. A mag 13 star is off the southwest edge.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2005 = D 138 = D 100 on 24 Sep
1826. On his first drift on this
date, D 138 was logged as a "small round faint nebula north of a small
star, 10" diameter." His
offsets from NGC 1986, the previous cluster in the drift, are a perfect match
although his reduced catalogue position is 12.7' too far ESE. He also recorded it on his second
sweep, just prior to the
John Herschel rediscovered this cluster with a 5-inch refractor between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 and listed it as #509 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major."
******************************
NGC 2006 = ESO 086-008 = S-L 537
05 31 20.0 -66 58 23; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 1.6'x1.4'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): forms the southern member of a close pair of small clusters (a genuine binary cluster pair!) with SL-538 less than 1' N. At 346x it appeared fairly bright, fairly small, ~30" diameter, brighter core, with no evident resolution. Forms a small triangle with two stars on the east side. Located 8' SE of NGC 2002. NGC 2006 is near the northwestern side of the huge OB association LH 77, an arcing group of clusters and stars stretching 40' E-W and including NGC 2002, 2027 and 2041 and collectively dubbed the "Quadrant Arc".
Just 0.9' N is S-L 538, a small, moderately bright glow that is sandwiched between a brighter star at the east edge and a fainter star off the west side. At 346x the shape appeared irregular and ~25" diameter. Interestingly, John Herschel's two positions for NGC 2006 on different sweeps correspond closely with each cluster, so he apparently viewed both (they are quite similar in the eyepiece) and NGC 2006 should apply to the pair. Herschel didn't note this object as double, though he commented this object was the central part of the "extremely rich assemblage of stars and clustering groups which fill the field."
John Herschel discovered NGC 2006 = h2895 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "a very small nucleus knot in an extremely rich assemblage of stars and clustering groups which fill the field." On his second sweep he recorded "a small highly condensed knot in an immensely large and very rich cluster, which fills much more than the field, and is like the Milky Way." His positions differ by ~2' in declination and apply to two different close clusters! NGC 2006 is generally assigned to the southern object, with the northern cluster catalogued as S-L 538. The "immensely large and very rich cluster, which fills much more than the field, and is like the Milky Way" is known as the "Quadrant Arc".
******************************
05 34 59.3 -50 55 18; Pic
V = 13.9; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 83°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): very faint,
moderately large, very elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE, 45"x15", low even
surface brightness. A mag 11.6
star is 4' ENE. Forms a close pair
with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2007 = h2892 (along with NGC 2008 = h2894) on 27 Dec 1834 and logged "eeF; pL; R; 40"." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2008 = ESO 204-020 = PGC 17480
05 35 03.7 -50 58 00; Pic
V = 13.8; Size 1.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 93°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): faint, moderately large, elongated 5:2 ~E-W, ~40"x16", weak concentration, low surface brightness. A mag 11.2 star is 3' E. Forms a close pair with NGC 2007 2.7' N. Coincidentally, both galaxies have mag 11-11.5 stars from 3' to 4' following. The observation was made in poor transparency.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2008 = h289 (along with NGC 2007 = h2892) on 27 Dec 1834 and logged "eF; pL; R; vlbM; 30"." His position is fairly accurate.
******************************
05 30 59 -69 10 54; Dor
V = 11.0; Size 0.9'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; very bright knot,
moderately large, round, 45" diameter, mottled. A dozen mag 13.5-15.5 stars are resolved. Sits in a beautifully rich star field
(association) with numerous mag 12 and fainter stars including an arc of 4 mag
12-13 stars off the southwest side. The
John Herschel discovered NGC 2009 = h2897 on 3 Nov 1834 and recorded "pB, R, bM, 40"; in a field rich with clustering stars." On a second sweep of four he logged "pB, R, glbM, 80", in the N.p. part of a cluster." His mean position is accurate.
******************************
05 30 34.6 -70 49 10; Men
V = 11.7; Size 1.9'x1.7'
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, large, elongated
N-S, 1.5' diameter, brighter elongated core N-S, mottled and clumpy with a few
16th mag stars popping in/out of visibility. Located 1.5' NE of mag 8.9
S-L 566, located 11' ENE, appeared fairly bright, fairly small, round, 35" diameter, small bright core, no resolution.
S-L 539, located 8' NNE, appeared moderately bright, fairly small, irregular. Unusual appearance as several stars are involved including a bright mag 12 star with a close companion is on the east side, another faint double star is resolved with a third double at the west edge. A mag 14 star and fainter companion is off the south side.
LMC-SMP 73 is just 2.3' NE of S-L 539. This is the first PN (stellar) in the LMC I've observed! It was visible unfiltered as a mag 14.7 "star" forming the south vertex of a small isosceles triangle with a mag 14.4 star 0.6' NW and a mag 14.1 star 0.9' N. Easy to verify as there was a very good contrast gain when I added a NPB filter. Only the brighter star to the north as still faint visible with the filter but the PN appeared much brighter.
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
LMC cluster is located just 1.5' NE of 9th magnitude HD 37181. This star is part of a large, scattered
group of mag 8.5-10.5 stars including a prominent 24' loop with a double star
(h3783 = 8.2/10.7 at 15") at the east end of the loop. This double star is 6' S of NGC
2010.
S-L 539, situated, 7.7' NNE, appeared as a small, elongated glow, 20"x10", with a mag 12.5 star involved on the east end and three additional very faint stars resolved.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2010 = h2898 on 12 Nov 1836 and logged "F; R; vglbM; 3'." His position is 1' south of center of this cluster.
******************************
05 32 19.8 -67 31 17; Dor
V = 10.6; Size 1.0'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): very bright, tight
intense knot of four stars (a couple are quite bright) enveloped in a 1.5'
triangular glow with a few additional stars resolved within the boundaries of
the emission nebula. A 3' line of
brighter stars (part of the stellar association LH 75) oriented E-W passes
through the south end of the glow.
The surrounding fields include a number of fascinating objects with a
cluster and star cloud ~6' E (S-L 567), a bright, compact cluster/nebula 8' NE
(
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2011 = D 192 = h2899 on 27 Sep 1826. He described "a minute cluster of very small stars in a strong nebula, irregular figure." This object was found during a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus), so all positions were reduced incorrectly (~2.4° to the SE). Once corrected and checked for consistency with other objects in the drift, his offset in sidereal time matches NGC 2011.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2011 on 31 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) and logged "vB; S; R; psmbM; 25"." His single position is accurate.
******************************
05 22 35.4 -79 51 07; Men
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 117°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, contains a very small brighter core. A very faint star lies close following and a close double star lies 4' E. An unequal brighter pair lies 5' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2012 = h2907 on 22 Jan 1836 and reported "vF; S; lE; bM; 2 st 9 mag follow toward the north." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 44 14 +55 46 30; Aur
Size 4'
18" (11/6/04): This unimpressive asterism consists of
two small groups of stars to the NW of mag 8.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2013 = h364 on 10 Feb 1831 (sweep 324) and described "a poor cl of 8 or 10 stars 11 mag." The NGC RA is 30 tsec larger than JH's discovery position and corresponds better with the center of this group of stars. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, adds "10-12 st 11...14; BD+21d907 f 0.6'." RNGC gives the description "No cluster."
******************************
NGC 2014 = LMC-N57A = ESO 056-146 = S-L 560 = LH 76
05 32 20 -67 41 24; Dor
V = 9.0; Size 5'x3.5'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): very bright, large cluster or star cloud (stellar association LH 76) with nebulosity, ~50 stars resolved in a 5' region (no distinct boundary on the north side), including many in a 2' string, elongated N-S. A mag 10 star (brightest in the cluster) is at the south end of this string. A portion of the cluster is immersed in nebulosity (Henize N57A), most prominently on the southeast side of the cluster. Irregular haze (roughly elongated SW-NE) extends out of the cluster for a couple of arc minutes on the east side, spreading south and north (part of a Superbubble). NGC 2014 forms an interesting contrast with emission nebula NGC 2020 5' ESE. The remarkable Seagull Nebula (NGC 2030, 2032, 2035) lies ~20' NE.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2014 = D 217 = D 218 = h2900 on 3 Aug 1826. D 218 was described as "a pretty bright round nebula about 30" diameter with a minute star slightly involved in the nebula." His position was ~9' too far ENE. He recorded D 217 as "a rather well-defined nebula, 40" or 50" diameter." His published position was ~5' too far SSW, though 2 of his 3 observations were 13' S and 5' SE.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2014 on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 512) and described the "chief *9 of a very irreg cluster, 4' long, 3' broad." On 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) he logged, "a pretty L irreg cluster 7th class; chief *9m taken (at leaving the field); the rest are 10...15m." Herschel didn't credit Dunlop with the discovery.
******************************
NGC 2015 = ESO 056-147 = S-L 557 = LH 74
05 31 47 -69 14 54; Dor
V = 10.4; Size 5.6'
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): this bright star cloud extends
up to 8' diameter, spreading out on the west side and reaching NGC 2009 in the
northwest corner. Near the east
end is open cluster S-L 557, which is often taken for NGC 2015. It appeared fairly bright, fairly
small, very irregular outline, 35" diameter. It contains a brighter mag 13.5 star and at least a
half-dozen mag 14.5-16 stars over haze.
Mag 9.7
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; large star cloud with a few dozen mag 11-15 stars. Not well detached in this rich region of the LMC as the clouds extends to the west and north. On the east end is S-L 557, which includes a single brighter mag 13.5 star and ~6 total, over unresolved glow.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2015 = h2901 on 24 Nov 1834 and reported "the general middle of a cluster of loose stars 11...16m. It is rich and fills the whole field." The "whole field" contains the smaller cluster S-L 557 on its east side, which Shapley-Lindsay and the Hodge-Wright Atlas took as NGC 2015. But based on Herschel's description Brent Archinal says "This is not NGC 2015" in "Star Clusters". Instead he identifies NGC 2015 as the entire association LH 74 at 05 31 48, -69 14.9 with a size of 5.6'.
******************************
NGC 2016 = ESO 056-142 = S-L 547
05 31 39 -69 56 48; Men
Size 1.8'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): fairly bright LMC cluster, large mottled glow, elongated E-W, ~1.5'x0.8'. Two or three mag 14.5-15 stars are resolved on the west end and perhaps a half-dozen additional mag 15.5-16 stars are resolved at 394x. NGC 2016 is situated in a gloriously rich region of the LMC with numerous clusters nearby including NGC 2028 11' E, S-L 674 9' E, BSDL 2212 2.4' SSE, S-L 535 3.6' WSW, S-L 519 8.3' W, H-S 327 12' WNW.
S-L 535: fairly bright, fairly small, roundish haze,
30" diameter, mottled. Two
faint stars were resolved on the west side. Located 1.5' NNE of mag 10.2
S-L 519: fairly bright, fairly small, elongated E-W,
30"x20", a single star was resolved. Picked up less than 2' N of mag 8.2
H-S 327: this is a very close pair of LMC clusters. At 394x the brighter western cluster (H-S 327W) appeared as a fairly faint, hazy 20" knot. H-S 327E = OGLE-CL LMC 520 is a fainter 20" knot just 40" SE. A couple of mag 15-15.5 stars near these two clumps may be members.
BSDL 2212: moderately bright, small, round, hazy glow, ~20" diameter, just preceding a mag 13 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2016 = h2902 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; vL; and diffused; irreg R; gbM." His position is ~40" too far south.
******************************
05 39 16 -17 51 00; Lep
V = 6.4/7.9/8.5/9.2/8.4/8.1
18" (3/13/04): multiple group of six stars mag 7-10 within 3.5'. The stars are generally separated by at least 1' with the widest separation at 2'. The brightest star is mag 6.4 HD 37643. The brightest "star" to the SE is the C+D component, a close 8.5/9.2 pair separated by 1.4", making 7 stars in total. Located 1.6° east of mag 2.6 Alpha Leporis.
8": this is the multiple star h3780. Six stars are visible including mag 7, 8, 8.5, 9 and 10 stars. This group does not appear to be a true cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2017 = h2896 on 11 Dec 1835 and recorded a "fine clustering group of large stars." His position matches the multiple star h3780. Bica et al, in 2001A&A...366..827B, call this object a "possible Open Cluster remnant".
******************************
NGC 2018 = LMC-N206A = ESO 056-141 = S-L 533 = LH 69
05 31 23 -71 04 12; Men
V = 10.2; Size 25'x18'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
a fascinating, showpiece HII complex (N206) with a cluster (S-L 533) and a
large, detailed nebula (N206) appearing like a fainter version of
The brightest region of nebulosity (N206A) is a very
prominent 1' circular patch on the east end of the cluster. Fainter wings extend north and south,
increasing the size to 3'x1' N-S.
A wide pair of stars including mag 11.5 HDE 269676 [a massive, compact
cluster containing several O-type stars]
is at the west edge of this patch.
Three additional elongated patches (each 1' to 1.5' in diameter) along
the SW side of the complex are strung out in a 6' line oriented NW to SE; BSDL
2005 (7' W of NGC 2018), BSDL 2048 (5' WSW) and N206B = BSDL 2120 (5' SW). Another glowing patch of nebulosity
(BSDL 2108), ~45" diameter, is ~3' W of N206A and surrounds a couple of
brighter stars. Finally, an isolated,
elongated patch is on the northwest end of the complex (BSDL 1985, associated
with mag 13.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2018 = h2904 on 3 Nov 1834 and recorded "pB; R; pglbM; 2'; a star 10m involved, preceding." His position (single sweep) is on the southeast side of the brightest portion of the nebula. The ESO position is centered on the entire complex described in my notes and not the bright piece described by Herschel.
******************************
NGC 2019 = ESO 056-145 = S-L 554
05 31 57 -70 09 36; Men
V = 10.9; Size 1.5'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): at 394x; extremely bright, large, 50" diameter, sharply concentrated with a large intense core and smooth halo, no resolution. NGC 2019 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC.
S-L 542 (brightest of 3 nearby clusters) is 4.6' SW, BSDL 2196 is 2.7' SW and S-L 544 is 5' NNW. S-L 542 is fairly bright, moderately large, round, 40" diameter, mottled but with no definite resolution. A mag 12.8 star is 0.9' NW. BSDL 2196 (noticed between NGC 2019 and S-L 542) is a very faint, small, round, low surface brightness patch, 20" diameter, no resolution.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2019 = D 98 = D 99 = h2905 on 24
Sep 1826. He logged D 99 as a
"faint nebula, 10" diameter, round, slightly brighter towards the
center." His offset from NGC
2005 (26' in dec), the previous object in the drift, is a perfect match. D 98, recorded on 27 Sep 1826, was
described as "a round, pretty well defined nebula, 15" or 20"
diameter". With respect
to
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2019 on 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) and recorded the cluster as "B; R; gbM; 60". He observed it on two sweeps and his position is just off the east side. On the first observation, though, his polar distance was 1° further north, but he rejected that (correctly) in favor of the polar distance in the second sweep.
******************************
NGC 2020 = LMC-N57C = ESO 056-148 = DEM L 231
05 33 10 -67 42 54; Dor
Size 2.5'
25" (4/5/19 - OzSky): at 244x and NPB filter; bright, large, roundish, annular with an easy out-of-round hole. The WR star, Brey 48, was easily visible at 13th magnitude inside the ring, though slightly offset N of center . The rim appeared brighter along the NW side, which seemed a bit flattened, and somewhat irregular in surface brightness in general. Unfiltered, a second fainter star (mag 15.8) was visible at the inner edge of the ring on the SE side.
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright,
roundish, annular W-R bubble, slightly elongated SW-NE, 3'x2.5'. The inner edge of the annulus is
slightly brighter and sharply defined with a relatively large dark center,
~45" x 30". North of center
in the ring is the 13th magnitude Wolf-Rayet star
John Herschel discovered NGC 2020 = h2903 on 30 Dec 1836 and recorded "pB; vL; vglbM; lE; 4'. A fine cluster [NGC 2014] precedes it." On the very next sweep he wrote "vF; vL; R; vglbM; 4' diameter." His position is accurate.
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 2020 = D 218? earlier in 1826 and described "a pretty bright round nebula, 30" diameter, with a minute star slightly involved in the margin." Dunlop claims two observations and his position is 5' too far NE, well within his usual errors. But this nebula is probably too faint to have been picked up by Dunlop with his 9" reflector and his description could apply to NGC 2014, which is 9' west of his position. Wolfgang Steinicke attributes Herschel with the discovery and I agree.
******************************
NGC 2021 = ESO 056-150 = S-L 570
05 33 30.3 -67 27 11; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 0.9'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, compact knot surrounding two resolved stars, slightly elongated, ~20"x15". This knot is in the northern end of a very large, elongated cluster or star cloud. Extending mostly south of NGC 2021 is a very elongated stream of stars, 5'x1', including a mix of brighter and fainter stars (stellar association LH 78). The densest concentration is a 2' group (S-L 567) on the south end with a number of mag 12-14 stars. Roughly a total of 50-60 stars were resolved. The Seagull Nebula complex (NGC 2030, 2032, 2035) lies 12' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2021 = h2906 on 31 Jan 1835 and logged "vS; F; R; 12". In the northern part of a cluster of stars 14m, 8' long, 3' br." His position points to the small clluster S-L 567 within the stellar association LH 79.
******************************
05 42 06.2 +09 05 10; Ori
V = 11.7; Size 29"x28"
48" (2/21/12): at 488x, this bright, double-shell planetary contains a bright oval ring oriented SSW-NNE, ~23"x18". The annulus is fairly thin with a relatively large, darker central hole, though the contrast is fairly low. At the exact center is a faint central star (close to 16th mag?). The ring has an irregular surface brightness; slightly brighter at the ends of the major axis, particularly the SW end (knot or thicker?), and slightly fainter along the minor axis. Surrounding the ring is a fainter and rounder outer shell, ~30" diameter. The outer shell was surprisingly prominent and exhibited a pinkish hue.
24" (1/25/14): at 500x appeared as a fairly bright knotty annulus, slightly elongated SW-NE with fascinating structure. The rim was clearly brighter along an ~200° arc running from the southwest counterclockwise to the northeast. Very small brighter knots were definite at the SW and NE ends and perhaps a slight brightening at the NW edge. In general, though, the rim appeared mottled and sparkling though clearly dimmer along the southeast side, giving a "C" appearance. At 750x, the darker center was also irregular in surface brightness and occasionally, an extremely faint central star sparkled.
18" (2/24/06): at 220x appeared moderately bright,
fairly small, round, ~25" diameter, very slightly elongated, irregularly
lit and brighter along the western half of the rim giving a "C"
appearance. A faint sparkle is
occasionally visible on the WSW edge of the rim and images show this may be a
faint superimposed star or knot in the planetary. 320x provides an excellent view with the planetary weakly
annular and the rim a bit dimmer on the SE side. At 435x, the shape is slightly elongated SW to NE,
~27"x22" with a mottled interior and a brighter rim, particularly
along the western half. The
appearance is quite patchy at 565x and the sparkle on the SW end is still
evident. The central star was not
seen at any power.
17.5" (2/2/02): immediately picked up at 100x as a very small, bluish-gray "egg" of fairly high surface brightness. Good contrast gain with OIII filter. At 380x (unfiltered), it appeared as fairly bright, clearly elongated SSW-NNE, ~27"x20". The surface brightness was irregular or mottled with a slightly brighter rim and darker center giving a weakly annular appearance. The rim seems to have a couple of slightly brighter spots and the ends of the minor axis are slightly dimmer. No sign of a central star.
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly bright, slightly elongated 4:3 ~SSW-NNE, about 30" diameter. Appears slightly annular at 412x with a brighter rim. No central star seen at this power.
13.1": moderately bright, high surface brightness. No internal structure was visible.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2022 = H. IV-34 = h365 on 28 Dec 1785 (sweep 496) and described it as "cB, vS, like a star with a large diameter. With 240 it appeared almost like a planetary nebula, but very ill defined, and little elongated. Nearly of equal brightness throughout, except at the edges." John Herschel wrote on 19 Jan 1828 (sweep 121), "Planetary neb, a little indistinct at the edges; rather oval and perhaps of a mottled light."
NGC 2022 was observed 5 times with Lord Rosse's 72", often in an attempt to resolve it, and the following notes were recorded:
11 Dec 1850: "It is I am nearly sure resolvable, probably it is a glob Cl. At times I fancied the centre a little darker and a star in the p part."
23 Oct 1851: "I strongly suspect annular, r[esolvable], one star especially seen in the p part.
28 Dec 1853: "...a B patch or a star?, it is near the edge of the neb. Some dark spot or spots certainly seen and at times I had the suspicion of a concentric ring or rings."
5 Jan 1877: "Seems a glob Cl, stars seen sparkling in it, oval sp nf. Edges v diffuse, especially sf, np edge more sharp. Proportion of diameters about 7:10."
William Lassell observed NGC 2022 in Jan. 1853 from Malta with his 24-inch equatorial reflector and commented, "a singular curdled-looking object, slightly and irregularly elliptical, with a sort of cordon [outer shell] running round parallel, but a little outside of its margin." A sketch was included in his 1854 MRAS paper (figure 2). Father Secchi sketched a slightly darker center in his 1856 "Osservazioni di Nebulose". In 1862 and 1863, Lassell aos observed the planetary through his 48-inch on Malta and noted "with 1060x some brighter patches or nodules seem to exist in it, but nothing more can be made out.” His sketch showed the central star and a thin outer ring separated by a thin dark gap.
In 1868, Lieutenant John Herschel, son of John Herschel, found NGC 2022 displayed a planetary nebula spectrum in an early spectroscopic investigation while he was stationed in Bangalore, India.
Based on a Crossley photograph, Curtis (1918) reported, "Sharp stellar nucleus about mag 13, surrounded by an elliptical ring 22"x17" in outside dimensions in pa 29°. Outside this is an oval disk of fainter matter 28"x27". The brightest parts are the two masses at the ends of the major axis of the inner ring." Deep modern images show a very low surface brightness outer AGB halo with a diameter of 80".
******************************
05 41 38.3 -02 15 33; Ori
Size 10'x10'
24" (1/1/19): at 200x; very bright, very large,
irregular glow surrounding mag 7.8
13.1": fairly prominent nebulosity surrounds mag 7.8
8": moderately bright, surrounds a mag 8 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2023 = H. IV-24 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 352) and described in his 1791 paper "On Nebulous Stars" as "A bright star with a very considerably milky chevelure; a little extended, 4 or 5' in length, and near 4' broad; it loses itself insensibly. I suspected some extensive milky windings in the neighborhood but could not verify them; other stars of equal magnitude are perfectly free from this chevelure." He later noted "The connection between the star and the chevelure cannot be doubted, from the insensible gradation of its luminous appearance, decreasing as it receded from the centre."
******************************
05 41 43 -01 51 30; Ori
Size 30'x30'
17.5" (2/8/86): bright, very large. Consists of two main parallel sections elongated SSW-NNE separated by prominent detailed dark lanes. Excellent structure with ragged edges, gaps, streaks, rifts and various brightness levels. The eastern strip has one or two indentations or a scalloped inner edge. The inner edge of the connecting strip has a sharply defined edge and the gap at the base connecting the brighter western section is obvious. Zeta Orionis lies 15' NE detracts and the best view is unfiltered.
8": fairly easy in very dark skies, the strip along the east side is longer with a possible gap at the base of "U" in the southwest corner. The center is definitely darker than the background sky.
8" (10/4/80 and 11/8/80): fairly bright, large. Consists of two parallel strips separated by a dark lane. Appears possibly broken (gap) at the base of "U". Best view with a Daystar 300 filter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2024 = H. V-28 on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and recorded "a wonderful milky nebulosity, divided into 3 or 4 large patches including a dark space, the whole cannot take up less than half a degree; but I suppose it to be much more extensive." A month later (sweep 518) he noted "Wonderful black space inlcuded in nebulosities."
The following information is from Wolfgang Steinicke's book "Observing Cataloguing Nebulae and Star Clusters. NGC 2024 was independently found by Brorsen in 1850 with a small refractor at Senftenberg Observatory and announced in AN that "I have found a very faint, very extended, pretty irregular nebula, located about 15 minutes east of Zeta Orionis, which is listed neither in the catalogue of the younger Herschel nor in Messier's." In 1856 Marth noted that Brorsen's object was William Herschel's H. V-28. This was another case where the observer only checked the Slough catalogue and didn't refer to WH's catalogues, which only had relative offsets and not absolute positions.
Heinrich d'Arrest sketched the nebula in 4 sections. The brightest section (labeled A) is just west of the main dust lane. This object was observed 13 times at Birr Castle from 1873-1878 by Lawrence Parsons (with the 36-inch), Ralph Copeland and Dreyer, and stars "in an about the neb" were sketched and accurately measured.
Garrett Serviss (Pleasures of the Telescope, 1901) wrote "Just to the left of Zeta, and in the same field of view with a very low power, is a remarkable nebula bearing the catalogue number GC 1227. We must use our five-inch on this with a low power, but with Zeta out of the field in order to avoid its glare. The nebula is exceedingly faint, and we can be satisfied if we see it simply as a hazy spot, although with much larger telescopes it has appeared at least half a degree broad. Tempel saw several centers of condensation in it, and traced three or four broad nebulous streams, one of which decidedly suggested spiral motion."
******************************
NGC 2025 = ESO 056-149 = S-L 571
05 32 33.1 -71 43 00; Men
V = 10.9; Size 1.9'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this LMC cluster appeared bright, slightly elongated, moderately large, ~45"x40", weakly concentrated with a slightly brighter core. Three faint stars are resolved around the edges. Two 8th magnitude stars lie 11' ESE and 13' ENE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2025 = h2909 on 8 Feb 1836 and recorded "vB; S; lE; gmbM; resolvable. Almost a globular." His position is less than 1' too far north.
******************************
05 43 06 +20 08; Tau
17.5" (2/14/99): At 220x, ~30 stars in a 6' region
including three mag 9-9.5 stars (mag 8.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 2026 = H. VIII-28 on 5 Dec 1784 (sweep 329) and reported "a cluster of pretty large scattered stars. Not rich." No observations were made by JH or at Birr Castle. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, found "no distinct Cl" and RNGC classifies it as nonexistent (Type 7" with the comment "No cluster".
******************************
05 35 00 -66 54 55; Dor
V = 11.0; Size 1.0'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): NGC 2027 is at the west
end of an interesting, elongated cluster or association (LH 84) extending
~4'x2' E-W in a crescent shape with
NGC 2027 is situated ~10' NW of the compact cluster
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 2027 = D 193? = h2908
on 27 Sep 1826. He logged "a
small nebula preceding a small star." This observation was made on a drift in which he
misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus) and all positions were reduced
incorrectly (~2.4° to the SE). His
offsets (2.0 minutes in RA and 35' N) from the previous object in the drift (D
192 = NGC 2011) falls 7' NW of NGC 2027 -- a pretty poor match -- though there
is a mag 12.5 star 1' E, consistent with his description. There is no entry in his catalog at
these offsets from D 192. Glen
Cozens assigns D 193 to NGC 2027, but that number also applies to
John Herschel made three observations of the field. On 2 Nov 1832 (sweep 508) he described "a very large, very rich cluster of separate stars 9..11th mag, which fills the whole field." On 13 Dec 1835 (sweep 653) he recorded "an ill-defined nebuloid group of stars 15th mag (N.B. Clouds very troublesome.) The field full of grouping stars." Finally, on 20 Dec 1835 (sweep 658) he called it "cluster 7th class. The second of two stars 9th mag, which may be considered the leading stars of the very large and fine cluster of the Nubecula Major, which fills many fields, is of all degrees of condensation, and much broken up into groups and patches."
Herschel is clearly describing the large OB association LH 77, which stretches west to NGC 2002. His position from the second sweep ("second of two stars 9th magnitude") and third sweeps is close to the 1' diameter cluster S-L 592 and the position given here. This cluster is also at the west end of a looping association of stars (probably NGC 2027) on the east end of LH 77.
******************************
05 33 49 -69 57 06; Men
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): fairly bright, moderately
large, roundish, high surface brightness, mottled, a couple of stars resolved
at the edges. A small partially
resolved clump is just off the northeast side. In a small trio with similar S-L 574 2.4' W and fainter H-S
353 2.2' NNW. NGC 2028 is within
association LH 80, a stunningly rich region of the LMC with NGC 2016 11' W, S-L
591 6' NE, H-S 362 is 8' NE,
S-L 574 appeared bright, moderately large, slightly elongated E-W, 30" diameter, brighter along the major axis, clumpy. A mag 14 star is at the west tip and a mag 11.9 star is 0.9' SSW. H-S 353 is a fairly faint, soft round glow, 30" diameter. S-L 591 appeared fairly bright, fairly small, roundish, 35", mottled. Only a couple of mag 16 stars resolved around the edges. A mag 11.8 star is 1.7' NE. H-S 362, just 2' ENE of S-L 591 is fairly faint, elongated NW-SE, 25" diameter. It forms the eastern vertex of a equilateral triangle with S-L 591 and the mag 11.8 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2028 = h2912 on 12 Nov 1836 and simply noted as "vF". His position is an excellent match (he corrected his RA by 10 sec) with cluster S-L 575, so the identification is certain although I'm surprised he apparently missed nearby S-L 574, which is equally as prominent. JH questioned if his object might be D 100. Dunlop's description reads "a small round nebula, about 2' north of a small star." His position is just 2' NW of S-L 575 and 3.4' NE of a mag 11 star (his small star?). But D 100 is also 10' ENE of NGC 2016, so it could be also be D 100 given his range of positional errors. Neither Steinicke nor Glen Cozens equates D 100 with NGC 2028.
******************************
05 35 40.8 -66 02 06; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 4'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x, 264x and 429x; large, fairly bright cluster (S-L 595) with ~30 stars resolved in a 3.5' region and includes at least 4 brighter stars from mag 12.3-13.5 and another mag 12.7 star is at the SW edge. Moderately faint nebulous haze (N63) encompasses the cluster. Adding a NPB filter at 264x increases the contrast with the large nebulous glow, which extended 2.5-3' diameter. Note: this object is identified as NGC 2030 in most sources!
N63A, embedded slightly east of center of N63, is a well-known bright, compact supernova remnant and one of the first 3 extragalactic SNRs to be discovered (1966). The SNR appeared as a small round knot, only ~12"-15" in diameter, and was faintly visible even at 202x. It was easy to distinguish at 264x and stood out fairly prominently at 429x. Surprisingly, I didn't notice any contrast gain adding a NPB filter (similar visibility).
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): fairly bright, large, over a dozen mag 13 and fainter stars are resolved in a 3.5' region. A fairly faint, oval emission glow (LMC-N63) is involved with the cluster (S-L 595). Adding an NPB filter, the nebulosity is bright, large, irregular (roughly round), ~2.5' diameter, with several of the brighter stars still visible.
Emission nebula LHa 120-N 62A is 14' SSW. Using an NPB filter, it appeared very bright, very elongated ~E-W, relatively large, ~1.5'x0.4'. The shape is a bit irregular, but it has a sharply defined northern edge, with the southern edge weaker and more ill-defined. Visible unfiltered but excellent response to the NPB. A couple of very faint stars are visible with averted. BSDL 2348, an LMC cluster perhaps associated with the nebula, is ~2' W and contains a half-dozen mag 14-15 stars in a 1.5' knot, along with a mag 12.5 star on the west end. Emission nebula LHa 120-N 64 is 16' further southeast.
Emission nebula LHa 120-N 64 is 20' SSE. Using an NPB filter, it is a bright,
large, irregular nebulous patch, about 3'x2' E-W. The brightest portion (N64A) is on the west side. A mag 11 star is ~2' N of the east
end. Another 2' NNW of this star
is a detached 40" piece (N64C) that was fairly easy with the filter. Unfiltered three mag 13 line in a 1.8'
string are involved in the central portion, along with a couple of mag 14-15
stars. Mag 8.8
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): fairly bright, fairly
large, 3'x1.5', elongated N-S.
This LMC object appears to be a large cluster with nebulosity (stellar
association LH 83). A half-dozen
mag 12-13 stars are resolved over an irregular background haze (unresolved
stars?). Located 32' N of mag 6.2
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2029 = D 240 = h2911 on 27 Sep 1826 and noted a "faint round nebula, 25" or 30" diameter." His position is just 4' SW of center of the nebula. On 30 Nov 1834 (sweep 515), John Herschel called it "a rich, R, pL cluster of stars 12m; little comp; 5' l; one * 11m." On sweep 539 he wrote "pB; R; gbM; 60"; resolved into stars 13...15m."
Jenni Kay notes that GC and NGC positions for NGC 2029 and NGC 2030 are reversed from JH's original CGH positions of h2911 and h2910, respectively. The error must have occurred when JH transfered his positions into the GC. So, NGC 2030 = h2030 is part of the Seagull Nebula and NGC 2029 = h2911 is an isolated nebula. All modern sources such as SIMBAD, ESO and the KMHK catalogue reverse the original identifications and call NGC 2029 part of the Seagull Nebula. See WSQJ #108, 4/97. The identifications given here are based on the CGH positions/identifications.
******************************
NGC 2030 = LMC-N59A = LH 82 = Seagull Nebula = Dragon's Head Nebula
05 35 00.5 -67 33 18; Dor
Size 1.6'x0.9'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x and 264x + NPB filter;
this is the first section in the remarkable Seagull or "Dragon's
Head" Nebula, though the faintest of three connected patches extending
5.5' from NW to SE with
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the NW component of the Seagull Nebula; a bright, highly structured 7'x5' emission nebula. The brightest portion of NGC 2030 is a bright streak elongated E-W that extends west from mag 12.3 HD 269810. A large mass of nebulosity spreads to the north from this streak in a more circular 2' patch. This object is incorrectly identified as NGC 2029 in modern catalogues and atlases.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2030 = h2910 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "B; L; gbM. The first of 3 neb, which run together." On a second sweep, he logged "vF; pL; irreg R. The first of 3, which run together. See Plate III. fig 5." The modern identities for NGC 2029 and 2030 are reversal. See historical notes for NGC 2029.
******************************
NGC 2031 = ESO 056-153 = S-L 577
05 33 41.9 -70 59 16; Men
V = 10.8; Size 3.4'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x
this LMC cluster was very bright, fairly large, slightly elongated NNW-SSE,
well concentrated with a 1' core and 2' much fainter halo. The cluster had a mottled texture and
was quite lively around the edges, but was not clearly resolved. Located 12' NW of mag 7.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2031 = h2915 on 3 Nov 1834 and noted "F (?); R; gbM; 3' (Hazy Sky)". On a later sweep he had a better view and logged "globular, B; R; gbM; 2'. Resolved into stars." His position is just off the south side of this large cluster.
******************************
NGC 2032 = LMC-N59A = LH 82 = Seagull Nebula = Dragon's Head Nebula
05 35 20.6 -67 34 06; Dor
Size 2'x1'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x and 264x + NPB filter;
NGC 2032 and 2035, separated by a dark lane, form a stunning pair of adjacent
emission nebulae of comparable surface brightness, though NGC 2032 is
larger. Using a narrow-band
filter, NGC 2032 was extremely bright, elongated SW-NE, ~2'x1', with a
scalloped but sharply defined border at the brighter edge along the dust lane.
A fairly prominent thin filament extends NE for ~1.5', curling a bit towards
the tip. A thin strip on the SE
end (just beyond the lane) connects to
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
is possibly the brightest section of the "Seagull Nebula" or
"Dragon's Head Nebula" in the LMC (similar to NGC 2035 1.6' SE). It consists of a very bright, elongated
~SSW-NNE patch, 2'x1', with an unusual kidney-bean shape that is indented or
concave on the east side. NGC 2032
is just separated to 2035 by an elongated dark lane (oriented SSW-NNE) on the
east side. A faint, thin streamer
of nebulosity shoots to the north from 2032. Mag 11.4
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2032 = D 219 = D 194 = h2913, along with NGC 2035, on 27 Sep 1826. I assume his description of D219 applies to both numbers: "pretty bright round nebula, about 1 1/4' diameter, bright towards the centre." He made two observations and his position is within the Seagull Nebula complex. D 194 was described as "a pretty large faint ill defined nebula, irregular figure. It was found on 27 Sep 1834 during an LMC drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus). As a result, all positions in the drift (off the meridian) were reduced incorrectly. Once corrected his position (and description) is a good match with NGC 2032/2035.
John Herschel first observed the nebula on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and recorded "vB; vL. A singular figure like 3 nebulae lumped together." On 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 522) he logged "B; L; gbM. The second of 3 which run together." A detailed sketch of the complex was published in plate III, figure 5 in the CGH observations. Herschel gave an uncertain equivalence with D 219 in his Cape catalogue.
The Seagull Nebula contains four separate NGC designations:
NGC 2030 (misidentified as NGC 2029 in GC and NGC), NGC 2032, NGC 2035 and NGC
2040 with NGC 2035 being the brightest and largest of the group. Collectively the area is known as N59A
and is located at the boundary of the supershell LMC4 in the Large Magellanic
Cloud. NGC 2032 and 2035, which form the bright core of the H II region N59A
(
******************************
NGC 2033 = LMC-N154B = ESO 056-157 = S-L 589 = LH 81
05 34 30 -69 46 48; Dor
Size 10'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 230x): large bright star cloud (stellar association LH 81), ~10' diameter with ~50 stars (depending on size taken) mag 11-14.
Adding an NPB filter brings out the associated nebulosity
(LHA 120-N54), which is fairly bright and very large. A curving swath of nebulosity, elongated E-W for ~8' is on
the southwest side of the association.
The cluster itself is also encased in diffuse nebulosity with the
filter.
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2033/2037 = D 141 on 24 Sep 1826. He described "a faint nebula about 4' long, very faint at the extremities, brightest and broadest in the middle. This (position) is in the north following side of an extended cluster of very minute stars, rich in number." Although his reduced position was ~11' too far SE, his handwritten drift notes recorded it 5 minutes of time after NGC 2005 and 5' N, landing within the NE side (as described) of the LH 81 association.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2033 between Nov 1836 and Mar
1837 with a 5-inch refractor and recorded it as #579 in his preliminary
catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula
Major." Herschel's position
falls in the large stellar association LH 81. But as there is no listing or description in his CGH
catalogue, it's possible Herschel was recording a small knot or a very large
field of stars + nebulosity. So,
the size and center is unknown.
See NGC 2037 for more. The
large nebulosity on the south side of the association might be
******************************
NGC 2034 = ESO 086-14 = S-L 592 = LH 84
05 35 38 -66 54 06; Dor
V = 9.3; Size 8'x4'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 105x this is an
interesting, elongated curving cluster or association (LH 84), situated
northwest of the compact cluster NGC 2041. This condensed portion of LH 84 contains a couple of dozen
mag 12-13 stars and a wide pair of mag 10 stars (including
John Herschel discovered NGC 2034 = h2914 on 3 Jan 1837 and described "a more condensed part of the great cluster (sweep 761, 39), of a crescent-like form, occupying one field. Rich and fine." His position corresponds with association LH 84 at the northeast end of the "Quadrant" feature of the LMC. NGC 2034 = h2914 and NGC 2027 = h2908 both described the same field, though NGC 2027 is on the west end of the association. Harold Corwin considers NGC 2027 to refer to the entire region.
James Dunlop probably discovered the large association on 6 Nov 1826 and described D 241 as "a large cluster of small stars of mixt magnitudes in strong nebula; irregular extended figure." His position falls at the east end association LH 77 or the west end of LH 84, known as the LMC "Quadrant" (of a circle). Glen Cozens assigned D 241 to NGC 2041, which is only 7' SE. But Dunlop's description doesn't fit this compact cluster.
******************************
NGC 2035 = LMC-N59A = LH 82 = Seagull Nebula = Dragon's Head Nebula
05 35 33 -67 35 06; Dor
Size 1.6'x1.0'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x and 264x + NPB filter; NGC 2032 and 2035, separated by a dark lane, form a stunning pair of adjacent emission nebulae of comparable surface brightness, though NGC 2032 is larger. The two impressive regions are attached or merge at the south end by a thin strip of nebulosity. NGC 2035 was extremely bright, roughly rectangular but irregular with slightly concave eastern side and lots of complex, internal structure with brighter and darker areas. A fairly thin streamer is attached on the northeast end and extends 2' NNE, similar (though slightly fainter) to a filament attached to NGC 2032! LMC-N59C is a detached patch ~2' SE. It appeared moderately large, roundish, at least 1' diameter. A mag 10.4 star is 2' ESE.
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the southeast section of the bright Seagull Nebula in the LMC. At 200x using a UHC filter it appeared very bright, moderately large, with a very irregular shape similar to an anvil. The very knotty, complex structure was elongated N-S, 1.6'x1.0', with the widest part of the anvil on the south end. NGC 2032, another very bright section, is very close preceding (roughly 1.6' between centers) and the two sections are separated by a dark lane oriented SSW-NNE. A very faint streamer attached on the NE side flows to the north (NGC 2032 has a similar but brighter streamer). A fairly small detached patch, ~1.2' in diameter, is close SE (identified as LHA 120-N 59C in SIMBAD).
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2035 = D 219 = D 194 = h2916, along with NGC 2032, on 27 Sep 1826. He described D 219 (both) as a "pretty bright round nebula, about 1 1/4' diameter, bright towards the centre". His position falls within the Seagull Nebula complex. D 194 was described as "a pretty large faint ill defined nebula, irregular figure. It was found on 27 Sep 1834 during an LMC drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus). As a result, all positions in the drift (off the meridian) were reduced incorrectly and his published position is 2.4° to the SE. Once corrected his position (and description) is a good match with NGC 2032/2035.
John Herschel first observed NGC 2035 on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 522) and logged "B, L, bM. The 3rd of three which run together. (Plate III, fig 5)". Herschel gave an uncertain equivalence with D 220 in the CGH.
******************************
NGC 2036 = NGC 2043? = ESO 056-155 = S-L 587
05 34 32 -70 03 54; Men
V = 12.8; Size 1.5'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): very bright, fairly large, irregular, mottled, brighter core, 50" diameter. A bright, tiny knot of mag 15.5 stars is at the southeast end. A couple of additional mag 16 stars are resolved near the edges. A mag 10.7 star lies 4' NNE. NGC 2028 lies 8' NW.
BSDL 2464 = OGLE-CL LMC 611 was noticed 2.6' NE as a very faint, small glow, 20" diameter. A couple of very faint stars were resolved at the east end. The mag 10.7 star noted above lies 2.7' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2036 = h2917 on 11 Nov 1836 and recorded "vF; R; gbM; 90"." There is nothing at his position, but one degree south is the cluster S-L 587. Herschel's added a note to his description that there was likely an error of 1° in the polar distance and clearly this was the case. Eric Lindsay, in the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289) comments "The Decl. seems to be in error. The object is probably the small cluster S/L 587 at 1° south. Herschel found strong ground to suspect an error of a degree in P.D. which should most likely be 160° and not 159°." As this cluster is exactly 1° S of h's position, the identification is virtually certain.
Also, see historical notes for
******************************
NGC 2037 = OGLE-CL LMC 605 = BCDSP 8
05 34 40.4 -69 44 50; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 0.4'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 230x): very small
high surface brightness glow, ~12" diameter. Situated with the large stellar association LH 81, this
cluster is collinear with a 2' string of mag 12, 11 and 13 stars extending
south-southwest.
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2033/2037 = D 141 on 24 Sep 1826. He described "a faint nebula about 4' long, very faint at the extremities, brightest and broadest in the middle. This (position) is in the north following side of an extended cluster of very minute stars, rich in number." Although his reduced position was ~11' too far SE, his handwritten drift notes recorded it 5 minutes of time after NGC 2005 and 5' N, landing within the NE side (as described). His description applies to the entire LH 81 association.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2037 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and listed it as #593 in his preliminary catalogue of"Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." The only information he gave (besides a position) is type "Cl" and Mag 8. There is no listing or description in the main CGH catalogue, so along with nearby NGC 2033, it's unknown if Herschel was describing a small knot or a very large field of stars + nebulosity in association LH 81, though the magnitude implies a bright object. NGC 2037 is taken as the small cluster OGLE-CL LMC 605 at 05 34 40 -69 44.8 (2000) by Archinal and Hynes, Mati Morel and Jenni Kay. But Harold Corwin remarks this cluster is too faint to have been picked up by Herschel with his 5-inch refractor and certainly wouldn't be described as 8th magnitude. So, the standard identification (given here) is almost certainly wrong.
******************************
05 34 42 -70 33 42; Men
V = 11.9; Size 1.6'
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): at 244x; very bright, moderately large, round, 50" diameter, small intense core and mottled halo but no definite resolution. Mag 9.5 HD 37732 lies 4' NNW.
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very
bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, 40" diameter, clumpy but no
individual stars resolved. First
of three nearly on a line with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2038 = h2920 on 24 Nov 1834 and logged "B, R, glbM, 25", has a *9 mag 5' north-preceding." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 44 33 +08 39 42; Ori
Size 30'
18" (1/26/09): large, scattered field with a number of
mag 8 to 10 stars, though too dispersed to resemble a cluster. the most distinctive part is a nice 8'
string of 6 collinear stars oriented E-W with mag 8
John Herschel discovered NGC 2039 = h366 on 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118) and described "A large tract of stars filling many fields. It extends much further in RA." He equated this observation with H. VIII-2 = NGC 2063, so he may have confused these two fields at the time. His father's object is either nonexistent or just an asterism ~40' to the east. On a second sweep, he logged "A large ill-defined tract of loose stars, neither rich nor condensed". He used two numbers in the GC for h366 and H. VIII-2, so both objects received their own NGC designation. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, states "many st, Cl not well defined." See Corwin's notes for further discussion.
******************************
NGC 2040 = ESO 056-164 = LMC-N59B = LH 88
05 36 05 -67 34 01; Dor
V = 11.5; Size 2'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x and 264x + NPB filter; bright, very large, irregular nebula just east of NGC 2030/2032/2035 (Dragon's Head or Seagull Nebula). The main portion is roughly triangular with one "vertex" on the south side and another on the northeast end. It has a sharp, contrasty edge on the east side to the south tip and some internal, irregular brightness in the interior. Unfiltered a dozen stars mag 14-15 are involved (association LH 88), with several more spreading to the south.
NGC 2040 is merged with a supernova remnant shell (SNR
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is a bright, irregularly round glow, ~2' diameter, located ~4' ENE of the Seagull or Dragon's Head Nebula and part of the same emission complex. The nebulosity surrounds a cluster of roughly 15 stars (LH 88). A UHC filter provided an excellent contrast gain at 200x and revealed a very irregular outline. The POSS image shows delicate filaments to the south forming a large loop (SNR shell SNR 0536-67.6) although I don't believe this extension was recorded.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2040 = D 220 = h2918 on 27 Sep 1826, along with NGC 2032/2035. He noted "a round faint nebula, about 40" diameter." and his position is 4' NNW of the center.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2040 on 2 Nov 1834 and recorded "F; irreg R; glbM; r; 2'. (Pl III, fig 5)." On a later sweep he reported "vF; R; follows 3 vB L nebulae [NGC 2030, NGC 2032 and NGC 2035] which run together." His position (from 5 sweeps) is accurate and an excellent sketch of the complex is on plate III, figure 3.
******************************
NGC 2041 = ESO 086-16 = S-L 605
05 36 28.0 -66 59 29; Dor
V = 10.4; Size 0.7'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 105x, this LMC cluster appears bright, fairly small, round, 1' diameter, high surface brightness. Symmetrical appearance and increases to a very small bright core and a stellar nucleus. This young, massive cluster is located ~7' SE of the elongated cluster NGC 2034 at the east end of the very large, extended collection of associations (the "Quadrant") that includes NGC 2026 and 2002 on the western side.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2041 = D 196 = h2919 on 27 Sep 1826. He described "a small, round pretty well defined slightly condensed nebula about 25" diameter with a small star north following. This object was found in a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus), so all positions were reduced incorrectly (~2.4° to the SE). Using NGC 2035, the previous object in the drift as a reference, his position is 4' NW of NGC 2041.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2041 on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and described as "B, S, vgbM, 20"." On 13 Dec 1835 (sweep 653) he noted "a rich clustering part precedes." His position (measured on 4 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 36 09.6 -68 55 24; Dor
V = 9.6; Size 6'x3'
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): very large group of stars with unresolved haze (association LH 89), extending nearly 10' from north to south and contains a couple of knots of stars, a few dozen mag 12-14 stars, a mag 10.3 star at the west tip and numerous mag 15+ stars.
BRHT 16a, situated near the center, is a very bright knot near the center, ~10" diameter. A very faint star was resolved at the west edge.
KMHK 1122, on the NE side (2' NW of BRHT 16a), resolved into a 10" pair of stars at the center, encased in a very small glow. Several stars (mostly faint) were resolved nearby including two two mag 12.5 and 12.8 stars close east of the central pair and some mag 15 stars around the edges.
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly large patch of stars and haze (association LH 89), ~5' in size. At least two dozen stars are resolved in an elongated group oriented SW-NE, including a few mag 10 stars over unresolved stars or outer nebulous haze from the Tarantula complex. Two additional knots are to the northwest and form an obtuse isosceles triangle with NGC 2042. The first knot is KMHK 1122 situated 5' NW and S-L 585 is 10' NW. NGC 2042 is located just 17' NW of the center of the Tarantula Nebula.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2042 = h2922 on 25 Sep 1826. He described (in his handwritten notes) "a pretty large, very faint ill-defined nebula, irregular figure of 5' or 6' diameter with a bright small star near the south side of it." Assuming the next object in the drift is the Tarantula Nebula, his offset in time and declination is a perfect match. There doesn't appear to be a catalog entry, though, matching this description. He apparently ran across it again on his 2nd drift two nights later(before noting the Tarantula Nebula) and logged one or two small knots (possibly D 137 or D 139?).
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2042 on 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) and recorded "the chief star (9th mag) of a large, irregular figured, looped or hooked cluster of stars 12..15th mag, rich and various, and filling the field." His description and position applies to the assocation LH 89.
******************************
05 35 33.7 -70 07 27; Men
= N-S string of stars (asterism), Corwin and Gottlieb.
Pietro Baracchi discovered NGC 2043 on 18 Dec 1884 with the 48-inch f/41 Great Melbourne Telescope while examining the field of NGC 2058 and other clusters. Earlier observers Le Sueur and Joseph Turner had previously sketched this field on 7 Feb 1870 and 26 Apr 1876, respectively. Baracchi's new object was confirmed 4 nights later and described as a "small elongated group of minute stars in very thin nebula." Robert Ellery, the observatory director, noted the discovery in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885" and stated an offset "preceding H. 1259 [NGC 2058] by 79.5 sec and 4' 30" north." Eric Lindsay reported "Not found. Star-rich region but no evidence of clustering. Not listed by Herschel. In the Melbourne Catalogue." ("Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud", IAJ, 6, 286-289, 1964).
Harold Corwin suggested NGC 2043 is a N-S string of stars (about 1.7' length) situated 2.5' S of Baracchi's position, which is a good match with his description. I located Baracchi's sketch in his notebook in 2018 (found online at the National Archives of Australia), which confirms Corwin's identification as a N-S string of stars.
ESO and SIMBAD misidentify
******************************
05 36 06.2 -69 11 55; Dor
V = 10.6; Size 4.5'
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): at 244x; NGC 2044 is a striking
group of stars, tiny clusters and weak nebulosity. The 3 main "knots" are BRHT 17a and 17b (separated
by 1' E-W) and KMK88 87, which is 2' N of 17b. A few dozen stars are resolved in total, mostly in a E-W
stream containing the BRHT pair and fainter stars in a vertical stream at the
west end of the group (association LH 90). At the north end of the vertical
stream is mag 13.9
BRHT 17a: very bright 20" knot, very clumpy, a few individual stars were barely resolved.
BRHT 17b: very bright 15" knot containing a few stars that nearly resolved, but were too closely packed to resolve in the seeing conditions. One of these is the Wolf-Rayet star Brey 65 (listed at mag 13.0).
KMK88 87: fairly bright, elongated SSW-NNE glow, bright center, 25" diameter. With a more critical gaze, it resolved into a quasi-stellar center (probably 2 or more stars) with resolved stars at the SSW and NNE ends.
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): group
of about a dozen stars in a 3' diameter at 171x dominated by three brighter
stars in a E-W string. Two of the
"stars" in this line are actually compact clusters (BRHT 17a and
17b). The western "star" (
NGC 2044 is situated in the outer portion of the 30 Doradus complex, 16' SW from the central core, and is the central cluster in a 6' diameter Superbubble. Like NGC 2060, this stellar association (LH 90) also harbors a young SNR! The site of SNR 1987A (05 35 28, -69 16.2) lies only 5.5' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2044 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and listed as #608 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." His position is ~1' south of the center of this cluster/association (LH 90).
******************************
05 45 01.3 +12 53 18; Tau
V = 6.6
= *6.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2045 = h367 on 23 Jan 1832
(sweep 393) and recorded "a star 8-9 mag with faint nebulosity." His position coincides precisely with
mag 6.6
******************************
05 35 37.6 -70 14 27; Men
V = 12.6; Size 1.3'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the first in a rich field of 8 NGC clusters (with the brightest NGC 2058). At 200x, it appeared bright, fairly
small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE in the direction of a mag 13 star just 0.8'
SW. The core seems offset from the
center to the NE end or a compact knot of stars is attached at the following
end.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2046 = h2923 on 11 Nov 1836 and wrote, "vF; R; gbM; the first of a group of six nebulae." His position and sketch (Pl IV, fig 9) is accurate.
Using the 48" GMT, Albert Le Sueur sketched the group on 7 Feb 1870 as well as Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884. Le Sueur's sketch was reproduced on plate IV, figure 32 and Turner's sketch on plate IV, figure 33 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885".
******************************
NGC 2047 = ESO 056-167 = S-L 600
05 35 54.4 -70 11 29; Men
V = 13.2; Size 0.9'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this LMC cluster is located on the west side of a rich field of 8 NGC clusters in the 13mm Ethos (200x). It appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round, 45" diameter. A faint star is at the south edge. Forms a pair with slightly brighter NGC 2046 3.2' SSW. Located 5.8' ESE of mag 8.2 HD 37762 and 5.4' WSW of NGC 2058.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2047 = h2925 on 11 Nov 1836 and described as "the second of a group. Pl IV, fig 9." His position and sketch is accurate.
The entire group of clusters (NGC 2046, 2047, 2057, 2058, 2059, 2065, 2066) was sketched by Albert Le Sueur on 7 Feb 1870, as well as Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884, all using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Le Sueur's sketch is plate IV, figure 32 and Turner's is figure 33 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885". Turns shows the cluster as very elongated N-S and Baracchi sketched it as round.
******************************
NGC 2048 = ESO 056-166 = LMC-N154A = LH 87
05 35 56 -69 38 54; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 2'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x + NPB filter): NGC
2048 is a bright elongated glow, ~1'x0.7' E-W, surrounded by fainter nebulous
haze extending 3'-4' in diameter.
The emission component (LHA 120-N 154A) is cradled around the south and
east side by a large, semicircular chain with mostly mag 12 stars and a total
length of ~15' (association LH 87).
At the west end of this chain is
NGC 2048 is situated in a glorious region of the LMC;
extending to the southwest is NGC 2033 = LH 81, a large stellar association
(the stars on the south side of the semicircular chain are likely members) and
further north is
John Herschel discovered NGC 2048 = h2926 in 1834-1835 (exact sweep or date unknown as based on a sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835) and described as "a very faint large oval ill-defined nebula; not taken in sweeping, but laid down from a careful drawing. See Notes on Catalogue of Nubecula Major". His position is 3' NE of the center of this nebula. Hodge and Wright describe it as "possibly only 2-3 stars in nebulosity" in their LMC Atlas.
******************************
05 43 15.2 -30 04 42; Col
V = 12.8; Size 2.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 168°
18" (12/22/11): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 ~N-S, 0.6'x0.3', low surface brightness, very weak concentration (possibly viewed through thin clouds). IC 2147 lies 25' S.
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, small, oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, bright core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2049 = h2921 on 28 Jan 1835 and
recorded "vF; S; R; pslbM; 25."
His position (measured on two sweeps) matches
******************************
05 36 41.8 -69 22 49; Dor
V = 9.3; Size 3.0'x2.4'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): NGC 2050 was taken
as a 2'-3' patch of stars on the north side of the large stellar association LH
96, a 15'x10' cloud of roughly 120 stars.
At 145x, ~20 stars were resolved including
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 173x, appears as just a locally brighter spot containing perhaps a dozen stars over a hazy background glow (stellar association LH 93), ~2' in diameter. Embedded in the edge of an amazing 15'-20' linear stream of stars (association LH 93/94) which runs through the field from east-northeast to west-southwest. This long chain passes just off the south side of the tendrils of the Tarantula Nebula and heads towards NGC 2050! NGC 2050 is situated 30' SW of the center of the Tarantula.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2050 = h2928 in 1834-1835
(exact date unknown as based on a sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (
******************************
NGC 2051 = ESO 056-169 = S-L 608
05 36 07.5 -71 00 43; Men
V = 11.7; Size 1.7'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this LMC cluster appeared bright, fairly small, round, 35" diameter. Located 12' ESE of brighter NGC 2031. Two additional S-L clusters (617 and 624) share the field 8.5' SSE. The cluster is also equidistant from a mag 9 star 8' NW and mag 7.6 HD 37899 a similar distance SW.
S-L 617 is the southwestern member of a pair of S-L clusters. At 200x it appeared faint, moderately large, round, 30" diameter. Overall it was larger but with a lower surface brightness than S-L 624 located 3.5' NE. Located ~5' ESE of a mag 7.6 star.
S-L 624 appeared as a fairly faint, compact knot, ~20" diameter, with a fairly high surface brightness. A mag 11.7 star is 1.9' SW and S-L 617 lies 3.5' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2051 = h2930 on 23 Dec 1834 and reported "pB; S; R; gbM; 30"; insulated." His position from a single sweep is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2052 = ESO 056-176 = LMC-N155
05 37 11 -69 46 30; Dor
Size 1.2'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): without a filter this emission nebula (N155) is a very faint, small patch perhaps 35" diameter, only a couple of faint stars are involved. Situated midway between a mag 12 star 2' W and a mag 12.5 star 2' ENE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2052 = h2929 in 1834-1835 (sweep number and date unknown as based on a sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835) and described as "vvF, vvL, vglbM." Herschel changed the description in the GC to read "eF, vvS, vglbM" (probably an error) and this was copied by Dreyer into the NGC. His position is 2.5' SW of the faint HII region Henize N155, which the Hodge-Wright Atlas and the ESO identify as NGC 2052. There are no other nearby candidates. Harold Corwin suggests "NGC 2052 may be the large diffuse nebula 2 minutes of time preceding Herschel's position. But it may not be."
Eric Lindsay, in the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), notes "Should be 2.3m E of NGC 2033. It may be a small group slightly NE in which is Henize N155. Dreyer and Herschel differ as to size [actually Herschel changed the size]. Position measured by Herschel from a drawing and not during a sweep."
******************************
05 37 40 -67 24 48; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.2'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): fairly
bright, relatively large, slightly elongated N-S, 1.0' diameter, smooth glow at
145x, slightly mottled at 178x. A
mag 12 star is 1.2' W. Located 23'
W of mag 7.0
S-L 628 lies 7' NE. It was immediately seen as an moderately bright, fairly small glow, round, 25" diameter, fairly high surface brightness, no resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2053 = h2927 on 2 Jan 1837 and noted "F; lE; gbM; 2'." His position from a single sweep is 1' SSE of this cluster.
******************************
05 45 15.4 -10 04 59; Ori
= 4*, HC and Dreyer.
George Bond discovered NGC 2054 = HN 3 on 6 Oct 1850 with a 4-inch comet-seeker at the Harvard College Observatory. He mentioned that it required confirmation and John Herschel didn't include this object in his General Catalogue (GC). Dreyer observed the cluster using the 72" at Birr Castle on 13 Jan 1877 and reported "vF, pS, iR, at times I thought it was a very small cluster, but it is doubtful". Nevertheless, he included it in the GC Supplement (GC 5354). Herbert Howe observed it around 1899 using a 20" refractor and noted "it appears to be simply a small triangle composed of 2 stars of mag 12, and one of mag 13." Bigourdan's position from 26 Dec 1891 (repeated in the IC 2 Notes) also corresponds with three mag 14.5, 14.7 and 14.9 stars within 30", along with a couple of fainter stars.
******************************
NGC 2055 = ESO 056-171 = LH 96
05 36 45 -69 29 54; Dor
V = 8.4; Size 15'x10'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): roughly 120 stars
are resolved in a gorgeous 15'x10' SW-NE star cloud (association LH 96)
situated to the south of the Tarantula Nebula. The cloud is rich in faint stars but also includes a mag 9.6
star (
Within this cloud is S-L 610 (often misidentified as NGC
2055), a small knot of four stars in a 1' region. It includes two bright "stars" (R127, V ≈ 10.5 and R128, V ≈ 10.7 ) at 20"
separation, along with two 12th mag stars to the northwest. Both R127 and R128 are very compact
clusters with R127 containing the brightest Luminous Blue Variable (LBV) in the
LMC! NGC 2050 is probably a group
of stars on the north side of the cloud.
Roughly ~20 stars were resolved including a mag 10.6 star at the west
edge and a mag 10.7 star (11" double) at the southwest edge. The central part contains several mag
12 stars and
A long stream of mag 10-12 stars begins about 12' W of the cluster and extends east-northeast for over 20', including NGC 2050 and association LH 97 at the NE corner of the large star cloud, and passing just south of the Tarantula Nebula.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2055 = D 145 = h2931 on 24 Sep
1826. On his second drift he
recorded (handwritten notes) "this is the center of a very large cluster
of very small stars, exceedingly rich with many very small faint nebulae." His reduced position was ~20' too far
SE, close to the
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2055 = h2931 on 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513) and noted "a vL v rich cluster of sc st 10...15 which more than fills the field." His position is near the center of this large association or star cloud (LH 96), which includes NGC 2050 and S-L 610.
******************************
NGC 2056 = ESO 056-172 = S-L 611
05 36 34 -70 40 17; Men
V = 11.8; Size 1.5'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very
bright, fairly large, 1.2' diameter, very high surface brightness core, mottled
and clumpy halo with a couple of mag 15.5-16 stars resolved around the
edges. Second of three with NGC
2038 11' NW and NGC 2075 9' ESE.
Mag 9.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 2056 = h2932 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "pB, R, bM, the preceding of 2 [with NGC 2075] on the same parallel; a star 9 mag between." His position is ~30" SE of center of this cluster.
******************************
05 36 56.2 -70 16 10; Men
V = 12.2; Size 1.8'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
LMC cluster is on the south side of a field filled with 8 NGC clusters. At 260x it appeared bright, fairly
small, round, ~30" diameter, fairly well concentrated with a small bright
core. Situated on a line between
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2057 = D 104 = h2935 on 24 Sep 1826. He described "a very small faint nebula, 8" or 10" diameter." and noted it was part of a triangle (with NGC 2058 and NGC 2065). Although his reduced position was 11' too far SE reference to his handwritten sweep timings confirms the identification. He missed NGC 2057 on a sweep 3 nights later, picking up nly NGC 2058 and 2065.
John Herschel independently discovered NGC 2057 on 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) and recorded "pF; S; R; gbM; the 5th (4th properly) of a group of 6, RA only estimated from a rough diagram incorrect (as it would seem) in the order of the objects."
Albert Le Sueur, Joseph Turner and Pietro Baracchi sketched the entire group of clusters (NGC 2046, 2047, 2057, 2058, 2059, 2065, 2066) in 1870, 1876 and 1884, respectively, using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Le Sueur's sketch was reproduced as plate IV, figure 32 and Turner's sketch in plate IV, figure 33 in in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885". Turner's sketch shows a star or clump bulging out the southeast side, though Baracchi's sketch shows a narrow extension to the north towards a faint star.
******************************
NGC 2058 = ESO 056-173 = S-L 614
05 36 54.5 -70 09 44; Men
V = 11.9; Size 2.1'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the brightest cluster in a 15' field of 8 NGC clusters including NGC 2046, 47,
57, 59, 65, 66 and 72. All 8
clusters easily fit in the field of 13mm Ethos at 200x within a 20'
circle. Using 260x, NGC 2058
appeared very bright, large, well concentrated. The outer halo extends up to 2' diameter using averted
vision. At 350x, a few very faint
stars are resolved in the halo and around the edges of the core. Two mag 12.5-13 stars lie 1' WSW and
1.5' WNW. Other nearby clusters
include
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2058 = D 103 = h2933 on 24 Sep 1826. He described (summary of two observations) "a round well-defined nebula, 30" diameter, bright at the centre. The preceding of three nebulae forming a triangle [with NGC 2057 and NGC 2065]." He made a second observation three nights later. His reduced position was 10' too far SE, but reference to his drift data and nearby objects confirms the identification.
On 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748), John Herschel called this cluster, "B; R; gbM; 90"; the 3rd of a group of 6." Three sweeps later he observed the cluster again as "vB; R; the 3rd of a group of 7. Pl IV, fig 9." His position and sketch is accurate. John Herschel equated Dunlop 102 with h2933.
The entire group of clusters (NGC 2046, 2047, 2057, 2058, 2059, 2065, 2066) was sketched by Le Sueur on 7 Feb 1870, Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Le Sueur's and Turner's sketches were published in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885" in plate IV, figure 32 and figure 33.
******************************
NGC 2059 = ESO 056-175 = S-L 613
05 37 01.5 -70 07 37; Men
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this LMC cluster is on the north side of a field of 8 NGC clusters. At 200x it appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round, 35" diameter. At 350x it appeared grainy but was still unresolved except for a faint star at the north edge. Located 2.1' NNE of NGC 2058 and just 40" following a mag 12 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2059 = h2936 on 11 Nov 1836 and reported "vF; the 5th (4th in MS) of a group of 6. Pl IV, fig 9." His position and sketch is accurate.
The cluster was sketched using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope by Albert Le Sueur on 7 Feb 1870, Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884 . Le Sueur's and Turner's sketches were published in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885" on plate IV, figure 32 and figure 33. Both observers drew the cluster elongated N-S.
The Hodge-Wright Atlas misidentifies OGLE-CL LMC 632 (too far north) as NGC 2059. Interestingly, Pietro Baracchi's sketch of the field on 18 Dec 1884 with the GMT, shows OGLE-CL LMC 632 as a nebulous object close northwest of NGC 2059, directly south of a star labeled as 15th magnitude
******************************
05 37 46.9 -69 10 18; Dor
V = 9.6; Size 2'
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this fairly small knot of nebulosity is situated just southwest of the Tarantula nebula, approximately 7' from the center. About a half-dozen mag 12-14 stars are involved (association LH 99) in the glow with a total diameter of 2'. A mag 12 "star" at the north edge (Brey 73 = TLD1) is actually a very compact cluster with over a dozen components, including the Wolf-Rayet star.
NGC 2060 harbors a compact x-ray source and a rapidly rotating pulsar, indicating an obscured Crab-like supernova remnant (1998 IAU Circ., 6810, 2). The cluster also contains VFTS 102, the most rapidly rotating massive O-type star known, which is possibly related to the pulsar.
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): at 244x; Brey 73 appeared as a very high surface brightness knot (V = 12.1), ~12" diameter, with a mag 13.7 star at the SE edge.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2060 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and listed it as #642 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." (not included in his main CGH catalogue). His position corresponds with this SNR on the southwest side of the Tarantula nebula.
******************************
05 42 53.2 -33 57 29; Col
Size 16'
18" (1/15/07): at 115x I was initially attacted by a large, bright trapezoid-shaped asterism of 5 stars with a pair of 9.5-magnitude stars at 35" separation at the NW vertex. The brightest star in the asterism is a mag 7.2 orange star at the NE vertex with an 11th magnitude companion (h3794). But John Herschel was likely referring to an 8' scattering of a couple of dozen mag 13 and fainter stars that lie to the north of the bright star. This group appears to be a random collection at the eyepiece.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2061 = h2924 on 9 Jan 1836 and logged "Cluster, 8th class, course, loose and filling the field; stars 10...13m. Place that of a double star in a vacant part." There is no double star at Herschel's position though exactly 1.0 minute of RA west is the double star HJ 3794 (7.7/11.6 at 20" separation) with a mean position of 05 42 53.2 -33 57 29 (J2000). There is a scattering of stars extending 8' north and five brighter stars to the south. The ESO position is 05 42 42 -34 00.6 (2000), and classified as a group of stars.
The field was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and was "Not seen, scattered stars, but no cluster." Helwan Observatory (1921 list of observations) reported "No cluster here. Exposure 100 minutes." This was repeated by Dorothy Carlson in her NGC correction paper as well as the RNGC.
******************************
05 40 03.8 -66 52 36; Dor
V = 12.7; Size 0.9'
18" (4/6/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): moderately bright,
fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, 30" diameter, mottled. Some
extremely faint stars are on the verge of resolution including one at the north
or northeast edge. Two mag 9.8
stars lie 1.6' S and 2.9' SSW. A
small, low surface patch, ~20"x15" NW-SE, was noticed 4.7' W. On the DSS, it appears to be a possible
uncatalogued LMC cluster. S-L 643
lies 10' SSE. It appeared fairly
faint, fairly small, round, smooth surface brightness. Located 4.7' E of mag 8.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 2062 = h2937 on 3 Jan 1837 and recorded "vF; E; glbM; 40"; north of 2 stars 10m." His position is 1 tmin too far west, but his declination matches this cluster and two bright stars lie to the south, so the identification is certain. Eric Lindsay first noted this error in "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), "Position should probably be 1.3m E corresponding to S/L 640."
******************************
05 46 48 +08 39 12; Ori
18" (1/26/09): although nothing stands out in the field, near William Herschel's position is a group of 30 stars elongated N-S in a string. Includes mag 10.1 HD 247555 near the north end, though the richest concentration is at the south end (7' S from the bright star).
Other observers have picked brighter groupings in the area as NGC 2063 and WH's description of "a small cluster of very small scattered stars" is not very helpful. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent and in any case this number likely applies to an asterism and not a true cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2063 = H. VIII-2 on 26 Dec 1783 (very early sweep 67) and logged "A small Cl of scattered stars." In a second sweep (28 Dec 1785) he reported "A few pretty closely scattered very small stars." John Herschel equated his h366 = NGC 2039 with his father's H. VIII-2, but these are two diferent star fields. Harold Corwin notes there is only a small grouping of faint stars near WH's position although a larger and brighter patch of stars is ~8' south-southeast. In any case, this is likely just a random group of stars. The position given in Archinal and Hynes (Star Clusters) to the west of NGC 2039 is incorrect. See Corwin's notes.
******************************
05 46 18.4 +00 00 21; Ori
Size 12'x2'
17.5" (12/20/95): very faint reflection nebula in the
13.1" (2/25/84): very faint reflection nebula, small. Located 7' WSW of M78 and 4' SE of a mag 10.5 star. This difficult object is near the visual threshold.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2064 near M78 on 11 Jan 1864. He noted a mag 9-10 star was 4' north-preceding and measured an accurate position (2 nights). The visual extent is much smaller than the catalogued dimensions.
******************************
NGC 2065 = ESO 057-002 = S-L 626
05 37 35.9 -70 14 07; Men
V = 11.2; Size 2.6'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x, this LMC cluster appeared very bright, fairly large, round, 1.2' diameter, weak concentration. With averted vision, the surface is mottled and the outer halo increases to at least 1.5'. The cluster appeared very lively at 350x with a few stars just on the verge of resolution. At this power the halo appeared up to 1.8' in diameter. A mag 12 star is at the NE edge and two mag 13/13.5 stars lie ~1.5' WNW. Eight NGC clusters reside in this one field with four other clusters within 6': NGC 2057 4' SW, NGC 2066 4.2' N, NGC 2072 4' E and NGC 2058 5.8' NW!
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2065 = D 105 = h2938 on 24 Sep 1826 and described "a round well-defined nebula, 25" diameter." He made a second observation 3 nights later, along with NGC 2058. Although his reduced position is 9' too far SE, reference to his sweep timings confirms the identification on both nights.
On 11 Oct 1836, John Herschel found the cluster and reported h2938 as "pB; R; last of group of 6. Pl IV, fig 9." Three sweeps later he noted "B; the 6th of a group of 7." His position and sketch is accurate. He questioned if this object was D 103, though D 105 seems a better match.
The entire group of clusters (NGC 2046, 2047, 2057, 2058, 2059, 2065, 2066) was sketched by Albert Le Sueur on 7 Feb 1870, Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Le Sueur's and Turner's sketches were published in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885" on plate IV, figure 32 and figure 33.
******************************
NGC 2066 = ESO 057-003 = S-L 627
05 37 41.2 -70 09 58; Men
V = 13.1; Size 1.0'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x appeared moderately bright and large, round, 45" diameter, very weakly concentrated. Located on the eastern end of a rich field of 9 NGC clusters and forms the vertex of an isosceles right triangle with NGC 2065 4.2' due south and NGC 2058 4.1' due west.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2066 = h2939 on 12 Nov 1836 and noted "vF and S; the last of a group of 7; this nebula escaped notice sweep 748. Plate IV, fig 9." The sketch on Plate IV accurately places the 7 clusters (flipped right-left and upside down).
The entire group of clusters (NGC 2046, 2047, 2057, 2058, 2059, 2065, 2066) was sketched by Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Turner's sketch was published in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885" on plate IV, figure 33. Albert Le Sueur apparently missed this cluster in an earlier observation made on 7 Feb 1870.
******************************
05 46 29 +00 06 24; Ori
Size 8'x3'
13.1" (2/25/84): extremely faint, suspected reflection nebula 5' WNW of M78. Sighting uncertain as only visible fleetingly. [It's not clear from my description whether I observed the very low surface brightness circular patch NW of M78 or the brightest portion of the streamer pointing towards NGC 2064].
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2067 = T. 1-17 in 1876 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His position and rough tranlation of his description (in German) points to the very faint nebulosity to the northwest of M78. Harold Corwin lists two possible regions as the intended object - "a large patch of pretty low surface brightness nebulosity about 5 arcmin northwest of M78" and "a knot about 3 arcmin southwest, the brightest part of a long faint streamer pointed toward NGC 2064". It's possible that Tempel's nebula applies to both sections.
******************************
05 46 45 +00 04 42; Ori
V = 8.0; Size 8'x6'
17.5" (12/20/95): very bright reflection nebula
surrounding two mag 10.5 stars (
17.5" (2/1/92):very bright, surprisingly large, 6'x4'. Surrounds two mag 10 stars although the nebulosity extends further to east of these stars. Also a mag 13 star is embedded in the SE end. Brighter and sharper edge gently curves from west to north side. Appears to fan out to the SE where the nebula gradually fades into background. Brightest in a group of reflection nebulae including NGC 2064 7' SW and NGC 2067 6' WNW.
8" (12/6/80): bright reflection nebula, large, NW edge brighter and sharper, elongated, roughly rectangular, wide pair of mag 10 stars involved, striking. Brightest in a group of reflection nebulae.
Pierre Méchain discovered M78 = NGC 2068 = h368 in March 1780. On 19 Dec 1783 William Herschel described M78 as "Two large [bright] stars, well defined, within a nebulous glare of light resembling that in Orion's sword. There are also three very small [faint] stars just visible in the nebulous part which seem to be component particles thereof. I think there is a faint ray near 1/2 deg long towards the east and another towards the south east less extended, but I am not quite so well assured of the reality of these latter phenomena as I could wish, and would rather ascribe them to some deception. At least I shall suspend my judgement till I have seen it again in very fine weather, tho' the night is far from bad." M78 was the first reflection nebula that was discovered.
On 10 Oct 1850, Lord Rosse's assistant Bindon Blood Stoney noted, "Between the 2 bright stars is a darker space not drawn by John Herschel." In 1851 and 1852, he thought it had a spiral shape. On 9 Jan 1856, R.J. Mitchell wrote, "in finder eyepiece a B oval neb with n and nf edges brightest and best defined, and sp edge fading away gradually; with higher power there is seen a decided darkness at and between the stars. I can confirm previous observation as to the curve formed by the brightest part of the neb."
Joseph Turner sketched the nebula in Dec 1876 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 31 in Observations of the Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope...), as well as Pietro Baracchi on 8 Dec 1884.
******************************
05 38 37.7 -69 00 49; Dor
V = 10.1
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the northern outer loop of the Tarantula Nebula which Dunlop and Herschel
catalogued separately. Several mag
12-13 stars are involved, including mag 13.1 HDE 269926 (Brey 88), a massive
Wolf-Rayet binary (WN4+OB). In
addition, mag 11.1
John Herschel discovered NGC 2069 = h2940 on 24 Nov 1834. He noted it was "the middle of a large extended faint nebulous mass which forms the northern branch of the great looped nebula, and is almost, or entirely, detached from it. See the next object [Tarantula Nebula]."
******************************
NGC 2070 = LMC-N157A = ESO 057-6 = S-L 633 = LH 100 = Tarantula Nebula = 30 Doradus
05 38 42 -69 06 03; Dor
V = 5; Size 40'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x unfiltered, I examined the 30 Doradus cluster = R136 cluster at the heart of the Tarantula Nebula. The cluster is dominated by R136a, a 10th magnitude bloated "star" at the center that would not focus sharply. Surrounding this star was a compact but very rich carpet of dozens of mag 14-15.5 stars packed into a 1' region that were much too numerous to count.
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): The Tarantula nebula was simply unreal at 200x in the 13mm Ethos with a UHC filter -- better than any photo I've seen and convincingly 3-dimensional, even though I viewed it late so the elevation was only 20°. Although this magnification brought out an unbelievable amount of detail in the loops and ribbons, the main complex fit snugly in the eyepiece field (30').
20" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): the Tarantula is the largest known emission region (800-1000 light years) and is easily visible to the naked-eye from Australia. The view of the Tarantula early in the morning through a 20" f/5 at 127x (20 Nagler) and OIII filter was jaw-dropping! Near the center are several bright loops and arcs. Extending out are a number of convoluted loops including one heart-shaped arch which is quite large. Running out from the central region of the nebula are streaming lanes of nebulosity. One in particular extends quite a long distance and the outer loops and streamers seem to merge into some of the nearby HII regions forming a mind-boggling complex. There are perhaps 10 different loops and ribbons in the main body giving a 3-dimensional effect.
Near the center lies an extremely compact cluster of superluminous stars (R136) but only a few were visible including what appears to be a single bright star. A large number of additional stars are scattered about the main body. Mag 11.9 HDE 269928 (Wolf-Rayet = Brey 90) is 1.3' E of R136. Additional WR stars are mag 11.6 Brey 87 0.9' N of center and mag 13.5 Brey 80 1.5' NW of center.
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): NGC 2060 lies 6.5' SW of the central cluster (R136) of the Tarantula. It appeared as a fairly small knot of nebulosity, ~2' diameter, with about a half-dozen mag 12-14 stars involved (association LH 99) in the glow. A mag 12 "star" on the north edge has been resolved into a very compact cluster by the HST. Studies have shown this nebula contains a compact x-ray source and a rapidly rotating pulsar, indicating NGC 2060 is a Crab-like supernova remnant in the LMC (1998 IAU Circ., 6810, 2).
Hodge 301 is the oldest cluster in the Tarantula (age 25-30 million years) and is situated just 3' NW of the central cluster (R136). It appeared as a coompact 30" knot with a half-dozen mag 13-14 stars resolved over haze.
12.2" (6/29/02 - Bargo, Australia): first view of the Tarantula in Les Dalrymple's 12" was early in the evening, very low in the southern sky (20° elevation) and without a filter. Even under these conditions it was a fascinating sight – fairly bright, detailed, 15' convoluted, mottled nebulosity with several striking loops or ribbons which radiate out from the central region. Sweeping in the nearby fields I ran across numerous small knots of nebulosity and small clusters.
10x30mm (1/21/12): I viewed the Tarantula Nebula in a 19" dobsonian (pointed horizontally) and in my IS binoculars. At a declination of -69.1°, the Tarantula just skimmed the horizon from the 9300' Mauna Kea Visitor Center, culminating 1.1° above the horizon! Still with atmospheric refraction, it was obvious in the binoculars. There was too much extinction and seeing effects for much structure in the 19".
Naked-eye: at 5th magnitude or so, the Tarantula is obvious from a fairly dark site as a small, fuzzy patch on the eastern side of the LMC, north of the central bar.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered NGC 2070 = Lac I-2 = D 142 = h2941 in 1751-1752 using a half-inch refractor at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. He included it in his 1755 catalogue as Class I No. 2 and remarked "like the former [NGC 104: "like the nucleus of a fairly bright comet] but faint." James Dunlop made 8 observations and reported 30 Doradus as "a pretty large ill-defined nebula, of an irregular branched figure, with a pretty bright small star in the south side of the centre, which gives it the appearance of a nucleus. This is resolvable into very minute stars. Figure 4. is a very good representation of the nebula resolved. (N.B. The 30 Doradus is surrounded by a number of nebulae of considerable magnitudes, nine or ten in number, with the 30 Doradus in the centre.)"
On his first observation from the Cape of Good Hope, John Herschel noted "the great nebula; an assemblage of loops." He later discussed in detail, "This is one of the most singular and extraordinary objects which the heavens present, and derives no small addition to its intrinsic interest from its situation, which is among the thickest of the nebulae and clustering groups of the greater Nubecula, of whose total area it occupies one-five hundredth part. For these reasons, as well as because its real nature has been completely misunderstood, and its magnified appearance so strangely misrepresented in the only figure which I am aware to have been made of it as to convey an entirely erroneous impression both of its form and structure; I have taken great pains to give as nearly as possible a perfect representation of it as it appeared in the twenty-feet reflector on a great many occasions, but more especially on the 29th November, 1834, when a 'very careful drawing' was made of it by the eye alone, unaided by any micrometrical measures; and on the 21st and 22nd December, 1835, when the nebula was worked in from the telescope on a 'skeleton' previously prepared by an approximate reduction of the micrometrical measures of its principle stars, forming a chart, with a system of triangles, for its reception and for that of minute stars not susceptible of micrometric measurement, or not considered as of sufficient importance to be so measured. This is the only mode in which correct monographs can be executed of nebulae of this kind which consist of complicated windings and ill-defined members obliterated by the smallest illumination of the field of view; and in which the small stars, when very numerous, can be mapped down with tolerable precision. The following catalogue contains all the stars which I have been able distinctly to perceive within the area occupied by the nebula and nearly adjacent to it... [The catalogue contains 105 stars.] The stars thus scattered over the area occupied by this nebula may or may not be systematically connected with it, either as an individual object, or as part of the vast and complex system which constitutes the Nubecula. In respect of their arrangement there is nothing to distinguish them from those which occupy the rest of the area covered by the Nubecula, in which every variety of condensation and mode of distribution is to be met with. The nebula itself (as seen in the 20-feet reflector) is of the milky or irresolvable kind - quite as free from any mottling or incipient stellar appearance as any other nebula which I can remember to have examined with that instrument. Its situation in the Nubecula is immediately adjacent to two large and rich clusters [NGC 2042 and NGC 2055]. Mr Dunlop remarks that 'The 30 Doradus is surrounded by a number of nebulae of considerable magnitudes, nine or ten in number, with the 30 Doradus in the centre.', of which nebulae he gives a figured representation. For what objects these can be intended I am quite at a loss to conjecture, unless they be the brighter portions of the nebulous convolutions seen without their connecting enbranchments. But with this supposition their relative situations, intensities, and magnitudes in the figure alluded to, so far as I am able to judge, appear irreconcilable."
An early study was published in 1937 by by Harlow Shapely and John Paraskevopoulos at the Boyden Station in Bloemfontein, South Africa. A photograph, taken with the 60" Common reflector, was taken by Paraskevopoulos and published in the study.
******************************
05 47 07.2 +00 17 39; Ori
Size 4'x3'
17.5" (12/20/95): fairly bright reflection nebula surounding a mag 9.5 star, 3.5' diameter. Shape appears irregular (although no distinct borders) but extends more to the south side of the star, which has a faint companion close south. A second mag 9.5 star (not involved) lies 3.5' NW. The field is strangely lacking in stars due to obscuration.
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly bright reflection nebula surrounds a mag 10 star although extends farther south. A second mag 13 star is embedded just south of the bright star. The round outline gradually fades into the background. A mag 10 star is 3.5' NW but the field is strangely devoid of stars due to obscuring dust. Located 15' NNE of M78.
8": faint reflection nebula. Located 15' NNE of M78. Surround the southeast member of a mag 10 double star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2071 = H. IV-36 on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and recorded "a star affected with vF extensive milky chevelure. The star not quite central." On a second observation on 22 Feb 1786 (sweep 526) he noted again "a star with a milky chevelure. vF and extensive." In his PT paper of 1791 he mentions "As by the word chevelure I always denoted something relating to a center, the connection cannot be doubted." His position is fairly accurate.
******************************
NGC 2072 = ESO 057-004 = S-L 630
05 38 23.8 -70 14 01; Men
V = 13.2; Size 1.0'
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x this LMC cluster appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round, 35"-40" diameter, weak concentration. Located 4' E of NGC 2065 at the east end of a group of 8 NGC clusters (and a couple of fainter ones)
Pietro Baracchi discovered NGC 2072 on 20 Dec 1884 with the 48-inch Great Melbourne Telescope while observing a number of clusters near NGC 2065 in the LMC. He labeled it as "g" on his sketch of the field and called it "vvF, S, indistinct, flat." With respect to NGC 2065, he measured an offset of 47 seconds following and 40" N. This falls only 0.6' NE of center of this small cluster. Dreyer credited "Melbourne Obs" in the NGC (R. L. Ellery's "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the [48"] Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885"). See NGC 2043, also discovered the same night.
******************************
05 45 53.9 -21 59 58; Lep
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 35' NE of the wide bright double star Alpha Leporis 3.6/6.3 at 90".
William Herschel discovered NGC 2073 = H. III-241 = h2934 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 325) and recorded "eF, vS, lE nearly in the parallel."
******************************
NGC 2074 = LMC-N158C = ESO 057-8 = S-L 637 = LH 101
05 39 03 -69 29 54; Dor
V = 9.3; Size 3.5'x2.0'
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
prominent HII region (LMC-N158C) and cluster (OB-association LH 101) appeared
as a very bright, very large "C" shaped nebula surrounding a
semi-circular chain or crown of stars open to the SW. Two bright mag 10.4 and 11 stars oriented SW-NE (50"
separation) lie on the northwest end of this crown. The northeastern luminary
consists of a 1.8" pair of OB-stars (TDS 3273 = 11.4/11.8) and a mag 12.5
Wolf-Rayet star just 3" W. The mag 11 star to its southwest (
NGC 2074 is part of a huge Superbubble complex (LMC-N158)
stretching 11' SW-NE with
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2074 = D 146 = D 149 = h2842 on
3 Aug 1826 and 24 Sep 1826. He
simply described D 146 as "a small faint nebula" and his position is
less than 4' E. He recorded it
again near the end of his second drift on 27 Sep 1826 and logged D 149 as a
"faint nebula following 2 small stars, 1' diameter." The two stars are mag 10.4 and 11 on
the W side of the nebula. The next
object recorded in the drift was
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2074 in 1834-1835. The exact sweep or date is unknown as the object was placed on a detailed sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835. He recorded it as "pL, pB, mE, of irreg rounded and somewhat serpentine figure, much brighter in its foll part; elongated generally in parallel. Involves 5 stars, 2 of which are 10th mag. See Notes in 'First Approximation Towards a Catalogue of Objects in the Magellanic Clouds...'."
******************************
NGC 2075 = LMC-N213 = ESO 057-5 = S-L 631
05 38 21 -70 41 04; Men
V = 11.5; Size 2.2'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very
bright, irregular, triangular-shaped, ~50" diameter. Near the center is a very bright knot
consisting of a few extremely close stars. A couple of additional stars are resolved within the glow
and a number of stars are near the edges.
The cluster is surrounded by faint nebulosity (LMC-N213) which doubles
the size of the object. Forms the
vertex of an isosceles right triangle with mag 9.4 HD 38174 4.5' W and a mag 10
star 4.5' S. Third of three
clusters with NGC 2056 9' WNW and NGC 2038 20' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2075 = h2943 on 23 Dec 1834 and logged "B, R, bM, resolved; the following of two on the same parallel [with NGC 2056], a star 9 mag intervening." His position is at the east edge of this nebulous cluster.
******************************
05 46 47.1 -16 46 54; Lep
V = 13.0; Size 2.2'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 45°
17.5" (12/3/88): moderately bright, fairly large, oval
SW-NE, fairly high surface brightness but no distinctive core. Several bright stars are nearby
including mag 7.8
William Herschel discovered NGC 2076 = H. III-267 on 4 Feb 1785 (sweep 365) and recorded "vF, pS, irr E, bM, requires attention to be seen."
******************************
05 39 35.3 -69 39 21; Dor
V = 11.7; Size 1.0'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the southwest component of a very bright, impressive 2' emission patch with NGC 2080. At 200x and UHC filter, NGC 2077 appeared bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 E-W, ~1.2'x0.6'. Without a filter, three fainter stars are involved in the glow (one is a massive Wolf-Rayet star Brey 93a). Forms a close pair with NGC 2080 (Ghost Head Nebula) 1.1' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2077 = h2947 in Dec 1834 (exact sweep date unknown) and described as "The preceding two forming a double nebula. The place deduced from that of the following and brighter [NGC 2080 = h2950], by Delta RA = 7.1sec, Delta NPD = 20", as they result from the drawing of Dec 4, 1837. Pl III, figure 4."
James Dunlop discovered the entire complex (D 145) on 24 Sep 1826 and recorded (in his notebook), "This is the centre of a very large cluster of very small stars, exceedingly rich - with many very small nebulae in it - it minute stars, with many very small nebulae in it..." His position is just 4' SE of NGC 2080. As NGC 2077 has a high surface brightness, it was likely one of the "very small nebulae in it."
******************************
NGC 2078 = LMC-N159F = ESO 057-10
05 39 39.7 -69 44 37; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 0.8'
25" (10/21/17 - OzSky): NGC 2078 is the northwest
portion of the multi-sectioned NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex (LMC-N159). At 244x + NPB filter, it appeared as a
bright, elongated N-S patch, ~1.3' in length, with a prominent mag 12.1 star
(blue supergiant R128) involved on the south side and two mag 14/14.5 stars on
the north end. It appears
brightest on the southern end and dims on the northern end.
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the northwest component of an impressive 4' emission nebula filled with bright
knots (LMC-N159), several of which form a curving "S" shape. At 200x and UHC filter it appeared as a
fairly bright, moderately large glow surrounding a mag 12 star (
R148 forms a 6" pair - not logged in either of the two observations above - with the optical counterpart (V ≈ 14.8) of LMC X-1, a 10 solar-mass black hole and variable X-ray source. Nearby is the impressive LMC-N160 complex with NGC's 2077 and 2080, another very bright patch of nebulosity 6' N, and NGC's 2085 and 2086, a smaller bright pair, a similar distance to the NE. This complex, along with LMC-N159, is within the O-association LH 105.
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex = D 152 on 24 Sep 1826. His summary description reads "a cluster of six or seven very small nebulae in a square form 5' or 6' diameter, with several minute stars mixt. This is a very pretty group of nebulae - see Figure 5." Dunlop's sketch shows a group of 6 or 7 patches within a group of stars. He viewed it again at the end of the first of his three drifts on 27 Sep 1826, after logging D 105 = NGC 2065. Although his published position was 15' too far SE, his offsets with respect to nearby objects in the drifts confirm the identification of this nebulous complex. But he didn't provide information to identify which specific NGC numbers he observed.
John Herschel sketched the complex on 23 Dec. 1834. He described NGC 2078 = h2948 as "the north preceding of the four principal nuclei of the nebula of Plate III, figure 4." Herschel's sketch shows 7 condensations or nuclei, involved in nebulosity. The four NGC objects in this grouping are NGC 2078, 2079, 2083 and NGC 2084.
******************************
NGC 2079 = LMC-N159A = ESO 057-11
05 39 40 -69 46 20; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 1.0'
25" (10/21/17 - OzSky): NGC 2079 = Henize N159A is at the SW end of the impressive NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex (N159) and has the highest surface brightness. At 244x + NPB filter it appeared extremely bright, moderately large, with an unusual triangular outline, ~1' diameter, extremely high surface brightness. A thin fainter strip is on the south end, otherwise, the outline is very sharply defined. Contains a slightly darker interior region or perhaps a weak dust lane. Unfiltered a faint star or two is at the center, including the O5-type ionizing source DD 13. NGC 2079 is just detached from NGC 2084 to the northeast.
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the brightest section of an impressive 4' collection of perhaps 8 different emission knots (collectively LMC-N159) that are encased in a diffuse glow and carry four separate NGC designations. NGC 2079 (LMC-N159A) is situated on the southwest end of the complex and appeared extremely bright, ~1' diameter,with a uniform very high surface brightness. The outline has an unusual triangular shape (one vertex at the north end) with a well-defined border and appears detached from the main section. Without a filter, a faint star and ionizing source (DD 13, an unresolved pair of O-stars) is located at the center of the glow.
NGC 2079 is collinear with two mag 12 stars 1.7' N (at the center of 2078) and another mag 12 star 3.5' N. The main section of the complex to the northeast forms a large "S" shaped group of multiple knots with NGC 2078 1.7' N, 2084 to the east and 2083 to the NE.
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex = D 152 on 24 Sep 1826. His summary description reads "a cluster of six or seven very small nebulae in a square form 5' or 6' diameter, with several minute stars mixt. This is a very pretty group of nebulae - see Figure 5." Dunlop's sketch shows a group of 6 or 7 patches within a group of stars. He viewed it again at the end of the first of his three drifts on 27 Sep 1826. Although his published position was 15' too far SE, his offsets with respect to nearby objects in the drifts confirm the identification of this nebulous complex. But he didn't provide information to identify which specific NGC numbers he observed.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2079 = h2949 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "The most southern of a group of 4 or 5 nebulae, 5' diameter, mixed with stars. This is the south preceding of the four chief nuclei [NGC 2078, 2079, 2083 and 2084] of the complex group of Plate III, figure 4". Herschel's sketch shows a complex object with 7 condensations or nuclei involved in nebulosity with the NGC 2079 at the upper right corner in the detailed sketch.
Annie Jump Canon established the emission spectrum of NGC 2079 in 1897 during her spectroscopic survey at Arequipa for the Henry Draper catalogue. It was independently found by Delisle Stewart around the same time.
******************************
NGC 2080 = LMC-N160A = ESO 057-12 = S-L 641 = Ghost Head Nebula
05 39 44.6 -69 38 45; Dor
V = 10.4; Size 1.5'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x and UHC filter, this emission nebula is very impressive, appearing as an extremely bright nebulous glow with an irregular shape, ~1.5' diameter, slightly elongated. The brightest section is encased in a larger, fainter nebulous glow that extends mostly to the south. NGC 2077, a bright HII glow, is attached on the SW side with their centers just 1' apart. Located just 30' SSE of the center of the Tarantula Nebula!
Along with NGC 2085 and 2086, another pair of knots ~3' SE, the entire complex is part of the Superbubble LMC-N160. Roughly 6' S is LMC-N159, another stunning group of nebulous glows consisting of NGC 2078, 2079, 2083 and 2084. NGC 2080 is the brightest region in the LMC-N159/160 complex and is nicknamed the "Ghost-Head Nebula" from a 2000 HST image.
At 350x the view was fascinating with 3 or 4 embedded "stars" (the brightest one or two appeared to be quasi-stellar knots) and NGC 2080 had a curdled texture. A couple of brighter mag 13/14 stars are off the NW side and a number of stars trail off to the east and NE (part of the O-association LH 103).
The two "eyes" of the Ghost Head (noted as quasi-stellar above) are rare, compact "high excitation blobs" (HEBs) of diameter ~3". They were discovered in 1986 and identified as A1 and A2, separated by ~20".
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2080 = D 150 = h2947 on 24 Aug 1826. His handwritten notes read "a well defined round nebula, rather bright, 20" diameter with a small star following and also a group of 5 or 6 small faint nebulae in a square form following about 37 seconds in RA [time] and 5' south." Although his reduced position was 14' too far SE, the drift timings place it perfectly between the previous object (NGC 2074) and the "5 or 6" nebulae (NGC 2078-2084 complex).
John Herschel observed NGC 2080 = h2947 in Dec 1834 and logged "B; R; double; the other sp [NGC 2077] is F; R; followed by clustering stars." An excellent sketch of the entire complex is on plate III, figure 4.
******************************
NGC 2081 = LMC-N158A = ESO 057-13 = LH 104
05 40 00 -69 24 24; Dor
V = 9.9; Size 6'x3.5'
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): At
214x, this is a gorgeous star cloud consisting of two dozen stars in a 5'
region (stellar association LH 104, which is dominated by B-class supergiants),
including many mag 13-14 stars as well as mag 12.2 star
Adding a UHC filter enhances a fairly bright HII glow that
nearly surrounds the entire cluster in a triangular wreath (weak in the
center)! The brightest portion is
a ribbon with a bright region (identified in SIMBAD as BSDL 2722) at one end
just south of the cluster and extending due east. With closer inspection BSDL 2722 actually consists of a
couple of knots and fainter streaks intersecting! Just beyond the east end of this ribbon is
John Herschel discovered NGC 2081 = h2951 in 1834-1835 (exact sweep or date unknown as based on a detailed sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835) and simply noted in the CGH catalogue as a "Cluster VI of vF stars and nebula. See Catalogue of Nubecula Major." His coordinates and placement on his chart of the LMC matches this association.
******************************
05 41 51.0 -64 18 04; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 1.8'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.1
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.3' diameter, irregular surface brightness, slightly mottled like a face on spiral. A mag 12 star is 2.5' ESE and two mag 11.5 stars are 8' WNW. Shines through the north edge of the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2082 = h2945 on 30 Nov 1834 and
recorded "pF, L, R, vlbM, 2'."
On a later sweep he added "B, L, R, glbM, 90", has a *10m 2'
dist 25° south-following."
His position and decsription matches
******************************
NGC 2083 = LMC-N159D = ESO 057-14
05 39 58.8 -69 44 10; Dor
V = 10.8; Size 1.5'
25" (10/21/17 - OzSky): NGC 2083 is the main northern section and the largest piece of the NGC 2078/79/83/84 complex (LMC-N159 and OB-association LH 105). At 244x and NPB filter it appeared bright, large, nearly 2' in diameter, roughly circular. The surface brightness appeared fairly uniform, though lower at the northeast periphery where it merges with NGC 2078. Unfiltered, a half-dozen dozen stars mag 13.5 and fainter are involved in the nebula, along with mag 12.5 RMC 149, an O8.5-type supergiant near the center. At 397x (unfiltered), a mag 14.5 companion is 7" N of RMC 149 and the star seemed slightly "soft".
On the SE side of NGC 2083 [44" SE of the mag 12.5 star] is N159-5, a 15th magnitude "star" known as the LMC "Papillon Nebula". This very compact object is classified as a Young Stellar Object (YSO) and High Excitation Blob (HEB), a rare class of ionized nebulae associated with massive star formation. At 397x it appeared faint (15th mag) and quasi-stellar (though difficult to confirm).
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 214x and UHC filter, NGC 2083 appeared as a bright, large, slightly elongated glow ~1.8' diameter, surrounding a mag 12.5 star (O-class supergiant). A brighter knot is embedded within the glow on the west side (LMC-N159I) on a line with NGC 2078. Removing the filter, the bright central star has a companion at ~7" and several other mag 14 stars are embedded in the periphery of the glow.
NGC 2083 is situated in the northeast section of the curving "S" shaped NGC 2078/79/83/84 complex (LMC-N159 and OB-association LH 105). This complex shares the same field with two additional bright emission regions - NGC 2085/86 4' N and NGC 2077/80 ~5.5' NNW (LMC-N160), and the combined complex forms a superb field of bright HII regions ~35' SSE of the center of the Tarantula Nebula. Although Herschel assigned 4 NGC numbers within LMC-N159, I logged at least 7 different brighter knots (see NGC 2084 for more).
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex = D 152 on 24 Sep 1826. His summary description reads "a cluster of six or seven very small nebulae in a square form 5' or 6' diameter, with several minute stars mixt. This is a very pretty group of nebulae - see Figure 5." Dunlop's sketch shows a group of 6 or 7 patches within a group of stars. He viewed it again at the end of the first of his three drifts on 27 Sep 1826. Although his published position was 15' too far SE, his offsets with respect to nearby objects in the drifts confirm the identification of this nebulous complex. But he didn't provide information to identify which specific NGC numbers he observed.
John Herschel sketched the complex of nebulae on 23 Dec. 1834. He described NGC 2083 = h2952 as "the north following nucleus of the complex group of Plate III, figure 4, from drawing." Herschel's sketch shows 7 condensations or nuclei, involved in nebulosity. The four NGC objects in this grouping are NGC 2078, 2079, 2083 and NGC 2084.
******************************
NGC 2084 = LMC-N159C = ESO 057-15
05 40 06.9 -69 45 34; Dor
V = 11.3; Size 1.2'
25" (10/21/17 - OzSky): NGC 2084 is the second brightest section of the striking Henize N159 complex (NGC 2078/70/83/84) on its SE side and the brightest part of N159C. At 244x + NPB filter, it appeared very bright, fairly large, irregular shape, over 1' diameter (elongated N-S). Unfiltered two stars are involved included a mag 14.0 (O-7 type). Fainter nebulosity extends west for 1' (also part of N159C) with a mag 14.0 O7-type and 14.5 O8-type stars involved unfiltered. The nebulosity curls north on its west side and brightens in a 40" circular patch (N159C-west) that includes two 15th mag stars (unfiltered), one a young stellar object (YSO). Overall, N159C displays a highly irregular curving shape with a patchy surface brightness and includes a half-dozen stars.
N159E, a detached piece ~1.5' S, is a fairly faint to moderately bright patch, irregularly round, 35" diameter, even surface brightness. Unfiltered, a star was seen involved with the nebulosity (ionizing source?). N159G, a slightly brighter detached piece 1.1' ENE of NGC 2084, appeared moderately bright and large, roughly oval, ~45" diameter. Unfiltered, a faint star is centered in N159G.
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): This emission knot was noted while making a careful observation of NGC 2084, which is located within the southeast region of a very bright nebular complex NGC 2078-79-83-8 (LMC-N159), located ~40' SSE of the Tarantula Nebula. At the northeast end of the NGC 2084 region I noted a moderately bright, round knot, ~45" diameter. Without a filter a star is involved with this glow. Although John Herschel didn't catalogued this knot, it's shown on his sketch (Plate III, figure 4). NGC 2084, a brighter knot, is close WSW on a direct line with NGC 2079. NGC 2084 appeared very bright, fairly large, elongated, ~1.2'x1.0'. Removing the filter a couple of stars are involved (with one brighter star).
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): I returned to this detailed nebula the following night to make a complete observation at 200x using a UHC filter. NGC 2084 forms the SE region of the complex and it's composed of several nearby components. At the NE end of this extended region is a moderately bright, round knot, ~45" diameter (N159G). Without a filter a star is involved with N159G (sketched by John Herschel but not catalogued). A second, brighter embedded "glow" is close WSW on a direct line with NGC 2079. This knot corresponds with John Herschel's position for NGC 2084 and is catalogued as N159C-east. It appeared very bright, fairly large, elongated, ~1.2'x1.0'. Removing the filter a couple of stars are involved (with one brighter star). Finally, N159C-west (also sketched by Herschel but not cataloged) lies 1.5' W of N159C-east in the center of the entire complex and is connected to N159C-west by a faint bridge of nebulosity. N159C-west appeared fairly bright, moderately large, round, 45" diameter.
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the SE component of a fascinating 4' HII complex filled with up to 8 distinguishable knots (4 have NGC numbers) with several of the brighter knots forming an "S" shape (this knot is at SE end of the "S"). At 200x and UHC filter it appeared very bright, round, fairly large glow, 1' diameter and encased within fainter nebulous haze that extends to the west. NGC 2083 lies 1.5' NNW within the background glow that envelopes the entire complex.
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex = D 152 on 24 Sep 1826 (first drift). His summary description reads "a cluster of six or seven very small nebulae in a square form 5' or 6' diameter, with several minute stars mixt. This is a very pretty group of nebulae - see Figure 5." Dunlop's sketch shows a group of 6 or 7 patches within a group of stars. He viewed it again at the end of the first of his three drifts on 27 Sep 1826. Although his published position was 15' too far SE, his offsets with respect to nearby objects in the drifts confirm the identification of this nebulous complex. But he didn't provide information to identify which specific NGC numbers he observed. Glen Cozens assigns D 149 to the complex, but reference to his 2nd drift on 24 Sep shows D 149 was placed 9' N of NGC 2080, the following object in the drift and this offset corresponds with NGC 2074, which has two brighter stars on its west side, so is "following two small stars".
John Herschel sketched the complex of nebulae on 23 Dec. 1834. He described NGC 2084 = h2953 as "The south following nucleus of the complex group of Plate III fig 4, from drawing." Herschel's sketch shows 7 condensations or nuclei, involved in nebulosity. The four NGC objects in this grouping are NGC 2078, 2079, 2083 and NGC 2084.
******************************
NGC 2085 = LMC-N160B = ESO 057-16
05 40 09.3 -69 40 23; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 0.7'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
HII knot is part of an amazing field of nebulous glows located ~35' SSE of the
Tarantula Nebula. At 200x using a
UHC filter, NGC 2085 appears bright, fairly small, ~25" diameter. A mag
10.0 star (supergiant HDE 269953) is just off the NE end (23" from the
center). NGC 2085 forms a close
pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2085 = h2954 on 23 Dec 1834 and reported "a very faint, nearly round nebula close to a star 10th mag, not observed in sweeping, but laid down Dec 4, 1873 in the drawing fig 4, Plate III whence its place is derived." The identification is certain based on his sketch.
******************************
NGC 2086 = IC 2145 = LMC-N160C = ESO 057-18
05 40 24 -69 40 14; Dor
V = 12.0; Size 0.7'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the eastern component of a close pair of nebulous glows with NGC 2085 just 1.2'
W. This pair is part of a
fascinating group of numerous emission nebulae (LMC-N160 and LMC-N159) just 35'
S of the Tarantula nebula. At 200x
with a UHC filter, this knot appears very bright (slightly brighter than NGC
2085), fairly small, round, ~30" diameter. Without a filter, a faint star is near the center. Mag 10 supergiant
John Herschel discovered NGC 2086 = h2956 in Dec 1834 and recorded "B, pS, R, lbM, follows a star 10m with other S stars about it. Not observed in sweeping, but laid down in the drawing of Dec 4, 1837, whence its place is derived from the drawing fig 4, Pl III. Herschel's position and sketch clearly shows that NGC 2086 follows the mag 10 star and corresponds with a nebulous patch 12 seconds of RA following the bright star.
Williamina Fleming discovered the emission spectrum of this
nebula again on an objective prism plate taken in 1901 at Arequipa. As she
didn't associate it with the NGC number, Dreyer catalogued Fleming 92 (Harvard
discovery number) as
******************************
05 44 16.2 -55 31 57; Pic
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 136°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint,
slightly elongated, 30"x25", weak concentration. Mag 7.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2087 = h2946 on 6 Dec 1834 and noted "eF, R, vlbM, 40"." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 41 00 -68 27 55; Dor
V = 12.5; Size 1.7'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, fairly small,
irregular, ~35" diameter.
Includes a bright quasi-stellar knot of stars near the center along with
an individual star close east and a couple of mag 15-16 stars around the edges. A neat 6' curving stream of stars
begins at a mag 11 star 4.5' north and arcs southeast. NGC 2088 is the first in a group of
cluster with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2088 = h2955 on 9 Feb 1836 and
recorded "eF; S; R; insulated."
His mean position (2 sweeps) of 05 40 56.4 -68 27 54 (2000) was used by
Dreyer in the NGC. The declination
given in RNGC, NGC 2000 and
******************************
05 47 51.4 -17 36 08; Lep
V = 11.9; Size 1.9'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 39°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus. Collinear with a mag 11 star 1.6' SSE and a mag 12 star 2.8' SSE of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2089 = H. III-270 on 6 Feb
1785 (sweep 367) and recorded "a very faint extremely small stellar
nebula; 240 verified it with difficulty, and considerable attention, the night
being uncommonly clear."
Arthur Auwers' reduced RA was 1 hr too large. John Herschel didn't make an observation but the NGC
position matches
******************************
05 47 01.8 -34 15 02; Col
V = 11.2; Size 4.9'x2.4'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 13°
13.1" (2/25/84): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 ~N-S, 2.5'x0.8'. A mag 13.5 star is at the north tip 1.5' from center, a mag 14 star is at the west edge, 40" from center and another 14th mag star is 1.2' SE.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2090 = D 594 = h2944 on 29 Oct 1826. He described "a small faint nebula, with a ray shooting out on the north side." Dunlop observed this galaxy only once and his position was only 3' SSW. The "ray" he mentions perhaps consists of 3 mag 13-14 stars. John Herschel recorded the galaxy twice, on 8 Jan 1836 (sweep 662) recording a "globular cluster, B; R; with an appendage to northward; 2.5' diameter." The following night he described it as "B, irreg R, gbM; 3' long; 2' broad with stars appended. This RA to be preferred". Herschel called this galaxy a globular in the GC and Dreyer followed in the NGC.
NGC 2090 was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and noted as "not a cluster, cE at 10°, stellar nucleus."
******************************
NGC 2091 = ESO 057-021 = S-L 653
05 40 57.7 -69 26 11; Dor
V = 12.0; Size 1.0'
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): I accidentally picked up this cluster while examining the beautiful star cloud/nebula NGC 2081 to the NW. A bright E-W ribbon is on the south side of NGC 2081 with its vertex (brighter and larger end of the streamer) closest to NGC 2074 (to the SW) and extending towards the east. Just beyond the east end of this ribbon I picked up this elongated glow that appeared collinear with the streamer. At 214x without a filter, the 35"x25" knot partially resolved into a number of fainter stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2091 = h2957 in 1834-1835 (exact sweep or date unknown as based on a detailed sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835) and recorded as "vF; S; mE; glbM; 1' l; perhaps a vF double neb. See Catalogue of the Nubecula Major." Since no sweep is given in his LMC catalogue, the discovery date is unknown. His position is ~1' SSW of this cluster.
******************************
05 41 22.0 -69 13 27; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.2'
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very faint round knot, ~40" diameter with a brighter core. Located 4' W of NGC 2100 and 17' SE of the center of the Tarantula.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2092 = h2962 in 1834-1835 (exact sweep or date unknown as based on a detailed sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835) and recorded a "cluster class 6. vF, R, 60", partially resolved. See Catalogue of the Nubecula Major". The CGH position (based on the sketch) is 1.3' east of this cluster (and just west of NGC 2100).
Eric Lindsay, in the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), notes "This may be the star-rich region just W of NGC 2100. Position deduced by Herschel from a drawing and not made in a sweep. Listed as N[ebula] in Nubec. Cat and Cl in general Cat. Description does not agree with anything here."
******************************
05 41 50 -68 55 18; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 1.5'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): this stellar association (LH 109) is
located just 20' NE of the center of the Tarantula Nebula and less than 1' SSE
of a mag 7.2 star (
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2093 = D 144 = h2963 on 27 Sep 1826. After noting the Tarantula Nebula on his 2nd drift (called the "Bright Nebula"), he recorded a "an exceedingly small round faint nebula with a brightish point in the center." His rough offset of 2 minutes 20 seconds and 8' N (from the large nebula) is within 5' of NGC 2093. He may have also recorded it three nights earlier (24 Sep).
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2093 on 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) and recorded "vF, S, R. This nebula forms an appendage to the skirts of the great looped nebula 30 Doradus, which hang down in visible fringes from the upper (southern) part of the field." Herschel gave a possible equivalence with D 184, which James Dunlop discovered on 27 Sep 1826, but this number is from the drift in which he misidentified the reference star (Theta Dor) and all positions in the drift are systematically in error.
******************************
05 42 07.4 -68 21 47; Dor
V = 12.8; Size 0.4'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, small, high
surface brightness, 20" diameter.
Two close stars are resolved at the north edge. Mag 9.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2094 = h2959 on 31 Jan 1835 and
noted "vF; S; R; 12"."
Herschel made a single observation and his position is an excellent
match with KMHK 1251. The
Hodge-Wright LMC Atlas misidentifies
******************************
05 42 51 -67 19 18; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 3.0'x1.5'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky)c: Although Herschel described a large "oblong cluster", the brightest subgroup is at the east end (S-L 669). It appeared as a bright, moderately large patch, irregular, 1' diameter, with several mag 13.5-14 stars resolved around the edges. A separate patch lies 1.3' W with a mag 11 star 2.2' W. A group of stars (KMHK 1253) is 1' NW of the brighter star. The entire collection forms the stellar association LH 112, a 3'x1.5' group of resolved stars highlighted by S-L 669. Located 8' NE of mag 7.0 HD 38616.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2095 = D 198? = h2961 on 27 Sep 1826. It was logged during a drift in which
he misidentified the reference star (Theta Dor), so all positions were reduced
incorrectly (~2.4° to the SE). He
described "a pretty strong ray of nebula following a small star; but the
small star is not involved. The
ray is about 2' long and 50" broad, with a bright point or nucleus near
the preceding extremity".
Using his offset from
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2095 on 20 Dec 1835 (sweep 658) and described "a star 9m, chief of a F irreg oblong cluster 3' in extent." His position, measured on 3 sweeps, is fairly accurate.
******************************
NGC 2096 = ESO 057-027 = S-L 664
05 42 18 -68 27 30; Dor
V = 11.4; Size 1.2'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): bright, compact LMC cluster, ~25". A close double star is resolved at the center, along with two other bright mag 13 stars and a couple of additional mag 15+ stars. A mag 11.8 star is off the west side [40" from center]. Mag 9.6 HD 270036 lies 3.5' NE. Nearby is NGC 2088 7' W, NGC 2094 6' N and NGC 2098 11' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2096 = h(725) between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and listed it as#725 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." His position is 1.7' too far south.
******************************
05 44 16 -62 47 06; Dor
V = 13.7; Size 1.8'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; fairly faint
, moderately large, 45" glow with a mag 14 star involved on the south
side. The slightly brighter core
of the cluster is very close northeast of the star, but the cluster was
unresolved. The field includes a
mag 13 star 2' SSE, two mag 11/12.5 stars 3.5' ENE and a group of mag 13-15
stars ~3' NW. Located 17.5' NE of
mag 6.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2097 = h2960 on 26 Dec 1834 and described as "F, irregularly round, psbM, sf a small group." On a second sweep he called it "eF, S, R; has a star 16th mag in centre." His last observation was recorded as "pF, R, pslbM, 50"."
******************************
NGC 2098 = ESO 057-028 = S-L 667
05 42 30 -68 16 30; Dor
V = 10.7; Size 1.6'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): extremely bright LMC cluster, ~1' diameter. Contains a very bright, nebulous core. The halo is largely resolved and includes two or three bright stars; a mag 13 star is at the east edge, a mag 13-13.5 star is at the north edge and a mag 13.5 star is at the south edge. In addition another 10 stars are resolved in the cluster. Several clusters are to the south: NGC 2094 5.8' SSW, NGC 2096 11' S, NGC 2088 14' SW as well as S-L 666 6' NNW. The S-L cluster surrounds a mag 13 star and a half-dozen mag 15/16 stars are resolved in a 40" halo.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2098 = h2965 on 31 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) and recorded "B; S clustering group or globular cluster; 30", stars visible." On 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) he called it as "a small close knot or cluster, 40"." JH gave a very uncertain (??) equivalence with D 185. Dunlop's description reads "a small faint round nebula, preceding a minute double star of the 12th magnitude. Another similar nebula follows, about 20" in RA, and 2' south in a line with the double star." His position is nearly 13' due E of this cluster, though there is no "similar nebula" that follows, so this identification is very suspect.
******************************
05 52 19 +32 33 12; Aur
V = 5.6; Size 24'
8": very large, very rich cluster, over 150 stars, rich
in mag 10-13 stars. A reddish
star,
Giovanni Hodierna probably discovered
On 4 Nov 1782, William Herschel recorded "Is an astonishing number of small stars with 227; they are almost all of the 2nd or 3rd class. I see no kind of nebulosity in the spot. With 460 the whole is resolvable into stars without nebulosity."
******************************
NGC 2100 = ESO 057-025 = S-L 662 = LH 111
05 42 08.0 -69 12 44; Dor
V = 9.6; Size 2'
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
LMC cluster appears as a small, bright (V = 9.6) clump of stars and unresolved
haze with a diameter of ~2'.
Fairly compact and isolated with at least 10 mag 12 and fainter stars
resolved. Located 20' ESE of the
core of the Tarantula nebula within the LMC OB-association LH 111. On the DSS, this appears to be a very
rich open cluster or globular within a larger association. NGC 2092 lies 4' WSW and
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2100 = h2966 = D 151 = D154 = D 147 on 3 Aug 1826. On this date he reported D 151 as "a faint ill-defined small nebula" and his position is 2.5' too far NW. D 154, found on 25 Sep 1826, was recorded as "a pretty bright round or rather elliptical nebula, 25" diameter." Although his position is 5.6' too far ESE, his offset from the center of the Tarantula Nebula (the previous object in the drift) is a perfect match. D 147, recorded at the end of his 2nd sweep of 27 Sep was also called "a pretty bright round or rather oval nebula, 30" diameter." His offset from NGC 2093, the previous object in the drift, matches. Dunlop catalogued each observation individually as his reduced positions varied.
John Herschel made several observations, starting on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509). On 9 Feb 1836 (sweep 673), he noted "globular, B, R, 3', all resolved into stars 13..16th mag." Again on 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748), he called it "B, S, much compressed, not mbM; irregular oval, 3', stars distinct 13th mag." Herschel suggested equivalences with "Dunlop 154, 151? or 154??"
******************************
05 46 22.6 -52 05 24; Pic
V = 13.7; Size 1.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 85°
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x, this disturbed,
chaotic galaxy appeared extremely faint, very small, round, 15" diameter.
The galaxy is collinear with a string of three mag 10-11 stars to the southwest
(closest star is 3.6' SW) and mag 14 stars are close south and ESE. Located 22' SSW of
John Herschel discovered NGC 2101 = h2958 on 9 Jan 1837 and recorded "eF, R, 40", a line of three stars, 10th mag to south, points nearly to it." His position and description is accurate, though the stars are southwest.
******************************
05 42 21 -69 29 12; Dor
V = 11.4; Size 1.0'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, small, mottled glow, 24" diameter. A half-dozen tightly packed stars are resolved including an easy mag 12.9 star at the south edge. Located 17' E of the excellent NGC 2074 nebulous cluster and 15' SE of showpiece NGC 2081, both of which lie ~20' SSE of the Tarantula Nebula!
John Herschel discovered NGC 2102 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and recorded it as#730 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." His position is 0.9' SSW of this cluster.
******************************
05 41 40 -71 19 56; Men
V = 10.8; Size 3'x2'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x unfiltered; fairly bright, very large, roundish glow surrounding a central star (12.7-magnitude O2-type Sk -71°51) with a bright quasi-stellar knot at the north edge (0.9' N of the central star). Increasing the magnification to 397x, ~8 total stars are involved. The nebula was clearly elongated NNW-SSE (tapering on the SSE end) and brighter along a central spine. The addition of a NPB filter at 244x produced an excellent contrast gain; the nebula appeared very bright with an irregular surface brightness and the small knot at the north edge (a high excitation HII blob or HEB) was a prominent feature.
Note: The central "star" was resolved by the HST into a compact cluster of at least 6 components in a 4" region! The HEB is a small dense region ("only" 4 to 9 light-years wide), representing an "early stage of massive stars (O-type) emerging from their embryonic molecular clouds."
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this LMC cluster and emission nebula appeared as a bright, very large oval glow, ~3'x2'. Excellent response to a UHC filter at 200x and with this combination the nebulosity has a very high surface brightness. Five stars down to 15th magnitude are involved unfiltered with mag 12.7-magnitude Sk -71°51, an unusually hot and intrinsically bright star (O2-class), at the center. The cluster is the O-association LH 110.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2103 = h2968 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "pB; L; pmE; glbM; has a *13m in the middle." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2104 = ESO 205-002 = PGC 17822
05 47 04.7 -51 33 11; Pic
V = 12.7; Size 2.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 160°
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x appears very faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, low even surface brightness, 1.3'x0.8'. A mag 12 star lies 5' SW. Easy to locate 29' S of mag 3.9 Beta Pictoris. NGC 2101 lies 22' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2104 = h2964 on 27 Dec 1834 and
recorded "pB, R, vlbM, 30"." His position matches
******************************
05 44 19.8 -66 55 02; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.7'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; very bright, large, irregular, mottled, partially resolved, 50"x30" E-W. Slightly brighter stars are at the east and west end, and several additional mag 16 stars are resolved. A mag 11.5 star is 2' SE and cluster H-S 408 was picked up 5.5' SE. It appeared as a moderately to fairly bright glow, elongated NW-SE, 0.6'x0.2', mottled but unresolved. The mag 11.5 star is roughly midway between H-S 408 and NGC 2105. The HII complex LHa 120-N74 lies 15' SSE (western part) and 20' SE (eastern part).
LHa 120-N74 (west): at 152x + NPB filter; excellent HII region! Bright, very large, elongated E-W, very irregular shape, ~7'x4', the main section tapers on the eastern end and spreads out on the western end. Numerous mag 14 stars are involved as well as mag 10.2 HD 270111 on the south side. LHa 120-N74 (East) lies ~9' ESE, with the two regions spanning nearly 15' E-W.
LHa 120-N74 (east): at 152x + NPB filter; bright, very large nebulous region. The main piece is oval 3:2 E-W, ~2'x1.4' and brighter along the rim. A filament is attached on the south side extending to the southeast! Unfiltered a number of stars are involved with the nebulosity. A mag 11.2 star is roughly 3' S. LHa 120-N74 W is ~9' W. Although this is very likely part of the same complex, the two sections did not appear connected.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2105 = h2969 on 2 Jan 1837 and
logged "vF; R; 30". The
obs in RA is marked as uncertain."
On the very next night he observed the cluster again and reported
"F; R; gbM; 80". His
(mean) position matches
James Dunlop possibly made the original discovery in 1826. He has a logbook entry (perhaps D 221) a "large faint nebula, extended and branched(?)", with position 14' SE of the cluster.
******************************
05 50 46.6 -21 34 01; Lep
V = 12.1; Size 2.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 100°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, small, oval, bright core. A mag 13 star is 1.6' N and a mag 13.5 star lies 2.5' ESE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2106 = h2967 on 21 Nov 1835 and
recorded "vF; S; R or lE; gbM; 15"." His position matches
******************************
NGC 2107 = ESO 057-32 = S-L 679
05 43 12.5 -70 38 28; Men
V = 11.5; Size 2.1'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; very bright, large, round, 1' diameter. Contains a very large bright core with only a thin fainter halo, slightly mottled appearance but no clear resolution. Two mag 12 and 13 stars are 3' and 4' WSW and two mag 12.5 and 13 star lie 3.5' and 4' WNW.
NGC 2107 is surrounded by several small clusters (these were all picked up just examining the field): S-L 691 and S-L 692, a close pair of open clusters, is 5' ESE, S-L 676 is 4' N, S-L 684 is 5' NNE and H-S 398 is 9' NNW.
S-L 676: moderately bright and large, round, 35" diameter, smooth glow with no resolution. S-L 684 is 2.4' ENE.
S-L 684: fairly faint to moderately bright, smooth glow, 25" diameter, roundish, no resolution.
S-L 691: faint or fairly faint, small, round, glow, 25" diameter. S-L 691 is the northern of close pair of LMC clusters with S-L 692 just 48" S.
S-L 692: fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated glow, 35" diameter, no resolution.
H-S 398: moderately bright, fairly small, round, soft glow, no resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2107 = h2971 on 9 Feb 1836 and described as "F; R; gvlbM; 60"." On a second sweep he recorded "B; R; gmbM; 40"." His position is accurate.
Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster on 11 Dec 1884 with the 48" Melbourne telescope. At the same time he discovered two other clusters in the field; S-L 676 and S-L 684. He sketched these clusters with respect to NGC 2107 and measured offsets, though these discoveries were never published. On 10 Feb 1885 he reobserved the field and also discovered S-L 692.
******************************
NGC 2108 = ESO 057-033 = S-L 686
05 43 56.8 -69 10 50; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 1.8'
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): picked up while viewing NGC 2100 located 10' WSW. At 171x NGC 2108 appeared as a fairly faint knot, ~1 diameter with no resolution. A mag 10 star is 5' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2108 = h2970 on 16 Dec 1835 and described as "eF; pL; 1E." His position is accurate.
Herschel gave an uncertain (??) equivalence with D 153, which James Dunlop described on 25 Sep 1826 as "a faint small round nebula, 15" diameter." His position is 7.4' NW of the cluster, so within his typical errors, but I highly doubt Dunlop could have picked up this cluster with his 9" speculum reflector.
******************************
NGC 2109 = ESO 057-034 = S-L 688
05 44 23 -68 32 54; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.6'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): at 394x; very bright, large,
high surface brightness glow with a thin halo, mottled but too dense to resolve
the main 40" glow. A couple
of mag 16 stars are visible around the edges of the 1' halo. A mag 9 star is 7' SW. NGC 2096 lies 13' WNW and
John Herschel discovered NGC 2109 = h2972 on 23 Nov 1834 and recorded "pF; pL; R; vglbM; 80"." On a second sweep he recorded "F; S; R; gbM; 20"." Finally, on his last observation he noted "pF; pL; R; vgvlbM; 35"." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 52 11.4 -07 27 21; Ori
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.3'; PA = 160°
17.5" (1/23/93): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated 4:3 N-S, evenly increases to bright middle and small bright core with
a stellar nucleus. Located in a
rich star field 6' SSW of mag 8.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2110 = H. III-448 = H. III-450 = h370 (equivalence noted by Albert Marth in AN 995) on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 458) and recorded H. III-450 as "eF, vS, 240 confirmed it." His summary description from three observations reads, "vF, S, R, resolvable, lbM." He also found it on 24 Feb 1786 (sweep 529) and logged "eF, E, er. Is probably a patch." Because of the differing descriptions, Herschel assumed it was new, and catalogued it again as III-510. On 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318), John Herschel logged, "vF; R; psbM." and combined the two H-designations in the GC. The declination given in the RNGC is 10' too far north.
******************************
05 44 33 -70 59 36; Men
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): moderately bright, fairly large
cluster, irregular outline, 45" diameter. The brighter core is elongated E-W and mottled with a couple
of stars occasionally resolved. A
few mag 15+ stars are also visible around the edges. Mag 9.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 2111 = h2973 on 9 Feb 1836 and described as "vF; S; R; gbM". On a second sweep he estimated the size as 40". His position is accurate.
******************************
05 53 46 +00 24 36; Ori
V = 8.4; Size 11'
17.5" (2/8/91): three dozen stars over unresolved haze, roughly 10' diameter. The brightest star (mag 10) is at NW edge. Includes a string of five mag 12-13 stars on the north side but most stars are very faint. This cluster is fairly rich but not dense. Barnard's Loop passes just west of the cluster heading south and NE where it is brightest!
8" (1/1/84): 12 faint stars mag 12/13 in cluster. Also includes one bright mag 10 star at NW edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2112 = H. VII-24 = h371 on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and recorded "a cluster of pretty compressed pS scattered stars." The summary description (including a 2nd observation) in his PT catalogue and "with many eS suspected between them. 7' or 8' diameter." On 23 Nov 1827 (sweep 107), John Herschel recorded "the 2nd and brightest star of a poor straggling cl 10 or 12' long."
******************************
05 45 25 -69 46 30; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 2.0'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): bright, fairly large elongated glow, knotty, 1' diameter. This nebulous cluster has an unusual structure; a small bright elongated knot is on the east end (N168A) and a second small, fairly bright, elongated knot is adjacent on the west side (N168B). Strong response to an NPB filter and a much larger nebulous hazy glow extends to the west, increasing the size to 1.5'. The high surface brightness elongated pieces lie on the east end. Located 30' E of the NGC 2078/79/83/84 complex.
Emission nebula LHa 120-N163 lies 12' W and appeared as a bright, large, irregular glow, ~3' diameter. Several stars are involved with the nebulosity, including a mag 13 star on the north side and a couple of additional mag 13.5 stars (H-S 400). Excellent response to the NPB filter at 152x and 303x. The glow is clearly brighter in an arc (opening towards the northwest) on the southeast end.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2113 = D 156 = h2975 on 24 Sep 1826. He described "a very faint ill-defined nebula, 15" or 20" diameter." His reduced published position was 11' too far SE, but his offsets from NGC 2065, encountered previously in the same drift, is a perfect match.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2113 = h2975 on 3 Nov 1834 and recorded (first of 5 observations) "F (?) L, R; thick haze." The next observation was recorded as "a pB cluster nebula 90"." On a third occasion he noted "F cluster, irreg fig; gbM; 2'; resolved." The fourth observation was recorded as "F, irreg fig; resolvable; one star seen; 90"." The final observation was recorded as "irregular oval cluster; vF; 2' diameter; vl compressed to the middle; almost nebulous. Stars = 16th mag." John Herschel noted the equivalence with Dunlop 155, although it is not given by Steinicke.
******************************
05 46 12 -68 02 54; Dor
V = 12.5; Size 1.0'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; this fairly
faint to moderately bright LMC cluster is elongated SW to NE, ~1'
diameter. A mag 14 star is at the
southwest edge and another is near the north edge, 30" from center. In addition, a couple of individual
stars are within the main body of the cluster. A mag 11.3 is 1.4' ESE of the cluster, mag 10
John Herschel discovered NGC 2114 = h2974 on 30 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) and described as "eF; pL; irreg R." His position (single sweep) is accurate.
******************************
05 51 19.8 -50 34 58; Pic
V = 13.1; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 50°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint,
small, round, 20" diameter, occasional faint stellar nucleus. Located just north of a bright asterism
of a half-dozen stars; mag 9.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2115 = h2976 on 4 Jan 1837. His
position and description ("eeF; vS; nf a triangle of stars 10m which form
part of a bright group") matches
******************************
NGC 2116 = ESO 057-038 = S-L 715
05 47 15 -68 30 30; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 1.0'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, fairly small, roundish glow, 0.6' diameter, very mottled and lively with a number of extremely faint mag 16+ stars popping in and out of view. Located 2.2' ESE of a mag 11 star. NGC 2109 lies 16' WSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2116 = h2977 on 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) and reported "F; S; R. A star 11m precedes." His position from this single sweep is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2117 = ESO 086-033 = S-L 718
05 47 46 -67 27 00; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 1.3'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): bright, moderately large,
irregular shape, 1' diameter. A
mag 13.3 star is at the west edge, a mag 14 star is on the northeast side and a
mag 14.8 star is at the southeast end.
The central region is very mottled and lively with 8 additional mag 15+
stars resolving. Mag 9
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2117 = D 200 = h2978 on 27 Sep 1826. He described "a faint nebula following a pretty bright small star." This object was found in a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus), so all positions were reduced incorrectly (~2.4° to the SE). Once corrected and checked for consistency with other objects in the drift, his offset matches NGC 2117 and a mag 9 star is 6' WNW, matching his description.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2117 on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512) and recorded (first of 5 sweeps) "pB, S, resolved." On 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 522), he logged it as "pB, E; resolved. I see the stars in it; 2' long."
******************************
05 47 40 -69 07 54; Dor
V = 12.0; Size 1.3'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; very bright, moderately large, round, 40" diameter, sharply concentrated with a very bright core, unresolved.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2118 = D 158 = h2979 on 25 Sep 1826. He recorded "a very faint small nebula about 10" diameter, rather well defined". His published (reduced) position was 10' too far ENE but using his offsets from NGC 2100 = D 154 (recorded 5 minutes earlier in the drift), the resulting position is just 3' NE of NGC 2118. Glen Cozens and Wolfgang Steinicke assign D 153 (the previous object in the drift) to NGC 2118, but using the same offsets, its position is 7' too far north.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2118 on 16 Dec 1835 (sweep 657). He described a "globular; vsmbM; 15"." On 22 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) he logged "a vS, B knot, probably 6 or 8 vS stars wedged into a close group." His position matches this cluster.
******************************
05 57 26.9 +11 56 56; Ori
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 145°
17.5" (12/19/87): faint, very small, bright core, elongated 3:2 NW-SE in a rich star field. A mag 11 star is 2' NE. Located just 6° below the galactic equator.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2119 = St. 10-19 on 17 Dec
1870 and logged a rough position 6.5' too far NW (similar offset as two other
galaxies he observed that night).
His published micrometric position was made 10 years later on 9 Jan
1880.
******************************
05 50 35 -63 40 30; Dor
V = 12.7; Size 2.0'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; moderately
bright and large, round, contained a large slightly brighter core, fairly
smooth, ~50" diameter. A mag 15 star is off the southwest side, 0.9' from
center, and a few extremely faint stars sparkled around the edges. Located 5.7' S of mag 8.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 2120 = h2980 on 30 Nov 1834 and described as "vF; pL; R; glbM; 80"." In 1926, Willem van den Bos described it visually as a "Nebula with many stars in it, or a cluster; 11 mag; 1/2' diameter." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
05 48 12 -71 28 54; Men
V = 12.4; Size 2.3'x1.5'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; bright, very large,
slightly elongated ~N-S, 2.0'x1.6', only a broad weak concentration. Fairly smooth appearance with only a
slight granularity. A couple of
mag 15.5-16 are resolved around the edges. Mag 9.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2121 = h2982 on 9 Feb 1836 and described as "vF; vglbM; 3'." His position from one sweep is accurate.
******************************
05 48 53 -70 04 12; Men
V = 10.4; Size 4.5'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): Superb HII region and
cluster! Unfiltered, at least 3
dozen stars are resolved in a 4' region including several fairly bright mag 12
stars. The brightest mag 12.2 star
Open cluster S-L 740 is 10' SSE and S-L 769 is 23' due east. At 394x; S-L 769 appeared large, round, smooth moderate surface brightness, nearly 1' diameter. A mag 13 star is attached at the east end.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2122 = D 106 = D 107 = h1319 on 3 Aug 1826. He recorded D 106 as "A faint elliptical nebula, about 2' diameter; slightly condensed to the centre." D 107, recorded on 24 Sep 1826, was described in his notebook as "a pretty large brightish nebula, irregular figure with a very small star in the center or preceding the brightest part of it - a small nebula detached at the north extremity of this with a small star preceding extemity." His offsets from the previous objects in this drift are a perfect match.
John Herschel observed this cluster/nebula on 5 sweeps. On 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513) he logged "B, L nebula, 6' l, 5' br; resolved, in part; chief star 11th mag taken." On 9 Feb 1836 (sweep 673) he noted "cluster, irregular figure, consists of 3 or 4 disjoined clusters, the middle one the largest and brightest; of 3 or 4 large stars and nebulosity; chief star taken."
******************************
05 51 43.5 -65 19 18; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 1.2'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): very faint, small, round,
30" diameter. This LMC
cluster is located 50' NE of mag 4.3 Delta Doradus. In the 105x field it is 8' SE of mag 8.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2123 = h2983 on 30 Nov 1834 and reported "pB; vS; R; vglbM; 12"." In 1926, Robert Innes described it visually as a "small globular cluster. = 9mag, with outliers; very condensed." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
05 57 52.2 -20 05 05; Lep
V = 12.6; Size 2.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 2°
17.5" (12/3/88): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S, broadly concentrated halo. A mag 15 star is at the south edge. Located in a rich star field. S 504, an attractive pair of mag 8.7/8.9 stars at 3.6" separation, is 10' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2124 = H. III-225 on 20 Oct
1784 (sweep 304) and noted "eF, E, resolvable, near 1' long. Verified 240 power." Auwer's reduction places his position
is 2.4' NW of
******************************
05 50 54 -69 28 48; Dor
Size 1.0'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly faint to
moderately bright glow, elongated NW-SE, 35" diameter. A mag 14.7 star (~5" double with a
mag 16 star) is at the northeast end, a mag 15.7 star is at the southwest tip
and a mag 16 star is at the northwest edge.
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): fairly faint, fairly small, 30" diameter, unconcentrated. A couple of very faint stars are resolved as well as a mag 14.5-15 star on the northeast edge. Faintest of 3 clusters with NGC 2127 7.5' NE and NGC 2136/2137 11' ESE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2125 = h2985 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "vF; R; 50"; gbM." His position (single sweep) is 1' too far south.
******************************
06 02 31 +49 52 00; Aur
Size 6'
13.1" (2/25/84): 25-30 stars mag 12-14.5, fairly dense,
small, pretty cluster. The cluster
is dominated by mag 6.1
8" (1/1/84): 20 stars mag 12-13.5. Located close SW of a mag 6 star, appears rich with averted vision.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2126 = H. VIII-68 on 12 Nov
1787 (sweep 781) and recorded "a small cluster of scattered stars, not
rich, one 7th mag towards the northern side, but it does not seem to be
connected with the cluster."
His position is very close to mag 6
Ling notes that position of this cluster should be 06h 02.6m +49d 52' according to Megastar position.
******************************
NGC 2127 = ESO 057-045 = S-L 751
05 51 22 -69 21 39; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 1.2'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): very bright, small, slightly elongated SW-NE, 30" diameter, high surface brightness, stellar nucleus. No resolution except for mag 14.5 star at the south tip and a mag 15.5 star at the west edge. NGC 2125 is 7.5' SSW and NGC 2136 is 12' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2127 = h2986 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "B, S, R, 15"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
06 04 34.2 +57 37 40; Cam
V = 12.6; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 60°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, small, oval 3:2 SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Edward Swift, Lewis' 15 year-old son, discovered NGC 2128 =
Sw. 6-25 on 27 Dec 1886. There is
nothing near the published position but exactly 30' south is
******************************
06 01 07 +23 19 24; Gem
V = 6.7; Size 7'
17.5" (12/20/95): bright, fairly rich group surrounding
two mag 7.5 and 8 stars (
This group is apparently an asterism based on a 1994 study.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2129 = H. VIII-26 = h372 on 16 Nov 1784 (sweep 317) and described "A Cl of st of various magnitudes, not very rich, 6 or 7' diam." On 24 Feb 1827(sweep 59), John Herschel wrote, "about 40 or 50 st. The brightest 8m taken. The rest are 10...15m." The center (as defined as the midpoint of the two mag 7.5-8 stars) is 06 01 07 +23 19.4 (J2000).
By analyzing William Herschel's early "reviews" of bright stars (before his systematic sweeps), which resulted in the discovery of many double stars, Wolfgang Steinicke recently found (email Oct '16) that Herschel first discovered the cluster on 6 Feb 1782 using his 6.2" reflector.
******************************
05 52 24 -67 20 06; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 1.2'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; bright,
small, round, high surface brightness, 35" diameter. Four or five mag 14.5-15 stars are
resolved in the halo on the NW, SW and E sides.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2130 = D 201? = h3003
on 27 Sep 1826. He described
"a round well defined small nebula, a little brighter in the center, about
15" diameter." This
object was found in a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta
Doradus), so all positions were reduced incorrectly. Using his offset from NGC 2135 (the next object encountered
in the drift), his position lands 5' to the NNW of NGC 2130. As he estimated the N-S offset (±) in
the eyepiece field, the declination is less reliable and this identification
seems reasonable. His published
position, though, is off by over 2°!
Coincidentally, the cluster
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2130 on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and the cluster was observed on 7 sweeps! His descriptions range from "faint" to "pretty bright" with sizes ranging from 18" to 45". As an example of his consistency, his RA measures vary by a total of 5.4 seconds with a total declination range of 0.8'.
******************************
05 58 47.4 -26 39 10; Lep
V = 14.1; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 118°
17.5" (12/7/90): very faint, very small, round, low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is in contact on the north end. A possible companion is about 4' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2131 = h2984 on 20 Jan 1835 and
recorded "eF; S; R; has a *13 m in centre." His position matches
******************************
05 55 58 -59 55 42; Pic
Size 17'x11'
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): 20 stars
(half-dozen bright ones) in a 10'x3' region, roughly arranged in two east-west
strings. This group (asterism or
cluster) includes mag 7.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2132 = h2988 on 11 Jan 1836 and
described the "chief * of a cluster 8th class of about a dozen bright and
some smaller stars." His position corresponds with mag 8
The field of NGC 2132 was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "only half dozen scattered stars." Eric Lindsay, in the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289) notes "Not found. Centered on CPD 59°542. This is supposedly the chief star of a cluster of about a dozen stars. Dreyer has a marginal note "1/2 doz. only". Not in the Nubec. Major Catalogue. No sign here of a cluster." RNGC follows Lindsay as classifies NGC 2132 as nonexistent and the number is missing from the ESO catalogue, although it stands out on the DSS.
******************************
05 51 29 -71 10 30; Men
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): moderately bright and large,
round, 45" diameter, relatively large brighter core, unresolved. This cluster is a smaller and paler
version of
John Herschel discovered NGC 2133 = h2989 (along with NGC 2134 = h2991) on 24 Nov 1834 and recorded "pB; pL; R; gbM; 60"." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2134 = ESO 057-047 = S-L 760
05 51 57.2 -71 05 52; Men
V = 11.1; Size 2.5'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): bright, fairly large, round, 1.1' diameter, sharply concentrated with a relatively large bright core. No resolution in the halo except for a mag 14.5 star just off the northeast edge and a mag 15.5 star at the south-southwest edge. NGC 2133 lies 5' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2134 = h2991 (along with NGC 2133 = h2989) on 24 Nov 1834 and recorded it in four sweeps. His first observation reads "B; L; R; gbM; 90"." His mean position is 05 51 57.2 -71 06 27 (2000) which is close to the ESO position of 05 51 56.7 -71 05 50 (2000) but RNGC has an incorrect RA of 05 50.1, which is repeated in NGC 2000.0.
******************************
NGC 2135 = ESO 086-039 = S-L 765
05 53 35 -67 25 36; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 1.0'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; bright, small, roundish, mottled, high surface brightness, 30" diameter. Unresolved (too compact) except for a mag 14.5 star at the west edge. A mag 11 star is 1.9' WSW. NGC 2130 lies 9' NW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2135 = D 202 = h2990 on 27 Sep 1826. He described "a small faint nebula about 15" diameter, following a very small star." This was the second to last object in a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus), so all positions in the drift (off the meridian) were reduced incorrectly (~2.4° too far SE). Once corrected, his position matches NGC 2135 and a mag 11 star is 2' W, matching the description.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2135 on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512) and recorded it on 5 sweeps. His first observation reads "vF, R, glbM, 1'. Among stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2136 = ESO 057-048 = S-L 762
05 52 59 -69 29 36; Dor
V = 10.5; Size 1.9'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; extremely bright LMC
cluster, large, very mottled and lively, relatively large bright core. A mag 13-13.5 star is at the northwest
edge and a mag 14 star is at the south edge. Roughly a dozen stars are resolved in total. A mag 10.8 star is 1.5' NNW and a mag
12 star is 1' SSW. Forms a striking double cluster with
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2136 = D 160 = h2992 in Sep 1826. One notebook description reads, "a small round nebula, pretty well defined. South of a small star - rather following." His position is 8.6' too far SW, but his last comment of the nearby star seems to clinch the identification as a mag 10.8 star is 1.5' NNW. A second (unpublished) position (mentioning the same nearby star) was only off by 2' NNE.
John Herschel recorded the cluster on 4 sweeps. His first observation on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509) reads "pB, R, bM, 1'; has a star 10.11th mag N.p. (thick haze)." On 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) he wrote, "Globular cluster, pB, R, gmbM, resolved, stars 14..16 mag; has a vvF neb N.f [NGC 2137]."
******************************
NGC 2137 = ESO 057-049 = S-L 764
05 53 13 -69 28 54; Dor
V = 12.7; Size 0.8'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately bright, small, round, 20" diameter, lively, several extremely faint mag 16+ stars resolved. A mag 13 star is 50" NE. NGC 2137 is the fainter and smaller of a striking double cluster with much brighter NGC 2136 just 1.4' SW!
John Herschel discovered NGC 2137 = h2994 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "vF; R; 30"; the following of 2 [with NGC 2136]." His position (2 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 54 49 -65 50 06; Dor
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): relatively faint,
small, round, 25"-30" diameter, slightly brighter core, low surface
brightness, no resolution. Four
bright field stars lie directly south including mag 7.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2138 = h2993 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded "eF; S; R; has 3 B st pretty distinct towards the south." In 1926, Willem van den Bos described it visually as a "nebula; bM, 12 mag, 2 or 3 stars involved." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
06 01 07.9 -23 40 25; Lep
V = 11.6; Size 2.6'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 140°
17.5" (12/7/90): moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, broad concentration, core appears offset to the northwest of center. A mag 14 star is at the north edge 1.3' from center and a mag 11 star lies 3.5' SSE.
8" (1/1/84): faint, fairly small, round, broad concentration. A mag 11 star is 4' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2139 = H. II-264 on 17 Nov 1784 (sweep 322) and called it "F, S." He added "The RA cannot be above 10 or 15 sec out; the roller went off the apparantus which occasions the uncertainty." This was the only nebula found in the sweep.
Lewis Swift independently discovered this galaxy from
Southern California on 1 Dec 1897 and reported it in discovery list XI-90
(later
******************************
05 54 16.5 -68 36 05; Dor
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
moderately bright LMC cluster, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 40"x25". A star is located at the WNW tip. Situated between a mag 10.2 star 3.2'
NW and a mag 10.1 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2140 = h2995 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "pF; irreg R; psbM." His next observation reads "pF; R; bM; 30"." On his last sweep he wrote "F; lE; gbM."
******************************
06 02 56 +10 26 48; Ori
V = 9.4; Size 10'
17.5" (12/7/90): 20-25 faint stars mag 13-15 at 220x over extensive haze. Located within an incomplete circle of several brighter mag 11-12 stars about 8' diameter.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 2141 in Jan 1883 with his 5-inch refractor. His announcement note in Sidereal Messenger, Vol 3, p9 titled "A New and Faint Nebulosity" gives an accurate position and describes a "very faint nebulosity. It lies a little over 3/4° north of Mu Orionis, and requires a low power to be seen at all. With my 5-inch refractor and a power of 30, it is quite distinct; but high powers diffuse it greatly. There is a faint star in its center, and several others on its border, about 2' diameter. I have repeatedly seen this nebula since January 1883."
******************************
06 01 50.4 -10 35 53; Mon
V = 5.0
18" (3/9/08): this number refers to 5th magnitude 3 Monoceros. The star itself is an excellent large mag contrast pair (Delta = 3.0) at only 1.9" separation. Nice split at 300x.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2142 = h373 on 6 Jan 1831
(sweep 315) and wrote, "3 Monocerotis. I am sure this star has a F neb atm 2'-3' diam." This is a mag 5 star free from
nebulosity. There are other
similar cases where Herschel made the same error: NGC 771 = 50 Cas, NGC 4530 =
Beta CVn and
******************************
06 03 07.4 +05 43 42; Ori
Size 15'
18" (11/6/04): at 73x this asterism is a large,
scattered rectangular group, roughly 10'x6', and elongated N-S. On the west
side is a N-S string of stars while the east side is dominated by three
brighter mag 9.5-10.5 stars including mag 9.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2143 = h374 on 2 Feb 1831
(sweep 320) and recorded "L, p rich, very scattered; place of *10m in
M." His position corresponds
with mag 9
******************************
05 40 57.2 -82 07 10; Men
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 93°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright and large, slightly elongated ~E-W, 1.4'x1.1'. Contains a bright core that increases to the center. Located between a mag 10 star 6' E and a mag 11 star 6' WNW. This is the third closest NGC galaxy to the south celestial pole.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2144 = h3009 on 17 Jan 1836 and reported "F; irreg R; pslbM; 40 arcsec." His position (measured on 2 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 54 23 -70 54 06; Men
V = 12.1; Size 1.7'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): bright, fairly small, roundish, 40" diameter, well-defined slightly brighter core. A mag 14 star is at the southeast edge and two mag 15.5-16 stars are just off the north and east side. A bright mag 11.7 star is 50" SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2145 = h2998 on 12 Nov 1836 and described as "F; lE; resolvable." His position from a single sweep is off by 1.7' in dec (too far south).
******************************
06 18 39.0 +78 21 28; Cam
V = 10.6; Size 6.0'x3.4'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 123°
48" (10/29/16): at 488x, the "Dusty Hand" galaxy has an unusual, highly disrupted appearance. The very bright core is large and elongated NW-SE with a small, intense nucleus. A prominent, fairly wide dust lane slices through the center with the brightest part of the core roughly parallel on the north side. A small portion of the core is on the south side of the lane. These features give rise to the "Dusty Hand" nickname. On the southeast side a fairly prominent "arm" or plume (part of a merged companion?) extends generally east beyond a mag 14.5 star 2' ESE of center. The halo is very diffuse to the north of this arm. At the northwest end of the a galaxy a very faint "arm" curls sharply clockwise and with careful viewing a very low surface brightness plume (detached from the central portion) extends south on the west side. On deep images these arms and plumes seem to be a single tidal structure or stream that wraps around the galaxy.
24" (12/28/13): this highly distorted galaxy was observed at 260x. The galaxy appeared very bright, very large, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, ~5'x2', with a very asymmetric structure. It contains a very bright, elongated core, ~1.2'x0.5' NW-SE, but with no distinct nucleus. A low contrast dust lane cuts through the core unevenly, with the main section on the north side, so the lane initially appears to run parallel to the core on the southwest side. But a fainter, elongated section of the core extending NW-SE is just beyond the dust lane on the southwest side. To the southeast of the core, the outer halo is diffuse, with a low surface brightness and is not aligned with the major axis of the core, extending more towards the east. On the NW side of the core, the halo has a higher and irregular surface brightness with a slightly brighter curving arc (arm) along its eastern side.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, fairly large, very
elongated 3:1 NW-SE, bright core.
A mag 11 double at 30" separation is just off the SE end. A few brighter mag 10-11 stars are 6'
E.
Friedrich August Winnecke discovered NGC 2146 = T. 1-18 in
1876 using a 6.5-inch comet seeker by Reinfelder & Hertel at the Strasbourg
Observatory. It was independently discovered by Wilhelm Tempel the same year
and by Johann Palisa (AN 2732).
This is one of 3 galaxies discovered by Winnecke, along with
As there is no candidate for a previous interaction (creating the disrupted appearance and nuclear starburst), it has been proposed that NGC 2146 is a far-evolved merger.
******************************
05 55 46 -68 12 06; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 1.0'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; very bright, small,
roundish cluster, 25" diameter.
Contains a very small, extremely bright core. Three or four stars are resolved in the small halo on the
west side and south side. Located
3.6' NNW of mag 9.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2147 = h2997 on 30 Jan 1835 and logged "vF; R; bM; 30"." On a second sweep he also noted "connected with stars, etc." The "stars" probably refers to S-L 785.
******************************
05 58 45.8 -59 07 34; Pic
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 150°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, required averted vision. A mag 12.5 star is 33" E of center and two mag 13 star are within 2' to the south. Observation made in quite hazy conditions through thin clouds or smoke.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2148 = h2996 on 4 Dec 1834 and recorded "eF; S; R; 20"; has a *12m, sf very near." The star is 33" E of center.
******************************
06 03 30.8 -09 43 50; Mon
Size 3'x2'
17.5" (1/19/91): this moderately bright reflection nebula is fairly small and has a 12th magnitude (illuminating) star on the west side. Appears prominent with an OIII filter(?) at 140x.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2149 = St. 8b-18 on 13 Jan 1877 and described as very light nebulosity surrounding a 12th mag star. NGC 2149 was misclassified as a galaxy in the 1932 Shapley-Ames Catalog. It was found to be a star + galactic nebulosity by Mayall and communicated privately to Shapley in 1952. It was deleted as a galaxy in the 1964 Reference Catalogue of Bright Galaxies (de Vaucouleurs). Still it was erroneously plotted as a galaxy on the Skalnate Pleso Atlas of the Heavens.
******************************
NGC 2150 = ESO 057-055 = PGC 18097
05 55 46.4 -69 33 40; Dor
V = 13.0; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 143°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly faint to
moderately bright, fairly small, oval 4:3 or 5:4 NW-SE, 0.7'x0.5', smooth halo
then suddenly increases to a bright, very small core. A mag 16.5 star is at the southeast edge. Located 9' SW of mag 8.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2150 = h3000 on 9 Feb 1836 and
recorded "F; vS; R; vsbM; stellar." His position is ~35" south of
******************************
05 56 21 -69 01 06; Dor
Size 1.0'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately bright,
small, roundish, 35" diameter.
A mag 15.2 star is resolved on the southwest edge and a mag 14 star is
at the northeast end. The bright
nucleus is nearly stellar, so on first glance it looked like three collinear
stars. A 13" pair of similar
mag 12.6/12.8 stars lies 4.5' ENE and a mag 10.6 star is 3.7' SSW. Located
12.6' NW of
John Herschel discovered NGC 2151 = h3001 on 31 Jan 1835 and
logged "F; R; bM; 45"."
His position is accurate.
The Hodge-Wright Atlas completely misplaces NGC 2151 onto chart 66, near
05 57 50 -63 53 38 (2000), about 20' SW of
******************************
06 00 55.2 -50 44 27; Pic
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 69°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): very faint, small,
slightly elongated, 25"x20", low surface brightness, no noticeable
concentration. A mag 14 star is
just off the northeast edge. A mag
10 star is 4.4' E. Located 29' N
of mag 5.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 2152 = h2999 on 28 Dec 1834 and noted, "eeF; R; attached to a vS star." His position is fairly accurate and the star is off the northeast edge.
******************************
05 57 52 -66 24 06; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): moderately bright,
fairly small, round, 35"-40" diameter, smooth glow. A mag 14 star is easily resolved
at the southwest edge. Located 8'
SE of mag 8.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 2153 = h3002 on 3 Jan 1837 and recoded "eeF; R or lE; attached to a * 16m." His position, from a single sweep, is accurate and the faint star appears to be at the south end.
******************************
05 57 38 -67 15 42; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 2.3'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): this LMC globular is located 50' SE of mag 5.1 Epsilon Doradus. It appeared bright, large, round, 1.5' diameter, broad concentration, mottled with a couple of mag 15-16 stars resolving. A mag 14 star is close off the north side. S-L 800 lies 10' NNE and NGC 2135 is 25' SW.
S-L 800 was fairly faint, round, 0.6' diameter, low surface brightness. A mag 12.5 star is at the west end and a mag 14.5 star is just off the east side.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2154 = D 203 = h3003 on 27 Sep 1826. He described "a small round nebula 20" diameter, sligthly brighter toward the center." This was the last object in a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus), so all positions were reduced incorrectly and his position falls 2.4° too far SE. Using his offset from NGC 2135 (the previous object encountered in the drift), his position lands 7' to the NNW of NGC 2154.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2154 on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and logged "F; L; R; glbM; 100". He made a total of 4 observations.
******************************
05 58 32.3 -65 28 40; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 2.1'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): faint, fairly small, round, 1.1' diameter, weak concentration. Near a scattered group of bright (mag 9-10) Milky Way stars and nearly collinear with two mag 9/9.5 stars 7' NW and 13' NW. This is a well-studied older intermediate-age LMC cluster with an age of 2.5 - 3.5 billion years.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2155 = h3004 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded "vF; pL; R; vlbM; 80"; in a rich field." In 1926, Willem van den Bos described the cluster visually as "Nebula, 11 mag, 1' diam; brightest part is Np; some stars involved." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
05 57 50 -68 27 36; Dor
V = 11.4; Size 1.1'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
is the first of four bright clusters in a 16' field! At 200x it appeared bright, fairly large, elongated N-S,
~1.2'x0.8', sharply concentrated.
At 350x a couple of stars were resolved in the halo and the central core
was just broken up into several clumps or knots with a couple of very faint
stars resolved. Located 6.9' NW of
the impressive cluster globular
John Herschel discovered NGC 2156 = h3005 on 23 Nov 1834 and recorded "pF; S; irreg R; psbM; 25". He observed this cluster on 5 sweeps and other than brightness, the descriptions are similar.
James Dunlop possibly made the first observation (D 197) on
27 Sep 1826 and noted a "small faint round nebula". His position, though, while correct in
declination is nearly 19' too far east and might also apply to
Pietro Barrachi sketched the immediate field on 3 Jan 1886 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope and described this cluster as "B; S lE; bM; Resolvable or at the least several stars in it and generally mottled appearance. He drew the cluster lumpy and elongated N-S, with a couple of stars resolved around the edges. In 1926 Robert Innes called NGC 2156 a "fine cluster of stars; 12 to 15 mag" (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
NGC 2157 = ESO 057-058 = S-L 794
05 57 35 -69 11 48; Dor
V = 10.2; Size 2.7'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): extremely bright, very large, 1.3' diameter, strong concentration with a very bright, large core, very mottled appearance, showpiece (globular?) cluster. At 394x, several obvious mag 14.8-15.5 stars were resolved in the halo and around the edges. With careful viewing the core broke up into a few dozen extremely packed stars (too tight and faint to count). A mag 11.4 star is 1.4' WNW of center. NGC 2151 lies 13' NNW. These clusters are on the east end of the LMC.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2157 = D 161 = h3006 on 6 Nov 1826 with his 9" speculum reflector and described "a small faint nebula, 15" diameter; a small star near the north preceding edge." Dunlop's position was 7' too far SSW, a very similar offset as NGC 2136, the previous object in logbook) Despite the small size estimate, there is a mag 11 star off the NW edge and this identification is very reasonable.
John Herschel recorded the cluster on 4 nights. In Dec 1834 (sweep 523), he recorded "vB, R, gbM, 30"." On 16 Dec 1835 (sweep 657), he logged "globular cluster, vB, R, vgvmbM, resolvable." He suggested a possible identification with D 161.
Pietro Baracchi logged this object on 3 Jan 1886 with the 48" Melbourne telescope as "Cl; vB; R; gpmbM; Diam 55"." His sketch shows two resolved stars (marked as 17th mag) just off the SE side.
******************************
06 07 26 +24 05 48; Gem
V = 8.6; Size 5'
18" (2/24/06): at 323x, this rich, irregularly shaped cluster is beautifully resolved into 45-50 stars that are peppered over a 5' background glow. Appears like a resolved globular of low concentration class. Includes a couple of dozen mag 13.5-14.5 stars along with a rich carpet of fainter mag 15 stars. There are several close pairs (1"-2" and possibly closer) and the number of stars keep increasing in moments of rock steady seeing as they seem to emerge from the background. A single brighter star is at the east edge.
17.5" (2/8/86): 30-35 stars resolved, unusually rich,
compact, about 5' diameter. The
appearance is similar to a resolved globular cluster. Located 30' SW of
13.1" (2/16/85): at least 20-25 stars resolved at 415x.
13.1" (11/5/83): ~15-20 stars, mottled clump near SE edge.
8" (11/5/83): few stars resolved over haze.
13x80mm (1/20/07): visible in the finder as a very faint, small glow about a half-degree SW of M35.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2158 = H. VI-17 = h375 on 16 Nov 1784 (sweep 317), immediately after discovering NGC 2129. He called it "a very compressed cluster of vS stars, very rich." On 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59), John Herschel described the cluster as "rich; much compressed almost to nebulosity; stars very small; irregular triangular figure."
NGC 2158 was classified as a globular by Rosino in 1954 (Contr. Padova in Asagio No. 52), Helen Sawyer Hogg, 1959 (Star Clusters) and more recently in the RNGC due to its richness. Nevertheless, it is considered an intermediate age open cluster (~ 1 billion years old). NGC 2158 is also five or six times as distant as M35, as far as 16,000 light years away (5071 parsecs).
******************************
NGC 2159 = ESO 057-060 = S-L 799
05 58 03 -68 37 30; Dor
V = 11.4; Size 0.9'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this cluster appeared bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, 0.9'x0.7'. A brighter star is at the north edge. At 350x, at least three additional faint stars were resolved on the north side and the appearance is asymmetric as the cluster is brighter on the north side. Located 8' SW of NGC 2164 and 10' S of NGC 2156. NGC 2172 lies 11' ESE, NGC 2140 is 20' WNW and S-L 791 is 6' W.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2159 = D 193 = h3007 on 6 Nov 1826 and recorded "pB; R; well-defined, 12"." He made a single observation and his position is just 3' too far south. Considering his poor positions, though, it's possible this is another observation of NGC 2164, which is 11' NNE of his position and the brightest of 4 clusters in a group.
John Herschel observed the cluster on 4 sweeps, first reporting on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512), "pF; S; irreg R; psbM; 25"." On 30 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) he logged "pB; S; R; has a *15m close to the edge, nf". Herschel attributed Dunlop with the discovery.
Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster on 3 Jan 1886 with the 48" Melbourne telescope and wrote, "pB; S; R; mottled. I believe that there are at the least several stars in it." He indicated two stars on his diagram on the NNW (mag 15) and WNW (mag 16) edge of the object.
******************************
NGC 2160 = ESO 057-061 = S-L 801
05 58 13 -68 17 24; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.2'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, small cluster, 25"-30" diameter. Three stars are resolved in the small central clump including a mag 13.5 star on the northwest edge. Two fainter stars are on the east side and just south of center. NGC 2156 lies 10' SSW, NGC 2164 is 14' SSE, NGC 2147/S-L 785 is 15' WNW and S-L 822 is 22' ESE. The last cluster appeared as a moderately bright, small round glow. A mag 13.5 star is involved at the north edge.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2160 = h3008 on 30 Dec 1836 and recorded as "pF; R; gbM; 30"." His position from a single observation is accurate.
James Dunlop's D 195, placed 10' to the NE, might be an earlier discovery on 3 Aug 1826. But the cluster is too faint to be described as "a small pretty bright round nebula, 10" or 12" diameter, following a small star." and there is no star he might have seen to its west.
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster on 3 Jan 1886 with the 48" Melbourne telescope and wrote "curious object; a small nebula a little elongated with a star 15m involved or attached to its n.p. (NW) end." He also indicated a 16th mag star barely off the east edge.
******************************
05 55 43 -74 21 12; Men
V = 12.9; Size 2.3'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): this outlying LMC globular appeared moderately bright, fairly large, slightly elongated, nearly 1' diameter, weak concentration, no resolution. It seemed the cluster was slightly brighter along a central spine oriented WSW-ENE (probably due to slightly brighter unresolved stars).
S-L 804 was picked up 13' NE as a faint, relatively large glow, round, ~50" diameter, low even surface brightness. A mag 10.6 star is 6' SW.
S-L 828, located 28' ENE, is fairly faint, fairly small, round, ~35" diameter, smooth surface brightness, no resolution. Two mag 13-14 stars lie 2' SW.
S-L 783, located 16' SSW, is very faint, fairly small, round, 30" diameter, smooth glow, fairly low surface brightness, no resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2161 = h3013 on 8 Feb 1836 and described as "F; pL; R; gpmbM; 2'." His position from a single sweep is about 30" NW of center. Located outside the boundaries of the Hodge-Wright LMC Atlas.
******************************
NGC 2162 = ESO 086-047 = S-L 814
06 00 30 -63 43 18; Dor
V = 12.7; Size 2.1'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly bright, very large, round, contains a relatively large brighter core, mottled. A couple of very faint stars were fairly easily resolved and several more popped in and out with averted vision. Located 4' W of mag 8.5 HD 41515. Three additional mag 11.5-12 stars, forming a distinctive group, extend south-southwest from the bright star. This LMC globular is located in the northeast outer halo of the LMC, well outside the main outline.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2162 = h3010 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded "vF; pL; R; vglbM; 80"." On a second sweep he noted "F; R; glbM; 40"; a *9 mag follows in parallel, and 3 more 11 mag near." In 1926, Robert Innes described it as a "preceding a bright star, nebula, 1' diam, 11 mag, with several stars involved, the brightest of which is in the centre." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
06 07 49.5 +18 39 27; Ori
Size 3'x2'
17.5" (1/9/99): moderately bright reflection nebula surrounding a young mag 11 star (HBC 193). The brightest portion of the nebula is noticeably elongated N-S from the central star and 2'-3' in length tapering towards the star. The northern extension has a slightly higher surface brightness. Located 3' W of a mag 9 star. Observed at 220x without filtration.
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2
N-S, ~2.5'x1.0', fairly high surface brightness. A mag 11 star is at the south tip of the bright portion and
a small very faint extension appears south of this star. Located 3' W of mag 9
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2163 = St. 9-6 on 31 Jan 1873. He made a second observation on 29 Dec 1877 and reduced the position again a week later (6 Jan 1878). His description reads, "extremely faint, elongated, diffuse, *11 attached south."
In compiling the NGC, Dreyer accidentally copied the declination of NGC 1741 (Stephan's previous entry in list 9, #5). Dreyer later caught and corrected his error in the IC 2 Notes/Corrections section (Dreyer added the comment "my mistake"). The correction was missed by most later cataloguers though Esmiol's 1916 re-reduction of Stephan's positions gives the accurate position.
In 1922 Edwin Hubble reported it as a new "bright,
uncatalogued nebula similar to
Modern sources generally identify NGC 2163 as Ced(erblad) 62. The RNGC labels NGC 2163 as nonexistent and furthermore reverses the sign of the declination. In addition, a poor RA was given for Ced 62 in Sky Catalogue 2000 and it was misplotted on the Uranometria 2000 (first edition) too far east, though the position was corrected in the second edition. The Millenium Star Atlas labels this object Ced 62, also at the wrong position.
******************************
NGC 2164 = ESO 057-062 = S-L 808
05 58 56.0 -68 30 57; Dor
V = 10.3; Size 2.5'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the brightest of four clusters in a 10' field. At 260x it appeared very bright, large, round, sharply concentrated with an extremely bright core (visually appears to be a globular), the large outer halo extended to 2' diameter. Roughly 15 stars were resolved in the halo - some of these were easily visible 14th mag stars, while others were quite faint. At 350x, two dozen stars were resolved and the core was very grainy. Overall, this is a very impressive cluster. NGC 2156 lies 6.8' NW, NGC 2159 is 8' SW and NGC 2172 is 9.7' SE..
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2164 = D 196 = h3011 on 6 Nov
1826. He described D 196 as
"a small round pretty well defined, slightly condensed nebula about
25" diameter with a small star north following." His position is only 3' NE and the star
would be mag 10.2
John Herschel observed this cluster on 5 sweeps. His first observation was made on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512): "vB, R, gmbM; 90", resolvable." Herschel attributed Dunlop with the discovery.
In 1926, Robert Innes described this object as "a very condensed cluster of stars with outliers, 11 to 15 mags." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
06 11 05 +51 40 36; Aur
17.5" (3/1/03): Roughly a dozen stars in a 6'x4' group at 100x. Extended E-W except for a few stars which tail off towards the north on the following end. Nine of the stars in the group are fairly evenly distributed and similar in magnitude (10.5-11). No concentration or dense spots and appears to be an asterism. Listed as a nonexistent cluster in the RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2165 = h376 on 12 Feb 1831 (sweep 325) and noted "a ppor cl 7' length, 3' broad; about a dozen stars 11m." There is a very scattered group of brighter stars on the DSS at Herschel's position with the fields to the west lacking in stars. Karl Reinmuth, using a Heidelberg plate, described a "Cl, P, 20-25 st 11...". RNGC classifies this object as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
05 59 34 -67 56 30; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 1.2'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; very bright, fairly
small, round, 24" diameter, high surface brightness. Contains a relatively large bright core
and smooth halo. A mag 12.5 star
is off the northeast side [42" from center]. Located 6' S of mag 9.3
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2166 = D 223 = D 222? = h3012 on 27 Sep 1826. He described D223 as "a pretty bright and well defined nebula, round, 20" or 25" diameter." and his position is just 1.6' too far north. D 222 may be another observation with description "small round nebula preceding a small star." with position 9' to the west.
John Herschel observed NGC 2166 on 2 Jan 1837 (sweep 760). He recorded "F, S, R, gbM, 15"." and credited "D 223?" as a possible earlier discovery.
******************************
06 06 58.5 -06 12 08; Mon
V = 6.6
= *6.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2167 = h378 on 8 Jan 1831
(sweep 318) and described "a star 7m with a p strong neb
atmosphere." His position
matches mag 6.6
Several unsuccessful attempts were made to see h378 at Birr Castle. The GC and NGC used Herschel's position and description for h378, so NGC 2167 = h378 = HD 41694, and not H. IV-44.
Dreyer commented that H. IV-44 ≠ h378 in the notes to his
1912 Scientific Papers of WH: "Occurs only in Sw. 640, 2m 0s p, 4' n of
[
Dreyer proposed that H. IV-44 = vdB 68 = Ced 65 (and Wolfgang Steinicke concurs), though Corwin feels H. IV-44 is more likely a duplicate observation of NGC 2170 = H IV-19, which is brighter and 8' due south of WH's position.
******************************
06 08 54 +24 20; Gem
V = 5.1; Size 28'
18" (11/14/09): gorgeous view at 75x, which beautifully
frames the cluster as well as nearby NGC 2158. The densest portion is the central 25' where roughly 250-300
stars are resolved. The cluster is
noticeably lopsided due to a loop of stars that juts out on the SE side of the
cluster. This loop includes mag 7.5
8": very bright string cluster, very large, excellent field but not rich in faint stars. Many of the stars are arrange in rows and loops.
Naked-eye: Visible as a fairly small naked-eye glow in a dark sky.
Swiss astronomer Phillippe Loys De Chéseaux discovered M35 = NGC 2168 = h377 by 1745-46. John Bevis independently discovered the cluster before 1750 (possibly earlier than De Chéseaux). On 19 Feb 1827 (sweep 58) John Herschel described "a L, coarse, p rich cl of st 9...16m, which fills 2 or 3 fields, but cheifly one in which are about 100 stars."
******************************
06 08 25 +13 57 54; Ori
V = 5.9; Size 7'
17.5" (1/19/91): 20 stars mag 7.5-13 in bright,
distinctive group. Fairly small,
about 6' diameter, not rich. The
stars are divided into two main subgroups - along the west side is a string of
six stars aligned N-S in a very shallow "V" asterism. The northern two stars in this string
form the wide double STF 844 = 8.8/9.9 at 24" and less than 2' S is mag
8.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 2169 = H. VIII-24 = h379 on 15 Oct 1784 (sweep 293) and recorded as "a small cluster of pretty large white stars, prettily arranged, not many of them." On 24 Dec 1786 (sweep 662) he noted "a cl of brilliant stars, not many in number, but pretty much compressed; with a vacancy in the middle."
By analyzing William Herschel's early "reviews" of bright stars (before his systematic sweeps), which resulted in the discovery of many double stars, Wolfgang Steinicke found that Herschel first discovered the cluster on 12 Oct 1782 using his 6.2" reflector.
******************************
NGC 2170 = LBN 994 = vdB 67 = Ced 63 = RAFGL 877
06 07 31.8 -06 23 57; Mon
Size 2'x2'
18" (1/13/07): fairly bright, moderately large reflection nebula surrounding a mag 9.5 star, ~2.5' diameter. There are two stars bracketing the nebula at the north and south ends with the brighter southern star of 10th magnitude.
Reflection nebula
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly bright nebulosity surrounds mag
9.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 2170 = H. IV-19 on 16 Oct 1784 (sweep 296) and recorded "a pretty large star, about the 9th magnitude, surrounded by milky nebulosity, not circular; but an irregular ellipsis." He recorded it again on 23 Feb 1786 (sweep 528) and logged "a considerable star with milky nebulosity E in meridian or a little from np to sf. It involves a smaller star which is about 1.5' north of it. Other stars of equal magnitude are perfectly clear from it." It was possibly recorded again on 28 Nov 1786 as IV-44 (sweep 640) as a "star involved in milky chevelure, situated between two stars, with a 3rd star at rectangles to the former two." His position is 8' north of NGC 2170.
******************************
05 58 59 -70 43 09; Men
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): there are no good candidates matching Herschel's description for this number, but Mati Morel suggested NGC 2171 was possibly S-L 691 and 692 with a large error in RA (15 min of RA). Although Corwin has since rejected this possibility as it is out of RA order in the sweep, here are the descriptions of these clusters.
S-L 691: faint or fairly faint, small, round, glow, 25" diameter. S-L 691 is the northern of close pair of LMC clusters with S-L 692 just 48" S. Located 5' ESE of NGC 2107.
S-L 692: fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated glow, 35" diameter, no resolution. Visually, there is no noticeable star cloud surrounding these two clusters.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2171 = h3016 on 16 Dec 1835 and recorded "eeF; vL; R; glbM; 4'." There is nothing at this position though ~5' NW is S-L 809 = KMHK 1571. Eric Lindsay, in his 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), notes "This may be the small object S/L 809, 0.5 min W, 2' N which may be an unresolved cluster or possibly a galaxy. The size does not agree." SIMBAD also identifies S-L 809 as NGC 2171. But this tiny cluster is roughly 30", so it's not a reasonable match with a 4' object. The Hodge-Wright Atlas misidentifies a faint star as NGC 2171.
Mati Morel has proposed that h3016 is a star cloud at 05 44 14 -70 40 09, which includes S-L 691 and S-L 692. This requires a very large error in RA (over 15 min of RA). Harold Corwin notes that the sweep order argues against such an error (see his identification notes) and this object appears to be lost.
******************************
NGC 2172 = ESO 057-065 = S-L 812
06 00 05.6 -68 38 14; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 1.7'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): At 200x this LMC cluster appeared moderately bright, fairly small, ~0.8' diameter, irregular, a couple of stars are resolved within the glow. At 350x, the glow is clumpy with four stars resolved with the brightest star at the SE edge. Located 10' SE of NGC 2164 and 11' ESE of NGC 2159. Fourth of four (including NGC 2156) in a 16' circle.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2172 = h3015 on 31 Jan 1835 and recorded "vF; L; R; gbM; 2'." On a second sweep he recorded "pF; R; lbM; 50"." His mean position (two sweeps) is at the south edge of the cluster.
James Dunlop's D 197, found on 27 Sep 1826, is possibly an earlier discovery though the cluster may be too faint for him to pick up. He described a "small faint round nebula" and his position was off by 12' to the NE.
Pietro Baracchi picked up this cluster on 3 Jan 1886 while observing the nearby clusters with the 48" Melbourne telescope and called it "a nebulous patch, small, a little elongated and faint, with two stars involved in it." His diagram shows a third star (called 17th mag) just off the SE edge. He labeled this cluster "(A)" and assumed it was a new discovery.
******************************
05 57 58.9 -72 58 46; Men
V = 11.9; Size 2.3'
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x
this outlying LMC cluster (classified as a GC in SIMBAD with an age of ~2
billion years) appears as a fairly bright, round glow, ~2' in diameter, weak
concentration, no resolution. A
wide pair of 12th magnitude stars lies 2.4' ENE and 3.5' ESE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2173 = h3018 on 8 Feb 1836 and described as "pF; R; gmbM; 90"." His single position is accurate.
******************************
06 09 23.6 +20 39 34; Ori
Size 40'x30'
17.5" (1/16/02): at 64x and OIII filter, this is a
beautiful, detailed nebula surrounding a mag 8 star (
Without a filter at 64x, I was surprised to immediately
notice a moderately bright 3' round glow, situated ~11' NNW of SAO 78049 near
the NW edge of the main glow.
Interestingly, this patch of nebulosity is more prominent than the main
body without a filter. NGC 2174
probably refers to this patch of the HII complex! It seemed quite strange that this patch had such a different
filter response and dimmed significantly with the OIII (mainly reflection
component?). A curving arc of
stars is situated along the north side of the glow. The entire nebula is situated among a scattered group of
stars, which is often mistaken for
17.5" (2/28/87): very large, irregular nebulosity surrounding mag 8.0 SAO 78049. Dark lanes are evident west of the star, appears very streaky. A bright small unresolved knot is 3.2' ENE of the bright star using an OIII filter [this is NGC 2175].
13.1" (1/18/85): very bright with filter, very large, surrounds a mag 8 star, sky very dark off west side. West of the star the nebula is mottled and streaky with a bright region near the north edge.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2174 = St. 9-7 on 3 Feb 1877. His description doesn't refer to the entire nebula but rather a small patch of nebulosity (without the accents): "excessive., excess. faible (a peine observable); a l'interieur d'un triangle forme par trois petites etoiles."
He gave a 1878 position of 06 02 07.47 +20 40 54.4 which precesses to 06 09 24.0 +20 39 53 (2000), and falls on the northwest side of the nebula. This probably needs a small correction in declination based on his reference star, but is still accurate enough to clearly identify a small brighter patch of nebulosity. His three stars are mag 13-14 and the knot of nebulosity is quite prominent on the DSS just following the middle of these three stars. This star has a position of 06 09 21.9 +20 39 30 (2000) and Stephan's knot appears only 30-40" in diameter.
******************************
NGC 2175 = Ced 67a = LBN 854 = Sh 2-252E = Cr 84 = Monkey Head Nebula
06 09 39.5 +20 29 15; Ori
Size 40'x30'
17.5": See description for NGC 2174. Although the scattered group of stars
(
Carl Christian Bruhns discovered NGC 2175 = Au 21 in 1857
using a comet-seeker at the Berlin Observatory. His position corresponds with mag 7.6
******************************
06 01 19 -66 51 12; Dor
Size 1.3'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint, roundish, 30" diameter, low surface brightness, no resolution although a mag 14 star is just off the east side. The compact cluster S-L 824 is 8' SE and large S-L 800 is 23' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2176 = h3017 on 3 Jan 1837 and recorded as "eeF; R; pL; gbM; 2'." His position from a single sweep matches this cluster.
******************************
NGC 2177 = ESO 057-066 = S-L 816
06 01 17 -67 44 00; Dor
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): moderately bright,
fairly small, round, 30" diameter, fairly even surface brightness, no
resolution. Located 8' NNW of mag
9.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 2177 = h3020 on 13 Dec 1835 and recorded "F; R; lbM; 15"." On a second sweep he noted "pF; irreg R; resolvable." His mean position matches this cluster.
******************************
06 02 47.6 -63 45 50; Pic
V = 12.6; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.7
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly bright,
moderately large, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, 50"x40", contains a
very small bright core and stellar nucleus. A mag 15.3 star is close west-northwest [33" from
center]. Located 2.7' WSW of mag
8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2178 = h3019 on 31 Jan 1835 and
logged "eF, vS, r, 10"."
His position is 35" south of
******************************
06 08 02.2 -21 44 48; Lep
V = 12.3; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 170°
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly faint, fairly small, almost
round, broad concentration.
Located 15' ENE of mag 6.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2179 = h3014 on 21 Nov 1835 and
noted "F, pmE, glbM, 40"."
His position matches
******************************
06 09 37.6 +04 43 03; Ori
Size 15'
18" (3/5/05): large, scattered group viewed at 115x
with the 31mm Nagler. Most
distinctive is a "candy-cane" loop of a dozen mag 10-11 stars which
closely wrap around to the east of mag 7.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2180 = H. VIII-6 = h380 on
24 Jan 1784 (sweep 114) and reported "A Cl of scattered stars, about 30
large and many small ones." A
later sweep provided an accurate position. On 2 Feb 1831 (sweep 320), John Herschel called it a "a
fine cluster, coarse, p rich, place of a *9m." His position corresponds with mag 8.4
Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey, lists dimensions of 20'x20' with the description "Cl, L, pR, P, sc, st 8.7..., B* BD+4d1141 nr M." RNGC classifies this object as nonexistent (Type 7), though a recent journal article suggests this is an evolved, disrupted cluster (A&A 427, 485-494 (2004).
******************************
06 02 43.2 -65 15 52; Dor
V = 13.6; Size 1.6'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): extremely faint, fairly
small, irregular, ~1' diameter, very low surface brightness. This LMC cluster is located 2.8' WSW of
a mag 10 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2181 = h3021 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded "vF; S; R." His position from this single sweep is 1' too far east.
******************************
NGC 2182 = LBN 998 = vdB 72 = Ced 68
06 09 30.9 -06 19 35; Mon
Size 3'x3'
18" (1/13/07): bright reflection nebula, round, ~2'
diameter, surrounding 9.3
13.1" (1/28/84): faint, small, nebulosity surrounding
mag 9.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2182 = H. IV-38 = h381 on 24 Feb 1786 (sweep 529) and described "a considerable star very faintly affected with milky chevelure, the milkiness not far from the parallel." A second observation (also with an accurate position), was made on 28 Nov 1786 (sweep 640), although Sherburne Burnham (Publ of Lick Observatory, II) incorrectly stated the RA should be 1 min larger.
Both Joseph Turner (Jan 1879) and Pietro Baracchi (2 Jan 1886) were unsuccessful finding this bright reflection nebula using the 48-inch Melbourne Telescope, despite the coordinates being accurate in the GC.
******************************
06 10 46.9 -06 12 43; Mon
Size 1'x1'
18" (1/13/07): fairly faint reflection nebula in a
group. Appears ~1' diameter and
notably was *not* surrounding a bright star as are the other nebulae in the
group. There appears to be a faint
star, though, at the south edge which may be the illuminating star. A much larger complex of of nebulosity
including
13.1" (1/28/84): very faint reflection nebula near four faint stars just SE. Forms a pair with NGC 2185 4.8' E. Located 25' ENE of NGC 2182.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 2183 on 11 Dec 1850. This reflection nebula was noted as "about 65' following h378 [NGC 2167} is a small nebula with nucleus or stellar point." On the sketch of 24 Jan 1851, NGC 2183 was labeled Epsilon and NGC 2185 labeled Alpha.
Heinrich d'Arrest independently found this reflection nebula on 11 Jan 1864 and measured an accurate position (as well as NGC 2185). He noted a mag 11-12 star 2.5' south and 1.4 sec of time preceding. Stoney's observation was not included in the GC (because of his rough location) and Dreyer only credited d'Arrest with the discovery in the GC Supplement and NGC.
******************************
06 11 04 -03 31 12; Ori
Size 20'
17.5" (12/23/92): scattered group of 75 stars mag 7.8
to 13 in a 30' diameter. Bright,
very large, includes a mag 7.8 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2184 = h382 on 19 Feb 1830 (sweep 234) and recorded "A large loose straggling cl of 8th class. The place is that of a double star [HJ 2299]." Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die Herschel-Nebel", reported the size as 30'x30' and described a "Cl, vL, P, v sc, iR, st 9..."
RNGC classifies this number as a nonexistent cluster (Type 7) and it is not included in the Lynga catalogue.
******************************
NGC 2185 = LBN 997 = vdB 73 = Ced 70 = GN 06.08.7
06 11 06.1 -06 12 38; Mon
Size 3'x3'
18" (1/13/07): faint, fairly small, 1' reflection nebula surrounding a mag 12-12.5 star. A few arc minutes southwest is a group of 4 mag 12 stars which are also encased in a larger 3' haze of weak nebulosity. Both of these pieces are part of NGC 2185. NGC 2183 lies 5' W.
13.1" (1/28/84): this faint reflection nebula surrounds a mag 12 star. A group of four mag 11.5-12.5 stars is 2' to 3' SW. Forms a close pair with NGC 2183 in the NGC 2182 group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2185 = H. IV-20 = h383 on 16 Oct 1784 (sweep 296) and recorded as "a small star of the 11 or 12 mag, affected in the same manner [as NGC 2170], but very faint. 240 also showed it, other stars of the same magnitude are perfectly free from these appearances." He observed this reflection neb again on 23 Feb 1786 (sweep 528) and logged "5 or 6 pS stars within a space of 3 or 4'; all affected with vF milky nebulosity. It is remarkable that the general milkiness which involves them, seems to be a little stronger about each star; but this last circumstance may be a deception arising from the light of the star."
John Herschel recorded on 20 Feb 1830 (sweep 235), "A *10m with a vF atmosphere. Two others sp are free from such atmosphere. A very F neb suspected south preceding this object". The last object may refer to NGC 2183, which is due west.
******************************
06 12 11 +05 27 30; Ori
V = 8.7; Size 4'
17.5" (1/19/91): at 140x about 30 stars in a 4'
diameter including three mag 10 stars.
A prominent group is on the north side, highlighted by mag 10
William Herschel discovered NGC 2186 = H. VII-25 = h384 on NGC 2186 (sweep 512) and logged "a cluster of pretty compressed stars of several sizes, 4' or 5' diameter wth extensively straggling ones." John Herschel described on 2 Feb 1831 (sweep 320), "a pretty rich, comp cl, one st = 9, 3 or 4 = 11, and many 12...15. Place that of double star h2288."
******************************
06 03 48.3 -69 34 59; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 2.5'x1.1'; PA = 79°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): although described as a "double nebula" by John Herschel, this close pair of galaxies received a single NGC entry. At 260x the fused pair is oriented SW-NE with their outer halos overlapping. The brighter northeast component was fairly bright, fairly small, round, 35" diameter, strong concentration. The southwest member was between fairly faint and moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated E-W, 40"x35", weak concentration, with the lower surface brightness of the pair. This duo shines through the eastern portion of the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2187 = h3025 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded a "Double nebula, position 12.5 degrees; larger pB, R, gbM, 40"; smaller vF, R, glbM." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) corresponds with the double system ESO 57-68A. On the other two sweeps he only recorded seeing a single object. He called it double in the General Catalogue, although only a single designation was assigned.
Joseph Turner sketched the pair with the the Great Melbourne Telescope on 13 Dec 1878, as well as Pietro Baracchi on 3 Jan 1886. The brighter NE galaxy was shown with a small bright nucleus and the SW galaxy has a smoother surface brightness. Barrachi assumed the companion was a new discovery, although John Herschel probably deserves credit.
******************************
06 10 09.5 -34 06 22; Col
V = 11.7; Size 4.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 175°
24" (1/25/14): at 200x and 260x; fairly bright, large,
very elongated 5:1 N-S, 4.0'x0.8', broad concentration with a large, slightly
brighter elongated core. Mag 8.5
NGC 2188 is an edge-on Magellanic dwarf irregular with several giant HII regions on the south side and appears to be disrupted, although there are no nearby interacting companions.
13.1" (2/23/85): faint, moderately large, edge-on
streak 6:1 NNW-SSE. A mag 13.5
star is at the NNW end. Located
7.8' NE of mag 8.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2188 = h3022 on 9 Jan 1836 and described as "pF, vmE, gvlbM, 2' long." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 12 18 +01 08; Ori
= Not found, Carlson.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 2189 = HN 25/26 on Mar 19 1863
using the 15-inch Merz refractor at Harvard College Observatory. In AN #1453, George Bond (then director
of the observatory) noted "two clusters, seen 1863 Mar 19, near two stars
of the 10th, 11th magnitude by J.H. Safford, with the Great
Refractor." The positions for
the two stars are roughly 15' apart E-W although Dreyer used a mean position
and only a single entry in the NGC. In any case, there are no obvious clusters
on the DSS at his positions, just scattered stars. The same night he also found
Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey using Heidelberg places, was unable to identify NGC 2189. Corwin very tentatively identifies a group of stars at 06 14 29 +01 02.2.
******************************
06 01 04 -74 43 30; Men
V = 12.9; Size 2.0'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint, relatively large, ~1' diameter, fairly low smooth surface brightness. No resolution, though viewed through thin clouds. NGC 2161 lies 30' NW. Located 36' W of mag 5.1 Alpha Men.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2190 = h3027 on 8 Feb 1836 and described as "vF; R; gbM; 2'." His position from single sweep is accurate (45" NW of center). NGC 2190 is located outside the boundaries of the Hodge-Wright LMC Atlas.
******************************
06 08 23.8 -52 30 44; Car
V = 12.3; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 118°
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x, this Carina
galaxy appeared fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE,
0.7'x0.5'. Sharply concentrated
with a very small brighter core.
Surrounded by several brighter stars including mag 9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2191 = h3023 on 9 Jan 1837 and reported "pB, vS, E, vsbM; a ruddy star 9th mag precedes about 5 seconds in R.A." His position is accurate. The ruddy star is mag 9 HD 42537.
******************************
06 15 18 +39 51 18; Aur
Size 6'
13.1" (12/22/84): two dozen very faint stars in a 4' diameter over unresolved haze.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2192 = H. VII-57 on 31 Dec 1788 (sweep 901) and recorded "a compressed cluster of vS stars, irregular figure, 6' diameter, considerably rich." His position (Auwer's reduction) is accurate. This older cluster has an age of roughly 2 billion years
******************************
NGC 2193 = ESO 086-057 = S-L 839
06 06 17.5 -65 05 54; Dor
V = 13.4; Size 1.9'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): very faint, fairly small, round, ~1' diameter, low surface brightness. NGC 2181 lies 24' SW. This LMC intermediate-age cluster is the most elliptical of any known with an eccentricity = 0.33. NGC 2193 is located 8' SE of HJ 3838, a mag 10.5/10.5 pair at 10".
John Herschel discovered NGC 2193 = h3026 on 3 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; irreg fig; glbM; has 2 or 3 stars in it." His position from this single sweep is just 30" NNW of center.
******************************
06 13 46 +12 48 24; Ori
V = 8.5; Size 10'
13.1" (1/18/85): at least 50 stars in a 5' region including many mag 14/15 stars, very rich with averted. Includes a few brighter stars on the east edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2194 = H. VI-5 on 11 Feb 1784 and described a "a cluster of very close stars. Rich and of large extent, i.e. about 7 or 8' or more." On 24 Dec 1786 (sweep 662) he recorded "a beautiful cluster of very compressed small stars of several sizes, gradually most compressed in the middle, irr R, 12 or 15' in diameter." In his 1814 PT paper he considered this as an example of a cluster in an advanced state of insulation, "not much differing from a globular figure."
Adolph Petersen independently found the cluster in 1849 but with a poor position. The position was accuratelly measured by d'Arrest on 18 Sep 1862 and by Vogel on 7 Dec 1869. Dreyer missed the equivalence with H. VI 5 and entered d'Arrest's observation as GC 5380 in his Supplement.
******************************
06 14 33.8 +17 38 22; Ori
V = 13/14
17.5" (12/22/97): this close pair of mag 13/14 stars was picked up at 100x just south of a mag 10 star. At 220x and 280x this double star was cleanly resolved [10" separation] although the region between the pair and the bright star (just 30" from the southern star) appeared slightly hazy, probably due to two additional very close faint stars just below resolvability. At 410x, at least one very faint sparkle was occasionally glimpsed close to the mag 10 star. It is not difficult to see why Lohse may have suspected this object to be nebulous. Coincidentally, a very faint reflection nebula (GN 06.11.5) is located 6.7' NNW and it is misidentified as NGC 2195 in RNGC.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 2195 around 1886 with the 15.5-inch refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory in England. His position is 17 tsec west of a double star (with two additional very faint stars in a chain). His description of a mag 10 star 30" north pins down this identification. Interestingly, on my first observation of this object, I also thought it was nebulous - either due to glare from the mag 10 star or the closeness of the chain of the stars. Coincidentally, there is a very faint reflection nebula (GM 1-45 = P-P 58) 6.7' NNE in the same field which was also visible in my 17.5" and this object has the same RA as Lohse's original position. The RNGC has misidentified this reflection nebula as NGC 2195. See Corwin's notes.
Wolfgang Steinicke commented "The discoverer was
Gerhard Lohse, a German working at Scarborough using a 15.5 inch refractor. The
object is one of 18 nebulae (from a total of 20) Dreyer put into the NGC. Lohse
is among the observers with the poorest statistics: Only 3 objects are real nebulae (the galaxies
******************************
06 12 09.5 -21 48 27; Lep
V = 11.0; Size 2.8'x2.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 45°
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly bright, fairly small, almost round, increases to a small bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2196 = H. II-265 = h3024 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 325) and logged "pF, pS, iF, bM of an irregular shape, somewhat elongated." His position is 30 sec of RA too large and 3' too far south. John Herschel observed this galaxy from the Cape on 4 sweeps, first recording it as "B, pL, R, pspmbM. Many stars near it." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 06 09 -67 05 54; Dor
V = 13.4; Size 1.7'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint,
round, 35" diameter, even surface brightness, a mag 15 star is resolved at
the north edge and one or two others occasionally pop. The galaxy
John Herschel discovered NGC 2197 = h3028 on 31 Jan 1835 and noted "vF; R; 40"." His mean position from two sweeps matches this LMC cluster.
******************************
06 13 54 +01 00; Ori
24" (1/22/15): at the position given here is a 10' to 12' field with perhaps a half-dozen mag 10-11 stars and a number of fainter stars. The group, though, is totally unimpressive and does not stand out in the general field. On the southwest side is a 20" pair (one of Safford's 10th magnitude reference stars). About 25' south is a scattered group of mag 9-10.5 stars (along with some fainter stars) that is much more distinctive, though doesn't match Safford's position.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 2198 = HN 27 on 19 March 1863, along with the nonexistent cluster NGC 2189, using the 15-inch Merz refractor at the Harvard College Observatory. In AN #1453, George Bond (director of the observatory) reported "A cluster, seen 1863 March 19, by J.H. [sic] Safford, between two stars in the following position. With the Great Refractor." The positions for the two stars are fine (separated by ~8' east-west) but there is no obvious clustering nearby.
Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die
Herschel-Nebel", reported "no CL, many pB st sf Dreyer's
place." RNGC classifies the
number as nonexistent (Type 7).
Harold Corwin suggests Safford's object might be "a scattered group
of 20-30 stars, probably no more than a random field, centered at 06 11 56, +01
03.2 (
******************************
NGC 2199 = ESO 034-003 = PGC 18379
06 04 45.0 -73 24 00; Men
V = 12.8; Size 1.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 37°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright and large, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 1.2'x0.6', small bright core, occasional sharp stellar nucleus. NGC 2173 and NGC 2209, both likely LMC clusters, lie 38' NW and 30' SE, respectively.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2199 = h3031 on 8 Feb 1836 and
recorded "F, vS, R, bM."
His position matches
******************************
06 13 17.4 -43 39 48; Pup
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 170°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; faint, fairly small,
round, 40" diameter, low surface brightness. A mag 15.5 star is at the southwest edge. Located 5' SE of mag 9.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 2200 = h3029, along with NGC
2201, on 1 Jan 1835 and recorded "eF; R; vlbM; 40"." He observed the pair again in Dec 1837,
but his NPD was 1° further south.
His first position was accurate and matches
******************************
NGC 2201 = ESO 254-040 = MCG -07-13-007 = PGC 18658
06 13 31.4 -43 42 18; Pup
V = 13.4; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 113°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; fairly faint, small, elongated 5:3 WNW-ESE, 25"x15". Slightly brighter of a pair with NGC 2200 3.5' NW. The two galaxies are nearly collinear with a mag 9.2 star 5' further northwest.
24" (2/22/14): at 260x; very faint, small, 18" diameter, low even surface brightness. Viewed at 9° elevation. Forms a pair with NGC 2200 3.5' NW, but the companion was not seen at this low elevation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2201 = h3030 (along with NGC
2200 = h3029) on 1 Jan 1835 and recorded "eF; vS; pslbM; rather a doubtful
object." He observed the pair
again in Dec 1837, but his NPD was 1° further south. His first position was accurate and matches
******************************
06 16 51 +05 59 48; Ori
17.5" (2/2/02): fairly distinctive asterism at 100x (20
Nagler), consisting of a bulbous mushroom-shaped ring of about a dozen fairly
bright stars with a few others nearby.
Within this irregular ring is a nice, mag 9.1/10.8 double (
Wilhelm Struve discovered NGC 2202 = STF 885 = h385 in 1825 with the 9.6" Fraunhofer refractor at the Dorpat Observatory. It was listed as #885 in his main catalogue of double stars, published in 1827. John Herschel observed this cluster (or asterism) on 2 Feb 1831 (sweep 320) and recorded"The chief of a tolerably neat cluster of large stars." The double star is a 9.1/10.8 pair at 10" separation located at 06 16 51.5 +05 59 47. Karl Reinmuth described the photographic appearance as "Cl, S, R, vP, st 8.5..." with dimensions 6.5'x6.5'. RNGC classifies NGC 2202 as a nonexistent cluster.
******************************
06 04 43 -75 26 18; Men
V = 11.3; Size 3.2'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): this LMC cluster (outside the Hodge-Wright Atlas) appeared fairly bright and large, round, ~1.4' diameter, unresolved but slightly patchy or mottled with a weak concentration. A mag 12.4 star is off the NW side [1.6' from center] and a mag 14.5 star is off the south side [1.6' from center]. Located 46' SSW of mag 5.1 Alpha Mensae.
The galaxy
John Herschel discovered NGC 2203 = h3035 on 23 Jan 1836 and recorded "pB; irreg R; vgpmbM; 2'; resolvable. His position from this single sweep is accurate. Joseph Turner observed this cluster on 5 Jan 1878 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope and reported "glimpses of a grannular or stippled appearance occasionally obtained, showing it to be resolvable." (p. 158 of logbook). Pietro Baracchi called it "pB; pL; R; vglbM. Soft undefined outline about 70" diameter." (9 Jan 1886, Melbourne).
NGC 2203 was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as a "faint cluster, not a nebula."
******************************
06 15 33 -18 40 00; CMa
V = 8.6; Size 13'
13.1" (1/28/84): two dozen stars mag 12-14 in a 10'
diameter. Two mag 9 stars are on
the SW and NW edge and many stars are aligned in strings. Mag 6.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2204 = H. VII-13 on 6 Feb 1785 (sweep 367) and recorded "a cluster of scattered stars, not very rich, above 15' diameter, south following a star 6-7 mag." Due to a transcrption error by Caroline Herschel while preparing her brother's first catalogue for the printer, she was credited with the discovery instead of H. VII-12 = NGC 2360. Jane Houston Jones mistakenly credited Caroline Herschel for the discovery of NGC 2204 in her Sky & Tel article on Caroline Herschel.
******************************
06 10 33.0 -62 32 19; Pic
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 80°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint,
fairly small, slightly elongated E-W, 25"x20". A mag 11.7 star is 3.3' NNE and a
similar star is 5' SSE. A group of
stars (mag 10.6 and fainter) is ~10' W.
Located 33' SE of a mag 5.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2205 = h3034 on 9 Dec 1836 and noted "pF, R, bM, 20"." There is nothing at Herschel's position, but Eric Lindsay comments in his 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), this is "Probably the galaxy 3/4 minute West." In 1926, Robert Innes described it as a "nebula, BM, 20", 12 mag, between 2 faint stars, which may account for the note "spindle"." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
06 15 59.9 -26 45 57; CMa
V = 12.2; Size 2.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 138°
17.5" (2/8/86): moderately bright, small, almost round, small bright core. A star is superimposed very close east of the core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2206 = h3033 on 20 Jan 1835 and
remarked "vF; R; vlbM; 50"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) matches
******************************
06 16 22.0 -21 22 21; CMa
V = 10.8; Size 4.3'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 112°
48" (2/20/12 and 2/28/19): this beautiful spiral galaxy
forms a stunning pair with
IC 2163 is attached at the east side of NGC 2207. The central region was very bright, round, ~1' diameter, small bright core. A surprisingly prominent spiral arm is attached on the SW side. It sweeps gracefully to the east and bends gently clockwise. This arm was ~1.5' long and significantly increased the overall size to roughly 2'x1'. Just northeast of the tip of the arm is 2MASX J06163579-2122032, which appeared as a faint, very small knot. The 2MASX galaxy is probably a dwarf elliptical at the same distance as the pair.
18" (2/5/11): fairly bright, fairly large, sharply concentrated with a bright, elongated core (WSW-ENE) ~1' diameter and a large, much lower surface brightness halo ~2.5'x2.0'. A faint star is close WSW of the nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is at the NW edge of the halo.
Forms an interacting pair with IC 2163, which is embedded on the east side of the halo. The fainter companion appears fairly faint, moderately large, oval E-W, 1.0'x0.7', weakly concentrated
13.1" (1/28/84): moderately bright, moderately large, bright core, double nuclei. A faint extension is visible to the east. This is an unusual interacting pair and the extension to the east is IC 2163.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2207 = h3032 on 24 Jan 1835 and recorded "pB, pL, mE in pos = +/- 87°, pslbM, 2.5' long, 40" broad, to a tolerably well defined round nucleus." His position and Engelhardt's micrometric measurement are accurate, though I'm surprised that Herschel wasn't able to resolve the IC component of the system.
Joseph Turner observed this interacting pair on 18 Dec 1878 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope. He wrote, "It appears to consist of two nebulae" and his sketch clearly shows IC 2163 elongated E-W as a separate object to the east. He noted "the preceding one [NGC 2207] seems to have [three?] distinct nuclei or perhaps [three?] small stars." Herbert Howe also resolved the pair on on 11 Feb 1898 with the 20" refractor at Denver and was credited with the visual discovery of IC 2163. Holmberg 85b refers to the inner spiral arm (ring) to the west of the core.
******************************
06 22 34.7 +51 54 34; Aur
V = 12.8; Size 1.7'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 110°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W, weak concentration. A mag 13 star is 1.1' W of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2208 = Sw. 6-26 on 24 Nov 1886 and noted "pF, pS, lE." His position is 6 seconds of time too small and 1.6' too far north. Hermann Kobold measured an accurate position in 1893 (published in 1907 catalog).
******************************
NGC 2209 = ESO 034-6 = S-L 849
06 08 35 -73 50 18; Men
V = 13.2; Size 2.8'
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this fairly bright outlying LMC cluster (probable globular cluster) appears as a 2.5'-3' glow with only a weak concentration and no resolution. Surrounded by a number of stars including a mag 11.5 star 3.4' W. NGC 2199 (a galaxy) lies 30' NW and continuing in this direction another 38' is NGC 2173, a slightly smaller LMC cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2209 = h3037 on 8 Feb 1836 and remarked "vF; L; R; gvlbM; 3'." His position from this single sweep is accurate.
******************************
06 11 31.7 -69 07 18; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 1.7'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): bright, relatively large, round, at least 1' diameter, contains a very bright grainy core and a relatively thin halo, no definite resolution. A mag 14 star is off the southeast side [1.3' from center]. Located 9.3' NW of a mag 8.2 star and 22' SE of mag 5.1 Nu Doradus. NGC 2210 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2210 = h3036 on 31 Jan 1835 and logged "vB; S; R; pgvmbM; 35"; not resolvable." He noted the observation probably had a one degree error in the polar distance as the next two sweeps agreed in position.
******************************
06 18 30.3 -18 32 14; CMa
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 22°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, very small, elongated
2:1 SSW-NNE, small bright core.
Forms a pair with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 2211 = LM 1-150, along with NGC 2212, on 11 Dec 1885. His rough position is accurate to the nearest min of RA, though Bigourdan (on 9 Mar 1890), Herbert Howe and Ormond Stone measured an accurate RA (repeated in the IC 2 Notes).
******************************
NGC 2212 = ESO 556-014 = MCG -03-16-022 = PGC 18796
06 18 35.7 -18 31 10; CMa
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 136°
17.5" (1/20/90): extremely faint, very small, round, very low surface brightness. A line of three equally spaced mag 14 stars begins 1.5' E and ends 1.3' N. Forms a pair with NGC 2211 1.5' SW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 2212 = LM 1-151, along with NGC 2211, on 11 Dec 1885. His rough position is accurate to the nearest min of RA, though Bigourdan, Herbert Howe and Ormond Stone measured an accurate RA for nearby NGC 2211 (given in the IC 2 Notes).
******************************
06 10 42 -71 31 42; Men
V = 12.4; Size 2.1'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): moderately bright and large, round, 45" diameter, slightly brighter core, no resolution. A distinctive 1' trio in a slight curve, consisting of a mag 11 star and two mag 12 stars, lies 3' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2213 = h3038 on 9 Feb 1836 and recorded "vF; R; glbM; 30". A triple star precedes." His position from this single sweep is 30" SW of center.
******************************
NGC 2214 = ESO 057-74 = S-L 860
06 12 57 -68 15 36; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 3.6'
18" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): this young massive LMC cluster appeared very bright, fairly large, noticeably elongated E-W, ~1.6'x1.1'. About a half-dozen stars were resolved around the edges and within the main glow. Well concentrated with a bright central region and a slightly mottled halo.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2214 = h3039 = D 201 in 1826. He described "a round well-defined small nebula, 20" diameter, bright at the centre." Dunlop made two observations and his published position is 2' SW of center (unusually accurate).
John Herschel made two observations, first on 30 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) when he recorded "B; S; R; or lE; resolved into stars 14...16m; 50"." On 13 Dec 1835 (sweep 653) he logged it as "B; irreg R; or lE; gbM; 80"; resolvable."
Pietro Baracchi sketched the cluster on 4 Jan 1886 and described it as "B; S; lE; Elliptical, even in density, mottled, resolvable. It seems a double nebula or at the least there is some dark division about the middle of the object." On his diagram the object is elongated SSW-NNE and consists of two tangent clumps with a mag 15 star attached at the northeast end and another mag 15 star close south of the east end.
******************************
06 20 50 -07 17 00; Mon
V = 8.4; Size 11'
17.5" (12/28/94): about 50 stars mag 11-14 in a 12' region, pretty evenly distributed and stands out well in the field at 100x. At the west edge is a faint detached group of 8 stars. Near the center are several wide pairs and one close evenly matched fainter pair (HJ 2315 = 11.5/11.5 at 6"). The cluster is not well defined on the east side and merges into the general field.
17.5" (2/1/92): 30 stars mag 11-14 in 10' diameter, fairly bright, elongated ~E-W, pretty evenly distributed, fairly rich although there no dense areas. Includes about 10 mag 11 stars but there is no single dominant star. The remainder are mag 12-14. Set over background haze. Stands out well in low power field.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2215 = H. VII-20 = h386 on 1 Nov 1785 (sweep 468) and recorded "a cl of coarsely but pretty evenly scattered pS stars, of nearly the same magnitude, coarsely round and about 15' diam." His summary description (based on 3 sweeps) reads "a beautiful cluster of pretty compressed and equally scattered stars, 10' or 12' diameter."
******************************
06 21 30.7 -22 05 14; CMa
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 20°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE, even surface brightness. A mag 13 star is off the SE end 1.7' from center and a mag 14.5 star is superimposed at the SE end. A group of 20 stars are in the field to the west.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2216 = h3040 on 23 Jan 1835 and
noted it as "vF, pL, R, vglbM, 40"." His position (single sweep)
matches
******************************
06 21 39.8 -27 14 04; CMa
V = 10.7; Size 4.5'x4.2'; Surf Br = 13.8
24" (2/5/13): very bright, very large, contains a brighter 1.3' core that is sharply concentrated with an intense nucleus! The round halo extends 3' and has a fairly smooth surface brightness. The outer halo passes through a wide pair of mag 12/13 stars on the west side. UGCA 126, a thin edge-on, lies 60' WSW.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, small, elongated ~E-W, well concentrated with a bright core surrounded by small faint halo, stellar nucleus at moments.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2217 = h3041 on 20 Jan 1835 and
recorded "vB; R; psmbM; 30", r." His position (measured on two sweeps) matches
******************************
06 24 41.5 +19 20 29; Gem
= 4*, Reinmuth =no cluster, RNGC.
Edward Cooper discovered NGC 2218 on 13 Jan 1853 with the large 13.3-inch refractor at the Markree Observatory in Ireland while compiling the Markree Ecliptic Catalogue. Arthur Auwers couldn't find it using the 6" Heliometer at Konigsberg, though included it as #22 in his 1862 list of new nebulae. Karl Reinmuth, using Heidelberg plates, reported "only 4 st 14...15". There is only a small group of 3-5 stars on the DSS at Cooper's position. The RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
06 23 45 -04 40 36; Mon
17.5" (2/2/02): at 100x, 15-20 fairly faint mag 13-14 stars and a few brighter stars are visible just following mag 6.7 SAO 133199. The group is elongated ~WNW-ESE and the stars are fairly evenly distributed. The SE corner is marked by a mag 7.5 star. Visually, this group appears to be a cluster as the star density is reasonably rich and the group is isolated in the field. Listed as a nonexistent cluster in the RNGC and not in the Lynga catalogue.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2219 = h387 on 19 Feb 1830 and
noted, "The first *6 of a course poor cl; *11...12." His position corresponds with mag 6.7
******************************
06 21 11.0 -44 45 32; Pup
Size 22'
24" (2/22/14): at 125x, this asterism is a scattered
20' field containing several bright stars. There are two groupings with the more prominent southeast
group containing 8 brighter stars including mag 7.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 2220 = h3042 on 29 Dec 1834 and recorded a "A poor, very coarsely scattered, but brilliant cluster of 8th class. Place of a star 8m = B 1222, the chief of cl." His position corresponds with mag 7.7 HD 44737 at 06 21 11.3 -44 45 31 (2000). The asterism also includes HD 44665 = HJ 3852 (8.4/10.7 at 7") and mag 8.8 HD 44764. WEBDA has no listing, and this grouping is probably an asterism. RNGC calls NGC 2220 nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
06 20 15.7 -57 34 42; Pic
V = 12.9; Size 1.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 0°
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
is the brightest member of a trio of elongated galaxies (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2221 = h3044 (along with NGC 2222 = h3045) on 4 Dec 1834 and recorded "vF; lE; vgbM; the preceding of 2." His position is 1' too far north.
******************************
NGC 2222 = ESO 121-025 = KTS 33B = PGC 18835
06 20 17.0 -57 32 04; Pic
V = 13.3; Size 1.2'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 150°
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x, this edge-on galaxy appeared moderately bright and large, elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 0.9'x0.3', gradually increases to a small bright core. This is the second brightest in a trio of elongated systems with NGC 2221 2.6' S and ESO 161-001 2.9' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2222 = h3045 (along with NGC 2221 = h3044) on 23 Jan 1835 and recorded "vF; lE; vgvlbM; the following of 2." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 24 36.0 -22 50 18; CMa
V = 11.6; Size 3.2'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 175°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is on the north end 24" from center. Apparently I missed the outer 3' low surface brightness outer halo as the superimposed star is just outside the core.
8" (1/1/84): very faint, fairly small, elongated ~N-S.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2223 = h3043 on 23 Jan 1835 and
logged "F; R glbM; has 1 or 2 stars on it and a small close double star
(dist 3", 12 and 12 mag) north." His mean position (measured on 3 sweeps) matches
******************************
06 27 28 +12 35 36; Gem
= no cluster, RNGC.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2224 = H. VII-35 on 24 Dec 1786 (sweep 662) and described "A cluster of small pretty much compressed stars with suspected nebulosity, but the latter may be a deception." His position is close to a mag 9.6 star in a rich field containing some extremely faint nebulosity. Robert Ball, observing with the 72" on 9 Dec 1866, noted "some stars scattered about, but no neby see. Sky not good."
Karl Reinmuth reported "no pC Cl seen", based on Heidelberg plates. The RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent and it is not listed in any open cluster catalogue. Harold Corwin there is an elongated group of very faint stars close to Herschel's position and these are embedded in very faint nebulosity, though I haven't checked this field.
******************************
06 26 37 -09 38 30; Mon
17.5" (1/23/93):
Listed as nonexistent in RNGC though shows up well on the DSS.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2225 = H. VII-26 = h388 on 30 Jan 1786 (sweep 516) and described "a cluster of extremely small and pretty much compressed stars, with a few larger ones, but not very rich; in the shape of a hook." His position was off the southeast side of the cluster (or asterism) and the "large ones in the shape of a hook" probably refer to a group of stars off the northeast side of the core of the group. This cluster is not listed in the Lynga catalogue and RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent with the comment "NOCL". NGC 2226 is the small core of NGC 2225.
******************************
06 26 37.6 -09 38 34; Mon
Size 2'
17.5" (1/23/93): faint group of six mag 14 stars over unresolved haze giving a fairly rich appearance. Forms an irregular arc 2' length N-S bending west on the south end. Located 1' N of a mag 10 star and a mag 12 star is 4' N. Several more mag 13.5-14 stars are nearby, which together as a 5' group elongated N-S may form NGC 2225.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 2226 (discovery date unknown). Harold Corwin notes Barnard was probably using a 5- or 6-inch refractor at Nashville and the discovery was directly communicated to Dreyer. His rough position is nearly identical to this cluster, but the NGC description "small,very difficult,*10 close S" suggests he only noted the core of the larger group (NGC 2225) discovered by WH. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
06 25 57.9 -22 00 18; CMa
V = 12.5; Size 2.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 19°
17.5" (2/8/86): faint, fairly large, fairly diffuse, elongated ~N-S, almost even surface brightness. A mag 10 star is 8' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2227 = h3046 on 27 Jan 1835 and
remarked "eF; R; has coarse double star preceding on same parallel
90" dist." His
description and position (NPD corrected by two degrees in his addendum) matches
******************************
06 21 15.6 -64 27 33; Dor
V = 13.6; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; fairly faint, fairly
small, round, 30"-36" diameter, very small bright core. At 397x the core seemed elongated ~E-W,
but this was due to a mag 15.6 star that occasionally resolved at its east
edge. Located 11.6' NW of mag 8.2
NGC 2228 is a member of ACO S585 = AGC 3389, which includes
John Herschel discovered NGC 2228 = h3047 on 31 Jan 1835 and
noted "F; R; glbM; 20"."
His position (single sweep) matches
******************************
NGC 2229 = ESO 087-008 = PGC 18867
06 21 23.7 -64 57 24; Dor
V = 13.4; Size 1.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 133°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly
faint, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 0.75'x0.25', a mag 14 star is 45" S of
center. In the core of the rich
cluster
John Herschel discovered NGC 2229 = h3048 (along with NGC 2230, 2233 and 2235) on 30 Nov 1834 and logged as "eF; vS; R; the preceding of 3." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2230 = ESO 087-009 = PGC 18873
06 21 27.5 -64 59 35; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 81°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright, round, 0.9' diameter, moderately concentrated with a bright 20" core. Situated in the core of the rich cluster AGC 3389 = ACO S585 with NGC 2229 2.2' N, NGC 2233 2.9' SE, NGC 2235 6.8' NE, 2MASX J06215975-6459181 3.4' E. A total of 7 galaxies were picked up within an 11' circle.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2230 = h3049 (along with NGC 2229, 2233 and 2235) on 30 Nov 1834 and logged "eF, S, lE, the middle of 3." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 20 43 -67 31 06; Dor
V = 13.2; Size 2.0'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): this LMC globular appeared fairly faint, moderately large, round, ~45" diameter, fairly low but irregular surface brightness, increases in size with averted, no resolution. A number of brighter stars in the field including HJ 3862, a mag 9.5/11.5 pair at 8", which lies 5' SE. In addition, a mag 10 star is 6' NNE and two other mag 11 stars are within 4' N. Several more mag 12 stars (some closer) are in the field. S-L 885 lies 3.7' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2231 = h3050 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F, pL, R, gvlbM, precedes a double star [h3862]." On a second sweep he called it "F, L, R, 50", among 10 or 12 stars 10th and 11th mag." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is good.
******************************
06 28 02 -04 50 48; Mon
V = 3.9; Size 30'
17.5" (12/28/94): at 100x appears as a scattered group of bright stars surrounding 10 Monocerotis (V = 5.1) with the remaining stars forming a wedge tapering to the SW. Includes 7 brighter mag 8-10 stars and another two dozen fainter stars. Richest surrounding 10 Mon and five brighter stars form a distinctive box around the bright star. Too large and scattered for higher power.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2232 = H. VIII-25 on 16 Oct 1784 (sweep 296) and recorded "The 10 Monocerotis surrounded by many bright stars." His position matches the bright star. The position in the Lynga catalogue, RNGC, NGC 2000.0 and Sky Catalogue 2000 is about 20' too far west! Brian Skiff suggests a centroid position of 06 28 02 -04 50.8 based on the star GSC 4793-2505. See my RNGC Corrections #7.
By analyzing William Herschel's earlier "reviews" of bright stars (before his systematic sweeps), which resulted in the discovery of many double stars, Wolfgang Steinicke found that Herschel discovered the cluster on 5 Dec 1779 using his 6.2" reflector. This is apparently his earliest non-stellar discovery!
******************************
NGC 2233 = ESO 087-011 = PGC 18882
06 21 40.1 -65 02 00; Dor
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 45°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 SW-NE, 36"x9", fairly low surface brightness with little or no concentration. Located 2.8' SE of NGC 2230 in the core of the rich cluster AGC 3389 = ACO S585.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2233 = h3051 (along with NGC 2229, 2230 and 2235) on 30 Nov 1834 and logged "eF; S; the last of 3." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 29 22 +16 43 24; Gem
Size 25'
18" (1/26/09): at 175x only a scattered group of ~75 stars in a non-descript 10' region. Includes a number of mag 12 stars forming the outline of two rough loops or a butterfly shape. This poor grouping is immediately SE of the listed position. The Milky Way is patchy here and the stars are set over unresolved haze. This grouping appears a very weak field enhancement at best and not a cluster.
William Herschel described a larger grouping (nearly 30'), though the entire field is not really distinguishable from the surrouding area.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2234 = H. VIII-9 = h389 on 19 Feb 1784 (sweep 148) and reported as "A cluster of stars very much scattered; takes up near 1/2 degree. It is not very rich; the stars are of various magnitudes." John Herschel described on 25 Jan 1832 (sweep 395), "a p rich v loose cl, fills 2 or 3 fields, not bM, st 10...13m."
Karl Reinmuth noted "no distinct Cl" on Heidelberg plates and the RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7). There is a fairly even scattering of mag 10-13 stars in the vicinity on on the POSS.
******************************
NGC 2235 = ESO 087-013 = PGC 18906
06 22 22.0 -64 56 03; Dor
V = 13.0; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 68°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 0.9'x0.6', broad concentration with a slightly elongated 25" core. A mag 10.8 star is right at the northeast edge of the halo. This is the brightest of 7 galaxies, including NGCs 2229, 2230 and 2233, viewed in the core of ACO S585 = AGC 3389 and the furthest northeast.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2235 = h3052 (along with NGC 2229, 2230 and 2233) on 30 Nov 1834 and logged "vF; S; R; 30"." His position (single sweep) is accurate.
******************************
06 29 40 +06 49 48; Mon
V = 8.5; Size 7'
13.1" (1/18/85): two dozen faint stars in a 5' region over background haze. The brighter stars are in a rich 1' triangular outline with the brightest mag 11 star in the cluster. A long curving arc of fainter stars emanates from the group. Fairly striking cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2236 = H. VII-5 = h390 on 23 Feb 1784 (sweep 156) and described "a cluster of compressed stars of various magnitudes, pretty rich in small stars; the preceding part contains chiefly large onces, not round." On 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118) John Herschel described an "Irreg fig cl like a hollow triangle in a crowded part of the Milky Way; stars vS; 12...15m; one star 10m. The surrounding loose stars are all large."
******************************
06 30 18 +05 03; Mon
Size 80'x60'
17.5" (2/8/86): amazingly detailed view at 73x. The SE section has an interesting structure with an outer extension or brighter part of an outer shell. The SW side has an unusual darker bay with a gap in outer edge of the "wreath". The outer edge of the NE side has a sharp "corner" bending due south on the west side.
13.1" (many dates from 1/23/82 to 11/5/83): the
complete annulus of the Rosette Nebula was clearly visible surrounding the
naked-eye cluster
8" (many dates from 12/6/80 to 1/1/84): complete annulus easy visible in field at 42x or in 8x50 finder with filter as a large, soft ring surrounding the cluster.
Naked-eye (1/8/00): using an OIII filter, the apparent diameter of the cluster (NGC 2244) noticeably increases in size due to the surrounding nebulosity becoming visible. The overall brightness, though, is slightly decreased with the filter as the cluster is significantly dimmed.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2237 = Sw. 2-31 between 1865 and 1874 while comet hunting using his 4.5-inch refractor. The discovery wasn't published, though, until 1884 (Sidereal Messenger, 3, 57-58). Swift reported "Some ten years ago [implying a discovery date around 1874], while searching for comets, I ran across an exceedingly large and fairly bright nebula near 12 Mon which I of course supposed was familiar to every astronomer." In the notes to his second list, Swift wrote "until 1881 I supposed it was a well known nebula. Like the Merope nebula it requires a low power and a large field to see it well, and, like it, it also much obscured by a cluster of bright stars. It slighty precedes and is a little north of the cluster [only one portion of the annulus seen], and at first would naturally be mistaken for a glow from it.
"Through ordinary telescopes it appears to have no visible boundaries, but through my 16-inch refractor it once under excellent conditions presented outlines sharp and distinc of an exact ellipse, with a pretty large easily seen nebula at each foci."
In an 1887 article he states the nebula was found "some fifteen years ago" or roughly 1872, and in an 1890 article (Sidereal Messenger, Volume 9, "A Wonderful Nebulous Ring"), he mentions the nebula was found "in about the year 1865".
E.E. Barnard independently discovered the Rosette on 29 Jan 1883 with his 5-inch refractor while searching for comets (Sidereal Messenger 4, 313). He commented in his logbook "Found a large nebulous object, [near] a scattering cluster of bright stars; it is elongated southwest and northeast. Larger than the field of view." Barnard's announcement prompted Swift to claim an earlier discovery. Swift mentioned (notes to second list) that at his request Barnard reobserved it on 31 Oct 1885 [probably with the Lick 12-inch] and "estimates it to be one degree in length by a half degree in breadth", implying he saw the entire annulus. Barnard showed the nebula to Swift when he visited Lick in January 1889.
Barnard referred to the nebula as "Swift's Nebula", though it was often called "Barnard's Ring" before the "Rosette Nebula" nickname was introduced. The oldest confirmed usage was in JRASC from 1949 (vol 43, 122): "Often referred to as the Rosette Nebula, it is known to astronomers as NGC 2237."
******************************
06 30 40.4 +05 00 47; Mon
13.1": small knot on the west side of the Rosette Nebula. See NGC 2237 for description.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2238 = m 99 on 28 Feb 1864 with Lassell's 48" reflector on Malta. This is a small, nebulous area around a star in the western half of the Rosette Nebula but there was no mention of the entire nebula, which was first recognized by Lewis Swift and E.E. Barnard.
******************************
06 31 55 +04 56 36; Mon
V = 4.8; Size 24'
See observing notes for NGC 2244.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2239 = h392 on 4 March 1830 and
noted "the place of a *8m in most compressed part of a large, poor, but
brilliant cluster." His
position was 1 min of RA west of mag 6.8
******************************
06 33 11 +35 15 00; Aur
18" (1/26/09): at 175x this is a fairly course,
scattered group of three dozen mag 10-13 stars in a 10' region. Located just following mag 6.8 HD
46050. Many of the stars are in
pairs and in conjunction with the nearby bright star probably caught William
Herschel's attention. Also in the
field is mag 7.0
Described by WH (VIII 49) as "A cluster of coursely scattered large stars, not rich" and by JH (h391) as "a v coarse straggling cl 10' diam; 30 or 40 stars 10...15m. A *10m taken, but one of 7m precedes to the north." Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2240 = H. VIII-49 = h391 on 3 Jan 1786 (sweep 509) and reported "A cluster of coursely scattered large stars, not rich." On 17 Feb 1828 (sweep 124), John Herschel described "a v coarse straggling cl 10' diam; 30 or 40 stars 10...15m. A *10m taken, but one of 7m precedes to the N." Karl Reinmuth gives a diameter of 10' and description "Cl, pL, iR, pP, sc, st 10...; bet BD +35 1436 and BD +35 1444.", based on its photographic appearance. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent as this object may be an asterism.
******************************
06 22 53 -68 55 30; Dor
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint or
moderately bright LMC cluster, round, 30"-40" diameter, smooth
surface brightness, no resolution.
A mag 11.9 star is 2.4' SW and a mag 11 star is 2' S. The cluster forms
the northern vertex of a rough right triangle with the two bright field
stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2241 = h3054 on 31 Jan 1835 and recorded "F; pL; R; 30"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) matches this LMC cluster.
******************************
06 34 07.4 +44 46 38; Aur
V = 15.2; Size 20"
17.5" (1/31/87): faint, small, almost round. Unusually weak filtration response as appears similar brightness or slightly fainter using filters! Estimate V = 14.5. This object was recently discovered to be a planetary in 1985 (Shaw and Bidelman) and is listed in the CGCG.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2242 = Sw. 6-27 on 24 Nov 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. This is the last planetary nebula, by discovery date, to be included in the NGC. RNGC and CGCG (204-005) misclassify NGC 2242 as a galaxy although the RNGC new description reads "R, HISB, STEL, PLN??", so it questioned if it was perhaps a PN instead.
In 1985, spectroscopic investigations by Richard Shaw and William Bidelman revealed that NGC 2242 is a previously uncatalogued planetary nebula (independently shown to be a planetary by Machara in A&A 178, 221). It was included as a new planetary nebula in Kohoutek's 4th update list (AN 315, 1994). See my RNGC Corrections #2.
******************************
06 29 35 -31 16 54; CMa
V = 9.4; Size 5'
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly small faint cluster located
just 8' SW of mag 7.4
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2243 = D 616 = h3053 on 24 May 1826. His handwritten notes read "a very faint, ill defined nebula south preceding a star of the 7th mag by 20 seconds in RA and ~10' south of the star. I can perceive a bright point or nucleus. There are many small stars scattered in and about the nebula but I do not consider them connected with it..." Although his description clinches the identification, his position was 33' too far ESE.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2243 = h3053 on 19 Oct 1835 (sweep 645) and recorded "pB, R, vglbM, all evidently resolved into stars, not very rich. Something between a cluster and a globular cluster. [This ob makes the RA 24m 8.9s, but it is pretty clear that this is a misreading of the chronometer.]" On 16 Feb 1836 (sweep 678) he logged "pB, R, gbM, 4' diameter, mottled or resolved, amongst bright stars."
******************************
NGC 2244 = NGC 2239 = Cr 99 = Mel 47 = OCL-515 = Ced 76b
06 31 55 +04 56 36; Mon
V = 4.8; Size 24'
17.5" (2/11/96): unusually bright, large cluster of
~15'x5' elongated NW-SE in a rectangular outline and situated in the heart of
the Rosette Nebula! The brightest
8 mag 6/7 stars lie along the sides and vertices of the rectangle with the
brightest member, yellowish 12 Mon (V = 5.9), residing at the SE vertex. There are ~40 stars within the cluster
although the only concentration is fifteen mag 11/12 stars surrounding mag 6.8
8": bright, large cluster in the center of the Rosette Nebula. The six brightest stars form a rectangular outline with the brightest star 12 Monocerotis (V = 5.9) at the SE corner. At the north and NW corners of the rectangle are two bright wide pairs with mag 7/8 stars. Many faint stars are near the center surrounding the wide pairs. Faint naked-eye cluster in dark sky.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2244 = H. VII-2 on 24 Jan 1784 (sweep 114) and described "the 12th Monocerotis is a beautiful scattered cluster of stars. They are chiefly of two sorts; the first very brilliant, and the 2nd sort arranged in beautiful winding lines; of these there are about 30 or more. There are besides many very small stars." Wolfgang Steinicke reports that Herschel first observed the cluster earlier on 13 Jan 1783 (before starting his sweeps) using his 6.2-inch reflector.
John Flamsteed recorded the 6th magnitude star 12 Monocerotis on his Atlas Coelestis (17 Feb 1690). But Stephen O'Meara notes that Flamsteed didn't mention any of the fainter cluster stars (or general fuzziness), so he doesn't deserve credit for the discovery.
******************************
NGC 2245 = LBN 904 = Ced 80 = PP 62 = P 13
06 32 41.2 +10 09 24; Mon
Size 5'x3'
17.5" (1/19/91): bright, fairly large, about 3'
diameter, elongated SW-NE. Fans
out to the southwest from a fairly bright mag 11 star at the northeast
end. Fades smoothly into
background. Located 2' WSW of mag 8.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2245 = H. IV-3 = h393 on 16 Jan 1784 (sweep 81) and reported "A nebula. It is fan shaped, and appears like a star with a faint, electric brush at one side of it." On 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120), John Herschel called it "a *11 with a milky neb surrounding it, but chiefly on the sp side. The star is not sharp - not stellar, and the neb fades gradually away from the star; 70" or 80" diam; has a * 7m 30° nf."
The account by Lord Rosse's assistant George Johnstone Stoney on 28 Feb 1850 is remarkable: "...this neb is part of an enormous neby, which I traced following and north to a great distance, some degrees. It narrows at times to a band across the finding eyepiece of about 6' or 8'. I fancied the number of bright stars was greater in it than in the neighborhood; I am certain the number of small stars is much less..." His sketch was included in Lord Rosse's 1861 publication (plate XXVII, fig 11).
******************************
NGC 2246 = Sh 2-275 = Rosette Nebula
06 32 33.8 +05 07 42; Mon
13.1" (1/23/82): this is a brighter patch on the inner northeast side of the Rosette Nebula. A slightly darker gap in the annulus is located at the west end of this portion.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2246 = Sw. 3-36 on 27 Feb 1886 and described as "eeF; L; iR; e diff. Probably an offshoot of [NGC 2237] Two or three others suspected." The position is on a brighter patch of the Rosette Nebula in the inner portion of the annulus on the northeast side. Wolfgang Steinicke notes this is the last discovered emission nebula included in the NGC (published in 1888).
******************************
06 33 05.1 +10 19 17; Mon
Size 4'x3'
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, oval shape. Surrounds a bright mag 8.5 star (Herbig Be star V700 Mon) although extends further to the east side of the star. Reflection nebula NGC 2245 lies 12' SSW.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly faint nebulosity surrounds mag 8 star, round, fans out to south in direction of three faint stars.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2247 = Sw. 1-7 on 24 Nov 1883 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and noted a "nebulous star; v diff; B* exactly in center of L, eF nebulosity; follows 1425 [NGC 2245] 28 sec and is 10' N." His position is 2' SE of this reflection nebula.
Dreyer also credited LdR with the co-discovery of NGC 2247. It's possible that Dreyer was referring to Johnstone Stoney's comment on 28 Feb 1850, "...This nebula [NGC 2245] is part of an enormous neby, which I traced f and n to a great dist. some degrees."
******************************
06 34 35.7 +26 18 16; Gem
Size 45"
18" (2/14/10): at 175x a small clump of 4 stars was resolved. The brightest two are a 16" pair of mag 12/13 stars, while the fainter two are probably mag 14.5/15.5.
Edward Cooper discovered NGC 2248 on 23 Dec 1853 with the large 13.3-inch refractor at the Markree Observatory in Ireland. Auwers included it as #23 in his 1862 table of new nebulae and mentioned in the 6" Heliometer at Konigsberg it appeared "extremely faint, just resolvable spot of 2-3' dia. The brightest star 12m." At Cooper's position is a small clump of stars (45" diameter), including a mag 12/13 pair at 16" separation with several fainter stars in a chain to the east. Harold Corwin calls this an "asterism of nine stars". RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent.
******************************
NGC 2249 = ESO 057-82 = S-L 893
06 25 50 -68 55 12; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.7'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly bright,
intermediate age LMC cluster, relatively large, 1.0' diameter, round, gradually
increases to the center, no resolution.
An unequal mag 11/13 pair at ~10" separation lies 3.7' WNW and mag
8.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2249 = h3055 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; R; vglbM." On a later sweep he logged "pB; R; gbM; 50"; has a double star preceding." His position is accurate.
On 3 Jan 1886, Pietro Baracchi described the cluster with the 48" Melbourne telescope as "B; S; R; gbM; mottled as if resolvable; soft edged. A star 10 mag precedes nebula by 40s and is 30" north. Diameter of nebula 50" approximately." This object is classified as a globular cluster in SIMBAD.
******************************
06 33 49 -05 05 12; Mon
Size 7'
18" (1/26/09): at 175x about two dozen stars mag 12-14
stars are resolved in an 8'x4' irregular group, elongated E-W. The brightest star is mag 8.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 2250 = h394 on 20 Feb 1830 (sweep 235) and wrote, "place of a *8-9 m in following part of a large pretty rich loose cluster; irreg oblong fig; stars 12...14m." His position matches mag 8.7 HD 46576. The Lynga and RNGC position is 1 tmin too far west.
******************************
06 34 39 +08 22 00; Mon
V = 7.3; Size 10'
18" (3/4/08): at 175x, this is a fairly striking cluster that includes a fairly rich 6' string oriented N-S. The string contains ~20 stars including a mag 10.5/11.5 double at 5" (Barton 2120). The brightest star in near the geometric center and is part of second group of ~20 stars with several in a 2' loop. The bright star is a mag 9.5/11.5 pair at 9". Finally, on the north side is a small string of a half-dozen stars oriented E-W.
17.5" (3/12/94): about 40 stars mag 10.5-14 in an 11'x4' fairly rich string NW-SE. Includes about 10 brighter mag 11 stars. The brightest mag 9.5 star is part of a small, roundish subgroup on the west side and is a pleasing double with components mag 9.5/12 at 10". This subgroup has three brighter stars and 15 faint stars mostly west of the double. The main string is fairly uniform except for an empty 3' gap SE of the mag 9.5 star. Located 5' NW of the cluster is an isolated mag 10 star which appears to be a field star.
17.5" (2/1/92): 35 stars mag 10-14 in 12'x6' string NNW-SSE, bright, moderately large, fairly rich but not dense. Consists of 3 main subgroups. The western group is 2' diameter and includes a close double star 10/12 at 10". The NW group is 3' diameter and includes two mag 11 stars with three mag 13 stars between. The SE group is largest and includes 15 stars in a 6' string very elongated N-S with a close double star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2251 = H. VIII-3 = h395 on 26 Dec 1783 (very early sweep 67) and noted "a small cluster of very close stars, not very remarkable." His summary description (2 observatins) reads "an extended cluster of large scattered stars." His position falls just west of center of this cluster. On 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118), John Herschel logged, "a large tract full of stars; v rich; place from working list."
******************************
06 34 19.8 +05 19 22; Mon
V = 7.7; Size 18'
18" (3/13/04): at 115x, this fairly rich field is located just 50' NE of the center of the Rosette Nebula! Most distinctive in the field is a very elongated N-S group of roughly 50 stars in a 12'-15' string just 2' wide. The group has a distinctive hook on the north end as it curves sharply towards the SW. A near perfect triangle of mag 9 stars at 30", 34" and 40" separation lies 23' E.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2252 = H. VIII-50 = h396 on 27 Jan 1786 (sweep 512) and reported "a cluster of stars arranged in a broad row, 25' long and 6 or 8' broad, not very compressed but pretty rich." His position is on the east side of the cluster. John Herschel logged in Mar 1830 (sweep 237), "L, pretty rich; stars small; place by working list."
******************************
06 42 31 +66 24; Cam
24" (3/22/14): this number might apply to a fairly rich
string of stars about 30' north of William Herschel's position. The surrounding field was examined at
125x (49' field of view) and the only object that caught my attention was a 4'
string containing a dozen mag 13-14 stars oriented SW-NE. In addition, a larger group of mag 14
stars is just south (though detached), with the total size of both groups
roughly 10'. This asterism is penned
in by some brighter stars: mag 9.6 star (
William Herschel discovered NGC 2253 = H. VII-54 on 1 Nov 1788 (sweep 879) and recorded "A vF patch of eS stars." There is nothing at Harold Corwin's re-reduced position of 06 41 52 +65 50.3 (J2000) -- similar to Auwers -- and Bigourdan failed to recover this object. Corwin suggests NGC 2253 might be "a small group of about 10-15 stars" at 06 42 32 +66 24.3 (2000). This clump is roughly 30' north of WH's position (possibly a digit error) and described above.
RNGC, CGCG and SIMBAD misidentify
******************************
06 35 50 +07 40 24; Mon
V = 9.7; Size 4'
18" (3/4/08): small, dense group of ~25 stars in 3' at 225x and 300x. About a dozen of the stars are arranged in a semi-circular chain or "C" that is open on the east side. Several mag 14+ stars are near this loop, segregated into small clumps.
17.5" (2/8/91): at 220x, about two dozen stars over haze in a 3'-4' diameter. About 6 stars of mag 13 form a "C" shaped asterism open on the east side. The brightest mag 13 star is on the NW side of this arc. The rest of cluster members are 14-15th magnitude.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2254 = H. VII-22 = h397 on 28 Dec 1785 (sweep 496) and noted "a small cluster of pretty compressed vS stars." His position is just west of center. On 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118), John Herschel described "a pretty rich, small cluster; irreg fig; st 11...15m."
******************************
06 33 58.6 -34 48 45; Col
V = 13.4; Size 1.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 152°
18" (3/11/07): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, 1.0'x0.5', weakly concentrated.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2255 = h3056 on 2 Feb 1835 and
described as "eF; R; vlbM; 25-30"." His position (measured on two sweeps) matches
******************************
06 47 13.9 +74 14 11; Cam
V = 12.5; Size 2.3'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.0
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, moderately large, oval
4:3 E-W, broad but only weak concentration. Located 3.5' NNW of a mag 10 star.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2256 = T. 9-3 (along with NGC
2258) on 1 Aug 1883 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His position and description matches
******************************
06 30 12.6 -64 19 37; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 4'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): fairly faint, fairly large, round, 1.5'-2' diameter, broad weak concentration, no resolution. An elongated group of a half-dozen mag 10-11 stars oriented NW-SE passes just north of the cluster. NGC 2257 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's (over 10 billion years old) in the LMC and is situated at the northeast periphery of the cloud.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2257 = h3057 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded as "F; vL; R; gvlbM; 3'." On his third sweep he logged "pB; L; R; vgbM; resolvable; diam in RA = 17s of time." His position is accurate. NGC 2257 was identified by Gascoigne and Lynga as the "easternmost object to which membership of the Clouds may certainly be assigned".
******************************
NGC 2258 = UGC 3523 = MCG +12-07-016 = CGCG 330-115 = PGC 19622
06 47 46.1 +74 28 54; Cam
V = 11.9; Size 2.3'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 150°
24" (2/18/20): at 375x; fairly bright, moderately
large, slightly elongated NNW-SSE,~1.0'x0.8', fairly high surface
brightness. A mag 11.1 star is
close off the NE edge, 0.8' from center and a mag 12 star is 1.2' SSE. A mag 15 star is right at the south edge.
17.5" (1/19/91): moderately bright, small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is just 0.8' NE of center and a mag 12 star is 1.2' SSE. NGC 2256 lies 15' SSW and IC 451 is 20' E.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2258 = T. 9-4, along with NGC
2256, with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. Tempel just gives a rough RA, but his
position is about 6' south of
******************************
06 38 33.3 +10 52 57; Mon
Size 5'
18" (3/4/08): at 175x, appears as a 4' rich group of
faint stars over haze. At 300x,
about two dozen stars in total are resolved, mostly in a 2' circular
clump. About 1' N of this dense
patch of stars is the brightest mag 11.5 star which has a 13th magnitude
companion. This cluster is located
5' E of mag 8.8
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, small, 3'-4' diameter,
rich, irregularly round. Consists
of about 15 faint stars mag 13.5-14.5 sparkling over a layer of background
haze. A double star mag 12/13 at
7" separation is at the north edge.
Mag 8.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 2259 = H. VI-28 on 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 682) and called "a cluster of extremely compressed and exceedintly S stars, considerably rich, irr F, the following and most compressed part of it round." His position (Auwer's reduction) is on the south side of the cluster.
******************************
06 38 03 -01 28 24; Mon
17.5" (2/1/03): roughly 50 stars are visible at 100x
spread out over 15'. The stars are
in two main subgroups, oriented SW and NE. The SW group includes mag 8.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2260 = H. VIII-48 = h398 on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and noted "A Cl of very scattered stars of various sizes, of more than 1/2 degree of extent." On 23 Nov 1827 (sweep 107) John Herschel reported, "very course, v poor, v straggling, the chief *8 taken." His position corresponds with mag 8.2 SAO 133505 at 06 38 05.8 -01 26 40. Karl Reinmuth gave an approximate size of 15' with description "Cl, pL, P, st 8..." based on its photographic appearance on Heidelberg plates. The group is not included in the Lynga cluster catalogue and RNGC classifies it as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
06 39 10 +08 44 42; Mon
Size 2'x1'
48" (5/1/19): at 375x; the view through this scope showed a great deal of structure and brightness variations. I was struck by the length of the eastern edge, which dimmed after the bright thin section extending north, but could be traced just beyond two mag 17-17.5 stars, for a total length of 3'.
18" (3/4/08): Hubble's variable nebula is a striking fan-shaped object, with a mag 12 "star" at its south tip with the nebula extending to the north. The fan displays a great deal of variation in brightness and structure at 300x. The brightest portion is on the northwest side of the fan, though it dims a little near the tip on the west side. The eastern rim is bright and sharply defined N-S like a thin finger. The nebulosity dims along the northern end of the fan and a small, wedge-shaped darker area extends into the fan from the north.
13.1" (1/28/84): Hubble's Variable Nebula is bright, small, fan-shaped 2:1 N-S and widest at the north boundary. The nebulosity tapers down towards 12th magnitude R Monocerotis at the south tip which appears to have a very small high surface brightness halo. The western edge (oriented NW-SE) is slightly weaker and more curved than the eastern edge which is sharper and straighter N-S. This is an impressive nebula with high surface brightness and interesting structure.
8" (1/28/84): comet-like nebula extends from R Mon.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2261 = H. IV-2 = h399 on 26 Oct 1783 (very early sweep 67) and recorded "a curious nebula of a fan shape." His summary description (based on 4 observations) reads "cB, fan-shaped, about 2' long from the centre." His placed it in class IV, which includes planetary nebulae. John Herschel reported on 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118), "*12m with bright cometic branch 60" l whose axis is 60° np. The star is a little ill-defined. The apex of the neb comex exactly up to star, but does not pass it."
Lord Rosse and/or assistant George Johnstone Stoney observed NGC 2261 on 22 Dec 1848 and again on 11 Feb 1849. Stoney likely sketched the nebula on 16 Jan 1850 (figure 10, 1850 publication) and noted "two comparatively dark spaces, one near the vertex and other near the base of the cone." William Lassell observed and sketched NGC 2261 in March 1853 with his 24-inch equatorial reflector from Malta. He noted, "the nucleus not stellar, but like the nucleus of the nebula in Andromeda [M31]." Father Angelo Secchi published a detailed sketch and description in 1856 using the 9.6" refractor in Rome.
Julius Schmidt discovered the variability of R Mon in 1861 with a 6" refractor. While a graduate student at Yerkes Observatory in 1916, Hubble discovered the nebula itself was variable, hence the popular nickname. A series of photographs chronically the changes were taken with the 30" Reynolds reflector between 1916-1920 at the Helwan Observatory in Egypt. This is an unusual bipolar nebula with the second southern jet hidden from view. Hubble's Variable Nebula was the first object photographed through the 200-inch Hale telescope at Palomar Observatory. Hubble sat in the prime focus cage of that instrument and recorded an image on 26 Jan 1949.
******************************
06 39 38.7 +01 08 30; Mon
Size 4'
13.1" (1/18/85): about 10 very faint stars in cluster over unresolved background glow. Incorrect position given in modern catalogues.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2262 = H. VII-37 = h400 on 27 Dec 1786 (sweep 668) and described "A Cl of v. com eS st, considerably rich, 3 or 4' dia., most condensed around the middle." His position matches this small cluster. On 5 Feb 1831 (sweep 322), John Herschel recorded "A great many sc st; and a strong suspicion of a more comp part (thick haze)."
The wrong position (06 38.4 +01 11 (2000)) is given in modern sources such as Sky Catalogue 2000, Lynga, NGC 2000.0, RNGC and SIMBAD (now corrected). Brent Archinal notes (e-mail from 3/11/98) the error originated with Per Collinder's list of clusters (1931) and copied into the modern catalogues.
******************************
06 38 28.9 -24 50 55; CMa
V = 12.1; Size 2.6'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 143°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, oval
NW-SE, even surface brightness.
Situated between two mag 13.5 stars 1' N and 1' S with a similar star
1.7' ENE. Located 4.2' N of mag
8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2263 = h3058 on 20 Jan 1835 and
recorded "Not vF, R, or lE, pslbM, E between two vS stars, and has two
stars about 8th mag S.p. pointing to it." His description and coordinates
matches
******************************
06 40 58 +09 53 42; Mon
V = 3.9; Size 60'x30'
17.5" (12/28/00): besides the bright nebulosity extending southwest of mag 4.7 S Monocerotis (15), most of the central region of the cluster was set against a weakly glowing background (part of Sh 2-273). At the southern end of the cluster (tip of the "Christmas Tree"), this low surface brightness glow was more evident and clearly extended beyond the 7th magnitude star at the tip towards the SE. The west edge of this weakly glowing extension forms the eastern border of the dark Cone Nebula (LDN 1613). There is a lack of faint stars within the region of the Cone Nebula but the inclusion itself was not darker than the general background.
17.5" (12/30/99): nebulosity was quite prominent to the SW of south Mon as well as a weaker glow in the vicinity around STF 954 at the south end of the cluster. At 100x (unfiltered) there appeared to be a slightly darker vacuity to the south of this star in the position of the Cone nebula but there is no sharp "edge" with the nearby nebulosity.
13.1" (11/5/83): very bright, very large scattered group, elongated N-S, striking Christmas tree shape. A bright multiple star 15 Monocerotis = south Mon (4.7-7.5 at 2.8" and companions) is at the base of the tree at the north end of the cluster and is surrounded by several stars. Easy nebulosity is visible which extends 10' SW of south Mon and includes a group of three brighter stars. At the south end of the cluster is the double star STF 954 = 7.1/9.6 at 13". The Cone nebula, which extends south of STF 954 and "points" towards the pair, was looked for and not seen.
8" (11/5/83): bright, very large, scattered, Christmas tree outline, fairly rich, includes multiple star south Mon.
Naked-eye (1/8/00): vislble as a 4th magnitude nebulous glow including the mag 5 star (S Mon), but appears much smaller naked-eye than the listed dimensions.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2264 = H. V-27 = H. VIII-5 = h401 on 18 Jan 1784 (sweep 81) and recorded VIII-5 as "The 15th Mon is attended by above 30 considerable stars, and is itself a double star of the 3rd class. The star extremely unequal and probably not visible in smaller instruments. There is also another double star of the 3rd class not far from it consisting of equal stars." On 26 Dec 1785 (sweep 494) he logged V-27 as "I observed about 7' or 8' sp 15 Mon, some of the pB stars to be contained within vF milky nebulosity which loses itself imperceptibly; but there remains a doubt of the reality." On the 28 Dec 1785 (sweep 496) he mentioned "I examined the stars south preceding 15 Mon and believe they contain Milky nebulosity. It is very difficult to ascertain it on account of the glare of the 15th, but I have hardly any doubt. He catalogued the nebulosity as H. V-27. Again on 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 682) he noted "I suspect the sp 2 stars (of which one is Double [15 Mon] to be affected with vF milky nebulosity but may be a deception." WH's descriptions and position apply to the cluster and to the brightest part of the nebulosity southwest of mag 4.7 S Monocerotis. John Herschel also reported on 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120), "a *5.6 enveloped in a nebulous haze.", although he may have just seen scattered light around the bright star.
According to Wolfgang Steinicke, WH first found NGC 2264 on 15 Feb 1781 during his second star review with a 6.2-inch reflector: "Ear, a whole constellation of scattered stars." The 4.7-mag star 15 Mon lies in the 'Ear' of Hevelius' mythical creature. He recorded it again on 22 Oct 1781 ("Ear tip surrounded by 5 or 6 stars"), the starting date of his third review.
The region around 15 Mon was examined a number of times at Birr Castle, searching for nebulosity. There were 9 negative results before 1861 and Lord Rosse wrote "No neby. Found, and only a few stars arranged in pairs; no cl. Has there been a change here? Heinrich d'Arrest also missed seeing nebulosity in 1862 at Copenhagen with the 9" refractor. But successful observations were made at Birr Castle in 1863 and 1878 (the later by Dreyer). E.E. Barnard and Roberts reported extensive nebulosity in the region based on photographs.
On 10 May 1895 Isaac Roberts showed a three-hour exposure of the NGC 2264 complex taken with his 20-inch reflector on 13 Feb to a meeting of the Royal Astronomical Society. It clearly showed the nebulosity southwest of S Mon (first photographed by Barnard in 1894) but also revealed a “conical dark space bounded by a rim of nebulosity” — this is the famous ‘Cone Nebula’. The moniker "Christmas Tree Cluster" was dubbed by Leland Copeland in March 1957 (Sky & Telescope).
******************************
06 41 42 +11 54 18; Gem
17.5" (2/1/03): this is a Milky Way cloud of ~50 faint stars mag 12-14. There is central "hole" lacking any stars, and there are no rich subgroups. Does not look to be a reasonable cluster and candidate and in fact, doesn't stand out in the field at 100x. There does seem to be some unresolved background or Milky Way glow.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2265 = h402 on 23 Jan 1832 (sweep 393) and described "A poor cluster 30 or 40 small stars 12-13m." Karl Reinmuth called this "a rich region, >1 degree, no distinct Cl.", based on its photographic appearance. There is a scattering of mag 10-13 stars near Herschel's position on the POSS, but nothing that looks like a cluster. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent.
******************************
06 43 20 +26 58 12; Gem
Size 7'
13.1" (12/22/84): three dozen stars mag 9-15 in a 4'
diameter. Most members are very
faint and the cluster appears quite rich with averted over unresolved
background haze. The brightest
star, mag 8.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2266 = H. VI-21 = h403 on 7 Dec 1785 (sweep 486) and recorded "a very rich and very compressed cluster of stars of about 4 1/2 or 5' diameter, 5 or 6 of the largest stars are in a row." His position is on the southeast side of the cluster. John Herschel noted his position from 24 Dec 1827 (sweep 115) was "the most condensed part of a p rich, p comp cl of stars 11...15m; irreg figure; diam of most compressed part = 3...4'' triangular."
******************************
06 40 51.8 -32 28 57; CMa
V = 12.2; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 36°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, very small, oval 3:2 NW-SE, bright core. Two nearby stars confuse the observation: a mag 13 star just 36" W of center (at the NW edge) and a mag 14 star 0.9' SW of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2267 = h3059 on 16 Feb 1836 and described as "pB, S, R, 20"; has 2 or 3 small stars close to it." DeLisle Stewart, using photographic plates taken at Harvard's Arequipa Station in Peru between 1898 and 1901, described this galaxy as "two nebulae close together."
******************************
07 14 17.6 +84 22 57; Cam
V = 11.5; Size 3.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 63°
17.5" (8/27/87): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated SW-NE, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is at the SW edge 1.1' from center.
17.5" (2/22/87): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, faint halo gradually increases to a large brighter core, small bright nucleus, faint stellar nucleus.
Alphonse Borrelly discovered NGC 2268 = T. 1-19 around 1871
with a 7.2-inch comet-seeker at the Marseilles Observatory. He noted
"pretty faint, extended, elliptic, no bright point" and his micrometric
position (MNRAS, 32, 248) matches
******************************
06 43 16.8 +04 37 04; Mon
V = 10.0; Size 4'
17.5" (1/1/92): two dozen stars mag 11.5-15 in a 4' diameter. The main portion is a rich, thin 3' string oriented NW-SE with about 15 stars including a mag 11.5 and 12 star over unresolved haze. The scattered outliers to 4' radius increase the total to two dozen stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2269 = H. VI-3 = h404 on 24 Jan 1784 (sweep 114) and described "a cluster of very compressed; they are eF and I suppose cannot be visible with my 7 ft reflector. It contains a few L ones. It is of an extended figure, and as it were, divided." His position is poor - 37 sec of RA too far east and 4' too far south, but not unusual for his early sweeps. In Mar 1830 (sweep 237), John Herschel described a "close cl of v small st; poor; twilight; preceded by a coarse cl of large ones." Both Herschels' positions are too far east and so the NGC position is ~9' ESE of center.
******************************
06 43 58 +03 27 12; Mon
17.5" (2/1/03): this is a large, scattered field, ~10'
diameter surrounding a kite-shaped asterism of mag 8.5-10 stars. There is no concentration but there are
a couple of denser clumps of faint stars on the east side. A curving string of stars heads NE and
ends at a group of stars surrounding mag 7.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2270 = H. VII-36 = h405 on
26 Dec 1786 (sweep 667) and noted "A Cl of very scattered stars,
considerably rich, and of great extent." On 2 Feb 1831 (sweep 320) John Herschel logged a
"coarse scattered cluster; not very rich; place of *9m." His position is just 5 tsec east of mag
8.8
******************************
06 42 52.9 -23 28 33; CMa
V = 12.2; Size 2.1'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 71°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, oval E-W, weak
concentration. There is a string
of five stars mag 9-11 on line to north including mag 9.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 2271 = h3060 on 23 Jan 1835 and recorded as "pB, S, R, lbM, 20"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
06 42 41.3 -27 27 34; CMa
V = 11.7; Size 2.5'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 123°
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, small, round, small
faint core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2272 = h3061 on 20 Jan 1835 and called "F, E, bM, 20"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
06 50 08.6 +60 50 45; Lyn
V = 11.7; Size 3.2'x2.5'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 50°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly bright, moderately large, oval
SW-NE, very bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 5.2' SSW of mag 8.5
Swedish astronomer Nils Dunér discovered NGC 2273 on 15 Sep 1867 using the 9.6-inch Merz refractor of the Lund Observatory. In AN 78, 251 (1871) he described it as "fairly bright and at least 2' in diameter, with a strong concentration in the middle." and measured an accurate position (using mag 8.6 HD 49039). This was his only NGC discovery. NGC 2273 was also observed by Herman Schultz on 3 and 8 Sep 1872 with the 9.6" refractor at Uppsala and listed as "Dunér's Nova" in his 1874 publication.
******************************
06 47 17.3 +33 34 02; Gem
V = 12.1; Size 1.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 169°
24" (1/4/14): moderately bright to fairly bright,
moderately large, slightly elongated N-S, sharply concentrated with a round
high surface brightness core of 0.4' diameter that gradually increases to the
center. Halo increases with
averted to 0.9'x0.7'. Brighter of
a close pair with
18" (3/4/08): moderately bright and large, slightly elongated N-S, 0.9'x0.8', contains a sharply concentrated, bright 25" core and a much fainter halo. Forms a close pair with NGC 2275 1.9' N.
18" (10/21/06): moderately bright, fairly small, round,
0.8'-1' diameter, bright core.
This galaxy is slightly brighter than its companion, NGC 2275, located
2' N. The
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, round, small bright core. Forms the brighter of a pair with NGC 2275 2' N.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2274 = H. II-614 = h406, along with NGC 2275, on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 628). His description reads, "Two, both F, S, R, bM. The southern one [NGC 2274] is the largest." The pair was observed a total of 14 times at Birr Castle! The identifications of NGC 2274 and NGC 2275 are reversed in the MCG.
******************************
NGC 2275 = UGC 3542 = MCG +06-15-007 = CGCG 175-016 = WBL 121-002 = LGG 139-002 = PGC 19605
06 47 17.9 +33 35 57; Gem
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 20°
24" (1/4/14): fairly faint to moderately bright, elongated 5:3 N-S, 50"x30". Sharply concentrated with a small, much brighter core that gradually increases to the center. UGC 3537 lies 6.8' WNW.
18" (3/4/08): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated N-S, 0.9'x0.6', contains a small bright core ~15" in diameter and a much fainter halo. Slightly fainter of a close pair with NGC 2274 1.9' S.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, 0.8'x0.6', brighter core. Located 2' N of slightly brighter NGC 2274.
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, even surface brightness. Forms the fainter of a pair with NGC 2274 2' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2275 = H. II-615 = h407, along with NGC 2274, on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626). He described both as "Two, both F, S, R, bM. The southern one [NGC 2274] is the largest." The identifications of NGC 2274 and NGC 2275 are reversed in the MCG.
******************************
NGC 2276 = Arp 25 = Arp 114 = UGC 3740 = MCG +14-04-028 =
07 27 14.4 +85 45 16; Cep
V = 11.4; Size 2.8'x2.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 20°
48" (4/4/13): at 488x, NGC 2276 appeared fairly bright,
fairly large, irregularly round, 2' diameter. Contains a very small, very bright nucleus, surrounded by a
patchy halo with weak spiral structure.
The most prominent arm winds along the western edge of the galaxy,
curving from west to northwest and creating a very asymmetric appearance. Along this arm segment is a prominent
knotty section with two or three clumps, including [HK83] 69, a bright 6"
knot. On the southwest side of the
halo is [HK83] 63, a faint 6" knot on a line between the nucleus and the
8th-magnitude star (
24" (9/15/12): moderately bright, fairly large, round, 2' diameter. Although spiral arms were not visible, the galaxy has an odd appearance with brighter knots and regions resolved. A non-stellar knot, identified in NED as NGC 2276:[HK83] 69 is visible at the NW edge. The central region contains a faint quasi-stellar nucleus, along with one or two other stellar knots including NGC 2276:[HK83] 24, close east of the nucleus. Another knot (nonstellar) is southwest of the nucleus (perhaps NGC 2276:[HK83] 63). The halo appears weaker on the east side and brighter on the west side. Located 2.3' ENE of a mag 8 star and it helps to move the star just outside the field.
18" (8/2/11): moderately bright, large, round, ~2.0'
diameter, weak concentration, slightly brighter core. The halo has an irregular surface brightness giving a strong
impression of spiral structure with slightly brighter knots on the west
side. Located 2.3' ENE of mag 8.1
HD 51141, which hinders viewing and a mag 11.7 star is squeezed between the
bright star and the galaxy.
Brighter
18" (3/13/04): fairly faint, large, slightly
elongated,~2.0'x1.6', low surface brightness. The halo fades gradually into the background, particularly
on the eastern side, so it was difficult to determine a definite edge. Located 2.2' E of mag 8.4
13.1" (1/18/85): diffuse, slightly elongated. Located 2.2' ENE of mag 8.4 SAO 1148 which interferes with viewing. Three mag 11 stars also in line with the 8.4 star to the south including a mag 11.5 star just 1.4' SW. Forms a pair with NGC 2300 6.4' ESE.
8" (1/1/84): faint, moderately large, low surface brightness, slightly elongated. A mag 9 star is near.
Friedrich August Winnecke discovered NGC 2276 = T. 1-20 on 26 Jun 1876 with the 6.5-inch Reinfelder & Hertel refractor at the Strausberg Observatory. His description reads, "faint, about 60", very little condensed towards the center, diffuse." Wilhelm Tempel independently discovered the galaxy the same year with the 11-inch refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and included it in his first list (#20). Winnecke also thought he discovered NGC 2300 but Borrelly found that galaxy earlier (either 1871 or 1872) at Marseilles. NGC 2276 is the 3rd closest to the pole in the NGC or IC.
******************************
06 47 47 +33 27 18; Gem
24" (1/4/14): a 7" pair of mag 13.4/14.1 stars were fairly easy to resolve at 375x even in soft seeing. Located 9' SE of NGC 2274 (2' pair with NGC 2275).
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2277 on 20 Apr 1865, while
reobserving the nearby galaxies in the
******************************
06 48 16.4 +33 23 39; Gem
24" (1/4/14): this 10" pair of fairly evenly
matched mag 14.0/14.4 stars (oriented N-S) was easily split at 375x. This pair was easier to resolve than
nearby NGC 2277 7' NW and
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2278 on 1 Jan 1865. At his exact position is a 10" double star (mag 14/14.5). Nearby NGC 2277 from d'Arrest also refers to some faint stars. RNGC misidentifies NGC 2278 = NGC 2275.
******************************
06 48 24.8 +33 24 55; Gem
24" (1/4/14): this is an unequal pair of mag 14.1/15.7 stars at 14" separation. The faint companion was just visible in soft seeing at 375x. Situated just 2' NE of NGC 2278, an easier 10" pair of mag 14.0/14.4 stars.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 2279 = Big. 24 on 8 Jan 1885 and noted 10" diameter with a "stellar aspect". Bigourdan's position is less than 1' S of a triple star (two were resolved in my scope) at 06 48 24.8 +33 24 55. It was found while he was measuring previously discovered nebulae (and asterisms) in the area. RNGC misidentifies NGC 2279 = NGC 2275.
******************************
NGC 2280 = UGCA 131 = ESO 427-002 = MCG -05-16-020 = LGG 138-001 = PGC 19531
06 44 48.9 -27 38 20; CMa
V = 10.3; Size 6.3'x3.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 163°
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, bright core. Located 3.9' SE of a mag 10 star. Almost collinear with a second mag 10 star 5.4' NW. NGC 2272 lies 30' WNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2280 = h3062 on 1 Feb 1837 and
noted "pF; L; irreg R; or lE; gbM; 2'." His position (single sweep) matches
******************************
06 48 18 +41 04 42; Aur
V = 5.4; Size 15'
18" (3/13/04): ~75 stars in a 30' region to the south
of mag 7.3
13.1": ~40 stars mag 7-13 in cluster, bright, loose. Five double stars are visible including a mag 9.5-11.0 pair at 11" and a mag 11.0-11.5 pair at 15".
William Herschel discovered NGC 2281 = H. VIII-71 on 4 Mar 1788 (sweep 813) and recorded "a cluster of coarsely scattered pretty large stars, pretty rich, the place is that of a double star of the third class." His RA is 1.0 minute too large. The position carried forward to the GC and NGC and modern catalogues including the Lynga Open Clusters Catalog (5th edition) and the RNGC.
By analyzing William Herschel's early "reviews" of bright stars that resulted in the discovery of many double stars, Wolfgang Steinicke recently found (email Oct '16) that Herschel first discovered the cluster on 6 Nov 1782 using his 6.2" reflector.
******************************
06 46 51 +01 18 54; Mon
Size 3'x3'
13.1" (1/18/85): very faint reflection nebula with a mag 10 star involved, fairly small, round.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 2282 on 3 Mar 1886 with the
6-inch Cooke refractor at Vanderbilt University (announced in AN 2756 and
Sidereal Messenger, vol. 5, p154). He reported finding "a star of
9.5 or 10 magnitiude, with a faint nebulosity surrounding it. I strongly
suspect that is not a stellar point but an extremely small nebula with faint
nebulosity surrounding. At best with the 6-inch it did not appear like
any of the neighboring stars. A short distance (4' or 5') preceding this
and very slightly north is a faint double star that I suspect is enveloped in
nebulosity." His position matches the central star
Barnard later found this reflection nebula again on 30 Oct
1888 using the 12-inch refractor at Lick Observatory. He noted a "9 1/2 mag star with faint nebulosity about
it. 1' in diameter, a little
heavier nf. Examined several other
stars near, and no nebulosity seen."
Apparently Barnard didn't connect this with his earlier observation and
notified Dreyer who catalogued it again as
This RN is involved with a sparse open cluster OCL 535.1 =
C0644+013, listed in Lynga 5 as
******************************
06 45 52.7 -18 12 37; CMa
V = 12.2; Size 3.6'x2.8'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 2°
13.1" (11/5/83): very faint, small, diffuse, even surface brightness. Three faint stars are involved including two mag 13 stars at the NE edge and the N edge. Located in a rich star field 90' S of Sirius and just 9° from the galactic equator!
William Herschel discovered NGC 2283 = H. III-271 on 6 Feb
1785 (sweep 367) and reported "3 or 4 small stars with vF nebulosity
between them forming an irregular triangle. 240 power showed the same very plainly." Auwers made an error reducing WH's
position, but JH corrected the error in the GC and his position matches ESO
557-013 = PGC 19562. Herbert Howe, observing in 1898-1899
with the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory in Denver, described
"a small quadrilateral of stars of mag 11, 12, 11, and 13, the interior of
which in nearly filled by an eF nebulosity." Harold Corwin comments that E.E. Barnard's
Dave Riddle notes Sven Cederblad catalogued this galaxy as a
reflection nebula (
******************************
06 49 16.2 +33 09 59; Gem
24" (1/22/15): this number applies to one of two possible triples. At 200x, I found a mag 13.8 star with a mag 14.5 star 19" SW and a mag 15-15.5 star 19" N. The stars were widely split with no hint of appearing nebulous. A fourth mag 16-16.5 star listed in Corwin's table was not seen viewing through thin clouds.
Just 2' SE of these stars is a very nice equilateral triple! The three stars range from mag 12.3-13.5 with sides of 10", 12" and 13". These were also easily resolved.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2284, along with
******************************
06 49 35.9 +33 21 53; Gem
24" (1/22/15): at 200x; a 12" pair of mag 14.6 and 15.8 stars was resolved. The fainter star was difficult in hazy conditions. Just 1.6' southeast is a relatively bright double, consisting of mag 10.8/12 stars at 11" separation. d'Arrest didn't mention this pair, which should have been easily resolved, though it is certainly much more eye-catching.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2285, along with NGC 2284, on 20 Apr 1865 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory. About 1' northeast of his single position is a mag 14.6/15.8 pair of stars at 12" separation and he was uncertain if it was nebulous or stellar. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent.
******************************
06 47 40 -03 08 54; Mon
V = 7.5; Size 15'
17.5" (12/20/95): at 100x, ~40 stars within an arbitrary 10' region, elongated N-S. This is a fairly rich group of mostly mag 12 and 13 stars bordered by brighter stars grouped in pairs and trios. There is some concentration with a richer 4' core. A wide pair of mag 9 stars is off the SE side.
17.5" (2/1/92): ~60 stars mag 11-14 in the central 10' diameter. Bright, large, fairly rich though not dense. Richest in a lane running NNW-SSE over haze although the brightest mag 10 stars are outliers to the W, north and SE. There is also a bright lane 15' length oriented N-S located to the east of the main group which includes several wide double stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2286 = H. VIII-31 = h408 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 352) and noted "A larger cluster of scattered stars, not v rich." John Herschel made two observations and noted on 4 Jan 1827 (sweep 41), a "Loose L irreg scattered cl of about 100 st 9...15m."
******************************
06 46 00 -20 45 18; CMa
V = 4.5; Size 38'
18" (2/14/10): this naked-eye cluster was perfectly
framed at 73x with the 31mm Nagler (67' field).
A number of loops and chains appear to spin out from the
central grouping. One long chain
extends NNW to the edge of the cluster and a shorter nearby chain heads WNW and
includes a pretty equal mag pair before bending abruptly SW. Two other chains extend from the center
to the SW and ENE. About 20' SE of
the center of the cluster is mag 6.1
8" (10/4/80): ~60 stars mag 7-11.5, very bright, very large, very rich, includes 10 bright stars mag 7 and 8. Many of the stars are arranged in curving rows and groups, includes several double stars. Located about 20' NW of mag 6.0 12 Canis Majoris. Naked-eye object in dark sky.
Naked-eye (numerous dates): fairly easy naked-eye glow in a dark sky.
Giovanni Hodierna discovered M41 = NGC 2287 = h411 in 1654, using a small refractor at 20x. He simply noted "another near Sirius", but he plotted the position accurately on a diagram. It was independently discovered by John Flamsteed on 16 Feb 1702: "Near this star (12 CMa), there is a cluster." Le Gentil also found it in 1749.
Aristotle may have made a naked-eye observation about 325. He mentioned a star below [south of] Sirius was seen to have a faint tail, and that "if you looked hard at it the light used to become dim, but to less intent glance it was brighter." See http://seds.org/messier/more/m041_ari.html for this possibility.
William Herschel recorded M41 in 1784 as "A large cluster of very coarsely scattered large [bright] stars." and in Mar 1830 John Herschel called M41 "Coarse; fills field. The chief, 8m, is red; a poor cluster." The position in the NGC, RNGC and NGC 2000 is 1 tmin of RA too far east.
******************************
NGC 2288 = MCG +06-15-011 = CGCG 175-017 = WBL 126-001 = PGC 19714
06 50 52.0 +33 27 45; Gem
V = 14.4; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 10.3
18" (3/4/08): very faint, extremely small, round, no more
than 10" diameter. Located
just 1' SSW of
18" (10/21/06): faint, extremely small, elongated 5:3 E-W, 20"x12". In a close trio with NGC 2289 1' NNE and NGC 2288 2' SE.
17.5" (12/19/87): very faint, extremely small, elongated WNW-ESE. First of five in a group and forms a close trio with NGC 2289 1.1' NNE and NGC 2290 1.8' SSE.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2288 and 2294 on 22 Feb 1849. He noted "5 neb. in one field [with NGC 2289, 2290, 2291 and 2294]. It was labeled Beta on an accurate sketch of the quintet. The positions of all 5 galaxies (computed by Dreyer and repeated in the GC and NGC) are offset 4' too far south and ~9 seconds too far west, though the relative positions are correct. Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions in 1898 at Strasbourg. The RNGC reverses the identifications of NGC 2288 and 2289.
******************************
NGC 2289 = UGC 3560 = MCG +06-15-010 = CGCG 175-018 = WBL 126-002 = PGC 19716
06 50 53.6 +33 28 43; Gem
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 92°
18" (3/4/08): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated E-W, ~25"x20". A mag 13.5 star is close off the north side. One of the brightest two galaxies in a compact galaxy group (all within 6') of 5 NGCs including NGC 2290 2.5' SSE and NGC 2288 1' S.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, very small, round, 25" diameter. A mag 13.5 star is just off the north side [38" from the center]. In a compact quintet with NGC 2288 1' S and NGC 2290 2.5' S.
17.5" (12/19/87): faint, fairly small, diffuse, slightly elongated, almost even surface brightness. A mag 13.5 star is just 0.7' N. Second of five in the NGC 2289/NGC 2290 group with NGC 2288 1.1' SSW and NGC 2290 2.6' SSE.
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE. Forms a pair with NGC 2290 2.6' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2289 = H. III-897 = h409, along with NGC 2290, on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031). His description reads, "Two, eF and vS. The place is taken between them. They are about 4' asunder and northern one which is the largest precedes the other about 2 sec. 300x shows the same." Assuming Herschel observed the brightest two galaxies with the orientation NNW-SE, then H. III-897 = NGC 2289 and H. III-898 = NGC 2290 (Dreyer was confused on the identifications in the GC and NGC). His RA was 15 sec too large, but the NPD is in between the pair. John Herschel also observed the two galaxies and measured the same orientation and 3 or 4' apart. In the NGC, Dreyer incorrectly assigned H. III-898 to NGC 2289.
The RNGC reverses the identifications of NGC 2288 and NGC 2289. MCG also misidentifies this galaxy as NGC 2288. See my RNGC Corrections #1 and Malcolm Thomson's article in the Webb Society Quarterly Journal in 1/84.
******************************
NGC 2290 = UGC 3562 = MCG +06-15-012 = CGCG 175-019 = LGG 139-003 = WBL 126-003 = PGC 19718
06 50 56.9 +33 26 15; Gem
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 50°
18" (3/4/08): brightest and furthest south in a compact group of 5 NGC's, along with NGC 2289. Appears moderately bright and large, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, ~45"x22", the halo is weakly concentrated with a sharply concentrated 10" core. NGC 2289 and NGC 2288 lie 2' N. The cluster is 0.6° SW of mag 3.6 Theta Gem. The NGC 2290 quintet is 45' E and may be physically related.
18" (10/21/06): furthest south in a curving chain of 5
galaxies including NGC 2288, NGC 2289,
17.5" (12/19/87): third of five and brightest in the NGC 2289/NGC 2290 group. Fairly faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE, bright core. NGC 2289 lies 2.6' NNW and NGC 2288 1.8' NNW.
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, small, elongated SW-NE, similar to NGC 2289 2.6' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2290 = H. III-898 = h410, along with NGC 2289, on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031). His description reads, "Two, eF and vS. The place is taken between them. They are about 4' asunder and northern one which is the largest precedes the other about 2 sec. 300x shows the same." His RA is 15 sec too large, but the NPD is in between the pair. John Herschel observed the pair on 22 Jan 1827 (sweep 51) and measured reasonably accurate positions.
George Stoney independently found the entire quintet (NGC 2288, 2289, 2290, 2291, 2294) on 19 Apr 1849 and the group was accurately sketched. Dreyer credited LdR and d'Arrest (his single position is 10 seconds of time too large) with the discovery in the GC supplement (GCS 5369) as he was probably unsure of the identities of H. III-897 and H. III-898. All positions in the GC and NGC are offset roughly 4' too far south and 8 seconds to time too far west. In the NGC, Dreyer incorrectly assigned H. III-897 to NGC 2290 or NGC 2291. Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions in 1898 at Strasbourg.
******************************
NGC 2291 = MCG +06-15-013 = CGCG 175-020 = WBL 126-004 = PGC 19719
06 50 58.6 +33 31 30; Gem
V = 13.2; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8
18" (3/4/08): faint, fairly small, round, 30" diameter, weak concentration to a very small slightly brighter core. Collinear with a mag 10 star 2.7' NNW and a mag 12 star 0.9' NNW.
18" (10/21/06): faint, small, round, 30" diameter, low surface brightness. Located 2.8' SSE of a mag 10 star. In a chain of 5 galaxies with NGC 2294 2.6' E and NGC 2289 3' SSW.
17.5" (12/19/87): very faint, small, slightly elongated, even surface brightness. Fourth of five in a group. On a line with NGC 2288 4.0' SSW and NGC 2289 3.0' SSW. NGC 2294 lies 2.6' ENE.
George Johnstone Stoney discovered NGC 2291 on 22 Feb 1849 using Lord Rosse's 72", noting "5 neb. in one field [with NGC 2288, 2289, 2290 and 2294]. It was labeled Delta on the field sketch. Dreyer assumed this nebula was JH's h409 (described as "eF; the northern of two, 3 or 4' apart") and possibly WH's III-897, but the Herschel designations more likely apply to NGC 2289. The positions of all 5 galaxies (computed by Dreyer and repeated in the GC and NGC) are offset 4' too far south and 8-9 seconds of time too far west. Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions in 1898 at Strasbourg.
******************************
06 47 40 -26 44 48; CMa
V = 10.8; Size 4.1'x3.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 1°
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, very small, round, low
even surface brightness. Forms a
close pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2292 = h3063 on 2 Feb 1835 and
described "a double nebula [with NGC 2293], the preceding eF; the
following (whose place is here set down) pB; both R gbM; in a field full of
stars, among which is also a third nebula." His description clearly refers to the double system
******************************
NGC 2293 = VV 178a = ESO 490-049 = MCG -04-16-023 = LGG 138-002 = PGC 19619
06 47 43 -26 45 12; CMa
V = 11.2; Size 4.2'x3.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 125°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, round, very bright core, stellar nucleus. In a tight group with NGC 2292 1' WNW (double system in a common halo) and NGC 2295 4' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2293 = h3063 on 2 Feb 1835 and
described "a double nebula [with NGC 2292], the preceding eF; the
following (whose place is here set down) pB; both R gbM; in a field full of
stars, among which is also a third nebula." His description clearly refers to the double system VV 178 =
ESO 490-048/049, although he reversed the orientation and position with NGC
2295! Herschel listed a single
entry for both galaxies, although Dreyer gave separate designations for
Both Joseph Turner (date?) and Pietro Baracchi (9 Mar 1885) sketched the pair. Turner's sketch was included in the observatory's unpublished plate V, figure 35 lithograph.
******************************
NGC 2294 = MCG +06-15-014 = CGCG 175-021 = WBL 126-005 = PGC 19729
06 51 11.3 +33 31 38; Gem
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 6°
18" (3/4/08): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:3 ~N-S, 0.6'x0.35', weak concentration. Furthest NE in a group of 5 NGCs. A wide double of mag 10.5-11 stars lies 2' SE.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 ~N-S, 0.6'x0.3', very weak concentration. NGC 2291 lies 2.6' W and NGC 2288, NGC 2289 and NGC 2290 are all nearby to the SW. A 40" pair of mag 10.5-11.5 stars lies 2' SE.
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly faint, small, oval ~N-S. Follows four stars on a line. Last of five in the NGC 2289/NGC 2290 group with NGC 2291 2.6' W.
13.1" (12/22/84): very faint, extremely small, almost round, no details.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2294 and NGC 2288 on 22 Feb 1849. He noted "5 neb. in one field [with NGC 2288, 2289, 2290 and 2291]. It was labeled Epsilon on the field sketch. The positions of all 5 galaxies (computed by Dreyer and repeated in the GC and NGC) are offset 4' too far south and 9 seconds of time too far west. Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions in 1898 at Strasbourg.
******************************
NGC 2295 = ESO 490-047 = MCG -04-16-021 = PGC 19607
06 47 23.5 -26 44 09; CMa
V = 12.7; Size 2.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 46°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, even surface brightness. Located between two mag 13 stars 30" SSW of center and 20" NNE or center. A similar star is also 1.5' N. First of three with the NGC 2292/2293 duo 4' E.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2295 = h3064 on 2 Feb 1835 and
described as "eF; S; R; between stars. A double nebula precedes." His description clearly refers to
******************************
06 48 39.1 -16 54 06; CMa
Size 1.9'x1.4'; PA = 145°
17.5" (1/19/91): moderately bright but very small, round, very small bright core. Sirius is 50' WNW and creates a reflection in the field! This object is probably a galactic diffuse nebula located within an absorption patch.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2296 = Sw. 6-28 on 11 Mar 1887
and recorded "vF; vS; R; in finder field with Dog star." His RA was 38 seconds too large. Bigourdan found this reflection nebula
again on 9 Mar 1890 while searching for NGC 2296, measured an accurate position
and Dreyer recatalogued Big. 147 as
******************************
06 44 24.6 -63 43 03; Pic
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2
18" (4/5/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): fairly faint,
fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, 45"x30", contains a faint
quasi-stellar nucleus. A mag 9.7
star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2297 = h3066 on 31 Jan 1835 and called "vF, R, vglbM, 30"." His position (single sweep) is accurate.
******************************
06 48 59.2 -36 00 19; Pup
V = 9.2; Size 5'; Surf Br = 0.4
25" (4/6/19 - OzSky): at 244x; extremely bright, large, highly resolved globular with an intensely bright 1.5' core and a scraggly 4' halo. Due to a fairly loose structure and brighter members, the cluster was well resolved into more than 50 stars. A number of fairly bright stars are plastered across the core and the halo contains a few dozen brighter stragglers. A noticeable chain of stars begins in the core and extends southwest. A brighter star (double) is near the edge of the halo on the NE side.
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 200x, this is a compact, fairly bright globular that is well-concentrated with a bright 1.5' core and a fainter halo of ~3' diameter. Roughly two dozen stars are resolved (brightest cluster members are mag 13.4) including several across the core and a number of stragglers, which are easier to resolve in the outer halo.
17.5" (1/31/87): moderately large globular with no sharp core. A dozen stars are resolved over the mottled disc.
8" (1/1/84): no resolution, fairly small, smooth.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2298 = D 578 = h3065 on 8 May 1826 and described (based on 6
observations) "a pretty bright round nebula, 3' or 4' diameter, moderately
condensed to the centre. This is resolvable into stars." His handwritten notes also mentions the
"nebula is preceding a star of the 6th magnitude 1 minute 40 seconds (of
RA) and 15' north of the star", perfectly matching
John Herschel observed the globular on four sweeps from the Cape of Good Hope, first recording it on 2 Feb 1835 (sweep 541) as "B, R, gpmbM, 3', all resolved into stars 14th mag. In the centre is a star 13th mag."
******************************
06 51 54 -07 05 00; Mon
See observing notes for
John Herschel discovered NGC 2299 = h412 on 19 Jan 1828 and
described "A coarse cl, not v rich, 30 or 40 st, probably only an outlying
portion of VIII 39 [NGC 2302]".
There is nothing at his position (about 7' W of mag 6.6
Harold Corwin notes that Herschel's positional offset from
NGC 2302 (discovered earlier by WH) is "nearly the same as
******************************
NGC 2300 = Arp 114 = UGC 3798 = MCG +14-04-031 = CGCG 362-043 = CGCG 363-029 = LGG 145-003 = PGC 21231
07 32 20.0 +85 42 32; Cep
V = 11.1; Size 2.8'x2.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 80°
18" (8/2/11): bright, moderately large, slightly
elongated, ~1.5'x1.3' diameter.
Sharply concentrated with a very bright core that increases steadily to
the center. The halo fades out and
increases with averted vision.
Forms a striking pair with NGC 2276 just 6' NW. NGC 2300 and 2276 are the brightest in
a group of galaxies near +85° declination which includes IC 455,
18" (3/13/04): fairly bright, fairly small, irregularly round, 1.2' diameter. Well concentrated with a bright 25" core and a much fainter irregular halo. Forms a trio with NGC 2276 6' W and IC 455 11' SSE.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, bright core, small fainter halo. Forms a pair with NGC 2276 7' W. IC 455 is 11' SSE.
8" (1/1/84): moderately bright, small, bright core, slightly elongated.
Alphonse Borrelly discovered NGC 2300 = T. 1-21 in 1871 or 1872 with a 7.2-inch comet-seeker at the Marseilles Observatory. He noted "Nebula pretty bright, moderately extended, round; nucleus of 12-13 magnitude." His micrometric position (MNRAS, 32, 248) was accurate. Friedrich August Winnecke independently found the galaxy on 26 Jun 1876 with a 6.5-inch comet-seeker by Reinfelder & Hertel (described as "First class, bright, 40" long, 25" wide, compact core"). Wilhelm Tempel also found it in 1877 and included it in his 1st discovery paper. NGC 2300 is the 4th closest to the pole in the NGC or IC.
******************************
06 51 45 +00 27 36; Mon
V = 6.0; Size 12'
17.5" (2/28/87): ~60-70 stars in cluster. A bright blue/yellow double star (h740 = 8.6/9.3 at 21") is near the center. Many of the stars are arranged in two strings oriented SW-NE which pass through the center.
13.1" (1/1/84): striking, ~60 stars in cluster, dozens more nearby. A very elongated string passes through the center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2301 = H. VI-27 = h413 on 27 Dec 1786 (sweep 668) and described "a very beautiful cluster of much compressed small and large stars of many sizes, above 20' diameter." His position is accurate. On 27 Jan 1832 (sweep 397) John Herschel noted, "double star in the chief group of a prety rich coarse cl, not very compressed. Broken into 3 groups. The sp group is the richest."
******************************
NGC 2302 = NGC 2299?? = OCL-554 = Lund 264
06 51 54 -07 05 00; Mon
V = 8.9; Size 3'
17.5" (2/1/03): at 140x, this a fairly small group (~4'
diameter) of roughly two dozen stars embedded in a large, scattered field of
stars. On the west side is a nice
quadruple including three mag 10 stars.
On the east side is a double and a triple star forming a "V"
asterism. Located 7' SE of mag 6.6
17.5": 20 stars resolved at 140X, in fairly small group. Not rich but includes some close doubles. The three brightest mag 10 stars form a shallow arc on the west side with fourth fainter star nearby. On the east side is a V-shaped group of six stars with the vertex at the east side. The central portion includes a few scattered stars with a line of three stars on the south side.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2302 = H. VIII-39 = h414 on 4 Mar 1785 (sweep 377) and recorded "a cluster of scattered large stars, of various sizes, not very rich; but taking up above 20 minutes." His position was ~20 seconds of RA too large, though his description included the surrounding field. NGC 2299 is a duplicate observation (see notes).
******************************
06 56 17.5 +45 29 34; Aur
V = 12.6; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, very small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2303 = Sw. 6-29 on 24 Nov 1886
with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 11 tsec west
and 23" north of
******************************
06 55 12 +17 59 18; Gem
Size 5'
13.1" (12/22/84): ~20 faint stars, unresolved haze, rich, elongated WSW-ENE in a thin wedge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2304 = H. VI-2 = h415 on 30 Dec 1783 (early sweep 68) and recorded "a cluster of extremely small stars, very much compressed, 5 or 6' diameter. The stars of the cluster are of unequal sizes but chiefly of two sorts, vS and eS. I viewed them with a power of 500 and found them very numerous and compressed. The cluster is of an irregular oval or almost round form." Auwer's reduction is 40 sec of RA east of the cluster. On 18 Dec 1830 (sweep 313), John Herschel noted a "pretty rich cl; acutangular, the acute angle precedes; the p side is bounded by a remarkably definite line..."
******************************
06 48 37.8 -64 16 24; Vol
V = 11.7; Size 2.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 140°
18" (4/5/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): moderately to
fairly bright, fairly small, slightly elongated NW-SE, 50"x40",
sharply concentrated with a very bright small core. Bracketed by two close stars; a mag 12.5 star is 35" S
of center and a mag 11.6 star is less than 30" E of center. Forms a pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2305 = h3067, along with NGC 2307 = h3068, on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded, "F; vS; R; makes a small triangle with 2 stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 54 30 -07 12 18; Mon
Size 20'x10'
18" (1/26/09): at 175x, ~75 stars are resolved in an
18'x10' Milky Way group or cloud that streams WSW to ENE. The richest portion is on the west side
just south of mag 8.6
WH (VIII 51) noted this object as "a cluster of very scattered stars" and JH, who observed it three times (h416) described as an outlying portion of VIII 39 = NGC 2302 and "has no title to be called a cluster."
William Herschel discovered NGC 2306 = H. VIII-51 = h416 on 23 Feb 1786 (sweep 528) and noted "a very much scattered cluster." John Herschel made 3 observations and described an outlying portion of NGC 2302 = H. VIII-39 that "has no title to be called a cluster." Karl Reimuth also comments "many st, but nothing like a cluster.", based on its photographic appearance. RNGC classifies the number nonexistent (Type 7). See Corwin'sidentification notes.
******************************
NGC 2307 = ESO 087-045 = PGC 19648
06 48 50.8 -64 20 07; Vol
V = 12.0; Size 1.7'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 142°
18" (4/5/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): slightly larger and fainter of a pair with NGC 2305 4' NNW. Appeared moderately bright and large, roundish, contains a bright elongated core or "bar" oriented NW-SE [~40" in length] with a diffuse halo ~1.3' diameter.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2307 = h3068 (along with NGC 2305 = h3067) on 30 Nov 1834 and noted "vF; pL; lE; in the parallel." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 58 37.6 +45 12 38; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.8'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 170°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 2:1 N-S. Overpowered by 16 Lyncis (V = 4.9) located 9' SW in the field.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2308 = St. 6-5 on 12 Jan 1872 with the 31" silvered-glass reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. His uncorrected position is 10' NW. His published position in list 6 (#5) was reduced the next day with description, "eF, vS, vF star involved [probably the nucleus]."
******************************
06 56 04 -07 10 30; Mon
Size 3'
17.5" (1/1/92): three dozen stars mag 11-15, fairly
rich, compact, 4' diameter. Most
stars are located within two streams.
The brighter stars in the southern stream are oriented E-W. A fainter star lane to north is
oriented NW-SE. At the NW end it
hooks NE to mag 9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2309 = H. VI-18 = h417 on 4 Mar 1785 (sweep 377) and logged "a cluster of considerably compressed small stars, pretty rich, 8 or 9' diameter, irr figure. With a smaller aperture it would probably appear nebulous." On 13 Mar 1828, John Herschel described "a cluster, not v rich; 4' diam' irreg fig' st 12...13m."
******************************
06 53 54.0 -40 51 45; Pup
V = 11.8; Size 4.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 47°
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x appears as a fairly faint, very thin edge-on splinter oriented SW-NE, 1.0'x0.15'. Contains a stellar nuclues. Situated in a fairly rich Puppis starfield. This edge-on galaxy has a "box-peanut" central bulge (similar to NGC 128), which is probably a thick bar viewed edge-on.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2310 = h3069 on 2 Jan 1835 and described "pB; vmE; pos 46.6°; psbM; 90" l; 10" br; in a field very full of small stars. His position and description is accurate.
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 2310 on 12 Dec 1876 with the Great Melbourne Telescope as a thin streak with a small brighter nucleus (unpublished plate V, figure 37). Pietro Baracchi reobserved and sketched the galaxy on 9 Mar 1885.
******************************
06 57 48 -04 36 42; Mon
Size 7'
18" (3/4/08): at 225x, ~40 stars are resolved in a fairly rich 5'x3' group, elongated NW-SE. The cluster includes a few pairs with a nice equal mag pair on the south side. A weak stream of stars trails off to the east from the SE end of the cluster towards a mag 9.8/10.4/13 triple at 3" and 9" (ADS 5636).
17.5" (1/1/92): three dozen stars mag 11-15 in 5'x2' region elongated ~N-S. Fairly rich though no dense spots. Most stars form a thin isosceles triangle with the vertex star mag 13 at the north end, although the brightest star is a wide double 2' ESE of the vertex. From the base of the triangle a stream heads SE and then east from the cluster mixing with some brighter field stars. The cluster includes a few close faint double stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2311 = H. VIII-60 = h418 on 26 Nov 1786 (sweep 639) and described "a cluster of pL scattered stars, not very rich. The place taken is the most compressed part, but not the middle. May be a projecting point of the milky way." His position was just northeast of center of this cluster.
Wolfgang Steinicke lists Caroline Herschel as the discoverer on 4 Mar 1783, probably with a small refractor. This was before William started his sweeps.
******************************
06 58 48 +10 17 42; Mon
17.5" (2/1/03): stands out reasonably well in the field at 140x with ~16 stars, highlighted by a mag 10 star at the south end. The group is ~4'x1.5' in size, elongated N-S and includes a close, faint double on the NE end, which was noticed at 220x. Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2312 = h419 on 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120) and recorded a "A poor cluster. The largest *10 taken." His position corresponds with a mag 10 star at 06 58 50.0 +10 15 38 (J2000) with a scattering of mag 12 stars to the north. Karl Reimuth called this group a "loose clustering of pF st.", based on Heidelberg plates. The RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
06 58 02.8 -07 56 42; Mon
Size 1.6'
18" (2/3/05): at 225x this reflection nebula appears as
a very faint, very small, low surface brightness glow surrounding a mag 14
illuminating star (V 565 Mon), ~15"-20" diameter. Situated within a rich Milky Way field
which has a mottled appearance at low power. Located 20' NE of mag 6.3
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2313 on 4 Jan 1862. His position (measured on 3 nights) matches this small reflection nebula. He also measured a mag 15 star that follows by 6 seconds of time and a mag 11 star that follows by 14 seconds. J.L.E. Dreyer, Lawrence Parson's assistant on 15 Feb 1877, recorded "pF, pS, iR, fades away nf, 2 F st f about 1'." The RNGC misclassifies this object as nonexistent and it is not plotted on the Uranometria 2000.0 Atlas.
******************************
07 10 32.6 +75 19 37; Cam
V = 12.2; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 25°
17.5" (8/27/87): moderately bright, fairly small,
slightly elongated, bright core, stellar nucleus.
17.5" (2/27/87): moderately bright, fairly small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. 25' to the west is a nice double ∑973 = 7.1/8.1 at 12". Forms a pair with IC 2174 6' WNW.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2314 = T. 9-5 on 1 Aug 1883 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His description says "follows close on the same parallel against the mag 7 star DM +75 ° 281, the latter is a double star". Although his rough RA is good (nearest min), the galaxy lies 6' N of the double star.
******************************
07 02 33.0 +50 35 27; Lyn
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 116°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, small, edge-on WNW-ESE, bright core. Located 4' S of mag 8.4 SAO 26113.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2315 = h420 on 16 Feb 1831 (sweep 327) and simply noted "eF; doubtful." His RA was roughly 10 seconds of time too large. Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 15 Nov 1885 (repeated in the IC2 Notes).
******************************
06 59 40.8 -07 46 40; Mon
Size 4'x3'
13.1" (2/25/84): moderately bright nebulosity, small,
possibly surrounds two stars oriented SW [NGC 2316] and NE [
William Herschel discovered NGC 2316 = H. II-304 = h421 on 4 Mar 1785 (sweep 377). His description reads, "3 or 4 stars, containing vF nebulosity. 240 would not resolve it; but showed the same nebulosity." On 20 Feb 1851, Bindon Stoney, William Parsons' assistant, called it a "small close double neb, below 3 stars, 2 stellar points (or nuclei)." The 3 stars in the description are just south. The second nuclei received the designations GC 1478 = NGC 2317. Heinrich d'Arrest measured an accurate position (#76 in AN 1500). Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions for both stars in 1895 (published in his 1907 catalogue).
Albert Le Sueur sketched this nebula in 1870 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (unpublished plate VII, figure 81), as well as Pietro Baracchi on 16 Mar 1885. Le Sueur was surprised the configuration of the nebula and the nearby stars differed significantly between Stoney's sketch and his (mentioned in an 1870 letter to Professor Stokes).
******************************
06 59 41.5 -07 46 29; Mon
13.1" (2/25/84): moderately bright nebulosity, small, surrounding the northeast of two stars (separation ~11"). An obtuse triangle of mag 12 stars is just 1' S. Enhanced with a Deep Sky filter.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney discovered NGC 2317 on 20 Feb 1851. NGC 2316 was described as a "S close D neb, below 3 st, 2 stellar points (or nuclei)." A sketch made on 23 Nov 1851 was included in Lord Rosse's 1861 publication (Plate 27, Fig. 12). Pietro Baracchi also sketched it as a double star in nebulosity on 16 Mar 1885 with the 48" Melbourne telescope. Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions for both "nuclei" in 1895 (published in his 1907 catalogue).
The RA was only roughly given in the GC and the NGC (nearest min of RA). The RNGC misclassifies this number as nonexistent although NGC 2317 is part of NGC 2316.
******************************
06 59 27 -13 41 54; CMa
17.5" (2/1/03): this is just a weak enhancement of mag
11-13 stars in a Milky Way field, perhaps only noticed by Herschel because of
the mag 8.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 2318 = H. VII-14 = h422 = h3070 on 8 Feb 1785 (sweep 370) and logged "a cluster of stars above 20' in dia, the stars much scattered." John Herschel observed this object at both Slough, England and at the Cape of Good Hope. At the Cape he described "A large region full of scattered stars forming a cluster of which the chief (=8 m) taken. It seems, however to be only a clustering part of the milky way which here comes on rather suddenly." His position corresponds with mag 8.6 SAO 152208 at 06 59 28.4 -13 41 49 (J2000). RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 00 32 +03 02 48; Mon
17.5" (2/1/03): very nice 15' string of a couple dozen
stars heading west of a mag 8.9
William Herschel possibly discovered NGC 2319 on 18 Dec 1783 (early sweep 48) and noted "a cluster of vS stars not very rich." He states this cluster follows 18 Mon by 11 minutes, but only gave a rough polar distance (75' range). It was assigned the internal discovery #12, but not an H-designation.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2319 = h423 in March 1830 (sweep 237) and recorded a "Linear cluster of stars 11..13m forming a bent line nearly 15' long, terminating on the following side by a *8 whose place is that here taken." His position corresponds with mag 8.8 SAO 114784 at 07 01 06.5 +03 03 11. The "bent line" of stars preceding is oriented WNW-ESE and is fairly striking. JH equated h423 with his father's #12, but identified it as VIII-1 (the previous class VIII object discovered by his father). In the GC, he referred to it as VIII-1B. In the 1912 revision of WH's catalogues, Dreyer gives the details of the sweep. Steinicke suggests VIII-1B = h423. The RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (probably an asterism).
******************************
07 05 42.0 +50 34 51; Lyn
V = 11.9; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 140°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, spindle NW-SE,
weak concentration. Located 1.7'
WSW of mag 9.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2320 = H. II-861 = h424,
along with NGC 2322, on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 990) and noted "pB, pL, irr
figure, gbM." His position is
3 - 4' northwest of
******************************
NGC 2321 = UGC 3663 = MCG +08-13-053 = CGCG 234-051 = PGC 20141
07 05 59.0 +50 45 22; Lyn
V = 13.6; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 135°
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, low even surface brightness. NGC 2320 lies 11' SSW.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2321 on 18 Dec 1849. He labeled it Beta in the field sketch (includes NGC 2320, 2322 and 2326). Although this was an early discovery, it was not included in the 1861 publication so did not receive a GC designation. Dreyer added it in the GC Supplement (GCS 6248). Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 15 Nov 1885 (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 2322 = UGC 3662 = MCG +08-13-054 = CGCG 234-050 = PGC 20142
07 06 00.3 +50 30 37; Lyn
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 136°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, small, elongated NW-SE, even surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 2320 5' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2322 = H. III-874, along with NGC 2320 = H. II-861, on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 990) and noted "vF, vS, lE." His position (Auwer's reduction) is 2.5' too far northwest, the same offset as NGC 2320. Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 15 Nov 1885 (repeated in the IC2 Notes).
******************************
07 02 48 -08 22 36; Mon
V = 5.9; Size 16'
18" (3/15/10): very bright, fairly scattered cluster,
though contains a richer subgroup.
About 125-150 stars were resolved at 175x in the central 10'-12'. The cluster has roughly a triangular or
wedge-shaped outline, highlighted by an 8' string of stars oriented ~E-W on the
north side (including mag 9.0
13.1" (3/24/84): ~75 stars including some brighter
stars at the south and northeast borders.
There are a few dense spots and many stragglers. An orange/red mag 8 star is at the
south edge and a nice 16" pair of mag 9/11 stars (HJ 748) is 1' NW. There is an elongated 4'x3' region that
is devoid of stars just north of the colored mag 8 star. Located 42' E of mag 6.0
Giovanni Domenico Cassini possibly discovered
******************************
07 04 08 +01 02 42; Mon
V = 8.4; Size 8'
17.5" (3/20/93: 65 stars mag 10-14 in very irregular 8' diameter. Includes two mag 10 stars at the NE corner and NW side. Includes several mag 12 stars but rich in mag 13-14 stars. Somewhat uneven distribution of very faint stars due to a couple of 2' diameter dark voids; one near the center. The cluster includes several very close, faint double stars.
8": rich in faint stars 12-13, includes two mag 9 stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2324 = H. VII-38 = h427 on 27 Dec 1786 (sweep 668) and noted "a beautiful cluster of small stars of several sizes, considerably compressed and rich in the middle, 10 or 12' diameter." John Herschel made 3 observations and logged it on 20 Dec 1827 (sweep 113) as a "rich L cl; fills field; st 14...16m; not comp towards a centre."
******************************
07 02 40.3 -28 41 50; CMa
V = 11.4; Size 3.3'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 6°
13.1" (3/3/84): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated N-S. A mag 12 star is off the SE edge 1.6' from center. Located in a rich star field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2325 = h3071 on 1 Feb 1837 and
recorded "pB; pL; lE; gbM; r; 2' long." His position (single sweep) matches
Joseph Turner's sketch, made on 5 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (unpublished plate V, figure 38), depicts it very elongated N-S. Baracchi's sketch on 11 March 1885 added a star at the south tip (called 16th mag)
******************************
07 08 11.0 +50 40 55; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 1.9'x1.8'; Surf Br = 14.3
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, fairly small, irregularly round, bright core. Four mag 12-12.5 stars in a group lie 3' W.
Forms a pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2326 = H. II-734 = h426 on 9
Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and recorded "F, pL, iF, mbM, S.f. a triangle of
small stars." His position is
2' north of
The RNGC has a poor position 0.3 tmin of RA too far east and 3' north. NGC 2326A, located just 4.8' SE, is correctly placed in RNGC. Listed in RNGC Corrections #5.
******************************
07 04 07.2 -11 18 51; CMa
18" (2/23/06): moderately bright, 1' reflection nebula surrounding a mag 9.5 star with a mag 12 companion at 7". Viewed unfiltered at 225x.
17.5" (3/8/02): this small but high surface brightness
reflection nebula surrounds an unequal pair of mag 9.5/12.5 stars at 7"
separation. At 280x, the
nebulosity is round and approximately 50" in size although it fades
smoothly into the background and may be a bit larger. This small knot of nebulosity is at the western end of a
striking arc of 6 stars which trail off to the NE. The next star in the arc, 1.5' E, also seems to be encased
in a very small halo. A similar
mag 9.5 comparison star (with no halo) lies 4' ESE and several other mag
9.5-10.5 stars are scattered across the field. The background sky in this vicinity is weakly luminous, as
NGC 2327 is situated midway along the western side of
This bright nebula was discovered by William Herschel (IV 25) in 1785 and reobserved by his son, John. Although their positions and descriptions match this object,there is a great deal of confusion in the literature as to its identification and position and some sources misidentify NGC 2327 with the much larger Sh 2-292 = Gum 1 located 50' to the north (also associated with IC 2177).
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint reflection nebula, fairly small, surrounds a mag 8 star (close unequal double). Located along the faint, extremely large, curving strip of nebulosity = IC 2177.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2327 = H. IV-25 = h428 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 363) and described "A pretty considerable star with vF and vS milky chevelure of an irregular chevelure, other stars of the same size are perfectly free from that appearance." John Herschel reported on 11 Mar 1828 (sweep 130), "a double star whose large star is in the center of a very faint nebula which involves the small star also." His position of 07 04 07.6 -11 19.0 pins down the identification as a compact HII/Reflection nebula on the west side of the Seagull Nebula. In 1886, Engelhardt also published an accurate micrometric position of 07 04 07.77 -11 18 56.6 (J2000). Herbert Howe noted the central star is double with separation 7".
Joseph Turner (date uncertain) and Pietro Baracchi (11 Mar 1885) observed this nebula with the 48" Melbourne telescope. Turner's sketch was included in the unpublished plate V, figure 39).
Despite John Herschel's accurate position and description, there's been a great deal of confusion in the literature as to the identification and position.
******************************
07 02 36.1 -42 04 06; Pup
V = 12.8; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 115°
18" (2/19/09): at 175x appeared very faint, small,
round, 20" diameter (probably viewed brighter core region only). Steadily visible with direct vision
though viewed at a very low elevation, so the surface brightness of the core is
moderately high. Starhopped from
mag 5.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 2328 = h3072 on 1 Jan 1835 and recorded "F; vS; R; pslbM; 15"; like a blotted star; in field with many small stars." His position (measured on two sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
07 09 08.0 +48 36 55; Lyn
V = 12.5; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 175°
18" (1/13/07): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 3:2 N-S, 0.8'x0.5', small bright core. Brightest in the core of
18" (11/18/06): moderately bright, moderately large, oval 4:3 N-S, 1.2'x0.9', contains a large, brighter core. This galaxy and UGC 3696, located 2.8' NE, are the brightest member of AGC 569. I observed 7 members of the cluster at 280x.
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, bright core. A mag 15 star is 0.7' W of center. Three mag 14 stars lie 1.7' W, 1.3' NE and 2.0' NE. Forms a pair with UGC 3696 3' ENE. Brightest member of AGC 569.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2329 = H. II-735 = h429 on 9
Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and called "F, stellar." His position is 3' east
of
Although usually classified as a Lenticular Galaxy, recent studies have concluded NGC 2329 is a 'cluster dominant' Elliptical Galaxy (cD). It is an x-ray source with a radio jet streaming from its core, like many other cD's. In addition that is also a 'radio tail' extending from this galaxy.
******************************
07 09 28.4 +50 09 08; Lyn
V = 14.7; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.2
24" (2/15/18): at 375x fairly faint, small, nearly
round, 20" diameter, even surface brightness. Located 2' SSW of
17.5" (1/20/90): extremely faint and small, round. A mag 15 star is 1' NE. Located 2' SW of NGC 2332.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney,
Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2330 on 2 Jan 1851. He noted a small nebula, which was
labeled "b" on the published diagram, and placed SSW of NGC 2332 (the
direction of drift is reversed on the sketch). At this position is
Although 9 nebulae were found at Birr Castle over 3 nights,
the 1861 publication only included the comment "several knots around"
NGC 2332. John Herschel added just
one new entry in the GC (1492), which Dreyer assigned to either NGC 2330 and
Since absolute positions were not computed at Birr Castle,
Dreyer relied on Bigourdan's erroneous position (he measured a faint star) for
NGC 2330. As a result NGC 2330 was
misplaced 2.4' north of NGC 2332 instead of south-southwest (as on the 1851
sketch). In 1893, Hermann Kobold
measured an accurate position and Dreyer catalogued it as
The RNGC reverses the identifications of NGC 2330 and NGC 2332, making NGC 2330 the brighter northern member of the pair and incorrectly describes NGC 2332 as "almstel" (same error in MCG). UGC and CGCG label NGC 2330 as IC 457. See RNGC Corrections #5 and Corwin's notes for much more on this complicated story!
******************************
07 07 00 +27 15 42; Gem
Size 18'
17.5" (1/20/90): at 82x, very large scattered group of about 40 stars mag 10-14, 15' diameter. There is a small circle of 6 stars at the east end. The classification of this group as a true cluster is doubtful.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2331 = H. VIII-40 = h432 on 11 Mar 1785 (sweep 384) and recorded "some clustering, large scattered stars; many of an equal size." John Herschel noted in on 17 Feb 1827 (sweep 57) as "a small cluster of 10 or a doze st 11...13m in an ellipse."
******************************
NGC 2332 = (R)NGC 2330 = UGC 3699 = MCG +08-13-079 = CGCG 234-075 = WBL 133-002 = PGC 20276
07 09 34.2 +50 10 56; Lyn
V = 12.8; Size 1.5'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 60°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; fairly bright, moderately large oval 4:3 SW-NE, ~1.2'x0.9', sharply concentrated with a bright core and very small brighter nucleus. A mag 15.1 star is 1' S of center and a mag 15.7 star is barely off the NE end [0.8' NW of center].
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 15 star is 1' SW. Forms a pair with NGC 2330 = IC 457 2' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2332 = h430 on 8 Mar 1831
(sweep 330) and recorded "F; S; R psbM; 12"." His position matches
The identications of NGC 2330 and NGC 2332 are reversed in the RNGC and MCG.
******************************
07 08 21.3 +35 10 12; Gem
V = 13.3; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 35°
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, very small, sharp stellar nucleus surrounded by faint oval halo 3:2 ~N-S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2333 = H. III-899 = h431 on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031) and noted "vF, S, nearly R, bM."
******************************
NGC 2334 = IC 465 = MCG +08-13-098 = CGCG 234-095 = WBL 133-012 = PGC 20357
07 11 33.6 +50 14 53; Lyn
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 70°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; moderately bright, moderately large, round, strong concentration with a high surface brightness core that increases to a very small brighter nucleus. Located 5.8' NE of NGC 2340 in a fairly rich group.
18" (12/18/06): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, 0.5'x0.4', gradually increases to a very small, brighter core. Furthest NE in a group of 7 galaxies in the field and 5.8' NE of the brightest member, NGC 2340.
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, small, round, bright core. Last of four galaxies in a 20' field and located 5.8' NE of NGC 2340.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney,
Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2334 on 2 Jan 1851. He noted a small nebula (unlabeled on a
sketch of h433 = NGC 2340) 6' south-following NGC 2340. Unfortunately the direction of drift
was confused as
Although 9 nebulae were found at Birr Castle on 3 nights, the 1861 publication only included the comment "several knots around" NGC 2332. John Herschel added just one new entry in the GC (GC 1492), which Dreyer assigned to either NGC 2330 and NGC 2334 (with question marks) and the additional Rosse nebulae were not included in the NGC.
Since absolute positions weren't computed at Birr Castle,
Dreyer relied on Bigourdan's erroneous position for NGC 2334 (he measured a
faint star 3' ENE of NGC 2332). In
1893, Hermann Kobold measured an accurate position for Stoney's nebula and
Dreyer recatalogued it as
The question remains if IC 465 is the galaxy Dreyer meant as NGC 2334. Dreyer credits both Rosse and Kobold in the IC, so this seems probable, although Malcolm Thomson disagrees. MCG, CGCG, PGC, SIMBAD all label this galaxy as IC 465 and not NGC 2334. NED and HyperLeda give the equivalence. See Corwin's identification notes for more on this complicated situation.
******************************
07 06 49 -10 01 42; Mon
V = 7.2; Size 12'
18" (2/23/06): at 225x, ~75 stars are resolved in a 10'x5' region elongated N-S. The cluster is broken up by a circular void on the south side that extends to the west in a dark (dust) lane. Also an elongated rectangular-shaped void of stars is on the north side of the cluster. The brightest cluster star is on the northeast side and is part of a "keystone" asterism that mimics the shape of the main body of Hercules. A mag 7 star lies 10' ENE outside the borders of the cluster. The Milky Way background is very patchy in this vicinity and appears significantly affected by dust in the region and possible nebulosity. This affect is best seen at 115x (20 Nagler). Located just north of IC 2177 = Seagull Nebul, an extremely long N-S string of nebulosity.
17.5" (3/20/93): 50-60 stars mag 10.5-14 in a 10'
diameter. Mag 6.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2335 = H. VIII-32 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 356) and reported "a cluster of coarsely scattered stars of many sizes, pretty rich, more than 15' diameter." His position is on the west side of this open cluster.
******************************
07 27 03.8 +80 10 43; Cam
V = 10.4; Size 7.1'x3.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 178°
17.5" (8/27/87): fairly bright, fairly large, bright
core, faint halo elongated N-S. A
mag 15 star is superimposed just east of the core. Located 3.6' SSE of a mag 10 star.
17.5" (2/22/87): fairly bright, small bright core surrounded by a large, diffuse halo elongated 2:1 N-S. Located 26' S of a mag 7.3 star.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2336 = T. 1-22 in 1876 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and described a "beautiful II class nebula, R, lbM, 2' diameter, forms a triangle with two mag 10-11 stars." Tempel's very rough position (only the hour of RA is given!) is off by 2.5 tmin of RA (west) and 3' dec (north) and the two stars in the description are just north.
******************************
07 10 13.6 +44 27 26; Lyn
V = 12.5; Size 2.2'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 120°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WNW-ENE, even surface brightness. Bracketed by a mag 14 star 1.1' SW and a mag 13.5 star 1.3' ENE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2337 = St. 8b-19 on 16 Jan
1877 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. His position matches
******************************
07 07 47 -05 43 12; Mon
17.5" (2/3/03): roughly 3 dozen stars in an elongated N-S group, ~8'x3'. Includes a few mag 11 stars, with the rest of stars mag 12-14. Just stands out at 100x as a weak field enhancement and detached enough in the field that a definite border can be traced out. Still this is probably just an unrelated group of stars and NGC 2338 is listed as nonexistent in the RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2338 = h435 on 19 Jan 1828 (sweep 122) and noted a "Very loose and straggling cluster." There is nothing noticeable at JH's (uncertain) position. In 1926, Karl Reinmuth noted (based on Heidelberg plates) "many st, but nothing like a cluster." and RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7). Harold Corwin suggests that NGC 2338 is a group of stars ~50 tsec of RA east and 5' south of his position. If a similar offset is applied to NGC 2299 (found by JH on the same sweep), it matches NGC 2302, so this error is quite plausible.
******************************
07 08 20.5 +18 46 49; Gem
V = 11.8; Size 2.7'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 175°
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly faint, nearly round, very weak concentration, low surface brightness. A mag 13.5 star is superimposed at the east edge 30" from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2339 = H. II-769 = h434 on 22 Feb 1789 (sweep 906) and recorded it as "pB, pL, iR, easily resolvable, bM.". His RA was 16 seconds too large. On 14 Mar 1831(sweep 333), John Herschel wrote, "pB, pL, R, glbM, 40". In a rich part of the heavens."
******************************
NGC 2340 = UGC 3720 = MCG +08-13-096 = CGCG 234-091 = WBL 133-010 = PGC 20338
07 11 10.8 +50 10 28; Lyn
V = 11.7; Size 1.8'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 80°
24" (2/13/18): at 200x and 375x; fairly bright, fairly
large, oval 2:1 WSW-ENE, contains a large bright core that is weakly
concentrated to the center. A
couple of 12th magnitude stars are off the northwest side. Brightest in a group of mostly IC
galaxies with
18" (12/18/06): moderately bright, moderately large, oval 3:2 WSW-ENE, 1.5'x1.0', large bright core increases gradually to the center. A mag 12 star lies 1.7' NW. Brightest in a group of 12 galaxies (WBL 133) incuding IC 464 2.5' SSW. Beyond IC 464 a string of stars continues to the SSW.
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
E-W, bright core. Brightest of
four in the field with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2340 = H. II-736 = h433 on 9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and called "pF, vS, lbM, resolvable." Harold Corwin concludes that H. II-862 (found on sweep 990, 28 Dec 1890), although equated with NGC 2332 = h430, is actually a duplicate observation of this galaxy. John Herschel described it on 7 Mar 1831 (sweep 329) as "pB; pL; R; gbM; 25"; two small stars preceding." and measured a more accurate position.
******************************
07 09 12.1 +20 36 10; Gem
V = 13.2; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, very small, slightly elongated
E-W. A mag 13.5 star is 0.7'
N. Forms a pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2341 = m 100, along with NGC 2342, on 10 Nov 1864 with Lassell's 48". Édouard Stephan made observations on 27 and 29 Jan 1878 and another on 2 Feb!
******************************
NGC 2342 = UGC 3709 = MCG +03-19-004 = CGCG 086-007 = Holm 86a = PGC 20265
07 09 18.1 +20 38 11; Gem
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 126°
17.5" (1/20/90): moderately bright, moderately large, irregularly round, slightly elongated SW-NE, slightly brighter along major axis but no core. Forms a pair with NGC 2341 2.5' WSW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2342 = m 101, along with NGC 2341, on 10 Nov 1864 using Lassell's 48".
******************************
07 08 07 -10 37 00; Mon
V = 6.7; Size 7'
18" (2/23/06): at 225x, three dozen stars are resolved
in a fairly scattered, but well-detached 5' group. The brightest star at the southeast end is a wide double
(STF 1028) with a mag 8.8 yellow primary and a mag 11 bluish secondary at
11". The stars are arranged
in long winding strings with a couple of offshoots. There are no dense areas and the strings appear to wrap
around regions devoid of stars.
Located off the northeast end of IC 2177. Two ill-defined groups,
17.5" (3/20/93): two dozen stars mag 8-13 in compact 5' diameter. The cluster has a distinctive boxy shape but is not rich. Includes an unequal double star STF 1028 = 8.8/11.1 at 11" at the east side. Stars are arranged in small subgroups with no central concentration, well detached in field. Located off the NE end of the huge, strip of nebulosity IC 2177.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2343 = H. VIII-33 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 356) and called it "a cluster of scattered large stars, not so extensive as the last [NGC 2335], nor so rich." His position is just off the southeast side of the cluster.
******************************
07 12 28.7 +47 10 00; Lyn
V = 12.0; Size 1.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, round, broad mild concentration, faint stellar nucleus, edges fade smoothly into background.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2344 = Sw. 6-30 on 24 Nov
1886. His position is 16 sec of RA
west and 81" north of
******************************
07 08 19 -13 11 36; CMa
V = 7.7; Size 12'
17.5" (3/20/93): 50 stars mag 9-14 in 10'x8' region
elongated SW-NE. Fairly rich in
faint stars. Includes the pretty
double HJ 3930 = 9.7/10.6 at 15" on the north side. Near the center is a small clump of
about 8 stars including an unequal triple star. Located midway between mag 8
John Herschel discovered NGC 2345 = h3073 on 14 Feb 1836 and recorded "a pretty rich cluster; irregular fig; 7' diam; gbM; stars 10..14 m; place that of a double star, the chief *." His position corresponds with HJ 3930 = 9.7/10.6 at 15".
******************************
07 09 22.5 -00 48 23; Mon
V = 11.9; Size 60"x50"
17.5" (2/2/02): easily picked up at 100x as a fairly small, round halo surrounding a bright mag 11.5 star. Nice view at 280x and 380x. The halo is irregularly round, ~50"x45" with a slightly uneven surface brightness and it appears a bit thinner or pinched on the NW side. Modest contrast gain with a UHC filter at 100x-280x, although this object does not require a filter.
13.1" (1/11/86): bright mag 11.5 central star surrounded by fairly small, round disc. Located between two mag 13 stars 0.8' E and 1.2' W. View enhanced with Daystar 300 filter. Central star is the variable V651 Mon (mag 11.3-13.5).
William Herschel discovered NGC 2346 = H. IV-65 on 5 Mar 1790 (sweep 935) and recorded "a pretty considerable star, 9 or 10m, visibly affected with vF nebulosity, of very little extent all around. A power of 300 shewed the same, but gave a little more extent to the nebulosity. The 22d Monocerotis was quite free from nebulosity." Caroline's reduced position is 1° too far south, but a note was added on the sweep there may be an error of 1°, due to a confusion on the polar distance.
John Herschel didn't report an observation in either his Slough or Cape catalogues. Dreyer observed the PN on 14 Feb 1877 with the 72" at Birr Castle and reported "*9 mag seems nebulous, especially on the n or np side. At last we agreed that it was nebulous all round. About 4' sp is a reddish *10 with a white-bluish *11 1' south. The nebulous star has a bluish tint."
******************************
07 16 04.0 +64 42 41; Cam
V = 12.5; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 175°
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, fairly small, bright
core, slightly elongated N-S, diffuse.
Located 4' S of mag 7.3
William Herschel discovered NGC 2347 = H. III-746 on 1 Nov
1788 (sweep 879) and recorded, "vF, S, R lbM." His position, based on Auwers'
reduction, is 3.3' N of
Bigourdan later observed this field in 1894 and 1900. His position for B. 267 = IC 2179 in Comptes Rendus is 07 15 33 +64 57 (2000), which is an excellent match for UGC 3750. CGCG, UGC, MOL, DSFG, RC3, PGC and U2000 all label this galaxy as IC 2179. But, Bigourdan's listing in his complete Observations, etc. for B. 267 corresponds with UGC 3759, the galaxy identified as NGC 2347 in modern catalogues and his listing for NGC 2347 matches UGC 3750 (Corwin notes an error in his identification of the reference star). So, Bigourdan reverses the modern identifications.
The question still remains - which of these two galaxies is WH's III-746? See Corwin's identification notes for more on this story (also analyzed by Malcolm Thomson).
******************************
07 03 03 -67 23 36; Vol
Size 11'
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, distinctive
group of stars appears fully resolved, ~10' diameter, ~35 stars mag 10-14. A bright mag 9.9 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2348 = h3074 on 31 Jan 1835 and recorded as a "Coarse loose cluster of about 30 stars, many 11m, one 10m taken." His position corresponds with a mag 10 star in the center of an 8' circular cluster or group.
RNGC calls this "an unverified southern cluster" and neither Lynga, ESO or WEBDA has a listing for this object. Bica et al includes NGC 2348 in a 2001 paper on "Dissolving star cluster candidates"
******************************
07 10 48 -08 36; Mon
17.5" (2/3/03): group of ~30 stars, elongated SW-NE, ~8'x3'. Stands out reasonably well in the field an over background haze but is probably just an asterism. Most stars are 12-14th magnitude. This group is ~11' following John Herschel's position, but the star density is richer on this group. Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC.
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 2349 = H. VII-27 = h436 on 4 Mar 1783. Three years later on 24 Feb 1786 (sweep 529), William Herschel recorded "An irregular cluster of extremely small stars, considerably compressed, 9 or 10' l, 4 or 5' b with an extending branch towards sp." Close to his position (Auwers' reduction) is the group of stars described in my observation. John Herschel logged on 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318), "a poor straggling cl, place of a D*", but his position is 1 min of RA too far west and corresponds with a mag 10/11.5 at 30" separation that is not involved in any clustering. Unfortunately JH used his own position in the GC and it was repeated by Dreyer in the NGC.
Based on Heidelberg plates, Karl Reinmuth noted "many st in a dense region, very little clustering." RNGC classifies the number nonexistent (Type 7). See Harold Corwin's identification notes.
******************************
07 13 12.2 +12 15 58; CMi
V = 12.3; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 110°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, bright core. Several mag 14 stars are near including one 1' SE of core. A nice double star (mag 10/10 at 20" separation) lies 10' NNE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2350 = St. 6-6 on 10 Jan 1872. His published micrometric position (list VI, #6) was made 2 years later on 18 Jan 1874 with description "eF, eS, irr R." It was included in his short 6th discovery list (10 objects), published in 1874. He made a later observation on 4 Feb 1878.
******************************
07 13 29 -11 29 12; CMa
= Not found, Gottlieb. Possibly a scattered group around two stars, wrong dec in NGC, Corwin.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2351 = h437 on 9 Mar 1828
(sweep 129) and noted "A loose straggling cluster, place of double
star." There is nothing at his position and even the double star doesn't
seem to be there. Exactly 1 degree north is a mag 9.4/12 double star at
12" separation with two mag 9/10.9 stars 1' NW and 1' SW. But there is no obvious clustering here
on the POSS. Alister Ling
questions if this object is a duplicate of
******************************
07 13 05 -24 02 48; CMa
17.5" (3/8/97): at 82x there is no obvious cluster at this position, although there are about a dozen mag 12/13 stars in a 7' string ~N-S, roughly centered on a mag 11.5 star at 07 13.1 -24 03. At 220x, several fainter stars are visible increasing the total to ~20 stars and it stands out a little better. The stars in the N-S string are arranged in "seagull wings" concave to the west. Listed as nonexistent in RNGC.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2352 = H. VII-15 on 6 Mar 1785 (sweep 381) and called "A small cluster of pretty compressed stars, not very rich." There is nothing at his position, but 40 sec of RA west is string of stars oriented N-S. Howe also "saw nothing noteworthy in the place given for this cluster, except that the whole background contains myriads of minute stars, on the limit of vision." RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
NGC 2353 = Cr 130 = Mel 62 = OCL-567
07 14 30 -10 16 00; Mon
V = 7.1; Size 20'
17.5" (3/20/93): over 100 stars mag 6-13 in a 20'
diameter, requires 100x (20mm Nagler) for best view. Richest around mag 6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2353 = H. VIII-34 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 356) and noted "an extensive scattered cluster contains a very bright star."
******************************
07 14 15 -25 41 36; CMa
V = 6.5; Size 20'
17.5" (3/12/94): ~100 stars in a 20' diameter, circular outline, fairly uniform in magnitudes. There are no prominent subgroups or individual stars but the cluster is fairly detached in the field at 100x. Unconcentrated with a 9'x3' void or dark lane in the center elongated N-S. A double star with components 11.5/12.5 at 14" separation is just following the dark lane towards the south end.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2354 = H. VII-16 = h438 on 6 Mar 1785 (sweep 381) and called it "a large cluster of scattered stars, considerably rich, about 20' in diameter or more." His position matches this cluster. John Herschel recorded on 7 Jan 1831 (sweep 317), "loose straggling cl; the preceding part is rather separated from the following, and more comp. Place that of 3 stars in the following part."
******************************
07 16 59 +13 45 00; Gem
Size 9'
18" (3/15/10): fairly rich group with ~70 stars in an
8'-9' diameter group, with the richest portion in the central 4'. On the north side of the central region
is a 13" pair of mag 11/12 stars with a mag 13 star 16" S forming an
easy triple. The stars are pretty
evenly distributed and many are similar magnitudes, though a number appear to
be arranged in strings that extend out radially from the center. The brightest member is a mag 10 star
on the SE side. The cluster shares
the field with mag 8.3
18" (2/23/06): rich cluster at 257x with ~75 stars in an 8' irregular group. Very rich in a 2.5' central "core" with the brightest mag 10 star just SE of this core. The outline is marked by rows of stars giving a triangular outline. Mag 8 HD 56329 lies 7' NE of the cluster.
13.1" (1/18/85): about 50 stars down to mag 14 in a
8'x5' group elongated N-S including a mag 10 star at the SE edge. Rich, fairly compact, a number of stars
are arranged in lanes. Located
about 7' SW of mag 8.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2355 = H. VI-6 = h439 on 8 Mar 1784 (sweep 161) and reported "a cluster of stars of various magnitudes, pretty much compressed in the middle, and the cluster is pretty rich. Of an iR form; most of the stars are S and I suppose if it is at all visible in my 7 ft reflector it must assume a nebulous appearance. To the north of it is a pretty considerable star which my field will take in with the cl." There is nothing at his position, but 1 min 40 sec of east of his position is this cluster and it fits his description. Karl Harding independently found the cluster around 1823 and reported it as a new discovery (7 of the 8 objects in his list were previously discovered). John Herschel recorded on 23 Jan 1832 (sweep 393), "a p rich cl of very small stars; irreg; R; 5' diameter; not bM; st 11...16m." He questioned whether this was his father's H. VI-6.
******************************
07 16 59 +13 45 00; Gem
18" (2/23/06): there is no cluster at William Herschel's position or nearby group of stars that match his description "A pretty rich and compressed cluster of stars" other than NGC 2355 10' S of his position. Corwin equates NGC 2356 = NGC 2355 (see description for NGC 2355). Also about 20' W of Herschel's position are 15 stars in a 3' arrowhead outline. This asterism is well detached in the field and though not impressive is also a possible candidate. A nice equilateral triangle of mag 11.5-12.5 stars with sides of 1' form the eastern corner of the group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2356 = H. VII-6 on 16 Mar 1784 (sweep 176) and described "A pretty rich and compressed cluster of stars." There is nothing at his position (reduced using the offsets given in Dreyer's 1912 "Scientific Papers of WH) but ~15' S is NGC 2355 and Harold Corwin concludes this number is probably a duplicate observation of NGC 2355. His position for NGC 2355 is not good either -- it's 100 tsec of RA too far west!
Based on photographic plates taken at the Heidelberg Obseratory, Reinmuth adds "no Cl north of NGC 2355, in 7h 8m.0 +14d 13' (1860) a loose clustering of st 11... in triangle." At Reinmuth's position (about 1 tmin preceding the NGC position) is a triangular group which stands out pretty well. But NGC 2355 is the best fit for NGC 2356. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent.
******************************
07 17 40.9 +23 21 23; Gem
V = 13.3; Size 3.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 122°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, large, edge-on 6:1 NW-SE. Appears as a very low surface brightness ghostly streak with no central condensation! A mag 13 star is off the NW end 1.3' from center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2357 = St. 13-27 on 5 Feb
1878. His uncorrected position was
just off the SE edge of the galaxy.
His published position in his last discovery list was reduced on 6 Feb
1885 and matches
******************************
07 16 56 -17 07; CMa
Size 20'x15'
18" (3/13/10): gorgeous low power Milky Way field at 72x (63'), though nothing stands out distinctly as cluster-like. At the given position (07 16.9 -17 07 (2000), is a weak enhancement, roughly 20' diameter, with a nice quardruple group of mag 10-11 stars on the south side. This field enhancement is only noticeable as the Milky Way is weaker or dusty to the north and south of the group and the background glow brightens near the position of NGC 2358.
Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC and William Herschel's description ""A course scattered cluster of stars, not rich." is not specific enough to pin down his intended "cluster".
William Herschel discovered NGC 2358 = H. VIII-45 on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503) and noted "A course scattered cluster of stars, not rich., not compressed" JH did not record an observation of this "cluster" and it was not observed at Birr Castle. There is a large (~20') Milky Way field (described in my observation) including a number of mag 10 stars close to WH's position. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 18 31 -13 13 30; CMa
Size 8'x6'
48" (4/13/10): the 5' central region of Thor's Helmet was mesmerizing at 267x and 330x (unfiltered). A large, bright knot is at the south end of the rim where the inner portion of the bright wing that heads southwest connects with the central bubble. Along the northern edge of the rim are three collinear mag 11 stars (2.2' length) oriented E-W. The rim of the bubble is noticeably brighter in a thin arc beginning due north of center (between the two western stars) and extending about 90° clockwise to the west (this portion of Thor's Helmet was catalogued separately as NGC 2361). The rim is also brighter along a 45° thicker arc on the southeast side. The rim has a lower surface brightness on the east and NE side and varies in thickness and brightness around the entire bubble.
Three brighter stars (nearly collinear) and several fainter
stars are superimposed within the main bubble. A second, smaller, incomplete bubble just north of center
outlines an inner dark "hole", which includes one of the brighter
stars. The 11.4-magnitude ionizing
Wolf-Rayet star
17.5" (12/28/00): "Thor's Helmet" is a remarkably bright, detailed nebulosity at 100x using an OIII filter. The central region is a 5' bubble (illuminated by a Wolf-Rayet star) with a brighter rim along the west side giving a "C" appearance with irregular knots, filamentary wisps of nebulosity and areas of thinner nebulosity in the interior. A number of fainter stars are superimposed in the central region along with some brighter mag 11 stars on the north portion of the rim.
The southern "horn" of the helmet is attached at the south end of the bubble and a mag 10.5 star is attached to its SE side. The brightest portion is a thick 4' extension angling towards the WSW. As it extends more directly west it thins out into a long 10' streamer. The northern "horn" of Thor's Helmet" is attached at the northwest end of the central bubble and extends towards the northwest. This section is fairly long and thick but brighter along a thin spine. A fainter strip of nebulosity also begins on the northeast end of the central mass and extends 10' due east. Finally, weak nebulosity was also visible to the southeast of the central "helmet". Illuminated by the Wolf-Rayet star HD 56925 = WR 7.
13.1" (1/28/84): unusual emission nebula, fairly bright, fairly large, about 7'x5'. A thinner strip extends west of a mag 10.8 star on the south end. A few fainter stars are superimposed on the north side. A very faint section is also attached at the NW end extending towards the NW.
13x80mm (1/13/07): the circular central region of Thor's Helmet was easily visible at 13x in my 80mm finder using an OIII filter (24mm Panoptic), though the "horns" of the helmet were not seen.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2359 = H. V-21 = h3075 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 363) and recorded "A broad elongated nebulosity, in the form of a parallelogram with a short ray southwards from the south preceding corner. The nebulosity between the milky and resolvable, almost of an equal brightness; but very faint. The parallelogram about 8' long and 5 or 6' broad, but ill-defined." He published a sketch in his 1811 paper (Fig. 3) as an illustration "of detached Nebulosity".
John Herschel observed this nebula from the Cape and
recorded "a very singular nebula, much like the profile of a bust, (head,
neck and shoulders,) or a silhouette portrait, very large, pretty well defined,
light nearly uniform, about 12' diameter. In a crowded field of milky way
stars, many of which are projected on it." His RA was exactly 1 minute too small (but accurate in NPD)
and this position was copied into the GC and later the NGC. Howe noted this error when he observed
the nebula. Herschel's sketch
(Plate IV, figure 4) shows the silhouette shape well with the shoulders/bust
region the brighter "wing". See notes for
Joseph Turner made a more accurate sketch on 24 Jan 1876 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. The main 5' bubble is depected as annular with some interior nebulosity particularly south of the central star. The main tail was sketched accurately, though it ends before the thin streamer section. The prepared lithograph of the nebula was not published.
I'm surprised NGC 2359 is mentioned in Garrett Serviss' 1901 "Pleasures of the Telescope" written for at most 5-inch telescopes: "In [GC] 1511 we have a faint nebula remarkable for the rows of minute stars in and near it." And in the 1909 book "In Starland with a 3-inch Telescope", William Olcott repeats "Note the nebula [GC] 1511 and the curving row of faint stars near it."
Based on plate taken with the 60-inch at Mt Wilson in 1917, Pease reported: "Sir John Herschel pictured it as resembling a bust, while Lassell drew it like balloon, with a long neck twisted in the Sp direction. The balloon or head is approximately 5' in diameter; the neck is to the south, with nebulosity about 1' wide extending 8' west, concave on the north and gradually narrowing and fading out. From the top (N) of the head a symmetrical streamer concave to the south extends in the western direction...A second streamer about 1' wide extends east from the top of the head to a distance of 9'."
******************************
07 17 43 -15 38 30; CMa
V = 7.2; Size 13'
13.1" (1/28/84): includes about 40 fainter stars in an
elongated, arrowhead shape with mag 9
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 2360 = H. VII-12 = h440 =
h3076 on 26 Feb 1783 with a small refractor. NGC 2360 was her first deep sky discovery and occurred
before William had begun his sweeps for nebulae. Perhaps this discovery, along with
On 4 Feb 1785 (sweep 366) William recorded "a large cluster of pretty compressed scattered stars, near 1/2° in diam, considerably rich, most of the stars of the same size." On 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503) he wrote, "A beautiful cluster of pretty compressed stars, very large." John Herschel recorded it from the Cape of Good Hope on 12 Feb 1836 as the "Middle of a fine large, rich cluster, not compressed to the middle. Stars 9..12th mag; fills field."
******************************
NGC 2361 = Part of NGC 2359 = LBN 1041 = Sh 2-298 = Thor's Helmet = Duck Nebula
07 18 23.4 -13 12 40; CMa
48" (4/15/10): Along the northern edge of the rim of Thor's Helmet are three collinear mag 11 stars (2.2' length) oriented E-W. The rim of the bubble is noticeably brighter in a thin arc beginning due north of center (between the two western stars) and extending about 90° clockwise to the west. Bigourdan's NGC 2361 refers to this brighter portion of the Wolf-Rayet nebula. See observing notes for NGC 2359 for a complete description of the nebula.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 2361 = Big. 27 on 25 Feb 1887. Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2361 with a bright knot along the west side of the main bubble of NGC 2359. Wolfgang Steinicke lists Wilhelm Tempel as a co-discoverer (in 1887), though he is not credited in the NGC.
******************************
07 18 42 -24 57 18; CMa
V = 4.1; Size 8'
13.1" (1/30/06 - Costa Rica): gorgeous low power field surrounding Tau CMa using the 20 Nagler (75x). Tau was easily resolved into a triple with two mag 10 and 11.2 companions at 8.5" and 14" to the east. At 170x, 75-80 stars were visible and the cluster appears fully resolved. A string of stars passes to the north of Tau oriented NW to SE. Several faint stars and a detached clump lie to the north of Tau beyond the string. A mag 8.5 star marks the south border of the cluster.
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): stunning open cluster at 105x surrounding Tau Canis Majoris which is a very close triple star. Perhaps 75 stars are resolved in a well-detached 6' region.
17.5" (3/2/02): at 100x, this is a gorgeous, uniformly rich cluster surrounding Tau CMa, which is offset north of center. A WNW-ESE string of stars north of Tau gives a flattened border and the rich southern portion tapers to the south giving a triangular appearance. At 220x, ~60 stars are visible in a 6' diameter, many of 10.5-11. Just following the central star to the ESE are two mag 11 companions. Several other fainter stars are in the central core including one fairly close preceding.
17.5" (2/28/87): about 75 stars in 6' diameter surrounding Tau Canis Majoris (V = 4.4) in an unusually rich, impressive cluster! Tau is resolved into several components.
13.1": 50 stars in a triangular-shape surrounding Tau Canis Majoris, very rich, impressive.
Giovanni Hodierna probably discovered NGC 2362 = H. VII-17 = h441 = h3077 around 1654. It was apparently marked on his map ENE of Delta CMa. William Herschel discovered it on 4 Mar 1783 before starting his sweeps, with his 6.2-inch reflector. He found it again on 6 Mar 1785 (sweep 381) and described it as "a most beautiful cluster of pretty large stars with one of the 7th magnitude in the center, which however I suppose does not belong to it." John Herschel observed the cluster from both Slough and the Cape of Good Hope, where he recorded "a fine cluster of discrete stars, 60 or 70 in number. R, gbM, 8' diameter." It's surprising this bright cluster wasn't found by one of Messier's contemporaries.
******************************
07 28 29.6 +69 11 34; Cam
Size 1.7'x1.1'; PA = 20°
48" (4/15/10): NGC 2363 is either a small satellite
galaxy of
A 2010 study suggests NGC 2363 was very close to the southern tip of NGC 2366 less than 10 Myr ago, and could have triggered the interaction which has led to the strong episodes of star formation in the southern half of NGC 2366 as well as this galaxy.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 2363 on 9 Mar 1874 with the
72" while observing NGC 2366.
He noted a "diffused nebulosity preceding, pos. 265.9°, dist
71.4"." Copeland's
offsets were measured with respect to the unusually bright HII knot at the
southwest end of the galaxy, which has always been assumed to be NGC 2363. But Copeland's "diffused
nebulosity preceding" refers to
CGCG misidentifies NGC 2363 as the "bright emission patch at the SW end of NGC 2366" and RNGC misclassifies NGC 2363 as nonexistent with the comment "Patch in NGC 2366, Zwicky". See Harold Corwin's identification notes for the complete story.
******************************
07 20 47 -07 33 00; Mon
18" (3/13/04): pretty neat group of 50-60 stars at 115x arranged in two rows of stars converging towards the north. The eastern group of stars hooks on the SE end, bending back towards the north. Both groups have strings of faint stars extending to the north beyond a mag 9.5 star located ~5' N of the main groups. Listed as a nonexistent cluster in the RNGC, although the group is fairly distinctive.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2364 = h442 on 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318) and noted "Two small pretty close groups of pL stars in the milky way, rather a remarkable cl." There are two strings of stars at Herschel's position, matching his description. RNGC classifies this object as nonexistent (Type 7).
William Herchel apparently made the original discovery on 24 Feb 1786 (sweep 529) and noted "Clustering stars, in three short parallel lines, the two last whereof are joined to the sp; the placed taken is that of the middle lane." He didn't assign it an internal discovery number, so it wasn't included in his catalogues.
******************************
07 22 22.5 +22 05 00; Gem
V = 12.4; Size 2.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 170°
24" (2/14/15): at 260x; moderately bright and large, elongated 2:1 N-S, ~1.2'x0.6', well concentrated with a bright oval core. A mag 14 star is at the southwest edge [48" from center]. Located 32' ENE of mag 3.5 Delta Geminorum.
Forms a close pair with
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, bright core. A mag 14 star is just off the SW side 0.7' from center and a mag 12.5 star is 1.3' SW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2365 = m 102 = St. 6-7 on 10 Nov 1864 with Lassell's 48" and recorded "vF, pS, R, psbM." Édouard Stephan observed the galaxy on 10 Jan 1872 (probably aware of Marth's discovery). He measured an accurate position on 13 Jan 1874 and reported it as new in his 6th discovery list (#7).
******************************
NGC 2366 = UGC 3851 = MCG +12-07-040 = CGCG 330-038 = Mrk 71 = PGC 21102
07 28 55.0 +69 12 57; Cam
V = 11.1; Size 8.1'x3.3'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 25°
48" (4/15/10): The most striking feature of NGC 2366 is
a prominent double knot (giant HII/starburst complex) at the SW end (also known
as
NGC 2363, a low surface brightness companion or detached OB association/HII region, lies 1.2' W of the bright double knot. At 330x it appeared fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 2:1 or 5:2 SW-NE, with a low but irregular surface brightness.
18" (3/19/04): at the SW end of the galaxy is a very bright knot (HII region), roughly mag 12.5 and perhaps 15" in size which responds to a UHC filter at 160x! At 323x this knot is irregular in shape (~20"x15", SW-NE) and brightness and at moments resolves into two or three components. The galaxy itself is fairly faint, large, and very elongated SSW-NNE, 3.5'x1.0', with a low surface brightness.
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, very large, elongated 5:2 SW-NE, low almost even surface brightness. An unusually bright HII region is at the SW end of the galaxy (2' from the center) and appears as a "fuzzy" 12th magnitude star. Although very small, it appeared elongated SW-NE and similar to a poorly resolved double star. Definite contrast gain with OIII filter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2366 = H. III-748 on 3 Dec 1788 (sweep 889) and called it "vF, vS, stellar. 300 confirmed it and showed a vF branch to the nf." His description and position matches the prominent HII region at the southwest end of the galaxy. The "vf branch nf" refers to the actual galaxy. So, NGC 2366 applies to the HII region (also known as Mrk 71) as well as the galaxy. Modern sources misidentify the large HII knot as NGC 2363. See historical comments for NGC 2363.
Ralph Copeland described it on 9 Mar 1874 with the 72" as a "diffused neby preceding, pos 265.9°, dist 71.4" Neb * or neb knot post 318°, dist 77.6". The object has a curved tail, pos 30.9°, convex on the following side, traced 9' or 10'. The neb knot preceding is connected with the principal enbulosity. Line of stars spp, curved towards preceding side, nebulous? At least the enbula appears to extend so far on spp side. [See Pl I.]."
******************************
07 20 05 -21 53 06; CMa
V = 7.9; Size 4'
17.5": 25 stars in a distinctive, fairly rich 6' group
which is elongated N-S. The
brightest star
William Herschel discovered NGC 2367 = H. VIII-27 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 326) and recorded "a small cluster of scattered stars, not rich, nor very compressed." His position is ~3' south of the center of this compact cluster.
******************************
07 20 59 -10 22 48; Mon
Size 5'
17.5" (3/20/93): two dozen stars mag 12-14 in 4' diameter, unimpressive although unusual form, no dense spots. Divided into two distinct groupings; a dozen stars in the SW triangular group with a double star 12/13 at 18" separation at the west end; also a dozen stars in the NE group consists of two strings of stars oriented ~N-S forming a thin triangle. The two groups are separated by a dark lane oriented NW-SE. The classification of this group as a true cluster is doubtful.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2368 = h443 on 9 Mar 1828 (sweep 129) and described "the preceding star (which is red) of a pretty rich small cluster; fig irreg triangular; stars 15m - in Milky Way." His position is on the southwest side of the group.
******************************
07 16 37.7 -62 20 37; Car
V = 12.3; Size 3.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 177°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
260x appeared bright, large, very elongated 5:2 N-S, 2.4'x0.9', broad
concentration with a slightly bulging middle. A 16th magnitude star is at the north end and a mag 15 star
is just following the core. Nearly
collinear with two mag 12/13 stars 2.5' and 3' NE. Brightest in a group with
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x this Carina galaxy is fairly faint, fairly large, elongated 5:2 N-S, 1.7'x0.6', broad weak concentration but overall has a fairly low surface brightness (viewed at 16° elevation). In a group with NGC 2381 and NGC 2417.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2369 = h3078 on 26 Dec 1834 and recorded "pB, E or irregular figure, glbM." His position (2 sweeps) is accurate.
Joseph Turner sketched this object on 15 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope as a thin streak oriented exactly N-S (unpublished plate V, figure 40) as well as Pietro Baracchi on 16 Mar 1885.
******************************
07 25 01.7 +23 47 01; Gem
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 43°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 0.8'x0.4', even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is attached at the NE end 0.4' from center. The galaxy appears to extend from the star like a comet tail!
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2370 = m 103 on 10 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "eF, vS, E." His position is 1' south of
******************************
07 25 33.8 +29 29 18; Gem
V = 11.2; Size 74"x54"
48" (4/1/11 and 3/1/19): I was stunned by the view of this bipolar nebula. There was so much intricate detail in NGC 2371/72 that there was little resemblance to previous views through my 17.5" and 18" scopes. The most prominent feature is a pair of irregularly round, very bright nodules on the southwest and northeast side of the boxy, elongated central region. Each nodule was distinctive and varied in surface brightness and shape with the southwest lobe brighter. Filamentary streamers or a "hairy tail" extended from the northeast node towards the northwest and similar wisps extended mainly southeast from the southwest node, creating a sense of rotation around the fairly bright central star (mag 14.9). The interior and sides were filled with much fainter nebulosity. A very faint filament connected the main lobes on the northwest edge. Two amazing outer wings (similar in visibility) are detached from the main 1' structure and symmetrically hang 1' NW and 1' SE from the central star. These wings or "polar caps" were easily visible without a filter at 488x and both extended ~40"x10" in a SW-NE orientation, increasing the total diameter of the planetary to 2'. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.5' NW (beyond the NW wing) and a mag 16 star is 50" NE of center.
24" (4/13/18): at 220x and NPB filter; the detached NW outer wing (1' from center) was faint but not difficult as an extended strip of nebulosity ~30"x10", oriented SSW-NNE. A mag 13.8 star is outside the wing to the west [1.5' from center]. The slightly fainter trailing wing required averted vision to glimpse, but is symmetrically placed 1' SE of center and well detached from the central bi-polar body.
17.5" (2/14/99): very unusual appearance at 380x with two bright knots oriented SW-NE about 30" between centers and 0.9' in total length. The southwest knot is 15"-20" in size, slightly elongated and the brighter of the two. The northeast condensation has a slightly lower surface brightness and appears ~20" in diameter. The faint mag 14.9 central star is symmetrically placed between the knots. Weaker nebulosity connects the two knots giving a "dogbone" appearance with a very faint rounder halo encasing the structure!
17.5" (2/13/88): unusual planetary, bright, moderately large, elongated SW-NE. Two bright knots are at both ends (with two NGC designations) although the SW end is brighter and concentrated.
13.1" (2/25/84): two condensations in halo. The WSW side is brighter and sharper.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2371 = H. II-316 = h444,
along with
On 17 Feb 1827 (sweep 57), John Herschel called NGC 2371 "the south-preceding of a curious bright double neb or an elongated bicentral neb; nuclei approaching to stars 45° nf or sp - distance of centre 60". See fig 72."
On 19 Dec 1848, Lord Rosse and/or assistant George Johnstone Stoney logged a "bright star between, tails and curved filaments, perhaps an annulus round the two nebulae." A sketch made three nights later was included in Rosse's 1850 publication (fig. 6). William Lassell made an observation in March 1853 with his 24-inch equatorial reflector from Malta. He noted the "preceding one [nebula] is the brightest" and made a sketch (figure IX in his 1854 MRAS paper). Using his 48-inch on 24 Mar 1862 from Malta, he sketched the two ansae as outer symmetrical arcs.
Based on Crossley photographs, Curtis (1918) reported the "Brightest portion consists of two lobes which together form an irregular and patchy oval. The brightest part of these lobes are 35" apart in pa 65°; the toal diameter in this direction is 54". Two very faint, curved outliers are each 60" distant in the prolongation of the major axis in pa 126-306°. A narrow vacant lane runs between the lobes, nearly in the major axis, and widens to include the central star." The emission spectrum (PN) was first found by Campbell and Moore).
******************************
NGC 2372 = PK 189+19.1 = PN G189.1+19.8 = Peanut Nebula = Double Bubble Nebula
07 25 35.8 +29 29 30; Gem
V = 11.2; Size 74"x54"
48" (4/1/11): see description for NGC 2371.
17.5": see description for NGC 2371.
13.1": this is the fainter NE component of NGC 2371/NGC 2372. Slightly fainter and more diffuse than NGC 2371.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2372 = H. II-317 = h445, along with NGC 2371, on 12 Mar 1785 (sweep 385). See NGC 2371 for his description.
******************************
07 26 36.9 +33 49 25; Gem
V = 13.8; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 0°
18" (1/13/07): faint, very small, round, 20". A mag 12.7 star is just off the NE side
24" from the center. Located
6.8' W of
13.1" (2/23/85): faint, elongated, small. A mag 13 star is at the NE edge. Forms a trio with NGC 2375 6.7' E and
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2373 = St. 9-8, along with NGC 2375, on 20 Feb 1849. He recorded "6 nebulae of which epsilon [NGC 2375] is perhaps a double star." NGC 2373 was labeled Zeta on the sketch in the 1861 publication and accurately measured from NGC 2375, although John Herschel didn't assign an GC designation. Dreyer first catalogued NGC 2373 as GCS 5380. Édouard Stephan independently discovered the galaxy on 4 Feb 1878 and reduced an accurate position 4 days later.
******************************
07 23 56 -13 15 48; CMa
V = 8.0; Size 19'
17.5" (3/12/94): ~50-60 stars in 7'x4' region elongated SW-NE. Located in a rich star field so the cluster does not have a distinct border. A detached group with four brighter mag 10-11 stars is off the NE end. The richest portion is 3'-4' diameter at the SW end and consists of three dozen stars over some unresolved haze. At the SW edge is a nice curving U-shaped group of 9 stars mag 13 that is open to the SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2374 = H. VIII-35 = h3080 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 363) and recorded (summary from 3 sweeps) "a cluster of pretty large scattered stars, pretty rich, about 20' long, crooked figure." John Herschel observed it from the Cape of Good Hope and recorded "the most compressed part of a scattered cluster or rather region, more crowded with stars than the rest of the milky way, though hardly entitled to rank as a cluster. The stars run in singular lines and curves on a dark ground."
******************************
NGC 2375 = UGC 3854 = MCG +06-17-005 = CGCG 177-017 = PGC 21035
07 27 09.5 +33 49 54; Gem
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 170°
18" (1/13/07): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:3 ~N-S, 0.7'x0.4', broad concentration. Larger but lower surface brightness than NGC 2379 3.6' ESE.
13.1" (2/23/85): second of three in the NGC 2389 group. Faint, low surface brightness, appears larger than nearby NGC 2379 3.7' E. NGC 2375 lies 6.7' W.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2375 = St. IX-9, along with NGC 2373, on 20 Feb 1849. He recorded "6 nebulae of which epsilon [NGC 2375] is perhaps a double star." Although the sketch was included in the Lord Rosse's 1861 publication, John Herschel didn't assign it a GC designation. Dreyer first catalogued NGC 2375 as GCS 5383. Édouard Stephan independently discovered the galaxy on 4 Feb 1878 and reduced an accurate position 4 days later, published in list 9, #9. Both Rosse (1) and Stephan (2) were credited in the NGC.
******************************
07 26 35.9 +23 04 23; Gem
V = 13.8; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, very small, round. A mag 15.5 star is attached at the west end.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2376 = m 104 on 10 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "eF, vS." His position matches
******************************
07 24 56.8 -09 39 37; Mon
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 170°
18" (3/4/08): unusual location for a galaxy in a rich Milky Way star field. At 220x appears fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, low even surface brightness. A mag 13 star is embedded on the south end and a mag 14.7 stars is on the NE side. Finally, an extremely faint mag 15.5 star is occasionally visible close south of the fainter star.
17.5" (3/7/92): faint, fairly small, elongated SSW-NNE, ~1.0'x0.5', low surface brightness, no core. A mag 12 star is attached at the south end and an extremely faint mag 15 star is involved at the north end. Appears diffuse with ill-defined edges and seems similar to a faint nebulosity in a rich Milky Way field! Unusually low galactic latitude for a galaxy. Incorrectly listed as nonexistent in RNGC but plotted on U2000.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2377 = St. 6-8 on 12 Jan 1874 with description "eF, irregular, diffuse, very faint star [ncl?] involved, *11 south edge". His accurate micrometric position (Esmiol's reduction) matches UGCA 132, although RNGC misclassified this galaxy as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 27 24.1 +33 49 52; Gem
= **, Corwin.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2378 = St. 9-10 on 8 Feb 1878. At Stephan's position is a close pair of stars (mag 14.7/15.2 at 8" separation). The double is cleanly resolved on the DSS. The RNGC incorrectly equates NGC 2378 = NGC 2379.
******************************
NGC 2379 = UGC 3857 = MCG +06-17-006 = CGCG 177-018 = PGC 21036
07 27 26.3 +33 48 40; Gem
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9
18" (1/13/07): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, 25" diameter, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. This compact galaxy has a fairly high surface brightenss. A mag 12.5 star lies 1' NW and a mag 11 star 3.6' NE. NGC 2375 lies 3.6' WNW.
13.1" (2/23/85): third of seven in the NGC 2389 group. Faint, extremely small, round. A mag 12.5 star is 1.0' WNW of center. NGC 2375 lies 3.7' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2379 = h446 = St. 9-11 on 6 Mar
1828 (sweep 128) and simply noted "first of four [with
******************************
07 23 54.6 -27 31 43; CMa
V = 11.2; Size 2.0'x1.9'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 99°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, round, bright core, compact but fairly high surface brightness, appears out of place in very rich Milky Way field. Located only 5.7° below the galactic equator!
John Herschel discovered NGC 2380 = h3079 on 5 Feb 1837 and
called "pF, R, vgmbM, 40", in a rich field." His position matches
******************************
NGC 2381 = ESO 088-010 = LGG 144-003 = PGC 20694
07 19 57.4 -63 04 01; Car
V = 12.8; Size 1.6'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.5
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
260x appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round, sharply concentrated with
a very bright 25" core that increases to a stellar nucleus. The core is surrounded by a much
fainter, fairly small halo, ~0.8' diameter. A mag 13 star lies 2' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2381 = h3084 on 26 Dec 1834 and
noted as "vF, vS, R. In a field full of stars." His position is just off the southwest
side of
******************************
NGC 2382 = NGC 2380 = ESO 492-012 = MCG -05-18-005 = PGC 20916
07 23 54.6 -27 31 43; CMa
See observing notes for NGC 2380.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2382 = h3082 on 1 Feb and recorded "pF; R; bM; 30"; nearly on meridian of Eta Canis, or perhaps somewhat preceding." He gave approximate coordinates and his position is 9' north and 18 seconds of time west of NGC 2380 (discovered 4 days later). Herbert Howe couldn't find NGC 2382 at Herschel's position, but gives a corrected position, which corresponds with NGC 2380. ESO equates NGC 2380 = NGC 2382 and Harold Corwin concurs.
******************************
07 24 43 -20 56 54; CMa
V = 8.4; Size 6'
17.5" (3/7/92): about 30 stars mag 10-14 in 5' diameter
and rich in mag 13-14 stars near the center. Includes three mag 10 stars; one at the west end, another
just east of center and the last at the east end. Just SW of the mag 10 star near the center is a rich glowing
knot which is very pretty with averted.
The cluster is set over unresolved background haze.
8" (3/28/81): small, rich cluster of mag 11-13 stars, three mag 10 stars are near, NGC 2384 lies 8' SSE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2383 = h3081 on 15 Feb 1836 (along with NGC 2384 = h3083) and recorded "cluster, irregularly round, pretty much compressed, 6'. Stars of mixed magnitudes." His first position (of two) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2384 = Cr 143 = ESO 559-009
07 25 12 -21 01 24; CMa
V = 7.4; Size 3'
17.5" (3/7/92): about 20 stars mag 9-14 in an elongated E-W group about 5' length. Includes the close bright double star HJ 3964 = 9.0/9.7 at 5" near the center. A mag 9 star is at the west end and close east are two mag 11/12 stars and a group of six fainter stars. The rest of the cluster mainly consists of a string of six brighter stars oriented SW-NE with h3964 at the SW end of this string and a mag 10 star 30" SSE. In the same field with richer NGC 2383 8' NW.
8": small group, including 9.0/9.6 at 5".
John Herschel discovered NGC 2384 = h3083 on 15 Feb 1836 and described as "a cluster composed to two groups of bright stars separated in RA by a dark interval. Chief star of preceding group taken." His position (measured on two sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2385 = MCG +06-17-008 = CGCG 177-020 = WBL 142-001 = PGC 21080
07 28 28.2 +33 50 16; Gem
V = 13.9; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 50°
18" (1/13/07): faintest of trio with NGC 2389 7.7' ENE
and
13.1" (2/23/85): extremely faint, very small, possibly elongated. Located 5' W of NGC 2388. Fourth of seven in the NGC 2389 group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2385 = H. III-900 = h447, along with NGC 2388, on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031). His description reads, "I suspected another a little south preceding [of NGC 2389] and 300 confirmed it; and a third almost directly preceding [NGC 2385], and 300 confirms that also. I saw all the three very plainly."
******************************
07 28 38.1 +33 46 29; Gem
18" (1/13/07): this is an 18" pair of mag 13/14 stars that was misidentified by Rosse as a nebulous object in the field of NGC 2389. There is a fainter mag 15 star a bit further west forming a triangle.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 2386 on 1 Jan 1876 while observing the NGC 2374-2391 group. His micrometric offsets from GC 1530 = NGC 2388 (342" in PA 103°) points to a close double (mag ~14.5/15.5 at 3") with a third mag 14.5 star at 18". Dorothy Carlson, in her 1940 lists of NGC/IC corrections, identifies NGC 2386 as a triple star, and Harold Corwin concurs with this conclusion.
******************************
07 29 26.1 +36 46 07; Aur
Size 8"
24" (2/22/14): at 125x, this 7" double star generally appeared as an unresolved quasi-stellar glow and it was easy to see how it could be mistaken as a possible nebula. At 200x, it was often cleanly resolved, but still the fainter companion is dim enough to often appear not as a sharp star, but a very faint "appendage" to the brighter component, mimicking a tiny nebula. Also, there are 3 mag 15-16 stars closeby [within 25"] that perhaps contribute to noticing this pair. At 260x and above, the pair was nearly always resolved cleanly.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2387 = H. II-820 on 10 Mar 1790 (sweep 937) and recorded "pB, S, stellar. The wind too high to verify it." There is nothing at his position, but Harold Corwin suggests Herschel most likely picked up a faint double only 1.5' north of his position (based on Auwers' reduction). This pair looked like a tiny nebula in my scope at 200x. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey at Heidelberg, describes NGC 2387 as a single mag 13.5 star with "a small group of 5 small stars nnp 3'." Corwin's double is part of these "5 small stars".
Dreyer took CGCG 177-023 as H. II-820 on his 23 Feb 1876 observation with the 72": "Irr R, probably lE pf, looks like a hazy star. Forms a rectangular triangle with a *16 sf and a *17 nff about 2' distant. 3 st 14-15m preceding in a curved line, the nearest one in Pos 279.5°, 161.2"." This galaxy is ~25 sec of RA west and 8' N of WH's position and his description and class (II) does not fit this galaxy. RNGC, CGCG and PGC also misidentify CGCG 177-023 as NGC 2387. So, assuming WH's observation refers to the double star, CGCG 177-023 is left without a NGC designation. Also, see Harold Corwin's comments.
******************************
NGC 2388 = UGC 3870 = MCG +06-17-010 = CGCG 177-022 = WBL 142-002 = PGC 21099
07 28 53.5 +33 49 08; Gem
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 65°
18" (1/13/07): fairly faint, small, elongated 3:2 WSW-ENE, 0.6'x0.4', small brighter core. A mag 13.5 star lies 1' NE of center. Located 3.4' SW of NGC 2389 with NGC 2385 5.4' WNW.
13.1" (2/23/85): fifth of seven in the NGC 2389 group. Faint, small, slightly elongated SW-NE. NGC 2389 lies 3.4' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2388 = H. III-901 = h448, along with NGC 2385, on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031). See description under NGC 2385. John Herschel (in the GC) and Dreyer (in the NGC) assigned H. III-900 to NGC 2388.
******************************
NGC 2389 = UGC 3872 = MCG +06-17-011 = CGCG 177-024 = WBL 142-003 = PGC 21109
07 29 04.7 +33 51 38; Gem
V = 12.9; Size 2.0'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 83°
18" (1/13/07): brightest galaxy in a group. At 280x appeared moderately bright,
fairly small, oval 5:3 ~E-W, ~1.1'x0.7' though the outer halo fades into the
background gradually so difficult to trace with averted vision. Broad, weak concentration with no
well-defined core althought there is a small brighter nucleus with direct
vision. Trio with NGC 2388 3.4' SW
and NGC 2385 7.7' WSW. Also, an
unusual edge-on
13.1" (2/23/85): this galaxy is the brightest in the NGC 2389 group. Fairly faint, slightly elongated ~E-W, bright core. Third of three in a tight subgroup with NGC 2385 and NGC 2388.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2389 = H. III-703 = h449 on 5 Feb 1788 (sweep 807). His description reads, "vF; vS; perhaps a patch of star." On 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031) he confirmed it was a nebula and logged "vF, bM, R." Herschel also discovered NGC 2385 and 2388 on this sweep. Dreyer misassigned H. III-901 to NGC 2389.
******************************
07 29 04.2 +33 50 10; Gem
18" (1/13/07): this is a 14th magnitude star located 1.4' S of NGC 2389. Misidentified as a nebulous object by Robert Ball, a Birr Castle assistant.
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on the Lord Rosse's 72"
telescope, discovered NGC 2390 and 2391 on 10 Dec 1866. His description mentions "Eta is
faint and perhaps little elongated."
He placed this object 82.1" in PA 181° (south) with respect to NGC
2389 and at this position is a mag 14.7 star. Bigourdan was unable to find Ball's object and Karl
Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die Herschel-Nebel",
states "eeS, *15.5?".
******************************
07 29 07.5 +33 49 33; Gem
= *, Corwin. "Not found", Carlson
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on the Lord Rosse's 72" telescope, discovered NGC 2391 on 10 Dec 1866 (along with NGC 2390) and noted "Theta is eF and S and only seen by glimpses." He placed this object 147" in PA 163.5° with respect to NGC 2389 and at this position is a mag 15.6 star. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die Herschel-Nebel", describes a "*14.7, nebulous?, 2.2' ssf of N2389." Nearby NGC 2390 is also a faint star.
******************************
07 29 10.8 +20 54 42; Gem
V = 9.2; Size 47"x43"
48" (4/1/11): I just took a quick look at the Eskimo at 488x but the view of the double green shells was stunning. The inner, brilliant annulus is irregularly shaped, with an elongated bulge on the north side. The ring essentially splits into two sections at the north end (the inner "ring" is fainter) with a darker interior forming a small pouch within the ring. This feature could be considered the "chin" at the bottom of the Eskimo's "face" in the eyepiece view. The outer shell is irregularly lit and brighter along the southern rim.
18" (2/24/06): viewed at 807x in good seeing. This remarkable double-shelled planetary has a darker ring around the bright, 9th magnitude central star. The darker ring is surrounded by fairly narrow bright annulus, perhaps 20" in diameter. The rim of the inner annulus appears slightly brighter along the western half and brightest along the northwest section. Moving outwards, a narrow darker ring separates the inner shell from a large, lower surface brightness outer halo that extends to nearly 1' in diameter (listed diameter is only 47").
17.5" (12/19/87): using 410x exhibits a prominent
double shell structure with a very bright inner shell about 20" diameter
with a darker central hole surrounding a very bright mag 9 central star. The Eskimo has a very high surface
brightness with a bluish color and easily takes this magnification. The inner shell is surrounded by a thin
dark ring about 2/3 of the way out from center and a faint, barely detached
outer halo. Located 1.6' S of mag
8.3
13.1" (1/28/84): bright mag 9 central star surrounded by a double shell with a bright inner disk and a dark ring separates the two shells.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2392 = H. IV-45 = h450 on 17 Jan 1787 (sweep 694). He described it as "a star with a pretty strong milky nebulosity equally dispersed all around. The star about 9m. Having but just began I suspected the glass to be covered with damp, or my eye not yet to be in order; however a star 10 or 11m just north of it was free from the same appearance. A very curious phenomenon; like my northern Planetary in its growing state." The next night he added "One of the most remarkable phenomena I ever have seen." In the 1814 PT paper he used this object as an example of an evident connection between an atmosphere and a star.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered the annular shape on 20 Feb 1849. Stoney called the object "most astonishing" and his sketch (figure 15 in the 1850 PT paper) also shows a dark spot just to the right (west?) of the central star. William Lassell reported a similar appearance with his 24-inch in January 1853: "The nebulous star has its envelope evidently fainter on the preceding side. Its circular outline is almost wanting there. About half-way between the centre and circumference there is a narrow, concentric, dark ring, within which the nebula is brighter than the exterior portion." His sketch was published in his 1854 MRAS paper (figure 6) on observations from Malta.
Using an 18.2-inch silvered-glass reflector Henry Cooper Key reported, "the present appearance of this object, as seen in my instrument, is that of a bright, but somewhat nebulous star closely surrounded by a dark ring; this again by a luminous ring; then an interval much less luminous, and, finally, at some distance, an exterior luminous ring" (1867MNRAS..28....2A). Father Secchi also sketched the double ring structure with the 9.5" refractor in Rome around 1856 as well as Barnard with the 12-inch refractor at Lick Observatory on 10 Apr 1890. He reported "a condensed point or 2 in the preceding part [of the inner disc], then there seems to be a dark vacuity about this disc and then a fainter nebulous ring. It is a remarkable object."
Heinrich d'Arrest made the first spectroscopic confirmation as a PN in 1872.
The CGCG misidentifies
******************************
07 30 04.7 +34 01 39; Gem
V = 14.0; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 103°
18" (1/13/07): very faint, fairly small, slightly elongated E-W, 0.6'x0.5', low even surface brightness. Located 16' NE of NGC 2389 in a cluster.
13.1" (2/23/85): extremely faint, similar in size to NGC 2388 but a lower surface brightness. Located 16' NE of NGC 2389. Last of 7 in the cluster.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2393 = St. 13-28 on 5 Feb 1878. His published position was reduced on 7 Feb 1885 and published the same year in his last discovery list.
******************************
07 28 37 +07 05 12; CMi
18" (3/13/04): at 115x, appears as a 15'x5' scattered group of roughly two dozen stars, extended E-W. Includes a about a dozen mag 10-11 stars. The stars appear to be arranged in a zig-zag chain which is fairly distinctive. Additional stars are scattered to the north and south of this string. But NGC 2394 may be just a random grouping. Located just 10' NE of Eta CMi (V = 5.3) in the same field!
William Herschel discovered NGC 2394 = H. VIII-44 on 28 Dec 1785 (sweep 496) and noted "A cluster of very coarse scattered large stars, they form a cross and extend over a large space; not rich." There were no observations made by JH or at Birr Castle. Based on Heidelberg plates, Karl Reinmuth described NGC 2394 as "a very loose clustering of pB st, bet BD+7d1729 and BD+7d1739." There are about 15 fairly bright mag 10-11 stars in the vicinity. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 27 13 +13 36 30; Gem
V = 8.0; Size 12'
13.1" (12/22/84): scattered cluster of roughly 50 stars
mag 10 and fainter in 15' field, not rich. Visible faintly in the 16x80mm finder. The planetary "Medusa Nebula"
(
William Herschel discovered NGC 2395 = H. VIII-11 on 16 Mar 1784 (sweep 176) and noted "a cluster of scattered stars." There is nothing at the Caroline's reduced position (or the GC/NGC position), but 30' southwest is this scattered group of stars. Auwers' reduced position is 1° too far south, so he made a reduction error. Still, this is an unusually large error, though the cluster was found only 3 months after Herschel began his sweeps and his positions are sometimes off quite a bit in his early sweeps. Caroline Herschel also noted a confusion in the sweep record about the offset star -- whether it was 50 or 51 Geminorum, so perhaps there is still an error to be uncovered.
******************************
07 28 06 -11 44; Pup
Size 10'
18" (3/2/08): at 94x, roughly three dozen stars are resolved, mostly mag 11-13.5 with a pale orange mag 8.5 star on the west side. At 175x, roughly 50 stars are resolved in a 10' region. A chain of stars extends a few arcminutes NE from the mag 8.5 star and then abruptly loops due south for the same distance. This chain then curves around making a large oval loop forming the east side of the cluster. Located 10' S of a triple star (ADS 6104) consisting of a mag 8.5 primary with mag 8.5 and 9.5 companions at 20" and 23". The brighter two stars have an orange/blue color contrast. Located in a rich star field so the borders of the cluster are ill-defined.
25x80mm finder (3/2/08): roundish, glowing region just following a mag 8 star.
17.5" (2/8/91): about three dozen stars mostly mag 11-13 are resolved at 82x. Evenly distributed, not rich and does not stand out well in a rich field. The brightest star is mag 8.7 SAO 152910 situated at the west side. Located 10' S of ∑1097 = 6.1/8.5 at 20"!
William Herschel discovered NGC 2396 = H. VIII-36 = h451 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 363) and called it "a coarsely scattered forming cluster about 20 or 30' diam." His position is within this scattered group. John Herschel simply called this object a "straggling portion of the Milky Way."
******************************
07 21 19.7 -69 00 05; Vol
V = 11.8; Size 2.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 123°
25" (3/31/19 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, large,
elongated 5:2 NW-SE, ~2'x0.8', small bright core, very small bright nucleus. A
mag 14.5 star is off the SE end, 1' from center. Brightest in a trio with
NGC 2397A: faint, fairly small, slightly elongated ~N-S, ~45" diameter, diffuse glow with a low surface brightness. The redshift is 3x higher than NGC 2397A, so a background galaxy.
NGC 2397B: fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 E-W, low surface brightness, no core. Forms the northern vertex of an equilateral triangle with a mag 9.9 star 2.5' S and a mag 12 star 2.5' SW.
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x
appears very bright, large, elongated nearly 5:2 NW-SE, ~2.4'x1.0', broadly
concentrated to a brighter core and then rising quickly to a tiny brighter
nucleus. A mag 14.5 star is just
off the east end 1' from the center.
Forms a pair with NGC 2397A 7' S.
The companion was very faint, moderately large, very diffuse, elongated
4:3 ~N-S, ~1.2'x0.9'. NGC
2397 is part of the
John Herschel discovered NGC 2397 = h3085 on 21 Feb 1835 and
recorded "B, L, mE, gbM, 2' long, 1' broad." On a second sweep he called it "F,
pL, pmE, pslbM, 90", pos of extension = 117°." His position and description matches
Joseph Turner sketched it on 15 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope as a thin streak oriented NW-SE and slightly brighter in the center (unpublished plate V, figure 41).
******************************
07 30 16.3 +24 29 16; Gem
V = 14.1; Size 0.8'x0.65'; PA = 126°
24" (2/14/15): faint to fairly faint, small, very slightly elongated, 20"x16", nearly even surface brightness. A mag 15 star is off the northwest edge [23" from center].
Forms a very close pair with
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, broad concentration, stellar nucleus.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2398 = St. 13-29 on 5 Feb 1878 with the 31-inch reflector at Marseilles Observatory. His published position in his 13th and last discovery list was reduced on 10 Feb 1885.
Stephane Javelle resolved it into a double nebula on 7 Feb 1896 and made a footnote in his listing for IC 2191 = J. 3-1000 that "NGC 2398 appears double". Dreyer didn't assign CGCG 117-046 an IC designation, perhaps since Javelle didn't mention an offset or position, though he commented in the IC 2 Notes section "seems to be a double neb (Javelle III.)
******************************
07 29 50.3 -00 12 45; CMi
= **, Gottlieb. =***, Corwin.
George Bond discovered NGC 2399 = HN 9, along with
******************************
07 29 54.9 -00 12 52; CMi
= ***, Corwin.
George Bond discovered NGC 2400 = HN 10, along with NGC 2399, on 26 Feb 1853 at Harvard College observatory. Near Bond's position is a triple star with separations of ~10" and 14". Heinrich d'Arrest's positions for both NGC 2399 and 2340, measured on 30 Jan 1865, is exactly 1 minute of RA too large, though he apparently did not resolve the triple. See NGC 2399.
******************************
07 29 24 -13 58 00; Pup
Size 2'
18" (3/2/08): at 225x appears as a rich, glowing 1.5'
knot with roughly a dozen very faint mag 14-15.5 stars peppered over the
glow. Appears rich with averted
but only partially resolved. A mag
7 star (
13.1" (1/11/86): About 7 very faint mag 13.5-15 stars
resolved over haze, unimpressive.
Located in a very rich field 7' W of mag 7.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 2401 = H. VII-65 = h454 on 8 Mar 1793 (sweep 1034) and recorded "a small cluster of vS stars, considerably rich and compressed." His position is just off the southeast side of the cluster, but close enough to be unambiguous.
******************************
07 30 47.8 +09 38 59; CMi
V = 14.4; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.7
24" (2/16/15 and 2/14/15): at 322x; faint to fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, ~25"x20", weak concentration with a very small brighter nucleus. A mag 13.5-14 star is at the east-northeast edge [21" from center]. This star is the last of four in a northwest to southeast string with two mag 13 stars and a mag 11 star at the northwest end. Also, a fainter mag 14.5 star is superimposed on the north edge - just 10" from center!
Forms a double system with
17.5" (11/25/87): faint, very small, round. A mag 14 star is at the east edge 22" from center. A chain of four stars begin with a mag 14 star 40" N and forms a line to the NW. Located 3' N of mag 8.8 SAO 115540. This is a double system in contact, though the fainter companion (PGC 200236) at the NE edge was not noticed.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2402 = H. III-19 = h453 on 11
Mar 1784 (sweep 163) and recorded "2 vS and close stars suspected to be
mixed with some nebulosity, but not having a higher power at hand I could not
put them to the trial. However I
rather think it may be a fallacy."
His position is 5' NE of
******************************
07 36 50.6 +65 36 09; Cam
V = 8.5; Size 21.9'x12.3'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 127°
48" (4/15/10): this amazing multi-arm spiral stretched across the entire 15' field at 330x, with the major axis running NW to SE. A striking prominent spiral arm is attached near the NW end and sweeps counter-clockwise 180° along the northern side of the galaxy, tapering as it extends to a point roughly 5' SE of the core. The arm is widest near the NW end, where it begins sweeping east. A second inner arm attaches near the SE end of the main body and tightly hugs the southern side of the galaxy as sweeps to the NW side. A more ill-defined branch heads west from the SE end past a mag 11 star situated 2' WSW of the core. The field was too small to trace out the outer arms. Numerous HII splotches stained the surface and I only had time to quickly sketch the most obvious knots.
The supergiant HII complex
On the SE side of the galaxy is a pair of HII knots separated by 40". The eastern knot is SP-346 = VS 51 = A80 and is situated 1.6' SE of the mag 10.5 star and the western knot includes SPC-318/321/322. At the SE end of the spiral arm that contains NGC 2404 is another 10" knot, which includes SPC-348/351/352 = VS 52 = A81. It can be pinpointed 1.0' NE of the mag 10.5 star. On the SE end of the galaxy a fairly faint, irregular knot (SPC-331/336/343 = VS 48/49 = A73) was noticed 1' W of a mag 14 star.
18" (3/19/04): at 160x, this chaotic spiral displayed a tremendous wealth of detail with two broad, diffuse spiral arms, dark lanes, mottling and a few obvious giant HII regions. A number of stars are superimposed including two mag 11 stars. I focused on observing the HII regions that were best viewed at 323x.
The brightest is the HII complex NGC 2404 (VS 44 = SP 298) on the east side of the core 1.5' from center and 1.5' N of a mag 11 star to the SW of the core. This knot is fairly bright at 323x, perhaps 15" diameter and irregularly round.
On the NW side of the halo is a collinear string of two stars along with a fuzzy knot (VS 3 = SP 44 = A14), oriented from SW to NE. This HII knot forms the SW end of the string and is clearly nonstellar at 323x, ~15" diameter. It can also be pinpointed 2.4' NW of the mag 11 star west of the core (middle of three in a E-W string).
At the NNW edge of the core is a mag 13.5 "star" that does not focus sharply and appears to be another HII knot (VS 24 = SPC-174 = A36). Close following is a fainter, but definite nonstellar knot ~10" diameter (VS 38 = SPC-224 = A45).
Finally, returning to star on the SW edge of the core, a fainter mag 14 star is close south with a weak nebulous glow attached (SPC-221/222/225). This region is also catalogued as A41 in Hodge's 1985 "Stellar Associations in the Galaxy NGC 2403" from PASP, 97, 1065 .
17.5" (2/28/87): very bright, very large, bright core, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 15'x6'. Impressive galaxy with spiral structure clearly visible. Two spiral arms are attached at opposite ends of the central region and both wind almost 180°. The tip of the northern arm ends at the emission nebula NGC 2404. Several stars are superimposed including two mag 11 stars.
17.5" (2/22/87): two spiral arms are visible on attached at the opposite sides of the galaxy and winding a half of revolution. The northern arm ends at the HII knot NGC 2404. The galaxy has a mottled appearance.
13.1" (1/11/86): spiral arm definite on the west side of the galaxy with a dark gap between this arm and the main body (core). This feature is very faint but definite with averted.
13.1" (12/22/84): spiral arm highly suspected attached at the west side winding along the north side to a faint knot = NGC 2404.
13.1" (1/28/84): very bright, large bright core. NGC 2404 is clearly visible as a faint, very small nebulous knot along the east side of the galaxy. Spiral structure (arms) is just suspected. On 3/24/84 the knot was difficult to view at 144x, but on 1/11/86 was fairly easy.
8" (1/1/84): bright, large, bright core, faint star superimposed, mottled?
William Herschel discovered NGC 2403 = H. V-44 on 1 Nov 1788 (sweep 879) and recorded "cB; R; vgbM; BN; 6 or 7' dia; resembling a star with a misty atmosphere." His summary description, also based on a later observation, states "with a faint branch extending a great way to the np side; not less than 1/2 degree; and to the n or nf the nebulosity diffused over a space, I am pretty sure, not less than a whole degree." Obviously, his size estimate is well off, but his description of a "faint branch extending a great way to the np side" applies to the spiral side on the west side and the comment "to the n or nf the nebulosity is diffused over a space" probably applies to the northern arm that extends to the east (and contains NGC 2404).
Based on photographs taken with the 60-inch reflector at Mt Wilson, Francis Pease (1917) remarked "This fine right-handed spiral nebula resembles M33...Faint knots and arms extend as far as 10' from the center. It does not contains the wealth of detail of M33, but has the same sharp stellar images, the nebulous stars [HII regions], the bunching of these knots and the dark streaks.."
******************************
NGC 2404 = [VS65] 44 = [SPC90] 298 = [H85] A67
07 37 07.1 +65 36 39; Cam
Size 20"
24" (2/24/20): NGC 2404 is the brightest HII complex in NGC 2403. At 375x, it appeared fairly bright, slightly elongated or irregular, ~15" diameter.
48" (4/15/10): The supergiant HII complex NGC 2404 (perhaps 2000 light-years across) is located 1.7' ENE of the core and 1.5' NNW of a superimposed mag 10.5 star. It appeared as a very bright, irregular, 20" knot. At the relatively low power of 330x, I quickly logged 8 HII knots in the galaxy (see description of NGC 2403).
18" (3/19/04): brightest of 3 or 4 HII regions visible in NGC 2403. Fairly bright at 160x, small, round. Located just east of the core, 1.5' from center, and 1.5' N of a prominent mag 11 star to the SW of the core.
17.5" (2/22/87): this is a prominent knot (superassociation) located at the end of the northern spiral arm of NGC 2403. Appears fairly faint, small, round, clearly nonstellar.
13.1": extremely small emission "knot" at the east end of NGC 2403.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 2404 = Big. 28, a superassociation/HII region in NGC 2403, on 2 Feb 1886 with the 12.4-inch refractor of Paris Observatory. The NGC position, based on Bigoudan's original published position in list I, is in error but Bigourdan later measured and published an accurate position in his five volume (3000 pages) compilation (Annales de l'Observatoire de Paris). RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7), although Type 35 (diffuse nebula in galaxy) would be more appropriate.
******************************
07 32 14.0 +25 54 23; Gem
V = 13.8; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 95°
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, small, very low even surface brightness. A mag 15.5 star is just off the north edge.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2405 = m 105 on 7 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "vF, S, iR." His position is 1' S of
******************************
07 31 47.8 +18 17 17; Gem
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8
24" (3/6/21): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small,
round, 0.4' diameter, very small brighter nucleus. A mag 13.3 star is 1' NE. Slightly brighter
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small,
round, 25" diameter, small brighter core. Slightly fainter than NGC 2407 3.4' NE.
17.5" (1/31/87): very faint, small, round, faint core, slightly smaller and fainter than NGC 2407 3.4' NNE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2406 = St. 13-30, along with NGC 2407, on 5 Feb 1878. An accurate micrometric position was reduced on 7 Feb 1885 before the publication of his 13th discovery list.
******************************
NGC 2407 = UGC 3896 = MCG +03-20-001 = CGCG 086-042 = CGCG 087-003 = WBL 144-002 = PGC 21220
07 31 56.7 +18 19 59; Gem
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 75°
24" (3/6/21): at 375x; fairly faint to moderately
bright, round, 0.5' diameter, small brighter core, faint stellar nucleus. Brightest in a group. A mag 7.9 star (
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; between fairly faint and moderately bright, round, 0.6' diameter, broad concentration. In a group (WBL 144) with NGC 2406 3.5' SW and CGCG 086-044 2.4' E. Located 7.5' WSW of mag 7.9 HD 59800.
17.5" (1/31/87): faint, small, slightly elongated,
small bright core. Forms a pair
with NGC 2406 3.4' SSW. Located 7'
W of mag 7.8
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2407 = St. 13-31, along with NGC 2406, on 5 Feb 1878. His published micrometric position in his 13th and last discovery list was reduced on 7 Feb 1885.
******************************
07 40 32 +71 40 30; Cam
Size 20'
18" (3/13/04): at 115x, ~50 stars mag 9.5 and fainter are scattered in a 20' triangular group. The group is unconcentrated and there are only a few stars within the interior of the outline. Strings of stars extend off the triangle so there no clear boundaries to the group and it appears to be a chance asterism or an open cluster remnant. A mag 9 star is on the west side of the group.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2408 = h452 in Jan 1830 (sweep 230) and noted "A very loose scattered cluster of large stars, or a starry place." His position corresponds with a mag 9 star. Harold Corwin identifies a scattered group of mag 10-12 stars (asterism) with a diameter of ~20'. Bica et al, classify this object as a "possible open cluster remnant" (2001A&A...366..827B).
******************************
07 31 37 -17 11 24; Pup
V = 7.3; Size 2'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, this is a 2' group of 8 stars with no faint members, so it appears to be an asterism. The two brightest mag 8.5/9 stars are part of a boxy quadrilateral with the other 4 stars grouped into two wide pairs. The three brightest stars are resolved in the 80mm finder at 25x. Sh 2-302, a very faint large HII region is centered ~13' N.
17.5" (2/9/02): small, bright, distinctive group of 8 stars mag 9-11.5 in a 2' knot. Includes two mag 9 stars in a small quadrilateral and two other pairs. Stands out well in the field, though seems too sparse to be a real cluster (Bochum 4).
John Herschel discovered NGC 2409 = h3086 on 12 Feb 1836 and noted "a small but brillliant group of 6 or 8 large stars, 8, 9, 10m, within a very small compass." His position matches this small, bright group of stars. While observing with the 72", Dreyer called this group "only 4 stars 9...11 mag and some fainter ones. I suppose there are millions of such clusters." Herbert Howe noted it "Consists of 10 scattered stars." This knot of stars is plotted on Norton's Star Atlas but RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 35 02.4 +32 49 18; Gem
V = 13.0; Size 2.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 31°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated SW-NE, bright core. A pair of mag 14 stars are 1.0' SE and 1.5' SSE of center.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 2410 = Sf. 74 on 5 Feb 1867 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory. His description reads, "pS, pB, vmb M N = 12-13m." Safford's discovery, though, wasn't published until 1887, too late to be credited in the NGC. Stephan found the galaxy on 26 Jan 1870 (was he notified of Safford's discovery?) and recorded an approximate position 2' to the E. His published micrometric position was made on 2 Feb 1877 and included in list 8b (#20). He made a later observation on 3 Feb 1878. Only Stephan was credited with the discovery in the GC Supplement (5388) and the NGC. NGC 2410 was found again by Stephane Javelle on 11 Feb 1898 at the Nice Observatory and included in his 3rd discovery list (#1005) as "F, E 250 deg, 1' long, gbM, r."
******************************
07 34 36.3 +18 16 53; Gem
V = 13.6; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 50°
24" (2/14/15): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, 24"x18", well concentrated with a very small bright nucleus. A mag 14 star is just west of the southwest end.
Forms a close pair with
17.5" (1/31/87): fairly faint, small, almost round, sharp concentration. PGC 1555546, a faint companion off the NE side, was not seen.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2411 = St. 13-32 on 7 Feb
1885 (date the position was reduced).
His position matches
******************************
07 34 21.5 +08 32 44; CMi
= **, Gottlieb. Not found, RNGC.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 2412 in 1886 with the 15.5-inch Cooke refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory in Scarborough, England. At his position is a pair of mag 12.2/13.8 stars at 14" separation that match Lohse's description of a nearby bright star. The mean position of these two stars is used. Only 3 of his 16 objects in the NGC are galaxies (two others were earlier discoveries), the rest being stars or missing.
******************************
07 33 18.5 -13 07 09; Pup
Size 10'
18" (3/13/04): appears as two groups of stars
symmetrically placed to the north and south of mag 8.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 2413 = H. VIII-52 on 19 Mar 1786 (sweep 540) and called it "a cluster of vL coarsely scattered stars, not rich, nearly R." His position is 1.5' north of mag 8.8 HD 60307, on the south side of the group.
JH did not reobserve this object but it was described at Birr Castle on 3 Jan 1873 as a "very loose Cl, scarcely more compressed than the neighborhood." Brian Skiff notes two clumps in a 10' diameter. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 33 13 -15 27 12; Pup
V = 7.9; Size 4'
18" (3/2/08): very pretty cluster with ~40 stars mag
12-14 resolved in a 4'x3' group using the 13mm Ethos (175x). A mag 8.2 star (
13.1" (1/11/86): about 20 faint stars surrounding mag
8.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 2414 = H. VIII-37 = h455 on 4 Feb 1785 (sweep 366) and recorded "A small cluster of scattered stars of various sizes, not very rich." John Herschel noted on 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 111) "a cl with 1 st 9m; not rich." and measured an accurate position.
******************************
07 36 56.6 +35 14 32; Lyn
V = 12.4; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.0
17.5" (2/13/88): moderately bright, fairly small,
round, bright core. Located 2.0'
SW of mag 9.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 2415 = H. II-821 = h456 on 10 Mar 1790 (sweep 937) and called "pB, cS, resolvable, preceding a considerable star." John Herschel wrote on 22 Jan 1827 (sweep 51), "a curious, almost planetary neb 10" diam R; light nearly equable; between 2 small stars."
******************************
07 35 41.5 +11 36 43; CMi
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 110°
17.5" (11/25/87): very faint, fairly small, round, diffuse, even surface brightness.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2416 = m 106 on 26 Jan 1865 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted as "eF, S." His position is 9 sec of RA east and 1'
south of
******************************
NGC 2417 = ESO 123-015 = AM 0729-620 = LGG 144-006 = PGC 21155
07 30 12.1 -62 15 10; Car
V = 12.0; Size 2.8'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 81°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x
appears bright, large, oval 4:3 or 3:2 WSW-ENE, ~3'x2', broadly concentrated
with a large, brighter core. A
very faint star is at the south edge of the halo. The galaxy pair
John Herschel discovered NGC 2417 = h3087 on 8 Mar 1836 and
recorded "vF, L, R, gbM, resolvable. Is no doubt a very distant cluster of
6th class." His position matches
******************************
07 36 37.5 +17 53 02; Gem
V = 12.2; Size 1.8'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (1/31/87): moderately bright, fairly small, round, broadly concentrated halo, bright stellar nucleus.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2418 = St. 8b-21 on 10 Jan 1872 with a second observation 5 years later on 3 Feb 1877. He included the discovery in list 8b in 1877 with description "vF, eS, bM."
******************************
07 38 08.5 +38 52 55; Lyn
V = 10.3; Size 4.6'; Surf Br = 0.3
17.5" (3/20/93): fairly faint, round, 2' diameter,
gradually brighter core but no well-defined nucleus, mottled appearance
although no resolution into stars.
Framed by a quadrilateral of four mag 13-14 stars and a few other faint
stars. Collinear with mag 7.0 SAO
60232 4' W and mag 7.9
8": very faint, small, round, no resolution. Collinear with two mag 8 stars to the west and a mag 9 star in the field W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2419 = H. I-218 = h457 on 31 Dec 1788 (sweep 901) and wrote "cB, R, vgmbM, about 3' diameter." John Herschel described the globular on 18 Mar 1831 (sweep 335) as "not vB; L; pmE in parallel; 2' l and 75" br." This is an interesting observation as the globular is generally described as round. NGC 2419 was first logged by Lord Rosse on 9 Mar 1850. His description reads, "I think clearly resolved, several points, at least 3 seen plainly in edge which I suspect to be filamentous; no nucl., more round than [John Herschel] describes it." The 13 Feb 1852 observation notes "Lord Rosse thought it like a cluster at a great distance."
NGC 2419 was shown to be globular cluster in 1922 on a plate taken at Lowell Observatory. Shapley estimated a distance of 160,000 l.y. (current estimate ~275,000 l.y., nearly twice the distance of the LMC) and along with Sawyer, assigned it concentration class II. He may have been the first to use the nickname "Intergalactic Tramp" in the 1944 paper "Revision of the Distances of 30 high-latitude Globular Clusters."
******************************
07 38 24 +21 34 30; Gem
V = 8.3; Size 10'
18" (3/15/10): this is a rich, pretty group at low power with roughly 80-100 stars in a 10' region at 175x. Higher power brings out the fainter members. The brightest mag 9.4 star is at the west end of the cluster and forms a large mag contrast pair with a 13th companion 12" south. On the north end of the cluster is an equally spaced, collinear trio with separations of 14". The brighter stars in the cluster are pretty evenly distributed. Many of the fainter stars are in a 2'-3' patch that follows the mag 9.4 star and which includes some unresolved haze. A couple of brighter mag 8-9 stars are in the field to the south of the cluster and also to the north.
17.5" (1/23/93): excellent cluster of at least 50 stars
mag 11-15 within a 6' diameter.
Good spread of magnitudes, includes 15 stars mag 11-13 over a rich
background of numerous mag 14-15 stars and unresolved haze. The brightest mag 10 star is on the
west side and has a mag 13 companion 12" S. Located between mag 9.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 2420 = H. VI-1 = h458 on 19 Nov 1783 (very early sweep and 4th object discovered) and recorded "a beautiful cluster of many large and compressed small stars, about 12' diameter." On 10 Feb 1787 (sweep 697) he noted "A brilliant rich cluster of stars." On 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59), John Herschel called it "a p rich cl; irreg fig; 50...100 stars; 11...18m; 5..7' diam."
******************************
07 36 12 -20 36 42; Pup
V = 8.3; Size 10'
18" (3/2/08): ~80 stars mag 10-15 stars are resolved at 175x within a 10' region. Includes a large number of mag 11-12 stars. The group is well-detached in the field, particularly on the west, north and southeast sides. One concentration of stars is on the soiuthwest side. Just to the northeast, a number of the cluster's stars form the outline of a large, equilateral triangle. A rich clump of stars is the center of this triangle including a mag 11/11.5 pair at 18". At 225x, ~100 stars are visible, although the cluster spreads out too much to be pleasing at this power.
25x80mm (3/2/08): appears as a fairly large, richly glowing region with a few brighter stars resolved.
17.5" (3/7/92): about 60 mag 10-14 stars in a 10' field. Many stars are similar magnitudes and the cluster is pretty evenly distributed. Brighter stars at the borders give a triangular outline including mag 10.5 stars at the SW, SE and NE edges. A wide brighter double star (ARA 962 = 10.9/11.5 at 18") oriented N-S lies NE of center and two faint companions are also near.
8" (1/1/84): almost three dozen faint stars, triangular-shape, rich field.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2421 = H. VII-67 = h3089 on 30 Jan 1799 (sweep 1089) and described "a cluster of compressed stars, considerably rich." John Herschel recorded it from the Cape of Good Hope as "a large fine rich cluster, not much compressed, but nearly filling the field. Stars 11..13th mag, no conspicuous star, place that of a coarse double stars 11th mag."
******************************
07 36 35 -14 29 00; Pup
V = 4.4; Size 30'
18" (3/2/08): this naked-eye cluster was stunning at 73x (31 Nagler), though at 30' diameter it was too spread out for higher powers. The stars are arranged in beautiful chains and groups. The brightest half-dozen stars are in a 10' subgroup in the center including a striking white double star (STF 1121 = 7.0/7.3 at 7") that is is surrounded by many stars in chains and loops. The brightest star on the west side is a wide, unequal double (5.7/9.7 at 20"). Perhaps 200 stars are scattered around at low power.
13.1" (11/5/83): very bright, very large, fairly rich, impressive. Includes double stars STF 1121 = 7.9/7.9 at 7" in the center and STF 1120 = 5.7/9.6 at 20" on the west side. Easy naked-eye object in a dark sky.
8" (11/5/83): very bright, large but scattered, includes STF 1121 = 8/8 at 7" near core and STF 1120 on west side, many colored stars.
Caroline Herschel independently discovered
Giovanni Hodierna probably was the first to discover M47
before 1654 and simply recorded "a Nebulosa between the two
dogs". Charles Messier
rediscovered it 117 years later on 19 Feb 1771, though he clearly made an error
as there is nothing at his position.
Messier's missing object was assigned GC 1594 and
******************************
07 37 07 -13 52 18; Pup
V = 6.7; Size 19'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, ~100 stars are resolved in a 18' region with an excellent double at the center (h3983 = 9.1/9.7 at 8"). The stars are pretty evenly distributed with no rich subgroups though with several doubles and small groupings.
13.1" (1/28/84): about 50 stars in 15' field. Fairly rich in faint stars. A mag 9 double star is near the center. The primary, itself, is a very close pair (RST 3532 = 9.6/10.2 at 0.5"). Located 37' N of M47.
25x80mm finder (3/2/08): A chain of stars extends north from M47 to this obvious glow with a few resolved stars superimposed.
15x50 IS binoculars (1/15/07): visible about 40' N of M47 in binoculars as a faint glow with the brighter mag 9 and 10 stars resolved.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2423 = H. VII-28 = h3090 on 19 Mar 1786 (sweep 540) and noted "a cluster of pS stars, pretty rich, 15' diameter." His position is accurate. John Herschel observed the cluster from the Cape of Good Hope and recorded "a very large, rich fine cluster of small stars which nearly fills the field. Place that of a double star, class II."
******************************
07 40 39.3 +39 13 58; Lyn
V = 12.6; Size 3.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 81°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, edge-on 5:1 WSW-ENE, very small bright core, faint stellar nucleus, very thin extensions from core. Located 7' WNW of mag 7.8 SAO 60267. The distant globular cluster NGC 2419 lies 37' SW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2424 = St. 13-33 on 5 Feb 1878. His published position in his 13th and last discovery list was reduced on 6 Feb 1885 with description "vF; pS; lbM; mE WSW-ENE; length ~1'."
******************************
07 38 18 -14 52 42; Pup
Size 3'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, ~18 stars are resolved over haze in a small 4'x2' group elongated WSW-ENE. At 225x, perhaps two dozen stars are visible. On the east end is a distinctive line of 5 stars oriented SW-NE, though the richest clump of stars is at the west end of the cluster.
13.1" (1/11/86): 15 stars mag 13.5-15.0 over haze in a 4'x2' region elongated ~E-W. Four collinear mag 13 stars are on the east end. Lies SE of M47.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2425 = H. VIII-87 on 8 Mar 1793 (sweep 1034) and noted "a small cluster of small stars, not very rich." His position is 2' too far south.
******************************
07 43 18.5 +52 19 06; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, small, round, small
bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 2.7' NNW of a mag 10 star.
Forms a pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2426 = H. II-822 = h460 on
17 Mar 1790 (sweep 945) and wrote, "pF, R, resolvable, vgbM." His position (based on Auwers
reduction) is less than 1' SW of
******************************
07 36 27.8 -47 38 08; Pup
V = 11.5; Size 5.2'x2.2'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 122°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
large, unusual galaxy is set in a very rich Milky Way field and appears as a
diffuse, very large, elongated glow with a low surface brightness and a size of
~4.5'x2.0'. A star is superimposed
and mimics an offset stellar nucleus, but otherwise there is little
concentration. Situated nearly at
the midpoint of two mag 10 stars 5.5' SW and 5.5' NE. The cometary globular CG 4 and
John Herschel discovered NGC 2427 = h3091 on 1 Mar 1835 and
recorded "eF, L, pmE, vlbM, involves two stars." His position is 1.5' NE of the center
of
******************************
07 39 18 -16 32; Pup
Size 10'
18" (2/4/08): at 175x, roughly 40 stars in 10' barely
stand out as a group within a rich Milky Way field. Most eye-catching is a small trapezoidal group with a double
star at the NW vertex and a wide pair at the SE vertex. A string of 3 stars oriented SW-NE is
within the trapezoid. Off the SE
vertex an oval chain of stars extends south and west before looping back
towards the trapezoid. There are
no dense regions and this appears to be an asterism. An even weaker concentration of stars about 10' NNE may be
William Herschel discovered NGC 2428 = H. VIII-47, along with NGC 2430, on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503), and noted "A very much scattered and vL cl or stars; or rather the milky way very much crowded with stars not differing much in size and colour." His position is 10' south of H. VIII-46 = NGC 2430 and corresponds with a fairly rich star field on the DSS. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent.
******************************
NGC 2429 = VV 284 = UGC 3983 = MCG +09-13-039 = CGCG 262-023 = PGC 21664
07 43 47.6 +52 21 27; Lyn
V = 13.8; Size 1.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 145°
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, small, very elongated 4:1 NW-SE, low even surface brightness. A mag 13.5 star is involved at the SE end 0.3' from center and a mag 11 star is 0.8' SE. Forms a pair with NGC 2426 5.0' SW.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 2429 on 10 Mar 1874 with the
72". and recorded "pF,
pS, vmE 146.4°, att to a *12 at sf end." Copeland's description and micrometric offset from a mag 10
star matches the double system
******************************
07 39 30 -16 20 24; Pup
Size 8'
18" (2/4/08): scattered, undistinguished group with
three brighter stars (separations of 3'-4') including mag 8.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 2430 = H. VIII-46, along with NGC 2428, on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503) and reported "a very large but coarsely scattered cluster of stars." There is nothing that stands out significantly visually at his position as noted in my observation, so this identification is very uncertain. See Corwin's identification notes for more.
******************************
07 45 13.4 +53 04 30; Lyn
V = 13.4; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 35°
17.5" (3/20/93): faint, small, round, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 11.5 star is 1.7' SE and a fainter mag 13 star is 2.2' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2431 = H. III-829 on 17 Mar
1790 (sweep 945) and noted "eF, vS, R, bM." Auwers' reduced position is 2.8' north of
******************************
07 40 54 -19 05 12; Pup
Size 8'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, appears a very distinctive 5' N-S string with a total of ~60 stars resolved in a 5'x3' area. The richest part is along the string with numerous mag 13-14.5 stars packed tightly. The north side of the string bifurcates into two prongs.
13.1" (1/11/86): three dozen faint stars mag 12-15 in a very elongated string oriented N-S with dimensions 5'x1.5'. This is a rich, pretty group with several pairs.
13.1" (1/18/85): ~35 faint stars in an elongated string along one side of bright trapezoid of stars.
8" (3/28/81): rich in faint stars or haze, small, elongated.
80mm (3/2/08): faintly visible in the finder at 25x as a thin, elongated glow N-S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2432 = H. VI-36 = h3092 on 4 Mar 1790 (sweep 934) and described a "very compressed cluster of small, and some large stars; extended nearly in the meridian; the most compressed part is about 8' long and 2' broad, with many stars scattered around it to a considerable distance." In his 1814 PT paper, Herschel speculated "the construction of this cluster may have arisen from the situation of many stars in the same plane, drawn towards a centre by the clustering power, for any plane seen obliquely will have the appearance of an extended form." From the Cape of Good Hope, John Herschel called this "a rather irregular cluster of 8th class, pretty much compressed. The most compressed part forms a ridge or body of stars elongated in the meridian. Stars 12..15th mag with larger outliers."
******************************
07 42 43.5 +09 15 33; CMi
Size 6"
24" (1/28/17): at 375x; two of the components of this faint, close triple star were resolved. The brightest (mag ~14.8) is at the north end, with a mag 15 component just 5" SE. At 450x, the third component (mag 15.6) was occasionally resolved 5" south of the northern star. So, the three stars formed a tiny equilateral triangle of sides 5"!
John Herschel discovered NGC 2433 = h462 on 19 Jan 1828
(sweep 123) and logged "eF, has a *15 90" dist 30 deg
[north-preceding]." At
Herschel's position (07 42 43.5 +09 15 33) is a close triple star (separations
~5"-6") that Corwin identifies as NGC 2433. The star Herschel mentions north-preceding is at 50"
separation. RNGC and PGC
misidentify
******************************
07 34 51.3 -69 17 03; Vol
V = 11.3; Size 2.5'x2.3'; Surf Br = 13.1
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this galaxy is located 16' NW of the remarkable barred spiral, NGC 2442. At 260x it appeared bright, moderately large, slightly elongated 5:4, ~1.0'x0.8' in diameter. Sharply concentrated with a very small, very bright core. Four mag 12 stars are nearby; three to the north and one to the southeast. Mag 6.9 Delta Vol lies 15' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2434 = h3096 on 23 Dec 1834 and
measured it on 5 sweeps. His
original description reads "pB, R, gpmbM, 35"." and his position
matches
******************************
07 44 13.5 +31 39 03; Gem
V = 12.9; Size 2.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 36°
17.5" (2/1/92 and 12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE. The halo is evenly concentrated down to a small bright core containing a stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 1.2' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2435 = H. II-616 on 26 Oct
1786 (sweep 628) and noted "F, S, lbM." His position is 2' northwest of
******************************
07 45 48.3 +52 02 17; Lyn
= **, Gottlieb. = NGC 2431:, Corwin. =*, RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2436 = h461 on 16 Feb 1831 (sweep 327) and recorded "vF, S, R, bM, diam 8"." About 3' west of his position is a faint pair of mag 14.4/15.4 stars with a separation of 8" that could be his object. The mean position of these two stars given here. But Harold Corwin notes that Herschel's position is exactly 1.0 min of RA east and 1 degree south of NGC 2431 and the description matches the bright core. As the errors are just single digits, he feels NGC 2436 is more likely a duplicate of NGC 2431, though I feel the faint pair of stars is also a possibility.
******************************
07 41 47 -14 48 36; Pup
V = 6.1; Size 27'
17.5" (3/16/96): at 100x,
8": bright, very rich, large, includes a couple of mag 9 stars but most stars are mag 10-13 and fairly uniform in magnitude and distribution except for a gap near the center. Contains the striking pn NGC 2438 at the NE edge. Faint naked-eye object in a dark sky.
Charles Messier discovered M46 = NGC 2437 = h463 on 19 Feb 1771. Caroline Herschel found it again on 4 Mar 1783 and assumed it was new, realizing her mistake on 19 Nov. William Herschel described the cluster (unpublished) on 19 Mar 1786 as "a beautiful, very rich, compressed cluster of stars of various magnitudes." On 17 Dec 1827 (sweep 111), John Herschel logged, "the brightest part of a v fine rich cl; stars = 10m; which fills the field. Within the cluster at its n edge is a fine planetary nebula [NGC 2438]."
******************************
NGC 2438 = PK 231+4.2 = PN G231.8+04.1
07 41 50.6 -14 44 07; Pup
V = 11.5; Size 73"x68"
48" (2/20/12): at 488x, much of the same detail described in the 4/15/10 observation was seen, although the ring itself was less structured. Besides the slightly off-center bright star (the ionizing star is a mag 17.5-18 companion) and a mag 14.5 star ~15" SW, a 16th mag star is at the edge of the rim on the SW side. A mag 16 star on the SE side appears just inside the bright ring. Finally another 16th mag star is near the north edge of the annulus, but clearly within the planetary, for a total of 5 interior stars. The outer rim brightens at this point in a 90° arc to the east and is slightly flattened. The challenging Calabash Nebula (protoplanetary) lies 6.5' ENE.
48" (4/15/10): at 700x, NGC 2438 was a beautiful "cheerio" ring with a sharply defined rim of 1.2' diameter and a fairly large, dark central hole of 25-30". The mag 12.8 star in the center was prominent with a second mag 14.5 star ~15" SW of center. A third mag 16 star was just inside the annulus on the SE side, ~20" from center. The rim had a very uneven surface brightness with an impression of some radial streaks and one or two additional faint, embedded stars. The rim was noticeably brighter along the NE quadrant and to a slightly lesser extent along the opposite SW portion of the rim, creating a bipolar appearance. A bright mag 11 star is just off the SE side and the planetary floats in the beautifully rich star field of M46.
18" (2/24/06): beautiful view of this 70" planetary within M46 at 323x. The annulus is quite prominent and relatively thick with a weakly glowing interior. The rim is irregularly lit and a bit weaker on the NW side and brighter along the eastern edge. A mag 12.8 star is just NW of the center of the annulus (this is not the central star, though) and a fainter interior star (mag 14?) on the SW side (half-way to the rim) was also visible. A mag 11 star is just off the SE edge. At 807x, the rim is noticeably brighter and thicker on the eastern half compared to a weaker section along the NW side and an extremely faint star intermittently pops out on the NNE side on inner edge of the annulus (confirmed on 3/4/08 at Lake Sonoma).
17.5" (3/2/02): at 280x this is a beautiful, 1'
diameter PN with a darker central hole at 280x situated on the NE side of the
rich oc M46. A mag 13 star (not
the central star) is within the central hole slightly offset NW of center. The rim is fairly uniform but slightly
brighter along the NE side. The
20" central hole is clearly darker although there is not a dramatic
contrast. A brighter mag 11 star
is just off the SE edge (about 15"-20" SW of the mag 11 star, a faint
mag 14-15 star was also intermittently visible) and a string of faint stars
oriented WNW-ESE is just over 1' S.
13.1" (1/18/85): star near center very easy and second interior star definite.
13.1" (1/28/84 and 3/3/84): annular planetary on the NE side of M46! Fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.0' diameter. A mag 11 star is just off the SE edge and a mag 13 star is just NW of the geometric center (this is not the central star). A third extremely faint star lies on the SW side.
13.1" (1/23/82 and 11/5/83): clearly annular at 166x.
8" (1/1/84): slightly darker center, fairly small, round.
80mm (1/15/07): visible continuously in the finder using an OIII filter and a 13mm Nagler (25x) as a very faint, very small disc on the NE side of M46.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2438 = H. IV-39 = h464 = h3093 on 19 Mar 1786 (sweep 540) and recorded "pB, R, resolvable, within the 46th of [Messier], almost of an equal light throughout, about 2' diameter, no connection with the cluster, which is everywhere free from nebulosity." On 8 Mar 1793 (sweep 1034) he noted "A round, pretty well defined nebula; almost of a planetary nebula aspect." From South Africa, John Herschel wrote, "a very fine planetary nebula, oval, uniform in light, and of a very flat appearance; rather faint; diam in RA = 4 seconds; has a star 15th mag on it, and one 13th mag close to its border. This object is excentrically situated in a superb cluster of stars 12..16th mag. (46 Messier)"
Lord Rosse or assistant George Johnstone Stoney sketched NGC 2438 as annular on 22 Dec 1848 (fig. 12 in the 1850 PT paper). It was observed a total of 21 times at Birr Castle including with a visual spectroscope on 15 Feb 1876. William Lassell also noted the annularity using his 24" equatorial reflector on 11 Jan 1853: "The star is not in the centre, and the nebula seems to retreat from the star, leaving it on a much darker ground than the external parts of the nebula. With slight attention another star is seen; and two or three points or bright spots in the nebula occasionally catch the eye." His sketch was published in his 1854 MRAS paper (figure 5) on observations from Malta. Perhaps following Lassell's lead, Secchi sketched in 1856 the "central star" slightly eccentric, along with a second interior star using the 9.5" refractor in Rome.
In 1868, Lieutenant John Herschel, son of John Herschel, found NGC 2438 displayed a planetary nebula spectrum in an early spectroscopic investigation while he was stationed in Bangalore, India.
Based on Crossley photographs, Curtis (1918) reported "the nebula is a very irregular, broad, patchy ring 68" in diameter. The star at SW lies in a gap in the ring."
Based on differing radial velocities and GAIA measurements, NGC 2438 lies in the foreground of M46.
******************************
07 40 45 -31 41 36; Pup
V = 6.9; Size 10'
17.5" (1/19/91): at 220x, 70 stars visible in a 10' diameter. Bright, fairly large, elongated N-S. This is a rich, pleasing cluster and includes mag 6.7 R Puppis on the northeast edge. About 1' SW and 2' SSE of R Puppis are two easy but prominent double stars equally spaced with similar magnitudes but with perpendicular orientations (N-S and E-W). The pair 1.7' SSE is PRO 41 (9.2/10.3 at 12"). These wide double stars form a striking group and are part of an elliptical outline of stars with a void in center. Very unusual appearance!
John Herschel discovered NGC 2439 = h3094 on 28 Jan 1835 and recorded "a cluster of about 150 stars, B, pL, p rich, not much more compressed to the middle, 8' diameter, has one star 8th mag (place taken), one red one 9th mag, the rest 12..14th mag."
******************************
07 41 55.4 -18 12 31; Pup
V = 9.3; Size 74"x42"
48" (2/20/12): the view of this explosive appearing planetary was remarkably detailed at 488x and 814x. The very high surface brightness central region was irregularly shaped with a very ragged periphery, giving the impression that the central region was erupting or bursting. Within the east side of the central portion are two intense condensations or knots, oriented ~N-S, with the southern knot brighter. A third, smaller elongated knot is just west and sits close to the center. The main body is elongated nearly 2:1 SW-NE, roughly 1.1'x0.6', but with an irregular outline. The southwest end of the planetary dims and protrudes out, creating a cup-shaped hollow with a very small brighter knot at its southwest tip. A prominent partial loop or outer wing is attached on the northwest edge of the central section, like a spiral arm, and swings clockwise to the west and slightly south. The eastern portion of the planetary consists of a large complete, irregular loop (darker in the interior), giving the strong appearance of being blown out from the central region.
17.5" (2/14/99): this bi-polar planetary reveals fascinating detail at 380x! The compact high surface brightness inner region is elongated NNW-SSE. Two bright knots comprise both ends and the surface brightness is irregular. The nebulosity is much weaker SW of the main body with a cup-shaped dark "notch" protruding into this central bar. The outer halo is oriented SW-NE with a brighter wing similar to a spiral arm attached at the west edge which swings back towards the south. The outer nebulosity is weaker and less well-defined on the north and NE sides.
13.1" (2/23/85): very bright and small with a very high
surface brightness. This planetary
has a double shell structure with an elongated box-shape oriented NW-SE and a
fainter shell oriented SW-NE. One
or two condensations are visible in the central part. Located 3.0' W of mag 8.4 orange
William Herschel discovered NGC 2440 = H. IV-64 = h3095 on 4 Mar 1790 (sweep 934) and described a "beautiful planetary nebula of a considerable degree of brightness, but not very well defined. About 12 or 15" in diameter."
William Lassell observed NGC 2440 in Jan 1853 with his 24-inch equatorial reflector on Malta. He commented, "no description can do justice to this singular object. With 150 it just attracts the eye in sweeping, as a a bluish-white spot, a few seconds in diameter. A most extraordinary object [at 650x], not beautiful, for it has no symmetry – but wonderful." His sketch, showing 4 or 5 knots, was included in his 1854 MRAS paper (figure 7). Father Angelo Secchi published a detailed sketch and description in 1856 using the 9.6" refractor in Rome. He noted, "It seems to consist of two twin nebulae joined to a third transverse elliptical nebula…but it is very difficult to recognize the true structure."
In 1868, Lieutenant John Herschel, son of John Herschel, reported NGC 2440 displayed an emission line in an early spectroscopic investigation of southern nebulae while he was stationed in Bangalore, India.
Ralph Copeland made a careful observation at Birr Castle on 20 Jan 1874: "vB, pL, very blue. An eB nucleus which is E or bi-central in pos 151.4° in vF outer nebulosity, vmE 33.1° and 2' or 3' long. 35 stars in field (diam 11'), the nearest of which is *16m pos 200.8°, dist 54.8"..." A sketch was prepared by Joseph Turner (unpublished plate V, figure 43) with the 48" Melbourne Telescope and Pietro Baracchi made a careful observation on 17 Mar 1885.
Based on Crossley photographs, Heber Curtis (1918) reported NGC 2440 has "no central star; the strong central masses are nebulous in the shortest exposures. A very irregular and patchy oval; main portion 54"x20" in pa 37°, with a faint extension at east, north of the middle."
******************************
07 51 54.8 +73 00 55; Cam
V = 12.2; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (2/22/87): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, diffuse. Only a very weak concentration.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2441 = T. 6-1 on 8 Aug 1882 with the 9.4-inch "Amici II" refractor (this was his only discovery with the smaller refractor). He reported a "Weak Neb III class but 1' dia. Found on the terrace with Amici II and seen again on 9 Aug with Amici I [11-inch]; bright III class." His position is off by a few arc minutes too far southeast, but this is the only nearby candidate.
******************************
NGC 2442 = NGC 2443 = ESO 059-008 = AM 0736-692 = LGG 147-003 = PGC 21373 = Meat-hook Galaxy
07 36 23.9 -69 31 48; Vol
V = 10.4; Size 5.5'x4.9'; Surf Br = 13.9
25" (4/1/19 and 4/2/19 - OzSky): at 244x; the prominent northern spiral arm appeared slightly brighter at a crook where it bends dramatically to the west. This knot is catalogued in NED as [SD93] 38 and 39, from a 1993 paper by Sérsic and Donzelli, "The southern barred spiral NGC 2442". A faint star is situated right at the eastern edge of this glow. The SW end of the galaxy appeared patchy with a couple of subtly brighter knots, probably [SD93] 16 and 18. Overall, NGC 2442 is quite an impressive and unusual galaxy!
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
260x, I was amazed how prominent the sweeping spiral arms appeared, giving a
stunning "S" appearance.
The main bar of the galaxy is fairly bright and extended ~2:1 SW to NE
with a length of ~3'. The bar has
just a weak, broad concentration with no real core but rises sharply at the
center to a very small, brighter nucleus.
The main arm is attached at the NE end of the bar and extends a short
distance in that direction before dramatically bending sharply to the west
(turning nearly 150°) and continuing ~3.5' in length towards a mag 12.9
star. At the NW end this
well-defined arm fades and broadens a little, terminating just SE of the 13th
magnitude star. At the SW end of
the bar, a thick arm emerges towards the SW where it more gently curves around
towards the E while fanning out.
This arm is not as sharply defined as the inside (east) portion of the
curve blends with a diffuse glow extending from the bar. The total distance between the tips of
the arms spans nearly 5'. In the
same field 10' ENE lies
At 260x ESO 059-011 appeared moderately bright, fairly small, oval 2:1 NNW-SSE. Contains a sharp stellar nucleus or possibly a star is superimposed. A mag 13.5 star is at the SW edge of the halo [there are two stars 0.4' and 0.7' SW of center].
20" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 127x (20mm Nagler), the main body of this unusual galaxy appeared as a fairly faint, large, thick "bar" with just a weak concentration except for an extremely small bright core. On the NE end of the bar, a faint "arm" emerged at a sharp angle towards the NW. The contrast was improved at 212x and the brighter arm was easier to view, extending at nearly a right angle to the main body and curving towards the west on the north side. On the SW end a broad but short low surface brightness extension was visible bending towards the SE. The main bar was elongated 2:1 SW-NE, roughly 3'x1.5', but the thick outer arm significantly increased the size to ~4.5'x2'.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2442 = h3097 on 23 Dec 1834 and
recorded "A double nebula; very large; very faint; position of centres =
40°; diameter 4' and 3' running together, and having a star 13th magnitude at
their junction." In his 2nd (of 4 sweeps) he called it "faint, very
large, much elongated, very suddenly a little brighter to the middle, to a star
13th mag, like a very faint atmosphere, about a nucleus 3.5' long, 1.5' broad;
pos of its extension = 39.8. I think it has some sort of hooked
appendage." The "hooked
appendage" (
NGC 2442 was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "Double, very faint, very large, 2 star involved in very large spiral neb. 2443, included."
******************************
NGC 2443 = NGC 2442 = ESO 059-008 = PGC 21373 = Meat-hook Galaxy
07 36 23.9 -69 31 48; Vol
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): This number refers to the prominent arm attached at the NE end of the bar. This arm extends a short distance in that direction before dramatically bending sharply to the west (turning nearly 150°) and extending ~3.5' in length towards a mag 12.9 star. At the NW end this well-defined arm fades and broadens a little, terminating just SE of the mag 13 star. See NGC 2442 for full description of the galaxy.
20" f/5 (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): This is the NE portion or NE spiral arm of NGC 2442. At 127x (20 Nagler), on the NE end of the bar, a faint "arm" emerged at a sharp angle towards the NW. The contrast was improved at 212x and the brighter arm was easier to view, extending at nearly a right angle to the main body and curving towards the east on the north side.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2443 = h3097 on 23 Dec 1834. In sweep 523, he described a "double nebula, vL, vF, position of centres = 40 deg, diameters 4' and 3' running together and having a star 13m at their junction." Herschel assigned two designations in the General Catalogue for the double nebula (GC 1568 and 1569) so the galaxy has two NGC designations, NGC 2442 and NGC 2443, although the latter number refers to the massive spiral arm on the northeast side of NGC 2442.
******************************
07 46 53.0 +39 01 55; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0
48" (4/5/13): NGC 2444 is the northwest component of a
remarkable interacting system with the multi-component ring galaxy NGC
2445. At 488x it appeared bright,
small, slightly elongated, 30" diameter, sharply concentrated with a very
high surface brightness nucleus ~12"-15" diameter.
13.1" (1/18/85): forms an interacting double ring system with NGC 2445. Both appear as two nearly stellar knots oriented NNW (NGC 2444) and SSE (NGC 2445) with a separation of 1.0', surrounded by faint halo which may merge.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2444 = St. 8b-22, along with NGC 2445, on 12 Jan 1872. His published micrometric position (list 8b, #22) was made 5 years later on 18 Jan 1877.
******************************
NGC 2445 = Arp 143 NED2 = VV 117e = UGC 4017 = MCG +07-16-017 = CGCG 206-024 = PGC 21776
07 46 55.1 +39 00 54; Lyn
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 15°
48" (4/5/13): this remarkable ring galaxy forms an interacting pair with NGC 2444, just 1' N. At 488x, it was resolved into six components -- the bright ring nucleus and five very small HII regions which are roughly equally spaced around the nucleus (separations between 25" and 42"). The four closest (VV 117b, 117e, 117f, 117g) form a very small square with the nucleus at the center! The nucleus appears moderately bright to fairly bright, small, round, high surface brightness, 15" diameter. The five HII regions are within an irregular, triangular glow, ~1.5' diameter.
VV 117b is at the northern end of NGC 2445, just 27" N
of the nucleus and 36" SSE of NGC 2444. It appeared very faint, very small, round, 8"
diameter.
Finally,
13.1" (1/18/85): this is the SE component of a double galaxy with NGC 2444. Both appear as two nearly stellar knots oriented NNW (NGC 2444) and SSE (NGC 2445) with a separation of 1.0', surrounded by faint halo which may merge.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2445 = St. 8b-23, along with NGC 2444, on 12 Jan 1872. His published micrometric position (list 8b, #23) was made 5 years later on 18 Jan 1877.
******************************
07 48 39.2 +54 36 42; Lyn
V = 12.9; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 130°
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated NW-SE. Unusual appearance as cradled by several stars including a mag 12 star at the west end, two mag 13 stars at the east end and close NW and a mag 15 star is superimposed.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2446 = h465 on 10 Feb 1831
(sweep 324) and recorded "four small stars in a semicircle, within whose
concavity there is a F nebulosity, which I am pretty sure is real." His position and description matches
******************************
07 44 29 -23 51 12; Pup
V = 6.2; Size 22'
18" (3/2/08): very easy with any optical aid (at the threshold of naked-eye visibility) with a few of the brighter stars resolved in 15x50 IS binoculars. The cluster is fairly well resolved at 25x in the 80mm finder. The central region is superb in the 18" at 175x (13mm Ethos) with ~100 stars resolved in the 10' region and richest in the core. Appears fully resolved into mag 10-14 stars. A small, near parallelogram of 4 stars (sides ~40"x20") stands out near the center with numerous fainter stars nearby. The brightest star on the SW side of the cluster is a nice, unequal double (ARA 2066 = 8.3/11.3 at 10").
13.1" (3/24/84): about 60 stars, bright, large, pretty rich. Contains a tight quadrilateral near the center with three faint companions.
8" (3/24/84): bright, very rich, triangular-shape, pretty compact, excellent field.
Charles Messier discovered M93 = NGC 2447 = h3098 on 20 Mar 1781. Caroline Herschel independently discovered the cluster on 26 Feb 1783 and recorded "Nebula, about 1 1/4 deg north preceding the bright star in the Ship [or more exactly] preceding the 1st Navis [Puppis] towards 23 Canis Majoris. My Brother examined it with [magnification] 460 and found not less than 20 stars, with 227 above 40. with a compound eyepiece perhaps 100 and 150 very beautiful, nothing nebulous among them. Messier has it not." Owen Gingerich determined that the reference to 1 (Rho) Navis, should read 7 (Zeta) Navis. Observing from the Cape of Good Hope, John Herschel noted "A fine cluster, scarcely scattered, pretty rich, not much more comp[ressed]. M [toward the middle]. Nearly fills field. Stars 8....13 m."
******************************
07 44 57 -24 40 30; Pup
18" (3/13/04): at 115x, this is a fairly distinctive
15' elongated group with mag 5.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2448 = h466 on 7 Jan 1831 (sweep 317) and reported "a *8m followed by a poor cl of 18-20 st, 11...13m." His position is less than 1' S of mag 5.6 HD 62747. This bright star is surrounded by a several brighter stars, mostly on the following side (at the position given by Harold Corwin). RNGC classifies this asterism (not a true cluster) as nonexistent.
******************************
07 47 20.4 +26 55 49; Gem
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 137°
24" (2/16/15): at 300x and 375x; fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE. Contains low surface brightness extensions (arms) extending ~40"x20" and a sharply defined oval core 25"x12". A mag 14.7 star is just off the west side [34" from center] and a mag 15.5 is off the southwest side [35" from center].
NGC 2449 is the brightest member of a small group (WBL 152)
with
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated NW-SE, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 2450 6.0' NNE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2449 = St. 6-9 on 12 Jan 1874 with description "eF, eS, R, bright core, seems resolvable". He included the discovery in his short (10 objects) 6th discovery list, though he reduced a later observation made on 2 Feb 1878.
******************************
NGC 2450 = MCG +05-19-008 = CGCG 148-022 = WBL 152-004 = PGC 21807
07 47 32.3 +27 01 09; Gem
V = 14.6; Size 0.9'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 156°
24" (2/14/15): at 300x and 375x; faint to fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 0.6'x0.2'. Brighter along a thin strip of the major axis. A mag 14.6 star is close off the northwest edge. Last of a 12' quartet (WBL 152) with IC 2205, NGC 2449 and IC 476.
17.5" (2/20/88): very faint, very small, very elongated NNW-SSE. A mag 14.5 star is just off the NW edge 0.5' from center. Forms a pair with NGC 2449 6.0' SSW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2450 = St. 9-12 on 26 Feb
1878 (date position reduced). His
position matches
******************************
07 45 15 -37 58 06; Pup
V = 2.8; Size 45'
13.1" (2/25/84): very bright scattered group of stars
including yellow mag 3.6 c Puppis and about 10 bright stars. This naked-eye cluster appears very
large but lacking in faint stars. A 2009 study shows there are two young
clusters -
8" (3/28/81): very bright, very large, very scattered, includes mag 4 c Puppis. Resolved in 8x50 finder.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2451 = h3099 on 1 Feb 1835 and
recorded "The chief star (4th mag) of an orange colour, of a very large
and very diffused cluster of large stars, too loose to be a fit object for the
ordinary magnifying power."
His position matches mag 3.6
NGC 2451 consists of NGC 2451A and B, two young open clusters (50-80 million years) projected on each other along the same line of sight at distances of ~600 and 1200 light years, respectively.
******************************
07 47 26.2 -27 20 08; Pup
V = 11.9; Size 31"x24"
18" (3/2/08): very interesting bipolar appearance at
450x. Appears elongated N-S,
~30"x22", with brighter lobes and rims on the north and south
ends. The center appears slightly
darker and pinched in. The small
open cluster
17.5" (3/2/02): at 380x this is a moderately bright, fairly small but interesting planetary. Appears elongated N-S, ~30"x20" with an irregular surface brightness and a slightly darker center or a darker spot. The halo appears brighter at the north and south ends giving a slightly bipolar appearance with the impression of two lobes diminishing in brightness in the center. A faint mag 14.5 star is just off the north edge. Located 8' S of open cluster NGC 2453.
13.1" (3/24/84): moderately bright, small, slightly elongated N-S, no interior star visible. Located 6' S of open cluster NGC 2453.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2452 = h3100 on 1 Feb 1837 and described as "An object whose nature I cannot make out. It is certainly not a star, nor a close double star; but it is not round, and I should call it an oblong planetary nebula, by reason of its decidedly marked though somewhat dim outline, were there not some suspicion of its being double, as if a very close and highly condensed double nebula. It is very small and rather faint, 8" long, 5" broad, and equals a star of 10th mag. In a field with at least 60 or 80 stars [NGC 2453], all sharp and well defined but this. Four nights later he recorded "Planetary nebula. In a field with, and south of a cluster, and on a rich ground is the undefined object of Sweep 769. It is no doubt a very faint, small, round planetary nebula..."
A lithograph was prepared based on a sketch by Joseph Turner using the Great Melbourne Telescope (plate V, figure 44) but his drawing was never published.
Based on a Crossley photograph at Lick Observatory, Curtis (1918) reported "there is probably a faint central star, not brighter than mag 19. Extreme length about 22" in pa 85° the centers of the bright lateral lobes are 11" apart. In this exposure time the object has much the appearance of a reversed letter Z." Based on radial velocity, NGC 2452 is in the foreground of open cluster NGC 2453.
******************************
NGC 2453 = Cr 162 = ESO 493-012
07 47 34 -27 11 42; Pup
V = 8.3; Size 5'
18" (3/2/08): at 220x appears as a fairly rich group of
two dozen stars in a 3' clump, just SE of a mag 9.5 star (
17.5" (3/2/02): at 220x, this is a small but dense open cluster with about two dozen stars resolved in a 3' region with a mag 9.5 star (HD 63360) at the NW edge. A very rich 1' clump of mag 12-13 stars is on the SE side with a mag 11.5 star at the south tip of this clump. Two mag 10 stars are 3' S and 3' SE of the central group. Planetary nebula NGC 2452 is in the field 8' SSW making for an interesting pair.
13.1" (3/24/84): about a dozen stars resolved in a compact 2.5' cluster including three mag 9.5-10 stars. The brightest mag 9.5 star is at the NW edge. There is one dense, partially resolved clump. Planetary nebula NGC 2452 lies 6' SSW. Clouds may have interfered with the observation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2453 = h3101 on 5 Feb 1837 and recorded "a small but condensed cluster, Class VII. Pretty rich. Dia 3'. [This is the cluster referred to, as in the field with the Planetary Nebula (NGC 2452).]"
******************************
07 50 35.0 +16 22 07; Gem
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 101°
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W, small bright core. A mag 14.5 star is 40" S.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2454 = St. 6-10 on 10 Jan 1872 with a second observation 5 years later on 3 Feb 1877. The discovery was published in list 6 (#10) with description "vF, eS, R, bM."
******************************
07 48 59 -21 18 00; Pup
Size 8'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, this is a fairly rich group of
~45 stars, mostly mag 12.5-13.5, situated ~7' W of mag 8
17.5" (1/19/91): about two dozen stars in a fairly large scattered group. Consists mostly of brighter mag 10-12 which are aligned in two perpendicular rows oriented E-W and N-S. Although the stars are fairly bright the cluster does not stand out as located in very rich field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2455 = h3102 on 15 Feb 1836 and recorded "Irregular cluster, p Rich, not much compressed middle, 10', stars 12m nearly equal. General middle taken." His position corresponds with the group at my position.
******************************
07 54 10.6 +55 29 43; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 30°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, small, slightly elongated,
broad mild concentration. A mag 14
star is 1.2' SSE. Forms a pair
with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2456 = h467 on 10 Feb 1831
(sweep 324) and recorded "vF; R; vgbM; and losing itself
imperceptibly." His position
is at the south edge of
******************************
NGC 2457 = MCG +09-13-086 = CGCG 262-046 = PGC 22161
07 54 45.7 +55 32 48; Lyn
V = 14.7; Size 0.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 131°
17.5" (1/19/91): extremely faint, very small, round, very low surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 2456 5' WSW. Two extremely faint companions 1.2' E and 3' NNE were not seen.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 2457 on 10 Mar 1874 with the
72" at Birr Castle during an observation of NGC 2456. He described (with respect to NGC 2456)
"F, pL, R, Pos 54.8°, dist 339" [or 32.9s f, 195.4" n]. About 3' n of the nova there seemed to
be another vF neb. Telescope now
at the limit of its range."
Copeland's micrometric offset matches
MCG and PGC (as well as Megastar, etc) misidentify MCG +09-13-087 = PGC 22171 as NGC 2457. This galaxy is just 1.2' following the NGC 2457, though it was not seen by Copeland. See Corwin's identification comments.
******************************
07 55 51.4 +56 42 38; Lyn
V = 14.5; Size 0.15'x0.15'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 158°
24" (1/25/14): faint, very small, round, 10"
diameter, quasi-stellar nucleus. A
mag 13.5 star lies 35" SW.
Located 4.8' ENE of a mag 10.5 star and second in a string of 6 faint
galaxies (several of which have identification problems). This galaxy is identified as
17.5" (1/19/91): not found.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney,
Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2458 = Big. 29 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a
"Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at
Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch
produced. John Herschel added 8
additional entries in the GC, as h469 (later
Dreyer followed Bigourdan's observation on 9 Mar 1886 in
assigning positions and descriptions ("vF,*12 close"). Bigourdan's position is 23 sec of RA
west of
******************************
07 52 02.8 +09 33 27; CMi
17.5" (2/22/03): this very small group of 5 faint mag 14-15 stars within 30" was just resolved at 220x . At low power it appeared like a nebulous spot. Although this may be a multiple star, it's likely just a compact asterism.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2459 = H. III-479 = h468 on 26 Dec 1785 (sweep 494) and noted "suspected. eF, vS, lE, but may be a deception." John Herschel observed it on 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120) as "a large group of small stars which has a nebulous look, and perhaps there may be neb among them. No other near." On a later sweep he wrote "a small group of stars; with attention counted 5 with power 320; form a neb group 20" diameter.
This asterism was observed 6 times at Birr Castle and last noted by Dreyer as a "vs Cl of 5 st, no neby seen." Dreyer also added a note in the IC 1 that "No nebulosity, only a couple of faint stars seen by Spitaler." Karl Reinmuth described the photographic appearance in "Die Herschel-Nebel" as "a small group of 5 stars 13.7...15.5" and Harold Corwin agrees with this description.
******************************
07 56 52.4 +60 20 58; Cam
V = 11.8; Size 2.5'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 40°
13.1" (1/11/86): moderately bright, fairly small,
bright core, diffuse halo, slightly elongated SW-NE. Forms a (probably interacting) pair with
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2460 = T. 6-3 on 11 Aug 1882 and recorded a "small nebula II-III class, round, with star in the middle; repeatedly seen." His position was 7 seconds of RA too large and 1.5' too far N.
******************************
07 56 26.4 +56 40 24; Lyn
= *, Corwin.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2461 = Big. 30 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced. John Herschel added an entry to the GC (1582) but without specific coordinates. So, Stoney's specific object is unknown.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's later observation on
9 Mar 1886 in assigning a position and description ("*13 slightly
nebulous"). His relative
position from
******************************
NGC 2462 = MCG +10-12-024 = CGCG 287-009 = Holm 88a = PGC 22259
07 56 32.1 +56 41 14; Lyn
V = 14.5; Size 0.5'x0.3'; PA = 155°
24" (1/25/14): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated
NNW-SSE, 20"x15", weak concentration to the center. NGC 2463 lies 5.5' ESE. Located 11' N of mag 6.7
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, very small, round, very weak
concentration. Located 10' N of
mag 6.5
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2462 = Big. 31 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced. John Herschel added an entry to the GC (1583) to represent this "knot" but without specific coordinates.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's observation on 9 Mar
1886 in assigning a position and description ("vF, vS, vlbM"). Bigourdan's position is 21 sec of RA east and 1' S of MCG
+10-12-024 = PGC 22259. His
position actually falls closer to NGC 2463 = h469, but since that galaxy was
also seen by Bigourdan,
******************************
NGC 2463 = MCG +10-12-031 = CGCG 287-013 = PGC 22291
07 57 12.5 +56 40 36; Lyn
V = 14.1; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.1
24" (1/25/14): at 375x appeared fairly faint, small,
round, small bright core increases to a faint stellar nucleus. Located 7' W of
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, very small, round, broad concentration. In a group with NGC 2462 5.6' W and NGC 2469 8' E.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2463 = h469 on 10 Feb 1831
(sweep 324) and recorded "eF; R; the preceding of two [with NGC
2469]." His position is an
exact match with
******************************
07 57 32 +56 41 24; Lyn
= ***, Corwin. = Not found, RNGC.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2464 = Big. 32 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced. John Herschel added 8 additional entries in the GC (besides h469 (later NGC 2463) and H. III-836 (later NGC 2469)), but was unable to provide any specific coordinates.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's observation on 9 Mar 1886 in assigning a position and description ("pS Cl, st eF, nebulous"). There is nothing at Bigourdan's published position and Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2464 with a string of three mag 15 stars (within 50" separation) about 2.5' northeast of his position. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent.
******************************
07 57 26.1 +56 49 18; Lyn
= *, Corwin. = Not found, RNGC.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2465 = Big. 33 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced. Harold Corwin notes that Stoney likely only observed the 6 brightest galaxies in this region, so 4 of his objects are probably single stars or asterisms.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's observation on 9 Mar 1886 in assigning a position and description ("*, nebulous?"). There is nothing at Bigourdan's published position and Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2464 with a mag 15 star situated ~5' NNW of the NGC position (perhaps based on a later observation?). RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent.
******************************
07 45 16.2 -71 24 38; Vol
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x appears moderately bright, fairly small, irregularly round, 0.9'x0.8'. Broad, weak concentration to a very small, brighter core. The outer halo appeared to change orientation or extent using averted vision (this is a face-on spiral). Located 1.2° NNE of mag 3.9 Zeta Volantis.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2466 = h3104 on 20 Feb 1835 and reported "vF; R; lbM; 25"." His position is accurate.
******************************
07 52 29 -26 25 48; Pup
Size 8'x7'
24" (3/6/21): large, fascinating emission complex
involving several sections of nebulosity and three clusters (NGC 2467, Haffner
18, Haffner 19). The main region
of NGC 2467 extends 6' to 7' and contains the 8th magnitude ionizing (multiple)
star
Haffner 18: bright, irregular group of stars to the NE of the main region of NGC 2467/Sh 2-311. Roughly 25 stars are involved in a bright triangular patch of nebulosity. Contains a distinctive 3' line of stars oriented NW-SE, that forms the western facing side of the triangle. A mag 10 star (CD-26 5119) is at the NW vertex and a mag 11.5 star is at the E vertex. The nebulosity has a fairly high surface brightness with a NPB filter.
Haffner 19: small group of stars, ~3' diameter involved in faint nebulosity. Situated 7' N of Haffner 18. Contains 4 brighter stars including V = 11.1 (CD-25 5202). A mag 12.3 companion is 11" NW. A number of faint to very faint stars brings the total to nearly 20, several of which pop in and out over the nebulous hazy background.
13.1" (1/30/06 - Costa Rica): bright, large nebulosity at 75x using an OIII filter, ~4-5' diameter, surrounding a mag 8 star (O6-O7V star HD 64315, the ionization source). The main section is roughly mushroom shaped, extending generally south of the bright star. The southern border is locally brighter along a strip oriented NW to SE. There is a sharp light cut-off (apparently due to dust) passing to the north of the central star and oriented E-W. Faint haze extends ~15' to the east. To the north, fainter nebulosity extends 12' E-W, and brightens towards the east end at an elongated group of brighter stars (Haffner 18), oriented NW-SE. Removing the filter, NGC 2467 resides in a gorgeous low power Milky Way field with numerous faint stars peppering the region.
17.5" (3/2/02): Using a 31 Nagler at 64x and an OIII filter, this is a prominent 7' nebulosity surrounding a mag 8 star. A dark lane appears to cut through the nebula from west to east starting NW of the central star. Fainter nebulosity extends beyond the dark lane but then fades out to the north. The south and southeast border of the main mass has a bright, distinct edge and the southern border has a small extension on the west edge which hooks towards the NW.
A finger of nebulosity extends north from the main body and involves a scattered group of brighter stars. This strip dims but nearly merges with a much larger, elongated mass of fairly faint nebulosity extending NW to SE at a roughly right angle. This section is ~15' in size with an irregular border that is bounded on the NE side by a string of brighter stars (Haffner 18). This is a fascinating HII complex to explore in a rich star field!
17.5" (1/23/88): at 82x with OIII filter appears as a large, bright, circular nebulosity about 10' diameter. A mag 7.8 star is involved north of center and several fainter stars are involved. The nebulosity is brightest along the south side in a strip oriented NW-SE. A group of brighter stars is NE (Haffner 18). A separate larger (~15') but fainter section is 10'-15' NE and appears elongated.
8" (3/24/84): fairly bright, moderately large, roughly circular. A mag 8 star is north of center. This is a prominent nebulosity even with this aperture.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2467 = H. IV-22 = h472 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 333) and recorded (two observations combined) "L, pB, almost R, easily resolvable, 6 to 10' diameter, a faint red colour visible. A star 8 mag not far from the center, but they evidently have no connection together. By second observation, 9 or 10' diameter." John Herschel observed it on 7 Jan 1831 (sweep 317) and wrote, "a * 9th mag with a W of stars and nebulosity, or ? is not a vF neb about the stars - no red colour seen."
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 2467 on 13 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (p. 129 on his logbook, unpublished Plate V, figure 45) as an oval shaped nebula to the south of the bright star and brightest along the western side. See Harold Corwin's identification notes for more.
******************************
07 58 02.4 +56 21 35; Lyn
V = 13.9; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 45°
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 SW-NE, ~50"x25", very small brighter core and
occasional stellar nucleus. A mag
11.4 star is 1.2' WNW. NGC 2468
forms a close pair with
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, very small, oval 2:1
SW-NE. A mag 12 star is off the NW
edge 1.2' from center. Located 15'
SE of mag 6.5
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2468 on 1 Jan 1865 and
recorded "F, R, lbM. Without doubt one of the LdR nebulae." See NGC 2458 for some background on the
Lord Rosse observations on 20 Feb 1851.
His single position matches
******************************
NGC 2469 = UGC 4111 = MCG +10-12-035 = CGCG 287-017 = WBL 161-003 = PGC 22327
07 58 03.4 +56 40 50; Lyn
V = 12.7; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 160°
24" (1/25/14): at 375x appeared moderately bright to fairly bright, fairly small, elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, 36"x28", slightly brighter core, appears mottled. Located 2.3' SSW of a mag 9.5 star. 5th of 6 galaxies in a 25' E-W string.
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, small, oval 3:2
NNW-SSE. A mag 14.5 star is off
the NW end 0.8' from center. Third
of three on a line with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2469 = H. III-836 = h470 on
18 Mar 1790 (sweep 949) and recorded "vF, vS, may be a patch of
stars." His position is 12
seconds of time west of
******************************
07 54 20.7 +04 27 35; CMi
V = 12.7; Size 1.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 128°
17.5" (12/19/87): moderately bright, fairly small, pretty edge-on NW-SE, bright core. A mag 13 star is 0.8' N of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2470 = Sw. 5-68 on 24 Oct 1886
and recorded "eF; S; eE; betw 2 stars; 2 other stars preceding form
trapezoid." His position is 6
tsec of RA west of
******************************
07 58 33.0 +56 46 34; Lyn
= **, Corwin. =*, Carlson.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2471 = Big. 34 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's observation on 9 Mar 1886 in assigning a position and description ("*13 slightly nebulous?"). There is nothing at Bigourdan's published position but Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2464 with a faint double star (~16" separation) about 2.5' NW of the NGC position. Perhaps this is based on a later observation by Bigourdan. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent.
******************************
NGC 2472 = NGC 2473? = MCG +10-12-039 = CGCG 287-019 = PGC 22364
07 58 41.9 +56 42 04; Lyn
V = 14.4; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1
24" (1/31/14): at 375x appeared faint, small, round, 12"-15" diameter, visible continuously but low surface brightness and no concentration. This is the last of 6 galaxies in a 25' E-W string with NGC 2469 5.5' WSW. The identification of this galaxy with NGC 2472 is just an educated guess.
17.5" (1/19/91): extremely faint, very small, very low even surface brightness. Fourth of four on a line with NGC 2469 6' W.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2472 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced but there are 6 galaxies here in shallow arc oriented east-west.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's positions and descriptions for six of these 8 entries, but Bigourdan didn't record an observation for NGC 2472 or 2473, so their coordinates are approximate in the NGC. As a result any assignment is somewhat arbitrary and this number could be considered lost.
The CGCG and RNGC identify
******************************
07 55 34.8 +56 44 10; Lyn
V = 15.1; Size 0.3'x0.2'; PA = 80°
24" (1/25/14): extremely faint to very faint, very small, slightly elongated, 15"x12", low even surface brightness. Located at the west end of a 25' string of 6 galaxies (4 found at Birr Castle), several of which have identification problems).
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2473 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced, but there are 6 galaxies here in shallow arc oriented east-west.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's positions and descriptions for six of these 8 entries, but he did not record NGC 2472 or 2473 so the NGC coordinates are approximate. As a result any assignment is somewhat arbitrary and this number could be considered lost.
RNGC, CGCG, PGC (and software such as Megastar) identify CGCG 287-019 as NGC 2472 = NGC 2473. Assuming Stoney saw all 6 of the brightest galaxies in this string, Harold Corwin suggests assigning PGC 22191 (which does not have a NGC number) to NGC 2473. This seems reasonable although the westernmost galaxy in the string then receives the highest NGC number (out of RA order). PGC 22191 is identified as NGC 2458 in RNGC, PGC and NED and as NGC 2458: = NGC 2473 in LEDA. See Harold Corwin's identification notes for NGC 2469.
******************************
07 57 58.9 +52 51 26; Lyn
V = 14.0; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, very small, round, very small
bright core. Forms a double galaxy
with
13.1" (12/7/85): this is the SW member of a double galaxy with NGC 2475. Almost stellar, round, faint, NGC 2475 very close NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2474 = H. III-830 = h471 on 17 Mar 1790 (sweep 945) and called it "cF, pS, bM." His observation probably refers to the brighter northeast component or both were seen but unresolved. On 16 Feb 1831 (sweep 327), John Herschel logged "pF; E; or has a vS star sp and a large [bright] star nf. Also query if not vS star in centre." The comment "vS star sp" refers to the fainter southwest component."
John Herschel's position (used in the NGC) matches the
double system
******************************
NGC 2475 = UGC 4114ne = MCG +09-13-097 = CGCG 262-052ne =
07 58 00.4 +52 51 42; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (1/19/91): brighter of a double system with NGC 2474 just 21" SW between centers. Moderately bright, small, round, very small bright core. Forms a striking pair with NGC 2474. Located 2.3' SW of mag 8.8 SAO 26594.
13.1" (12/7/85): brightest of double galaxy, moderately bright, small, round. A mag 9 star is 3' NE.
R.J. Mitchell resolved the double system NGC 2474/2475 on 9 Jan 1856 using Lord Rosse's 72". He recorded "may be a double neb. I see no star between (as suspected by [JH], but the two almost touch." JH appears to have resolved the fainter southwest component, but thought it was a star: "vS star sp." Dreyer assigned the discovery of NGC 2475 to LdR, but NGC 2474 is clearly the fainter component seen by Mitchell.
******************************
07 56 45.2 +39 55 40; Lyn
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 135°
17.5" (2/24/90): fairly faint, fairly small, sharp
concentration, stellar nucleus, slightly elongated halo. The
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2476 = St. 9-13 on 29 Jan 1878, with a second observation a few nights later. He reduced the position the following month (23 Feb 1878) and published the discovery in his 9th list (#13).
******************************
07 52 10 -38 32 00; Pup
V = 5.8; Size 27'
25" (4/6/19 - OzSky): at 244x; this amazing cluster filled the 25' field from edge to edge! The central 7' was extremely dense and still very rich all the way out. There are a couple of dozen 11th mag stars and over 500 stars from mag 12-15.5. It really looked superb - like an extremely large, loose concentration class, highly resolved globular cluster.
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): remarkably rich carpet of
mag 11-13 stars at 105x with perhaps 250-300 stars resolved in a 25'
field. The appearance is very
similar to a highly resolved globular without a sharply concentrated core. There are no distinct boundaries as
stars loop outside the main group and many stars are arranged in long
streamers. Located roughly 20' N
of a mag 4.5 star (
13.1" (12/22/84): superb cluster, over 200 stars
resolved in a 25' diameter, very rich in mag 11-14 stars. Appears similar to
8" (3/28/81): beautiful, large cluster, very rich in faint stars mag 11-13 over unresolved haze. A mag 4 star is at the south edge.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered NGC 2477 = Lac I-3 = D 535 = h3103 in 1751-1752 using a 1/2-inch telescope at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. He recorded a "large nebula 15' to 20' diameter." James Dunlop made 5 observations (first on 7 May 1826) and described the cluster as "a pretty large faint nebula, easily resolvable into small stars, or rather a cluster of very small stars, with a small faint nebula near the north preceding side, which is rather difficult to resolve into exceedingly small stars. This is probably two clusters or nebula in the same line; the small nebula is probably three times the distance of the large nebula." His position was ~12' too far NW.
John Herschel lists 3 observations in his Cape catalogue: on 1 Feb 1835 he recorded "Cluster 6th class, bright, large, rich, not very highly condensed in the middle. Stars very remarkably equal. All 12 or 13th mag. Very few 14th mag; none 11th mag. A fine object." On a second sweep he described it as "a very beautiful large cluster, very rich; stars nearly equal, and 12th mag, gbm, not much compressed in the middle; more than fills the field. (N.B. It is visible in the finder of the equatorial, and in the telescope of that instrument appears as a fine cluster." Finally on his last sweep he described it as a "Superb cluster, gbM, 20' diameter, much more than fills the whole field. Stars 10 and 11th mag all nearly equal."
******************************
07 36 35 -14 29 00; Pup
See observing notes for M47 = NGC 2422.
Charles Messier discovered M47 = NGC 2478 on 19 Feb 1771 and recorded a "Cluster of stars a short distance from the preceding [M46]; the stars are brighter; the middle of the cluster was compared with the same star, 2 Navis. The cluster contains no nebulosity." There is nothing at his position, but it was assigned GC 1594 and NGC 2478 as placeholders for the missing cluster. Giovanni Hodierna probably made the first observation of M47 before 1654, though he gave the simple description"a Nebulosa between the two dogs". His map position is a good match.
In the October 1960 issue of Sky & Tel, Owen Gingrich claims in "The Missing Messier Objects" that Messier apparently switched the signs of his offsets from his comparison star, 2 Navis (now 2 Puppis), and cites articles or notes by Oswald Thomas in 1934 and T. F. Morris in 1959. Harold Corwin doesn't fully accept this explanation (see his identification notes) as reversing the offset sign doesn't yield a very good match positional match. In any case, the cluster now taken as M47 was independently discovered by Caroline Herschel on 26 Feb 1783 and observed by William Herschel on 4 Feb 1785. Herschel catalogued it as H. VIII-38 (later NGC 2422), so it is assumed M47 = NGC 2478 = NGC 2422. See Corwin's notes for the full story.
******************************
07 55 07 -17 42 48; Pup
Size 7'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, over 80 stars mag 12-14 are resolved in a 9' region with the cluster extended WSW-ENE. A semi-circular loop of stars is near the center and is open on the east side. The cluster is ~10' NE of a fairly well matched, bright wide pair (h4015 = 9.1/9.5 at 20").
25x80mm (3/2/08): in the finder this cluster appears as a hazy 8' cloud with no resolution
13.1" (12/7/85): about 50 faint stars spread out in a 10' diameter over some haze. Several stars near the center are arranged in a semi-circle open on the east side. A string of stars trail off to the SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2479 = H. VII-58 on 4 Mar 1790 (sweep 934) and reported "a pretty compressed and rich cluster of small stars, iR, about 7 or 8' diameter." His position is on the southwest side oft his cluster.
******************************
07 57 10.5 +23 46 46; Gem
V = 14.1; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 160°
17.5" (2/20/88): very faint, very small, very elongated
~N-S, even surface brightness.
Forms a pair with
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2480 on 1 Feb 1856. He described a "F ray with pB nucleus. There is np this a companion neb vvF, elongated as in diagram. star at Alpha, suspected another at Beta." The sketch clearly identifies NGC 2480 = UGC 4116, although no coordinates or offsets were given by Mitchell. UGC misidentifies this galaxy as NGC 2481.
******************************
NGC 2481 = UGC 4118 = MCG +04-19-010 = CGCG 118-027 = Holm 89a = PGC 22292
07 57 13.7 +23 46 04; Gem
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 18°
17.5" (2/20/88): moderately bright, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus. Forms a close pair with NGC 2480 1' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2481 = H. II-302 = h473 on
28 Feb 1785 (sweep 374) and called it "pF, vS, bM, easily
resolvable." On 20 Feb 1787
(sweep 697) he noted "F, pL, irr elongated." UGC has a typo and calls this galaxy
******************************
NGC 2482 = Cr 166 = ESO 494-003
07 55 09 -24 15 00; Pup
V = 7.3; Size 12'
18" (3/2/08): distinctive group of 80-100 stars at 175x
in a 10'-12' field. A long, rich
string of stars oriented NW-SE passes through the middle of the cluster with
arms or sprays of stars extending outwards from this string. The stars are fairly evenly distributed
and similar in magnitude with several close doubles. A mag 8 star (
13.1" (12/7/85): about 50 stars mag 10-14 in cluster. The bright stars from a "Y" asterism. Located 1.5° ENE of Xi Puppis.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2482 = H. VII-10 = h474 = h3106 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 326) and recorded "a cluster of scattered stars, the stars nearly of a size, more than 15' diam, but not compressed." On 6 Mar 1785 (sweep 381) he noted "a L cluster of scattered stars, considerably rich and compressed; my field is too small to determine the extent of it." Observing from the Cape of Good Hope, John Herschel reported "a very rich milky way cluster, or mass of stars, 10, 11 and 12th mag, diameter 20'. The neighbourhood is rich, but much less so than this cluster." His position is a couple of arcmin south of center.
******************************
07 55 39 -27 53 12; Pup
V = 7.6; Size 10'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, ~60 stars are resolved, many in a long WNW to ESE chain extending to the NW of the central core of the cluster. Near the SE end of the string is a trio of stars and a wide, equal mag pair. Extending from this pair are two additional strings to the SW and towards the east.
17.5" (3/7/92): scattered group of 30 stars mag 9-14 in 10' diameter. Contains mag 8.9 SAO 174829 and a mag 10 star at the east end with 2.5' separation NW-SE. Most of the member stars are arranged in two well-defined intersecting lanes oriented SW-NE and NW-SE. There are no dense areas or prominent double stars.
25x80mm (3/2/08): easily visible as a hazy cloud with several faint stars superimposed.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2483 = h3105 on 22 Jan 1835 and recorded "Cluster 8th class. Large; loose and straggling. A milky way cluster." His position is about 1 min of RA west of this cluster.
******************************
07 58 28.1 +37 47 11; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 145°
17.5" (3/20/93): faint, small, round, broad concentration, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is just 40" off the SW edge and 0.8' from the center. The distance of this galaxy is ~600 million l.y.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2484 = St. 13-34 on 2 Feb 1878. His reduced position was computed on 21 Jan 1885 and entered into his large 13th discovery list (#34). His position matches UGC 4125.
******************************
07 56 48.7 +07 28 40; CMi
V = 12.2; Size 1.6'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus, diffuse halo. A mag 13 star is 0.6' S of center.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2485 = m 107 on 25 Mar 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "neb *12." His position matches
******************************
07 57 56.5 +25 09 39; Gem
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 100°
17.5" (2/20/88): faint, fairly small, oval E-W, broad
concentration, faint stellar nucleus.
Forms a pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2486 = m 108, along with NGC 2487, on 25 Mar 1864 and recorded "vF, S, psbM." His position was 2' too far N (same offset as NGC 2487).
******************************
NGC 2487 = UGC 4126 = MCG +04-19-012 = CGCG 118-030 = Holm 90a = LGG 152-003 = PGC 22343
07 58 20.4 +25 08 57; Gem
V = 12.5; Size 2.6'x2.1'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 115°
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, moderately large, 2' diameter oval, broad concentration. A mag 10.5 is 20" off the south edge and 1.3' from center. Forms a pair with NGC 2486 5' WNW and member of a small group (LGG 152) with NGC 2498.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2487 = m 109, along with NGC 2486, on 25 Mar 1864 and recorded "vF, S, gbM." His position was 2' too far N (same offset as NGC 2487).
******************************
08 01 45.8 +56 33 13; Lyn
V = 12.4; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 100°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
WNW-ESE, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2488 = H. III-837 = h475 on
18 Mar 1790 (sweep 949) and called "eF, vS." His position was 1' SSW of
******************************
07 56 16 -30 03 54; Pup
V = 7.9; Size 8'
13.1" (1/18/85): about 50 stars in a 8' diameter. Rich in mag 11-14 stars. A richer group of stars is at the center surrounded by a larger incomplete ring of stars. Located 13' N of mag 6.3 PX Puppis (6.3-6.7).
William Herschel discovered NGC 2489 = H. VII-23 = D 626 = h479 = h3107 on 30 Dec 1785 (sweep 501). Herschel reported "a compressed cluster of pretty large stars, considerably rich."
James Dunlop observed it next on 28 May 1826. He logged D 626 as (handwritten notes)
"a pretty large faint nebula with a multitude of smal stars in it - or a
cluster of smalll stars - with faint nebule of an irregular round figure. Easily resolved. This precedes a bright star 6th mag
about 1 minute [time] AR and 20' North of the star." His position was off
by 30' to the WNW but his description is perfect match. The star is mag 4.8
John Herschel observed the cluster from England and the Cape of Good Hope. On 22 Jan 1835 (sweep 531) he recorded "A round, pretty compressed cluster of stars 11..13th mag; 6th or 7th class; gradually brighter in the middle, pretty rich, 7' diameter."
******************************
07 59 17.9 +27 04 40; Gem
V = 14.2; Size 0.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4
17.5" (2/20/88): very faint, very small, round, even
surface brightness. A mag 13.5
star is just 0.7' E. Located 4.0'
NW of brighter
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 14 Feb 1857, discovered NGC 2490 and recorded "I suspect Alpha to be h477 [NGC 2492], F, S, R, lbM. Beta is a vS, F patch, a star following closely." The sketch and description clearly establishes Beta as NGC 2490 = CGCG 148-080 = PGC 22382. On 14 Feb 1877, Dreyer recorded "vF, vS, R, *13m 1' foll. Pos 320.6°, Dist 243.7" [from NGC 2492].
******************************
07 58 27.4 +07 59 02; CMi
V = 15.1; Size 0.6'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.7; PA = 78°
24" (1/31/14): at 375x appeared faint, very small,
round, 12" diameter, low even surface brightness. Located 3.7' SW
24" (1/25/14): at 375x appeared very faint to faint,
small, elongated 4:3, 20"x15", low even surface brightness. Located 3.7' SW of much brighter NGC
2491.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2491 = Sw. 3-37 on 15 Nov 1885
(along with NGC 2496) with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and
recorded "eeeF; pS; iR; B* nr W; sp of 2 [with NGC 2496]; e
diff.". His position is ~1.5'
NW of
Harold Corwin notes there are two brighter galaxies 10' N
(
******************************
NGC 2492 = UGC 4138 = MCG +05-19-028 = CGCG 148-080 = PGC 22397
07 59 29.7 +27 01 35; Gem
V = 12.7; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 95°
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 2490 4.0' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2492 = h477 on 24 Dec 1827
(sweep 115) and logged "vF; S; R; bM." His position matches
******************************
NGC 2493 = UGC 4150 = MCG +07-17-007 = CGCG 207-014 = Holm 91a = PGC 22447
08 00 23.7 +39 49 49; Lyn
V = 12.0; Size 1.9'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (2/24/90): moderately bright, fairly small, round, halo gradually increases to a small bright core. Located 9' SW of mag 7.6 SAO 42123. Forms a close pair with a dim galaxy NGC 2495 1.8' ENE. This galaxy forms the southern vertex of an isosceles triangle with a mag 9.5 star 5' WNW and a mag 10 star 4.5' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2493 = H. III-750 = h476 on
31 Dec 1788 (sweep 901) and noted "vF, S, R, lbM." His position matches
******************************
07 59 07.0 -00 38 17; Mon
V = 13.1; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 95°
17.5" (1/23/88): moderately bright, oval ~E-W, fairly small, bright core. A nice triple star lies 4' ESE; the closer components are mag 11/12 with separation 19".
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2494 = m 110 on 6 Feb 1864 and noted
"F, S, lE." There is
nothing at his position, but exactly 1.0 min of RA east is
******************************
NGC 2495 = MCG +07-17-008 = CGCG 207-016 = Holm 91b = Mrk 383 = PGC 22457
08 00 33.2 +39 50 23; Lyn
V = 15.5; Size 0.4'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.4
17.5" (2/24/90): extremely faint and small, round. A mag 14.5 is off the east edge 24" from center. Forms a pair with much brighter NGC 2493 1.8' WSW.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2495 on 14 Feb 1855 as the
assistant on Lord Rosse's 72".
While observing NGC 2493, he noted "a faint star precedes, a
nebulous knot follows 2' or 3' dist." Just 2.0' ENE of the center of NGC 2493 is
******************************
NGC 2496 = UGC 4127 = MCG +01-21-002 = CGCG 031-009 = PGC 22359
07 58 37.4 +08 01 45; CMi
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 2°
24" (1/31/14): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, fairly high surface brightness, gradually increases to the center but no distinct nucleus or zones. A mag 14 star is 35" W of center. NGC 2491 lies 3.7' SW.
24" (1/25/14): fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 4:3 ~N-S, ~25"x18", weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is 33" W of center and a mag 11 star is 2' S.
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, weak concentration. A mag 14 star is 30" W. Forms a pair with NGC 2491 4' SW (not seen).
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2496 = Sw. 3-38 on 15 Nov 1885
(along NGC 2491) using the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and
recorded "vF, pS, R, lbM, * close foll, nf of 2". His position matches
******************************
08 02 11.0 +56 56 32; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, extremely small, round, stellar
nucleus stands out with direct vision.
Located 6' E of mag 8.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2497 = H. III-838 on 18 Mar
1790 (sweep 949) and called "eF, vS." According to Caroline's offset, his position is just 12 sec
of RA too small. MCG does not
label this galaxy (
******************************
NGC 2498 = UGC 4142 = MCG +04-19-015 = CGCG 118-034 = LGG 152-004 = PGC 22403
07 59 38.8 +24 58 56; Gem
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 113°
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, small bright core, elongated NW-SE, faint stellar nucleus. NGC 2486 lies 20' NW. Member of a small group (LGG 152).
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2498 = St. 13-35 on 1 Feb
1878. His reduced position was
recorded on 19 Jan 1885 and matches
******************************
07 58 51.7 +07 29 36; CMi
V = 14.3; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 175°
17.5" (3/7/92): very faint, very small, round. Located 2' N of mag 8.9 SAO 26621. Two mag 10/11 stars are 1.8' S and 2.8' SW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2499 = m 111 on 25 Mar 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "eF, pS, iR." His position matches
******************************
08 01 53.1 +50 44 15; Lyn
V = 11.6; Size 2.9'x2.6'; Surf Br = 13.7
13.1" (2/23/85): moderately bright, fairly large, almost round, mottled, weak concentration. Situated midway between a mag 12 star 1.9' NE and a mag 10.5 star 1.7' SW of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2500 = H. III-709 = h478 on 9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and recorded "vF, R, vgbM; about 2 1/2 minutes in diameter." A later observation says "I can perceive some of the stars." This is a mottled face-on spiral, so this created the impression of resolving some stars.
On 1 Feb 1851, Lord Rosse "saw stars in it and suspected at one time a curvilinear arrangement. On later observations spiral structure was suspected and sketches (by R.J. Mitchell and Samuel Hunter) reasonably capture the spiral structure, although they were not certain. In addition a couple of HII knots on the preceding side were apparently noticed.
******************************
07 58 30.0 -14 21 16; Pup
V = 13.7; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 120°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated ~E-W, bright core, stands out well in rich Milky Way field. Situated only 8° from the galactic equator.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2501 = h3108 on 14 Feb 1836 and recorded "F, R, gbM, 30", in a field full of stars." On a later sweep he called it "pF, lE, in parallel; glbM, 25"." His position is accurate.
******************************
07 55 51.5 -52 18 25; Car
V = 12.0; Size 2.0'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 126°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): bright, moderately large, elongated 3:2 NW-SE. Well concentrated with a very bright 30" core that dominates the galaxy. The outer halo or arms are much fainter and could be easily missed but extend to 1.2'x0.8'. Forms the NW vertex of a triangle with two mag 11 star 4.3' E and a mag 11.5 star 3' SSE. Located 41' NNW mag 3.5 Chi Carinae.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2502 = h3109 on 5 Jan 1837 and
reported "pF; R; vgpmbM; 25"." His single position matches
******************************
08 00 36.7 +22 24 00; Cnc
V = 13.9; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (3/12/94): very faint, small, round, 0.8' diameter, low surface brightness, very weak concentration. A mag 14.5 star is at the NW edge and a mag 11 star lies 2.0' SE of center. Located on the Cancer/Gemini border.
17.5" (2/20/88): very faint, very small, round, diffuse, weak concentration. A mag 15 star is just off the NW edge and a mag 11 star is 2.0' SE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2503 = m 112 on 17 Feb 1865 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "eF, S, glbM." His position is 8 sec of RA east of UGC 4158.
******************************
07 59 52.3 +05 36 29; CMi
V = 14.1; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3
17.5" (11/25/87): faint, very small, slightly elongated ~E-W, fairly low even surface brightness.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2504 = m 113 on 25 Mar 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "vF, S, R." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2505 = UGC 4193 = MCG +09-13-115 = CGCG 262-066 = PGC 22644
08 04 06.8 +53 32 57; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 0°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, fairly small, oval 2:1 N-S,
very small brighter nucleus.
Located 10' SW of mag 7.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 2505 = H. III-839 on 18 Mar
1790 (sweep 949) and called it "eF, vS." His position (Caroline's reduction) is just 1.8'
south-southwest of
******************************
08 00 02 -10 46 12; Mon
V = 7.6; Size 7'
18" (3/15/10): at 175x, this is a beautifully rich 8' group of stars, roughly circular, with 80-100 stars mag 11-14 over unresolved background haze. The brightest two stars are at the west side and form a wide, 27" double. The richest portion roughly forms a "U" outline, open to the south, as if a chunk of the cluster was missing. The north side of the "U" consists of a string of stars oriented WNW-ESE (north of the two brightest stars) with a pair at the WNW end. At the ESE end of this string a few brighter stars form a right angle heading SSW and forming another side of the "U". A faint string of stars extends out of the cluster to the SE and another string extends out the WNW.
17.5" (3/12/94): 75 stars in 10' diameter at 220x. The brightest members are a wide pair of mag 11/12 stars at the west end with a separation of 27" oriented SW-NE and a mag 11.5 star at the east end. Rich in mag 13-14 stars with a roughly circular outline except for a "bite" on the south side. The richest subgroup is following the two brighter stars at the west end and is 3' diameter forming a "C" shaped asterism opening to the south over haze and is quite striking.
13.1" (2/23/85): at 220x, ~35 stars visible, many in a winding row. A number of brighter mag 11 stars surround the group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2506 = H. VI-37 = h480 on 23 Feb 1791 (sweep 995) and recorded "a very compressed and very rich cluster of stars. The stars are of 2 sizes, some considerably large and the rest next to invisible. The compressed part 5' or 6' in diameter." His position (Auwers' reduction) is 7' NNE of center of this cluster. It was independently found by Karl Ludwig Harding around 1823 and reported it as a new discovery.
John Herschel's described the cluster on 9 Mar 1828 (sweep 129) as "the first *11m in the p part of a rich resolved p comp cl irreg fig; *s 11...20m, so as to be nebulous. The most comp part = 4' or 5' diam. His Slough position is accurate, but he subtracted 10' in North Polar Disatance in the GC (General Catalog) assuming he made an error, as his position didn't match his father's or Harding's. See GC and NGC notes.
Lord Rosse, or his observing assistant George Stoney, commented on 27 Jan 1849 "More approach towards spiral appearance than I have seen in any other cluster [obvious spiral shapes were a primary focus]. Very curious black spaces with power 700x."
******************************
08 01 37.2 +15 42 35; Cnc
V = 12.2; Size 2.5'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.7
24" (2/14/15): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated 0.6'x0.5'. Moderately concentrated to a small brighter nucleus. A very low surface brightness halo increases the size to 0.8'x0.7'. A mag 12 star is off the SW side [1.3' from center]. A mag 15.5 star is at the SW edge at 300-375x and a slightly fainter star is embedded on the N edge [just 18" from center!]. An HII region (or galaxy?) at the NE edge was not resolved.
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, gradually brighter halo, stellar nucleus within slightly brighter core. A mag 11.5 star is 1.3' SW. NGC 2514 lies 18' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2507 = H. II-554 = h481 on 18 Mar 1786 (sweep 538) and logged "pB, pL, easily resolvable, gbM." John Herschel described it on 25 Jan 1832 (sweep 395) as "F; R; 15". Pos of a *12m = 225.5°, dist = 60"."
A couple of faint stars, as well as a faint galaxy, are superimposed on NGC 2507. On 22 Feb 1867, Birr Castle observer Robert Ball reported three "knots" were "well seen", though these are probably stars and the nucleus. "The middle knot [nucleus], alpha, is much the largest. Alpha to knot sp, Pos = 223.0° [this is a star], alpha to knot np 338.0° [this is also a star]."
******************************
08 01 57.2 +08 33 07; CMi
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 130°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval slightly elongated NW-SE, small bright core. Collinear with two mag 13.5 stars 0.8' WSW and 1.3' WSW of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2508 = H. III-7 = h484 on 23
Jan 1784 (sweep 100) and recorded "a nebulous star, but doubtful of the
nebulosity. Yet with 240 the same
doubtful appearance continues."
There is nothing near his position, but 1 min 42 sec of RA west and 3'
south is
******************************
08 00 48 -19 03 00; Pup
Size 8'
18" (3/2/08): beautiful cluster of 80-100 stars at
175x, highlighted by a dense 2-2.5' clump of fainter stars resolved over some
remaining haze. Double or multiple
stars are at the NE and NW corners of this central knot. At 220x the SE corner of the clump is
very rich in faint stars with averted!
The brightest star is at the SW side with a string of mag 10-11 stars
extending outside of the cluster to the SE from of this star. The cluster is situated ~6' NW of mag
8.8
17.5" (3/12/94): 50 stars resolved in a 6'x5' region
outlined by a perfect parallelogram.
The majority of the stars, though, lie in a prominent dense clump along the
NW side of the parallelogram and includes a nice double star. The NE vertex of the parallelogram is a
double star with components mag 13/13.5 at 12". The parallelogram has no concentration and the interior
southern portion has only a couple of faint stars. Mag 8.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2509 = H. VIII-1 on 3 Dec 1783 (very early sweep, internal discovery #7) and recorded "a cl of coarsely scattered stars. The place is that of the most comp part, which is not M[iddle]" On 4 Mar 1790 (sweep 934) and logged "a considerably compressed and very rich cl of small star, irr F." and on 15 Mar 1801 (sweep 1095) he noted "a beautiful cl of stars, arranced in a circular order."
******************************
08 02 10.6 +09 29 09; CMi
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 115°
24" (3/22/14): faint to fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, ~40"x25", fairly low even surface
brightness. First of 5 with NGC
2511 5.6' SSE,
17.5" (2/13/88): faint, fairly small, irregularly
round, even surface brightness.
Similar size to NGC 2513 5.6' SE but lower surface brightness. In a group of five with
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2510 and 2511 on 31 Jan 1851. The group was sketched on 26 Feb 1851 with NGC 2510 is labeled Gamma and precise offsets were measured from NGC 2513.
******************************
NGC 2511 = MCG +02-21-008 = CGCG 059-024 = Mrk 1207 = WBL 169-006 = PGC 22549
08 02 15.0 +09 23 40; CMi
V = 14.1; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 125°
24" (3/22/14): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 40"x20", weak concentation. Located 2.7' SW of NGC 2513.
17.5" (2/13/88): faint, small, slightly elongated, almost even surface brightness. In a group with NGC 2513 3' NE and NGC 2510 5.6' SSW. Located on the Canis Minor-Cancer border.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2511 and 2510 on 31 Jan 1851. The group was sketched on 26 Feb 1851 with NGC 2511 labelled Beta and precise offsets measured from NGC 2513. Heinrich d'Arrest independently discovered the galaxy in 1862 (#77 in AN 1500) and called it a "Doppelnebel" with h483 [NGC 2513]. John Herschel mistakenly credited d'Arrest with the discovery in the GC but Dreyer included both observers in the NGC.
******************************
08 03 07.8 +23 23 30; Cnc
V = 13.1; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 113°
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated WNW-ESE, weak concentration, faint stellar nucleus. Not identified as NGC 2512 in the UGC or CGCG.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2512 = H. III-605 = h482 on 10 Feb 1787 (sweep 697) and noted "F, S, iF." His position (Auwers' reduction) was 1.4' too far north. CGCG and UGC fail to label their catalogue entries as NGC 2512.
******************************
NGC 2513 = UGC 4184 = MCG +02-21-009 = CGCG 059-025 = WBL 169-007 = PGC 22555
08 02 24.7 +09 24 49; Cnc
V = 11.6; Size 2.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 170°
24" (3/22/14): bright, fairly large, sharply concentrated with a very bright 20" core. The halo extends ~1.25'x0.9' N-S and has a fairly low surface brightness. Brightest in a group with NGC 2511 2.7' SW, NGC 2510 5.6' NW, LEDA 1364011 4.7' SW, CGCG 59-27 6' NE.
17.5" (2/13/88): moderately bright, fairly small,
irregularly round, well concentrated to a very bright core, small faint
halo. Brightest in a group
including NGC 2510 5.6' NW, NGC 2511 3' SW,
William Herschel discovered NGC 2513 = H. III-512 = h483 on 3 Mar 1786 (sweep 534) and recorded "vF, S, R, mbM, 240 showed it very well." His position is accurate. John Herschel called the nebula "pB; R; psbM." on 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120). The two fainter companions (NGC 2510 and 2511) were discovered at Birr Castle.
******************************
NGC 2514 = UGC 4189 = MCG +03-21-011 = CGCG 088-022 = PGC 22581
08 02 49.7 +15 48 30; Cnc
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.8
24" (2/16/15): fairly faint, moderately large, round, 0.9' diameter, no core but irregular surface brightness (strong impression of a face-on spiral).
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, fairly small, round, low almost even surface brightness. NGC 2507 lies 18' WSW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2514 = St. 13-36 on 1 Feb 1878. His reduced position was recorded on 19 Jan 1885 with description "milky patch; excessively faint; irregularly round; diameter = about 1'; traces of central condensation; mottling suspected."
******************************
08 03 21.3 +20 11 17; Cnc
Size 9"
= **, Reinmuth.
George Bond discovered NGC 2515 = HN 5 on 11 Sep 1852 with the 15-inch Merz refractor at the Harvard College Observatory. At his position is a 9" pair of mag 13 stars oreinted ~E-W. Most of Bond's discoveries in the early 1850's at HCO turned out to be close pairs or even single stars. NGC 2515 is correctly classified as a double star in the RNGC (from Carlson's list), but the position is wildly off at 09 47.3 +13 02 (2000).
******************************
07 58 00 -60 45; Car
V = 3.8; Size 30'
13.1" (1/30/06 - Costa Rica): very bright naked-eye
cluster located 3° SW of Epsilon Car (southern star in the False Cross). Appears partially resolved in the 9x50
finder and my 15x50 IS binoculars provided an excellent view. In the 13.1", the cluster filled
over half of the 20mm Nagler field, ~30'-35' diameter with over 100 stars
resolved. The outline is quite
irregular though well-detached at low power. A mag 5.2 M-type giant orange star (V460 = HD 66342) lies at
the NE edge of the cluster. The
central region is more concentrated and uniform and includes a number of tinted
yellow or orange stars. A nice
triple star (HJ 4027 = 7.1/7.8/9.3 at 9" and 20") is on the W edge of
the cluster and an excellent double (HJ 4031 = 7.2/8.0 at 5") lies on the
E side of the cluster. A long
curving string starts in the center and heads NE to the mag 5.2 orange star. This string includes a 9" evenly
matched pair of mag 9 stars (Innes 1104) that was resolved at low power. Mag 5.7 K-type orange subgiant
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): this bright naked-eye cluster is located SW of the "False Cross" (3 degrees SW of 2nd-magnitude Epsilon Carinae) and is the only open cluster in western Carina. It was well resolved in the 9x50 finder. At 105x, the main group is 25'-30' with outliers increasing the size and roughly 100 stars are resolved including a number of mag 6-8 stars. Many of the stars are arranged in loops and strings and overall the cluster is quite irregular in magnitudes and star distributions. There is a close, fairly bright double on the SE side (7.2/8.0 at 5.5") and a neat 13' chain of stars near the west side running N-S.
10x30 Canon IS (7/10/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is a prominent naked-eye cluster below the "False Cross" (formed by Epsilon and Iota Car as well as Delta and Kappa Vel), on a line with the longer axis (Epsilon Car and Kappa Vel) of the cross. In binoculars, it appeared well-resolved, ~50' diameter including outliers with 5 bright stars (mag 6.5-7.5) with a couple of dozen stars resolved overall. Appears fairly rich towards the center with a number of mag 8-10 stars.
10x30mm Canon IS (3/28/19 - Tasmania): very bright naked-eye cluster, gorgeous even at 10x with a couple of dozen stars resolved, 40'-50' diameter, many brighter stars around the periphery, but richer towards the center.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered NGC 2516 = Lac II-3 = h3111 in 1751-1752 using a 1/2-inch telescope at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. He noted a "Group of 10 to 12 stars, very compressed." NGC 2516 was not included in Dunlop's main catalogue but his handwritten notes call it a "Very fine cluster about 35' diameter, many of the stars of the 6th and 7th magnitude, mixed magnitudes. Figure irregular - branched."
John Herschel observed the cluster a number of times with his 18-inch f/13 speculum telescope at the Cape of Good Hope. His first record reads: "An orange-coloured star 8th magnitude, in middle of a large and magnificent cluster of perhaps 200 to 250 stars 8..16th mag. Many of the larger magnitudes, and really a superb object. Very visible to the naked eye, etc."
******************************
08 02 47.0 -12 19 04; Pup
V = 11.8; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 70°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, small, round, strong
concentration with small bright core.
Located in a rich star field between a mag 13 double star 1.1' S at
20" oriented E-W and a mag 11.5 star 1.0' NW. Mag 8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2517 = h3110 on 16 Mar 1836 and
noted "F; vS; R; between 3 stars 13 and 14 m." His position is 5 sec of RA east and 1'
north of
******************************
NGC 2518 = UGC 4221 = MCG +09-14-006 = CGCG 263-009 = PGC 22800
08 07 20.1 +51 07 53; Lyn
V = 13.0; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 35°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 2518, along with
******************************
08 07 58.9 +51 07 42; Lyn
= *?, Corwin. Not found, Sulentic
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 2519, along with NGC 2518, in 1886 at the private Wiggleworth Observatory in Scarborough, England and described "Two nebulae, F, L, R, gbM, delta RA = 42 seconds". There is only a single galaxy at his position (UGC 4221) identified as NGC 2518. Corwin notes that 39 tsec following this galaxy is a 14th magnitude star (with three much fainter stars within an arcmin northwest) which might be the NGC 2519. There is an obvious error in the position given in RNGC (both RA and Dec) although NGC 2518 is correctly described as "Not found".
******************************
08 04 58 -28 08 48; Pup
V = 6.5; Size 22'
See observing notes for
John Herschel discovered NGC 2520 = h3112 on 5 Feb 1837 and recorded a "Cluster 7th class, distinguished among milky way clusters, pretty rich, bright. The star taken is the chief of a condensed hook in the following part." In the Cape Observations, Herschel identified h3112 = H. VIII-30 = h488 but his position for h3112 is 3.0 min of RA too far west. Although his description matches H. VIII-30 = h488, JH still listed separate entries in the GC for h3112 and h488, which later received the designations NGC 2520 and NGC 2527. So, NGC 2520 = NGC 2527, with NGC 2527 the earlier observation.
******************************
08 08 49.3 +57 46 10; Lyn
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 45°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, very small, round,
bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Located 3.6' SSE of a mag 9 star (Z Lyncis). This is the brightest of four in a group including
John Herschel discovered NGC 2521 = h485 on 9 Feb 1831
(sweep 323). His position and
description ("pF; R; psbM; sf a *9 dist 3'.") matches
******************************
08 06 13.4 +17 42 24; Cnc
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 32°
17.5" (11/2/91): fairly faint, small, very elongated
3:1 SW-NE, well concentrated with a small high surface brightness core which
dominates view, very thin fainter extensions.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2522 = m 114 on 26 Jan 1865 and
recorded "vF, vS, E, psbM."
His position matches
******************************
08 15 00.2 +73 34 44; Cam
V = 11.9; Size 3.0'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 57°
24" (3/6/21): at 260x; fairly bright, moderately large, roundish central region ~1' diameter with a diffuse outer halo 2'x1' SW-NE. A prominent bar runs through the center in a WNW-ESE orientation. At the center is a small brighter nucleus. A mag 11.7 star is off the SSW end [1.7' from center].
48" (4/21/17 and 5/1/19): at 488x; bright, very large,
showpiece barred spiral! Superb
view with a strong bar running ~5:1 WNW-ESE, highlighted by an intensely
brighter nucleus. Inner spiral
arms are attached at the ends of the bar and form a gorgeous 360° inner
circular ring! The region inside
the ring is darker on both sides (southwest and northeast) of the bar. With averted vision a fainter outer
halo extended mostly SW and NE, though I couldn't trace arm structure in the
halo. A mag 11.7 star is 1.7' SW
of center. Brightest in a group
with
NGC 2523B: moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 5:2 E-W, 40"x15", very faint outer extensions. A mag 14 star is at the southwest edge of the core. A mag 12.4 star is 1.2' SW.
UGC 4279: extremely to very faint, thin ghostly streak
0.4'x0.1'. This is the brighter
central bar and the extremely low surface brightness arms or halo was not
seen. Situated 7' NE of NGC 2523
and 2.5' S of mag 8.2
NGC 2523C: fairly bright, moderately large, very elongated
3:1 E-W, ~60"x20", well concentrated with an elongated bright core
and small brighter nucleus.
Located 20' SE of NGC 2523 and 10' WSW of mag 8.4
17.5" (2/8/91): moderately bright, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, fairly small. A center contains a bright central bar with a small bright core. A mag 11.5 is off the SW edge 1.5' from the center. Forms a pair with NGC 2523B = UGC 4271 9' W and NGC 2523C = UGC 4290 lies 20' SE.
Edward Swift discovered NGC 2523 = Sw. 2-32 on 7 Sep 1885
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. Lewis Swift's son was 14 years old at
the time. The Swifts' position and description ("pB, pL, lE, lbM, *
nr") is a good match with
******************************
08 08 09.6 +39 09 26; Lyn
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 125°
17.5" (2/24/90): fairly faint, fairly small, bright
core, almost stellar nucleus, oval NW-SE.
Forms a pair with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2524 = St. 8b-24, along with
NGC 2528, on 7 Mar 1874 with the 31" reflector at Marseilles
Observatory. He published an
accurate micrometric position matching
******************************
08 05 38.0 -11 25 41; Pup
V = 11.6; Size 2.9'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 75°
24" (2/8/18 and 2/13/18): at 200x and 375x; fairly bright, fairly large, oval 4:3 ~E-W, broad concentration, no distinct core at 200x but the halo appeared patchy or uneven (brighter and darker regions), strongly hinting at spiral structure. At 375x, a short low contrast central bar (elongated roughly 3:1 E-W) was visible with a slightly brighter nucleus.
13th magnitude SN 2018gv, discovered on Jan 15th, was easily visible at the SW edge of the galaxy [50" W and 39" S of center]. A mag 14.5 star was easily seen close SW of the supernova and a very faint and close pair is an additional 20" SW.
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, large, slightly
elongated E-W, diffuse, weak concentration. Located 3.8' NNE of mag 8.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2525 = H. III-877 = h486 on 23 Feb 1791 (sweep 995) and recorded "vF, iR, resolvable, about 2' in diameter, almost of equal light throughout." On 9 Mar 1828 (sweep 129), John Herschel wrote, "F; L; R; vgbM; 90"; among stars of the Milky Way."
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 30 Jan 1856, sketched NGC 2525 as a spiral. He wrote, "vF, L, oval. Several F stars on edge, suspect others in the neb., also dark spaces. Nucl or * in centre? Spiral as in diagram. A year later he saw additional details: "light very unequal, suspect nucleus and a star close foll nucleus, also star in p edge? Again I though I saw a darkness across np centre [gap in spiral arms] and knots in np edge, but it is very uncertain."
******************************
08 06 58.6 +08 00 14; Cnc
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 140°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval WNW-ESE, broad concentration. There is a pretty pair of double stars in the field including a mag 11/12 pair at 10" located 3.5' ENE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2526 = m 115 on 25 Mar 1864 and
recorded "vF, S, mE." His position matches
******************************
NGC 2527 = NGC 2520 = ESO 430-15 = Cr 174
08 04 58 -28 08 48; Pup
V = 6.5; Size 22'
17.5" (3/7/92): 75-100 stars mag 10-14 in very large 30' loose group. This cluster is fairly bright with two fairly rich subgroups. The central 10' core includes about two dozen stars with a mag 10 star at the NW corner which has three fainter companions within 35". A rich string of faint stars oriented SSW-NNE of length 4' has two mag 10-11 stars at the endpoints. Outliers extend east and west and include a rich elongated group at the NE edge of the cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2527 = H. VIII-30 = h488 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 333) and noted "a very large cluster of many coarsely scattered large stars." From Sloughon 7 Jan 1831 (sweep 317), John Herschel wrote "p rich; v coarsely scattered; fills field; st 10...15m. RA by working list [marked as uncertain]. He also observed the cluster while in South Africa but his RA was 3 minutes too far west. As a result it inherited two NGC numbers, so NGC 2527 = NGC 2520.
******************************
NGC 2528 = UGC 4227 = MCG +07-17-015 = CGCG 207-032 = PGC 22805
08 07 24.9 +39 11 39; Lyn
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (2/24/90): faint, fairly small, round, almost even surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 2524 10' ESE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2528 = St. 8b-25, along with NGC 2524, on 7 Mar 1874. Through a mix-up in measuring the offset on 22 Jan 1877, Stephan placed NGC 2528 11' SE of NGC 2524, instead of 9' NW. Emmanuel Esmiol corrected the position in his 1916 re-reduction of Stephan's positions. His new position (identified as an "Anon"[ymous] nebula), establishes NGC 2528 = UGC 4227. Corwin also sorted out the situation (see his notes for NGC 2528).
In several galaxy catalogs (CGCG, UGC, MCG), the designation NGC 2528 isn't applied, but RNGC, PGC and RC3 identify this galaxy as NGC 2528.
******************************
08 07 48 +17 49; Cnc
= Not found, Corwin. Incorrect identification in the RNGC.
Bigourdan discovered NGC 2529 = Big. 35, along with NGC 2531, on 29 Jan 1887. These were noted while examining the NGC 2530 field and placed 1' SW and 1' SE. There is nothing at either of these offsets. RNGC misidentifies NGC 2530 as NGC 2529 and UGC and CGCG misidentify NGC 2530 as NGC 2529 = NGC 2531. See RNGC Corrections #5.
******************************
NGC 2530 = (R)NGC 2529 = UGC 4237 = MCG +03-21-020 = CGCG 088-038 = PGC 22827
08 07 55.6 +17 49 06; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 170°
17.5" (11/2/91): very faint, small, elongated 3:2 N-S. Unusual appearance as a mag 13 star is attached at the north end 0.8' from center and the galaxy appears to fan out to the south. The edges are difficult to define. NGC 2522 lies 25' WSW. Incorrectly identified as NGC 2529 in the RNGC, UGC, CGCG.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2530 = H. III-752 = h487 on
22 Feb 1789 (sweep 906) and noted "eF, lE, south of a vS star." His position and description matches
RNGC misclassifies NGC 2530 as nonexistent (Type 7), though
the correct data for NGC 2530 is listed under the entry for NGC 2529. NGC 2530 is misidentified as NGC 2529 =
******************************
08 08 01 +17 49; Cnc
= Not found, Corwin and RNGC. Incorrect position in the RNGC.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 2531 = Big. 36 on 29 Jan 1887, along with NGC 2529. These two supposedly nebulous objects were noted while examining NGC 2530. NGC 2531 was placed 1' SE, but there is nothing at this offset. See my comments on NGC 2529 and 2530 as well as Corwin's identification notes.
******************************
08 10 15.4 +33 57 26; Lyn
V = 12.4; Size 2.2'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 10°
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly faint, moderately large, 1.5', slightly elongated NW-SE, gradually brightens towards the center, faint stellar nucleus, slightly mottled appearance. A mag 12 star 1.6' NNE is within a collinear string of six mag 11/12 stars oriented WNW-ESE running through the 20' field and a mag 11.5 star is 2.6' SSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2532 = H. II-726 = h489 on 5 Feb 1788 (sweep 807). His description reads, "pF, pL, iR, lbM, resolvable, south of 2 stars that are nearly in the parallel." This galaxy was observed 13 times at Birr Castle and an arm was suspected several times on the south side. Also a companion close north was sketched (not mentioned in the GC or NGC), but this is probably a very faint star.
******************************
08 07 04 -29 53 06; Pup
V = 7.6; Size 4'
17.5" (2/8/91): about 20 stars surrounding mag 8.8 SAO 175203. Also includes a mag 10.5 star but the remainder are 13th and 14th magnitude. Fairly small, 4' diameter, does not stand out well in rich field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2533 = h3113 on 22 Jan 1835 and recorded "place (RA doubtful) of a *9 m; cheif of cl p rich; irreg R; glbM; 5'; stars 13m. Belong to milky way, but is a much more compressed part of it."
******************************
NGC 2534 = UGC 4268 = MCG +09-14-014 = CGCG 263-014 = Mrk 85 = PGC 23024
08 12 54.1 +55 40 19; Lyn
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, small, round, broadly
concentrated halo, faint stellar nucleus.
A mag 15 star is 1' N.
Located 2' N of mag 8.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2534 = H. III-840 = h490 on
18 Mar 1790 (sweep 949) and noted "cF, cS." His position, based on Caroline's reduction was just 1.6'
too far northwest (typical error), though Auwers' reduced position is 9' S of
R.J. Mitchell, observing on 7 Mar 1885 with Lord Rosse's 72" described "Has r[esolved] look, * plain at north end. Alpha [from sketch] is a knot or star. Neb is bM and probably spiral. Certainly a dark space from south-preceding to north." Spiral structure is not evident on the DSS.
******************************
08 11 13.5 +25 12 23; Cnc
V = 12.8; Size 2.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 0°
48" (4/2/11): this is the prominent member of a
striking interacting pair (
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated SW-NE, weak concentration. Forms a close pair with NGC 2536 1.8' SSE (Arp 82). Located just following a line of three mag 12 stars 1.6' WSW, 1.2' W and 0.9' NW of center.
13.1" (1/18/85): faint, small, round, diffuse, even surface brightness. Located 22' SSE of a mag 6 star.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2535 = St. 8b-26 on 7 Mar 1874. His notebook entry on that night doesn't specify two objects (NGC 2536). His published micrometric position (list 8b, #26) was made on 22 Jan 1877.
Karl Reinmuth discovered SN 1901A in NGC 2535 (one of the first found) in 1923 on a Heidelberg plate taken on 10 Jan 1901. The announcement was made in 1924AN....221...47R.
******************************
NGC 2536 = Arp 82 NED2 = VV 9b = Holm 94b = MCG +04-20-005 =
08 11 16.0 +25 10 46; Cnc
V = 14.2; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 112°
48" (4/2/11): fainter and smaller member of an interacting pair (Arp 82) with NGC 2535. At 375x appeared fairly bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, ~30"x20", high surface brightness, moderate concentration with a very small, very bright core. Located 1.8' SSE of NGC 2535. A spiral arm hooks from the west side of NGC 2535, appearing to be tidally stretched SE in the direction of NGC 2536, though not reaching the companion.
17.5" (2/20/88): faint, very small, oval ~SW-NE, small bright core. Forms a close pair with brighter NGC 2535 1.8' NW.
13.1" (1/18/85): very faint, very small, diffuse. Located 2' SE of NGC 2535.
Édouard Stephan probably discovered NGC 2536 = St. 8b-27, along with brighter NGC 2535, on 7 Mar 1874, although he didn't specify 2 objects in his notebook. His published micrometric position (list 8b, #27) was made on 22 Jan 1877 and matches the fainter southeastern galaxy.
******************************
08 13 14.5 +45 59 31; Lyn
V = 11.7; Size 1.7'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.6
48" (4/15/10): At 624x, the view of the highly
irregular "Bear-paw" galaxy (
17.5" (3/23/85): moderately bright, fairly small,
round. The "Bear-paw"
galaxy has an unusual appearance with a dark lane or vacuity in the
center. A small slightly brighter
knot is visible along the NW edge.
A mag 11 star is 2' SE.
Located 6.5' E of mag 8.4
13.1" (2/25/84): fairly faint, small, round, no structure.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2537 = H. IV-55 = h491 on 6 Feb 1788 (sweep 809) and recorded "pB; R; pL; preceding a star about 1'." On 10 Mar 1788 (sweep 817) he logged "pB, R, almost of an even light througout, approaching to a planetary [he placed it in the category of planetary nebulae] but very ill defined, and a little fainter on the edges, about 3/4 or 1' dia." John Herschel observed the galaxy on 19 Mar 1828 (sweep 139) and remarked, "It is a globular cluster. Being a remarkable fine night, I see the stars."
NGC 2537 was observed 20 times at Birr Castle. George Johnstone Stoney noted "dark spaces" on 22 Feb 1849. and thought it was "probably spiral" in Jan 1852, although photographs show no significant spirality. Other observations refer to its resolvability and the GC and NGC description call it a globular cluster! When it was photographed at Lick Observatory with the Crossley reflector, Curtis noted (1918), "This is not a cluster, as described in the NGC, but a bright, irregular spiral." Francis Pease called it "horseshoe" shaped based on a photograph with the 60" at Mt. Wilson, and mentions a "faint spot" nearby to the east, which is the companion galaxy NGC 2537A.
Wolfgang Steinicke reports the nickname is from Ron Buta, based on an observation through a 36" telescope at McDonald (Webb Society Galaxy Handbook, 1981): "Small and of relatively high surface brightness; shaped like a bear-paw, the structure consisting of a single spiral arm winding from W to E around the N side; this ring-tail includes 3 knots, one of about 15 mag; a bar-like feature shows in the interior region of the arm and extends to the S edge of the galaxy; there is a faint glow between the arm and the bar feature".
******************************
08 11 23.0 +03 37 59; CMi
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 25°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core. Located between a mag 14 star 0.9' NW and a mag 12 star 1.7' SE. A faint double star mag 14/15 is just 1.2' E.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2538 = St. 8b-28 on 7 Mar 1874. His pubished position (list 8b, #28) was made 3 years later on 2 Feb 1877 with description "very faint, very small, round, much brighter core."
******************************
08 10 37 -12 49 12; Pup
V = 6.5; Size 22'
18" (3/2/08): this cluster is situated 10' NW of 4.7-magnitude 19 Pup. Roughly 125 stars are spread out over a 20' region. At the NW end is a roughly equal mag pair, an 11" pair is on the east side and a brighter mag 10/11 pair at 20" is on the NE side.
13.1" (2/25/84): about 85 stars in a 20' diameter. Fairly rich with uniform magnitudes. A brighter mag 10/11 pair at 21" is on the north side. Located about 10' NW of 19 Puppis (V = 4.7).
William Herschel discovered NGC 2539 = H. VII-11 = h3114 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 363) and called it "a cluster of stars, coarsely scattered, but considerably rich, above 20' diam." JH, observing from the Cape of Good Hope, recorded "a large, extended, rich cluster. Fills field; stars 12th mag approx. A bright star (6th mag) S.f."
******************************
08 12 46.5 +26 21 41; Cnc
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 125°
17.5" (3/20/93): faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2
NW-SE, fairly low surface brightness halo, weak concentration. Situated within a triangle of mag 14
stars the closest being 1.3' W.
Located 8' NNE of mag 8.5
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2540 = St. 13-37 on 7 Feb 1878. His rough position was just off the SW side. He reduced an accurate position on 10 Feb 1885 and included it in his last discovery list 13 (#37) with an estimated diameter of 1.5'.
******************************
08 14 40.2 +49 03 43; Lyn
V = 11.8; Size 6.3'x3.2'; Surf Br = 14.9; PA = 165°
13.1" (2/23/85): faint, fairly large, very diffuse halo, elongated NNW-SSE, weak concentration to an elongated core. A mag 10 star lies 4.5' NNE. In a group with NGC 2500 and NGC 2522.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2541 = H. III-710 = h492 on
9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and called it "vF, iF, 2.5' long, 1.75'
broad." His position is 20
sec of RA west of center. John
Herschel recorded it on 7 Mar 1831 (sweep 329) as "not vF; L; lE; vgbM;
90"." His position is
just north of the core of
******************************
NGC 2542 = 19 Puppis = SAO 153942 = ADS 6647
08 11 16.3 -12 55 37; Pup
V = 4.7
= * 4.7 = 19 Pup. No nebulosity, Corwin and Carlson.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2542 = h3115 on 11 Dec 1836 and noted "a fine nebulous star 6 mag [19 Pup], in the following part of the cluster VII II [NGC 2539] and almost connected to it. The nebula is faint, but I feel confident that it is not the nebulous haze. [Notandum -Nothing more difficult than to prove a nebulous star of the 6th mag and above." In this case, the star is free of nebulosity. This is the 3rd brightest star with an entry in the NGC (after NGC 771 and 4530).
There are several similar cases of bright stars which Herschel assumed had a nebulous halo (see notes on NGC 4530). Harold Corwin mentions that he may have been misled by the faint companion of 19 Puppis, though I think it's more likely he was misled by scattered light/dew. Interestingly, three observations were made with the 72" and all described the star as being nebulous! Pietro Baracchi, observing with the 48" Melbourne telescope on 9 Jan 1886, wrote in his logbook that it was necessary to hide the star to see the nebulosity and if he had not known of the description he would not had noticed anything. In addition, Howe reported "I examined it one night, and saw a faint halo about 2' in diameter encircling it. It looked like a telescopic flare."
******************************
08 12 57.9 +36 15 13; Lyn
V = 11.9; Size 2.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 45°
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 2.0'x1.5', very small brighter core. Two mag 11.5 stars are 2.4' NW and 3.9' NW on a line with NGC 2543.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2543 = H. II-719 = h493 on 3 Feb 1788 (sweep 803) and recorded "F, pL, iR, bM." His RA was 10 seconds too small and dec 5' too far S. A second observation from 10 Mar 1790 (sweep 937) reads "In a line with a N.p. star, pB, cL, iR, vgbM." The second observation was even further off in dec.
John Herschel noted on 7 Feb 1834 (sweep 401), "vF; R;
a course double * precedes points to it.
Deta RA = 1 m 2 sec."
There is nothing at his position but two minutes of RA west is
******************************
08 21 40.3 +73 59 16; Cam
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 70°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 WSW-ENE, brighter core.
Located 5.5' SW of a mag 9.5 star.
Forms a close pair with
CGCG 331-037 appeared extremely faint and small, round, just visible with averted. A mag 15 star is close NE confuses the observation.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2544 = Sw. 2-33 on 7 Sep 1885
(along with NGC 2550) with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory.
His description reads "eeF; pS; R; sev B stars nearly surround
it." His position is 16 sec
of RA west and 1.4' south of
******************************
08 14 14.2 +21 21 20; Cnc
V = 12.4; Size 2.0'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 170°
13.1" (1/11/86): moderately bright, fairly small, almost round, gradually increases to a small brighter core. A mag 14.5 star at the NNW edge 1.0' from center is similar to the substellar nucleus. Located 3.9' ESE of a mag 9.5 star at the west edge of the Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2545 = H. II-627 = h494 on
11 Jan 1787 (sweep 683) and noted "eF, pS, E." The same sweep he observed Uranus and
discovered the moons Titania and Oberon.
On 13 Feb 1787 (sweep 698) he recorded "F, S, irr F, lE sp to
nf." There is nothing at his
position but 30 seconds of RA preceding and 4' north is
******************************
08 12 16 -37 35 42; Pup
V = 6.3; Size 41'
13.1" (1/30/06 - Costa Rica): this very large, bright scattered cluster was just visible to the naked eye close south of a brighter, hazy naked-eye patch of unresolved stars. The field is beautifully rich, at least 45' diameter though there was no distinct border. The star field looks impressive beyond the edges of the 66' field of the 20 Nagler. On the northwest side is a rich, elongated strip of ~20 stars that is quite eye-catching. Includes a few pairs and a neat triple with a fairly close unequal mag pair at the SSW end of the elongated strip.
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): this cluster is a very
bright, scattered field of stars that completely fills the nearly 40' field at
105x. Partially resolved in the
9x50 finder. At the NW edge is a
rich elongated strip of two dozen stars including a couple of close, unequal
pairs and tight fainter triple.
John Herschel's description applies to this denser group of stars. A mag
6.4 star (HJ 4051 = HD 68450) with two mag 13.5 companions is off the NW side
of the larger group but does not appear to be part of the cluster and a similar
star lies to the SE (
13.1" (1/18/85): ~75 stars, bright, very large, scattered, overfills 30' field.
8" (3/28/81): ~25 stars, rich, elongated. At the edge of a large, scattered field of stars.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered NGC 2546 = Lac II-4 = D 563 = h3116 in 1751-1752 using a 1/2-inch refractor at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. He recorded II-4 as follows: "One sees with the naked eye two neighboring confused groups of stars; but with the telescope they are faint, distinct stars, very numerous & very close together."
James Dunlop observed the cluster on 8 May and 28 May 1826 and recorded, "a large cluster of stars of mixt magnitude, rather extended figure, not rich in very small stars." His position was 17' too far north (typical error). John Herschel made 3 observations from the Cape of Good Hope, reporting on 1 Feb 1835 "a cluster 8th class of about 20 bright stars in an oblong, 8' long, 3' broad."
******************************
08 10 11 -49 13 30; Vel
V = 4.7; Size 20'
13.1" (1/30/06 - Costa Rica): this easy naked-eye
cluster to the south of Gamma Velorum (bright binocular double) is roughly
30'x20' in size. There is a very
distinctive, gently curving arc of stars bowed out to the east that defines the
eastern side of the central region and the brightest mag 6.5 star (
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): this is a very bright naked-eye cluster that includes a number of mag 7-8 stars. It appears at least 20'-25' in diameter, though the outer boundaries are pretty arbitrary. Very unusual arrangement as a number of the brighter stars form a curving arc which is bowed out towards the east and which defines the eastern border of the cluster! The brightest mag 6.5 star is within this arc on the south side of the cluster. The cluster is encased in faint reflection nebulosity, though this was not visible.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered NGC 2547 = Lac III-2 = D 410 = h3117 in 1751-1752 using a 1/2-inch telescope at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. He described "five faint stars like the letter T in nebulosity."
Dunlop observed the cluster twice (first 28 May 1826) with summary description, "A curiously arranged group of pretty bright small stars of mixt magnitudes. This answers to the place of 310 Argus (Bode) and is described by Lacaille as nebula with five small stars forming the letter T in it. There is no nebulosity in this place. The diameter of the cluster may be about 12'. Figure 16 [in his publication] is a very good representation of the group."
John Herschel first logged the cluster on 28 Dec 1834 (sweep 526) and recorded "chief star 7th mag about, of a vL, loose, brilliant cluster of very scattered stars, 1 of 7th mag, 2 of 8th mag, rest 9...16th mag. Fills more than field; 100...150 stars." JH inadvertently equated this cluster with D 411 instead of D 410 and this error was copied into the NGC.
******************************
08 13 43 -05 45 00; Hya
V = 5.8; Size 54'
18" (3/15/10): large, sprawling cluster that nearly fills the 67' field of the 31mm Nagler. The most distinctive portion, though, is a 20'x15' group near the center which contains roughly 75 stars, many arranged in strings. Most prominent is a fairly dense SW-NE string of brighter stars that cuts through the cluster with a nice double star in the center (h 2435 = 9.6/9.7 at 7"). A short chain of a few stars branches off to the south of h2435. Another stream of stars branches off this string to the SSW. A third elongated group of stars extends SW-NE on the south side, roughly parallel to main string, and is separated by a mostly starless lane. The cluster includes a number of mag 8-9 stars, with the brightest mag 8.2. At 73x, the main cluster is wedged between two very long streams of stars, roughly oriented NW to SE off both the north and south sides of the main group. These two strings of stars extend the total diameter to over 50'. On the NW side of the central group, a number of stars are scattered between these two streams including a few very wide pairs, but the SE end the two streams are well separated with a very few stars in between.
13.1" (2/16/85): about 125 stars in a large 40' field with no distinct borders. A rich chain of stars oriented SSW-NNE passes through the center. Includes a number of brighter mag 10 stars and many double stars. Partially resolved in 16x80 finder.
Charles Messier discovered
Yann Pothier recently uncovered (DeepSky Observer, Fall
2020) that James Bradley made an earlier discovery of M48 on 16 Feb 1727,
probably with a non-achromatic refractor of 15-foot focal length and 2" to
3" aperture. Mixed in with
Bradley's comments on Jupiter's satellites (in the 1832 publication
"Miscellaneous Works and Correspondence of the Rev. James Bradley"),
he mentions seeing M41 and another cluster halfway between Procyon and Alpha
Hydrae. He described it
specifically at the center of a large isosceles triangle of stars (longest
sides ~5.5°) with the brightest northern star having two nearby collinear
stars. This pattern matches Zeta
Mon,
Caroline Herschel rediscovered NGC 2548 on 8 Mar 1783, possibly with a small refractor, and William found it on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 519). He recorded H. VI-22 (later NGC 2548) as "a beautiful cluster of stars, considerably rich, and pretty much compressed, 10 or 12' dia. The stars are nearly of a size, white and pretty large." He later noted "C.H. [Caroline Herschel] discovered it in 1783."
******************************
08 18 58.2 +57 48 11; Lyn
V = 11.2; Size 3.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 177°
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 N-S, 2.0'x0.5', very bright core, stellar or almost stellar nucleus. Located 10' WNW of mag 5.9 30 Lyncis.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2549 = h495 on 9 Feb 1831
(sweep 323) and recorded "pB; S; mE; pos in merid; psmbM; 15" l,
6" br. A *7m
follows." His position and
description matches
******************************
NGC 2550 = UGC 4359 = MCG +12-08-037 = CGCG 331-039 = PGC 23604
08 24 34.4 +74 00 44; Cam
V = 12.8; Size 1.0'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.6; PA = 103°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated 3:1 ~E-W, even surface brightness. A mag 14.5 star is at the west tip 0.8' from center. A nice unequal double star
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2550 = Sw. 2-34 on 7 Sep 1885
(along with NGC 2544) and recorded "eeF; pS; cE; bet an eF *, and an
unequal double star." His
position and description matches
******************************
08 24 50.2 +73 24 44; Cam
V = 12.1; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 55°
17.5" (2/9/02): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 5:3 SW-NE, 1.3'x0.7'. A mag 12 star (with a mag 14.5-15 companion 30" N) lies 2' NE. The halo suddenly rises to a very small, bright core and stellar nucleus.
13.1" (1/11/86): faint, diffuse, slightly elongated, brighter star off NE side. Observation made through thin clouds.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2551 = T. 6-2 = Sw. 2-35 on 9
Aug 1882 (while searching for Comet Pons (1812)) with the 11" refractor at
Arcetri Observatory in Venice. He
measured an approximate position and noted "Class III nebula, stellar
center; on 11 August observed them again.
Lewis Swift rediscovered NGC 2551 on 7 Sep 1885 and recorded it as new
in his second discovery paper.
Swift's RA was 17 seconds too small. MCG misidentifies
******************************
08 19 20.2 +50 00 26; Lyn
V = 12.1; Size 3.5'x2.3'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 45°
13.1" (2/23/85): faint, moderately large, elongated. A mag 11 star is off the NE side 3.1' from the center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2552 = H. III-711 on 9 Mar
1788 (sweep 815) and logged "eF, E from sp to nf, about 3.5' long, 2.5'
broad." His position (Auwers'
reduction) is 2.4' NW of
******************************
08 17 35.0 +20 54 11; Cnc
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, round, gradually
increases to small bright core, occasional faint stellar nucleus. A mag 12 star is 2' ENE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2553 = m 116 on 17 Feb 1865 with Lassell's 48" and recorded "vF, S, glbM." His position is 2' north of CGCG 119-031 = PGC 23240 (same offset as NGC 2556).
******************************
08 17 53.6 +23 28 20; Cnc
V = 12.0; Size 3.2'x2.3'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 142°
24" (2/16/15): at 322x; moderately to fairly bright, moderately large, oval 4:3 NNW-SSE, 1.2'x0.9'. Sharply concentrated with a very bright core that increases to a very small, intense nucleus. A mag 13.5-14 star is barely off the southeast end, 1.2' from center and a comparable star is off the north side, 1.4' from center.
17.5" (3/28/92): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated 4:3 N-S, strongly concentrated with an abrupt well-defined very bright core, sharp stellar nucleus, faint halo with ill-defined edge. Two mag 14 stars are 1.2' SSE and 1.4' NNE of center. Located at the north edge of the Cancer I galaxy cluster. CGCG 119-032 is just 1.5' W but was not noticed.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2554 = H. II-303 = h497 on 28 Feb 1785 (sweep 374) and recorded "F, S, mbM, r." On 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 683) he noted "eF, vS, near some vF stars; may be a patch of a few extr small stars." On 10 Feb 1787 (sweep 697), he logged "pF, S, mbM, irr R." On 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59), John Herschel logged "pB, R, bM" but his position was 1.0 minute of time too far east. His error was repeated in the GC and finally the NGC. Édouard Stephan recorded an unpublished position only 0.9' off on 14 Feb 1868 with another measure on 4 Feb 1878. Dreyer corrected the RA in the IC 2 notes.
Five observations of the galaxy were made by Lord Rosse's assistants. Bindon Stoney recorded on 9 Mar 1852: "R, bMNucl, 2 st 14m nf and sf, a vS * preceding about the same dist." Interestingly, the "vS * preceding" is CGCG 119-032, a faint compact galaxy. At V = 15.6, this is one of the fainter galaxies discovered with the 72" (though of course it was seen as virtually stellar) and took some effort in my 24", knowing the exact position.
******************************
08 17 56.3 +00 44 45; Hya
V = 12.2; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 115°
17.5" (2/13/88): moderately bright, moderately large, oval NW-SE. Several stars are near including a mag 12 star at the SE edge 1.1' from the center, a mag 13 star 1.7' NNE and a mag 14.5 star is at the NW edge 0.9' from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2555 = H. III-256 = h498 on 20 Dec 1784 (sweep 346) and remarked "vF, vS, diffused about the middlemost of 3 small stars in a row; but seems not connected to them; they being too large and like the rest of the scattered stars. Verified with 240 power." John Herschel described the galaxy on 27 Jan 1832 (sweep 397) as "vF; between a *12m sf and one 16m, north. The former dist about 1 diam, the latter about 1/2 diam from edge. His position is accurate. In 1857, R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, noted two stars were at the NW edge.
******************************
NGC 2556 = CGCG 119-045 = LGG 158-006 = WBL 178-002 = PGC 23325
08 19 00.9 +20 56 13; Cnc
V = 14.5; Size 0.6'x0.3'; PA = 138°
18" (2/26/11): very faint, very small, round, very
small brighter core, sharp stellar nucleus. A wide pair of mag 13.14 stars are within 2' SSW and a mag
10.5 star is 3.5' SE. Located 24'
WSW of
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, very small, round. A pair of mag 13/14 stars are 1.3' S
and 1.7' S.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2556 = m 117 on 17 Feb 1865 and
noted "vF, vS." His position is 2' north of
******************************
08 19 10.8 +21 26 09; Cnc
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 55°
18" (2/26/11): fairly faint to moderately bright,
fairly small, round, 30" diameter, gradually increases to a small brighter
core. Forms the eastern vertex of
a small isosceles triangle with two mag 13.5 stars 2.5' NW and 2.7' SW. Also forms a larger isosceles triangle
with mag 7.8
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, small, round, gradually
brighter core. Located 5' SE of
mag 8.2
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2557 = St. 8b-29 on 14 Feb
1868 with the 31" reflector at Marseilles Observatory and recorded a rough
unpublished position (3' too far SW) in his logbook. He published an accurate micrometric position made on 2 Feb
1877. Esmiol's re-reduced position
is an exact match with
******************************
08 19 12.8 +20 30 38; Cnc
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 160°
18" (2/26/11): fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 4:3 or 3:2 NNW-SSE, 32"x24", sharply concentrated with a 15" bright core. Located south of the central region of the Cancer I cluster.
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, gradually brighter halo, small bright core. Member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2558 = H. III-606 = h499 on 13 Feb 1787 (sweep 698) and recorded "vF, S." John Herschel logged it on 17 Mar 1831 (sweep 334) as "pF; R; psbM; and then a feeble atmosphere 25"."
******************************
08 17 06.3 -27 27 33; Pup
V = 10.9; Size 3.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 6°
17.5" (2/8/91): moderately bright and large, oval 3:2
N-S. Unusual appearance as nestled
between four stars in a rich Milky Way field! Slight concentration but no distinct core. The brightest of four nearby stars is
mag 9.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2559 = h3118 on 5 Feb 1837 and
recorded "pL, F, glbM, in a field of about 60 stars; one of which = 9th
mag, and some others also of less magnitudes are involved." His position is just off the east side
of
Pietro Baracchi, observing with the 48" Melbourne telescope in Jan 1886, called it "vF; S; R; vg vvlbM; irregular. Amidst a multitude of stars."
******************************
NGC 2560 = UGC 4337 = MCG +04-20-027 = CGCG 119-058 = LGG 158-009 = WBL 178-006 = PGC 23367
08 19 51.9 +20 59 06; Cnc
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 93°
18" (2/26/11): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 or 3:1 E-W, 0.8'x0.3', sharply concentrated with a small bright core and fainter extensions. Located 1.5' E of a mag 10.4 star and 11' SW of NGC 2563, the brightest galaxy in the core of the Cancer I cluster.
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, small, very elongated 3:1 E-W,
small bright core. Located 4.5' NE
of mag 7.9
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2560 on 17 Mar 1862 with
the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory (recorded as #78 in AN
1500). His position (based on 4
measurements) matches
******************************
08 19 36.9 +04 39 26; Hya
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 138°
17.5" (3/7/92): faint, very small, round, faint stellar nucleus. Located 7' SW of mag 8.6 SAO 116633.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2561 = Sw. 6-31 on 23 Mar 1887 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His description reads, "vF, S, R, right angles with 2 stars." His position was 8 seconds of time too small and the two stars lie southwest and southeast. Hermann Kobold measured an accurate position in 1896 at the Strasbourg Observatory (published in 1907).
******************************
08 20 23.7 +21 07 53; Cnc
V = 12.9; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 3°
18" (2/26/11): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 4:3 N-S, 30"x24", contains a small bright core that
gradually increases to the center.
Forms a nice pair with brighter NGC 2563 4.7' SE. NGC 2560 lies 11' SW and
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, small, oval 3:2 N-S, halo brightens to a small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 2563 4.7' SE. Member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2562 = H. III-607 = h500, along with NGC 2563, on 13 Feb 1787 (sweep 698) and noted "F, S, bM." His position was less than 2' WNW of NGC 2562 (similar offset as nearby NGC 2558 = H. III-606).
******************************
NGC 2563 = UGC 4347 = MCG +04-20-033 = CGCG 119-065 = LGG 158-005 = WBL 178-011 = PGC 23404
08 20 35.7 +21 04 04; Cnc
V = 12.2; Size 2.1'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 80°
18" (2/26/11): moderately to fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.0' diameter, pretty sharply concentrated with a bright, 20" core. With direct vision, the core increases to a brighter stellar nucleus. Slightly brighter and larger than NGC 2562 4.7' NW. Located 20' NNE of mag 5.8 HD 69994. This is the brightest galaxy in the core region of the loose Cancer I cluster (called the Cancer II group in NED).
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, fairly small, almost round, halo brightens evenly to a small bright core. Appears similar to NGC 2562 4.7' NW but slightly larger. Member of the Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2563 = H. II-634 = h501, along with NGC 2562, on 13 Feb 1787 (sweep 698) and noted "vF, vS." His RA was 6 seconds of time too large.
******************************
08 18 30.0 -21 48 58; Pup
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 60°
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, weak concentration, faint stellar nucleus. A very faint larger halo is visible at moments. A wide pair of mag 12/13 stars at 35" separation lies 2' NNW and two mag 14/15 stars are 1' NNW. Located in a rich star field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2564 = h3119 on 28 Jan 1837 and recorded "vF; vS; R; gbM; at least 60 stars in field." His position is 7 sec of RA west of ESO 562-001. This galaxy is situated 8 degrees from the galactic equator.
******************************
08 19 48.4 +22 01 51; Cnc
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 167°
24" (4/28/14): at low power appears as close
"double" consisting of a mag ~14 star and the fuzzy nucleus (similar
or slightly brighter) of the galaxy!
At 260x the bright core is elongated 2:1 N-S, 20"x10" and
surrounded by a very low surface brightness halo, extending ~1.0'x0.6'
NNW-SSE. The superimposed star is
at the SSE edge of the core. At
375x, the galaxy is seen to be very sharply concentrated with a very bright
core and low surface brightness halo.
Forms a physical pair with
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, very small, small bright
core, very faint halo elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE. Unusual appearance as the core of the galaxy forms a very
close double with a similar star at the SE end. The outer halo appears to touch or encompass the star. Located 6.5' NW of mag 8.9
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 2565 around 1886 with the
15.5-inch Cooke refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory in
Scarborough, England. His position
is 0.9 min of RA east and 1.5' N of
******************************
08 18 45.5 -25 29 59; Pup
V = 11.0; Size 3.4'x2.3'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 50°
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, fairly large, elongated 3:2
~ENE-WSW, 2.5'x1.8', diffuse, edges fade into background. Unconcentrated except for a nearly
stellar bright core. Unusual
appearance (similar to a Milky Way nebula) as it is located in a dense field
among a rich group of faint stars including a mag 13 star just following the
nucleus. A 10' semicircle of stars
heads to the north and west. Forms
a pair with
17.5" (3/7/92): faint, fairly large, elongated 3:2 E-W, ~2.0'x1.5', very low even surface brightness. There was no noticeable core and the outer halo was not well defined. Several stars are superimposed including a mag 13.5 star 22" ESE of center. Situated in a rich Milky Way field. Brightest in a group including IC 2311 7.6' N. Located just 6° above the galactic equator.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2566 = H. III-288 on 6 Mar 1785 (sweep 381) and recorded "vF, considerably large, easily resolvable or rather some of the stars visible besides those of the milky way scattered over it." His position is off the north side of the galaxy. Herbert Howe described the galaxy as a "vS neb or neb *11 w/*12 close". Pietro Baracchi described this object as "vF; pL; 2 stars 14m involved. A multititude of stars in the field." (9 Jan 1886, 48" Melbourne). Visually, nearby IC 2311 has a higher surface brightness and is more identifiable as a galaxy!
******************************
08 18 29 -30 38 42; Pup
V = 7.4; Size 10'
13.1" (3/24/84): about two dozen stars mostly mag 11-13
in 10' diameter elongated N-S.
Includes a long string oriented N-S on the east side. On the SW wide is a "U"
shaped group of brighter stars open to the north. Mag 9.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2567 = H. VII-64 = h503 = h3120 on 4 Mar 1793 (sweep 1033) and recorded "a large cluster of stars of a middling size, irregularly extended and considerably rich. The stars are chiefly in rows." In his 1814 publication, Herschel speculated that each row of stars may have a different preponderating attraction, but every row will attract all the other rows..." John Herschel logged it on 6 Jan 1831 (sweep 316) as "a fine, p rich cl; stars 11m pretty uniform 5..6' diam. The chief stars make a zigzag line, the outliers extending 20'."
******************************
08 18 18 -37 06 18; Pup
V = 10.7; Size 5'
13.1" (1/18/85): small, faint group of about 6 stars over haze, unimpressive.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 2568 in 1881 with his 5-inch refractor in Nashville while sweeping for comets. In Sidereal Messenger, Vol 3, p60, he described a "very faint nebulosity of moderate extension; pretty even in light. A small star involved." In The Observatory, 8, p123 (1885), he wrote "Faint, close to, and south preceding a small star; the star is partly involved in the nebula." The latter observation was probably made with the 6-inch Cook refractor. So, with the 5- and 6-inch scope he didn't resolve the cluster. His discovery list in AN 2588 (1884) mentions Oliver Wendell, using the 15-inch refractor at Harvard College Observatory, described it as "rather diffuse and faint, but gradually a little brighter in the middle." I'm surprised the large refractor didn't provide some resolution. Paris Pismis reported the cluster as new (= Pismis 1) in her 1959 list of clusters found on Schmidt plates at the Tonantzintla Observatory.
Cederblad catalogued the cluster
******************************
08 21 21.1 +20 52 03; Cnc
V = 14.3; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 119°
18" (2/26/11): faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter, very small bright core in a fainter halo. A thin, distinctive triangle of mag 13 stars (separations
roughly 12", 30", 30") is 1.5' following. Forms a pair with
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, very small, round, small bright core in low surface brightness halo. A group of three mag 13 stars lie between 1.5'-2.0' E. Forms a pair with NGC 2570 2.6' N. Member of the Cancer I galaxy cluster.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2569 on 19 Feb 1862 with
the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory (recorded as #79 in AN
1500). His position and
description ("a miniature 'Triangulum' is not much more than 1'
distant") matches
******************************
NGC 2570 = UGC 4354 = MCG +04-20-036 = CGCG 119-068 = PGC 23443
08 21 22.6 +20 54 37; Cnc
V = 14.5; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 70°
18" (2/26/11): very faint, small, slightly elongated ~E-W, 0.4'x0.3', very low even surface brightness, no noticeable core or zones. Appears larger than NGC 2569, located 2.6' S, but more difficult due to a lower surface brightness. Located 14.5' SE of NGC 2563 (brightest galaxy in the region) and 17' NE of mag 5.8 HD 69994.
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, small, very low surface brightness. Slightly larger than NGC 2569 2.6' S but has a lower surface brightness. Member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 2570 on 20 Feb 1873 in his observation of GC 1650 = NGC 2569 (discovered by d'Arrest) with the 72". He recorded, with respect to NGC 2569, "eeF, L, R, pos 3.9°, dist 174.1". His micrometric offsets matches UGC 4354. This member of Cancer I has a redshift of z = .022.
******************************
NGC 2571 = ESO 431-005 = Cr 181
08 18 56 -29 45 00; Pup
V = 7.0; Size 13'
24" (3/21/20): at 200x; very interesting cluster with
~30 stars in the core of the cluster, including two 9th mag stars,
13.1"
(3/24/84): 18 stars mag 8.8-12 in 10' diameter. Includes a wide bright pair (mag 8.8
William Herschel discovered NGC 2571 = H. VI-39 = h502 on 3 Mar 1793 (sweep 1032) and noted "a cluster of large stars, considerably rich, iR, above 15' diameter." John Herschel logged it on 6 Jan 1831 (sweep 316) as "a v loose straggling but p rich cl which fills the field, st 9m and under; vl comp middle. Some large st preced it."
******************************
08 21 24.6 +19 08 52; Cnc
V = 13.8; Size 1.3'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 133°
17.5" (3/20/93): very faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is just off the SSW end 0.5' from the center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2572 = St 8b-30 on 14 Feb 1868 and recorded a rough position (4' too far W) in his logbook. He observed it again on 12 Jan 1872 and published an accurate micrometric position (list 8b, #30) made on 2 Feb 1877.
******************************
01 41 37.3 -89 20 04; Oct
V = 13.5; Size 2.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 70°
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x "Polarissima
Australis" appeared moderately bright and large, very elongated at least
3:1, ~1.5'x0.5'. Contains a small
bright core and a sharp stellar nucleus (possibly a star?). Mag 10.3
NGC 2573 is the brightest of three galaxies close to the
south celestial pole with
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): NGC 2573 is known as "Polarissima Australis" and is located only 40' from the south celestial pole. At 260x it appeared fairly faint, moderately large, very elongated 7:2, ~1.6'x0.45'. Contains a very small, bright nucleus with much fainter extensions. A mag 10.6/11.2 pair at 7" separation was picked up 13' NNE. This galaxy was brighter than I expected based on descriptions I've read.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2573 = h3176 on 29 Mar 1837 and recorded "Neb Polarissima Australis. Faint, round, gradually a little brighter in the middle, 25" across. Situated nearly halfway between a star of 10th magnitude south of it, and a small triangle of stars 11th, 13th and 13th mag. north." This is the closest galaxy to the south celestial pole.
In 1919 Robert Innes reported he made several unsucessful searches for it using the 9-inch Grubb refractor at the Union Observatory in Johannesburg, even under the best conditions. He noted, "if it exists it is too faint to be seen in the 9-inch telescope with normal vision."
The RNGC positions are in error for NGC 2573, 2573A and 2573B.
******************************
08 20 48.1 -08 55 08; Hya
V = 12.9; Size 2.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 150°
17.5" (2/1/92): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
NNW-SSE, low even surface brightness, no core. A trio of stars are at the south edge; a mag 11 star 1.4'
SSE, a mag 13.5 star 1.3' S and a mag 13 star 1.2' SSW. Located 5' SW of mag 7.7
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 2574 = LM 2-401 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 7 sec of RA west and 2.8' south of MCG -01-22-003 and his description "mag 15.8, 1.0' dia, rr; *7.5 at 5' in PA 50°" matches this galaxy.
******************************
08 22 44.9 +24 17 49; Cnc
V = 12.7; Size 2.3'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 145°
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, fairly small, round, no core though uneven surface brightness. A mag 15 star is at the west end and an extremely faint mag 16 star is involved at the east end. This is an outlying member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2575 = St. 9-14 on 29 Jan 1878, with a second observation on 7 Feb 1878. He reduced the position on 23 Feb 1878 and included it in his 9th discovery list with description "eeF, iR, 1' dia, envelops sev vF stars." A late observation was made on 23 Feb 1886.
******************************
08 22 57.7 +25 44 20; Cnc
V = 14.2; Size 1.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 41°
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, fairly small, very
elongated 3:1 SW-NE, weak concentration with thin extensions. Located 3.2' E of mag 8.2
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2576 on 29 Mar 1865 with Lassell's 48" and recorded "eF, eS, stellar." His position is accurate.
******************************
08 22 43.4 +22 33 11; Cnc
V = 12.4; Size 1.8'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 105°
17.5" (1/1/92): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 ~E-W, ~0.8'x0.4', dominated by a prominent core, faint stellar
nucleus. Forms a pair with UGC
4375 9' NE. I recorded
William Herschel discovered NGC 2577 = H. II-259 on 16 Nov
1784 (sweep 318) and logged "F, S, iF, resolvable." His position (Auwers' reduction) is
3.7' NW of
******************************
08 21 24.3 -13 19 04; Pup
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
24" (2/16/15): at 322x; moderately bright and large, oval E-W, 1.0'x0.7', fairly strong concentration with a well-defined bright core and much fainter halo. A mag 15 star is superimposed on the northeast side [24" from center]. Situated in a rich star field with a mag 10.5 star 2.5' SE.
Forms a pair with
17.5" (4/6/91): faint, small, oval 3:2 WSW-ENE, broad concentration, faint stellar nucleus at moments, in a fairly rich star field. Located 2.5' NNW of a mag 11 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2578 = H. III-902 = h3121 on 8 Mar 1793 (sweep 1034) and logged "vF, lE, bM, resolvable." JH, observing from the Cape of Good Hope, recorded "vF, R, gbM, in a field full of Milky Way stars." Both Herschels' positions are accurate. JH missed the companion described in my observation.
******************************
08 20 54.8 -36 13 00; Pup
Size 2'
17.5" (2/1/92): small, bright compact nebula involving a mag 10.5 star. Visible without filter as a small bright knot forming a close double with the mag 10.5 star just west. Using an OIII filter at 140x the size increases to 2' diameter and encompasses the mag 10.5 star. With this combination the nebula is quite prominent as the surface brightness is quite high! Located within a large scattered group of about 20 stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2579 = h3122 on 1 Feb 1835 and recorded "A double star (h4083) involved in pB nebulosity, which seems to belong to both stars; but of the two the smaller is more nebulous; diameter 50"; in a pretty rich patch of the milky way." The next night he logged "a double star, or a star and a nebula, very close and involving the star ... the field contains about 70 stars, of which 8 are about 9th mag. I cannot be quite positive that the neb extends beyond the large star, or that the small one is not a mere condensation of it. However, I remain pretty well satisfied of its investing both." His mean position (4 sweeps) corresponds with this compact HII region.
Joseph Turner described NGC 2579 as two pairs of double stars on 14 Feb 1882 with the 48" Melbourne telescope. Both pairs are oriented ~N-S on his sketch with the brightest star at the west end.
The Lynga catalogue includes NGC 2579 as an open cluster at
08 20.3 -36 15 (1950), placing the object 20' too far SE! At the Lynga position is a scattered
group of stars. This error is
repeated in amateur sky-plotting software such as MegaStar. The nebulosity was also misclassified
as a possible planetary nebula
******************************
NGC 2580 = ESO 431-006 = Cr 183
08 21 29 -30 17 48; Pup
Size 8'
13.1" (3/24/84): 15-20 stars mag 10-13 within a rectangle of stars. A brighter double star is close north. Located 44' NE of NGC 2567 and 47' SE of NGC 2571 in a group of 4 open clusters along with NGC 2587 53' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2580 = h3123 on 5 Feb 1837 and described a "cluster 7th class; R; p rich; insulated; 10' diam; stars 12m, nearly uniform." His position is ~1.0' SE of center of this cluster.
******************************
08 24 30.9 +18 35 49; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 10°
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, round, fairly low even
surface brightness. A mag 13 star
is 2.0' N and a mag 14 star is 1.5' NE of center. Outlying member of Cancer I galaxy cluster. Incorrectly identified in the UGC, CGCG
and MCG as
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2581 = St. 13-38 on 7 Feb 1878. His published position in his 13th discovery list was reduced on 7 Mar 1885 and he mentioned a faint star was at the SW edge. Max Wolf's IC 2351, found on Heidelberg plates, refers to this 16th magnitude star at the southwest edge (30" SSW of center). UGC, CGCG and MCG mislabel the galaxy as IC 2351 instead of NGC 2581.
******************************
08 25 12.0 +20 20 05; Cnc
V = 13.0; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, fairly small, round, weak concentration, very symmetrical appearance. A bright double star O∑191 = 7.2/9.2 at 38" lies at the edge of the 220x field 11' SW. Outlying member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2582 = H. III-753 = h504 on
22 Feb 1789 (sweep 907) and logged it as "vF, S, R, vlbM." There is nothing at his position
(Auwers' reduction), but 10' southeast is
Max Wolf catalogued this galaxy from a Heidelberg plate and
noted the entry was identical to NGC 2582, but Dreyer mistakenly recatalogued
it as
******************************
08 23 07.9 -05 00 09; Hya
V = 13.5; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9
24" (2/16/15): fairly faint, small, round, 30" diameter,
well concentration with a very small bright nucleus. Forms east vertex of a thin, isosceles triangle with two mag
14 stars 1.5' W [20" separation].
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, small, round, 40"
diameter, bright core, crisp-edge to halo. A 20" pair of mag 14.5/15 star is just 1.5' W. First of three on a SW-NE line with NGC
2584 2.7' NE and
17.5" (4/6/91): very faint, very small, round, strong
concentration with very small bright core, stellar nucleus. A faint mag 14/14 double star with
separation 20" oriented N-S lies 1.5' W. First of three on a line with
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2583 = LM 2-402 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
13.5, 0.4' dia, R, sbMN, 1st of 4 [with NGC 2584, 2585, 2586]." There is nothing at his position, but
1.0 min of RA west is
******************************
NGC 2584 = MCG -01-22-009 = PGC 23523
08 23 15.4 -04 58 13; Hya
V = 14.2; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 0°
24" (2/16/15): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S, 0.6'x0.3', very weak concentration. Second in a string with NGC 2583 2.7' SW and NGC 2585 4.3' NE. Also MCG -01-22-007 and -006 are nearly in a line 2.9' and 4.1' NW.
17.5" (1/12/02): very faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, low surface brightness. Second of three with NGC 2583 2.7' SW and NGC 2585 4.3' NE.
17.5" (4/6/91): extremely faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, very low surface brightness. Collinear with NGC 2583 2.5' SW and NGC 2585 5' NE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2584 = LM 2-403 in 1886 and
recorded "mag 14.0, 0.5' dia, R, 2nd of 4 [with NGC 2583, 2585,
2586]." There is nothing at
his position, but 1.0 min of RA west is
******************************
NGC 2585 = MCG -01-22-010 = PGC 23537
08 23 26.2 -04 54 56; Hya
V = 13.8; Size 1.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 85°
24" (2/16/15): fairly faint, fairly small, irregularly
round, 0.7'x0.6', weak broad concentration with no distinct zones but surface
appears mottled. In a group with
NGC 2585 4.3' SW and NGC 2583 7.0' SW (on a line) as well as
In addition, a close pair,
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, fairly small, irregularly round, weak concentration, 0.9' diameter. Third of three on a SW-NE line with NGC 2584 and NGC 2583 to the SW. This is a challenging trio and I missed two nearby MCG galaxies.
17.5" (4/6/91): faint, small, round, very weak concentration. Third of three on a line with NGC 2584 5' SW and NGC 2583 7' SW. Viewed core only (the arms are very low surface brightness on the DSS).
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2585 = LM 2-404 in 1886 and
recorded "mag 14.0, 0.5' dia, R, 3rd of 4 [with NGC 2583, 2584,
2586]." There is nothing at
his position, but 1.0 minute of RA west (same offset as NGC 2583 and 2584) is
******************************
08 23 31.4 -04 57 07; Hya
Size 18"/16"/11"
24" (2/16/15): at 322x; this faint triple star (components all roughly mag V = 16) appeared as a very faint, very small glow, 0.3' diameter with a mag 16 star often resolving. It was easy to see how this object could be assumed to be a nebula (galaxy). At 450x, 2 or all 3 stars sparkled, but I couldn't hold them simultaneously.
The RNGC and PGC identifies MCG -01-22-012 as NGC 2585. At 322x, this galaxy appeared faint to fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, 21"x15", low surface even surface brightness. Note: my description applies to the central region and I missed the very low surface brightness spiral arms.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2586 = LM 2-405, along with NGCs 2583, 2584 and 2585, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. He noted "mag 16.2, 0.8' dia, R, 4th of 4; neb?".
Near his published position is MCG -01-22-012, but Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2586 with a triple star at 08 23 31.4 -04 57 07 (2000). This triple is 1.0 minute of time west of Muller's position, agreeing with his offsets for NGC 2583, 2584 and 2585. RNGC and PGC are probably incorrect in identifying MCG -01-22-012 as NGC 2586, though this still seems a plausible identification as it is certainly bright enough to be picked up Muller.
******************************
NGC 2587 = Cr 184 = ESO 431-007
08 23 24 -29 30 30; Pup
Size 9'
13.1" (3/24/84): 15 faint stars over haze in a 5'
diameter extended N-S with mag 9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2587 = h3124 on 22 Jan 1835 and described "a milky way cluster 7th class; irreg fig; pretty much compressed in middle. Stars 10...13m; one 9 m."
******************************
08 23 10 -32 58 30; Pup
Size 2'
17.5" (3/25/95): small faint cluster consisting of 15 stars in a 2' diameter with a few additional out to 3' diameter. The stars are pretty uniform (mag 13/14) and most are arranged in a perfect "U" asterism open towards the south. Only a few stars are inside this "U".
John Herschel discovered NGC 2588 = h3125 on 16 Feb 1836 and recorded "a small F cluster of st 15m; 3' diam; R; gbM; not very rich. His position and description matches this faint cluster.
******************************
08 24 30 -08 46; Hya
= Not found, Corwin and Dreyer.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2589 = Sw. 6-32 on 13 Feb 1887 and logged "pF, pS, lE in meridian." There is nothing near his position except faint stars and Howe was not able to visually recover this object on 3 nights with the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory around 1900. Harold Corwin was also unsuccessful searching for viable candidates - noting NGC 2574 as a possibility - so this number is lost.
******************************
08 25 01.9 -00 35 31; Hya
V = 13.1; Size 2.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 77°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on
WSW-ENE, weak concentration. A
bright wide double star lies 15' NE (7.3/10 at 43"). Located 4.3' N of mag 9.6
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2590 = St. 9-15 on 29 Jan
1878. He made a second observation
on 4 Feb 1878 and reduced an accurate position 3 weeks later. The galaxy was included in his 9th
discovery list, published the same year.
Lewis Swift may have rediscovered this galaxy on 3 Feb 1888 and listed
it as new in his list 8, #47 (later
******************************
08 37 25.9 +78 01 34; Cam
V = 12.3; Size 3.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 32°
17.5" (2/1/92): faint, narrow edge-on 6:1 SW-NE, 2.4'x0.4', brighter middle, very thin faint extensions. A mag 14 star is just off the SW tip 1.4' from center.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2591 on 12 Aug 1866 and
noted "F, S, E, 45"-55" dia, lbM." His position from 2 observations (#80
in his discovery list in AN 1500) is an exact match with
******************************
08 27 08.1 +25 58 13; Cnc
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 45°
17.5" (1/1/92): moderately bright, small, round, sharp
concentration with an unusually bright core for a small galaxy, stellar
nucleus, small fainter halo. A mag
15 star is 1.0' W. Forms a pair
with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2592 = H. II-315 = h505 on 11 Mar 1785 (sweep 384) and recorded "F, S, R, bM, cometic or having a seeming nucleus." John Herschel logged it on 19 Feb 1827 (sweep 58) as "pB; R; vsbM to a *; 20"." and measured an accurate position. This galaxy was observed 14 times at Birr Castle and LdR (or assistants) thought it was a tight, unresolved cluster on several occasions!
******************************
08 26 47.8 +17 22 29; Cnc
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 172°
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, elongated 2:1 N-S,
0.8'x0.4', weak concentration.
Located in the same field with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2593 on 26 Jan 1865 and noted
"eF, vS." His position
matches
******************************
NGC 2594 = MCG +04-20-056 = CGCG 119-106 = PGC 23704
08 27 17.3 +25 52 43; Cnc
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.7'
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, very small, round, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is just 0.6' S of center. Forms a pair with NGC 2592 5' NNW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2594 on 29 Mar 1865 and simply
noted "eF". His position
matches
******************************
08 27 42.0 +21 28 44; Cnc
V = 12.3; Size 3.2'x2.4'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 45°
24" (2/24/20): at 260x; fairly bright, large, well concentrated with a small bright core that hints of detail, A low surface brightness halo fades into the background but extends ~2'x1.5'. A mag 14 star is superimposed [40" NNE of center]. A mag 9.0 star (HD 71324) is 2.2' SW.
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, moderately large, irregularly round. Unusual appearance with a very compact bright core displaced towards the NE end. Also a mag 14 star is superimposed close northeast of the core. The halo appears more extensive to the southwest. Located 2.2' NE of double star HJ 448 = 8.9/10.7 at 31". Outlying member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2595 = H. III-599 = h506 on 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 683) and noted "eF, pL, resolvable." He made this observation after he viewed Uranus and discovered the moons Titania and Oberon! John Herschel logged it on 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59) as "vF; irreg fig; has a coarse double star 30° s p, 2' dist [HJ 448]." Five observations were made at Birr Castle as well as a sketch and the note from 14 Feb 1857 "Query: some vF neby reaches to np side" probably refers to the northern spiral arm.
******************************
NGC 2596 = UGC 4419 = MCG +03-22-013 = CGCG 089-030 = PGC 23714
08 27 26.5 +17 17 02; Cnc
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 65°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, weak concentration. A small group of five stars lies about 2' E including a close unequal double star (11.5/13.5 at 9" in PA 90°). NGC 2593 lies 11' SE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2596 = m 121 on 26 Jan 1865 with Lassell's 48" and noted "vF, S, lE." His position was 9 seconds of RA too large.
******************************
08 29 57.4 +21 30 07; Cnc
= 1 or 2 *'s?, Gottlieb. =2*, Corwin. "Not found", Carlson. =NGC 2598, UGC.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2597 = m 122 on 1 Jan 1864,
along with
******************************
NGC 2598 = UGC 4443 = MCG +04-20-065 = CGCG 119-116 = PGC 23855
08 30 02.6 +21 29 18; Cnc
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 3°
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, round, broad concentration. Located just west of the vertex of a "V" asterism consisting of five mag 11-12 stars; the asterism appears to point towards this galaxy with the vertex being a mag 12 star 1.7' E. Outlying member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2598 = m 123 on 1 Jan 1864,
along with NGC 2597 = m 122. His
position matches
******************************
NGC 2599 = UGC 4458 = MCG +04-20-067 = CGCG 119-122 = Mrk 389 = PGC 23941
08 32 11.3 +22 33 37; Cnc
V = 12.2; Size 1.9'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly faint, small, round, small high surface brightness core, stellar nucleus embedded, only a small halo visible.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2599 = H. III-234 = h507 on 16 Nov 1784 (sweep 318) and noted "vF, stellar." His position was 8 seconds of RA too small and 3.5' too far N, a similar offset as NGC 2577, the previous discovery in the sweep.
******************************
08 34 45.1 +52 42 57; UMa
V = 14.2; Size 1.2'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 78°
18" (3/13/10): first in a group of 5 NGC galaxies. At 280x appeared very faint, small,
elongated 2:1 E-W, 30"x15", low even surface brightness. Located 2' ENE of a 50" pair of
mag 12 stars. First in a group
with
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, small, elongated 3:2 E-W, 25"x15". Brightens slightly to a near stellar nucleus. Forms the vertex of a thin isosceles triangle with two mag 12 stars 2' SW. Also forms an equilateral triangle with two mag 14 stars closer to the north. Located 8.6' WSW of NGC 2606. In a trio with NGC 2602 7.5' NE.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 2600 = Big. 37 on 7 Mar
1886. His position is 6 sec of RA west of
******************************
08 25 30.6 -68 07 03; Vol
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 120°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; moderately bright and large, oval 3:2 ~WNW-ESE, ~1.2'x0.8', small brighter core. A mag 13 star is at the east edge, 44" from center. Situated in a very starry region including mag 11-11.5 stars 4' SE, 3' E and 2' NE, along with a mag 12 star 1.4' NW and other fainter stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2601 = h3126 on 4 Mar 1835 and noted "F; R; gbM; 30"." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2602 = MCG +09-14-069 = CGCG 263-056 = PGC 24099
08 35 04.2 +52 49 54; UMa
V = 14.7; Size 0.4'x0.2'; Surf Br = 11.8; PA = 26°
18" (3/13/10): extremely faint, very small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, 20"x14", low even surface brightness. Located 2.5' WSW of a mag 10.7 star and 5.2' NW of NGC 2606 in a group of faint NGC galaxies.
17.5" (3/12/94): extremely faint and small, 15" diameter, possibly elongated. Located 2.6' WSW of a mag 10.5 star. Forms a pair with brighter NGC 2606 5.2' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2602 = h508 on 16 Feb 1831
(sweep 327). His mean position
from two observations is 08 35 01.4 +52 50 10 (2000), an excellent match with
The field was observed three times at Birr Castle. On the first observation (9 Feb 1850), the three brightest galaxies -- NGC 2600, 2602 and 2606 -- were likely observed. On a second observation by R.J. Mitchell on 11 Mar 1858, 4 nebulae were described and sketched. Harold Corwin suggests the following identifications: "4 neb. found, alpha [NGC 2603] is F, S, bM; beta [NGC 2605] is vvF, gamma [NGC 2602] F, S, lbM; delta [NGC 2606] is E and has a Nucl, a F * sf. alpha and gamma are about 5 arcmin dist. from one another, and beta and delta about the same dist. apart."
In compiling the GC, it appears that JH assumed alpha was
h508 = NGC 2602, the preceding nebula in the sketch. So, he misplaced the two LdR novae -- NGC 2603 and NGC 2605
-- following, instead of preceding NGC 2602. In addition, on the third observation (5 Mar 1867), Sir
Robert Ball noted "2 neb seen nearly p f, p one eeF, f one [NGC 2606] eF. Measures extremely difficult. Pos 92°, Dist 118°." The preceding nebula is
******************************
NGC 2603 = 2MASX J08343121+5250247 = PGC 3133653
08 34 31.2 +52 50 25; UMa
V = 16.2; Size 0.3'x0.3'
24" (3/13/10): at 320x appeared extremely faint and small, round, 6" diameter. Required averted vision to momentarily view, but reaquired several times to confirm. Located 5.0' W of NGC 2602 and 10' WNW of NGC 2606. Faintest of 5 galaxies in a group with brightest member NGC 2606. At B = 16.9, this is one of the faintest, if not the faintest NGC galaxy.
18" (3/13/10): not found at 275x.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2603 and 2605 on 11 Mar 1858. Although he made a sketch of 4 galaxies (out of 6 total in the group), the identifications have been confused (seen notes for NGC 2602). NGC 2602 (discovered by John Herschel) is labeled Gamma and NGC 2606 is labeled Delta. Of the two remaining galaxies, the logical assignment is NGC 2603 = Alpha = LEDA 3133653 and NGC 2605 = Beta = LEDA 2424112. Alpha was noted as "F, S, bM." JH assumed Alpha = NGC 2602 when compiling the GC, so he placed NGC 2603, as well as NGC 2605, following NGC 2602 instead of preceding.
RNGC misidentifies
******************************
08 33 22.9 +29 32 17; Cnc
V = 12.3; Size 2.1'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.8
24" (4/28/14): fairly faint, fairly large, round, 1.6'
diameter, broad weak concentration but there was no core or zones. The halo gradually fades out. A pair of faint mag 15.5 stars at
~20" separation lies 1.3' NW (outside the halo). A bright 30" pair of mag 10.3/10.8 stars lies 5'
SSE. Forms a pair (probably
interacting) with
17.5" (3/28/92): faint, moderately large, 2.0' diameter, low even surface brightness, slightly elongated but irregular or ill-defined outline. A mag 14 star is 1' off the south edge and 1.8' from center. A very faint close mag 15/15.5 double is at or just off the WNW edge. Almost collinear with a double star 5' SSE with components mag 10/10.5 at 32".
William Herschel discovered NGC 2604 = H. III-292 = h509 on 12 Mar 1785 (sweep 385). His description reads, "vF, pL, R, lbM, resolvable. 2 or 3 pB stars about it." His RA was ~10 seconds too large and declination 2' S. John Herschel observed this galaxy on 27 Jan 1827 (sweep 56) and wrote, "eF; doubtful obs, as at first the neb was hardly seen. Verified, but too late for a good RA. In field with a double star which points rather s of it." The 10 Dec 1866 observation by Robert Ball (assistant to Lord Rosse) reads "eF, vL, center not uniformly bright, but the luminous portion lE and curved, convex preceding (this was little more than a suspicion); vF double star close north."
******************************
08 34 53.4 +52 48 15; UMa
V = 15.8; Size 0.3'x0.3'; PA = 25°
24" (3/13/10): at 320x appeared very faint, very small, round, 12" diameter. Located 2.4' SW of NGC 2602 and 4th brightest of 5 galaxies. NGC 2606, the brightest member, lies 6.3' E.
18" (3/13/10): not found at 275x.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2605 on 11 Mar 1858 (along with
NGC 2603) using Lord Rosse's 72".
It is labeled on the sketch as Beta (
******************************
NGC 2606 = MCG +09-14-072 = CGCG 263-059 = PGC 24117
08 35 34.7 +52 47 20; UMa
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 39°
18" (3/13/10): faint or fairly faint, small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE , 35"x25". Located 4' SE of a mag 10.8 star. NGC 2602, a much fainter galaxy, lies 5.3' NW and NGC 2600 lies 9' SW. A very faint galaxy (2MASX J08352151+5247337) which lies 2' W was not seen.
17.5" (3/12/94): faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W, very small brighter core with a low surface brightness halo. Located 3.9' SE of a mag 10.5 star. A small group of stars forming a square with a fifth star near the center lies about 6' NNE. Forms a pair with NGC 2602 5.2' NW. This galaxy is identified as NGC 2603 in the MCG and DSFG to the Uranometria.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2606 = h510 on 16 Feb 1831
(sweep 327) and recorded "vF; S; R; 12." The following and brighter of 2." His mean position (two sweeps) matches
******************************
08 33 56.6 +26 58 21; Cnc
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (3/20/93): very faint, very small, round, very small brighter core. A mag 14 star is close off the west edge 1.1' from center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2607 = h511 on 24 Dec 1827
(sweep 115) and wrote "eF; a doubt remained; windy." His position matches
******************************
08 35 17.2 +28 28 23; Cnc
V = 12.3; Size 2.3'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 60°
17.5" (5/19/01): Supernova 2001 bg (discovered May 8, 2001) was visible as a mag 14 star at the southeast edge of the galaxy [22" E and 19" S of center].
13.1" (1/19/85): fairly faint, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 WSW-ENE, small bright core. Two mag 11 and 12.5 stars are 5' S
with separation 1.3'.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2608 = H. II-318 = h512 on 12 Mar 1785 (sweep 385) and noted "F, pL, lE, mbM, r." The galaxy was observed 8 times Lord Rosse's assistants and spiral structure was highly suspected. On 14 Feb 1857, the observer noted "..twist [spiral arms] in the nebulosity p and f the nucleus, most apparent preceding." and the 1 Feb 1856 observation reads "E nearly p f, the p half is much the brighter and I think has curve in it [in a sketch there appears a dark space p the Nucl]." Édouard Stephan made an observation on 23 Feb 1886 and called it elongated SW-NE.
Two supernovae have been discovered: SN 1920A (considered anomalous) discovered by Max Wolf and Type Ia SN 2001bg.
******************************
08 29 30 -61 06 36; Car
14" (4/5/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): fairly faint and
sparcely populated cluster of 12-15 stars in a 6' circle. Most of the stars are arranged in a
5'x2' region elongated N-S.
Contains a nice double HJ 4108 = 9.6/10.6 at 20" with a wider and
fainter pair (10.9/11.6 at 26") about 2' SE. A mag 9.0 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2609 = h3130 on 8 Mar 1836 and
observed on 2 sweeps. His
discovery description reads "A double star, chief of a cluster 8th class
of scattered stars, 6' diam; not very rich or compression. His position matches a bright double
star (
******************************
08 33 23.4 -16 08 57; Hya
V = 13.0; Size 50"x47"
48" (2/28/19 and 3/1/19): at 488x and 813x; bright,
fairly large, roundish, 50" diameter. Contains a thick brighter rim (about half the diameter) with
a darker central hole. The rim is
slightly brighter in a 90° arc centered on the NW side and appears slightly
irregular or ragged around the periphery. The rim was slightly weaker just
south of a prominent 12th magnitude star on the NE edge. The faint central star was easily
visible. With a NPB filter there
was a thin outer halo. Located
3.5' SW of a mag 6.6
17.5" (3/25/00): at 280x using a UHC filter appears moderately bright, ~45"x40", elongated SSW-NNE. A mag 12 star is embedded on the NE edge of the rim. The planetary appears to taper near the star although this may be a contrast effect. The rim is sharp-edged and the surface brightness pretty smooth. Located 3.5' SW of a mag 6.5 star.
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright PN, fairly small,
slightly elongated ~N-S, about 40" diameter. No annularity or central star seen. A mag 13 star is at the NE edge. Located 3.5' SW of mag 6.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2610 = H. IV-35 = h513 = 3127 on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503) and recorded "a small star with an electrical brush sp; F; S. About 1 1/2' after follows a star of the 8th magnitude. It resembles fig 7, Phil. Trans. Vol LXXIV.Tab.17. [Plate VII]". Herschel commented in his 1814 PT paper that "a small star has a small, faint, fan-shaped nebulosity joining to it on the north preceding side." He used this example to (incorrectly) demonstrate the union or mutual attraction between the objects. On 16 Nov 1827 (sweep 111), John Herschel wrote, "A * 14m with a fan-shaped brush 15" l to the sp side; the brush however judged by both Mr. [James?] Dunlop (who saw it) and myself not to be in contact." The 1 Feb 1851 observation by Lord Rosse reads "Dark space foll star, bet neb and star stronlgly suspected like the "snow-drop nebula" [NGC 2261]. Lord Rosse suspected a star in it also."
In 1915, Harold Knox-Shaw reported this object was annular and the spectrum probably gaseous based on a photograph with the Reynolds reflector at the Helwan Observatory. The spectrum was confirmed by Campbell and Paddock at Lick. Based on Crossley photographs at Lick, Curtis (1918) reported "the ring is slightly irregular, hazy and without structural detail; is 38"x31" in pa 75°. Relatively vacant around the central. The matter in the ring is rather faint."
******************************
08 35 29.2 +25 01 39; Cnc
V = 14.5; Size 0.75'x0.25'; PA = 50°
17.5" (3/25/95): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Located 0.9' NW of a mag 14 star. A nice wide pair of mag 10 stars (35" separation) lies 10' WNW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2611 = m 124 on 29 Mar 1865 and
noted "vF, S, pmE, gbM."
His position matches
******************************
08 33 50.1 -13 10 29; Hya
V = 12.7; Size 2.7'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 115°
17.5" (2/1/92): moderately bright, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, small bright core, almost stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 30" N of center and a mag 12 star is 1.2' S. Appears to have a sharper light cutoff on the north side.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2612 = h3128 on 14 Feb 1836 and
recorded "B, S, psbM, E, between two stars." His position and
description matches
******************************
08 33 22.6 -22 58 21; Pyx
V = 10.3; Size 7.2'x1.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 113°
13.1" (3/24/84): fairly bright, fairly large, very pretty edge-on 4:1 WNW-ESE, 4.0'x1.0', broadly concentrated. Several stars are nearby as the galaxy is located in a rich star field including a mag 12 star 1.5' N, a mag 13 star 2.0' S of center and another mag 12 star at the west edge of the halo. NGC 2613 is the brightest galaxy in Pyxis.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2613 = H. II-266 = h3129 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 326) and logged "F, E, bM, r, pS that is about 1.5' diameter." On 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 663) he noted "cB, cL, irr F, E nearly in the parallel." John Herschel made 3 observations from the Cape of Good Hope, describing it on one sweep as "B, L, vmE in position 110.3°, pslbM, 3' long, 20" broad." Joseph Turner made a sketch on 18 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. The galaxy is shown as a thin edge-on with a small bright nucleus.
******************************
08 42 48.2 +72 58 35; UMa
V = 12.9; Size 2.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 150°
17.5" (2/1/92 and 12/23/92): very faint, fairly large,
2.5' diameter, round, very low surface brightness, very weak concentration but
no core. Better view at 140x than
220x due to low surface brightness.
A mag 14.5 star is at the west edge. First in a group of four including
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2614 on 1 Dec 1863 while
recording NGC 2629. His single
position matches
******************************
08 34 33.2 -02 32 48; Hya
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 40°
17.5" (4/6/91): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 SW-NE, small bright core, faint halo. A mag 12.5 lies 1.8' SSW of center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2615 = St. 13-39 on 3 Feb 1878. He reduced the position on 6 Feb 1885 and included it in his final 13th discovery list (#39) with description, "F; oval; 1' diam; lbM; seems resolvable; faint star involved."
******************************
08 35 34.0 -01 51 00; Hya
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 145°
24" (2/5/13): at 375x appeared fairly faint, small, round, 25" diameter, fairly high surface brightness. A larger halo of extremely low surface brightness was not noticed. A mag 15 star is superimposed just north of center and a mag 13.5 star is off the NE side, 50" from center.
Brightest of 8 in a group (WBL 188) with
17.5" (4/6/91): faint, very small, round. A mag 13.5 star is 0.8' NE of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2616 = Sw. 3-39 on 9 Mar 1886 and
noted "vF; S; R; * nr north-following; a more distant * in line with
both." His position is 6 sec
of RA east of
******************************
08 35 38.7 -04 05 16; Hya
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (4/6/91): very faint, small, round, low even surface brightness. Unusual appearance as a mag 14 star is involved on the north edge 22" from center and a second mag 14 star is 30" S of center.
Forms a pair with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2617 = St. 13-40 on 5 Feb 1878. The position was reduced on 12 Feb 1885 and included in his final 13th discovery list.
MCG and RC3 misidentify the fainter companion close east
(MCG -01-22-027) as NGC 2617. The
RNGC entry is confused: the position and magnitude refers to MCG -01-22-027 but
the comment "companion 1' following" refers to
******************************
08 35 53.5 +00 42 26; Hya
V = 12.1; Size 2.4'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 140°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, irregularly round, weak concentration. Located along the south side of a trapezoid of mag 13-14 stars; closest is a mag 13 star 1' E.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2618 = H. III-257 = h515 on 20 Dec 1784 (sweep 346) and noted "eF, pL, iF, requires long attention; the night remarkably fine." Caroline Herschel's reduced position is 16 seconds of RA too far west. John Herschel made a single observation on sweep 397 and wrote "Extremely doubtful, as I could not recover the object." His reported position (marked as very uncertain) is 7.5 seconds of RA too far east. Bigourdan measured an accurate position.
******************************
NGC 2619 = UGC 4503 = MCG +05-21-002 = CGCG 150-008 = PGC 24235
08 37 32.7 +28 42 18; Cnc
V = 12.4; Size 2.3'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 35°
24" (2/16/15): moderately bright and large, oval ~3:2 SW-NE. Sharply concentrated with a bright, elongated oval core 0.5'x0.3', embedded in a low surface brightness halo ~1.2'x0.7'.
13.1" (1/19/85): faint version of NGC 2608, slightly elongated SW-NE, weak concentration, fairly even surface brightness.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2619 = H. II-319 = h514 on 12 Mar 1785 (sweep 385) and noted "F, S, bM, r." John Herschel logged on 26 Mar 1827 (sweep 57} as "pB; S; R; bM."
Lord Rosse's assistants made a total of 26 observations. On 19 Dec 1849, George Johnstone Stoney wrote "Suspicion of a black spot to the left of [southwest] brightest part." This appears to be a dusty region between spiral arms. The galaxy was included in a list of nebulae with dark spaces in the 1850 publication.
******************************
08 37 28.3 +24 56 48; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 2.0'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 93°
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W,
low even surface brightness. A mag
15 star is 30" N of center.
Forms a close pair with
William Lassell discovered NGC 2620 = m 124 on 5 May 1863
with his 48" on Malta (about a month before Marth started his systematic
search). It was included in the
1867 Malta catalogue. Lassell's
position matches
******************************
NGC 2621 = MCG +04-21-003 = CGCG 120-007 = PGC 24241
08 37 36.9 +24 59 59; Cnc
V = 14.5; Size 0.9'x0.8'
17.5" (1/1/92): extremely faint and small, round. A mag 13.5 star is 1.4' E and a faint mag 15 star is 1.7' WNW. Forms a pair with NGC 2620 4.0' SW. Verified on the POSS.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2621 = m 126 on 29 Mar 1865
(along with nearby NGC 2622) with Lassell's 48" and noted "vF, S,
R." His position is 1' south
of
******************************
NGC 2622 = MCG +04-21-008 = CGCG 120-013 = Mrk 1218 = PGC 24269
08 38 11.0 +24 53 43; Cnc
V = 13.9; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 45°
24" (4/28/14): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 or 5:3 SW-NE, 30"x18", contains a very small brighter
nucleus. Brightest in a small
triplet and interacting with
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, fairly small, small bright core, very faint halo slightly elongated SW-NE. Third of three with NGC 2620 10' WNW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2622 = m 127 on 29 Mar 1865 (along with nearby NGC 2621) with Lassell's 48" and noted "F, S, R." His position matches CGCG 120-013.
******************************
08 38 24.1 +25 45 15; Cnc
V = 13.4; Size 2.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 60°
48" (2/28/19): this system is a late-stage galactic merger and contains two relatively prominent tidal tails. At 488x and 610x it appeared bright, moderately large, sharply concentrated with a very bright bar-like core ~E-W. The core was slightly brighter at the west end. Both tidal tails were visible without much difficulty. The eastern tail was slightly brighter and curved north and then east (bending counter-clockwise) from the central region. This arm was visible with direct vision and perhaps 0.9' in length. The southern tidal tail was pretty straight and more diffuse, extending southwest, ~0.7'. Both tails were fairly even in surface brightness and faded only towards the tips. A mag 17.5 star (not difficult) is 0.9' NW of center.
13.1" (1/11/86): faint, small, slightly elongated, weak concentration.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2623 = St. 13-41 on 1 Feb 1878. His reduced position wasn't measured until 19 Jan 1885 with description "faint, very small, round, central condensation, several small points; appearance of a tiny cluster." There are no superimposed stars, though.
******************************
08 38 09.6 +19 43 32; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5
18" (1/13/07): fairly faint, small, round, 25"
diameter, weak concentration. A
mag 15.5 star is close southwest.
Brighter of a pair with
17.5" (12/19/87): faint, very small, round, bright
core. Forms a pair with NGC 2625
3.3' ESE. Located 7.6' E of mag
8.3
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2624 = m 128 on 30 Oct 1864
(along with nearby NGC 2625) with Lassell's 48" and noted
"eF." His position
matches
******************************
NGC 2625 = CGCG 089-057 = Mrk 625 = PGC 24285
08 38 23.1 +19 42 59; Cnc
V = 15.0; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9
18" (1/13/07): faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter. Smaller and fainter of a
pair with NGC 2624 3.2' WNW, though the difference in brightness appears less
than the 1.4 magnitudes listed in catalogues. At the west edge of the Beehive cluster.
17.5" (12/19/87): faint, extremely small, round. Appears similar to NGC 2624 3.3' WNW but slightly smaller and fainter. Located at the west edge of M44 = Beehive cluster.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2625 = m 129 on 30 Oct 1864
(along with nearby NGC 2624) with Lassell's 48" and noted "eF,
vS." His position
matches
******************************
08 35 31 -40 40 18; Vel
Size 5'
17.5" (3/23/85): faint, small, diffuse circular reflection nebula surrounding a mag 10 central star. The surrouding, low surface brightness emission nebulosity was not seen, observing at a very low elevation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2626 = h3131 on 2 Jan 1835 and recorded "A star 9th mag involved in nebulosity, 3' diameter. In the milky way with multitudes of equal stars all round the neighbourhood, none of which are so affected. Sky quite pure, not the slightest nebulous haze. No doubt. The nebula loses itself imperceptibly, the star being (though excentric) yet in the most condensed part." His sketch was published on Plate VI, figure 12.
Joseph Turner observed and sketched this object on 26 Jan 1876 (unpublished plate V, figure 48) and earlier by Albert Le Sueur (figure 49). The nebulosity is shown as mostly fanning out to the north of the illuminating star but weak directly north, so it made a thick "U" shape around the star. A lithograph of the sketches was completed but not published.
******************************
08 37 15 -29 57 00; Pyx
Size 11'
13.1" (1/18/85): about 45 stars mag 11-14 in a 10' region elongated E-W. This is a rich and pretty cluster set over an unresolved background haze. Located 40' SW of a mag 5 star. Visible in a 16x80 finder.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2627 = H. VII-63 = h516 = h3132 on 3 Mar 1793 (sweep 1032) and described "a large cluster of scattered small stars, irr F, considerably rich." John Herschel observed the cluster from both England and the Cape of Good Hope, where he recorded "a fine, L, rich, pretty much compressed cluster; irregularly E, 10' l, 7' br; stars 12 and 13th mag nearly equal."
******************************
08 40 22.7 +23 32 22; Cnc
V = 13.3; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, 1.0' diameter, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is 30" off the north edge and 1.2' N of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2628 = H. III-235 on 16 Nov
1784 (sweep 318) and recorded "eF, S, verified with 240 power." His
position is ~15 sec of RA west and 1' north of
******************************
NGC 2629 = UGC 4569 = MCG +12-09-010 = CGCG 331-062 = CGCG 332-009 = PGC 24682
08 47 15.8 +72 59 08; UMa
V = 12.3; Size 1.8'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 105°
17.5" (2/1/92 and 12/23/92): fairly faint, small,
slightly elongated 4:3 WNW-ESE, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus,
fairly high surface brightness. A
mag 12 star is 40" SSE.
Brightest of three with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2629 = H. III-982, along with NGC 2641, on 30 Sep 1802 on his last sweep 1112. He recorded "Two [NGC 2629 & NGC 2641], the place is that of the last [NGC 2641]. That of which the place is taken [NGC 2641] is vF, S. The other [NGC 2629] precedes it RA = 42 seconds and is 6' more north. The preceding one stellar. It is within 1' of a small star which follows it, and which is free from the burs which affect the stellar."
This nebula was not included in WH's third catalogue as it
was discovered after his 500 discovery threshold was reached on 26 Sept
1802. It was added as one of the 8
"HON" objects ("William Herschel omitted nebulae") by JH in
the Appendix to his Cape Observations and then included in the GC as III 982.
Caroline Herschel's reduced position (for 1800) is 5' due south of
******************************
08 47 06 +73 00; UMa
= Not found, Corwin.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2630 and 2631 in July 1883 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory near Florence. In his 9th discovery paper, Tempel refers to "two new fine nebula very close to NGC 2629" (after the main table) and mentions that "my two new nebulae are much brighter than those found by D’Arrest [NGC 2614] and William Herschel [NGC 2629/2641]." Dreyer was only able to provide an approximate position near NGC 2629 when compiling the NGC, but no pair of bright nebulae exists near NGC 2629 that might be Tempel's objects. Nevertheless, a confusing array of identifications have been made by various galaxy catalogues.
RNGC selects
I discussed the identifications in several letters with
Harold Corwin. He suggests that Tempel may have confused
******************************
08 47 06 +73 00; UMa
= Not found, Gottlieb.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2630 and 2631 in Jul 1883 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory near Florence. See the story of their identifications under NGC 2630.
******************************
08 40 22 +19 40 12; Cnc
V = 3.1; Size 95'
16x80mm: extremely large, 1.5° diameter, very bright, brightest stars are mag 6-6.5, includes many double stars, well resolved. The cluster is really too large and spread out for a decent view in either my 13" or larger scopes.
Naked-eye: fairly bright fuzzy glow in dark skies. Granular with a few resolved stars in excellent conditions.
Aratos of Soli made the first written mention of M44 = Beehive cluster about 260 BC in his work Phainomeina (called a "little mist") and it was probably noted 100 years earlier by Eudoxis. It was later recorded by Hipparchus around 130 BC as a "little cloud" and by Ptolemy as "The Nebulous Mass in the Breast (of Cancer)". Galileo made the first known telescopic observation that clearly resolved M44 into a star cluster, although a few stars may be glimpsed naked eye under excellent conditions. His observation of 1610 in Siderius Nuncius ("Starry Messenger") reads "The nebula called Praesepe, which is not one star only, but a mass of more than 40 small stars, I have noticed 36 stars besides the Aselli [Gamma and Delta Cancri]." Hodierna (by 1650) also reported 38 stars in the cluster.
As far as the nickname "Bee-hive cluster", In his 1833 "Outlines of Astronomy" John Herschel wrote "In the constellation Cancer, there is a ..luminous spot, called Praesepe, or the bee-hive, which a very moderate telescope - an ordinary night-glass for instance - resolves entirely into stars. Admiral Smyth's Bedford Catalogue of 1844 notes "The Praesepe, metaphorically rendered Bee-hive, is an aggregation of small stars which has long borne the name of a nebula, its components not being separately distinguishable by the naked eye…"
******************************
NGC 2633 = Arp 80 = VV 519 = UGC 4574 = MCG +12-09-013 =
08 48 04.6 +74 05 55; Cam
V = 12.2; Size 2.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 175°
48" (3/1/19): Excellent, fairly large, two-armed barred spiral! The central part of the galaxy consists of a very prominent bar oriented ~3:1 NNW-SSE, with a very bright core. A striking spiral arm is attached at the south end of the bar. It bends sharply clockwise and extends north, on the east side of bar, arcing gently with a length of ~1.5'. This arm has a well defined inner and outer edge and is separated from the bar by a dark gap. As the arm extends north it fades but at the northern end bends sharply west [1.0' N of center] and noticeably brightens in an elongated piece [consisting of multiple HII regions on images]. At the north end of the bar a second arm emerges towards the west and starts to curl south, but fades and dims, reaching no further south than the center of the bar.
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, small bright core with faint extensions slightly elongated N-S. Forms a pair with NGC 2634 8.2' S.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2633 = T. 6-5 = T. 9-6 on 11 Aug 1882, along with NGC 2634. His position (corrected in his 9th discovery paper) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2634 = UGC 4581 = MCG +12-09-015 = CGCG 331-066 = CGCG 332-013 = LGG 160-003 = PGC 24749
08 48 24.9 +73 58 01; Cam
V = 12.0; Size 1.7'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.1
48" (3/1/19): at 488x; very bright, fairly large, round, very sharply concentrated with an extremely bright core that increases to an intensely bright stellar nucleus. A mag 15.9 star is near the edge of the halo, 0.7' W of center. A mag 17.4 star is in the halo on the SW side, 0.5' from center. Forms a pair with NGC 2634A 1.9' SSE. In a group (LGG 160) with NGC 2633 8' N.
NGC 2634A, 2' SSE, appeared moderately bright, fairly large, thin edge-on 7:2 WSW-ENE, 2.0'x0.5', only a very weak central brightening. A mag 15.6 star is in line with the galaxy just off the ENE end [44" from center].
17.5" (3/20/93): moderately bright, fairly small,
slightly elongated SW-NE, prominent small bright core, bright stellar
nucleus. Forms a close pair with
NGC 2634A 2' SSE. The companion is
faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE. NGC 2633 is in the field 8.2' N.
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, small bright core, slightly fainter and smaller than NGC 2633 8' N.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2634 = T. 6-4 = T. 9-7, along with NGC 2633, on 11 Aug 1882. His position (corrected in his 9th discovery paper) is accurate. Harold Corwin suggests NGC 2630 (listed as "not found") might be a duplicate observation.
******************************
08 38 26 -34 46 18; Pyx
V = 11.2; Size 3'
13.1" (2/25/84): small, very mottled cluster at 166x but only a few stars are resolved on the west side. Located 38' NW of Beta Pyxis (V = 4.0).
John Herschel discovered NGC 2635 = h3133 on 2 Feb 1835 and recorded "a pretty compressed cluster of st; irregular triangular fig; much more compressed than milky way around it; stars 13 mag." His position is north of the most richest section of the cluster.
******************************
NGC 2636 = UGC 4583 = CGCG 331-067 = CGCG 332-014 = PGC 24747
08 48 24.5 +73 40 16; Cam
V = 13.8; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (3/20/93): fairly faint, very small, round, small
bright core, well-defined halo. Located
5' W of a pair of mag 10/11 with a separation 1.2'. Also located 12' SW of mag 7.7
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2636 = T. 9-8 on 27 Jul 1883,
along with NGC 2646, with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory
near Florence. His description
reads "small, followed by two stars 11-12m close to the same
parallel." Tempel's position
is 1 degree north of
******************************
08 41 13.5 +19 41 28; Cnc
V = 15.4; Size 0.5'x0.4'; PA = 51°
18" (1/13/07): extremely faint, small, round, 24"
diameter, very low surface brightness and only visible with averted
vision. Located 7' E of mag 6.8 42
Cancri within the Beehive cluster.
Also mag 6.8
17.5" (2/8/97): extremely faint and small, round. Appears as 10" nebulous star which
required averted vision to glimpse at moments. Appears fainter than 15.4z. Located 7' ESE of mag 6.7
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2637 = m 130, along with NGC
2643, on 30 Oct 1864. He simply noted "eeF, vS." There is nothing at his position except
brighter stars, but 8' N and 6 sec of RA west is CGCG 089-065 = PGC 24409,
which is identified as NGC 2637 in RNGC, but not CGCG. Although Marth's declination is poor,
this is a similar declination offset as nearby
This galaxy was also reported as #154 in a catalog of new nebulae and clusters found on photographs taken by Keeler between 1898-1900 and published in the 1908 Publications of Lick Observatory, Vol VIII.
******************************
08 42 25.8 +37 13 15; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 72°
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly faint, small, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, small bright core, faint extensions. The major axis is almost collinear with a mag 12 star 1.6' ENE of center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2638 = St. 13-42 on 2 Feb 1878. His published micrometric position was reduced on 21 Jan 1885 and included in his final 13th discovery list published in 1885. He made a later observation on 4 Mar 1886.
******************************
08 43 38.0 +50 12 20; UMa
V = 11.6; Size 1.8'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 140°
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.6'x0.9', halo gradually increases to a small brighter core. A mag 13 star is 2.5' SE. There are several fairly bright stars in the field including two mag 10.5 stars 4.6' E and 5.2' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2639 = H. I-204 = h518 on 9
Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and remarked "cB, vS, lE, milky." His position (Caroline Herschel's
reduction) is 2' NW of
******************************
08 37 24.6 -55 07 26; Car
V = 11.1; Size 2.2'x1.9'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 104°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
bright, moderately large, round, 1.2' diameter, sharply concentrated with a
very bright 40" core. A group
of 5 faint stars is snuggled up against the west side of the galaxy in two N-S
parallel rows! Another very faint
star is just off the SE side.
Located 4.8' NW mag 9.3
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): this Carina galaxy has an
unusual appearance. At 166x, it
appeared fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 ~E-W, 1.2'x0.9'. A trio of mag 14 stars is superimposed
on the west side of the halo (4 total).
The galaxy appears to have a brighter knot or star on the following
end. Situated between a mag 10
star 2.2' NW of center and mag 9.3 HD 73851 4.8' SE. Starhopped over from mag 1.9 Delta Velorum located 67'
ENE. Also, the galaxy is 2.2° SSW
of the naked-eye cluster
John Herschel, observing with Thomas Maclear (the Astronomer Royal at the Cape Observatory), discovered NGC 2640 = h3134 on 26 Feb 1835. He recorded, "pF; S; R; has 3 or 4 vS stars near it, preceding. Observation taken by Mr. Maclear." Herschel mentioned in his diary that he invited Maclear that night to repeat his "Great Sweep" (#551), which he made on three weeks earlier. He called that experience "the subline of Astronome - a sort of 'ne plus ultra'." Fortunately, the night of the 25th "turned out glorious! Clear as crystal and pure as aether. A finer night for definition was never seen."
Pietro Baracchi recorded "pB; S; R; gbM. 5 small stars from 15 to 16 mag precede closely to the nebula." (10 Jan 1886, Melbourne).
RNGC classified this galaxy as an "unverified southern object", so despite being relatively bright it was not included in the first edition of Uranometria Deep Sky Field Guide nor the Uranometria 2000 Atlas.
******************************
NGC 2641 = UGC 4577 = MCG +12-09-012 = CGCG 331-065 = CGCG 332-012 = PGC 24722
08 47 57.5 +72 53 45; UMa
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 5°
17.5" (2/1/92 and 12/23/92): faint, small, round, broad mild concentration, almost stellar nucleus. Forms a pair with NGC 2629 6.3' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2641 = H. III-983, along with NGC 2629, on 30 Sep 1802 (his last sweep 1112). He recorded "Two [NGC 2629 & NGC 2641], the place is that of the last [NGC 2641]. That of which the place is taken [NGC 2641] is vF, S. The other [NGC 2629] precedes it RA = 42 seconds and is 6' more north. The preceding one stellar. It is within 1' of a small star which follows it, and which is free from the burs which affect the stellar."
This nebula was not included in Herschel's third catalogue
as it was discovered after his 500 discovery limit was reached on 26 Sept
1802. It was added as one of the 8
"HON" objects ("William Herschel omitted nebulae") by JH in
the Appendix to his Cape Observations and then included in the GC as III 983.
Caroline Herschel's reduced position (for 1800) is 6' due south of
******************************
08 40 44.4 -04 07 18; Hya
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.9
24" (2/16/15): fairly bright, fairly large, dominated by an elongated bar oriented NW-SE with a mag 14 star superimposed at the southeast end of the bar. Two additional stars are superimposed nearly in a string to the north [mag 15 star 24" N and a mag 14 star 42" N]. Surrounding the bar is a low surface brightness glow encompassing these stars, perhaps 1.25' diameter. The spiral arms were not evident. Located just north of a bright, equilateral triangle of stars (mag 8.3/9.2/9.5) with sides ~4'.
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, moderately large, almost
round, diffuse, even surface brightness.
Unusual appearance as a two mag 13/14 stars are superimposed at the
north and SE ends of the halo.
Three bright stars form an equilateral triangle just south; mag 8.9 SAO
136172 4.2' SE, mag 8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2642 = h519 on 19 Feb 1830 (sweep 234). His description reads, "A vF cl or r neb; gbM; 80", one * 17m distinct; stars and nebulosity; has 2 pB stars south and one following." John Louis Dreyer, Lord Rosse's assistant on 7 Mar 1877, recorded "Neby very distinct, though vF. I strongly suspect an eF branch following the 4 [involved] stars, involving some vF stars." The "eF branch" probably refers to the southern spiral arm.
******************************
NGC 2643 = IC 2390: = CGCG 089-067 = PGC 24434
08 41 51.7 +19 42 08; Cnc
V = 14.9; Size 0.7'x0.4'; PA = 21°
18" (1/13/07): very faint, very small, round, 15" diameter. Forms the western vertex of a small triangle with a mag 11.5 star 1' SE and a mag 14.5 star 1' NE. Located 10' S of a mag 7 star on the east side of the Beehive cluster with several bright stars in the field including a wide pair of mag 8.5/9.5 stars 4' SW.
17.5" (2/8/97): very faint, very small, round, 15" diameter. Located 1.2' NW of a mag 11.5 star on the eastern side of M44. Several brighter stars in the 22' field at 220x.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2643 = m 131, along with NGC 2637, on 30 Oct 1864 and simply noted "eF neb*". There is nothing at his position, but 11' N and 18 sec of RA west is IC 2359. Although Marth's declination is quite poor, nearby NGC 2637 which was discovered on the same night appears to have a similar declination error, so this identification seems reasonable.
This galaxy was independently discovered by E.E. Barnard
(discovery communicated directly to Dreyer) and placed accurately. So, NGC 2643 is likely a duplicate of
******************************
08 41 31.9 +04 58 50; Hya
V = 12.3; Size 2.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 14°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval ~N-S, weak concentration. A pretty double star mag 13.5/14 at 17" separation lies 3.0' S of center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2644 = St. 9-16 on 26 Feb 1868 and recorded a rough unpublished position (7' too far S) in his logbook. Additional observations were made on 7 Mar 1874 (2' too far W), 2 and 3 Feb 1878. He published an accurate micrometric position in his 9th discovery list (in 1878) with description "eF, pL, irr oval, several small points [involved]."
******************************
08 39 03 -46 13 36; Vel
V = 7.0; Size 1.5'
14" (4/5/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): bright
compact group with a dozen stars packed into a 2' region. Contains 4 very bright stars forming a
right angle, including a striking pair of mag 9 stars (HJ 4122) at 11"
separation. A third mag 9 star is
1' W of the pair and another mag 9.5 star is 1' SSE. The latter star is also a double with a mag 10.5 companion at
16" separation. This knot of
bright stars is situated 15' ENE of mag 6.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2645 = h3136 on 29 Dec 1834 and
described a "close group or small cluster of 12 or 13 large and small
stars; place of a double star, the chief one." This cluster is equivalent to Pismis 6 with the nearly
central pair
RNGC classifies NGC 2645 as nonexistent (Type 7) and Lynga labels the cluster Pismis 6 without reference to NGC 2645.
******************************
NGC 2646 = IC 511 = UGC 4604 = MCG +12-09-019 = CGCG 331-069 = CGCG 332-019 = LGG 162-003 = PGC 24838
08 50 22.0 +73 27 46; Cam
V = 12.1; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (1/12/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
4:3 WSW-ENE, 0.8'x0.6'. Weak, even
concentration to center. Located
2.5' NNW of a wide 40" pair of mag 11/12.5 stars. In a group with IC 2389 11' NW,
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, small, round, faint star close south.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2646 = T. 9-9, along with NGC
2636, on 27 Jul 1883 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory
near Florence. His description
reads "Nebula [Herschel class] III, small, south-following by 2 1/2' are
two stars 12-13m." There is
nothilng at Tempel's position, but 1 degree south is
******************************
08 42 43.1 +19 39 01; Cnc
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2
18" (1/13/07): faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, very small brighter core. Located at the eastern edge of the Beehive Cluster and 1' NW of a mag 13 star. An elongated 6' string of stars heads to the south and includes two mag 10 stars 4' S and 6.5' S.
17.5" (2/8/97): faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, even surface brightness. Located 0.9' NW of a mag 13 star at the east edge of M44!
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2647 = m 132 on 30 Oct 1864 and
simply noted a "neb *".
His position is 1' south of
******************************
08 42 39.9 +14 17 09; Cnc
V = 11.9; Size 3.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 148°
48" (2/21/12): very bright large spiral, elongated ~5:2
NNW-SSE, ~2.4'x0.9'. Contains a
large, very bright core that increases to a stellar nucleus. Forms an interacting pair (
The companion appeared moderately bright, edge-on 5:1 WNW-ESE, 1.0'x0.2', sharply concentrated with a very small, bright nucleus. The system was classified by Arp under "spiral with a large high surface-brightness companion on arms".
24" (4/28/14): moderately to fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, sharply concentrated with a very bright core, 1.5'x0.6'. A mag 11 star lies 1.9' E of center. Forms a pair (Arp 89) with edge-on MCG +02-22-006 2.4' SE. The companion appeared very faint, small, elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, ~25"x10", low even surface brightness.
17.5" (2/1/92): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, small very bright core. Located 1.9' W of a mag 10.5 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2648 = H. III-49 = h521 = h3135 on 19 Mar 1784 (sweep 177). His description reads, "F, S, with a nucleus. I had some doubts but 240 confirmed the reality." On 18 Mar 1786 (sweep 538) Herschel logged "F, lE from np to sf, cS. Almost like two joined together." John Herschel reported from South Africa as "pB; lE; psmbM; precedes a star 10m."
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 23 Feb 1857,
described NGC 2648 as "E np sf, mbM." In addition he noted and sketched a second nebula, "I
think Alpha is a very faint ray though likely to be taken at first for a
star." The diagram clearly
reveals that Alpha -- drawn as a small nebula extending WNW-ESE -- is CGCG
060-036 = PGC 24469. The full
description and sketch was not included in Lord Rosse's 1861 monograph, so John
Herschel was unaware when he compiled the GC and Dreyer skipped
******************************
08 44 08.3 +34 43 02; Lyn
V = 12.3; Size 1.6'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (3/20/93): very faint, fairly small, round, 1.0'
diameter, almost even surface brightness.
A mag 14 star is at the north edge 30" from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2649 = H. II-727 = h522 on 5 Feb 1788 (sweep 807) and called "pF, pL, iR, resolvable." His position was 2' too far NW. On 9 Mar 1852, the Lord Rosse assistant wrote, "Almost planetary, star in north edge, second star much smaller preceding it."
******************************
08 49 58.4 +70 17 58; UMa
V = 13.3; Size 1.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 82°
17.5" (2/2/02): faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3
~E-W, 0.6'x0.4', even surface brightness.
A mag 14 star is at the east end [23" from center] and a fainter
mag 14.5 star is just off the north edge [33" from center]. Located 7.6' W of mag 7.3
William Herschel discovered NGC 2650 = H. II-908 on 30 Sep
1802 (his last sweep 1112) and recorded "pB, pL, easily resolvable. I
believe I see some of the stars. Irregular figure." His position (Caroline's reduction) and
description matches
******************************
08 43 55.2 +11 46 16; Cnc
V = 15.2; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.7
18" (3/11/07): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, very low even surface brightness and requires averted vision. Located 48' SW of 5.9-magnitude 50 Cancri.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2651 = m 133 on 10 Mar 1864 and
noted "eF, S, E." His
position is 1' south of
******************************
09 42 33.0 -03 41 59; Sex
V = 10.9; Size 3.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 42°
See observing notes for
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 2652 = LM 2-406 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag 12.0, 0.7'x0.3', E 50°, gbM, stellar ncl, *9 at 0.8' in PA 240°." There is nothing near his published position. But Harold Corwin uncovered that Stone made a 1 hour clerical error in RA. Once corrected, the position is a reasonable math with NGC 2974 and his detailed description is a perfect match. So, NGC 2652 = NGC 2974 with NGC 2974 the primary designation (Herschel discovery).
******************************
08 54 55.6 +78 23 37; Cam
Size 17"
24" (3/21/20): NGC 2653 is a 17" pair of mag 13/14 stars that was easily resolved at 124x. At 260x, the pair was widely split and well seen. Located 10' N of NGC 2655.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2653 = T. 6-7 on 18 Aug 1882
and reported a tiny nebula 12' north of
******************************
08 49 11.9 +60 13 16; UMa
V = 11.8; Size 4.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 63°
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, edge-on 4:1 SW-NE, bright elongated core. A mag 11 star is 4.5' N.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2654 = T. 6-6 on 18 Aug 1882
and recorded "S, B, II-III class; stellar ncl; a star 10m is 4'-5'
north." His position is 0.9
minutes of RA to the west and 3' north of
******************************
NGC 2655 = Arp 225 = UGC 4637 = MCG +13-07-010 = CGCG 349-033 = CGCG 350-007 = PGC 25069
08 55 38.5 +78 13 25; Cam
V = 10.1; Size 4.9'x4.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 85°
14.5" (4/1/21): at 226x; bright, very large, oval 4:3 E-W, at least 3' diameter, very bright core increases to an intense, very small nucleus.
24" (3/21/20): at 260x; very bright, very large, slightly elongated 5:4 E-W, at least 4' x 3.2' and perhaps larger (outer periphery very diffuse), very strong concentration with an unusually bright core and an intense nucleus. At 375x, the nucleus increases to a a confused stellar peak. Two stars are superimposed on the southwest side; one near the edge of the core region and the second inside the fainter outer halo.
17.5" (2/1/92): very bright, moderately large,
elongated 3:2 E-W, 3'x2', even concentration to an unusually bright core and
almost stellar nucleus. There
appears to be a sharper light cut-off along the north side. Forms an equilateral triangle with mag
9.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 2655 = H. I-288 = h520 on 26
Sep 1802 (sweep 1111, his second to last sweep) and recorded "vB, cL, lE,
suddenly mbM. I suspect it to be a
cl of star." Caroline's
reduced position is 5' north of
According to Michael Hoskin's "Unfinished Business:
William Herschel’s Sweeps for Nebulae", NGC 2655 = H. I-288,
******************************
08 47 53.1 +53 52 34; UMa
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, small, round, 35"
diameter, even surface brightness.
A mag 12 star lies 3.5' W.
This is a double system with a compact companion (not seen) at the west
edge. Forms a pair with much
fainter
John Herschel discovered NGC 2656 = h523 on 10 Feb 1831 (sweep 324) and simply noted "eF; psbM." His position from this single observation matches CGCG 264-015 = PGC 24707.
******************************
08 45 15.8 +09 38 43; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.9
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, round, weak concentration. Forms the vertex of a right triangle with a mag 12 star 2' SSW and a mag 13 star 3' SE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2657 = St. 13-43 on 7 Feb 1878. His published position in his 13th discovery list was reduced on 7 Mar 1885 and he mentioned a faint star was attached on the east end.
******************************
08 43 27 -32 39 24; Pyx
Size 12'
13.1" (2/25/84): 10 stars mag 11-14 resolved over haze in a 7' diameter. A knot or double star is at the north edge. Three mag 11 stars are off the south, southeast and east side but the remaining stars are mag 13-14. Alpha Pyxidis (V = 3.7) lies 35' SSE.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2658 = D 609 = h4017 on 28 May 1826 and described a "small round faint nebula. North of Alpha Pyxidis". His handwritten notes also mention it is about 30' N of star, matching perfectly.
John Herschel recorded the cluster on 16 Feb 1836 (sweep 678) and noted a "Cl class 8; not m comp; not v rich; v irreg fig; 5' diam; st 12.13m." He added the cluster in a supplementary list at the end of the Cape catalogue (h4016 to h4021). Dreyer identified these objects as "h o n" (John Herschel Omitted Object) in the NGC.
******************************
08 42 39 -44 57 30; Vel
V = 8.6; Size 12'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): bright, compact group with 15-20 stars in a 4' group including five mag 10-10.5 stars and a distinctive brighter pair. This cluster is in the same field as the Vela Supernova Remnant, though I didn't search for filaments in this region.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2659 = h3137 on 3 Feb 1835. His second more detailed description reads "Cluster VII class; p rich, pL, 12' l, 8' br; fig irreg; rather branching stars 11..14th mag, not compressed in middle." Both descriptions give a much larger size than I noted in my observation.
******************************
08 42 38 -47 12 02; Vel
V = 8.8; Size 4'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): this distant cluster
appeared relatively faint, small, and was only partially resolved. It appeared ~2' in diameter and
comparable to a faint globular cluster.
A few faint stars were resolved on the west side and an unresolved
brighter knot of stars resides on the south side. The cluster is wedged between a yellow/orange mag 8.4 star
2.5' S and a mag 10 star to the north.
Located 16' ENE of mag 4.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 2660 = h3138 on 29 Dec 1834 and recorded a "Cl VI cluster; irreg R; gbM; 4'; resolved into distinct stars 14m." His position (measured on 2 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
08 45 59.5 +12 37 15; Cnc
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (3/29/89): fairly faint, small, round, weak concentration. A mag 11 star 1.0' W of center and 30" of the edge of the halo detracts from viewing.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2661 = H. III-50 = Big. 38
on 19 Mar 1784 (sweep 177). His
description reads, "eF, near a pB star, I had only a distant suspicion of
its existence, but 240 confirmed it beyond a doubt and showed it of some
considerable extent. It is
circular and without a nucleus."
There is nothing at his position, but 28 seconds of RA west and 1' north
is
In the General Catalogue, John Herschel remarked "I find a memorandum to the effect that this neb is lost and was probably a comet, but I cannot recover my authority for the statement. It is described by H. as "of the last degree of faintness," and it is therefore no way surprising that it should not have been again pereceived without some time and trouple bestowed, and in clear weather." Biguordan found this galaxy on 8 Mar 1886 and measured an accurate position. In the remarks section of his second Comptes Rendus list, Bigourdan noted B. 38 was identical to GC 1696 [NGC 2661], which has an error of 28 seconds in RA. Dreyer repeated in the 1912 revision of WH's catalogues that the "RA is 28s too great (Ann. Harv. Coll., xiii, and Bigourdan.)"
******************************
08 45 32.0 -15 07 17; Hya
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, very small, elongated 4:3 WSW-ENE, sharp concentration with a very small high surface brightness core surrounded by a very faint halo. A mag 14 star is 43" WNW of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2662 = h3139 on 16 Mar 1836 and remarked "vF; vS; R; bM; near a * 15m." His position is exactly 10' S of M-02-23-002 = NPM1G -14.0271. Herbert Howe recovered the galaxy after 3 failed attempts at Herschel's position and finally measured an accurate position in 1898 using the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory in Denver.
******************************
08 45 08.1 -33 47 41; Pyx
V = 10.9; Size 3.5'x2.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 110°
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 2.2'x1.5', contains a prominent core which is evenly concentrated down to a non-stellar nucleus. Located in rich star field. Several stars are within 5' including a mag 14 star 1.2' N of center and a mag 11.5 star 3.8' NW of center. Located 5.7' NE of a mag 10.5 star.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2663 = Sw. 3-40 on 8 Feb 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory in New York. His position is 2.6' south of ESO 371-014. This is probably the brightest galaxydiscovered by Swift at V = 10.9 and the most southerly!
******************************
08 47 07 +12 36 24; Cnc
Size 5'
17.5" (2/8/97): poor scattered asterism of 10 stars in a 5' region dominated by four mag 10-11 stars in a "kite" asterism with pairs of sides 2' and 3'. Only noticeable at low power and does not resemble a cluster, although the fainter stars are nicely spaced around the bright stars. A fainter group with 4-5 mag 13 stars lies 5' NW. Located ~16' E of NGC 2661.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2664 = h524 on 20 Mar 1830 (sweep 241) and recorded, "A neat cl of stars 9 and 10m regularly arranged about a central one (N.B. This is nearly the place of III 50, but no neb was noticed.)" At Herschel's position are four mag 10/11 stars with several mag 13/14 stars nearby (his position nearly coincides with a mag 10 star at 08 47 13.8 +12 36 14).
Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey based on Heidelberg plates, adds "pS Cl of a few st 10...15." Harold Corwin notes that Villanova (2004, A&A, 428, 67) concludes this is a random enhancement of field stars and not a cluster. The position given here corresponds with the center of this asterism. Listed as a nonexistent cluster in RNGC.
******************************
08 46 00.9 -19 18 11; Hya
V = 12.2; Size 2.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 144°
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, small bright core contains a faint stellar nucleus. A very faint star is superimposed. Two mag 11 stars lie 3.5' N and 3.7' ESE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2665 = LM 2-407 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and noted "mag
11.0, 0.6' dia, R, gbMN." His
position matched
******************************
08 49 49 +44 42 12; UMa
Size 11'
18" (2/14/10): The
18" (2/23/06): the only possible candidate near John Herschel's original position is a mag 11.7 star and a group of five mag 13.5-14.5 stars close south. Four of the stars are strung along a 5' gently curving arc. To the northeast is a much brighter 10' string of a half dozen stars that extends towards the northeast. Neither of these asterisms, though, are probably eye-catching enough to be mentioned as a "course cluster". Note: Based on more recent historical investigation, this identification is incorrect.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2666 = h525 on 19 Mar 1828 (sweep 139) and simply noted "The chief * of a coarse cluster." He made no mention of size, but there are no other objects matching his description nearby. Karl Reinmuth remarked "nothing like a cluster" in his NGC photographic survey based on Heidelberg plates.